BODY
SECTION
BL
BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 4
Work Flow ................................................................35
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................36
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................37
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
....37
Door Switch Check ..................................................38
Key Switch (Insert) Check .......................................39
Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check ......................40
Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check ....44
Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear
LH/RH) .....................................................................45
Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check ..............46
Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection
(With Intelligent Key) ...............................................47
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 4
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
Precaution for Work .................................................. 5
PREPARATION ................................................... 6
Special Service Tool ................................................. 6
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 7
G
H
BL
J
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ............. 50
Work Flow ................................................................. 7
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 9
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................. 11
HOOD .................................................................13
Fitting Adjustment ................................................... 13
Removal and Installation ......................................... 14
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT ...........................18
Removal and Installation ......................................... 18
FRONT FENDER ................................................19
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ........................20
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 20
System Description ................................................. 20
CAN Communication System Description ............... 23
Schematic (Without Intelligent Key) ........................ 24
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (Without Intelligent
Key) ......................................................................... 25
Schematic (With Intelligent Key) ............................. 30
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (With Intelligent Key).... 31
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 35
Revision: January 2010
F
BL-1
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................50
System Description ..................................................50
CAN Communication System Description ...............52
Schematic ................................................................53
Wiring Diagram - KEYLES - ....................................54
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................56
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ..........................56
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................57
Work Flow ................................................................58
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................58
Keyfob Battery and Function Check ........................60
ACC Switch Check ..................................................61
Door Switch Check ..................................................61
Key Switch Check ....................................................63
Hazard Function Check ...........................................64
Horn Function Check ...............................................64
Interior Lamp Illumination Function Check ..............65
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check ...................65
Keyfob Function (Lock) Check ................................67
Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check .............................67
ID Code Entry Procedure ........................................68
Keyfob Battery Replacement ...................................70
Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry
Receiver ..................................................................70
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ............................ 71
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 71
System Description ................................................. 72
CAN Communication System Description .............. 81
Schematic ............................................................... 82
Wiring Diagram - Intelligent Key - ........................... 84
Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal
Layout ..................................................................... 92
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Unit ......................................................................... 92
Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................... 94
Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock
Solenoid .................................................................. 94
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 94
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 94
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination
Meter ...................................................................... 94
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................. 94
CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY) ......... 96
BASIC OPERATION ............................................... 97
CONSULT-III Application Item ................................ 97
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 99
CAN Communication System Inspection ...............106
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........106
Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check .......107
Key Switch (BCM Input) Check .............................108
Ignition Knob Switch Check ...................................109
Door Switch Check ................................................110
Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check ..........................112
Front Door Request Switch Check ........................113
Trunk Opener Request Switch Check ...................115
Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Door Unlock Sensor) Check .............................................................117
Intelligent Key Warning Chime (Combination
Meter) Check .........................................................118
Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Front of
Vehicle) ..................................................................118
Outside Key Antenna Check .................................119
Inside Key Antenna Check ....................................120
Steering Lock Solenoid Check ..............................122
Stop Lamp Switch Check ......................................123
CVT Selector Lever (Park Position Switch) Check..125
"P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp Check ...........................126
"KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check ......................126
"KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check .................126
Hazard Function Check .........................................127
Check Horn Function .............................................127
IPDM E/R Operation Check ...................................127
Intelligent Key Battery Replacement .....................128
Remote Keyless Entry Function ............................128
Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit ....129
Component Parts Location ................................... 135
Removal and Installation ....................................... 135
REAR DOOR LOCK ......................................... 138
Component Parts Location ................................... 138
Removal and Installation ....................................... 138
TRUNK LID ....................................................... 141
Fitting Adjustment ................................................. 141
Trunk Lid Assembly .............................................. 141
Trunk Lid Lock ...................................................... 142
Trunk Lid Striker .................................................... 142
Trunk Lid Stay Disposal ........................................ 143
TRUNK LID OPENER ....................................... 144
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 144
System Description ............................................... 144
Wiring Diagram - TLID - ........................................ 145
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 146
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Unit ........................................................................ 146
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 147
Work Flow ............................................................. 147
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .................. 148
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 148
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Unit ........................................................................ 148
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
. 148
Intelligent Key Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....................................................... 148
Check Trunk Opener Request Switch Circuit (With
Intelligent Key) ...................................................... 148
Check Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Circuit ............. 150
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER ............................ 152
Removal ................................................................ 152
Installation ............................................................. 152
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING)
SYSTEM ........................................................... 153
DOOR ............................................................... 130
Fitting Adjustment ..................................................130
Removal and Installation .......................................132
FRONT DOOR LOCK ...................................... 135
Revision: January 2010
BL-2
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 153
System Description ............................................... 153
CAN Communication System Description ............ 155
Schematic ............................................................. 156
Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC - ................................. 157
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 160
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Unit ........................................................................ 160
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 161
Trouble Diagnosis ................................................. 162
Preliminary Check ................................................. 162
Symptom Chart ..................................................... 164
Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 165
Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 166
Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 167
Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 167
Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 167
2010 Sentra
Diagnosis Procedure 6 .......................................... 167
Diagnosis Procedure 7 .......................................... 168
Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 180
Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 181
Diagnosis Procedure 6 .......................................... 182
How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp .................... 182
NATS(Nissan Anti-Theft System) .................. 170
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 170
System Description ............................................... 170
System Composition ............................................. 171
ECM Re-communicating Function ........................ 171
Wiring Diagram - NATS - ...................................... 172
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 172
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 173
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................ 173
Trouble Diagnosis ................................................. 176
Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 177
Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 178
Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 180
BODY REPAIR ................................................ 183
Body Exterior Paint Color ...................................... 183
Body Component Parts ......................................... 184
Corrosion Protection .............................................. 187
Body Sealing ......................................................... 190
Body Construction ................................................. 194
Body Alignment ..................................................... 194
Handling Precaution for Plastics ............................ 204
Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel ......... 207
Foam Repair .......................................................... 210
Replacement Operation ......................................... 212
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-3
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005527111
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283098
NOTE:
• This procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition in the ″LOCK″
position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock
mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
BL-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283099
A
B
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
C
D
E
PIIB3706J
Precaution for Work
INFOID:0000000005283100
• After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check their
operation.
• Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it.
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283101
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0993E
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Repairing the cause of noise
SIIA0994E
—
(J-43241)
Remote Keyless Entry
Tester
Used to test key fobs
LEL946A
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283102
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Revision: January 2010
BL-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005283103
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to BL-11, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
BL
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
BL-7
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken
or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to BL-9, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25
mm (0.59×0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick,
50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following
materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
BL-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005283104
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harBL
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
BL-9
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
BL-10
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005283105
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
BL-11
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
BL-12
2010 Sentra
HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HOOD
A
Fitting Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283106
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
LIIA2774E
N
1.
Hood assembly
2.
Radiator grille
3.
Front bumper fascia
4.
Headlamp assembly
5.
Front fender
a.
5.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.2 ± 0.08 in)
b.
2.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.08 ± 0.08 in)
c.
5.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.2 ± 0.08 in)
d.
2.95 ± 2.0 mm (0.12 ± 0.08 in)
e.
4.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.08 in)
f.
4.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.08 in)
g.
1.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.06 ± 0.08 in)
h.
3.5 ± 1.0 mm (0.14 ± 0.04 in)
j.
0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
P
LATERAL/LONGITUDINAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTEMNT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Seat the hood hinge bolts without torquing.
Install the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Adjust the hood assembly so that the right and left side clearance dimensions are within specification.
Remove the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
BL-13
O
2010 Sentra
HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Tighten the hood hinge bolts to the specified torque.
7. Install the front fenders. Refer toBL-19, "Removal and Installation".
SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation".
Position the hood lock aside.
Adjust surface level difference of hood, fender, and headlamp according to the fitting standard dimension,
using RH and LH bumper rubbers.
Install the hood lock and adjust until the center of the striker and the hood lock are vertically aligned.
Press the hood lightly with [approx. 29 N (3 kg] of force and adjust A and B as shown.
PIIB5794E
1.
Hood striker
4.
Secondary latch
A
B
6.
7.
2.
Primary latch
3.
Secondary striker
: 20 mm (0.79 in)
: 6.8 mm (0.268 in) min.
After adjustment tighten hood lock bolts to the specified torque.
Install the front grille. Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283107
HOOD ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
Remove the nuts (a) and the hood assembly (1).
CAUTION:
Two technicians should be used to avoid damaging the
hood or windshield during removal.
Hood hinge nuts
: 14.6 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
LIIA2787E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installing, perform fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment".
HOOD HINGE
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the hood assembly. Refer to "HOOD ASSEMBLY".
Remove the front fender (s). Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
BL-14
2010 Sentra
HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the bolts (a) and the hood hinge (1).
A
Hood hinge bolts
: 14.6 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
B
C
LIIA2788E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Before installing the hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent to the surface that makes contact with
the hoodledge.
• After installing, perform fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment".
D
E
F
HOOD LOCK
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front grille (LH). Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the hood lock bolts.
Hood lock bolts
3.
G
: 23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb)
H
Remove the hood lock from the hood lock cable.
BL
J
LIIA2809E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
Inspection
CAUTION:
If the hood lock cable is bent or deformed, replace it.
1. Check that the secondary latch is properly engaged with the secondary striker (B: 6.8 mm (0.268 in) by
the hood's own weight.
L
M
N
O
P
PIIB5794E
2.
3.
1.
Hood striker
4.
Secondary latch
2.
Primary latch
3.
Secondary striker
While operating the hood release handle, carefully check that the front end of the hood is raised by
approx. 20 mm (0.79 in). Also check that the hood release handle returns to the original position.
Check that the secondary hood release operates at 29.4 N (3.0 kg) or below.
Revision: January 2010
BL-15
2010 Sentra
HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Confirm that the static closing force of the hood is 343 – 441 N·m (35 – 44 kg-m).
5. Check the hood lock lubrication condition. If necessary, apply
“body grease” to the points as shown.
PIIB6514E
HOOD LOCK CABLE
LIIA2810E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the front grille (LH/RH). Refer to EI-18.
Remove the fender protector (LH). Refer to EI-21.
Remove the hood lock. Refer to "HOOD LOCK".
Disconnect the hood lock cable from the radiator core support and the underside of the hoodledge.
Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11.
Push the grommet from the upper dash into the passenger compartment and remove the hood lock cable.
CAUTION:
While pulling the cable, be careful not to damage (peel) hood opener cable outer surface on edges
of body through hole.
Installation
1.
2.
3.
Pull the hood lock cable through the hole in the upper dash and into the wheel well.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to bend the cable too much, keeping the
radius 100 mm (3.94 in) or more.
Check that the cable is not offset from the positioning grommet,
and push the grommet into the upper dash hole securely.
Apply sealant around the grommet (at * mark).
PIIB5801E
Revision: January 2010
BL-16
2010 Sentra
HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Connect the hood lock cable to hood lock.
5. After installing, check the hood lock adjustment and the hood
opener operation. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment".
A
B
C
PIIB6537E
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-17
2010 Sentra
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283108
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Remove the hood. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front bumper reinforcement. Refer to EI-16 .
Remove the hood lock assembly. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE).
Remove both headlamps. Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the crash zone sensor.
Remove the I-key buzzer.
Remove the horn. Refer to WW-28.
Remove the air guide and hood lock cable clip.
Remove the washer tank. Refer to WW-23, "Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir".
Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-15, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or CO-44, "Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE).
Remove the AC condenser. Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Condenser".
Remove the bolts (a) and the radiator core support (1).
LIIA2804E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
BL-18
2010 Sentra
FRONT FENDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT FENDER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005527113
B
C
D
E
F
G
AWKIA1565GB
1.
Front fender
2.
Fender insulator
a.
Bolts
H
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the cowl top cover (LH/RH). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the front fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove the bolts and the front fender.
CAUTION:
While removing use a shop cloth to protect the vehicle body from damage.
BL
J
INSTALLATION
K
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the front fender bolts.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-19
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283110
ALKIA1781ZZ
1.
BCM M18, M19, M20
(view with instrument panel removed)
2.
Intelligent Key unit M42
(with Intelligent Key)
3.
Passenger select unlock relay M14
(with Intelligent Key)
4.
Combination meter M24
5.
Front door lock assembly LH (key
cylinder switch) D9
6.
Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
7.
Front door lock assembly (actuator) LH
D9, RH D107
8.
Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41
9.
Rear door lock actuator LH D202, RH
D302
10. Key switch and ignition knob switch
M49
(with Intelligent Key)
11. Key switch M50
(without Intelligent Key)
12. Main power window and door lock/unlock
switch D5, D11 (with power windows)
Power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH D104 (with power windows)
13. Door lock/unlock switch LH D6
(without power windows)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283111
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
Revision: January 2010
BL-20
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch terminal 2 (without Intelligent Key system)
• through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4 (with Intelligent Key system).
When key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied
• through key switch terminal 1 (without Intelligent Key system) or key switch and ignition knob terminal 1 (with
Intelligent Key system)
• to BCM terminal 37.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
A
B
C
D
LOCK OPERATION
E
When the door is locked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch (with power windows) or with
door lock/unlock switch LH (without power windows), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 45
F
• through main power window and door lock and unlock switch terminals 18 and 17
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
With power windows, when the door is locked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground is
supplied
G
• to BCM terminal 45
• through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 1 and 3
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
H
When the door is locked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 8
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 4 and 6
BL
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door is unlocked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch (with power windows) or with
door lock/unlock switch LH (without power windows), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 46
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals 6 and 17
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
With power windows, when the door is unlocked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground
is supplied
• to BCM terminal 46
• through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 2 and 3
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the door is unlocked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 7
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 4 and 5
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 47
• through front door switch LH terminal 2
• through front door switch LH case ground.
When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 12
• through front door switch RH terminal 2
• through front door switch RH case ground.
When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 48
• through rear door switch LH terminal 2
• through rear door switch LH case ground.
When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 13
• through rear door switch RH terminal 2
• through rear door switch RH case ground.
Revision: January 2010
BL-21
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OUTLINE
Functions available by operating the inside door lock and unlock switches
• Interlocked with the locking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are
locked.
• Interlocked with the unlocking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are
unlocked.
Functions available by operating the front door key cylinder switch LH
• Interlocked with the locking operation of front door key cylinder switch LH, door lock actuators of all doors
are locked.
• When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked, front door lock actuator LH is unlocked.
• When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked for the second time within 5 seconds after the first operation, door lock actuators on all doors are unlocked.
Key reminder door system
When door lock and unlock switch is operated to lock doors with ignition key inserted in key cylinder and any
door open, all door lock actuators are locked and then unlocked.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS (LOCK OPERATION)
The interlock door lock function is the function that locks all doors linked with the vehicle speed.
Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1
All doors are locked when the vehicle speed reaches 24 km/h (15 MPH) or more.
BCM outputs the lock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the ignition switch is turned ON, all
doors are closed and the vehicle speed received from the combination meter via CAN communication
becomes 15 MPH (24 km/h) or more.
If a door is opened and closed at any time during one ignition cycle (OFF → ON), even after initial auto door
lock has taken place, the BCM will relock all doors when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h) or more
again.
Setting change of Automatic Door Locks (LOCK) Function
The lock operation setting of the automatic door locks function can be changed.
With CONSULT-III
The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door locks (LOCK) function and the type selection of the automatic
door locks (LOCK) function can be performed at the WORK SUPPORT setting of CONSULT-III. Refer to BL36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Without CONSULT- III
The automatic door locks (LOCK) function can be switched ON/OFF by performing the following operation.
1. Close all doors (door switch OFF).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Within 20 seconds of turning the ignition switch ON, press and hold the door lock and unlock switch to the
LOCK position for more than 5 seconds.
4. The switching is completed when the hazard lamps blink.
5.
OFF → ON
: 2 blinks
ON → OFF
: 1 blink
The ignition switch must be turned OFF and ON again between each setting change.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS (UNLOCK OPERATION)
The automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function is the function that unlocks all doors linked with the key position.
IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1
For vehicles equipped with Intelligent Key system, all doors are unlocked when the power supply position is
changed from ON to OFF.
For vehicles not equipped with Intelligent Key system, all doors are unlocked when the mechanical key is
removed from the ignition key cylinder.
BCM outputs the unlock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the power supply position is
changed from ignition switch ON to OFF (with Intelligent Key) or when the mechanical key is removed from the
ignition key cylinder (without Intelligent Key).
Setting change of Automatic Door Locks (UNLOCK) Function
Revision: January 2010
BL-22
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The lock operation setting of the automatic door locks function can be changed.
With CONSULT-III
The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function and the type selection of the automatic
door locks (UNLOCK) function can be performed at the WORK SUPPORT setting of CONSULT-III. Refer to
BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Without CONSULT- III
The automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function can be switched ON/OFF by performing the following operation.
1. Close all doors (door switch OFF).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Within 20 seconds of turning the ignition switch ON, press and hold the door lock and unlock switch to the
UNLOCK position for more than 5 seconds.
4. The switching is completed when the hazard lamps blink.
OFF → ON
: 2 blinks
ON → OFF
: 1 blink
A
B
C
D
E
5. The ignition switch must be turned OFF and ON again between each setting change.
*1: This function is set to ON before delivery.
CAN Communication System Description
F
INFOID:0000000005283112
G
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-23
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic (Without Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283113
ABKWA0321GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-24
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (Without Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283114
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAKWA0211GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-25
2010 Sentra
P
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WIWA2176E
Revision: January 2010
BL-26
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWKWA0095GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-27
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With Power Windows
ABKWA0323GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-28
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without Power Windows
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
WIWA2179E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-29
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283115
ABKWA0324GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-30
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283116
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
WIWA2181E
Revision: January 2010
BL-31
2010 Sentra
P
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WIWA2182E
Revision: January 2010
BL-32
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0325GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-33
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAKWA0212GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-34
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWKWA0099GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283117
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Work Flow
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000005283118
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-20, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
BL-35
2010 Sentra
P
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to BL-37,
"Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
4. Does power door lock system operate normally? OK: GO TO 5, NG: GO TO 3.
5. Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283119
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM
diagnostic test item
Diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
them.
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
read.
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
WORK SUPPORT
Work item
Description
DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET
Select unlock mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of select unlock mode.
ANTI-LOCK OUT SET
Key reminder door mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of key reminder door mode.
AUTOMATIC DOOR UNLOCK SELECT
•
•
•
•
•
•
AUTOMATIC LOCK/UNLOCK
SELECT
• ON
• OFF
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
MODE5
MODE6
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item
Content
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
CDL LOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
KEY CYL LK-SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder.
KEY CYL UN-SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder.
KEYLESS LOCK*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS UNLOCK*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
Revision: January 2010
BL-36
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Content
I-KEY LOCK**
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door request switch.
I-KEY UNLOCK**
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door request switch.
A
*: With Remote Keyless Entry system
B
**: With Intelligent Key system
ACTIVE TEST
C
Test item
Content
ALL LOCK
This test is able to check all door lock actuators lock operation. These actuators lock when "ON"
on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
ALL UNLOCK
This test is able to check all door lock actuators unlock operation. These actuators unlock when
"ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
DR UNLOCK
This test is able to check front door lock actuator LH unlock operation.These actuators lock
when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
OTHER UNLOCK
This test is able to check door lock actuators (except front door lock actuator LH) unlock operation. These actuators unlock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
D
E
F
INFOID:0000000005283120
G
Symptom
Repair order
1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check
Key reminder door function does not operate properly.
Refer to page
BCS-15
2. Door switch check
BL-38
3. Key switch (insert) check
BL-39
4. Replace BCM.
BCS-18
Power door lock does not operate with door lock and unlock switch on main power window and door lock/unlock
switch, power window and door lock/unlock switch RH or
door lock/unlock switch LH.
1. Door lock/unlock switch check
One or both rear door lock actuators do not operate.
1. Passenger select unlock relay circuit check
BL-47
Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) does not operate.
1. Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) check
BL-44
Specific door lock actuator does not operate.
1. Door lock actuator check (Front RH, Rear LH/RH)
BL-45
Power door lock does not operate with front door key cylinder switch operation.
1. Front door key cylinder switch check
BL-46
All power door locks do not operate.
2. Replace BCM.
Vehicle speed sensing auto door LOCK operation does
not operate.
Ignition OFF interlock auto door UNLOCK function does
not operate.
BCS-18
BCS-18
1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check
BCS-15
3. Replace BCM.
BL-40
BL-36
2. Check combination meter vehicle speed signal.
DI-19
3. Check intermittent incident.
GI-23
1. Ensure automatic door lock/unlock function (unlock
operation) is enabled.
BL-36
2. Check BCM for DTCs.
BCS-4
3. Check intermittent incident.
GI-23
INFOID:0000000005283121
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
BL-37
J
K
L
M
BCS-18
1. Ensure automatic door lock/unlock function (lock
operation) is enabled.
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
BL
BL-40
2. Replace BCM.
2. Door lock/unlock switch check
H
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Door Switch Check
INFOID:0000000005283122
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When any doors are open:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: ON
: ON
: ON
: ON
• When any doors are closed:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.
Connector
M19
M18
Item
Terminals
(+)
Front door
switch LH
47
Rear door
switch LH
48
Front door
switch RH
12
Rear door
switch RH
13
(–)
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Open
↓
Closed
0
↓
Battery voltage
LIIA1177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door switch and BCM.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41
(Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.
2 - 47
2 - 12
2 - 48
2 - 13
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front
LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2
and ground.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
LIIA1178E
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
BL-38
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
A
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
Terminals
Door switch
(front or rear)
2 – Ground
B
Condition
Continuity
Pressed
No
Released
Yes
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace door switch.
D
WIIA0644E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1.
2.
Reconnect BCM connectors.
Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12,
13, 47, 48 and ground.
12 - Ground
13 - Ground
47 - Ground
48 - Ground
E
F
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
G
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Key Switch (Insert) Check
LIIA1177E
INFOID:0000000005283123
BL
J
1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III
Function (BCM)".
• When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder:
KEY ON SW
K
L
: ON
M
• When key is removed from ignition key cylinder:
KEY ON SW
: OFF
N
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
O
Connector
M18
Terminals
(+)
(–)
37
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Key is inserted.
Battery voltage
Key is removed.
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch circuit is OK.
NG-1 >> GO TO 2 (with Intelligent Key).
NG-2 >> GO TO 3 (without Intelligent Key).
Revision: January 2010
P
LIIA0567E
BL-39
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals.
Terminal
Condition
Key switch and ignition knob
switch
1
2
Key
Continuity
Inserted
Yes
Removed
No
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 9, located in fuse and fusible link block)
• Harness for open or short between key switch and
ignition knob switch and fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key switch and ignition knob switch
>> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
PIIB6411E
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch connector.
Check key switch.
Terminals
1–2
Condition
Continuity
Key is inserted.
Yes
Key is removed.
No
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between key switch and
fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key
switch
>> Replace key switch.
Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check
WIIA1314E
INFOID:0000000005283124
1.CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check door lock and unlock switch (“CDL LOCK SW” and “CDL UNLOCK SW”) in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-III.
Test item
CDL LOCK SW
CDL UNLOCK SW
Condition
Door lock and unlock switch is turned to LOCK
: ON
Other than above
: OFF
Door lock and unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK
: ON
Other than above
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground
Revision: January 2010
BL-40
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminals
(+)
BCM
connector
Terminal
Door lock and unlock
switch condition
(–)
B
45
M19
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
Lock
0
Neutral / Unlock
Battery voltage
Unlock
0
Neutral / Lock
Battery voltage
46
C
PIIB6412E
D
OK or NG
OK
>> Door lock and unlock switch is OK.
NG1 >> With power windows, GO TO 2.
NG2 >> Without power windows, GO TO 5.
E
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D11 (B) terminal 18 and connector D11
(B) terminal 17, and connector D5 (A) terminal 6 and connector
D11 (B) terminal 17.
Terminals
18
17
6
4.
Condition
Continuity
Lock
Yes
Unlock/Neutral
No
Unlock
Yes
Lock/Neutral
No
F
G
H
BL
J
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 (C) terminals 1, 2 and 3.
Terminals
1
3
2
Condition
Continuity
Lock
Yes
Unlock/Neutral
No
Unlock
Yes
Lock/Neutral
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace door lock/unlock switch.
K
L
AWKIA0336ZZ
3.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS
1.
2.
N
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch or power window and door lock/unlock switch
RH.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D11 terminal 17and ground.
17 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
BL-41
O
P
AWKIA0337ZZ
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 terminal 3 and ground
3 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
WIIA0450E
4.CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D11 (B) terminal 18 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector
D104 (C) terminal 1.
1 - 45
18 - 45
3.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45
and ground.
45 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
AWKIA0338ZZ
4.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and main power window and door lock/
unlock switch LH connector D5 (B) terminal 6 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector
D104 (C) terminal 2.
Revision: January 2010
BL-42
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2 - 46
6 - 46
5.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
A
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46
and ground.
46 - Ground
B
: Continuity should not exist.
C
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
D
E
F
G
AWKIA0339ZZ
5.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH LH
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door lock/unlock switch LH.
Check continuity between door lock/unlock switch LH terminals
1, 2 and 5.
Terminals
1
5
2
Condition
Continuity
Lock
Yes
Unlock/Neutral
No
Unlock
Yes
Lock/Neutral
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace door lock/unlock switch LH.
BL
J
K
WIIA1371E
L
6.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS
M
Check continuity between door lock/unlock switch connector D6 terminal 5 and ground.
5 - Ground
N
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
O
P
WIIA1372E
7.CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and door lock/unlock switch LH connector
D6 (B) terminal 1.
Revision: January 2010
BL-43
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1 - 45
3.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45
and ground.
45 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
WIIA1373E
4.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and door lock/unlock switch LH connector
D6 (B) terminal 2.
2 - 46
5.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46
and ground.
46 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check
WIIA1374E
INFOID:0000000005283125
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (ACTUATOR) HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and front door lock assembly LH (actuator).
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 59,
65 and front door lock assembly LH (actuator) connector D9 (B)
terminals 1, 2.
Connector
A: M20
4.
Terminal
Connector
59
Terminal
Continuity
2
Yes
1
Yes
B: D9
65
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 59,
65 and body ground.
WIIA1315E
Connector
A: M20
Terminals
59
65
Ground
Continuity
No
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH SIGNAL
1.
Reconnect BCM.
Revision: January 2010
BL-44
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 59, 65
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch
is turned to UNLOCK
0 → Battery voltage
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch
is turned to LOCK
0 → Battery voltage
(-)
59
M20
Ground
65
A
B
C
LIIA1355E
D
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front door lock assembly LH (actuator). Refer to BL-135, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
E
Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear LH/RH)
F
INFOID:0000000005283126
1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR HARNESS
NOTE:
For models with Intelligent Key, insure that passenger select unlock relay remains connected during this test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and each door lock actuator.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 65,
66 and front door lock actuator RH connector D107 (B), rear
door lock actuator RH connector D302 (B), rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (C) terminals 1, 2.
Connector
A: M20
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
65
B: D107 C:
D202 B:
D302
2
Yes
1
Yes
66
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
WIIA1316E
O
4.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 65, 66 and body ground.
P
Connector
A: M20
Terminals
65
66
Ground
Continuity
No
No
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
BL-45
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following:
• Without Intelligent Key: Repair or replace harness.
• With Intelligent Key: For front doors, repair or replace harness.
• With Intelligent Key: For rear door, repair or replace harness or passenger select unlock relay.
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SIGNAL
1.
2.
Reconnect BCM.
Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 65, 66
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch is
turned to UNLOCK
0 → Battery voltage
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch is
turned to LOCK
0 → Battery voltage
(-)
65
M20
Ground
66
LIIA1357E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front door lock assembly RH or rear door lock actuator LH/RH. Refer to BL-135,
"Removal and Installation" (rear) or BL-138, "Removal and Installation" (rear).
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check
INFOID:0000000005283127
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH
With CONSULT-III
Check front door key cylinder switch ("KEY CYL LK-SW") and ("KEY CYL UN-SW) in DATA MONITOR mode
in CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When key inserted and front key cylinder is turned to LOCK:
KEY CYL LK-SW
: ON
• When key inserted and front key cylinder is turned to UNLOCK:
KEY CYL UN-SW
: ON
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminals 7, 8 and
ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(–)
7
M18
Ground
8
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Neutral/Lock
5
Unlock
0
Neutral/Unlock
5
Lock
0
WIIA1247E
OK or NG
OK
>> Front door key cylinder switch LH signal is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH GROUND HARNESS
Revision: January 2010
BL-46
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door key cylinder switch LH.
3. Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH connector D9 terminal 4 and body ground.
A
B
Connector
Terminals
Continuity
D9
4 – Ground
Yes
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
D
WIIA1317E
3.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH
E
Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH terminals.
Terminals
Door key cylinder switch position
4–6
4–5
F
Continuity
Neutral/Unlock
No
Lock
Yes
Neutral/Lock
No
Unlock
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace front door key cylinder switch LH. Refer to BL-135.
G
H
WIIA1318E
BL
4.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER HARNESS
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM connector M18.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminals 7,
8 and front door key cylinder switch LH connector D9 (B) terminals 5, 6 and body ground.
Connector
Terminal
7
A: M18
8
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
5
Yes
6
Yes
B: D9
7
Ground
No
8
Ground
No
J
K
L
WIIA1319E
OK or NG
OK
>> Front door key cylinder switch LH circuit is OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection (With Intelligent Key)
N
INFOID:0000000005283128
O
1.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT
NOTE:
Passenger select unlock relay must remain connected during this step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and inoperative rear door lock actuator.
Revision: January 2010
BL-47
M
P
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 65
and rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (B) terminal 2 or
rear door lock actuator RH connector D302 (C) Terminal 2.
65 - 2
4.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 65
and body ground.
65 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1320E
2.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY INPUT
1.
2.
Disconnect passenger select unlock relay.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 66
and passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (B) terminal 3.
66 - 3
3.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 66
and body ground.
66 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between BCM and relay.
WIIA1321E
3.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
1.
2.
Disconnect inoperative rear door lock actuator.
Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (A) terminal 4 and rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (B) or rear door lock actuator RH connector D302
(C) terminal 1.
4-1
3.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (A) terminal 4 and ground.
4 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
WIIA1322E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace passenger select unlock relay.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between relay and actuator.
4.CHECK REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
1.
Reconnect BCM.
Revision: January 2010
BL-48
2010 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH
D202 (A) or rear door lock actuator connector RH D302 (B) terminals 1 and 2.
Connector
A: D202 (LH)
B: D302 (RH)
Terminals
(+)
(-)
2
1
A
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
B
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch is
turned to LOCK
0 → Battery voltage
C
WIIA1323E
D
3.
Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH
D202 (A) or rear door lock actuator connector RH D302 (B) terminals 1 and 2.
Connector
A: D202 (LH)
B: D302 (RH)
Terminals
(+)
(-)
1
2
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Main power window and
door lock/unlock switch is
turned to UNLOCK
0 → Battery voltage
E
F
G
WIIA1324E
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace rear door lock actuator. Refer to BL-138, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between actuator and splice.
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-49
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283129
BIIA0004E
1.
BCM M18, M19, M20
(view with instrument panel removed)
2.
Remote keyless entry receiver M15
(view with instrument panel removed)
3.
Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
4.
Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41
5.
Trunk room lamp switch B57
6.
Key switch M50
7.
IPDM E/R E43, E46, E48
(next to battery)
8.
Horn relay H-1
(front of battery)
9.
Horn E57, E58
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283130
INPUTS
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57.
When the key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Revision: January 2010
BL-50
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through key switch terminals 2 and 1
• to BCM terminal 37.
When the ignition switch is ACC or ON, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
When the ignition switch is ON or START, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 47
• through front door switch LH terminal 2
• through front door switch LH case ground.
When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 12
• through front door switch RH terminal 2
• through front door switch RH case ground.
When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 48
• through rear door switch LH terminal 2
• through rear door switch LH case ground.
When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM meter terminal 13
• through rear door switch RH terminal 2
• through rear door switch RH case ground.
When the trunk room lamp switch is ON (trunk is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 42
• through trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
• through body grounds B7 and B19.
Keyfob signal is inputted to BCM from remote keyless entry receiver.
The remote keyless entry system controls operation of the
• power door lock
• hazard reminder
• auto door lock
• panic alarm
• room lamp
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
OPERATION PROCEDURE
L
Power Door Lock Operation
BCM receives a LOCK signal from keyfob. BCM locks all doors with input of LOCK signal from keyfob.
BCM receives an UNLOCK signal from keyfob. BCM unlocks all doors with input of UNLOCK signal from keyfob.
Hazard and Horn Reminder
When the doors are locked or unlocked by keyfob, power is supplied to sound horn and flash hazard warning
lamps as follows
• LOCK operation: 3 or 4 mode (lamps flash twice)
• UNLOCK operation: 2 or 4 mode (lamps flash once)
• Horns sound once with LOCK function when this feature is set ON.
The hazard reminder has modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. The horn reminder can be turned ON/OFF with any LOCK mode.
Operating function of hazard reminder
Mode 1
Keyfob operation
Hazard warning lamp
flash
Horns sound (ON/OFF)
Mode 2
Mode 3
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
—
—
—
Once
Twice
—
Twice
Once
ON: once
—
ON: once
—
ON: once
—
ON: once
—
BL-51
N
O
P
Mode 4
Hazard and horn reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (any door is OPEN).
How to change hazard and horn reminder modes
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
Hazard reminder can be changed using “HAZARD LAMP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Horn reminder can be changed using “HORN CHIRP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions.
Auto Door Lock Operation
Auto lock function signal is sent for operation when any of the following signals are not sent within 1 minute
after the unlock signal is sent from the keyfob:
• when door switch is turned ON for open
• when the key switch is turned ON
• when the lock signal is sent from the keyfob
Auto door lock mode can be changed using “AUTO LOCK SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Panic Alarm Operation
When key switch is OFF (when ignition key is not inserted in key cylinder), BCM turns on and off horn intermittently with input of PANIC ALARM signal from keyfob.
BCM outputs to IPDM E/R for panic alarm signal (horn signal) as DATA LINE (CAN H line and CAN L line).
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob.
Panic alarm operation mode can be changed using “PANIC ALARM SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Trunk Lid Operation
When a TRUNK OPEN signal is sent with key OFF (ignition key removed from key cylinder) from keyfob,
power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 53
• to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 1.
When power and ground are supplied, trunk lid opener actuator opens trunk lid.
Interior Lamp Operation
When the following conditions occur, remote keyless entry system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) with
input of UNLOCK signal from keyfob. For detailed description, refer to LT-83.
• Interior room lamp switch is in the DOOR position
• door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed)
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283131
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
BL-52
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283132
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0327GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-53
2010 Sentra
P
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - KEYLES -
INFOID:0000000005283133
WIWA2187E
Revision: January 2010
BL-54
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0328GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-55
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WIWA2323E
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283134
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000005283135
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to BL-50, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
BL-56
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to BL-58, "Work Flow".
4. Check symptom and repair or replace the component.
5. Does the remote keyless entry system operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
6. Inspection end.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
A
B
INFOID:0000000005283136
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM
diagnostic test item
C
Diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
D
E
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
them.
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
F
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
read.
G
BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS
H
Work Support
Test Item
BL
Description
REMO CONT ID REGIST
Keyfob ID code can be registered.
REMO CONT ID ERASER
Keyfob ID code can be erased.
REMO CONT ID CONFIR
It can be checked whether keyfob ID code is registered or not in this mode.
HAZARD LAMP SET
Hazard reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The hazard reminder mode will be
changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
AUTO LOCK SET
Auto locking function mode can be changed in this mode. The function mode will be changed
when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
PANIC ALRM SET
Panic alarm operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be
changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
TRUNK OPEN SET
Keyless trunk open operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will
be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
PW DOWN SET
Power window down can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed
when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
J
PANIC ALARM SET
Keyfob operation
MODE 2
MODE 3
0.5 seconds
Nothing
1.5 seconds
MODE 2
MODE 3
MODE 4
Nothing
Unlock only
Lock only
Lock and Unlock
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
30 seconds
Nothing
1 minutes
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
0.5 seconds
Nothing
1.5 seconds
TRUNK OPEN
Keyfob operation
Revision: January 2010
M
O
MODE 1
AUTO LOCK SET
Auto locking function
L
N
MODE 1
HAZARD LAMP BACK SET
Hazard lamp operation mode
K
BL-57
2010 Sentra
P
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data Monitor
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
ACC ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
KEYLESS LOCK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS UNLOCK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS PANIC
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS TRUNK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk signal from keyfob.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch driver side.
DOOR SW-AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch passenger side.
DOOR SW-RR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
TRNK OPN MNTR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch.
CDL LOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
RKE LCK-UNLCK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock and unlock signal from keyfob.
RKE KEEP UNLK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob after 3 seconds.
KEY CYL LK-SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver key cylinder lock signal.
Active Test
Test Item
Description
FLASHER
This test is able to check right hazard reminder operation.
The right hazard lamp turns on when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
POWER WINDOW DOWN
This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
HORN
This test is able to check horn operation.
The horn blows when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
DOOR LOCK
This test is able to check door lock actuator operation.
• The all door lock actuator are locked when “ALL LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• The all door lock actuator are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INFOID:0000000005283137
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand outline of system. Refer to BL-50, "System Description".
Confirm that power door lock system operates normally.
Refer to BL-20.
Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.
Refer to BL-58, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Does remote keyless entry system operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 6. If No, GO TO 4.
Inspection end.
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283138
NOTE:
• Always check the “Work Flow” before troubleshooting. Refer to BL-58, "Work Flow".
• Always check keyfob battery before replacing keyfob.
Revision: January 2010
BL-58
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnoses/service procedure
Reference
page
A
1. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
BL-67
B
2. Check remote keyless entry receiver.
BL-65
3. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
BL-68
Symptom
All functions of remote keyless entry system do not
operate.
4. Replace BCM.
The new ID of keyfob cannot be entered.
Door lock does not function with keyfob.
(Power door lock system is “OK”.)
BL-67
2. Check key switch.
BL-63
3. Check door switch.
BL-61
4. Check ACC switch.
BL-61
5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
BL-68
2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
BL-68
2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
BL-68
Panic alarm does not activate when panic alarm button is continuously pressed.
BL-57
2. Check hazard function.
BL-64
J
K
BCS-18
M
BL-57
N
BL-67
3. Check horn function.
BL-64
4. Check key switch.
BL-63
5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
BL-68
BL-59
BL
L
2. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
6. Replace BCM.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-18
1. Check hazard reminder mode.*
*: Hazard reminder mode can be changed.
First check the hazard reminder setting.
1. Check panic alarm mode.*
*: Panic alarm mode can be changed.
First check the panic alarm setting.
G
BL-61
BCS-18
BL-67
3. Replace BCM.
F
H
1. Check keyfob function. (Unlock)
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
3. Replace BCM.
E
BCS-18
BL-67
4. Replace BCM.
Hazard reminder does not activate properly when
pressing lock or unlock button of keyfob.
D
1. Check keyfob function. (Lock)
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
3. Check door switch.
Door unlock does not function with keyfob
(Power door lock system is “OK”)
BCS-18
1. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
6. Replace BCM.
C
BCS-18
2010 Sentra
O
P
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Reference
page
Diagnoses/service procedure
Trunk lid does not open when trunk opener button is
continuously pressed (ignition key must be OFF).
Auto door lock operation does not activate properly.
(All other remote keyless entry system functions are
OK.)
Interior lamp operation does not activate properly.
1. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
BL-67
2. Check trunk lid opener actuator.
BL-148
3. Replace BCM.
BCS-18
1. Check auto door lock operation mode.*
*: Auto door lock operation mode can be changed.
First check the auto door lock operation setting.
2. Replace BCM.
BL-57
BCS-18
1. Check interior lamp operation.
2. Replace BCM.
BL-65
BCS-18
Keyfob Battery and Function Check
INFOID:0000000005283139
1.CHECK KEYFOB BATTERY
1.
2.
Remove keyfob battery. Refer to BL-70, "Keyfob Battery Replacement".
Measure voltage between battery positive and negative terminals, (+) and (−).
Voltage
: 2.5 – 3.0V
NOTE:
Keyfob does not function if battery is not set correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace battery.
SEL237W
2.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
When pushing each button of keyfob, the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
Condition
Monitor item
Pushing LOCK
KEYLESS LOCK
: ON
Pushing UNLOCK
KEYLESS UNLOCK
: ON
Keep pushing UNLOCK
RKE KEEP UNLK
after UNLOCK button is
pushed for 3 seconds.
: ON
Pushing PANIC
KEYLESS PANIC
: ON
Pushing LOCK and UNLOCK
at the same time
RKE LCK-UNLCK
: ON
Pushing TRUNK
KEYLESS TRUNK
: ON
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
BL-60
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241.
A
B
C
LEL946A
D
OK or NG
OK
>> WITH CONSULT-III: Keyfob, remote keyless entry receiver and wiring harness between BCM and
remote keyless entry receiver are OK. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation
of BCM".
OK
>> WITHOUT CONSULT-III: Keyfob is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to BL-58, "Trouble
Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
NG
>> WITH CONSULT-III: Further inspection is necessary. Refer to BL-58, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
NG
>> WITHOUT CONSULT-III: Replace keyfob. Refer to BL-68, "ID Code Entry Procedure".
ACC Switch Check
E
F
G
INFOID:0000000005283140
1.CHECK ACC SWITCH
H
With CONSULT-III
Check ACC switch (“ACC ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Monitor item
BL
Condition
ACC ON SW
Ignition switch position is ACC or ON
: ON
Ignition switch position is OFF
: OFF
J
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
K
L
Terminals
(+)
BCM connector
Terminal
M18
11
(–)
Ground
Ignition switch
condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
ACC or ON
Battery voltage
OFF
0
M
N
PIIB6453E
O
OK or NG
OK
>> ACC switch is OK.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.
Door Switch Check
P
INFOID:0000000005283141
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
BL-61
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When any doors are open:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: ON
: ON
: ON
: ON
• When any doors are closed:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.
Connector
M19
M18
Item
Terminals
(+)
Front door
switch LH
47
Rear door
switch LH
48
Front door
switch RH
12
Rear door
switch RH
13
(–)
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Open
↓
Closed
0
↓
Battery voltage
LIIA1177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door switch and BCM.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41
(Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.
2 - 47
2 - 12
2 - 48
2 - 13
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front
LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2
and ground.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
LIIA1178E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Revision: January 2010
BL-62
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
A
Terminals
Door switch
(front or rear)
2 – Ground
Condition
Continuity
Pressed
No
Released
Yes
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace door switch.
C
WIIA0644E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1.
2.
D
Reconnect BCM connectors.
Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12,
13, 47, 48 and ground.
12 - Ground
13 - Ground
47 - Ground
48 - Ground
E
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Key Switch Check
LIIA1177E
INFOID:0000000005283142
1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III
Function (BCM)".
• When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder:
KEY ON SW
H
BL
J
K
: ON
• When key is removed from ignition key cylinder:
KEY ON SW
L
: OFF
M
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
N
Connector
M18
Terminals
(+)
(–)
37
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Key is inserted.
Battery voltage
Key is removed.
0
O
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
P
LIIA0567E
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch connector.
Revision: January 2010
BL-63
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check key switch.
Terminals
1–2
Condition
Continuity
Key is inserted.
Yes
Key is removed.
No
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between key switch and
fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key
switch
>> Replace key switch.
Hazard Function Check
WIIA1314E
INFOID:0000000005283143
1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP
Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch?
OK or NG
OK
>> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.
NG
>> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-45.
Horn Function Check
INFOID:0000000005283144
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of
malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function
(BCM)".
1.CHECK HORN FUNCTION
Does horn sound with horn switch?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28.
2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Terminals
(+)
IPDM E/R connector
Terminal
E43
13
(–)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R"
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HORN RELAY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
WIIA1326E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector.
Revision: January 2010
BL-64
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
horn relay harness connector.
A
4.
A
B
IPDM E/R
connector
Terminal
Horn relay
connector
Terminal
E43
13
H-1
1
B
Continuity
Yes
C
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground.
WIIA1327E
D
A
IPDM E/R connector
Terminal
E43
13
Ground
Continuity
No
E
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
F
Interior Lamp Illumination Function Check
INFOID:0000000005283145
1.CHECK INTERIOR LAMP ILLUMINATION FUNCTION
G
When interior room lamp switch is in “DOOR” position, open the front door (LH or RH).
Does interior lamp illuminate?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NO
>> Check interior lamp circuit. Refer to LT-83.
H
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check
INFOID:0000000005283146
1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
BL
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check remote keyless entry receiver connector and ground signal with oscilloscope.
K
Terminals
(+)
Remote
keyless
entry receiver
connector
Terminal
(–)
Keyfob
condition
Signal
(Reference value)
L
M
PIIB6457E
N
No function
O
M15
2
OCC3879D
Ground
P
Any button
is pressed
OCC3880D
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
BL-65
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Remote keyless entry receiver circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER INPUT VOLTAGE
1.
2.
Disconnect remote keyless entry receiver connector.
Check voltage between remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 terminal 4 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Remote keyless
entry receiver
connector
Terminal
M15
4
(–)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
4.5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PIIB6458E
3.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 19 and remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 (B) terminal 4.
A
3.
B
BCM connector
Terminal
Remote keyless
entry receiver
connector
Terminal
M18
19
M15
4
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 19
and ground.
A
PIIB6459E
BCM connector
Terminal
M18
19
Ground
Continuity
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Repair or replace the harness.
4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 terminal 1 and ground.
Remote keyless entry
receiver connector
Terminal
M15
1
Ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT
PIIB6460E
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 18 and remote keyless entry receiver connector
M15 (B) terminal 1.
Revision: January 2010
BL-66
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
BCM connector
A
B
Terminal
M18
Remote keyless
entry receiver
connector
Terminal
M15
1
18
Continuity
B
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Repair or replace the harness.
6.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
PIIB6461E
D
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 20 and remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 (B) terminal 2.
A
2.
C
E
B
BCM connector
Terminal
Remote keyless
entry receiver
connector
Terminal
M18
20
M15
2
Continuity
F
Yes
G
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 20
and ground.
H
A
PIIB6462E
BCM connector
Terminal
M18
20
Ground
Continuity
BL
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace remote keyless entry receiver. Refer to BL-70, "Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
J
Keyfob Function (Lock) Check
K
INFOID:0000000005283147
1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing lock button of keyfob, the
corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
L
M
Test item
KEYLESS LOCK
Condition
Pushing LOCK button: ON
N
Other than above: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Keyfob is OK.
NG
>> Replace keyfob.
O
Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check
INFOID:0000000005283148
P
1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing unlock button of keyfob,
the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
Revision: January 2010
BL-67
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Test item
KEYLESS UNLOCK
Condition
Pushing UNLOCK button: ON
Other than above: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Keyfob is OK.
NG
>> Replace keyfob.
ID Code Entry Procedure
INFOID:0000000005283149
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not
known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all
remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
• When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If
five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is
erased. If less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the
new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased.
• Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID
code will be erased.
• Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The
code is counted as an additional code.
1. Connect CONSULT-III.
2. Touch “MULTI REMOTE ENT”.
3. Touch “WORK SUPPORT”.
4. The following items can be set up:
• “REMO CONT ID CONFIR”
Use this mode to confirm if a keyfob ID code is registered or not.
• “REMO CONT ID REGIST”
Use this mode to register a keyfob ID code.
NOTE:
Register the ID code when keyfob or BCM is replaced, or when additional keyfob is required.
• “REMO CONT ID ERASUR”
Use this mode to erase a keyfob ID code.
Revision: January 2010
BL-68
2010 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-III
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA1513E
NOTE:
• If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID
code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
To erase all ID codes in memory, register one ID code (keyfob) five times. After all ID codes are erased, the
ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
Revision: January 2010
BL-69
2010 Sentra
P
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID
codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If less
than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added
and no ID codes are erased.
• If you need to activate more than two additional new keyfobs, repeat the procedure “Additional ID code
entry” for each new keyfob.
• Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code
will be erased.
• Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code is
counted as an additional code.
Keyfob Battery Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283150
LIIA2871E
Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver
INFOID:0000000005283151
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the screw (a) disconnect and remove the remote keyless entry receiver (1).
LIIA2850E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
BL-70
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
A
INFOID:0000000005283152
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BIIA0002E
Revision: January 2010
BL-71
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BIIA0003E
1.
Horn E57, E58
(view with front fascia removed)
2.
Intelligent key warning buzzer E26
(view with front fascia removed)
3.
Horn relay H-1
4.
BCM M18, M19, M20
(view with instrument panel removed)
5.
Intelligent Key Unit M42
6.
Stop lamp switch E60
7.
Instrument panel antenna M25
(view with center console removed)
8.
CVT selector lever (park position
switch) M38
9.
Steering lock solenoid M27
(view with steering wheel removed)
10.
Key switch and ignition knob switch M49 11. Combination meter M24
(warning lamp indicators)
12. Front outside handle key antenna LH
D4, RH D103
13.
Front outside handle request switch LH
D4, RH D103
14. Front door lock assembly LH (door
unlock sensor) D9
15. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
16.
Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41
17. Front console antenna B18
(view with front console removed)
18. Rear parcel shelf antenna B45
(view from inside trunk)
19.
Trunk opener request switch T5
20. Trunk room lamp switch B57
21. Rear bumper antenna B49
(view with rear fascia removed)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283153
• The Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to lock and unlock the door locks (door lock/
unlock function), open the trunk (trunk open function), and start the engine (engine start function) by carrying
around the Intelligent Key (without some key operation), which operates based on the results of electronic ID
verification using two-way communications between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle (Intelligent Key unit).
CAUTION:
The driver should always carry the Intelligent Key
Revision: January 2010
BL-72
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Operation of the remote control buttons on the Intelligent Key also provides the same functions as the
remote control entry system (Remote keyless entry functions).
• If an action that does not meet the operating conditions of the Intelligent Key system is taken, the chime
(inside vehicle) goes off to inform the driver (Warning chime functions).
• When a door lock is locked or unlocked with request switch or remote control button operation, the hazard
lamps flash and the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) sounds (Hazard and horn reminder function).
• Even if the Intelligent Key battery is completely discharged, the door locks can be locked and unlocked and
the engine started with the mechanical key built into the Intelligent Key.
• The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III.
• If an Intelligent Key is lost, a new Intelligent Key can be registered. A maximum of 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered.
• It has been made possible to diagnose the system and register an Intelligent Key with the CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK/TRUNK OPEN FUNCTION
Only when pressing the request switch, it is possible to lock and unlock the door and open the trunk by carrying around the Intelligent Key (without some key operation).
E
System Diagram
F
G
H
BL
J
WIIA1328E
Operation Description
• When the Intelligent Key unit detects that each request switch is pressed, it starts the outside antenna corresponding to the pressed request switch and sends the request signal to the Intelligent Key. And then, make
sure that the Intelligent Key is near the door or the trunk.
• If the Intelligent Key is within the outside antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and sends
the key ID signal to the Intelligent Key unit.
• Intelligent Key receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID.
• If the key ID check result is OK, the Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock or trunk open request signal to BCM (Body control module) via CAN communication line.
• Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of
vehicle) warning (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time, trunk open: 4 times) at the same time.
• When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard lamp
(lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as an operation check.
• When BCM receives the trunk open request signal, it operates the trunk lid opener actuator and opens the
trunk.
Operation Condition
If the following conditions are not satisfied, door lock/unlock or trunk open operations will not response even if
the request switch is operated.
Revision: January 2010
BL-73
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Each request switch operation
Operation condition
Lock operation
• All doors are closed
• Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area even if another Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
• OFF position warning chime is not operated
Unlock Operation
• Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area
Trunk open operation
• Intelligent Key is in the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area and Intelligent Key is not inside vehicle.
• Intelligent Keys are in the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area and
Intelligent Key is inside vehicle. But both Intelligent Key IDs are different.
Outside Key Antenna Detection Area
The outside key antenna detection area of door lock/unlock function is in the range of approximately 80 cm
(31.50 in) surrounding the driver and passenger door handles. The outside key antenna detection area of
trunk open function is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding Trunk opener request
switch. However, this operating range depends on the ambient conditions.
Key Reminder Function
Key reminder functions have the following 2 functions.
Key reminder function
Operation condition
Operation
When the door is open to closed
Key reminder function is operated when
• Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
• Any door is open
• All doors are locked by door lock and unlock switch or door
lock knob
• All doors are closed
• All doors unlock operation
• Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle)
for 3 seconds
When the trunk is closed
Key reminder function is operated when
• Intelligent Key is inside trunk room
• All doors are closed
• All doors are locked
• Trunk is closed
• Trunk open operation.
• Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle)
for 10 seconds
CAUTION:
• The above function operates when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, there may be
times when the Intelligent Key cannot be detected, and this function will not operate when the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, or in the glove box. Also, this system sometimes does not operate if the Intelligent Key is in the door pocket of an open door.
• While the key reminder function is operated when the trunk is open/closed and the chime sounds, if
the following operations are performed, the key reminder function is cleared and chime sounds are
stopped.
- Remote control door lock button operation of Intelligent Key
- Remote control door unlock button operation of Intelligent Key
- When the trunk is closed, the Intelligent Key is not inside the vehicle
- When any door is open
Selective Unlock Function
When a LOCK signal is sent from front door request switch LH or RH, all doors will be locked.
When an UNLOCK signal is sent from front door request switch LH or RH once, that door will be unlocked.
Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from the same front door request switch again within 1 minute, all other
doors will be unlocked.
Hazard and Horn Reminder
When doors are locked or unlocked by a door request switch, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard request signal
to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder.
Intelligent Key unit sends a chirp signal to the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) as a reminder.
The hazard and buzzer reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).
Revision: January 2010
BL-74
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Operating function of hazard and horn reminder
C mode
S mode
A
Door request switch operation
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Hazard warning lamp
flash
Twice
Once
Twice
—
Warning buzzer
(front of vehicle)
Twice
Once
—
—
B
C
Hazard and buzzer reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (OPEN door) and ignition switch is ON.
How to change hazard and horn reminder mode
With CONSULT-III
Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using “HAZARD ANSWER BACK”, “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY
LOCK” and “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions.
Auto Door Lock Function
When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is
OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with a door request switch.
When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked.
• Door switch is ON (door is opened)
• Door is locked
• Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed)
• Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder)
Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
D
E
F
G
H
BL
Room Lamp Operation
When the following conditions are met:
• Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position
• Door switch is OFF (when all the doors are closed)
J
Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from a door
request switch. For detailed description, refer to "Room Lamp Operation".
CAN communication system
BCM
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Key reminder function
×
Selective unlock function by request switch
(LH side)
×
Auto door lock function
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
BL-75
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Hazard warning lamp
Intelligent Key unit
×
×
×
×
×
Hazard and horn reminder function
Revision: January 2010
Intelligent Key warning buzzer
×
Rear bumper antenna
Front outside antenna (LH, RH)
×
×
Door lock/unlock function by mechanical key
Trunk open function by the trunk opener switch
Trunk lid opener actuator
×
Inside key antenna
×
Door lock actuator
L
Trunk opener request switch
×
Front door request switch (LH, RH)
×
Trunk lamp switch
Door switch
×
K
Door unlock sensor
Door lock/unlock function by request switch
Key switch
Intelligent Key
Door lock/trunk open function
Ignition knob switch
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONS
Door Lock/Unlock Function
The Intelligent Key has the same functions as the remote control entry system. Therefore, it can be used in the
same manner as the remote control transmitter by operating the door lock/unlock button and trunk open button.
System Diagram
WIIA1329E
Door Lock/Unlock Function
• When door lock/unlock button of the Intelligent Key is pressed, lock signal or unlock signal is sent from Intelligent Key to Intelligent Key unit.
• Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
• When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard lamp
(lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as an operation check.
Trunk Open Function
• When pressing the trunk button of the Intelligent Key, the trunk open signal is sent from the Intelligent Key to
the Intelligent Key unit.
• Intelligent Key unit sends trunk open request signal to BCM via CAN communication line and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) 4 times at the same time.
• When BCM receives the trunk open request signal, it operates the trunk lid opener actuator and opens the
trunk.
Operation Condition
Remote control operation
Lock
Operation condition
• All doors closed
• OFF position warning chime is not operated.
Unlock
Trunk open
—
• Ignition switch is in OFF position.
• Press and hold the trunk open button for 0.5 second or more
Selective Unlock Function
When a LOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key, all doors will be locked.
When an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key once, driver's door will be unlocked.
Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key again within 1 minute, all other door
will be unlocked.
Hazard and Horn Reminder
When doors are locked or unlocked by remote control of Intelligent Key, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard and
horn request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and sends horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R
sounds horn as a reminder.
The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).
Revision: January 2010
BL-76
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Operating function of hazard and horn reminder
C mode
S mode
A
Remote control of Intelligent Key operation
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Hazard warning lamp
flash
Twice
Once
Twice
—
Horn sound
Once
—
—
—
B
Hazard and horn reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (door is OPEN) and ignition switch is ON.
How to change hazard and horn reminder mode
With CONSULT-III
Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using “HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK” and “HAZARD ANSWER
BACK” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions.
Auto Door Lock Function
When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is
OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with remote control of Intelligent Key. When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked.
• Door switch is ON (door is opened)
• Door is locked
• Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed)
• Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder)
Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
C
D
E
F
G
H
Panic Alarm Function
When ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), Intelligent Key unit receives PANIC ALARM signal from remote control BL
of Intelligent Key.
Intelligent Key unit sends alarm request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
BCM turns on and off headlamp intermittently and sends theft warning horn signal to IPDM E/R. Then, IPDM J
E/R turns on and off horn intermittently.
The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off:
K
• After 25 seconds
• When Intelligent Key unit receives any signal from remote control of Intelligent Key
• When a door request switch is pressed (Intelligent Key is outside vehicle)
Panic alarm function mode can be changed by “PANIC ALARM DELAY” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to L
BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
Room Lamp Illumination Operation
When the following conditions are met:
• Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position
• Door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed)
Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from remote control
of Intelligent Key. For detailed description, refer to "Room Lamp Operation".
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-77
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
×
Keyless power window down (open) function
×
×
Auto door lock function
×
×
Panic alarm function
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Head lamp
Intelligent Key warning buzzer
Trunk lid opener actuator
Door lock actuator
Trunk lamp switch
Door switch
Front door request switch (LH, RH)
×
×
IPDM E/R
Selective unlock function
×
×
Horn
×
×
×
Hazard warning lamp
Hazard and horn reminder function
×
×
Combination meter
×
×
BCM
Trunk open function by remote control button
×
CAN communication system
×
Intelligent Key unit
Door lock/unlock function by remote control button
Key switch
Intelligent Key
Remote keyless entry functions
Ignition knob switch
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
×
×
×
×
ENGINE START FUNCTION
When the registered Intelligent Key is carried, the engine can be started without inserting the key.
WIIA1282E
When ignition knob switch is ON (press ignition switch), Intelligent Key unit searches Intelligent Key in the
vehicle using inside key antenna.
When Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, it performs the following operation.
• Illuminate green “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter.
• Released steering lock and ignition switch can be turned from OFF to ACC, ON or START position.
NOTE:
If Intelligent Key is not registered, “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates red.
• Intelligent Key sends engine start signal via CAN communication line.
When ignition switch turns to START position, BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R. Then, engine
starts.
Even if Intelligent Key battery runs down, Intelligent Key unit can start engine with mechanical key built into
Intelligent Key. For details, refer to BL-170.
All of the originally supplied Intelligent Key IDs have been registered in Intelligent Key system.
If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four Intelligent Key IDs can be registered into the Intelligent
Key system components.
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.
Revision: January 2010
BL-78
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
CAN communication system
BCM
Combination meter
IPDM E/R
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Engine start function by the mechanical key
×
×
×
×
steering lock solenoid
Intelligent Key unit
×
NATS antenna amp.
Inside key antenna
×
Engine start function by the Intelligent Key
A
Ignition knob switch
Key switch
Engine start functions
Intelligent Key
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
×
×
×
WARNING CHIME/BUZZER/LAMPS FUNCTION
B
C
D
E
Operation Description
The following warning chime (combination meter), intelligent key warning buzzer (front of vehicle), and warning lamps "KEY" and “P-SHIFT” (combination meter) are given to the user as warning information while using F
the intelligent key system.
• Ignition switch warning chime
• Ignition key warning chime
G
• OFF position warning chime
• OFF position warning chime (after door closed)
• Take away warning chime
H
• Take away warning chime (from window)
• Door lock operation warning chime
• Intelligent key low battery warning
• P position warning
BL
NOTE:
For key-in-ignition warning chime related issues only, refer to DI-53.
Operation Condition
J
Intelligent Key warning
sound
Warning lamp illuminates
Ignition switch warning chime
• Key switch is OFF.
• Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
[ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is
ON)].
• Driver door is open.
Chime
(Instrument panel)
—
Ignition key warning chime
(When mechanical key is used)
• Mechanical key is inserted in ignition switch (key
switch is ON).
• Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
• Driver door is open.
Chime
(Instrument panel)
—
OFF position warning chime
• Ignition switch is turned from ACC to OFF.
[ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is
ON)].
• Ignition switch is in the LOCK position and pressed
for 1 second.
Chime
(Instrument panel)
—
OFF position warning chime
(after door closed)
When driver door is opened and then closed while the
OFF position warning chime above is operating.
Buzzer
(front of vehicle)
—
Take away warning chime
• Engine is running.
• Door open to close.
• Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle.
Buzzer
(front of vehicle)
“KEY” (red)
blinking
Take away warning chime
(from window)
• Engine is running.
• Door is closed.
• Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle.
Chime
(Instrument panel)
“KEY” (red)
blinking
Operation
Revision: January 2010
Condition
BL-79
K
L
M
N
O
2010 Sentra
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Operation
Condition
Intelligent Key warning
sound
Warning lamp illuminates
Buzzer
(front of vehicle)
—
Door lock operation warning
chime
When request switch is pushed under the following
conditions:
• All door are closed.
• Door is unlocked.
• Intelligent Key is inside vehicle.
Intelligent Key low battery warning
When Intelligent Key battery is low, Intelligent Key unit
is detected after ignition switch is turned ON.
—
“KEY” (green)
blinking
P position warning
When selector lever is in other than P position, ignition
switch is turned from ON to OFF.
—
“P-SHIFT”
OFF position warning chime
×
OFF position warning chime
(after door close)
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Take away warning chime
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Take away warning chime (from window)
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Door lock operation warning chime
×
×
×
×
×
Intelligent Key low battery warning
×
×
×
P position warning
CVT selector lever (park position switch)
Combination meter
Intelligent Key unit
Intelligent Key warning buzzer
×
×
×
×
Rear bumper antenna
Front outside antenna (LH, RH)
×
Inside key antenna
×
Door request switch
×
BCM
×
×
CAN communication system
Ignition key warning chime
(When mechanical key used)
Door switch
×
Ignition switch warning chime
Ignition switch ON position input signal
Ignition switch ACC position input signal
Key switch
Intelligent Key
Warning and alarm functions
Ignition knob switch
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION
The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III.
Changing Settings Using CONSULT-III
The settings for the Intelligent Key system functions can be changed using CONSULT-III (WORK SUPPORT).
Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .
NOTE:
Once a function setting is changed, it will remain effective even if the battery is disconnected.
INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION
Intelligent Key-ID registration is performed using the CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
• After a new Intelligent Key-ID is registered, be sure to check the function.
• When registering an additional Intelligent Key-ID, take any Intelligent Keys already registered and
Intelligent Keys for any other vehicles out of the vehicle before starting.
CONSULT-III can be used to check and delete Intelligent Key-IDs.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS.
Revision: January 2010
BL-80
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STEERING LOCK SOLENOID REGISTRATION
Steering Lock Solenoid ID Registration
CAUTION:
• The method for registering a steering lock solenoid ID depends on the status of the steering lock
solenoid and Intelligent Key unit (new or old unit).
• After registration is completed, press ignition switch with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle so that it
can be turned, and confirm that it cannot be turned even when ignition switch is pressed without an
Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
CAN Communication System Description
A
B
C
INFOID:0000000005283154
D
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-81
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283155
AAKWA0213GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-82
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0330GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-83
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - Intelligent Key -
INFOID:0000000005283156
WIWA2197E
Revision: January 2010
BL-84
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIWA0561E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-85
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAKWA0214GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-86
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWKWA0125GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-87
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWKWA0135GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-88
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0331GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-89
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAKWA0215GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-90
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
WIWA2324E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-91
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283157
WIIA1168E
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit
INFOID:0000000005283158
Condition
Terminal
Wire
Color
Item
Ignition
Switch
Position
Operation or Conditions
Voltage (V)
Approx.
1
LG
Steering lock solenoid
power supply
LOCK
—
5
2
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
3
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
4
Y
Intelligent Key warning
buzzer
5
SB
Front door request
switch LH
—
6
BR
Ignition switch (ON)
ON
7
V
Key switch
10
R
CVT selector lever
(park position switch)
ON
11
SB
Power source (Fuse)
—
—
Battery voltage
12
B
Ground
—
—
0
13
W
Instrument panel antenna (+) signal
LOCK
• Any door open → all door close
• Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
knob switch)
14
BR
Instrument panel antenna (-) signal
LOCK
LOCK
Operate door request
switch.
Buzzer OFF
Sound buzzer
Battery voltage
0
Press door request switch (driver side).
0
Other than above
5
—
Battery voltage
Insert mechanical key into ignition switch.
Battery voltage
Remove mechanical key from ignition
switch.
Shift lever in park position.
Other than above
0
0
Battery voltage
PIIB5502J
15
16
SB
O
Front console antenna
(+) signal
Front console antenna
(-) signal
LOCK
• Any door open → all door close
• Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
knob switch)
PIIB5502J
Revision: January 2010
BL-92
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Terminal
Wire
Color
Item
17
W
Rear bumper antenna
(+) signal
R
Rear bumper antenna
(-) signal
18
Ignition
Switch
Position
Operation or Conditions
Voltage (V)
Approx.
B
LOCK
C
Press trunk opener request switch.
SIIA1910J
19
V
A
D
Front outside antenna
LH (+) signal
E
20
O
Front outside antenna
LH (-) signal
LOCK
Press door request switch LH.
F
SIIA1910J
25
GR
Front door request
switch RH
—
27
O
Ignition knob switch
—
28
LG
Unlock sensor
(driver side)
—
29
31
P
Trunk opener
—
G
Steering lock solenoid
ground
—
Press front door request switch RH.
0
Other than above
5
Press ignition switch.
Battery voltage
Release ignition switch.
0
Door (driver side) is locked.
5
Door (driver side) is unlocked.
0
Press trunk opener request switch.
0
Other than above
5
—
G
H
BL
J
0
K
32
L
Steering lock solenoid
communication signal
LOCK
When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle,
press ignition knob switch.
L
SIIA1911J
Other than above
33
34
Y
V
M
5
Rear parcel shelf antenna (+) signal
Rear parcel shelf antenna (-) signal
LOCK
N
• Any door open → all door close
• Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
knob switch)
O
PIIB5502J
37
G
Front outside antenna
RH (+) signal
38
SB
Front outside antenna
RH (-) signal
P
LOCK
Press door request switch RH.
SIIA1910J
Revision: January 2010
BL-93
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Terminal
Wire
Color
40
GR
Item
AS unlock output
Ignition
Switch
Position
Operation or Conditions
Unlock with rear door locks disabled.
—
Other than above
Voltage (V)
Approx.
0
Battery voltage
Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283159
WIIA1169E
Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock Solenoid
INFOID:0000000005283160
Condition
Terminal
Wire
Color
Ignition
Switch Position
Operation or Conditions
Voltage (V)
Approx.
1
SB
Power source (fuse)
LOCK
—
Battery voltage
2
LG
Steering lock solenoid
power supply
LOCK
—
5
3
L
Steering lock solenoid
communication signal
LOCK
When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle, press ignition knob switch.
Signal Designation
SIIA1911J
Other than the above
4
G
Steering lock solenoid
ground
—
—
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
5
0
INFOID:0000000005283161
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283162
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" .
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter
INFOID:0000000005283163
Refer to DI-13, "Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter".
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005283164
PRELIMINARY CHECK
Revision: January 2010
BL-94
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
WIIA1362E
*1:
BL-128
*2:
BL-99
*3:
BL-99
*4:
BL-99
*5:
BL-99
*6:
BL-97
*7:
BL-99
*8:
BL-99
*9:
"WORK FLOW"
O
*10: "WORK FLOW"
P
WORK FLOW
Revision: January 2010
BL-95
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PIIB4186E
*1:
BL-20
*2:
BL-99
*3:
BL-144
*4:
BL-99
*5:
BL-99
*6:
GW-15
*7:
BL-99
*8:
BL-99
*9:
BL-72
*10: BL-99
*11: BL-99
CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY)
INFOID:0000000005283165
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as shown below.
Revision: January 2010
BL-96
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part to be diagnosed
Test item, Diagnosis mode
Intelligent Key
A
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Changes settings for each function.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Intelligent Key unit performs CAN communication diagnosis.
DATA MONITOR
Displays Intelligent Key unit input data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MONITOR
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN Communication can
be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal
to then.
ECU PART NUMBER
Displays Intelligent Key unit part No.
BASIC OPERATION
B
C
D
INFOID:0000000005283166
1.
Connect CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Use mechanical key to turn ignition switch to ON.
2.
Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
E
F
CONSULT-III Application Item
INFOID:0000000005283167
G
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Self-diag results
Description
Diagnosis procedure
Reference page
CAN COMM
Malfunction is detected in CAN communication.
CAN communication system check.
LAN-10
CAN COMM2
Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction
CAN communication system check.
LAN-10
STRG COMM
Malfunction is detected in communication of Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid.
Steering lock solenoid check.
BL-122
I-KEY C/U
Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
IMMU
NATS malfunction
Check NATS.
BL-170
WORK SUPPORT
H
BL
J
K
Monitor item
Description
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID
It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode.
TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW
WARN
Take away warning chime (from window) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate
(OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULTIII screen is touched.
LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF)
with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III
screen is touched.
The condition of answer back function can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with
this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen
is touched.
N
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION
Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this
mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.
O
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
P
HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK
Horn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key remote control button can be changed to operate
(ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE
SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Revision: January 2010
BL-97
2010 Sentra
L
M
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Description
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation
mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only
• UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only
• LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/Unlock operation
• OFF: Non-operation
ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY
LOCK
Horn reminder function (lock operation) mode by any front door request or trunk opener request
switch can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed
when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• HORN CHIRP: Sound horn
• BUZZER: Sound buzzer
• OFF: Non-operation
ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK
Horn reminder function (unlock operation) mode by a door request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
AUTO RELOCK TIMER
Auto door lock timer mode can select the following with this mode.
• 1 minute
• 5 minute
• OFF: Non-operation
PANIC ALARM DELAY
Panic alarm button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from
the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on
CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• 0.5 second
• 1.5 second
• No delay
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
Hazard and horn reminder function mode by trunk request switch can be changed to operate (ON)
or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT”
on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
Trunk button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULTIII screen is touched.
• 0.5 second
• 1.5 second
• No delay
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
Door lock/unlock function by any front door request or trunk opener request switch mode can be
changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed
when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item
Content
PUSH SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition knob switch.
KEY SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
DR REQ SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door request switch LH.
AS REQ SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door request switch RH.
BD/TR REQ SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener request switch.
IGN SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.
ACC SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
STOP LAMP SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch.
P RANGE SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT selector lever (park position switch).
DOOR LOCK SIG*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock signal from Intelligent Key remote control button.
DOOR UNLOCK SIG*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door unlock signal from Intelligent Key remote control button.
KEYLESS TRUNK*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from Intelligent Key remote control button.
KEYLESS PANIC*
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from Intelligent Key remote control button.
DOOR SW DR*
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch driver side from BCM via CAN communication line.
Revision: January 2010
BL-98
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Content
DOOR SW AS*
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch passenger side from BCM via CAN communication
line.
DOOR SW RR*
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of RR door switch from BCM via CAN communication line.
DOOR SW RL*
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of RL door switch from BCM via CAN communication line.
TRUNK SW*
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of trunk lamp switch from BCM via CAN communication line.
VEHICLE SPEED*
Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed.
A
B
C
*: Select “SELECTION FROM MENU”.
ACTIVE TEST
D
Test item
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK
ANTENNA
Description
This test is able to check door lock/unlock operation.
• The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when “DR UNLK” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.
• The door lock actuator (passenger side) is unlocked when “AS UNLK” on CONSULT- III screen
is touched.
• The all door lock actuators are locked when “LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check Intelligent Key antenna operation.
When the following conditions are met, hazard warning lamps flash.
• Inside key antenna (Instrument panel) detects Intelligent Key, when “RM ANT1” on CONSULTIII screen is touched.
• Inside key antenna (Front console) detects Intelligent Key, when “RM ANT2” on CONSULT-III
screen is touched.
• Inside key antenna (Trunk room) detects Intelligent Key, when “LAG ANT” on CONSULT-III
screen is touched.
• Outside key antenna (LH side) detects Intelligent Key, when “DR ANT” on CONSULT-III screen
is touched.
• Outside key antenna (RH side) detects Intelligent Key, when “AS ANT” on CONSULT-III screen
is touched.
• Rear bumper antenna detects Intelligent Key, when “BD ANT” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.
E
F
G
H
BL
J
OUTSIDE BUZZER
This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) operation.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) sounds when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.
K
INSIDE BUZZER (CHIME)
This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) operation.
• Take away warning chime sounds when “TAKE OUT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• Ignition switch warning chime sounds when “KNOB” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• Ignition key warning chime sounds when “KEY” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
L
INDICATOR
This test is able to check warning lamp operation.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) illuminates when “BLUE ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Red) illuminates when “RED ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “P-SHIFT” Warning lamp illuminates when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (RED) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “P-SHIFT” Warning lamp flashes when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283168
M
N
O
ALL INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONS ARE INOPERATIVE
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
• Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode is ON.
Revision: January 2010
BL-99
2010 Sentra
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.
Symptom
All doors, trunk and ignition switch do not respond to Intelligent Key command.
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
Intelligent Key battery inspection check.
BL-128
2.
Remote Keyless Entry Function check.
BL-128
3.
Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit check.
BL-106
4.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
KEY WARNING LAMP (GREEN) ILLUMINATES
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.
Symptom
Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key.
[KEY warning lamp (green) illuminates].
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1. Steering lock solenoid check.
BL-122
2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
KEY WARNING LAMP (RED) ILLUMINATES
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.
Symptom
Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key.
[KEY warning lamp (red) illuminates].
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1. Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
• Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode is ON.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
Revision: January 2010
BL-100
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.
Symptom
Diagnosis/service procedure
Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent
Key. [KEY warning lamp does not illuminate].
A
Reference page
1.
Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit check.
BL-106
2.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
3.
Key switch check.
BL-107
4.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
C
D
NON DTC ITEM
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Multiple mechanical keys are not set in a keyfob.
(If mechanical keys are near the ignition switch, the operation may not work properly).
Symptom
Non DTC Item
B
Diagnosis/service procedure
E
F
G
Reference page
1.
Key switch check.
BL-107
2.
NATS antenna amp. check
BL-173
H
BL
ENGINE START CONDITION CHECK
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the ”Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order.
Symptom
Engine start condition check
Diagnosis/service procedure
J
K
Reference page
1.
CVT selector lever (park position switch) check.
BL-125
2.
Stop lamp switch check.
BL-123
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
L
M
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/procedure” column in this
order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-101
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Diagnosis/service procedure
Door lock/unlock do not operate by request switch.
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request
switch (LH side).
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request
switch (RH side).
Selective unlock function does not operate by front
door request switch LH (other door lock functions
operate properly).
Auto lock function does not operate properly.
Key reminder function does not operate properly.
Reference page
1.
Door switch check.
BL-110
2.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Front door request switch LH check.
BL-113
2.
Front outside antenna LH check.
BL-119
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Front door request switch RH check.
BL-113
2.
Front outside antenna RH check.
BL-119
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “SELECT UNLOCK FUNCTION” setting in
“WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Key switch check.
BL-107
3.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
4.
Door switch check.
BL-110
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION” setting in
“WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Door switch check.
BL-110
3.
Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
4.
Front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) check.
BL-117
5.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
6.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.
Symptom
All of the remote keyless entry functions do not
operate.
Selective unlock function does not operate by Intelligent Key remote control button.
Revision: January 2010
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference
page
1.
Intelligent Key battery and function inspection.
BL-128
2.
Remote Keyless Entry function check.
BL-128
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “SELECT UNLOCK FUNCTION” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
BL-102
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Auto lock function does not operate properly.
Key reminder function does not operate properly.
Panic alarm function does not operate properly.
Trunk open function does not operate properly.
Reference
page
Diagnosis/service procedure
1.
Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Key switch check.
BL-107
3.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
4.
Door switch check.
BL-110
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Door switch check.
BL-110
3.
Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
4.
Front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) check.
BL-117
5.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
6.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “PANIC ALARM DELAY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Theft warning operation check.
BL-153
3.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
4.
Key switch check.
BL-107
5.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
6.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “TRUNK OPEN DELAY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Trunk lid opener system check.
BL-144
3.
Trunk lamp switch check.
BL-112
4.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
TRUNK OPEN FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.
• Trunk cancel switch is in ON position.
Symptom
Trunk open function does not operate by trunk
opener request switch.
Diagnosis procedure
Reference page
1.
Trunk opener request switch check.
BL-115
2.
Rear bumper antenna check.
BL-119
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
BL-103
L
M
HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
Revision: January 2010
K
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.
Symptom
Hazard reminder does not operate properly
by request switch.
(Horn reminder operates properly).
Horn reminder does not operate properly by
request switch.
(Hazard reminder operates properly).
Hazard reminder does not operate properly
by Intelligent Key remote control button.
(Horn reminder operates properly).
Horn reminder does not operate properly by
Intelligent Key remote control button (door
lock/unlock button).
(Hazard reminder operates properly).
Horn reminder does not operate properly by
trunk opener request switch.
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Hazard function with hazard switch check.
BL-127
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit
BL-129
1.
Check “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK” or “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
3.
Horn function check.
BL-127
4.
IPDM E/R operation check.
BL-127
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Hazard function check.
BL-127
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
3.
Horn function check.
BL-127
4.
IPDM E/R operation check.
BL-127
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN” setting in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
3.
Lid trunk opener system check.
BL-144
4.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
WARNING CHIME FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
Each warning chime function is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.
Symptom
Ignition switch warning chime does not
operate.
Revision: January 2010
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
2.
Door switch check.
BL-110
3.
Key switch check.
BL-107
4.
Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check.
BL-118
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
BL-104
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Ignition key warning chime does not operate properly.
(When mechanical key is used)
OFF position warning chime does not operate.
OFF position warning chime (after door
closed) does not operate properly.
Take away warning chime does not operate properly.
Take away warning chime (from window)
does not operate properly.
Door lock operation warning chime does
not operate properly.
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
Key switch (Intelligent Key unit input) check.
BL-107
2.
Key switch (BCM input) check.
BL-108
3.
Door switch check.
BL-110
4.
Warning chime check.
BL-118
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
2.
Key switch check.
BL-107
3.
Power supply and ground circuit check.
BL-106
4.
Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check.
BL-118
5.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
2.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Door switch check.
BL-110
2.
Power supply and ground circuit check.
BL-106
3.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
4.
Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
5.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
6.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Check “TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN” setting in
“WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
3.
Power supply and ground circuit check
BL-106
4.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
5.
Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check.
BL-118
6.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
Door switch check.
BL-110
2.
Ignition knob switch check.
BL-109
3.
Front door request switch LH check.
BL-113
4.
Front outside antenna LH check.
BL-119
5.
Inside key antenna check.
BL-120
6.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check.
BL-118
7.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WARNING LAMP FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
N
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
O
Symptom
Intelligent Key low battery warning does not operate properly.
Revision: January 2010
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
Check “LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
BL-97
2.
Intelligent Key battery inspection.
BL-128
3.
KEY warning lamp (green) check.
BL-126
4.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
BL-105
2010 Sentra
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
P position warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
Take away warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
(Take away warning chime is operated).
Ignition switch warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
(Ignition switch warning chime is operated).
Diagnosis/service procedure
Reference page
1.
CVT selector lever (park position switch)
check.
BL-125
2.
“P-SHIFT” warning lamp (red) check.
BL-126
3.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
KEY warning lamp (red) check.
BL-126
2.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
1.
KEY warning lamp (red) check.
BL-126
2.
Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
CAN Communication System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283169
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
•
•
•
•
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III, and turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “INTELLIGENT KEY” on “SELECT SYSTEM” screen.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen.
Check display content in self-diagnostic results.
CONSULT-III display item
DTC code
NO DTC IS DETECTED
—
CAN COMM
U1000
CAN COMM2
U1010
OK or NG
NO DTC IS DETECTED>> INSPECTION END
CAN COMM [U1000]>> Go to “CAN SYSTEM”, Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
CAN COMM2 [U1010]>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283170
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminals 6, 11 and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
M42
6
11
(–)
Ground
Ignition switch position
OFF
ON
0V
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace Intelligent Key power supply circuit.
WIIA1171E
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BL-106
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminal 12 and ground.
12 - Ground
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
OK or NG
OK
>> Power supply and ground circuits are OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace the Intelligent Key unit ground circuit.
C
WIIA1172E
D
Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check
INFOID:0000000005283171
1.CHECK KEY SWITCH
E
With CONSULT-III
Check key switch (“KEY SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
F
Monitor item
Condition
Insert mechanical key into ignition switch: ON
KEY SW
1.
2.
3.
G
Remove mechanical key from ignition switch: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit harness connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminal 7 and ground.
Connector
M42
Terminals
(+)
7
(–)
Ground
H
BL
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Condition
Insert mechanical key
into ignition switch
J
Battery voltage
Remove mechanical
key from ignition switch
K
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1173E
L
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
1.
2.
3.
N
Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.
Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 2 and
ground.
2 - Ground
: Battery voltage
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch
power supply circuit.
WIIA1330E
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH OPERATION
Revision: January 2010
P
BL-107
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 1 and 2.
Component
Key switch
Terminals
1
Condition
2
Continuity
Insert mechanical key
into ignition switch.
Yes
Remove mechanical key
from ignition switch.
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).
PIIA9929E
4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 7 and key switch and
ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 1.
7-1
2.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminal 7 and ground.
7 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of harness and harness connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and key switch and ignition knob switch.
Key Switch (BCM Input) Check
WIIA1331E
INFOID:0000000005283172
1.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.
Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 2 and ground.
2 – Ground
: Battery voltage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check harness between key switch and ignition knob
switch and fuse.
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH
WIIA1330E
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 1 and 2.
Component
Ignition
switch
Terminals
1
Condition
2
Continuity
Insert mechanical key
into ignition switch.
Yes
Remove mechanical key
from ignition switch.
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).
PIIA9929E
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BL-108
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminal 37 and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 1.
37 – 1
3.
A
B
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminal 37 and ground.
37 – Ground
C
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch (BCM input) circuit is OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and BCM.
Ignition Knob Switch Check
WIIA1332E
D
INFOID:0000000005283173
1.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH
With CONSULT-III
Display “PUSH SW” on DATA MONITOR screen, and check if ON/OFF display is linked to ignition switch operation.
Monitor item
Ignition switch is pushed: ON
M42
G
H
Ignition switch is released: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminal 27 and ground.
Connector
F
Condition
PUSH SW
1.
2.
3.
E
Terminals
(+)
27
(–)
Ground
Condition
Ignition switch is
pushed
Ignition switch is released
BL
J
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
K
Battery voltage
L
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Ignition knob switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1175E
M
2.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
N
1.
2.
3.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 4 and
ground.
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-109
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4 - Ground
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch
power supply circuit.
WIIA1333E
3.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH OPERATION
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 3 and 4.
Component
Ignition
knob switch
Terminals
3
4
Condition
Continuity
Ignition switch is pushed
Yes
Ignition switch is released
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
PIIB6604E
4.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 27 and key switch and
ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 3.
27 - 3
2.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminal 27 and ground.
27 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of harness and harness connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and key switch and ignition knob switch.
Door Switch Check
WIIA1334E
INFOID:0000000005283174
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
• When any doors are open:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: ON
: ON
: ON
: ON
• When any doors are closed:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
Revision: January 2010
: OFF
: OFF
BL-110
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: OFF
: OFF
A
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.
Connector
M19
Item
Terminals
(+)
Front door
switch LH
47
Rear door
switch LH
48
Front door
switch RH
12
Rear door
switch RH
13
M18
(–)
Condition
B
C
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
D
Ground
Open
↓
Closed
0
↓
Battery voltage
E
LIIA1177E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door switch and BCM.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41
(Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.
2 - 47
2 - 12
2 - 48
2 - 13
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
BL
J
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front
LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2
and ground.
2 - Ground
H
K
LIIA1178E
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
M
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
N
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Terminals
Door switch
(front or rear)
2 – Ground
Condition
Continuity
Pressed
No
Released
Yes
O
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace door switch.
WIIA0644E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1.
Reconnect BCM connectors.
Revision: January 2010
BL-111
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12,
13, 47, 48 and ground.
12 - Ground
13 - Ground
47 - Ground
48 - Ground
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check
LIIA1177E
INFOID:0000000005283175
1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check (“TRUNK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Monitor item
Trunk condition
TRUNK SW
1.
2.
OPEN
: ON
CLOSED
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between BCM harness connector M19 terminal 42 and ground.
Connector
M19
Terminals
(+)
(-)
42
Ground
Trunk condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
CLOSED
Battery voltage
OPEN
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk room lamp switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1179E
2.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect trunk room lamp switch connector.
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals
1
Trunk condition
Continuity
CLOSED
No
OPEN
Yes
2
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace trunk room lamp switch.
3.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
WIIA1335E
Disconnect BCM connector M19.
Revision: January 2010
BL-112
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 (B)
terminal 1.
42 – 1
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
C
WIIA1336E
D
3.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and ground.
42 – Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch.
F
4.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
G
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 terminal 2 and ground.
2 – Ground
H
: Continuity should exist.
BL
J
WIIA1337E
OK or NG
OK
>> Check connection of harness and connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace trunk room lamp switch ground circuit.
Front Door Request Switch Check
K
INFOID:0000000005283176
L
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
M
With CONSULT-III
Check front door request switch (“DR REQ SW” or “AS REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Monitor item
DR REQ SW
AS REQ SW
1.
N
Condition
Front door request switch is pressed: ON
Front door request switch is released: OFF
O
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
P
BL-113
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 terminals 5, 25 and ground.
Connector
Terminals
Item
(+)
Front door request switch
LH
M42
Front door request switch
RH
(–)
5
Ground
25
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Door request
switch is
pressed
↓
Door request
switch is released
0
↓
Battery voltage
WIIA1183E
OK or NG
OK
>> Front door request switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front door request switch connector.
Check continuity between front door request switch terminals 3
and 4.
Component
Front door request
switch (LH or RH)
Terminals
3
4
Condition
Continuity
Front door request
switch is pressed
Yes
Front door request
switch is released
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace front door request switch.
WIIA1338E
3.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door request switch harness connector D4 (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 4 and
ground.
4 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace door request switch ground circuit.
4.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
WIIA1339E
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminals 5 (LH), 25 (RH) and
front door request switch harness connector D4 (B) (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 3.
Revision: January 2010
BL-114
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Driver side
Passenger side
3.
5-3
25 - 3
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
A
Check continuity between front door request switch harness
connector D4 (B) (LH), D103 (RH), terminal 3 and ground.
3 - Ground
B
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and front door request switch.
C
WIIA1340E
D
5.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL
1.
2.
Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check voltage between front door request switch harness connector D4 (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 3 and
ground.
LH:
RH:
3 - Ground
3 - Ground
F
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key Unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
G
H
WIIA1341E
Trunk Opener Request Switch Check
J
With CONSULT-III
Check trunk opener request switch (“BD/TR REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
K
Condition
Trunk opener request switch is pressed: ON
BD/TR REQ SW
1.
2.
L
Trunk opener request switch is released: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 29 and ground.
Connector
M42
Terminals
(+)
29
(–)
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Trunk opener request
switch is pressed
0
Trunk opener request
switch is released
5
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk opener request switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
N
O
P
WIIA1185E
2.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION
1.
BL
INFOID:0000000005283177
1.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH
Monitor item
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
BL-115
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect trunk opener request switch connector.
3. Check continuity between trunk opener request switch terminals
1 and 2.
Component
Trunk opener request
switch
Terminals
1
2
Condition
Continuity
Trunk opener request switch is pressed
Yes
Trunk opener request switch is released
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace trunk opener request switch.
WIIA1186E
3.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between trunk opener request switch harness connector T5 terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace trunk opener request switch ground
circuit.
4.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 29 and trunk opener
request switch harness connector T5 (B) terminal 1.
29 - 1
3.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminal 29 and ground.
29 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and trunk opener request switch.
5.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL
1.
2.
WIIA1187E
WIIA1188E
Connect Intelligent Key Unit connector.
Check voltage between trunk opener request switch harness connector T5 terminal 1 and ground.
1 - Ground
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
WIIA1189E
Revision: January 2010
BL-116
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Door Unlock Sensor) Check
INFOID:0000000005283178
A
1.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector terminal 28 and ground.
Connector
M42
Terminals
(+)
28
(-)
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Driver side door lock is locked
5
Driver side door lock is unlocked
0
B
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly LH
(door unlock sensor) connector.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminal 28 and front door lock assembly LH (door
unlock sensor) harness connector D9 (B) terminal 3.
28 – 3
4.
E
WIIA1190E
G
H
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminal 28 and ground.
28 – Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
BL
WIIA1342E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly LH (door
unlock sensor).
3.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) harness connector D9 terminal 4
and ground.
4 – Ground
J
K
L
: Continuity should exist.
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
N
O
4.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
WIIA1343E
P
Connect Intelligent Key unit harness connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 28 and ground.
Revision: January 2010
BL-117
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
28 – Ground
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor).
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
WIIA1193E
Intelligent Key Warning Chime (Combination Meter) Check
INFOID:0000000005283179
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING CHIME (COMBINATION METER) OPERATION
Using CONSULT-III, enter "INTELLIGENT KEY" menu and select "ACTIVE TEST". Activate "INSIDE
BUZZER" and listen for a chime response.
OK or NG
OK
>> Warning chime is OK.
NG
>> Refer to DI-53.
Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Front of Vehicle)
INFOID:0000000005283180
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 terminal 1
and ground.
1 - Ground
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of
vehicle) power supply circuit.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminal 4 and Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of
vehicle) harness connector E26 (B) terminal 3.
4-3
3.
WIIA1195E
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front
of vehicle) harness connector E26 (B) terminal 3 and ground.
3 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
WIIA1196E
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) and Intelligent
Key unit.
Revision: January 2010
BL-118
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) OPERATION
Connect battery power supply to Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 terminals 1 and 3, and check the operation.
1 (BAT+) - 3 (BAT-)
A
B
: The buzzer sounds
OK or NG
OK
>> Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) is OK.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle).
C
D
WIIA1197E
Outside Key Antenna Check
INFOID:0000000005283181
1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminals 17, 19, 37 and ground with an oscilloscope.
Connector
M42
Item
Terminals
(+)
Rear
bumper
antenna
17
Front outside antenna LH
19
Front outside antenna RH
37
(-)
Condition
Signal
(Reference value)
G
H
BL
Ground
Request
switch is
pushed
J
WIIA1198E
SIIA1910J
K
OK or NG
OK
>> Outside key antenna is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector.
Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness connector D4 (B) (LH) or D103 (B) (RH),
rear bumper antenna connector B49 (C) terminals 1, 2 and Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A)
terminals 17, 18, 19, 20, 37, and 38.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-119
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
Connector
Rear
bumper antenna
C: B49
Front outside antenna LH
B: D4
Front outside antenna RH
B: D103
3.
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
1
17
2
18
1
Continuity
19
A: M42
2
Yes
20
1
37
2
38
Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness
connector terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
Ground
No
1
Rear bumper antenna
C: B49
Front outside antenna LH
B: D4
Front outside antenna RH
B: D103
2
1
2
1
WIIA1345E
2
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace harness between outside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit.
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Replace outside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna)
Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector.
Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector terminals
17, 19, 37 and ground with an oscilloscope.
Connector
M42
Item
Terminals
(+)
Rear
bumper
antenna
17
Front outside antenna LH
19
Front outside antenna RH
37
(-)
Ground
Condition
Signal
(Reference value)
Request
switch is
pushed
WIIA1198E
SIIA1910J
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace outside key antenna.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
Inside Key Antenna Check
INFOID:0000000005283182
1.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
Revision: January 2010
BL-120
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Connector
M42
Terminals
Item
(+)
Rear
parcel
shelf antenna
33
Front
console
antenna
15
(–)
Ground
Ground
Instrument
panel
antenna
13
Condition
A
Signal (V)
(Reference value)
Any door
is open →
All doors
are
closed
B
C
WIIA1200E
Ignition
switch is
pushed.
D
PIIB7441E
E
OK or NG
OK
>> Inside key antenna is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA
1.
2.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and inside key antenna connectors.
Check continuity between inside key antenna harness connector M25 (B) (instrument panel), B18 (B)
(front console), B45 (B) (rear parcel shelf) terminals 1, 2 and Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42
(A) terminals 13, 14, 15, 16, 33 and 34.
Item
Connector
Instrument panel antenna
B: M25
Front console
antenna
B: B18
Rear parcel
shelf antenna
B: B45
3.
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
2
13
1
14
1
A: M42
2
BL
Yes
16
33
2
34
H
Continuity
15
1
G
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M42 (A) terminals 13, 14, 15, 16, 33, 34 and ground.
J
K
WIIA1254E
L
Item
Connector
Terminals
Continuity
13
M
14
Intelligent Key
unit
A: M42
15
16
Ground
No
N
33
34
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between inside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit.
3.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY SINGAL
1.
2.
P
Replace inside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna)
Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Revision: January 2010
BL-121
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground
with oscilloscope.
Connector
Item
Rear
parcel
shelf
antenna
M42
Front
console
antenna
Instrument
panel
antenna
Terminals
(+)
33
(–)
Ground
Condition
Signal (V)
(Reference value)
Any door
is open →
All doors
are
closed
WIIA1200E
15
Ground
13
Ignition
switch is
pushed.
PIIB7441E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace inside key antenna.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
Steering Lock Solenoid Check
INFOID:0000000005283183
1.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect steering lock solenoid connector.
Check voltage between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 terminal 1 and ground.
1 - Ground
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace steering lock solenoid power supply
circuit.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
WIIA1202E
Check continuity between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 terminal 4 and ground.
4 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace the steering lock solenoid ground circuit.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
WIIA1203E
Connect steering lock solenoid connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 1 and ground.
Revision: January 2010
BL-122
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1 - Ground
: Approx. 5V
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
B
C
WIIA1204E
4.CHECK STEERING LOCK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
D
Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 32 and ground with oscilloscope.
E
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(–)
Condition
Signal (V)
(Reference value)
F
M42
32
Ground
Ignition
switch is
pushed
G
SIIA1911J
WIIA1205E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
H
BL
5.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid connectors.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (B) terminals 1, 32 and steering lock
solenoid connector M27 (A) terminals 2, 3.
1-2
32 - 3
3.
K
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
L
Check continuity between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 (A) terminals 2, 3 and ground.
2 - Ground
3 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
M
WIIA1206E
Replace steering lock solenoid.
• After replacing steering lock solenoid, perform registration procedure. Refer to BL-72, "System
Description" .
>> Repair or replace harness between steering lock solenoid and Intelligent Key unit.
Stop Lamp Switch Check
N
O
INFOID:0000000005283184
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
P
With CONSULT-III
Check stop lamp switch (“STOP LAMP SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
J
BL-123
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Condition
Brake pedal depressed: ON
STOP LAMP SW
1.
2.
3.
Brake pedal released: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM.
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 9 and
ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(–)
9
Ground
M18
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Brake pedal depressed
Battery voltage
Brake pedal released
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Stop lamp switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1347E
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminal 1 and ground.
1 - Ground
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch
power supply circuit and fuse.
WIIA1255E
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.
Component
Stop lamp
switch
Terminals
1
2
Condition
Continuity
Brake pedal depressed
Yes
Brake pedal not depressed
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
WIIA1256E
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BL-124
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 9
and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 2.
9-2
2.
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 9
and ground.
9 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
C
WIIA1348E
D
CVT Selector Lever (Park Position Switch) Check
INFOID:0000000005283185
1.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH) INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check for continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 10 and ground.
Connector
M42
Terminals
(+)
(-)
10
Ground
Condition
Continuity
Selector lever is in "P" position
Yes
Other than above
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" .
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH) GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
F
G
H
BL
WIIA1349E
J
Disconnect CVT selector lever (park position switch) connector.
Check for continuity between CVT selector lever (park position
switch) harness connector M38 terminal 2 and ground.
K
2 – Ground
: Continuity should exist.
L
M
WIIA1350E
N
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH)
O
Check continuity between CVT selector lever (park position switch) terminals 2 and 5.
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-125
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component
Terminals
CVT selector lever
(park position switch)
2
5
Condition
Continuity
Selector lever is in "P" position
Yes
Other than above
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace CVT selector lever (park position switch).
WIIA1351E
"P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp Check
INFOID:0000000005283186
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “KNOB ON”.
“P-SHIFT” warning lamp should illuminate.
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, turn ignition switch ON. "P-SHIFT" warning lamp
should illuminate for 1 second to perform a bulb check.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection end.
NG
>> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
"KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check
INFOID:0000000005283187
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “RED ON”.
“KEY” warning lamp (red) should illuminate.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Ensure Intelligent Key is outside and away from the vehicle.
While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push the ignition knob switch.
The "KEY" warning lamp (red) should illuminate indicating that the Intelligent Key is not nearby.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection end.
NG
>> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
"KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check
INFOID:0000000005283188
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “BLUE ON”.
“KEY” warning lamp (green) should illuminate.
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
BL-126
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Ensure Intelligent Key is in your possession inside the vehicle.
3. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push the ignition knob switch.
4. The "KEY" warning lamp (green) should illuminate indicating that the Intelligent Key is nearby.
A
B
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection end.
NG
>> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
Hazard Function Check
C
INFOID:0000000005283189
D
1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP
Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch?
YES or NO
YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.
NO
>> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-45.
Check Horn Function
E
F
INFOID:0000000005283190
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of
malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Communication
Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)".
1.CHECK HORN FUNCTION
H
Does horn sound with horn switch?
YES or NO
YES >> Horn circuit is OK.
NO
>> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28.
BL
IPDM E/R Operation Check
INFOID:0000000005283191
1.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E43 terminal 13 and ground.
13 – Ground
G
J
K
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
L
M
N
WIIA1352E
2.CHECK IPDM E/R CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E43 (A) terminal 13 and horn relay harness connector H-1 (B) terminal 1.
Revision: January 2010
BL-127
2010 Sentra
O
P
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13 – 1
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness connection.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
WIIA1353E
Intelligent Key Battery Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283192
LIIA2852E
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION
1.
2.
Remove battery to measure voltage across battery positive (+) and negative (-) terminals.
Check by connecting a resistance (approximately 300Ω) so that
the current value becomes about 10 mA.
Standard
: Approx. 2.5 - 3.0V
NOTE:
Key fob does not function if battery is not installed correctly.
OCC0607D
Remote Keyless Entry Function
INFOID:0000000005283193
1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
Revision: January 2010
BL-128
2010 Sentra
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241.
Does the test pass?
YES or NO
YES >> Keyfob is OK.
NO
>> Replace keyfob. Refer to BL-72, "System Description" .
A
B
C
LEL946A
Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit
D
INFOID:0000000005283194
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
E
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the screw (a), disconnect and remove the Intelligent
Key unit (1).
F
G
H
LIIA2851E
BL
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-129
2010 Sentra
DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR
Fitting Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283195
LIIA2811E
1. Body side outer
2. Front fender
3. Front door outer
4. Front door sash
5. Rear door sash
6. Rear pillar
7. Rear door outer
8. Center pillar
a. 2.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.08 ± 0.04 in)
b. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm(0.0 ± 0.04 in)
c. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
d. 4.6 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in)
e. 7.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.28 ± 0.04 in)
f.
-3.6 ± 1.5 mm (-0.14 ± 0.06 in)
h. -5.5 ± 1.5 mm (-0.22 ± 0.06 in)
j.
6.8 ± 1.0 mm (0.27 ± 0.04 in)
m. 7.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.28 ± 0.04 in)
n. -4.7 ± 2.0 mm(-0.19 ± 0.08 in)
q. 22.1 ± 1.0 mm (0.87 ± 0.04 in)
t.
4.6 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in)
r.
4.5 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in)
u. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
g. 6.8 ± 1.0 mm (0.27 ± 0.04 in)
k. -5.3 ± 1.5 mm (-0.21 ± 0.06 in)
p. -8.9 ± 2.0 mm (-0.35 ± 0.08 in)
s. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
v.
0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
w. 5.5 ± 1.5 mm (0.22 ± 0.06 in)
FRONT DOOR
Revision: January 2010
BL-130
2010 Sentra
DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Longitudinal Clearance
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Front door hinge bolts
7.
A
Remove the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Loosen the front door hinge bolts.
Install the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Open the front door and adjust up or down at the rear edge according to specification.
Remove the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Tighten the front door hinge bolts.
B
C
20.6 N·m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)
D
Install the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Surface Height Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
Loosen the front door hinge nuts.
Adjust the surface height difference of the fender and the front door according to specification.
Tighten the front door hinge nuts. Refer to BL-132, "Removal and Installation".
E
Striker Adjustment
F
1.
Striker screws
16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
G
H
BL
PIIB2804J
REAR DOOR
J
Longitudinal Clearance
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the center pillar upper and lower garnishes. Refer to EI-34.
Open the front door and loosen the rear door hinge bolts.
From inside the vehicle, loosen the upper hinge nut. Open the rear door, and raise or lower the rear door
at the rear edge according to specification.
Tighten the rear door hinge bolts and nut.
Rear door hinge bolts
Rear door hinge to center pillar nut
5.
20.6 N·m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)
28.8 N·m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
K
L
M
Install the center pillar upper and lower garnishes. Refer to EI-34.
N
Surface Height Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
Loosen the rear door hinge nuts.
Adjust the surface height difference of front and rear doors according to specification.
Tighten the rear door hinge nuts. Refer to BL-132, "Removal and Installation".
O
Striker Adjustment
Revision: January 2010
P
BL-131
2010 Sentra
DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Striker screws
16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
PIIB2804J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283196
FRONT DOOR
CAUTION:
• When removing and installing the front door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to protect the door and body.
• When removing and installing front door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer
to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment".
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts.
• Check the hinge rotating part for lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”.
• Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.
• Check front door open/close operation after installation.
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove dash side finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the front door harness connectors.
Remove the front door harness grommet, and then remove the harness from the front pillar.
Remove the check link bolt from the front pillar.
Front door check link bolt
14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
PIIB6543E
Revision: January 2010
BL-132
2010 Sentra
DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove the front door hinge nuts (a) and the door assembly (1).
A
Front door hinge nuts
24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)
B
C
D
E
F
G
LIIA2812E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
H
REAR DOOR
CAUTION:
• When removing and installing the rear door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to pro- BL
tect the door and body.
• When removing and installing rear door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer
to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment".
J
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts.
• Check the hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”.
• Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.
K
• Check rear door open/close operation after installation.
Removal
1.
Remove the rear door harness grommet.
L
M
N
PIIB6520E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-133
2010 Sentra
DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect the rear door harness connector.
PIIB6521E
3.
Remove the check link bolt from the center pillar.
Rear door check link bolt
14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
PIIB6543E
4.
Remove the rear door hinge nuts (a) and the door assembly (1).
Rear door hinge nuts
24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)
LIIA2813E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
BL-134
2010 Sentra
FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DOOR LOCK
A
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005283197
B
C
D
E
F
G
LIIA2814E
1.
Front door outside handle assembly
4.
Key cylinder assembly
5.
Rear gasket
6.
Front gasket
7.
Outside handle bracket
8.
Key cylinder connecting rod
9.
Door lock assembly
10. Inside door handle cap
2.
Front door outside handle assembly
11. Inside door handle assembly
Removal and Installation
3.
Door key cylinder assembly
(Driver's side)
Outside handle escutcheon
(passenger's side)
H
BL
12. Front door assembly
INFOID:0000000005283198
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Temporarily reconnect the battery and the power window switch. Fully close front door window.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal and remove the power window switch.
Remove the front door sealing screen.
NOTE:
If the sealing screen is to be reused, pull it and the adhesive at approximately a 30 degree angle from the
metal to remove it cleanly.
Remove front door rear glass run channel. Refer to GW-47.
Remove the door side grommet, and the door key cylinder
mask (escutcheon) bolt.
Disconnect the key cylinder connecting rod (key cylinder side).
If equipped, disconnect the door antenna, the door request
switch connector and remove the harness clamp. (Vehicle with
intelligent key systems only).
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
PIIB5808E
Revision: January 2010
BL-135
2010 Sentra
FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Remove the door cylinder and mask assembly while pulling the
outside handle forward.
PIIB5809E
10. Pull the outside door handle out and then slide it toward the rear
of the vehicle to remove.
PIIB5810E
11. Remove the front and rear gaskets.
PIIB6526E
12. Remove the door lock assembly bolts.
5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb)
PIIB6527E
13. Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of the vehicle,
and remove the assembly.
PIIB6528E
Revision: January 2010
BL-136
2010 Sentra
FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector.
15. Separate the outside handle cable from the outside handle
bracket.
A
B
C
PIIB5815E
INSTALLATION
D
E
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• To install the rod, be sure to rotate the rod holders until a click is felt.
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-137
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DOOR LOCK
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005283199
LIIA2815E
1.
Outside door handle assembly
2.
Outside handle
3.
Outside handle escutcheon
4.
Rear gasket
5.
Front gasket
6.
Outside handle bracket
7.
Grommet
8.
Rear door lock assembly
9.
Inside door handle cap
10. Inside door handle assembly
11. Rear door assembly
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283200
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the partition glass. Refer to GW-51.
Support door glass while lifting it up to the door window completely closed position.
Remove the door side grommet, and the outside handle
escutcheon screw.
PIIB5808E
4.
Pull the outside handle forward while removing outside handle
escutcheon.
PIIB5809E
Revision: January 2010
BL-138
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Pull outside door handle forward and slide it toward the rear of
the vehicle to remove.
A
B
C
PIIB5810E
6.
D
Remove the front and rear gaskets.
E
F
G
PIIB6526E
7.
Remove the door lock assembly screws.
H
: 5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb)
BL
J
PIIB6527E
8.
K
Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of vehicle,
remove the outside handle bracket and the door lock assembly.
L
M
N
PIIB6528E
9.
If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-139
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Disconnect the outside handle cable from the outside handle
bracket.
PIIB5815E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
BL-140
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRUNK LID
A
Fitting Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283201
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
LIIA2816E
1.
Rear fender
2.
Trunk lid
3.
K
Rear combination lamp
a.
4.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.16 ± 0.04 in)
b.
0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in)
c.
4.0 ± 1.6 mm (0.16 ± 0.06 in)
d.
0.8 ± 1.6 mm (0.03 ± 0.06 in)
e.
4.0 ± 1.6 mm (0.16 ± 0.06 in)
f.
1.25 ± 1.6 mm (0.05 ± 0.06 in)
Longitudinal and lateral clearance adjustment
1.
2.
With the striker released, loosen the trunk lid hinge nuts and close the trunk lid.
Make the lateral clearance and the clearance to the rear window glass equal. Then open the trunk lid to
tighten the nuts.
Surface height adjustment
1.
2.
Loosen the striker bolts. Raise the striker to the top position, and temporarily tighten the upper bolt.
Close the trunk lid lightly and adjust the surface height. Then open the trunk lid and tighten the striker
bolts.
Trunk Lid Assembly
N
O
P
Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44 .
Remove the trunk lid wire harness.
Revision: January 2010
M
INFOID:0000000005283202
REMOVAL
1.
2.
L
BL-141
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the nuts (a) and the trunk lid assembly (1).
LIIA2817E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installing, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of the hinge nuts.
Trunk Lid Lock
INFOID:0000000005283203
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44 .
If equipped, disconnect the trunk lid lock cylinder rod.
Remove the release cable.
Remove the bolts (a) and the trunk lid lock (1).
LIIA2818E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Trunk Lid Striker
INFOID:0000000005283204
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the trunk rear plate and trunk rear finisher. Refer to EI-44 .
Remove the bolts, disconnect the electrical connector and remove the trunk lock actuator.
Remove the bolt and disconnect the trunk lid release cable.
Revision: January 2010
BL-142
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove the bolts (a) and the trunk lid striker (1).
A
B
C
LIIA2819E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Trunk Lid Stay Disposal
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000006043921
Secure trunk lid stay (1) using a vise (C).
Using hacksaw (A) slowly make 2 holes in the trunk lid stay, in
numerical order as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
• When cutting a hole on trunk lid stay, always cover a
hacksaw using a shop cloth (B) to avoid scattering metal
fragments or oil.
• Wear eye protection (safety glasses).
• Wear gloves.
E
F
G
H
JMKIA3336ZZ
BL
A:
B:
20 mm (0.787 in)
Cut at the groove.
J
K
L
JMKIA3609ZZ
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-143
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRUNK LID OPENER
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283205
BIIA0005E
1.
BCM M18, M19, M20
2.
(view with instrument panel removed)
Intelligent Key unit M42
3.
(with Intelligent Key)
(view with instrument panel removed)
4.
Trunk opener request switch T5
(with Intelligent Key)
Trunk lid opener actuator B59
5.
System Description
Remote keyless entry receiver M15
(without Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283206
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57
• through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 11 (with Intelligent Key).
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 12 (with Intelligent Key)
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
Then power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 53
• to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 2
• through body grounds B7 and B19.
Then BCM operates trunk lid opener actuator.
Revision: January 2010
BL-144
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - TLID -
INFOID:0000000005283207
A
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WIWA2204E
Revision: January 2010
BL-145
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
AWKWA0101GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283208
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit
INFOID:0000000005283209
Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".
Revision: January 2010
BL-146
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283210
A
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM
diagnostic test item
Diagnostic mode
Description
B
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
C
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
them.
D
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
read.
E
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
F
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS
Data Monitor
G
Monitor item
Content
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
KEYLESS TRUNK**
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk release signal from keyfob.
I-KEY TRUNK*
Momentarily indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from trunk opener request switch.
VEHICLE SPEED
Indicates vehicle speed.
H
BL
* : With Intelligent Key system
** : Without Intelligent Key system
J
Active Test
Test item
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
Content
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K
This test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator unlock operation.
Actuator opens trunk lock assembly when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INFOID:0000000005283211
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-144, "System Description".
Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts. Refer to BL-148, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
Does trunk lid opener operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3.
Inspection end.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-147
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
INFOID:0000000005283212
Symptom
Reference
page
Diagnoses/service procedure
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit.
Trunk lid release switch does not operate.
(Without Intelligent Key system)
Trunk lid release does not operate.
(With Intelligent Key system)
BCS-15
2. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
BL-60
3. Check remote keyless entry receiver.
BL-65
4. Check trunk lid opener actuator.
BL-150
5. Replace BCM.
BCS-18
1. Check Intelligent Key power supply and ground circuit.
BL-106
2. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit.
BCS-15
3. Intelligent Key battery inspection check.
BL-128
4. Remote Keyless Entry Function check.
BL-128
5. Check trunk opener request switch.
BL-148
6. Check trunk lid opener actuator.
BL-150
7. Replace Intelligent Key unit.
BL-129
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283213
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit
INFOID:0000000005283214
Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283215
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Intelligent Key Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283216
Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Check Trunk Opener Request Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283217
1.CHECK TRUNKOPENER REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check trunk opener request switch (“I-KEY TRNK”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Test item
I-KEY TRNK
Condition
trunk opener request switch is pushed: ON (momentarily)
trunk opener request switch is released: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
BL-148
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal
29 and ground.
A
Terminals
(+)
Intelligent
Key unit
connector
Terminal
M42
29
Door condition
(–)
B
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
C
Ground
trunk opener
request switch
Pushed
0
Released
5
WIIA1358E
D
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk opener request switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and trunk opener request switch connector.
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 (A)
terminal 29 and trunk opener request switch connector T5 (B)
terminal 1.
A
G
B
Intelligent Key unit
connector
Terminal
Trunk opener request switch connector
Terminal
M42
29
T5
1
4.
F
H
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 (A)
terminal 29 and ground.
BL
WIIA1359E
J
A
Intelligent Key unit connector
Terminal
M42
29
Ground
Continuity
K
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
L
3.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH
M
Check continuity between trunk opener request switch terminals 1 and 2.
Terminal
Trunk opener request switch
1
2
Trunk opener request switch condition
Continuity
Pushed
Yes
Released
No
N
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace trunk opener request switch.
P
4.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BL-149
PIIB6470E
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between trunk opener request switch connector terminal 2 and ground.
Trunk opener request switch
connector
Terminal
T5
2
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
PIIB6472E
5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 29 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Intelligent Key unit
connector
Terminal
M42
29
(–)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
5
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Check Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Circuit
WIIA1358E
INFOID:0000000005283218
1.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check the operation with (“TRUNK/BACK DOOR”) in the ACTIVE TEST.
Does trunk lid opener actuator operate normally?
YES or NO
YES >> Trunk lid opener actuator circuit is OK.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect trunk lid opener actuator connector.
Check voltage between trunk lid opener actuator connector B59 terminal 1 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Trunk lid
opener actuator connector
B59
Terminal
1
(–)
Ground
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Condition
Keyfob trunk
release button
Pushed
0
↓
Battery voltage
↓
0
Released
WIIA1354E
0
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
BL-150
2010 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
A
3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between trunk lid opener actuator connector B59
terminal 2 and ground.
Trunk lid opener actuator connector
Terminal
B59
2
B
Continuity
Ground
C
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace trunk lid opener actuator. Refer to BL-142,
"Trunk Lid Lock".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
WIIA1355E
4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 53 and trunk lid opener actuator connector
B59 (B) terminal 1.
A
3.
D
BCM connector
Terminal
Trunk lid opener
actuator connector
Terminal
M19
53
B59
1
Continuity
H
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 53
and ground.
Terminal
M19
53
F
G
B
BCM connector
E
Ground
BL
Continuity
No
WIIA1377E
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk lid opener actuator.
K
1.
2.
L
5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
Reconnect BCM connector.
Check voltage between BCM connector M19 terminal 53 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
BCM
connector
M19
Terminal
53
(–)
Ground
Keyfob trunk
release button
M
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Condition
Pushed
N
0
↓
Battery voltage
↓
0
Released
0
O
WIIA1378E
P
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Revision: January 2010
BL-151
2010 Sentra
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
Removal
INFOID:0000000005283219
1.
Remove trunk side finisher (RH). Refer to EI-44.
2.
3.
Remove fuel filler lock.
Remove rear seat cushion assembly. Refer to SE-19.
PIIB3831J
4.
5.
6.
Remove front kicking plate and rear kicking plate. Refer to EI-34.
Remove the trunk and fuel lid opener control cover.
Remove the bolts (a), disconnect the cables (1), and remove the
trunk and fuel lid opener control (2).
LIIA2820E
7.
Remove fuel filler lid opener cable and clips from the vehicle.
LIIA2821E
Installation
INFOID:0000000005283220
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
BL-152
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283221
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
ALKIA1782ZZ
BCM M18, M19, M20
2.
(view with instrument panel removed)
4.
Security indicator lamp
5.
Front door key cylinder switch LH D9 6.
Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
M
7.
Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41
8.
Trunk room lamp switch B57
Main power window and door lock/unlock
switch D5, D11 (with power windows)
Power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH D104 (with power windows)
N
10. Door lock/unlock switch LH D6
(without power windows)
Intelligent Key unit M42
(with Intelligent Key)
11. Horn relay H-1
3.
L
1.
9.
Combination meter M24
12. Horn E57, E58
O
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283222
DESCRIPTION
P
Operation Flow
Revision: January 2010
BL-153
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PIIA1367E
Setting the vehicle security system
Initial condition
• Ignition switch is in OFF position.
Disarmed phase
• When the vehicle is being driven or when any door is open, the vehicle security system is set in the disarmed phase on the assumption that the owner is inside or near the vehicle.
Pre-armed phase and armed phase
• The vehicle security system turns into the "pre-armed" phase (security lamp illuminates) when the BCM
receives LOCK signal from front door key cylinder switch, keyfob or Intelligent Key after all doors are closed.
• All doors are closed after front doors are locked by key or door lock and unlock switch.
The security indicator lamp illuminates for 30 seconds. then, the system automatically shifts into the "armed"
phase.
Canceling the set vehicle security system
The armed phase is canceled when the driver unlocks the doors with the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
Activating the alarm operation of the vehicle security system
Make sure the system is in the armed phase.
When one of the following operations is performed, the system sounds the horn and flashes the headlamps for
about 50 seconds.
1. Any door is opened before unlocking door with key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
2. Door is unlocked without using key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Power is supplied at all times
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
through 10A fuse [No.19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
to combination meter terminal 1 (security indicator lamp)
through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
to BCM terminal 70
through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
to BCM terminal 57
through 10A fuse (No. 25, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
to horn relay terminal 2
through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in the IPDM E/R)
to IPDM E/R internal CPU
through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in the IPDM E/R)
to IPDM E/R internal CPU.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Revision: January 2010
BL-154
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to BCM terminal 11.
A
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
B
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
C
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM
The operation of the vehicle security system is controlled by the doors and trunk.
To activate the vehicle security system, BCM must receive signals indicating the ignition switch is OFF, doors
and trunk are closed and locked.
When a door or trunk is open, BCM terminal 12, 13, 42, 47 or 48 receives a ground signal from each switch.
When front door LH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 11 (without Automatic Close
Power Window) or terminal 2 (with Automatic Close Power Window) of main power window and door lock/
unlock switch.
When front door RH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 2 of power window and door
lock/unlock switch RH.
D
E
F
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION
The vehicle security system is triggered by
• opening a door
G
• opening the trunk
• unlocking door or trunk without using the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
The vehicle security system will be triggered once the system is in armed phase,
H
• when BCM receives a ground signal at terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 (front or rear door switch), or terminal 42
(trunk switch).
When the vehicle security system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently
BL
• from IPDM E/R terminal 13
• to horn relay terminal 1.
The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after 50 seconds, but will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with again.
J
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION
To deactivate the vehicle security system, a door must be unlocked with the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
When the key is used to unlock the driver door, BCM terminal 7 receives signal
• from terminal 5 of the front door key cylinder switch LH.
When the BCM receives this signal or unlock signal from keyfob or Intelligent Key or front door key cylinder
switch LH, the vehicle security system is deactivated. (Disarmed phase)
PANIC ALARM OPERATION
Intelligent Key and remote keyless entry system may or may not operate vehicle security system (horn and
headlamps) as required.
When the remote keyless entry system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently
• from IPDM E/R terminal 13
• to horn relay terminal 1.
The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob or Intelligent
Key.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283223
K
L
M
N
O
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-155
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283224
ABKWA0332GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-156
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC -
INFOID:0000000005283225
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AAKWA0216GB
Revision: January 2010
BL-157
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WIWA2192E
Revision: January 2010
BL-158
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0333GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-159
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WIWA2325E
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283226
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit
INFOID:0000000005283227
Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".
Revision: January 2010
BL-160
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283228
A
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM
diagnostic test item
Diagnostic mode
Description
B
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
C
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
them.
D
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
read.
E
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
F
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEM
Work Support
G
Test Item
Description
SECURITY ALARM SET
This mode can confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting.
THEFT ALM TRG
The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and
erase the record of vehicle security alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on
CONSULT-III screen.
H
BL
Data Monitor
Monitored Item
Description
J
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
ACC ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
I-KEY LOCK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY UNLOCK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY TRUNK
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from keyfob.
TRNK OPNR SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener switch.
TRUNK CYL SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk key cylinder switch.
TRNK OPN MNTR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid status.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
BACK DOOR SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch.
KEY CYL LK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder switch.
KEY CYL UN SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder switch.
CDL LOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
CDL UNLOCK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
K
L
M
N
O
Active Test
Revision: January 2010
BL-161
2010 Sentra
P
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Test Item
Description
THEFT IND
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when “ON”
on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
This test is able to check vehicle security horn operation. The horns will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
HEADLAMP (HI)
This test is able to check vehicle security lamp operation. The headlamps will be activated for 0.5
seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283229
WORK FLOW
LIIA2635E
• For “POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-20.
• For "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-71.
• For “REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-50.
Preliminary Check
INFOID:0000000005283230
1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION
Confirm BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
OK or NG
OK
>> Proceed with the preliminary check to verify system operation.
NG
>> Change BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
Revision: January 2010
BL-162
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The system operation is canceled by turning ignition switch to ACC at any step between START and ARMED
in the following flow chart.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
ALKIA1784GB
After performing preliminary check, go to symptom chart. Refer to BL-164, "Symptom Chart".
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-163
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283231
SYMPTOM
PROCEDURE
Diagnostic procedure
Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check)
Refer to BL-165, "Diagnosis Procedure 1".
AII items
Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Trunk room lamp switch check)
Refer to BL-168, "Diagnosis Procedure 7".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
1
Vehicle security
system cannot be
set by ····
Lock/unlock switch
Door outside key (driver)
Keyfob
2
Security indicator
does not turn
“ON”.
Security indicator lamp
Diagnostic Procedure 6 (Door lock/unlock switch check)
Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 6".
If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/
unlock switch. Refer to GW-15.
Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check)
Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 3".
If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/
unlock switch. Refer to GW-15.
Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis
Symptom Chart".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Diagnostic Procedure 2 (Security indicator lamp check)
Refer to BL-166, "Diagnosis Procedure 2".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check)
Refer to BL-165, "Diagnosis Procedure 1".
3
*1 Vehicle security
system does not
alarm when ····
Any door or trunk is opened.
Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Trunk room lamp switch check)
Refer to BL-168, "Diagnosis Procedure 7".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Horn alarm
4
Vehicle security
alarm does not activate.
Head lamp alarm
Door outside key (driver)
5
Vehicle security
system cannot be
canceled by ····
Diagnostic Procedure 4 (Vehicle security horn alarm check).
Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 4".
If the above systems are “OK”, check horn system.
Refer to WW-28.
Diagnostic Procedure 5 (Head lamp alarm check).
Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 5".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check).
Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 3".
If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/
unlock switch. Refer to GW-15.
Check Intelligent Key entry function. Refer to BL-72, "System Description".
Intelligent key
Keyfob
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis
Symptom Chart".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
*1 : Make sure the system is in the armed phase.
Revision: January 2010
BL-164
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure 1
INFOID:0000000005283232
A
DOOR SWITCH CHECK
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When any doors are open:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
: ON
: ON
: ON
: ON
C
D
E
• When any doors are closed:
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
DOOR SW-RL
DOOR SW-RR
F
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
: OFF
G
H
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.
Connector
M19
Item
Terminals
(+)
Front door
switch LH
47
Rear door
switch LH
48
Front door
switch RH
12
Rear door
switch RH
13
M18
(–)
Condition
BL
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
J
Ground
Open
↓
Closed
0
↓
Battery voltage
K
LIIA1177E
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door switch and BCM.
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41
(Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.
2 - 47
2 - 12
2 - 48
2 - 13
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
LIIA1178E
BL-165
O
P
Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front
LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2
and ground.
Revision: January 2010
N
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
Terminals
Door switch
(front or rear)
Condition
2 – Ground
Continuity
Pressed
No
Released
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace door switch.
WIIA0644E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1.
2.
Reconnect BCM connectors.
Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12,
13, 47, 48 and ground.
12 - Ground
13 - Ground
47 - Ground
48 - Ground
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Diagnosis Procedure 2
LIIA1177E
INFOID:0000000005283233
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
1.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-III
Check "THEFT IND” in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Disconnect BCM.
Check voltage between BCM harness connector M18 terminal
23 and ground.
Connector
M18
Terminals
(+)
(-)
23
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
ON
0
OFF
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Security indicator lamp is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
LIIA0523E
2.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
Revision: January 2010
BL-166
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check security indicator lamp condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace security indicator lamp.
A
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and combination meter.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 23
and combination meter connector M24 (B) terminal 16.
23 - 16
4.
B
C
D
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 23
and ground.
23 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
E
Check the following:
• 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness.
Diagnosis Procedure 3
F
AWKIA1574ZZ
G
INFOID:0000000005283234
H
FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (KEY CYLINDER SWITCH) CHECK
1.FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (KEY CYLINDER SWITCH) CHECK
BL
Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) with key.
Do doors lock/unlock when using the key?
YES >> Front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) is OK.
NO
>> Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) circuit. Refer to BL-135.
Diagnosis Procedure 4
J
INFOID:0000000005283235
K
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK
1.CHECK HORN OPERATION
L
Check if horn sounds with horn switch.
Does horn operate?
YES >> Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and horn relay.
NO
>> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28.
Diagnosis Procedure 5
M
INFOID:0000000005283236
N
VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK
1.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM OPERATION
O
Check if headlamps operate with lighting switch.
Do headlamps come on when turning switch ON?
YES >> Headlamp alarm is OK.
NO
>> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-4 or LT-25.
Diagnosis Procedure 6
P
INFOID:0000000005283237
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
1.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
BL-167
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check if power door lock operates with door lock/unlock switch.
Do doors lock/unlock when using each door lock/unlock switch?
YES >> Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NO
>> Refer to BL-40, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check".
Diagnosis Procedure 7
INFOID:0000000005283238
TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CHECK
1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check (“TRUNK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Monitor item
Trunk condition
TRUNK SW
1.
2.
OPEN
: ON
CLOSED
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between BCM harness connector M19 terminal 42 and ground.
Connector
M19
Terminals
(+)
(-)
42
Ground
Trunk condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
CLOSED
Battery voltage
OPEN
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk room lamp switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA1179E
2.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect trunk room lamp switch connector.
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals
1
Trunk condition
Continuity
CLOSED
No
OPEN
Yes
2
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace trunk room lamp switch.
3.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
WIIA1335E
Disconnect BCM connector M19.
Revision: January 2010
BL-168
2010 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 (B)
terminal 1.
42 – 1
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
C
WIIA1336E
D
3.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and ground.
42 – Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch.
F
4.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
G
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 terminal 2 and ground.
2 – Ground
H
: Continuity should exist.
BL
J
WIIA1337E
OK or NG
OK
>> Check connection of harness and connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace trunk room lamp switch ground circuit.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-169
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283239
BIIA0007E
1.
BCM M18, M20
2.
(view with instrument panel removed)
Intelligent Key unit M42
(with Intelligent Key)
3.
NATS antenna amp. M21
(inside steering column)
4.
Combination meter M24
Security indicator lamp
6.
ECM E16
5.
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283240
DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If customer reports a “No start” condition, request ALL KEYS to be brought to a Nissan dealer in case
of a NATS malfunction.
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) has the following functions:
• NATS shows a higher anti-theft performance at preventing engine to be started by an unregistered key. (registered key: mechanical key and Intelligent Key).
• Only a key with key ID registered in BCM and ECM can start engine, it has a higher protection against auto
theft that duplicates keys.
• If a malfunction has been detected, security indicator will illuminate when ignition switch is in ON position.
• If the owner requires, mechanical key can be registered for up to 5 keys.
• During trouble diagnosis or when the following parts have been replaced, and if mechanical key is added,
registration* is required.
*: All mechanical keys of the vehicle should be registered.
- ECM
- BCM
- Mechanical key
• NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of other NATS mechanical key IDs
must be carried out using CONSULT-III. When NATS initialization has been completed, the ID of the inserted
mechanical key can be displayed.
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and mechanical key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III
operation manual.
SECURITY INDICATOR
• Forewarns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
Revision: January 2010
BL-170
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Security indicator will not blink while the ignition knob is in ON or START state.
NOTE:
Because security indicator is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.
A
Condition of Security Indicator
• When operating the ignition switch with Intelligent Key, security indicator lamp will turn off at once if ignition
switch is pressed and blinks when ignition switch is released.
• When operating the ignition switch with mechanical key security indicator will turn off at once if mechanical
key is inserted into key cylinder and blinks when mechanical key is removed.
(Once the mechanical key is inserted into key cylinder, BCM will only perform the key ID verification with
mechanical key)
System Composition
INFOID:0000000005283241
The function of the NATS consists of the following:
• Mechanical key
• NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder
• BCM
• ECM (Engine control module)
• Security indicator
• Intelligent Key unit (with Intelligent Key)
NOTE:
The communication between ECM, BCM and/or Intelligent Key unit uses the CAN communication system.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
LIIA2637E
ECM Re-communicating Function
INFOID:0000000005283242
Performing the following procedure can automatically perform re-communication of ECM and BCM or Intelligent Key unit, but only when the ECM has been replaced with a new one which has never been energized onboard.
(In this step, initialization procedure by CONSULT-III is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When registering new Key IDs or replacing the ECM other than brand new, refer to CONSULT-III
Operation Manual.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key ID from those with registered ID.
1. Install ECM.
2. Use a registered key (*), turn ignition switch to “ON”.
*: To perform this step, use the key that has been used before to perform ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in “ON” position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to “OFF”.
5. Start engine.
If engine can be started, procedure is completed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-171
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If engine cannot be started, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual and initialize control unit.
Wiring Diagram - NATS -
INFOID:0000000005283243
AAKWA0217GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283244
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Revision: January 2010
BL-172
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function
INFOID:0000000005283245
A
CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION
CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE
B
Description
C/U INITIALIZATION
When replacing any of the following components, C/U initialization and re-registration of all
NATS mechanical keys are necessary.
[NATS mechanical key/ BCM/ ECM*]
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart.
Refer to "NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART".
D
*: When replace ECM, refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
NOTE:
• When any initialization is performed, all ID previously registered will be erased and all NATS mechanical
keys must be registered again.
• The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this case, the system will show “DIFFERENCE OF
KEY” or “LOCK MODE” as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-III screen.
• In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored as a self-diagnostic result during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.
NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART
Detected items
[NATS program card screen terms]
P No. Code
(Self-diagnostic
result of “ENGINE”)
C
E
F
G
Reference
page
Malfunction is detected when.....
H
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
[P1612]
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1612
Communication impossible between ECM and BCM
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored
during key registration procedure, even if the system is not
malfunctioning.
BL-177
BL
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
[P1615]
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1615
BCM can receive the key ID signal but the result of ID verification between key ID and BCM is NG.
BL-182
J
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
[P1614]
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1614
BCM cannot receive the key ID signal.
BL-178
K
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
[P1611]
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1611
The result of ID verification between BCM and ECM is NG.
System initialization is required.
BL-180
L
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1610
When the starting operation is carried out five or more
times consecutively under the following conditions, NATS
will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from
being started.
• Unregistered mechanical key is used.
• BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning.
BL-181
All engine trouble codes except NATS trouble code has
been detected in ECM.
BL-173
LOCK MODE
[P1610]
DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG
—
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure
N
INFOID:0000000005283246
PRELIMINARY CHECK
O
P
1.GET SYMPTOMS
Listen to customer complaints request. (Get symptoms)
NOTE:
If customer reports a “No start” condition, request all Intelligent Keys to be brought to the dealer in case of
Intelligent Key system malfunction.
Revision: January 2010
M
BL-173
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intelligent Key or mechanical key service request>> For further information, refer to CONSULT-III operation
manual.
Malfunctions>>GO TO 2.
2.START ENGINE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)
Check if the engine could be started by all registered Intelligent Keys.
The engine cannot be started by some Intelligent Keys>>Intelligent Key is low battery or malfunction. Refer
to BL-128, "Intelligent Key Battery Replacement".
The engine cannot be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 3.
The engine can be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 4.
3.CHECK “KEY” WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATION
When pushing the ignition switch, check if “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates.
KEY warning lamp illuminates green>>GO TO BL-126, ""KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check".
KEY warning lamp illuminates red>>GO TO BL-126, ""KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check".
Does not illuminate>>GO TO BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
4.START ENGINE WITH MECHANICAL KEY
Check if the engine could be started by all registered mechanical keys.
The engine can not be started by some mechanical keys>>Register mechanical key. Refer to CONSULT-III
operation manual.
The engine cannot be started by all mechanical keys>> "WORK FLOW".
The engine can be started by all mechanical keys>>GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to ON by carrying the Intelligent Key.
Perform self-diagnosis of Intelligent Key system with CONSULT-III.
Malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item".
No malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
WORK FLOW
1.STARTING ENGINE
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.
OK
NG
>> System is normal.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSIS
Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS “NATS V5.0” using CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
NATS program card is necessary to display the “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”.
No malfunction is detected>>Recheck the starting engine section GO TO 1.
Malfunction related to NATS is detected>>GO TO 3.
Malfunctions related to “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” and NATS are detected>>GO
TO 7.
3.IDENTIFYING NATS MALFUNCTION
Self-diagnosis results referring to NATS, but no information about engine self-diagnosis result is displayed on
CONSULT-III. Refer to BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis".
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: January 2010
BL-174
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Repair NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALIZATION” with CONSULT-III.)
>> GO TO 5.
B
5.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Erase the record of “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III.
C
>> GO TO 6.
6.STARTING ENGINE
D
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.
NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
>> End of inspection.
E
7.IDENTIFYING NATS AND ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION
F
NATS malfunction and “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” are displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
NOTE:
This indication means that malfunction have been detected in NATS and engine control system.
G
H
>> GO TO 8.
8.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Repair NATS according to self-diagnosis results refer to NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALZATION” BL
with CONSULT-III.)
NOTE:
Do not erase “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III.
J
>> GO TO 9.
9.IDENTIFYING ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION
K
Check engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” records with a generalized program card instead of the NATS program
card.
L
>> GO TO 10.
10.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
M
Repair engine control system if engine related malfunction is detected.
With engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-24.
Without engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-36.
N
NOTE:
If only “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed, erase the self-diagnosis results.
O
>> GO TO 11.
11.STARTING ENGINE
P
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.
OK
NG
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
BL-175
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Erase both NATS and ENGINE "SELF-DIAGNOSIS" records by using CONSULT-III NATS program card and
generalized program card.
>> GO TO 13
13.COMFIRMATION
Perform running test with CONSULT-III in engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” mode.
“NO DTC” is displayed>> End of inspection.
Malfunction information is displayed>>GO TO 2.
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283247
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1
Self-diagnosis related item
SYMPTOM
Displayed “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” on CONSULT-III screen.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning part or mode)
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored
during key registration procedure, even if the system is
not malfunctioning.
Open circuit in battery voltage line of BCM circuit
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
[P1612]
PROCEDURE 1
(BL-177)
Open circuit in ignition line of BCM circuit
Open circuit in ground line of BCM circuit
Open or short circuit between BCM and ECM communication line
ECM
BCM
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
[P1615]
PROCEDURE 6
(BL-182)
Unregistered ignition key is used.
BCM is malfunctioning.
Malfunction of key ID chip
• Security indicator
lighting up*
• Engine cannot be
started
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
[P1614]
PROCEDURE 2
(BL-178)
Communication line between ANT/ AMP and BCM:
Open circuit or short circuit of battery voltage line or
ground line
Open circuit in power source line of ANT/ AMP circuit
Open circuit in ground line of ANT/ AMP circuit
NATS antenna amp.
BCM
ID DISCORD, IMMECM
[P1611]
Security indicator
lighting up*
PROCEDURE 3
(BL-180)
System initialization has not yet been completed.
ECM
LOCK MODE
[P1610]
PROCEDURE 5
(BL-181)
When the starting operation is carried out five or more
times consecutively under the following conditions,
NATS will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from being started.
• Unregistered ignition key is used.
• BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning.
DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING
ENG DIAG
WORK FLOW
(BL-173)
Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been
detected in ECM
• *: When NATS detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position.
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2
Revision: January 2010
BL-176
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Non self-diagnosis related item
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)
SYMPTOM
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning part or mode)
A
Security indictor.
PROCEDURE 4
(BL-180)
Security indicator does not light up*.
Open circuit between Fuse and BCM
B
BCM
*: CONSULT-III self-diagnostic results display screen “no malfunction is detected”.
Diagnosis Procedure 1
C
INFOID:0000000005283248
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)".
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is
not malfunctioning.
Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1612]?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis".
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR BCM
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between BCM and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
BCM connector
M20
Terminals
(+)
57
70
(–)
Voltage [V]
(Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible
link box).
• 10A fuse [No.21, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Harness for open or short between fusible link and BCM.
• Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM.
M18
G
H
K
L
PIIB6582E
M
N
O
Terminal
(+)
(–)
Voltage [V]
(Approx.)
38
Ground
Battery voltage
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM.
PIIB6587E
Revision: January 2010
F
J
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
BCM connector
E
BL
3.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH ON SIGNAL
1.
2.
D
BL-177
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.
BCM connector
M20
Terminal
(+)
(–)
67
Ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
PIIB6588E
5.REPLACE BCM
1.
2.
Replace BCM.
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
Does the engine start?
Yes
>> BCM is malfunctioning.
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
No
>> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization or re-communicating function
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
• For re-communicating function, refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function"
Diagnosis Procedure 2
INFOID:0000000005283249
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1614]?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis"
2.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION
Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to BL-182, "How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly.
3.CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY ID CHIP
Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key.
Does the engine start?
Yes
>> Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning.
• Replace the ignition key
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
No
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Revision: January 2010
BL-178
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground.
Terminal
NATS antenna amp.
connector
(+)
(–)
Voltage [V]
(Approx.)
M21
1
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 20A fuse [No. 53, located in IPDM E/R]
• Harness for open or short between fuse and NATS
antenna amp.
A
B
C
D
PIIB6589E
5.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 1
E
Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester.
NATS antenna amp.
connector
M21
Terminal
(+)
(–)
2
Ground
F
Conditions
Status of
Voltage and tester
Before tuning ignition switch to ON
Approx. 0 [V]
G
Right after tuning
ignition switch to
ON
Pointer of tester
should move
H
OK or NG
PIIB6590E
OK
>> GO TO 6.
BL
NG
>> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM.
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to
J
“CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
6.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 2
Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester.
NATS antenna amp.
connector
M21
Terminal
(+)
4
(–)
Ground
Conditions
Status of
Voltage and tester
Before tuning ignition switch to ON
Approx. 0 [V]
Right after tuning
ignition switch to
ON
Pointer of tester
should move
K
L
M
OK or NG
PIIB6591E
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM.
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to
“CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
7.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
BL-179
O
P
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground.
Revision: January 2010
N
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
NATS antenna amp.
connector
(+)
(–)
M21
3
Ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning, reinstall antenna
or replace it.
NG
>> Repair or replace NATS antenna amp. ground circuit.
PIIB6592E
Diagnosis Procedure 3
INFOID:0000000005283250
Self-diagnostic results:
“ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
“ID DISCORD IMM-ECM”:
Registered ID of BCM is in discord with that of ECM.
Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1611]?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis".
2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL].
Can the system be initialized?
YES >> • Start engine. (END)
• (System initialization had not been completed.)
NO
>> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
Diagnosis Procedure 4
INFOID:0000000005283251
“COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
1.CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No.19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace fuse.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY)
1.
2.
3.
Install 10A fuse.
Start engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Check if the combination meter (security) lights up.
Combination meter (security) should light up.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
BL-180
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect combination meter (security) connector.
Check voltage between combination meter (security) connector
and ground.
Combination meter
(security) connector
Terminal
(+)
(-)
Voltage [V]
(Approx.)
M24
1
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter (security).
B
C
D
AWKIA1575ZZ
E
4.CHECK BCM FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Connect combination meter (security) connector.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
BCM connector
M18
Terminal
(+)
(-)
Voltage [V]
(Approx.)
23
Ground
Battery voltage
F
G
H
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
BCM is malfunctioning.
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
>> Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between combination meter (security) and BCM
• Indicator lamp condition
Diagnosis Procedure 5
PIIB6594E
BL
J
INFOID:0000000005283252
Self-diagnostic results:
“LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
L
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1610]?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis".
M
N
2.ESCAPE FROM LOCK MODE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON with registered key. (Do not start engine.) Wait 5 seconds.
3. Return the key to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of three cycles).
5. Start the engine.
Does engine start?
YES >> System is OK (Now system is escaped from “LOCK MODE”).
NO
>> GO TO 3.
O
P
3.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
Revision: January 2010
BL-181
K
2010 Sentra
NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL].
Can the system be initialized?
YES >> System is OK.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III AGAIN
1.
2.
Replace BCM.
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL].
Can the system be initialized?
YES >> System is OK. (BCM is malfunctioning.)
NO
>> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”
Diagnosis Procedure 6
INFOID:0000000005283253
Self-diagnostic results:
“DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Is “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis".
2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization and registration of NATS ignition key IDs, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with re-registered NATS ignition key?
YES >> • Ignition key ID was unregistered.
NO
>> • BCM is malfunctioning.
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III.
• For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual.
How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp
INFOID:0000000005283254
NOTE:
• If NATS antenna amp. is not installed correctly, NATS system
will not operate properly and SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-III screen will show “LOCK MODE” or “CHAIN OF IMMUKEY”.
• Initialization is not necessary only when NATS antenna amp.
is replaced with a new one.
SIIA1683E
Revision: January 2010
BL-182
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY REPAIR
A
Body Exterior Paint Color
INFOID:0000000005283255
B
C
D
E
F
LIIA2681E
Color code
B17
B23
CAE
EAF
HAB
K23
K36
KH3
NAC
QAC
Description
Blue
Dark
Blue
Brown
Orange
Beige
Silver
Grey
Black
Red
White
Paint type
M
M
S
M
M
M
M
2S
P
S
Hard clear
coat
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
–-
Outside
mirror
Body color
B17
B23
CAE
EAF
HAB
K23
K36
KH3
NAC
QAC
2
Radiator
grille
Chromiumplate +
Black
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
Cr2P +
G02-1
3
Bumper
fascia
Body color
B17
B23
CAE
EAF
HAB
K23
K36
KH3
NAC
QAC
4
Outside
handle
Body color
B17
B23
CAE
EAF
HAB
K23
K36
KH3
NAC
QAC
5
Roof
ditch
molding
Body color
B17
B23
CAE
EAF
HAB
K23
K36
KH3
NAC
QAC
Component
1
G
H
BL
J
M: Metallic; 2S: 2-Coat Solid, 2P: 2-Coat Pearl; 3P: 3-Coat Pearl; PM: Pearl Metallic; TM: Micro Titanium Metallic; G01-1: Material color;
G02-1: Material color
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-183
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Body Component Parts
INFOID:0000000005283256
UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS
LIIA2682E
1.
2.
3.
Cowl top assembly
Upper dash assembly
Upper dash crossmember
Revision: January 2010
BL-184
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Cowl top extension member (RH & LH)
5. 3rd crossmember assembly (RH & LH)
6. 2nd crossmember (RH & LH)
7. Fuel tank protector (RH & LH)
8. Front side member extension rear (RH & LH)
9. Lower dash crossmember assembly
10. Lower dash assembly
11. Lower dash crossmember
12. Side member center assembly (RH & LH)
13. Steering hole cover
14. Front strut housing assembly (RH & LH)
15. Engine mounting bracket
16. Front floor assembly (RH & LH)
17. Center floor assembly
18. Front side member assembly (RH & LH)
19. Front side member (RH & LH)
20. Front suspension member mounting bracket assembly (RH & LH)
21. Front side member connector (RH & LH)
22. Outside front suspension member mounting bracket (RH & LH)
23. Front side member closing plate (RH & LH)
24. Hoodledge connector (RH & LH)
25. Hoodledge upper (RH & LH)
26. Hoodledge front reinforcement (RH & LH)
27. Hoodledge rear reinforcement (RH & LH)
28. Dash side panel (RH & LH)
29. Dash side assembly (RH & LH)
30. Front side member outrigger (RH & LH)
31. Sill inner assembly (RH & LH)
32. Sill inner extension (RH & LH)
33. Rear side member (RH & LH)
34. Rear side member extension (RH & LH)
35. Rear side member assembly (RH & LH)
36. Inner rear wheel housing assembly LH
37. Rear front extension (RH &LH)
38. Rear seat crossmember
39. Rear floor front extension
40. Rear floor front
41. Rear seat back side support (RH & LH)
42. Rear seat belt anchor inner reinforcements
43. Rear center crossmember
44. Rear floor side assembly (RH & LH)
45. Rear floor rear
46. Inner rear wheel housing assembly RH
Revision: January 2010
BL-185
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY COMPONENT PARTS
LIIA2683E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sunroof panel assembly
Rear roof rail assembly
Standard roof panel assembly
4th roof bow assembly
3rd roof bow assembly
Revision: January 2010
BL-186
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. 2nd roof bow assembly
7. 1st roof bow assembly
8. Front roof rail assembly
9. Inner side roof rail (RH & LH)
10. Center pillar inner reinforcement (RH & LH)
11. Front pillar inner (RH & LH)
12. Hood assembly
13. Front fender assembly (RH & LH)
14. Front body side assembly (RH & LH)
15. Outer roof side reinforcement (RH & LH)
16. Front pillar upper reinforcement (RH & LH)
17. Front pillar lower reinforcement (RH & LH)
18. Center pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)
19. Front body side outer (RH & LH)
20. Sill reinforcement assembly (RH & LH)
21. Front sill reinforcement (RH & LH)
22. Sill reinforcement (RH & LH)
23. Rear sill reinforcement (RH & LH)
24. Front door assembly (RH & LH)
25. Front door outer panel (RH & LH)
26. Rear door assembly (RH & LH)
27. Rear door outer panel (RH & LH)
28. Rear body side assembly (RH & LH)
29. Rear body side outer (RH & LH)
30. Rear combination lamp base (RH & LH)
31. Rear wheel housing outer extension (RH & LH)
32. Outer rear wheel housing (RH & LH)
33. Trunk hinge reinforcement (RH & LH)
34. Rear fascia brackets
35. Rear panel upper reinforcement
36. Jack mounting bracket
37. Rear panel
38. Rear pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)
39. Inner rear pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)
40. Rear panel assembly
41. Trunk lid assembly
Corrosion Protection
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005283257
N
DESCRIPTION
To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in
NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-corrosive measures.
ANTI-CORROSIVE PRECOATED STEEL (GALVANNEALED STEEL)
Revision: January 2010
BL-187
O
P
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anticorrosive precoated steel sheet has been adopted replacing conventional zinc-coated steel sheet.
Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron
alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance
with cationic electrodeposition primer.
PIIA0093E
Nissan Genuine Service Parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that
GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.
PHOSPHATE COATING TREATMENT AND CATIONIC ELECTRODEPOSITION PRIMER
A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrode position primer, which provide excellent corrosion protection, are employed on all body components.
CAUTION:
Confine paint removal during welding operations to an absolute
minimum.
PIIA0095E
Nissan Genuine Service Parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built
into the vehicle at the factory.
ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX
To improve corrosion resistance, anti-corrosive wax is applied inside the body sill and inside other closed sections. Accordingly, when replacing these parts, be sure to apply anti-corrosive wax to the appropriate areas of
Revision: January 2010
BL-188
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
the new parts. Select an excellent anti-corrosive wax which will penetrate after application and has a long shelf
life.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
LIIA2684E
O
UNDERCOATING
The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chipping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust preventive, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.
Precautions in undercoating
1.
2.
Do not apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and three
way catalyst which are subjected to heat).
Do not undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts which become hot.
Revision: January 2010
BL-189
2010 Sentra
P
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Do not undercoat rotating parts.
LIIA2685E
Body Sealing
INFOID:0000000005283258
DESCRIPTION
Revision: January 2010
BL-190
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The following figure shows the areas which are sealed at the factory. Sealant which has been applied to these
areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of
sealant and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2686E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-191
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2687E
Revision: January 2010
BL-192
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2688E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-193
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Body Construction
INFOID:0000000005283259
BODY CONSTRUCTION
LIIA2689E
Body Alignment
INFOID:0000000005283260
BODY CENTER MARKS
Revision: January 2010
BL-194
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A mark has been placed on each part of the body to indicate the vehicle center. When repairing parts damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle frame (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective
repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
LIIA2690E
PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS
Revision: January 2010
BL-195
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A mark has been placed on each body panel to indicate the parts matching positions. When repairing parts
damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle structure (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and
effective repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.
LIIA2691E
DESCRIPTION
• All dimensions indicated in the figures are actual.
• When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge itself
to make sure there is no free play.
• When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending.
• Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes.
• An asterisk (*) following the value at the measuring point indicates that the measuring point on the other side
is symmetrically the same value.
• The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of ″X″, ″Y″
and ″Z″.
Revision: January 2010
BL-196
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
PIIA0104E
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Measurement
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
LIIA2692E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-197
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
LIIA2693E
UNDERBODY
Revision: January 2010
BL-198
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWIIA1268GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-199
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
AWIIA1269GB
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Revision: January 2010
BL-200
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2696E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-201
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
LIIA2697E
REAR BODY
Revision: January 2010
BL-202
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2698E
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-203
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
LIIA2699E
Handling Precaution for Plastics
INFOID:0000000005283261
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS
Revision: January 2010
BL-204
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Abbreviation
1.
2.
Material name
Heat resisting
temperature
°C (°F)
Resistance to gasoline and
solvents
Other cautions
PE
Polyethylene
60 (140)
Gasoline and most solvents are
harmless if applied for a very
short time (wipe up quickly).
Flammable
PVC
Polyvinyl Chloride
80 (176)
Same as above.
Poison gas is emitted
when burned.
EPM/
EPDM
Ethylene Propylene (Diene) rubber
80 (176)
Same as above.
Flammable
TPO/
TPR
Thermoplastic Olefine/
Thermoplastic Rubber
80 (176)
Same as above.
Flammable
PP
Polypropylene
90 (194)
Same as above.
Flammable, avoid battery acid.
UP
Polyester thermoset
90 (194)
Same as above.
Flammable
PS
Polystyrene
80 (176)
Avoid solvents.
Flammable
ABS
Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene
resin
80 (176)
Avoid gasoline and solvents.
AES
Acrylonitrile Ethylene Styrene
80 (176)
Same as above.
PMMA
Polymethyl Methacrylate
85 (185)
Same as above.
AAS
Acrylonitrile Acrylic Styrene
85 (185)
Same as above.
AS
Acrylonitrile Styrene
85 (185)
Same as above.
EVA
Polyvinyl Ethyl Acetate
90 (194)
Same as above.
ASA
Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylate
100 (222)
Same as above.
PPO/
PPE
Polyphenylene Oxide/
Polyphenylene Ether
110 (230)
Same as above.
PC
Polycarbonate
120 (248)
Same as above.
PAR
Polyacrylate
180 (356)
Same as above.
LLDPE
Lenear Low Density PE
45 (100)
Gasoline and most solvents are
harmless.
PUR
Polyurethane
90 (194)
Same as above.
TPU
Thermoplastic Urethane
110 (230)
Same as above.
PPC
Polypropylene Composite
115 (239)
Same as above.
Flammable
POM
Polyacetal
120 (248)
Same as above.
Avoid battery acid.
PBT+P
C
Polybutylene Terephthalate+Polycarbonate
120 (248)
Same as above.
Flammable
PA
Polyamide (Nylon)
140 (284)
Same as above.
Avoid immersing in water.
PBT
Polybutylene Terephthalate
140 (284)
Same as above.
FRP
Fiber Reinforced Plastics
170 (338)
Same as above.
PET
Polyethylene Terephthalate
180 (356)
Same as above.
PEI
Polyetherimide
200 (392)
Same as above.
B
E
F
G
H
Flammable
BL
J
Flammable
K
L
M
N
Avoid battery acid.
O
,
Plastic parts should be repaired and painted using methods suiting the materials characteristics.
BL-205
C
D
When repairing and painting a portion of the body adjacent to plastic parts, consider their characteristics
(influence of heat and solvent) and remove them if necessary or take suitable measures to protect them.
Revision: January 2010
A
2010 Sentra
P
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS
LIIA2700E
Revision: January 2010
BL-206
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
LIIA2701E
Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel
INFOID:0000000005283262
High strength steel is used for body panels in order to reduce vehicle weight.
Accordingly, precautions in repairing automotive bodies made of high strength steel are described below:
HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES
Tensile strength
373 N/mm2
(38kg/mm2 ,54klb/sq in)
785-1350 N/mm2
(80-138kg/mm2 , 114-196klb/sq in)
K
Nissan/Infiniti designation
SP130
SP150
J
Major applicable parts
•
•
•
•
•
•
Front & rear side member assembly
Front side member closing plate assembly
Front strut housing
Lower dash
Rear seat crossmember
Other reinforcements
• Center pillar reinforcement
(Component part)
• Outer roof side rail reinforcement
(Component part)
L
M
N
SP130 is the most commonly used HSS.
O
SP150 HSS is used only on parts that require much more strength.
Read the Following Precautions When Repairing HSS:
1.
Additional points to consider
Revision: January 2010
P
BL-207
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The repair of reinforcements (such as side members) by heating is not recommended since it may weaken the component.
When heating is unavoidable, do not heat HSS parts above
550°C (1,022°F).
Verify heating temperature with a thermometer.
(Crayon-type and other similar type thermometer are appropriate.)
PIIA0115E
• When straightening body panels, use caution in pulling any
HSS panel. Because HSS is very strong, pulling may cause
deformation in adjacent portions of the body. In this case,
increase the number of measuring points, and carefully pull
the HSS panel.
PIIA0116E
• When cutting HSS panels, avoid gas (torch) cutting if possible.
Instead, use a saw to avoid weakening surrounding areas due
to heat. If gas (torch) cutting is unavoidable, allow a minimum
margin of 50 mm (1.97in).
PIIA0117E
• When welding HSS panels, use spot welding whenever possible in order to minimize weakening surrounding areas due to
heat.
If spot welding is impossible, use M.I.G. welding. Do not use
gas (torch) welding because it is inferior in welding strength.
PIIA0144E
Revision: January 2010
BL-208
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The spot weld on HSS panels is harder than that of an ordinary steel panel.
Therefore, when cutting spot welds on a HSS panel, use a low
speed high torque drill (1,000 to 1,200 rpm) to increase drill bit
durability and facilitate the operation.
A
B
C
PIIA0145E
2.
D
Precautions in spot welding HSS
This work should be performed under standard working conditions. Always note the following when spot welding HSS:
• The electrode tip diameter must be sized properly according to
the metal thickness.
E
F
G
PIIA0146E
• The panel surfaces must fit flush to each other, leaving no
gaps.
H
BL
J
PIIA0147E
K
• Follow the specifications for the proper welding pitch.
L
Unit: mm
Thickness (t)
Minimum pitch ( )
0.6 (0.024)
0.8 (0.031)
1.0 (0.039)
1.2 (0.047)
1.6 (0.063)
1.8 (0.071)
10 (0.39) or over
12 (0.47) or over
18 (0.71) or over
20 (0.79) or over
27 (1.06) or over
31 (1.22) or over
M
N
PIIA0148E
Rear fender hemming process
1. A wheel arch is to be installed and hemmed over left and right outer wheel house.
2. In order to hem the wheel arch, it is necessary to repair any damaged or defaced parts around outer
wheel house.
CAUTION:
Ensure that the area that is to be glued around outer wheelhouse is undamaged or defaced.
Procedure of the hemming process
Revision: January 2010
BL-209
2010 Sentra
O
P
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Peel off old bonding material on the surface of outer wheelhouse
and clean thoroughly.
• Peel off a primer coat in the specified area where new adhesive is
to be applied on rear fender (the replacing part).
• Apply new adhesive to both specified areas of outer wheelhouse
and rear fender.
3M automix panel bond 8115,
or any equivalents
• Attach rear fender to the body of the car, and weld the required
part except the hemming part.
SIIA2244E
• Bend the welded part starting from the center of the wheel arch
gradually with a hammer and a dolly. (Also hem the end of the
flange.)
• Hemming with a hammer is conducted to an approximate angle of
80 degrees.
SIIA2245E
• Starting from the center, hem the wheel arch gradually, using slight
back and forth motion with a hemming tool.
SIIA2246E
• Seal up the area around the hemmed end of the flange.
SIIA2247E
Foam Repair
INFOID:0000000005283263
During factory body assembly, foam insulators are installed in certain body panels and locations around the
vehicle. Use the following procedure(s) to replace any factory-installed foam insulators.
URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS
Use commercially available spray foam for sealant (foam material) repair of material used on vehicle. Read
instructions on product for fill procedures.
FILL PROCEDURES
1.
Fill procedures after installation of service part.
Revision: January 2010
BL-210
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side.
Clean area in which foam was removed.
Install service part.
Insert nozzle into hole near fill area and fill foam material or fill in enough to close gap with the service
part.
A
B
C
D
LIIA1081E
E
2. Fill procedures before installation of service part.
Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side.
Clean area in which foam was removed.
Fill foam material on wheelhouse outer side.
NOTE:
Fill in enough to close gap with service part while avoiding flange
area.
Install service part.
NOTE:
Refer to label for information on working times.
F
G
H
LIIA1082E
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-211
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2702E
1.
Body side outer
2.
Front pillar lower reinforcement
3.
Body side insulation (foam) front pillar
4.
Roof panel assembly
5.
Body side insulation (Foam) rear
roof rail
6.
Rear roof rail assembly
7.
Body side insulation strip, center pil- 8.
lar
Body side insulation strip, rear pillar
lower
9.
Body side insulation strip, rear pillar
upper
Replacement Operation
INFOID:0000000005283264
DESCRIPTION
Revision: January 2010
BL-212
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
This section is prepared for technicians who have attained a high level of skill and experience in repairing collision-damaged vehicles and also use modern service tools and equipment. Persons unfamiliar with body
repair techniques should not attempt to repair collision-damaged vehicles by using this section.
Technicians are also encouraged to read Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) in order to ensure that the original functions and quality of the vehicle can be maintained. The Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) contains
additional information, including cautions and warnings, that are not including in this manual. Technicians
should refer to both manuals to ensure proper repairs.
Please note that this information is prepared for worldwide usage, and as such, certain procedures may not
apply in some regions or countries.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-213
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The symbols used in this section for cutting and welding / brazing operations are shown below.
PIIA0149E
Revision: January 2010
BL-214
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Front pillar butt joint can be determined anywhere within shaded
area as shown in the figure. The best location for the butt joint is at
position A due to the construction of the vehicle. Refer to the front
pillar section.
A
B
C
PIIA0150E
D
• Determine cutting position and record distance from the locating
indent. Use this distance when cutting the service part. Cut outer
front pillar over 60 mm above inner front pillar cut position.
E
F
G
PIIA0151E
H
• Prepare a cutting jig to make outer pillar easier to cut. Also, this will
permit service part to be accurately cut at joint position.
BL
J
PIIA0152E
• An example of cutting operation using a cutting jig is as follows.
1. Mark cutting lines.
A: Cut position of outer pillar
B: Cut position of inner pillar
2. Align cutting line with notch on jig. Clamp jig to pillar.
3. Cut outer pillar along groove of jig. (At position A)
4. Remove jig and cut remaining portions.
5. Cut inner pillar at position B in same manner.
K
L
M
N
PIIA0153E
HOODLEDGE LH
O
• Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed.
P
Revision: January 2010
BL-215
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2705E
Change Parts
z
Hoodledge reinforcement assembly
z
Hoodledge connector
z
Cowl top side upper
z
Hoodledge upper
z
Fender bracket
HOODLEDGE RH
• Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-216
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2706E
P
Change Parts
z
Hoodledge reinforcement assembly
z
Hoodledge connector
z
Fender bracket
z
Cowl top side upper
z
Hoodledge upper
z
Engine mounting bracket
FRONT SIDE MEMBER
• Work after hoodledge, radiator core support and outrigger have been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-217
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2707E
Change parts
z
Front side member
z
Front side member closing plate
z
Frame bracket outer
z
Front strut housing
z
Front side member outrigger
OUTRIGGER
Revision: January 2010
BL-218
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2708E
P
Change parts
z
Outrigger
FRONT PILLAR
• Work after the rear hoodledge reinforcement has been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-219
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2709E
Change parts
z
Front pillar section of body side outer
Revision: January 2010
BL-220
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2710E
P
Change parts
z
Front pillar upper reinforcement
Revision: January 2010
z
Front pillar lower reinforcement
BL-221
A.
Body assembly bolts
24 Nm (2.4 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2711E
Change parts
z
Front pillar inner reinforcement
A.
Body assembly bolts
24 Nm (2.4 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)
DASH SIDE
Work after front pillar and outer sill reinforcement have been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-222
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2712E
P
Change parts
z
Dash side
CENTER PILLAR
Outer
Revision: January 2010
BL-223
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2713E
Change parts
z
Center pillar portion of body side outer
Reinforcement
Revision: January 2010
BL-224
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2714E
P
Change parts
z
Center pillar reinforcement
Inner
Revision: January 2010
BL-225
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2765E
Change parts
z
Inner center pillar
OUTER SILL REINFORCEMENT
Work after lower front pillar reinforcement, center pillar reinforcement, and rear fender have been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-226
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2766E
P
Change parts
z
Outer sill reinforcement
REAR FENDER
Revision: January 2010
BL-227
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2767E
Change parts
z
Rear fender
z
Rear fender corner
z
Rear combination lamp base
REAR PANEL
Revision: January 2010
BL-228
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2768E
P
Change parts
z
Rear end crossmember
z
Rear panel assembly
z
Rear bumper fascia brackets
REAR FLOOR REAR
• Work after rear panel assembly has been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-229
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIIA2769E
Change parts
z
Rear floor rear
REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION
• Work after rear panel assembly and rear floor rear have been removed.
Revision: January 2010
BL-230
2010 Sentra
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2770E
P
Change parts
z
Rear side member extension
Revision: January 2010
BL-231
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
AV
AUDIO, VISUAL, NAVIGATION & TELEPHONE SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 6
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6
AUDIO ................................................................. 7
Component Parts Location ........................................ 7
System Description ................................................... 8
Schematic ............................................................... 11
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - ....................................... 14
Audio Unit (Base System) Harness Connector
Terminal Layout ...................................................... 38
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit
(Base System) ......................................................... 38
Audio Unit (Mid System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................ 39
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Mid
System) ................................................................... 39
AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................................... 42
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit
(Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) ......... 42
AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford
Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ....... 45
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit
(Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) .............. 46
Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................................... 49
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier.... 50
Revision: January 2010
AV-1
IPod Adapter Harness Connector Terminal Layout
....52
Terminal and Reference Value for IPod Adapter ....52
Satellite Radio Tuner Harness Connector Terminal Layout ................................................................54
Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio
Tuner .......................................................................55
Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................55
Noise Inspection ......................................................58
Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and
Ground Supply Circuit Inspection ............................58
AV Control Unit (Premium System) Power and
Ground Supply Circuit Inspection ............................59
Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit
Inspection ................................................................60
Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply
Circuit Inspection .....................................................60
Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System) .............................................61
Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ....................................63
Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal
Circuit Inspection (Mid System) ...............................64
Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal
Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ......................65
Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal
Circuit Inspection (Mid System) ...............................66
Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal
Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ......................67
Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth) ..................67
Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth) .............69
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or
Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System) ....................70
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or
Front Tweeter (Premium System without Rockford
Fosgate) ..................................................................71
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and
Mid System) .............................................................73
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium
System without Rockford Fosgate) ..........................74
2010 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or
Front Tweeter (Premium System with Rockford
Fosgate) ................................................................. 75
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly
(Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) ............. 78
Removal and Installation ........................................ 81
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK ............... 86
Removal and Installation ........................................ 86
AUDIO ANTENNA ............................................. 87
Location of Antenna ................................................ 87
Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna ............. 87
TELEPHONE ..................................................... 89
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 89
System Description ................................................. 89
Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - .................................... 93
Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................... 97
Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit ................................................................... 97
Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function ..... 99
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................100
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart .........................100
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for
Bluetooth Control Unit ...........................................100
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not
Operate ..................................................................101
Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate ..........................................................................102
Removal and Installation .......................................105
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 108
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .........................................................................108
System Description ................................................109
Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - ....................................110
Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........................................................110
Removal and Installation .......................................112
iPod® CONNECTOR ....................................... 113
Removal and Installation .......................................113
iPod® ADAPTER ............................................. 114
Removal and Installation .......................................114
AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 115
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 115
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................115
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................115
PREPARATION ............................................... 117
AUDIO ............................................................... 118
Component Parts Location ................................... 118
System Description ............................................... 119
Schematic ............................................................. 121
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - .................................... 123
AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout .......................... 136
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit
(Without Rockford Fosgate) .................................. 136
AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) Harness
Connector Terminal Layout ................................... 139
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit
(With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 139
Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout (With Rockford Fosgate) ................................. 142
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier
(With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 142
On-Board Diagnosis .............................................. 144
Symptom Chart ..................................................... 147
AV Control Unit Power and Ground Supply Circuit
Inspection .............................................................. 149
Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit
Inspection .............................................................. 150
Steering Switch Check .......................................... 150
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or
Front Tweeter (Without Rockford Fosgate) ........... 152
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Without
Rockford Fosgate) ................................................ 153
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or
Front Tweeter (With Rockford Fosgate) ................ 154
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly
(With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 157
Removal and Installation ....................................... 159
NAVIGATION SYSTEM .................................... 163
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ............... 163
TELEPHONE .................................................... 164
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 164
System Description ............................................... 164
Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - .................................. 167
Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................. 169
Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit .................................................................. 169
Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function .... 170
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ............... 171
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart ........................ 171
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for
Bluetooth Control Unit ........................................... 171
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not
Operate ................................................................. 172
Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate ......................................................................... 172
Removal and Installation ....................................... 174
REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 177
Commercial Service Tool ......................................117
Revision: January 2010
AV-2
2010 Sentra
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 177
System Description ............................................... 177
Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - ................................... 179
Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....................................................... 179
Camera Image Signal Circuit ................................ 181
Removal and Installation ....................................... 182
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK ............. 183
Removal and Installation ....................................... 183
A
AUDIO ANTENNA ........................................... 184
Location of Antenna ............................................... 184
Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna ............ 184
B
GPS ANTENNA ............................................... 186
Location of Antenna ............................................... 186
Removal and Installation ....................................... 186
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-3
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005485388
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005485387
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
AV-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283567
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0191E
Revision: January 2010
AV-6
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUDIO
A
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005283568
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AWNIA1993ZZ
Revision: January 2010
AV-7
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWNIA1994ZZ
1.
Front tweeter LH M46 (mid and pre- 2.
mium system)
Audio unit M43, M45, M53, M90
(base and mid system)
4.
AV control unit M92, M93, M94, M96, 5.
M97 (premium system)
Steering wheel audio control switch- 6.
es (if equipped)
Front door speaker
LH D10
RH D108
7.
Rear speaker LH B27 (base, mid and 8.
premium without Rockford Fosgate
system)
Rear speaker assembly LH B40
(premium system with Rockford Fosgate)
Rear speaker RH B39 (base, mid
9.
and premium without Rockford Fosgate system)
Rear speaker assembly RH B38
(premium system with Rockford Fosgate
Satellite radio tuner B56, B60 (with
satellite radio tuner)
10. Bluetooth control unit B15 (with
Bluetooth)
11. Audio amplifier B43, B44 (premium
system with Rockford Fosgate)
3.
Front tweeter RH M47 (mid and premium system)
12. iPod® adapter M91 (mid system,
view with console side finisher - RH
removed)
13. iPod® connector M226 (mid system) 14. Rear view camera T21(with rear
USB interface M228 (premium sysview camera)
tem)
iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283569
BASE AND MID SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to audio unit terminal 19.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to audio unit terminal 7.
Ground is supplied to
• audio unit terminal 28 (with mid system) and 20
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Then audio signals are supplied
Revision: January 2010
AV-8
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through audio unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14
• to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
• to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH (with mid system) and
• to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH.
A
PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
B
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to AV control unit terminal 19.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to AV control unit terminal 7.
Ground is supplied to
• to AV control unit terminals 20, 27 and 47
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Then audio signals are supplied
• through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14
• to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
• to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH and
• to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH.
C
D
E
F
PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
G
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse [No. 17, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to audio amplifier terminal 17,
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to audio amplifier terminal 1 and
• to AV control unit terminal 19.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to AV control unit terminal 7.
Ground is supplied to
• to AV control unit terminals 20, 27 and 47
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Ground is also supplied
• to audio amplifier terminals 4 and 20
• through grounds B7 and B19.
Then audio signals are supplied
• through AV control unit terminals 53, 54, 57, 58, 59, 60, 63, and 64
• to audio amplifier terminals 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23 and 24.
Audio signals are amplified by the audio amplifier.
The amplified audio signals are supplied
• through audio amplifier terminals 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 and 32
• to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH and
• to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH
• to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of rear speaker assembly LH and RH.
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES (IF EQUIPPED)
When one of steering wheel audio control switches is pushed, the resistance in steering switch circuit changes
depending on which button is pushed.
O
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER (IF EQUIPPED)
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to satellite radio tuner terminal 32.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to satellite radio tuner terminal 36.
Ground is supplied through the case of the satellite radio tuner.
Then audio signals are supplied
Revision: January 2010
AV-9
P
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through satellite radio tuner terminals 21, 22, 23 and 24
• to audio unit terminals 45, 46, 47 and 48 (with mid system) or
• to AV control unit terminals 65, 66, 67 and 68 (with premium system).
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM (MID AND PREMIUM SYSTEM)
Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control
level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions.
Revision: January 2010
AV-10
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283570
A
MID SYSTEM
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0181GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-11
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AANWA0182GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-12
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0183GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-13
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -
INFOID:0000000005283571
BASE SYSTEM
AANWA0184GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-14
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MID SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0185GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-15
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0186GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-16
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without Bluetooth
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0187GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-17
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With Bluetooth
AANWA0188GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-18
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0189GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-19
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0190GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-20
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0191GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-21
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREMIUM SYSTEM - WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AANWA0192GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-22
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0193GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-23
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0195GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-24
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0196GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-25
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0197GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-26
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0198GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-27
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREMIUM SYSTEM - WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AANWA0199GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-28
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0200GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-29
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0201GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-30
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0202GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-31
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0203GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-32
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0204GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-33
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0205GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-34
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0206GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-35
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AV COMMUNICATION - WITH MID SYSTEM
AANWA0219GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-36
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AV COMMUNICATION - WITH PREMIUM SYSTEM
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0220GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-37
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Audio Unit (Base System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283572
WKIA5439E
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Base System)
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
2 (L)
3 (W)
Item
Audio signal front LH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
INFOID:0000000005283573
Reference value
(Approx.)
Receive audio signal
SKIB3609E
4 (G)
5 (V)
Audio signal rear LH
Output
ON
Receive audio signal
SKIB3609E
7 (GR)
Ground
ACC power supply
11 (P)
12 (R)
Audio signal front RH
Input
ACC
Output
ON
—
Battery voltage
Receive audio signal
SKIB3609E
13 (L)
14 (Y)
Audio signal rear RH
Output
ON
Receive audio signal
SKIB3609E
19 (Y)
Ground
20 (B)
Ground
Revision: January 2010
Battery power supply
Ground
Input
OFF
—
Battery voltage
—
ON
—
—
AV-38
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Audio Unit (Mid System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283574
A
B
C
AWNIA1989GB
D
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Mid System)
INFOID:0000000005283575
E
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
F
G
2 (L)
3 (W)
Audio sound
signal front
LH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or tweeter LH.
Receive audio
signal
H
SKIA0177E
I
4 (G)
5 (V)
Audio sound
signal rear
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker LH.
AV
SKIA0177E
6 (P)
7 (GR)
Ground
Ground
Remote
control A
ACC signal
Input
Input
ON
ON
Press Phone/
End switch
0V
Press SEEK UP
switch
1.7V
Press VOL UP
switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
Ignition switch
ACC or ON
J
L
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
M
N
O
11 (P)
12 (R)
Audio sound
signal front
RH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or tweeter RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
Revision: January 2010
AV-39
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
13 (L)
14 (Y)
Item
Audio sound
signal rear
RH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Receive audio
signal
Example of symptom
No sound from
rear speaker RH.
SKIA0177E
15 (LG)
16 (L)
18 (O)
—
Ground
Ground
Remote
control
ground
Remote
control B
Vehicle
speed signal
(8-pulse)
Input
Input
Input
—
ON
ON
—
—
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
1.7V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
Ground
SKIA6649J
19 (Y)
Ground
Battery power
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
25 (L)
—
26 (L)
System does not
work properly.
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
—
—
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
27 (P)
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
28 (B)
Ground
—
—
—
—
—
TEL ON signal
Output
ON
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
32 (R)
33 (P)
Ground
—
Ground
Revision: January 2010
AV-40
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
34 (BR)
Item
–
35 (Y)
36 (GR)
—
37 (G)
41 (W)
TEL voice
audio signal
Shield
iPod® audio signal
LH
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
Start confirmation/adjustment
mode, and then
Voice Microphone Test by
selecting “Voice
Microphone
Test” on Handsfree Microphone
screen.
—
—
—
Input
ON
With iPod® operating
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
A
B
—
C
D
SKIB3609E
—
—
—
E
F
G
SKIB3609E
H
39 (L)
43 (R)
iPod® audio signal
RH
Input
ON
With iPod® operating
—
I
SKIB3609E
44 (GR)
46 (R)
—
Shield
45 (G)
Audio left
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
—
Input
—
ON
—
—
—
No sound from satellite radio tuner
left channel.
Receive audio
signal
J
AV
L
SKIA0177E
48 (B)
47 (W)
Audio right
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
M
Input
ON
No sound from satellite radio tuner
right channel.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
O
49 (GR)
—
Shield
ground (audio signal)
50 (GR)
—
Shield
ground (data)
—
—
—
0V
—
Ground
Satellite radio tuner request to
audio unit
Input
ON
Turn audio unit
ON
5V
Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly.
52 (L)
Revision: January 2010
N
—
—
—
0V
—
P
AV-41
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
53 (LG)
Item
–
Ground
Audio RX
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Receive data
SKIA4403E
54 (V)
Ground
Audio TX
Output
ON
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Transmit data
SKIA4402E
AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005548864
AWNIA1996ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford
Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005548863
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
2 (L)
3 (W)
Item
Audio sound
signal front
LH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or tweeter LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
4 (G)
5 (V)
Audio sound
signal rear
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker LH.
SKIA0177E
Revision: January 2010
AV-42
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
6 (P)
Item
–
Ground
7 (GR)
Ground
11 (P)
12 (R)
Remote
control A
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Press Phone/
End switch
0V
Press SEEK UP
switch
1.7V
Press VOL UP
switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
ACC signal
Input
ON
Ignition switch
ACC or ON
Audio sound
signal front
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
Example of symptom
A
B
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
C
D
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or tweeter RH.
E
F
G
SKIA0177E
H
13 (L)
14 (Y)
Audio sound
signal rear
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker RH.
I
SKIA0177E
15 (LG)
16 (L)
18 (O)
—
Ground
Ground
Remote
control
ground
Remote
control B
Vehicle
speed signal
(8-pulse)
Input
Input
Input
—
ON
ON
—
—
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
1.7V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
J
AV
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
L
M
N
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
Ground
O
SKIA6649J
19 (Y)
Ground
Battery power
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
—
—
Revision: January 2010
AV-43
System does not
work properly.
—
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
25 (BR)
26 (GR)
Item
–
24 (Y)
TEL voice
audio signal
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
Start confirmation/adjustment
mode, and then
Voice Microphone Test by
selecting “Voice
Microphone
Test” on Handsfree Microphone
screen.
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
TEL voice audio
signal
SKIB3609E
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
28 (L)
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
29 (P)
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
30 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
31 (L)
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
32 (P)
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
33 (B)
Ground
Rear view
camera
ground signal
—
—
—
—
Ground
34 (R)
Ground
Rear view
camera ON
signal
Output
ON
Shift selector is
in R position
6V
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (+)
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
35 (L)
Ground
Ground
SKIB2251J
36 (P)
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (-)
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
Ground
SKIB2251J
41 (R)
Ground
TEL ON signal
Output
ON
—
—
—
ON
—
—
—
Battery voltage
Ground
Other than R position
0V
47 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
50 (G)
Ground
Reverse signal
Input
Revision: January 2010
ON
R position
AV-44
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
A
B
66 (R)
65 (G)
Audio left
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
Input
ON
No sound from satellite radio tuner
left channel.
Receive audio
signal
D
SKIA0177E
68 (B)
67 (W)
Audio right
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
Input
ON
No sound from satellite radio tuner
right channel.
Receive audio
signal
C
E
F
SKIA0177E
69 (GR)
—
Shield
ground (audio signal)
70 (GR)
—
Shield
ground (data)
—
—
—
0V
—
H
Ground
Satellite radio tuner request to
audio unit
Input
ON
Turn audio unit
ON
5V
Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly.
I
72 (L)
—
—
—
0V
—
G
J
73 (LG)
Ground
Audio RX
Input
ON
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Receive data
SKIA4403E
74 (V)
Ground
Audio TX
Output
ON
L
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Transmit data
AV
M
N
SKIA4402E
77 (B)
—
USB ground
—
—
—
—
—
78 (W)
—
USB D-
—
—
—
—
—
79 (R)
—
USB V BUS
signal
—
—
—
—
—
80 (G)
—
USB D+
—
—
—
—
—
81 (GR)
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Termi-
Revision: January 2010
AV-45
2010 Sentra
O
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
nal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283576
AWNIA1995ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford
Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005283577
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
1 (G)
6 (P)
7 (GR)
15 (LG)
16 (L)
18 (O)
Item
–
Ground
Ground
Ground
—
Ground
Ground
Amp. ON/
OFF signal
Remote
control A
Signal
input/
output
Output
Input
Condition
ON
ON
Remote
control
ground
Input
—
Vehicle
speed signal
(8-pulse)
Input
—
More than 6.5V
Audio amplifier
does not work
properly.
Press Phone/
End switch
0V
Press SEEK UP
switch
1.7V
Press VOL UP
switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
ON
Input
Input
Example of symptom
Operation
ACC signal
Remote
control B
Reference value
(Approx.)
Ignition
switch
ON
ON
Ignition switch
ACC or ON
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Battery voltage
—
—
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
1.7V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
System does not
work properly.
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
Ground
SKIA6649J
19 (Y)
Ground
Battery power
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
—
—
Revision: January 2010
AV-46
System does not
work properly.
—
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
25 (BR)
26 (GR)
Item
–
24 (Y)
TEL voice
audio signal
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
Start confirmation/adjustment
mode, and then
Voice Microphone Test by
selecting “Voice
Microphone
Test” on Handsfree Microphone
screen.
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
B
TEL voice audio
signal
D
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
29 (P)
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
30 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
31 (L)
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
Ground
Rear view
camera
ground signal
—
—
Rear view
camera ON
signal
Output
Rear view
camera video in (+)
Input
32 (P)
33 (B)
34 (R)
35 (L)
Ground
Ground
C
SKIB3609E
—
28 (L)
A
E
F
G
H
—
—
—
I
—
—
Ground
J
ON
Shift selector is
in R position
6V
Ground
AV
L
ON
With rear view
camera ON
Ground
M
SKIB2251J
N
36 (P)
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (-)
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
Ground
O
SKIB2251J
41 (R)
Ground
P
TEL ON signal
Output
ON
—
—
—
ON
—
—
—
Battery voltage
Ground
Other than R position
0V
47 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
50 (G)
Ground
Reverse signal
Input
Revision: January 2010
ON
R position
AV-47
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
59 (W)
53 (B)
Item
Audio sound
signal front
LH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or tweeter LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
54 (V)
Audio sound
signal rear
LH
61 (GR)
—
Shield
ground
—
—
63 (R)
57 (L)
Audio sound
signal front
RH
Output
ON
60 (LG)
Output
ON
No sound from
rear speaker assembly LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
—
—
—
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or tweeter RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
64 (BR)
58 (Y)
Audio sound
signal rear
RH
Output
ON
No sound from
rear speaker assembly RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
66 (R)
65 (G)
Audio left
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
Input
ON
No sound from satellite radio tuner
left channel.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
68 (B)
67 (W)
Audio right
channel
sound signal
from satellite radio
tuner
Input
ON
No sound from satellite radio tuner
right channel.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
69 (GR)
—
Shield
ground (audio signal)
Revision: January 2010
—
—
—
AV-48
0V
—
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
70 (GR)
72 (L)
73 (LG)
Item
–
—
Shield
ground (data)
Ground
Satellite radio tuner request to
audio unit
Ground
Audio RX
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
B
—
Input
—
—
ON
Turn audio unit
ON
0V
—
5V
Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly.
Ground
Audio TX
C
D
Input
ON
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Receive data
Output
ON
Satellite radio tuner audio information does not
display properly.
Transmit data
E
F
SKIA4403E
74 (V)
A
G
H
SKIA4402E
77 (B)
—
USB ground
—
—
—
—
—
78 (W)
—
USB D-
—
—
—
—
—
79 (R)
—
USB V BUS
signal
—
—
—
—
—
80 (G)
—
USB D+
—
—
—
—
—
81 (GR)
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout
I
J
AV
INFOID:0000000005283578
L
M
N
WKIA5763E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-49
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier
Terminal
(wire color)
Item
+
–
1 (R)
Ground
Battery
2 (W)
18 (B)
Subwoofer LH
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Input
—
—
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
INFOID:0000000005283579
Reference value
(Approx.)
Battery voltage
Example of
symptom
System does not
work properly.
No sound from
subwoofer LH.
SKIA0177E
3 (Y)
19 (L)
Subwoofer RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
subwoofer RH.
SKIA0177E
4 (B)
9 (G/R)
11 (V)
Ground
Ground
Ground
Amp. ON signal
—
ON
—
Input
ON
—
27 (B/Y)
Rear speaker
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
—
—
More than 6.5V
System does not
work properly.
No sound from rear
speaker LH.
SKIA0177E
12 (R/Y)
28 (R/L)
Rear speaker
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from rear
speaker RH.
SKIA0177E
13 (W/R)
29 (L/B)
Front tweeter
RH
Output
ON
No sound from
front tweeter RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
Revision: January 2010
AV-50
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of
symptom
A
B
14 (R/G)
30 (B/R)
Front tweeter
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
front tweeter LH.
D
SKIA0177E
15 (L/W)
31 (L/R)
Front door
speaker LH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH.
Receive audio
signal
C
E
F
SKIA0177E
G
16 (W/B)
32 (G/W)
Front door
speaker RH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
17 (G)
Ground
20 (B)
Ground
21 (R)
5 (W)
Battery
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
Ground
—
ON
—
—
Input
ON
Receive audio
signal
Audio sound
signal front RH
System does not
work properly.
—
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or front tweeter
RH.
H
I
J
AV
L
SKIA0177E
M
22 (W)
6 (B)
Audio sound
signal front LH
Input
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or front tweeter
LH.
Receive audio
signal
N
SKIA0177E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-51
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(wire color)
+
–
23 (L)
7 (B/W)
Signal
input/
output
Item
Audio sound
signal rear RH
Input
Condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
Receive audio
signal
Example of
symptom
No sound from rear
speaker assembly
RH.
SKIA0177E
24 (L/R)
8 (L/G)
Audio sound
signal rear LH
Input
ON
No sound from rear
speaker assembly
LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
IPod Adapter Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005548856
AWNIA2015ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for IPod Adapter
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
1
(G)
13
(W)
INFOID:0000000005548857
Description
Signal name
iPod® sound signal LH
Condition
Input/
Output
Output
Ignition
switch
ON
Reference value
(Approx.)
When iPod® mode is selected.
SKIB3609E
2
(L)
14
(R)
iPod® sound signal RH
Output
Ignition
switch
ON
When iPod® mode is selected.
SKIB3609E
Revision: January 2010
AV-52
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Description
–
3
(GR)
Ground
4
(G)
—
5
(Y)
Ground
6
(G)
7
(SB)
8
(O)
Ground
Signal name
ACC power supply
AV communication signal
(L)
Battery power supply
iPod® USD signal
iPod® battery charge
Condition
Input/
Output
Reference value
(Approx.)
A
B
Input
Ignition
switch
ACC
—
Battery voltage
Input/
Output
—
—
—
Input
Ignition
switch
OFF
—
Battery voltage
—
Ignition
switch
ON
—
—
Output
Ignition
switch
ON
Connected to iPod®.
C
D
E
Battery voltage
F
G
9
(LG)
Ground
Communication signal
(iPod® adapter→iPod®)
Output
Ignition
switch
ON
The wave pattern is displayed just after iPod® connection.
H
JPNIA0462GB
NOTE:
After the wave pattern display,
the value continues Approx 3.3V
I
J
10
(V)
Ground
Communication signal
(iPod®→iPod® adapter)
Input
Ignition
switch
ON
Connected to iPod®.
AV
JPNIA0462GB
11
(W)
Ground
ACCESSORY-IDENTIFY
—
Ignition
switch
ON
Connected to iPod®.
L
0V
M
12
(R)
Ground
iPod® sound signal RH
Input
Ignition
switch
ON
When iPod® mode is selected.
N
SKIB3609E
15
(GR)
—
Shield
16
(R)
—
AV communication signal
(H)
17
(P)
Ground
19
(GR)
—
—
—
—
—
Input/
Output
—
—
—
Ground
—
Ignition
switch
ON
—
0V
Shield
—
—
—
—
Revision: January 2010
AV-53
O
P
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
Description
+
–
Signal name
20
(O)
Ground
iPod® battery charge
21
(V)
Ground
iPod® connection recognition signal
22
(Y)
Ground
23
(GR)
—
24
(G)
Ground
Condition
Input/
Output
Output
Ignition
switch
ON
Input
Ignition
switch
ON
ACCESSORY-DETECT
—
Ignition
switch
ON
Shield
—
—
Input
Ignition
switch
ON
iPod® sound signal LH
Reference value
(Approx.)
Connected to iPod®.
5.0V
Not connected to iPod®.
4.0V
Connected to iPod®.
0V
Connected to iPod®.
0V
—
—
When iPod® mode is selected.
SKIB3609E
Satellite Radio Tuner Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283580
LKIA0735E
Revision: January 2010
AV-54
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
INFOID:0000000005283581
A
Voltage
(Approx.)
B
C
22 (R)
21 (G)
Audio signal LH
Output
ON
Receive audio signal.
D
SKIB3609E
E
F
24 (B)
23 (W)
Audio signal RH
Output
ON
Receive audio signal.
G
SKIB3609E
H
28 (L)
Ground
REQ1
(SAT-AUDIO)
Output
ON
Set to the satellite radio
mode
I
SKIB3825E
J
29 (W/R)
Ground
Communication signal
(SAT-AUDIO)
Output
ON
AV
Set to the satellite radio
mode
SKIB3824E
L
M
30 (B/R)
Ground
Communication signal
(AUDIO-SAT)
Input
ON
Set to the satellite radio
mode
N
SKIB3826E
32 (Y)
36 (V)
37
Ground
—
Battery power supply
ACC power supply
Antenna signal
OFF
Input
ACC
—
—
Battery voltage
—
—
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283584
The majority of the audio troubles are the result of outside causes (bad CD, electromagnetic interference,
etc.). Check the inspection items below to diagnose the malfunction.
MALFUNCTION WITH RADIO AND CD (BASE AND MID SYSTEM)
Revision: January 2010
AV-55
2010 Sentra
O
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Possible cause
Inoperative
• Audio unit power supply circuit check. Refer to AV-58, "Audio Unit (Base and
Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection".
If above check is OK, replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
Steering switch does not operate (mid system)
• Steering switch check. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)" or AV-69, "Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth)".
If above check is OK, replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
All speakers do not sound
• Audio unit
One or several speakers do not sound
• Front door speaker check. Refer to AV-70, "Sound Is Not Heard from Front
Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System)".
• Rear speaker check. Refer to AV-73, "Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and Mid System)".
Poor sound
• Audio unit
• Speaker
Noisy
• Audio unit
• Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.)
MALFUNCTION WITH RADIO AND CD (PREMIUM SYSTEM)
Symptom
Possible cause
Inoperative
• AV control unit power supply circuit check. Refer to AV-58, "Audio Unit (Base
and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection".
If above check is OK, replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
Steering switch does not operate
• Steering switch check. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)".
If above check is OK, replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
All speakers do not sound
• AV control unit
• Audio amplifier power supply and ground circuit check. Refer to AV-60, "Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection".
• Audio amplifier ON signal
• Audio amplifier
One or several speakers do not sound
• Front door speaker check. Refer to AV-75, "Sound Is Not Heard from Front
Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate)".
• Rear speaker check. Refer to AV-78, "Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate)" or AV-74, "Sound Is
Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate)"
.
Poor sound
• AV control unit
• Audio amplifier
• Speaker
Noisy
• AV control unit
• Audio amplifier
• Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.)
FOR RADIO ONLY (PREMIUM SYSTEM)
Revision: January 2010
AV-56
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Possible cause
No sound
• AV control unit
• Antenna feeder, wiring or connections
Noisy
•
•
•
•
•
•
All radio stations stored in memory are deleted
A
B
AV control unit
AV control unit ground
Antenna feeder, wiring or connections
Noise prevention parts
Electrical equipment
Wire harness of each piece of electrical equipment
C
• AV control unit power supply circuit. Refer to AV-59, "AV Control
Unit (Premium System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection".
• Audio unit
D
NOTE:
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or
external noise from trains and other sources. It is not a malfunction.
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the
antenna at a different time from the waves which reflect off mountains or buildings.
E
FOR CD ONLY
G
Symptom
Possible cause
H
CD cannot be inserted.
CD cannot be ejected.
The CD cannot be played.
F
• CD
• Audio unit
I
The sound skips, stops suddenly, or is distorted.
FOR SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ONLY
J
Symptom
Possible cause
Inoperative
• Satellite radio tuner power and ground circuit inspection. Refer to AV-60,
"Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection".
• Satellite radio tuner communication circuit inspection. Refer to AV-61, "Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System)" or AV63, "Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System)".
If above check is OK, replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
Right or left channel does not sound
• Satellite radio tuner right channel audio signal circuit inspection. Refer to AV66, "Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid
System)" or AV-67, "Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit
Inspection (Premium System)".
• Satellite radio tuner left channel audio signal circuit inspection. Refer to AV64, "Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid
System)" or AV-65, "Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit
Inspection (Premium System)".
If above check is OK, replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
Poor reception
• Location of vehicle. Make certain vehicle is in an open area.
• Satellite radio antenna or antenna feeder. Refer to AV-87, "Location of Antenna".
Noisy
• Satellite radio tuner ground.
• Satellite radio tuner harness shield wires.
• Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.). Refer to AV-58, "Noise
Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
AV-57
2010 Sentra
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Noise Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283585
The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and operation of each piece of electrical equipment, and determine the cause.
NOTE:
The source of the noise can be found easily by listening to the noise while removing the fuses of electrical
components, one by one.
TYPE OF NOISE AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
Occurrence condition
Occurs only when engine is ON.
Noise only occurs when various
electrical components are operating.
Possible cause
A continuous growling noise occurs. The speed of
the noise varies with changes in the engine speed.
Ignition components
A whistling noise occurs while the engine speed is
high. A booming noise occurs while the engine is
running and the lighting switch is ON.
Generator
A cracking or snapping sound occurs with the operation of various switches.
Relay malfunction, radio malfunction
The noise occurs when various motors are operating.
• Motor case ground
• Motor
The noise occurs constantly, not just under certain conditions.
• Rear defogger coil malfunction
• Open circuit in printed heater
A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when
it is vibrating excessively.
• Ground wire of body parts.
• Ground due to improper part installation
• Wiring connections or a short circuit
Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283586
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier (premium system) and audio unit are not blown.
Unit
Terminals
Audio unit
Signal name
Fuse No.
19
Battery power
31
7
Ignition switch ACC or ON
6
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG16, "Fuse".
2.AUDIO UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect audio unit connector.
Check voltage between the audio unit connector and ground.
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
Audio unit
Terminal
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
19
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
7
Ground
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
M43
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
Revision: January 2010
AV-58
WKIA5769E
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Repair harness or connector.
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
A
Check continuity between audio unit harness connector M43 terminals 28 (mid system), 20 and ground.
B
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
C
D
AWNIA1998ZZ
AV Control Unit (Premium System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
E
INFOID:0000000005549051
1.CHECK FUSE
F
Check that the following fuses of the AV control unit are not blown.
Unit
Terminals
AV control unit
Signal name
Fuse No.
19
Battery power
31
7
Ignition switch ACC or ON
6
G
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
I
2.AV CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
J
Disconnect AV control unit connector.
Check voltage between the AV control unit connector and ground.
AV
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
AV control
unit
Terminal
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
19
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
7
Ground
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
M92
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
L
M
WKIA5769E
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-59
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors M92,
M93 terminals 20, 27, 47 and ground.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA1999ZZ
Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005549052
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier are not blown.
Unit
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Signal name
Fuse No.
17
Battery power
17
1
Battery power
31
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
2.AUDIO AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect audio amplifier connector.
Check voltage between audio amplifier connector and ground.
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
Audio amplifier
B44
Terminal
1
17
(-)
Ground
OFF
ACC
ON
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
WKIA3722E
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector B44
terminals 4, 20 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
WKIA3723E
Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283587
1.CHECK FUSES
Revision: January 2010
AV-60
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check that the following fuses are not blown.
A
Unit
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Signal name
Fuse No.
32
Battery power
31
36
Ignition switch ACC or ON
6
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
C
2.POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
D
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56.
Check voltage between the satellite radio tuner and ground.
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
Satellite
radio tuner
Terminal
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
F
G
32
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
36
Ground
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
B56
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
H
WKIA4539E
I
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
J
Inspect satellite radio tuner case ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair satellite radio tuner case ground.
Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System)
AV
INFOID:0000000005283588
L
1.CHECK HARNESS - 1
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 and audio unit connector M45.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and audio unit harness connector M45
(B) terminal 52.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and ground.
O
Continuity should not exist.
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2000ZZ
2.CHECK HARNESS - 2
Revision: January 2010
AV-61
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and audio unit harness connector M45
(B) terminal 53.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2001ZZ
3.CHECK HARNESS - 3
1.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and audio unit harness connector M45
(B) terminal 54.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2002ZZ
4.CHECK REQ1 SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect satellite radio tuner connector and audio unit connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector
B56 terminal 28 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
28 - Ground
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
5.CHECK TXD SIGNAL
WKIA4544E
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56
terminal 29 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
29 - Ground
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
6.CHECK RXD SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
AV-62
WKIA4545E
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56
terminal 30 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
30 - Ground
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System)
B
C
WKIA4546E
D
INFOID:0000000005549769
1.CHECK HARNESS - 1
E
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 and AV control unit connector M96.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and AV control unit harness connector
M96 (B) terminal 72.
G
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and ground.
H
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2005ZZ
2.CHECK HARNESS - 2
1.
J
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and AV control unit harness connector
M96 (B) terminal 73.
AV
Continuity should exist.
2.
I
L
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and ground.
M
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2006ZZ
N
3.CHECK HARNESS - 3
1.
O
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and AV control unit harness connector
M96 (B) terminal 74.
P
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
AWNIA2007ZZ
AV-63
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK REQ1 SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector
B56 terminal 28 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
28 - Ground
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
5.CHECK TXD SIGNAL
WKIA4544E
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56
terminal 29 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
29 - Ground
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
6.CHECK RXD SIGNAL
WKIA4545E
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56
terminal 30 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
30 - Ground
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA4546E
Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System)
INFOID:0000000005283589
1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and audio unit connector M45 (B).
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and audio unit.
Revision: January 2010
AV-64
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminals
A
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
Terminal
Connector
21
A: B56
4.
Audio unit
Continuity
Terminal
B: M45
22
B
45
Yes
46
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground.
C
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
—
Terminal
21
A: B56
Continuity
Ground
22
AWNIA2003ZZ
D
No
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
F
2.CHECK LEFT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
G
Connect satellite radio tuner and audio unit.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 21 and 22 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
21 - 22
H
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
I
J
WKIA4548E
Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System)
AV
INFOID:0000000005549770
L
1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and AV control unit connector M96 (B).
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and AV control unit.
M
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
A: B56
4.
AV control unit
Terminal
Connector
21
B: M96
22
N
Continuity
Terminal
65
O
Yes
66
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground.
P
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
A: B56
Revision: January 2010
Terminal
21
22
Continuity
—
Ground
AV-65
AWNIA2008ZZ
No
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK LEFT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect satellite radio tuner and AV control unit.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 21 and 22 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
21 - 22
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
WKIA4548E
Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System)
INFOID:0000000005283590
1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and audio unit connector M45 (B).
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and audio unit.
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
A: B56
4.
Audio unit
Terminal
Connector
23
B: M45
24
Continuity
Terminal
47
Yes
48
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground.
Terminals
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
A: B56
Terminal
23
24
Continuity
—
Ground
AWNIA2004ZZ
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RIGHT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL
1.
2.
Connect satellite radio tuner and audio unit.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
AV-66
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 23 and 24 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
23 - 24
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
B
C
WKIA4550E
D
Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System)
INFOID:0000000005549771
E
1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and AV control unit connector M96 (B).
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and AV control unit.
F
Terminals
G
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
Terminal
Connector
23
A: B56
4.
AV control unit
B: M96
24
Continuity
Terminal
H
67
Yes
68
Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground.
Terminals
AWNIA2009ZZ
Satellite radio tuner
Connector
A: B56
I
—
Terminal
23
Ground
24
J
Continuity
AV
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
L
2.CHECK RIGHT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
M
Connect satellite radio tuner and AV control unit.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 23 and 24 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
23 - 24
N
: Refer to AV-55, "Terminal
and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)
O
P
WKIA4550E
INFOID:0000000005283591
1.CHECK HARNESS
Revision: January 2010
AV-67
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15 and spiral cable connector M30.
3. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (A) terminals 12, 13, and 14 and spiral
cable connector M30 (B) terminals 25, 31, and 33.
Terminals
A
Connector
B
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
12
B15
33
13
M30
31
14
4.
Continuity
Yes
25
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit and ground.
WKIA5775E
Terminals
(+)
Connector
Continuity
(–)
Terminal
12
B15
13
Ground
No
14
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
2.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
Disconnect audio unit connector M43 (mid system) or AV control unit M92 (premium system).
Check continuity between audio unit connector M43 (mid system) or AV control unit M92 (premium system) (A) terminals 6, 15, and 16 and Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (B) terminals 17, 19, and 18.
Terminals
(A)
(B)
Connector
Terminal
M43 (mid
system)
M92 (premium system)
6
15
Connector
Continuity
Terminal
17
B15
16
19
Yes
18
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness.
WKIA5776E
3.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect spiral cable connector M78.
Check continuity between spiral cable terminals.
15 - 33
17 - 31
19 - 25
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5777E
Revision: January 2010
AV-68
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE
A
Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals.
Terminal
17
15
Signal name
19
19
Condition
Resistance
(Ω)
(Approx.)
B
C
Seek (down)
Depress Seek down switch.
165
Phone/Send
Depress Phone/Send switch.
0
Volume (down)
Depress volume down switch.
487
Seek (up)
Depress Seek up switch.
165
Phone/End
Depress Phone/End switch.
0
Volume (up)
Depress volume up switch.
487
D
WKIA5778E
E
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth)
F
INFOID:0000000005283592
1.CHECK HARNESS
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect audio unit connector M43 and spiral cable connector M30.
Check continuity between audio unit connector terminal and spiral cable connector terminal.
Terminals
A
Connector
Terminal
Connector
6
M43
Continuity
Terminal
J
33
15
M30
16
4.
I
B
25
Yes
31
WKIA5807E
Check continuity between audio unit and ground.
L
Terminals
A
Connector
(–)
Terminal
Continuity
M
6
M43
15
AV
Ground
No
N
16
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
O
1.
P
2.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK
Disconnect spiral cable connector M78.
Revision: January 2010
AV-69
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between spiral cable terminals.
15 - 33
17 - 31
19 - 25
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5777E
3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE
Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals.
Terminal
17
15
19
19
Signal name
Resistance
(Ω)
(Approx.)
Condition
Seek (down)
Depress (station) down switch.
Power
Depress power switch.
Volume (down)
Depress volume down switch.
487
Seek (up)
Depress (station) up switch.
165
Mode
Depress mode switch.
Volume (up)
Depress volume up switch.
165
0
0
487
WKIA5778E
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System)
INFOID:0000000005283593
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect audio unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter (mid system) connector (LH or
RH).
Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal
and front door speaker and front tweeter (mid system) harness
connector terminal.
Terminals
Audio unit
Connector
Speaker or tweeter
Terminal
2
3
11
A: M43
12
2
3
11
12
Connector
B: M46*
B: M47*
B: D10
B: D108
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
+
Yes
+
-
*: With mid system
3.
Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
WKIA5444E
Revision: January 2010
AV-70
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminals
Audio unit
Connector
—
Terminal
Continuity
B
2
3
A: M43
Ground
11
No
C
12
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
D
2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
Connect audio unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter (mid system) connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between audio unit connector terminals with
CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
G
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
2
M43
11
Terminal
Condition
Reference
signal
H
3
M43
12
I
Receive
audio
signal
J
AV
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
L
WKIA5853E
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005549044
M
N
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
Disconnect AV control unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter connector (LH or RH).
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-71
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and front door speaker and front tweeter harness connector terminal.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Speaker or tweeter
Terminal
Connector
2
B: M46
3
11
A: M92
B: M47
12
2
B: D10
3
11
B: D108
12
3.
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
+
Yes
+
-
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
WKIA5444E
—
Continuity
2
A: M92
3
11
Ground
No
12
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Connect AV control unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Revision: January 2010
AV-72
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check the signal between AV control unit connector terminals
with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
2
M92
11
Condition
B
Reference
signal
C
3
M92
Receive
audio
signal
12
D
E
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
F
G
WKIA5853E
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and Mid System)
INFOID:0000000005283594
H
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect audio unit connector and rear speaker connector.
Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal
and rear speaker harness connector terminal.
I
J
Terminals
Audio unit
Connector
Speaker
Terminal
Connector
4
A: M43
B: B27
5
13
B: B39
14
3.
Continuity
Terminal
AV
+
+
Yes
L
-
Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
M
Terminals
Audio unit
Connector
Terminal
—
N
Continuity
O
4
A: M43
5
13
Ground
No
WKIA5353E
P
14
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
Revision: January 2010
AV-73
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect audio unit connector and rear speaker connector.
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC.
3. Push “POWER” switch.
4. Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
4
M43
13
Condition
Reference
signal
5
M43
Receive
audio
signal
14
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5808E
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005549045
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector.
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and rear speaker harness connector terminal.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Speaker
Terminal
Connector
4
A: M92
B: B27
5
13
B: B39
14
3.
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
Yes
-
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
4
A: M92
5
13
Ground
No
WKIA5353E
14
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
AV-74
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
A
B
C
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
4
M92
13
Terminal
Condition
D
Reference
signal
E
5
M92
14
F
Receive
audio
signal
G
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
H
I
WKIA5808E
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System with
Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005283595
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
J
AV
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-75
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Speaker or tweeter
Terminal
Connector
15
D10
31
16
B43
D108
32
14
M46
30
13
M47
29
4.
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
-
Yes
+
+
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
WKIA3372E
13
14
15
B43
16
29
Ground
No
30
31
32
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
LKIA0602E
Revision: January 2010
AV-76
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
B43
Connector
Terminal
13
29
14
30
15
31
B43
16
Condition
Reference
signal
B
C
Receive
audio
signal
32
D
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
E
3.HARNESS CHECK
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43.
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals.
H
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Audio amplifier
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
53
A: M94
I
6
59
22
B: B43
57
5
63
4.
Continuity
Yes
J
21
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and ground.
AV
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
—
L
Continuity
53
A: M94
57
59
M
Ground
No
AWNIA2016ZZ
N
63
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
O
4.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
P
Connect AV control unit connector and audio amplifier connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Revision: January 2010
AV-77
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
59
M94
63
Condition
Reference
signal
53
M94
Receive
audio
signal
57
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
AWNIA2017ZZ
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (Premium System with Rockford
Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005283596
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector.
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal.
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Terminal
11
A: B43
27
12
28
2
B: B44
18
3
19
4.
Speaker
Connector
C: B40
C: B38
C: B40
C: B38
Continuity
Terminal
4
3
4
3
2
Yes
1
2
1
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminals and ground.
WKIA5816E
Revision: January 2010
AV-78
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
—
Terminal
Continuity
B
11
27
A: B43
C
12
28
Ground
2
No
D
18
B: B44
3
19
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
F
2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Connect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
H
I
Terminals
(+)
Connector
A:
B43
(-)
Terminal
11
12
Connector
A:
B43
2
B:
B44
3
Condition
J
Terminal
27
28
18
B:
B44
Reference
signal
19
AV
Receive
audio
signal
L
SKIA0177E
M
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WKIA5817E
3.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
N
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43.
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-79
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Audio amplifier
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
54
8
60
A: M94
24
B: B43
58
7
64
4.
Continuity
Yes
23
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
—
Terminal
Continuity
54
58
A: M94
Ground
60
No
AWNIA2018ZZ
64
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
4.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
60
M94
64
Condition
Reference
signal
Terminal
54
M94
58
Receive
audio
signal
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
AWNIA2019ZZ
Revision: January 2010
AV-80
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283597
A
AUDIO UNIT
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LKIA0867E
1.
Display unit
2.
Display unit connector
4.
Audio unit
A.
Cluster lid C bracket screws
3.
Audio unit connector
AV
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11.
Remove the display unit to audio unit harness.
Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws.
Remove the audio unit and display unit (if equipped).
M
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
N
FRONT TWEETER
O
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34.
Remove the front tweeter grille.
Revision: January 2010
AV-81
P
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the front tweeter screws (A), disconnect the front
tweeter connector and remove the front tweeter (1).
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
LKIA0855E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31.
Remove the front door speaker screws (A), disconnect the front
door speaker connector and remove the front door speaker (1).
LKIA0856E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR SPEAKER
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear speaker screws (A), disconnect the rear
speaker connector and remove the rear speaker (1).
LKIA0857E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
Revision: January 2010
AV-82
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
LKIA0865E
1.
Audio amplifier
⇒
Front
2.
Audio amplifier connectors
A.
Bolts
I
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Slide the RH front seat toward the front to remove the audio amplifier rear bolts.
Slide the RH front seat toward the rear to remove the audio amplifier front bolts.
Disconnect the audio amplifier connectors and remove the audio amplifier.
J
AV
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-83
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LKIA0858E
1.
Satellite radio tuner connector
⇒
Front
2.
Satellite radio tuner
B.
Bolts
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the luggage side finisher (LH). Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the satellite radio tuner bolts.
Disconnect the satellite radio tuner connector and remove the satellite radio tuner.
If necessary, remove the satellite radio tuner bracket bolts (A)
and remove the satellite radio tuner brackets (1).
LKIA0859E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
Removal
1.
Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
AV-84
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the steering wheel audio control switch screws (A) and
remove the steering wheel audio control switches (1).
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
LKIA0860E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-85
2010 Sentra
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005485390
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the
USB connector and aux jack (1).
ALNIA1209ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-86
2010 Sentra
AUDIO ANTENNA
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUDIO ANTENNA
A
Location of Antenna
INFOID:0000000005283598
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
LKIA0862E
1.
Roof antenna
2.
Roof antenna base connectors
3.
Antenna feeder
4.
Antenna feeder connector
5.
Audio unit (base and mid system)
AV control unit (premium system)
6.
Roof antenna base
7.
Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder
connector
8.
Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder
9.
Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder
connector
A.
Antenna feeder clips
B.
Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder
clips
10. Satellite radio tuner
Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna
M
O
INFOID:0000000005283599
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
P
Partially remove the rear body side welts. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove rear pillar finishers. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove rear assist grip (LH). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove three headliner rear clips. Pull down the rear part of the headliner to reposition out of the way.
CAUTION:
Use care when repositioning headliner to avoid causing damage.
Revision: January 2010
N
AV-87
2010 Sentra
AUDIO ANTENNA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Disconnect the roof antenna harness connectors (B).
6. Remove the roof antenna nut (A) and remove the roof antenna
(1).
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
LKIA0863E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-88
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TELEPHONE
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283600
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
AWNIA1983GB
1.
Bluetooth control unit B15, B62
2.
Steering wheel audio control
switches
3.
Microphone R4
4.
Combination meter M24
5.
Audio unit M43, M53 (with mid
system)
6.
AV control unit M92, M93 (with premium
system)
N
O
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283601
BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
Refer to the Owner's Manual for Bluetooth telephone system operating instructions.
NOTE:
Cellular telephones must have their wireless connection set up (paired) before using the Bluetooth telephone
system.
Bluetooth telephone system allows users who have a Bluetooth cellular telephone to make a wireless connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be
Revision: January 2010
M
AV-89
2010 Sentra
P
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
sent and received. Some Bluetooth cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth control unit.
When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the
Bluetooth control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures. Refer to the cellular
telephone operating manual.
Bluetooth Telephone System Diagram
AWNIA1984GB
Bluetooth Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth control unit will power up. During power up, the Bluetooth control unit is
initialized and performs various self checks. Initialization may take
up to 20 seconds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with
the Bluetooth control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition will then
become active. Bluetooth telephone functions can be turned off
using the Nissan Voice Recognition system.
WKIA5781E
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switches
When buttons on the steering wheel audio control switch are
pushed, the resistance in steering wheel audio control switch circuit
changes depending on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth control module uses this signal to perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system.
The following functions can be performed using the steering wheel
audio control switch:
• Initiate Self Diagnosis of the Bluetooth telephone system
• Start a voice recognition session
• Answer and end telephone calls
• Adjust the volume of calls
WKIA5783E
Volume Switch (with mid system)
Revision: January 2010
AV-90
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Call volume can be adjusted using the audio unit volume switch.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
AWNIA1985GB
D
Volume Switch (with premium system)
Call volume can be adjusted using the AV control unit volume switch.
E
F
G
AWNIA1986GB
Bluetooth Microphone
The Bluetooth microphone is located in the roof console assembly.
The Bluetooth microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth control
unit. The Bluetooth microphone can be actively tested during selfdiagnosis.
H
I
J
AV
AWNIA1987GB
Audio Unit (with mid system)
The audio unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit and
sends audio signals to the speakers.
L
M
N
AWNIA1985GB
O
AV Control Unit (with premium system)
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-91
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit
and sends audio signals to the speakers.
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AWNIA1986GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-92
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - H/PHON -
INFOID:0000000005283602
A
MID SYSTEM
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0207GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-93
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0208GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-94
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREMIUM SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0209GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-95
2010 Sentra
P
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0210GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-96
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283603
A
B
C
AWNIA1988GB
D
Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit
INFOID:0000000005283604
E
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
1 (Y)
Ground
Item
Battery power
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Input
—
—
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
—
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
System does not
work properly.
2 (V)
Ground
ACC power
Input
ACC/
ON
3 (W/L)
Ground
IGN power
Input
ON/
START
—
Battery voltage
4 (B)
—
Ground
—
—
—
—
—
5 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
6 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
F
G
H
I
J
7 (W)
8 (R)
Mic-in signal
Input
ACC/
ON
When giving a
voice
Bluetooth Microphone inoperative.
PKIB5037J
9 (G)
10 (L)
Audio out
Output
ACC/
ON
Bluetooth control unit sends
audio signal
AV
L
Audio can not be
heard.
M
N
SKIB3609E
11 (Y/V)
—
Mute
Output
—
—
Press MODE
switch
12 (R/W)
Ground
Remote
control
switch 1
Revision: January 2010
Input
ACC/
ON
Press SEEK UP
switch
5V
O
0V
0.75V
Press VOL UP
switch
2V
Except for
above
5V
AV-97
Mute inoperative.
Steering wheel audio
control switches do
not function.
2010 Sentra
P
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
13 (G/W)
14 (W/V)
Item
–
Ground
—
Remote
control
switch 2
Remote
control
ground
Signal
input/
output
Input
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
ACC/
ON
—
Operation
Press POWER
switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
0.75V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
2V
Except for
above
5V
—
Press Phone/
End switch
17 (W/R)
18 (LG/B)
Ground
Ground
Audio unit
switch 1
Audio unit
switch 2
Output
ACC/
ON
Press SEEK UP
switch
Example of symptom
Steering wheel audio
control switches do
not function.
Steering wheel audio
control switches do
not function.
—
0V
0.75V
Press VOL UP
switch
2V
Except for
above
5V
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
0.75V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
2V
Except for
above
5V
Steering wheel audio
controls do not function.
Steering wheel audio
controls do not function.
Output
—
—
—
Steering wheel audio
controls do not function.
Cont-2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cont-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cont-4
—
—
—
—
—
ON
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
19 (V/W)
Ground
21 (B)
—
22 *1 (B)
23 *2 (B)
Audio unit
switch
ground
Output
ACC/
ON
Reference value
(Approx.)
Ground
Vehicle
speed signal
(8–pulse)
29 (B)
Ground
Bluetooth
Microphone
power
Output
—
—
5V
33
—
Bluetooth
antenna signal
Input
—
—
—
—
34
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
35 (L)
—
M CAN +
—
—
—
—
—
36 (P)
—
M CAN -
—
—
—
—
—
28 (G/Y)
Input
—
PKIC0643E
Revision: January 2010
AV-98
Bluetooth Microphone inoperative.
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
Item
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Ignition
switch
Operation
—
—
—
—
—
M CAN
jumper 1
—
—
—
—
—
—
M CAN 1
—
—
—
—
—
41 *1
(SB)
—
M CAN
jumper 2
—
—
—
—
—
42 *1
(SB)
—
M CAN 2
—
—
—
—
—
+
–
37 *2
(GR)
—
M CAN
shield
39 *1
(Y/R)
—
40 *1
(Y/R)
A
B
C
D
E
*1 With Mid System
*2 With Premium System
Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function
F
INFOID:0000000005283605
The Bluetooth control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically
every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the technician using the steering wheel audio control switches prior to trouble diagnosis.
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS
•
•
•
•
•
•
H
Internal control unit failure
Bluetooth antenna connection open or shorted
Steering wheel audio control switches (SEND/END) stuck closed
Vehicle speed pulse count
Bluetooth Microphone connection test (with playback to operator)
Bluetooth inquiry check
I
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1.
2.
3.
G
J
Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON.
Wait for the Bluetooth system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds.
Press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch SEND
button for at least 1.5 seconds. The Bluetooth system will begin
to play a verbal prompt.
AV
L
M
WKIA5789E
4.
5.
6.
7.
While the prompt is playing, momentarily press the steering
wheel audio control switch END button. The Bluetooth system
will sound a 10 second beep.
While the beep is sounding, momentarily press the steering
wheel audio control switch END button again.
The Bluetooth system has now entered into the diagnostic
mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the
technician. Refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom
Chart".
If there are no failure records to report, the speed pulse count
will be reported next.
Revision: January 2010
AV-99
N
O
P
AWKIA1579ZZ
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. After the speed pulse count is reported, an interactive Bluetooth microphone test will be performed. Follow
the voice prompt. If the Bluetooth microphone test fails refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom
Chart".
9. Self-diagnosis mode is complete. A short beep is heard.
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005283606
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Perform Bluetooth control unit self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-99, "Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis
Function".
According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart".
Does the Bluetooth system operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2.
Inspection End.
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart
Code/Symptom
INFOID:0000000005283607
Failure Message
Action
Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV105, "Removal and Installation".
1
"Internal failure"
2
"Bluetooth antenna open"
3
"Bluetooth antenna shorted"
4
"Phone/Send for the Hands Free Phone
System is stuck"
5
"Phone/End for the Hands Free Phone
System is stuck"
1.
2.
Check steering wheel audio control switches. Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio
Control Switch Does Not Operate".
1.
"Bluetooth Microphone test" (failed interactive test)
–
2.
1.
Bluetooth system is inoperative
Inspect harness connection.
Replace Bluetooth antenna. Refer to
AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
–
2.
Inspect harness between Bluetooth
control unit and Bluetooth microphone.
Replace Bluetooth microphone. Refer
to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
Inspect Bluetooth control unit power
supply and ground circuits. Refer to
AV-100, "Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit".
Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer
to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
Steering wheel audio control switch does
not operate
–
Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio
Control Switch Does Not Operate".
Voice activated control does not operate
–
Refer to AV-102, "Voice Activated Control
Function Does Not Operate".
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit
INFOID:0000000005283608
1.CHECK FUSES
Make sure the following fuses for the Bluetooth control unit are not blown.
Terminals
Connector
B15
Ignition Switch
Fuse No.
1
All positions
22
2
ACC/ON
6
3
ON/START
12
Terminal
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
AV-100
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15.
Check voltage between connector terminals and ground as follows.
Terminals
(–)
Terminal
1
B15
B
C
Ignition switch position
(+)
Connector
2
OFF
ACC
ON
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Ground
3
0V
D
E
WKIA4389E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check harness for open between Bluetooth control unit and fuse.
G
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUITS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between the following Bluetooth control unit
terminals and ground.
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
—
A
H
I
Continuity
4
B15
21
22 (with mid system)
J
Ground
Yes
23 (with premium system)
AWNIA1990ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
AV
L
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283609
1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
M
Check steering wheel audio control switch. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace steering wheel audio control switch. AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
N
2.CHECK AUDIO UNIT
1.
O
Turn ignition switch ON.
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-101
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between audio unit harness connector M43 (with
mid system) or AV control unit harness M92 (with premium system) terminals 6, 16 and ground.
6 - Ground
16 - Ground
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
: Approx. 5V
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio unit (with mid system). Refer to AV-81,
"Removal and Installation".
OK
>> Replace AV control unit (with premium system). Refer to
AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WKIA5793E
3.CHECK BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT
Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit harness connector
B15 terminals 17, 18 and ground.
17 - Ground
18 - Ground
: Approx. 5V
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. AV-105, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5794E
Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283610
NOTE:
Even under normal condition, Bluetooth voice guidance may not occur when pressing steering wheel audio
control switch.
BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT AND MICROPHONE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector.
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15
(A) and microphone connector R4 (B).
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
7
A: B15
1
8
B: R4
2
29
4.
Continuity
Yes
4
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 and ground.
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
—
WKIA5795E
Continuity
7
A: B15
8
Ground
No
29
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
AV-102
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
A
2.CHECK MICROPHONE POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between microphone connector R4 terminal 4
and ground.
B
C
4 - Ground
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105,
"Removal and Installation".
D
E
WKIA5796E
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
F
Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15
terminals 7 and 8.
G
When giving a voice
H
7 – 8:
I
PKIB5037J
LKIA0780E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace microphone. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
J
BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO
AV
CONTROL SWITCH (WITH MID SYSTEM)
1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
L
Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace applicable parts.
M
2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and audio unit connector.
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and audio unit harness connector M53 (B).
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
Connector
9
A: B15
10
11
4.
Terminal
O
Continuity
P
34
B: M53
35
Yes
32
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground.
Revision: January 2010
N
AV-103
AWNIA1991ZZ
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
9
A: B15
10
Ground
No
11
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK MUTE SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and audio unit connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit connector B15
terminal 11 and ground.
11 - Ground
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
LKIA0782E
4.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL
Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15
terminals 9 and 10.
When giving a voice
9 – 10:
SKIB3609E
WKIA5798E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO
CONTROL SWITCH (WITH PREMIUM SYSTEM)
1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace applicable parts.
2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector.
Revision: January 2010
AV-104
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and AV control unit harness connector M93 (B).
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
Connector
A: B15
10
B: M93
24
Yes
C
41
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground.
Terminals
Connector
B
25
11
4.
A
Continuity
Terminal
9
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
—
AWNIA1992ZZ
D
Continuity
E
9
A: B15
10
Ground
No
F
11
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
G
3.CHECK MUTE SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
H
Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit connector B15
terminal 11 and ground.
11 - Ground
I
: Approx. 5V
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
AV
LKIA0782E
4.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL
Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15
terminals 9 and 10.
L
M
When giving a voice
N
9 – 10:
O
SKIB3609E
WKIA5798E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation".
Removal and Installation
P
INFOID:0000000005283611
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
AV-105
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Bluetooth Control Unit and Antenna
ALNIA0977ZZ
1.
Bluetooth control unit bracket
2.
Bluetooth control unit
3.
Bluetooth antenna
Front
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT
Removal
NOTE:
Bluetooth control unit shown with the LH seat removed for clarity.
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Slide the LH front seat toward the front to remove the bluetooth
control unit bracket rear bolt (A).
3. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear to remove the bluetooth
control unit bracket front bolts (A).
4. Detach the Bluetooth control unit harness clip (B) from the Bluetooth control unit bracket.
5. Disconnect the Bluetooth control unit connector (C).
6. Remove the Bluetooth control unit and bracket assembly (1).
7. Remove the Bluetooth control unit screws and remove the Bluetooth control unit.
ALNIA0978ZZ
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
BLUETOOTH ANTENNA
Removal
NOTE:
Bluetooth antenna is mounted on top of the Bluetooth control unit.
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-106
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear.
3. Disconnect the Bluetooth antenna connector.
4. Remove the Bluetooth antenna screws and remove the Bluetooth antenna.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
A
B
BLUETOOTH MICROPHONE
C
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the map lamp. Refer to LT-81, "Map Lamp".
Remove the Bluetooth microphone.
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-107
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005548828
AWNIA2013ZZ
1.
Front tweeter LH M46 (mid and pre2.
mium system)
Revision: January 2010
Audio unit M43, M45, M53, M90
(base and mid system)
AV-108
3.
Front tweeter RH M47 (mid and premium system)
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.
AV control unit M92, M93, M94, M95,
5.
M97 (premium system)
Steering wheel audio control switch6.
es (if equipped)
7.
Back-up lamp switch F47 (manual
transmission)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
8.
Rear view camera T21
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005548829
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
B
When the shift selector is in the R position, the AV control unit shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines
which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed.
C
Rear View Camera System Diagram
D
E
F
AWNIA2012GB
Part name
G
Description
AV control unit
• Sends camera ON signal to the rear view camera
• Receives camera image signal from the rear view camera
Rear view camera
• Receives camera ON signal from the AV control unit
• Sends image signal to the AV control unit
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-109
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW -
INFOID:0000000005533858
AANWA0221GB
Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005548830
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA SIDE)
Revision: January 2010
AV-110
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Shift transmission into Reverse.
3. Check voltage between rear view camera harness connector
T21 and ground.
(+)
Connector
T21
4
A
B
(-)
Transmission
position
Value (Approx.)
Ground
Reverse
6V
Terminal
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
C
AWNIA2020ZZ
D
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear view camera and AV control unit connectors.
Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 (A) terminal 4 and AV control unit harness connector M93
(B) terminal 34.
A
4.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
T21
4
M93
34
A
Terminal
T21
4
F
Continuity
G
Yes
Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 (A) terminal 4 and ground.
Connector
E
—
Continuity
Ground
No
AWNIA2010ZZ
I
J
Are continuity test results as specified?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
AV
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1.
2.
3.
Connect AV control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector M93
and ground.
(+)
Connector
M93
34
L
M
(-)
Transmission
position
Value (Approx.)
Ground
Reverse
6V
Terminal
Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and
Installation".
N
AWNIA2011ZZ
O
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
H
P
AV-111
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rear view camera harness connector.
3. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 terminal 3 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
T21
3
Ground
Yes
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Does continuity exist?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2021ZZ
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005485391
ALNIA1211ZZ
1.
Licence lamp finisher
2.
Trunk opener request switch (if equipped)
A.
License lamp finisher nut
B.
Rear view camera connector
3.
Rear view camera
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the rear view camera connector.
Remove the license plate finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation".
Press in the rear view camera tab (A) then release the rear view
camera hook (B) and remove the rear view camera.
ALNIA1212ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-112
2010 Sentra
IPOD® CONNECTOR
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPOD® CONNECTOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000006054109
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the
iPod® connector and aux jack (1).
C
D
E
ALNIA1209ZZ
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-113
2010 Sentra
IPOD® ADAPTER
[AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPOD® ADAPTER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000006054119
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws.
Remove the iPod® adapter.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-114
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005905412
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005905413
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
AV
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
AV-115
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
AV-116
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005905415
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
B
C
D
PBIC0191E
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-117
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUDIO
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005905466
AWNIA2204ZZ
Revision: January 2010
AV-118
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Front tweeter LH M46
4.
7.
2.
AV control unit M79, M86, M87, M88, 3.
M92, M99
Front tweeter RH M47
A
Steering wheel audio control switch- 5.
es
Front door speaker
LH D10
RH D108
6.
Rear speaker LH B27 (without Rockford Fosgate system)
Rear speaker assembly LH B40
(with Rockford Fosgate)
B
Rear speaker RH B39 (without Rock- 8.
ford Fosgate system)
Rear speaker assembly RH B38
(with Rockford Fosgate)
USB interface and AUX jack
M228,M229
9.
Bluetooth control unit B15, B62, B69
C
10. Audio amplifier B43, B44 (with Rock- 11. GPS antenna (view with combination
ford Fosgate)
meter removed)
System Description
D
INFOID:0000000005905467
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AWNIA2208GB
AUDIO SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Navigation is built into AV control unit.
This navigation has the following functions.
Revision: January 2010
AV-119
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Full support for playback of music from iPod® and USB device.
• High resolution full color touch panel 5 “WQVGA” display.
• FM/AM twin digital tuner.
• USB mass storage.
• RDS-TCM.
• POI Support is included. User POI download.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to AV control unit terminal 19.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to AV control unit terminal 7.
Ground is supplied to
• to AV control unit terminals 20 and 31
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Then audio signals are supplied
• through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14
• to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
• to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH and
• to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH.
AUDIO SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE)
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Navigation is built into AV control unit.
This navigation has the following functions.
• Full support for playback of music from iPod® and USB device.
• High resolution full color touch panel 5 “WQVGA” display.
• FM/AM twin digital tuner.
• USB mass storage.
• RDS-TCM.
• POI Support is included. User POI download.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 20A fuse [No. 17, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to audio amplifier terminal 17,
• through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to audio amplifier terminal 1 and
• to AV control unit terminal 19.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to AV control unit terminal 7.
Ground is supplied to
• to AV control unit terminals 20, 31 and 32
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Ground is also supplied
• to audio amplifier terminals 4 and 20
• through grounds B7 and B19.
Then audio signals are supplied
• through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14
• to audio amplifier terminals 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23 and 24.
Audio signals are amplified by the audio amplifier.
The amplified audio signals are supplied
• through audio amplifier terminals 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 and 32
• to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH and
• to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH
• to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of rear speaker assembly LH and RH.
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
When one of steering wheel audio control switches is pushed, the resistance in steering switch circuit changes
depending on which button is pushed.
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
AV-120
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control
level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions.
Schematic
A
INFOID:0000000005905470
B
WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0281GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-121
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE
AANWA0288GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-122
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -
INFOID:0000000005905471
A
WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0282GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-123
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0283GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-124
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0284GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-125
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0286GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-126
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0287GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-127
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE
AANWA0289GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-128
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0290GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-129
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0291GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-130
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0292GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-131
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0293GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-132
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0298GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-133
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0294GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-134
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0285GB
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-135
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005905472
AWNIA2200ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905473
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
2 (L)
3 (W)
Item
Audio sound
signal front
LH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or tweeter LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
4 (G)
5 (V)
Audio sound
signal rear
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker LH.
SKIA0177E
6 (P)
Ground
7 (GR)
Ground
11 (P)
12 (R)
Remote
control A
Input
ON
Press Phone/
End switch
0V
Press SEEK UP
switch
1.7V
Press VOL UP
switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
ACC signal
Input
ON
Ignition switch
ACC or ON
Audio sound
signal front
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or tweeter RH.
SKIA0177E
Revision: January 2010
AV-136
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
A
B
13 (L)
14 (Y)
Audio sound
signal rear
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker RH.
D
SKIA0177E
15 (LG)
16 (L)
—
Ground
Remote
control
ground
Remote
control B
Input
Input
—
ON
—
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
—
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
1.7V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
C
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
E
F
G
H
18 (O)
Ground
Vehicle
speed signal
(8-pulse)
Input
ON
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
Ground
I
J
SKIA6649J
19 (Y)
Ground
Battery power
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
—
—
—
28 (G)
Ground
Reverse signal
Input
ON
Battery voltage
Ground
Other than R position
0V
31 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
—
—
—
33 (B)
Ground
Rear view
camera
ground signal
—
—
—
—
Ground
M
34 (R)
Ground
Rear view
camera ON
signal
Output
ON
Shift selector is
in R position
6V
Ground
N
R position
System does not
work properly.
AV
L
O
35 (P)
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (-)
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
Ground
P
SKIB2251J
Revision: January 2010
AV-137
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
36 (L)
Item
–
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (+)
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
With rear view
camera ON
Example of symptom
Ground
SKIB2251J
37 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
38 (P)
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
39 (L)
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
40 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
ON
Start confirmation/adjustment
mode, and then
Voice Microphone Test by
selecting “Voice
Microphone
Test” on Handsfree Microphone
screen.
43 (BR)
42 (Y)
TEL voice
audio signal
Input
TEL voice audio
signal
SKIB3609E
45 (B)
—
USB ground
—
—
—
—
—
46 (L)
—
AUX sound
signal LH
—
—
—
—
—
47 (W)
—
USB D-
—
—
—
—
—
48 (GR)
—
AUX sound
signal RH
—
—
—
—
—
49 (G)
—
USB D+
—
—
—
—
—
50 (BR)
—
AUX sound
signal
ground
—
—
—
—
—
51 (R)
—
USB V BUS
signal
—
—
—
—
—
53 (GR)
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
54
—
Satellite antenna signal
—
—
—
—
—
55
—
GPS antenna signal
—
—
—
—
—
56
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
57
—
Antenna ON
signal
—
—
—
—
—
58
—
Main antenna signal
—
—
—
—
—
Revision: January 2010
AV-138
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005905474
A
B
C
D
AWNIA2200ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate)
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
1 (G)
Item
–
Ground
Amp. ON/
OFF signal
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
—
INFOID:0000000005905475
E
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
F
More than 6.5V
Audio amplifier
does not work
properly.
G
H
2 (W)
3 (B)
Audio sound
signal front
LH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or tweeter LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
4 (LG)
5 (V)
Audio sound
signal rear
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
I
J
No sound from
rear speaker LH.
AV
L
SKIA0177E
6 (P)
7 (GR)
10 (GR)
Ground
Ground
Remote
control A
Input
ON
ACC signal
Input
ON
Shield
ground
—
—
—
Revision: January 2010
Press Phone/
End switch
0V
Press SEEK UP
switch
1.7V
Press VOL UP
switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
Ignition switch
ACC or ON
—
AV-139
Battery voltage
—
M
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
System does not
work properly.
—
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
11 (R)
12 (L)
Item
Audio sound
signal front
RH
Signal
input/
output
Output
Condition
Ignition
switch
ON
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or tweeter RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
13 (BR)
14 (Y)
Audio sound
signal rear
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
rear speaker RH.
SKIA0177E
15 (LG)
16 (L)
18 (O)
—
Ground
Ground
Remote
control
ground
Remote
control B
Vehicle
speed signal
(8-pulse)
Input
Input
Input
—
ON
ON
—
—
Press Phone/
Send switch
0V
Press SEEK
DOWN switch
1.7V
Press VOL
DOWN switch
3.3V
Except for
above
5.0V
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
Steering wheel audio controls do not
function
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
Ground
SKIA6649J
19 (Y)
Ground
Battery power
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
—
—
—
28 (G)
Ground
Reverse signal
Input
ON
31 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
ON
32 (B)
Ground
Ground
—
33 (B)
Ground
Rear view
camera
ground signal
34 (R)
Ground
Rear view
camera ON
signal
Revision: January 2010
System does not
work properly.
Battery voltage
Ground
Other than R position
0V
—
—
—
ON
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ground
Output
ON
Shift selector is
in R position
6V
Ground
R position
AV-140
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
A
B
35 (P)
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (-)
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
C
Ground
D
SKIB2251J
36 (L)
Ground
Rear view
camera video in (+)
E
Input
ON
With rear view
camera ON
Ground
F
SKIB2251J
37 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
—
AV communication signal 1 (L)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
39 (L)
—
AV communication signal 1 (H)
Input/
Output
—
—
—
—
40 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
ON
Start confirmation/adjustment
mode, and then
Voice Microphone Test by
selecting “Voice
Microphone
Test” on Handsfree Microphone
screen.
38 (P)
43 (BR)
42 (Y)
TEL voice
audio signal
H
Input
TEL voice audio
signal
AV
SKIB3609E
—
USB ground
—
—
—
—
—
46 (L)
—
AUX sound
signal LH
—
—
—
—
—
47 (W)
—
USB D-
—
—
—
—
—
48 (GR)
—
AUX sound
signal RH
—
—
—
—
—
49 (G)
—
USB D+
—
—
—
—
—
50 (BR)
—
AUX sound
signal
ground
—
—
—
—
—
51 (R)
—
USB V BUS
signal
—
—
—
—
—
53 (GR)
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
54
—
Satellite antenna signal
—
—
—
—
—
55
—
GPS antenna signal
—
—
—
—
—
56
—
SHIELD
—
—
—
—
—
AV-141
I
J
45 (B)
Revision: January 2010
G
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
Item
+
–
57
—
Antenna ON
signal
58
—
Main antenna signal
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Ignition
switch
Operation
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout (With Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905476
WKIA5763E
Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier (With Rockford Fosgate)
Terminal
(wire color)
Item
+
–
1 (R)
Ground
Battery
2 (W)
18 (B)
Subwoofer LH
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Input
—
—
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
Reference value
(Approx.)
Battery voltage
INFOID:0000000005905477
Example of
symptom
System does not
work properly.
No sound from
subwoofer LH.
SKIA0177E
3 (Y)
19 (L)
Subwoofer RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
subwoofer RH.
SKIA0177E
4 (B)
Ground
Ground
9 (G/R)
Ground
Amp. ON signal
Revision: January 2010
—
ON
—
—
Input
ON
—
More than 6.5V
AV-142
—
System does not
work properly.
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(wire color)
+
Item
–
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of
symptom
A
B
11 (V)
27 (B/Y)
Rear speaker
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from rear
speaker LH.
C
D
SKIA0177E
E
12 (R/Y)
28 (R/L)
Rear speaker
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from rear
speaker RH.
F
SKIA0177E
G
13 (W/R)
29 (L/B)
Front tweeter
RH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
No sound from
front tweeter RH.
SKIA0177E
14 (R/G)
30 (B/R)
Front tweeter
LH
Output
ON
Receive audio
signal
H
I
No sound from
front tweeter LH.
J
AV
SKIA0177E
L
15 (L/W)
31 (L/R)
Front door
speaker LH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH.
Receive audio
signal
M
SKIA0177E
N
16 (W/B)
32 (G/W)
Front door
speaker RH
Output
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
RH.
Receive audio
signal
P
SKIA0177E
17 (G)
20 (B)
Ground
Ground
Battery
Input
—
—
Battery voltage
Ground
—
ON
—
—
Revision: January 2010
AV-143
O
System does not
work properly.
—
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(wire color)
+
21 (R)
Item
–
5 (W)
Audio sound
signal front RH
Signal
input/
output
Input
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
ON
Receive audio
signal
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of
symptom
No sound from
front door speaker
RH or front tweeter
RH.
SKIA0177E
22 (W)
6 (B)
Audio sound
signal front LH
Input
ON
No sound from
front door speaker
LH or front tweeter
LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
23 (L)
7 (B/W)
Audio sound
signal rear RH
Input
ON
No sound from rear
speaker assembly
RH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
24 (L/R)
8 (L/G)
Audio sound
signal rear LH
Input
ON
No sound from rear
speaker assembly
LH.
Receive audio
signal
SKIA0177E
On-Board Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000006035565
METHOD OF STARTING
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine.
Turn OFF audio.
While pressing the “SET UP” switch, turn the MENU dial counterclockwise 3 clicks or more first, then clockwise and counterclockwise 3 clicks or more, respectively. (After the diagnosis
mode starts, the initial screen of the diagnosis mode appears.)
JSNIA2456ZZ
• On-board diagnosis can be performed in the service test mode.
• On-board diagnosis checks that the system can be operated normally.
Revision: January 2010
AV-144
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Service test mode
Mode
Service version
Item
Content
—
The version data of the parts is shown
displayed.
FM monitor
—
AM monitor
—
Radio
XM monitor
XM functions
User Configuration
Touch Display Calibration
—
•
•
•
•
Clear XM Chipset NVM
Reset all XM settings
XM CBM debug mode ON/OFF
External Diag mode ON/OFF
—
A
The Change Mediator monitors the dynamic values of the current tuner. If the
band is switched within the radio monitor context, the active monitor is
switched as well.
B
C
The version data is displayed.
The current system status is displayed.
The function allows connection of the
position detection accuracy of the
touch panel.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-145
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Mode
Item
Running system status
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SD card slot Access
Power Supply
Speed Signal
Direction Signal
Illumination Signal
GPS Antenna
EXT. Phone Sig
Microphone Current
Radio Antenna
USB Device
Content
The current system status is displayed.
• iPod® firmware version
• Steering wheel L32H
System history
System status
• Bluetooth® Module - Sub-Unit
Connection Malfunction
• SD-card Slot - Sub-Unit Connection Malfunction
• Programming Error
• Radio-Antenna Circuit Malfunction
• FM-Antenna 1 Connection Malfunction
• Satellite Antenna Connection
Failure
• GPS Antenna Circuit Malfunction
• CD-Drive Mechanical Malfunction
• CD Read Malfunction
• Power Supply voltage: Lower
Limit Exceeded
• Power Supply voltage: Upper
Limit Exceeded
• Reduced system Functionality
due to over temperature
• Display switched OFF due to
over temperature
• SD card removed without being
de-mounted
• Code plug missing
The history of the system status is reported in the report memory, displayed.
—
This activates a sequence of test tone
outputs to the four speaker lines one
after the other for 1 second.
The frequency can be chosen by user
selection (100Hz and 4KHz).
—
This provides a test sequence where
test displays (plain colored display:
e.g. white, black, red, blue, green) are
shown one after the other.
The respective color is shown for an
indicated period of time (parameter).
After the display test, the design of the
display previously available is stored.
While the screen shows a plain colored display, a pixel malfunction may
be detected.
Speaker test 100Hz
Speaker test 4KHz
Display test
Revision: January 2010
AV-146
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Mode
Item
System configuration
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8 pulses speed
Clock ON/OFF
Camera guidelines L32H
Equalizer setup L32H
RF tuning
Antenna type
Sound system
Sub Out: Code
Steering wheel
• Bluetooth® module Access Malfunction
• SD-card Access Malfunction
• Radio-Antenna Circuit Malfunction
• GPS Antenna Circuit Malfunction
• Microphone Circuit Malfunction
Self test
Content
A
The device is configured by a connected hardware circuit. The parameter is
influenced.
B
C
A system self test is executed: the result is stored into the error memory
which is shown afterwards as a list of
codes of the detected malfunctions.
END ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
D
E
F
Turn OFF ignition switch.
Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005905480
G
MALFUNCTION WITH NAVIGATION
Symptoms
Display does not turn ON.
All switches cannot be operated.
Check items
All switches cannot be operated.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
Display does not turn ON.
AV control unit power supply and ground
circuit. Refer to AV-149.
Display turn ON.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
–
Voice guidance is not heard.
Audio sound is normal.
Display does not dim.
Check “Illumination
Signal” in “SERVICE
SYSTEM STATUS”,
“SERVICE MENU”.
Map matching is not complete
GPS icon is not displayed
Traffic information (XM Traffic) is
not received.
AV control unit power supply and ground
circuit. Refer to AV-149.
All switches can be operated.
Only specified switch cannot be
operated.
Vehicle icon does not move.
Probable malfunction location / Action to
take
Check “Speed Signal”
in “SERVICE SYSTEM
STATUS”, “SERVICE
MENU”.
Check “GPS Antenna”
in “SERVICE SYSTEM
SELF TEST”, “SERVICE MENU”.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
I
J
AV
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
“Illumination Signal” reaches
100% when the lighting
switch is ON.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
“Illumination Signal” does not
reach 100% when the lighting
switch is ON.
Illumination signal circuit
A value of “Speed Signal”
changes according to vehicle
speeds.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
N
A value of “Speed Signal”
does not change according to
vehicle speeds.
Vehicle speed signal circuit
O
“Connected” is displayed for
“GPS Antenna”.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
“Connected” is not displayed
for “GPS Antenna”.
GPS antenna. Refer to AV-186.
Radio broadcasts are received.
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
Radio broadcasts are not received.
• Radio antenna. Refer to AV-186.
• Antenna feeder. Refer to AV-186.
AV-147
L
M
MALFUNCTION WITH AUDIO
Revision: January 2010
H
2010 Sentra
P
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (Malfunction CD, electromagnetic
interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction.
• The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and operation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause.
NOTE:
• CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be
incorrectly mastered by the customer on a computer.
• Check if the CDs have the Compact Disc logo. If not, the disc is not mastered to the “red book” Compact
Disc standard and may not play.
Symptom
Probable malfunction location
Audio system does not work normally.
• AV control unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-149.
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
Audio steering wheel switch does not operate properly.
• Remote control signal circuit between steering switch and combination
switch (spiral cable)
• Remote control signal circuit between combination switch (spiral cable)
and AV control unit
• Steering wheel audio control switch
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
No sound can be heard from any speakers.
• Speaker circuit shorted to ground. Refer to AV-123
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
No sound can be heard from one or several speakers.
•
•
•
•
No sound can be heard from radio or noise is herd.
• Antenna feeder
• Roof antenna
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
Speed dependent volume system does not function.
• Vehicle speed signal circuit between combination meter and AV control
unit
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
• Combination meter
There is no sound from the
iPod®
Audio signal circuit between AV control unit and speaker
Speaker
Tweeter
AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
• iPod® sound signal circuit between AV control unit and Auxiliary jack assembly
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
or Aux jack.
NOTE:
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise
from trains and other sources, is not a malfunction.
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the
station arriving at the antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.
MALFUNCTION WITH USB
NOTE:
Check that there is no malfunction of USB equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
Symptoms
iPod® or USB memory can not be
recognized.
Probable malfunction location / Action to
take
Check items
With iPod® or USB
memory Connected,
check “USB Device” in
“SERVICE STATUS”,
“SERVICE MENU”.
iPod® or USB memory name
is displayed for “USB Device”.
• USB interface and AUX jack harness
• USB interface and AUX jack
• AV control unit. Refer to AV-149.
“Removed” is displayed for
“USB Device”.
• USB interface and AUX jack harness
• USB interface and AUX jack
—
—
Generation of iPod® not supported
MALFUNCTION WITH AUXILIARY INPUT
Revision: January 2010
AV-148
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
Symptoms
Check items
No voice sound is heard when
AUX mode is selected.
A
Probable malfunction location
Voice sound is heard when other modes
are selected.
B
• USB interface and AUX jack harness
• USB interface and AUX jack
MALFUNCTION WITH STEERING SWITCH
C
Symptoms
Possible malfunction location / Action to take
All steering switches are not operated.
D
Only specified switch cannot be operated.
“SEEK UP”, “VOL UP” and “SOURCE” switches are not
operated.
Steering switch. Refer to AV-150.
E
“SOURCE”, “SEEK DOWN” and “VOL DOWN” switches
are not operated.
AV Control Unit Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005906752
F
1.CHECK FUSE
G
Check that the following fuses of the AV control unit are not blown.
Unit
Terminals
AV control unit
Signal name
Fuse No.
19
Battery power
31
7
Ignition switch ACC or ON
6
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
2.AV CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect AV control unit connector.
Check voltage between the AV control unit connector and ground.
H
I
J
AV
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
AV control
unit
Terminal
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
L
M
19
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
7
Ground
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
M92
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
N
WKIA5769E
O
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Revision: January 2010
P
AV-149
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors M92
(A), M99 (B) terminals 20, 31, 32 (with rockford fosgate) and ground.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2201ZZ
Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005906753
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier are not blown.
Unit
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Signal name
Fuse No.
17
Battery power
17
1
Battery power
31
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
2.AUDIO AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect audio amplifier connector.
Check voltage between audio amplifier connector and ground.
Terminal No.
Unit
(+)
Connector
Audio amplifier
B44
Terminal
1
17
(-)
Ground
OFF
ACC
ON
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
WKIA3722E
3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector B44
terminals 4, 20 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose
terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
WKIA3723E
Steering Switch Check
INFOID:0000000005905482
1.CHECK HARNESS
Revision: January 2010
AV-150
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect audio unit connector M92 and spiral cable connector M30.
3. Check continuity between audio unit connector terminal and spiral cable connector terminal.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
Terminals
A
Connector
B
Terminal
Connector
6
M92
Terminal
C
33
15
M30
16
4.
Continuity
25
Yes
D
31
WKIA5807E
Check continuity between audio unit and ground.
E
Terminals
A
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
(–)
F
6
M92
15
Ground
No
G
16
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
H
2.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK
1.
2.
I
Disconnect spiral cable connector M78.
Check continuity between spiral cable terminals.
15 - 33
17 - 31
19 - 25
J
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
AV
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and
Installation".
L
WKIA5777E
3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE
M
Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals.
Terminal
17
15
19
19
Signal name
Condition
Resistance
(Ω)
(Approx.)
N
O
Seek (down)
Depress Seek down switch.
165
Phone/Send
Depress Phone/Send switch.
0
Volume (down)
Depress volume down switch.
487
Seek (up)
Depress Seek up switch.
165
Phone/End
Depress Phone/End switch.
0
Volume (up)
Depress volume up switch.
487
P
WKIA5778E
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
AV-151
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Without Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905490
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect AV control unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter connector (LH or RH).
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and front door speaker and front tweeter harness connector terminal.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Speaker or tweeter
Terminal
Connector
2
B: M46
3
11
A: M92
B: M47
12
2
B: D10
3
11
B: D108
12
3.
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
+
Yes
+
-
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
WKIA5444E
—
Continuity
2
A: M92
3
11
Ground
No
12
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Connect AV control unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Revision: January 2010
AV-152
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check the signal between AV control unit connector terminals
with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
2
M92
11
Condition
B
Reference
signal
C
3
M92
Receive
audio
signal
12
D
E
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
F
G
WKIA5853E
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Without Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905491
H
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector.
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and rear speaker harness connector terminal.
I
J
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Speaker
Terminal
Connector
4
A: M92
B: B27
5
13
B: B39
14
3.
Continuity
Terminal
AV
+
+
Yes
L
-
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
M
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
—
N
Continuity
O
4
A: M92
5
13
Ground
No
WKIA5353E
P
14
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
Revision: January 2010
AV-153
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector.
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC.
3. Push “POWER” switch.
4. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
4
M92
13
Condition
Reference
signal
5
M92
Receive
audio
signal
14
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5808E
Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (With Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905492
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector.
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal.
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Terminal
15
31
16
B43
32
14
30
13
29
4.
Speaker or tweeter
Connector
D10
D108
M46
M47
Continuity
Terminal
+
+
-
Yes
+
+
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and ground.
WKIA3372E
Revision: January 2010
AV-154
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
—
Terminal
Continuity
B
13
14
C
15
16
B43
Ground
29
No
D
30
31
32
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
F
2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Connect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
H
I
Terminals
(+)
Connector
B43
(-)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
13
29
14
30
15
31
B43
16
32
Condition
Reference
signal
J
Receive
audio
signal
LKIA0602E
AV
L
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
3.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
N
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-155
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Audio amplifier
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
3
6
2
A: M92
22
B: B43
12
Yes
5
11
4.
Continuity
21
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
—
Terminal
Continuity
2
3
A: M92
Ground
11
No
AWNIA2202ZZ
12
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
4.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect AV control unit connector and audio amplifier connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
2
M92
11
Terminal
Condition
Reference
signal
3
M92
12
Receive
audio
signal
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
WKIA5853E
Revision: January 2010
AV-156
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (With Rockford Fosgate)
INFOID:0000000005905493
A
1.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
3.
B
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector.
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal.
C
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Speaker
Terminal
Connector
11
A: B43
C: B40
27
12
C: B38
28
2
B: B44
C: B40
18
3
C: B38
19
4.
D
Continuity
Terminal
4
E
3
4
3
2
F
Yes
1
G
2
1
Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminals and ground.
H
Terminals
Audio amplifier
Connector
Terminal
I
—
Continuity
WKIA5816E
J
11
A: B43
27
12
28
2
B: B44
AV
Ground
No
L
18
3
19
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
N
2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
3.
O
Connect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector.
Turn ignition switch to ACC.
Push “POWER” switch.
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-157
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
11
A:
B43
12
Connector
Condition
Terminal
27
A:
B43
28
2
B:
B44
3
Reference
signal
Receive
audio
signal
18
B:
B44
19
SKIA0177E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WKIA5817E
3.HARNESS CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43.
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Audio amplifier
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
5
A: M92
8
4
24
B: B43
14
7
13
4.
Continuity
Yes
23
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals
AV control unit
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
4
A: M92
5
13
Ground
No
AWNIA2203ZZ
14
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
• Repair harness or connector.
4.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK
1.
Connect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43.
Revision: January 2010
AV-158
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC.
3. Push “POWER” switch.
4. Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
Terminals
(+)
Connector
(-)
Terminal
Connector
4
Condition
Reference
signal
C
Terminal
5
D
M92
13
M92
14
Receive
audio
signal
E
SKIA0177E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
G
WKIA5808E
Removal and Installation
H
INFOID:0000000005905494
AV CONTROL UNIT
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-159
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ALNIA1208ZZ
1.
AV control unit
2.
Cluster lid C
A.
Cluster lid C bracket screws
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11.
Remove the AV control unit harness.
Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws.
Remove the AV control unit.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT TWEETER
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34.
Remove the front tweeter grille.
Revision: January 2010
AV-160
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the front tweeter screws (A), disconnect the front
tweeter connector and remove the front tweeter (1).
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
LKIA0855E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
E
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31.
Remove the front door speaker screws (A), disconnect the front
door speaker connector and remove the front door speaker (1).
F
G
H
LKIA0856E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
I
J
REAR SPEAKER
Removal
1.
2.
AV
Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear speaker screws (A), disconnect the rear
speaker connector and remove the rear speaker (1).
L
M
N
LKIA0857E
O
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
Revision: January 2010
P
AV-161
2010 Sentra
AUDIO
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LKIA0865E
1.
Audio amplifier
⇒
Front
2.
Audio amplifier connectors
A.
Bolts
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Slide the RH front seat toward the front to remove the audio amplifier rear bolts.
Slide the RH front seat toward the rear to remove the audio amplifier front bolts.
Disconnect the audio amplifier connectors and remove the audio amplifier.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the steering wheel audio control switch screws (A) and
remove the steering wheel audio control switches (1).
LKIA0860E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-162
2010 Sentra
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
A
INFOID:0000000005909233
Refer to AV-147, "Symptom Chart".
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-163
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TELEPHONE
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005905499
AWNIA2190GB
1.
Bluetooth control unit B15, B62, B69
2.
Steering wheel audio control
switches
4.
Combination meter M24
5.
AV control unit M99
System Description
3.
Microphone R4
INFOID:0000000005905500
BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
Refer to the Owner's Manual for Bluetooth telephone system operating instructions.
NOTE:
Cellular telephones must have their wireless connection set up (paired) before using the Bluetooth telephone
system.
Bluetooth telephone system allows users who have a Bluetooth cellular telephone to make a wireless connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be
sent and received. Some Bluetooth cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth control unit.
Revision: January 2010
AV-164
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the
Bluetooth control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures. Refer to the cellular
telephone operating manual.
A
Bluetooth Telephone System Diagram
B
C
D
E
F
G
AWNIA2191GB
Bluetooth Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth control unit will power up. During power up, the Bluetooth control unit is
initialized and performs various self checks. Initialization may take
up to 20 seconds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with
the Bluetooth control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition will then
become active. Bluetooth telephone functions can be turned off
using the Nissan Voice Recognition system.
H
I
J
WKIA5781E
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switches
When buttons on the steering wheel audio control switch are
pushed, the resistance in steering wheel audio control switch circuit
changes depending on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth control module uses this signal to perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system.
The following functions can be performed using the steering wheel
audio control switch:
• Initiate Self Diagnosis of the Bluetooth telephone system
• Start a voice recognition session
• Answer and end telephone calls
• Adjust the volume of calls
AV
L
M
N
WKIA5783E
Volume Switch
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-165
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Call volume can be adjusted using the AV control unit volume switch.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AWNIA2192GB
Bluetooth Microphone
The Bluetooth microphone is located in the roof console assembly.
The Bluetooth microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth control
unit. The Bluetooth microphone can be actively tested during selfdiagnosis.
AWNIA1987GB
AV Control Unit
The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit
and sends audio signals to the speakers.
AWNIA2193GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-166
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - H/PHON -
INFOID:0000000005905501
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0295GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-167
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0296GB
Revision: January 2010
AV-168
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005905502
A
B
C
AWNIA1988GB
D
Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit
INFOID:0000000005905503
E
Terminal
(Wire color)
+
–
1 (Y)
Ground
Item
Battery power
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation
Input
—
—
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
—
Battery voltage
System does not
work properly.
System does not
work properly.
2 (V)
Ground
ACC power
Input
ACC/
ON
3 (W/L)
Ground
IGN power
Input
ON/
START
—
Battery voltage
4 (B)
—
Ground
—
—
—
—
—
5 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
6 (GR)
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
F
G
H
I
J
7 (W)
8 (R)
Mic-in signal
Input
ACC/
ON
When giving a
voice
Bluetooth Microphone inoperative.
PKIB5037J
9 (BR)
10 (Y)
Audio out
Output
ACC/
ON
Bluetooth control unit sends
audio signal
AV
L
Audio can not be
heard.
M
N
SKIB3609E
22 (B)
—
Cont-3
—
—
—
—
—
23 (B)
—
Cont-4
—
—
—
—
—
27 (B)
—
Cont-6
—
—
—
—
—
ON
When vehicle
speed is approx.
40 km/h (25
MPH)
O
P
28 (G/Y)
Ground
Vehicle
speed signal
(8–pulse)
Input
—
PKIC0643E
Revision: January 2010
AV-169
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(Wire color)
Item
Signal
input/
output
Condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
Example of symptom
Ignition
switch
Operation
Output
—
—
5V
Input
—
—
—
—
Shield
—
—
—
—
—
—
M CAN +
—
—
—
—
—
36 (P)
—
M CAN -
—
—
—
—
—
37 (GR)
—
M CAN
shield
—
—
—
—
—
39 (Y/R)
—
M CAN
jumper 1
—
—
—
—
—
40 (Y/R)
—
M CAN 1
—
—
—
—
—
41 (SB)
—
M CAN
jumper 2
—
—
—
—
—
42 (SB)
—
M CAN 2
—
—
—
—
—
+
–
29 (B)
Ground
Bluetooth
Microphone
power
33
—
Bluetooth
antenna signal
34
—
35 (L)
Bluetooth Microphone inoperative.
Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function
INFOID:0000000005909226
The Bluetooth control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically
every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the technician using the steering wheel audio control switches prior to trouble diagnosis.
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS
•
•
•
•
•
•
Internal control unit failure
Bluetooth antenna connection open or shorted
Steering wheel audio control switches (PHONE/SEND, PHONE/END) stuck closed
Vehicle speed pulse count
Bluetooth Microphone connection test (with playback to operator)
Bluetooth inquiry check
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON.
Wait for the Bluetooth system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds.
Press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch PHONE/
SEND button for at least 5 seconds. The Bluetooth system will
begin to play a verbal prompt.
NOTE:
At any time, press and hold the steering wheel audio control
switch PHONE/SEND button for at least 5 seconds to exit diagnostic mode.
WKIA5789E
Revision: January 2010
AV-170
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. While the prompt is playing, press and hold the steering wheel
audio control switch PHONE/END button for at least 5 seconds.
The Bluetooth system will sound a 5 second beep.
5. While the beep is sounding, press and hold the steering wheel
audio control switch PHONE/END button for at least 5 seconds
again.
6. The Bluetooth system has now entered into the diagnostic
mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the
technician. Refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom
Chart".
7. If there are no failure records to report, the speed pulse count
AWKIA1579ZZ
will be reported next.
8. After the speed pulse count is reported, an interactive Bluetooth microphone test will be performed. Follow
the voice prompt. If the Bluetooth microphone test fails refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom
Chart".
9. Self-diagnosis mode is complete. A short beep is heard.
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart
Failure Message
2
"Bluetooth antenna open"
3
"Bluetooth antenna shorted"
4
"Phone/Send for the Hands Free Phone
System is stuck"
5
"Phone/End for the Hands Free Phone
System is stuck"
1.
2.
"Bluetooth Microphone test" (failed interactive test)
Inspect harness connection.
Replace Bluetooth antenna. Refer to
AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
Check steering wheel audio control switches. Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio
Control Switch Does Not Operate".
1.
2.
1.
–
2.
Inspect harness between Bluetooth
control unit and Bluetooth microphone.
Replace Bluetooth microphone. Refer
to AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
Inspect Bluetooth control unit power
supply and ground circuits. Refer to
AV-100, "Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit".
Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer
to AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
Steering wheel audio control switch does
not operate
–
Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio
Control Switch Does Not Operate".
Voice activated control does not operate
–
Refer to AV-102, "Voice Activated Control
Function Does Not Operate".
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit
INFOID:0000000005905507
1.CHECK FUSES
Revision: January 2010
D
E
F
G
H
I
Action
Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV105, "Removal and Installation".
"Internal failure"
Bluetooth system is inoperative
C
INFOID:0000000005909228
1
–
B
INFOID:0000000005909227
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Perform Bluetooth control unit self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-170, "Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis
Function".
According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart".
Does the Bluetooth system operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2.
Inspection End.
Code/Symptom
A
AV-171
2010 Sentra
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
TELEPHONE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Make sure the following fuses for the Bluetooth control unit are not blown.
Terminals
Connector
Ignition Switch
Fuse No.
1
All positions
22
2
ACC/ON
6
3
ON/START
12
Terminal
B15
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15.
Check voltage between connector terminals and ground as follows.
Terminals
(+)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch position
(–)
1
B15
2
OFF
ACC
ON
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Ground
3
0V
WKIA4389E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check harness for open between Bluetooth control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUITS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between the following Bluetooth control unit
terminals and ground.
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
4
B15
22
23
Ground
Yes
27
AWNIA2194ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005905508
Refer to AV-150, "Steering Switch Check".
Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005905509
NOTE:
Even under normal condition, Bluetooth voice guidance may not occur when pressing steering wheel audio
control switch.
Revision: January 2010
AV-172
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT AND MICROPHONE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector.
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15
(A) and microphone connector R4 (B).
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
Connector
A: B15
D
1
8
B: R4
2
29
4.
Yes
E
4
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 and ground.
Terminals
Connector
C
Continuity
Terminal
7
B
Terminal
—
WKIA5795E
F
Continuity
G
7
A: B15
8
Ground
No
H
29
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK MICROPHONE POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between microphone connector R4 terminal 4
and ground.
4 - Ground
J
AV
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174,
"Removal and Installation".
L
M
WKIA5796E
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
N
Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15
terminals 7 and 8.
O
When giving a voice
P
7 – 8:
PKIB5037J
LKIA0780E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
AV-173
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace microphone. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO
CONTROL SWITCH
1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
Refer to AV-172, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace applicable parts.
2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector.
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and AV control unit harness connector M99 (B).
Terminals
Connector
A: B15
4.
Terminal
9
Connector
Terminal
43
B: M99
10
42
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground.
Terminals
Connector
A: B15
Terminal
9
10
—
Ground
AWNIA2195ZZ
Continuity
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL
Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15
terminals 9 and 10.
When giving a voice
9 – 10:
SKIB3609E
WKIA5798E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005905510
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
AV-174
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Bluetooth Control Unit and Antenna
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
ALNIA0977ZZ
1.
Bluetooth control unit bracket
2.
Bluetooth control unit
3.
Bluetooth antenna
J
Front
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT
Removal
NOTE:
Bluetooth control unit shown with the LH seat removed for clarity.
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Slide the LH front seat toward the front to remove the bluetooth
control unit bracket rear bolt (A).
3. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear to remove the bluetooth
control unit bracket front bolts (A).
4. Detach the Bluetooth control unit harness clip (B) from the Bluetooth control unit bracket.
5. Disconnect the Bluetooth control unit connector (C).
6. Remove the Bluetooth control unit and bracket assembly (1).
7. Remove the Bluetooth control unit screws and remove the Bluetooth control unit.
AV
L
M
N
O
ALNIA0978ZZ
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
P
BLUETOOTH ANTENNA
Removal
NOTE:
Bluetooth antenna is mounted on top of the Bluetooth control unit.
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-175
2010 Sentra
TELEPHONE
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear.
3. Disconnect the Bluetooth antenna connector.
4. Remove the Bluetooth antenna screws and remove the Bluetooth antenna.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
BLUETOOTH MICROPHONE
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the map lamp. Refer to LT-81, "Map Lamp".
Remove the Bluetooth microphone.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-176
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR VIEW CAMERA
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005905511
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
AWNIA2196ZZ
1.
Front tweeter LH M46
2.
4.
Steering wheel audio control switch5.
es
7.
Transmission range switch F26
(CVT)
AV control unit M92, M99
3.
Front tweeter RH M47
Rear view camera T21
6.
Back-up lamp switch F47 (manual
transmission)
N
O
System Description
INFOID:0000000005905512
P
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
When the shift selector is in the R position, the AV control unit shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines
which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed.
Revision: January 2010
M
AV-177
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Rear View Camera System Diagram
AWNIA2012GB
Part name
Description
AV control unit
• Sends camera ON signal to the rear view camera
• Receives camera image signal from the rear view camera
Rear view camera
• Receives camera ON signal from the AV control unit
• Sends image signal to the AV control unit
Revision: January 2010
AV-178
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW -
INFOID:0000000005905513
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
AANWA0297GB
Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005905514
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA SIDE)
Revision: January 2010
AV-179
2010 Sentra
P
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Shift transmission into Reverse.
3. Check voltage between rear view camera harness connector
T21 and ground.
(+)
Connector
(-)
Transmission
position
Value (Approx.)
Ground
Reverse
6V
Terminal
T21
4
Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AWNIA2020ZZ
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear view camera and AV control unit connectors.
Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 (A) terminal 4 and AV control unit harness connector M99
(B) terminal 34.
A
4.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
T21
4
M99
34
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 (A) terminal 4 and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
T21
4
—
Continuity
Ground
No
AWNIA2197ZZ
Are continuity test results as specified?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1.
2.
3.
Connect AV control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector M99
and ground.
(+)
Connector
M99
(-)
Transmission
position
Value (Approx.)
Ground
Reverse
6V
Terminal
34
Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and
Installation".
AWNIA2198ZZ
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
AV-180
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rear view camera harness connector.
3. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector
T21 terminal 3 and ground.
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
Connector
Terminal
—
Continuity
T21
3
Ground
Yes
C
Does continuity exist?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
AWNIA2021ZZ
D
Camera Image Signal Circuit
INFOID:0000000005909179
E
1.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector
M99 (A) terminals 35, 36 and rear view camera harness connector T21 (B) terminals 1, 2.
35 - 1
36 - 2
4.
F
G
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
H
Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector
M99 (A) terminals 35, 36 and ground.
35, 36 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
I
AWNIA2206ZZ
Is inspection result OK?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
J
2.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
AV
Connect AV control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Shift transmission into reverse.
Check signal between AV control unit harness connector M99
terminals 35 and 36.
35 - 36
L
M
:
N
SKIB2251J
AWNIA2207ZZ
Is inspection result OK?
YES >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace rear view camera. Refer to AV-182, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
AV-181
O
P
2010 Sentra
REAR VIEW CAMERA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005905515
ALNIA1211ZZ
1.
Licence lamp finisher
2.
Trunk opener request switch (if equipped)
A.
License lamp finisher nut
B.
Rear view camera connector
3.
Rear view camera
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the rear view camera connector.
Remove the license plate finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation".
Press in the rear view camera tab (A) then release the rear view
camera hook (B) and remove the rear view camera.
ALNIA1212ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
AV-182
2010 Sentra
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005909201
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the
USB connector and aux jack (1).
C
D
E
ALNIA1209ZZ
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-183
2010 Sentra
AUDIO ANTENNA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUDIO ANTENNA
Location of Antenna
INFOID:0000000005905496
AWNIA2199ZZ
1.
Roof antenna
2.
Roof antenna base connectors
3.
Antenna feeder
4.
Antenna feeder connector
5.
AV control unit
6.
Roof antenna base
A.
Antenna feeder clips
Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna
INFOID:0000000005905497
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Partially remove the rear body side welts. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove rear pillar finishers. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove rear assist grip (LH). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove three headliner rear clips. Pull down the rear part of the headliner to reposition out of the way.
CAUTION:
Use care when repositioning headliner to avoid causing damage.
Revision: January 2010
AV-184
2010 Sentra
AUDIO ANTENNA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Disconnect the roof antenna harness connectors (B).
6. Remove the roof antenna nut (A) and remove the roof antenna
(1).
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
LKIA0863E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-185
2010 Sentra
GPS ANTENNA
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
GPS ANTENNA
Location of Antenna
INFOID:0000000005907619
AWNIA2205ZZ
1.
AV control unit
2.
Antenna feeder
Removal and Installation
3.
GPS antenna (view with combination
meter removed)
INFOID:0000000005905498
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove cluster lid C and disconnect the GPS navigation antenna harness. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and
Installation".
Remove the combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
AV-186
2010 Sentra
GPS ANTENNA
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the GPS navigation antenna screw (A).
4. Remove the GPS navigation antenna (1)
[AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
A
B
C
ALNIA1210ZZ
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
AV-187
2010 Sentra
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
SECTION
CL
CLUTCH
A
B
CL
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Inspection ................................................................. 9
Air Bleeding Procedure ............................................. 9
F
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Service Notice or Precaution ..................................... 3
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER ........................ 11
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Removal and Installation .........................................14
Special Service Tools ................................................ 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL .............................................................. 15
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5
Exploded View .........................................................15
Removal and Installation .........................................15
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 17
K
Clutch Control System .............................................17
Clutch Pedal ............................................................17
Clutch Disc ..............................................................17
Clutch Cover ............................................................17
L
CLUTCH PEDAL ................................................. 6
Removal and Installation .........................................11
G
CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER) ....... 13
Removal and Installation .........................................13
H
CLUTCH PIPING ............................................... 14
On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment ...................... 6
Removal and Installation ........................................... 7
CLUTCH FLUID ................................................... 9
I
J
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CL-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005612373
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005612374
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
CL-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Service Notice or Precaution
INFOID:0000000005284060
A
B
• Use recommended brake fluid when adding fluid to the clutch reservoir tank. Refer to MA-15,
"MR20DE" or MA-15, "QR25DE".
• Never reuse fluid drained from clutch system.
CL
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas.
• Use new brake fluid to clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and CSC (Concentric slave cylinder).
D
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. It will ruin the rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Return CSC to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal and may E
cause clutch fluid leakage.
• Do not disassemble clutch master cylinder and CSC.
WARNING:
F
After cleaning clutch disc, clean it with a dust collector. Do not use compressed air.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CL-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
INFOID:0000000005284061
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST20050240
( — )
Diaphragm spring adjusting wrench
Adjusting unevenness of diaphragm spring of
clutch cover
ZZA0508D
Commercial Service Tools
INFOID:0000000005284062
Tool name
Description
Clutch aligner
Installing clutch disc
MCIB0404E
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
CL-4
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005284063
EM-97 (MR20DE),
EM-202(QR25DE)
CL-15
CL-13
D
FLYWHEEL (Distortion)
G
PRESSURE PLATE (Distortion)
2
DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Out of tip alignment)
2
DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Damaged)
CLUTCH DISC (Hardened)
2
CLUTCH DISC (Lack of spline grease)
CLUTCH DISC (Worn out)
2
CLUTCH DISC (Oily)
CLUTCH DISC (Dirty or burned)
CLUTCH DISC (Lining broken)
CLUTCH DISC (Runout is excessive)
CLUTCH DISC (Out of true)
CSC (Concentric slave cylinder) (Worn, dirty or damaged)
CL
F
H
I
J
2
1
Clutch noisy
B
E
1
Clutch pedal spongy
Symptom
EM-75 (MR20DE),
EM-184 (QR25DE)
CL-9
Clutch grabs/chatters
ENGINE MOUNTING (Loose)
SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause)
CLUTCH LINE (Air in line)
Reference page
CLUTCH PEDAL (Inspection and adjustment)
CL-6
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
K
1
Clutch slips
1
Clutch does not disengage
1
2
2
5
5
5
5
5
2
3
5
6
4
6
5
7
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CL-5
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLUTCH PEDAL
On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment
1.
INFOID:0000000005284064
Check to see if the master cylinder rod end moves freely. It
should not be bound by the clutch pedal.
• If the rod end does not move freely, remove the rod end and
check for deformation or damage on the rod end. Leave the
rod end removed for step 2.
PCIB1491E
2.
a.
b.
3.
a.
b.
4.
Check the clutch pedal stroke for free range of movement.
With the master cylinder rod end removed, manually move the pedal up and down to determine if it moves
freely.
If any sticking is noted, replace the clutch pedal assembly. Re-verify that the master cylinder rod end
moves freely.
Inspect the ASCD switch position (if equipped).
If the rod end does not move freely, check that the ASCD switch is not applying pressure to the clutch
pedal causing the rod end to bind. To adjust, disconnect the ASCD switch electrical connector and turn
the ASCD switch.
Connect the ASCD switch electrical connector.
Adjust clutch interlock switch (1) position so that clearance
between clutch pedal (2) and thread end of clutch interlock
switch (1), with clutch pedal fully depressed, is within specification (C).
Clearance C
Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Pedal"
WCIA0668E
Revision: January 2010
CL-6
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Adjust the ASCD clutch switch (1) (if equipped). Adjust ASCD
clutch switch position with the clutch pedal fully released, so that
clearance between clutch pedal (2) and thread end of ASCD
clutch switch (1) is within specification (A).
Clearance A
A
B
Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Pedal"
CL
D
E
F
G
WCIA0669E
6.
a.
b.
Check the clutch hydraulic system components (clutch master cylinder, CSC (Concentric slave cylinder),
clutch damper) for sticking or binding.
If any sticking or binding is noted, repair or replace the related parts as necessary.
If any hydraulic system repair was necessary, bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air
Bleeding Procedure".
NOTE:
Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or
power bleeder will not purge all of the air from the system.
Removal and Installation
H
I
J
INFOID:0000000005284065
COMPONENTS
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CL-7
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WCIA0666E
1.
Clutch pedal assembly
2.
Lock nut
4.
ASCD clutch switch (if equipped)
5.
Lock nut
3.
Clutch interlock switch
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove front upper floor duct. Refer to MTC-77, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector (if equipped).
Disconnect master cylinder rod end from clutch pedal lever.
Remove clutch pedal assembly nuts, and then remove clutch
pedal assembly.
Disconnect clutch interlock switch harness connector.
PCIB1491E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check clutch pedal for bend, damage or a cracked weld. If bend, damage or a cracked weld is found, replace
clutch pedal assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After installing the clutch switches, adjust the switch positions. Refer to CL-6, "On-vehicle Inspection and
Adjustment".
Revision: January 2010
CL-8
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLUTCH FLUID
A
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005613066
FLUID LEVEL
B
• Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified
range (MAX – MIN lines).
• Visually check for any clutch fluid leakage around the reservoir
tank.
• Check the clutch system for any leakage if the fluid level is
extremely low (lower than MIN).
CL
D
E
JPFIA0007ZZ
FLUID LEAKAGE
F
• Check clutch line for cracks, deterioration or other damage. Replace any damaged parts.
• Check for fluid leakage by fully depressing clutch pedal while engine is running.
CAUTION:
If leakage occurs around joints, reinstall the joints or, if necessary, replace damaged parts.
Air Bleeding Procedure
G
INFOID:0000000005284066
CAUTION:
Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected
area with water.
NOTE:
• Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or
power bleeder will not purge all the air from the system.
• Carefully monitor fluid level in reservoir tank during bleeding operation.
• Bleed the air of bleeding connector (1).
1. Fill reservoir tank with new clutch fluid.
CAUTION:
Never reuse drained clutch fluid.
2. Connect a transparent vinyl hose to air bleeder of bleeding connector.
3. “Depress” and “release” the clutch pedal slowly and fully 15
times at an interval of 2 to 3 seconds and release the clutch
pedal.
JPDIB0166ZZ
4.
Press the lock pin (1) into the bleeding connector (2), and maintain the position.
CAUTION:
Since the inside of clutch tube is under hydraulic pressure,
hold the tube to prevent it from getting disconnected.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JPDIB0041ZZ
Revision: January 2010
CL-9
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Slide bleeding connector (1) in the direction of the arrow as
shown.
2
: Clutch housing
Dimension “A”
: 10 mm (0.39 in)
6.
Depress the clutch pedal soon and hold it, and then bleed the air
from the piping.
CAUTION:
Since the inside of clutch tube is under hydraulic pressure,
JPDIB0042ZZ
hold the tube to prevent it from getting disconnected.
7. Return clutch tube and lock pin in their original positions.
8. Release clutch pedal and wait for 5 seconds.
9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 until no bubbles are observed in the clutch fluid.
10. Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified range after air bleeding. Refer to CL9, "Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
CL-10
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284067
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B
Remove the battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
CL
Remove the engine room cover.
Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133,
"Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
D
Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Use one of the following methods to remove hose from master cylinder.
• Drain clutch fluid from reservoir tank and remove hose.
• Remove hose from master cylinder. Immediately plug hose and reservoir tank to prevent clutch fluid E
from dripping.
CAUTION:
Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the F
affected area with water.
Remove master cylinder rod end from clutch pedal assembly.
G
H
I
PCIB1491E
7.
J
Remove lock pin (1) from connector of master cylinder (2) and
separate clutch tube (3).
K
L
M
PCIB1497E
8.
Rotate master cylinder clockwise by 45° and remove from the vehicle.
N
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Tilt master cylinder clockwise by 45° and insert it in the mounting
hole. Rotate counterclockwise to secure it. At this time, nipple is
in the up position.
Install master cylinder rod end to clutch pedal.
O
P
SCIA1286E
Revision: January 2010
CL-11
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install clutch tube (1) fully into connector of master cylinder (2).
4. Install lock pin (3) fully into connector of master cylinder (2).
5. Fill with new clutch fluid and bleed air from the system. Refer to
CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
6. After completing this procedure, inspect clutch pedal operation.
Refer to CL-6, "On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment".
7. Install the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal
and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
8. Install the battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and
Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC-9, "Exploded View
(QR25DE Battery Tray)".
9. Install the engine room cover.
10. Install the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
CL-12
PCIB1500E
2010 Sentra
CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005284068
COMPONENTS
B
CL
D
E
F
G
JPDIB0040GB
1.
Transaxle assembly
2.
H
CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder)
CAUTION:
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric slave cylinder).
Return CSC insert to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding
parts may damage CSC seal and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
• Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected
area with water.
I
J
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal
and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H).
Remove CSC bolts and the CSC from clutch housing.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1498E
O
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Install CSC to clutch housing and then tighten bolts to specification.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse CSC.
• Do not insert and operate CSC because piston and stopper of CSC components may fall off.
Install transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal and
Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H).
Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
CL-13
2010 Sentra
P
CLUTCH PIPING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLUTCH PIPING
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284069
PCIB1499E
1.
Clutch tube
2.
Clutch tube lock pin
3.
CSC
4.
Clutch damper
5.
Clutch master cylinder
6.
Clutch pedal
Carefully observe the following steps during clutch tube removal and installation.
CAUTION:
Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected
area with water.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC-8, "Removal and
Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133,
"Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
Remove clutch tube lock pin from clutch master cylinder, if necessary.
Remove clutch tube lock pin at clutch housing, if necessary.
Remove clutch tube lock pins (2) from clutch damper (3).
Remove clutch tubes (1) from clutch damper (3).
Remove clutch damper (3) from bracket (4).
BCIA0043E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Make sure that all tubes are fully installed into connectors.
• Make sure that all connector lock pins are fully installed.
• After installation, bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
CL-14
2010 Sentra
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
A
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005284070
B
CL
D
E
F
G
PCIB1394E
1.
Flywheel
2.
Clutch disc
Removal and Installation
3.
Clutch cover
H
INFOID:0000000005284071
CAUTION:
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric slave cylinder).
Return CSC insert to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding
parts may damage CSC seal and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
• Be careful not to apply any grease to the clutch disc facing, pressure plate surface and flywheel surface.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove transaxle assembly from the vehicle. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R) or
MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A), MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H).
Loosen clutch cover bolts evenly. Then remove clutch cover and clutch disc.
I
J
K
L
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Clutch Disc
• Measure circumferential runout relative to clutch disc center spline.
If it is outside the specification, replace clutch disc.
Runout limit/diameter of the area
to be measured
M
: Refer to CL-17,
"Clutch Disc".
N
• Measure backlash to clutch disc spline and main drive gear spline
at the circumference of clutch disc. If it is outside the specification,
replace clutch disc.
Maximum allowable spline backlash (at outer edge of disc)
Revision: January 2010
: Refer to CL-17,
"Clutch Disc".
CL-15
O
SCL221
2010 Sentra
P
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the depth “A” to clutch disc facing rivet heads, using a
calipers. If it exceeds the allowable wear limit, replace clutch disc.
Facing wear limit (depth to the
rivet head) “A”
: Refer to CL-17,
"Clutch Disc".
JPDIB0026ZZ
Clutch Cover
• Check clutch cover thrust ring for wear or breakage. If wear or breakage is found, replace clutch cover.
NOTE:
• Worn thrust ring will generate a beating noise when tapped at the rivet with a hammer.
• Broken thrust ring will make a clinking sound when cover is shaken up and down.
• If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the clutch cover pressure plate to clutch disc contact surface,
repair the surface with sandpaper. If surface is damaged or distorted, replace clutch cover.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Clean clutch disc and input shaft splines to remove grease and dust caused by abrasion.
Apply recommended grease to clutch disc and input shaft splines.
CAUTION:
Be sure to apply grease to the points specified. Otherwise, noise, poor disengagement, or damage
to the clutch may result. Excessive grease may cause slip or shudder. If it adheres to CSC seal, it
will cause clutch fluid leakage. Wipe off excess grease.
Install clutch disc, using a clutch aligner (A) [Commercial service
tool].
Install clutch cover and then temporarily tighten clutch cover
mounting bolts.
Tighten clutch cover mounting bolts to the specified torque
evenly in two steps in the numerical order as shown.
Install transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal and Installation"
(RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H).
JPDIB0141ZZ
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Clutch Cover
Check diaphragm spring lever claws for unevenness with the lever
still on the vehicle. If they exceed the tolerance, adjust lever height,
using the diaphragm adjusting wrench (A) [SST: ST20050240 ( - )].
Tolerance for diaphragm spring
lever unevenness
: Refer to CL-17,
"Clutch Cover".
JPDIB0160ZZ
Revision: January 2010
CL-16
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Clutch Control System
INFOID:0000000005284072
Type of clutch control
B
Hydraulic
Clutch Pedal
INFOID:0000000005284073
Clearance ″A″ between clutch pedal and ASCD switch threaded
end while clutch pedal is fully released (if equipped).
0.74 - 1.96 mm (0.0291 - 0.0772 in)
Clearance ″C″ between clutch pedal and clutch interlock switch
threaded end while clutch pedal is fully depressed.
0.74 - 1.96 mm (0.0291 - 0.0772 in)
Clutch Disc
D
INFOID:0000000005284074
Engine
MR20DE
QR25DE
Model
225
240
Facing size (outer dia. × inner dia. × thickness)
225 mm × 160 mm × 3.2 mm (8.86 in
× 6.30 in × 0.126 in)
240 mm x 160 mm x 3.2 mm (9.45 in
x 6.30 in x 0.126 in)
Runout limit/diameter of the area to be measured
1.0 mm (0.039 in) / 215 mm (8.46 in)
dia.
0.7 mm (0.028 in) / 230 mm (9.06 in)
dia.
Maximum allowable spline backlash (at outer edge of
disc)
1.0 mm (0.039 in)
Facing wear limit (depth to the rivet head) (A)
0.3 mm (0.012 in)
E
F
G
H
I
Clutch Cover
Engine
CL
INFOID:0000000005284075
MR20DE
Tolerance for diaphragm spring lever unevenness
J
QR25DE
0.7 mm (0.028 in) or less
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CL-17
2010 Sentra
BRAKES
SECTION
BR
BRAKE SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
Precaution for Brake System .................................... 4
On Board Inspection ................................................23
Removal and Installation .........................................23
VACUUM LINES ............................................... 25
Component ..............................................................25
Removal and Installation .........................................25
Inspection ................................................................25
FRONT DISC BRAKE ....................................... 27
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 7
On Board Inspection ................................................27
Component ..............................................................27
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad ...................28
Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly ............................................................................30
Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly .....................................................................32
Brake Burnishing .....................................................35
BRAKE PEDAL ................................................... 8
REAR DISC BRAKE ......................................... 36
Inspection and Adjustment ........................................ 8
Removal and Installation ........................................... 9
On Board Inspection ................................................36
Component ..............................................................36
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad ...................37
Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly ........38
Disassembly and Assembly of Caliper Assembly....40
Brake Burnishing .....................................................43
PREPARATION ................................................... 5
Special Service Tool ................................................. 5
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 7
BRAKE FLUID ....................................................11
On Board Inspection ............................................... 11
Drain and Refill ........................................................ 11
Bleeding Brake System ........................................... 12
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE ................................13
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19
Inspection ................................................................ 19
H
I
J
K
L
M
Component ..............................................................44
Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly
....44
Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder ............47
Disassembly and Assembly of Wheel Cylinder .......47
O
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 49
P
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ............................21
On-Board Inspection ............................................... 21
Removal and Installation ......................................... 21
BRAKE BOOSTER ............................................23
Revision: January 2010
G
REAR DRUM BRAKE ....................................... 44
Hydraulic Circuit ...................................................... 13
Front Brake Tube and Hose .................................... 15
Rear Brake Tube and Hose .................................... 16
Inspection After Installation ..................................... 18
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE .....................19
BR
BR-1
General Specification ..............................................49
Brake Pedal .............................................................49
Check Valve ............................................................50
Brake Booster ..........................................................50
Dual Proportioning Valve .........................................50
Front Disc Brake ......................................................50
Rear Disc Brake ......................................................51
2010 Sentra
N
Rear Drum Brake .................................................... 51
Revision: January 2010
BR-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005282818
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
D
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
BR
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005944004
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
BR-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Brake System
INFOID:0000000005282819
• Refill using recommended brake fluid. Refer to MA-15.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted surface of body. If brake fluid is splashed on painted surfaces
of body immediately wipe it off with cloth and then wash it away with water.
• To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder, disc brake caliper and wheel cylinder, use new brake fluid.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
• Use a flare nut wrench when removing a brake tube and use a
flare nut torque wrench when installing a brake tube.
• When installing brake tubes and hoses, be sure to check torque.
• Before working, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery
cable from the negative terminal.
• Burnish the new braking surfaces after refinishing or replacing
drums or rotors, after replacing pads or linings, or if a soft pedal
occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing".
SBR686C
Revision: January 2010
BR-4
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282820
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-46532)
Brake and clutch pedal height measurement tool
Measuring brake pedal height
B
C
D
E
LFIA0227E
38-PFM90.5
( — )
Pro-Cut PFM 90 On-Car Brake Lathe
Turning rotors
BR
G
ALFIA0092ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282821
Tool name
Description
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing each brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12mm (0.47 in)
H
I
J
K
S-NT360
Pin punch
Tip diameter: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
Removing and installing reservoir tank pin
L
M
ZZA0515D
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Brake fluid pressure gauge
Measuring brake fluid pressure
NT151
Power tool
Removing nuts, bolts, and screws
PIIB1407E
Revision: January 2010
BR-6
2010 Sentra
Symptom
Revision: January 2010
×
×
×
Shake
×
Shimmy, Shudder
×
×
×
BR-7
×
×
×
×
SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
STEERING
×
WHEEL HUB
Drum out of round
Rotor thickness variation
Rotor rust
Rotor deflection
Rotor deformation
Rotor runout
Rotor damage
Rotor imbalance
Shims damaged
Noise
Pads/Lining - uneven wear
Possible cause and
SUSPECTED PARTS
PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
RAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-44
BR-32
—
BR-32
BR-32
BR-32
BR-32
BR-32
—
BR-27, BR-44
BR-27, BR-44
Reference page
Pads/Lining damaged
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
INFOID:0000000005282822
A
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
2010 Sentra
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
×: Applicable
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BRAKE PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE PEDAL
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005282823
INSPECTION
1.
Inspect the brake pedal height (H) and brake pedal full stroke
(S) from the floor using Tool at a 90° angle to the floor.
Tool number
2.
:
—
(J-46532)
Adjust the brake pedal height to specification.
AWFIA0557ZZ
Brake Pedal Specifications
Brake pedal height (H)
(from dash lower panel top surface)
Brake pedal full stroke (S)
[under a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f) with engine running]
CVT
Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal".
M/T
Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal".
CVT
Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal".
M/T
Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal".
Clearance between stopper bracket and threaded end of the stop lamp switch
and ASCD cancel switch (C1 and C2)
Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal".
ADJUSTMENT
Revision: January 2010
BR-8
2010 Sentra
BRAKE PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Loosen stop lamp switch and ASCD switch (if equipped) by
rotating it counterclockwise by 45°.
2. Loosen lock nut on input rod, then rotate input rod to set pedal to
the specified height, and tighten lock nut.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the threaded end of input rod stays inside
clevis.
Lock nut
3.
4.
5.
A
B
C
: Refer to BR-9, "Removal and Installation".
With the pedal pulled and held by hand, press stop lamp switch
or ASCD switch (if equipped) until its threaded end contacts
brake pedal lever.
With the threaded end of stop lamp switch or ASCD switch (if
equipped) contacting brake pedal lever, rotate the switch clockwise by 45° to secure.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the clearance (C) is within the standard.
Start engine to check brake pedal full stroke.
CAUTION:
Make sure that stop lamps go off when brake pedal is
released.
D
E
BR
G
SFIA3064E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282824
H
COMPONENTS
I
J
K
L
M
AWFIA0551GB
1.
Clevis pin
2.
ASCD switch
3.
Clip
4.
Stop lamp switch
5.
Brake pedal assembly
6.
Brake pedal pad
7.
Snap pin
O
NOTE:
The clevis pin must be installed from the right side as shown above.
P
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
Remove stop lamp switch and ASCD switch (if equipped) from brake pedal assembly.
Revision: January 2010
BR-9
N
2010 Sentra
BRAKE PEDAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove snap pin and clevis pin from clevis of brake booster.
SFIA2044E
4.
5.
Remove nuts from brake pedal bracket, and remove brake pedal assembly.
Remove accelerator pedal from brake pedal assembly.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Check brake pedal for bend, damage, and cracks on the welded parts.
• Replace brake pedal assembly if any non-standard condition is detected.
• Check clevis pin and plastic stopper for damage and deformation.
Replace clevis pin as necessary.
SBR997
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of the removal.
• After installing brake pedal assembly, adjust brake pedal. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• After installing accelerator pedal, check accelerator pedal for proper operation.
NOTE:
The clevis pin must be installed from the right side.
Revision: January 2010
BR-10
2010 Sentra
BRAKE FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE FLUID
A
On Board Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282825
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
B
• Make sure the fluid level in the reservoir tank is between MAX and
MIN lines (A) as shown.
C
D
E
ALFIA0169ZZ
BR
• Visually check around the reservoir tank for fluid leakage.
• If fluid level is excessively low, check brake system for fluid leakage.
G
H
I
SBR389C
• Release parking brake lever and see if brake warning lamp goes off. If not, check brake system for fluid leakage.
Drain and Refill
INFOID:0000000005282826
CAUTION:
• Refill using recommended brake fluid.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, immediately wipe them with cloth and wash it away with water.
• Before working, disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or battery
negative terminal if equipped.
1. Connect a vinyl tube to bleed valve.
2. Depress the brake pedal, loosen the bleed valve, and gradually
remove the brake fluid.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WFIA0512E
Revision: January 2010
BR-11
2010 Sentra
BRAKE FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Clean inside of reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid.
4. Loosen bleed valve, depress brake pedal slowly to full stroke
and then release it. Repeat the procedure every 2 or 3 seconds
until the new brake fluid comes out, then close the bleed valve
while depressing the brake pedal. Repeat the same procedure
for each wheel.
5.
Bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
WFIA0513E
Bleeding Brake System
INFOID:0000000005282827
CAUTION:
• While bleeding, pay attention to master cylinder fluid level.
• Before working, disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery
negative terminal if equipped.
1. Connect a vinyl tube to the rear right bleed valve.
2. Fully depress brake pedal 4 to 5 times.
3. With brake pedal depressed, loosen bleed valve to let the air out, and then tighten it immediately.
4. Repeat steps 2, 3 until no more air comes out.
5. Tighten bleed valve to specified torque. Refer to BR-27, "Component" (front disc brake), BR-44, "Component" (rear drum brake), BR-36, "Component" (rear disc brake).
6. Following the steps 1 to 5 above, with master cylinder reservoir tank filled at least half way, bleed air from
the rear right, front left, rear left, and front right brake, in that order.
Revision: January 2010
BR-12
2010 Sentra
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
A
Hydraulic Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282828
MR20DE without ABS
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
AWFIA0542ZZ
J
1.
Dual proportioning valve
2.
Brake master cylinder
3.
Brake booster
A.
Union bolt (front disc brake)
18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
B.
Rear tube connector (rear drum brake)
16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
C.
Flare nut
16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
–
Brake tube
=
Brake hose
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-13
2010 Sentra
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MR20DE with ABS or VDC/TCS/ABS
AWFIA0544ZZ
1.
ABS actuator and electric unit
2.
(control unit)
4.
Connector
C.
Flare nut
16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
Brake master cylinder
3.
Brake booster
A.
Union bolt (front disc brake)
18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
B.
Rear tube connector (rear drum brake)
16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
–
Brake tube
=
Brake hose
QR25DE with VDC/TCS/ABS
AWFIA0543ZZ
Revision: January 2010
BR-14
2010 Sentra
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
ABS actuator and electric unit
2.
(control unit)
4.
Connector
C.
Flare nut
16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb)
Brake master cylinder
3.
Brake booster
A.
Union bolt (front disc brake)
18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
B.
Union bolt (rear disc brake)
18.5 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
–
Brake tube
=
Brake hose
A
B
CAUTION:
C
• All tubes and hoses must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and counterclockwise.
• Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten D
their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part
is detected.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it way cause paint damage. If brake fluid is E
splashed on painted surfaces of body, immediately wipe them with cloth and then wash it away with
water.
• Do not bend or twist brake hose sharply, or strongly pull it.
• When removing components, cover brake line connections so that dirt, dust, or other foreign mat- BR
ters do not get in.
• Refill using new recommended brake fluid.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
G
Front Brake Tube and Hose
INFOID:0000000005282829
H
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt.
1. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill".
2. Remove brake tube from brake hose, using suitable tool.
3. Remove union bolt, and remove brake hose from caliper assembly.
4. Remove lock plate, and remove brake hose from vehicle.
I
J
K
L
SFIA1118E
M
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and
counterclockwise.
• Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten
their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part
is detected.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
1. Assemble union bolt and copper washers to brake hose.
Revision: January 2010
BR-15
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Position the L-shape metal fitting of the brake hose to the brake
caliper assembly positioning hole.
3. Tighten union bolt to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13,
"Hydraulic Circuit".
4. Connect brake hose to brake tube on vehicle, and temporarily
tighten flare nut by hand as much as possible.
5. Secure it with lock plate.
6. Tighten flare nut to the specified torque using suitable tool. Refer
to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit".
7. Install brake hose to vehicle, and tighten nuts to the specified
torque.
8. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Rear Brake Tube and Hose
SFIA1137E
INFOID:0000000005282830
OVER AXLE REAR BRAKE HOSE
Removal
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt.
1. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill".
2. Remove brake tube from brake hose, using a suitable tool.
3. Remove lock plate, and remove brake hose.
SFIA1120E
Installation
CAUTION:
• All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and
counterclockwise.
• Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten
their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part
is detected.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
1. Connect brake hose to brake tube on vehicle, and temporarily tighten flare nut by hand as much as possible.
2. Secure it to bracket with lock plate.
3. Tighten flare nut to the specified torque using a suitable tool. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit".
4. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
REAR BRAKE HOSE - QR25DE
Removal
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt.
Revision: January 2010
BR-16
2010 Sentra
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill".
2. Disconnect the brake hose from brake tube, using a flare nut
wrench and then remove the lock plate.
A
B
C
LFIA0238E
3.
Remove the union bolt (A), and then remove brake hose from
brake caliper assembly and discard the copper washers.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the copper washers.
D
E
BR
G
AWFIA0505ZZ
4.
H
Remove the brake hose.
Installation
CAUTION:
• All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and
counterclockwise.
• Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten
their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part
is detected.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
1. Assemble the union bolt and the new copper washers on the
brake hose.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the copper washers.
2. Attach L-shape metal fitting of the brake hose to brake caliper
assembly positioning hole, and then tighten union bolt to the
specified torque.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
SFIA1137E
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-17
2010 Sentra
BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Connect brake hose to brake tube, partially tighten flare nut by
hand as much as possible, then secure it to the bracket with lock
plate.
4. Using a flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified
torque.
5. Refill brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake
System".
LFIA0238E
Inspection After Installation
INFOID:0000000005282831
CAUTION:
• Always disassemble the parts and retighten their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace
applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected.
• If leak is detected at the connections, retighten it or replace the damaged part.
1. Check brake hose, tube, and connections for fluid leaks, damage, twist, deformation, contact with other
parts, and loose connections.
2. While depressing pedal under a force of 785 N (80 kg-f, 177 lb-f) with the engine running for approximately 5 seconds, check for fluid leak from each part.
Revision: January 2010
BR-18
2010 Sentra
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282832
B
C
D
E
BR
G
LFIA0257E
1.
Dual proportioning valve bracket
2.
Dual proportioning valve
Front
H
Removal
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately.
1. Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill".
2. Disconnect brake lines from dual proportioning valve.
• Mark brake lines for installation.
3. Remove dual proportioning valve bolt and dual proportioning valve.
4. Remove two bolts and bracket.
I
J
K
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When installing brake lines to the dual proportioning valve, tighten to specifications. Refer to BR-13,
"Hydraulic Circuit".
• Refill and bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
CAUTION:
• Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder.
• Use the recommended new brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Inspection
M
N
INFOID:0000000005282833
CAUTION:
• Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder.
• Use the recommended new brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Revision: January 2010
L
BR-19
2010 Sentra
O
P
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect commercially available brake fluid pressure gauge to
air bleeders of front and rear brakes on either LH and RH side.
SBR822BA
2.
3.
Bleed air from the Tool.
Check fluid pressure by depressing brake pedal. Refer to BR50, "Dual Proportioning Valve".
• If output pressure is out of specification, replace dual proportioning valve.
SBR823BA
4.
Bleed air after disconnecting the Tool. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Revision: January 2010
BR-20
2010 Sentra
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
A
On-Board Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282834
LEAK INSPECTION
B
Check for leaks in a master cylinder installation surface, the reservoir tank installation surface, and the brake
tube connections. Repair or replace components as necessary.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282835
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
J
AWFIA0545GB
1.
Reservoir cap
2.
Filter
3.
Brake fluid level switch connector
4.
Master cylinder and reservoir
assembly
5.
Hose to clutch master cylinder
(if equipped)
6.
O-ring
L
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, immediately wipe them with cloth and wash it away with water.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill".
Remove the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)", SC-8, "Removal and
Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EM-133,
"Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
Disconnect the hose to clutch master cylinder (if equipped) from the brake fluid reservoir.
Remove the brake tubes from master cylinder using a suitable tool.
Remove the master cylinder and reservoir assembly nuts, and remove the master cylinder and reservoir
assembly.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
BR-21
K
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Refill using recommended brake fluid.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Check if the rod of primary piston has dust or scratches.
1. Install master cylinder and reservoir assembly to brake booster
assembly, and tighten master cylinder and reservoir assembly
nuts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage or strain rod of primary piston.
• Apply silicone grease for O-ring, primary piston rod and
to inside of booster.
SFIA2614E
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install brake tubes to master cylinder, then tighten flare nuts to the specified torque using a suitable tool.
Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit".
Connect the hose to clutch master cylinder (if equipped) from the brake fluid reservoir.
Connect brake fluid level switch harness connector and clutch master cylinder hose (if equipped).
Install the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EM-133,
"Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
Install the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)", SC-8, "Removal and
Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Revision: January 2010
BR-22
2010 Sentra
BRAKE BOOSTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE BOOSTER
A
On Board Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282836
OPERATING CHECK
B
• With the engine stopped, change the vacuum to the atmospheric
pressure by depressing brake pedal several times at intervals of 5
seconds.
• Then with brake pedal fully depressed, start engine and when the
vacuum pressure reaches the standard, make sure that the clearance between brake pedal and floor panel decreases.
C
D
E
WFIA0520E
AIRTIGHT CHECK
BR
• Run engine at idle for approximately 1 minute, and stop it after
applying vacuum to booster. Depress brake pedal normally to
change the vacuum to the atmospheric pressure. Make sure that
distance between brake pedal and floor panel gradually increases.
• Depress the brake pedal while engine is running, then stop engine
with brake pedal depressed. The pedal stroke should not change
after holding pedal down for 30 seconds.
G
H
WFIA0521E
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005282837
J
COMPONENTS
K
L
M
N
O
P
ALFIA0170GB
Revision: January 2010
BR-23
2010 Sentra
BRAKE BOOSTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Reservoir tank
2.
Master cylinder
3.
Gasket
4.
Clevis
5.
Spacer
6.
Brake booster
7.
Lower dash assembly
A.
Up mark
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas such as body. It may cause paint damage. If
brake fluid is splashed on painted surfaces of body, wipe them with cloth immediately and then wash
it away with water.
• Be careful not to deform or bend brake tubes while removing and installing brake booster.
• Replace clevis pin if it is damaged.
• Be careful not to damage brake booster stud bolt threads. If brake booster is tilted or inclined during
installation, dash panel may damage the threads.
1. Remove vacuum hose from brake booster. Refer to BR-25, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove master cylinder assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove LH instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove snap pin and clevis pin from the clevis of the input rod,
and disconnect clevis from brake pedal.
5. Remove the three brake pedal nuts from lower dash assembly.
6. Remove the spacer nut from lower dash assembly.
7. Remove brake booster and spacer.
8. Remove brake booster nuts and remove spacer from brake
booster.
SFIA2044E
INSTALLATION
1.
Loosen lock nut to adjust input rod length so that the length (B)
satisfies the specified value.
Length (B)
: Refer to BR-50, "Brake Booster".
2.
Install spacer with new gasket to brake booster and tighten
spacer nut (brake booster side) to the specified torque.
3. After adjusting length (B), temporarily tighten lock nut to install
brake booster assembly to lower dash assembly. At this time,
make sure to install a gasket between brake booster and lower
dash assembly.
SGIA0060E
CAUTION:
Be sure to install the gasket between brake booster and lower dash assembly.
4. Connect brake pedal to clevis of input rod with the clevis pin and snap pin.
5. Install the three brake pedal bracket nuts and tighten them to the specified torque.
6. Install the spacer nut and tighten to the specified torque.
7. Adjust the height of brake pedal. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".
8. Tighten lock nut for the input rod to the specified torque.
9. Install LH instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation"
10. Install vacuum hose into brake booster. Refer to BR-25, "Removal and Installation".
11. Install master cylinder assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
12. Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Revision: January 2010
BR-24
2010 Sentra
VACUUM LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VACUUM LINES
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005282838
B
C
D
E
BR
LFIA0256E
1.
Clamp
2.
Engine side indicator stamp (for built-in
check valve)
3.
Vacuum hose
4.
Clip
A.
To intake manifold
B.
To brake booster
Removal and Installation
G
H
INFOID:0000000005282839
REMOVAL
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Disconnect the vacuum hose from the brake booster.
Disconnect the vacuum hose from the engine intake manifold.
Remove the vacuum hose.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Inspect the vacuum hose and internal one-way check valve before installation. Refer to BR-25, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
• Because the vacuum hose contains a one-way check valve, the hose must be installed in the correct
position. Refer to the stamp on the hose to confirm the correct direction for installation. The brake
booster will not operate normally if the hose is installed in the wrong direction.
• Do not use lubricating oil during assembly.
• Insert the vacuum hose at least 24 mm (0.94 in) onto the brake
booster fitting as shown.
K
L
M
N
O
SBR225B
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282840
VISUAL INSPECTION
Check for improper installation, damage and aging. Reinstall or replace the vacuum hose with the internal
check valve as necessary.
CHECK VALVE INSPECTION
Revision: January 2010
BR-25
2010 Sentra
P
VACUUM LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Use a hand vacuum pump to inspect the vacuum hose and internal
check valve. Replace the vacuum hose and internal check valve if
not within specifications.
When connected to booster side (1) Refer to BR-50,
"Check Valve".
When connected to engine side (2) Refer to BR-50,
"Check Valve".
SFIA0210E
• Replace the vacuum hose with the internal check valve if the vacuum hose is damaged or deformed.
Revision: January 2010
BR-26
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DISC BRAKE
A
On Board Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282841
PAD WEAR INSPECTION
B
Inspect pad thickness from check hole in cylinder body. Refer to BR50, "Front Disc Brake".
C
D
E
BRA0010D
Component
INFOID:0000000005282842
BR
Front Disc Brakes - MR20DE (All Models) & QR25DE (SE-R)
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
AWFIA0628GB
1.
Union bolt
2.
Brake hose
3.
Copper washer
4.
Cap
5.
Bleed valve
6.
Sliding pin bolt
7.
Cylinder body
8.
Piston seal
9.
Piston
10.
Piston boot
11.
Inner shim cover
12.
Inner shim
13.
Inner pad
14. Pad wear sensor
15.
Pad retainer
16.
Outer pad
17. Outer shim
18.
Outer shim cover
19.
Sliding pin
20. Sliding pin boot
21.
22.
Torque member bolt
23. Torque member
A.
Molykote AS-880N grease
B.
Rubber grease
D.
Brake fluid
E.
SE-R only
Revision: January 2010
BR-27
O
P
Bushing
Front
C.
N
Molykote M-7439 grease
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Front Disc Brakes - QR25DE (SE-R SPEC -V)
AWFIA0627GB
1.
Union bolt
2.
Brake hose
3.
Copper washer
4.
Cap
5.
Bleed valve
6.
Sliding pin bolt
7.
Cylinder body
8.
Piston seal
9.
Piston
10.
Piston boot
11.
Inner shim cover
12.
Inner shim
Pad retainer
13.
Inner pad
14. Pad wear sensor
15.
16.
Outer pad
17. Outer shim
18.
Outer shim cover
19.
Sliding pin
20. Sliding pin boot
21.
Bushing
22.
Torque member bolt
23. Torque member
A.
Molykote AS-880N grease
B.
D.
Brake fluid
Rubber grease
Front
C.
Molykote M-7439 grease
CAUTION:
Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air.
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad
INFOID:0000000005282843
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
BR-28
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir.
2. Remove front wheels and tires using power tools.
3. Remove lower sliding pin bolt.
A
B
C
D
SBR976B
4.
Swing cylinder body up and support cylinder body with a suitable wire as shown. Remove pads, shims and pad retainers
from torque member.
E
BR
G
SBR932C
CAUTION:
When removing pad retainer from torque member, lift pad
retainer in the direction shown by arrow, so as not to
deform it.
H
I
J
K
SBR556E
L
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply Molykote AS-880N grease or equivalent to the shims. Install shims to pads.
CAUTION:
Securely install shims according to mounting direction of pads.
Apply Molykote M-7439 grease or equivalent to pad contact surfaces (A) on pad retainers. Install pad retainers and pads to the
torque member.
M
N
O
P
AWFIA0039ZZ
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
BR-29
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing pad retainer, attach it firmly so that it is
not lifted up from torque member, as shown.
PFIA0273E
• If equipped, both inner and outer pads have a pad return
system on the pad retainer. Install pad return lever
securely to pad wear sensor.
SBR557E
3.
4.
5.
On SE-R models, apply Molykote AS-880N grease to inside of cylinder fingers.
Install the cylinder body to torque member.
• Press the piston into the cylinder body using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because brake fluid returns to master cylinder reservoir tank when pressing piston in.
Install lower sliding pin bolt, and tighten to the specified torque.
Refer to BR-27, "Component".
SBR976B
6.
7.
Check front brakes for drag.
Install front wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly
INFOID:0000000005282844
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
Revision: January 2010
BR-30
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing".
A
REMOVAL
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir.
Remove front wheels and tires using power tools.
Secure disc rotor using wheel nuts.
Remove union bolt (A), and then disconnect brake hose from
cylinder body. Discard the copper washers.
• Protusions (B)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the copper washers.
D
E
BR
AWFIA0502ZZ
5.
G
Remove sliding pin bolts (A) and remove cylinder body from
torque member.
H
I
AWFIA0548ZZ
6.
If necessary, apply matching marks then remove wheel nuts and
remove disc rotor.
CAUTION:
Put matching marks on wheel hub assembly and disc rotor
as shown, if it is necessary to remove disc rotor.
J
K
L
M
SDIA2608E
N
INSTALLATION
1.
If removed, install disc rotor and secure using wheel nuts.
CAUTION:
Follow matching marks on wheel hub assembly and disc
rotor for installation as shown.
O
P
SDIA2608E
Revision: January 2010
BR-31
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Install cylinder body on sliding pins, and tighten sliding pin bolts
(A) to the specified torque. Refer to BR-27, "Component".
CAUTION:
Before installing cylinder body, wipe off all oil and grease
on mounting surface of torque member.
AWFIA0548ZZ
3.
Install brake hose to cylinder body with new copper washers.
Align the brake hose tab between the protusions (B) on the cylinder body as shown. Tighten the union bolt (A) to specification.
Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit".
AWFIA0502ZZ
CAUTION:
Do not reuse copper washers.
SFIA1137E
4.
5.
6.
Check front disc brake for drag.
Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Install front wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly
INFOID:0000000005282845
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing".
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
BR-32
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not remove torque member, brake pads, shims and pad retainers, when disassembling or assembling cylinder body.
A
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly".
Place a wooden block as shown, and blow air from union bolt
hole to remove piston and piston boot. Discard the piston boot.
WARNING:
Do not place your finger in front of piston.
B
C
D
E
WFIA0525E
3.
BR
Remove piston seal using a suitable tool. Discard the piston
seal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the inner wall of cylinder body.
G
H
SFIA2277E
I
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Cylinder Body
Check the inner wall of cylinder for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace cylinder body as necessary.
CAUTION:
Clean cylinder body using new brake fluid. Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene.
J
K
Torque Member
Check for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace torque member as necessary.
L
Piston
Check piston surface for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace piston as necessary.
CAUTION:
The piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with sandpaper.
M
Sliding Pin, Sliding Pin Bolt, and Sliding Pin Boot
Check sliding pins, sliding pin bolts and sliding pin boots for wear, damage, and cracks. Replace affected parts
as necessary.
N
ASSEMBLY
1.
Apply rubber grease to new piston seal and install into cylinder
body.
O
P
SFIA2278E
Revision: January 2010
BR-33
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply rubber grease to new piston boot and apply brake fluid to
piston. Cover the piston end with piston boot, and install cylinder-side lip on piston boot properly into groove on cylinder body
using a suitable tool.
SFIA3074E
3.
Press piston into cylinder body by hand to assemble piston-side
lip on piston boot properly into a groove on piston.
CAUTION:
Press piston evenly and change pressing point to prevent
inner wall of cylinder from being rubbed.
SFIA2279E
4.
Install the cylinder body on the torque member. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly".
DISC ROTOR INSPECTION
Visual Inspection
Check surfaces of disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks or serious damage. Replace as necessary.
Runout Inspection
1.
2.
Secure disc rotor to wheel hub at two or more positions using wheel nuts.
Inspect runout using a dial gauge located at a point 10 mm (0.39
in) from the edge.
CAUTION:
Make sure that wheel bearing axial end play is within the
specifications before measuring runout. Refer to FAX-6,
"On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
Runout limit
: Refer to BR-50, "Front Disc Brake".
SBR019B
3.
4.
If runout is outside the limit, find the minimum runout point by shifting the mounting positions of disc rotor
and wheel hub by one hole.
If runout is still out of specification, turn the disc rotor using Tool until runout is with the specified limit.
Tool number
: 38-PFM90.5 (
—
)
Thickness Inspection
Revision: January 2010
BR-34
2010 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Using a micrometer, check thickness of disc rotor. If thickness is outside the specification, replace disc rotor.
Repair limit thickness
A
: Refer to BR-50, "Front Disc
Brake".
B
C
SBR020B
D
Brake Burnishing
INFOID:0000000005282846
Burnish the new braking surfaces according to following procedure after refinishing or replacing disc rotors,
E
pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
CAUTION:
• Be careful of vehicle speed because brake does not operate easily until pad and disc rotor are
securely fitted.
BR
• Only perform this procedure under safe road and traffic conditions. Use extreme caution.
1. Drive vehicle on straight, flat road.
2. Depress brake pedal with the power to stop vehicle within 3 to 5 seconds until the vehicle stops.
G
3. Drive without depressing brake pedal for a few minutes to cool brake.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-35
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DISC BRAKE
On Board Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282847
PAD WEAR INSPECTION
Inspect pad thickness from check hole in cylinder body. Refer to BR51, "Rear Disc Brake".
BRA0010D
Component
INFOID:0000000005282848
AWFIA0629GB
1.
Union bolt
2.
Brake hose
3.
Copper washer
4.
Cap
5.
Air bleeder
6.
Sliding pin
7.
Cylinder body
8.
Piston seal
9.
Piston
10.
Piston boot
11. Retaining ring
12.
Inner shim cover
13.
Inner shim
14. Inner pad
15.
Pad retainer
18.
16.
Outer pad
17. Outer cover (multi-layer)
19.
Torque member bolts
20. Torque member
A.
Molykote AS-880N grease
B.
Revision: January 2010
Brake fluid
C.
BR-36
Sliding pin boot
Front
Rubber grease
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
• Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air.
• Make sure parking brake lever is released completely.
Removal and Installation of Brake Pad
A
INFOID:0000000005282849
B
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
C
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
D
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
E
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing BR
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-43, "Brake Burnishing".
REMOVAL
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir.
Remove rear wheels and tires using power tool.
Remove lower sliding pin.
I
J
SBR976B
4.
Swing cylinder body up and support cylinder body with a suitable wire as shown. Remove pads, shim, covers and pad retainers from torque member.
K
L
M
N
SBR932C
O
CAUTION:
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-37
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When removing pad retainer from torque member, lift pad
retainer in the direction shown by arrow, so as not to
deform it.
SBR556E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Apply Molykote AS-880N grease between the inner shim and inner shim cover. Apply Molykote AS-880N
grease inside the outer cover.
Attach the inner shim and inner shim cover to the inner pad, and the outer cover to the outer pad.
Install the pad retainers and assembled pads on the torque member.
CAUTION:
• When installing pad retainer, attach it firmly so that it is
not lifted up from torque member, as shown.
PFIA0273E
4.
5.
Install the cylinder body to the torque member.
• Press the piston into the cylinder body using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because brake fluid returns to master cylinder reservoir tank when pressing piston in.
Install the lower sliding pin and tighten to the specified torque.
Refer to BR-36, "Component".
SBR976B
6.
7.
Check rear brakes for drag.
Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly
INFOID:0000000005282850
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
Revision: January 2010
BR-38
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
B
C
D
Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir.
Remove rear wheels and tires using power tool.
Secure disc rotor using wheel nuts.
Remove the union bolt to disconnect the rear brake hose. Discard the copper washers.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the copper washers.
Remove sliding pins (A) and remove cylinder body from torque
member.
E
BR
G
H
I
AWFIA0550ZZ
6.
If necessary, remove torque member and disc rotor. If the disc rotor cannot be removed, remove as follows:
• Make sure parking brake lever is completely disengaged.
• Hold down the disc rotor with the wheel nut and remove the
adjuster hole plug.
• Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver through the plug opening and
rotate the star wheel on the adjuster assembly in the direction
shown to loosen and retract the brake shoes.
• Prior to removing disc rotor, make alignment mark using a
marker between the hub and disc rotor.
• Remove wheel nut and rotor.
J
K
L
M
WFIA0018E
N
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
If necessary, install disc rotor and torque member.
• Align marks made during removal on the hub and disc rotor.
Install cylinder body to the torque member and tighten sliding
pins (A) to the specified torque. Refer to BR-36, "Component".
CAUTION:
Before installing cylinder body, wipe off oil and grease on
mounting surfaces of cylinder body.
O
P
AWFIA0550ZZ
Revision: January 2010
BR-39
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install brake hose with new copper washers to cylinder body and tighten union bolt to the specified torque.
Refer to BR-36, "Component".
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse the copper washers.
• Align brake hose protrusion to groove on cylinder body.
Adjust the parking brake. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service".
Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Disassembly and Assembly of Caliper Assembly
INFOID:0000000005282851
WARNING:
Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne
particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
• It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or
replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
• Do not damage piston boot.
• If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one.
• Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads.
• Keep rotor free from brake fluid.
• Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-43, "Brake Burnishing".
NOTE:
Do not remove torque member, brake pads, shims and pad retainers, when disassembling or assembling cylinder body.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove the cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper
Assembly".
Remove sliding pin boot from the torque member.
Remove the retaining ring from the cylinder body using a suitable tool as shown. Discard the retaining ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the retaining ring.
SBR028A
4.
Place a wooden block as shown, and blow air from union bolt
hole to remove piston and piston boot.
WARNING:
Do not place your finger in front of piston.
BRD0041D
Revision: January 2010
BR-40
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove piston seal from cylinder body using a suitable tool as
shown.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage cylinder inner wall.
A
B
C
PFIA0269E
D
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Cylinder Body
Check the inner wall of cylinder for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace cylinder body as necessary.
CAUTION:
Clean cylinder body using new brake fluid. Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene.
Torque Member
Check for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace torque member as necessary.
BR
Piston
Check piston surface for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace piston as necessary.
CAUTION:
The piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with sandpaper.
G
Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot
Check sliding pins and sliding pin boots for wear, damage, and cracks. Replace affected parts as necessary.
ASSEMBLY
1.
E
H
I
Apply a rubber grease to the new piston seal and install into the
cylinder body.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the piston seals.
J
K
L
SFIA0156E
2.
Apply rubber grease to the new piston boot and install on the
piston, then firmly insert the new piston boot cylinder-side lip into
the cylinder body groove.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the piston boot.
M
N
O
SFIA0157E
Revision: January 2010
BR-41
2010 Sentra
P
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Apply a brake fluid to the piston then insert it into the cylinder
body by hand and firmly attach the new piston boot piston-side
lip into the new piston boot.
CAUTION:
Press the piston evenly and vary the pressing point to prevent cylinder inner wall from being rubbed.
PFIA0272E
4.
Install the new retaining ring to hold the piston boot.
CAUTION:
• Make sure the boot is firmly in the cylinder body groove.
• Do not reuse the retaining ring.
SFIA0158E
5.
6.
Attach the sliding pin boot to the torque member.
Install the cylinder body on the torque member. Refer to BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper
Assembly".
DISC ROTOR INSPECTION
Visual Inspection
Check surface of the disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks or serious damage. Replace as necessary.
Runout Inspection
1.
2.
Secure disc rotor to the wheel hub in two or more positions, using wheel nuts.
Inspect runout using a dial gauge located at a point 10 mm (0.39
in) from the edge.
CAUTION:
Before measuring, make sure the axle end play is with
specification. Refer to RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and
Service".
Runout limit
: Refer to BR-51, "Rear Disc Brake".
SBR019B
3.
4.
If runout is outside the limit, find the minimum runout point by shifting mounting positions of the disc rotor
and wheel hub by one hole.
If runout is still out of specification, turn the disc rotor using Tool until runout is with the specified limit.
Tool number
: 38-PFM90.5 (
—
)
Thickness Inspection
Revision: January 2010
BR-42
2010 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Using a micrometer, check thickness of the disc rotor. If thickness is
not within specification, replace disc rotor.
Repair limit thickness
A
: Refer to BR-51, "Rear Disc
Brake".
B
C
SBR020B
D
Brake Burnishing
INFOID:0000000005282852
Burnish the new braking surfaces according to following procedure after refinishing or replacing disc rotors,
E
pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
CAUTION:
• Be careful of vehicle speed because brake does not operate easily until pad and disc rotor are
securely fitted.
BR
• Only perform this procedure under safe road and traffic conditions. Use extreme caution.
1. Drive vehicle on straight, flat road.
2. Depress brake pedal with the power to stop vehicle within 3 to 5 seconds until the vehicle stops.
G
3. Drive without depressing brake pedal for a few minutes to cool brake.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BR-43
2010 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DRUM BRAKE
Component
INFOID:0000000005282853
WFIA0536E
1.
Back plate
4.
Plug
5.
Retainer ring
6.
Operating lever
7.
Adjuster lever
8.
Spring
9.
Retainer
10. Return spring (lower side)
2.
Shoe hold pin
3.
Plug
11. Return spring (upper side)
12. Adjuster spring
13. Adjuster
14. Brake shoe
15. Brake drum
16. Wheel cylinder
17. Spring
18. Piston cup
19. Piston
20. Boot
21. Bleed valve
22. Cap
23. Parking brake rear cable
1: NISSAN rubber lubricant
(KRE12 00030)
2: NISSAN brake grease
(KRF00 00005)
: Brake fluid
CAUTION:
• Clean dust on drum and back plate with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air.
• Make sure parking brake lever is released completely.
Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly
INFOID:0000000005282854
WARNING:
Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop
out.
• It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly.
• Keep drum free from brake fluid.
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
BR-44
2010 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove rear wheels and tires using power tools.
2. With the parking brake lever released, remove the brake drum. If it is difficult to remove the brake drum,
use the following procedure.
a. Remove the plug from the back plate.
b. Press up adjuster lever with a suitable tool from the plug hole (at
the side of wheel cylinder) on the back plate as shown. Turn the
frame of the adjuster assembly using a suitable tool in the direction that narrows the expanded brake shoes.
A
B
C
D
SFIA3080E
3.
4.
5.
6.
While pushing and rotating the retainer, pull out the shoe hold pin, and remove the brake shoe assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the wheel cylinder boot.
Disconnect the parking brake rear cable from the operating lever.
CAUTION:
Do not bend the parking brake cable.
Disassemble the brake shoe assembly (brake shoes, springs, adjuster and adjuster lever).
Remove the retainer ring (A) with a suitable tool to separate the
operating lever (C) from brake shoe.
• Contact point (B)
• Pin (D)
E
BR
G
H
I
J
SFIA3075E
K
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
L
Lining Thickness Inspection
Check lining thickness.
Standard thickness (A)
Repair limit thickness (A)
: Refer to BR-51, "Rear
Drum Brake".
: Refer to BR-51, "Rear
Drum Brake".
M
N
O
SBR021A
Drum Inner Diameter Inspection
Revision: January 2010
P
BR-45
2010 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check inner diameter of brake drum.
Measurement area: lining contact surface (center)
Standard inner diameter
: Refer to BR-51, "Rear
Drum Brake".
Repair limit inner diameter : Refer to BR-51, "Rear
Drum Brake".
SBR022A
Wheel Cylinder Leakage Inspection
• Check wheel cylinder for brake fluid leakage.
• Check for wear, damage, and looseness. If any non-standard condition is found, replace it.
WFIA0528E
Other Inspections
Check the following:
• Inside of the drum for excessive wear, damage, and cracks.
• Lining for excessive wear, damage, and peeling.
• Shoe sliding surface for excessive wear and damage.
• Return spring for sagging.
• Check back plate for damage, cracks, and deformation. Replace back plate as necessary.
Replace applicable part as necessary.
INSTALLATION
1.
a.
b.
Install the operating lever (C) using the following procedure.
Position operating lever (C) on brake shoe.
Install retainer ring (A) on operating lever (C), and crimp them
until their contact points (B) are met.
• Pin (D)
SFIA3075E
2.
Apply NISSAN brake grease (KRF00 00005) to brake shoes
sliding surfaces (the shaded areas) and other parts on the back
plate as indicated by arrows.
WFIA0529E
Revision: January 2010
BR-46
2010 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Apply NISSAN brake grease (KRF00 00005) to screw and confirm the difference between right and left wheel for assembling
when disassembled.
Right rear wheel
Left rear wheel
Thread cutting
direction
Thread cutting
direction
A
: Right-hand screw
B
: Left-hand screw
C
SFIA3076E
D
4.
5.
6.
Assemble the shoe, adjuster, adjuster lever and springs on the shoe assembly.
Connect the parking brake rear cable to the operating lever.
Install the shoe assembly. After installation be sure that each part is installed properly.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the wheel cylinder piston boot.
7. Install the brake drum.
8. Depress brake pedal approximately 2 to 3 times.
9. Adjust the clearance of brake shoe.
10. Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder
E
BR
G
INFOID:0000000005282855
WARNING:
Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop
out.
• It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly.
• Keep drum free from brake fluid.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the rear drum brake assembly. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly".
Disconnect the brake tube from the wheel cylinder.
Remove the wheel cylinder bolts, and then remove wheel cylinder from the back plate.
INSTALLATION
INFOID:0000000005282856
WARNING:
Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials.
CAUTION:
• While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop
out.
• It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly.
• Keep drum free from brake fluid.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove the wheel cylinder. Refer to BR-47, "Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder".
Revision: January 2010
BR-47
I
J
K
L
M
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Tighten bolts to the specified torque. Refer to BR-44, "Component".
• Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
Disassembly and Assembly of Wheel Cylinder
H
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
REAR DRUM BRAKE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the boots from the ends of the wheel cylinder and discard the boots.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the boots.
3. Pull out the pistons from the wheel cylinder.
4. Remove piston cups from the piston and discard the piston
cups.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the piston cups.
SFIA3077E
5.
Remove the bleed valve and cap.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Check the pistons, spring, and inner wall of the cylinder for wear, corrosion, and damage. If malfunction is
detected, replace it.
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Do not use NISSAN rubber grease (KRE00 00010, KRE00 00011) during assembly.
1. Install the bleed valve and cap, tighten to specification. Refer to BR-44, "Component".
2. Apply brake fluid to the piston sliding surface on the wheel cylinder.
3. Apply NISSAN rubber lubricant (KRE12 00030) to the piston
cups and boots. Assemble the spring, piston cups, and piston
inside the wheel cylinder as shown.
CAUTION:
When inserting the piston, be careful not to scratch the
wheel cylinder wall.
4. Install the boots on the wheel cylinder securing them in the
grooves as shown.
SFIA3078E
5.
Install the wheel cylinder. Refer to BR-47, "Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder".
Revision: January 2010
BR-48
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
General Specification
INFOID:0000000005282857
Unit: mm (in)
MR20DE
Applied model
Front disc brake
Brake model
Cylinder bore diameter
Pad thickness
Rotor outer diameter ×
thickness
Rear disc brake
Rear drum brake
Base, S, SR, SL
SE-R
SE-R SPEC-V
CLZ25VB
CLZ25VJ
AD25V
57.2 (2.252)
57.2 (2.252)
57.15 (2.250)
11 (0.433)
11 (0.433)
11 (0.433)
280 × 24.0 (11.02 × 0.945)
296 × 26.0 (11.65 × 1.024)
320 × 28.0 (12.60 × 1.102)
Brake model
—
AD9A/DS17
Cylinder bore diameter
—
34.93 (1.375)
Pad thickness
—
8.5 (0.335)
Rotor outer diameter ×
thickness
—
292 × 9.0 (11.50 × 0.354)
Brake model
Cylinder bore diameter
Lining
Length × width × thickness
Drum inner diameter
Master cylinder
Cylinder bore diameter
Brake booster
Booster model
B
QR25DE
C
D
E
BR
LT23E
—
—
19.05 (0.750)
—
—
194.1 × 35 × 2.9
(7.642 × 1.378 × 0.114)
—
—
228.6 (9.000)
—
—
G
H
23.81 (0.937)
C255
Diaphragm diameter
I
255 (10.04)
Recommended brake fluid
DOT 3
J
Brake Pedal
INFOID:0000000005282858
Unit: mm (in)
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWFIA0557ZZ
Revision: January 2010
BR-49
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Brake pedal height (H)
(from dash lower panel top surface)
Brake pedal full stroke (S)
[under a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f) with engine running]
CVT
164.0 - 174.0 (6.46 - 6.85)
M/T
164.0 - 174.0 (6.46 - 6.85)
CVT
135.1 (5.32)
M/T
135.1 (5.32)
Clearance between stopper bracket and threaded end of the stop lamp switch
and ASCD cancel switch (C1 and C2)
0.74 - 1.96 (0.0291 - 0.0772)
Check Valve
INFOID:0000000005282859
SFIA0210E
Vacuum leakage when connected to booster side (1)
[at vacuum of – 66.7 kPa (– 500 mmHg, – 19.69 inHg]
Within 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg, 0.39 inHg) of vacuum for 15 seconds
Vacuum leakage when connected to engine side (2)
No vacuum will be applied.
Brake Booster
INFOID:0000000005282860
SGIA0060E
Input rod installation standard length (B)
Vacuum leakage
[at vacuum of – 66.7 kPa (– 500 mmHg, –19.69 inHg)]
163.2 - 164.2 mm (6.43 - 6.46 in)
Within 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg, 0.39 inHg) of vacuum for 15 seconds
Dual Proportioning Valve
INFOID:0000000005282861
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Applied pressure
(Front brake)
7,355 (75, 1,067)
Output pressure
(Rear brake)
5,099 - 5,492 (52 - 56, 740 - 796)
Front Disc Brake
INFOID:0000000005282862
CLZ25VB
Revision: January 2010
BR-50
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
Brake pad
Disc rotor
Standard thickness (new)
11 (0.433)
Repair limit thickness
2.0 (0.079)
Standard thickness (new)
24.0 (0.945)
Repair limit thickness
22.0 (0.866)
Runout limit
A
B
0.035 (0.0014)
Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions)
C
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
CLZ25VJ
Unit: mm (in)
Brake pad
Standard thickness (new)
11 (0.433)
Repair limit thickness
2.0 (0.079)
Standard thickness (new)
26.0 (1.024)
Repair limit thickness
Disc rotor
D
E
24.0 (0.945)
Runout limit
0.035 (0.0014)
Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions)
BR
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
G
AD25V
Unit: mm (in)
Brake pad
Disc rotor
Standard thickness (new)
11 (0.433)
Repair limit thickness
2.0 (0.079)
Standard thickness (new)
28.0 (1.102)
Repair limit thickness
26.0 (1.024)
Runout limit
H
I
0.035 (0.0014)
Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions)
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
Rear Disc Brake
J
INFOID:0000000005282863
K
DA9A/DS17
Unit: mm (in)
Brake pad
Disc rotor
Standard thickness (new)
8.5 (0.335)
Repair limit thickness
2.0 (0.079)
Standard thickness (new)
9.0 (0.354)
Repair limit thickness
8.0 (0.315)
Runout limit
L
M
0.07 (0.0028)
Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions)
0.015 mm (0.0006 in) or less
Rear Drum Brake
N
INFOID:0000000005282864
O
LT23E
Unit: mm (in)
Brake lining
Drum
Revision: January 2010
Standard thickness (new)
2.9 (0.114)
Repair limit thickness
1.5 (0.059)
Standard inner diameter (new)
228.6 (9.000)
Repair limit inner diameter
230.0 (9.055)
BR-51
P
2010 Sentra
BRAKES
SECTION
BRC
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
ABS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
Precaution for Brake System .................................... 4
Precaution for Brake Control ..................................... 4
Precaution for CAN System ...................................... 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 6
Special Service Tool ................................................. 6
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ..................................... 7
System Component ................................................... 7
ABS Function ............................................................ 7
EBD Function ............................................................ 7
Fail-Safe Function ..................................................... 7
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ......................................... 8
CAN COMMUNICATION ..................................... 9
System Description ................................................... 9
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................10
Wheel Sensor System .............................................25
ABS Control Unit Inspection ....................................26
Solenoid Valve System Inspection ..........................26
Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection ...........................................................................27
ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection ...................................................................28
CAN Communication System Inspection .................29
G
H
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ..... 30
ABS Works Frequently ............................................30
Unexpected Pedal Action ........................................30
Long Stopping Distance ..........................................31
ABS Does Not Work ................................................31
Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise .................31
I
J
WHEEL SENSOR .............................................. 33
Removal and Installation .........................................33
K
SENSOR ROTOR .............................................. 34
Removal and Installation .........................................34
L
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) .................................................................. 35
Removal and Installation .........................................35
M
VDC/TCS/ABS
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 37
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair ...................................................... 10
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 13
Schematic ............................................................... 14
Wiring Diagram - ABS - ........................................... 15
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 18
Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing ....................... 19
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard .............. 19
CONSULT-III Function (ABS) ................................. 20
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 37
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS ..................................................25
Special Service Tool ................................................40
Commercial Service Tool ........................................40
Revision: January 2010
BRC
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................37
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................37
Precaution for Brake System ...................................38
Precaution for Brake Control ...................................38
Precaution for CAN System .....................................38
PREPARATION ................................................. 40
BRC-1
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................................... 41
System Component ................................................ 41
ABS Function .......................................................... 41
EBD Function ......................................................... 41
TCS Function .......................................................... 42
VDC Function ......................................................... 42
Wheel Sensors ....................................................... 42
Fail-Safe Function .................................................. 42
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ....................................... 43
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 44
System Description ................................................. 44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..................................... 45
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair ...................................................... 45
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 48
Schematic ............................................................... 49
Wiring Diagram - VDC - .......................................... 50
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 54
Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing ....................... 55
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard ............. 55
CONSULT-III Function (ABS) ................................. 58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS .................................................. 65
Wheel Sensor System Inspection ........................... 65
Engine System Inspection ...................................... 66
ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection .................. 66
Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection ............. 67
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor System Inspection .......................................................................... 68
Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System
Inspection ............................................................... 70
Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection .......................................................................... 71
Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection .................... 72
Revision: January 2010
ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground
Systems Inspection ................................................. 73
Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection .......... 74
Pressure Sensor System Inspection ....................... 75
Transmission Range Switch System Inspection ..... 76
CAN Communication System Inspection ................ 77
Component Inspection ............................................ 77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ..... 79
ABS Works Frequently ............................................ 79
Unexpected Pedal Action ........................................ 79
Long Stopping Distance .......................................... 80
ABS Does Not Work ............................................... 80
Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise ................ 80
ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................... 81
ABS Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition
Switch Is Turned On ............................................... 81
Vehicle Jerks During TCS/VDC Activation .............. 82
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .................................... 83
Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position ........................................................................ 83
WHEEL SENSOR .............................................. 84
Removal and Installation ......................................... 84
SENSOR ROTOR .............................................. 85
Removal and Installation ......................................... 85
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) ................................................................... 86
Removal and Installation ......................................... 86
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ........................... 88
Removal and Installation ......................................... 88
G SENSOR ........................................................ 89
Removal and Installation ......................................... 89
BRC-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005641701
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
D
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
BRC
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005944002
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Brake System
INFOID:0000000005282940
CAUTION:
• Refer to MA-15 for recommended brake fluid.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and disc brake caliper, use clean brake fluid.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
• Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake
tube.
• If a brake fluid leak is found, the part must be disassembled
without fail. Then it has to be replaced with a new one if a
defect exists.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove the connector of the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery terminal before performing the work.
• Always torque brake lines when installing.
• Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at
SBR686C
very low mileage.
Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing" .
WARNING:
• Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector.
Precaution for Brake Control
INFOID:0000000005282941
• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from
engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
• When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer
(what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis.
Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks.
• If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stopping distance or steering stability may deteriorate.
• If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near the control module, ABS function may have a malfunction
or error.
• If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness
pinches, open circuits or improper wiring.
Precaution for CAN System
INFOID:0000000005282942
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured.
• Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V.
• Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape.
Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in).
[ABS]
A
B
C
PKIA0306E
D
• Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is
bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.)
E
BRC
G
PKIA0307E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282943
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV991J0080
(J-45741)
ABS active wheel sensor tester
Checking operation of ABS active wheel sensors
WFIA0101E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282944
Tool name
Description
1. Flare nut crowfoot
2. Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in)
S-NT360
Power tool
Removing nuts, bolts and screws
PIIB1407E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-6
2010 Sentra
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
System Component
INFOID:0000000005282945
B
C
D
E
BRC
WFIA0563E
G
ABS Function
INFOID:0000000005282946
• The Anti-Lock Brake System detects wheel revolution while braking and improves handling stability during
sudden braking by electrically preventing wheel lockup. Maneuverability is also improved for avoiding obstacles during emergency braking.
• If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the ABS becomes inoperative and
the ABS warning lamp turns on.
• The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III.
• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from the
engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
EBD Function
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005282947
• Electronic Brake Distribution is a function that detects subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels
during braking, and it improves handling stability by electronically controlling the brake fluid pressure which
results in reduced rear wheel slippage.
• If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp are turned on.
• The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III.
• During EBD operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from the
engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation.
Fail-Safe Function
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005282948
CAUTION:
If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform the Self Diagnosis for ABS system.
P
ABS/EBD SYSTEM
In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical
malfunction with the EBD system, the brake warning lamp and the ABS warning lamp will turn on.
The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function.
1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of
vehicles without ABS system.
Revision: January 2010
H
BRC-7
2010 Sentra
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same
as the condition of vehicles without ABS or EBD system.
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000005282949
SFIA3082E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-8
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005282950
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-9
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair
INFOID:0000000005282951
INTRODUCTION
The ABS system has an electronic control unit to control major functions. The control unit accepts input signals from sensors and controls actuator operation. It is also important to check for air leaks in
the booster or brake and vacuum lines, lack of brake fluid, or other
malfunctions in the brake system.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent conditions are
caused by poor electrical connections or damaged wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspicious circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the malfunction, so a
road test should be performed.
Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk with
a customer who approaches with an ABS complaint. The customer
is a very good source of information, especially for intermittent conditions. Through the talks with the customer, find out what symptoms
are present and under what conditions they occur.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first.
This is one of the best ways to troubleshoot brake malfunctions on
an ABS equipped vehicle. Also check related Service Bulletins for
information.
SEF233G
SEF234G
Revision: January 2010
BRC-10
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WORK FLOW
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
WFIA0558E
CLARIFY CONCERN
Revision: January 2010
BRC-11
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• A customer's description of a vehicle concern may vary depending
on the individual. It is important to clarify the customer's concern.
• Ask the customer about what symptoms are present under what
conditions. Use this information to reproduce the symptom while
driving.
• It is also important to use the diagnosis sheet to understand what
type of symptoms the customer is experiencing.
SBR339B
EXAMPLE OF DIAGNOSIS SHEET
SFIA3264E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-12
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005282952
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
WFIA0549E
1.
4.
Front wheel sensor
LH E61
RH E52
2.
Rear wheel sensor
LH B54
RH B55
3.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33
M
N
Combination meter M24
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-13
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005282953
WFWA0450E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-14
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - ABS -
INFOID:0000000005282954
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
WFWA0451E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-15
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WFWA0452E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-16
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
WFWA0453E
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-17
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAFWA0032GB
Basic Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282955
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL, FLUID LEAK, AND BRAKE PAD INSPECTION
1.
2.
Check fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. If fluid level is low, add fluid.
Check the brake piping and around the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for leaks. If there is
leaking or seeping fluid, check the following items.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-18
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connection is loose, tighten the piping to the specified
torque and recheck for leaks.
• If there is damage to the connection flare nut or ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) threads,
replace the damaged part and recheck for leaks.
• When there is fluid leaking or seeping from a fluid connection, use a clean cloth to wipe off the fluid and
recheck for leaks. If fluid is still seeping out, replace the damaged part. If the fluid is leaking at the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit), replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) assembly.
CAUTION:
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot be disassembled and must be replaced
as an assembly.
3. Check the brake pads for excessive wear.
A
B
C
D
POWER SYSTEM TERMINAL LOOSENESS AND BATTERY INSPECTION
Make sure the battery positive cable, negative cable and ground connection are not loose. In addition, make
sure the battery is sufficiently charged.
E
ABS WARNING LAMP INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
Make sure ABS warning lamp turns on for approximately 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON. BRC
If it does not, check CAN communications. If there are no errors with the CAN communication system,
replace the combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
Make sure the lamp turns off approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. If the lamp
does not turn off, conduct self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). If no malfunctions G
are detected in self-diagnosis, replace combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
After conducting the self-diagnosis, be sure to erase the error memory. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III
H
Function (ABS)".
Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing
INFOID:0000000005282956
I
ABS
warning lamp
BRAKE
warning lamp
[Note 1]
Remarks
When the ignition switch is OFF
–
–
–
After the ignition switch is turned ON for approx. 1
second
×
×
–
After the ignition switch is turned ON for approx. 2
seconds
–
–
ABS malfunction
×
–
–
EBD malfunction
×
×
–
Condition
J
K
Lamp goes off approx. 2 seconds after the
engine is started.
L
Note 1: Brake warning lamp will turn on when the parking brake is applied or when the brake fluid level is low.
M
x: ON
–: OFF
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard
INFOID:0000000005282957
N
REFERENCE VALUE FROM CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the
event the output circuit (harness) is open or short circuited.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-19
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data monitor
Monitor item
Display content
Vehicle stopped
0 [km/h (MPH)]
Vehicle running (Note 1)
Almost in accordance with speedometer display
(within ±10%)
Ignition switch ON
10 to 16V
Stop lamp switch operation
Brake pedal depressed
ON
Brake pedal not depressed
OFF
ABS warning lamp ON
condition (Note 2)
ABS warning lamp ON
ON
ABS warning lamp OFF
OFF
Ignition switch ON or running
(ABS not activated)
OFF
Ignition switch ON or engine
running (ABS activated)
ON
Vehicle stopped (Ignition
switch ON)
OFF
Vehicle stopped (Engine running)
ON
Actuator (solenoid) is active
(“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) or actuator relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode).
ON
When actuator (solenoid) is not
active and actuator relay is active (ignition switch ON).
OFF
ABS active
EBD active
ON
ABS not active
EBD not active
OFF
ABS fail
EBD fail
ON
ABS normal
EBD normal
OFF
FR RH SENSOR
FR LH SENSOR
RR RH SENSOR
RR LH SENSOR
Wheel speed
BATTERY VOLT
Battery voltage supplied to ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit)
STOP LAMP SW
ABS WARN LAMP
MOTOR RELAY
ACTUATOR RLY
FR LH IN SOL
FR LH OUT SOL
FR RH IN SOL
FR RH OUT SOL
RR RH IN SOL
RR RH OUT SOL
RR LH IN SOL
RR LH OUT SOL
ABS SIGNAL
EBD SIGNAL
ABS FAIL SIG
EBD FAIL SIG
Operation status of motor and motor relay
Actuator relay operation status
Solenoid valve operation
Signal status
Fail signal status
Note: Error inspection
checklist
Reference value in
normal operation
Condition
BRC-25, "Wheel Sensor
System"
BRC-28, "ABS Control
Unit Power and Ground
Systems Inspection"
—
BRC-18, "Basic Inspection"
BRC-27, "Actuator Motor,
Motor Relay, and Circuit
Inspection"
BRC-27, "Actuator Motor,
Motor Relay, and Circuit
Inspection"
BRC-26, "Solenoid Valve
System Inspection"
ABS system
EBD system
ABS system
EBD system
Note 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal.
Note 2: ON/OFF timing of ABS warning lamp
ON: For approximately 2 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON, or when a malfunction is detected.
OFF: Approximately 2 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when system is in normal operation).
CONSULT-III Function (ABS)
INFOID:0000000005282958
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
ABS diagnostic mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
Description
Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis results.
Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-20
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS diagnostic mode
Description
FUNCTION TEST
Conducted by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG".
ECU PART NUMBER
A
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
B
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Description
If an error is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In this case, perform self-diagnosis as
follows:
C
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute.
After stopping the vehicle, with the engine running, use CONSULT-III to perform ABS “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
BRC
6. The self-diagnostic results are displayed.
• When “NO DTC IS DETECTED” is displayed, check the ABS warning lamp.
7. Conduct the appropriate inspection from the display item list, and repair or replace the malfunctioning
G
component.
8. Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
• When a wheel sensor “short-circuit” is detected, if the vehicle is not driven at 30 km/h (19 MPH) H
for at least 1 minute, the ABS warning lamp will not turn off even if the malfunction is repaired.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF to prepare for erasing the memory.
10. Start the engine and return to ABS “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”, select “ERASE” for the CONSULT-III to erase
I
the error memory.
If “ABS” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit".
CAUTION:
J
If the error memory is not erased, re-conduct the operation from step 5.
11. For the final inspection, drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute and
confirm that the ABS warning lamp is off.
K
Display Item List
Self-diagnostic item
Malfunction detecting condition
RR RH SENSOR-1
[C1101]
Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power
voltage is abnormal.
RR LH SENSOR-1
[C1102]
Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power
voltage is abnormal.
FR RH SENSOR-1
[C1103]
Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power
voltage is abnormal.
FR LH SENSOR-1
[C1104]
Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power
voltage is abnormal.
RR RH SENSOR-2
[C1105]
RR LH SENSOR-2
[C1106]
FR RH SENSOR-2
[C1107]
Check system
M
N
BRC-25, "Wheel Sensor
System" (Note 1)
When the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects an
abnormal wheel sensor signal that can be caused by the distance
between the wheel sensor and sensor rotor being too large.
Wheel sensor signal is abnormal.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-21
O
P
FR LH SENSOR-2
[C1108]
ABS SENSOR
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
[C1115]
L
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-diagnostic item
Malfunction detecting condition
Check system
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[ABNORMAL]
[C1109]
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power voltage is abnormal (high/low).
BRC-28, "ABS Control
Unit Power and Ground
Systems Inspection"
CONTROLLER FAILURE
[C1110]
Internal malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
BRC-26, "ABS Control
Unit Inspection"
PUMP MOTOR
[C1111]
During actuator motor operation with ON, when actuator motor
turns OFF or when control line for actuator motor relay is open.
During actuator motor operation with OFF, when actuator motor
turns ON or when control line for relay is shorted to ground.
BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection"
FR LH IN ABS SOL
[C1120]
Circuit of front LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
[C1121]
Circuit of front LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR RH IN ABS SOL
[C1122]
Circuit of front RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
[C1123]
Circuit of front RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR LH IN ABS SOL
[C1124]
Circuit of rear LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
[C1125]
Circuit of rear LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR RH IN ABS SOL
[C1126]
Circuit of rear RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
[C1127]
Circuit of rear RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
MAIN RELAY
[C1114]
ABS actuator relay or circuit malfunction.
BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection"
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) internal malfunction
• Battery voltage for ECM is suddenly interrupted for approximately 0.5 second or more.
LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" (Note
2)
BRC-26, "Solenoid Valve
System Inspection"
Note 1: If wheel sensor 2 for each wheel is indicated, check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply voltage in addition
to wheel sensor circuit check.
Note 2: If multiple malfunctions are detected including CAN communication line [U1000], perform diagnosis for CAN communication line
first.
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
Item
(Unit)
Data monitor item selection
Remarks
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
FR RH SENSOR
(km/h, MPH)
×
×
×
Wheel speed calculated by front RH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
FR LH SENSOR
(km/h, MPH)
×
×
×
Wheel speed calculated by front LH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR RH SENSOR
(km/h, MPH)
×
×
×
Wheel speed calculated by rear RH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR LH SENSOR
(km/h, MPH)
×
×
×
Wheel speed calculated by rear LH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
(V)
×
×
×
Voltage supplied to ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-22
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data monitor item selection
Item
(Unit)
Remarks
A
×
Stop lamp switch (ON/OFF) status is
displayed.
B
×
×
ABS warning lamp (ON/OFF) status
is displayed.
–
×
×
Front LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF)
status is displayed.
FR LH OUT SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
OFF) status is displayed.
FR RH IN SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Front RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/
OFF) status is displayed.
FR RH OUT SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
OFF) status is displayed.
RR LH IN SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF)
status is displayed.
RR LH OUT SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
OFF) status is displayed.
RR RH IN SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF)
status is displayed.
RR RH OUT SOL
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
OFF) status is displayed.
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
STOP LAMP SW
(ON/OFF)
×
×
ABS WARN LAMP
(ON/OFF)
–
FR LH IN SOL
(ON/OFF)
MOTOR RELAY
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
ABS motor relay signal (ON/OFF)
status is displayed.
ACTUATOR RLY
(ON/OFF)
–
×
×
ABS actuator relay signal (ON/OFF)
status is displayed.
ABS FAIL SIG
(ON/OFF)
–
–
×
ABS fail signal (ON/OFF) status is
displayed.
EBD FAIL SIG
(ON/OFF)
–
–
×
EBD fail signal (ON/OFF) status is
displayed.
EBD SIGNAL
(ON/OFF)
–
–
×
EBD operation (ON/OFF) status is
displayed.
ABS SIGNAL
(ON/OFF)
–
–
×
ABS operation (ON/OFF) status is
displayed.
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
×: Applicable
–: Not applicable
M
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Do not perform active test while driving.
• Make sure to completely bleed air from the brake system.
• The ABS and brake warning lamps turn on during the active test.
N
Solenoid Valve Operation Chart
O
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
Brake fluid pressure control operation
FR RH SOL
FR LH SOL
RR RH SOL
RR LH SOL
Ignition switch is turned ON.
IN SOL
OUT SOL
UP (Increase):
OFF
OFF
KEEP (Hold):
ON
OFF
DOWN (Decrease):
ON
ON*
* : ON for 1 to 2 seconds after operation starts, then OFF.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
BRC-23
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If active test is performed with brake pedal depressed, pedal stroke may change. This is normal.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approximately 10 seconds after operation starts.
• After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, reselect item to be tested.
ABS Motor
Touch “ON” and “OFF” on the screen. Check that ABS motor relay operates as shown in table below.
ON
OFF
ABS actuator relay
Operation
ON
ON
ABS motor relay
ON
OFF
NOTE:
• If active test is performed with brake pedal depressed, pedal stroke may change. This is normal.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approximately 10 seconds after operation starts.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-24
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
Wheel Sensor System
A
INFOID:0000000005282959
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
B
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and wheel sensor of malfunctioning
code.
Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL
C
D
E
1.
2.
Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter.
Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE:
BRC
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding.
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel
G
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest.
H
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
I
CHECK TIRES
3.
Check for inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire. Refer to WT-28.
Are tire pressure and size correct and is tire wear within specifications?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s).
J
K
4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (front) or RAX-6,
"Removal and Installation" (rear).
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
L
M
N
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No.
Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals and ground.
O
Continuity should not exist.
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BRC-25
WFIA0556E
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor
harness connector.
ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)
Wheel sensor
Connector
Terminals
5
Front LH
16
10
Front RH
E33
Rear LH
9
17
6
19
Rear RH
8
Wheel sensor
Connector
E61
E52
B54
B55
Continuity
Terminals
2
1
2
1
2
Yes
1
2
1
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
ABS Control Unit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282960
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
CONTROLLER FAILURE
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
NO
>> Inspection End.
Solenoid Valve System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282961
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
FR LH IN ABS SOL
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
FR RH IN ABS SOL
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RR LH IN ABS SOL
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
RR RH IN ABS SOL
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-26
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
A
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
B
3. CHECKING SOLENOID POWER AND GROUND
1.
C
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector E33 and body ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
3
Body
ground
—
D
Measured
value
(Approx.)
12V
E
BRC
WFIA0499E
2.
G
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
4
Body
ground
—
Measured
value
(Approx.)
0Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results
appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection
H
I
WFIA0500E
INFOID:0000000005282962
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
J
K
L
1.CHECKING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check self-diagnosis results.
M
Self-diagnosis results
PUMP MOTOR
N
MAIN RELAY
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
O
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
P
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3. CHECKING ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
BRC-27
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector E33 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
2
Body
ground
—
Measured
value
(Approx.)
12V
WFIA0501E
2.
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
1
Body
ground
—
Measured
value
(Approx.)
0Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results
appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
WFIA0502E
ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection
INFOID:0000000005282963
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.ABS CONTROL UNIT POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Measure the voltage and continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and ground.
Signal name
Power supply
Revision: January 2010
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector E33
2
3
Body
ground
Measured value
—
Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
BRC-28
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Ground
1
—
4
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the battery for loose terminals, low voltage, etc. Repair as necessary.
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
CAN Communication System Inspection
A
B
INFOID:0000000005282964
C
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
D
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and check
the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If there is a malfunction, repair or
replace the terminal.
E
2. Reconnect connector to perform self-diagnosis.
Is "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Print out the self-diagnostic results, and refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
BRC
NO
>> Connector terminal is loose, damaged, open, or shorted.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-29
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
ABS Works Frequently
INFOID:0000000005282965
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS
Check the following.
• Wheel sensor mounting for looseness
• Wheel sensors for physical damage
• Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections
• Sensor rotor and mount for physical damage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE
Check brake fluid pressure distribution.
Is brake fluid pressure distribution normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection".
Unexpected Pedal Action
INFOID:0000000005282966
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE
Check brake pedal stroke.
Is brake pedal stroke excessive?
YES >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic
Inspection".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
SBR540A
Revision: January 2010
BRC-30
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK CONNECTOR AND BRAKING PERFORMANCE
1.
2.
Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
Drive vehicle and check brake operation.
NOTE:
• Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery.
• Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs
in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to LAN13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection".
4.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS
A
B
C
D
Check the following.
E
• Wheel sensor mounting for looseness
• Wheel sensors for physical damage
• Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections
BRC
• Sensor rotor and mount for physical damage
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness G
connector. Then retest.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
H
Long Stopping Distance
INFOID:0000000005282967
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
I
1.CHECK BASE BRAKING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
1.
2.
Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
Drive vehicle and check brake operation.
NOTE:
• Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery.
• Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs
in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to LAN13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III".
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to BRC-30, "ABS Works Frequently".
NG
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection".
K
ABS Does Not Work
M
INFOID:0000000005282968
CAUTION:
The ABS does not operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less.
J
L
N
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
O
Turn ignition switch ON and check for warning lamp activation.
NOTE:
Warning lamp should activate for approximately 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON.
OK or NG
OK
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
NG
>> Go to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection".
Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise
P
INFOID:0000000005282969
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
BRC-31
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
During ABS activation, pedal vibration may be felt and a noise may be heard. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
1. Apply brake.
2. Start engine.
Does the symptom occur only when engine is started?
YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.RECHECK SYMPTOM
Does the symptom occur only when electrical equipment switches (such as headlamps) are turned on?
YES
NO
>> Check for radio, antenna or related wiring that is routed too close to the ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) and reroute as necessary.
>> Go to BRC-30, "ABS Works Frequently".
Revision: January 2010
BRC-32
2010 Sentra
WHEEL SENSOR
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHEEL SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282970
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
WFIA0559E
A.
Front
B.
Rear
1.
Front wheel sensor connector (LH)
2.
Front wheel sensor (LH)
3.
Rear wheel sensor (LH)
4.
Rear wheel sensor connector (LH)
5.
Rear wheel sensor connector (RH)
6.
Rear wheel sensor (RH)
J
Front
K
NOTE:
The top portion of the figure (front side) shows view from LH side of vehicle. RH side is the mirror image.
REMOVAL
Pay attention to the following when removing wheel sensor.
CAUTION:
• As much as possible, avoid rotating wheel sensor when removing it. Pull wheel sensors out without
pulling on sensor harness.
• Take care to avoid damaging wheel sensor edges or rotor teeth. Remove wheel sensor first before
removing front or rear wheel hub. This is to avoid damage to wheel sensor wiring and loss of sensor
function.
L
M
N
INSTALLATION
Pay attention to the following when installing wheel sensor. Tighten wheel sensor bolts to the specified
torques.
• When installing, make sure there is no foreign material such as iron chips on and in the mounting hole of the
wheel sensor. Make sure no foreign material has been caught in the sensor rotor. Remove any foreign material and clean the mount.
• When installing front wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of strut bracket and body all the way in until they
get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation.
(Install it with harness paint mark on body side grommet facing front of vehicle, and the strut side grommet
facing outside of vehicle.)
• When installing rear wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of suspension arm bracket and harness of side
member all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should
not be twisted after installation. (Aim the paint mark upward of vehicle.)
Revision: January 2010
BRC-33
2010 Sentra
O
P
SENSOR ROTOR
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SENSOR ROTOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282971
The front and rear sensor rotor are part of the wheel hub assembly and cannot be removed separately. To
replace the sensor rotor it is necessary to replace the hub bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and
Installation" (FAX), RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (RAX).
Revision: January 2010
BRC-34
2010 Sentra
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282972
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
LFIA0258E
1.
K
To front right brake
2.
To rear left brake
3.
To rear right brake
4.
To front left brake
5.
From master cylinder primary port
6.
From master cylinder secondary port
7.
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
8.
Harness connector
Front
L
CAUTION:
• Before removing, disconnect battery negative terminal.
• To remove brake tube, use flare nut wrench to prevent flare nuts and brake tube from being damaged. To install, use flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13,
"Hydraulic Circuit".
• Do not apply excessive impact to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), such as dropping it.
• Do not remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness.
• After work is completed, bleed air from brake system.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
N
O
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the insulator surrounding the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and ground wire.
Loosen brake tube flare nuts using suitable tool, then remove brake tubes from ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit).
Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bracket bolts.
Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
M
BRC-35
2010 Sentra
P
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
[ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
CAUTION:
After installing harness connector in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), make sure connector is securely locked.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-36
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005641700
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
D
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
BRC
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005944003
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-37
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Brake System
INFOID:0000000005641694
CAUTION:
• Refer to MA-15 for recommended brake fluid.
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and disc brake caliper, use clean brake fluid.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
• Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake
tube.
• If a brake fluid leak is found, the part must be disassembled
without fail. Then it has to be replaced with a new one if a
defect exists.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove the connector of the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery terminal before performing the work.
• Always torque brake lines when installing.
• Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at
SBR686C
very low mileage.
Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing" .
WARNING:
• Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector.
Precaution for Brake Control
INFOID:0000000005641695
• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from
engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
• When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer
(what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis.
Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks.
• If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stopping distance or steering stability may deteriorate.
• If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near the control module, ABS function may have a malfunction
or error.
• If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness
pinches, open circuits or improper wiring.
Precaution for CAN System
INFOID:0000000005641696
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured.
• Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V.
• Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-38
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape.
Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in).
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
A
B
C
PKIA0306E
D
• Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is
bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.)
E
BRC
G
PKIA0307E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-39
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005641691
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV991J0080
(J-45741)
ABS active wheel sensor tester
Checking operation of ABS active wheel sensors
WFIA0101E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005641692
Tool name
Description
1. Flare nut crowfoot
2. Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in)
S-NT360
Power tool
Removing nuts, bolts and screws
PIIB1407E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-40
2010 Sentra
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
System Component
INFOID:0000000005570713
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
AWFIA0604GB
ABS Function
INFOID:0000000005570714
• The Anti-Lock Brake System detects wheel revolution while braking and improves handling stability during
sudden braking by electrically preventing wheel lockup. Maneuverability is also improved for avoiding obstacles.
• If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the ABS becomes inoperative and
the ABS warning lamp turns on.
• The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III.
• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from
engine compartment. This is a normal status of operation check.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
EBD Function
INFOID:0000000005570715
• Electronic Brake Distribution is a function that detects subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels
during braking, and it improves handling stability by electronically controlling the brake fluid pressure which
results in reduced rear wheel slippage.
• If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the ABS warning lamp and BRAKE warning lamp are turned on.
• The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III.
• During EBD operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from
engine compartment. This is a normal status of operation check.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without EBD when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
Revision: January 2010
I
BRC-41
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCS Function
INFOID:0000000005570716
• Spinning of the drive wheels is detected by the ABS/TCS/VDC control unit using inputs from the wheel
speed sensors. If wheel spin occurs, the drive wheel right and left brake fluid pressure control and engine
fuel cut are conducted while the throttle value is restricted to reduce the engine torque and decrease the
amount of wheel spin. In addition, the throttle opening is controlled to achieve the optimum engine torque.
• Depending on road condition, the vehicle may have a sluggish feel. This is normal, because optimum traction has the highest priority during TCS operation.
• TCS may be activated during sudden vehicle acceleration, wide open throttle acceleration, sudden transmission shifts or when the vehicle is driven on a road with a varying surface friction coefficient.
• The SLIP indicator lamp flashes to inform the driver of TCS operation.
VDC Function
INFOID:0000000005570717
• In addition to the ABS/TCS function, the driver steering amount and brake operation amount are detected
from the steering angle sensor, and the vehicle's driving status (amount of under steering/over steering) is
determined using inputs from the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor, wheel speed sensors, etc. and this information is used to improve vehicle stability by controlling the braking and engine torque application to the
wheels.
• The SLIP indicator lamp flashes to inform the driver of VDC operation.
• During VDC operation, the vehicle body and brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be
heard. This is normal.
• The ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn on when the vehicle is
subject to strong shaking or large vibration, such as when the vehicle is on a turn table or a ship while the
engine is running or steep slope. In this case, restart the engine on a normal road and if the ABS warning
lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp turn off, there is no problem.
Wheel Sensors
INFOID:0000000005570718
The front sensor units consist of a gear-shaped sensor rotor and a
sensor element. The element contains a magnet around which a coil
is wound. The front wheel sensors are installed on the front of the
wheel knuckles. As the wheel rotates, the sensor generates a
square-wave signal. The frequency increases as the wheel speed
increases.
LBR333
The rear sensor units consist of wheel hubs with a series of internal
magnets and a sensor element. The rear wheel sensors are installed
on the inner side of the wheel knuckles. As the wheel rotates, the
sensor generates a square-wave signal. The frequency increases as
the wheel speed increases.
WFIA0033E
Fail-Safe Function
INFOID:0000000005570719
ABS/EBD SYSTEM
In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP
indicator lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical malfunction with the EBD system, the BRAKE warning lamp,
ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp will turn on.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-42
2010 Sentra
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function.
1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of
vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC system.
2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same
as the condition of vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC or EBD system.
A
B
VDC/TCS SYSTEM
In case of TCS/VDC system malfunction, the VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp are turned on
and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without TCS/VDC system. In case of
an electrical malfunction with the TCS/VDC system, the ABS control continues to operate normally without
TCS/VDC control.
CAUTION:
If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform the Self Diagnosis for ABS/TCS/VDC system.
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram
C
D
INFOID:0000000005570720
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
AWFIA0612GB
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-43
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
INFOID:0000000005570721
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
BRC-44
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair
A
INFOID:0000000005570722
INTRODUCTION
B
The ABS/TCS/VDC system has an electronic control unit to control
major functions. The control unit accepts input signals from sensors
and controls actuator operation. It is also important to check for conventional malfunctions such as air leaks in the booster or lines, lack
of brake fluid, or other malfunctions with the brake system.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electrical connections or wiring. In this case, careful
checking of suspicious circuits may help prevent the replacement of
good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the malfunction, so a
road test should be performed.
Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk with
a customer who approaches with an ABS/TCS/VDC complaint. The
customer is a very good source of information, especially for intermittent malfunctions. Through the talks with the customer, find out
what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first.
This is one of the best ways to troubleshoot brake malfunctions on
an ABS/TCS/VDC equipped vehicle. Also check related Service Bulletins for information.
C
D
E
SEF233G
BRC
G
H
SEF234G
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-45
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WORK FLOW
ALFIA0011GB
CLARIFY CONCERN
Revision: January 2010
BRC-46
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• A customer's description of a vehicle concern may vary depending
on the individual. It is important to clarify the customer's concern.
• Ask the customer about what symptoms are present under what
conditions. Use this information to reproduce the symptom while
driving.
• It is also important to use the diagnosis sheet to understand what
type of trouble the customer is having.
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
A
B
C
SBR339B
D
EXAMPLE OF DIAGNOSIS SHEET
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
WFIA0097E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-47
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005570723
AWFIA0602GB
1.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) E33
Revision: January 2010
2.
Combination meter M24
BRC-48
3.
Stop lamp switch E60
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.
Front wheel sensor LH E61
Front wheel sensor RH E52
5.
VDC OFF switch M64
7.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B70
8.
Steering angle sensor M63 (steering
wheel removed for clarity)
Schematic
6.
Rear wheel sensor LH B54
Rear wheel sensor RH B55
INFOID:0000000005570724
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AAFWA0033GB
Revision: January 2010
BRC-49
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - VDC -
INFOID:0000000005570725
AAFWA0034GB
Revision: January 2010
BRC-50
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAFWA0035GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-51
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAFWA0036GB
Revision: January 2010
BRC-52
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAFWA0037GB
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-53
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAFWA0038GB
Basic Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570726
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL, FLUID LEAK, AND BRAKE PAD INSPECTION
1.
2.
Check fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. If fluid level is low, add fluid.
Check the brake piping and around the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for leaks. If there is
leaking or seeping fluid, check the following items.
• If ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connection is loose, tighten the piping to the specified
torque and recheck for leaks.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-54
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If there is damage to the connection flare nut or ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) screw,
replace the damaged part and recheck for leaks.
• When there is fluid leaking or seeping from a fluid connection, use a clean cloth to wipe off the fluid and
recheck for leaks. If fluid is still seeping out, replace the damaged part. If the fluid is leaking at the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit), replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) assembly.
CAUTION:
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot be disassembled and must be replaced
as an assembly.
3. Check the brake pads for excessive wear.
POWER SYSTEM TERMINAL LOOSENESS AND BATTERY INSPECTION
Make sure the battery positive cable, negative cable and ground connection are not loose. In addition, make
sure the battery is sufficiently charged.
A
B
C
D
ABS WARNING LAMP, SLIP INDICATOR LAMP AND VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E
Make sure ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and VDC OFF indicator lamp (when VDC OFF switch
is off), turn on for approximately 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON. If they do not, check the
VDC OFF indicator lamp and then VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-77, "Component Inspection". Check BRC
CAN communications. If there are no errors with VDC OFF switch and CAN communication system,
check combination meter. Refer to DI-6.
Make sure the lamps turn off approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. If the lamp
G
does not turn off, conduct self-diagnosis.
With the engine running, make sure VDC OFF indicator lamp turns on and off when VDC OFF switch is
turned on and off. If the indicator lamp status does not correspond to switch operation, check the VDC
H
OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-77, "Component Inspection".
Make sure ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and VDC OFF indicator lamp turn off approximately 2
seconds after the engine is started. If ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp or VDC OFF indicator lamp
have not turned off 10 seconds after the engine has been started, conduct self-diagnosis of the ABS actuI
ator and electric unit (control unit).
After conducting the self-diagnosis, be sure to erase the error memory. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
J
Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing
INFOID:0000000005570727
×: ON
–: OFF
K
ABS
warning lamp
VDC OFF
indicator lamp
SLIP
indicator lamp
Remarks
When the ignition switch is OFF
–
–
–
–
After the ignition switch is turned
ON
For approx. 2 seconds
×
×
×
–
Ignition switch ON
Approx. 2 seconds later
–
–
–
–
When the VDC OFF switch turns
ON (VDC function OFF).
–
×
–
–
×
×
×
–
×
–
When the ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit is malfunctioning (power supply or ground malfunction).
O
×
–
×
×
–
P
Condition
ABS/TCS/VDC malfunction
When the VDC is malfunctioning.
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005570728
REFERENCE VALUE FROM CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the
event the output circuit (harness) is open or short circuited.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-55
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data monitor
Monitor item
FR LH SENSOR
FR RH SENSOR
RR LH SENSOR
RR RH SENSOR
Display content
Wheel speed
FR RH IN SOL
FR RH OUT SOL
FR LH IN SOL
FR LH OUT SOL
RR RH IN SOL
RR RH OUT SOL
RR LH IN SOL
RR LH OUT SOL
Solenoid valve operation
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal operation
MOTOR RELAY
ACTUATOR RLY
Operation status of motor and motor relay
Actuator relay operation status
ABS WARN LAMP
ABS warning lamp ON
condition (Note 2)
OFF LAMP
VDC OFF indicator
lamp status (Note 2)
OFF SW
SLIP LAMP
BATTERY VOLT
GEAR
Revision: January 2010
VDC OFF switch
ON/OFF status
SLIP indicator lamp
status (Note 2)
Battery voltage supplied to ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit)
Manual mode gear position determined by
TCM
Condition
Reference value in
normal operation
Vehicle stopped
0 [km/h (mph)]
Vehicle running (Note 1)
Almost in accordance with speedometer display
(within ±10%)
Actuator (solenoid) is active
(“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) or actuator relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode).
On
When actuator (solenoid) is not
active and actuator relay is active (ignition switch ON).
Off
Brake pedal depressed
On
Brake pedal released
Off
Ignition switch ON or engine
running (ABS not operated)
Off
Ignition switch ON or engine
running (ABS operated)
On
Vehicle stopped (Ignition
switch ON)
Off
Vehicle stopped (Engine running)
On
ABS warning lamp ON
On
ABS warning lamp OFF
Off
When VDC OFF indicator
lamp is ON
On
When VDC OFF indicator
lamp is OFF
Off
VDC OFF switch ON
(When VDC OFF indicator
lamp is ON)
On
VDC OFF switch OFF
(When VDC OFF indicator
lamp is OFF)
Off
When SLIP indicator lamp is
ON
On
When SLIP indicator lamp is
OFF
Off
BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor
System Inspection"
BRC-70, "Solenoid and
VDC Change-Over Valve
System Inspection"
BRC-72, "Stop Lamp
Switch System Inspection"
BRC-71, "Actuator Motor,
Motor Relay, and Circuit
Inspection"
BRC-81, "ABS Warning
Lamp Does Not Come On
When Ignition Switch Is
Turned On"
BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection"
BRC-77, "Component Inspection"
Ignition switch ON
10 to 16V
Ignition switch ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
BRC-56
Note: Error inspection
checklist
BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection"
BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC
Control Unit Power and
Ground Systems Inspection"
—
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data monitor
Monitor item
Display content
YAW RATE SEN
Yaw rate detected by
yaw rate/side G sensor
ACCEL POS SIG
Open/close condition
of throttle valve (linked
with accelerator pedal)
SIDE G-SENSOR
Transverse G detected
by side G-sensor
Condition
Vehicle stopped
Approx. 0 d/s
Vehicle turning
–75 to 75 d/s
Accelerator pedal not depressed (ignition switch is ON)
0%
Depress accelerator pedal (ignition switch is ON)
0 to 100%
Vehicle stopped
Approx. 0 m/s2
Vehicle turning right
Vehicle turning left
STR ANGLE SIG
Steering angle detected by steering angle
sensor
PRESS SENSOR
Brake fluid pressure
detected by pressure
sensor
EBD SIGNAL
EBD operation
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation
TCS SIGNAL
TCS operation
VDC SIGNAL
VDC operation
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS fail-safe signal
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS fail-safe signal
VDC FAIL SIG
VDC fail-safe signal
CRANKING SIG
FLUID LEV SW
PARK BRAKE SW
Revision: January 2010
Crank operation
Status of brake fluid
level switch
Status of parking brake
switch
Reference value in
normal operation
negative value (m/
s2)
positive value (m/
A
BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/Side/
Decel G Sensor System
Inspection"
B
BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection"
C
D
BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/Side/
Decel G Sensor System
Inspection"
E
s2)
Straight-ahead
Approx. 0°
Steering wheel turned
–720 to 720°
With ignition switch ON and
brake pedal released
Approx. 0 bar
With ignition switch ON and
brake pedal depressed
–40 to 300 bar
EBD is active
On
EBD is inactive
Off
ABS is active
On
ABS is inactive
Off
TCS is active
On
TCS is inactive
Off
VDC is active
On
VDC is inactive
Off
In EBD fail safe mode
On
EBD is normal
Off
In ABS fail safe mode
On
ABS is normal
Off
In TCS fail safe mode
On
TCS is normal
Off
In VDC fail safe mode
On
VDC is normal
Off
Crank is active
On
Crank is inactive
Off
When brake fluid level switch
ON
On
When brake fluid level switch
OFF
Off
Parking brake switch is active
On
Parking brake switch is inactive
Off
BRC-57
Note: Error inspection
checklist
BRC-67, "Steering Angle
Sensor System Inspection"
BRC-75, "Pressure Sensor System Inspection"
BRC
G
H
—
—
—
I
J
—
K
—
—
—
—
L
M
N
—
O
BRC-74, "Brake Fluid
Level Switch System Inspection"
BRC-77, "Component Inspection"
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data monitor
Monitor item
USV[FL-RR]
USV[FR-RL]
HSV[FL-RR]
HSV[FR-RL]
V/R OUPUT
M/R OUTPUT
ENGINE RPM
Display content
VDC switch-over valve
status
Solenoid valve relay
activated
Actuator motor and motor relay activated
With engine running
Note: Error inspection
checklist
Reference value in
normal operation
Condition
When actuator (switch-over
valve) is active (“ACTIVE
TEST” with CONSULT-III) or
actuator relay is inactive (when
in fail-safe mode).
On
When actuator (switch-over
valve) is not active and actuator relay is active (ignition
switch ON).
Off
When solenoid valve relay is
active (ignition switch OFF)
On
When solenoid valve relay is
not active (in fail-safe mode)
Off
When actuator motor and motor relay are active (“ACTIVE
TEST” with CONSULT-III)
On
When actuator motor and motor relay are inactive
Off
With engine stopped
0 rpm
Engine running
Almost in accordance with tachometer display
BRC-70, "Solenoid and
VDC Change-Over Valve
System Inspection"
BRC-71, "Actuator Motor,
Motor Relay, and Circuit
Inspection"
BRC-66, "Engine System
Inspection"
Note 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal.
Note 2: On and Off timing for warning lamp and indicator lamp.
CONSULT-III Function (ABS)
INFOID:0000000005570729
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
ABS diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspection and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from
the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and received data is displayed.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis results.
Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
FUNCTION TEST
ECU PART NUMBER
Conducted by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG".
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Description
If an error is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In this case, perform self-diagnosis as
follows:
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-III To the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute.
After stopping the vehicle, with the engine running, touch “ABS”, “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in order on the
CONSULT-III screen.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-58
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. The self-diagnostic results are displayed.
• When “NO DTC IS DETECTED” is displayed, check the ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and
VDC OFF indicator lamp.
7. Conduct the appropriate inspection from the display item list, and repair or replace the malfunctioning
component.
8. Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
• When a wheel sensor “short-circuit” is detected, if the vehicle is not driven at 30 km/h (19 MPH)
for at least 1 minute, the ABS warning lamp will not turn off even if the malfunction is repaired.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF to prepare for erasing the memory.
10. Start the engine and touch “ABS”, “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”, “ERASE” in order on the CONSULT-III screen
to erase the error memory.
If “ABS” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit".
CAUTION:
If the error memory is not erased, re-conduct the operation from step 5.
11. For the final inspection, drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute and confirm
that the ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp, and VDC OFF indicator lamp are off.
B
C
D
E
BRC
Display Item List
Self-diagnostic item
A
Malfunction detecting condition
Check system
G
RR RH SENSOR 1
[C1101]
Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is open.
RR LH SENSOR 1
[C1102]
Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is open.
FR RH SENSOR 1
[C1103]
Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is open.
FR LH SENSOR 1
[C1104]
Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is open.
RR RH SENSOR 2
[C1105]
Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot
identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor.
RR LH SENSOR 2
[C1106]
Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot
identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor.
FR RH SENSOR 2
[C1107]
Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot
identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor.
M
FR LH SENSOR 2
[C1108]
Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot
identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor.
N
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[ABNORMAL]
[C1109]
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power voltage is too
low.
BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC
Control Unit Power and
Ground Systems Inspection"
CONTROLLER FAILURE
[C1110]
Internal malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC
Control Unit Inspection"
PUMP MOTOR
[C1111]
Revision: January 2010
During actuator motor operation with ON, when actuator motor
turns OFF or when control line for actuator motor relay is open.
During actuator motor operation with OFF, when actuator motor
turns ON or when control line for relay is shorted to ground.
BRC-59
H
I
J
BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor
System Inspection"
(Note 1)
K
L
BRC-71, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection"
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-diagnostic item
MAIN RELAY
[C1114]
Malfunction detecting condition
During actuator relay OFF, when the actuator relay turns ON, or
when the control line for the relay is shorted to ground.
During actuator relay ON, when the actuator relay turns ON, or
when the control line for the relay is open.
Check system
BRC-70, "Solenoid and
VDC Change-Over Valve
System Inspection"
ABS SENSOR
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
[C1115]
When wheel sensor input signal is malfunctioning.
BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor
System Inspection"
(NOTE 1)
STOP LAMP SW
[C1116]
Stop lamp switch or circuit malfunction.
BRC-72, "Stop Lamp
Switch System Inspection"
FR LH IN ABS SOL
[C1120]
Circuit of front LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
[C1121]
Circuit of front LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR RH IN ABS SOL
[C1122]
Circuit of front RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
[C1123]
Circuit of front RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR LH IN ABS SOL
[C1124]
Circuit of rear LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
[C1125]
Circuit of rear LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR RH IN ABS SOL
[C1126]
Circuit of rear RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
[C1127]
Circuit of rear RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control
line is open or shorted to power supply or ground.
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
[C1130]
ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit and ECM is abnormal.
ENGINE SIGNAL 2
[C1131]
ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit and ECM is abnormal.
ENGINE SIGNAL 3
[C1132]
ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit and ECM is abnormal.
ENGINE SIGNAL 4
[C1133]
ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit and ECM is abnormal.
ENGINE SIGNAL 6
[C1136]
ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control
unit and ECM is abnormal.
PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
[C1142]
Pressure sensor signal line is open or shorted, or pressure sensor
is malfunctioning.
ST ANGLE SEN CIRCUIT
[C1143]
Neutral position of steering angle sensor is dislocated, or steering
angle sensor is malfunctioning.
ST ANGLE SEN SIGNAL
[C1144]
Neutral position correction of steering angle sensor is not finished.
YAW RATE SENSOR
[C1145]
Yaw rate sensor has generated an error, or yaw rate sensor signal
line is open or shorted.
SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
[C1146]
Lateral G-sensor is malfunctioning, or signal line of lateral G-sensor is open or shorted.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-60
BRC-70, "Solenoid and
VDC Change-Over Valve
System Inspection"
BRC-66, "Engine System
Inspection"
BRC-75, "Pressure Sensor System Inspection"
BRC-67, "Steering Angle
Sensor System Inspection"
BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/
Side/Decel G Sensor
System Inspection"
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-diagnostic item
Malfunction detecting condition
Check system
A
USV LINE [FL-RR]
[C1147]
Front side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (cut valve) is open or
shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or
ground.
USV LINE [FR-RL]
[C1148]
Rear side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (cut valve) is open or
shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or
ground.
HSV LINE [FL-RR]
[C1149]
Front side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (suction valve) is open
or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or
ground.
HSV LINE [FR-RL]
[C1150]
Rear side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (suction valve) is open
or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or
ground.
EMERGENCY BRAKE
[C1153]
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure increase is too much or too little)
BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC
Control Unit Inspection"
E
PNP POS SIG
[C1154]
Transmission range switch signal or communication line between
the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and TCM is open
or shorted.
BRC-76, "Transmission
Range Switch System Inspection"
BRC
BR FLUID LEVEL LOW
[C1155]
Brake fluid level drops or circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch is open or
shorted.
BRC-74, "Brake Fluid
Level Switch System Inspection"
G
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
[C1156]
CAN communication line or steering angle sensor has generated
an error.
BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection"
(Note 2)
H
VARIANT CODING
[C1170]
In case where VARIANT CODING is different.
BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC
Control Unit Inspection"
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) internal malfunction
• Battery voltage for ECM is suddenly interrupted for approximately 0.5 seconds or more.
BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection"
(Note 2)
B
BRC-70, "Solenoid and
VDC Change-Over Valve
System Inspection"
C
D
Note 1. If wheel sensor 2 for each wheel is indicated, check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power
supply voltage in addition to wheel sensor circuit check.
Note 2. If multiple malfunctions are detected including CAN communication line [U1000], perform diagnosis for
CAN communication line first.
I
J
K
DATA MONITOR
L
Display Item List
Data monitor item selection
Remarks
M
×
Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by front LH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
N
×
×
Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by front RH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
×
×
×
Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by rear LH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR RH SENSOR
(km/h, mph)
×
×
×
Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by rear RH
wheel sensor signal is displayed.
FR RH IN SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Front RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
FR RH OUT SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is
displayed.
FR LH IN SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Front LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
Item
(Unit)
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
FR LH SENSOR
(km/h, mph)
×
×
FR RH SENSOR
(km/h, mph)
×
RR LH SENSOR
(km/h, mph)
Revision: January 2010
BRC-61
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FR LH OUT SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
RR RH IN SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
RR RH OUT SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
RR LH IN SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
RR LH OUT SOL
(On/Off)
—
×
×
Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed.
STOP LAMP SW
(On/Off)
×
×
×
Stop lamp switch (On/Off) status is displayed.
MOTOR RELAY
(On/Off)
—
×
×
ABS motor relay signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
ACTUATOR RLY
(On/Off)
—
×
×
ABS actuator relay signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
ABS WARN LAMP
(On/Off)
—
×
×
ABS warning lamp (On/Off) status is displayed.
OFF LAMP
(On/Off)
—
×
×
VDC OFF lamp (On/Off) status is displayed.
OFF SW
(On/Off)
×
×
×
VDC OFF switch (On/Off) status is displayed.
SLIP LAMP
(On/Off)
—
×
×
SLIP indicator lamp (On/Off) status is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
(V)
×
×
×
Voltage (V) supplied to ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) is displayed.
GEAR
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)
×
×
×
Gear position (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) while in manual
mode determined by TCM is displayed.
YAW RATE SEN
(d/s)
×
×
×
Yaw rate (d/s) detected by yaw rate sensor is displayed.
ACCEL POS SIG
(%)
×
—
×
Throttle valve open/close (%) status judged by
CAN communication signal is displayed.
×
—
×
Lateral acceleration (m/s2) detected by side G
sensor is displayed.
STR ANGLE SIG
(deg)
×
—
×
Steering angle (deg) detected by steering angle
sensor is displayed.
PRESS SENSOR
(bar)
×
—
×
Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor
is displayed.
EBD SIGNAL
(On/Off)
—
—
×
EBD operation (On/Off) status is displayed.
ABS SIGNAL
(On/Off)
—
—
×
ABS operation (On/Off) status is displayed.
TCS SIGNAL
(On/Off)
—
—
×
TCS operation (On/Off) status is displayed.
VDC SIGNAL
(On/Off)
—
—
×
VDC operation (On/Off) status is displayed.
EBD FAIL SIG
(On/Off)
—
—
×
EBD fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
ABS FAIL SIG
(On/Off)
—
—
×
ABS fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
TCS FAIL SIG
(On/Off)
—
—
×
TCS fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
VDC FAIL SIG
(On/Off)
—
—
×
VDC fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
SIDE G-SENSOR
(m/s2)
Revision: January 2010
BRC-62
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CRANKING SIG
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Cranking condition (On/Off) status is displayed.
FLUID LEV SW
(On/Off)
×
—
×
Brake fluid level switch (On/Off) status is displayed.
PARK BRAKE SW
(On/Off)
×
—
×
Parking brake switch (On/Off) status is displayed.
USV[FL-RR]
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Primary side USV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is
displayed.
USV[FR-RL]
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Secondary side USV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed.
HSV[FL-RR]
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Primary side HSV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is
displayed.
HSV[FR-RL]
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Secondary side HSV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed.
V/R OUTPUT
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Valve relay operation signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
M/R OUTPUT
(On/Off)
—
—
×
Motor relay operation signal (On/Off) status is displayed.
ENGINE RPM
(rpm)
×
—
×
Engine speed judged by CAN communication signal is displayed.
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
×: Applicable
–: Not applicable
H
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Do not perform active test while driving vehicle.
• Make sure to completely bleed air from brake system.
• The active test cannot be performed with the ABS warning lamp, VDC indicator lamp, SLIP indicator
lamp or brake warning lamp on.
• ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp are on
during active test.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depression amount will change. This is
normal. (Only solenoid valve and ABS motor)
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed 10 seconds after operation start.
• After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, touch BACK.
I
J
K
L
Test Item
SOLENOID VALVE
• When performing an active test of the ABS function, select “MAIN SIGNALS” for each test item.
• For ABS solenoid valve, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down” on the display screen. For ABS solenoid valve
(ACT), touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, “ACT KEEP” and confirm that solenoid valves operate as shown in the table
below.
M
N
ABS solenoid valve
Operation
FR RH SOL
FR LH SOL
Revision: January 2010
ABS solenoid valve (ACT)
Up
Keep
Down
Up
ACT UP
ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL
Off
On
On
—
—
—
FR RH OUT SOL
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
USV [FR-RL]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
HSV [FR-RL]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
FR LH IN SOL
Off
On
On
—
—
—
FR LH OUT SOL
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
USV [FL-RR]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
HSV [FL-RR]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
BRC-63
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS solenoid valve
Operation
RR RH SOL
RR LH SOL
FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
ABS solenoid valve (ACT)
Up
Keep
Down
Up
ACT UP
ACT KEEP
RR RH IN SOL
Off
On
On
—
—
—
RR RH OUT SOL
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
USV [FL-RR]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
HSV [FL-RR]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
RR LH IN SOL
Off
On
On
—
—
—
RR LH OUT SOL
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
USV [FR-RL]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
HSV [FR-RL]
Off
Off
On*
—
—
—
FR RH IN SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
FR RH OUT SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
USV [FR-RL]
—
—
—
Off
On
On
HSV [FR-RL]
—
—
—
Off
On*
Off
FR LH IN SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
FR LH OUT SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
USV [FL-RR]
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
HSV [FL-RR]
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
RR RH IN SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
RR RH OUT SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
USV [FL-RR]
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
HSV [FL-RR]
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
RR LH IN SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
RR LH OUT SOL
—
—
—
Off
Off
Off
USV [FR-RL]
—
—
—
Off
On
On
HSV [FR-RL]
—
—
—
Off
On*
Off
*: On for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then Off
ABS MOTOR
• Touch “On” and “Off” on screen. Make sure motor relay, actuator relay, V/R output and M/R output operate
as shown in table below.
On
Off
MOTOR RELAY
Operation
On
Off
ACTUATOR RLY
On
On
Revision: January 2010
BRC-64
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
Wheel Sensor System Inspection
A
INFOID:0000000005570730
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
B
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and wheel sensor of malfunctioning
code.
Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL
C
D
E
1.
2.
Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter.
Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE:
BRC
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding.
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel
G
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest.
H
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-84, "Removal and Installation".
I
CHECK TIRES
3.
Check for inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire. Refer to WT-28.
Are tire pressure and size correct and is tire wear within specifications?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s).
J
K
4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (front) or RAX-6,
"Removal and Installation" (rear).
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
L
M
N
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No.
Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals and ground.
O
Continuity should not exist.
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
BRC-65
WFIA0556E
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor
harness connector.
ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)
Wheel sensor
Connector
Terminals
5
Front LH
16
10
Front RH
E33
Rear LH
Rear RH
9
17
6
19
8
Wheel sensor
Connector
E61
E52
B54
B55
Continuity
Terminals
2
1
2
1
2
Yes
1
2
1
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Engine System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570731
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
ENGINE SIGNAL 2
ENGINE SIGNAL 3
ENGINE SIGNAL 4
ENGINE SIGNAL 6
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.ENGINE SYSTEM INSPECTION
1. Perform ECM self-diagnosis and repair as necessary.
2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570732
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
CONTROLLER FAILURE
Revision: January 2010
BRC-66
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-diagnosis results
A
EMERGENCY BRAKE
VARIANT CODING
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
B
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS
C
Check all wheel sensors. Refer to BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor System Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
D
Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection
E
INFOID:0000000005570733
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
BRC
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
G
Self-diagnosis results
ST ANGLE SEN CIRCUIT
H
ST ANGLE SEN SIGNAL
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.DATA MONITOR CHECK
J
Conduct “DATA MONITOR” of the “STR ANGLE SIG” to check if the status is normal.
Steering condition
Data monitor
Straight-ahead
-2.5 ° to +2.5°
Turn wheel 90° to the right.
Approx. +90°
Turn wheel 90° to the left.
Approx. -90°
K
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
3.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and steering angle sensor connectors.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
4. CHECKING STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER AND GROUND
Revision: January 2010
BRC-67
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between steering angle sensor connector M63
terminal 1 and ground.
Steering angle sensor
Connector
Terminal
M63
1
Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
—
Battery voltage
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
AWFIA0605ZZ
3.
4.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Check resistance between steering angle sensor connector M63
terminal 3 and ground.
Steering angle sensor
Connector
Terminal
M63
3
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the CAN communication system. Refer to BRCAWFIA0606ZZ
77, "CAN Communication System Inspection". If the
CAN communication system is OK, replace steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570734
CAUTION:
Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. When VDC function is OFF may
cause the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system to indicate a problem. However this is not a problem if
normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
YAW RATE SENSOR
SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
When on a turntable, such as at a parking structure entrance, or when on a moving object with the
engine running, the VDC OFF indicator lamp might turn on and the self-diagnosis using the CONSULTIII the yaw rate sensor system might be displayed, but in this case there is no problem with the yaw
rate sensor system. As soon as the vehicle leaves the turntable or moving object, restart the engine to
return the system to normal.
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connectors.
Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-68
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A
Check voltage between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B70
terminal 4 and ground.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Connector
B70
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Ignition switch:
ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch:
OFF
0V
Ground
Terminal
4
—
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
B
C
D
ALFIA0019ZZ
E
4.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BRC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check resistance between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B70 terminal 1 and ground.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Connector
Terminal
B70
1
Ground
Continuity
—
Yes
G
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
I
ALFIA0020ZZ
5.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR HARNESS
1.
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Connector
E33 (A)
2.
J
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 (A) terminals 14 and 25 and yaw rate/side/
decel G sensor connector B70 (B) terminals 2 and 3.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Terminal
Connector
14
Continuity
L
Terminal
2
B70 (B)
25
K
Yes
3
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 (A) terminals 14, 25 and ground.
M
ALFIA0021ZZ
N
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
E33 (A)
Terminal
14
25
Ground
Continuity
—
No
O
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR
1.
Connect Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connectors.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-69
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select “YAW RATE SEN”, “SIDE G-SENSOR” in “Data Monitor” and check Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
signal.
Vehicle condition
Yaw rate sensor (Data monitor)
Side G sensor (Data monitor)
Approx. 0 d/s
Approx. 0 m/s2
Turning right
Negative value
Negative value
Turning left
Positive value
Positive value
Stopped
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-89, "Removal and Installation".
Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570735
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
FR LH IN ABS SOL
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
RR RH IN ABS SOL
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
FR RH IN ABS SOL
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RR LH IN ABS SOL
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
USV LINE [FL-RR]
USV LINE [FR-RL]
HSV LINE [FL-RR]
HSV LINE [FR-RL]
MAIN RELAY
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3. CHECKING SOLENOID POWER AND GROUND
Revision: January 2010
BRC-70
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector E33 and body ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
3
Body
ground
—
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
A
Measured
value
(Approx.)
12V
B
C
WFIA0499E
D
2.
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
4
Body
ground
—
E
Measured
value
(Approx.)
0Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results
appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection
BRC
G
WFIA0500E
H
INFOID:0000000005570736
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
I
Check self-diagnosis results.
J
1.CHECKING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Self-diagnosis results
K
PUMP MOTOR
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
L
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
M
N
3. CHECKING ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SYSTEM
1.
O
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector E33 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
2
Body
ground
—
P
Measured
value
(Approx.)
12V
WFIA0501E
Revision: January 2010
BRC-71
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness
connector E33
1
Measured
value
(Approx.)
0Ω
Body
ground
—
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results
appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection
WFIA0502E
INFOID:0000000005570737
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
STOP LAMP SW
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and stop lamp switch connectors.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Connect stop lamp switch connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
Terminal
E33
20
Ground
—
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Brake pedal depressed
Battery voltage
Brake pedal released
0V
ALFIA0016ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 4
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: January 2010
BRC-72
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 (A) terminal 20 and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 2 (with CVT), or E60 (C) terminal 2 (with
M/T).
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)
Connector
Terminal
E33 (A)
20
stop lamp switch
Connector
A
B
Continuity
C
Terminal
E60 (B) (with CVT)
2
E60 (C) (with M/T)
Yes
AWFIA0607ZZ
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
E
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
Terminal
E33
20
Ground
Continuity
—
No
BRC
G
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace stop lamp switch.
NO
>> Repair harness or connectors.
AWFIA0445ZZ
ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection
I
INFOID:0000000005570738
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
J
Check self-diagnosis results.
K
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Self-diagnosis results
L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
M
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
N
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
O
3.ABS/TCS/VDC CONTROL UNIT POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Measure the voltage and continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33
and ground.
Signal name
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) connector E33
Revision: January 2010
Ground
BRC-73
Measured value
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2
Power supply
Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
3
—
1
Ground
Continuity should exist.
4
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the battery for loose terminals, low voltage, etc. Repair as necessary.
NG
>> Repair the circuit.
Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570739
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
1.
2.
Check the brake reservoir tank fluid level. If the level is low, add brake fluid.
Erase the self-diagnosis results and check the self-diagnosis results.
Self-diagnosis results
BR FLUID LEVEL LOW
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch connectors.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch terminals 1
and 2.
Brake fluid level switch terminals
1— 2
Condition
Continuity
Brake fluid reservoir full
No
Brake fluid reservoir empty
Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO
>> Replace brake fluid level switch.
ALFIA0026ZZ
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS
1.
2.
Disconnect combination meter connector.
Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 (A)
terminal 25 and brake fluid level switch connector E40 (B) terminal 1.
25 - 1
3.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 (A)
terminal 25 and ground.
25 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
AWFIA0608ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: January 2010
BRC-74
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
A
5.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector E40 (B)
terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
B
: Continuity should exist.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> • Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
• Perform the self-diagnosis, and make sure that the
result shows ″NO DTC IS DETECTED″.
D
ALFIA0028ZZ
Pressure Sensor System Inspection
E
INFOID:0000000005598958
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
BRC
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Check the self-diagnosis results.
G
Self-diagnosis results
H
PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
I
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and stop lamp switch connector.
Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness and damage. If any malfunction is found,
repair or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors securely.
5. Start engine.
6. Pump brake pedal carefully several times, and perform self-diagnosis.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO
>> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-75
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch (A) (with CVT) or (B)
(with M/T) terminals 1 and 2.
Stop lamp switch terminals
Condition
1−2
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
Continuity
Brake pedal depressed
Yes
Brake pedal released
No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
AWFIA0609ZZ
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
Connect stop lamp switch connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
Terminal
E33
20
Ground
—
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Brake pedal depressed
Battery voltage
Brake pedal released
0V
ALFIA0016ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
5.CHECK DATA MONITOR
On “DATA MONITOR”, select “PRESS SENSOR” and check the brake fluid pressure.
Condition
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal released.
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal depressed.
PRESS SENSOR
(DATA MONITOR)
Approx. 0 bar
− 40 to 300 bar
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Transmission Range Switch System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005598959
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
Revision: January 2010
BRC-76
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the self-diagnosis results.
A
Self-diagnosis results
PNP POS SIG
B
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
C
2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch connectors.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
D
E
Perform transmission range switch inspection. Refer to CVT-63, "Component Inspection".
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
G
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
CAN Communication System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570740
H
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
I
Check the self-diagnosis results.
J
Self-diagnosis results
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
K
Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
L
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector, and check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If there is a malfunction, repair or replace the terminals.
2. Reconnect connector to perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> Connector terminal connection is loose, damaged, open, or shorted.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005570741
M
N
O
VDC OFF SWITCH
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-77
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
1 -2
: Continuity should exist when pushing the
switch.
Continuity should not exist when releasing
the switch.
AWFIA0446ZZ
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect parking brake switch connector.
Check continuity between parking brake switch terminal 1 and
ground.
Component
Terminal
Parking brake switch
1
Condition
Continuity
Parking brake applied
Yes
Parking brake released
No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace parking brake switch.
Revision: January 2010
AWNIA0018ZZ
BRC-78
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
ABS Works Frequently
A
INFOID:0000000005570742
B
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
C
D
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS
Check the following.
• Wheel sensor mounting for looseness
• Wheel sensors for physical damage
• Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
E
BRC
3.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS
G
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE
Check brake fluid pressure distribution.
Refer to BR-11, "On Board Inspection".
Is brake fluid pressure distribution normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection".
Unexpected Pedal Action
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005570743
L
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
M
Check brake pedal stroke.
Is pedal stroke excessive?
YES >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic
Inspection".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
O
N
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE
P
SBR540A
Revision: January 2010
BRC-79
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK CONNECTOR AND BRAKING PERFORMANCE
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check brake effectiveness.
NOTE:
Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in
electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to BRC-58,
"CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection".
4.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS
Check the following.
• Wheel sensor mounting for looseness
• Wheel sensors for physical damage
• Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage and the connection of
harness connector. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Then retest.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
Long Stopping Distance
INFOID:0000000005570744
1.CHECK BASE BRAKING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
1. Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Drive vehicle and check to see if stopping distance is still long.
NOTE:
Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in
electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to BRC-58,
"CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to BRC-79, "ABS Works Frequently".
NG
>> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection".
NOTE:
Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery.
ABS Does Not Work
INFOID:0000000005570745
CAUTION:
The ABS does not operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Turn ignition switch ON and check for warning lamp activation.
• Warning lamp should activate for approximately 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON.
OK or NG
OK
>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
NG
>> Go to BRC-81, "ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On".
Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise
INFOID:0000000005570746
NOTE:
During ABS activation, pedal vibration may be felt and a noise may be heard. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-80
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
A
1. Apply brake.
2. Start engine.
Does the symptom occur only when engine is started?
YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
B
2.RECHECK SYMPTOM
C
Does the symptom occur only when electrical equipment switches (such as headlamp) are turned on?
YES
NO
>> Check for radio, antenna or related wiring that is routed too close to the ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) and reroute as necessary.
>> Go to BRC-79, "ABS Works Frequently".
ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
D
E
INFOID:0000000005570747
BRC
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) FUSES
Check 30A fusible link g and 30A fusible link h for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fusible link is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of problem before replacing.
G
1.
I
H
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 terminals 2, 3 and ground.
Does battery voltage exist?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair harness or connectors between fusible link and
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
J
K
AWFIA0610ZZ
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) connector E33 terminals 1, 4 and ground.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair harness or connectors between ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) and ground.
L
M
N
O
AWFIA0611ZZ
ABS Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
INFOID:0000000005570748
1.CARRY OUT SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Are malfunctions detected in self-diagnosis?
Revision: January 2010
BRC-81
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
NO
>> Refer to DI-35, "Schematic".
Vehicle Jerks During TCS/VDC Activation
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
INFOID:0000000005570749
1.ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis result items displayed?
YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL INSPECTION
Perform data monitor with CONSULT-III for the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Is the engine speed at idle 400 rpm or higher?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
3.ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis result items displayed?
YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the ECM self-diagnosis again.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform TCM self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis result items displayed?
YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the TCM self-diagnosis again.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and the ECM connectors and check the
terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace the connector terminal.
6.CAN COMMUNICATION INSPECTION
Check the CAN communication system. Refer to BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Reconnect the connectors, and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Revision: January 2010
BRC-82
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position
A
INFOID:0000000005570750
After removing/installing or replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), steering angle sensor, steer- B
ing and suspension components which affect wheel alignment or after adjusting wheel alignment, be sure to
adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor before running vehicle.
NOTE:
C
Adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position requires CONSULT-III.
1. Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position.
2. Connect CONSULT-III to data link connector on vehicle, and turn ignition switch ON (do not start engine).
D
3. Touch “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” on CONSULT-III screen in
this order.
4. Touch “START”.
E
CAUTION:
Do not touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
5. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”. (After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.)
BRC
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again.
7. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop.
8. Select “DATA MONITOR”, “SELECTION FROM MENU”, and “STR ANGLE SIG” on CONSULT-III screen.
G
Then check that “STR ANGLE SIG” is within 0±2.5 deg. If value is more than specification, repeat steps 1
to 5.
9. Erase memory of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM.
H
10. Turn ignition switch to OFF.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-83
2010 Sentra
WHEEL SENSOR
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHEEL SENSOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005641697
WFIA0559E
A.
Front
2.
Front wheel sensor (LH)
5.
Rear wheel sensor connector (RH)
B.
Rear
1.
3.
Rear wheel sensor (LH)
4.
6.
Rear wheel sensor (RH)
Front wheel sensor connector (LH)
Rear wheel sensor connector (LH)
Front
NOTE:
The top portion of the figure (front side) shows view from LH side of vehicle. RH side is the mirror image.
REMOVAL
Pay attention to the following when removing wheel sensor.
CAUTION:
• As much as possible, avoid rotating wheel sensor when removing it. Pull wheel sensors out without
pulling on sensor harness.
• Take care to avoid damaging wheel sensor edges or rotor teeth. Remove wheel sensor first before
removing front or rear wheel hub. This is to avoid damage to wheel sensor wiring and loss of sensor
function.
INSTALLATION
Pay attention to the following when installing wheel sensor. Tighten wheel sensor bolts to the specified
torques.
• When installing, make sure there is no foreign material such as iron chips on and in the mounting hole of the
wheel sensor. Make sure no foreign material has been caught in the sensor rotor. Remove any foreign material and clean the mount.
• When installing front wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of strut bracket and body all the way in until they
get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation.
(Install it with harness paint mark on body side grommet facing front of vehicle, and the strut side grommet
facing outside of vehicle.)
• When installing rear wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of suspension arm bracket and harness of side
member all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should
not be twisted after installation. (Aim the paint mark upward of vehicle.)
Revision: January 2010
BRC-84
2010 Sentra
SENSOR ROTOR
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SENSOR ROTOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005641698
The front and rear sensor rotor are part of the wheel hub assembly and cannot be removed separately. To
replace the sensor rotor it is necessary to replace the hub bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and
Installation" (FAX), RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (RAX).
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-85
2010 Sentra
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005641699
LFIA0258E
1.
To front right brake
2.
To rear left brake
3.
To rear right brake
4.
To front left brake
5.
From master cylinder primary port
6.
From master cylinder secondary port
7.
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
8.
Harness connector
Front
CAUTION:
• Before removing, disconnect battery negative terminal.
• To remove brake tube, use flare nut wrench to prevent flare nuts and brake tube from being damaged. To install, use flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13,
"Hydraulic Circuit".
• Do not apply excessive impact to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), such as dropping it.
• Do not remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness.
• After work is completed, bleed air from brake system.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
On models with QR25DE engine, remove cowl top and cowl extension panel. Refer to EI-19, "Removal
and Installation".
Remove the insulator surrounding the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and ground wire.
Loosen brake tube flare nuts using suitable tool, then remove brake tubes from ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit).
Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bracket bolts.
Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Revision: January 2010
BRC-86
2010 Sentra
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Adjust steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position".
CAUTION:
After installing harness connector in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), make sure connector is securely locked.
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-87
2010 Sentra
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005570754
REMOVAL
NOTE:
The steering angle sensor is and integrated part of the spiral cable and must be replaced as an assembly.
1. Remove the spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment
of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position".
Revision: January 2010
BRC-88
2010 Sentra
G SENSOR
[VDC/TCS/ABS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
G SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005570755
REMOVAL
B
1.
2.
3.
Remove center console. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect harness connector.
Remove attaching nuts and remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.
CAUTION:
• Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.
• Do not use power tools to remove or install yaw rate/side/
decel G sensor.
C
D
E
BRC
AWFIA0624GB
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BRC-89
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
ACS
AUTO CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) ................................................................ 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 2
Description ................................................................ 2
F
G
H
I
J
ACS
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
ACS-1
2010 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005576261
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Description
INFOID:0000000005283978
Regarding the information for ASCD system, refer to EC-42 (MR20DE) or EC-1135 (QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
ACS-2
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
FL
FUEL SYSTEM
A
FL
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
General Precaution ................................................... 5
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER
AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY ......................... 6
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Component ............................................................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 6
FUEL TANK ...................................................... 10
FUEL SYSTEM .................................................... 5
G
H
Component ..............................................................10
Removal and Installation .........................................10
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
F
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 14
Standard and Limit ..................................................14
Checking Fuel Line ................................................... 5
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FL-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005602349
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005286298
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
FL-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
FL
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FL-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005286299
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-45722)
130 mm lock ring tool
Removing and installing fuel tank lock ring
LBIA0398E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005286300
Tool name
Description
Power tools
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
FL-4
2010 Sentra
FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL SYSTEM
A
Checking Fuel Line
INFOID:0000000005286301
Inspect fuel lines, fuel filler cap and fuel tank for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or deterioration.
If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts.
FL
C
D
SMA803A
General Precaution
E
INFOID:0000000005286302
WARNING:
When replacing fuel line parts, be sure to observe the following.
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the work area.
• Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and have a CO2 fire extinguisher.
• Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work
area.
• Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put the lid on securely. Keep the container in
safe area.
CAUTION:
• Use gasoline required by the regulations for octane number. Refer to GI-4, "Precaution for Fuel
(Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended) MR20DE and QR25DE Except SE-R Spec-V" or GI-5,
"Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V Only".
• Before removing fuel line parts, perform the following procedures:
- Release fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-52, "System Description" MR20DE (California),
EC-607, "System Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check"
QR25DE.
- Disconnect the battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-rings and clamps with new ones.
• Do not kink or twist tubes when they are being installed.
• Perform work on level surface.
• Do not tighten hose clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After connecting fuel tube quick connectors, make sure quick connectors are secure.
Ensure that connector and resin tube do not contact any adjacent parts.
• After installing tubes, make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections in the following steps.
- Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (without starting the engine). Then
check for fuel leaks at the fuel tube connections.
- Start engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• For servicing “Evaporative Emission System” parts, refer to EC-52, "System Description" MR20DE
(California), EC-600, "Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1138, "Description" QR25DE.
• For servicing "On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)" parts, refer to Refer to EC-52, "System
Description" MR20DE (California), EC-607, "System Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC1145, "System Description" QR25DE.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FL-5
2010 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
Component
INFOID:0000000005286303
WBIA0804E
1.
Lock ring
4.
Fuel tank
2.
Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly
Removal and Installation
3.
O-ring
INFOID:0000000005286304
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Be sure to read “General Precautions” before working on the fuel system. Refer to GI-3, "General Precaution".
1. Check fuel level with the vehicle on a level surface. If the fuel
gauge indicates more than the level as shown (7/8 full), drain
fuel from the fuel tank until the fuel gauge indicates level as
shown (7/8 full).
NOTE:
Fuel will be spilled when removing fuel pump assembly if fuel
level is above the fuel pump assembly installation surface.
• As a guide, fuel level is at the level as shown or below when
approximately 12
(3 1/8 US gal, 2 5/8 Imp gal) of fuel is
drained from a full fuel tank.
• In case fuel pump does not operate, perform the following proKBIA3505J
cedure.
a. Insert fuel tubing of less than 25 mm (0.98 in) in diameter into fuel filler tube through fuel filler opening to
drain fuel from fuel filler tube.
b. Disconnect fuel filler hose from fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-10.
c. Insert fuel tubing into fuel tank through fuel filler hose to drain fuel from fuel tank.
2. Open fuel door and unscrew the fuel filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank.
3. Release the fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (California), EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check"
QR25DE.
4. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
5. Remove rear seat bottom. Refer to SE-19, "Component Parts Drawing" 60/40 Split Fold Down Seat or SE24, "Component Parts Drawing" Fixed Back Seat.
Revision: January 2010
FL-6
2010 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Turn the three retainers (A) 90° in a clockwise direction and
remove the fuel pump inspection hole cover.
A
FL
C
WBIA0805E
7.
D
Disconnect electrical connector (A) and fuel feed hose quick
connector (B).
• Fuel feed hose (1)
E
F
G
WBIA0806E
• Disconnect the quick connector using the following procedure.
- Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube.
- If quick connector and tube on fuel pump assembly are stuck,
push and pull several times until they move. Disconnect them
by pulling.
CAUTION:
• The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
• Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
• Keep resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful
when welding near the resin tube.
• Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on resin tube.
• Do not bend or twist resin tube during installation and removal.
• To keep the connecting portion clean, free of foreign
materials and to avoid damage, cover them completely
with plastic bags or something similar.
• Do not insert plug to prevent damage to O-ring in quick
connector.
H
I
J
K
SFE562A
L
M
N
O
PBIC0163E
Revision: January 2010
FL-7
2010 Sentra
P
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Remove the lock ring using Tool (A) as shown.
Tool number
: — (J-45722)
WBIA0807E
9.
Remove fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly
(1).
CAUTION:
• Do not bend float arm during removal.
• Do not allow foreign materials to fall into fuel tank. Use a
lint free cloth when handling components.
• Avoid impacts such as dropping when handling components.
WBIA0808E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Make sure that the fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump is free from defects and foreign materials.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Fuel Level Sensor Unit, Fuel Filter and Fuel Pump Assembly
1.
2.
Install O-ring to fuel tank without twisting.
Install fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly
as shown.
: Vehicle front
WBIA0809E
Revision: January 2010
FL-8
2010 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Turn the lock ring (1) using Tool until the lock ring is fully
rotated into the fuel tank lock tabs (A) as shown.
Tool number
A
: — (J-45722)
FL
C
WBIA0810E
D
Quick Connector
1.
2.
3.
Check the connection for damage or any foreign materials.
Align the connector with the tube, then insert the connector straight into the tube until a “click” sound is
heard.
After connecting, make sure that the connection is secure using the following procedure.
• Visually confirm that the two retainer tabs are secured to the connector.
• Pull the tube and the connector to make sure they are securely
connected.
E
F
G
H
PBIC1653E
Inspection Hole Cover
1.
2.
3.
Before installing inspection hole cover, confirm that there are no fuel leaks. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation".
Install inspection hole cover with the front mark (arrow) facing
front of vehicle.
Lock clips (A) by turning counterclockwise.
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0805E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Use the following procedure to check for fuel leaks.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” (without starting the engine), to check the connections for fuel leaks with the
electric fuel pump applying pressure to the fuel piping.
2. Start the engine and let it idle to check that there are no fuel leaks at the fuel system connections.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FL-9
2010 Sentra
FUEL TANK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL TANK
Component
INFOID:0000000005286305
WBIA0811E
1.
Lock ring
2.
Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel
pump assembly
3.
O-ring
4.
Fuel tank
5.
Fuel tank protector
6.
Fuel tank band (LH)
7.
Fuel tank band (RH)
8.
EVAP hose
9.
Hose clamp
10. Fuel filler hose
11. Fuel filler tube
13. Grommet
14. Fuel filler cap
12. Fuel filler shield
Front of vehicle
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286306
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Be sure to read “General Precautions” when working on the fuel system. Refer to FL-5, "General Precaution".
1. Drain fuel from fuel tank if necessary. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Because fuel tank becomes unstable when installing/removing, fuel should be drained if the
level exceeds specification.
• Situate vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
2. Open fuel door and unscrew the fuel filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank.
3. Release the fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (California), EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check"
QR25 DE.
4. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
Revision: January 2010
FL-10
2010 Sentra
FUEL TANK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove rear seat bottom. Refer to SE-19, "Component Parts Drawing" 60/40 Split Fold Down Seat or SE24, "Component Parts Drawing" Fixed Back Seat.
6. Turn the three retainers (A) 90° in a clockwise direction and
remove the fuel pump inspection hole cover.
A
FL
C
D
WBIA0805E
7.
Disconnect electrical connector (A) and fuel feed hose quick
connector (B).
• Fuel feed hose (1)
E
F
G
WBIA0806E
H
• Disconnect the quick connector using the following procedure.
I
- Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube.
- If quick connector and tube on fuel pump assembly are stuck,
push and pull several times until they move. Disconnect them
by pulling.
CAUTION:
• The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
• Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
• Keep resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful
when welding near the resin tube.
• Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on resin tube.
• Do not bend or twist resin tube during installation and removal.
• To keep the connecting portion clean, free of foreign
materials and to avoid damage, cover them completely
with plastic bags or something similar.
• Do not insert plug to prevent damage to O-ring in quick
connector.
J
K
L
SFE562A
M
N
O
P
PBIC0163E
8.
9.
Remove center exhaust tube. Refer to EX-5, "Component" MR20DE, or EX-11, "Component" QR25DE.
Remove fuel tank protector.
Revision: January 2010
FL-11
2010 Sentra
FUEL TANK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Loosen fuel filler hose clamp (B) and remove fuel filler hose (1).
CAUTION:
Do not remove fuel filler hose (1) from fuel filler tube. When
removing fuel filler hose (1) at the fuel filler tube, mark components for alignment.
11. Remove vent hose (3) and EVAP hose (2) at rear of fuel tank.
• Disconnect vent hose and EVAP hose quick connectors using
the following procedures.
a. Pinch retaining tabs (C) of vent hose quick connector and
remove vent hose (3).
b. Pinch retaining tabs (A) of EVAP hose quick connector and
remove EVAP hose (2).
• If hoses are stuck, push and pull (A) several times until they
move freely, and disconnect by holding side of connector and
pushing in the tabs (B).
WBIA0812E
WBIA0831E
CAUTION:
• The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely depressed. Do not twist it more than
necessary.
• Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
• Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful when welding near the tube.
• Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on the resin tube.
• Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal.
• Do not insert plug that may cause damage to O-ring in quick connector.
• To keep the connecting portion clean and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them completely with
plastic bags or something similar.
PBIC0713E
12. Support center of fuel tank (1) with transmission jack (A) as
shown.
CAUTION:
Securely support the fuel tank with a suitable tool (B).
13. Remove fuel tank bands (RH and LH).
14. Lower transmission jack carefully to remove fuel tank while supporting it by hand as shown.
CAUTION:
Fuel tank may be in an unstable position because of the
shape of fuel tank bottom. Be sure to support tank securely.
PBIC3792E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
FL-12
2010 Sentra
FUEL TANK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EVAP Canister
1.
2.
3.
A
Check the connection for damage or any foreign materials.
Align the connector with the tube, then insert the connector straight into the tube until a “click” sound is
heard.
FL
After connecting, make sure that the connection is secure.
• Pull the tube and the connector to make sure they are securely connected.
Fuel Tank Band
• Install them in the proper position by referring to the identification stamp mark “R” and “L” on the end.
Fuel Filler Hose
• Insert fuel filler hose (1) to the length (A) below on the fuel tank (3).
Fuel filler hose installation
on fuel tank (A)
C
D
: 35mm (1.38 in)
E
• Be sure hose clamp (2) is not placed on swelled area of fuel filler
hose (1).
F
WBIA0832E
G
EVAP Hose
1.
2.
3.
Check connections for damage or foreign material.
Align the matching quick connector (A) with the center of EVAP
hose (1), and insert quick connector (A) straight until it clicks.
After connecting, pull on quick connector (A) and EVAP hose (1)
by hand. Make sure connections are secure.
H
I
J
BBIA0873E
K
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Use the following procedure to check for fuel leaks.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” (without starting the engine), to check the connections for fuel leaks with the
electric fuel pump applying pressure to the fuel piping.
2. Start the engine and let it idle to check that there are no fuel leaks at the fuel system connections.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FL-13
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
INFOID:0000000005286307
FUEL TANK
Unit:
Fuel tank capacity
55.0 (14 1/2, 12 1/8)
Fuel specification
Refer to MA-15
Revision: January 2010
FL-14
(US gal, Imp gal)
2010 Sentra
BODY
SECTION
IP
INSTRUMENT PANEL
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................................................... 5
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution ................................................................. 3
Work Flow ................................................................. 5
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
F
G
H
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY ................. 11
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Component Parts .....................................................11
Removal and Installation .........................................12
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
IP
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
IP-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005612481
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283293
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
IP-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005283294
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect both battery terminals in advance.
Disconnect air bag system line in advance.
Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance.
Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts.
When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may
get in the way with cloth.
• When removing parts, protect parts by wrapping tools with vinyl or tape.
• Keep removed parts protected with cloth.
• If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it.
• If an non-reusable part is removed, replace it with a new one.
• Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque.
• After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly.
• Remove stains in the following way.
Water-soluble stains:
Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth.
Oil stain:
Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain
with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely.
Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth.
• Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
IP-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283295
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0993E
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle
Kit
Repairing the cause of noise
SIIA0994E
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283296
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0191E
Revision: January 2010
IP-4
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005283297
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to IP-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
IP
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
- Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
- Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
- Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
- Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
- Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
- Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
- Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
IP-5
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1. Close a door.
2. Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3. Rev the engine.
4. Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5. At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
6. Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565, and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
the noise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to IP-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts
Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
IP-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005283298
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harIP
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
IP-7
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
IP-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005283299
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
IP-9
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
IP-10
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
A
Component Parts
INFOID:0000000005283300
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWJIA0471ZZ
1.
Steering member
2.
Cluster lid A
3.
Tweeter grille (LH)
4.
Instrument panel and pad assembly
5.
Instrument side mask (LH)
6.
Fuse block lid storage bin
7.
Combination meter
8.
Instrument panel trim (LH)
9.
Instrument lower finisher
Revision: January 2010
IP-11
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10.
Steering column cover upper
11. Steering lock escutcheon
12. Steering column cover lower
13.
Instrument lower cover (LH)
14.
Center console mat
15. Instrument upper cover (center)
16.
Center console cup holder
17.
Center console
18. Instrument lower cover (center)
19.
Center console felt pad
20. Glove box lower finisher
21. Glove box assembly
22.
Instrument lower cover (RH)
23. Instrument panel trim center
24. Instrument panel trim (RH)
25.
CVT finisher
26. MT finisher
27. Controller finisher
28.
Cluster lid C storage bin
29. Cluster lid C
30. Cluster lid C upper mask (non
SE-R models)
33. Tweeter grille (RH w/o sensor)
31.
Instrument side mask (RH)
32. Double meter (SE-R models)
34.
Tweeter grille (RH w/sensor)
35. Sensor
Metal clip
Clip
Pawl
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283301
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals.
• Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance.
• Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts.
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove center console mat and remove screws (A).
•
: Front
LIIA2800E
3.
Open center console lid, remove center console felt pad and
remove the center console screws (A).
LIIA2799E
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Pull parking brake control handle up engaging the parking brake, then remove the center console.
Remove instrument lower finisher screw, remove instrument lower finisher, disconnect diagnostic connector and hood release cable.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT).
Remove the CVT or MT finisher.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors.
Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models).
Revision: January 2010
IP-12
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models).
A
B
C
LKIA0923E
D
11. Remove cluster lid C (1).
a. Remove cluster lid C screws (A).
b. Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and
remove cluster lid C (1).
E
F
G
LIIA2803E
12. Remove the instrument panel trim (RH).
13. Remove glove box lower finisher screws (A), remove glove box
lower finisher (1).
H
IP
J
K
LIIA2801E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
IP-13
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. Remove the glove box assembly.
a. Remove the two lower glove box assembly screws (A).
b. Open the glove box and remove the four upper glove box
assembly screws (B).
LIIA2802E
15.
16.
17.
18.
Remove instrument lower covers (LH and RH).
Remove the instrument lower cover (center) screws and remove the instrument lower cover (center).
Remove the instrument upper cover screws, remove the instrument upper cover.
Remove steering lock escutcheon (1), remove steering column
cover screws (A) and remove steering column cover upper and
steering column cover lower (2).
LIIA2791E
19. Disengage the metal clips, and then remove cluster lid A.
20. Remove the combination meter screws (A), pull out the combination meter (1) to disconnect the connector, remove the combination meter (1).
LIIA2792E
21. Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34.
22. Remove the headlamp control switch. Refer to LT-62, "Removal and Installation".
23. Remove the wiper control switch. Refer to WW-22, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer
Switch".
Revision: January 2010
IP-14
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
24. Remove the passenger air bag module bolt (A) from the steering
member.
A
B
C
LIIA2793E
D
25. Remove the instrument panel lower RH screw (A).
E
F
G
LIIA2794E
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Remove the instrument panel screw inside the combination meter opening.
Remove the instrument panel screw at the upper LH corner.
Remove the instrument panel lower LH screw.
Remove the front tweeters (LH and RH). Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the upper instrument panel bolts located near the front tweeters (RH and LH).
Disconnect the audio antenna.
Remove the instrument panel assembly.
H
IP
J
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
CLUSTER LID C
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT).
Remove the CVT or MT finisher.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors.
Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models).
Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models).
L
M
N
O
P
LKIA0923E
Revision: January 2010
IP-15
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove cluster lid C (1).
a. Remove cluster lid C screws (A).
b. Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and
remove cluster lid C (1).
LIIA2803E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
COMBINATION METER
Removal
1.
Remove steering lock escutcheon (1), remove steering column
cover screws (A) and remove steering column cover upper and
steering column cover lower (2).
LIIA2791E
2.
3.
Disengage the metal clips, and then remove cluster lid A.
Remove the combination meter screws (A), pull out the combination meter (1) to disconnect the connector, remove the combination meter (1).
LIIA2792E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT).
Remove the CVT or MT finisher.
Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors.
Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models).
Revision: January 2010
IP-16
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models).
A
B
C
LKIA0923E
6.
a.
b.
D
Remove cluster lid C (1).
Remove cluster lid C screws (A).
Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and
remove cluster lid C (1).
E
F
G
LIIA2803E
7.
8.
Remove the instrument panel trim (RH).
Remove glove box lower finisher screws (A), remove glove box
lower finisher (1).
H
IP
J
K
LIIA2801E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
IP-17
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Remove the glove box assembly
a. Remove the two lower glove box assembly screws (A).
b. Open the glove box and remove the four upper glove box
assembly screws (B).
LIIA2802E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
INSTRUMENT LOWER FINISHER
Removal
Remove instrument lower finisher screw, remove instrument lower finisher, disconnect diagnostic connector
and hood release cable.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
Remove center console mat and remove screws (A).
•
: Front
LIIA2800E
Revision: January 2010
IP-18
2010 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Open center console lid, remove center console felt pad and
remove the center console screws (A).
A
B
C
LIIA2799E
3.
Pull parking brake control handle up engaging the parking brake, then remove the center console.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
IP-19
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
EX
EXHAUST SYSTEM
A
EX
C
D
E
CONTENTS
F
MR20DE
QR25DE
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 8
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 8
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 8
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................... 8
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
PREPARATION ................................................. 10
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................10
Commercial Service Tool ........................................10
EXHAUST SYSTEM ............................................ 5
EXHAUST SYSTEM .......................................... 11
Checking Exhaust System ........................................ 5
Component ................................................................ 5
Removal and Installation ........................................... 5
Inspection After Installation ....................................... 7
Checking Exhaust System .......................................11
Component ..............................................................11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
Inspection After Installation .....................................12
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EX-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005284504
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005284505
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
EX-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
EX
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EX-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284506
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors:
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
S-NT636
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284507
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below):
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) for zirconia oxygen sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) for titania oxygen sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
EX-4
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EXHAUST SYSTEM
A
Checking Exhaust System
INFOID:0000000005284508
Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment,
leaks, cracks, damage or deterioration.
• If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts.
EX
C
D
SMA211A
Component
E
INFOID:0000000005284509
F
MR20DE Models
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
AWBIA0770GB
1.
Main muffler
4.
Center muffler
7.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
10. Ground cable
2.
Mounting rubber
3.
5.
Spring
6.
8.
Exhaust front tube (except for California) 9.
O
Ring gasket
Seal bearing
Stud bolt
P
11. Exhaust front tube (for California)
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284510
WARNING:
• Perform the procedure with the exhaust system fully cooled down because the system will be hot
just after the engine is turned off.
Revision: January 2010
EX-5
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Be careful not to cut your hand on heat insulator edges.
CAUTION:
• Use genuine NISSAN exhaust system parts or equivalent, which are specially designed for heat
resistance, corrosion resistance and shape.
REMOVAL
Remove exhaust system components using power tools.
• Remove heated oxygen sensor using Tool as needed.
Tool number
: KV10114400 (J-38365)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Always replace exhaust gaskets and seal bearings with new ones when installing.
• Before installing a new heated oxygen sensor, clean and apply anti-seize lubricant to exhaust system threads using suitable tool.
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
: — (J-43897-18)
: — (J-43897-12)
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; install a new one.
• Do not over-tighten the heated oxygen sensor. Doing so may damage the heated oxygen sensor,
resulting in the MIL coming on.
• Remove deposits from the sealing surface of each connection. Connect them securely to avoid
exhaust leakage.
• Temporarily tighten nuts on the exhaust manifold side and bolts on the vehicle side. Check each part
for unusual interference, and then tighten them to the specified torque.
• When installing each mounting rubber, avoid twisting or unusual extension in up/down and right/left
directions.
Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube
1.
2.
Securely insert seal bearing (2) into exhaust manifold (1) side in
the direction shown.
• Exhaust front tube (5)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage seal bearing surface when installing.
Install spring (3), tighten nut (4).
• Be careful that the stud bolt nut does not interfere with the
flanged area ( ).
• Make sure the spring (3) sits properly on the flange surface by
aligning it to the locator dimples.
PBIC3797E
Exhaust Front Tube to Center Muffler
1.
2.
Securely insert seal bearing (2) into exhaust front tube (1) side
in the direction shown.
• Center muffler (5)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage seal bearing surface when installing.
Install spring (3), tighten bolt (4).
• Be careful that the stud bolt does not interfere with the flanged
area ( ).
• Make sure the spring (3) sits properly on the flange surface by
aligning it to the locator dimples.
Revision: January 2010
EX-6
PBIC3798E
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Inspection After Installation
INFOID:0000000005284511
A
• With the engine running, check the exhaust tube joints for exhaust gas leaks and abnormal noise.
• Check that the mounting brackets and mounting insulators are installed properly and free from excessive
stress. Improper installation could result in excessive noise, leaks, and vibration.
EX
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EX-7
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005284512
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005284513
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
EX-8
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
EX
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EX-9
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284514
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors:
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
S-NT636
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284515
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below):
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) for zirconia oxygen sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) for titania oxygen sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
EX-10
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EXHAUST SYSTEM
A
Checking Exhaust System
INFOID:0000000005284516
Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment,
leaks, cracks, damage or deterioration.
• If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts.
EX
C
D
SMA211A
Component
E
INFOID:0000000005284517
F
QR25DE Models
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
AWBIA0769GB
1.
Main muffler
2.
Mounting rubber
4.
Center muffler
5.
Front exhaust tube mounting bracket 6.
Gasket
7.
Seal bearing
8.
Exhaust front tube
Ground cable
Removal and Installation
3.
9.
O
Ring gasket
P
INFOID:0000000005284518
WARNING:
• Perform the procedure with the exhaust system fully cooled down because the system will be hot
just after the engine is turned off.
• Be careful not to cut your hand on the insulator edges.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EX-11
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Use genuine NISSAN exhaust system parts or equivalent, which are specifically designed for heat
resistance, corrosion resistance, and shape.
REMOVAL
Remove exhaust system components using power tools.
• Remove heated oxygen sensor using Tool as needed.
Tool number
: KV10114400 (J-38365)
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Always replace exhaust gaskets with new ones when reassembling.
• Before installing a new heated oxygen sensor, clean and lube the exhaust tube threads using suitable tool.
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
: — (J-43897-18)
: — (J-43897-12)
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; install a new one.
• Do not over-tighten the heated oxygen sensor. Doing so may damage the heated oxygen sensor,
resulting in the MIL coming on.
• If any mounting insulator is badly deformed, repair or replace it. If deposits such as mud pile up on
the mounting insulator, clean and inspect them.
• When installing the insulator avoid large gaps or interference between the insulator and each
exhaust pipe.
• Remove deposits from the sealing surface of each connection. Connect them securely to avoid
exhaust gas leaks.
• Temporarily tighten the exhaust manifold side nuts and the vehicle side bolts. Check each part for
any interference, and then tighten the nuts and bolts to specification.
• When installing each mounting rubber, avoid twisting or excessive extension in up/down and right/
left directions.
• Tighten the bolts without causing interference with the flange.
Inspection After Installation
INFOID:0000000005284519
• With the engine running, check the exhaust tube joints for exhaust gas leaks and abnormal noise.
• Check that the mounting brackets and mounting insulators are installed properly and free from excessive
stress. Improper installation could result in excessive noise, leaks, and vibration.
Revision: January 2010
EX-12
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
DI
DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
DOUBLE METERS ............................................ 24
System Description ..................................................24
Wiring Diagram - 2METER - ....................................25
Terminal and Reference Value for Double Meter ....27
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination
Meter .......................................................................27
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ....................28
Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................30
Symptom Chart ........................................................31
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ..........31
Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection ...............................31
Removal and Installation .........................................33
PRECAUTION ..................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 5
Special Service Tool ................................................. 5
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5
COMBINATION METERS ................................... 6
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 6
System Description ................................................... 6
Arrangement of Combination Meter .......................... 9
Schematic ............................................................... 10
Wiring Diagram - METER - ..................................... 11
Combination Meter Harness Connector Terminal
Layout ..................................................................... 13
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination
Meter ....................................................................... 13
Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter ............ 14
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ................... 15
Trouble Diagnosis ................................................... 17
Symptom Chart ....................................................... 17
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ......... 18
Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection ............................. 19
Engine Speed Signal Inspection ............................. 20
Water Temperature Signal Inspection ..................... 20
Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection ....................... 20
Fuel Gauge Fluctuates, Indicates Wrong Value, or
Varies ...................................................................... 22
Fuel Gauge Does Not Move to Full-position ........... 22
DTC [U1000] CAN Communication Circuit ............. 22
Electrical Component Inspection ............................. 23
Removal and Installation ......................................... 23
Revision: January 2010
WARNING LAMPS ............................................ 35
Schematic ................................................................35
Wiring Diagram - WARN - .......................................36
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Stays Off (Ignition
Switch ON) ..............................................................43
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off
(Oil Pressure Is Normal) ..........................................45
Component Inspection .............................................46
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
CVT INDICATOR ............................................... 47
System Description ..................................................47
Schematic ................................................................48
Wiring Diagram - CVTIND - .....................................49
CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate ..........................51
WARNING CHIME ............................................. 53
DI-1
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................53
System Description ..................................................54
Wiring Diagram - CHIME - .......................................57
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................59
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................62
Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................64
Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection .........65
Front Door Switch LH Signal Inspection ..................65
Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent
Key) .........................................................................66
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical
Key Is Used) ........................................................... 67
Lighting Switch Signal Inspection ........................... 69
Seat Belt Buckle Switch LH Signal Inspection ........ 69
Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection ................. 70
Electrical Component Inspection ............................ 71
Revision: January 2010
BOARD COMPUTER ........................................ 73
DI-2
System Description ................................................. 73
CAN Communication System Description .............. 73
Wiring Diagram - B/COMP - .................................... 74
Trouble Diagnosis ................................................... 75
Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection ........... 76
Electrical Component Inspection ............................ 77
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTION
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005527103
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283042
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
DI
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
DI-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
DI-4
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000006043922
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
B
C
For removing trim
D
E
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283043
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
F
G
H
I
PBIC0191E
J
DI
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-5
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COMBINATION METERS
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283044
AWNIA2065ZZ
1.
Combination meter M24
2.
ECM E16
3.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(fuel level sensor) B48 (view with
rear seat and inspection hole cover
removed)
(⇐: Front)
4.
Vehicle speed sensor F41 (without
ABS or CVT)
5.
TCM F23
6.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283045
UNIFIED METER CONTROL UNIT
• Speedometer, odo/trip meter, tachometer, water temperature gauge and fuel gauge are controlled by the
unified meter control unit, which is built into the combination meter.
• Warning and indicator lamps are controlled by signals drawn from the CAN communication system, BCM
(body control module), and components connected directly to the combination meter.
• Odo/trip meter and CVT indicator segments can be checked in self-diagnosis mode.
• Meters/gauges can be checked in self-diagnosis mode.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
DI-6
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Power is supplied at all times
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 23.
Ground is supplied
• to combination meter terminals 3, 21 and 22
• through grounds M57 and M61.
A
B
C
D
SPEEDOMETER
With ABS
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter via
CAN communication lines.
E
F
G
H
WKIA5370E
Without ABS or CVT
The vehicle speed sensor provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter for speedometer indication.
I
J
DI
L
AWNIA0002GB
With CVT, Without ABS
The TCM provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter via CAN communication lines.
M
N
O
AWNIA0003GB
TACHOMETER
Revision: January 2010
DI-7
2010 Sentra
P
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). The ECM provides an engine speed
signal to combination meter via CAN communication lines.
SKIB6904E
FUEL GAUGE
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the fuel tank.
The fuel gauge is regulated by the unified meter control unit and a variable resistor signal supplied
• to combination meter terminal 4
• through fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5
• through fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2
• from combination meter terminal 8.
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
The ECM provides an engine coolant temperature signal to the combination meter via CAN communication
lines.
SKIB6905E
ODO/TRIP METER
The vehicle speed signal and the memory signals from the meter memory circuit are processed by the combination meter and the mileage is displayed.
How to Change the Display
Refer to Owner's Manual for odo/trip meter operating instructions.
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
DI-8
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Arrangement of Combination Meter
INFOID:0000000005283046
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AWNIA1942ZZ
Revision: January 2010
DI-9
2010 Sentra
P
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283047
AANWA0165GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-10
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - METER -
INFOID:0000000005283048
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0166GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-11
2010 Sentra
P
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0167GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-12
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Combination Meter Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283049
A
B
C
AWNIA1773ZZ
D
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter
INFOID:0000000005283050
E
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
Condition
1
W
2
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value (V)
(Approx.)
Battery power supply
OFF
—
Battery voltage
P
Ignition switch ON or START
ON
—
Battery voltage
3
B
Ground (power)
—
—
0
4
B
Fuel level sensor ground (-)
ON
—
0
6
B
Vehicle speed sensor ground
(without ABS or CVT)
ON
—
0
7
GR
Vehicle speed signal (without
ABS or CVT)
ON
8
LG
Fuel level sensor signal (+)
—
—
9
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
10
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
13
V
Illumination control switch
(LED)
—
—
16
SB
Immobilizer/security indicator input
OFF
18
G
Seat belt buckle switch RH
ON
21
Item
Speedometer operated
[When vehicle speed is approx.
20 km/h (12 MPH)]
I
240 Hz
Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component
Inspection".
Refer to LT-96, "System Description".
Security indicator ON
0
Security indicator OFF
Battery voltage
Unfastened (ON)
0
Fastened (OFF)
Battery voltage
Ground (illumination)
—
—
0
23
O
Ignition switch ACC or ON
ON
—
Battery voltage
24
GR
Parking Brake switch
ON
25
V
Brake fluid level switch
ON
26
O
Seat belt buckle switch LH
ON
28
R
Washer fluid level switch
(Canada models)
ON
29
W
O/D OFF switch
ON
Revision: January 2010
Parking brake applied
Parking brake released
Brake fluid level low
Brake fluid level normal
Battery voltage
DI
L
M
N
O
0
Battery voltage
P
0
Fastened (OFF)
Battery voltage
0
Washer fluid level normal
Battery voltage
O/D OFF switch pressed
0
O/D OFF switch released
Battery voltage
DI-13
J
0
Unfastened (ON)
Washer fluid level low
G
H
B
22
F
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
No.
Condition
Wire
color
Item
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value (V)
(Approx.)
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12 V due to
specifications (connected units).
31
O
Vehicle speed signal output
(8-pulse)
ON
Speedometer operated
[When vehicle speed is approx.
40 km/h (25 MPH)]
PKIC0643E
Generator
ON
Illumination output to double
meter
—
Generator voltage low
0
32
BR
33
V
34
LG
Ambient sensor power
ON
—
5
35
B
Ambient sensor ground
ON
—
0 - 5 (Based on ambient temperature)
37*
LG
Manual mode signal
ON
38*
SB
Not manual mode signal
ON
39*
W
CVT steering shift up signal
ON
Generator voltage normal
—
Y
CVT steering shift down signal
ON
Refer to LT-96, "System Description".
Manual mode switch ON
0
Manual mode switch OFF
Battery voltage
Manual mode switch ON
0
Manual mode switch OFF
Battery voltage
• Manual mode switch ON
• Steering shift up operation
Other than above
40*
Battery voltage
• Manual mode switch ON
• Steering shift down operation
Other than above
0
Battery voltage
0
Battery voltage
*: With QR25DE
Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter
INFOID:0000000005283051
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE FUNCTION
• Self-diagnosis can check for continuity between the meter control circuit and the speedometer and tachometer.
• Self-diagnosis can check for odo/trip meter and CVT indicator segments.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and switch the odo/trip meter to “trip A” or “trip B”.
NOTE:
If the diagnosis function is activated with “trip A” displayed, the mileage on “trip A” will indicate “0000.0”,
but the actual trip mileage will be retained. (The same applies for “trip B”.)
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
DI-14
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. While pushing the odo/trip meter switch (1), turn the ignition
switch ON.
4. Confirm that the trip meter displays “0000.0”.
5. Push the odo/trip meter switch at least 3 times. (Within 7 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.)
A
B
C
LKIA0870E
6.
D
All segments on the odo/trip meter illuminate. At this time, the
unified meter control unit is turned to self-diagnosis mode.
NOTE:
• Check combination meter power supply and ground circuit
when self-diagnosis mode of combination meter does not
start. Replace combination meter if normal. Refer to IP-12,
"Removal and Installation".
• If any of the segments is not displayed, replace combination
meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
E
F
G
AWNIA1943ZZ
7.
Each meter activates while pressing odo/trip meter switch.
H
I
J
DI
L
AWNIA1944ZZ
NOTE:
If the speedometer or tachometer are not activated, replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal
and Installation".
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)
INFOID:0000000005283052
M
N
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
METER diagnosis mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
O
Description
Displays combination meter self-diagnosis results.
Displays combination meter input/output data in real time.
P
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Display Item List
Revision: January 2010
DI-15
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III display
Malfunction
Reference page
CAN COMM CIRC [U1000]
Malfunction is detected in CAN communication lines.
CAUTION:
Even when there is no malfunction on CAN communication system, malfunction may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds) or 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse
block (J/B)] is removed.
DI-22
VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205]
Malfunction is detected when an erroneous speed signal is input.
CAUTION:
Even when there is no malfunction on speed signal system, malfunctions
may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7
- 8 V for about 2 seconds).
DI-19
NOTE:
“TIME” indicates the following.
• 0: Indicates that a malfunction is detected at present.
• 1-63: Indicates that a malfunction was detected in the past. (Displays number of ignition switch OFF → ON
cycles after malfunction is detected. Self-diagnostic result is erased when “63” is exceeded.)
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Contents
SPEED METER [km/h]
X
X
The value of vehicle speed signal, which is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
SPEED OUTPUT [km/h]
X
X
The value of vehicle speed signal, which is transmitted to each
unit with CAN communication.
TACHO METER [rpm]
X
X
The value of engine speed signal, which is input from ECM.
W TEMP METER [°C]
X
X
The value of engine coolant temperature signal, which is input
from ECM.
FUEL METER [lit.]
X
X
The value, which processes a resistance signal from fuel
gauge.
FUEL W/L [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low-fuel warning lamp.
C-ENG W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL).
AIR PRES W/L
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low tire pressure warning lamp.
SEAT BELT W/L
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of seat belt warning lamp.
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of buzzer.
DOOR W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door warning lamp.
HI-BEAM IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of high beam indicator lamp.
TURN IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of turn indicator.
OIL W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of oil pressure warning lamp.
LIGHT IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the light indicator lamp.
VDC/TCS IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of VDC OFF indicator lamp.
ABS W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ABS warning lamp.
SLIP IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SLIP indicator lamp.
BRAKE W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake warning lamp.*
KEY G/Y W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (green).
Display item [Unit]
BUZZER [ON/OFF]
X
KEY R W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (red).
KEY KNOB W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK warning lamp.
O/D OFF SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF switch.
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift P range indicator.
P RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
Revision: January 2010
X
DI-16
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
R RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift R range indicator.
N RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift N range indicator.
D RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift D range indicator.
L RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift L range indicator.
M RANGE SW [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode range switch.
NM RANGE SW [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of except manual mode range
switch.
AT-M IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode indicator.
AT-M GEAR [1 - 8]
X
X
Indicates [1 - 8] condition of manual mode gear position.
SPORT IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF indicator.
ST SFT UP SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift up switch.
ST SFT DWN SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift down switch.
CRUISE IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator.
SET IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET indicator.
EPS W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of EPS warning lamp.
Display item [Unit]
Contents
A
*: The monitor will indicate “OFF” even though the brake warning lamp is on if either of the following conditions exist.
B
C
D
E
F
G
• The parking brake is engaged
• The brake fluid level is low
H
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283053
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Perform preliminary check. Refer to "PRELIMINARY CHECK".
According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to DI-17, "Symptom J
Chart".
Does the meter operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2.
DI
Inspection End.
PRELIMINARY CHECK
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION OF COMBINATION METER
L
Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
Does self-diagnosis mode operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check power supply and ground circuit of combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III)
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15,
"CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>> Refer to DI-17, "Symptom Chart".
Malfunction detected>> Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283054
Symptom
Possible cause
Improper speedometer and odo/trip meter indication.
Refer to DI-19, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection".
Improper tachometer indication.
Refer to DI-20, "Engine Speed Signal Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
DI-17
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Possible cause
Improper fuel gauge indication.
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
Low-fuel warning lamp indication is irregular.
Improper water temperature gauge indication.
Refer to DI-20, "Water Temperature Signal Inspection".
Improper CVT position indication.
Refer to DI-51, "CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate".
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283055
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown combination meter fuses.
Power source
Fuse No.
Battery
19
Ignition switch ON or START
14
Ignition switch ACC or ON
6
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminals and ground.
Terminals
Ignition switch position
(+)
Combination
meter connector
Terminal
(–)
1
M24
2
Ground
23
OFF
ACC
ON
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery voltage
0V
0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery voltage
AWNIA1945ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
terminals and ground.
Combination meter connector
Terminal
M24
21
3
Continuity
Ground
Yes
22
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: January 2010
DI-18
AWNIA1946ZZ
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283056
A
Symptom:
• Improper speedometer and odo/trip meter indication.
• Display VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205] at the result of self-diagnosis for combination meter.
B
WITH ABS
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Using “SPEED METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with speedometer pointer of combination meter.
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULTIII Function (ABS)".
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
C
D
E
WITHOUT ABS OR CVT
F
1.
2.
3.
G
1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS
Remove vehicle speed sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Rotate vehicle speed sensor while checking voltage between
combination meter harness connector M24 terminals 6 and 7.
H
Terminals
(+)
Voltage
(Approx.)
(–)
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M24
7
M24
6
I
0.5
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
AWNIA1947ZZ
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
DI
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect vehicle speed sensor connector.
Check resistance between vehicle speed sensor terminals 1 and
2.
Terminals
(+)
Component
Terminal
Component
Terminal
1
Vehicle
speed
sensor
2
L
M
Resistance
value
(Approx.)
(–)
Vehicle
speed
sensor
N
250Ω
WKIA5833E
O
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness or connector between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor.
NG
>> Replace vehicle speed sensor.
P
WITH CVT, WITHOUT ABS
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Using “SPEED METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with speedometer pointer of combination meter.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
J
DI-19
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Perform TCM self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Engine Speed Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283057
Symptom: Improper tachometer indication.
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Using “TACHO METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with tachometer
pointer of combination meter.
OK or NG
OK
>> • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
QR25DE).
• Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
MR20DE for California).
• Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
MR20DE except California).
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Water Temperature Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283058
Symptom: Improper water temperature gauge indication.
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Run the engine at different temperatures and compare water temperature with “W TEMP METER” of
“DATA MONITOR”. Indication should be as follows:
High:
Normal:
Cold:
130°C (266°F)
70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Less than 50°C (122°F)
OK or NG
OK
>> • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
QR25DE).
• Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
MR20DE for California).
• Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with
MR20DE except California).
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283059
Symptom:
• Improper fuel gauge indication.
• Low-fuel warning lamp indication is irregular.
NOTE:
The following symptoms do not indicate a malfunction.
• Depending on vehicle position or driving circumstance, the fuel level in the tank shifts and the indication may
fluctuate.
• If the vehicle is fueled with the ignition switch ON, the indication will update slowly.
• If the vehicle is tilted when the ignition switch is turned ON, fuel in the tank may flow to one direction resulting in a change of reading.
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Using “FUEL METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with fuel gauge
indication of combination meter.
Revision: January 2010
DI-20
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fuel gauge indication (approx. segments)
Reference value of data monitor [lit.]
Full (13)
Approx. 55
3/4 (10)
Approx. 38
1/2 (7)
Approx. 25
1/4 (4)
Approx. 13
Empty (0)
Approx. 4
A
B
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
D
2.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check combination meter and fuel level sensor unit terminals (meter-side and harness-side) for poor connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace terminals or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
F
G
Disconnect combination meter connector and fuel level sensor
unit connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector
(B).
H
I
A
3.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M24
8
B48
2
Continuity
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
M24
8
J
Yes
AWNIA1949ZZ
DI
Continuity
Ground
L
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
M
4.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
A
2.
N
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector
(B).
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M24
4
B48
5
O
Continuity
P
Yes
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and ground.
AWNIA1950ZZ
Revision: January 2010
DI-21
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Connector
Terminal
M24
4
Continuity
Ground
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
Check fuel level sensor unit. Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Check fuel level sensor unit installation, and check whether the float arm interferes or binds with
any of the internal components in the fuel tank. Repair or replace malfunctioning part, if necessary.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Fuel Gauge Fluctuates, Indicates Wrong Value, or Varies
INFOID:0000000005283060
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE FLUCTUATION
Test drive vehicle to see if gauge fluctuates only during driving or at the instant of stopping.
Does the indication value vary only during driving or at the at the instant of stopping?
YES >> The gauge fluctuation may be caused by fuel level change in the fuel tank. Condition is normal.
NO
>> Ask the customer about the situation when the symptom occurs in detail, and perform the trouble
diagnosis.
Fuel Gauge Does Not Move to Full-position
INFOID:0000000005283061
1.OBSERVE FUEL GAUGE
Does it take a long time for the indication to move to FULL position?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
2.IDENTIFY FUELING CONDITION
Was the vehicle fueled with the ignition switch ON?
YES or NO
YES >> Be sure to fuel the vehicle with the ignition switch OFF. Otherwise, it will take a long time to move
to FULL position because of the characteristic of the fuel gauge.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
3.OBSERVE VEHICLE POSITION
Is the vehicle parked on an incline?
YES or NO
YES >> Check the fuel level indication with vehicle on a level surface.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.OBSERVE FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR
During driving, does the fuel gauge indication move gradually toward EMPTY position?
YES or NO
YES >> Check the components. Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection".
NO
>> The float arm may interfere or bind with any of the components in the fuel tank.
DTC [U1000] CAN Communication Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283062
Symptom: Display CAN COMM CIRC [U1000] at the result of self-diagnosis for combination meter.
Revision: January 2010
DI-22
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
A
Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "METER/M&A" with CONSULT-III.
>> Go to "CAN SYSTEM". Refer to LAN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Electrical Component Inspection
B
INFOID:0000000005283063
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK
For removal, refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
Check Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump
Check resistance between terminals 2 and 5.
Terminals
2
5
Float position mm (in)
D
Resistance
value (Ω)
(Approx.)
1*
Full
145.9 (5.74)
5
2*
Empty
14 (0.55)
81.5
E
F
1* and 2*: When float rod is in contact with stopper.
G
WKIA5456E
Check Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump Harness
Check continuity at the following terminals.
Terminal
2 - Signal terminal (A)
5 - Ground terminal (B)
H
Continuity
I
Yes
• If the results of check are NG, replace fuel pump assembly. If the
results of check are OK, replace fuel level sensor unit.
J
WKIA5457E
Removal and Installation
DI
INFOID:0000000005283064
L
COMBINATION METER
Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-23
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOUBLE METERS
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283065
DOUBLE METER
Oil pressure gauge and G-force gauge are controlled by the double
meter.
WKIA5977E
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp
The oil pressure warning lamp is controlled by the double meter. When the oil pressure is less than 4.52 psi
(0.318 kg/cm2), the double meter sends a ground signal to the IPDM E/R. The IPDM E/R then sends a signal
to the combination meter via CAN communication and the oil pressure warning lamp is turned on. When the oil
pressure is greater than 6.5 psi (0.457 kg/cm2) the warning lamp turns off.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Power is supplied at all times
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to double meter terminal 7 and
• to combination meter terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to double meter terminal 8 and
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 23.
Ground is supplied
• to double meter terminals 9 and 10 and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
The oil pressure gauge indicates engine oil pressure.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through double meter terminal 3
• to oil pressure sensor terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• through double meter terminal 5
• to oil pressure sensor terminal 1.
Double meter receives oil pressure signal from oil pressure sensor
• through oil pressure sensor terminal 2
• to double meter terminal 4.
G-FORCE GAUGE
The G-force gauge indicates the longitudinal acceleration and deceleration G-forces while driving. The indication is based on a calculation using the speed input supplied by the combination meter via CAN communication. The gauge does not indicate cornering G-forces.
Revision: January 2010
DI-24
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - 2METER -
INFOID:0000000005283066
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0168GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-25
2010 Sentra
P
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0222GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-26
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for Double Meter
Terminal No.
Wire
color
1
L
2
3
4
INFOID:0000000005283067
A
Condition
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
CAN-H
—
—
—
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
Y
Oil pressure sensor power supply
ON
—
5.5
When ignition switch is in the ON
position. (Engine stopped)
0.5
G
Item
Oil pressure sensor signal
ON
Engine running. [When the oil
R
Oil pressure sensor ground
ON
—
SB
Oil pressure warn out
Engine oil pressure is above
6.5 psi (0.457 kg/cm2)
E
0.5
4.52 psi (0.318 kg/cm2)
ON
D
0
Engine oil pressure is below
6
C
2.5
pressure is 60 psi (4.22 kg/cm2)]
5
F
Battery voltage
7
W
Battery power supply
OFF
—
Battery voltage
8
P
Ignition switch ON or START
ON
—
Battery voltage
B
Ground
ON
—
0
V
Illumination control
—
—
Refer to LT-96, "System Description".
9
10
12
B
Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter
G
H
I
INFOID:0000000005527107
J
Terminal
No.
Condition
Wire
color
1
W
2
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value (V)
(Approx.)
Battery power supply
OFF
—
Battery voltage
P
Ignition switch ON or START
ON
—
Battery voltage
3
B
Ground (power)
—
—
0
4
B
Fuel level sensor ground (-)
ON
—
0
6
B
Vehicle speed sensor ground
(without ABS or CVT)
ON
—
0
7
GR
Vehicle speed signal (without
ABS or CVT)
ON
8
LG
Fuel level sensor signal (+)
—
—
9
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
10
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
13
V
Illumination control switch
(LED)
—
—
16
SB
Immobilizer/security indicator input
OFF
18
G
Seat belt buckle switch RH
ON
Item
Revision: January 2010
Speedometer operated
[When vehicle speed is approx.
20 km/h (12 MPH)]
L
M
240 Hz
N
Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component
Inspection".
Refer to LT-96, "System Description".
Security indicator ON
0
Security indicator OFF
Battery voltage
Unfastened (ON)
0
Fastened (OFF)
Battery voltage
DI-27
DI
2010 Sentra
O
P
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
No.
21
22
23
Condition
Wire
color
Item
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value (V)
(Approx.)
—
0
—
Battery voltage
B
Ground (illumination)
—
O
Ignition switch ACC or ON
ON
24
GR
Parking Brake switch
ON
25
V
Brake fluid level switch
ON
26
O
Seat belt buckle switch LH
ON
28
R
Washer fluid level switch
(Canada models)
ON
29
W
O/D OFF switch
ON
Parking brake applied
Parking brake released
Brake fluid level low
Brake fluid level normal
0
Battery voltage
0
Battery voltage
Unfastened (ON)
0
Fastened (OFF)
Battery voltage
Washer fluid level low
0
Washer fluid level normal
Battery voltage
O/D OFF switch pressed
0
O/D OFF switch released
Battery voltage
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12 V due to
specifications (connected units).
31
O
Vehicle speed signal output
(8-pulse)
ON
Speedometer operated
[When vehicle speed is approx.
40 km/h (25 MPH)]
PKIC0643E
32
BR
Generator voltage low
Generator
ON
Illumination output to double
meter
—
—
Generator voltage normal
0
Battery voltage
Refer to LT-96, "System Description".
33
V
34
LG
Ambient sensor power
ON
—
5
35
B
Ambient sensor ground
ON
—
0 - 5 (Based on ambient temperature)
37*
LG
Manual mode signal
ON
38*
SB
Not manual mode signal
ON
39*
W
CVT steering shift up signal
ON
Manual mode switch ON
0
Manual mode switch OFF
Battery voltage
Manual mode switch ON
0
Manual mode switch OFF
Battery voltage
• Manual mode switch ON
• Steering shift up operation
Other than above
40*
Y
CVT steering shift down signal
ON
• Manual mode switch ON
• Steering shift down operation
Other than above
0
Battery voltage
0
Battery voltage
*: With QR25DE
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)
INFOID:0000000005527108
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Revision: January 2010
DI-28
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
METER diagnosis mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Description
A
Displays combination meter self-diagnosis results.
Displays combination meter input/output data in real time.
B
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
C
Display Item List
CONSULT-III display
Malfunction
Reference page
CAN COMM CIRC [U1000]
Malfunction is detected in CAN communication lines.
CAUTION:
Even when there is no malfunction on CAN communication system, malfunction may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds) or 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse
block (J/B)] is removed.
DI-22
VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205]
Malfunction is detected when an erroneous speed signal is input.
CAUTION:
Even when there is no malfunction on speed signal system, malfunctions
may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7
- 8 V for about 2 seconds).
D
E
F
DI-19
G
NOTE:
“TIME” indicates the following.
• 0: Indicates that a malfunction is detected at present.
• 1-63: Indicates that a malfunction was detected in the past. (Displays number of ignition switch OFF → ON
cycles after malfunction is detected. Self-diagnostic result is erased when “63” is exceeded.)
H
DATA MONITOR
I
Display Item List
Display item [Unit]
SPEED METER [km/h]
J
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Contents
X
X
The value of vehicle speed signal, which is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
SPEED OUTPUT [km/h]
X
X
The value of vehicle speed signal, which is transmitted to each
unit with CAN communication.
TACHO METER [rpm]
X
X
The value of engine speed signal, which is input from ECM.
W TEMP METER [°C]
X
X
The value of engine coolant temperature signal, which is input
from ECM.
FUEL METER [lit.]
X
X
The value, which processes a resistance signal from fuel
gauge.
FUEL W/L [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low-fuel warning lamp.
C-ENG W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL).
AIR PRES W/L
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low tire pressure warning lamp.
SEAT BELT W/L
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of seat belt warning lamp.
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of buzzer.
DOOR W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door warning lamp.
HI-BEAM IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of high beam indicator lamp.
TURN IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of turn indicator.
OIL W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of oil pressure warning lamp.
LIGHT IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the light indicator lamp.
VDC/TCS IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of VDC OFF indicator lamp.
BUZZER [ON/OFF]
Revision: January 2010
X
DI-29
2010 Sentra
DI
L
M
N
O
P
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Display item [Unit]
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Contents
ABS W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ABS warning lamp.
SLIP IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SLIP indicator lamp.
BRAKE W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake warning lamp.*
KEY G/Y W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (green).
KEY R W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (red).
KEY KNOB W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK warning lamp.
O/D OFF SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF switch.
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift P range indicator.
P RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
R RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift R range indicator.
N RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift N range indicator.
D RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift D range indicator.
L RANGE IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift L range indicator.
M RANGE SW [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode range switch.
NM RANGE SW [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of except manual mode range
switch.
AT-M IND [ON/OFF]
X
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode indicator.
AT-M GEAR [1 - 8]
X
X
Indicates [1 - 8] condition of manual mode gear position.
SPORT IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF indicator.
ST SFT UP SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift up switch.
ST SFT DWN SW [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift down switch.
CRUISE IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator.
SET IND [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET indicator.
EPS W/L [ON/OFF]
X
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of EPS warning lamp.
*: The monitor will indicate “OFF” even though the brake warning lamp is on if either of the following conditions exist.
• The parking brake is engaged
• The brake fluid level is low
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283070
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Perform preliminary check. Refer to "PRELIMINARY CHECK".
According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to DI-31, "Symptom
Chart".
Does the double meter operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2.
Inspection End.
PRELIMINARY CHECK
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III)
Select "METER/M&A" on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15,
"CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>>Refer to DI-31, "Symptom Chart".
Malfunction detected>>Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Revision: January 2010
DI-30
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283071
A
Symptom
Possible cause
B
Improper oil pressure gauge indication.
Refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection".
Improper G-force gauge indication.
Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
Double meter is inoperative.
• Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
• Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283072
1.CHECK FUSES
Check for blown double meter fuses.
Power source
Fuse No.
Battery
19
Ignition switch ON or START
14
F
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Terminals
Connector
Terminal
7
M89
I
Ignition switch position
(–)
Ground
8
OFF
ON
START
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
J
DI
WKIA5978E
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check harness for open between double meter and fuse.
M
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89
terminals 9, 10 and ground.
N
O
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Check harness or connector.
P
WKIA5979E
Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283073
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
G
H
Disconnect the double meter connector.
Check voltage between double meter harness connector terminals and ground.
(+)
D
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3.
1.
2.
C
DI-31
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between double meter harness connector M89
terminal 4 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Connector
M89
Terminal
4
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
When ignition switch is in ON
position. (Engine stopped.)
0.5V
(–)
Ground
Engine running. [When the oil
pressure is 60 psi (4.22 kg/
WKIA5980E
2.5V
cm2)]
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between double meter harness connector M89 terminal 3 and ground.
Approx. 5.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and
Installation".
3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
WKIA5981E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect double meter and oil pressure sensor connectors.
Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89
(A) terminal 3 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32
(B) terminal 3.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89
(A) terminal 3 and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
WKIA5982E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector between double meter and oil pressure sensor.
4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
DI-32
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89
(B) terminal 4 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32
(A) terminal 2.
A
Continuity should exist.
2.
B
Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89
(B) terminal 4 and ground.
C
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector between double meter and oil pressure sensor.
WKIA5983E
D
5.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
E
Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (A)
terminal 5 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32 (B) terminal 1.
F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace oil pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector between double meter and
oil pressure sensor.
G
H
WKIA5984E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283074
I
COMPONENTS
J
DI
L
M
N
O
P
LKIA0922E
1.
Double meter
Clip
Revision: January 2010
2.
Upper housing
3.
Double meter finisher
Pawl
DI-33
2010 Sentra
DOUBLE METERS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOVAL
1.
Carefully remove the double meter assembly (1) using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Wrap suitable tool with clean shop cloth to prevent damage to
the instrument panel.
LKIA0923E
2.
Disconnect the double meter assembly connector (1) and
remove the double meter assembly (2).
LKIA0924E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
DI-34
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WARNING LAMPS
A
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283075
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
P
AANWA0169GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-35
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - WARN -
INFOID:0000000005283076
AANWA0170GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-36
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0171GB
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-37
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0172GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-38
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0173GB
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-39
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0174GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-40
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
WKWA5424E
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-41
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0175GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-42
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
ABNWA0273GB
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Stays Off (Ignition Switch ON)
INFOID:0000000005283077
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION
Activate IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Does oil pressure warning lamp blink?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: January 2010
DI-43
2010 Sentra
P
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground.
Terminals
(+)
IPDM E/R
connector
Terminal
E46
37
(–)
Ground
Condition
Voltage (Approx.)
Engine stopped
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WKIA5458E
3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE).
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A)
terminal 37 and oil pressure switch harness connector F32 (B)
terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector M89 (C)
terminal 6 (with QR25DE).
With MR20DE
37 - 1
: Continuity should exist
With QR25DE
37 - 6
: Continuity should exist
WKIA5985E
OK or NG
OK
>> With MR20DE, GO TO 4. With QR25DE, refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Check oil pressure switch. Refer to DI-46, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Replace oil pressure switch.
5.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter.
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>>GO TO 6.
Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace as necessary.
6.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Operate ignition switch with “OIL W/L” of “DATA MONITOR” and
check operation status.
“OIL W/L”
When ignition switch is in ON
position (Engine stopped.)
When engine running
: ON
: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
DI-44
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
A
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Then select “SIGNAL BUFFER”. Operate ignition switch with “OIL PRESS
SW” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status.
“OIL PRESS SW”
When ignition switch is in ON
position (Engine stopped.)
When engine running
: ON
C
: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off (Oil Pressure Is Normal)
D
INFOID:0000000005283078
NOTE:
For oil pressure inspection, refer to LU-6, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or LU-18, "Inspection" (QR25DE).
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION
Activate IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Does oil pressure warning lamp blink?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
: Battery voltage
With QR25DE
6 - ground
: Battery voltage
J
L
3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
M
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check oil pressure switch. Refer to DI-46, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Replace oil pressure switch.
O
4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE CIRCUIT
P
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
I
DI
WKIA5986E
OK or NG
OK
>> With MR20DE, GO TO 3. With QR25DE, refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection".
NG
>> GO TO 4.
1.
F
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between oil pressure switch harness connector
F32 (A) terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector
M89 (B) terminal 6 (with QR25DE) and ground.
With MR20DE
1 - ground
E
G
2.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
DI-45
2010 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A)
terminal 37 and oil pressure switch harness connector F32 (B)
terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector M89 (C)
terminal 6 (with QR25DE).
With MR20DE
37 - 1
: Continuity should exist
With QR25DE
37 - 6
: Continuity should exist
WKIA5985E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Then select “SIGNAL BUFFER”. Operate ignition switch with “OIL PRESS
SW” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status.
“OIL PRESS SW”
When ignition switch is in ON
position (Engine stopped.)
When engine running
: ON
: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283079
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Check continuity between oil pressure switch and ground.
Condition
Oil pressure [kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)]
Continuity
Engine stopped
Less than 29 (0.3, 0.3, 4)
Yes
Engine running
More than 29 (0.3, 0.3, 4)
No
ELF0044D
Revision: January 2010
DI-46
2010 Sentra
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT INDICATOR
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283080
The TCM receives CVT indicator signals from the transmission range switch. The TCM then sends CVT position indicator signals to the combination meter via CAN communication lines. The combination meter indicates
the received shift position.
B
C
D
E
AWNIA1914GB
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
DI-47
2010 Sentra
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005527120
AANWA0176GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-48
2010 Sentra
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVTIND -
INFOID:0000000005283081
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0177GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-49
2010 Sentra
P
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0178GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-50
2010 Sentra
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0179GB
CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate
INFOID:0000000005283082
1.CHECK SEGMENT OF CVT INDICATOR
Revision: January 2010
DI-51
2010 Sentra
P
CVT INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "SelfDiagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
Are all segments displayed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal
and Installation".
AWNIA1943ZZ
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III)
1.
2.
Connect CONSULT-III.
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15,
"CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>>GO TO 3.
Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
Use “DATA MONITOR” of “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Confirm each indication on the monitor while operating the CVT selector lever.
CONSULT-III display
P RANGE IND
R RANGE IND
N RANGE IND
D RANGE IND
L RANGE IND
Switch operation
Operation status
P range position
ON
Except for P range position
OFF
R range position
ON
Except for R range position
OFF
N range position
ON
Except for N range position
OFF
D range position
ON
Except for D range position
OFF
L range position
ON
Except for L range position
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF TCM
Perform self-diagnosis of TCM. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
OK or NG
OK
>> Check TCM input/output signal. Repair or replace malfunctioning part, if necessary. Refer to CVT44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
NG
>> Check applicable part, and repair or replace as necessary.
Revision: January 2010
DI-52
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WARNING CHIME
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
A
INFOID:0000000005283083
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
P
LKIA0877E
Revision: January 2010
DI-53
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Combination meter M24
2.
Combination switch M28
3.
Key switch and ignition knob switch
M49 (with Intelligent Key)
4.
Key switch M50 (without Intelligent
Key)
5.
Front door switch LH B21
6.
Seat belt buckle switch LH B16
7.
BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed)
8.
Intelligent Key unit M42 (view with
instrument panel removed)
9.
Parking brake switch B24
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283084
• Buzzer for warning chime system is installed in the combination meter.
• The buzzer sounds when combination meter receives buzzer output signal with CAN communication line.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1 and
• to key switch (without Intelligent Key) terminal 2,
• through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) terminals 2 and 4.
With ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38,
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 23.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61.
IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)
With the key inserted into the key switch, and the ignition switch in the OFF or ACC position, when driver's
door is opened, the warning chime will sound.
• BCM detects key inserted into the ignition switch, and sends key warning signal to combination meter with
CAN communication line.
• When combination meter receives key warning signal, it sounds warning chime.
WKIA5463E
IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)
When Mechanical Key Is Used
With the key inserted into the key switch, and the ignition switch in the LOCK or ACC position, when driver's
door is opened, the warning chime will sound.
• BCM detects key inserted into the ignition switch, and sends key warning signal to combination meter with
CAN communication line.
Revision: January 2010
DI-54
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When combination meter receives key warning signal, it sounds warning chime.
A
B
C
WKIA5836E
D
When Intelligent Key Is Carried With The Driver
Refer to BL-72, "System Description".
LIGHT WARNING CHIME
The warning chime sounds, when driver's door is opened (door switch ON) with lighting switch ON and the
ignition switch is in any position other than ON or START.
NOTE:
BCM detected lighting switch in the 1st or 2nd position, refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function".
• BCM detects headlamps are illuminated, and sends light warning signal to combination meter with CAN
communication lines.
• When the combination meter receives light warning signal, it sounds warning chime.
E
F
G
H
I
J
WKIA5465E
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME
With the ignition switch turned ON and driver's seat belt unfastened, the seat belt warning chime will sound for DI
approximately 6 seconds.
• The combination meter reads an ON/OFF signal from the seat belt buckle switch LH, and transmits the seat
belt buckle switch signal to the BCM with CAN communication.
L
• The BCM detects the ignition switch turned ON and seat belt buckle switch LH ON. And then, transmits the
buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime) to the combination meter with CAN communication.
• When the combination meter receives the buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime), it sounds the
M
buzzer.
N
O
P
LKIA0878E
PARKING BRAKE WARNING CHIME
The parking brake warning chime sounds when the parking brake is applied and vehicle speed reaches
approximately 2 km/h (1 MPH).
• The combination meter receives a parking brake applied signal from the parking brake switch.
Revision: January 2010
DI-55
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When the combination meter receives a vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) (with ABS), vehicle speed sensor (without ABS or CVT) or the TCM (with CVT, without ABS), it sounds
the buzzer.
LKIA0906E
Revision: January 2010
DI-56
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CHIME -
INFOID:0000000005283085
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
WKWA5429E
Revision: January 2010
DI-57
2010 Sentra
P
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AANWA0180GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-58
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
INFOID:0000000005527109
A
Measuring condition
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
B
C
2
V
Combination switch
input 5
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
D
SKIA5291E
3
BR
Combination switch
input 4
Input
ON
E
F
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5292E
G
H
4
L
Combination switch
input 3
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
I
SKIA5291E
5
6
P
Combination switch
input 2
GR
Combination switch
input 1
J
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
DI
SKIA5292E
7
W
Front door key cylinder switch LH (unlock)
ON (open, 2nd turn)
Input
OFF
8
BR
Front door key cylinder switch LH (lock)
Input
9
W
Stop lamp switch
Input
LG
Rear window defogger
switch
Input
10
OFF
ON
11
GR
Ignition switch (ACC
or ON)
Input
ACC or
ON
12
BR
Front door switch RH
Input
OFF
13
W
Rear door switch RH
Input
OFF
Revision: January 2010
OFF (closed)
On (open)
0V
Momentary 1.5V
OFF (closed)
0V
ON (pedal depressed)
0V
OFF (pedal released)
Battery voltage
Rear window defogger switch
ON
0V
Rear window defogger switch
OFF
5V
Ignition switch ACC or ON
ON (open)
OFF (closed)
ON (open)
OFF (closed)
DI-59
L
Momentary 1.5V
M
N
O
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
2010 Sentra
P
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
15
L
Tire pressure warning
check connector
Input
OFF
—
5V
18
Y
Remote keyless entry
receiver (ground)
Output
OFF
—
0V
19
GR
Remote keyless entry
receiver (power supply)
Output
OFF
Ignition switch OFF
LIIA1893E
Stand-by (keyfob buttons released)
20
SB
Remote keyless entry
receiver signal (signal)
Input
LIIA1894E
OFF
When remote keyless entry
receiver receives signal from
keyfob (keyfob buttons
pressed)
LIIA1895E
21
R
23
SB
NATS antenna amp.
Input/
Output
OFF →
ON
Security indicator
lamp
Output
OFF
OFF →
ON
25
O
NATS antenna amp.
Input/
Output
27
G
Compressor ON signal
Input
ON
28
SB
Front blower monitor
Input
ON
29
Y
Hazard switch
Input
OFF
32
O
Combination switch
output 5
Output
ON
Ignition switch (OFF → ON)
Goes OFF → illuminates (Every 2.4 seconds)
Ignition switch (OFF → ON)
Just after turning ignition switch
ON: Pointer of tester should
move for approx. 1 second, then
return to battery voltage.
Battery voltage → 0V
Just after turning ignition switch
ON: Pointer of tester should
move for approx. 1 second, then
return to battery voltage.
A/C switch OFF
5V
A/C switch ON
0V
Front blower motor OFF
Battery voltage
Front blower motor ON
0V
ON
0V
OFF
5V
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5291E
Revision: January 2010
DI-60
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Measuring condition
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
A
B
33
LG
Combination switch
output 4
Output
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
C
SKIA5292E
34
SB
Combination switch
output 3
Output
ON
D
E
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
F
SKIA5291E
35
36
G
R
Combination switch
output 2
Combination switch
output 1
G
Output
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
H
SKIA5292E
Key inserted
Battery voltage
Key removed
0V
Key inserted
Battery voltage
Key removed
0V
371
V
Key switch
Input
OFF
372
V
Key switch and ignition knob switch
Input
OFF
38
BR
Ignition switch (ON)
Input
ON
—
Battery voltage
39
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
—
40
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
—
42
V
Trunk room switch
Input
OFF
45
R
Lock switch
Input
OFF
46
P
Unlock switch
Input
OFF
47
SB
Front door switch LH
Input
OFF
48
O
Rear door switch LH
Input
OFF
49
L
Trunk room lamp
Output
OFF
53
R
Trunk lid opener actuator
Output
56
Y
Battery saver output
Output
57
W
Battery power supply
Revision: January 2010
Input
ON (open)
J
DI
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
ON (lock)
L
0V
OFF
Battery voltage
ON (unlock)
M
0V
OFF
Battery voltage
ON (open)
N
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
ON (open)
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
Trunk open (ON)
O
0V
Trunk closed (OFF)
Battery voltage
OFF
Trunk lid (open)
Battery voltage
OFF
30 minutes after ignition
switch is turned OFF
0V
ON
—
Battery voltage
OFF
—
Battery voltage
DI-61
I
2010 Sentra
P
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
59
G
Front door lock actuator LH (unlock)
Output
OFF
60
SB
Turn signal (left)
Output
ON
Operation or condition
OFF (neutral)
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
0V
ON (unlock)
Battery voltage
Turn left ON
SKIA3009J
61
O
Turn signal (right)
Output
ON
Turn right ON
SKIA3009J
63
R
Interior room lamp
Output
OFF
65
V
All door lock actuators
(lock)
Output
OFF
66
G
Front door lock actuator RH, rear door lock
actuators LH/RH (unlock)
67
B
Ground
68
W
Power window power
supply (RAP)
ON (open)
Any door
switch
OFF (closed)
OFF (neutral)
0V
ON (lock)
Battery voltage
OFF (neutral)
Output
OFF
Input
ON
Output
—
0V
Battery voltage
0V
ON (unlock)
Battery voltage
—
0V
Ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
Within 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF
Battery voltage
More than 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF
0V
When front door LH or RH is
open or power window timer
operates
0V
69
P
Battery power supply
Output
OFF
—
Battery voltage
70
L
Battery power supply
Input
OFF
—
Battery voltage
1: Without Intelligent Key
2: With Intelligent Key
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005527110
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Revision: January 2010
DI-62
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM diagnostic
test item
Content
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
A
Diagnostic mode
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT
MNTR
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU PART NUMBER
BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION
B
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
C
D
E
ITEMS OF EACH PART
NOTE:
CONSULT-III will only display systems the vehicle possesses.
F
Diagnostic test mode (Inspection by part)
System and item
CONSULT-III display
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF−
DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
×
×
BCM
BCM
×
Power door lock system
DOOR LOCK
×
Rear defogger
DATA
MONITOR
ECU
PART
NUMBER
ACTIVE
TEST
×
×
×
×
REAR DEFOGGER
×
×
Warning chime
BUZZER
×
×
Room lamp timer
INT LAMP
×
×
×
Remote keyless entry
system
MULTI REMOTE
ENT
×
×
×
Headlamp
HEAD LAMP
×
×
×
Wiper
WIPER
×
×
×
Turn signal lamp
Hazard lamp
FLASHER
×
×
Blower fan switch signal
Air conditioner switch
signal
AIR CONDITIONER
×
Intelligent Key
INTELLIGENT
KEY
×
Combination switch
COMB SW
×
×
×
IMMU
BATTERY SAVER
×
×
×
Theft alarm
THEFT ALARM
×
×
×
Retained accessory
power control
RETAINED PWR
×
×
×
Oil pressure switch
SIGNAL BUFFER
×
×
Low tire pressure monitor
AIR PRESSURE
MONITOR
×
×
Panic alarm
PANIC ALARM
Revision: January 2010
I
J
DI
L
O
P
×
DI-63
H
N
NVIS (NATS)
×
G
M
Interior lamp battery
saver
×
CONFIGURATION
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WORK SUPPORT
Display Item List
Item
Description
RESET SETTING VALUE
Return a value set with WORK SUPPORT of each system to a default value in factory shipment.
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005283088
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Confirm the symptom and customer complaint.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to DI-54, "System Description".
Perform the preliminary inspection. Refer to "PRELIMINARY INSPECTION".
According to symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to "SYMPTOM
CHART".
Does warning chime system operate normally? If it operates normally, GO TO 6. If not, GO TO 4.
Inspection End.
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
1.CHECK BCM
Perform self-diagnosis of BCM. Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>>GO TO 2.
Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Self-diagnostic results content
No malfunction detected>> Inspection End.
Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts.
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom
Diagnoses/Service procedure
Perform DI-65, "Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection".
If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
All warning chime systems do not activate.
Key warning chime
does not activate.
Without Intelligent Key.
Perform DI-66, "Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent
Key)".
If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
With Intelligent Key, when mechanical key
is used.
Perform DI-67, "Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used)".
If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
With Intelligent Key, when Intelligent Key
is carried with the driver.
Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Light warning chime does not activate.
Perform DI-69, "Lighting Switch Signal Inspection".
If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Seat belt warning chime does not activate
Perform DI-69, "Lighting Switch Signal Inspection".
If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Parking brake warning chime does not activate
Perform the following inspections
• DI-70, "Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection"
• DI-19, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection"
Revision: January 2010
DI-64
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283089
A
1.CHECK CHIME OPERATION
1. Select “BUZZER” of “BCM” on CONSULT-III.
2. Perform “LIGHT WARN ALM” or “IGN KEY WARN ALM” of “ACTIVE TEST”.
Does chime sound?
YES >> Combination meter buzzer circuit is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
B
C
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III.
Turn on hazard switch or lighting switch while monitoring “BUZZER” of “DATA MONITOR” and check
operation status.
“BUZZER”
While hazard switch or
lighting switch is ON
Except above
E
: ON and OFF repeatedly
F
: OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Check battery power supply circuit of combination meter. If OK, replace combination meter. Refer
to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Front Door Switch LH Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283090
1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “BCM”.
2. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “DOOR SW-DR” when the driver's door is operated.
“DOOR SW-DR”
When driver's door is opened
When driver's door is closed
: ON
: OFF
47
(−)
J
Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
N
Driver's door
is opened
Driver's door
is closed
0
Battery voltage
O
PKIC0719E
OK or NG
OK
>> Front door switch LH signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
I
M
(+)
M19
H
L
Terminals
Terminal
G
DI
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
BCM
connector
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector and front door switch LH connector.
Revision: January 2010
DI-65
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and front
door switch LH harness connector (B).
A
4.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M19
47
B21
2
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and
ground.
PKIC0720E
A
Connector
Terminal
M19
47
Ground
Continuity
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
Check front door switch LH. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Replace front door switch LH.
Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000005283091
1.CHECK FUSE
Check if the key switch 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Be sure to repair the cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3.
2.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM”.
With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “KEY ON SW” when the key is operated.
“KEY ON SW”
When key is inserted into ig- : ON
nition key cylinder
When key is removed from
: OFF
ignition key cylinder
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Terminals
(+)
BCM
connector
Terminal
M18
37
(−)
Ground
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Key is inserted
Battery voltage
Key is removed
0V
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
PKIC0721E
DI-66
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Key switch signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
A
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch connector.
Check continuity between key switch terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals
1
2
Condition
B
When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder
Yes
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace key switch.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and key
switch harness connector (B).
A
3.
D
WKIA5837E
4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
C
Continuity
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M18
37
M50
1
F
G
Continuity
Yes
H
Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and
ground.
A
WKIA5838E
Connector
Terminal
M18
37
E
I
Continuity
Ground
No
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
DI
5.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between key switch harness connector and ground.
L
Terminals
(+)
Key switch connector
Terminal
M50
2
(−)
Voltage
(Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
M
N
LKIA0879E
Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used)
INFOID:0000000005283092
1.CHECK FUSE
Check if the key switch and ignition knob switch 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Be sure to repair the cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3.
Revision: January 2010
DI-67
2010 Sentra
O
P
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM”.
With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “KEY ON SW” when the key is operated.
“KEY ON SW”
When key is inserted into
ignition key cylinder
When key is removed from
ignition key cylinder
: ON
: OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Terminals
(+)
BCM
connector
Terminal
M18
37
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
(−)
Ground
Key is inserted
Battery voltage
Key is removed
0
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch and ignition knob switch signal is OK. Return
to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PKIC0721E
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch
terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals
1
Condition
2
Continuity
When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder
Yes
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
WKIA5466E
4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and key
switch and ignition knob switch harness connector (B).
A
3.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M18
37
M49
1
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and
ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
M18
37
Revision: January 2010
Ground
Continuity
PKIC0723E
No
DI-68
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
A
5.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
B
Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness
connector and ground.
C
Terminals
(+)
Key switch and ignition
knob switch connector
Terminal
(−)
M49
2
Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
D
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Lighting Switch Signal Inspection
E
PKIC0724E
F
INFOID:0000000005283093
1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
G
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III.
With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “LIGHT SW 1ST” when the lighting switch is operated.
“LIGHT SW 1ST”
Lighting switch (1st position)
Lighting switch (OFF)
: ON
: OFF
I
OK or NG
OK
>> Lighting switch signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis".
NG
>> Check the lighting switch. Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
Seat Belt Buckle Switch LH Signal Inspection
J
INFOID:0000000005283094
DI
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH SIGNAL INPUT (BCM)
1.
2.
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III.
With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “BUCKLE SW” when the seat belt buckle switch LH is
operated.
“BUCKLE SW”
When seat belt is fastened
When seat belt is unfastened
: OFF
: ON
N
O
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH SIGNAL INPUT (COMBINATION METER)
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
1.
H
P
DI-69
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 26 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Combination
meter
connector
Terminal
M24
26
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
(−)
Seat belt fastened
Ground
Battery voltage
Seat belt unfastened
0
AWNIA1951ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter connector and seat belt buckle switch LH connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and seat belt buckle switch LH harness connector (B).
A
4.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M24
26
B16
1
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
M24
26
Continuity
Ground
AWNIA1952ZZ
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH
Check seat belt buckle switch LH. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Check seat belt buckle switch LH ground circuit.
NG
>> Replace seat belt buckle switch LH.
Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283095
1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT (COMBINATION METER)
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 24 and ground.
Terminals
(+)
Combination
meter
connector
Terminal
M24
24
(−)
Ground
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Parking brake released
Battery voltage
Parking brake applied
0
AWNIA1953ZZ
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
DI-70
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
A
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter connector and parking brake switch connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and parking brake switch harness connector (B).
B
C
A
4.
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M24
24
B24
1
Continuity
D
Yes
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
(A) and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
M24
24
Continuity
Ground
E
AWNIA1954ZZ
F
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
G
3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
H
Check parking brake switch. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Check parking brake switch case ground.
NG
>> Replace parking brake switch.
Electrical Component Inspection
I
INFOID:0000000005283096
J
FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
Check continuity between terminal 2 and door switch case ground.
DI
Terminal
2
Condition
Door switch
case ground
Continuity
When door switch is released.
Yes
When door switch is pushed.
No
L
M
PKIC0245E
N
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
Terminal
1
Condition
2
O
Continuity
When seat belt LH is fastened.
No
When seat belt LH is unfastened.
Yes
P
WKIA1143E
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Revision: January 2010
DI-71
2010 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between terminal 1 and parking brake switch case
ground.
Terminal
1
Parking
brake switch
case ground
Condition
Continuity
When parking brake is applied.
Yes
When parking brake is released.
No
LKIA0907E
Revision: January 2010
DI-72
2010 Sentra
BOARD COMPUTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BOARD COMPUTER
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005600551
FUNCTION
B
The board computer can indicate the following items.
• Outside air temperature
• dte (distance to empty)
• Trip distance
• Trip time
• Instant fuel consumption
• Average fuel consumption
• Average vehicle speed
C
D
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATION
The outside air temperature indication is displayed while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Signal is supplied
• through ambient sensor terminal 2
• to combination meter (board computer) terminal 35.
Indication range is between -22 and 140°F (-30 and 60°C). The indicated temperature is not affected by
engine heat. It changes only when one of the following conditions exists.
• When vehicle speed is more than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
• The ignition switch has been turned OFF for more than 3.5 hours.
• When outside air temperature is less than the indicated temperature.
DTE (DISTANCE TO EMPTY) INDICATION
The dte indication provides the driver with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling.
The dte is calculated by signals from the fuel level sensor unit (fuel remaining), ECM (fuel consumption) and
the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed). The indication will be refreshed every 30 seconds. When
the battery is disconnected and reconnected, dte mode will display "---" until the vehicle is driven 0.3 miles (0.5
km).
TRIP DISTANCE
Trip distance is calculated by signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed). If trip distance is
reset, trip time will be reset at the same time.
TRIP TIME
Trip time displays cumulative ignition switch ON time. If trip time is reset, trip distance will be reset at the same
time.
INSTANT FUEL CONSUMPTION
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
Instant fuel consumption indication is calculated by signals from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle
speed) and the ECM (fuel consumption). The indication updates instantly while driving.
M
AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION
Average fuel consumption indication is calculated by signals from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle
speed) and the ECM (fuel consumption). The indication will be refreshed every 30 seconds.
N
AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED
Average vehicle speed indication is calculated by running distance and running time. The indication will be
refreshed every 30 seconds. If average vehicle speed is reset, average fuel consumption will be reset at the
same time. After resetting, the display will show "---" for 30 seconds.
O
HOW TO CHANGE/RESET INDICATION
Indication can be changed in the following order by momentarily depressing the board computer switch.
Odometer → TRIP A → TRIP B → dte → Instant fuel consumption → Average vehicle speed → Average fuel
consumption → Trip time→.
Holding the switch for more than 0.8 second will reset the indication of the currently displayed mode (trip distance, trip time, average vehicle speed or average fuel consumption).
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005600552
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
DI-73
2010 Sentra
P
BOARD COMPUTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - B/COMP -
INFOID:0000000005600553
AANWA0257GB
Revision: January 2010
DI-74
2010 Sentra
BOARD COMPUTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
N
O
AANWA0258GB
Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005600554
SEGMENT CHECK
The board computer segment display can be checked by entering combination meter self-diagnostic mode.
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
Revision: January 2010
DI-75
2010 Sentra
P
BOARD COMPUTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRELIMINARY CHECK
WKIA3296E
*1
"Diagnosis procedure"
*2
DI-17, "Trouble Diagnosis"
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Symptom
Possible cause
1.
Repair order
Average fuel consumption
display
Fuel tank gauge signal circuit
1.
1.
ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)
1.
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self diagnosis.
Trip time is not indicated properly.
1.
Fuse
1.
10A fuse [No. 19 located in fuse block (J/B)]. Verify battery
voltage is present at combination meter terminal 1.
1.
Average fuel consumption is not
displayed properly.
1.
2.
Trip distance display
Fuel consumption signal
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Check CAN lines for open or short between ECM and combination meter.
Average vehicle speed is not indicated properly.
1.
2.
Trip distance display
Trip time display
1.
Ambient air temperature
signal circuit
Ambient sensor
dte (distance to empty) is not
displayed properly.
Trip distance is not indicated
properly.
2.
2.
2.
1.
Outside temperature is not displayed properly
2.
2.
1.
2.
Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection
Make sure fuel consumption is displayed properly. If NG,
check fuel consumption display.
Make sure fuel gauge operates properly. If NG, check fuel
gauge.
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Make sure trip time is displayed properly. If NG, check trip
time display.
Perform ambient air temperature signal inspection. Refer to
DI-76, "Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection".
Check ambient sensor. Refer to DI-77, "Electrical Component
Inspection".
INFOID:0000000005527106
1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR CIRCUITS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND AMBIENT SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
DI-76
2010 Sentra
BOARD COMPUTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect combination meter connector M24 and ambient sensor connector E63.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
M24 (A) terminals 34, 35 and ambient sensor harness connector
E63 (B) terminals 1 and 2.
A
Connector
B
Terminal
34
M24
3.
Connector
35
B
Continuity
Terminal
1
E63
A
C
Yes
2
AWNIA1948ZZ
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector M24 (A) terminals 34, 35 and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
34
M24
D
E
Continuity
Ground
No
35
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.
G
2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check ambient sensor. Refer to DI-77, "Electrical Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace ambient senor.
Electrical Component Inspection
H
I
INFOID:0000000005602368
J
AMBIENT SENSOR
After disconnecting the ambient sensor harness connector, measure
resistance between ambient sensor terminals 1 and 2 using the table
below.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ (Approx.)
-30 (-22)
28.62
-20 (-4)
16.50
-10 (14)
9.92
0 (32)
6.19
10 (50)
3.99
20 (68)
2.65
30 (86)
1.81
40 (104)
1.27
50 (122)
0.90
55 (131)
0.77
60 (140)
0.66
DI
L
M
N
O
P
If NG, replace ambient sensor.
AWNIA2066ZZ
Revision: January 2010
DI-77
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
LT
LIGHTING SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
CAN Communication System Description ...............27
Schematic ................................................................28
Wiring Diagram - DTRL - .........................................29
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................32
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ..........32
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ..........................33
Preliminary Check ...................................................33
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................33
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) .........................33
Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly
(High Beam Headlamps Operate Properly) .............33
Aiming Adjustment ...................................................34
Bulb Replacement ...................................................34
Removal and Installation .........................................34
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................35
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
HEADLAMP (FOR USA) ..................................... 4
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 4
System Description ................................................... 4
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 5
Schematic ................................................................. 6
Wiring Diagram ......................................................... 7
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 10
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 10
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ......................... 11
Preliminary Check ................................................... 11
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 11
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 12
Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both
Sides) ...................................................................... 13
Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (One
Side) ........................................................................ 15
High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate .... 16
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both
Sides) ...................................................................... 16
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One
Side) ........................................................................ 19
Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF ................................. 20
Aiming Adjustment .................................................. 21
Bulb Replacement ................................................... 22
Removal and Installation ......................................... 23
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 24
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM - ...............................................25
FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 36
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................36
System Description ..................................................36
CAN Communication System Description ...............37
Wiring Diagram - F/FOG - .......................................38
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................39
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ..........39
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ..................40
Preliminary Check ...................................................40
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................40
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) .........................40
Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides) ....40
Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side) ....42
Aiming Adjustment ...................................................43
Bulb Replacement ...................................................43
Removal and Installation, All Except SE-R ..............44
Removal and Installation, SE-R ...............................44
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMPS .............................................................. 45
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 25
System Description ................................................. 25
Revision: January 2010
LT-1
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................45
System Description ..................................................45
CAN Communication System Description ...............47
2010 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Schematic ............................................................... 48
Wiring Diagram - TURN - ........................................ 49
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 52
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 52
Preliminary Check .................................................. 53
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 53
Turn Signals Do Not Operate ................................. 53
Front Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate ............ 53
Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate ............ 54
Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But
Turn Signal Lamp Operatess .................................. 55
Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate ...... 56
Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp ...... 56
Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp ....... 56
Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal
Lamp ....................................................................... 56
Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal
Lamp ....................................................................... 56
Schematic ............................................................... 69
Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - ....................................... 70
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 72
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 72
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 73
Preliminary Check ................................................... 73
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 73
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ........................ 73
Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate .................................................................. 73
Front Parking Lamps Do Not Illuminate (License
Plate and Tail Lamps Operate Normally) ................ 74
License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate
(Front Parking Lamps Operate Normally) ............... 75
Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not
Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes) ..................... 77
Bulb Replacement ................................................... 77
Removal and Installation ......................................... 77
LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ......... 57
REAR COMBINATION LAMP ........................... 79
Removal and Installation ........................................ 57
Removal and Installation ........................................ 58
Component ............................................................. 79
Bulb Replacement ................................................... 79
Removal and Installation ......................................... 80
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 80
COMBINATION SWITCH .................................. 59
INTERIOR LAMP ............................................... 81
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................. 58
Wiring Diagram - COMBSW - ................................. 59
Combination Switch Reading Function ................... 59
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 60
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 60
Combination Switch Inspection .............................. 60
Removal and Installation ........................................ 62
Map Lamp ............................................................... 81
Trunk Room Lamp .................................................. 81
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP ................................... 83
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 83
System Description ................................................. 83
Schematic ............................................................... 87
Wiring Diagram - INT/L - ......................................... 88
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 91
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 91
Preliminary Check ................................................... 92
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 92
Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate ...... 93
Bulb Replacement ................................................... 94
Removal and Installation ......................................... 94
STOP LAMP ...................................................... 63
Wiring Diagram - STOP/L - ..................................... 63
Bulb Replacement for High-Mounted Stop Lamp ... 63
Bulb Replacement for Rear Combination Lamp for
Stop Lamp .............................................................. 64
Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop
Lamp, All Except SE-R ........................................... 64
Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop
Lamp, SE-R ............................................................ 64
Removal and Installation of Rear Combination
Lamp for Stop Lamp ............................................... 64
ILLUMINATION ................................................. 96
System Description ................................................. 96
CAN Communication System Description .............. 97
Schematic ............................................................... 98
Wiring Diagram - ILL - ............................................. 99
Bulb Replacement ................................................. 104
Removal and Installation ....................................... 105
BACK-UP LAMP ................................................ 65
Wiring Diagram - BACK/L - ..................................... 65
Bulb Replacement .................................................. 65
Removal and Installation ........................................ 66
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
LAMPS ............................................................... 67
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 67
System Description ................................................. 67
CAN Communication System Description .............. 68
Revision: January 2010
BULB SPECIFICATIONS ................................. 106
LT-2
Headlamp .............................................................. 106
Exterior Lamp ........................................................ 106
Interior Lamp/Illumination ...................................... 106
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005533831
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-3
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283303
WKIA5751E
1.
IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48
4.
Combination meter M24
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3.
ment panel removed)
System Description
Combination switch (lighting switch)
M28
INFOID:0000000005283304
Headlamp operation is controlled by the BCM (body control module) based on inputs from the combination
switch (lighting switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps (and tail lamps) illuminate. The BCM sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) requesting the headlamps be
turned ON. The CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls ground for the headlamp high
and headlamp low relay coils. These relays direct power to the respective headlamps, which then illuminate.
OUTLINE
Power is supplied at all times
• to headlamp high relay RH and LH (located in IPDM E/R),
• to headlamp low relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
• to CPU located in IPDM E/R,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link block)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57, and
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• to the ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38,
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61, and
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
HEADLAMP OPERATION
Low Beam Operation
Revision: January 2010
LT-4
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With the lighting switch in 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps to illuminate. The BCM then sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the IPDM E/R requesting the low
beam headlamps be turned ON. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls ground to the headlamp low relay
coil, which when energized, directs power
• through 15A fuse (No. 41, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 54
• to headlamp RH terminal 3, and
• through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 52
• to headlamp LH terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• to headlamp RH and LH terminals 5
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, low beam headlamps illuminate.
High Beam Operation/Flash-to-Pass Operation
With the lighting switch in 2ND position and high beam switch in the HIGH position, the BCM receives an input
signal requesting the headlamp high beams to illuminate. The flash to pass feature can be used any time and
also sends a signal to the BCM. This input signal is then communicated to the IPDM E/R and the combination
meter via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp high relays
(LH and RH), which when energized, directs power
• through 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 56
• to headlamp RH terminal 6, and
• through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 55
• to headlamp LH terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to headlamp RH and LH terminal 5
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps illuminate.
The BCM sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter requesting the high
beam indicator lamp be turned ON.
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function".
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000005283305
LT
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-5
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283306
BKWA0779E
Revision: January 2010
LT-6
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005283307
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0780E
Revision: January 2010
LT-7
2010 Sentra
P
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0832E
Revision: January 2010
LT-8
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0833E
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-9
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AALWA0161GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283308
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283309
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R".
Revision: January 2010
LT-10
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INFOID:0000000005283310
A
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to LT-4, "System Description".
Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-11, "Preliminary Check".
Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Do the headlamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
Inspection end.
Preliminary Check
B
C
INFOID:0000000005283311
D
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
E
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R
Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection".
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283312
F
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
G
BCM diagnostic
test item
Diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
H
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
I
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
J
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
LT
WORK SUPPORT
Display Item List
L
Item
Description
CONSULT-III
Factory setting
Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed
in this mode. Selects exterior lamp battery saver control
mode between ON/OFF.
ON
×
BATTERY SAVER SET
OFF
—
DATA MONITOR
M
N
Display Item List
Monitor item
Contents
IGN ON SW
"ON/OFF"
Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.
ACC ON SW
"ON/OFF"
Displays "ACC (ON)/OFF, Ignition OFF (OFF)" status judged from ignition switch signal.
HI BEAM SW
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting
switch signal.
HEAD LAMP SW 1
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (headlamp switch 1: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting
switch signal.
HEAD LAMP SW 2
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting
switch signal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-11
2010 Sentra
O
P
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Contents
LIGHT SW 1ST
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting
switch signal.
PASSING SW
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting
switch signal.
FR FOG SW
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (front fog lamp switch: ON/Others: OFF) of front fog lamp switch judged from lighting switch signal.
DOOR SW - DR
"ON/OFF"
Displays status of the front door LH as judged from the front door switch LH signal. (Door is open:
ON/Door is closed: OFF)
DOOR SW - AS
"ON/OFF"
Displays status of the front door RH as judged from the front door switch RH signal. (Door is open:
ON/Door is closed: OFF)
DOOR SW - RR
"ON/OFF"
Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (RH) signal. (Door is open:
ON/Door is closed: OFF)
DOOR SW - RL
"ON/OFF"
Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (LH) signal. (Door is open: ON/
Door is closed: OFF)
TURN SIGNAL R
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (Turn right: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.
TURN SIGNAL L
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (Turn left: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.
ENGINE RUNNote 1
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (Engine running: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from engine status signal.
PKB SWNote 1
"ON/OFF"
Displays status (Parking brake switch: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from parking brake switch signal.
Note 1: Vehicles without daytime light system may display this item, but cannot monitor it.
ACTIVE TEST
Display Item List
Test item
Description
TAIL LAMP
Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF.
HEAD LAMP
Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching ON-OFF.
FR FOG LAMP
Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Display Item List
Monitored item
CAN communication
CAN communication system
CONSULT-lIl display
Description
CAN communication [U1000]
Malfunction is detected in CAN communication.
CAN communication system 1 to 6 [U1000]
Malfunction is detected in CAN system.
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
INFOID:0000000005283313
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
Description
Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results.
Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
DATA MONITOR
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection from Menu
Revision: January 2010
LT-12
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III screen
display
Display or
unit
TAIL&CLR REQ
Headlamp low beam request
Item name
Monitor item selection
A
ALL
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Description
ON/OFF
×
×
×
Signal status input from BCM
HL LO REQ
ON/OFF
×
×
×
Signal status input from BCM
Headlamp high beam request
HL HI REQ
ON/OFF
×
×
×
Signal status input from BCM
Front fog lamps request
FR FOG REQ
ON/OFF
×
×
×
Signal status input from BCM
DTRL REQ
ON/OFF
x
x
x
Signal status input from BCM
Parking, license plate
and tail lamps request
Daytime light request
NOTE:
Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is at ACC, the display may not be correct.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item
C
D
E
F
CONSULT-III screen display
Description
TAIL LAMP
Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your
option.
G
Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching operation (OFF,
HI, LO) at your option (Head lamp high beam repeats ON-OFF every 1
second).
H
Tail lamp relay output
Headlamp relay (HI, LO) output
B
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Front fog lamp relay (FOG)
output
Allows fog lamp relay (FOG) to operate by switching operation ON-OFF
at your option.
Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides)
I
INFOID:0000000005283314
1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
J
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HI BEAM SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting LT
switch.
When lighting switch is high
position
: HI BEAM SW ON
L
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
2.HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “HI” screen.
Make sure headlamp high beam operates.
P
Without CONSULT-III
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Make sure headlamp high beam operates.
Revision: January 2010
LT-13
N
O
Headlamp high beam should operate
(Headlamp high beam repeats ON–OFF every 2 seconds).
1.
2.
M
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Headlamp high beam should operate.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”.
Make sure “HL HI REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in high position.
When lighting switch is high
position
: HL HI REQ ON
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
4.HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM FUSE INSPECTION
Inspect 10A fuse [No. 34 (RH) and No. 35 (LH), located in the IPDM E/R].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness.
5.BULB INSPECTION
Inspect inoperative headlamp bulbs.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace headlamp bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" .
6.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect headlamp connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “HI” screen.
When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between
headlamp harness connector and ground (Headlamp high beam
repeats ON–OFF every 2 seconds).
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
6
(−)
Ground
Voltage
Battery voltage
BKIA0229E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect headlamp connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" .
When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
Revision: January 2010
LT-14
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Voltage
(−)
Terminal
B
6
Ground
Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
5
E
Continuity
Ground
F
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check front combination lamp connector for damage or
poor connection. Repair as necessary.
NG
>> Repair harness.
G
BKIA0230E
8.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
headlamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
E47
B
Terminal
Connector
56
E20
55
E21
Terminal
H
I
J
Continuity
6
LT
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side)
L
BKIA0231E
M
INFOID:0000000005283315
1.HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM FUSE INSPECTION
N
Inspect 10A fuse [No. 34 (RH) or No. 35 (LH) located in IPDM E/R].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
O
2.CHECK BULB
P
Check headlamp bulb which does not illuminate.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" .
3.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
LT-15
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect headlamp connector.
3. Lighting switch is turned to HIGH position.
4. Check voltage between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Voltage
(−)
Terminal
6
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
BKIA0232E
4.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
Continuity
Ground
5
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of headlamp harness connector.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
BKIA0230E
5.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
headlamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
B
Terminal
E47
Connector
56
E20
55
E21
Terminal
Continuity
6
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate
BKIA0231E
INFOID:0000000005283316
1.BULB INSPECTION
Inspect CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides)
INFOID:0000000005283317
1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
LT-16
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP”.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HEAD LAMP SW 1” and “HEAD LAMP SW 2” turns ON-OFF
linked with operation of lighting switch.
When lighting switch is 2ND
position
B
: HEAD LAMP SW 1 ON
: HEAD LAMP SW 2 ON
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
2.CHECK HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
D
E
With CONSULT-III
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “LO” screen.
Make sure headlamp low beam operates.
F
Headlamp low beam should operate.
1.
2.
A
G
Without CONSULT-III
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Make sure headlamp low beam operates.
H
Headlamp low beam should operate.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
J
3.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”.
Make sure “HL LO REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in 2ND position.
When lighting switch is 2ND
position
LT
: HL LO REQ ON
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
M
4.HEADLAMP LOW BEAM FUSE INSPECTION
Inspect 15A fuse [No. 40 (LH) and No. 41 (RH) located in IPDM E/R].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness.
N
O
5.BULB INSPECTION
Inspect inoperative headlamp bulbs.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace headlamp bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" .
P
6.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect headlamp connector.
Revision: January 2010
LT-17
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”.
5. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
6. Touch “LO” screen.
7. When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between
headlamp harness connector and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
3
(−)
Ground
Voltage
Battery voltage
Without CONSULT-III
BKIA0233E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect headlamp connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" .
When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
3
(−)
Ground
Voltage
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between headlamp harness connector (B) and
ground.
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
5
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check front combination lamp connector for damage or
poor connection. Repair as necessary.
NG
>> Repair harness.
BKIA0230E
8.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Revision: January 2010
LT-18
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
headlamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
E47
B
Terminal
Connector
54
E20
52
E21
Terminal
A
Continuity
3
B
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side)
C
BKIA0235E
D
INFOID:0000000005283318
E
1.HEADLAMP LOW BEAM FUSE INSPECTION
Inspect 15A fuse [No. 40 (LH) and No. 41 (RH) located in IPDM E/R].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
F
G
2.CHECK BULB
Check bulb of headlamp which does not illuminate.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" .
H
3.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect headlamp connector.
Lighting switch is turned to 2ND position.
Check voltage between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
LT
Terminal
(+)
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
3
(−)
Ground
Voltage
L
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
M
BKIA0236E
N
4.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and
ground.
Headlamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
5
O
P
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of headlamp harness connector.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
BKIA0230E
Revision: January 2010
LT-19
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
headlamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
E47
B
Terminal
Connector
54
E20
52
E21
Terminal
Continuity
3
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF
BKIA0235E
INFOID:0000000005283319
1.CHECK HEADLAMPS TURN OFF
Make sure that lighting switch is OFF. Make sure headlamp turns OFF when ignition switch is turned OFF.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HEAD LAMP SW 1” and “HEAD LAMP SW 2” turns ON-OFF
linked with operation of lighting switch.
When lighting switch is OFF
position
: HEAD LAMP SW 1 OFF
: HEAD LAMP SW 2 OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
3.CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BCM AND IPDM E/R
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”.
Display of self-diagnosis results
NO DTC>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-20
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Aiming Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283320
A
B
C
D
E
F
LKIA0927E
1.
Headlamp
A.
Inner and outer adjustment
B.
G
Adjusting screw
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING
Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following.
1. Keep all tires inflated to correct pressures.
2. Place vehicle on level surface.
3. Set that there is no-load in vehicle other than the driver (or equivalent weight placed in driver's position).
Coolant, engine oil filled up to correct level and full fuel tank, spare tire, jack and tools are in place.
LOW BEAM AND HIGH BEAM
1.
2.
H
I
J
Turn headlamp low beam ON.
Use adjusting screw to perform aiming adjustment.
LT
ADJUSTMENT USING AN ADJUSTMENT SCREEN (LIGHT/DARK BORDERLINE)
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-21
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LKIA0884E
A.
Vertical center line of RH headlamp
B.
Adjustment screen
C.
Horizontal/Vertical center point of
headlamp
D.
66.5 mm (2.6 in)
E.
66.5 mm (2.6 in)
F.
66.5 mm (2.6 in)
G.
66.5 mm (2.6 in)
H.
Vertical center line of LH headlamp
I.
53.2 mm (2.1 in)
J.
13.3 mm (0.5 in)
K.
7.62 m (25 ft)
• Aim each headlamp individually and ensure other headlamp beam pattern is blocked from screen.
- For vertical headlamp aiming, adjust headlamp until beam pattern is positioned per specified dimensions.
Bulb Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283321
HEADLAMP (HIGH/LOW)
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Turn the headlamp (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the headlamp (high/low) bulb.
Revision: January 2010
LT-22
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
A
HEADLAMP (HIGH/LOW) SE-R
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Remove the resonator LH. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the headlamp (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the headlamp (high/low) bulb.
C
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
D
PARKING (CLEARANCE) LAMP
E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Turn the parking (clearance) lamp socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the parking (clearance) lamp bulb.
F
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP
Removal
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Turn the front turn signal lamp socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the front turn signal lamp bulb.
I
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
J
PARKING LAMP
Removal
1.
2.
3.
LT
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Turn the parking lamp socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the front side marker lamp bulb.
L
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283322
M
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
N
Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the headlamp bolts (A).
Pull the headlamp (1) toward the vehicle front, detach the harness clip, disconnect connector, and remove the headlamp.
O
P
LKIA0885E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-23
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to LT-21, "Aiming Adjustment".
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283323
LKIA0886E
1.
Headlamp housing assembly
2.
Headlamp housing assembly harness
3.
Halogen bulb (high/low) socket
4.
Parking (clearance) lamp bulb socket 5.
Front turn signal lamp bulb socket
6.
Parking lamp bulb socket
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the halogen (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn the parking (clearance) lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn the front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn parking lamp bulb counterclockwise and remove.
Detach the headlamp bulb harness from the headlamp assembly.
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
LT-24
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283324
B
C
D
E
F
G
WKIA5752E
1.
IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3.
ment panel removed)
Combination switch (lighting switch)
M28
4.
Combination meter M24
5.
Parking brake switch B24
Daytime Light Relay 1
7.
Daytime Light Relay 2
6.
H
I
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283325
Headlamp operation is controlled by the BCM (body control module) based on inputs from the combination
switch (lighting switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 2ND position, the BCM receives an input sig- J
nal requesting the headlamps (and tail lamps) illuminate. The request is then communicated to the IPDM E/R
(intelligent power distribution module engine room) via the CAN communication lines. The CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls ground for the headlamp high and headlamp low relay coils. LT
These relays direct power to the respective headlamps, which then illuminate. When the headlamp switch is
OFF or in the 1ST position (parking lamps ON), the parking brake is released and the engine is running, the
IPDM E/R de-energizes the headlamp relays and supplies ground to the daytime light relay 1 to actuate the L
daytime light function.
OUTLINE
Power is supplied at all times
• to headlamp high relay RH and LH (located in IPDM E/R),
• to headlamp low relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R)
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
• to CPU located in IPDM E/R,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1,
• through 10A fuse (No. 27, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to the daytime light relay 1 terminals 2 and 5.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• to the ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38,
Revision: January 2010
LT-25
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61,
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
HEADLAMP OPERATION
Low Beam Operation
With the lighting switch in 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located
in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp low relay coil, which when energized, directs power
• through 15A fuse (No. 41, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 54
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 3,
• through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 52
• to daytime light relay 2 terminals 1 and 3 (energizing the relay) and
• through daytime light relay 2 terminal 5
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 5
• through grounds E9, E15 and E24,
• to headlamp LH terminal 5 via
• daytime light relay 1 terminals 3 and 4
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, low beam headlamps illuminate.
High Beam/Flash-to-Pass Operation
With the lighting switch in 2ND position and high beam switch in the HIGH position, the BCM receives input
signal requesting the headlamp high beams to illuminate. The flash-to-pass feature can be used any time and
also sends a signal to the BCM. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R and the combination
meter via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp high relay
coil, which when energized, directs power
• through 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 56
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 6, and
• through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 55
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 5
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 5 via
• daytime light relay 1 terminals 3 and 4
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps illuminate.
The BCM sends a signal to the combination meter requesting the high beam indicator lamp to turn ON.
Daytime Light System Operation
With the lighting switch in the OFF or 1ST position (parking lamps ON), the BCM receives inputs requesting
the headlights off. If the parking brake is released and the engine is running, the BCM then sends a signal, via
the CAN communication lines, requesting the IPDM E/R to activate the daytime light system. The CPU located
in the IPDM E/R controls the daytime light relay 1 coil, which when energized, directs power
• from daytime light relay 1 terminal 3
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 5,
• through front combination lamp LH high beam terminal 6
Revision: January 2010
LT-26
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to IPDM E/R terminal 55,
• through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through both de-energized headlamp high relays
• to 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R),
• through IPDM E/R terminal 56
• to front combination lamp RH high beam terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 5 and
• to daytime light relay 1 terminal 4
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to daytime light relay 1 terminal 1
• through IPDM E/R terminal 49.
With power and ground supplied, high beam headlamps illuminate at reduced intensity.
A
B
C
D
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function" .
CAN Communication System Description
E
INFOID:0000000005283326
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-27
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283327
BKWA0784E
Revision: January 2010
LT-28
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - DTRL -
INFOID:0000000005283328
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0785E
Revision: January 2010
LT-29
2010 Sentra
P
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0834E
Revision: January 2010
LT-30
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
AWLWA0078GB
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-31
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
AALWA0162GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283329
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283330
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-32
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INFOID:0000000005283331
A
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to LT-25, "System Description" .
Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-33, "Preliminary Check" .
Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Does the daytime light system operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
Inspection end.
Preliminary Check
B
C
INFOID:0000000005283332
D
CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION
1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION
Confirm BCM configuration for "DTRL" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
OK or NG
OK
>> Continue preliminary check. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" .
NG
>> Change BCM configuration for "DTRL" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
E
F
G
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R
H
Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283333
I
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
INFOID:0000000005283334
J
Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" .
Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly (High Beam Headlamps Operate
Properly)
INFOID:0000000005283335
1.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 FUSE
LT
L
Inspect daytime light relay fuse 10A fuse (No. 27, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
M
2.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
N
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove daytime light relay 1.
Check voltage between daytime light relay 1 harness connector
E29 terminals 2, 5 and ground.
2, 5 - Ground
O
: Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
P
WKIA3305E
3.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1
1.
Apply battery voltage to daytime light relay 1 terminal 2 and supply ground to terminal 1.
Revision: January 2010
LT-33
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
3-5
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace daytime light relay 1.
WIIA0291E
4.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect daytime light relay 1.
Apply parking brake and start engine. Headlamp switch OFF.
Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-III. With DATA MONITOR, make sure "DTRL REQ" turns OFF-ON linked
with operation of parking brake switch.
Parking brake ON
Parking brake OFF
: DTRL REQ OFF
: DTRL REQ ON
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis for BCM.
Displayed self-diagnosis results
NO DTC>>Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Check BCM CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis
Flow Chart".
6.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect daytime light relay 1 connector E29.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector E47.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector E47 (A) terminal
49 and daytime light relay 1 connector E29 (B) terminal 1.
A
B
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
E47
49
E29
1
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Aiming Adjustment
BKIA0237E
INFOID:0000000005283336
The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-21, "Aiming Adjustment".
Bulb Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283337
The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283338
The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-34
2010 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION >
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283339
A
The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-24, "Disassembly and Assembly".
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-35
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT FOG LAMP
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283340
WKIA5753E
1.
IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (viewed with in- 3.
strument panel removed)
System Description
Combination switch (lighting switch)
M28
INFOID:0000000005283341
The front fog lamps are controlled by lighting switch inputs to the BCM (body control module). The lighting
switch must be in the 1ST or 2ND position with the high beams OFF before the BCM will request the IPDM E/
R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) to turn the front fog lamps on. The BCM requests the
front fog lamps over the CAN communication lines to the IPDM E/R. The CPU (central processing unit) of the
IPDM E/R controls the front fog lamp relay coil ground. When energized, the relay directs power to the front
fog lamps.
OUTLINE
Power is supplied at all times
• to front fog lamp relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
• to CPU located in IPDM E/R,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R),
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through grounds M57 and M61,
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
FOG LAMP OPERATION
The front fog lamp switch is built into the lighting switch. The lighting switch must be in 1ST position or 2ND
position and front fog lamp switch must be in the ON position for front fog lamp operation. The fog lamp will not
operate with the high beam headlamps ON.
When the front fog lamp switch is in the ON position, the BCM sends a request, via the CAN communication
lines, to the CPU of the IPDM E/R to ground the coil side of the front fog lamp relay. The front fog lamp relay
then directs power
• through 15A fuse (No. 56, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 50
• to front fog lamp LH terminal 1, and
Revision: January 2010
LT-36
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through IPDM E/R terminal 51
• to front fog lamp RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to front fog lamp LH and RH terminal 2,
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, front fog lamps illuminate.
A
B
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function".
CAN Communication System Description
C
INFOID:0000000005283342
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-37
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - F/FOG -
INFOID:0000000005283343
BKWA0789E
Revision: January 2010
LT-38
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0836E
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283344
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283345
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-39
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INFOID:0000000005283346
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-36, "System Description" .
Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-40, "Preliminary Check".
Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Do the front fog lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
Inspection end.
Preliminary Check
INFOID:0000000005283347
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R
Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283348
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
INFOID:0000000005283349
Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" .
Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides)
INFOID:0000000005283350
1.INSPECT FOG LAMP FUSE
Inspect fog lamp 15A fuse (No. 56, located in IPDM E/R).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR FOG SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of fog lamp
switch.
When fog lamp switch is ON
: FR FOG SW ON
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
3.FOG LAMP ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “FOG” screen.
Make sure front fog lamp operates.
Front fog lamp should operate.
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Make sure front fog lamp operates.
Revision: January 2010
LT-40
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Front fog lamp should operate.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
B
4.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”.
Make sure “FR FOG REQ” turns ON when front fog lamp switch is in ON position.
When front fog lamp switch
is ON position
C
: FR FOG REQ ON
D
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
E
5.CHECK FOG LAMP INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Front fog lamp connector
RH
E28
LH
E27
G
H
I
(+)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front fog lamp connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “FOG” screen.
When front fog lamp relay is operating, check voltage between
front fog lamp harness connector and ground.
Terminal
1
(−)
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage
J
Without CONSULT-III
LT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
PKIA6276E
Disconnect front fog lamp connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" .
L
When front fog lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front fog lamp harness connector and
ground.
M
(+)
Front fog lamp connector
RH
E28
LH
E27
Terminal
1
(−)
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage
N
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
O
6.CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Revision: January 2010
LT-41
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
front fog lamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
B
Terminal
Connector
51
E28
50
E27
E47
Terminal
Continuity
1
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
WKIA4408E
7.CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND
1.
Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and
ground.
Front fog lamp connector
RH
E28
LH
E27
Terminal
Continuity
Ground
2
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check front fog lamp bulbs.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
PKIA6277E
Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side)
INFOID:0000000005283351
1. CHECK BULB
Check bulb of lamp which does not illuminate.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace front fog lamp bulb. Refer to LT-43, "Bulb Replacement".
2.CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
front fog lamp harness connector (B).
Circuit
RH
LH
A
Connector
E47
B
Terminal
Connector
51
E28
50
E27
Terminal
Continuity
1
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
WKIA4408E
3.CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND
Revision: January 2010
LT-42
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and
ground.
Front fog lamp connector
RH
E28
LH
E27
Terminal
2
A
Continuity
Ground
B
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Aiming Adjustment
C
PKIA6277E
D
INFOID:0000000005283352
The front fog lamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable halogen bulb. Before performing
aiming adjustment, make sure of the following.
• Keep all tires inflated to correct pressure.
• Place vehicle on level surface.
• Set that there is no-load in vehicle other than the driver (or equivalent weight placed in driver’s position).
Coolant, engine oil filled up to correct level and full fuel tank.
Adjust aiming in the vertical direction by turning the adjusting screw (A).
E
F
G
H
I
PKIC1070E
1.
2.
3.
J
Set the distance (D) between the screen and the center of front
fog lamp lens as shown.
Turn front fog lamps to ON.
Adjust front fog lamps using adjusting screw so that the top edge
of the high intensity zone (C) is as shown.
LT
L
Vertical distance from horizontal/vertical center point of
fog lamp on screen to top edge of high intensity zone
(A)
100 mm (4 in)
Horizontal/vertical center point of fog lamp
(B)
M
LKIA0887E
Fog lamp high intensity zone
(C)
Distance from fog lamp to screen (D)
7.62 mm (25 ft)
N
NOTE:
When performing adjustment, if necessary, cover the headlamps and opposite front fog lamp.
Bulb Replacement
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000005283353
Turn lighting switch OFF.
Position back the front fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-43
O
P
2010 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect front fog lamp connector (1).
4. Turn bulb socket (2) counterclockwise unlock and remove it.
5. Remove bulb from its socket.
PKIC1071E
Removal and Installation, All Except SE-R
INFOID:0000000005283354
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the front fog lamp connector (3) from the fog lamp
bulb (1).
Remove the front fog lamp screws (A) and remove the front fog
lamp (2).
• As necessary, remove the two staples attaching the base of
the fog lamp (2) and discard the staples.
LKIA0888E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation, SE-R
INFOID:0000000005283355
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Disconnect the front fog lamp connector (1) from the fog lamp
bulb (2).
Remove the front fog lamp screws (A) and remove the front fog
lamp (3).
LKIA0925E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-44
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
A
INFOID:0000000005283356
B
C
D
WKIA5851E
1.
Hazard switch M102
4.
Combination meter M24
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3.
ment panel removed
Combination switch (lighting switch)
M28
F
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283357
G
TURN SIGNAL OPERATION
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM (body control module) terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38,
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61.
H
I
J
LT
L
LH Turn Signal Lamp
When the turn signal switch is moved to the left turn position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting left
turn signals to flash. The BCM then supplies power
• through BCM terminal 60
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to rear combination lamp LH terminal 4
• through grounds B7 and B19.
The BCM also sends a request, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter to flash the left
turn signal indicator. The unified meter control unit in the combination meter supplies ground to the left turn
signal indicator lamp and activates the audible turn signal indicator.
With power, ground and input supplied, the BCM controls the flashing of the turn signal lamps.
RH Turn Signal Lamp
Revision: January 2010
E
LT-45
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When turn signal switch is moved to the right turn position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting right
turn signals to flash. The BCM then supplies power
• through BCM terminal 61
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to rear combination lamp RH terminal 4
• through grounds B7 and B19.
The BCM also sends a request, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter to flash the right
turn signal indicator. The unified meter control unit in the combination meter supplies ground to the right turn
signal indicator lamp and activates the audible turn signal indicator.
With power, ground and input supplied, the BCM controls the flashing of the turn signal lamps.
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse, fusible link and relay box)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to hazard switch terminal 1,
• to BCM terminal 67, and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When hazard switch is depressed, ground is supplied
• through hazard switch terminal 2
• to BCM terminal 29.
BCM then supplies power
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6
• through BCM terminal 60,
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6
• through BCM terminal 61.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4
• through grounds B7 and B19.
The BCM also supplies input to combination meter across the CAN communication lines. This input is processed by unified meter control unit in combination meter, which in turn supplies ground to the left and right
turn signal indicator lamps.
With power and input supplied, BCM controls flashing of hazard warning lamps.
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse, fusible link and relay box)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to combination meter terminals 3 and 21
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When the remote keyless entry system is triggered by input from the keyfob, the BCM supplies power
• through BCM terminal 60
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6,
Revision: January 2010
LT-46
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through BCM terminal 61
• to front turn signal lamp RH terminal 4 and
• to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4
• through grounds B7 and B19.
The BCM also supplies input to combination meter via the CAN communication lines. This input is processed
by the unified meter control unit in combination meter, which in turn supplies ground to the left and right turn
signal indicator lamps.
With power and ground supplied, BCM controls flashing of hazard warning lamps when keyfob is used to activate remote keyless entry system.
A
B
C
D
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function".
CAN Communication System Description
E
INFOID:0000000005283358
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description" .
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-47
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283359
BKWA0791E
Revision: January 2010
LT-48
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - TURN -
INFOID:0000000005283360
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0792E
Revision: January 2010
LT-49
2010 Sentra
P
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0793E
Revision: January 2010
LT-50
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
AALWA0211GB
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-51
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AALWA0163GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283361
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000005283362
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-45, "System Description" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-52
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-53, "Preliminary Check".
4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
5. Do turn signal and hazard warning lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
6. INSPECTION END
Preliminary Check
A
B
INFOID:0000000005283363
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
C
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283364
D
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Turn Signals Do Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283365
1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “FLASHER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “TURN SIGNAL R” and “TURN SIGNAL L” turn ON-OFF linked
with operation of lighting switch.
When turn signal switch is
right position
When turn signal switch is
left position
2.CHECK FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector and front combination lamp LH or
RH connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 60 and front combination lamp LH harness connector E21
(B) terminal 4.
M
N
O
P
BKIA0238E
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
L
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 61 and front combination lamp RH harness connector E20
(B) terminal 4.
61 - 4
J
LT
Verify the bulb standard of each turn signal lamp is correct. Refer to LT-106, "Exterior Lamp" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to LT-56, "Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp" .
4.
I
INFOID:0000000005283366
1.CHECK BULB
60 - 4
G
H
: TURN SIGNAL L ON
Front Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate
3.
F
: TURN SIGNAL R ON
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
1.
2.
E
LT-53
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness
connector E21 terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
2.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness
connector E20 terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspect connection at front combination lamp.
NG
>> Repair harness.
Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate
BKIA0239E
INFOID:0000000005283367
1.CHECK BULB
Verify the bulb standard of each turn signal lamp is correct. Refer to LT-106, "Exterior Lamp".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to LT-56, "Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp" .
2.CHECK REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector and rear combination lamp LH or
RH connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 60 and rear combination lamp LH harness connector B25
(B) terminal 6.
60 - 6
4.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 61 and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B42
(B) terminal 6.
WKIA5854E
61 - 6
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
Check continuity between rear combination lamp LH harness
connector B25 terminal 4 and ground.
4 - Ground
2.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between rear combination lamp RH harness
connector B42 terminal 4 and ground.
4 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check rear combination lamp connector for proper connection. Repair as necessary.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: January 2010
LT-54
BKIA0240E
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operatess
INFOID:0000000005283368
A
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “FLASHER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HAZARD SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of hazard
switch.
When hazard switch is in ON position
B
C
: HAZARD SW ON
D
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
E
Terminal
(+)
BCM
connector
Terminal
M18
29
Condition
(−)
Ground
F
Voltage
Hazard switch is ON
0V
Hazard switch is OFF
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
PKIC1014E
I
2.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector and hazard switch connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) and
hazard switch harness connector M102 (B).
J
LT
A
B
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M18
29
M102
2
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
L
PKIC1015E
M
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector M102
terminal 1 and ground.
1 – Ground
N
: Continuity should exist.
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
P
PKIC1016E
4.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH
Revision: January 2010
LT-55
2010 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect hazard switch connector.
2. Check continuity between hazard switch terminals.
Terminal
Hazard switch
1
2
Condition
Continuity
Hazard switch is ON
Yes
Hazard switch is OFF
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM if hazard warning lamps do not operate
after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-18,
"Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Replace hazard switch. Refer to LT-58, "Removal and Installation" .
Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate
PKIC1017E
INFOID:0000000005283369
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Check CAN communication. Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283370
Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement"".
Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283371
Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement".
Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283372
Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement".
Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283373
Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-56
2010 Sentra
LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005283374
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove steering column cover. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
While pressing pawls (A) in direction as shown, pull lighting and
turn signal switch (1) toward LH door and disconnect from the
base.
C
D
E
LKIA0889E
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-57
2010 Sentra
HAZARD SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HAZARD SWITCH
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283375
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the MT/CVT finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Remove the hazard switch from the MT/CVT finisher.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-58
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COMBINATION SWITCH
A
Wiring Diagram - COMBSW -
INFOID:0000000005283376
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
BKWA0796E
Combination Switch Reading Function
INFOID:0000000005283377
For details, refer to "Combination Switch Reading Function" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-59
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283378
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283379
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Combination Switch Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283380
1.SYSTEM CHECK
Referring to table below, check which system malfunctioning switch belongs to.
System 1
System 2
System 3
System 4
System 5
—
FRONT WASHER
FRONT WIPER LO
TURN LH
TURN RH
FRONT WIPER HI
—
FRONT WIPER INT
PASSING
HEAD LAMP 1
INT VOLUME 1
—
—
HEAD LAMP 2
HI BEAM
—
INT VOLUME 3
—
—
LIGHT SW 1ST
INT VOLUME 2
—
—
FRONT FOG
—
>> Check the system to which the switch belongs, and GO TO 2.
2.SYSTEM CHECK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III, and select “COMB SW” on BCM “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”.
Select “START”, and confirm that other switches in the system operate normally.
Example: When turn signal LH is inoperative, confirm that PASSING, HEAD LAMP 2 or FRONT FOG (if
equipped) turn ON-OFF normally.
Without CONSULT-III
Operate combination switch, and confirm that other switches in the system operate normally.
Example: When a turn signal switch is inoperative, confirm that FRONT WIPER LO or FRONT WIPER INT
turn ON-OFF normally.
Check results
Other switches in the system operate normally.>>Replace lighting switch or wiper switch.
Other switches in the system do not operate normally.>>GO TO 3.
3.HARNESS INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM connector and combination switch connector.
Check for continuity between BCM harness connector of the suspect system and the corresponding combination switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
LT-60
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Suspect
system
A
Connector
1
2
3
M18
4
5
4.
A
B
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
Input 1
6
6
Output 1
36
1
Input 2
5
7
Output 2
35
2
Input 3
4
Output 3
34
Input 4
3
9
Output 4
33
4
Input 5
2
8
Output 5
32
5
M28
10
3
Continuity
B
C
Yes
WKIA5497E
D
E
Check for continuity between the BCM harness connector in suspect system and ground.
Suspect
system
BCM
Connector
1
2
3
M18
4
5
F
Continuity
Terminal
Input 1
6
Output 1
36
Input 2
5
Output 2
35
Input 3
4
Output 3
34
Input 4
3
Output 4
33
Input 5
2
Output 5
32
G
H
Ground
No
WKIA5500E
J
LT
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness between BCM and combination switch for open or short circuit.
L
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT TERMINAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
Connect BCM and combination switch connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn lighting switch and wiper switch to OFF position.
Set wiper dial to position 4.
Check BCM output terminal voltage waveform of suspect system.
M
N
O
P
PKIC1020E
Revision: January 2010
LT-61
2010 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Suspect
system
(+)
Combination
switch
connector
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
Reference value
(−)
Terminal
PKIB4958J
M28
1.2V
Ground
5
5
PKIB8643J
1.2V
OK or NG
OK
>> Open circuit in combination switch, GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
5.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION
Referring to table below, perform combination switch inspection.
Procedure
1
Replace
lighting
switch
2
Confirm
check
results
3
OK
INSPECTION END
NG
Replace wiper switch
4
Confirm
check
results
5
OK
INSPECTION END
NG
Replace switch base
6
Confirm
check
results
7
OK
INSPECTION END
NG
Confirm symptom again
>> Inspection end.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283381
Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-62
2010 Sentra
STOP LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STOP LAMP
A
Wiring Diagram - STOP/L -
INFOID:0000000005283382
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
AWLWA0079GB
Bulb Replacement for High-Mounted Stop Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283383
For non-SER vehicles refer to LT-64, "Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, All Except SER".
Revision: January 2010
LT-63
2010 Sentra
STOP LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For SER refer to LT-64, "Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, SE-R".
Bulb Replacement for Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283384
Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement".
Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, All Except SE-R
INFOID:0000000005283385
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Unclip to release the rear high-mount stop lamp (1) from the rear
parcel shelf finisher (2) and remove the rear high-mount stop
lamp (1).
Disconnect the rear high-mounted stop lamp connector, turn the
bulb socket counterclockwise and remove the high-mounted
stop lamp bulb.
LKIA0940E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, SE-R
INFOID:0000000005283386
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and
Installation".
Remove the led high-mounted stop lamp screws (A), then
remove the led high-mounted stop lamp assembly (2).
• Rear air spoiler (1)
LKIA0926E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283387
Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-64
2010 Sentra
BACK-UP LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BACK-UP LAMP
A
Wiring Diagram - BACK/L -
INFOID:0000000005283388
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
AALWA0181GB
Bulb Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283389
Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement".
Revision: January 2010
LT-65
2010 Sentra
BACK-UP LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283390
Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-66
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
A
INFOID:0000000005283391
B
C
D
WKIA5753E
1.
IPDM E/R E45, E46 and E48
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3.
ment panel removed)
E
Combination switch (lighting switch)
M28
F
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283392
The control of the parking, license plate and tail lamp operation is dependent upon the position of lighting
switch. When the lighting switch is placed in the 1ST position, the BCM (body control module) receives input G
signal requesting the parking, license plate and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to
the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) via the CAN communication lines. The CPU
(central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, H
directs power to parking, license plate and tail lamps, which then illuminate.
Power is supplied at all times
• to ignition relay located in IPDM E/R,
I
• to tail lamp relay located in IPDM E/R,
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
J
• to the CPU located in the IPDM E/R,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link block)
• to BCM terminal 70,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)],
LT
• to BCM terminal 57.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
L
• to BCM terminal 38,
• to ignition relay located in IPDM E/R and
• through the ignition relay
• to the CPU of the IPDM E/R.
M
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
N
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through grounds M57 and M61,
• to IPDM E/R terminals 59 and 39
O
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH
With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting parking,
license plate and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R via the CAN communication lines. The CPU, located in the IPDM E/R, controls the tail lamp relay coil. When energized, the tail
lamp relay directs power
• through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in IPDM E/R),
• through IPDM E/R terminal 28
• to front combination lamp LH terminal 1, and
• through IPDM E/R terminal 29
Revision: January 2010
LT-67
2010 Sentra
P
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to front combination lamp RH terminal 1,
• through 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 27
• to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 1 and
• to license plate lamp LH and RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE),
• to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4 and
• to license plate lamp LH and RH terminal 2
• through grounds B7 and B19.
With power and ground supplied, parking, license plate and tail lamps illuminate.
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function" .
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 1ST (or 2ND) position and the ignition switch is turned
from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control feature is activated.
Under this condition, the parking, license and tail lamps remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the parking,
license plate and tail lamps are turned off.
Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-III.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283393
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
LT-68
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283394
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0799E
Revision: January 2010
LT-69
2010 Sentra
P
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L -
INFOID:0000000005283395
BKWA0800E
Revision: January 2010
LT-70
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0839E
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-71
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0802E
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283396
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283397
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-72
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INFOID:0000000005283398
A
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-67, "System Description" .
Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-73, "Preliminary Check" .
Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Do the parking, license plate and tail lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
Inspection End.
Preliminary Check
B
C
INFOID:0000000005283399
D
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
E
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R
Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283400
F
INFOID:0000000005283401
G
INFOID:0000000005283402
H
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" .
Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP FUSE
I
Inspect tail lamp 10A fuses (No. 36 and 37, located in IPDM E/R).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
J
2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
LT
With CONSULT-III
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “LIGHT SW 1ST” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting
switch.
L
When lighting switch is 1ST
position
: LIGHT SW 1ST ON
M
Without CONSULT-III
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
3.ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
O
With CONSULT-III
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen.
Make sure parking, license plate and tail lamps operate.
P
Parking, license plate and tail lamps should operate.
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
N
LT-73
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" .
2. Make sure parking, license plate and tail lamps operate.
Parking, license plate and tail lamps should operate.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace the IPDM E/R if the parking, license and tail lamps do not start operating after resetting
connector. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
4.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “DATA MONITOR”.
Make sure “TAIL&CLR REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in 1ST position.
When lighting switch is 1ST
position
: TAIL&CLR REQ ON
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Front Parking Lamps Do Not Illuminate (License Plate and Tail Lamps Operate Normally)
INFOID:0000000005283403
1.CHECK FUSE
Inspect parking lamp 10A fuse (No. 37, located in IPDM E/R)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front combination lamp connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen.
When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp and ground.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front combination lamp connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" .
When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Front combination lamp
connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
1
(−)
Ground
Voltage
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
BKIA0241E
LT-74
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
front combination lamp harness connector (B).
A
Connector
B
Terminal
E45
Connector
29
RH
E20
28
LH
E21
Terminal
B
C
Continuity
1
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R" .
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
D
BKIA0244E
4.CHECK PARKING LAMPS GROUND CIRCUIT
F
Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector
and ground.
Front combination lamp connector
RH
E20
LH
E21
Terminal
2
G
Continuity
Ground
E
Yes
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Check bulbs.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
I
BKIA0239E
License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate (Front Parking Lamps Operate Normally)
INFOID:0000000005283404
1.CHECK FUSE
J
LT
Inspect tail lamp 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness.
L
2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect license plate lamp and rear combination lamp connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen.
When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between license plate lamp and rear combination lamp
harness connectors and ground.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect license plate lamp and rear combination lamp connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between license plate lamp and rear combination lamp
harness connectors and ground.
Revision: January 2010
LT-75
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
(+)
License plate lamp connector
RH
T4
LH
T3
Voltage
(−)
Terminal
1
Ground
Battery voltage
BKIA0242E
Terminal
(+)
Rear combination lamp
connector
(Tail lamp)
RH
B42
LH
B25
Terminal
1
Voltage
(−)
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BKIA0243E
3.CHECK LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
license plate lamp harness connector (B).
A
B
Connector
Terminal
E45
27
Connector
Terminal
RH
T4
LH
T3
Continuity
1
Yes
BKIA0245E
4.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
rear combination lamp harness connector (B).
A
B
Connector
Terminal
E45
27
Connector
RH
B42
LH
B25
Terminal
1
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
BKIA0246E
4.CHECK PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
LT-76
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector
and ground.
License plate lamp
connector
RH
T4
LH
T3
Terminal
A
Continuity
B
Ground
2
Yes
C
BKIA0248E
D
2.
Check continuity between rear combination lamp harness connector and ground.
E
Rear combination lamp
connector
RH
B42
LH
B25
Terminal
Continuity
Ground
T4
F
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check bulbs.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
G
BKIA0240E
Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes)
H
INFOID:0000000005283405
• This symptom is related to the ignition relay in IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-18, "Function of Detecting Ignition
Relay Malfunction".
• Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen and select “DATA
MONITOR”. If “LIGHT SW 1ST” is OFF when lighting switch is OFF, replace IPDM E/R.
I
Bulb Replacement
J
INFOID:0000000005283406
PARKING LAMP
LT
Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement".
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to LT-77, "Removal and Installation".
Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
Remove bulb from the socket.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
M
TAIL LAMP
Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
N
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283407
PARKING LAMP
O
Refer to LT-79, "Component".
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
P
Removal
1.
Remove the license lamp finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-77
2010 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove license plate lamp screw (A) and remove the license
plate lamp (1).
3. Disconnect the license plate lamp connector and remove the
licence plate lamp.
LKIA0891E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
TAIL LAMP
Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
LT-78
2010 Sentra
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283408
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
LKIA0892E
1.
Rear combination lamp housing assembly
2.
Turn signal/tail lamp bulb
3.
Parking lamp bulb
4.
Tail/stop lamp bulb
5.
Back-up lamp bulb
6.
Rear combination lamp harness
A.
Rear combination lamp housing assembly nuts
M
N
Bulb Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283409
O
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the rear combination lamp. Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
Remove the bulb.
P
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-79
2010 Sentra
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283410
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the luggage compartment side finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation".
Detach the harness clips and remove rear combination lamp housing assembly nuts.
Pull the rear combination lamp toward the rear of the vehicle.
Disconnect rear combination lamp connector, and remove rear combination lamp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283411
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the turn signal/tail lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn the parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn the rear tail/stop lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Turn the back-up lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove.
Remove the bulbs from the rear combination lamp harness sockets.
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
LT-80
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTERIOR LAMP
A
Map Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283412
BULB REPLACEMENT
B
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the map lamp.
Twist and remove the bulbs (1) from lamp.
C
D
E
F
LKIA0893E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Remove the map lamp lens.
Remove the screw (A) from the map lamp (1).
Disconnect map lamp connector and remove map lamp (1).
J
LT
LKIA0894E
L
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Trunk Room Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283413
M
BULB REPLACEMENT
N
Removal
1.
2.
Open trunk room lamp cover.
Remove the bulb.
O
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
P
Removal
Revision: January 2010
LT-81
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Open trunk room lamp cover.
2. Push the trunk room lamp pawl tab (A).
3. Pull the trunk room lamp (1) toward the side and down to
remove.
4. Disconnect trunk room lamp connector.
LKIA0896E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-82
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283414
B
C
D
E
F
G
WKIA5755E
1.
BCM M18, M19 and M20 (view with
dash panel removed)
2.
Key switch and ignition knob switch
(with Intelligent Key) M49
3.
Key switch (without Intelligent Key)
M50
4.
Front door switch LH B21 and RH
B28
5.
Rear door switch LH B26 and RH
B41
6.
Front door lock assembly LH (key
cylinder switch) D9
H
I
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283415
When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, room lamp ON/OFF is controlled by timer according to signals
from switches including key switch, front door switch LH, unlock signal from keyfob, door lock and unlock J
switch, key cylinder lock and unlock switch, ignition switch.
When room lamp turns ON, there is a gradual brightening over 1 second.
When room lamp turns OFF, there is a gradual dimming over 1 second.
LT
Interior room lamp timer is controlled by BCM (body control module).
Interior room lamp timer control settings can be changed with CONSULT-III.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Power is supplied at all times (without Intelligent Key system)
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch terminal 2,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70.
Power is supplied at all times (with Intelligent Key system)
• through 10A fuse (No. 9, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4,
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70.
When key is inserted in the key switch, power is supplied (without Intelligent Key system)
• through key switch terminal 1
• to BCM terminal 37.
When key is inserted in the key switch and ignition knob switch, power is supplied (with Intelligent Key system)
• through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1
• to BCM terminal 37.
When ignition knob switch is pushed, power is supplied (with Intelligent Key system)
Revision: January 2010
LT-83
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 3
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When front door LH is opened, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 47
• through front door switch LH terminal 2
• through case ground of front door switch LH.
When front door RH is opened, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 12
• through front door switch RH terminal 2
• through case ground of front door switch RH.
When rear door LH is opened, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 48
• through rear door switch LH terminal 2
• through case ground of rear door switch LH.
When rear door RH is opened, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 13
• through rear door switch RH terminal 2
• through case ground of rear door switch RH.
When trunk is opened, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 42
• through trunk room lamp switch terminal 1
• through trunk room lamp switch terminal 2
• through grounds B7 and B19.
When front door LH is unlocked by front door key cylinder switch LH, the BCM receives a ground signal
• to BCM terminal 7
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When a signal, or combination of signals is received by BCM, ground is supplied
• to interior room lamp terminal 1
• through BCM terminal 63.
With power and ground supplied, the interior room lamp illuminates.
SWITCH OPERATION
Power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 56
• to trunk room lamp terminal 1,
• to vanity mirror lamp LH and RH terminal 1 (with vanity lamps),
• to map lamp terminal 2 (with map lamp) and
• to interior room lamp terminal 2.
When trunk room lamp is ON (trunk is open), ground is supplied
• to trunk room lamp terminal 2
• through BCM terminal 49.
When vanity mirror lamp LH or RH switch is ON (with vanity lamps), ground is supplied
• to vanity mirror lamp LH or RH terminal 2
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When map lamp switch is ON (with map lamp), ground is supplied
• to map lamp terminal 1
• through grounds M57 and M61.
When interior room lamp switch is ON, ground is supplied
• to interior room lamp
• through interior room lamp case ground.
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION
Without Intelligent Key System
Revision: January 2010
LT-84
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met, BCM performs timer
control (maximum 30 seconds) for room lamp ON/OFF.
In addition, when the interior room lamp turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second.
Power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch terminal 2.
When the key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal 37.
When front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) is unlocked, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 7
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4
• through grounds M57 and M61.
At the time that front door LH is opened, BCM detects that front door LH is unlocked. It determines that interior
room lamp timer operation condition is met, and turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds.
When key is in ignition key cylinder,
Power is supplied
• through key switch terminal 1
• to BCM terminal 37.
When key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), the power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated.
BCM detects that key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp timer conditions are met, and
turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds.
When front door LH opens → closes, and the key is not inserted in the key switch (key switch OFF), voltage at
BCM terminal 47 changes between 0V (door open) → 12V (door closed). The BCM determines that conditions
for room lamp operation are met and turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds.
Interior room lamp timer control is canceled under the following conditions
• Front door LH is locked (locked front door key cylinder switch LH).
• Front door LH is opened (front door switch LH).
• Ignition switch ON.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
With Intelligent Key System
When the room lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met, BCM performs timer
J
control (maximum 30 second) for room lamp ON/OFF.
In addition, when interior room lamp turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second.
Power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in fuse block (J/B)]
LT
• to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4.
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal
37.
L
When the ignition knob switch is released, power will not be supplied to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27.
When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 7
M
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4
• through grounds M57 and M61.
At the time the front door LH is opened, the BCM detects the front door LH is unlocked. It determines that the N
interior room lamp timer operation conditions are met, and interior room lamp ON for 30 seconds.
When the key is in ignition key cylinder (key switch ON), or ignition knob switch is pushed, power is supplied
• through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1
O
• to BCM terminal 37, or
• through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 3
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27.
When the key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated. P
When the ignition knob switch is released, power supply to intelligent key unit is terminated. The BCM detects
that the key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp timer conditions are met, and turns room
lamp ON for 30 seconds.
When the front door LH opens → closes, and key is not inserted in key switch (or ignition knob switch is
released), BCM terminal 47 changes between 0V (door open) → 12V (door closed). BCM determines that
conditions for room lamp operation are met, and turns room lamp ON for 30 seconds.
Interior room lamp timer control is canceled under the following conditions:
• Front door LH is locked (with keyfob or front door key cylinder switch LH).
Revision: January 2010
LT-85
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Front door LH is opened (front door switch LH).
• Ignition switch ON.
INTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
If an interior room lamp is left ON, it will not be turned OFF even when door is closed.
BCM turns off interior lamp automatically to save battery 30 minutes after ignition switch is turned off.
After lamps are turned OFF by the battery saver system, the lamps illuminate again when
• front door key cylinder switch LH is locked or unlocked
• door is opened or closed
• key is removed from ignition key cylinder or inserted in ignition key cylinder, or the ignition knob switch is
pushed or released (with intelligent key system).
Interior lamp battery saver control time period can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
LT-86
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283416
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
WKWA5863E
Revision: January 2010
LT-87
2010 Sentra
P
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - INT/L -
INFOID:0000000005283417
WKWA5864E
Revision: January 2010
LT-88
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0805E
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-89
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0806E
Revision: January 2010
LT-90
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
ABLWA0342GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283418
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .
How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000005283419
Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.
Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-83, "System Description" .
Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-92, "Preliminary Check" .
Revision: January 2010
LT-91
2010 Sentra
P
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
5. Does the interior room lamp operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
6. Inspection end.
Preliminary Check
INFOID:0000000005283420
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283421
Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)"
WORK SUPPORT
Display Item List
Item
Description
CONSULT-III
SET I/L D−UNLCK INTCON
The 30 second operating function of the interior room lamps can be selected
when the front door LH is released (unlocked).
ON/OFF
ROOM LAMP ON TIME SET
The time in order to escalate illumination can be adjusted when interior room
lamps are turned on.
MODE 1 – 7
ROOM LAMP OFF TIME SET
The time in order to diminish illumination can be adjusted when interior room
lamps are turned off.
MODE 1 – 7
Reference between “MODE” and “TIME” for “TURN ON/OFF”
MODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Time (sec.)
0.5
1
2
3
4
5
0
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
Monitor item
Contents
IGN ON SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)” judged from ignition switch signal.
KEY ON SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Key inserted (ON)/key removed (OFF)” status judged from key switch signal.
DOOR SW - DR
“ON/OFF”
Displays status of front door LH as judged from front door switch LH signal. (Door is open:
ON/Door is closed: OFF)
DOOR SW - AS
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)” status, determined from front door switch
RH signal.
DOOR SW - RR
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)” status, determined from rear door switch
RH signal.
DOOR SW - RL
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF) ” status, determined from rear door switch
LH signal.
BACK DOOR SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)" status, determined from trunk room switch
BACK signal.
KEY CYL LK-SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays "Door locked (ON)" status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in front
door LH.
KEY CYL UN-SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays "door unlocked (OFF)" status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in front
door LH.
CDL LOCK SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Door locked (ON)/Door unlocked (OFF) status, determined from locking detection switch in the front door LH.
CDL UNLOCK SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Door unlocked (OFF)” status, determined from locking detection switch in front
door RH.
KEYLESS LOCK
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Locked (ON)/Other (OFF)” status, determined from lock signal.
KEYLESS UNLOCK
“ON/OFF”
Displays “Unlocked (ON)/Other (OFF)” status, determined from unlock signal.
Revision: January 2010
LT-92
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACTIVE TEST
A
Display Item List
Test item
Description
INT LAMP
B
Interior room lamp can be operated by any ON-OFF operations.
Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283422
C
1.CHECK EACH SWITCH
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III. With "INT LAMP" data monitor, make sure switches listed in display item list
turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation. Refer to LT-92, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" for switches and
their functions.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Inspect malfunctioning switch system.
2.ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
D
E
F
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III. Select "INT LAMP" active test.
When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, make sure room lamp operates.
G
Room lamp should operate.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
H
3.CHECK ROOM LAMP INPUT VOLTAGE
1.
2.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between interior room lamp harness connector
R5 terminal 2 and ground.
J
2 - Ground
: Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
LT
BKIA0250E
4.CHECK ROOM LAMP
1.
2.
Disconnect room lamp connector.
Check continuity between room lamp terminals.
Room lamp
Condition
Terminal
1
2
M
N
Continuity
Room lamp switch is in
DOOR position
Yes
Room lamp switch is in OFF
position
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check bulb. If OK, replace room lamp. Refer to LT-94, "Removal and Installation" .
O
BKIA0251E
5.CHECK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
L
LT-93
2010 Sentra
P
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect BCM and interior room lamp connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 56 and room lamp harness connector R5 (B) terminal 2.
56 - 2
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
BKIA0252E
6.CHECK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM connector.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 63 and room lamp harness connector R5 (B) terminal 1.
63 - 1
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM if interior lamp does not work after setting
the connector again. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and
Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Bulb Replacement
BKIA0253E
INFOID:0000000005283423
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the interior lamp lens.
Push the interior lamp metal tab (B) and remove the bulb.
• Interior lamp screws (A)
LKIA0895E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283424
ROOM LAMP
Removal
Revision: January 2010
LT-94
2010 Sentra
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove the interior lamp lens and remove the interior room
lamp screws (A).
• Metal tab (B)
2. Disconnect the connector and remove the interior room lamp.
A
B
C
LKIA0895E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-95
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ILLUMINATION
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283425
The control of the illumination lamps operation is dependent upon the position of the lighting switch. When the
lighting switch is placed in the 1ST or 2ND position, the BCM (body control module) receives input signal
requesting the illumination lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to IPDM E/R (intelligent
power distribution module engine room) across CAN communication lines. CPU (central processing unit)
located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, directs power to the illumination lamps, which then illuminate.
Power is supplied at all times
• to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R,
• to tail lamp relay, located in IPDM E/R,
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
• to CPU located in IPDM E/R,
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70, and
• through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57,
• through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R, and
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38,
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67,
• to combination meter terminals 3, 21 and 22 and
• to glove box lamp terminal 2
• through grounds M57 and M61, and
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
ILLUMINATION OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH
With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position, BCM receives input signal requesting the illumination
lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to IPDM E/R across CAN communication lines. CPU
located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil, which, when energized, directs power
• through 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminal 27
• to audio unit terminal 9,
• to front air control terminal 23,
• to hazard switch terminal 3
• to manual mode select switch terminal 4 (with QR25DE)
• to heated seat switches LH and RH terminal 5 (if equipped)
• through resistor 1 terminals 2 and 1
• through combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 34 and 14
• to steering wheel audio control switch (if equipped)
• to ASCD steering switch (if equipped),
• to steering shift switch (if equipped),
• to console lamp center terminal 1,
• to CVT shift selector terminal 1 (with CVT),
• to Bluetooth ON indicator terminal 3 (with Bluetooth)
• to double meter terminal 11 (with double meter) and
• to glove box lamp terminal 1 (if equipped).
The illumination control switch controls illumination intensity by varying ground
Revision: January 2010
LT-96
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through combination meter terminal 13
• to console lamp center terminal 2 and
• to CVT shift selector terminal 2 (with CVT).
• to audio unit terminal 8
• to front air control terminal 24
• to hazard switch terminal 4,
• to manual mode select switch terminal 5 (with QR25DE)
• through combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 21 and 27
• to steering wheel audio control switch (if equipped)
• to ASCD steering switch (if equipped) and
• to steering shift switch (if equipped)
• to heated seat switches LH and RH terminal 6 (if equipped),
• through combination meter terminal 33 (with double meter)
• to double meter terminal 12.
With power and ground supplied, illumination lamps illuminate.
CAN Communication System Description
A
B
C
D
E
INFOID:0000000005283426
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-97
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283427
AALWA0210GB
Revision: January 2010
LT-98
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - ILL -
INFOID:0000000005283428
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
BKWA0809E
Revision: January 2010
LT-99
2010 Sentra
P
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0841E
Revision: January 2010
LT-100
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
AALWA0164GB
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-101
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AALWA0165GB
Revision: January 2010
LT-102
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
AALWA0207GB
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-103
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABLWA0343GB
Bulb Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283429
GLOVE BOX LAMP
Removal
1.
Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Revision: January 2010
LT-104
2010 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn bulb socket (1) counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
A
B
C
LKIA0897E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CONSOLE LAMP
E
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the CVT or MT finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Twist the console lamp socket and remove the bulb.
F
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283430
CONSOLE LAMP
H
The console lamp housing is part of the instrument upper cover (center) and is replaced as an assembly. Refer
to IP-11, "Component Parts".
I
J
LT
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LT-105
2010 Sentra
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
Headlamp
INFOID:0000000005283431
Item
Bulb No.*
Wattage (W)
H13
60/55
High/Low (halogen type)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Exterior Lamp
INFOID:0000000005283432
Item
Front combination lamp
Rear combination lamp
Bulb No.*
Wattage (W)
3457 AK
27/7
194
4
Stop / tail lamp
3057K
27/7
Turn signal / tail lamp
3057K
27/7
921
16
Turn signal / parking lamp
Side marker lamp
Back-up lamp
194
4
Front fog lamp
Side marker lamp
H11LL
55
License plate lamp
W5W
5
High-mounted stop lamp (parcel shelf mount)
921LF
16
High-mounted stop lamp (rear air spoiler mount)
LED
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Interior Lamp/Illumination
INFOID:0000000005283433
Item
Wattage (W)*
Map lamp
8
Interior room lamp
8
Trunk room lamp
5
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: January 2010
LT-106
2010 Sentra
BODY
SECTION
RF
ROOF
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution ................................................................. 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5
Work Flow ................................................................. 5
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
SUNROOF ..........................................................11
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 11
System Description ................................................. 11
CAN Communication System Description ...............13
Wiring Diagram - SROOF - ......................................14
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................15
Sunroof Motor Assembly Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................16
Terminal and Reference Value for Sunroof Motor
Assembly .................................................................16
Work Flow ................................................................16
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................16
Work Support ...........................................................17
Active Test ...............................................................17
Data Monitor ............................................................17
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .....................17
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
....18
Sunroof Switch System Inspection ..........................18
Sunroof Motor Assembly Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection ........................................19
Door Switch Check ..................................................20
Removal and Installation .........................................23
Fitting Adjustment ....................................................27
Inspection ................................................................28
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RF-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005612428
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283266
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
RF-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005283267
•
•
•
•
Disconnect both battery cables in advance.
Do not tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance.
Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts.
When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may
get in the way with cloth.
• When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping them with vinyl or tape.
• Keep removed parts protected with cloth.
• If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it.
• If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one.
• Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque.
• After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly.
• Remove stains in the following way.
Water-soluble stains:
Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth.
Oil stain:
Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain
with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely.
Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth.
• Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RF-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283268
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Revision: January 2010
RF-4
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005283269
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to RF-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
RF
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
RF-5
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Engine Ear or mechanics stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be broken
or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to RF-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape are available through your authorized Nissan Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
NOTE:
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Each item can be ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.94 × 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.36 × 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 ×
25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50
× 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.18 × 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not available through NISSAN Parts Department, can also be used to repair squeaks
and rattles.
UHMW(TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
RF-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005283270
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harRF
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
RF-7
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component installed on the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
RF-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005283271
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
RF-9
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
RF-10
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SUNROOF
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283272
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BIIA0023E
1.
BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed)
4.
Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
2.
Sunroof switch R27
3.
RF
Sunroof motor assembly R26
J
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283273
K
OUTLINE
Electric sunroof system consists of
• Sunroof switch
• Sunroof motor assembly
• BCM (body control module)
BCM supplies power to the sunroof motor. Sunroof operation depends on sunroof switch condition.
L
OPERATION
M
Power is supplied at all times
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70, and
• through BCM terminal 69
• to sunroof motor assembly terminal 7.
When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38, and
• through BCM terminal 68
• to sunroof motor assembly terminal 9.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through grounds M57 and M61.
N
O
P
TILT UP/SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
When up/close switch is pressed, ground is supplied
• to sunroof motor assembly terminal 1
• through sunroof switch terminal 3
Revision: January 2010
RF-11
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through sunroof motor assembly terminal 10
• through sunroof switch terminal 2
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Then the sunroof will tilt up/slide closed.
TILT DOWN/SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
When down/open switch is pressed, ground is supplied
• to sunroof motor assembly terminal 5
• through sunroof switch terminal 1
• through sunroof motor assembly terminal 10
• through sunroof switch terminal 2
• through grounds M57 and M61.
Then the sunroof will tilt down/slide open.
AUTO OPERATION
The power sunroof AUTO feature makes it possible to slide open and slide closed or tilt up and tilt down the
sunroof without holding the sunroof switch in the UP/CLOSE or DOWN/OPEN position.
RETAINED POWER OPERATION
When the ignition switch is turned to OFF position from ON position, power is supplied for 45 seconds
• through BCM terminal 68
• to sunroof motor assembly terminal 9.
When power is supplied, the sunroof can be operated.
The retained power operation is cancelled when the front door LH or RH is opened.
RAP signal period can be changed by CONSULT-III. Refer to RF-17, "Work Support".
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION
The CPU (central processing unit) of sunroof motor assembly monitors the sunroof motor operation and the
sunroof position (fully-closed or other) by the signals from sunroof motor.
When sunroof motor detects an interruption during the following slide close and tilt down operation, sunroof
switch controls the motor for open and the sunroof will operate until it reaches full up position (during tilt down
operation) or 125 mm (4.92 in) or more in an open direction (during slide close operation).
• close operation and tilt down when ignition switch is in the ON position.
• close operation and tilt down during retained power operation.
INITIALIZATION FAILURE CONDITIONS
Initialization and teaching of system should be conducted if the following conditions exist:
• sunroof will only move in the UP/CLOSE direction, having a step by step motion
• sunroof does not have any auto operation.
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
If the sunroof does not open or close automatically, use the following procedure to return sunroof operation to
normal.
NOTE:
If the sunroof switch is released at any time during step 3, the procedure must be started over again. Leave
the ignition switch ON for at least 2 seconds after this procedure.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Hold the sunroof switch in the tilt up position. Release the switch when the sunroof has reached the full tilt
up position.
3. Within 5 seconds of releasing the switch in step 2, hold the sunroof switch in the tilt up position again. The
sunroof will move from the open position and back to the close position. Release the switch only when the
sunroof has reached the full closed position.
RE-TEACHING CONDITIONS
Re-teaching of system should be conducted if any of the following conditions exist:
• the sunroof is manually operated using the sunroof wrench with the battery discharged or disconnected.
• the sunroof is manually operated using the sunroof wrench with the key switch in the OFF position and
retained power timed out (after approximately 45 seconds or with a front door open).
• the sunroof motor assembly is replaced with a new one.
• the sunroof motor is removed from the sunroof assembly and operated before it is reinstalled.
• the sunroof motor is removed from the sunroof assembly and the glass panel position is changed.
RE-TEACHING PROCEDURE
1.
Using the UP/CLOSE switch, move the sunroof toward the tilt position until it stops.
Revision: January 2010
RF-12
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Release the UP/CLOSE switch.
3. Press the UP/CLOSE switch again and continuously hold. The sunroof will begin to move in about 10 seconds.
4. Continue to hold the UP/CLOSE switch while the sunroof moves in a jogging motion to the full tilt position.
When the sunroof reaches the full tilt position, it will back up a few millimeters and stop.
5. Release the UP/CLOSE switch.
6. Within 5 seconds of releasing the UP/CLOSE switch, press and hold the UP/CLOSE switch again. The
sunroof will move to the full open position and back to the closed position.
NOTE:
If the UP/CLOSE switch is released anytime during this teaching process, all learned profile data will be discarded and the procedure will have to be started over.
7. Release the UP/CLOSE switch. Do not disconnect power for at least two seconds. The sunroof is now retaught.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283274
A
B
C
D
E
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RF-13
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - SROOF -
INFOID:0000000005283275
WIWA2162E
Revision: January 2010
RF-14
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAKWA0218GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283276
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Revision: January 2010
RF-15
2010 Sentra
P
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sunroof Motor Assembly Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283277
BIIA0024E
Terminal and Reference Value for Sunroof Motor Assembly
Terminal
Wire color
1
G
2
B
5
Y
Item
Ignition switch ON and sunroof
switch in UP/CLOSE position
0
Ignition switch ON and sunroof
switch in OFF position
Battery voltage
Ground
Sunroof switch (DOWN/OPEN) signal
W/L
BAT power supply
8
G/Y
Vehicle speed signal
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
Sunroof switch (UP/CLOSE) signal
7
INFOID:0000000005283278
—
0
Ignition switch ON and sunroof
switch in DOWN/OPEN position
0
Ignition switch ON and sunroof
switch in OFF position
Battery voltage
—
Battery voltage
Speedometer operated [when vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h
(25 MPH)]
ELF1080D
9
W/R
10
B
RAP signal
Ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
Within 45 seconds after ignition
switch is turned OFF
Battery voltage
When front door LH or RH is
opened while retained power is
operating
0
—
0
Ground
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005283279
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to RF-11, "System Description".
According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
Does sunroof system operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3.
Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283280
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Revision: January 2010
RF-16
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM diagnostic
test item
A
Diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CONFIGURATION
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
D
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
Work Support
INFOID:0000000005283281
Work item
Description
Active Test
E
F
RAP signal’s power supply period can be changed by mode setting. Selects RAP signal’s power supply period between the following three steps.
• MODE 1 (45 sec.) / MODE 2 (OFF) / MODE 3 (2 min.)
RETAINED PWR SET
C
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
B
G
INFOID:0000000005283282
Test item
H
Description
This test is able to supply RAP signal (power) from BCM to power window system,
power sunroof system. Those systems can be operated when turning on "RETAINED
PWR" on CONSULT-III screen even if the ignition switch is turned OFF.
NOTE:
During this test, CONSULT-III can be operated with ignition switch in "OFF" position. "RETAINED PWR" should be turned "ON" or "OFF" on CONSULT-III
screen when ignition switch ON. Then turn ignition switch OFF for checking retained power operation. CONSULT-III might be stuck if "RETAINED PWR" is
turned "ON" or "OFF" on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is OFF.
RETAINED PWR
RF
J
K
Data Monitor
INFOID:0000000005283283
Monitored item
L
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH.
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
Symptom
INFOID:0000000005283284
Diagnostic procedure and repair order
1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check
Sunroof does not operate.
M
N
Refer to page
BCS-15
2. Sunroof motor assembly power supply and ground
circuit check
RF-19
3. Sunroof switch system check
RF-18
4. Replace sunroof motor assembly
RF-23
Motor does not stop at the sunroof fully-open or fully-closed
position.
1. Initialization procedure check
RF-11
2. Replace sunroof motor assembly
RF-23
Revision: January 2010
RF-17
2010 Sentra
O
P
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Retained power operation does not operate properly.
Sunroof does not do the interruption detection.
Diagnostic procedure and repair order
Refer to page
1. Check the retained power operation mode setting
RF-17
2. BCM power supply and ground circuit check
BCS-15
3. Door switch check
RF-20
4. Replace sunroof motor assembly
RF-23
1. Replace sunroof motor assembly
RF-23
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283285
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Sunroof Switch System Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283286
1.SUNROOF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly connector and
ground.
Connector
Terminal
(+)
1
R26
Ground
5
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Sunroof switch is operated
to UP/CLOSE
0
(-)
Other than above
Battery voltage
Sunroof switch is operated
to DOWN/OPEN
Other than above
0
WIIA0620E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Sunroof switch input signal circuits are OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.SUNROOF SWITCH CIRCUIT CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect sunroof motor assembly and sunroof switch.
Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector
R26 terminals 1, 5 and sunroof switch connector R27 terminals
1, 3.
1-3
5-1
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector
R26 terminals 1, 5 and ground.
1 - Ground
5 - Ground
WIIA0621E
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.SUNROOF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Revision: January 2010
RF-18
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between sunroof switch connector R27 terminal 2
and ground.
2 - Ground
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
C
PIIA3627E
4.SUNROOF SWITCH CHECK
D
Check continuity between sunroof switch terminals 1, 3 and 2.
E
Terminals
Condition
1
2
3
Continuity
Sunroof switch is operated to
DOWN/OPEN
Yes
Other than above
No
Sunroof switch is operated to
UP/CLOSE
Yes
Other than above
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace sunroof motor assembly. Refer to RF-23, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Replace sunroof switch.
Sunroof Motor Assembly Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
F
G
PIIA6157E
H
INFOID:0000000005283287
RF
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
J
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly connector R26
terminals 7, 9 and ground.
7 - Ground
9 - Ground
K
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WIIA0622E
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect sunroof motor assembly.
Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector
R26 terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
N
O
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Sunroof motor assembly power supply and ground circuits are OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to
RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
P
BIIA0025E
3.CHECK GROUND OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
M
RF-19
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly and sunroof switch.
3. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector
R26 (A) terminal 10 and sunroof switch connector R27 (B) terminal 2.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
BIIA0026E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69
and ground.
68 - Ground
69 - Ground
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
WIIA0425E
5.CHECK SUNROOF MOTOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and sunroof motor assembly connectors.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69
and sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminals 7, 9.
68 - 9
69 - 7
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69
and ground.
68 - Ground
69 - Ground
WIIA0625E
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Sunroof motor assembly power supply circuits are OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to
RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Door Switch Check
INFOID:0000000005283288
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check ("DOOR SW-DR" and "DOOR SW-AS") in BCM "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
Monitor item
DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS
Revision: January 2010
Condition
DOOR OPEN: ON
DOOR CLOSED: OFF
DOOR OPEN: ON
DOOR CLOSED: OFF
RF-20
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 47
and ground.
A
B
Item
Front door
switch RH
Terminal
(+)
12
Ground
Front door
switch LH
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
DOOR OPEN
(Switch closed)
0
DOOR CLOSED
(Switch open)
Battery voltage
(-)
47
DOOR OPEN
(Switch closed)
0
DOOR CLOSED
(Switch open)
Battery voltage
C
D
WIIA0234E
E
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Front door LH
47 - 2
Front door RH
12 - 2
4.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door switch and BCM.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals
12, 47 and door switch connectors B8, B108 terminal 2.
H
: Continuity should exist.
RF
: Continuity should exist.
J
Check continuity between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals
12, 47 and ground.
12 - Ground
47 - Ground
K
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
M
WIIA0626E
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check continuity between door switches terminal 2 and ground part
of door switch.
Terminal
2
Ground part of
door switch
Door switch
Continuity
Pushed
No
Released
Yes
O
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning door switch.
LIIA2377E
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
RF-21
N
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect BCM.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12,
47 and ground.
12 - Ground
47 - Ground
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Further inspection is necessary. Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Revision: January 2010
RF-22
WIIA0234E
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283289
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
N
O
LIIA2856E
1.
Sunshade
2.
Glass lid
3.
Sunroof motor assembly
4.
Wind deflector
5.
Drain hose plug
6.
Drain hose front
7.
Front side bracket
8.
Rear side bracket
9.
Drain hose rear
10. Sunshade stopper
11. Rear drain assembly
12. Sunroof unit assembly
A.
Bolt
B.
C.
D.
Nut
Screw
P
Drain hose clip
Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• After installation or any adjustment, check clearances for sunroof operation and glass lid alignment.
Revision: January 2010
RF-23
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Handle glass lid with care to prevent damage.
• Fully close the glass lid before removal, then do not operate sunroof motor assembly after removal.
• When removing sunroof unit assembly, use shop cloths to protect the seats and trim from damage.
• Always work with a helper.
NOTE:
For easy installation, mark each point before removal.
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tilt glass lid up, then remove. Follow the GLASS LID procedure.
Position sunroof unit assembly to the fully closed position.
Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41.
Disconnect front and rear drain hoses.
Remove the bolts, then disconnect the sunroof motor assembly.
NOTE:
• Before removing sunroof motor assembly, make sure that sunroof is fully closed.
• After removing sunroof motor assembly, do not attempt to
rotate sunroof motor as a single unit.
PIIB4745J
6.
Remove the side and front sunroof unit assembly nuts.
PIIB4747J
7.
Remove sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts, then remove sunroof unit assembly from roof panel.
• Remove sunroof unit assembly through the passenger compartment.
CAUTION:
Use care during removal and installation to avoid damage to seats and trim.
Installation
1.
2.
3.
Install sunroof front and rear side brackets and bolts to the roof panel side only, but do not tighten.
Bring sunroof unit assembly into passenger compartment and position it so the rear rests on the sunroof
rear side brackets.
Install sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts to the sunroof unit assembly side, but do not tighten.
Revision: January 2010
RF-24
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install the front and side sunroof unit assembly nuts, but do not
tighten.
A
B
C
PIIB4746J
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
Tighten the sunroof unit assembly.
First, tighten the sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts at the vehicle side, then tighten the bolt on the
rail side.
Next, tighten the front and side sunroof unit assembly nuts diagonally.
Connect the sunroof motor assembly connector and install the
bolts.
D
E
F
G
H
PIIB4745J
8.
9.
10.
11.
Install the glass lid. Follow the GLASS LID procedure.
Connect drain hoses.
Install headlining. Refer to EI-41.
Perform fitting adjustment and test for leaks, refer to RF-27, "Fitting Adjustment".
RF
J
GLASS LID
K
Removal
1.
2.
Open the sunshade fully and close the glass lid.
Remove glass lid bolts, then remove glass lid.
L
M
N
PIIB4749J
O
Installation
1.
2.
3.
Position the glass lid on sunroof unit assembly.
Partially install glass lid bolts. Tighten left front bolt first, then right rear to prevent uneven torque while
tightening remaining bolts.
After installation, check sunroof operation and glass lid assembly alignment. Refer to RF-27, "Fitting
Adjustment".
SUNSHADE
Removal
Revision: January 2010
RF-25
2010 Sentra
P
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41.
2. Remove sunshade stopper RH/LH.
3. Pull sunshade out rear of sunroof frame to remove it from sunroof unit assembly frame.
PIIB4750J
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
WIND DEFLECTOR
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Open the glass lid.
Remove spring retainer screws RH/LH, then slide retainer forward in vehicle out of sunroof unit assembly channel.
Lift wind deflector and rotate arms upward to release from sunroof unit assembly.
PIIB4751J
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Close the glass lid.
Remove headlining. Refer to EI-41.
Remove sunroof motor assembly bolts.
Disconnect harness connector from sunroof motor assembly,
then remove sunroof motor assembly.
CAUTION:
• When removing the sunroof motor assembly, be sure that
the sunroof lid is in the fully closed position.
• Do not operate the removed sunroof motor assembly as a
single unit.
PIIB4745J
Installation
CAUTION:
• Before installing the sunroof motor assembly, be sure the link assembly is in the symmetrical and
fully closed position.
• Align the link notch with the hole of the guide track (fully closed: RH and LH).
1. Place the sunroof motor assembly flat onto the sunroof unit assembly surface.
2. Laterally move the assembly little by little so that the gear is completely engaged into the wire and there is
no gap between the sunroof unit assembly and sunroof motor assembly.
Revision: January 2010
RF-26
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install the sunroof motor assembly bolts, then connect the harness connector.
4. After installing, perform the initialization procedure. Refer to RF-11, "System Description".
A
LINK ASSEMBLY
Removal
The sunroof link assembly is replaced as part of the sunroof unit assembly.
B
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
C
Fitting Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283290
D
E
F
PIIB2457E
G
Units: mm (in)
A–A
a
5.4 (0.21)
B–B
C–C
5.4 (0.21)
5.4 (0.21)
b
-0.8 (-0.03) target specification [-2.3 0 (-0.09 - 0) range]
-0.8 ± 1.5 (0.03 ± 0.06)
-0.8 ± 1.5 (0.03 ± 0.06)
c
1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04)
H
1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04)
1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04)
RF
GAP ADJUSTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tilt up glass lid.
Loosen glass lid bolts, then tilt down glass lid.
Adjust glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles “A–A”“B–
B”“C–C” as shown in the figure.
• For gap adjustment "A-A" "C-C", carefully slide glass lid forward and rearward in vehicle.
• For gap adjustment "B-B", loosen sunroof unit assembly and
shift side to side.
NOTE:
To prevent glass lid from moving after adjustment, lightly tighten
the bolts.
PIIB4749J
Tighten left front bolt, then right rear bolt to prevent uneven
torque. Tighten remaining bolts, being careful to prevent glass
lid from moving.
Tilt glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves smoothly, and retains the adjustment.
Tilt up glass lid.
Loosen glass lid bolts, then tilt down glass lid.
Adjust glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles "A-A" "B-B" "C-C" as shown in the figure.
• For height adjustment, manually raise/lower glass lid assembly until height difference is within specifications.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
K
L
M
N
O
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
1.
2.
3.
J
RF-27
2010 Sentra
P
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If necessary, shims may be added between sunroof unit
assembly and roof panel to increase glass lid height adjustment range.
• To prevent glass lid from moving after adjustment, lightly
tighten the bolts.
4. Tighten left front bolt, then right rear bolt to prevent uneven
torque. Tighten remaining bolts, being careful to prevent glass
lid from moving.
5. Tilt glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves
smoothly, and retains the adjustment.
PIIB4747J
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283291
WIND DEFLECTOR
Check that the wind deflector (1) moves freely within the sunroof unit
assembly while manually pressing down and releasing. If a malfunction is detected, remove and visually check the deflector for damage,
deteriorated components, or foreign objects within mechanism.
Check to determine if a sufficient amount of grease has been applied
to the pivot areas for non-binding operation, if not add grease as
required. If it is damaged, replace it with a new one. If no damage is
found, reinstall it properly.
: Vehicle front
WIIA0849E
LINK ASSEMBLY AND WIRE
NOTE:
Before replacing a suspect part, make sure it is the source of noise being experienced.
1. Check link to determine if coated film has peeled off to such an extent that substrate is visible. Check also
to determine if link is the source of noise. If it is, replace the sunroof unit assembly.
2. Visually check to determine if a sufficient amount of grease has been applied to wire or rail groove of the
sunroof unit assembly. If not, add grease as required.
3. Check wire for any damage or deterioration. If any damage is found, replace sunroof unit assembly.
WEATHERSTRIP
1.
2.
Visually check weatherstrip for damage, deterioration, or deformation.
• Open glass lid assembly enough to inspect front edge of weatherstrip.
• Tilt up glass lid assembly fully to inspect sides and rear edge of weatherstrip.
If any area of the weatherstrip is found to be damaged, replace the glass lid assembly. Refer to RF-23,
"Removal and Installation".
Check for leakage around glass lid.
• Close glass lid fully.
• Pour water around surface to determine area of concern.
- For gaps or misalignment, adjust glass lid to specifications. Refer to RF-27, "Fitting Adjustment".
- For damaged sealing surfaces, either replace glass lid RF-23, "Removal and Installation", or repair the
panel BL-207, "Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel".
DRAIN HOSES
Revision: January 2010
RF-28
2010 Sentra
SUNROOF
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
LIIA2857E
1.
Drain hose front RH
2.
Drain hose front LH
3.
Drain hose rear LH
4.
Drain hose rear RH
5.
Sunroof unit assembly
6.
Fascia
Seal
8.
Fender
9.
Drain hose
7.
RF
Vehicle front
J
1.
2.
Remove headlining. Refer to EI-41.
Visually check drain hoses for:
• Proper connection at sunroof unit assembly.
• Damage, pinch, cracks, deterioration.
• Proper fastening and routing on body panels.
• Drain hose rear RH/LH extends 22.5 ± 5.0 mm (0.89 ± 0.20 in) beyond seal.
3. Pour water through drain hoses to determine watertight performance.
If a damaged or leaking portion in any drain hose is found, replace entire drain hose as an assembly.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RF-29
2010 Sentra
BODY
SECTION
EI
EXTERIOR & INTERIOR
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
MUDGUARD ..................................................... 23
Removal and Installation .........................................23
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution ................................................................. 3
LICENSE LAMP FINISHER .............................. 25
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Removal and Installation .........................................27
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING ............................. 28
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5
Work Flow ................................................................. 5
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
Removal and Installation .........................................25
REAR AIR SPOILER ......................................... 26
Removal and Installation .........................................26
Component ..............................................................28
Removal and Installation .........................................28
Removal and Installation .........................................30
BODY SIDE TRIM ............................................. 34
FENDER PROTECTOR ......................................21
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER .................. 38
L
M
Removal and Installation .........................................38
FLOOR TRIM .................................................... 39
Removal and Installation .........................................39
N
HEADLINING .................................................... 41
Removal and Installation .........................................41
TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER ...................................................................... 44
Component .............................................................. 21
Removal and Installation ......................................... 22
Revision: January 2010
K
Removal and Installation .........................................34
COWL TOP .........................................................19
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19
J
Removal and Installation .........................................31
FRONT GRILLE .................................................18
Removal and Installation ......................................... 18
EI
DOOR FINISHER .............................................. 31
REAR BUMPER .................................................16
Removal and Installation ......................................... 16
H
SIDE GUARD MOLDING .................................. 30
FRONT BUMPER ...............................................14
Removal and Installation ......................................... 14
G
ROOF SIDE MOLDING ..................................... 27
CLIP AND FASTENER .......................................11
Description .............................................................. 11
F
EI-1
Removal and Installation .........................................44
2010 Sentra
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005614911
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005282903
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
EI-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005282904
• When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may
get in the way with cloth.
• When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping them with vinyl or tape.
• Keep removed parts protected with cloth.
• If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it.
• If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one.
• Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque.
• After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly.
• Remove stains in the following way.
- Water-soluble stains:
Dip a cloth in warm water, and squeeze tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth.
- Oil stain:
Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the
stain with the cloth. Next, dip the soft cloth in fresh water, and then squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the
detergent completely. Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth.
• Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine.
• When performing procedures that require removal of the cowl top,
cover the lower end of the windshield with a suitable protection
material.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
PIIB3706J
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282905
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating the noise
SBT839
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle kit
Repairing the cause of noise
SBT840
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282906
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39565)
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Revision: January 2010
EI-4
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005282907
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to EI-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
EI
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
- Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
- Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
- Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
- Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
- Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
- Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
- Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
EI-5
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
• Close a door.
• Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
• Rev the engine.
• Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
• At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
• Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
the noise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to EI-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts
Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
EI-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005282908
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harEI
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
EI-7
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component installed on the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
EI-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005282909
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
EI-9
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
EI-10
2010 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLIP AND FASTENER
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005282910
• Clips and fasteners in EI section correspond to the following numbers and symbols.
• Replace any clips and/or fasteners which are damaged during removal or installation.
Symbol
No.
Shapes
B
Removal & Installation
C
D
C101
E
SBF302H
SBF367BA
F
C103
G
SBT095
SBF423H
C203
H
EI
J
SBF258G
LIIA0236E
K
C205
L
MBT080A
SBF638CA
M
C206
N
MBF519B
MBF520B
CE103
P
SBF104B
Revision: January 2010
O
EI-11
SBF147B
2010 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symbol
No.
Shapes
Removal & Installation
CE107
SBF411H
SBF767B
SBF174D
SBF175DA
SBF648B
SBF649B
SBF151D
SBF259G
SBF145B
SBF085B
SBF078B
SBF992G
CE117
CF110
CF118
CG101
CS101
Revision: January 2010
EI-12
2010 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symbol
No.
Shapes
Removal & Installation
A
B
CR103
C
SBF768B
SBF770B
D
Metal Clip
E
WBT072
WBT073
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-13
2010 Sentra
FRONT BUMPER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT BUMPER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282911
AWKIA1585ZZ
1.
Front bumper fascia
2.
License plate bracket
3.
4.
Fog lamp bracket (if equipped)
5.
Front bumper side retainer
6.
Engine under cover
7.
Energy absorber
8.
Bumper reinforcement
A.
Clip C205
Revision: January 2010
EI-14
Access cover
2010 Sentra
FRONT BUMPER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
B.
Upper fascia screw
E.
Lower fascia screw
C.
Clip C103
D.
Bumper reinforcement bolt
A
CAUTION:
Bumper fascia is made of resin. Do not apply strong force to it, and be careful to prevent contact with
oil.
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18.
Remove the screws at front edge of front fender protector RH/LH. Refer to EI-21.
Remove the clips and splash shield RH/LH. Refer to EI-21.
Remove the clips and engine undercover.
Remove upper screws RH/LH from front bumper fascia at front fender.
Pull the outboard edge of front bumper fascia away from vehicle
to disengage from the bumper side retainer.
C
D
E
F
G
PIIB2537J
7.
8.
Disconnect fog lamp harness connector RH/LH (if equipped).
Remove the front bumper fascia.
H
EI
9.
Remove the screws and fog lamp assembly RH/LH (if equipped) from bracket. Refer to LT-44, "Removal
and Installation, All Except SE-R".
10. Remove the clips and bumper energy absorber.
11. Remove the clips and radiator air guides.
12. Remove the retaining pin RH/LH at lower edge, then remove the bolts and bumper reinforcement.
13. Remove bumper side retainer RH/LH from front fender.
INSTALLATION
J
K
L
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-15
2010 Sentra
REAR BUMPER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR BUMPER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282912
AWKIA1520ZZ
1.
Rear bumper reinforcement
2.
Energy absorber block
3.
Energy absorbing plastic
4.
Rear bumper fascia
5.
Rear bumper side retainer
6.
Rear bumper upper retainer
A.
Bolt
B.
Clip C205
C.
Clip C101
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open trunk lid.
Release the clips and remove rear trunk plate.
Remove rear combination lamp RH/LH. Refer to LT-79.
Remove the clips, then remove rear fender protector RH/LH. Refer to EI-21.
Remove rear bumper fascia lower clips and upper screws RH/LH.
Release rear bumper side retainer (1) from rear bumper fascia
pulling outward to disengage.
LIIA2824E
7.
Remove rear bumper fascia upper clips and screws.
Revision: January 2010
EI-16
2010 Sentra
REAR BUMPER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Release rear bumper upper retainer (1), then pull rear bumper
fascia rearward away from vehicle.
A
B
C
LIIA2825E
9.
Remove the clip and energy absorber block, then release the tabs and remove energy absorbing plastic
from rear bumper reinforcement.
10. Remove the bolts and rear bumper reinforcement.
11. Release the pawls and remove the rear bumper side retainer RH/LH.
INSTALLATION
D
E
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-17
2010 Sentra
FRONT GRILLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT GRILLE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282913
LIIA2826E
1.
Front bumper fascia
A.
Clip C205
2.
Radiator support
3.
Front grille
Pawl
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Open hood.
Remove the upper clips and release the lower pawls, then pull front grille outward to remove from front
bumper fascia and radiator support.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EI-18
2010 Sentra
COWL TOP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COWL TOP
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282914
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
LIIA2827E
1.
Cowl end seal RH
2.
Cowl top seal
3.
Cowl top cover RH
4.
Cowl extension panel
5.
Cowl top cover LH
6.
Cowl end seal LH
7.
EPT sealer
A.
Clip C103
B.
Clip C205
C.
Clip CE103
D.
Bolt
K
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Remove front wiper arm RH/LH. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms".
Disconnect washer tube.
: Vehicle front
Release the clips and remove cowl top seal.
Remove the clips and cowl top cover RH/LH.
M
N
O
LIIA2828E
Revision: January 2010
EI-19
2010 Sentra
P
COWL TOP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Disconnect and remove the front wiper motor and linkage
assembly. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front
Wiper Drive Assembly".
CAUTION:
To avoid damage, make sure to cover the lower edge of
windshield with suitable protection material.
LIIA2829E
6.
Remove the bolts and cowl extension panel.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
• For wiper arm RH/LH installation and adjustment, Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper
Arms".
• Always replace EPT sealer and double-faced adhesive tape when installing cowl top cover.
Revision: January 2010
EI-20
2010 Sentra
FENDER PROTECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FENDER PROTECTOR
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005282915
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
LIIA2830E
1.
Splash shield RH
Revision: January 2010
2.
Splash shield LH
EI-21
3.
Front fender protector
2010 Sentra
FENDER PROTECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.
Rear fender protector
Clip C205
A.
Clip C205
B.
Pawl
Plastic screw
Vehicle front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282916
FRONT FENDER PROTECTOR
Removal
Remove the screws and clips, then remove front fender protector.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
SPLASH SHIELD
Removal
Remove the clips and splash shield.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR FENDER PROTECTOR
Removal
Remove the clips and rear fender protector.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EI-22
2010 Sentra
MUDGUARD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MUDGUARD
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282917
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
LIIA2909E
1.
Front fender protector
2.
Mudguard center
3.
Mudguard front (if equipped)
4.
Mudguard rear (if equipped)
5.
Mudguard center bracket rear
6.
Body outer sill reinforcement
Screw
B.
Clip C205
C.
Grommet
A.
M
N
Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the screws and mudguard front (if equipped).
Remove the screws and mudguard rear (if equipped).
Remove the clips and screws, then remove mudguard center from body outer sill reinforcement.
Remove the screws and mudguard center bracket rear.
Using a trim stick, carefully lift the mudguard center away from the adhesive backed foam tape.
Release the adhesive backed foam tape from the body surface
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EI-23
2010 Sentra
O
P
MUDGUARD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before installing mudguard center, clean the surface where it will be mounted with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface.
• Before installing, be sure there are no gaps or waves in the adhesive backed foam tape where the surfaces
meet.
Revision: January 2010
EI-24
2010 Sentra
LICENSE LAMP FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LICENSE LAMP FINISHER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282918
B
C
D
E
F
AWKIA1524ZZ
1.
License lamp finisher
2.
Trunk opener request switch (if
equipped)
A
G
License lamp finisher nut
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
H
Open trunk and remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44.
Remove license lamp finisher nuts.
Disconnect trunk opener request switch connector (if equipped), then remove license lamp finisher.
EI
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-25
2010 Sentra
REAR AIR SPOILER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR AIR SPOILER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282919
LIIA2910E
1.
Rear air spoiler assembly
A.
Nut
2.
High mounted stop lamp connector
3.
Grommet
Vehicle front
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44.
Disconnect high mounted stop lamp connector.
Remove the rear air spoiler nuts.then using a trim stick carefully release lift the rear air spoiler from the
gaskets.
Using a trim stick, carefully pry upward to release the foam tape (gasket) from trunk lid surface.
CAUTION:
Use care not to damage painted surfaces during removal of, or releasing adhesive backed foam
tapes.
Release the high mounted stop lamp connector and grommet from trunk lid, then remove rear air spoiler.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
• Before installing rear air spoiler, clean the surface where it will be mounted with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface.
• Before installing, be sure there are no gaps or waves in the foam tape (gasket) where the surfaces meet.
• During installation, be sure grommet of high mounted stop lamp harness is fully seated into trunk lid opening
prior to final rear air spoiler placement.
Revision: January 2010
EI-26
2010 Sentra
ROOF SIDE MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ROOF SIDE MOLDING
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282920
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
LIIA2831E
1.
Roof side molding
A.
Roof side molding front clip
B.
Roof side molding rear clip
J
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Using a suitable tool, release the rearward most roof side molding rear clip.
Lift up back edge of roof side molding and release remaining clips working forward.
Release roof side molding front clips, then remove roof side molding.
K
L
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
For setting a new clip A or B, use Epoxy Adhesive DP-100C made by 3M. For adhesive DP-100C application,
use applicator 9170 EPX W 1:1 and mixer nozzle 9742 EPX 50ML made by 3M.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-27
2010 Sentra
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING
Component
INFOID:0000000005282921
LIIA2832E
1.
Front door outside molding
2.
4.
Rear door outside molding
A.
Pawl
Door outside molding case
3.
Rear door corner cover
Door outside molding clip
B.
Screw
Vehicle front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282922
FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING
Removal
CAUTION:
• Use care while removing to avoid permanent damage to part from excessive force during removal.
• After removal, visually inspect molding; replace if deformed or damaged.
1. Open front door window.
2. Remove front door outside rearview mirror. Refer to GW-69.
Revision: January 2010
EI-28
2010 Sentra
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. While pulling up on front of front door outside molding, insert a
suitable tool beneath the molding case and release clip from the
door top edge.
4. Remove front door outside molding while pulling up after disengaging.
A
B
C
PIIB3386J
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING
E
Removal
CAUTION:
• Use care while removing to avoid permanent damage to part from excessive force during removal.
• After removal, visually inspect molding; replace if deformed or damaged.
1. Open rear door window.
2. Remove rear door corner cover. Follow the REAR DOOR CORNER COVER procedure.
3. While pulling up on rear of rear door outside molding, insert a
suitable tool beneath the molding case and release clip from the
door top edge.
4. Remove rear door outside molding while pulling up after disengaging.
F
G
H
EI
J
PIIB3386J
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
REAR DOOR CORNER COVER
L
Removal
1.
2.
Open rear door and remove rear door corner cover screws.
Using a suitable tool, release the pawls while pulling outward and remove the rear door corner cover.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-29
2010 Sentra
SIDE GUARD MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE GUARD MOLDING
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005613065
ALKIA1852ZZ
1.
Front door side guard molding
2.
Rear door side guard molding
Removal
CAUTION:
Never apply tack-paper adhesive remover to body panel surface finished with lacquer-based paints.
• Original side guard molding is affixed to body panel with double-faced adhesive tape.
1. Heat molding to between 30° and 40°C (86° to 104°F) with a heat gun.
2. Raise end of molding to release clips, then cut away tape to remove molding. Remove all traces of tape.
Installation
• On vehicles coated with Hard Clear Coat, use double-faced 3M adhesive tape Product No. 4210 or equivalent, after priming with 3M primer Product No. N200 or C-100 or equivalent.
• The repair parts are also affixed with double-faced adhesive tape.
• To re-use existing molding, clean all traces of double sided tape from the molding and apply new doublefaced tape to the molding.
CAUTION:
To secure contact, do not wash vehicle for 24 hours after installation.
1. Clean the panel surface with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface.
2. Heat the panel and molding tape surface to 30° to 40°C (86° to 104°F).
3. Remove the backing sheet from the tape surface.
• Align the locating pin into the hole in the outer door.
• Continue aligning the pins into their corresponding holes in the outer door during installation.
4. Press ends by hand and use a roller to apply 5 kg-f (11 lbs-f) to press molding to door surface.
• Apply even pressure along molding to insure proper wet out.
Revision: January 2010
EI-30
2010 Sentra
DOOR FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR FINISHER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282923
FRONT DOOR
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
LIIA2833E
J
1.
Pad
2.
Front door finisher
3.
Inside handle cover
4.
Inside handle/lock assembly
5.
Mirror finisher
6.
Power window and door lock/unlock
switch finisher (if equipped)
7.
Pull cup cover
A.
Bolt
B.
Screw
Clip C101
Vehicle front
L
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
K
Open front door and front door window.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Remove the mirror finisher.
Release the inside handle cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw.
Release the pull cup cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw.
Insert a suitable tool into back edge of front door power window and door lock/unlock switch finisher. Gently pry upward to release the clips and remove the finisher.
• If equipped, insert a suitable tool between door finisher and manual door window crank handle to
release clip, then remove handle.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-31
2010 Sentra
DOOR FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Disconnect front door power window and door lock/unlock
switch harness connector (if equipped).
PIIB6042E
8.
9.
Remove the front door finisher bolt.
Release the clips and lift front door finisher upward to remove it
from door body panel.
SIIA0810E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR DOOR
WIIA1431E
1.
Pad
2.
Rear door finisher
3.
Inside handle cover
4.
Inside handle/lock assembly
5.
Power window switch finisher (if
equipped)
6.
Pull cup cover
Revision: January 2010
EI-32
2010 Sentra
DOOR FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A.
Bolt
B.
Screw
Clip C101
A
Vehicle front
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Open rear door and rear door window.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Release the inside handle cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw.
Release the pull cup cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw.
Insert a suitable tool into back edge of rear door power window switch finisher. Gently pry upward to
release the clips and remove the finisher.
• If equipped, insert a suitable tool between door finisher and manual door window crank handle to
release clip, then remove handle.
Disconnect rear door power window switch harness connector (if equipped).
Remove rear door finisher bolt.
Release the clips and lift rear door finisher upward to remove it
from door body panel.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SIIA0810E
EI
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-33
2010 Sentra
BODY SIDE TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY SIDE TRIM
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282924
WIIA1432E
1.
Rear body side welt
2.
Rear pillar finisher
3.
Rear kicking plate upper
4.
Rear kicking plate lower
5.
Center pillar lower finisher
6.
Front kicking plate
7.
Lower dash side finisher
8.
Front pillar finisher
9.
Front body side welt
10. Center pillar upper finisher
Metal clip
11. Cap
A.
Clip C101
Screw
Pawl
Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Insert a suitable tool between panel on vehicle and clips (as
indicated with arrow) to release clips.
• Use a suitable tool when removing metal clips from finishers.
• Be careful not to damage the body while prying to release
clips.
• Make sure clips are properly aligned in panel holes on body
when installing, then press them in completely.
SIIA0810E
FRONT PILLAR FINISHER
Removal
Revision: January 2010
EI-34
2010 Sentra
BODY SIDE TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Release the clips and remove front pillar finisher.
A
B
C
LIIA2836E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
LOWER DASH SIDE FINISHER
E
Removal
1.
2.
Partially remove front body side welt.
Release the clips and remove lower dash side finisher.
F
G
H
LIIA2837E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
EI
J
FRONT KICKING PLATE
Removal
1.
2.
K
Partially remove front body side welt.
Release the clips and remove front kicking plate.
L
M
N
LIIA2838E
O
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR KICKING PLATE UPPER
P
Removal
1.
Partly remove rear body side welt.
Revision: January 2010
EI-35
2010 Sentra
BODY SIDE TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Release the clips and remove rear kicking plate upper.
LIIA2839E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR KICKING PLATE LOWER
Removal
1.
2.
Partially remove rear body side welt.
Release the clips and remove rear kicking plate lower.
LIIA2840E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove front kicking plate. Follow the FRONT KICKING PLATE procedure.
Remove rear kicking plate lower. Follow the REAR KICKING PLATE LOWER procedure.
Partially remove both front and rear body side welts.
Release the clips and remove center pillar lower garnish.
LIIA2841E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CENTER PILLAR UPPER FINISHER
Removal
1.
Remove center pillar lower finisher. Follow the CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EI-36
2010 Sentra
BODY SIDE TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove front seat belt shoulder anchor. Refer to SB-4,
"Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt".
3. Remove the access cover, then remove the screw.
4. Partially remove front and rear body side welts.
5. Release the clip, then remove center pillar upper finisher.
A
B
C
LIIA2842E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR PILLAR FINISHER
E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove rear seat cushion and rear seatback. Refer to SE-19.
Partially remove rear body side welt.
Release the clips and remove rear pillar finisher.
F
G
H
EI
LIIA2843E
J
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-37
2010 Sentra
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282925
WIIA1390E
1.
Rear parcel shelf finisher 2.
Rear seat belt escutcheon 3.
High mounted stop lamp (except SE-R models)
4.
Anchor cover
Clip C103
Clip C101
A.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fold rear seat cushion and seat back into forward most position.
Remove rear seat belt lower anchor bolts. Refer to SB-6, "Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt".
Release the tabs and remove the rear seat belt escutcheon RH/LH/Center.
Remove rear kicking plate lower RH/LH, rear kicking plate upper RH/LH, and rear pillar finisher. Refer to
EI-34.
For all models (except SE-R):
1. Release the clips and remove the high mounted stop lamp from the rear parcel shelf finisher.
2. Rotate lamp and remove, then remove high mounted stop lamp.
Remove the clips and rear parcel shelf finisher.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EI-38
2010 Sentra
FLOOR TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FLOOR TRIM
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282926
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
LIIA2845E
N
1.
Floor carpet hook
2.
Center floor spacer LH
3.
Rear floor spacer
4.
Center floor spacer RH
5.
Front floor spacer RH
6.
Front floor spacer LH
7.
Floor trim
A.
Clip C101
Vehicle front
O
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove front seat RH/LH and rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-14 and SE-19.
Remove floor console and bracket. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove parking brake control. Refer to PB-5.
Remove center console lower finisher RH/LH and disconnect connector. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EI-39
2010 Sentra
P
FLOOR TRIM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove front kicking plate RH/LH, center pillar lower finisher RH/LH, and both upper and lower rear kicking plates RH/LH. Refer to EI-34.
7. Remove front seat belt lower anchor RH/LH. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt".
8. Remove diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Remove floor carpet hook.
Remove instrument panel stay RH/LH. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove push pin clips, then pull out floor trim through door opening.
Remove floor spacer RH/LH/Rear.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EI-40
2010 Sentra
HEADLINING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEADLINING
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282927
With Sunroof
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
AWKIA1586ZZ
1.
Assist grip
2.
Sunvisor RH
3.
Sunvisor holder
4.
Map lamp assembly
5.
Sunvisor LH
6.
Interior room lamp
7.
Interior room lamp harness
8.
Headlining (with sunroof)
9.
Sunroof opening welt
A.
Screw
Clip C103
M
N
Vehicle front
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-41
2010 Sentra
HEADLINING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without Sunroof
AWKIA1587ZZ
1.
Assist grip
2.
Sunvisor RH
3.
Sunvisor holder
4.
Map lamp assembly
5.
Sunvisor LH
6.
Interior room lamp
7.
Interior room lamp harness
8.
Headlining (with sunroof)
A.
Screw
Clip C103
Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Recline front seatback to full down position.
Remove front seat belt shoulder anchor RH/LH. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat
Belt".
4. Remove center console. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove front pillar finisher RH/LH. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove both center pillar upper and lower RH/LH finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation" and
EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove rear pillar finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
8. Disconnect room lamp harness.
9. Remove front and rear body side welt RH/LH. Refer to EI-34.
10. Remove the screw, them remove assist grips.
11. Disconnect the connector and remove the sunvisor screws, then remove sunvisor RH/LH.
12. Remove the sunvisor holder screws, then remove sunvisor holder RH/LH.
Revision: January 2010
EI-42
2010 Sentra
HEADLINING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13. Remove sunroof opening welt (if equipped).
14. Remove lens and one screw, then disconnect the connector and remove the roof map lamp assembly.
15. Remove lens and two screws, then disconnect the connector and remove interior room lamp.
16. Remove three headlining clips.
17. Position the headlining so the front edge goes partially through
the opening of the right side front door.
A
B
C
D
E
PIIB6049E
18. Position the headlining so the rear edge goes through the opening of the left rear door, then remove headlining through the rear door opening.
CAUTION:
• Two technicians should be used to avoid damage when removing or replacing headlining.
• During headlining removal and installation, cover the center console finisher upper surface to prevent damage.
• Do not bend headlining when removing.
INSTALLATION
F
G
H
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Avoid headlining damage when installing by inserting rear clips first during assembly.
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-43
2010 Sentra
TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282928
WIIA1433E
Revision: January 2010
EI-44
2010 Sentra
TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Trunk side finisher RH
2.
Trunk front finisher (if equipped)
4.
Trunk divider panel (if equipped)
5.
Trunk divider reinforcement upper (if 6.
equipped)
Spare tire spacer
7.
Trunk side finisher LH
8.
Trunk floor carpet
9.
Rear trunk plate
A.
Clip C205
10. Cargo net
11. Trunk lid finisher
B.
C.
Clip C103
Clip C101
Screw
3.
Trunk divider hinge RH (if
equipped)
A
B
Metal clip
C
Vehicle front
NOTE:
If equipped, the trunk divider reinforcement upper MUST first be removed before removing trunk side finisher
panels. The trunk divider reinforcement upper MUST also be installed last, if installing trunk side finisher RH/
LH panels.
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EI-45
2010 Sentra
STEERING
SECTION
PS
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution for Steering System ................................ 3
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 7
STEERING COLUMN ......................................... 8
Exploded View .......................................................... 8
Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
POWER STEERING GEAR .............................. 11
Exploded View .........................................................11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
Exploded View .........................................................12
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................12
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 16
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5
STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 6
Steering Wheel ........................................................16
Steering Angle .........................................................16
Steering Column ......................................................16
Steering Gear (R24K) ..............................................17
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PS-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005642361
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005286275
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock
mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
PS-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Steering System
INFOID:0000000005286276
• In case of removing steering gear assembly, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle
condition, and then check wheel alignment.
• Observe the following precautions when disassembling.
- Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
- Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming
contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
- For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack.
- Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with
their operation.
- Do not reuse non-reusable parts.
- Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
A
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PS-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005286277
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST27180001
(J-25726-A)
Steering wheel puller
Removing steering wheel
S-NT544
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
Inspecting rotating torque for steering column
assembly and pinion assembly
ZZA0806D
Installing boot bands
KV40107300
(
—
)
Boot Band crimping tool
ZZA1229D
—
(J-44372)
Pull gauge
Measuring steering wheel turning force and
ball joint swinging force
LST024
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005286278
Tool number
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
PS-4
2010 Sentra
Symptom
Revision: January 2010
×
×
×
×
Shudder
PS-5
Shake
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
×
SUSPENSION
×
AXLE
Steering linkage looseness
Improper installation or looseness of steering column
Steering column deformation or damage
Mounting looseness
Improper installation or looseness of tilt lock lever
Improper steering wheel
Steering gear pinion rotating torque
Noise
Steering wheel play
Possible cause and SUSPECTED
PARTS
Inner/Outer socket ball joint end play
BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
PS-12
PS-8, PS-8
PS-8
PS-11
PS-8
PS-6
PS-6
PS-6
PS-12
PS-12
Reference page
Inner/Outer socket ball joint swinging torque
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
INFOID:0000000005286279
A
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
B
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
2010 Sentra
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
×: Applicable
N
O
P
STEERING WHEEL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STEERING WHEEL
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
INFOID:0000000005286280
CHECKING CONDITION OF INSTALLATION
• Check installation conditions of steering gear assembly, front suspension assembly, axle and steering column assembly.
• Check if movement exists when steering wheel is moved up and down, to the left and right and to the axial
direction.
Steering wheel axial end play Refer to PS-16, "Steering Wheel"
• Check steering gear assembly mounting bolts and nuts for looseness. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation".
CHECKING STEERING WHEEL PLAY
1.
Turn steering wheel so that front wheels come to the straight-ahead position. Start engine and lightly turn
steering wheel to the left and right until front wheels start to move. Measure steering wheel movement on
the outer circumference.
Steering wheel play
2.
Refer to PS-16, "Steering Wheel"
When the measurement value is outside the standard value, check backlash for each joint of steering column assembly and installation condition of steering gear assembly.
CHECKING NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL
NOTE:
Perform neutral position inspection after wheel alignment.
1. Make sure that steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and steering wheel are installed in the
correct position.
2. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position and confirm steering wheel is in the neutral position.
• Loosen outer socket lock nut and turn inner socket to left and right equally to make fine adjustments if
steering wheel is not in the neutral position. Refer to PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Check the wheel alignment after adjusting the inner socket. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment
Inspection"
CHECKING STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE
1.
2.
3.
Park vehicle on a level and dry surface, set parking brake.
Start engine.
Check steering wheel turning force when steering wheel has been turned 360° from neutral position using
Tool as shown.
Tool number
:
—
Steering wheel turning
force
4.
(J-44372)
Refer to PS-16, "Steering
Wheel"
If steering wheel turning force is out of the specification, remove
intermediate shaft and steering knuckle, and then measure the
rotating torque of the pinion assembly. Refer to PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly".
SGIA1192J
CHECKING FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE
Check the maximum inside and outside front wheel turning angle for right and left with the turning radius
gauges as per the following procedure.
1. Check toe-in.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
PS-6
2010 Sentra
STEERING WHEEL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform front wheel turning angle after the toe-in check.
2. Place front wheels on turning radius gauges and rear wheels on
stands.
A
B
C
FAA0016D
3.
With the engine at idle, turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop and measure the turning
angles. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Angle".
D
E
• Measure rack stroke if angles are outside the specified value.
Rack stroke L
F
Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column"
- Disassemble steering gear assembly to check the cause that rack
stroke is outside of the standard.
• Steering angles are not adjustable. Check steering gear assembly,
steering column assembly and front suspension components for
wear or damage if any of the turning angles are different from the
specified value. Replace any of them, if any non-standard condition exists.
PS
H
SGIA1671E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286281
REMOVAL
NOTE:
When reconnecting spiral cable, fix cable with a tape so that fixing case and rotating part keep aligned. This
will omit neutral position alignment procedure during spiral cable installation.
1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
2. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31 .
3. Remove steering wheel lock nut after steering is locked.
4. Remove steering wheel using Tool.
Tool number
A: ST27180001 (J-25726-A)
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
SGIA1323E
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
Check the spiral cable neutral position after replacing or rotating spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and
Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not twist spiral cable freely on excessively after it becomes tight (doing so may cause the cable to
be turn off).
Revision: January 2010
PS-7
2010 Sentra
P
STEERING COLUMN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STEERING COLUMN
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005286282
WGIA0190E
1.
Steering wheel
2.
Steering column assembly
3.
Intermediate shaft
4.
Holder
5.
Cam nut
6.
Cover
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286283
CAUTION:
• Any time the ignition switch has been removed or installed, the keys must be re-registered in the
BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual IVIS/NVIS.
• Steering column must be kept at maximum tilt up position during removal and installation. Do not
operate tilt mechanism while steering column is out of the vehicle.
• Put matching mark on intermediate shaft and steering column assembly before removing intermediate shaft.
• When steering wheel is turned repeatedly with the vehicle stopped, care must be taken because EPS
motor and EPS control unit may get too hot.
• Steering column assembly is heavy. Care must be taken when removing steering column assembly
from vehicle.
• Do not put steering column assembly near the things that generate excessive magnetic force.
• Steering column assembly cannot be disassembled.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Set vehicle to the straight ahead-position.
Remove combination switch and spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33.
Remove instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Disconnect each switch connectors installed to steering column assembly, and then disconnect harness
from steering column assembly.
Remove bolt of intermediate shaft (upper side), and then remove intermediate shaft from steering column
assembly.
Remove steering column assembly nuts, then remove steering column assembly from vehicle.
Revision: January 2010
PS-8
2010 Sentra
STEERING COLUMN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Remove intermediate shaft (lower side) from steering gear assembly with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
• Never deform or bend the holder.
• Never replace the intermediate shaft if the holder is deformed or bent.
a. Insert a suitable tool between the cover and the holder. Then
push the cover down in the direction shown and remove the
cover.
b. Remove bolt.
A
B
C
D
LGIA0041E
c.
Rotate the cam nut in direction shown. Align the cam nut Vshaped groove (1) with the holder (2) V-guide. Fit the cam nut to
the holder V-guide, then remove the cam nut from the holder.
CAUTION:
• Rotate the cam nut if the nut becomes misaligned as
shown. Align the cam nut V-shaped groove with the
holder V-guide.
• Their are two different grooves, but only one that fits the
holder V-guide.
E
F
PS
H
LGIA0042E
d.
I
Remove the intermediate shaft by removing the holder pawl
from the pinion shaft groove (A) and slide out the intermediate
shaft using a suitable tool.
J
K
LGIA0043E
L
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Check each part of steering column assembly and intermediate shaft for damage or other malfunctions.
Replace any damaged components.
• Measure the length (L) as shown, if vehicle has been involved in a
minor collision. Replace steering column assembly if outside specifications. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column".
• Check tilt mechanism for damage or other malfunctions. Replace
steering column assembly as necessary.
• Measure steering column assembly rotating torque using Tool.
Replace steering column assembly if outside specifications. Refer
to PS-16, "Steering Column".
Tool number
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
PS-9
N
O
P
: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
SGIA1672E
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
STEERING COLUMN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Align the cam nut V-shaped groove with the holder V-guide (1).
Install the cam nut to the holder guide.
CAUTION:
• Make sure cam nut is installed correctly to keep it from loosening.
• Replace intermediate shaft assembly if cam nut does not fit
to the holder.
• Do not install the cam nut on the incorrect side.
LGIA0044E
• Install the intermediate shaft by pushing the holder pawl to the pinion shaft and sliding the intermediate shaft to (A).
CAUTION:
Replace the intermediate shaft assembly if the pawl is
deformed.
LGIA0045E
• Install a new bolt and tighten to specification. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Make sure cam nut contacts pinion shaft correctly.
• Make sure the holder is not deformed or interfering with the cam nut.
• Install the cover (1) to the holder (2).
CAUTION:
• Align the cover groove with the holder guide.
• Make sure cover is installed correctly.
LGIA0046E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise or excessive steering effort.
• Check tilt mechanism operating range. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column".
• After installing steering column assembly, perform self-diagnosis of EPS system with CONSULT-III to ensure
correct operation. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Revision: January 2010
PS-10
2010 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER STEERING GEAR
A
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005286284
B
C
D
E
F
PS
SGIA1673E
1.
Steering gear assembly
2.
Washer
4.
Front suspension member
5.
Steering gear bolt
3.
Lower dash seal
Removal and Installation
H
INFOID:0000000005286285
CAUTION:
Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
Remove bolt of intermediate shaft (lower side). Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation".
Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
Remove bolts and nuts of steering gear assembly and remove steering gear assembly.
I
J
K
L
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Clean mating surface on the body side of dash panel seal when installing steering gear assembly.
• Perform final tightening of nuts and bolts on each part under unladen conditions with tires on level ground
when removing steering gear assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection".
M
N
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise or excessive steering effort.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PS-11
2010 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005286286
WGIA0188E
1.
Outer socket
2.
Inner socket
3.
Rack assembly
4.
Boot clamp (small diameter)
5.
Boot
6.
Boot clamp (large diameter)
7.
Joint cover
8.
Pinion seal
9.
Snap ring
10.
Pinion assembly
11.
Gear housing assembly
12.
Retainer
13.
Spring
14.
Adjusting screw
15.
Lock nut
⇐:
Front
:
Apply Genuine Thread Locking Sealant, Three Bound 1141 or equivalent.
:1 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Idemitsu Autorex A or equivalent.
:2 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Wanlouver MO No.2 (manufactured by Kyoudouyushi) or equivalent.
:3 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Multemp AC-P (manufactured by Kyoudouyushi) or equivalent.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005286287
CAUTION:
Clean steering gear assembly with kerosene before disassembling.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Loosen outer socket lock nut, and then remove outer socket from inner socket.
Remove boot clamp, and then remove boot from inner socket.
CAUTION:
Do not damage inner socket and gear housing assembly when removing boot. Inner socket and
gear housing assembly must be replaced if inner socket and gear housing assembly are damaged
because it may allow foreign material to enter.
Remove inner socket from rack assembly while holding the flat portion of the rack next to the inner socket
using a suitable tool.
Revision: January 2010
PS-12
2010 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Measure adjusting screw height “H”, and loosen lock nut (2).
5. Remove adjusting screw (1), retainer (3) and spring (4) from
gear housing assembly (5).
A
B
C
SGIA1300E
D
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Joint Cover
Check joint cover protrusion for damage. Replace if damaged.
E
Rack and Pinion Assembly
• Check pinion assembly for damage or wear. Replace as necessary.
• Rotate pinion assembly and check for torque variation or rattle. Replace steering gear as necessary.
F
Gear Housing Assembly
Check gear housing assembly for damage or scratches. Replace steering gear as necessary.
PS
Outer Socket and Inner Socket
1.
Check ball joint swinging torque.
• Hook Tool at the points P1, P2 as shown and pull the Tool.
Make sure that the Tool reads the specified value when ball
stud and inner socket start to move. Replace inner socket (1)
and outer socket (2) if they are outside the standard. Refer to
PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)".
Tool number
2.
:
—
H
I
(J-44372)
J
Ball joint axial end play
• Apply an axial load of 490 N (50 kg-f, 111 lb-f) to ball stud.
Measure amount of stud movement using a dial gauge, and
then make sure that the value is within the specified range.
Replace outer socket and inner socket if the measured value
is outside the standard. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear
(R24K)".
WGIA0189E
K
L
M
SGIA0057E
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Apply recommended grease to the rack bush in the gear housing assembly.
Apply recommended grease to teeth part and back of rack assembly.
Install inner socket to rack assembly. Torque to specified value while holding the flat portion of the rack
next to the inner socket using a suitable tool.
Apply recommended grease to inner socket. For application points, refer to "PS-12, "Exploded View".
Decide on the neutral position for the rack assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)".
Revision: January 2010
PS-13
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
POWER STEERING GEAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Apply recommended grease to retainer (3), then install retainer
(3), spring (4) and adjusting screw (1) to gear housing assembly
(5).
7. Apply recommended thread locking sealant to the thread (2
turns thread), and then screw in the adjusting screw (1) until it
reaches height “H” from gear housing assembly (5) measured
before disassembling.
8. Tighten lock nut (2) to the specified torque securing it to prevent
adjusting screw (1) from freewheeling condition.
9. Move rack assembly 10 strokes throughout the full stroke so that
the parts can fit with each other.
SGIA1300E
10. Using tools measure rotating torque of pinion assembly. If the measurement is outside of the specified
range, readjust pinion rotating torque. If the measurement is outside of the specified range for readjust,
replace steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)".
11. Set dial gauge to the back of rack assembly on the pinion
assembly side around the center of stroke. Measure displacement of rack under torsional torque of ± 7.8 N·m (0.80 kg-m, 69
in-lb), and then check if it is within the standard value. If the
measurement is outside the standard value, adjust it again. After
the readjustment, if measurement is still outside the standard
value, replace steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering
Gear (R24K)".
12. Install boot to gear housing assembly and inner socket.
SGIA1301E
13. Install boot clamp (1) to boot using Tool.
NOTE:
Install large diameter side boot clamp (1) securely to boot
groove, and crimp it so as to have clearance of 3 mm (0.12 in) or
less as shown.
Tool number
: KV40107300 (
—
)
SGIA1302E
14. Install joint cover (1) to gear housing assembly (2).
CAUTION:
Install joint cover so that the protrusion for locating is
securely set to gear housing groove.
SGIA1303E
Revision: January 2010
PS-14
2010 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15. Adjust inner socket to standard length “L”, and then tighten lock
nut to the specified torque. Refer to PS-12, "Exploded View".
Check length of inner socket “L” again after tightening lock nut.
Make sure that the length is the standard. Refer to PS-17,
"Steering Gear (R24K)".
CAUTION:
Adjust toe-in. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". Length achieved after toe-in adjustment is not necessarily the above value.
A
B
C
SGIA0167E
D
E
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PS-15
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Steering Wheel
INFOID:0000000005286288
Steering wheel axial end play
0 mm (0 in)
Steering wheel play
0 – 35 mm (0 – 1.38 in)
Steering wheel turning force
Less than 36 N (3.7 kg-f, 8.2 lb-f)
Steering Angle
INFOID:0000000005286289
SGIA0055E
Application
Minimum
Inner wheel (Angle: A)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Except SE-R models
SE-R models
36°00′ (36.0°)
33°00’ (33.0°)
Nominal
39°00′ (39.0°)
36°00’ (36.0°)
Maximum
40°00′ (40.0°)
37°00’ (37.0°)
33°00′ (33.0°)
30°00’ (30.0°)
Outer wheel (Angle: B)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Steering Column
INFOID:0000000005286290
Steering Column Rotating Torque
0 - 2.1 N·m (0 - 0.21 kg-m, 0 - 18 in-lb)
Minimum
Steering column length L
478.3 mm (18.83 in)
Nominal
480.3 mm (18.91 in)
Maximum
482.3 mm (18.99 in)
SGIA1672E
TILT MECHANISM OPERATING RANGE
Revision: January 2010
PS-16
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tilt mechanism operating range L (above center line)
14.8 mm (0.58 in)
Tilt mechanism operating range L (below center line)
20 mm (0.79 in)
A
B
C
D
E
LGIA0040E
Steering Gear (R24K)
INFOID:0000000005286291
F
BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE
Inner socket ball joint
Measurement on Tool
(Measuring point: P1)
Outer socket ball stud
Measurement on Tool
(Measuring point: Top end of the ball stud threads P2)
55.7 N (5.7 kg-f, 13 lb-f) or less
6.0 – 58 N (0.61 – 5.91 kg-f, 1.35 – 13.03 lb-f)
PS
H
I
J
K
SGIA1553J
L
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY
Outer socket ball stud
0.5 mm (0.020 in) or less
Inner socket ball joint
0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less
M
N
INNER SOCKET INSTALLATION LENGTH
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PS-17
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Inner socket installation length L
112.9 mm (4.445 in)
SGIA1512E
PINION ROTATING TORQUE
Average A [Around neutral position (within ±100°)]
0.6 – 1.1 N·m (0.07 – 0.11 kg-m, 6 – 9 in-lb)
Maximum value C
1.49 N·m (0.15 kg-m, 13 in-lb)
MGIA0017E
RACK STROKE
Model
Rack neutral position, dimension L (rack
stroke)
Except SE-R models
SE-R models
72.0 mm (2.835 in)
67.7 mm (2.665 in)
SGIA1671E
Revision: January 2010
PS-18
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER
SECTION
MTC
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)...... 4
Contaminated Refrigerant ......................................... 4
General Refrigerant Precaution ................................ 4
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye ........................... 5
A/C Identification Label ............................................. 5
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection ...................... 5
Precaution for Service of Compressor ...................... 9
Precaution for Service Equipment ............................. 9
Schematic ................................................................31
Wiring Diagram - HEATER - ....................................32
Wiring Diagram - A/C,M - ........................................34
Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value ....36
Operational Check ...................................................38
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air
Control .....................................................................39
LAN System Circuit .................................................41
Mode Door Motor Circuit .........................................43
Air Mix Door Motor Circuit .......................................45
Intake Door Motor Circuit .........................................47
Blower Motor Circuit ................................................48
Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped) .........................53
Insufficient Cooling ..................................................56
Insufficient Heating ..................................................63
Noise .......................................................................64
PREPARATION ..................................................12
CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 66
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment.... 12
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 14
Removal and Installation .........................................66
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ..............................16
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR ............................... 67
Removal and Installation .........................................67
Refrigerant Cycle .................................................... 16
Refrigerant System Protection ................................ 16
Component Part Location ....................................... 17
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER ................................. 68
OIL ......................................................................18
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY ........ 70
Removal and Installation .........................................68
Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor ........... 18
Removal and Installation .........................................70
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL .........................21
HEATER CORE ................................................. 72
Overview Air Conditioner LAN Control System ....... 21
System Construction ............................................... 21
Overview of Control system .................................... 23
Control Operation .................................................... 24
Discharge Air Flow .................................................. 25
System Description ................................................. 25
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................27
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair ...................................................... 27
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 27
Revision: January 2010
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
Removal and Installation .........................................72
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ................................... 73
O
Removal and Installation .........................................73
MODE DOOR MOTOR ...................................... 74
Removal and Installation .........................................74
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ................................... 75
Removal and Installation .........................................75
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER ............................ 76
Removal and Installation .........................................76
MTC-1
2010 Sentra
P
DUCTS AND GRILLES ...................................... 77
Removal and Installation ........................................ 77
REFRIGERANT LINES ...................................... 81
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure ................. 81
Component ............................................................. 83
Removal and Installation for Compressor MR20DE ................................................................. 85
Removal and Installation for Compressor QR25DE ................................................................. 86
Removal and Installation for Low-Pressure Flexible Hose and Muffler Pipe ...................................... 87
Removal and Installation for High-pressure Flexible Hose ................................................................. 87
Removal and Installation for High-pressure Pipe ... 87
Revision: January 2010
Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure
Sensor ..................................................................... 88
Removal and Installation for Condenser ................. 88
Removal and Installation for Evaporator ................. 89
Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve ........ 90
Checking of Refrigerant Leaks ................................ 90
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent
Leak Detector .......................................................... 90
Dye Injection ........................................................... 91
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector ...................... 91
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 94
Service Data and Specification (SDS) .................... 94
MTC-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005602372
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the IgniI
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the MTC
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005602373
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)
INFOID:0000000005282755
WARNING:
• CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant are not compatible. If the refrigerants
are mixed compressor failure is likely to occur. Refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant". To
determine the purity of HFC-134a (R-134a) in the vehicle and recovery tank, use Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling Recharging equipment and Refrigerant Identifier.
• Use only specified oil for the HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C system and HFC-134a (R-134a) components. If
oil other than that specified is used, compressor failure is likely to occur.
• The specified HFC-134a (R-134a) oil rapidly absorbs moisture from the atmosphere. The following
handling precautions must be observed:
- When removing refrigerant components from a vehicle, immediately cap (seal) the component to
minimize the entry of moisture from the atmosphere.
- When installing refrigerant components to a vehicle, do not remove the caps (unseal) until just
before connecting the components. Connect all refrigerant loop components as quickly as possible
to minimize the entry of moisture into system.
- Only use the specified oil from a sealed container. Immediately reseal containers of oil. Without
proper sealing, oil will become moisture saturated and should not be used.
- Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and oil vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and throat.
Remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the A/C system using certified service equipment meeting requirements of SAE J2210 [HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment], or J2209 [HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment], If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming
service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and oil manufacturers.
- Do not allow A/C oil to come in contact with styrofoam parts. Damage may result.
Contaminated Refrigerant
INFOID:0000000005282756
If a refrigerant other than pure HFC-134a (R-134a) is identified in a vehicle, your options are:
• Explain to the customer that environmental regulations prohibit the release of contaminated refrigerant into
the atmosphere.
• Explain that recovery of the contaminated refrigerant could damage your service equipment and refrigerant
supply.
• Suggest the customer return the vehicle to the location of previous service where the contamination may
have occurred.
• If you choose to perform the repair, recover the refrigerant using only dedicated equipment and containers. Do not recover contaminated refrigerant into your existing service equipment. If your facility does
not have dedicated recovery equipment, you may contact a local refrigerant product retailer for available service. This refrigerant must be disposed of in accordance with all federal and local regulations. In addition,
replacement of all refrigerant system components on the vehicle is recommended.
• If the vehicle is within the warranty period, the air conditioner warranty is void. Please contact NISSAN Customer Affairs for further assistance.
General Refrigerant Precaution
INFOID:0000000005282757
WARNING:
• Do not release refrigerant into the air. Use approved recovery/recycling equipment to capture the
refrigerant every time an air conditioning system is discharged.
• Always wear eye and hand protection (goggles and gloves) when working with any refrigerant or air
conditioning system.
• Do not store or heat refrigerant containers above 52°C (125°F).
• Do not heat a refrigerant container with an open flame; if container warming is required, place the
bottom of the container in a warm pail of water.
• Do not intentionally drop, puncture, or incinerate refrigerant containers.
• Keep refrigerant away from open flames: poisonous gas will be produced if refrigerant burns.
• Refrigerant will displace oxygen, therefore be certain to work in well ventilated areas to prevent suffocation.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not pressure test or leak test HFC-134a (R-134a) service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning systems with compressed air during repair. Some mixtures of air and HFC-134a (R-134a) have
been shown to be combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or
property damage. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers.
Precaution for Leak Detection Dye
A
B
INFOID:0000000005282758
• The A/C system contains a fluorescent leak detection dye used for locating refrigerant leaks. An ultraviolet
(UV) lamp is required to illuminate the dye when inspecting for leaks.
• Always wear fluorescence enhancing UV safety goggles to protect your eyes and enhance the visibility of
the fluorescent dye.
• A compressor shaft seal should not be repaired because of dye seepage. The compressor shaft seal should
only be repaired after confirming the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995).
• Always remove any dye from the leak area after repairs are complete to avoid a misdiagnosis during a future
service.
• Do not allow dye to come into contact with painted body panels or interior components. If dye is spilled,
clean immediately with the approved dye cleaner. Fluorescent dye left on a surface for an extended period of
time cannot be removed.
• Do not spray the fluorescent dye cleaning agent on hot surfaces (engine exhaust manifold, etc.).
• Do not use more than one refrigerant dye bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) per A/C system.
• Leak detection dyes for HFC-134a (R-134a) and CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems are different. Do not use HFC134a (R-134a) leak detection dye in CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems or CFC-12 (R-12) leak detection dye in
HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems or A/C system damage may result.
• The fluorescent properties of the dye will remain for over three (3) years unless a compressor failure occurs.
A/C Identification Label
INFOID:0000000005282759
C
D
E
F
G
H
Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have this green identification label on the underside of hood.
Precaution for Refrigerant Connection
INFOID:0000000005282760
A new type refrigerant connection has been introduced to all refrigerant lines except the following locations.
• Expansion valve to cooling unit
• Evaporator pipes to evaporator (inside cooling unit)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
I
MTC
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
K
• The O-ring has been relocated. It has also been provided with a groove for proper installation. This eliminates the chance of the O-ring being caught in, or damaged by, the mating part. The sealing direction of the
O-ring is now set vertically in relation to the contacting surface of the mating part to improve sealing characteristics.
• The reaction force of the O-ring will not occur in the direction that causes the joint to pull out, thereby facilitating piping connections.
L
M
N
O
P
SHA815E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-5
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
MR20DE
AWIIA1293GB
1.
High-pressure pipe
2.
Condenser
3.
Liquid tank
4.
High-pressure flexible hose
5.
Compressor
6.
Low-pressure flexible hose
7.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
8.
Drain hose
W.
Refrigerant leak checking order
X.
Tightening torque (A-C)
Y.
Wrench size
Z.
O-ring size
Revision: January 2010
MTC-6
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
AWIIA1294GB
P
1.
High-pressure pipe
2.
Condenser
3.
Liquid tank
4.
High-pressure flexible hose
5.
Compressor
6.
Muffler pipe
7.
Low-pressure flexible hose
8.
Drain hose
9.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
W.
Refrigerant leak checking order
X.
Tightening torque (A-C)
Y.
Wrench size
Z.
O-ring size
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
MTC-7
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The new and former refrigerant connections use different O-ring configurations. Do not confuse Orings since they are not interchangeable. If a wrong O-ring is installed, refrigerant will leak at, or
around, the connection.
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications
Connection type
O-ring
size
Part number*
D
New
8
92471 N8210
6.8 (0.268)
1.85 (0.0728)
Former
10
J2476 89956
9.25 (0.3642)
1.78 (0.0701)
92472 N8210
10.9 (0.429)
2.43 (0.0957)
92475 71L00
11.0 (0.433)
2.4 (0.094)
92473 N8210
13.6 (0.535)
2.43 (0.0957)
New
Former
New
Former
New
SHA814E
Former
New
12
16
19
24
mm (in)
W mm (in)
92475 72L00
14.3 (0.563)
2.3 (0.091)
92474 N8210
16.5 (0.650)
2.43 (0.0957)
92477 N8200
17.12 (0.6740)
1.78 (0.0701)
92195 AH300
21.8 (0.858)
2.4 (0.094)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
WARNING:
Make sure all refrigerant is discharged into the recycling equipment and the pressure in the system is
less than atmospheric pressure. Then gradually loosen the discharge side hose fitting and remove it.
CAUTION:
When replacing or cleaning refrigerant cycle components, observe the following.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
Failure to do so will cause oil to enter the low pressure chamber.
• When connecting tubes, always use a torque wrench and a back-up wrench.
• After disconnecting tubes, immediately plug all openings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.
• When installing an air conditioner in the vehicle, connect the pipes as the final stage of the operation. Do not remove the seal caps of pipes and other components until just before required for connection.
• Allow components stored in cool areas to warm to working area temperature before removing seal
caps. This prevents condensation from forming inside A/C components.
• Thoroughly remove moisture from the refrigeration system before charging the refrigerant.
• Always replace used O-rings.
• When connecting tube, apply oil to circle of the O-rings shown in illustration. Be careful not to apply
oil to threaded portion.
Oil name: NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent
• O-ring must be closely attached to grooved portion of tube.
• When replacing the O-ring, be careful not to damage O-ring and tube.
• Connect tube until you hear it click, then tighten the nut or bolt by hand until snug. Make sure that
the O-ring is installed to tube correctly.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-8
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After connecting line, conduct leak test and make sure that there is no leakage from connections.
When the gas leaking point is found, disconnect that line and replace the O-ring. Then tighten connections of seal seat to the specified torque.
A
B
C
D
E
F
RHA861F
Precaution for Service of Compressor
INFOID:0000000005282761
G
• Plug all openings to prevent moisture and foreign matter from entering.
• When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
H
• When replacing or repairing compressor, follow “Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor”
exactly. Refer to MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor".
• Keep friction surfaces between clutch and pulley clean. If the surface is contaminated, with oil, wipe
I
it off by using a clean waste cloth moistened with thinner.
• After compressor service operation, turn the compressor shaft by hand more than 5 turns in both
directions. This will equally distribute oil inside the compressor. After the compressor is installed,
let the engine idle and operate the compressor for 1 hour.
MTC
• After replacing the compressor magnet clutch, apply voltage to the new one and check for normal
operation. [Gap between clutch disc and pulley is 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)]
Precaution for Service Equipment
INFOID:0000000005282762
K
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for machine operation and machine maintenance. Never introduce any
refrigerant other than that specified into the machine.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR
L
M
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for tester operation and tester maintenance.
VACUUM PUMP
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-9
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The oil contained inside the vacuum pump is not compatible with the
specified oil for HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems. The vent side of
the vacuum pump is exposed to atmospheric pressure so the vacuum pump oil may migrate out of the pump into the service hose.
This is possible when the pump is switched off after evacuation (vacuuming) and hose is connected to it.
To prevent this migration, use a manual valve situated near the
hose-to-pump connection, as follows.
• Usually vacuum pumps have a manual isolator valve as part of the
pump. Close this valve to isolate the service hose from the pump.
• For pumps without an isolator, use a hose equipped with a manual
shut-off valve near the pump end. Close the valve to isolate the
hose from the pump.
• If the hose has an automatic shut off valve, disconnect the hose
from the pump: as long as the hose is connected, the valve is open
and lubricating oil may migrate.
Some one-way valves open when vacuum is applied and close
under a no vacuum condition. Such valves may restrict the pump's
ability to pull a deep vacuum and are not recommended.
RHA270D
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET
Be certain that the gauge face indicates R-134a or 134a. Make sure
the gauge set has 1/2″-16 ACME threaded connections for service
hoses. Confirm the set has been used only with refrigerant HFC134a (R-134a) along with specified oil.
SHA533D
SERVICE HOSES
Be certain that the service hoses display the markings described
(colored hose with black stripe). All hoses must include positive shutoff devices (either manual or automatic) near the end of the hoses
opposite the manifold gauge.
RHA272D
SERVICE COUPLERS
Revision: January 2010
MTC-10
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never attempt to connect HFC-134a (R-134a) service couplers to a
CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system. The HFC-134a (R-134a) couplers will
not properly connect to the CFC-12 (R-12) system. However, if an
improper connection is attempted, discharging and contamination
may occur.
Shut-off valve rotation
A
B
A/C service valve
Clockwise
Open
Counterclockwise
Close
C
RHA273D
D
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE
Verify that no refrigerant other than HFC134a (R-134a) and specified
oils have been used with the scale. If the scale controls refrigerant
flow electronically, the hose fitting must be 1/2”-16 ACME.
E
F
G
RHA274D
CHARGING CYLINDER
H
Using a charging cylinder is not recommended. Refrigerant may be vented into air from cylinder's top valve
when filling the cylinder with refrigerant. Also, the accuracy of the cylinder is generally less than that of an
electronic scale or of quality recycle/recharge equipment.
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-11
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment
INFOID:0000000005282763
Never mix HFC-134a refrigerant and/or its specified oil with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and/or its oil.
Separate and non-interchangeable service equipment must be used for handling each type of refrigerant/oil.
Refrigerant container fittings, service hose fittings and service equipment fittings (equipment which handles
refrigerant and/or oil) are different between CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). This is to avoid mixed
use of the refrigerants/oil.
Adapters that convert one size fitting to another must never be used: refrigerant/oil contamination will occur
and compressor failure will result.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
( — )
Refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a)
Container color: Light blue
Container marking: HFC-134a (R134a)
Fitting size: Thread size
• large container 1/2 in -16 ACME
S-NT196
—
( — )
Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil
Type S
Type: Poly alkaline glycol oil (PAG),
type S
Application: HFC-134a (R-134a)
swash plate compressors (NISSAN
only)
Lubricity: 40 m (1.4 US fl oz, 1.4 Imp
fl oz)
S-NT197
Refrigerant recovery, recycling and recharging
K991J0130
(ACR2005-NI)
ACR A/C Service Center
WJIA0293E
—
(J-41995)
Electronic refrigerant leak detector
Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal)
AHA281A
Revision: January 2010
MTC-12
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-43926)
Refrigerant dye leak detection kit
Kit includes:
(J-42220) UV lamp and UV safety
goggles
(J-41459) Refrigerant dye injector
(J-41447) qty. 24
HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant
dye
(J-43872) Refrigerant dye cleaner
Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal)
A
B
C
D
ZHA200H
—
(J-42220)
Fluorescent dye leak detector
Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal)
For checking refrigerant leak when fluorescent dye is installed in A/C system.
Includes: UV lamp and UV safety goggles
E
F
G
SHA438F
Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a)
PAG oil
Container: 1/4 ounce (7.4cc) bottle
(Includes self-adhesive dye identification labels for affixing to vehicle after
charging system with dye.)
—
(J-41447)
HFC-134a (R-134a) Fluorescent
leak detection dye
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles)
H
I
SHA439F
—
(J-41459)
HFC-134a (R-134a) Dye injector
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle
For injecting 1/4 ounce of fluorescent
leak detection dye into A/C system.
MTC
K
L
SHA440F
—
(J-43872)
Refrigerant dye cleaner
For cleaning dye spills.
M
N
SHA441F
—
(J-39183-C)
Manifold gauge set (with hoses
and couplers)
Identification:
• The gauge face indicates R-134a.
Fitting size: Thread size
• 1/2 in -16 ACME
O
P
RJIA0196E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-13
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Service hoses
• (J-39500-72B)
High side hose
• (J-39500-72R)
Low side hose
• (J-39500-72Y)
Utility hose
Hose color:
• Low side hose: Blue with black stripe
• High side hose: Red with black stripe
• Utility hose: Yellow with black stripe
or green with black stripe
Hose fitting to gauge:
• 1/2 in -16 ACME
S-NT201
Service couplers
• (J-39500-20A)
High side coupler
• (J-39500-24A)
Low side coupler
Hose fitting to service hose:
• M14 x 1.5 fitting is optional or permanently attached.
S-NT202
—
(J-39649)
Vacuum pump
(Including the isolator valve)
Capacity:
• Air displacement: 4 CFM
• Micron rating: 20 microns
• Oil capacity: 482 g (17 oz)
Fitting size: Thread size
• 1/2 in -16 ACME
S-NT203
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
—
(J-41425-NIS)
Aluminum tube repair kit
Repairing leaks in A/C tubes
ALIIA0390ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
Revision: January 2010
INFOID:0000000005282764
MTC-14
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
Tool name
Description
J-41810-NI
Refrigerant identifier equipment
HFC 134a (R-134a)
Checking refrigerant purity and system
contamination
A
B
C
D
RJIA0197E
Power tool
Removing bolts and nuts
E
F
PIIB1407E
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-15
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
Refrigerant Cycle
INFOID:0000000005282765
REFRIGERANT FLOW
WJIA2295E
1.
Pressure relief valve
2.
Compressor
3.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
4.
Condenser (with liquid tank)
5.
Expansion valve
6.
Evaporator
7.
Front blower motor
A.
High-pressure gas
B.
High-pressure liquid
C.
Low-pressure liquid
D.
Low-pressure gas
E.
Outside air
The refrigerant flows in the standard pattern, that is, through the compressor, the condenser with liquid tank,
through the evaporator, and back to the compressor. The refrigerant evaporation through the evaporator coil is
controlled by an externally equalized expansion valve, located inside the evaporator case.
Refrigerant System Protection
INFOID:0000000005282766
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
The refrigerant system is protected against excessively high or low pressures by the refrigerant pressure sensor, located on the liquid tank. If the system pressure rises above or falls below the specifications, the refrigerant pressure sensor detects the pressure inside the refrigerant line and sends the voltage signal to the ECM.
The ECM then signals the BCM (via CAN communication lines) to cease suppling power to the A/C relay
which disengages and stops the compressor. This occurs when pressure on the high pressure side (as
detected by refrigerant pressure sensor) is over approximately 2,746 kPa (28 kg/cm2, 398 psi), or below
approximately 120 kPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi).
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
The refrigerant system is also protected by a pressure relief valve, located in the rear head of the compressor.
When the refrigerant pressure in the system increases to an abnormal level [more than 3,600 kPa (36.7 kg/
cm2, 522 psi)], the release port on the pressure relief valve automatically opens and releases refrigerant into
the atmosphere.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-16
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Part Location
INFOID:0000000005282767
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
BJIA0023E
1.
Defroster nozzle
2.
Side ventilator duct (LH)
3.
Side defroster duct (LH)
4.
Front foot duct (LH)
5.
Rear floor connector duct (Canada
only)
6.
Rear floor duct (LH) (Canada only)
7.
Rear floor duct (RH) (Canada only)
8.
Front foot duct (RH)
9.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
10. Side defroster duct (RH)
Revision: January 2010
11. Side ventilator duct (RH)
MTC-17
2010 Sentra
OIL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL
Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor
INFOID:0000000005282768
The oil in the compressor circulates through the system with the refrigerant. Add oil to compressor when
replacing any component or after a large refrigerant leakage has occurred. It is important to maintain the specified amount.
If oil quantity is not maintained properly, the following malfunctions may result:
• Lack of oil: May lead to a seized compressor
• Excessive oil: Inadequate cooling (thermal exchange interference)
OIL
• Oil type: NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
CAUTION:
If excessive oil leakage is noted, do not perform the oil return operation.
Start the engine and set the following conditions:
Test Condition
• Engine speed: Idling to 1,200 rpm
• A/C switch: On
• Blower fan speed: Max. position
• Temp. control: Optional [Set so that intake air temperature is 25° to 30° C (77° to 86°F).]
• Intake position: Recirculation (
)
• Perform oil return operation for about ten minutes
Adjust the oil quantity according to the following table.
Oil Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor
After replacing any of the following major components, add the correct amount of oil to the system.
Amount of Oil to be Added
Oil to be added to system
Part replaced
m
Amount of oil
(US fl oz, Imp fl oz)
Remarks
Evaporator
75 (2.5, 2.6)
—
Condenser
75 (2.5, 2.6)
—
Liquid tank
5 (0.2, 0.2)
Add if compressor is not replaced.
30 (1.0, 1.1)
Large leak
—
Small leak *1
In case of refrigerant leak
*1:
If refrigerant leak is small, no addition of oil is needed.
Oil Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement
Revision: January 2010
MTC-18
2010 Sentra
OIL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WJIA1716E
1.
New compressor
2.
Old compressor
3.
Recovery/recycling equipment
4.
Measuring cup X
5.
Measuring cup Y
6.
New oil
A.
Drain oil from the new compressor
into clean container
B.
Record amount of oil recovered
C.
Add an additional 5 m (0.2 US fl oz,
0.2 Imp fl oz) of new oil when replacing
liquid tank
D.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
MTC
K
Install new oil equal to recorded
amounts in measuring cups X plus Y
Before connecting recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle, check recovery/recycling equipment gauges.
No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If NG, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
Connect recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/
recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If NG, refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant".
Confirm refrigerant purity in vehicle A/C system using recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If NG, refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant".
Discharge refrigerant into the refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Measure oil discharged into the
recovery/recycling equipment.
Drain the oil from the “old” (removed) compressor into a graduated container and recover the amount of
oil drained.
Drain the oil from the “new” compressor into a separate, clean container.
Measure an amount of new oil installed equal to amount drained from “old” compressor. Add this oil to
“new” compressor through the suction port opening.
Measure an amount of new oil equal to the amount recovered during discharging. Add this oil to “new”
compressor through the suction port opening.
If the liquid tank also needs to be replaced, add an additional 5 m (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of oil at this
time.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
MTC-19
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
OIL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not add this 5 m (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of oil if only replacing the compressor and not the
liquid tank.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-20
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
Overview Air Conditioner LAN Control System
A
INFOID:0000000005282769
The LAN (local area network) system consists of front air control, air mix door motor, intake door motor, and
mode door motor.
A configuration of these components is shown in the diagram below.
B
C
D
E
WJIA0876E
System Construction
INFOID:0000000005282770
F
A small network is constructed between the front air control, air mix door motor, intake door motor, and mode
door motor. The front air control and motors are connected by data transmission lines and motor power supply
G
lines. The LAN network is built through the ground circuits of the two motors.
Addresses, motor opening angle signals, motor stop signals and error checking messages are all transmitted
through the data transmission lines connecting the front air control and each motor.
The following functions are contained in LCUs built into the air mix door motor, intake door motor, and the H
mode door motor.
• Address
• Motor opening angle signals
I
• Data transmission
• Motor stop and drive decision
• Opening angle sensor (PBR function)
MTC
• Comparison
• Decision (front air control indicated value and motor opening angle comparison)
K
L
M
WJIA0877E
Operation
The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air
mix door, mode door and intake door opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door motor LCU
and intake door motor LCU.
The air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor read their respective signals according to the
address signal. Opening angle indication signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCUs in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subse-
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-21
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
quently, HOT/COLD, DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new selection
data is returned to the front air control.
WJIA0878E
Transmission Data and Transmission Order
Front air control data is transmitted consecutively to each of the door motors following the form shown in figure
below.
Start: Initial compulsory signal sent to each of the door motors.
Address: Data sent from the front air control is selected according to data-based decisions made by the air mix
door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor.
If the addresses are identical, the opening angle data and error check signals are received by the door motor
LCUs. The LCUs then make the appropriate error decision. If the opening angle data is normal, door control
begins.
If an error exists, the received data is rejected and corrected data received. Finally, door control is based upon
the corrected opening angle data.
Opening angle: Data that shows the indicated door opening angle of each door motor.
Error check: Procedure by which sent and received data is checked for errors. Error data is then compiled.
The error check prevents corrupted data from being used by the air mix door motor, mode door motor and
intake door motor. Error data can be related to the following problems.
• Abnormal electrical frequency
• Poor electrical connections
• Interference from other signal transmission lines
• Signal level fluctuation
Stop signal: At the end of each transmission, a stop operation, in-operation, or internal problem message is
delivered to the front air control. This completes one data transmission and control cycle.
WJIA0882E
Air Mix Door Control
The air mix door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the temperature dial setting.
Blower Speed Control
Blower speed is controlled by the front air control based on the position of the blower control dial.
With the blower control dial set to any position except OFF, the blower will begin to operate.
Intake Door Control
Revision: January 2010
MTC-22
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The intake door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the recirculation switch setting, and
the MAX A/C switch setting.
A
Mode Door Control
The mode door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the mode dial setting.
B
Magnet Clutch Control
C
D
E
F
G
WJIA2307E
The ECM controls compressor operation using input signals from the throttle position sensor and front air control.
Overview of Control system
H
INFOID:0000000005282771
I
The control system consists of an input sensor, switches, the front air control and outputs.
The relationship of these components is shown in the diagram below:
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
BJIA0003E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-23
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Control Operation
INFOID:0000000005282772
BJIA0004E
1.
Temperature dial
2.
Blower control dial
3.
Recirculation switch
4.
A/C switch (if equipped)
5.
Rear window defogger switch
6.
Mode dial
AIR CONDITIONER (A/C) SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
The air conditioner switch controls the A/C system. When the switch is pressed with the blower ON, the compressor will turn ON. The indicator lamp will also illuminate.
The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.
TEMPERATURE DIAL (Potentio Temperature Control)
Increases or decreases the set temperature.
BLOWER CONTROL DIAL/OFF SWITCH
Manually controls the blower speed.
In the off position, the compressor and blower are OFF, the intake door is set to the chosen position, and the
air mode doors are set to the chosen position.
RECIRCULATION (
) SWITCH
OFF position: Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment.
ON position: Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.
DEFROSTER SWITCH
Positions the air mode doors to the defrost position. Also positions the intake doors to the outside air position.
The compressor remains ON until the ignition is turned OFF or if the customer turns the mode to a non-defrost
mode and turns the A/C button to OFF.
MODE DIAL
Controls the air discharge through control of mode door, also controls MAX A/C function.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
This switch turns the rear window defogger ON and OFF.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-24
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Discharge Air Flow
INFOID:0000000005282773
A
B
C
D
BJIA0006E
E
Air outlet/distribution
Mode door position
Vent
Foot
Defroster
100%
—
—
60%
40%
—
10%
60%
30%
11%
50%
39%
15%
—
85%
F
G
H
Airflow always present at driver and passenger side demisters
System Description
INFOID:0000000005282774
I
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION
MTC
K
L
M
N
RHA044GA
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-25
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WJIA2294E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-26
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair
INFOID:0000000005282775
WORK FLOW
B
C
D
E
SHA900E
*1: MTC-38, "Operational Check"
F
SYMPTOM TABLE
Reference
Page
Symptom
• A/C system does not come on.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for A/C system.
MTC-39
H
• Air outlet does not change.
• Mode door motor does not operate normally.
• Discharge air temperature does not
change.
• Air mix door motor does not operate normally.
G
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Mode Door Motor. (LAN)
MTC-43
I
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Air Mix Door Motor. (LAN)
MTC-45
MTC
• Intake door does not change.
• Intake door motor does not operate normally.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door Motor. (LAN)
MTC-47
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Blower Motor.
MTC-48
• Magnet clutch does not engage.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch.
MTC-53
• Insufficient cooling.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling.
MTC-56
• Insufficient heating.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating.
MTC-63
• Noise.
• Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise.
MTC-64
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005282776
N
ENGINE COMPARTMENT - QR25DE
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-27
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WJIA2303E
1.
A/C relay (internal to the IPDM E/R)
2.
A/C Compressor F3
3.
Refrigerant pressure sensor E35
(view with grille removed)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT - MR20DE
Revision: January 2010
MTC-28
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
AWIIA1310ZZ
1.
A/C Compressor F3 (if equipped)
2.
Refrigerant pressure sensor E35 (if
equipped), (view with grille removed)
3.
A/C relay (if equipped), (internal to
the IPDM E/R)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Revision: January 2010
O
P
MTC-29
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BJIA0012E
1.
Front blower motor M62
2.
Fan control amp. M52
3.
Mode door motor M51
4.
Front blower motor relay J1
5.
Front air control M33
6.
Air mix door motor M34
7.
Intake door motor M48
Revision: January 2010
MTC-30
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005282777
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
WJWA0490E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-31
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - HEATER -
INFOID:0000000005282778
ABIWA0047GB
Revision: January 2010
MTC-32
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
WJWA0501E
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-33
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - A/C,M -
INFOID:0000000005282779
ABIWA0050GB
Revision: January 2010
MTC-34
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
WJWA0502E
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-35
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAIWA0069GB
Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005282780
INSPECTION OF FRONT AIR CONTROL
Revision: January 2010
MTC-36
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure voltage between each terminal and body ground by following Terminals and Reference Value for front air control.
A
B
C
WJIA0909E
D
FRONT AIR CONTROL HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
E
F
G
BJIA0005E
TERMINAL AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
H
Terminal No.
Wire
color
Item
Ignition
switch
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
1
W
Power supply for BAT
—
—
12
2
BR
Power supply for IGN
—
12
3
B
Ground
—
0
18
P
A/C LAN signal (with A/C)
—
5.5
19
Y
A/C PD Cut
(with A/C)
—
5
20
GR
Sensor ground
—
0
21
Y
Power supply for IGN
—
12
22
O
Power supply for mode door
motor, intake door motor, and
air mix door motor
—
12
23
R
Light (+)
24
V
Light (-)
36
R
Blower motor feed back
—
Lighting
switch
Fan speed
37
L
Fan control AMP. control signal
38
LG
Rear defrost ON signal
Defroster
switch
39
SB
Fan ON signal
Fan
Revision: January 2010
MTC-37
MTC
K
L
OFF
0
1st position
12
—
I
M
N
0
Low
7 - 10
Any speed except high
2.5 - 3
High
9- 10
ON
0
OFF
5
ON
0
OFF
5
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
40
Wire
color
Item
G
Compressor ON signal
(with A/C)
Ignition
switch
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Condition
Compressor
ON
0
OFF
5
Operational Check
INFOID:0000000005282781
The purpose of the operational check is to confirm that the system operates properly.
Conditions
: Engine running at normal operating temperature
CHECKING BLOWER
1.
2.
Turn blower control dial clockwise, blower should operate on low speed.
Continue turning blower control dial clockwise, and continue checking blower speeds until all speeds are
checked.
3. Leave blower on Maximum speed.
If NG, go to MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit".
If OK, continue the check.
CHECKING DISCHARGE AIR
1.
Turn mode door control dial to each position.
2.
Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to MTC-25, "Discharge
Air Flow".
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (audio or visual inspection) and intake door is in the fresh
(
) position when the DEF
is selected.
Intake door position is checked in the next step.
If NG, go to MTC-43, "Mode Door Motor Circuit", MTC-74, "Removal and Installation".
If OK, continue the check.
CHECKING RECIRCULATION
1.
Press REC
switch.
Recirculation indicator should illuminate.
2. Press REC
switch a second time.
Recirculation indicator should turn off.
3. Listen for intake door position change (you should hear blower sound change slightly).
If NG, go to MTC-47, "Intake Door Motor Circuit".
If OK, continue with the check.
CHECKING TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial counterclockwise to full cold position.
2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
If NG, go to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling".
If OK, continue the check.
CHECKING TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial clockwise to full hot position.
2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
If NG, go to MTC-63, "Insufficient Heating".
If OK, continue the check.
CHECKING A/C SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
1.
Turn blower control dial to the desired position and push the air conditioner switch (if equipped) to turn ON
the air conditioner.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-38
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Confirm that the A/C indicator lamp illuminates and that the compressor clutch engages (audio or visual
inspection).
If NG, go to MTC-39, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control", then if necessary, MTC-53,
"Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped)".
If all operational checks are OK (symptom can not be duplicated), go to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" and perform tests as outlined to simulate driving condition environment. If
symptom appears, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" and
perform applicable trouble diagnosis procedures.
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control
A
B
C
INFOID:0000000005282782
D
SYMPTOM:
• Heater and A/C system (if equipped) does not come on.
INSPECTION FLOW
E
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK
1. Turn blower control dial to any speed.
2. Turn mode dial to vent ( ) position, and press A/C switch (if equipped).
3. Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection).
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
H
I
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
MTC
Check for any service bulletins.
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE".
OK or NG
OK
>> System OK.
NG
>> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation".
L
M
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
FRONT AIR CONTROL
The front air control has a built-in microcomputer which processes
information sent from the temperature control dial, and various
switches needed for air conditioner operation. The air mix door
motor, mode door motor, intake door motor, blower motor and compressor are then controlled.
N
O
P
WJIA0917E
POTENTIO TEMPERATURE CONTROL (PTC)
The PTC is built into the front air control.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Revision: January 2010
MTC-39
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM:
• Heater and A/C system (if equipped) does not come on.
BJIA0007E
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect front air control connector M33.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminals 1, 2, and 21, and ground.
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
Connector - Terminal
M33-1
M33-2
M33-21
BJIA0008E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [Nos. 12 and 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and 15A fuses [Nos. 10 and 11,
located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• If fuses are OK, check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuses are NG, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit. Repair or replace as
necessary.
2.CHECK BODY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between front air control connector M33 terminal 3 and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M33-3
(-)
Body ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> • Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal
and Installation".
• Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-40
BJIA0009E
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAN System Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282783
A
SYMPTOM: Mode door motor, intake door motor and/or air mix door motor do not operate normally.
B
C
D
WJIA0883E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
E
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR MOTORS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal
22 and ground.
F
Terminals
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
(+)
Connector
M33-22
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal
and Installation".
G
H
BJIA0010E
2.CHECK SIGNAL FOR DOOR MOTORS
I
MTC
Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal 18
and ground.
K
Terminals
(+)
Connector
M33-18
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
5.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal
and Installation".
L
M
BJIA0011E
N
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR MOTOR
Check voltage between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 1
and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34 terminal 1
and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal
1 and ground.
O
P
WJIA0038E
Revision: January 2010
MTC-41
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminals
Door motors
(+)
Connector
Mode
M51-1
Air mix
M34-1
Intake
M48-1
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
(-)
Body ground
12V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK SIGNAL FOR MOTOR
Check voltage between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 3
and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34 terminal 3
and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal
3 and ground.
Terminals
Door motors
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
5.5V
(+)
Connectors
Mode
M51-3
Air mix
M34-3
Intake
M48-3
WJIA1188E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect door motor connectors.
Check continuity between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 2 and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34
terminal 2 and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal 2 and ground.
Terminals
Door motors
(+)
Connector
Mode
M51-2
Air mix
M34-2
Intake
M48-2
Continuity
(-)
Body ground
Yes
WJIA0884E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace harness or connector.
6.CHECK MOTOR OPERATION
Disconnect and reconnect the motor connectors and confirm the motor operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> (Returns to normal operation.)
• Motor connector contacts dirty or damaged
NG
>> (Does not operate normally.)
• GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-42
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR AND AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR OPERATION
1.
2.
Disconnect the intake door motor connector.
Reconnect the mode door motor connector and air mix door motor connector, confirm the mode door
motor and air mix door motor operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> (Mode door motor and air mix door motor operate normally.)
• Replace the intake door motor. Refer to MTC-73, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> (Mode door motor and air mix door motor do not operate normally.)
• GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR AND INTAKE DOOR MOTOR OPERATION
A
B
C
D
1.
2.
Disconnect mode door motor connector.
Reconnect the intake door motor connector, confirm the air mix door motor and intake door motor operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> (Air mix door motor and intake door motor operate normally.)
• Replace mode door motor. Refer toMTC-74, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> (Air mix door motor and intake door motor do not operate normally.)
• GO TO 9.
9.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR AND MODE DOOR MOTOR OPERATION
E
F
G
1. Disconnect air mix door motor connector.
2. Reconnect mode door motor connector, confirm the intake door motor and mode door motor operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> (Intake door motor and mode door motor operate normally.)
• Replace air mix door motor. Refer to MTC-75, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> (Intake door motor and mode door motor do not operate normally.)
• Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation".
H
I
MTC
Mode Door Motor Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282784
K
SYMPTOM:
• Air outlet does not change.
• Mode door motor does not operate normally.
L
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - DISCHARGE AIR
M
1.
2.
Turn mode dial to all five positions.
Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to MTC-25, "Discharge
Air Flow".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
N
O
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
Check for any service bulletins.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-43
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MODE DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify mode door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
5.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT
Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational
Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
Mode door control system components are:
• Front air control
• Mode door motor (LCU)
System Operation
The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air
mix door, mode door and intake door motor opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door
motor LCU and intake door motor LCU.
The mode door motor reads their respective signals according to the address signal. Opening angle indication
signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCU's
in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT
or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new selection data is returned to the front air control.
WJIA0920E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Mode Door Motor
Revision: January 2010
MTC-44
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The mode door motor (1) is attached to the heater and cooling unit
assembly. It rotates so that air is discharged from the outlet set by
the front air control. Motor rotation is conveyed to a link which activates the mode door.
A
B
C
WJIA2282E
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
E
SYMPTOM: Mode door motor and/or air mix door motor does not operate normally.
Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
F
Air Mix Door Motor Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282785
SYMPTOM:
H
• Discharge air temperature does not change.
• Air mix door motor does not operate.
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1.
2.
G
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise.
Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
I
MTC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Turn the temperature control dial counterclockwise.
2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
M
3.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
4.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
N
O
Check for any service bulletins.
P
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-45
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT
Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational
Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
Air mix door control system components are:
• Front air control
• Air mix door motor (LCU)
System Operation
The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air
mix door, mode door and intake door motor opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door
motor LCU and intake door motor LCU.
The air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor read their respective signals according to the
address signal. Opening angle indication signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCUs in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new
selection data is returned to the front air control.
WJIA0922E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Air Mix Door Motor
The air mix door motor (1) is attached to the heater and cooling unit
assembly. It rotates so that the air mix door is opened or closed to a
position set by the front air control. Motor rotation is then conveyed
through a shaft and the air mix door position is then fed back to the
front air control by PBR built-in air mix door motor.
WJIA2283E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM: Discharge air temperature does not change.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-46
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
A
B
Intake Door Motor Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282786
SYMPTOM:
C
INSPECTION FLOW
D
• Intake door does not change.
• Intake door motor does not operate normally.
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REC (
)
1. Press REC (
) switch. Recirculation indicator should illuminate.
2. Press REC (
) switch again. The REC (
) indicator should go out.
3. Listen for intake door position change (blower sound should change slightly).
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
E
F
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
G
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
H
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
I
Check for any service bulletins.
MTC
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify intake door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
K
L
5.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT
Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational
Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and
Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
M
N
O
Component Parts
Intake door control system components are:
P
• Front air control
• Intake door motor
System Operation
Revision: January 2010
MTC-47
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The intake door control determines intake door position based on the position of the recirculation switch.
When the front air control is set to DEFROST, or OFF, the front air control sets the intake door at the fresh
position.
WJIA0924E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake door motor
The intake door motor (1) is attached to the intake unit. It rotates so
that air is drawn from inlets set by the front air control. Motor rotation
is conveyed to a lever which activates the intake door. Door position
is then fed back to the front air control by PBR built-in air mix door
motor.
WJIA2284E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM: Intake door motor does not operate normally.
Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit".
Blower Motor Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282787
SYMPTOM:
• Blower motor operation is malfunctioning.
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - FRONT BLOWER
1. Turn blower control dial clockwise one detent. Blower should operate on low speed.
2. Continue checking blower speed until all speeds are checked.
3. Leave blower on HI speed.
Can the symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK
Revision: January 2010
MTC-48
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Can a symptom be duplicated?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
A
B
Check for any service bulletins.
C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT
Perform diagnostic procedure for the blower motor circuit. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE".
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check and check for other symptoms.
Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". and check for other symptoms. Refer to MTC-27, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". If no other symptom exists replace
front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
D
E
F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Component Parts
G
Fan speed control system components are:
•
•
•
•
Front air control
LAN system (PBR built-in mode door motor, air mix door motor and intake door motor)
Blower motor
Fan control amplifier
H
I
System Operation
MTC
K
L
M
N
WJIA0926E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
O
Fan Control Amplifier
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-49
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The fan control amplifier (1) is located on the cooling unit. The fan
control amp. receives a gate voltage from the front air control to
smoothly maintain the blower fan motor voltage in the 5 to the 12V
range (approx.).
WJIA2285E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM: Blower motor is malfunctioning.
BJIA0013E
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR FAN CONTROL AMP.
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect fan control amp. connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector
M52 terminal 3 and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M52-3
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
WJIA0855E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK FAN FEEDBACK CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
MTC-50
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect front air control connector.
2. Check voltage between front air control harness connector M33
terminal 36 and ground.
B
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
C
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M33-18
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary.
BJIA0014E
D
3.CHECK BODY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FAN CONTROL AMP.
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector
M52 terminal 1 and ground.
F
Terminal
Connector - Terminal
M52-1
Continuity
Body ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Reconnect fan control amp. harness connector and GO
TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
G
WJIA0856E
4.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR FAN CONTROL AMP.
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn blower control dial to any position except OFF or AUTO.
Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector
M52 terminal 2 and ground.
MTC
K
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M52-2
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Replace fan control amp. Refer to MTC-76, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
WJIA0847E
M
5.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CIRCUIT BETWEEN FAN CONTROL AMP. AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front air control and fan control amp. harness connectors.
Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector
M52 (A) terminal 2 and front air control harness connector M33
(B) terminal 37.
Terminals
Connector - Terminal
M52-2
M33-37
P
Yes
BJIA0015E
If OK, check harness for short.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-51
N
O
Continuity
Connector - Terminal
H
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between front air control harness connector M33
terminal 1 and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M33-1
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
OK or NG
OK
>> 1.
NG
Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66,
"Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal.
>> • Check for open circuit in wiring harness.
Repair or replace as necessary.
• If OK, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit.
Repair or replace an necessary.
BJIA0016E
7.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR BLOWER MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition OFF.
Disconnect blower motor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between blower motor harness connector M62
terminal 1 and ground.
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M62-1
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check power supply circuit and 15A fuses [Nos. 10
and 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Check blower motor relay. Refer to PG-5, "Wiring Diagram - POWER -".
Repair or replace as necessary.
• If OK, check for open circuit in wiring harness.
Repair or replace as necessary.
• If OK, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit.
Repair or replace as necessary.
WJIA0056E
8.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR AND FAN CONTROL AMP.
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front air control connector.
Check continuity between blower motor harness connector M62
terminal 2 and fan control amp. harness connector M52 terminal
3.
Terminals
Connector - Terminal
Connector - Terminal
M62-2
M52-3
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
WJIA0857E
MTC-52
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>>
Check blower motor. Refer to MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit".
1. If NG, replace blower motor. Refer to MTC-67, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
A
COMPONENT INSPECTION
B
Blower Motor
Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor (1).
• Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the intake unit.
C
D
E
WJIA2286E
Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped)
F
INFOID:0000000005282788
SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage.
G
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - MAGNET CLUTCH
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn blower control dial to the desired position.
3. Press the A/C switch. A/C indicator will turn on.
4. Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection).
Can the symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
I
MTC
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Does another symptom exist?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
K
L
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
Check for any service bulletins.
M
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION
N
Check compressor belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts" (QR25DE).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Adjust or replace A/C compressor belt.
O
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure with manifold gauge connected. Refer to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for unusual pressure. Refer to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling".
6.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
MTC-53
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform diagnostic procedure for the magnetic clutch. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE".
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational
Check". If other symptoms exist, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick
and Accurate Repair".
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Front air control controls compressor operation by a signal from ECM.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage when A/C switch is ON.
WJIA2305E
1.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN A/C RELAY IN IPDM E/R AND COMPRESSOR
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R connector E43 and compressor connector.
Check continuity between A/C compressor harness connector
F3 (B) terminal 2 and IPDM E/R harness connector E43 (A) terminal 11.
Terminals
Continuity
Connector - Terminal
Connector - Terminal
F3 (A) - 2
E43 (B) - 11
Yes
If OK, check harness for short to ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
WJIA2291E
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COMPRESSOR
Revision: January 2010
MTC-54
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Reconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
2. Start engine and press A/C switch.
3. Check voltage between A/C compressor harness connector F3
terminal 2 and ground.
A
B
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
F3-2
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
BJIA0019E
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
C
Check magnet clutch coil.
1. If NG, replace magnet clutch. Refer to MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor MR20DE" or MTC-86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE".
2. If OK, check A/C compressor mounting points for looseness or corrosion and repair as necessary.
>> GO TO 3.
D
E
3.CHECK FUSE IN IPDM E/R
F
Check 10A fuse [No. 42 located at the IPDM E/R].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuse and check IPDM E/R for short circuit. Replace if necessary.
G
4.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND FRONT AIR CONTROL
1.
2.
H
Disconnect BCM connector M18 and front air control connector M33.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminals 27, 28 and front air control connector M33 (B) terminals
40, 39.
Terminals
I
MTC
Continuity
Connector - Terminal
Connector - Terminal
M18 (A) - 27
M33 (B) - 40
M18 (A) - 28
M33 (B) - 39
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
K
BJIA0020E
L
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
M
Check voltage between ECM harness connector F25 terminal 41
[*1(with MR20DE)], 39 [(*2 with QR25DE)] and ground.
Terminal
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Body ground
12V
N
Connector - Terminal
F25 - 41 with MR20DE
F25 - 39 with QR25DE
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> 1. Repair harness or connector.
2. Confirm that magnet clutch operation is normal.
O
WJIA2306E
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-570, "Component Description"(MR20DE) or EC-1666, "Component Description" (QR25DE).
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
MTC-55
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant
Pressure Sensor".
7.CHECK COMPRESSOR ON SIGNAL
Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal 40
and ground, with A/C compressor ON and with A/C compressor
OFF.
Terminal
(+)
Connector - Terminal
M33 - 40
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
(-)
Body ground
A/C Compressor ON: 0V
A/C Compressor OFF:
5V
OK or NG
BJIA0021E
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> • When A/C compressor is ON and voltage is not approx. 0V, Replace front air control. Refer to
MTC-66, "Removal and Installation".
• When A/C compressor is OFF and voltage is not approx. 5V, BCM is malfunctioning.
8.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS
Check CAN communication circuits between BCM to ECM and between ECM to IPDM E/R. Refer to LAN-10,
"Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System".
OK or NG
OK
>> ECM malfunctioning.
NG
>> Repair or replace component based on the result of diagnosis.
Insufficient Cooling
INFOID:0000000005282789
SYMPTOM: Insufficient cooling
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial counterclockwise to maximum cold position.
2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
Can the symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Does another symptom exist?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
Check for any service bulletins.
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT TENSION
Check compressor belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts" (QR25DE).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Adjust or replace compressor belt. Refer to EM-13, "Tension Adjustment" (MR20DE) or EM-13,
"Tension Adjustment" (QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
MTC-56
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION
A
Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
Does air mix door operate correctly?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace as necessary.
B
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERATION
C
Check and verify cooling fan motor for smooth operation. Refer to EC-436, "System Description".
Does cooling fan motor operate correctly?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-436.
D
7.CHECK RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT BEFORE USAGE
Check recovery/recycling equipment before connecting to vehicle. Verify there is no pressure in the recovery/
recycling equipment by checking the gauges. If pressure exists, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
E
F
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PURITY
1. Connect recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle.
2. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/recycling and refrigerant identifier.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check contaminated refrigerant. Refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant".
G
Check refrigerant pressure with manifold gauge connected. Refer to "TEST READING".
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW".
NG
>> GO TO 10.
I
H
9.CHECK FOR REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
MTC
10.CHECK FOR EVAPORATOR FREEZE UP
Start engine and run A/C. Check for evaporator freeze up.
Does evaporator freeze up?
YES >> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW".
NO
>> GO TO 11.
K
L
11.CHECK AIR DUCTS
Check ducts for air leaks.
OK or NG
OK
>> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational
Check". If other symptoms exist, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick
and Accurate Repair".
NG
>> Repair air leaks.
DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-57
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWIIA0999GB
*1
MTC-90, "Checking System for
Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak
Detector"
*2
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
*3
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
*4
"TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABNORMAL PRESSURE"
*5
MTC-45, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit"
Revision: January 2010
MTC-58
"PERFORMANCE CHART"
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
AWIIA1000GB
*1
MTC-67, "Removal and Installation"
*2
MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit"
*4
EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts"
(MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts" (QR25DE)
*5
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
*3
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
PERFORMANCE CHART
Test Condition
Revision: January 2010
MTC-59
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Testing must be performed as follows:
Vehicle location
Indoors or in the shade (in a well-ventilated place)
Doors
Closed
Door windows
Open
Hood
Open
TEMP.
Max. COLD
Mode switch
(Ventilation) set
Intake switch
(Recirculation) set
Max. speed set
(fan) speed
Engine speed
Idle speed
Operate the air conditioning system for 10 minutes before taking measurements.
TEST READING
Recirculating-to-discharge Air Temperature Table
Inside air (Recirculating air) at blower assembly inlet
Relative humidity
%
Discharge air temperature at center ventilator
°C (°F)
Air temperature
°C (°F)
50 - 60
60 - 70
25 (77)
10.0 - 12.3 (50 - 54)
30 (86)
13.2 - 15.3 (56 - 60)
35 (95)
17.2 - 21.0 (63 - 70)
25 (77)
12.3 - 14.9 (54 - 59)
30 (86)
15.3 - 19.3 (60 - 67)
35 (95)
21.0 - 24.4 (70 - 76)
Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure Table
Ambient air
Relative humidity
%
50 - 70
High-pressure (Discharge side)
kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Air temperature
°C (°F)
Low-pressure (Suction side)
kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
30 (86)
1,220 - 1,500
(12.44 - 15.30, 176.9 - 217.5)
240 - 295
(2.45 - 3.01, 34.8 - 42.8)
35 (95)
1,360 - 1,690
(13.87 - 17.24, 197.2 - 245.1)
275 - 335
(2.81 - 3.42, 39.9 - 48.6)
40 (104)
1,500 - 1,830
(12.44 - 18.67, 176.9 - 265.4)
310 - 375
(3.16 - 3.83, 45.0 - 54.4)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABNORMAL PRESSURE
Whenever system's high and/or low side pressure is abnormal, diagnose using a manifold gauge. The marker
above the gauge scale in the following tables indicates the standard (normal) pressure range. Since the standard (normal) pressure differs from vehicle to vehicle, refer to Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure
Table above.
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too High
Revision: January 2010
MTC-60
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gauge indication
Both high and low-pressure
sides are too high.
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
Pressure is reduced soon after
water is splashed on condenser.
Excessive refrigerant charge in
refrigeration cycle
Reduce refrigerant until specified pressure is obtained.
Air suction by cooling fan is insufficient.
Insufficient condenser cooling
performance
↓
1.
Condenser fins are
clogged.
2.
Improper fan rotation of
cooling fan
• Clean condenser.
• Check and repair cooling fan
as necessary.
Poor heat exchange in condenser
(After compressor operation
stops, high pressure decreases
too slowly.)
↓
Air in refrigeration cycle
Evacuate and recharge system.
Engine tends to overheat.
Engine cooling systems malfunction.
Check and repair each engine
cooling system.
• An area of the low-pressure
pipe is colder than areas near
the evaporator outlet.
• Plates are sometimes covered with frost.
• Excessive liquid refrigerant
on low-pressure side
• Excessive refrigerant discharge flow
• Expansion valve is open a little compared with the specification.
↓
1.
Improper thermal valve installation
2.
Improper expansion valve
adjustment
• Low-pressure pipe is not
cold.
• When compressor is stopped
high-pressure value quickly
drops by approximately 196
kPa (2 kg/cm2, 28 psi). It then
decreases gradually thereafter.
AC359A
Corrective action
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Replace expansion valve.
I
MTC
High-pressure Side is Too High and Low-pressure Side is Too Low
Gauge indication
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
Corrective action
High-pressure side is too high and
low-pressure side is too low.
K
L
Upper side of condenser and
high-pressure side are hot,
however, liquid tank is not so
hot.
High-pressure tube or parts located between compressor
and condenser are clogged or
crushed.
• Check and repair or replace
malfunctioning parts.
• Check oil for contamination.
M
N
AC360A
High-pressure Side is Too Low and Low-pressure Side is Too High
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-61
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gauge indication
Refrigerant cycle
High-pressure side is too low and
low-pressure side is too high.
High and low-pressure sides
become equal soon after compressor operation stops.
Compressor pressure operation is improper.
↓
Damaged inside compressor
pickings
Replace compressor.
No temperature difference between high and low-pressure
sides
Compressor pressure operation is improper.
↓
Damaged inside compressor
pickings.
Replace compressor.
AC356A
Probable cause
Corrective action
Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too Low
Gauge indication
Both high- and low-pressure sides
are too low.
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
Corrective action
• There is a big temperature
difference between liquid
tank outlet and inlet. Outlet
temperature is extremely
low.
• Liquid tank inlet and expansion valve are frosted.
Liquid tank inside is slightly
clogged.
• Replace desiccant assembly.
• Check oil for contamination.
• Temperature of expansion
valve inlet is extremely low
as compared with areas
near liquid tank.
• Expansion valve inlet may
be frosted.
• Temperature difference occurs somewhere in highpressure side
High-pressure pipe located between receiver drier and expansion valve is clogged.
• Check and repair malfunctioning parts.
• Check oil for contamination.
Expansion valve and liquid
tank are warm or only cool
when touched.
Low refrigerant charge
↓
Leaking fittings or components
Check refrigerant for leaks.
Refer to Checking Refrigerant
Leaks, MTC-90, "Checking of
Refrigerant Leaks" and MTC91, "Electronic Refrigerant
Leak Detector".
There is a big temperature difference between expansion
valve inlet and outlet while the
valve itself is frosted.
Expansion valve closes a little
compared with the specification.
↓
1.
Improper expansion
valve adjustment
2.
Malfunctioning thermal
valve
3.
Outlet and inlet may be
clogged.
• Remove foreign particles by
using compressed air.
• Check oil for contamination.
An area of the low-pressure
pipe is colder than areas near
the evaporator outlet.
Low-pressure pipe is clogged
or crushed.
• Check and repair malfunctioning parts.
• Check oil for contamination.
Air flow volume is not enough
or is too low.
Evaporator is frozen.
• Check thermo control amp.
and intake sensor operation.
• Replace compressor.
AC353A
Low-pressure Side Sometimes Becomes Negative
Revision: January 2010
MTC-62
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gauge indication
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
Corrective action
Low-pressure side sometimes becomes negative.
• Air conditioning system does
not function and does not cyclically cool the compartment air.
• The system constantly functions for a certain period of
time after compressor is
stopped and restarted.
Refrigerant does not discharge
cyclically.
↓
Moisture is frozen at expansion valve outlet and inlet.
↓
Water is mixed with refrigerant.
• Drain water from refrigerant
or replace refrigerant.
• Replace desiccant assembly.
A
B
C
D
AC354A
Low-pressure Side Becomes Negative
Gauge indication
Refrigerant cycle
Low-pressure side becomes negative.
Liquid tank or front/rear side of
expansion valve's pipe is frosted or dewed.
Probable cause
Corrective action
High-pressure side is closed
and refrigerant does not flow.
↓
Expansion valve or liquid tank
is frosted.
Leave the system at rest until
no frost is present. Start it
again to check whether or not
the problem is caused by water
or foreign particles.
• If water is the cause, initially
cooling is okay. Then the water freezes causing a blockage. Drain water from
refrigerant or replace refrigerant.
• If due to foreign particles, remove expansion valve and
remove the particles with dry
and compressed air (not
shop air).
• If either of the above methods cannot correct the problem, replace expansion
valve.
• Replace desiccant assembly.
• Check oil for contamination.
AC362A
Insufficient Heating
INFOID:0000000005282790
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
SYMPTOM: Insufficient heating
INSPECTION FLOW
1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial clockwise to maximum heat position.
2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
Can the symptom be duplicated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
N
O
2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS
Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check".
Does another symptom exist?
YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
NO
>> System OK.
P
3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS
Check for any service bulletins.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-63
M
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COOLANT SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or CO-39, "Inspection" (QR25DE).
2. Check hoses for leaks or kinks.
3. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or CO-39, "Inspection" (QR25DE).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair/replace as necessary.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION
Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Adjust or replace air mix door.
6.CHECK AIR DUCTS
Check ducts for air leaks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair air leaks.
7.CHECK HEATER HOSE TEMPERATURES
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses.
Is the inlet hose hot and the outlet hose warm?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Both hoses warm: GO TO 9.
8.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat for smooth operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> System OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace as necessary. Retest.
9.CHECK HEATER HOSES
Check heater hoses for proper installation.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair /replace as necessary. Retest GO TO 7.
10.BACK FLUSH HEATER CORE
1.
2.
3.
Back flush heater core.
Drain the water from the system.
Refill system with new engine coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant" (MR20DE) or CO-40,
"Changing Engine Coolant" (QR25DE).
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses.
Is the inlet hose hot and the outlet hose warm?
YES >> System OK.
NO
>> Replace heater core and refill engine coolant. Refer to MTC-72, "Removal and Installation".
Noise
INFOID:0000000005282791
SYMPTOM: Noise
INSPECTION FLOW
Revision: January 2010
MTC-64
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
AWIIA1001GB
*1
MTC-38, "Operational Check"
*2
EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts"
(MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts" (QR25DE)
*4
MTC-90, "Removal and Installation
for Expansion Valve"
*5
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
*6
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
*7
MTC-85, "Removal and Installation
*8
for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for
Compressor - QR25DE"
MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quanti- *9
ty in Compressor"
MTC-88, "Removal and Installation
for Condenser"
Revision: January 2010
MTC-65
*3
MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling"
2010 Sentra
O
P
CONTROL UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282792
FRONT AIR CONTROL
Removal
1.
2.
Remove controller finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the five screws (A) and remove the front air control (1).
BJIA0024E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-66
2010 Sentra
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282793
REMOVAL
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C
Remove the instrument panel. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Disconnect the front blower motor connector (2).
Remove the one screw (A) from the front blower motor (1).
Turn the front blower motor (1) counterclockwise and remove it.
• ⇐ : Front
D
E
BJIA0025E
F
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-67
2010 Sentra
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282794
FUNCTION
Air inside passenger compartment is kept clean at either recirculation or fresh mode by installing in-cabin microfilter into heater and
cooling unit assembly.
LJIA0012E
REPLACEMENT TIMING
Replace the in-cabin microfilter as recommended. Refer to MA-9, "Schedule 1" and MA-12, "Schedule 2".
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
BJIA0027E
1.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
Revision: January 2010
2.
In-cabin microfilter
MTC-68
3.
Filter cover
2010 Sentra
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove the filter cover.
a. Release the filter cover tab (A) the pull the bottom of the filter
cover out tilting it at an angle
b. Pull down the filter cover to disengage the hook at the top and
remove the filter cover.
A
B
C
BJIA0026E
2.
3.
4.
a.
b.
D
Remove the in-cabin microfilter.
Install the new in-cabin microfilter.
CAUTION:
• Insert the new filter with the “UP” arrow in the correct orientation.
• Insert the new filter with the “UP” arrow side of the filter facing the front of the vehicle.
Install the filter cover.
Insert the hook at the top of the filter cover into the heater and cooling unit case.
Swing the filter cover into the heater and cooling unit case until
the filter cover tab (A) snaps securely on the heater and cooling
unit case.
CAUTION:
Check the filter cover to make sure it is securely fastened to
the heater and cooling unit case.
E
F
G
H
I
BJIA0026E
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-69
2010 Sentra
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282795
BJIA0028E
A.
Steering member bolts
B.
Heater and cooling unit assembly bolts
⇐
Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Discharge the refrigerant from the A/C system. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Partially drain the engine coolant from the cooling system. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
Reposition the lower dash insulator out of the way.
Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater core pipes.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid entry of contaminants.
Disconnect the refrigerant lines from the evaporator. Refer to MTC-83, "Component".
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid entry of contaminants.
Remove the steering column. Refer to PS-8.
Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the lower steering member stays.
Disconnect the following components.
• Shift lock cable
• Steering harness clips
• SMJ
• Fuse box
• Door harness
• Front pillar harness
• CVT shift cable (if equipped)
• M/T shift cable (if equipped)
• A/C drain hose
• Air bag module control unit
Disconnect the evaporator drain hose.
Remove the steering member bolt caps.
Support both front doors with a suitable jack.
Remove both front door upper hinge bolts. Refer to BL-130.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-70
2010 Sentra
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. Remove the steering member bolts.
15. Temporarily install the front door upper hinge bolts.
16. Remove the heater and cooling unit and the steering member from the vehicle as one unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the interior and seat trim when removing the heater and cooling unit
assembly and steering member from the vehicle.
17. Disconnect the following components to separate the heater and cooling unit assembly from the steering
member.
• Front blower motor
• Fan control amplifier
• air mix door motor
• Mode door motor
• Intake door motor
18. Remove the heater and cooling unit assembly from the steering member.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Fill the radiator with the specified water and coolant mixture. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
• Recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
• Check and adjust the front door alignment as necessary. Refer to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment".
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-71
2010 Sentra
HEATER CORE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEATER CORE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282796
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the heater and cooling unit assembly. Refer to MTC-70, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the heater core foam seal to access and remove the
heater core pipe support screws (A) and then remove the heater
core pipe support.
BJIA0029E
3.
Remove the heater core (1) from the heater and cooling unit
assembly (2).
BJIA0030E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-72
2010 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282797
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
B
Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the intake door motor connector (B).
Remove the screws (A) and then the intake door motor (1) from
the heater and cooling unit assembly.
C
D
E
BJIA0031E
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-73
2010 Sentra
MODE DOOR MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MODE DOOR MOTOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282798
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the instrument lower cover (LH). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the mode door motor connector.
Remove the two mode door motor screws (A) and then remove
the mode door motor (1).
BJIA0032E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-74
2010 Sentra
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282799
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
B
Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the air mix door motor connector (B).
Remove the two air mix door motor screws (A) and then remove
the air mix door motor (1).
C
D
E
BJIA0033E
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-75
2010 Sentra
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282800
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front foot duct (LH). Refer to MTC-77.
Remove the accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4.
Disconnect the fan control amplifier connector (B).
Remove the two screws (A) from the fan control amplifier (1)
and then remove the fan control amplifier (1).
BJIA0034E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-76
2010 Sentra
DUCTS AND GRILLES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DUCTS AND GRILLES
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282801
Ducts
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
BJIA0023E
1.
Defroster nozzle
2.
Side ventilator duct (LH)
3.
Side defroster duct (LH)
4.
Front foot duct (LH)
5.
Rear floor connector duct (Canada
only)
6.
Rear floor duct (LH) (Canada only)
Revision: January 2010
MTC-77
2010 Sentra
DUCTS AND GRILLES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.
Rear floor duct (RH) (Canada only)
10. Side defroster duct (RH)
8.
Front foot duct (RH)
9.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
11. Side ventilator duct (RH)
Grilles
BJIA0035E
1.
Upper defroster grille
2.
Instrument panel assembly
3.
Side defroster grille (LH)
6.
Center ventilator grille (RH)
4.
Side ventilator grille (LH)
5.
Center ventilator grille (LH)
7.
Side ventilator grille (RH)
8.
Side defroster grille (RH)
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE RH, LH
Removal
Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the center ventilator grille.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
UPPER DEFROSTER GRILLE
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Pry from the rear (farthest from windshield) edge to release the tabs using a suitable tool.
Pry from the front (closest to windshield) edge to release the tabs using a suitable tool.
Remove the upper defroster grille.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE RH, LH
Removal
Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the side ventilator grille.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-78
2010 Sentra
DUCTS AND GRILLES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE RH, LH
A
Removal
Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the side defroster grille.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
B
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT RH, LH
C
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the defroster nozzle.
Remove the side ventilator duct.
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
DEFROSTER NOZZLE
Removal
1.
2.
F
Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the defroster nozzle.
G
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT RH, LH
H
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the defroster nozzle.
Remove the side defroster duct.
I
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
MTC
FRONT FOOT DUCT RH
K
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front foot duct.
L
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
M
FRONT FOOT DUCT LH
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front foot duct.
N
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
O
REAR FLOOR CONNECTOR DUCT
Removal
1.
2.
P
Push up to disengage the rear floor connector duct from the rear floor duct (LH).
Remove the rear floor connector duct.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR FLOOR DUCT RH
Revision: January 2010
MTC-79
2010 Sentra
DUCTS AND GRILLES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove the floor carpet from the front floor area and remove the front floor spacer. Refer to EI-39.
Remove the rear floor duct bolt.
Remove the rear floor duct.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR FLOOR DUCT LH
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the floor carpet from the front floor area and remove the front floor spacer. Refer to EI-39.
Remove the rear floor connector duct.
Remove the rear floor duct bolt.
Remove the rear floor duct.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-80
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure
INFOID:0000000005282802
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
B
Discharging Refrigerant
C
D
E
F
G
WJIA2195E
1.
Shut-off valve
A.
Preferred (best) method
2.
A/C service valve
3.
H
Recovery/recycling equipment
I
WARNING:
Avoid breathing the A/C refrigerant and oil vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose, and throat.
Remove the HFC-134a (R-134a) from the A/C system using certified service equipment meeting the MTC
requirements of SAE J2210 HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment or J2201 HFC-134a (R-134a)
recovery equipment. If an accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and oil man- K
ufacturers.
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant
L
M
N
O
P
WJIA2196E
1.
Shut-off valve
2.
A/C service valve
3.
Recovery/recycling equipment
4.
Refrigerant container (HFC-134a)
5.
Weight scale (J-39650)
6.
Evacuating vacuum pump (J-39699)
Revision: January 2010
MTC-81
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.
Manifold gauge set (J-39183)
C.
For charging
A.
Preferred (best) method
B.
Alternative method
Discharging, Evacuating, and Recharging the A/C System
WJIA1923E
*1
MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quan- *3
tity in Compressor"
MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant
Leaks"
*2
MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant
Leaks"
MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling"
Revision: January 2010
*4
MTC-82
*5
MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant"
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component
INFOID:0000000005282803
A
MR20DE
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWIIA1293GB
1.
High-pressure pipe
2.
Condenser
3.
Liquid tank
4.
High-pressure flexible hose
5.
Compressor
6.
Low-pressure flexible hose
7.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
8.
Drain hose
W.
Refrigerant leak checking order
X.
Tightening torque (A-C)
Y.
Wrench size
Z.
O-ring size
Revision: January 2010
MTC-83
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
QR25DE
AWIIA1294GB
1.
High-pressure pipe
2.
Condenser
3.
Liquid tank
4.
High-pressure flexible hose
5.
Compressor
6.
Muffler pipe
7.
Low-pressure flexible hose
8.
Drain hose
9.
Heater and cooling unit assembly
W.
Refrigerant leak checking order
X.
Tightening torque (A-C)
Y.
Wrench size
Z.
O-ring size
NOTE:
Refer to MTC-5, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection".
Revision: January 2010
MTC-84
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE
INFOID:0000000005282804
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
BJIA0036E
1.
MTC
Compressor
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
K
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Remove the engine undercover.
Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-13.
Disconnect the compressor connector.
Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and low-pressure flexible hose.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of
any contaminants.
Remove the compressor bolts using power tool, then remove the compressor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure flexible hose and high-pressure flexible hose with new ones,
then apply A/C oil to them for installation.
• After charging the A/C refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant
Leaks".
High and low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe nuts and bolt : Refer to MTC-83,
"Component".
Revision: January 2010
MTC-85
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE
INFOID:0000000005282805
WJIA0182E
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Partially drain the engine cooling system. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
Remove the front RH wheel and tire.
Remove the engine undercover.
Remove the front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the upper radiator hose from the radiator.
Disconnect the coolant reservoir hose from the radiator.
Remove the electric cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-46, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the generator assembly. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
Disconnect the compressor connector.
Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and low-pressure flexible hose.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of
any contaminants.
15. Remove the muffler pipe from the compressor.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of
any contaminants.
16. Remove the compressor bolts using power tool, then remove the compressor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure flexible hose, muffler pipe and high-pressure flexible hose
with new ones, then apply A/C oil to them for installation.
• After charging the A/C refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant
Leaks".
High and low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe nuts and bolt
Revision: January 2010
MTC-86
: Refer to MTC-83,
"Component".
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation for Low-Pressure Flexible Hose and Muffler Pipe
INFOID:0000000005282806
A
NOTE:
The QR25DE models are equipped with a two piece low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe. The
MR20DE models are a one piece low-pressure flexible hose and muffler assembly.
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Reposition the lower dash insulator.
Remove the low-pressure flexible hose (with muffler on MR20DE only) and muffler pipe as an assembly
(QR25DE only). Refer to MTC-83, "Component".
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of
contaminants.
Separate the low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe as necessary (QR25DE only). Refer to MTC-83,
"Component".
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of
contaminants.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings on the low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe with new ones, then apply A/
C oil to them for installation.
• After recharging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
Removal and Installation for High-pressure Flexible Hose
INFOID:0000000005282807
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
REMOVAL
1.
2.
MTC
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Remove the high-pressure flexible hose. Refer to MTC-83, "Component".
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of K
contaminants.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-ring of the high-pressure flexible hose with a new one, then apply A/C oil to it for
installation.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
Removal and Installation for High-pressure Pipe
L
M
INFOID:0000000005282808
N
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Reposition the lower dash insulator.
Disconnect the low-pressure flexible hose bracket to reposition it out of the way.
Remove the high-pressure pipe. Refer to MTC-83, "Component".
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
MTC-87
2010 Sentra
O
P
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Replace the O-ring of the high-pressure pipe with a new one, then apply compressor oil to it when
installing it.
• After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
INFOID:0000000005282809
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18.
Reposition the LH air guide out of the way.
Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (1) and
remove the refrigerant pressure sensor (2) from the liquid tank
(3).
CAUTION:
Do not damage the condenser fins.
BJIA0037E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Replace the O-ring of the refrigerant pressure sensor with a new one, then apply compressor oil to it
when installing it.
Removal and Installation for Condenser
INFOID:0000000005282810
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-15, "Component".
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the core surface of the condenser and the radiator.
Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and the high-pressure pipe from the condenser.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe and hose with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the
entry of contaminants.
Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (1) and
remove the refrigerant pressure sensor (2) from the liquid tank
(3).
CAUTION:
Do not damage the condenser fins.
Remove the condenser bracket bolts.
Remove the condenser.
BJIA0037E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings of the high-pressure pipe, refrigerant pressure sensor, and high-pressure flexible hose with new ones, then apply A/C oil to them after installing them.
• When charging refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks".
Revision: January 2010
MTC-88
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation for Evaporator
INFOID:0000000005282811
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
BJIA0038E
1.
Air mix door motor
2.
Evaporator cover
A.
MTC
Screws
Front
K
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the expansion valve. Refer to MTC-90, "Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve".
Remove the instrument lower cover RH. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
Remove the glove box. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the evaporator cover (1).
Remove the evaporator (2).
L
M
N
O
BJIA0039E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them when installing them.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-89
2010 Sentra
P
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve
INFOID:0000000005282812
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Evacuate and recover the A/C system refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure".
Reposition the lower dash insulator out of the way.
Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the low-pressure flexible hose and the high-pressure pipe from the expansion valve.
CAUTION:
Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe and hose with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the
entry of contaminants.
Remove the expansion valve bolts (A) and then remove the
expansion valve (1).
SJIA0683E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Expansion valve bolts
: 3.9 N·m (0.40 kg-m, 35 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• Replace the O-rings with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them when installing them.
Checking of Refrigerant Leaks
INFOID:0000000005282813
Perform a visual inspection of all refrigeration parts, fittings, hoses and components for signs of A/C oil leakage, damage and corrosion. A/C oil leakage may indicate an area of refrigerant leakage. Allow extra inspection time in these areas when using either an electronic refrigerant leak detector or fluorescent dye leak
detector.
If dye is observed, confirm the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector. It is possible a prior leak was
repaired and not properly cleaned.
When searching for leaks, do not stop when one leak is found but continue to check for additional leaks at all
system components and connections.
When searching for refrigerant leaks using an electronic leak detector, move the probe along the suspected
leak area at 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) per second and no further than 6 mm (1/4 in) from the component.
CAUTION:
Moving the electronic leak detector probe slower and closer to the suspected leak area will improve
the chances of finding a leak.
Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector
1.
2.
3.
4.
INFOID:0000000005282814
Check A/C system for leaks using the UV lamp and safety goggles (J-42220) in a low sunlight area (area
without windows preferable). Illuminate all components, fittings and lines. The dye will appear as a bright
green/yellow area at the point of leakage. Fluorescent dye observed at the evaporator drain opening indicates an evaporator core assembly (tubes, core or expansion valve) leak.
If the suspected area is difficult to see, use an adjustable mirror or wipe the area with a clean shop rag or
cloth, with the UV lamp for dye residue.
After the leak is repaired, remove any residual dye using refrigerant dye cleaner (J-43872) to prevent
future misdiagnosis.
Perform a system performance check and verify the leak repair with an approved electronic refrigerant
leak detector.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-90
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Other gases in the work area or substances on the A/C components, for example, anti-freeze, windshield
washer fluid, solvents and oils, may falsely trigger the leak detector. Make sure the surfaces to be checked are
clean.
Clean with a dry cloth or blow off with shop air.
Do not allow the sensor tip of the detector to contact with any substance. This can also cause false readings
and may damage the detector.
Dye Injection
INFOID:0000000005282815
NOTE:
This procedure is only necessary when recharging the A/C system or when the compressor has seized and
has been replaced.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check the A/C system static (at rest) pressure. Pressure must be at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi).
Pour one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of the A/C refrigerant dye into the injector tool (J-41459).
CAUTION:
If repairing the A/C system or replacing a component, pour the dye directly into the open system
connection and proceed with the service procedures.
Connect the injector tool to the A/C LOW PRESSURE side service valve.
Start the engine and switch the A/C ON and fan ON.
While the A/C is operating (compressor running), inject one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of fluorescent dye
through the low-pressure service valve using dye injector tool (J-41459), refer to the manufacturer's operating instructions.
With the engine still running, disconnect the injector tool from the low-pressure service valve.
Operate the A/C system for a minimum of 20 minutes to mix the dye with the system oil. Depending on the
leak size, operating conditions and location of the leak, it may take from a few minutes to a few days for
the dye to penetrate the leak and become visible.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector
INFOID:0000000005282816
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LEAK DETECTOR
MTC
When performing a refrigerant leak check, use a electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995) or equivalent. Ensure that the instrument
is calibrated and set properly per the manufacturer's operating
instructions.
The leak detector is a delicate device. In order to use the leak detector properly, read the manufacturer's operating instructions and perform any specified maintenance.
K
L
M
AHA281A
1.
Position the leak detector probe approximately 5 mm (3/16 in)
away from the point to be checked.
N
O
P
SHA707EA
Revision: January 2010
MTC-91
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. When testing, circle each fitting completely with the leak detector probe.
SHA706E
3.
Move the leak detector probe along the component at approximately 25 to 50 mm (1 to 2 in)/sec.
SHA708EA
CHECKING PROCEDURE
NOTE:
To prevent inaccurate or false readings, make sure there is no refrigerant vapor, shop chemicals, or cigarette
smoke in the vicinity of the vehicle. Perform the leak test in a calm area (low air/wind movement) so that the
leaking refrigerant is not dispersed.
1. Turn engine OFF.
2. Connect a suitable A/C manifold gauge set to the A/C service ports.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Check if the A/C refrigerant pressure is at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) above 16°C (61°F). If less
than specification, recover/evacuate and recharge the system with the specified amount of refrigerant.
NOTE:
At temperatures below 16°C (61°F), leaks may not be detected since the system may not reach 345 kPa
(3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) pressure.
Conduct the leak test from the high side (compressor discharge to evaporator inlet) to the low side (evaporator drain hose to the compressor shaft seal). Refer to MTC-83, "Component". Clean the component to
be checked and move the leak detector probe completely around the connection/component.
Perform a leak check for the following areas:
• Compressor
• High and low-pressure hose fittings, relief valve and shaft seal.
• Liquid tank
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Service valves
- Check that all the service valve caps are secure on the service valves (to prevent leaks).
- After removing A/C manifold gauge set from service valves, wipe any residue from the valves to prevent
any false readings by the leak detector.
• Evaporator
- With engine OFF, turn blower fan on “High” for at least 15 seconds to dissipate any refrigerant trace
around the evaporator. Wait a minimum of 10 minutes accumulation time (refer to the manufacturer's
recommended procedure for actual wait time) before inserting the leak detector probe into the drain
hose.
- Keep the probe inserted for at least 10 seconds. Use caution not to contaminate the probe tip with water
or dirt that may be in the drain hose.
If a leak detector detects a leak, verify at least once by blowing compressed air into area of suspected
leak, then repeat check as outlined above.
Do not stop when one leak is found. Continue to check for additional leaks at all system components.
Revision: January 2010
MTC-92
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If no leaks are found, perform steps 7 - 10.
7. Start engine.
8. Set the front air control as follows;
a. A/C switch: ON
b. Mode: Vent
c. Intake position: Recirculation
d. Temperature: MAX cold
e. Blower fan speed: High
9. Run engine at 1,500 rpm for at least 2 minutes.
10. Turn engine off and perform leak check again following steps 4
through 6 above.
Refrigerant leaks should be checked immediately after stopping
the engine. Begin with the leak detector at the compressor. The
pressure on the high pressure side will gradually drop after
refrigerant circulation stops and pressure on the low pressure
side will gradually rise, as shown in the graph. Some leaks are
more easily detected when pressure is high.
A
B
C
D
E
F
SHA839E
G
11. Before connecting the recovery/recycling equipment to the A/C system, check the recovery/recycling
equipment gauges. No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If pressure is displayed, recover the
H
refrigerant from the equipment lines and then check the refrigerant purity.
12. Confirm the refrigerant purity in the supply tank using the recovery/recycling equipment and the refrigerant
identifier equipment.
I
13. Confirm the refrigerant purity in the A/C system using the recovery/recycling equipment and the refrigerant identifier equipment.
14. Discharge the A/C system using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Repair the leaking fitMTC
ting or component as necessary.
15. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system and perform the leak test to confirm there are no refrigerant leaks.
16. Conduct the A/C performance test to ensure that the system works properly. Refer to MTC-56, "InsuffiK
cient Cooling".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MTC-93
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Service Data and Specification (SDS)
INFOID:0000000005282817
COMPRESSOR
Model
Valeo
Type
DCS-171C
Displacement
171 cm3 (10.43 in3) / revolution
Cylinder bore × stroke
32 mm (1.260 in) x 30.5 mm (1.201 in)
Direction of rotation
Clockwise (viewed from drive end)
Drive belt
Poly V 6-grooves
OIL
Name
Capacity
Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S
Total in system
150 m
Compressor (service part) charging amount
Refer to MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor".
(5.03 US fl oz, 5.3 lmp fl oz)
REFRIGERANT
Type
HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity
0.50 ± 0.05 kg (1.10 ± 0.11 lb)
Revision: January 2010
MTC-94
2010 Sentra
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
SECTION
MT
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
A
B
MT
D
E
CONTENTS
RS6F94R
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................ 36
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution ................................................................. 3
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................36
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS ............................... 40
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................40
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS .......... 47
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................47
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................49
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6
SHIFT CONTROL .............................................. 51
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 9
M/T OIL ...............................................................12
Changing M/T Oil .................................................... 12
Checking M/T Oil ..................................................... 12
H
I
Inspection ................................................................51
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 52
General Specification ..............................................52
RS6F52A
DESCRIPTION ...................................................10
Cross-Sectional View .............................................. 10
G
FINAL DRIVE .................................................... 49
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 9
F
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 53
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 53
J
K
L
M
Removal and Installation ......................................... 13
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................53
Service Notice or Precaution ...................................53
POSITION SWITCH ............................................14
PREPARATION ................................................. 54
N
Checking ................................................................. 14
Special Service Tool ................................................54
Commercial Service Tool ........................................57
SIDE OIL SEAL ..................................................13
CONTROL LINKAGE .........................................15
Component of Control Device and Cable ................ 15
Removal and Installation ......................................... 15
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 59
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ....................................59
AIR BREATHER HOSE ......................................17
Removal and Installation ......................................... 17
DESCRIPTION .................................................. 60
Cross-Sectional View ..............................................60
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY .................................18
Component .............................................................. 18
Removal and Installation ......................................... 18
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 19
Revision: January 2010
M/T OIL .............................................................. 62
MT-1
Changing M/T Oil .....................................................62
Checking M/T Oil .....................................................62
2010 Sentra
O
P
SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................. 63
Removal and Installation ........................................ 63
POSITION SWITCH ........................................... 64
Checking ................................................................. 64
CONTROL LINKAGE ........................................ 65
Component of Control Device and Cable ............... 65
Removal and Installation ........................................ 65
AIR BREATHER HOSE ..................................... 67
Removal and Installation ........................................ 67
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 68
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 136
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 136
DESCRIPTION .................................................. 137
Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 137
M/T OIL ............................................................. 139
Changing M/T Oil .................................................. 139
Checking M/T Oil .................................................. 139
SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................ 140
Removal and Installation ....................................... 140
Component ............................................................. 68
Removal and Installation ........................................ 68
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 69
POSITION SWITCH .......................................... 141
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................. 99
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 99
Component of Control Device and Cable ............. 142
Removal and Installation ....................................... 142
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS .............................. 106
AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 144
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................106
Removal and Installation ....................................... 144
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS ......... 115
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 145
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................115
Component ........................................................... 145
Removal and Installation ....................................... 145
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 146
FINAL DRIVE ................................................... 117
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................117
SHIFT CONTROL ............................................ 121
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................121
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 124
General Specification ............................................124
Gear End Play .......................................................125
Baulk Ring Clearance ............................................125
Available Snap Rings ............................................125
Available C-Rings ..................................................126
Available Thrust Washer .......................................126
Available Adjusting Shims .....................................127
Available Shims .....................................................128
RS6F52H
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 130
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 130
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................130
Service Notice or Precaution .................................130
PREPARATION ............................................... 131
Checking ............................................................... 141
CONTROL LINKAGE ....................................... 142
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................ 176
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 176
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS .............................. 183
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 183
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS .......... 192
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 192
FINAL DRIVE .................................................... 194
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 194
SHIFT CONTROL ............................................. 196
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 196
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 199
General Specification ............................................ 199
Gear End Play ....................................................... 200
Baulk Ring Clearance ........................................... 200
Available Snap Rings ............................................ 200
Available C-Rings ................................................. 201
Available Thrust Washer ....................................... 201
Available Adjusting Shims ..................................... 202
Available Shims .................................................... 203
Special Service Tool ..............................................131
Commercial Service Tool ......................................134
Revision: January 2010
MT-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005601001
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along MT
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
D
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution
I
J
INFOID:0000000005283980
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder).
Installed CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding
parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
• Do not reuse transaxle oil.
• Drain, fill and check transaxle oil with the vehicle on level surface.
• During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
• Check for the correct installation orientation prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required,
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, follow it.
• Be careful not to damage the sliding surfaces and mating surfaces of parts.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005681319
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
ZZA0601D
KV38100200
(
—
)
Drift
• Installing mainshaft front bearing outer race
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing outer race
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
ZZA1143D
ST33220000
(
—
)
Drift
Installing input shaft oil seal
a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia.
b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
c: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
ZZA1046D
ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
Installing differential side bearing outer race
(transaxle case side)
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
ZZA0814D
KV32500QAA
(Renault SST: B.vi 1666))
Drift set
JPDIC0730ZZ
Revision: January 2010
MT-4
Installing differential side oil seal
1.
—
(Stamping number: B.vi 1666-A)
Drift
a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.
2.
—
(Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B)
Drift
a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST36720030
(
—
)
Drift
• Installing input shaft rear bearing
• Installing mainshaft front bearing inner race
a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
c: 29 mm (1.14 in) dia.
A
B
MT
ZZA0978D
ST33052000
(
—
)
Drift
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ZZA0969D
KV32102700
(
—
)
Drift
S-NT065
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
Removing 6th main gear
Removing 5th main gear
Removing 4th main gear
Removing 1st main gear
Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly
Removing 2nd main gear
Removing bushing
Removing 3rd main gear
Removing mainshaft front bearing inner
race
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
• Installing bushing
• Installing 2nd main gear
• Installing 3rd main gear
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.
b: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
E
F
G
H
I
Installing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
J
K
L
ZZA0978D
ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Drift
D
Removing differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
M
N
ZZA0969D
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV32300QAM
(Renault SST: B.vi 1823)
Drift
Removing and installing input shaft rear bearing bolt
PCIB2078J
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005681320
Tool name
Description
Socket
Removing and installing drain plug
a: 8 mm (0.31 in)
b: 5 mm (0.20 in)
PCIB1776E
Spacer
Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
a: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in)
PCIB1780E
Drift
• Installing bushing
• Installing shift lever oil seal
• Installing select lever oil seal
a: 17 mm (0.67 in) dia.
S-NT063
Drift
Installing input shaft front bearing
a: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
S-NT065
Revision: January 2010
MT-6
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Drift
Removing input shaft rear bearing
a: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia.
A
B
MT
PCIB1779E
Drift
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
• Installing input shaft rear bearing
a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia.
D
E
NT109
Drift
Installing differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
F
G
H
S-NT474
Drift
Installing differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side)
a: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
I
J
S-NT474
Power tool
• Loosening bolts and nuts
K
L
PBIC0190E
Puller
Removing differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
Removing differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side)
M
N
O
NT077
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-7
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Puller
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
• Removing input shaft rear bearing
• Removing input shaft front bearing
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
• Removing 6th main gear
• Removing 4th main gear
• Removing 5th main gear
• Removing 1st main gear
• Removing 1st - 2nd synchronizer hub assembly
• Removing 2nd main gear
• Removing 3rd main gear
• Removing mainshaft front bearing outer
race
ZZB0823D
Remover
• Removing bushing
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing outer
race
S-NT134
Revision: January 2010
MT-8
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005283983
MT-19
MT-19
MT-15
MT-19
Reference page
MT-19
MT-12
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
B
MT
D
Symptoms
Oil leakage
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
Jumps out of gear
2
2
3
INSERT SPRING (Damaged)
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
3
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
F
SHIFT FORK (Worn)
SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)
O-RING (Worn or damaged)
2
GASKET (Damaged)
1
OIL (Oil level is high.)
OIL (Wrong oil.)
Noise
OIL (Oil level is low.)
SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
E
G
H
I
J
2
2
1
3
2
3
2
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-9
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DESCRIPTION
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000005681321
JPDIC0631ZZ
1.
3rd input gear
2.
3rd-4th synchronizer assembly 3.
4th input gear
4.
5th input gear
5.
5th-6th synchronizer assembly 6.
6th input gear
7.
Transaxle case
8.
6th main gear
5th main gear
9.
10. 4th main gear
11. 3rd main gear
12. 2nd main gear
13. 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly
14. 1st main gear
15. Differential
16. Final gear
17. Mainshaft
18. Input shaft
19. Clutch housing
20. Reverse idler shaft
21. Reverse input gear
22. Reverse output gear
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Revision: January 2010
MT-10
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Triple-cone synchronizer is used for the 1st and the 2nd gears to
reduce operating force of the shift lever.
• 1st main gear (1)
• 1st-2nd coupling sleeve (2)
• Insert key (3)
• Outer baulk ring (4)
• 2nd main gear (5)
• Synchronizer cone (6)
• Inner baulk ring (7)
• 1st-2nd synchronizer hub (8)
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
SCIA7636E
D
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)
Reverse gear assembly consists of reverse input gear, return spring,
reverse baulk ring and reverse output gear. When the shift lever is
shifted to the reverse position, the construction allows smooth shift
operation by stopping the reverse idler shaft rotation by frictional
force of synchronizer.
• Reverse fork rod (1)
• Reverse output gear (2)
• Return spring (3)
• Reverse baulk ring (4)
• Reverse input gear (5)
E
F
G
SCIA7621E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-11
2010 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T OIL
Changing M/T Oil
INFOID:0000000005283985
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.
Stop engine. Remove drain plug (1) and drain oil.
Install a new gasket onto drain plug (1) and install it into transaxle. Tighten drain plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SCIA7622E
FILLING
1.
Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new oil until oil level reaches the
specified limit at filler plug hole as shown.
Oil grade and capacity
2.
: Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
After refilling oil, check oil level. Install a new gasket on filler plug
(1), then install it into transaxle. Tighten filler plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SCIA7623E
Checking M/T Oil
INFOID:0000000005283986
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it.
Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level at filler plug hole as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking oil level.
Install a new gasket onto filler plug (1) and install it into transaxle. Tighten filler plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SCIA7623E
Revision: January 2010
MT-12
2010 Sentra
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005681323
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)"
and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
MT
Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case and clutch housing.
D
E
SCIA7625E
F
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing and transaxle
case using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil seal.
Tool number
G
H
: KV32500QAA (B.vi 1666-B)
I
- A: Transaxle case side
- B: Clutch housing side
Dimension (L1)
Dimension (L2)
: 1.2 - 1.8 mm (0.047 - 0.071 in)
: 2.7 - 3.3 mm (0.106 - 0.130 in)
JPDIC0454ZZ
CAUTION:
• Never incline differential oil seal.
• Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
• Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-12, "Checking M/T Oil".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-13
2010 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITION SWITCH
Checking
INFOID:0000000005283988
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
• Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
Gear position
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
PCIB1781E
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
• Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3.
Gear position
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
Revision: January 2010
MT-14
2010 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONTROL LINKAGE
A
Component of Control Device and Cable
INFOID:0000000005283989
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWCIA0011GB
1.
Control lever handle
2.
Control lever
3.
Control device assembly
4.
Select cable
5.
Shift cable
6.
Lock plate
7.
Tapping bolt
8.
Cable bracket
9.
Cable support bracket
J
K
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283990
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
L
Remove battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove shift cable from shift lever as shown.
M
N
O
BCIA0052E
Revision: January 2010
MT-15
2010 Sentra
P
CONTROL LINKAGE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove select cable from select lever as shown.
[RS6F94R]
BCIA0057E
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Shift control lever to neutral position.
Remove control lever handle.
Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove control device assembly nuts.
Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation".
Remove cable support bracket.
Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket.
Remove control device assembly from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
Tapping work for tapping bolt is not applied to new clutch housing. Do not perform tapping by other than
screwing tapping bolt because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolt into clutch housing.
• Securely install each cable to shift lever and select lever.
• Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever
handle onto control lever.
⇐: Front
SCIA7630E
• When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly.
• When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot.
Revision: January 2010
MT-16
2010 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283991
COMPONENTS
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWCIA0012ZZ
1.
Air cleaner case
2.
Air duct
3.
Clip
4.
Resonator
5.
Air breather hose
6.
Two way connector
7.
Transaxle assembly
J
K
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Disconnect air breather hose clips and disconnect air breather hose from resonator.
Remove air breather hose.
CAUTION:
When removing air breather hose, be sure to hold two way connector securely.
L
M
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When installing air breather hose on two way connector, aim paint mark face toward the vehicle front.
• When installing air breather hose on two way connector, push it until it hits transaxle case.
• When installing air breather hose to resonator, make sure that clips are fully inserted.
CAUTION:
Make sure air breather hose is not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-17
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Component
INFOID:0000000005589333
JPDIC0632ZZ
1.
Transaxle assembly
: Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005589334
CAUTION:
If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder).
Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc
sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not depress clutch pedal during removal procedure.
Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation".
Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation MR20DE".
Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts.
Separate transaxle assembly from engine.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• If transaxle is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and Installation".
• When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, install the
bolts as shown.
CAUTION:
When installing transaxle assembly, be careful not to bring
transaxle input shaft into contact with clutch cover.
Bolt No.
1
2
Quantity
3
6
60 (2.36)
50 (1.97)
Bolt length “ ” mm (in)
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
62.0 (6.3, 46)
PCIB1786E
A: M/T to engine
Revision: January 2010
MT-18
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
B: Engine to M/T
• Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
• After installation, check oil level, and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-12, "Checking M/T
Oil".
A
B
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005589335
COMPONENTS
MT
Case and Housing Components
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWDIA0715ZZ
1.
Filler plug
2.
Gasket
3.
Transaxle case
4.
Bushing
5.
Snap ring
6.
Oil channel
7.
Oil gutter
8.
Position switch
9.
Bracket
10. Differential side oil seal
11. Magnet
12. Drain plug
13. Input shaft oil seal
14. Clutch housing
15. Two way connector
16. Plug (With ABS models)
17. Vehicle speed sensor (Without
ABS models)
18. Pinion shaft
Revision: January 2010
MT-19
P
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. Pinion gear
Use specified transaxle fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE"
: Apply Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent.
Gear Components
JPDIC0407GB
1.
Input shaft front bearing
2.
Input shaft
3.
3rd input gear
4.
Spacer
5.
Snap ring
6.
3rd baulk ring
7.
3rd-4th coupling sleeve
8.
3rd-4th synchronizer hub
9.
Insert key
10. 4th baulk ring
11. 4th input gear
12. 5th input gear
13. 5th baulk ring
14. 5th-6th coupling sleeve
15. 5th-6th synchronizer hub
16. 6th baulk ring
17. Needle bearing
18. 6th input gear
19. Input shaft rear bearing
A:
First step
B:
Final step
: Apply gear oil.
: Replace the parts as a set.
Revision: January 2010
MT-20
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
SFIA3293E
1.
Mainshaft front bearing outer
race
2.
Mainshaft front bearing inner race
3.
Mainshaft
4.
1st main gear
5.
1st inner baulk ring
6.
1st synchronizer cone
7.
1st outer baulk ring
8.
1st-2nd coupling sleeve
9.
Insert key
L
10. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
11. 2nd outer baulk ring
12. 2nd synchronizer cone
13. 2nd inner baulk ring
14. 2nd main gear
15. Bushing
M
16. 3rd main gear
17. Mainshaft adjusting shim
18. 4th main gear
19. 5th main gear
20. 6th main gear
21. Mainshaft rear bearing inner
race
22. Mainshaft rear bearing outer
race
23. Snap ring
24. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim
N
O
: Apply gear oil.
: Replace the parts as a set.
Revision: January 2010
P
MT-21
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JPDIC0425GB
1.
Reverse output gear
2.
Snap ring
3.
Reverse baulk ring
4.
Return spring
5.
Needle bearing
6.
Seal washer
7.
Reverse idler shaft
8.
Spacer
9.
Reverse input gear
10. Lock washer
11. Spring washer
: Replace the parts as a set.
Shift Control Components
Revision: January 2010
MT-22
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWDIA0716ZZ
1.
Shifter lever A
2.
Shifter lever B
3.
Retaining pin
4.
Selector
5.
Selector lever
6.
Reverse fork rod
7.
1st-2nd fork rod
8.
Fork rod
J
: Replace the parts as a set.
K
Final Drive Components
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-23
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JPDIC0604GB
1.
Shim
2.
Differential side bearing outer
race (transaxle case side)
3.
Differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side)
4.
Final gear
5.
Differential case
6.
Speedometer drive gear
7.
Differential side bearing inner
race (clutch housing side)
8.
Differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
: Replace the parts as a set.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing, using a suitable tool and then drain gear oil.
Remove filler plug and gasket from transaxle case.
Remove selector lever (1) retaining pin with a pin punch to
remove selector lever.
Remove bracket (2) and position switch (3) from transaxle case.
PCIB1693E
Revision: January 2010
MT-24
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.
Remove transaxle case bolts (
).
A
B
MT
PCIB1694E
D
6.
Remove reverse idler shaft bolt (
) and seal washer.
E
F
G
PCIB1695E
7.
Remove transaxle case (2) while rotating shifter lever A (1) in
the direction as shown.
H
I
J
JPDIC0444ZZ
8.
K
Remove selector spring (1) from return bushing (A).
L
M
N
JPDIC0445ZZ
O
9.
Shift 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3) to
the neutral position.
10. Remove selector (4) from clutch housing.
P
PCIB1698E
Revision: January 2010
MT-25
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly (1) according to the following procedures.
a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork
rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5).
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
b. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly and reverse fork rod (6)
from clutch housing.
12. Remove spring washer from clutch housing.
JPDIC0606ZZ
13. Pull up and remove input shaft assembly (1), mainshaft assembly (2), fork rod (3), and 1st-2nd fork rod (4) from clutch housing.
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
JPDIC0607ZZ
14. Remove final drive assembly (1) from clutch housing.
15. Remove magnet from clutch housing.
PCIB1703E
16. Remove differential side oil seals (1) from clutch housing and
transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
PCIB1704E
17. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from clutch housing, using a brass rod.
CAUTION:
Never damage clutch housing.
PCIB1716E
Revision: January 2010
MT-26
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
18. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from transaxle
case, using a brass rod.
CAUTION:
Never damage transaxle case.
19. Remove shim (2) from transaxle case.
A
B
MT
PCIB1705E
20. Remove shifter lever A (1) retaining pin, using a suitable tool.
21. Remove shifter lever A from transaxle case.
D
E
F
G
JPDIC0106ZZ
22. Remove shifter lever B (1) from transaxle case.
H
I
J
PCIB1712E
K
23. Remove oil gutter (1) from transaxle case.
L
M
N
PCIB1707E
O
24. Remove bushings (1) from transaxle case, using a suitable tool.
P
PCIB1710E
Revision: January 2010
MT-27
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
25. Remove mainshaft rear bearing outer race from transaxle case,
using a suitable tool.
26. Remove mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim from transaxle
case.
PCIB1706E
27. Remove snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) from transaxle case.
PCIB1708E
28. Remove input shaft oil seal (1) from clutch housing, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Never damage clutch housing.
PCIB1714E
29. Remove mainshaft front bearing outer race (1) from clutch housing, using Tool (A) and a suitable tool (B).
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
JPDIC0107ZZ
30. Remove oil channel (2) from clutch housing.
Revision: January 2010
MT-28
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
31. Remove bushing (1) from clutch housing, using suitable tool.
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
PCIB1717E
D
32. Remove two way connector (1) from clutch housing.
33. Remove plug from clutch housing. (With ABS models)
34. Remove vehicle speed sensor from clutch housing. (Without
ABS models)
E
F
G
PCIB1720E
35. Remove pinion gear (1) and pinion shaft (2) from clutch housing.
H
I
J
PCIB1719E
K
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Install pinion gear (1) and pinion shaft (2) to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Replace transaxle assembly when replacing clutch housing.
Install plug to clutch housing. (With ABS models)
Install vehicle speed sensor to clutch housing. (Without ABS
models)
NOTE:
Apply specified transaxle fluid to O-rings prior to installation.
Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
L
M
N
PCIB1719E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-29
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install two way connector (1) to clutch housing.
[RS6F94R]
PCIB1720E
5.
6.
Install bushings (1) so that they becomes even to clutch housing
edge surface, using a suitable tool (A).
Install oil channel to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Never reuse oil channel.
JPDIC0108ZZ
7.
Install mainshaft front bearing outer race to clutch housing,
using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
PCIB1724E
8.
Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing, using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST33220000 (
—
)
PCIB1721E
9.
Install snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Select and install snap ring that has the same thickness
as previous one.
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing transaxle
case.
10. Install mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim according to
the following procedures when replacing mainshaft adjusting shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
• Replace mainshaft adjusting shim.
Revision: January 2010
MT-30
PCIB1729E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
A
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
• Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
B
- Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear
- Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in).
- Decrease the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is greater MT
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in).
11. Install mainshaft rear bearing outer race to transaxle case, using
Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
D
)
E
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft rear bearing outer race and mainshaft
rear bearing inner race as a set.
F
PCIB1728E
G
12. Install bushings (1) to transaxle case, using suitable (A).
H
I
J
JPDIC0109ZZ
K
13. Install oil gutter (1) to transaxle case.
L
M
PCIB1730E
14. Install shifter lever B (1) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set.
15. Install shifter lever A to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set.
O
P
PCIB1712E
Revision: January 2010
MT-31
N
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A (1), using a pin punch.
CAUTION:
Never reuse retaining pin.
17. Install shim to transaxle case.
[RS6F94R]
BCIA0047E
18. Install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
to transaxle case, using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) and differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) as a set.
PCIB1726E
19. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to
clutch housing, using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) and differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) as a set.
PCIB1722E
20. Install differential side oil seals (1) to clutch housing and transaxle case, using Tool.
Tool number
: KV325 QAA (B.vi 1666-B)
A
: Transaxle case side
B
: Clutch housing side
Dimension “L1”
Dimension “L2”
: 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in)
: 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in)
JPDIC0454ZZ
21. Install magnet to clutch housing.
22. Install final drive assembly to clutch housing.
Revision: January 2010
MT-32
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
23. Set fork rod (1) to input shaft assembly (2), and then install them
to clutch housing.
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
JPDIC0608ZZ
D
24. Install mainshaft assembly (1) according to the following procedures.
a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2) and fork rod (3).
b. Set 1st-2nd fork rod (4) to mainshaft assembly, and then install
them to clutch housing.
E
F
G
JPDIC0609ZZ
25. Install reverse idler shaft assembly (1) according to the following
procedures.
a. Install spring washer to clutch housing.
b. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork
rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5).
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
c. Set reverse fork rod (6) to reverse idler shaft assembly, and then
install them to clutch housing.
H
I
J
JPDIC0606ZZ
26. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3) to
the neutral position.
27. Install selector (4) to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Replace selector lever and selector as a set.
K
L
M
N
SCIA7782E
O
28. Install selector spring (1) to return bushing (A).
29. Apply recommended sealant to transaxle case mounting surface.
• Use Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent.
CAUTION:
• Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign
matter to remain on mounting surface.
• Check that mounting surface is not damaged.
• Apply liquid gasket bead continuously.
P
JPDIC0445ZZ
Revision: January 2010
MT-33
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
30. Install transaxle case to clutch housing while rotating shifter
lever A (1) in the direction as shown.
JPDIC0110ZZ
31. Install reverse idler shaft bolt ( ) according to the following procedures.
a. Install seal washer to reverse idler shaft mounting bolt, and
install reverse idler shaft bolt to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never reuse seal washer.
b. Tighten reverse idler shaft bolt to the specified torque. Refer to
MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
PCIB1695E
32. Tighten transaxle case bolts ( ) to the specified torque. Refer
to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
PCIB1694E
33. Install position switch (1) according to the following procedures.
a. Apply recommended sealant to position switch thread.
• Use Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent.
CAUTION:
Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign matter to remain on thread.
b. Install position switch to transaxle case, and tighten it to the
specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
34. Install bracket (2) to transaxle case, and tighten mounting bolt to
the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
35. Install selector lever (3) according to following the procedures.
a. Install selector lever to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace selector lever and selector as a set.
b. Install retaining pin to selector lever, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Never reuse retaining pin.
36. Install drain plug according to the following procedures.
a. Install gasket to drain plug.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
MT-34
SCIA7784E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never reuse gasket.
b. Install drain plug to clutch housing, using a suitable tool.
c. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
37. Install filler plug according to the following procedures.
a. Install gasket to filler plug, and then install them to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
b. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Fill with gear oil before tighten filler plug to the specified torque.
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-35
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283995
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Position input shaft on the vise with back plate and remove gears and snap rings.
• For installation and removal of snap ring, position snap ring pliers
and flat pliers at both sides of snap ring. Stretch snap ring, and
move it with flat pliers.
• Disassemble gear components putting matching marks on the
parts that do not affect any functions.
SCIA1755J
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove input shaft rear bearing bolt (1), using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV32300QAM (B.vi 1823)
JPDIC0449ZZ
2.
Install the suitable tools (A) onto input shaft rear bearing (1), and
remove input shaft rear bearing (1) from input shaft.
PCIB1755E
3.
4.
Remove washer (1), 6th input gear (2) and 5th-6th synchronizer
assembly (3).
Remove needle bearing.
PCIB1750E
Revision: January 2010
MT-36
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove snap ring (1), washer and 5th input gear (2).
6. Remove washer.
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
PCIB1754E
7.
D
Remove snap ring (1), washer, 4th input gear (2) and 3rd-4th
synchronizer assembly (3).
E
F
G
PCIB1753E
8.
Remove snap ring (1), washer and 3rd input gear (2).
H
I
J
PCIB1752E
9.
Remove input shaft front bearing (1) from input shaft using a
suitable tool.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1751E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
O
Input Shaft and Gears
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-37
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
[RS6F94R]
SCIA7736E
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub and insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
SCIA1753J
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SCIA0608J
Bearing
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
Note the following. Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
Revision: January 2010
MT-38
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Press-fit the input shaft front bearing (1) onto the input shaft using
a suitable tool (A).
[RS6F94R]
A
B
MT
PCIB1746E
D
• Press-fit the input shaft rear bearing (1) onto the input shaft using a
suitable tool (A), and Tool (B).
E
Tool number
B: ST36720030 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Make sure that snap ring is securely installed in the groove.
F
G
PCIB1747E
H
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
A: 3rd input gear side
B: 4th input gear side
I
J
PCIB1748E
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
A: 5th input gear side
B: 6th input gear side
K
L
M
N
PCIB1749E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-39
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283996
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
• Do not reuse snap rings.
• Position mainshaft on the vise with back plate and remove gears and snap rings.
• For installation and removal of snap ring, position snap ring pliers
and flat pliers at both sides of snap ring. Stretch snap ring, and
move it with flat pliers.
• Disassemble gear components putting matching marks on the
parts that do not affect any functions.
SCIA1755J
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove snap ring (1).
PCIB1745E
2.
Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 6th main gear (1), and
remove mainshaft rear bearing inner race (2) and 6th main gear
(1) from mainshaft.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 (
—
)
PCIB1744E
3.
Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 4th main gear (1), and
remove 5th main gear (2), and 4th main gear (1) from mainshaft.
Tool number
4.
A: ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove intermediate adjusting shim.
PCIB1743E
Revision: January 2010
MT-40
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 1st main gear (1), and
remove 1st main gear (1), 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly (2),
2nd main gear (3), bushing, and 3rd main gear (4) from mainshaft.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 (
—
[RS6F94R]
A
B
)
MT
PCIB1742E
6.
D
Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto mainshaft front bearing
inner race (1), and remove mainshaft front bearing inner race (1)
from mainshaft.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 (
—
E
)
F
G
PCIB1741E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
H
Mainshaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
I
J
K
PCIB1775E
L
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
M
N
O
SCIA1753J
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-41
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
[RS6F94R]
SCIA0608J
Bearing
Check bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary.
CAUTION:
• Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
• Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft rear
bearing outer race as a set.
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install mainshaft front bearing inner race (1), using Tool (A).
Tool number
2.
3.
4.
5.
: ST36720030 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
Apply gear oil to 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st
outer baulk ring, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone,
and 2nd outer baulk ring.
CAUTION:
PCIB1733E
• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and
1st outer baulk ring as a set.
• Replace 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring as a set.
Install insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve to 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
CAUTION:
Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set.
Install 1st main gear (1), 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer
cone, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
(2), 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer
baulk ring.
Install bushing (3), using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST32102700 (
—
)
PCIB1734E
Revision: January 2010
MT-42
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Install 3rd main gear (1) and 2nd main gear (2), using Tool (A).
[RS6F94R]
A
Tool number
: ST32102700 (
—
)
B
MT
PCIB1735E
7.
D
Measure dimension (L) as shown. Select mainshaft adjusting
shim (1) according to the following list, and then install it to mainshaft.
2
: Mainshaft
3
: 3rd main gear
E
F
Unit: mm (in)
Dimension (L)
Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness
147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136)
1.500 (0.0591)
147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126)
1.525 (0.0600)
147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116)
1.550 (0.0610)
147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107)
1.575 (0.0620)
147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097)
1.600 (0.0630)
147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087)
1.625 (0.0640)
147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077)
1.650 (0.0650)
147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067)
1.675 (0.0659)
147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057)
1.700 (0.0669)
147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048)
1.725 (0.0679)
147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038)
1.750 (0.0689)
147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028)
1.775 (0.0699)
8.
G
PCIB1736E
H
I
J
K
Install 4th main gear (1), using Tool (A).
L
Tool number
: ST33052000 (
—
)
M
N
PCIB1737E
9.
O
Install 5th main gear (1), using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST33052000 (
—
)
P
PCIB1738E
Revision: January 2010
MT-43
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Install 6th main gear (1), using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST33052000 (
—
)
PCIB1739E
11. Install mainshaft rear bearing inner race (1), using Tool (A).
Tool number
: ST30901000 (J_26010-01)
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft
rear bearing outer race as a set.
12. Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.
PCIB1740E
ASSEMBLY
1.
Press-fit the mainshaft front bearing inner race (1) onto the
mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: ST36720030 (
—
)
PCIB1733E
2.
3.
Install 1st main gear (1), and 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly (2)
onto the mainshaft.
Press-fit the bushing (3) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV32102700 (
—
)
PCIB1734E
4.
Press-fit 3rd main gear (1) onto the mainshaft with Tool (A) after
installing the 2nd main gear (2) and the 3rd main gear (1) onto
the mainshaft.
Tool number
A: KV32102700 (
—
)
PCIB1735E
Revision: January 2010
MT-44
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.
Select the thickness of the intermediate adjusting shim (1)
needed by measuring the distance (L) between the base of the
mainshaft (2) and the top of the 3rd main gear (3). Refer to the
following table to determine the thickness of the adjusting shim.
A
B
Unit: mm (in)
6.
7.
Distance L
Adjusting shim thickness
147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136)
1.500 (0.0591)
147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126)
1.525 (0.0600)
147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116)
1.550 (0.0610)
147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107)
1.575 (0.0620)
147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097)
1.600 (0.0630)
147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087)
1.625 (0.0640)
147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077)
1.650 (0.0650)
147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067)
1.675 (0.0659)
147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057)
1.700 (0.0669)
147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048)
1.725 (0.0679)
147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038)
1.750 (0.0689)
147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028)
1.775 (0.0699)
MT
PCIB1736E
E
F
G
Install selected intermediate adjusting shim.
Press-fit the 4th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV32102700 (
—
D
H
)
I
J
K
PCIB1737E
8.
Press-fit the 5th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV32102700 (
—
L
)
M
N
PCIB1738E
9.
Press-fit the 6th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV32102700 (
—
)
P
PCIB1739E
Revision: January 2010
MT-45
O
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Press-fit the mainshaft rear bearing inner race (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
11. Install snap ring onto mainshaft.
PCIB1740E
Revision: January 2010
MT-46
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
A
INFOID:0000000005283997
DISASSEMBLY
1.
B
Remove reverse output gear (1).
MT
D
E
PCIB1760E
2.
Remove snap ring (1).
F
G
H
PCIB1759E
3.
I
Remove reverse baulk ring (1) and return spring (2).
J
K
L
PCIB1758E
M
4.
Remove snap ring (1), lock washer (2), reverse input gear (3)
and washer.
N
O
P
PCIB1757E
Revision: January 2010
MT-47
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove needle bearings (1) from reverse idler shaft.
6. Remove washer from reverse idler shaft.
[RS6F94R]
PCIB1761E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Shaft and Gear
Check the following items. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle
bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear
Bearing
Check damage and rotation of bearing. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return
spring, needle bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary.
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Make sure that snap ring is securely installed in the groove.
Revision: January 2010
MT-48
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FINAL DRIVE
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283998
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side)
(1) according to the following procedures.
Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (clutch
housing side).
Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing
side), using Tool (A).
Tool number
2.
B
MT
D
: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
E
Remove speedometer drive gear.
PCIB1767E
3.
Remove final gear bolts, and then remove final gear (1).
F
G
H
JPDIC0446ZZ
4.
a.
b.
Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) (1) according to the following procedures.
Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side).
Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side), using a suitable tool (A).
I
J
K
L
JPDIC0114ZZ
M
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Gear and Case
Check final gear and differential case. Replace if necessary.
N
Bearing
Check bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary.
CAUTION:
• Replace differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) and differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing
side) as a set.
• Replace differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) as a set.
O
P
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
Revision: January 2010
MT-49
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install final gear, and then tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to MT-49, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Replace final gear and differential case as a set.
2. Install speedometer drive gear.
3. Install differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side),
using a suitable tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing
side) and differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) as a set.
JPDIC0115ZZ
4.
Install differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side),
using a suitable tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle
case side) as a set.
JPDIC0116ZZ
Revision: January 2010
MT-50
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT CONTROL
A
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283999
• Check contact surface and sliding surface of fork rod and shift fork
for wear, damage, and bend. Replace if necessary.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
SCIA7785E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-51
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F94R]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000005284000
Engine type
MR20DE
Transaxle model
RS6F94R
Number of speeds
6
Synchromesh type
Warner
Shift pattern
PCIB1769E
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.727
2nd
2.105
3rd
1.519
4th
1.171
5th
0.914
6th
0.767
Reverse
3.687
Final gear
3.933
Input gear
Main gear
1st
11
2nd
19
3rd
27
4th
35
5th
35
6th
43
Reverse
11
1st
41
2nd
40
3rd
41
4th
41
5th
32
6th
33
Reverse
42
Reverse idler gear
Input/Output
28/29
Final gear
Final gear/Pinion
59/15
Side gear/Pinion
mate gear
13/10
Oil capacity
Remarks
(US pt, Imp pt)
Reverse synchronizer
Installed
Triple-cone synchronizer
Revision: January 2010
Approx. 2.0 (4-1/4, 3-1/2)
1st and 2nd
MT-52
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005602350
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along MT
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
D
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Service Notice or Precaution
I
J
INFOID:0000000005284002
•
•
•
•
Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained.
Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level surface.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be
certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it.
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-53
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284003
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
• Removing differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing outer
race (transaxle case side)
• Removing mainshaft front bearing
ZZA0601D
ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
Installing differential side oil seal (clutch housing side)
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
ZZA0814D
ST35321000
(
—
)
Drift
•
•
•
•
ZZA1000D
KV40105320
(
—
)
Drift
Installing input shaft oil seal
Installing reverse main gear
Installing 1st main gear bushing
Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
a: 88 mm (3.46 in) dia.
ZZA0898D
ST33200000
(J-26082)
Drift
• Installing mainshaft front bearing
• Installing 6th input gear bushing
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
ZZA1002D
Revision: January 2010
MT-54
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
ZZA0811D
ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Drift
• Installing differential side oil seal (transaxle
case side)
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(transaxle case side)
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
• Installing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
• Installing bore plug
• Removing differential side bearing (transaxle case side)
• Removing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
ZZA1000D
ST33052000
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1023D
KV40105020
(
—
)
Drift
• Removing input shaft rear bearing
• Removing 6th input gear, 6th input gear
bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear
• Removing 5th input gear bushing, 4th input
gear, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear
• Installing input shaft front bearing
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
• Removing 6th main gear
• Removing 4th main gear and 5th main gear
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
Removing 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd
main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
assembly, 1st main gear, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear
a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
c: 15 mm (0.59 in)
H
I
J
K
L
M
ZZA1133D
ST30031000
(J-22912-01)
Puller
Measuring wear of inner baulk ring
N
O
ZZA0537D
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-55
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40105710
(
—
)
Press stand
ZZA1058D
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
ST30032000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
• Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 4th input gear bushing
• Installing 5th input gear bushing
• Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in)
• Installing input shaft rear bearing
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
Installing input shaft front bearing
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
ZZA0978D
ST38220000
(
—
)
Press stand
• Installing reverse main gear
• Installing 1st main gear bushing
• Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)
ZZA1058D
KV40101630
(J-35870)
Drift
Installing reverse main gear
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
ZZA1003D
KV38102510
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA0838D
Revision: January 2010
MT-56
• Installing 1st main gear bushing
• Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
• Installing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
(J-39713)
Preload adapter
Measuring end play of side gear
B
MT
NT087
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
D
For removing trim
E
F
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284004
G
Tool name
Description
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin
a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
H
I
J
NT410
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin of selector lever
a: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
K
L
NT410
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin of each
shifter lever
a: 7.5 mm (0.295 in) dia.
M
N
NT410
Drift
Installing striking rod oil seal and shifter lever
oil seal
a: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia.
O
P
S-NT063
Revision: January 2010
MT-57
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Puller
Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
ZZA0537D
Puller
Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
NT077
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
MT-58
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005284005
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
Jumps out of gear
2
MT-69
MT-69
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
SHIFT FORK (Worn)
MT-65
STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY (Worn or damaged)
D
3
3
E
INSERT SPRING (Damaged)
Oil leakage
GASKET (Damaged)
2
OIL (Oil level is high.)
1
B
MT
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)
Symptoms
OIL (Wrong oil.)
Noise
OIL (Oil level is low.)
SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)
SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)
MT-69
Reference page
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
MT-62
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
3
3
2
F
G
H
I
2
1
2
3
3
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-59
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DESCRIPTION
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000005284006
PCIB1877E
1.
Transaxle case
2.
3rd input gear
3.
3rd-4th synchronizer hub
4.
3rd-4th coupling sleeve
5.
4th input gear
6.
5th input gear
7.
5th-6th synchronizer hub
8.
5th-6th coupling sleeve
9.
6th input gear
10. Input shaft rear bearing
11. Mainshaft rear bearing
12. 6th main gear
13. 5th main gear
14. 4th main gear
15. 3rd main gear
16. 2nd main gear
17. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
18. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
19. 1st main gear
20. Reverse main gear
21. Differential side bearing
24. Speedometer drive gear
22. Differential case assembly
23. Final gear
25. Mainshaft front bearing
26. Mainshaft
27. Input shaft
28. Input shaft front bearing
29. Clutch housing
30. Reverse idler shaft
31. Reverse idler gear (front)
32. Reverse coupling sleeve
33. Reverse idler gear (rear)
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Revision: January 2010
MT-60
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 3rd gear to reduce operating force of the control lever.
A
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Triple-cone synchronizer are adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the control lever.
B
MT
D
PCIB1454E
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)
E
Reverse gear can be matched smoothly in a structure by setting synchronizer hub (1) of reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling
sleeve (2), reverse baulk ring (3), and reverse insert spring (4) to
reverse idler gears, and letting reverse gear be synchronized.
5
: Reverse idler gear (rear)
6
: Reverse idler gear (front)
F
G
H
PCIB1909E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-61
2010 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T OIL
Changing M/T Oil
INFOID:0000000005284007
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.
Stop engine. Remove transaxle drain plug and drain oil.
Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle. Tighten
drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
PCIB1834E
FILLING
1.
Remove plug (1). Fill the transaxle with new oil and check the oil
level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown.
Oil grade and capacity : Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE".
Oil level (L)
2.
: 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in)
Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
Checking M/T Oil
PCIB1968E
INFOID:0000000005284008
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it.
Remove plug (1).
Check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown.
Oil level (L)
4.
: 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in)
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking oil level.
Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
Revision: January 2010
MT-62
PCIB1968E
2010 Sentra
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284009
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)"
and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
MT
Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case and clutch housing.
D
E
SCIA7625E
F
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing and transaxle case
to the specified dimension (A) using Tools.
G
Dimension (A)
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
H
Tool numbers
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
I
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil seal.
• Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-62, "Checking M/T
Oil".
J
SCIA1010E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-63
2010 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITION SWITCH
Checking
INFOID:0000000005284010
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly".
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
• Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
1
: Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
2
: Back-up lamp switch
PCIB1970E
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
• Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
Revision: January 2010
MT-64
2010 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONTROL LINKAGE
A
Component of Control Device and Cable
INFOID:0000000005284011
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
LCIA0414E
1.
Control lever handle
2.
Control lever
3.
Control device assembly
4.
Select cable
5.
Lock plate
6.
Cable bracket
7.
Shift cable
8.
Cable support bracket
J
K
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284012
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
L
Remove battery. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Remove shift cable from shifter lever as shown.
M
N
O
BCIA0052E
Revision: January 2010
MT-65
2010 Sentra
P
CONTROL LINKAGE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove select cable from selector lever A as shown.
[RS6F52A]
BCIA0057E
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Shift control lever to neutral position.
Remove control lever handle.
Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove control device assembly nuts.
Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-11, "Removal and Installation".
Remove cable support bracket.
Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket.
Remove control device assembly from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Securely install each cable to shifter lever and selector lever.
• Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever
handle onto control lever.
⇐: Front
SCIA7630E
• When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly.
• When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot.
Revision: January 2010
MT-66
2010 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284013
Refer to the figure for air breather hose removal and installation information.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB1966E
1.
Air breather hose
2.
Transaxle assembly
4.
Clamp
5.
Air cleaner case
3.
H
Air breather tube
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or
winding when installing it.
• Be sure to insert air breather hose into air breather tube until hose end reaches the tube's base.
• Set air breather hose with painted mark facing forward.
• Install air breather hose to air cleaner case by fully inserting the clip.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-67
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Component
INFOID:0000000005284014
LCIA0413E
1.
Transaxle assembly
2.
LH engine mount bracket
A.
Refer to MT-68, "Removal and Installation".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284015
CAUTION:
If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder).
Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc
sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never depress clutch pedal during removal procedure.
Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts.
Separate transaxle assembly from engine.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: January 2010
MT-68
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, use the
specified tightening torque in the numerical sequence shown:
z
: Transaxle to engine
X
: Engine to transaxle
[RS6F52A]
A
B
CAUTION:
When installing transaxle assembly, never allow the transaxle
input shaft to make contact with the clutch cover.
Bolt symbol
A
B
C
D
E
F
Quantity
1
3
1
2
2
1
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
35
(1.38)
45
(1.77)
Bolt length “
mm (in)
45
(1.77)
”
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
35.3
(3.6, 26)
74.5
(7.6, 55)
42.6
(4.3, 31)
MT
PCIB1972E
D
E
48.0
(4.9, 35)
• Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
• After installation, check oil level and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-62, "Checking M/T
Oil".
F
Disassembly and Assembly
G
INFOID:0000000005284016
COMPONENTS
H
Case and Housing Components
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-69
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWDIA0672ZZ
1.
Differential side oil seal
2.
Clutch housing
3.
CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder)
4.
Input shaft oil seal
5.
Oil channel
6.
Oil gutter A
7.
Back-up lamp switch
8.
Plunger
9.
Gasket
10. Plug
11. Bore plug
12. Striking rod oil seal
13. Transaxle case
14. Oil gutter B
15. Air breather tube
16. Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 17. Shifter lever oil seal
18. Drain plug
19. Magnet
21. Plug
20. O-ring
Gear Components
Revision: January 2010
MT-70
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
PCIB1888E
1.
Input shaft front bearing
2.
Input shaft
3.
3rd needle bearing
4.
3rd input gear
5.
3rd inner baulk ring
6.
3rd synchronizer cone
7.
3rd outer baulk ring
8.
3rd-4th spread spring
9.
3rd-4th shifting insert
10. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub
11. 4th baulk ring
12. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
13. 4th input gear bushing
14. 4th needle bearing
15. 4th input gear
16. Thrust washer
17. 5th input gear bushing
18. 5th needle bearing
19. 5th input gear
20. 5th baulk ring
21. 5th-6th spread spring
22. 5th-6th shifting insert
23. 5th-6th synchronizer hub
24. 5th-6th coupling sleeve
J
K
L
25. 6th baulk ring
26. 6th input gear
27. 6th needle bearing
28. 6th input gear bushing
29. Snap ring
30. Input shaft rear bearing
31. Oil channel
32. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
33. Retaining pin
34. Reverse idler shaft
35. Thrust needle bearing
36. Reverse idler gear needle bearing
37. Reverse insert spring
38. Reverse idler gear (front)
39. Reverse baulk ring
40. Reverse coupling sleeve
41. Reverse idler gear (rear)
42. Reverse idler gear adjusting
shim
M
N
O
: Replace the parts as a set.
• Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings during assembly.
Revision: January 2010
MT-71
P
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCIB1889E
1.
Mainshaft front bearing
2.
Mainshaft bearing retainer
3.
Mainshaft
4.
Reverse main gear
5.
1st main gear
6.
1st main gear bushing
7.
1st needle bearing
8.
1st inner baulk ring
9.
1st synchronizer cone
10. 1st outer baulk ring
11. 1st-2nd spread spring
12. 1st-2nd shifting insert
13. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
14. 2nd outer baulk ring
15. 2nd synchronizer cone
16. 2nd inner baulk ring
17. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
18. 2nd main gear bushing
19. 2nd needle bearing
20. 2nd main gear
21. 3rd main gear
22. 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer
23. 4th main gear adjusting shim
24. 4th main gear
25. 5th main gear
26. 5th-6th mainshaft spacer
27. 6th main gear
28. 6th main gear adjusting shim 29. Mainshaft rear bearing
30. Mainshaft C-ring
31. C-ring holder
33. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim
32. Snap ring
: Replace the parts as a set.
• Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings during assembly.
Shift Control Components
Revision: January 2010
MT-72
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PCIB1806E
1.
Clutch housing
2.
Retaining pin
3.
Reverse shift fork
4.
Reverse fork rod
5.
Return spring
6.
Striking rod assembly
7.
Striking rod shim
8.
Striking rod adjusting shim
9.
Shifter lever A
10. Shifter lever B
11. Guide bolt
12. Selector lever
13. Transaxle case
14. 3rd-4th shift fork
15. 3rd-4th fork rod
16. 1st-2nd shift fork
17. 1st-2nd fork rod
18. 5th-6th shift fork
K
L
M
19. 5th-6th fork rod
N
Final Drive Components
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-73
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCIB1964E
1.
Differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
2.
Differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
3.
Speedometer drive gear
4.
Differential case
5.
Final gear
6.
Differential side bearing (transaxle case side)
7.
Differential side bearing outer
race (transaxle case side)
8.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim
9.
Pinion mate shaft
10. Side gear
11. Side gear thrust washer
13. Pinion mate thrust washer
14. Retaining pin
12. Pinion mate gear
: Replace the parts as a set.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing.
PCIB1834E
Revision: January 2010
MT-74
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove plug bolt and then plug and O-ring from clutch housing.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
PCIB1969E
3.
D
Remove plug and gasket from transaxle case.
E
F
G
PCIB1865E
4.
5.
6.
Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) from transaxle
case.
Remove back-up lamp switch (2) and plunger from transaxle
case.
CAUTION:
Do not lose plunger.
Remove air breather tube (3) from transaxle case.
H
I
J
PCIB1835E
7.
K
Remove guide bolt from transaxle case.
L
M
N
PCIB1836E
8.
O
Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove selector lever from transaxle case.
P
PCIB1837E
Revision: January 2010
MT-75
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.
Remove transaxle case bolts.
PCIB1838E
10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage transaxle case.
• Access bore plug from cutout (A) of transaxle case when
removing.
PCIB1839E
11. Remove transaxle case following the procedures below.
a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the
bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing
until snap ring comes off.
PCIB1840E
b.
With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, remove transaxle case from clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not drop adjusting shims.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch housing.
PCIB1808E
Revision: January 2010
MT-76
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12. Remove oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) from transaxle case.
[RS6F52A]
A
A
: Tab of oil gutter
B
MT
PCIB1841E
D
13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case.
E
F
G
PCIB1842E
14. Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove shifter
lever A and shifter lever B from transaxle case.
Tool number
H
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
I
J
PCIB1844E
15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) from transaxle case using Tool. Then remove differential
side bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case or differential side bearing
outer race.
K
L
M
N
PCIB0936E
16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case.
O
P
SCIA0397E
Revision: January 2010
MT-77
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
17. Remove shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) from
transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case.
PCIB1846E
18. Remove striking rod shim (1), striking rod adjusting shim (2),
mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim (3), input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim (4), and reverse idler gear adjusting shim (5).
PCIB1858E
19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
2
: Reverse fork rod
PCIB1850E
20. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then
rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse
fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod
assembly.
21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
PCIB1851E
22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
2
: 5th-6th fork rod
PCIB1852E
Revision: January 2010
MT-78
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork (1) using a suitable
tool.
24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod (2).
A
B
MT
PCIB1853E
D
25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2).
E
F
G
PCIB1854E
H
26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork (1).
I
J
PCIB1855E
27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod (2).
K
L
M
N
PCIB1856E
O
29. Remove striking rod assembly (1).
P
PCIB1857E
Revision: January 2010
MT-79
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
30. Remove gear components from clutch housing in the following
procedure.
a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and
reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from
the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer.
CAUTION:
Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so
can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side.
b. Remove final drive assembly.
SCIA0964E
31. Remove magnet from clutch housing.
PCIB1859E
32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front
bearing from clutch housing using the Tool.
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, or
oil channel.
33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing.
PCIB0937E
34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) from clutch housing using the Tool.
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing or differential side bearing
outer race.
PCIB0938E
35. Remove input shaft oil seal from clutch housing, using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing.
SCIA0398E
Revision: January 2010
MT-80
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
36. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing.
A
B
MT
PCIB1874E
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing using a suitable tool and Tool (A).
Dimension (H)
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
Tool number
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
D
E
F
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing.
G
H
I
J
K
PCIB1864E
2.
Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing using a suitable
tool and Tool (A).
Dimension (H)
: 1.1 - 2.1 mm (0.043 - 0.083 in)
Tool number
: ST35321000 (
L
M
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse input shaft oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline input shaft oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing.
N
O
P
PCIB1814E
Revision: January 2010
MT-81
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to
clutch housing using Tools.
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
: KV40105320 ( — )
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
PCIB0933E
4.
Install oil channel (1) on mainshaft side.
CAUTION:
When installing oil channel, fit the rib (A) of oil channel into
the processed area of the spot facing (B).
PCIB1921E
5.
Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing.
PCIB0939E
6.
Install mainshaft bearing retainer (1) to clutch housing and
tighten bolt to the specified torque.
2
: Mainshaft front bearing
3
: Oil channel
CAUTION:
Install with punched surface facing up.
PCIB1938E
7.
Install magnet to clutch housing.
PCIB1859E
Revision: January 2010
MT-82
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8.
Install final drive assembly into clutch housing.
A
B
MT
SCIA0888E
9.
Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse
idler gear assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
• Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to
damage the input shaft oil seal.
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft.
D
E
F
G
SCIA0964E
10. Install striking rod assembly (1) into clutch housing.
H
I
J
PCIB1857E
CAUTION:
• Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove
on return pin.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1866E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-83
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Install 1st-2nd shift fork (1) and 1st-2nd fork rod (2) and then
install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and
1st-2nd fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 1st2nd shift fork.
[RS6F52A]
PCIB1856E
12. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork.
PCIB1855E
13. Install 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2) and then
install retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and
5th-6th fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 5th6th shift fork.
PCIB1852E
14. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th
shift fork (1).
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 3rd4th shift fork.
PCIB1853E
15. Install reverse shift fork (1) and reverse fork rod (2).
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and
reverse fork rod.
PCIB1875E
Revision: January 2010
MT-84
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then
rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse
fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod
assembly.
A
B
MT
PCIB1851E
D
17. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork (1).
2
: Reverse fork rod
E
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of
reverse shift fork.
F
G
PCIB1850E
18. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim(s) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side).
19. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly.
20. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft.
21. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly.
22. Install shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) to transaxle case using suitable tool.
Dimension (H)
H
I
J
: 0 - 1.0 mm (0 - 0.039 in)
K
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse shifter lever oil seal or striking rod oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline shifter lever oil seal or
striking rod oil seal.
• Do not damage transaxle case.
L
PCIB1818E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-85
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
23. Install differential side oil seal (1) to transaxle case using Tool
(A).
Dimension (H)
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
[RS6F52A]
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage transaxle case.
PCIB1878E
24. Install shifter lever B (1) and shifter lever A (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of shifter lever B and shifter
lever A.
PCIB1843E
25. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of shifter
lever A.
PCIB1844E
26. Install transaxle case following the procedures below.
a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case.
Revision: January 2010
MT-86
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Install oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Insert the tab (A) of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle case.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
PCIB1841E
c.
D
Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
E
F
G
PCIB1842E
d.
e.
Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing
as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
• Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces.
• Apply sealant so as not to break the bead.
• The width of sealant bead is 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
• The height of sealant bead is 0.4 - 1 mm (0.016 - 0.04 in).
• The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 - 5
mm (0.12 - 0.20 in).
H
I
J
PCIB1807E
With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily
assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not damage striking rod oil seal.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1808E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-87
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
f. While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow
shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
2
[RS6F52A]
: shifter lever B
PCIB1929E
g.
h.
Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing.
Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts.
PCIB1840E
i.
Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position.
NOTE:
• The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A is in the
position shown.
PCIB1809E
j.
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft
assembly is lifted.
Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap
ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing,
remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d.
SCIA0893E
Revision: January 2010
MT-88
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
k.
Tighten transaxle case bolts to the specified torque.
A
B
MT
PCIB1838E
l.
Shift the shifter lever A (1) to neutral position.
NOTE:
The neutral position is attained when shifter lever A is in the
position shown.
D
E
F
G
PCIB1930E
27. Install bore plug to transaxle case using Tool.
Tool number
H
: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse bore plug.
I
J
PCIB0941E
28. Install selector lever to transaxle case and then install retaining
pin to selector lever.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of selector lever.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1837E
O
29. Install guide bolt following the procedures below.
a. Shift the shifter lever A and selector lever to neutral position.
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-89
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt hole (C) that the lever is
securely set to neutral position (A). If it is not in the neutral position, repeat the procedure from step a.
1
c.
[RS6F52A]
: Guide bolt
CAUTION:
The guide groove (D) of striking rod assembly will be damaged when assembling guide bolt with the lever is in except
neutral position (B).
Check continuity between terminals of park/neutral position
(PNP) switch to confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the
neutral position, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch and
repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to MT-64, "Checking".
PCIB1890E
d.
Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to
the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse guide bolt.
PCIB1836E
30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of park/neutral position
(PNP) switch (1). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to
the specified torque.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
31. Install plunger to transaxle case.
32. Apply recommended sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch
(2). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified
torque.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
33. Install air breather tube (3) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse air breather tube.
• Assemble air breather tube until its collar element contacts with transaxle case.
Revision: January 2010
MT-90
PCIB1835E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
34. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle
case. Tighten plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
PCIB1865E
D
35. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch
housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
E
F
G
PCIB1834E
36. Install O-ring onto plug and then install it into clutch housing.
Tighten bolt to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• After oil is filled, tighten bolt to specified torque.
H
I
J
PCIB1969E
K
ADJUSTMENT
Differential Side Bearing Preload
• When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting
shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side
bearing outer race. Refer to MT-128, "Available Shims".
CAUTION:
Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential
side bearing.
Preload : Refer to MT-128, "Available Shims".
Dimension L = (L1 - L2) + Preload
L
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
L1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
L2
: Distance between differential side bearing
outer race and clutch housing end face
Revision: January 2010
MT-91
L
M
N
PCIB0795E
O
P
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side
bearing on final gear side. Holding lightly differential side bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five times or
more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
[RS6F52A]
SCIA1078E
3.
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (L2) between differential side bearing outer race and
clutch housing end face.
CAUTION:
L2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use
the average value.
SCIA1079E
4.
Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then
install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
using the Tool.
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
PCIB0942E
Reverse Idler Gear End Play
• When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim
for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim (1), measure clearance between transaxle case (2) and reverse idler gear (rear) (3).
Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse
idler gear.
End play
: Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension Q = (Q1 - Q2) - End play
Q
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
Q1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
Q2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of reverse idler gear (rear)
Revision: January 2010
MT-92
PCIB1925E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
SCIA1003E
2.
3.
D
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (Q2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end
face of reverse idler gear (rear) (2).
CAUTION:
Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse
idler gear (rear).
E
F
G
PCIB1879E
Input Shaft End Play
• When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft
rear bearing.
End play
: Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension O = (O1 - O2) - End play
O
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
O1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
O2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of input shaft rear bearing
1.
H
I
J
K
SCIA1001E
L
M
N
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
O1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
O
P
SCIA1002E
Revision: January 2010
MT-93
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (O2) between clutch housing end face and end face
of input shaft rear bearing.
CAUTION:
O2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input
shaft.
[RS6F52A]
PCIB0792E
Striking rod End Play
• When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim (1) for
striking rod (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case (3) and striking rod shim (4). Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking
rod.
End play
: Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension R = (R1 - R2) - End play
R
: Thickness of adjusting shim
R1
: Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim
R2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of striking rod shim
1.
PCIB1823E
Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B), measure
dimension (R1) between transaxle case (1) end face and mounting face of adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
PCIB1824E
2.
3.
Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B) as shown,
measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing (1) end face
and end face of striking rod shim (2).
CAUTION:
• R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
• When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking
rod assembly and striking rod shim.
Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod
assembly.
PCIB1825E
Mainshaft End Play
Revision: January 2010
MT-94
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim (1) for
mainshaft rear bearing (2). To select adjusting shim, measure
clearance (M) between transaxle case (3) and dummy adjusting
shim (4) on mainshaft rear bearing. Refer to MT-127, "Available
Adjusting Shims".
5
: Snap ring
6
: Mainshaft
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft
rear bearing.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
PCIB1880E
D
End play : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension P = (M + N) - End play
P
: Thickness of adjusting shim
M
: Distance between dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle
case end face
N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim
E
F
G
*: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness. Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims".
1.
a.
Install transaxle case following the procedures below.
Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
H
I
J
K
PCIB1842E
b.
L
Install dummy adjusting shim (1) to mainshaft assembly.
M
N
O
PCIB1826E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-95
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
c. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily
assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not damage striking rod oil seal.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing.
[RS6F52A]
PCIB1808E
d.
While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow
shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
2
: shifter lever B
PCIB1929E
e.
f.
Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing.
Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts.
PCIB1840E
2.
Shift the shifter lever A to 2nd gear position.
NOTE:
• The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in
the position shown.
PCIB1809E
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft
assembly (1) is lifted.
PCIB1923E
Revision: January 2010
MT-96
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
4.
Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c.
Shift the shifter lever A to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times.
NOTE:
• The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear
position alternately.
• The 1st gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in
the position shown.
A
B
MT
D
E
PCIB1881E
F
• When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft
assembly (1) is declined.
G
H
I
PCIB1934E
5.
Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim (1) through
the bore plug hole.
2
: Mainshaft rear bearing
3
: Snap ring
J
K
L
PCIB1827E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-97
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position (A), and then
rotate it in the direction of the arrow (C) shown until it stops.
Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount
of movement when shifting shifter lever A to 1st gear position (B)
and rotating it in the direction of the arrow (D) shown until it
stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension.
7. When measurement (M) is 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in), adjustment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regular adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed
expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024
in).
[RS6F52A]
PCIB1935E
Revision: January 2010
MT-98
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284017
DISASSEMBLY
1.
B
Before disassembling, measure end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th, and
6th input gears.
MT
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play".
2.
D
Remove oil channel.
E
SCIA0966E
3.
4.
Press out input shaft rear bearing using Tool and a puller.
Remove snap ring.
Tool number
: ST33052000 (
—
F
)
G
H
SCIA1037E
5.
Press out 6th input gear, 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear
bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear
using Tool (A) and a puller (B).
Tool number
6.
A: ST33052000 (
—
I
J
)
K
Remove 5th needle bearing.
L
PCIB1882E
7.
M
Press out 5th input gear bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear,
4th needle bearing, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer
hub assembly, and 3rd input gear using Tool and a puller.
N
Tool number
8.
: ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove 3rd needle bearing.
O
SCIA1030E
Revision: January 2010
MT-99
2010 Sentra
P
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Press out input shaft front bearing using a puller.
[RS6F52A]
SCIA0920E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Input Shaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gears
SCIA1074J
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
SMT387A
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
• Single-cone synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th)
Revision: January 2010
MT-100
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it with a
new one.
Clearance
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52A]
A
B
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
MT
SMT140
D
• Double-cone synchronizer (3rd)
Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone,
and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION:
The clearances (A) and (B) are controlled with outer baulk
ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set.
Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit
value.
E
F
G
SCIA0950E
H
1.
Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a dial indicator and Tool. And then calculate mean
value.
Tool number
Clearance (A)
Standard value
Limit value
I
: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)
J
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
K
PCIB0945E
L
2.
Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (B)
Standard value
Limit value
M
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
N
O
SCIA1084E
Bearing
Revision: January 2010
P
MT-101
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing
[RS6F52A]
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Install 3rd needle bearing to input shaft.
Install 3rd input gear, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring to input shaft.
CAUTION:
Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set.
Install 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
• Never reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
• Replace 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling
sleeve as a set.
SCIA0921E
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
PCIB0799E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
Revision: January 2010
MT-102
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Press in 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool
[RS6F52A]
A
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Align grooves of 3rd-4th shifting insert and 3rd outer baulk
ring.
B
MT
SCIA1031E
5.
Tool number
6.
7.
D
Press in 4th input gear bushing using Tool.
: KV40105710 (
—
)
E
Install 4th baulk ring.
Install 4th needle bearing and 4th input gear to input shaft.
F
G
PCIB0922E
8.
Select thrust washer so that dimension "C2" satisfies the standard value below. Then install thrust washer onto input shaft.
Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer".
H
I
Standard value for dimension "C2"
: Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer".
CAUTION:
Only one thrust washer can be selected.
J
K
L
M
N
SCIA0925E
9.
Press in 5th input gear bushing using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
O
)
CAUTION:
Never reuse 5th input gear bushing.
10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear to input shaft.
11. Install 5th baulk ring.
P
SCIA1033E
Revision: January 2010
MT-103
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12. Install 5th-6th synchronizer hub, 5th-6th spread springs, and 5th-6th shifting inserts onto 5th-6th coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
A
: Front side
B
: Rear side
• Never reuse 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve.
• Replace 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling
sleeve as a set.
PCIB1883E
• Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve.
A
: 5th input gear side
B
: 6th input gear side
PCIB1884E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
13. Press in 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Align grooves of 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring.
SCIA1039E
Revision: January 2010
MT-104
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear, 6th baulk ring onto 6th
input gear bushing and then press in 6th input gear bushing onto
input shaft using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082
[RS6F52A]
A
)
B
MT
WCIA0309E
D
15. Install snap ring onto input shaft and make sure that end play
(gap between snap ring and groove) of 6th input gear bushing
satisfies the standard value.
E
End play standard value
:Refer to MT-125, "Available Snap Rings".
• If measurement is outside the standard range, select snap
ring. Refer to MT-125, "Available Snap Rings".
CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.
F
G
SCIA0970E
16. Press in input shaft rear bearing using Tool.
Tool number
H
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the 6th input gear side.
I
J
WCIA0310E
K
17. Press in input shaft front bearing Tools (A), (B).
Tool number
L
A: ST33052000 ( — )
B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)
18. Install oil channel onto input shaft.
M
N
WCIA0311E
19. Check end play of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears.
O
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play".
P
SCIA0966E
Revision: January 2010
MT-105
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284018
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd
main gears.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play".
SCIA0973E
2.
3.
Remove snap ring.
Remove C-ring holder and then remove mainshaft C-rings.
PCIB0805E
4.
Press out mainshaft rear bearing, 6th main gear adjusting shim,
and 6th main gear using Tool and a puller.
Tool number
5.
:ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1056E
6.
Press out 4th main gear and 5th main gear using Tool and a
puller.
Tool number
7.
8.
:ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove 4th main gear adjusting shim.
Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1044E
Revision: January 2010
MT-106
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Press out 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear using Tool (A) and a
puller (B).
Tool number
A: KV40105020 (
—
[RS6F52A]
A
)
B
10. Remove 2nd needle bearing.
MT
PCIB1885E
D
11. Press out 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
assembly, 1st main gear, 1st needle bearing, 1st main gear
bushing, and reverse main gear using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV40105020 (
—
E
)
F
G
PCIB1886E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
H
Mainshaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
I
J
K
SCIA1076J
L
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve,
synchronizer hub and shifting insert.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
M
N
O
SMT387A
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-107
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
[RS6F52A]
SMT867D
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
Triple-cone synchronizer (1st and 2nd)
• Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone,
and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION:
The clearances (A), (B), and (C) are controlled with outer
baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set.
Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit
value.
PCIB1358E
1.
Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch
gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (A)
Standard value
Limit value
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
PCIB1359E
2.
Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (B)
Standard value
Limit value
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
PCIB1360E
Revision: January 2010
MT-108
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Measure the clearance (C) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch
gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (C)
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52A]
A
B
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
MT
PCIB1361E
D
Bearing
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing
E
F
G
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
1.
H
Press in reverse main gear using Tools.
Tool number
: KV40101630 (J-35870)
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
I
J
K
PCIB0946E
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of reverse main gear.
• Do not reuse reverse main gear.
L
M
N
O
SCIA0992E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-109
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Press in 1st main gear bushing using Tools.
Tool number
3.
: KV38102510 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
Install 1st needle bearing and then 1st main gear.
SCIA1049E
4.
Install 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
• Do not reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
• Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling
sleeve as a set.
SCIA0921E
• Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
PCIB0803E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same 1st-2nd shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
Revision: January 2010
MT-110
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Install 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer
baulk ring onto mainshaft and then press in 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using Tools.
Tool number
[RS6F52A]
: KV38102510 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on 2nd gear-side must have been removed.
• Be careful with orientation of coupling sleeve.
• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set.
6.
B
MT
SCIA1050E
D
Press in 2nd main gear bushing using Tools.
Tool number
7.
A
E
: KV40105710 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
8.
Install 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd
inner baulk ring.
CAUTION:
Replace 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and
2nd inner baulk ring as a set.
Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd main gear.
9.
Press in 3rd main gear using Tools.
Tool number
F
G
SCIA1051E
H
I
: KV40105710 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd main gear.
• Do not reuse 3rd main gear.
10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
J
K
SCIA1052E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-111
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Select 4th main gear adjusting shim so that dimension “C1” satisfies the standard value below and install 4th main gear adjusting shim onto mainshaft. Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
[RS6F52A]
Standard value for dimension “C1”
: Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
PCIB0804E
12. Press in 4th main gear using Tools.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01))
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 4th main gear.
• Do not reuse 4th main gear.
PCIB0947E
13. Press in 5th main gear using Tools.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01))
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 5th main gear.
• Do not reuse 5th main gear.
14. Install 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
PCIB0948E
15. Press in 6th main gear using Tools (A), (B).
Tool number
A: ST33200000 (J-26082)
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 6th main gear.
WCIA0313E
Revision: January 2010
MT-112
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Select 6th main gear adjusting shim and then install it onto mainshaft.
• Calculate thickness (S) of 6th main gear adjusting shim following the procedure below so that end play dimension between
6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimension shown below. Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
[RS6F52A]
A
B
End play
:Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension S = (S1 - S2) - End play
S
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
S1
mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face
S2
: Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
6th main gear end face
a.
b.
MT
D
E
CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
Measure dimension (S1) and (S2) using a height gauge (A) and
pick tester (B).
Install selected 6th main gear adjusting shim to mainshaft.
F
G
PCIB1887E
H
17. Press in mainshaft rear bearing using Tools (A), (B).
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
I
J
WCIA0314E
18. Install mainshaft C-rings onto mainshaft and check that end play
of mainshaft rear bearing satisfies the standard value.
K
L
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-126, "Available C-Rings".
M
• If measurement is outside the standard range, reselect mainshaft C-rings. Refer to MT-126, "Available C-Rings".
N
SCIA0979E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-113
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. Install C-ring holder and then install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
[RS6F52A]
PCIB0805E
20. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play".
SCIA0973E
Revision: January 2010
MT-114
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
A
INFOID:0000000005284019
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B
Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve, and reverse insert springs simultaneously.
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Remove reverse baulk ring.
Remove reverse idler gear (front).
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Remove retaining pin from reverse idler shaft.
MT
D
E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
F
G
H
I
SCIA0953J
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve,
synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear), and insert spring.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear)
must move smoothly.
J
K
L
SMT637A
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
M
N
O
P
SMT867D
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
Revision: January 2010
MT-115
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it
with a new one.
Clearance
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52A]
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
SMT140
Bearing
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing.
ASSEMBLY
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of reverse insert spring.
: Front
• Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB1924E
Revision: January 2010
MT-116
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FINAL DRIVE
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284020
PRE-INSPECTION
B
• Check the clearance between side gear and differential case as follows.
1. Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and
other parts from sticking by gear oil.
MT
2.
3.
Put differential case vertically so that side gear to be measured faces upward.
Place Tool and a dial indicator onto side gear.
Tool number
:
—
D
(J-39713)
E
F
PCIB0950E
4.
Move side gear up and down, and measure the clearance.
H
Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential
case with thrust washer
: Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer".
5.
6.
G
CAUTION:
There should be no resistance and gears should rotate
freely.
If not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing side
gear thrust washer thickness.
Turn differential case upside down and measure the clearance
between side gear and differential case on the other side in the same way.
I
J
SMT611A
K
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove final gear bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case.
Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using
Tool (A) and pullers (B).
Tool number
3.
L
M
A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Hook a puller on the cage of differential side bearing.
Remove speedometer drive gear.
N
O
PCIB1876E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-117
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using
Tool and puller.
Tool number
[RS6F52A]
: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Hook a puller on the inner race of differential side bearing.
PCIB0951E
5.
6.
Remove retaining pin from differential case using suitable tool
and then remove pinion mate shaft.
Rotate pinion mate gears and remove pinion mate gears, pinion
mate thrust washers, side gears, and side gear thrust washers
from differential case.
SCIA0908E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case
• Check side gears, side gear thrust washers, pinion mate shaft, pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers and differential case.
If necessary, replace with a new one.
MTK0135D
Bearing
• Check for bearings damage and rough rotation. If necessary,
replace with a new one.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner
races as a set.
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1.
Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and thrust washer.
Revision: January 2010
MT-118
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Install side gear thrust washers and side gears into differential
case.
3. While rotating pinion mate thrust washers and pinion mate
gears, aligning them diagonally, install them into differential
case.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
SMT839
4.
D
Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case.
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage pinion mate thrust washers.
E
F
G
MTK0132D
5.
a.
b.
Measure end play of side gears following the procedure below.
Then select side gear thrust washer.
Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward.
Place the Tool and a dial indicator onto side gears.
Tool number
:
—
H
I
(J-39713)
J
PCIB0950E
c.
Move side gears up and down to measure the clearance and
select thrust washer so that it satisfies the standard value. Refer
to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer".
L
Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential
case with thrust washer
: Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer".
CAUTION:
• There should be no resistance and gears should rotate
freely.
• Place differential case upside down. Measure the end play
for opposite side-gears likewise securely.
• Only one thrust washer can be selected.
K
M
N
SMT611A
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-119
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Install retaining pin into pinion mate shaft using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Never reuse retaining pin.
[RS6F52A]
SCIA0908E
7.
Press in differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differential case using Tools.
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
: KV38102510 ( — )
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
PCIB0952E
8.
Align and install speedometer drive gear onto differential case.
SMT842D
9.
Press in differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differential case using Tools (A), (B).
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: KV38102510 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Never reuse differential side bearing and differential side
bearing outer race.
• Replace differential side bearing and differential side
bearing outer race as a set.
WCIA0305E
10. Install final gear into differential case and tighten final gear bolts
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
SCIA0912E
Revision: January 2010
MT-120
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT CONTROL
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284021
DISASSEMBLY
1.
B
Remove return spring to striking rod assembly.
MT
D
E
PCIB1867E
F
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Striking Rod Assembly and Return Spring
• Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PCIB1868E
N
Fork Rod and Shift Fork
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-121
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts.
[RS6F52A]
PCIB1869E
• Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling
sleeve) is within allowable specification below.
Item
One-side wear specification
Sliding width of new part
1st-2nd
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
3rd-4th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
5th-6th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
6.10 - 6.23 mm
(0.2402 - 0.2453 in)
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
12.80 - 12.93 mm
(0.5039 - 0.5091 in)
Reverse
SMT801D
ASSEMBLY
1.
Temporarily install return spring to striking rod assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of return spring.
PCIB1830E
Revision: January 2010
MT-122
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Attach one end of the return spring to striking interlock of striking
rod assembly while holding return spring.
[RS6F52A]
A
B
MT
PCIB1831E
D
CAUTION:
• When installing, check that return spring is securely
seated in the groove of striking interlock of striking rod
assembly.
E
F
G
PCIB1833E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-123
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000005284022
TRANSAXLE
Engine type
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F52A
Model code number
ET80D
Number of speed
6
Synchromesh type
Warner
Shift pattern
PCIB1769E
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.153
2nd
1.950
3rd
1.392
4th
1.055
5th
0.809
6th
0.630
Reverse
3.002
Input gear
Main gear
Reverse idler gear
1st
13
2nd
20
3rd
28
4th
36
5th
42
6th
46
Reverse
13
1st
41
2nd
39
3rd
39
4th
38
5th
34
6th
29
Reverse
38
Front
37
Rear
38
Oil level
mm (in)
Oil capacity (Reference)
Remarks
(US pt, Imp pt)
Reverse synchronizer
61.0 - 67.0 (2.402 - 2.638)
1.7 (3-5/8, 3)
Installed
Double-cone synchronizer
3rd
Triple-cone synchronizer
1st and 2nd
FINAL GEAR
Revision: January 2010
MT-124
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine type
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F52A
Model code number
A
ET80D
Final gear ratio
B
4.428
Number of teeth
Final gear/Pinion
62/14
Side gear/Pinion mate gear
14/10
Gear End Play
MT
INFOID:0000000005284023
Unit: mm (in)
Gear
Standard value
1st main gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
2nd main gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
3rd input gear
0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122)
4th input gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
5th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
6th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
Baulk Ring Clearance
E
F
G
INFOID:0000000005284024
Unit: mm (in)
Measurement point
3rd
(Double-cone synchronizer)
D
Standard value
Limit value
Clearance between synchronizer cone and
inner baulk ring end face (A)
0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031)
0.2 (0.008)
Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl
and synchronizer cone (B)
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 -0.043)
H
I
0.2 (0.008)
J
K
PCIB0249E
1st and 2nd
(Triple-cone synchronizer)
Clearance between synchronizer cone and
clutch gear end face (A)
0.6 - 1.2 (0.024 - 0.047)
0.3 (0.012)
Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl
and synchronizer cone (B)
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043)
0.2 (0.008)
Clearance between inner baulk ring and
clutch gear end face (C)
0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043)
0.3 (0.012)
L
M
N
PCIB0835J
4th
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.057)
0.7 (0.028)
5th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
6th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
Reverse
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
Available Snap Rings
INFOID:0000000005284025
6TH INPUT GEAR BUSHING
Revision: January 2010
MT-125
2010 Sentra
O
P
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.81 (0.0713)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.91 (0.0752)
1.96 (0.0772)
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Part number*
Thickness
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
mm (in)
2.01 (0.0791)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.11 (0.0831)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.21 (0.0870)
Part number*
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available C-Rings
INFOID:0000000005284026
MAINSHAFT C-RING
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
2.535 (0.0998)
2.565 (0.1010)
2.595 (0.1022)
2.625 (0.1033)
2.655 (0.1045)
2.685 (0.1057)
2.715 (0.1069)
2.745 (0.1081)
2.775 (0.1093)
2.805 (0.1104)
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Part number*
Thickness
mm (in)
2.835 (0.1116)
2.865 (0.1128)
2.895 (0.1140)
2.925 (0.1152)
2.955 (0.1163)
2.985 (0.1175)
3.015 (0.1187)
3.045 (0.1199)
3.075 (0.1211)
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
Part number*
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Thrust Washer
INFOID:0000000005284027
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER
SCIA1008E
Standard value for dimension “C2”
Thickness
mm (in)
3.84 (0.1512)
3.90 (0.1535)
3.96 (0.1559)
154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094 in)
Part number*
Thickness
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
mm (in)
4.02 (0.1583)
4.08 (0.1606)
4.14 (0.1630)
Part number*
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with
thrust washer
Revision: January 2010
MT-126
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
0.75 (0.0295)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.85 (0.0335)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.95 (0.0374)
A
38424 81X00
38424 81X01
38424 81X02
38424 81X03
38424 81X04
B
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Adjusting Shims
INFOID:0000000005284028
4TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
MT
D
E
F
G
SCIA1009E
Standard value for dimension “C1”
H
173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.52 (0.0205)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.76 (0.0299)
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
0.84 (0.0331)
0.92 (0.0362)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
I
J
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
K
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Part number*
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
Thickness
mm (in)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.24 (0.0488)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.32 (0.0520)
Part number*
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
Thickness
mm (in)
1.36 (0.0535)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.44 (0.0567)
1.48 (0.0583)
1.52 (0.0598)
1.56 (0.0614)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.64 (0.0646)
Part number*
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
L
M
N
O
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
Revision: January 2010
MT-127
P
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Part number*
Thickness
mm (in)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
Part number*
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
REVERSE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.80 (0.0709)
1.84 (0.0724)
1.88 (0.0740)
1.92 (0.0756)
1.96 (0.0772)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.04 (0.0803)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.12 (0.0835)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.20 (0.0866)
0.04 - 0.10 mm (0.0016 - 0.0039 in)
Part number*
Thickness
mm (in)
2.24 (0.0882)
2.28 (0.0898)
2.32 (0.0913)
2.36 (0.0929)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.44 (0.0961)
2.48 (0.0976)
2.52 (0.0992)
2.56 (0.1008)
2.60 (0.1024)
2.64 (0.1039)
32237 8H800
32237 8H801
32237 8H802
32237 8H803
32237 8H804
32237 8H805
32237 8H806
32237 8H807
32237 8H808
32237 8H809
32237 8H810
32237 8H811
Part number*
32237 8H812
32237 8H813
32237 8H814
32237 8H815
32237 8H816
32237 8H817
32237 8H818
32237 8H819
32237 8H820
32237 8H821
32237 8H822
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.12 (0.0441)
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Part number*
Thickness
32237 8H560
32237 8H561
32237 8H562
32237 8H563
mm (in)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.36 (0.0535)
Part number*
32237 8H564
32237 8H565
32237 8H566
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
STRIKING ROD ADJUSTING SHIM
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.36 (0.0535)
1.44 (0.0567)
0.05 - 0.152 mm (0.0020 - 0.0060 in)
Part number*
Thickness
33761 JA60A
33761 JA61A
33761 JA62A
33761 JA63A
33761 JA64A
mm (in)
1.52 (0.0598)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.68 (0.0661)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.84 (0.0724)
Part number*
33761 JA65A
33761 JA66A
33761 JA67A
33761 JA68A
33761 JA69A
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Shims
INFOID:0000000005284029
— Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim
BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload: L*
Revision: January 2010
0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in)
MT-128
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52A]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness.
A
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-129
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005602351
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Service Notice or Precaution
INFOID:0000000005284031
•
•
•
•
Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained.
Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level surface.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be
certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it.
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
Revision: January 2010
MT-130
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284032
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
B
Description
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
• Removing differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing outer
race (transaxle case side)
• Removing mainshaft front bearing
D
E
ZZA0601D
ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
MT
Installing differential side oil seal (clutch housing side)
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
F
G
ZZA0814D
ST35321000
(
—
)
Drift
•
•
•
•
ZZA1000D
KV40105320
(
—
)
Drift
Installing input shaft oil seal
Installing reverse main gear
Installing 1st main gear bushing
Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
a: 88 mm (3.46 in) dia.
H
I
J
K
L
ZZA0898D
ST33200000
(J-26082)
Drift
• Installing mainshaft front bearing
• Installing 6th input gear bushing
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
ZZA1002D
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-131
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
ZZA0811D
ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Drift
• Installing differential side oil seal (transaxle
case side)
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(transaxle case side)
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
• Installing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
• Installing bore plug
• Removing differential side bearing (transaxle case side)
• Removing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
ZZA1000D
ST33052000
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1023D
KV40105020
(
—
)
Drift
• Removing input shaft rear bearing
• Removing 6th input gear, 6th input gear
bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear
• Removing 5th input gear bushing, 4th input
gear, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear
• Installing input shaft front bearing
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
• Removing 6th main gear
• Removing 4th main gear and 5th main gear
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
Removing 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd
main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
assembly, 1st main gear, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear
a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
c: 15 mm (0.59 in)
ZZA1133D
ST30031000
(J-22912-01)
Puller
Measuring wear of inner baulk ring
ZZA0537D
Revision: January 2010
MT-132
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
KV40105710
(
—
)
Press stand
ZZA1058D
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
ST30032000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
• Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 4th input gear bushing
• Installing 5th input gear bushing
• Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in)
• Installing input shaft rear bearing
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
Installing input shaft front bearing
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
ZZA0978D
ST38220000
(
—
)
Press stand
• Installing reverse main gear
• Installing 1st main gear bushing
• Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)
I
J
K
ZZA1058D
KV40101630
(J-35870)
Drift
Installing reverse main gear
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
L
M
ZZA1003D
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-133
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV38102510
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA0838D
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
• Installing 1st main gear bushing
• Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
• Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
• Installing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284033
Tool name
Description
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin
a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
NT410
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin of selector lever
a: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
NT410
Pin punch
Removing and installing retaining pin of each
shifter lever
a: 7.5 mm (0.295 in) dia.
NT410
Drift
Installing striking rod oil seal and shifter lever
oil seal
a: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia.
S-NT063
Revision: January 2010
MT-134
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Puller
Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
A
B
MT
ZZA0537D
Puller
Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
D
E
NT077
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
F
G
H
PBIC0190E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-135
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000005284034
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
Jumps out of gear
Revision: January 2010
2
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
MT-146
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
MT-146
SHIFT FORK (Worn)
MT-142
STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY (Worn or damaged)
3
3
3
2
2
1
MT-136
3
INSERT SPRING (Damaged)
Oil leakage
GASKET (Damaged)
2
OIL (Oil level is high.)
1
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)
Symptoms
OIL (Wrong oil.)
Noise
OIL (Oil level is low.)
SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)
SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)
MT-146
Reference page
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
MT-139
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
2
3
3
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DESCRIPTION
A
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000005284035
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PCIB1961E
N
1.
Transaxle case
2.
3rd input gear
3.
3rd-4th synchronizer hub
4.
3rd-4th coupling sleeve
5.
4th input gear
6.
5th input gear
7.
5th-6th synchronizer hub
8.
5th-6th coupling sleeve
9.
6th input gear
10. Input shaft rear bearing
11. Mainshaft rear bearing
O
12. 6th main gear
13. 5th main gear
14. 4th main gear
15. 3rd main gear
16. 2nd main gear
17. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
18. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
19. 1st main gear
20. Reverse main gear
21. Differential side bearing
22. Differential case assembly
23. Final gear
24. Speedometer drive gear
25. Mainshaft front bearing
26. Mainshaft
27. Input shaft
28. Input shaft front bearing
29. Clutch housing
30. Reverse idler shaft
31. Reverse idler gear (front)
32. Reverse coupling sleeve
33. Reverse idler gear (rear)
P
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Revision: January 2010
MT-137
2010 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 3rd gear to reduce operating force of the control lever.
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Triple-cone synchronizer are adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the control lever.
PCIB1454E
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)
Reverse gear can be matched smoothly in a structure by setting synchronizer hub (1) of reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling
sleeve (2), reverse baulk ring (3), and reverse insert spring (4) to
reverse idler gears, and letting reverse gear be synchronized.
5
: Reverse idler gear (rear)
6
: Reverse idler gear (front)
PCIB1909E
Revision: January 2010
MT-138
2010 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T OIL
A
Changing M/T Oil
INFOID:0000000005284036
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
B
Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.
Stop engine. Remove transaxle drain plug and drain oil.
Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle. Tighten
drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
MT
D
E
PCIB1834E
FILLING
1.
Remove plug (1). Fill the transaxle with new oil and check the oil
level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown.
Oil grade and capacity
F
G
: Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE".
H
Oil level (L)
2.
: 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in)
Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
Checking M/T Oil
I
PCIB1968E
J
INFOID:0000000005284037
K
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it.
Remove plug (1).
Check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown.
Oil level (L)
4.
L
: 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in)
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking oil level.
Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
M
N
PCIB1968E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-139
2010 Sentra
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284038
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)"
and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case and clutch housing.
SCIA7625E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing and transaxle case
to the specified dimension (A) using Tools.
Dimension A)
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
Tool numbers
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil seal.
• Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-139, "Checking M/T
Oil".
Revision: January 2010
MT-140
SCIA1010E
2010 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITION SWITCH
A
Checking
INFOID:0000000005284039
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly".
B
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
• Check continuity.
Gear position
MT
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
1
: Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
2
: Back-up lamp switch
D
E
PCIB1970E
F
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
• Check continuity.
Gear position
G
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-141
2010 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONTROL LINKAGE
Component of Control Device and Cable
INFOID:0000000005284040
LCIA0414E
1.
Control lever knob
4.
Select cable
7.
Shift cable
2.
Control lever
3.
Control device assembly
5.
Lock plate
6.
Cable bracket
8.
Cable support bracket
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284041
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove battery. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Remove shift cable from shifter lever as shown.
BCIA0052E
Revision: January 2010
MT-142
2010 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove select cable from selector lever A as shown.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
BCIA0057E
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Shift control lever to neutral position.
Remove control lever knob.
Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove control device assembly nuts.
Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-11, "Removal and Installation".
Remove cable support bracket.
Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket.
Remove control device assembly from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Securely install each cable to shifter lever and selector lever.
• Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever
knob onto control lever.
⇐: Front
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
SCIA7630E
• When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly.
• When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-143
2010 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284042
Refer to the figure for air breather hose removal and installation information.
PCIB1966E
1.
Air breather hose
2.
Transaxle assembly
4.
Clamp
5.
Air cleaner case
3.
Air breather tube
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or
winding when installing it.
• Be sure to insert air breather hose into air breather tube until hose end reaches the tube's base.
• Set air breather hose with painted mark facing forward.
• Install air breather hose to air cleaner case by fully inserting the clip.
Revision: January 2010
MT-144
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005284043
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LCIA0413E
1.
Transaxle assembly
2.
A.
Refer to MT-145, "Removal and Installation".
K
LH engine mount bracket
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284044
CAUTION:
If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder).
Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc
sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not depress clutch pedal during removal procedure.
Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts.
Separate transaxle assembly from engine.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: January 2010
MT-145
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, use the
specified tightening torque in the numerical sequence shown:
z
: Transaxle to engine
X
: Engine to transaxle
[RS6F52H]
CAUTION:
When installing transaxle assembly, do not allow the transaxle input shaft to make contact with the clutch cover.
Bolt symbol
A
B
C
D
E
F
Quantity
1
3
1
2
2
1
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
35
(1.38)
45
(1.77)
45
(1.77)
Bolt length “ ”
mm (in)
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
35.3
(3.6, 26)
74.5
(7.6, 55)
42.6
(4.3, 31)
PCIB1972E
48.0
(4.9, 35)
• Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
• After installation, check oil level and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-139, "Checking M/
T Oil".
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284045
COMPONENTS
Case and Housing Components
Revision: January 2010
MT-146
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AWDIA0672ZZ
1.
Differential side oil seal
2.
Clutch housing
3.
4.
Input shaft oil seal
5.
Oil channel
6.
Oil gutter A
7.
Back-up lamp switch
8.
Plunger
9.
Gasket
10. Plug
11. Bore plug
13. Transaxle case
14. Oil gutter B
CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder)
L
12. Striking rod oil seal
M
15. Air breather tube
16. Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 17. Shifter lever oil seal
18. Drain plug
19. Magnet
21. Plug
20. O-ring
K
N
Gear Components
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-147
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCIB1888E
1.
Input shaft front bearing
2.
Input shaft
3.
3rd needle bearing
4.
3rd input gear
5.
3rd inner baulk ring
6.
3rd synchronizer cone
7.
3rd outer baulk ring
8.
3rd-4th spread spring
9.
3rd-4th shifting insert
10. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub
11. 4th baulk ring
12. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
13. 4th input gear bushing
14. 4th needle bearing
15. 4th input gear
16. Thrust washer
17. 5th input gear bushing
18. 5th needle bearing
19. 5th input gear
20. 5th baulk ring
21. 5th-6th spread spring
22. 5th-6th shifting insert
23. 5th-6th synchronizer hub
24. 5th-6th coupling sleeve
25. 6th baulk ring
26. 6th input gear
27. 6th needle bearing
28. 6th input gear bushing
29. Snap ring
30. Input shaft rear bearing
31. Oil channel
32. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting 33. Retaining pin
shim
34. Reverse idler shaft
35. Thrust needle bearing
36. Reverse idler gear needle bearing
37. Reverse insert spring
38. Reverse idler gear (front)
39. Reverse baulk ring
40. Reverse coupling sleeve
41. Reverse idler gear (rear)
42. Reverse idler gear adjusting shim
: Replace the parts as a set.
• Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly.
Revision: January 2010
MT-148
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
PCIB1889E
1.
Mainshaft front bearing
2.
Mainshaft bearing retainer
3.
Mainshaft
4.
Reverse main gear
5.
1st main gear
6.
1st main gear bushing
7.
1st needle bearing
8.
1st inner baulk ring
9.
1st synchronizer cone
10. 1st outer baulk ring
11. 1st-2nd spread spring
12. 1st-2nd shifting insert
13. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
14. 2nd outer baulk ring
15. 2nd synchronizer cone
16. 2nd inner baulk ring
17. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
18. 2nd main gear bushing
19. 2nd needle bearing
20. 2nd main gear
21. 3rd main gear
22. 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer
23. 4th main gear adjusting shim
24. 4th main gear
25. 5th main gear
26. 5th-6th mainshaft spacer
27. 6th main gear
J
K
L
28. 6th main gear adjusting shim 29. Mainshaft rear bearing
30. Mainshaft C-ring
31. C-ring holder
33. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim
32. Snap ring
: Replace the parts as a set.
M
N
• Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly.
Shift Control Components
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-149
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCIB1806E
1.
Clutch housing
2.
Retaining pin
3.
Reverse shift fork
4.
Reverse fork rod
5.
Return spring
6.
Striking rod assembly
7.
Striking rod shim
8.
Striking rod adjusting shim
9.
Shifter lever A
10. Shifter lever B
11. Guide bolt
13. Transaxle case
14. 3rd-4th shift fork
12. Selector lever
15. 3rd-4th fork rod
16. 1st-2nd shift fork
17. 1st-2nd fork rod
18. 5th-6th shift fork
19. 5th-6th fork rod
Final Drive Components
Revision: January 2010
MT-150
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
PCIB1963E
1.
Differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
2.
Differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
3.
Speedometer drive gear
4.
Differential case assembly
5.
Final gear
6.
Differential side bearing (transaxle case side)
7.
Differential side bearing outer
race (transaxle case side)
8.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim
I
J
: Replace the parts as a set.
K
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing.
L
M
N
PCIB1834E
2.
O
Remove plug bolt and then plug and O-ring from clutch housing.
P
PCIB1969E
Revision: January 2010
MT-151
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Remove plug and gasket from transaxle case.
PCIB1865E
4.
5.
6.
Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) from transaxle
case.
Remove back-up lamp switch (2) and plunger from transaxle
case.
CAUTION:
Do not lose plunger.
Remove air breather tube (3) from transaxle case.
PCIB1835E
7.
Remove guide bolt from transaxle case.
PCIB1836E
8.
Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove selector lever from transaxle case.
PCIB1837E
9.
Remove transaxle case bolts.
PCIB1838E
Revision: January 2010
MT-152
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage transaxle case.
• Access bore plug from cutout (A) of transaxle case when
removing.
A
B
MT
PCIB1839E
11. Remove transaxle case following the procedures below.
a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the
bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing
until snap ring comes off.
D
E
F
G
PCIB1840E
b.
With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, remove transaxle case from clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not drop adjusting shims.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch housing.
H
I
J
K
PCIB1808E
12. Remove oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) from transaxle case.
A
L
: Tab of oil gutter
M
N
PCIB1841E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-153
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case.
PCIB1842E
14. Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove shifter
lever A and shifter lever B from transaxle case.
PCIB1844E
15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) from transaxle case using Tool. Then remove differential
side bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case.
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case or differential side bearing
outer race.
PCIB0936E
16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case.
SCIA0397E
17. Remove shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) from
transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case.
PCIB1846E
Revision: January 2010
MT-154
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
18. Remove striking rod shim (1), striking rod adjusting shim (2),
mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim (3), input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim (4), and reverse idler gear adjusting shim (5).
A
B
MT
PCIB1858E
D
19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
2
E
: Reverse fork rod
F
G
PCIB1850E
20. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then
rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse
fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod
assembly.
21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
H
I
J
PCIB1851E
K
22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
2
L
: 5th-6th fork rod
M
N
PCIB1852E
O
23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod (2).
P
PCIB1853E
Revision: January 2010
MT-155
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2).
PCIB1854E
26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork (1).
PCIB1855E
27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork (1) using suitable tool.
28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod (2).
PCIB1856E
29. Remove striking rod assembly (1).
PCIB1857E
30. Remove gear components from clutch housing in the following
procedure.
a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and
reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from
the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer.
CAUTION:
Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so
can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side.
b. Remove final drive assembly.
SCIA0964E
Revision: January 2010
MT-156
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
31. Remove magnet from clutch housing.
A
B
MT
PCIB1859E
D
32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front
bearing from clutch housing using the Tool.
Tool number
E
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, or
oil channel.
33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing.
F
G
PCIB0937E
34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) from clutch housing using the puller.
Tool number
H
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
I
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing or differential side bearing
outer race.
J
PCIB0938E
35. Remove input shaft oil seal from clutch housing, using a suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing.
K
L
M
N
SCIA0398E
O
36. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using a
suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing.
P
PCIB1874E
Revision: January 2010
MT-157
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASSEMBLY
1. Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing using Tool
(A).
Dimension (H)
Tool number
[RS6F52H]
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing.
PCIB1864E
2.
Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing using Tool (A).
Dimension (H)
: 1.1 - 2.1 mm (0.043 - 0.083 in)
Tool number
: ST35321000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse input shaft oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline input shaft oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing.
PCIB1814E
Revision: January 2010
MT-158
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to
clutch housing using Tools.
Tool number
[RS6F52H]
A
: KV40105320 ( — )
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
MT
PCIB0933E
4.
D
Install oil channel (1) on mainshaft side.
CAUTION:
When installing oil channel, fit the rib (A) of oil channel into
the processed area of the spot facing (B).
E
F
G
PCIB1921E
5.
Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using Tool.
Tool number
H
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing.
I
J
PCIB0939E
6.
Install mainshaft bearing retainer (1) to clutch housing and
tighten bolt to the specified torque.
2
: Mainshaft front bearing
3
: Oil channel
K
L
M
CAUTION:
Install with punched surface facing up.
N
PCIB1938E
7.
O
Install magnet to clutch housing.
P
PCIB1859E
Revision: January 2010
MT-159
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8.
Install final drive assembly into clutch housing.
SCIA0888E
9.
Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse
idler gear assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
• Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to
damage the input shaft oil seal.
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft.
SCIA0964E
10. Install striking rod assembly (1) into clutch housing.
PCIB1857E
CAUTION:
• Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove
on return pin.
PCIB1866E
Revision: January 2010
MT-160
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Install 1st-2nd shift fork (1) and 1st-2nd fork rod (2) and then
install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and
1st-2nd fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 1st2nd shift fork.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
PCIB1856E
D
12. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork.
E
F
G
PCIB1855E
13. Install 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2) and then
install retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and
5th-6th fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 5th6th shift fork.
H
I
J
PCIB1852E
14. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th
shift fork (1).
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 3rd4th shift fork.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1853E
O
15. Install reverse shift fork (1) and reverse fork rod (2).
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and
reverse fork rod.
P
PCIB1875E
Revision: January 2010
MT-161
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then
rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse
fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod
assembly.
PCIB1851E
17. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork (1).
2
: Reverse fork rod
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of
reverse shift fork.
PCIB1850E
18. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim(s) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side).
19. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly.
20. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft.
21. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly.
22. Install shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) to transaxle case using suitable tool.
Dimension (H)
: 0 - 1.0 mm (0 - 0.039 in)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse shifter lever oil seal or striking rod oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline shifter lever oil seal and
striking rod oil seal.
• Do not damage transaxle case.
PCIB1818E
Revision: January 2010
MT-162
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
23. Install differential side oil seal (1) to transaxle case using Tool
(A).
Dimension (H)
[RS6F52H]
A
: -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in)
B
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
• When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage transaxle case.
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB1878E
24. Install shifter lever B (1) and shifter lever A (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of shifter lever B and shifter
lever A.
H
I
J
PCIB1843E
25. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of shifter
lever A.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1844E
26. Install transaxle case following the procedures below.
a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-163
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Install oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Insert the tab (A) of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle case.
[RS6F52H]
PCIB1841E
c.
Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
PCIB1842E
d.
e.
Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing
as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
• Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces.
• Apply sealant so as not to break the bead.
• The width of sealant bead is 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
• The height of sealant bead is 0.4 - 1 mm (0.016 - 0.04 in).
• The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 - 5
mm (0.12 - 0.20 in).
PCIB1807E
With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily
assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not damage striking rod oil seal.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing.
PCIB1808E
Revision: January 2010
MT-164
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
f. While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow
shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
2
[RS6F52H]
A
: shifter lever B
B
MT
PCIB1929E
g.
h.
D
Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing.
Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts.
E
F
G
PCIB1840E
i.
Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position.
NOTE:
• The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A is in the
position shown.
H
I
J
PCIB1809E
j.
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft
assembly is lifted.
Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap
ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing,
remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d.
K
L
M
N
O
P
SCIA0893E
Revision: January 2010
MT-165
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
k.
Tighten transaxle case bolts to the specified torque.
PCIB1838E
l.
Shift the shifter lever A (1) to neutral position.
NOTE:
The neutral position is attained when shifter lever A is in the
position shown.
PCIB1930E
27. Install bore plug to transaxle case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33061000 (J-8107-2))
CAUTION:
Do not reuse bore plug.
PCIB0941E
28. Install selector lever to transaxle case and then install retaining
pin to selector lever.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of selector lever.
PCIB1837E
29. Install guide bolt following the procedures below.
a. Shift the shifter lever A and selector lever to neutral position.
Revision: January 2010
MT-166
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt hole (C) that the lever is
securely set to neutral position (A). If it is not in the neutral position, repeat the procedure from step a.
1
c.
[RS6F52H]
A
: Guide bolt
B
CAUTION:
The guide groove (D) of striking rod assembly will be damaged when assembling guide bolt with the lever is in except
neutral position (B).
Check continuity between terminals of park/neutral position
(PNP) switch to confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the
neutral position, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch and
repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to MT-141, "Checking".
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB1890E
d.
Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to
the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse guide bolt.
H
I
J
PCIB1836E
30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of park/neutral position
(PNP) switch (1). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to
the specified torque.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
31. Install plunger to transaxle case.
32. Apply recommended sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch
(2). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified
torque.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
33. Install air breather tube (3) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse air breather tube.
• Assemble air breather tube until its collar element contacts with transaxle case.
Revision: January 2010
MT-167
K
L
M
N
PCIB1835E
O
P
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
34. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle
case. Tighten plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
[RS6F52H]
PCIB1865E
35. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch
housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
PCIB1834E
36. Install O-ring onto plug and then install it into clutch housing.
Tighten bolt to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• After oil is filled, tighten bolt to specified torque.
PCIB1969E
ADJUSTMENT
Differential Side Bearing Preload
• When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting
shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side
bearing outer race. Refer to MT-203, "Available Shims".
CAUTION:
Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential
side bearing.
Preload : Refer to MT-203, "Available Shims".
Dimension L = (L1 - L2 ) + Preload
L
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
L1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
L2
: Distance between differential side bearing
outer race and clutch housing end face
Revision: January 2010
MT-168
PCIB0795E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side
bearing on final gear side. Holding lightly differential side bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five times or
more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
SCIA1078E
3.
D
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (L2) between differential side bearing outer race and
clutch housing end face.
CAUTION:
L2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use
the average value.
E
F
G
SCIA1079E
4.
Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then
install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
using Tool.
Tool number
H
I
: ST30720000 (J25405)
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
J
PCIB0942E
Reverse Idler Gear End Play
• When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim
for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim (1), measure clearance between transaxle case (2) and reverse idler gear (rear) (3).
Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse
idler gear.
End play
: Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension Q = (Q1 - Q2 ) - End play
Q
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
Q1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
Q2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of reverse idler gear (rear)
Revision: January 2010
MT-169
K
L
M
N
PCIB1925E
O
P
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
[RS6F52H]
SCIA1003E
2.
3.
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (Q2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end
face of reverse idler gear (rear) (2).
CAUTION:
Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse
idler gear (rear).
PCIB1879E
Input Shaft End Play
• When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft
rear bearing.
End play
: Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension O = (O1 - O2 ) - End play
O
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
O1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
O2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of input shaft rear bearing
1.
SCIA1001E
Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension
(O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
O1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
SCIA1002E
Revision: January 2010
MT-170
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure
dimension (O2) between clutch housing end face and end face
of input shaft rear bearing.
CAUTION:
(O2): Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input
shaft.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
PCIB0792E
D
Striking rod End Play
• When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim (1) for
striking rod (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case (3) and striking rod shim (4). Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking
rod.
End play
: Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension R = (R1 - R2 ) - End play
R
: Thickness of adjusting shim
R1
: Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim
R2
: Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of striking rod shim
1.
E
F
G
PCIB1823E
H
I
J
Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B), measure
dimension (R1) between transaxle case (1) end face and mounting face of adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
K
L
M
PCIB1824E
2.
3.
N
Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B) as shown,
measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing (1) end face
and end face of striking rod shim (2).
CAUTION:
• R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
• When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking
rod assembly and striking rod shim.
Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod
assembly.
O
P
PCIB1825E
Mainshaft End Play
Revision: January 2010
MT-171
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim (1) for
mainshaft rear bearing (2). To select adjusting shim, measure
clearance (M) between transaxle case (3) and dummy adjusting
shim (4) on mainshaft rear bearing. Refer to MT-202, "Available
Adjusting Shims".
5
: Snap ring
6
: Mainshaft
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft
rear bearing.
[RS6F52H]
PCIB1880E
End play : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension P = (M + N) - End play
P
: Thickness of adjusting shim
M
: Distance between dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle
case end face
N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim
*: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness. Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims".
1.
a.
Install transaxle case following the procedures below.
Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
PCIB1842E
b.
Install dummy adjusting shim (1) to mainshaft assembly.
PCIB1826E
Revision: January 2010
MT-172
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
c. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily
assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not damage striking rod oil seal.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
PCIB1808E
d.
D
While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow
shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
2
E
: shifter lever B
F
G
PCIB1929E
e.
f.
Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing.
Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts.
H
I
J
PCIB1840E
2.
Shift the shifter lever A to 2nd gear position.
NOTE:
• The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in
the position shown.
K
L
M
N
PCIB1809E
O
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft
assembly (1) is lifted.
P
PCIB1923E
Revision: January 2010
MT-173
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
4.
Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c.
Shift the shifter lever A to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times.
NOTE:
• The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear
position alternately.
• The 1st gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in
the position shown.
PCIB1881E
• When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft
assembly (1) is declined.
PCIB1934E
5.
Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim (1) through
the bore plug hole.
2
: Mainshaft rear bearing
3
: Snap ring
PCIB1827E
Revision: January 2010
MT-174
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position (A), and then
rotate it in the direction of the arrow (C) shown until it stops.
Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount
of movement when shifting shifter lever A to 1st gear position (B)
and rotating it in the direction of the arrow (D) shown until it
stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension.
7. When measurement (M) is 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in), adjustment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regular adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed
expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024
in).
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB1935E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-175
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284046
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th, and
6th input gears.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play".
2.
Remove oil channel.
SCIA0966E
3.
Press out input shaft rear bearing using Tool and a puller.
Tool number
4.
: ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove snap ring.
SCIA1037E
5.
Press out 6th input gear, 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear
bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear
using Tool (A) and a puller (B).
Tool number
6.
A: ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove 5th needle bearing.
PCIB1882E
7.
Press out 5th input gear bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear,
4th needle bearing, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer
hub assembly, and 3rd input gear using Tool and a puller.
Tool number
8.
: ST33052000 (
—
)
Remove 3rd needle bearing.
SCIA1030E
Revision: January 2010
MT-176
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Press out input shaft front bearing using a puller.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
SCIA0920E
D
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Input Shaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gears
E
F
G
SCIA1074J
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
H
I
J
K
SMT387A
L
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
M
N
O
SMT867D
P
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
• Single-cone synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th)
Revision: January 2010
MT-177
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it with a
new one.
Clearance
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52H]
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
SMT140
• Double-cone synchronizer (3rd)
Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone,
and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION:
The clearances (A) and (B) are controlled with outer baulk
ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set.
Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit
value.
SCIA0950E
1.
Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a dial indicator. And then calculate mean value.
Tool number
Clearance (A)
Standard value
Limit value
2.
: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
PCIB0945E
Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (B)
Standard value
Limit value
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
SCIA1084E
Bearing
Revision: January 2010
MT-178
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
MTF0041D
D
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Install 3rd needle bearing to input shaft.
Install 3rd input gear, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring to input shaft.
CAUTION:
Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set.
Install 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
• Do not reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
• Replace 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling
sleeve as a set.
E
F
G
H
I
SCIA0921E
J
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
K
L
M
PCIB0799E
N
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same shifting insert.
O
P
SCIA1083E
Revision: January 2010
MT-179
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Press in 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
[RS6F52H]
)
CAUTION:
Align grooves of 3rd-4th shifting insert and 3rd outer baulk
ring.
SCIA1031E
5.
Press in 4th input gear bushing using Tool.
Tool number
6.
7.
: KV40105710 (
—
)
Install 4th baulk ring.
Install 4th needle bearing and 4th input gear to input shaft.
PCIB0922E
8.
Select thrust washer so that dimension "C2" satisfies the standard value below. Then install thrust washer onto input shaft.
Refer to MT-201, "Available Thrust Washer".
Standard value for dimension "C2”
: Refer to MT-201, "Available Thrust Washer".
CAUTION:
Only one thrust washer can be selected.
SCIA0925E
9.
Press in 5th input gear bushing using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 5th input gear bushing.
10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear to input shaft.
11. Install 5th baulk ring.
SCIA1033E
Revision: January 2010
MT-180
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12. Install 5th-6th synchronizer hub, 5th-6th spread springs, and 5th-6th shifting inserts onto 5th-6th coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
A
: Front side
B
: Rear side
A
B
• Do not reuse 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve.
• Replace 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling
sleeve as a set.
MT
D
PCIB1883E
E
• Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve.
A
: 5th input gear side
B
: 6th input gear side
F
G
H
PCIB1884E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same shifting insert.
I
J
K
SCIA1083E
L
13. Press in 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105710 (
—
M
)
CAUTION:
Align grooves of 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring.
N
O
SCIA1039E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-181
2010 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear, 6th baulk ring onto 6th
input gear bushing and then press in 6th input gear bushing onto
input shaft using Tool.
Tool number
[RS6F52H]
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
WCIA0309E
15. Install snap ring onto input shaft and make sure that end play
(gap between snap ring and groove) of 6th input gear bushing
satisfies the standard value.
End play standard value
:Refer to MT-200, "Available Snap Rings".
• If measurement is outside the standard range, select snap
ring. Refer to MT-200, "Available Snap Rings".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SCIA0970E
16. Press in input shaft rear bearing using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the 6th input gear side.
WCIA0310E
17. Press in input shaft front bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 ( — )
B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)
18. Install oil channel onto input shaft.
WCIA0311E
19. Check end play of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play".
SCIA0966E
Revision: January 2010
MT-182
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284047
DISASSEMBLY
1.
B
Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd
main gears.
MT
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play".
D
E
SCIA0973E
2.
3.
Remove snap ring.
Remove C-ring holder and then remove mainshaft C-rings.
F
G
H
PCIB0805E
4.
Press out mainshaft rear bearing, 6th main gear adjusting shim,
and 6th main gear using Tool and a puller.
Tool number
5.
: ST33052000 (
—
I
J
)
Remove 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
K
L
SCIA1056E
6.
Tool number
7.
8.
M
Press out 4th main gear and 5th main gear using Tool and a
puller.
: ST33052000 (
—
N
)
Remove 4th main gear adjusting shim.
Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
O
SCIA1044E
Revision: January 2010
MT-183
2010 Sentra
P
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Press out 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear using Tool (A) and a
puller (B).
Tool number
A: KV40105020 (
—
[RS6F52H]
)
10. Remove 2nd needle bearing.
PCIB1885E
11. Press out 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
assembly, 1st main gear, 1st needle bearing, 1st main gear
bushing, and reverse main gear using Tool (A).
Tool number
A: KV40105020 (
—
)
PCIB1886E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Mainshaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
SCIA1076J
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve,
synchronizer hub and shifting insert.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
SMT387A
Revision: January 2010
MT-184
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
SMT867D
D
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
Triple-cone synchronizer (1st and 2nd)
E
• Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone,
and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION:
The clearances (A), B, and (C) are controlled with outer baulk
ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set.
Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit
value.
F
G
H
PCIB1358E
1.
Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch
gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (A)
Standard value
Limit value
I
J
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
K
PCIB1359E
2.
Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (B)
Standard value
Limit value
L
M
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring
Clearance".
N
O
PCIB1360E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-185
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Measure the clearance (C) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch
gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (C)
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52H]
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
PCIB1361E
Bearing
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
1.
Press in reverse main gear using Tools.
Tool number
: KV40101630 (J-35870)
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
PCIB0946E
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of reverse main gear.
• Do not reuse reverse main gear.
SCIA0992E
Revision: January 2010
MT-186
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Press in 1st main gear bushing using Tools.
A
Tool number
3.
: KV38102510 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
B
Install 1st needle bearing and then 1st main gear.
MT
SCIA1049E
4.
Install 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
• Do not reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
• Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling
sleeve as a set.
D
E
F
G
H
SCIA0921E
• Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
I
J
K
PCIB0803E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same 1st-2nd shifting insert.
L
M
N
O
SCIA1083E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-187
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Install 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer
baulk ring onto mainshaft and then press in 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using Tools.
Tool number
[RS6F52H]
: KV40101630 (J-35870)
: ST35321000 ( — )
: ST38220000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on 2nd gear-side must have been removed.
• Be careful with orientation of coupling sleeve.
• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set.
6.
Press in 2nd main gear bushing using Tools.
Tool number
7.
SCIA1050E
: KV40105710 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
8.
Install 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd
inner baulk ring.
CAUTION:
Replace 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and
2nd inner baulk ring as a set.
Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd main gear.
9.
Press in 3rd main gear using Tools.
Tool number
SCIA1051E
: KV40105710 ( — )
: ST35321000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 3rd main gear.
• Do not reuse 3rd main gear.
10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1052E
Revision: January 2010
MT-188
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Select 4th main gear adjusting shim so that dimension “C1” satisfies the standard value below and install 4th main gear adjusting shim onto mainshaft. Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
[RS6F52H]
A
B
Standard value for dimension “C1”
: Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims".
CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB0804E
12. Press in 4th main gear using Tools.
Tool number
H
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
I
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 4th main gear.
• Do not reuse 4th main gear.
J
PCIB0947E
K
13. Press in 5th main gear using Tools.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
L
CAUTION:
• Be careful with orientation of 5th main gear.
• Do not reuse 5th main gear.
14. Install 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
M
N
PCIB0948E
15. Press in 6th main gear using Tools (A), (B).
Tool number
O
A: ST33200000 (J-26082)
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
P
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 6th main gear.
WCIA0313E
Revision: January 2010
MT-189
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Select 6th main gear adjusting shim and then install it onto mainshaft.
• Calculate thickness (S) of 6th main gear adjusting shim following the procedure below so that end play dimension between
6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimension shown below. Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
[RS6F52H]
End play
:Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting
Shims".
Dimension S = (S1 - S2 ) - End play
S
: Thickness of adjusting shim
: Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
S1
mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face
S2
: Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
6th main gear end face
a.
b.
CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
Measure dimension (S1) and (S2) using a height gauge (A) and
pick tester (B).
Install selected 6th main gear adjusting shim to mainshaft.
PCIB1887E
17. Press in mainshaft rear bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
WCIA0314E
18. Install mainshaft C-rings onto mainshaft and check that end play
of mainshaft rear bearing satisfies the standard value.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-201, "Available C-Rings".
• If measurement is outside the standard range, reselect mainshaft C-rings. Refer to MT-201, "Available C-Rings".
SCIA0979E
Revision: January 2010
MT-190
2010 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. Install C-ring holder and then install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
PCIB0805E
D
20. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears.
End play standard value
: Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play".
E
F
G
SCIA0973E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-191
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284048
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve, and reverse insert springs simultaneously.
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Remove reverse baulk ring.
Remove reverse idler gear (front).
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Remove retaining pin from reverse idler shaft.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
SCIA0953J
Synchronizer
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve,
synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear), and insert spring.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear)
must move smoothly.
SMT637A
• If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
BAULK RING CLEARANCE
Revision: January 2010
MT-192
2010 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it
with a new one.
Clearance
Standard value
Limit value
[RS6F52H]
A
B
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
: Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
MT
SMT140
D
Bearing
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and rough rotation of bearing.
E
ASSEMBLY
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with orientation of reverse insert spring.
F
G
: Front
H
I
PCIB1924E
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-193
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284049
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove final gear bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case.
Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using
Tool and pullers (B).
Tool number
3.
A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Hook a puller on the cage of differential side bearing.
Remove speedometer drive gear.
PCIB1876E
4.
Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using
Tool and puller.
Tool number
A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Hook a puller on the inner race of differential side bearing.
PCIB0951E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Bearing
• Check for bearings damage and rough rotation. If necessary,
replace with a new one.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner
races as a set.
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1.
Press in differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differential case using Tools.
Tool number
: KV38102510 ( — )
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set.
PCIB0952E
Revision: January 2010
MT-194
2010 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Align and install speedometer drive gear onto differential case.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
SMT842D
3.
Tool number
E
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: KV38102510 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side bearing and differential side
bearing outer race.
• Replace differential side bearing and differential side
bearing outer race as a set.
4.
D
Press in differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differential case using Tools.
F
G
WCIA0305E
Install final gear into differential case and tighten final gear bolts
to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
H
I
J
SCIA0912E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-195
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT CONTROL
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005284050
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove return spring to striking rod assembly.
PCIB1867E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Striking Rod Assembly and Return Spring
• Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts.
PCIB1868E
Fork Rod and Shift Fork
Revision: January 2010
MT-196
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts.
[RS6F52H]
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
PCIB1869E
• Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling
sleeve) is within allowable specification below.
Item
One-side wear specification
Sliding width of new part
1st-2nd
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
3rd-4th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
5th-6th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
6.10 - 6.23 mm
(0.2402 - 0.2453 in)
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
12.80 - 12.93 mm
(0.5039 - 0.5091 in)
Reverse
H
I
J
SMT801D
L
ASSEMBLY
1.
K
Temporarily install return spring to striking rod assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of return spring.
M
N
O
PCIB1830E
P
Revision: January 2010
MT-197
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Attach one end of the return spring to striking interlock of striking
rod assembly while holding return spring.
[RS6F52H]
PCIB1831E
CAUTION:
• When installing, check that return spring is securely
seated in the groove of striking interlock of striking rod
assembly.
PCIB1833E
Revision: January 2010
MT-198
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
General Specification
INFOID:0000000005284051
TRANSAXLE
B
Engine type
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F52H
Model code number
MT
ET85D
Number of speed
6
Synchromesh type
D
Warner
Shift pattern
E
F
PCIB1769E
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.153
2nd
1.950
3rd
1.392
4th
1.055
5th
0.809
6th
0.630
Reverse
3.002
Input gear
Main gear
Reverse idler gear
1st
13
2nd
20
3rd
28
4th
36
5th
42
6th
46
Reverse
13
1st
41
2nd
39
3rd
39
4th
38
5th
34
6th
29
Reverse
38
Front
37
Rear
38
Oil level
mm (in)
Oil capacity (Reference)
Remarks
(US pt, Imp pt)
Reverse synchronizer
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
61.0 - 67.0 (2.402 - 2.638)
1.7 (3-5/8, 3)
Installed
Double-cone synchronizer
3rd
Triple-cone synchronizer
1st and 2nd
FINAL GEAR
Revision: January 2010
MT-199
2010 Sentra
P
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine type
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F52H
Model code number
ET85D
Final gear ratio
4.428
Number of teeth
Final gear/Pinion
62/14
Side gear/Pinion mate gear
—
Gear End Play
INFOID:0000000005284052
Unit: mm (in)
Gear
Standard value
1st main gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
2nd main gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
3rd input gear
0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122)
4th input gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
5th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
6th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
Baulk Ring Clearance
INFOID:0000000005284053
Unit: mm (in)
Measurement point
Standard value
Limit value
Clearance between synchronizer cone and
inner baulk ring end face (A)
0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031)
0.2 (0.008)
Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl
and synchronizer cone (B)
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 -0.043)
0.2 (0.008)
Clearance between synchronizer cone and
clutch gear end face (A)
0.6 - 1.2 (0.024 - 0.047)
0.3 (0.012)
Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl
and synchronizer cone (B)
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043)
0.2 (0.008)
Clearance between inner baulk ring and
clutch gear end face (C)
0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043)
0.3 (0.012)
4th
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.057)
0.7 (0.028)
5th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
6th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
Reverse
0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
3rd
(Double-cone synchronizer)
PCIB0249E
1st and 2nd
(Triple-cone synchronizer)
PCIB0835J
Available Snap Rings
INFOID:0000000005284054
6TH INPUT GEAR BUSHING
Revision: January 2010
MT-200
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
End play standard value
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
A
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
1.76 (0.0693)
1.81 (0.0713)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.91 (0.0752)
1.96 (0.0772)
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
2.01 (0.0791)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.11 (0.0831)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.21 (0.0870)
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available C-Rings
B
MT
INFOID:0000000005284055
D
MAINSHAFT C-RING
End play standard value
E
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
2.535 (0.0998)
2.565 (0.1010)
2.595 (0.1022)
2.625 (0.1033)
2.655 (0.1045)
2.685 (0.1057)
2.715 (0.1069)
2.745 (0.1081)
2.775 (0.1093)
2.805 (0.1104)
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
2.835 (0.1116)
2.865 (0.1128)
2.895 (0.1140)
2.925 (0.1152)
2.955 (0.1163)
2.985 (0.1175)
3.015 (0.1187)
3.045 (0.1199)
3.075 (0.1211)
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
F
G
H
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Thrust Washer
INFOID:0000000005284056
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA1008E
Standard value for dimension “C2”
N
154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
3.84 (0.1512)
3.90 (0.1535)
3.96 (0.1559)
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
4.02 (0.1583)
4.08 (0.1606)
4.14 (0.1630)
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
P
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with
thrust washer
Revision: January 2010
MT-201
O
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
0.75 (0.0295)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.85 (0.0335)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.95 (0.0374)
38424 81X00
38424 81X01
38424 81X02
38424 81X03
38424 81X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Adjusting Shims
INFOID:0000000005284057
4TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
SCIA1009E
Standard value for dimension “C1”
Thickness
mm (in)
173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848 in)
Part number*
0.52 (0.0205)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.76 (0.0299)
Thickness
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
mm (in)
Part number*
0.84 (0.0331)
0.92 (0.0362)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play standard value
Thickness
mm (in)
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.24 (0.0488)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.32 (0.0520)
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
Thickness
mm (in)
1.36 (0.0535)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.44 (0.0567)
1.48 (0.0583)
1.52 (0.0598)
1.56 (0.0614)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.64 (0.0646)
Part number*
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
Revision: January 2010
MT-202
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
End play standard value
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
A
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
B
MT
D
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
REVERSE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
E
End play standard value
0.04 - 0.10 mm (0.0016 - 0.0039 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
1.76 (0.0693)
1.80 (0.0709)
1.84 (0.0724)
1.88 (0.0740)
1.92 (0.0756)
1.96 (0.0772)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.04 (0.0803)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.12 (0.0835)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.20 (0.0866)
32237 8H800
32237 8H801
32237 8H802
32237 8H803
32237 8H804
32237 8H805
32237 8H806
32237 8H807
32237 8H808
32237 8H809
32237 8H810
32237 8H811
2.24 (0.0882)
2.28 (0.0898)
2.32 (0.0913)
2.36 (0.0929)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.44 (0.0961)
2.48 (0.0976)
2.52 (0.0992)
2.56 (0.1008)
2.60 (0.1024)
2.64 (0.1039)
32237 8H812
32237 8H813
32237 8H814
32237 8H815
32237 8H816
32237 8H817
32237 8H818
32237 8H819
32237 8H820
32237 8H821
32237 8H822
F
G
H
I
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
J
End play standard value
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.88 (0.0346)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.12 (0.0441)
32237 8H560
32237 8H561
32237 8H562
32237 8H563
1.20 (0.0472)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.36 (0.0535)
32237 8H564
32237 8H565
32237 8H566
K
L
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
STRIKING ROD ADJUSTING SHIM
M
End play standard value
0.05 - 0.152 mm (0.0020 - 0.0060 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
N
1.12 (0.0441)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.36 (0.0535)
1.44 (0.0567)
33761 JA60A
33761 JA61A
33761 JA62A
33761 JA63A
33761 JA64A
1.52 (0.0598)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.68 (0.0661)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.84 (0.0724)
33761 JA65A
33761 JA66A
33761 JA67A
33761 JA68A
33761 JA69A
O
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Shims
P
INFOID:0000000005284058
— Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim
BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload: L*
Revision: January 2010
0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in)
MT-203
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F52H]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
Part number*
Thickness
mm (in)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
Part number*
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: January 2010
MT-204
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
LU
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
A
LU
C
D
E
CONTENTS
MR20DE
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................12
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................12
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
LUBRICATION SYSTEM .................................... 5
PREPARATION ................................................. 14
Special Service Tool ................................................14
Commercial Service Tool ........................................14
LUBRICATION SYSTEM .................................. 16
Lubrication Circuit ....................................................16
Schematic ................................................................16
ENGINE OIL ...................................................... 18
Lubrication Circuit ..................................................... 5
Inspection ................................................................18
Changing Engine Oil ................................................19
ENGINE OIL ........................................................ 6
OIL FILTER ....................................................... 20
Inspection .................................................................. 6
Changing Engine Oil ................................................. 7
Removal and Installation .........................................20
OIL FILTER ......................................................... 9
OIL PUMP ......................................................... 22
Oil Pressure ............................................................ 11
Oil Capacity ............................................................. 11
QR25DE
G
H
I
J
K
L
Removal and Installation .........................................22
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................22
Removal and Installation ........................................... 9
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ..................................................................11
F
OIL COOLER .................................................... 25
M
Removal and Installation .........................................25
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 27
N
Oil Pressure .............................................................27
Oil Pump ..................................................................27
Regulator Valve .......................................................27
Oil Capacity .............................................................27
O
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 12
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................12
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283805
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283806
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
LU-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283807
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST25051001
(J-25695-1)
Oil pressure gauge
Measuring oil pressure
Maximum measuring range: 2,452 kPa (25
kg/cm2, 356 psi)
NT050
ST25052000
(J-25695-2)
Hose
Adapting oil pressure gauge to oil pan (upper)
S-NT559
KV10115801
(J-38956)
Oil filter wrench
Removing oil filter
a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in)
S-NT375
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283808
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
PBIC0190E
Deep socket
Removing and installing oil pressure switch
a: 26 mm (1.02 in)
PBIC2072E
Revision: January 2010
LU-4
2010 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
A
Lubrication Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283809
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
PBIC4575E
Revision: January 2010
LU-5
2010 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE OIL
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283810
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
NOTE:
Before starting engine, park vehicle on a level surface and check the engine oil level. If engine is already
started, stop it and allow 10 minutes before checking.
1. Pull out oil level gauge and wipe it clean.
2. Insert oil level gauge and make sure the engine oil level is within
the range (A) as shown.
3. If it is out of range, add oil as necessary.
WBIA0776E
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE
• Check engine oil for white milky appearance or excessive contamination.
• If engine oil becomes milky, it is highly probable that it is contaminated with engine coolant. Repair or
replace damaged parts.
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check for engine oil leakage around the following areas:
• Oil pan (upper and lower)
• Oil pan drain plug
• Oil pressure switch
• Oil filter
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Front cover
• Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head
• Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover
• Crankshaft oil seals (front and rear)
• Oil filter (for intake valve timing control)
OIL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING:
• Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.
• For M/T models, put the shift handle in the Neutral "N" position and apply the parking brake securely.
For CVT models, put the shift handle in the Park “P” position.
1. Check engine oil level.
2. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect harness connector at oil pressure switch (1), and
remove oil pressure switch using a suitable tool.
• Oil pan (lower) (2)
•
: Front
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock oil pressure switch.
PBIC3310E
Revision: January 2010
LU-6
2010 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install oil pressure gauge and hose.
A
Tool number
: ST25051001 (J-25695-1)
: ST25052000 (J-25695-2)
LU
C
WBIA0571E
5.
6.
7.
a.
b.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check oil pressure with engine running under no-load. Refer to LU-11, "Oil Pressure".
NOTE:
When engine oil temperature is low, engine oil pressure becomes high.
If difference is extreme, check oil passage and oil pump for oil leaks.
After the inspections, install oil pressure switch as follows:
Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil pressure switch and engine.
Apply liquid gasket and tighten oil pressure switch to specification.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent.Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant".
Oil pressure switch
c.
d.
: 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
E
F
G
H
Check engine oil level.
After warming up engine, make sure there are no leaks of engine oil with running engine.
Changing Engine Oil
D
INFOID:0000000005283811
WARNING:
• Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.
• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as
soon as possible.
1. Park vehicle on a level surface and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-6,
"Inspection".
2. Warm up the engine.
3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-7
2010 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove oil filler cap (1) and then remove oil pan drain plug (2).
• Oil filter (3)
•
: Engine front
5. Drain the engine oil.
6. Install the oil pan drain plug (2) with a new washer.
[MR20DE]
Oil pan drain plug : 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Be sure to clean drain plug (2) and install with new washer.
7. Refill with new engine oil. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
CAUTION:
• The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature
and drain time. Use these specifications for reference
only.
• Always use oil level gauge to determine the proper
amount of engine oil in the engine.
8. Warm up engine and check area around drain plug (2) and oil filter (3) for engine oil leakage.
9. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
10. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
Do not overfill the engine with oil.
Revision: January 2010
LU-8
PBIC3915E
2010 Sentra
OIL FILTER
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL FILTER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283812
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
LU
Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
Remove oil filter using Tool (A).
Tool number
C
: KV10115801 (J-38956)
•
: Front
WARNING:
Be careful not to get burned, engine and engine oil may be
hot.
CAUTION:
• When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any
engine oil leakage or spillage.
• Do not allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt.
• Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle.
D
E
PBIC3818E
F
G
• The oil filter has a built in pressure relief valve. Use Genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent.
H
I
J
ALC094
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
K
Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface.
Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of the new oil
filter.
L
M
N
SMA010
3.
O
Screw the new oil filter manually until it touches the installation
surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification.
Oil filter:
P
: 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
SMA229B
Revision: January 2010
LU-9
2010 Sentra
OIL FILTER
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.
5.
Refill engine with new engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
Install engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6.
Start engine, and make sure there are no leaks of engine oil.
Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
Check the engine oil level and adjust as necessary. Refer to LU-6.
Revision: January 2010
LU-10
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Oil Pressure
INFOID:0000000005283813
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)
Engine speed
LU
Approximate discharge oil pressure
Idle speed
60 (0.60, 0.61, 9)
2,000 rpm
200 (2.0, 2.0, 29)
C
Oil Capacity
INFOID:0000000005283814
D
Unit:
Drain and refill
With oil filter change
Approximately 3.9 (4 1/8, 3 3/8)
Without oil filter change
Approximately 3.6 (3 7/8, 3 1/8)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
(US qt, Imp qt)
E
Approximately 4.4 (4 5/8, 3 7/8)
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-11
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283815
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283816
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
LU-12
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-13
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283817
The actual shape of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST25051001
(J-25695-1)
Oil pressure gauge
Measuring oil pressure
Maximum measuring range:
2,452 kPa (25 kg/cm2, 356 psi)
S-NT050
ST25052000
(J-25695-2)
Hose
Adapting oil pressure gauge to cylinder block
S-NT559
KV10115801
(J-38956)
Oil filter wrench
Removing and installing oil filter
S-NT772
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain
case
S-NT046
WS39930000
(—)
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
S-NT052
Commercial Service Tool
Revision: January 2010
INFOID:0000000005283818
LU-14
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
A
LU
C
PBIC0190E
Deep socket
Removing and installing oil pressure sensor
Deep socket 26 mm, 3/8 drive
D
E
NT818
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-15
2010 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Lubrication Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283819
PBIC2270E
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283820
WBIA0857E
1.
Oil pan
2.
Oil strainer
3.
Oil pump
4.
Regulator valve
5.
Oil filter
6.
Relief valve (Built in oil filter)
Revision: January 2010
LU-16
2010 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.
Oil cooler
8.
Bypass
9.
Connecting rod bearing
10. Main bearing
11. Timing chain and balancer unit timing chain oil jet
12. Connecting rod bearing
13. Timing chain and balancer unit timing chain
14. Connecting Rod
15. Piston
16. Balancer unit
17. Chain tensioner
18. Camshaft bracket (No.1)
A
LU
19. Cylinder head oil gallery
20. Relief valve
21. Intake camshaft bracket (No.2)
22. Intake camshaft oil passage
23. Intake camshaft journal
24. Exhaust camshaft journal
25. Exhaust camshaft oil passage
26. Exhaust camshaft bracket (No.2)
27. Front cover
28. Intake valve timing control cover
29. Intake valve timing controller
30.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
A.
Oil passage
B.
C.
Bypass
D.
To oil pan
Return oil passage
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-17
2010 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE OIL
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283821
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
NOTE:
Before starting engine, park vehicle on a level surface and check the engine oil level. If engine is already
started, stop it and allow 10 minutes before checking.
1. Pull out oil level gauge and wipe it clean.
2. Insert oil level gauge and make sure the engine oil level is within
the range as shown.
3. If it is out of range, add oil as necessary.
PBIC0249E
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE
• Check engine oil for white milky appearance or excessive contamination.
• If engine oil becomes milky, it is highly probable that it is contaminated with engine coolant. Repair or
replace damaged parts.
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check for engine oil leakage around the following areas:
• Oil pan (upper and lower)
• Oil pan drain plug
• Oil pressure sensor
• Oil filter
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Front cover
• Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head
• Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover
• Crankshaft oil seals (front and rear)
OIL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING:
• Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.
• For M/T models, put the shift handle in the Neutral "N" position and apply the parking brake securely.
For CVT models, put the shift handle in the Park “P” position.
1. Check engine oil level.
2. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect harness connector at oil pressure sensor, and remove oil pressure sensor using a suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock oil pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
LU-18
2010 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install oil pressure gauge and hose.
A
Tool numbers : ST25051001 (J-25695-1)
: ST25052000 (J-25695-2)
LU
C
WBIA0571E
5.
6.
7.
a.
b.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check oil pressure with engine running under no-load. Refer to LU-27, "Oil Pressure".
NOTE:
When engine oil temperature is low, engine oil pressure becomes high.
If difference is extreme, check oil passage and oil pump for oil leaks.
After the inspections, install oil pressure sensor as follows:
Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil pressure sensor and engine.
Apply liquid gasket and tighten oil pressure sensor to specification.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Oil pressure sensor
c.
d.
: 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
INFOID:0000000005283822
WARNING:
• Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.
• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as
soon as possible.
1. Park vehicle on a level surface and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-18,
"Inspection".
2. Warm up the engine.
3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
4. Remove oil filler cap and then remove oil pan drain plug.
5. Drain the engine oil.
6. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new washer.
Oil pan drain plug
: 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
LU-19
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
N
CAUTION:
Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer.
7. Refill with new engine oil. Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE".
CAUTION:
• The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only.
• Always use oil level gauge to determine when the proper amount of engine oil in the engine.
8. Warm up engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter for engine oil leakage.
9. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
10. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
Do not overfill the engine with oil.
Revision: January 2010
E
H
Check engine oil level.
After warming up engine, make sure there are no leaks of engine oil with running engine.
Changing Engine Oil
D
2010 Sentra
O
P
OIL FILTER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL FILTER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283823
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Remove the oil filter using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10115801 (J-38956)
WARNING:
Be careful not to get burned, engine and engine oil may be
hot.
CAUTION:
• When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any
engine oil leakage or spillage.
• Do not allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt.
• Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the
engine and the vehicle.
WBIA0589E
• The oil filter has a built in pressure relief valve. Use Genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent
ALC094
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface.
Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of the new oil
filter.
SMA010
3.
Screw the new oil filter manually until it touches the installation
surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification.
Oil filter
: 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
SMA229B
Revision: January 2010
LU-20
2010 Sentra
OIL FILTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Refill engine with new engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
5. Install splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
[QR25DE]
A
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-18.
Start engine, and make sure there are no leaks of engine oil.
Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
Check the engine oil level and adjust as necessary. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection".
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-21
2010 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL PUMP
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283824
• Remove the front cover. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283825
KBIA0153E
1.
Front cover
2.
Outer rotor
3.
Inner rotor
4.
Oil pump cover
5.
Regulator valve
6.
Spring
7.
Regulator plug
CAUTION:
Before installation, apply new engine oil to the parts as shown.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove the oil pump cover.
Remove inner rotor and outer rotor from front cover.
After removing regulator plug, remove regulator spring and regulator valve.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Measure the clearance of the oil pump parts.
• Measure clearance with feeler gauge.
• Clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 1).
Standard
: 0.114 - 0.179 mm (0.0045 - 0.0070 in)
• Tip clearance between inner rotor and outer rotor (position 2).
Standard
: Below 0.220 mm (0.0087 in)
SLC932A
Revision: January 2010
LU-22
2010 Sentra
OIL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure clearance with feeler gauge and straightedge.
• Side clearance between inner rotor and oil pump body (position 3).
Standard
[QR25DE]
A
: 0.030 - 0.070 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
LU
• Side clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 4).
Standard
: 0.060 - 0.110 mm (0.0024 - 0.0043 in)
C
PBIC0252E
D
• Calculate the clearance between inner rotor and oil pump body as
follows:
1. Measure the outer diameter of protruded portion of inner rotor
(Position 5).
E
F
G
PBIC0253E
2.
H
Measure the inner diameter of oil pump body with inside
micrometer (Position 6).
(Clearance) = (Inner diameter of oil pump body) – (Outer diameter of inner rotor).
Standard
I
: 0.035 - 0.070 mm (0.0014 - 0.0028 in)
J
PBIC0254E
• Regulator valve clearance:
(Clearance) = D1(Valve hole diameter) – D2 (Outer diameter of
valve)
Standard
K
L
: 0.040 - 0.097 mm (0.0016 - 0.0038 in)
M
CAUTION:
Coat regulator valve with engine oil.
Check that it falls smoothly into the valve hole by its own
weight.
N
KBIA0043E
O
ASSEMBLY
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-23
2010 Sentra
OIL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
• Install the inner rotor and outer rotor with the punched marks on
the oil pump cover side.
[QR25DE]
PBIC0255E
Revision: January 2010
LU-24
2010 Sentra
OIL COOLER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL COOLER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005613052
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
ALBIA0538GB
J
1.
Oil pressure sensor
2.
Oil cooler
3.
Gasket
4.
Water hose (outlet)
5.
Water hose (inlet)
A.
To water control valve housing
B.
To heater pipe assembly
C.
Hose clamp
D.
Clip
WARNING:
Be careful not to get burned, engine coolant and engine oil may be hot.
CAUTION:
• When removing oil cooler, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage.
• Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
Drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Do not spill coolant on the drive belt.
Remove the RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Disconnect the oil pressure sensor.
Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
Disconnect water hoses from oil cooler.
NOTE:
For reference during installation, put matching marks on oil cooler hoses.
Remove oil cooler.
Remove oil pressure sensor, if necessary.
N
O
P
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
L
M
REMOVAL
1.
2.
K
LU-25
2010 Sentra
OIL COOLER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check oil cooler for cracks.
2. Check oil cooler for clogging by blowing through coolant inlet. If necessary, replace oil cooler assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Remove any old liquid gasket adhering to the oil pressure sensor and oil cooler before installing the oil pressure sensor.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Start engine and check for leaks of engine oil or coolant.
Revision: January 2010
LU-26
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Oil Pressure
INFOID:0000000005283826
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Engine speed
LU
Approximate discharge oil pressure
Idle speed
More than 98 (1.0, 14)
2,000 rpm
294 (3.0, 43)
6,000 rpm
392 (4.0, 57)
C
Oil Pump
INFOID:0000000005283827
D
Unit: mm (in)
Body to outer rotor radial clearance
E
0.114 - 0.179 (0.0045 - 0.0070)
Inner rotor to outer rotor tip clearance
Below 0.220 (0.0087)
Body to inner rotor axial clearance
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Body to outer rotor axial clearance
0.060 - 0.110 (0.0024 - 0.0043)
Inner rotor to oil pump body clearance
0.035 - 0.070 (0.0014 - 0.0028)
Regulator Valve
F
INFOID:0000000005283828
G
Unit: mm (in)
Regulator valve to oil pump cover clearance
H
0.040 - 0.097 (0.0016 - 0.0038)
Oil Capacity
INFOID:0000000005283829
I
Unit:
Drain and refill
With oil filter change
Approximately 4.3 (4 1/2, 3 3/4)
Without oil filter change
Approximately 4.0 (4 1/4, 3 1/2)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
(US qt, Imp qt)
J
Approximately 5.1 (5 3/8, 4 1/2)
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LU-27
2010 Sentra
BODY
SECTION
SE
SEAT
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
HEATED SEAT ................................................. 11
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Service Notice ........................................................... 3
Precaution ................................................................. 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
Description ...............................................................11
Wiring Diagram - HSEAT - ......................................12
F
G
FRONT SEAT .................................................... 14
Driver Seat ...............................................................14
Passenger Seat .......................................................15
Removal and Installation .........................................15
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................16
H
SE
REAR SEAT ...................................................... 19
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5
Work Flow ................................................................. 5
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7
Component Parts Drawing ......................................19
Removal and Installation .........................................20
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................22
Component Parts Drawing ......................................24
Removal and Installation .........................................24
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005533867
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283900
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
SE-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Service Notice
INFOID:0000000005283901
• When removing or installing various parts, place a cloth or padding onto the vehicle body to prevent
scratches.
• Handle trim, molding instruments, grille, etc. carefully during removing or installing. Be careful not to oil or
damage them.
• Apply sealing compound where necessary when installing parts.
• When applying sealing compound, be careful that the sealing compound does not protrude from parts.
• When replacing any metal parts (for example body outer panel, member, etc.), be sure to take rust prevention measures.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005283902
A
B
C
D
E
• When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may
get in the way with cloth.
F
• When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping tools with vinyl or tape.
• Keep removed parts protected with cloth.
• If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it.
• If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one.
G
• Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque.
• After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly.
• Remove stains in the following way.
H
Water-soluble stains:
Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth.
Oil stain:
Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain SE
with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely.
Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth.
• Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283903
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0993E
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle
Kit
Repairing the cause of noise
SIIA0994E
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283904
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-39565)
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Revision: January 2010
SE-4
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005283905
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to SE-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
SE
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
SE-5
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken
or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to SE-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25
mm (0.59×0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick,
50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following
materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
SE-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005283906
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harSE
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
SE-7
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
SE-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005283907
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
SE-9
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
SE-10
2010 Sentra
HEATED SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HEATED SEAT
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005283908
• When handling seat, be extremely careful not to scratch heating unit.
• Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner, benzene, alcohol, etc. to clean trim.
B
C
D
E
F
G
WIIA0031E
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-11
2010 Sentra
HEATED SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - HSEAT -
INFOID:0000000005283909
AAJWA0062GB
Revision: January 2010
SE-12
2010 Sentra
HEATED SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABJWA0073GB
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-13
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT SEAT
Driver Seat
INFOID:0000000005283910
ALIIA0385GB
1.
Rear leg cover
2.
Front mount washers
3.
Seat assembly - SE-R
4.
Seat cushion inner finisher
5.
Seat cushion outer finisher
6.
Seat belt buckle
7.
Seat cushion trim
8.
Seat cushion pad
9.
Seat cushion heater
10. Seat cushion lower outer finisher
11. Seat cushion outer finisher
12. Lifter lever
13. Lifter lever cover
14. Reclining lever cover
15. Reclining lever
Revision: January 2010
SE-14
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Seat cushion outer finisher assembly 17. Seat cushion outer finisher
with lift
19. Reclining lever
A
20. Seat cushion outer finisher assembly 21. Seat assembly (except SE-R)
without lift
22. Headrest holder (lock)
23. Headrest holder (free)
A.
B.
Driver seat bolt - front
18. Reclining lever cover
24. Headrest
B
Driver seat bolt - rear
Passenger Seat
INFOID:0000000005283911
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
WIIA1438E
1.
Headrest assembly
2.
Headrest holder (lock)
3.
Headrest holder (free)
4.
Seat assembly (except SE-R)
5.
Seat cushion outer finisher
6.
Reclining lever knob
7.
Lever cover
8.
Seat belt buckle
9.
Seat cushion inner finisher
10. Front mount washers
P
11. Seat assembly (SE-R)
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283912
Removal
Revision: January 2010
SE-15
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WARNING:
• When checking the seat circuit for continuity using a circuit tester, do not confuse its connector with
the side air bag module connector. Such an error may cause the air bag to deploy.
• Before removing the front seat, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait
at lease three minutes.
CAUTION:
• Do not drop, tilt, or bump the side air bag module while installing the seat. Always handle it with
care.
• Front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Detection System sensor and control module.
Do not disassemble front passenger seat cushion assembly or remove the trim as this will affect the
Occupant Detection System calibration.
• If the vehicle has been involved in a collision, the seat must be inspected for damage. Refer to SRS47, "For Frontal Collision".
• When removing and installing the seat, use shop cloths to protect the vehicle from damage.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the negative and the positive battery terminals and wait at least three minutes.
Disconnect the side air bag module harness connector.
Slide the seat until the four body mounting bolts are visible and a tool can be inserted.
Remove the four body mounting bolts.
Disconnect the seat harness connectors and remove the seat from the vehicle.
Installation
Installation in the reverse order of removal. Be careful of the following points.
• Before the installation, confirm that the inside and outside slide rails are locked at the same positions.
• Confirm that the slide rail location pin is set to the hole on the floor.
When installing the LH front seat tighten the bolts as shown.
LIIA2853E
When installing the RH front seat tighten the bolts as shown.
LIIA2854E
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283913
SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD
Revision: January 2010
SE-16
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
BIIA0010E
1.
LH seat
2.
Seat cushion outer finisher
3.
Lifter lever
4.
Lifter lever cover
5.
Reclining lever cover
6.
Reclining lever
J
Clip C101
CAUTION:
• Front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Detection System sensor and control module.
Do not disassemble front passenger seat cushion assembly or remove the trim as this will affect the
Occupant Detection System calibration.
• During installation, the wire harness clips must be installed in the holes they were originally in. Do
not add additional clips.
• When removing or installing the seat trim, handle it carefully to keep dirt out and avoid damage.
Disassembly
1. Remove seat. Refer to SE-15, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove the recliner lever and lifter level (if equipped).
3. Remove the inner and outer front seat cushion finishers.
NOTE:
Remove the seat cushion lower outer finisher screw in order to remove the seat cushion lower outer finisher, if
equipped.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-17
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BIIA0009E
1.
4.
5.
Seat cushion lower finisher screw
Clip C101
Remove the air bag harness clips.
Remove the seat cushion retainers to separate the trim cover from the pad.
Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
SE-18
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR SEAT
A
Component Parts Drawing
INFOID:0000000005283914
60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
BIIA0012E
1.
Headrest
2.
Headrest holder (lock)
3.
Headrest holder (free)
4.
RH seatback frame
5.
RH seat lock assembly
6.
RH seatback trim and pad
7.
RH outer seat bracket
8.
RH inner seat bracket
9.
RH inner bracket cover
10. RH outer bracket cover
11. RH seat cushion assembly
12. RH seat cushion trim
13. RH seat cushion foam
14. RH seat cushion pad
15. RH seat cushion frame
16. Rear seat cushion bracket assembly 17. LH seat cushion assembly
Revision: January 2010
SE-19
P
18. LH seat cushion trim
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. LH seat cushion foam
20. LH seat cushion pad
21. LH seat cushion frame
22. LH inner bracket cover
23. LH outer bracket cover
24. LH inner seat bracket
25. LH outer seat bracket
26. LH seatback pad
27. LH seat lock assembly
28. LH seatback frame
29. LH seatback trim
30. Cup holder
31. Armrest cover
32. Armrest
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283915
CAUTION:
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT CUSHION
BIIA0008E
1.
LH rear seat cushion
2.
RH rear seat cushion
Removal
1.
2.
Lift up on the front of the LH and RH seat cushions and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle.
Push the cushion wires inward to disengage from the hinge brackets and remove the seat cushion.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN RIGHT SEATBACK
Removal
Revision: January 2010
SE-20
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Lift up on the front of the right seat cushion and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle.
A
B
C
D
E
F
BIIA0015E
2.
3.
4.
Remove the lower seatback mounting bolts from the right rear seat back brackets.
Slide rear seat back brackets toward the rear of the vehicle.
Lift the right seatback and remove from the vehicle.
G
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
H
60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN LEFT SEATBACK
Removal
1.
SE
Lift up on the front of the left seat cushion and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BIIA0013E
2.
3.
4.
Remove the lower seatback mounting bolts from the left rear seat back brackets.
Slide rear seat back brackets toward the rear of the vehicle.
Lift the left seatback and remove from the vehicle.
5.
Installation
Revision: January 2010
SE-21
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283916
60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT ARMREST
BIIA0014E
1.
RH rear seatback
2.
Armrest cover
Disassembly of Armrest
1.
2.
Fold up the backside of the seatback and then remove the armrest cover.
Remove the armrest from the seatback.
Assembly of Armrest
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Disassembly of Seatback Trim and Pad
1.
Remove the headrest.
Revision: January 2010
SE-22
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the retainer under the back of seatback.
A
B
C
PIIB2486J
D
3.
4.
Remove the headrest holder.
E
F
G
PIIB4084J
5.
6.
7.
Remove the armrest.
Remove the seatback trim.
Remove the seatback pad from the seatback frame.
H
SE
Assembly of Seatback Trim and Pad
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
• Before installing headrest holder, check its orientation (front/rear and right/left).
J
Disassembly of Seat Cushion Trim and Pad
Remove the hog rings to separate the trim and pad.
Assembly of Seat Cushion Trim and Pad
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-23
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Parts Drawing
INFOID:0000000005283917
FIXED BACK SEAT
WIIA1389E
1.
Headrest
2.
Headrest holder (lock)
3.
Headrest holder (free)
4.
Seatback frame
5.
Seatback pad
6.
Seatback trim
7.
Seatback assembly
8.
Seat cushion assembly
9.
Rear seat cushion bracket assembly
10. Seat cushion trim
11. Seat cushion pad/frame
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283918
CAUTION:
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
Revision: January 2010
SE-24
2010 Sentra
REAR SEAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FIXED BACK SEAT CUSHION
A
Removal
1.
Remove the rear seat cushion trim and pad.
• Pull the lock at the front bottom of the seat cushion forward (1
for each side), and pull the seat cushion upward to release the
wire from the plastic hook, then pull the seat cushion forward
to remove.
B
C
D
SIIA0511E
E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
F
FIXED SEATBACK
Removal
1.
2.
Remove the lower seatback bolts.
Lift and remove fixed rear seatback from rear parcel shelf hanger.
G
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
H
SE
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SE-25
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
PG
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND & CIRCUIT ELEMENTS
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R ....................27
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
GROUND CIRCUIT ........................................... 29
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Ground Distribution ..................................................29
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) .................17
System Description ................................................. 17
CAN Communication System Description ............... 18
Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction .... 18
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 18
Auto Active Test ...................................................... 20
IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement ........................... 23
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 24
IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection ........... 26
Inspection with CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) ....... 27
G
HARNESS ......................................................... 37
Harness Layout .......................................................37
Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes) .......................52
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT ............... 3
Schematic ................................................................. 3
Wiring Diagram - POWER - ...................................... 5
Fuse ........................................................................ 16
Fusible Link ............................................................. 16
Circuit Breaker (Built Into BCM) .............................. 16
F
H
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION .................... 55
Electrical Units Location ..........................................55
I
HARNESS CONNECTOR ................................. 59
Description ...............................................................59
ELECTRICAL UNITS ........................................ 62
J
Terminal Arrangement .............................................62
STANDARDIZED RELAY ................................. 63 PG
Description ...............................................................63
FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B) .............. 65
Terminal Arrangement .............................................65
L
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX ...................... 66
Terminal Arrangement .............................................66
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000006039490
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Revision: January 2010
PG-2
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
Schematic
A
INFOID:0000000005283483
For detailed ground distribution, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution" .
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMWA0193GB
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-3
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMWA0194GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-4
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - POWER -
INFOID:0000000005283484
A
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ANY POSITION
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
AAMWA0195GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-5
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMWA0196GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-6
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMWA0197GB
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-7
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WKWA5534E
Revision: January 2010
PG-8
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
WKWA5907E
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-9
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMWA0076GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-10
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ACC AND/OR ON
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMWA0198GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-11
2010 Sentra
P
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ON
AAMWA0077GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-12
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ON AND/OR START.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMWA0199GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-13
2010 Sentra
P
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMWA0200GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-14
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN START
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
WKWA5541E
Revision: January 2010
PG-15
2010 Sentra
P
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fuse
INFOID:0000000005283485
• If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before
installing new fuse.
• Use fuse of specified rating. Never use fuse of more than specified
rating.
• Do not partially install fuse; always insert it into fuse holder properly.
• Remove fuse for “ELECTRICAL PARTS (BAT)” if vehicle is not
used for a long period of time.
CEL083
Fusible Link
INFOID:0000000005283486
A melted fusible link can be detected either by visual inspection or by
feeling with finger tip. If its condition is questionable, use circuit
tester or test lamp.
CAUTION:
• If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit
(power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted. In
such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of malfunction.
• Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Important:
Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness, vinyl or
rubber parts.
Circuit Breaker (Built Into BCM)
LKIA0918E
INFOID:0000000005283487
For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8 to 20
seconds.
A circuit breaker is used for the following systems:
• Power sunroof
• Power windows
SBF284E
Revision: January 2010
PG-16
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE
ROOM)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283488
• IPDM E/R (Intelligent Power Distribution Module Engine Room) integrates the relay box and fuse block
which were originally placed in engine compartment. It controls integrated relays via IPDM E/R control circuits.
• IPDM E/R-integrated control circuits perform ON-OFF operation of relays, CAN communication control, oil
pressure switch signal reception, etc.
• It controls operation of each electrical component via ECM, BCM and CAN communication lines.
CAUTION:
None of the IPDM E/R integrated relays can be removed.
A
B
C
D
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY IPDM E/R
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
E
Lamp control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the following lamps:
• Headlamps (High, Low)
F
• Parking lamps
• Tail and license plate lamps
• Front fog lamps
G
Wiper control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the front wipers.
Rear window defogger relay control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the rear window defogger H
relay.
A/C compressor control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the ECM and controls the A/C compressor
I
(magnet clutch).
Starter control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the starter relay.
J
Cooling fan control
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the ECM and controls the cooling fan relays.
Horn control
PG
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the horn relay.
Daytime light system control (Canada only)
Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the daytime light relay.
L
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE CONTROL
With CAN communication, by connecting each control unit using two communication lines (CAN L-line, CAN
H-line), it is possible to transmit a maximum amount of information with minimum wiring. Each control unit can
transmit and receive data, and reads necessary information only.
1. Fail-safe control
• When CAN communication with other control units is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control.
After CAN communication returns to normal operation, it also returns to normal control.
• Operation of control parts by IPDM E/R during fail-safe mode is as follows:
Controlled system
Headlamp
Tail, license plate and parking lamps
• With the ignition switch ON, headlamp low relay is ON, headlamp high relays are OFF, and
daytime light system (Canada only) is OFF.
• With the ignition switch OFF, the headlamp relays are OFF.
• With the ignition switch ON, the tail lamp relay is ON.
• With the ignition switch OFF, the tail lamp relay is OFF.
• With the ignition switch ON, cooling fan relay-1, relay-2, and relay-3 are ON.
• With the ignition switch OFF, all cooling fan relays are OFF.
Front wiper
Until the ignition switch is turned off, the front wiper relays remain in the same status they
were in just before fail−safe control was initiated.
PG-17
N
O
Fail-safe mode
Cooling fan
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
P
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Controlled system
Fail-safe mode
Rear window defogger
Rear window defogger relay OFF
A/C compressor
A/C relay is OFF
Front fog lamps (if equipped)
Front fog lamp relay OFF
IPDM E/R STATUS CONTROL
In order to save power, IPDM E/R switches status by itself based on each operating condition.
1. CAN communication status
• CAN communication is normally performed with other control units.
• Individual unit control by IPDM E/R is normally performed.
• When sleep request signal is received from BCM, mode is switched to sleep waiting status.
2. Sleep waiting status
• Process to stop CAN communication is activated.
• All systems controlled by IPDM E/R are stopped. When 1 second has elapsed after CAN communication with other control units is stopped, mode switches to sleep status.
3. Sleep status
• IPDM E/R operates in low current-consumption mode.
• CAN communication is stopped.
• When a change in CAN communication signal is detected, mode switches to CAN communication status.
• When a change in ignition switch signal is detected, mode switches to CAN communication status.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283489
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction
INFOID:0000000005283490
• When the integrated ignition relay is stuck in a "closed contact" position and cannot be turned OFF, IPDM E/
R turns ON tail and parking lamps for 10 minutes to indicate IPDM E/R malfunction.
• When the state of the integrated ignition relay does not agree with the state of the ignition switch signal
received via CAN communication, the IPDM E/R activates the tail lamp relay.
Ignition switch signal
Ignition relay status
Tail lamp relay
ON
ON
—
OFF
OFF
—
ON
OFF
—
OFF
ON
ON (10 minutes)
NOTE:
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the tail lamps are OFF.
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
INFOID:0000000005283491
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
Description
Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results.
Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Display Item List
Revision: January 2010
PG-18
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TIME
Display items
CONSULT-III
display code
Malfunction detection
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED.
—
—
U1000
• If CAN communication reception/transmission data has a malfunction, or if any of the
control units fail, data reception/transmission cannot be confirmed.
• When the data in CAN communication is not
received before the specified time.
CAN COMM CIRC
Possible causes
CRNT
PAST
—
—
—
X
Any of items listed below have errors:
• TRANSMIT DIAG
• ECM
• BCM/SEC
X
A
B
C
D
NOTE:
The details for display of the period are as follows:
• CRNT: Error currently detected with IPDM E/R.
• PAST: Error detected in the past and placed in IPDM E/R memory.
E
DATA MONITOR
F
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu
Item name
CONSULT-III
screen display
G
Monitor item selection
Display or unit
ALL
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Description
H
Motor fan request
MOTOR FAN
REQ
1/2/3/4
X
X
X
Signal status input from ECM
Compressor request
AC COMP REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from ECM
Parking, license,
and tail lamp request
TAIL & CLR REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Headlamp low
beam request
HL LO REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Headlamp high
beam request
HL HI REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Front fog request
FR FOG REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
FR wiper request
FR WIP REQ
STOP/1LO/LO/HI
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Wiper auto stop
WIP AUTO
STOP
ACT P/STOP P
X
X
X
Output status of IPDM E/R
Wiper protection
WIP PROT
OFF/LS/HS/Block
X
X
X
Control status of IPDM E/R
Starter request
ST RLY REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
Status of input signal (*1)
Ignition relay
status
IGN RLY
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Ignition relay status monitored
with IPDM E/R
Rear defogger request
RR DEF REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Oil pressure
switch
OIL P SW
OPEN/CLOSE
X
X
Signal status input from IPDM
E/R
Hood switch
HOOD SW (*2)
OFF
X
X
Signal status input from IPDM
E/R
Theft warning
horn request
THFT HRN REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
Horn chirp
HORN CHIRP
ON/OFF
X
X
Output status of IPDM E/R
Daytime light request
DTRL REQ
ON/OFF
X
X
Signal status input from BCM
I
J
Revision: January 2010
PG-19
2010 Sentra
PG
L
M
N
O
P
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*1 Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is in ACC position, display may not be correct.
*2 This item is displayed, but does not function.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
ACTIVE TEST
Display Item List
Test name
CONSULT-III screen display
Description
Head, tail, fog lamp output
EXTERNAL LAMP
With a certain ON-OFF operation (OFF, TAIL, LO, HI, FOG), the front
fog lamp, headlamp low, headlamp high RH, headlamp high LH, and
tail lamp relays can be operated.
Rear defogger output
REAR DEFOGGER
With a certain ON-OFF operation, the rear defogger relay can be operated.
Front wiper (HI, LO) output
FRONT WIPER
With a certain operation (OFF, HI ON, LO ON), the front wiper relays
(Lo, Hi) can be operated.
Cooling fan output
MOTOR FAN
With a certain operation (1, 2, 3, 4), the cooling fan relays can be operated.
Horn output
HORN
With a certain ON-OFF operation, the horn relay can be operated.
Auto Active Test
INFOID:0000000005283492
DESCRIPTION
• In auto active test mode, operation inspection can be performed when IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to the
following systems:
- Rear window defogger
- Front wipers
- Tail, license and parking lamps
- Daytime lamp system (Canada only)
- Front fog lamps (if equipped)
- Headlamps (High, Low)
- A/C compressor (magnet clutch)
- Cooling fan
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close front door RH and hood. Lift wiper arms away from windshield (to prevent glass damage by wiper
operation).
NOTE:
When auto active test is performed with hood opened, sprinkle water on windshield beforehand.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON and, within 20 seconds, press front door switch LH 20 times. Then turn ignition
switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON within 10 seconds after ignition switch OFF.
When auto active test mode is actuated, horn chirps once.
After a series of operations is repeated three times, auto active test is completed.
NOTE:
When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway, turn ignition switch OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform BL-38, "Door Switch Check" when the auto active test cannot be performed.
INSPECTION IN AUTO ACTIVE TEST MODE
Revision: January 2010
PG-20
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When auto active test mode is actuated, the following six steps are repeated three times.
A
B
C
D
E
LKIA0898E
(A): Oil pressure warning lamp is blinking when the auto active test is operating.
F
Item Number
Test Item
Operation Time/Frequency
1
Rear window defogger
10 seconds
2
Front wipers
LOW 5 seconds then HIGH 5 seconds
3
Daytime light system (Canada only)
10 seconds
3
Tail, license, and parking lamps
10 seconds
3
Front fog lamps (if equipped)
10 seconds
4
Headlamps (low)
10 seconds
4
Headlamps (high)
ON-OFF 5 times
5
A/C compressor (magnet clutch)
ON-OFF 5 times
6
Cooling fan
LOW 2 seconds, MID 2 seconds, HIGH 2 seconds, MID 2
seconds, LOW 2 seconds
G
H
I
J
Concept of Auto Active Test
PG
L
M
N
O
AWMIA0224GB
• IPDM E/R actuates auto active test mode when it receives door switch signal from BCM via CAN communication line. Therefore, when auto active test mode is activated successfully, CAN communication between
IPDM E/R and BCM is normal.
• If any of the systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated, possible cause can be easily diagnosed
using auto active test.
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode
Revision: January 2010
PG-21
2010 Sentra
P
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Inspection contents
Possible cause
YES
Rear window defogger
does not operate.
Any of front wipers, tail
and parking lamps, front
fog lamps (if equipped),
daytime light system
(Canada only), and
headlamps (High, Low)
do not operate.
A/C compressor does
not operate.
Cooling fan does not operate.
Oil pressure warning
lamp does not operate.
Revision: January 2010
Perform auto active
test. Does rear window defogger operate?
Perform auto active
test. Does system in
question operate?
Perform auto active
test. Does magnet
clutch operate?
Perform auto active
test. Does cooling fan
operate?
Perform auto active
test. Does oil pressure
warning lamp blink?
NO
• BCM signal input circuit
•
•
•
•
Rear window defogger relay
Open circuit of rear window defogger
IPDM E/R malfunction
Harness or connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and rear window
defogger
YES
• BCM signal input system
NO
• Lamp/wiper motor malfunction
• Lamp/wiper motor ground circuit malfunction
• Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and system in question
• IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction
YES
• BCM signal input circuit
• CAN communication signal between BCM and ECM
• CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/R
NO
• Magnet clutch malfunction
• Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and magnet clutch
• IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction
YES
• ECM signal input circuit
• CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/R
NO
• Cooling fan motor malfunction
• Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and cooling fan motor
• IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction
• Cooling fan relay-4 or relay-5 malfunction
YES
• Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and oil pressure
switch
• Oil pressure switch malfunction
• IPDM E/R
NO
• CAN communication signal between BCM and combination meter
• Combination meter
PG-22
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement
INFOID:0000000005283493
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
WKIA5897E
Revision: January 2010
PG-23
2010 Sentra
P
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283494
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
Operation or condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
1
W/R
Battery power supply
Input
OFF
—
Battery voltage
2
R
Battery power supply
Input
OFF
—
Battery voltage
3
L/W
ECM Relay
Output
—
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
4
G
ECM relay
Output
—
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
Conditions correct for cooling
fan high operation
0V
6
L
7
R/G
(MR20DE)
R/B
(QR25DE)
8
Y/B
11
12
13
14
V/W
B/R
G/W
Y
15
L/B
16
R/B
(MR20DE)
R
(QR25DE)
17
Y/R
19
W
20
L
Cooling fan relay-5
ECM relay control
Throttle control motor
relay
A/C compressor
Ignition switch supplied power
Horn relay control
Fuse 49
Fuse 50
Input
—
Input
—
Output
—
Output
ON or
START
Input
Input
Output
Output
—
—
—
—
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON or START
0V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
A/C switch ON or defrost
switch on
Battery voltage
A/C switch OFF and defrost
switch OFF
0V
OFF or ACC
0V
ON or START
Battery voltage
Horn switch PUSHED, alarm
activated or door lock/unlock
is confirmed when operating
lock system via the keyfob
0V
Horn switch released, alarm
not active, keyfob not active
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
Fuse 54
Output
—
Battery power supply
Output
—
—
Battery voltage
Starter motor
Output
START
—
Battery voltage
Conditions correct for cooling
fan low operation.
Battery voltage
Cooling fan relay-1
Output
—
21
W/R
START
Input
START
22
W/L
Battery power supply
Input
—
Revision: January 2010
Conditions not correct for
cooling fan high operation
PG-24
Conditions not correct for
cooling fan low operation.
0V
Ignition switch in START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch in other than
START
—
0V
Battery voltage
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
23
24
Wire color
L/B
W/B
Signal name
Cooling fan relay-3
Cooling fan relay-2
Signal
input/
output
Input
Output
Measuring condition
Ignition
switch
—
—
Operation or condition
Conditions correct for cooling
fan high operation
Reference value
(Approx.)
A
0V
B
Conditions not correct for
cooling fan high operation
Battery voltage
Conditions correct for cooling
fan high operation
Battery voltage
Conditions not correct for
cooling fan high operation
0V
27
R/L
Tail lamp relay (parking lamps)
Output
—
Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd
position
Battery voltage
28
W
Tail lamp relay (parking lamps)
Output
—
Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd
position
Battery voltage
29
V
Tail lamp relay (parking lamps)
Output
—
Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd
position
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
30
R/B
(MR20DE)
R
(QR25DE)
Fuse 51
Output
—
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
31
BR/Y
Fuse 55
Output
—
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
32
L/B
Wiper high speed signal
Output
ON or
START
Wiper switch
33
L
Wiper low speed signal
Output
ON or
START
Wiper switch
35
36
37
BR/R
G
V
38
L/Y
Starter relay (inhibit
switch)
Fuel pump relay
Oil pressure switch
Input
ON or
START
Output
—
Input
ON or
START
Wiper auto stop signal
Input
ON or
START
OFF, LO, INT
0V
HI
Battery voltage
OFF
0V
LO or INT
Battery voltage
Selector lever in "P" or "N"
(CVT) or clutch pedal depressed (M/T)
Battery voltage
Selector lever any other position (CVT) or clutch pedal released (M/T)
0V
Ignition switch ON or START
Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
0V
Engine running and oil pressure within specification
Battery voltage
Engine not running or oil pressure below specification
Wipers not in park position
Wipers in park position
Battery voltage
0V
B
Ground
Input
—
—
0V
P
CAN-L
—
ON
—
—
41
L
CAN-H
—
ON
—
—
Conditions correct for cooling
fan high operation
Battery voltage
46
G/Y
Revision: January 2010
Cooling fan relay-4
Throttle control motor
relay control
Input
Input
—
—
PG-25
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
39
L/R
D
0V
40
45
C
Conditions not correct for
cooling fan high operation
0V
Ignition switch ON or START
0V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
Battery voltage
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
47
B/O
Fuel pump relay control
Input
—
49
V
Daytime light relay 1
control
Input
ON
50
W/G
Front fog lamp (LH)
Output
Operation or condition
Reference value
(Approx.)
Ignition switch ON or START
0V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC
Battery voltage
Daytime light system active.
Less than battery voltage
Daytime light system inactive.
Battery voltage
OFF
0V
ON or
START
Lighting
switch must
be in the 2ND
position
(LOW beam
is ON) and
the front fog
lamp switch in
ON
ON
Battery voltage
Lighting
switch must
be in the 2ND
position
(LOW beam
is ON) and
the front fog
lamp switch is
ON
OFF
0V
ON
Battery voltage
51
W/R
Front fog lamp (RH)
Output
ON or
START
52
L
LH Low beam headlamp
Output
—
Lighting switch in 2nd position
Battery voltage
54
R/Y
RH Low beam headlamp
Output
—
Lighting switch in 2nd position
Battery voltage
55
G
LH High beam headlamp
Output
—
Lighting switch in 2nd position
and placed in HIGH or PASS
position
Battery voltage
56
L/W
RH High beam headlamp
Output
—
Lighting switch in 2nd position
and placed in HIGH or PASS
position
Battery voltage
59
B
Input
—
—
0V
60
L/B
Output
ON or
START
Ground
Rear window defogger
relay
Rear defogger Switch ON
Battery voltage
Rear defogger Switch OFF
0V
IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283495
1.FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK INSPECTION
Check that the following fusible links or IPDM E/R fuses are not blown.
Terminal No.
Signal name
Fuse, fusible link No.
1, 2
Battery power
a, b, d
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace fuse or fusible link.
2.POWER CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E42.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E42 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Revision: January 2010
PG-26
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Battery voltage should exist.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace IPDM E/R power circuit harness.
B
C
SKIA1987E
3.GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1.
2.
D
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A)
terminal 39, E48 (B) terminal 59 and ground.
E
Continuity should exist.
F
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair or replace IPDM E/R ground circuit harness.
G
WKIA5667E
Inspection with CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)
H
INFOID:0000000005283496
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Connect CONSULT-III and select "IPDM E/R".
Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
Check display content in self-diagnosis results.
CONSULT-III Display
CRNT
PAST
—
—
—
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
CAN COMM CIRC
TIME
CONSULT-III
display code
U1000
X
X
Details of diagnosis result
No malfunction
Any of items listed below have errors:
• TRANSMIT DIAG
• ECM
• BCM/SEC
NOTE:
The Details for Display for the Period are as follows:
• CRNT: Error currently detected by IPDM E/R.
• PAST: Error detected in the past and stored in IPDM E/R memory.
Contents displayed
NO DTC DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.>>Inspection End.
CAN COMM CIRC>>Refer to LAN-8, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".
Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R
M
O
INFOID:0000000005283497
P
Disconnect negitive battery cable.
Revision: January 2010
L
N
REMOVAL
1.
PG
PG-27
2010 Sentra
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Lift up the IPDM E/R (1) while pushing and opening pawls (A) or
(B), and remove the IPDM E/R while pushing and opening the
other side pawls.
3. Disconnect harness connector.
WKIA5668E
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
PG-28
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Ground Distribution
INFOID:0000000005283498
MAIN HARNESS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
AAMIA0387GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-29
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMIA0464GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-30
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
WKIA6025E
Revision: January 2010
PG-31
2010 Sentra
P
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABMIA0793GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-32
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
ABMIA0794GB
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-33
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS
WKIA6027E
Revision: January 2010
PG-34
2010 Sentra
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMIA0389GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-35
2010 Sentra
P
GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABMIA1560GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-36
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HARNESS
A
Harness Layout
INFOID:0000000005283499
HOW TO READ HARNESS LAYOUT
B
The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate
connectors on the drawings:
• Main Harness, Console Lamp Sub-harness, Hazard Switch Subharness, Console Switch Sub-harness and Console Sub-harness
• Engine Room Harness
• Engine Room Harness Passenger Compartment
• Engine Control Harness (MR20DE) and Engine Control Harness
(QR25DE)
• Body Harness, Tail Sub-harness and Tail No. 2 Sub-harness
• Room Lamp Harness and Sunroof Sub-harness
To use the grid reference
1. Find the desired connector number on the connector list.
2. Find the grid reference.
3. On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row.
4. Find the connector number in the crossing zone.
5. Follow the line to the connector.
C
D
E
SEL252V
F
G
OUTLINE
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMIA0390GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-37
2010 Sentra
P
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAIN HARNESS
AAMIA0465GB
A2
M2
W/32
: To E4
D3
M53
W/16
: Audio unit
A3
M3
W/8
: Fuse block (J/B)
D2
M54
B/2
: Resistor-1
B2
M4
W/16
: Fuse block (J/B)
F2
M55
Y/4
: Front passenger air bag module (service
replacement)
G4
M5
GR/16
: To B4
D4
M56
B/3
: Console power socket
A3
M6
W/6
: To E19
F3
M57
—
: Body ground
Revision: January 2010
PG-38
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
B4
M7
GR/16
: To B2
C3
M58
W/2
: To M175
F4
M8
W/16
: To B8
E2
M61
—
: Body ground
G5
M9
W/8
: To B10
D2
M62
W/2
: Front blower motor
B3
M10
W/24
: To B11
C3
M63
W/8
: Steering angle sensor
G5
M11
W/24
: To B12
B3
M64
GR/6
: VDC off switch
A3
M12
W/16
: To D1
G3
M74
W/8
: To D101
A3
M13
W/12
: To D2
G3
M75
W/12
: To D102
F2
M14
B/5
: Passenger select unlock relay
F2
M76
Y/2
: Front passenger air bag module
F3
M15
W/4
: Remote keyless entry receiver
F3
M77
O/2
: Front passenger air bag module
D3
M16
W/3
: Front passenger air bag OFF indicator
D2
M79
W/9
: AV control unit (with navigation)
A2
M17
W/3
: To E25
D2
M89
W/12
: Double meter (QR25DE)
C2
M18
W/40
: BCM (body control module)
C3
M90
W/8
: Audio unit
C2
M19
W/15
: BCM (body control module)
D2
M91
W/24
: iPod ® adapter
C2
M20
B/15
: BCM (body control module)
D2
M92
W/20
: AV control unit
C3
M21
W/4
: NATS antenna amp.
E3
M93
W/32
: AV control unit
B4
M22
W/16
: Data link connector
D2
M94
W/12
: AV control unit
B2
M24
W/40
: Combination meter
D2
M95
GR/11
: To B72
D4
M25
GR/2
: Instrument panel antenna
D3
M96
W/12
: AV control unit
B2
M26
W/6
: Ignition switch
D3
M97
G/4
: AV control unit
A3
M27
W/4
: Steering lock solenoid
D4
M98
GR/6
: To B68
C2
M28
W/16
: Combination switch
D2
M99
W/24
: AV control unit
B3
M29
Y/6
: Combination switch (spiral cable)
Hazard switch sub-harness
C3
M30
GR/8
: Combination switch (spiral cable)
C5
M100
W/12
: To M40
A3
M32
Y/4
: To E31
C4
M101
BR/2
: CVT shift selector
C3
M33
W/40
: Front air control
C4
M102
W/4
: Hazard switch
C3
M34
W/3
: Air mix door motor
D4
M103
GR/6
: Manual mode select switch (QR25DE)
D5
M35
Y/28
: Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
Console lamp sub-harness
C2
M37
W/8
: EPS control unit
C3
M175
W/2
: To M58
C4
M38
W/4
: CVT shift selector (without
intelligent key)
D4
M177
W/2
: Console lamp center
C4
M38
W/8
: CVT shift selector (with intelligent key)
Console switch sub-harness
B2
M39
W/2
: Tire pressure warning check connector
D5
M200
BR/3
: Front console power socket
C5
M40
W/12
: To M100
E5
M201
W/16
: To B1
A1
M41
W/12
: To R1
C5
M202
W/6
: Heated seat switch LH
E3
M42
W/40
: Intelligent key unit
D5
M203
BR/6
: Heated seat switch RH
D2
M43
W/20
: Audio unit
Console sub-harness
D2
M45
W/12
: Audio unit
E5
M225
W/16
: To B65
A2
M46
BR/2
: Front tweeter LH
E5
M226
GR/16
: iPod ® side
G2
M47
BR/2
: Front tweeter RH
D5
M227
GR/6
: To B67
E2
M48
W/3
: Intake door motor
C5
M228
B/5
: USB interface (without navigation)
B3
M49
GR/6
: Key switch and ignition knob switch
C5
M228
B/5
: USB interface and aux jack (with
: navigation)
B3
M50
BR/2
: Key switch
C5
M229
B/4
: USB interface and aux jack
E4
M51
W/3
: Mode door motor
E4
M230
GR/11
: To B91
E3
M52
W/4
: Fan control amp.
Revision: January 2010
PG-39
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
2010 Sentra
P
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS
AAMIA0392GB
Refer to "PASSENGER COMPARTMENT" for continuation of engine room harness.
F1
E1
GR/5
: Front wiper motor
C1
E33
B/26
: ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
E3
E2
W/2
: To F1
D4
E35
B/3
: Refrigerant pressure sensor
E3
E3
W/24
: To F2
E2
E40
GR/2
: Brake fluid level switch
F3
E6
—
: Fuse and fusible link box
C2
E41
—
: Ground (ABS)
Revision: January 2010
PG-40
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A3
E8
GR/2
: Front washer motor
F2
E42
B/2
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
B2
E9
—
: Engine ground
F2
E43
W/16
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
D2
E10
BR/2
: Fusible link box (battery)
G2
E44
W/6
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
D2
E11
GR/2
: Fusible link box (battery)
G2
E45
BR/12
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
F4
E14
—
: Engine ground (crash zone sensor)
G2
E46
W/12
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
G4
E15
—
: Engine ground
G2
E47
BR/8
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
E3
E16
B/32
: ECM
G3
E48
B/6
: IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution
module engine room)
F3
E17
W/16
: To F10
F3
E49
L/4
: Cooling fan relay - 4
B3
E20
GR/6
: Front combination lamp RH
A4
E50
BR/2
: Washer fluid level switch
E4
E21
GR/6
: Front combination lamp LH
C2
E52
GR/2
: Front wheel sensor RH
C4
E22
B/2
: Ambient sensor
D4
E53
GR/4
: Cooling fan motor - 2
C4
E23
Y/2
: Crash zone sensor
G3
E54
L/4
: Cooling fan relay - 5
G4
E24
—
: Engine ground
F2
E55
B/4
: Heated oxygen sensor 2
E4
E26
BR/3
: Intelligent key warning buzzer
B3
E57
B/1
: Horn (high)
E5
E27
B/2
: Front fog lamp LH
A3
E58
B/1
: Horn (GND)
A4
E28
B/2
: Front fog lamp RH
C3
E59
W/4
: Cooling fan motor - 1
G3
E29
B/5
: Daytime light relay 1
G3
E61
L/2
: Front wheel sensor LH
G3
E30
L/4
: Daytime light relay 2
A3
E63
B/2
: Ambient sensor
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-41
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
ABMIA0798GB
Refer to "ENGINE ROOM HARNESS" for continuation of engine room harness.
C1
E4
W/32
: To M2
D1
E32
BR/2
: ASCD clutch switch
C1
E5
W/2
: To B3 (without VDC)
C2
E34
BR/2
: Clutch interlock switch (with M/T)
C1
E5
W/6
: To B3 (with VDC)
D3
E36
BR/2
: ASCD brake switch
D2
E7
B/2
: To E201
A2
E37
B/1
: Fuse block (J/B)
E3
E12
B/6
: Accelerator pedal position sensor
A1
E38
B/2
: Fuse block (J/B)
Revision: January 2010
PG-42
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
B1
E13
W/16
: To B9
B3
E39
W/8
: Fuse block (J/B)
B3
E18
BR/6
: Heated seat relay
B1
E56
L/4
: Heated mirror relay
B3
E19
W/6
: To M6
E3
E60
GR/4
: Stop lamp switch (without M/T)
B2
E25
W/3
: To M17
E3
E60
B/2
: Stop lamp switch (with M/T)
A2
E31
Y/4
: To M32
A
B
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS (MR20DE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
ABMIA0799GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-43
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
F3
F1
W/2
: To E2
F2
F24
GR/32
: ECM
F3
F2
W/24
: To E3
F2
F25
BR/48
: ECM
B4
F3
B/2
: A/C compressor
E3
F26
G/3
: Park/ neutral position (PNP) switch
(with M/T)
C2
F4
GR/2
: Condenser-2
E3
F26
G/8
: Transmission range switch (with CVT)
D1
F7
B/6
: Electric throttle control actuator
C4
F27
—
: Starter motor
C3
F8
B/2
: Knock sensor
D4
F28
—
: Starter motor
C3
F9
—
: Engine ground
E2
F30
B/3
: Secondary speed sensor
G3
F10
W/16
: To E17
E1
F31
B/6
: Mass air flow sensor
D2
F11
B/3
: Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
C4
F32
GR/1
: Oil pressure switch
D1
F12
GR/4
: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (except
California)
A2
F33
GR/2
: Intake timing control solenoid valve
D1
F12
BR/4
: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (for California)
B1
F34
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 1 (with power transistor)
C1
F13
GR/2
: EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
C1
F35
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 2 (with power transistor)
B3
F14
B/3
: Generator
C1
F36
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 3 (with power transistor)
B3
F16
—
: Engine ground
C2
F37
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 4 (with power transistor)
B3
F18
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 1
E4
F38
B/3
: Primary speed sensor
C3
F19
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 2
E2
F41
GR/2
: Vehicle speed sensor
C3
F20
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 3
F4
F46
GR/22
: CVT unit
D3
F21
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 4
E2
F48
GR/2
: Engine oil temperature sensor
D3
F22
B/3
: Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
E1
F49
GR/5
: Tumble control valve actuator
F4
F23
B/48
: TCM (transmission control module)
Revision: January 2010
PG-44
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS (QR25DE)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMIA0167GB
G3
F1
W/2
: To E2
G3
F2
W/24
: To E3
F4
F26††
G/8
: Transmission range switch (with CVT)
B4
F3
B/2
: A/C compressor
D1
F27†
—
: Starter motor (CVT)
E2
F4
GR/2
: Condenser-2
D4
F27††
—
: Starter motor (M/T)
D2
F6
GR/2
: Engine coolant temperature sensor
E5
F28††
—
: Starter motor (M/T)
Revision: January 2010
F3
F26†
PG-45
B/2
: Park/ neutral position (PNP) switch (with M/T)
2010 Sentra
P
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
D1
F7
B/6
: Electric throttle control actuator
D1
F28†
GR/1
: Starter motor (CVT)
C2
F8
GR/2
: Knock sensor
D2
F30
B/3
: Secondary speed sensor
B3
F9
—
: Engine ground
F2
F31
B/6
: Mass air flow sensor
G3
F10
W/16
: To E17
C1
F32
B/3
: Oil pressure switch
D2
F11
B/3
: Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
B2
F33
GR/2
: Intake timing control solenoid valve
C4
F12
GR/4
: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1)
C3
F34
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 1 (with power transistor)
C3
F13
GR/2
: EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
C3
F35
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 2 (with power transistor)
C4
F14
B/3
: Generator
D3
F36
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 3 (with power transistor)
B3
F16
—
: Engine ground
D3
F37
GR/3
: Ignition coil No. 4 (with power transistor)
B2
F18
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 1
E3
F38
B/3
: Primary speed sensor
C2
F19
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 2
E3
F40
—
: Fusible link box (battery)
D2
F20
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 3
E2
F41
GR/2
: Vehicle speed sensor (M/T)
D2
F21
GR/2
: Fuel injector No. 4
D3
F42
GR/4
: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2)
E1
F22
B/3
: Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
B3
F43
B/4
: Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
F2
F23
B/48
: TCM (transmission control module)
D4
F45
B/4
: Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
E4
F24
GR/32
: ECM
F3
F46
GR/22
: CVT unit
F4
F25
BR/48
: ECM
F3
F47
B/2
: Back-up lamp switch
Revision: January 2010
PG-46
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMIA0466GB
B3
B1
W/16
: To M201
E3
B41
W/3
: Rear door switch RH
A4
B2
GR/16
: To M7
G3
B42
W/6
: Rear combination lamp RH
A3
B3
W/2
: To E5
B4
B43
W/24
: Audio amplifier
B3
B4
GR/16
: To M5
C4
B44
W/8
: Audio amplifier
C4
B5
—
: Body ground (satellite sensor)
F3
B45
GR/2
: Rear parcel shelf antenna
Revision: January 2010
PG-47
2010 Sentra
P
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
C4
B7
—
: Body ground
F3
B46
W/2
: High mounted stop lamp (without rear
spoiler)
B3
B8
W/16
: To M8
G4
B47
GR/3
: EVAP control system pressure sensor
A4
B9
W/16
: To E13
D4
B48
GR/5
: Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
B3
B10
W/8
: To M9
G4
B49
GR/2
: Rear bumper antenna
B4
B11
W/24
: To M10
C3
B51
Y/2
: Front RH side air bag module
B3
B12
W/24
: To M11
C4
B52
Y/2
: LH side air bag (satellite) sensor
B4
B13
Y/12
: Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
D3
B53
Y/2
: RH side air bag (satellite) sensor
B3
B14
Y/12
: Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
E4
B54
GR/2
: Rear wheel sensor LH
B5
B15
W/32
: Bluetooth control unit
E5
B55
L/2
: Rear wheel sensor RH
B4
B16
W/3
: Seat belt buckle switch LH
F5
B56
W/16
: Satellite radio tuner
F4
B17
B/2
: EVAP canister vent control valve
G4
B57
W/2
: Trunk room lamp switch
C4
B18
GR/2
: Front console antenna
F3
B58
W/2
: Trunk room lamp
D2
B19
—
: Body ground
G4
B59
W/2
: Trunk lid opener actuator
C4
B20
W/8
: To D201
B4
B61
W/3
: To B200
C4
B21
W/3
: Front door switch LH
C3
B62
W/3
: To B300
C5
B22
Y/2
: Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
E3
B63
B/1
: Rear window defogger
F4
B23
Y/2
: LH side curtain air bag module
B3
B65
W/16
: To M225
B4
B24
B/1
: Parking brake switch
F3
B66
W/6
: To T20
F5
B25
W/6
: Rear combination lamp LH
B4
B67
GR/6
: To M227
D4
B26
W/3
: Rear door switch LH
B3
B68
GR/6
: To M98
F4
B27
W/2
: Rear speaker LH
B5
B69
W/8
: Bluetooth control unit
D3
B28
W/3
: Front door switch RH
D4
B70
B/4
: Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
D3
B29
W/3
: Belt tension sensor
B2
B72
W/11
: To M95
F4
B30
W/4
: To T1
B3
B91
W/11
:To M30
D3
B31
W/8
: To D301
Tail sub-harness
C3
B32
W/3
: Seat belt buckle switch RH
F4
T1
W/4
: To B30
D3
B33
Y/2
: Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
G4
T2
BR/2
: High mounted stop lamp (with rear spoiler)
C3
B34
—
: Body ground (satellite sensor)
G4
T3
BR/2
: License plate lamp LH
F2
B35
Y/2
: RH side curtain air bag module
G4
T4
BR/2
: License plate lamp RH
C3
B36
W/8
: To B302
G4
T5
BR/2
: Trunk opener request switch
B4
B37
Y/2
: Front LH side air bag module
Tail No. 2 sub-harness
F3
B38
W/4
: Rear speaker assembly RH
G3
T20
W/6
: To B66
F3
B39
W/2
: Rear speaker RH
G4
T21
W/4
: Rear view camera
F3
B40
W/4
: Rear speaker assembly LH
ROOM LAMP HARNESS
Revision: January 2010
PG-48
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
G4
R1
W/12
: To M41
C4
R7
W/2
: Vanity mirror lamp LH
C3
R2
W/4
: Bluetooth ON indicator
E3
R8
W/2
: Vanity mirror lamp RH
D3
R3
W/2
: Map lamp
Sunroof sub-harness
D3
R4
W/4
: Microphone
D3
B1
R5
W/2
: Interior room lamp
C3
R26
GR/10
: Sunroof motor assembly
C3
R6
BR/4
: To R25
D3
R27
W/3
: Sunroof switch
R25
BR/4
A
B
: To R6
C
FRONT DOOR LH HARNESS
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
AWMIA0227GB
D1
W/16
: To M12 (with intelligent key)
D7
W/8
: Door mirror LH
D1
W/12
: To M12 (without intelligent key)
D8
B/6
: Front power window motor LH
D2
W/12
: To M13
D9
GR/6
: Front door lock assembly LH
D3
W10
: Door mirror switch
D10
W/2
: Front door speaker LH
D4
B/4
: Front outside handle LH
D11
W/3
: Main power window and door lock/unlock switch
D5
W16
: Main power window and door lock/unlock switch
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-49
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DOOR RH HARNESS
LKIA0917E
D101
W/8
: To M74
D105
B/6
: Front power window motor RH
D102
W/12
: To M75
D106
W/8
: Door mirror RH
D103
B/4
: Front outside handle RH
D107
GR/6
: Front door lock actuator RH
D104
W/12
: Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH
D108
W/2
: Front door speaker RH
Revision: January 2010
PG-50
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DOOR LH HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
LKIA0914E
D201
W/8
: To B20
D203
W/8
: Rear power window switch LH
D202
GR/6
: Rear door lock actuator LH
D204
GR/2
: Rear power window motor LH
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-51
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DOOR RH HARNESS
LKIA0915E
D301
W/8
: To B31
D303
W/8
: Rear power window switch RH
D302
G/6
: Rear door lock actuator RH
D304
GR/2
: Rear power window motor RH
Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes)
INFOID:0000000005283500
Use the chart below to find out what each wiring diagram code stands for.
Refer to the wiring diagram code in the alphabetical index to find the location (page number) of each wiring
diagram.
Code
Section
Wiring Diagram Name
ABS
BRC
A/C,M
MTC
Anti-lock Brake System
Manual Air Conditioner
A/F
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1
A/FH
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater
A/F1B1
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Bank 1
A/F1B2
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Bank 2
A/F1HB1
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater Bank 1
A/F1HB2
EC
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater Bank 2
APPS1
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APPS2
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APPS3
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
ASC/BS
EC
ASCD Brake Switch
ASC/SW
EC
ASCD Steering Switch
ASCBOF
EC
ASCD Brake Switch
ASCIND
EC
ASCD Indicator
AUDIO
AV
Audio
Revision: January 2010
PG-52
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BACK/L
LT
Back-up Lamp
B/COMP
DI
Board Computer
BRK/SW
EC
Brake Switch
CAN
CVT
CAN Communication Line
CAN
EC
CAN Communication Line
CAN
LAN
CAN System
CHARGE
SC
Charging System
CHIME
DI
Warning Chime
COOL/F
EC
Cooling Fan Control
COMBSW
LT
Combination Switch
COMM
AV
Audio Visual Communication System
CVTIND
DI
CVT Indicator Lamp
D/LOCK
BL
Power Door Lock
DEF
GW
Rear Window Defogger
DTRL
LT
Headlamp - With Daytime Light System
ECM/PW
EC
ECM Power Supply For Back-up
ECTS
EC
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
EOTS
EC
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EPS
STC
ETC1
EC
Electric Throttle Control Function
ETC2
EC
Throttle Control Motor Relay
ETC3
EC
Throttle Control Motor
F/FOG
LT
Front Fog Lamp
F/PUMP
EC
Fuel Pump
FTS
CVT
B
C
D
E
F
Electronic Controlled Power Steering
G
H
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit
FTTS
EC
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
FUEL
EC
Fuel Ignition System Function
FUELB1
EC
Fuel Ignition System Function Bank1
FUELB2
EC
Fuel Ignition System Function Bank2
HEATER
MTC
H/LAMP
LT
Headlamp
H/PHON
AV
Hands Free Telephone
I
J
Heater System
HORN
WW
HO2S2
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
HO2S2H
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
PG
Horn
IATS
EC
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
IGNSYS
EC
Ignition System
I/KEY
BL
Intelligent Key System
ILL
LT
Illumination
INJECT
EC
Injector
INT/L
LT
Room/Map, Vanity and Luggage Lamps
L
M
N
IVC
EC
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
KEYLES
BL
Remote Keyless Entry System
KS
EC
Knock Sensor
LPSV
CVT
Line Pressure Solenoid Valve
L/USSV
CVT
Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve
MAFS
EC
Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAIN
EC
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit
Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel Gauges
METER
DI
2METER
DI
Double Meter
MIL/DL
EC
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MIRROR
GW
Door Mirror
Revision: January 2010
A
PG-53
O
P
2010 Sentra
HARNESS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MMSW
NATS
CVT
BL
Manual Mode Switch
Nissan Anti-Theft System
NONDTC
CVT
Non-detectable Item
ODSW
CVT
Overdrive Control Switch
O2H2B1
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Bank 1
O2H2B2
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Bank 2
O2S2B1
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Bank 1
O2S2B2
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Bank 2
P/SCKT
WW
Power Socket
PGC/V
EC
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve
PHASE
EC
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
PNP/SW
EC
Park/Neutral Position Switch
POS
EC
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
POWER
CVT
PRE/SE
EC
PRSCVT
CVT
RP/SEN
EC
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
R/VIEW
AV
Rear View Camera
SECPS
CVT
SECPSV
CVT
SEN/PW
EC
Transmission Control Module (Power Supply)
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor
Primary Speed Sensor CVT (Revolution Sensor)
Secondary Pressure Sensor
Secondary Speed Sensor CVT (Revolution Sensor)
Sensor Power Supply
SESCVT
CVT
Secondary Pressure Sensor Solenoid Valve
SHIFT
CVT
CVT Shift Lock System
SROOF
SRS
START
STM
STOP/L
RF
SRS
SC
Sunroof
Supplemental Restraint System
Starting System
CVT
Step Motor
LT
Stop Lamp
TCV
CVT
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
TCV1
EC
Tumble Control Valve
TCV2
EC
Tumble Control Valve
T/LID
BL
Trunk Lid Opener
Low Tire Pressure Warning System
T/WARN
WT
TAIL/L
LT
Parking, License and Tail Lamps
TPS1
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TPS2
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TPS3
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TR/SW
CVT
TURN
LT
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps
VEHSEC
BL
Vehicle Security (Theft Warning) System
EC
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve
VENT/V
VDC
WARN
BRC
DI
Transmission Range Switch
Vehicle Dynamic Control System
Warning Lamps
WINDOW
GW
Power Window
WIPER
WW
Front Wiper and Washer
Revision: January 2010
PG-54
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
A
Electrical Units Location
INFOID:0000000005283501
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
WKIA6038E
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-55
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
ABMIA0801GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-56
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
AAMIA0394GB
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-57
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LKIA0901E
Revision: January 2010
PG-58
2010 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HARNESS CONNECTOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005283502
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)
B
• The tab-locking type connectors help prevent accidental looseness or disconnection.
• The tab-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking tab(s). Refer to the illustration below.
Refer to the next page for description of the slide-locking type connector.
CAUTION:
Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
SEL769DA
P
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)
• A new style slide-locking type connector is used on certain systems and components, especially those
related to OBD.
• The slide-locking type connectors help prevent incomplete locking and accidental looseness or disconnection.
• The slide-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or pulling the slider. Refer to the figure
below.
Revision: January 2010
PG-59
2010 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
• Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
• Be careful not to damage the connector support bracket when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
SEL769V
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)
• Lever locking type harness connectors are used on certain control units and control modules such as ECM,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), etc.
• Lever locking type harness connectors are also used on super multiple junction (SMJ) connectors.
• Always confirm the lever is fully locked in place by moving the lever as far as it will go to ensure full connection.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
PG-60
2010 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Always confirm the lever is fully released (loosened) before attempting to disconnect or connect these
connectors to avoid damage to the connector housing or terminals.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
LKIA0670E
J
1.
Control unit with single lever
A. Fasten
B. Loosen
C. Lever
2.
Control unit with dual levers
A. Levers
B. Fasten
C. Loosen
3.
SMJ connector
A. Lever
B. Fasten
C. Loosen
PG
HARNESS CONNECTOR (DIRECT-CONNECT SRS COMPONENT TYPE)
• SRS direct-connect type harness connectors are used on certain SRS components such as air bag modules
and seat belt pre-tensioners.
• Always pull up to release black locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component.
• Always push down to lock black locking tab after installing connector to SRS component. When locked, the
black locking tab is level with the connector housing.
CAUTION:
• Do not pull the harness or wires when removing connectors
from SRS components.
L
M
N
O
P
WHIA0103E
Revision: January 2010
PG-61
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ELECTRICAL UNITS
Terminal Arrangement
INFOID:0000000005283503
WKIA5901E
Revision: January 2010
PG-62
2010 Sentra
STANDARDIZED RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STANDARDIZED RELAY
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005283504
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS
B
Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays.
C
D
E
F
G
SEL881H
H
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS
I
J
PG
L
M
SEL882H
1M
1 Make
2M
2 Make
1T
1 Transfer
1M·1B
1 Make 1 Break
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PG-63
2010 Sentra
STANDARDIZED RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WKIA0253E
Revision: January 2010
PG-64
2010 Sentra
FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
Terminal Arrangement
A
INFOID:0000000005283505
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
N
O
P
AAMIA0395GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-65
2010 Sentra
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX
Terminal Arrangement
INFOID:0000000005283506
ABMIA0803GB
Revision: January 2010
PG-66
2010 Sentra
BODY
SECTION
GW
GLASSES, WINDOW SYSTEM & MIRRORS
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 3
Handling for Adhesive and Primer ............................ 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5
Work Flow ................................................................. 5
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
WINDSHIELD GLASS ........................................11
Removal and Installation ......................................... 11
REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING .........13
Removal and Installation ......................................... 13
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM ..............................15
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 15
System Description ................................................. 15
CAN Communication System Description ............... 18
Schematic ............................................................... 19
Wiring Diagram - WINDOW - .................................. 20
Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock
Switch Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 25
Terminal and Reference Value for Main Power
Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch ................... 25
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 26
Work Flow ............................................................... 26
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 26
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 27
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
.... 27
Revision: January 2010
Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock
Switch Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ...........................................................................28
Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH
Power Supply Circuit Inspection ..............................29
Front Power Window LH Circuit Inspection .............29
Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Operation) ....................................................................30
Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main
Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................33
Door Switch Check ..................................................35
Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Rear
Power Window Switch LH Operation) .....................36
Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Main
Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................39
Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Rear
Power Window Switch RH Operation) .....................41
Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main
Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................43
Encoder and Limit Switch Check .............................45
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ..... 47
Removal and Installation .........................................47
Inspection after Installation ......................................49
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................50
N
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ....... 51
O
Removal and Installation .........................................51
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................53
Inspection after Installation ......................................53
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .......................... 54
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................54
System Description ..................................................54
CAN Communication System Description ...............55
Schematic ................................................................56
GW-1
2010 Sentra
P
Wiring Diagram - DEF - .......................................... 57
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 60
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 60
Work Flow ............................................................... 60
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 60
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 60
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
... 61
Rear Window Defogger Switch Circuit Inspection... 61
Rear Window Defogger Circuit Inspection .............. 62
Door Mirror Defogger Circuit Inspection ................. 64
Revision: January 2010
Filament Check ....................................................... 66
Filament Repair ....................................................... 67
DOOR MIRROR ................................................. 69
Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - ................................... 69
Removal and Installation ......................................... 70
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 70
INSIDE MIRROR ................................................ 72
Removal and Installation ......................................... 72
GW-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
B
INFOID:0000000005589313
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a GW
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283508
K
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
L
M
N
PIIB3706J
Handling for Adhesive and Primer
INFOID:0000000005283509
• Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable date. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six months after
the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed on the box.
• Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator.
• Open the seal of the primer and adhesive just before application. Discard the remainder after application.
• Before application, be sure to shake the primer container to stir the contents. If any floating material is found,
do not use it.
• If any primer or adhesive contacts the skin, wipe it off with gasoline or equivalent and wash the skin with
soap.
• When using primer and adhesive, always observe the precautions in the instruction manual.
Revision: January 2010
GW-3
2010 Sentra
O
P
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283510
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Suction lifter
Holding of door glass
PIIB1805J
Revision: January 2010
GW-4
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
A
INFOID:0000000005283511
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to GW-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
GW
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
N
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise)
O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
Revision: January 2010
GW-5
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken
or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to GW-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
•
•
-
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25
mm (0.59×0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick,
50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following
materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
Revision: January 2010
GW-6
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
A
B
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
INFOID:0000000005283512
C
D
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
F
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harGW
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
K
L
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
GW-7
N
O
P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: January 2010
GW-8
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet
INFOID:0000000005283513
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
LAIA0072E
Revision: January 2010
GW-9
P
2010 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LAIA0071E
Revision: January 2010
GW-10
2010 Sentra
WINDSHIELD GLASS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WINDSHIELD GLASS
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283514
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
LIWA0562E
1.
Windshield glass assembly
2.
4.
Mirror base
5.
Adhesive
6.
Cowl top center
7.
Roof panel outer
8.
Cowl top cover
9.
Roof side molding
10. Front pillar outer panel
Spacer
3.
Windshield molding
N
11. Primer
O
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the rear view mirror. Refer to GW-72, "Removal and Installation".
Partially remove the headlining (front edge). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms".
Remove the cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Apply protective tape around the windshield glass to protect the painted surface from damage.
Revision: January 2010
M
GW-11
2010 Sentra
P
WINDSHIELD GLASS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After removing windshield upper molding, remove glass using piano wire or power cutting tool (A) and an
inflatable pump bag (B).
PIIB5779E
• If a windshield glass is to be reused, mark the body and the glass with mating marks.
WARNING:
When cutting the glass from the vehicle, always wear safety glasses and heavy gloves to help prevent
glass splinters from entering your eyes or cutting your hands.
CAUTION:
• When a windshield glass is to be reused, do not use a cutting knife or power cutting tool.
• Be careful not to scratch the glass when removing.
• Do not set or stand the glass on its edge. Small chips may develop into cracks.
INSTALLATION
Use a genuine NISSAN Urethane Adhesive Kit (if available) or equivalent and follow the instructions furnished
with it.
• While the urethane adhesive is curing, open a door window. This will prevent the glass from being forced out
by passenger room air pressure when a door is closed.
• The molding must be installed securely so that it is in position and leaves no gap.
• Inform the customer that the vehicle should remain stationary until the urethane adhesive has completely
cured (preferably 24 hours). Curing time varies with temperature and humidity.
WARNING:
• Keep heat and open flames away from primers and adhesive as they are flammable.
• The materials contained in the kit are harmful if swallowed, and may irritate skin and eyes. Avoid
contact with the skin and eyes.
• Use in an open, well ventilated location. Avoid breathing the vapors. They can be harmful if inhaled.
If affected by vapor inhalation, immediately move to an area with fresh air.
• Driving the vehicle before the urethane adhesive has completely cured may affect the performance
of the windshield in case of an accident.
CAUTION:
• Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable term. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six
months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed
on the box.
• Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator.
• Do not leave primers or adhesive cartridge unattended with their caps open or off.
• The vehicle should not be driven for at least 24 hours or until the urethane adhesive has completely
cured. Curing time varies depending on temperature and humidities. The curing time will increase
under lower temperatures and lower humidities.
INSPECTION
Repairing Water Leaks
Leaks can be repaired without removing and reinstalling glass.
If water is leaking between the urethane adhesive material and body or glass, determine the extent of leakage.
This can be done by applying water to the windshield area while pushing glass outward.
To stop the leak, apply primer (if necessary) and then urethane adhesive to the leak point.
Revision: January 2010
GW-12
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283515
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
LIIA2732E
1.
Dam Sealant
2.
Spacer
3.
Rear window molding
4.
Rear window glass
5.
Primer
6.
Parcel shelf panel
7.
Body side outer panel
8.
Roof panel outer
9
Adhesive
M
N
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Partially remove the headlining (rear edge). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear seat cushion and the rear seatback. Refer to SE-20, "Removal and Installation" (folding)
or SE-24, "Removal and Installation" (fixed).
Remove the rear seatback finisher and the rear pillar finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the harness connector.
Apply protective tape around the rear window glass to protect the painted surface from damage.
Revision: January 2010
GW-13
2010 Sentra
O
P
REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After removing moldings, remove glass using piano wire or power cutting tool (A) and an inflatable pump bag
(B).
PIIB5779E
• If a rear window glass is to be reused, mark the body and the glass with mating marks.
WARNING:
When cutting the glass from the vehicle, always wear safety glasses and heavy gloves to help prevent
glass splinters from entering your eyes or cutting your hands.
CAUTION:
• When a rear window glass is to be reused, do not use a cutting knife or power cutting tool.
• Be careful not to scratch the glass when removing.
• Do not set or stand the glass on its edge. Small chips may develop into cracks.
INSTALLATION
Use a genuine NISSAN Urethane Adhesive Kit (if available) or equivalent and follow the instructions furnished
with it.
• While the urethane adhesive is curing, open a door window. This will prevent the glass from being forced out
by passenger room air pressure when a door is closed.
• The molding must be installed securely with the double-faced adhesive tape so that it is in position and
leaves no gap.
• Inform the customer that the vehicle should remain stationary until the urethane adhesive has completely
cured (preferably 24 hours). Curing time varies with temperature and humidity.
WARNING:
• Keep heat and open flames away from primers and adhesive as they are flammable.
• The materials contained in the kit are harmful if swallowed, and may irritate skin and eyes. Avoid
contact with the skin and eyes.
• Use in an open, well ventilated location. Avoid breathing the vapors. They can be harmful if inhaled.
If affected by vapor inhalation, immediately move to an area with fresh air.
• Driving the vehicle before the urethane adhesive has completely cured may affect the performance
of the rear window glass in case of an accident.
CAUTION:
• Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable term. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six
months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed
on the box.
• Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator.
• Do not leave primers or adhesive cartridge unattended with their caps open or off.
• The vehicle should not be driven for at least 24 hours or until the urethane adhesive has completely
cured. Curing time varies depending on temperature and humidity. The curing time will increase
under lower temperature and lower humidity.
INSPECTION
Reparing Water Leaks
Leaks can be repaired without removing and installing glass.
If water is leaking between the urethane adhesive material and body or glass, determine the extent of the leakage.
This can be done by applying water to the windshield area while pushing glass outward.
To stop the leak, apply primer (if necessary) and then urethane adhesive to the leak point.
Revision: January 2010
GW-14
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283516
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
LIIA2730E
N
1.
Main power window and door lock/
unlock switch D5, D11
2.
Power window and door lock/unlock 3.
switch RH D104
Rear power window switch LH D203,
RH D303
4.
BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed)
5.
Front power window motor LH D8,
RH D105
Rear power window motor LH D204,
RH D304
7.
Front door switch LH B21, RH B28
System Description
6.
INFOID:0000000005283517
Power is supplied at all times
• from 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70
• through BCM terminal 69
• to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 19.
With ignition switch in ON or START position, power is supplied
Revision: January 2010
GW-15
2010 Sentra
O
P
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38
• through BCM terminal 68
• to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 10
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 8
• to rear power window switches LH and RH terminal 8.
With ignition switch in ACC or ON position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 17
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
MANUAL OPERATION
Front Door LH
WINDOW UP
When the front LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pulled to the up position,
power is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 16
• to front power window motor LH terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 12
• to front power window motor LH terminal 1.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released (manual operation) or power is removed (automatic operation)
WINDOW DOWN
When the front LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pressed to the down position, power is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 12
• to front power window motor LH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 16
• to front power window motor LH terminal 3.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released (manual operation) or power is removed (automatic operation).
Front Door RH
POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OPERATION
WINDOW UP
When the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH is pulled to the up position, power is supplied
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7
• to front power window motor RH terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6
• to front power window motor RH terminal 1.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
WINDOW DOWN
When the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH is pressed in the down position, power is supplied
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6
• to front power window motor RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7
• to front power window motor RH terminal 3.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released.
MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION
WINDOW UP
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (front RH) is pulled to the up position, power is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 12
Revision: January 2010
GW-16
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7
• to front power window motor RH terminal 3.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 11
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 11
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch LH terminal 6
• to front power window motor RH terminal 1.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
WINDOW DOWN
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (front RH) is pressed in the down position, power is
supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 11
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 11
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6
• to front power window motor RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 12
• through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7
• to front power window motor RH terminal 3.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Rear Door (LH or RH)
G
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH OR RH OPERATION
WINDOW UP
When the rear power window switch LH or RH is pulled to the up position, power is supplied
H
• through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 7
• to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 6
GW
• to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 2.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
WINDOW DOWN
J
When the rear power window switch LH or RH is pressed in the down position, power is supplied
• through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 6
• to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied
K
• through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 7
• to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 1.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released.
L
MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION
WINDOW UP
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear LH) is pulled to the up position, power is supM
plied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 1
• to rear power window switch LH terminal 4
• through rear power window switch LH terminal 7
N
• to rear power window motor LH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3
O
• to rear power window switch LH terminal 5
• through rear power window switch LH terminal 6
• to rear power window motor LH terminal 2.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
P
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear RH) is pulled to the up position, power is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 7
• to rear power window switch RH terminal 4
• through rear power window switch RH terminal 7
• to rear power window motor RH terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5
Revision: January 2010
GW-17
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through rear power window switch RH terminal 5
• to rear power window switch RH terminal 6
• to rear power window motor RH terminal 2.
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
WINDOW DOWN
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear LH) is pressed in the down position, power is
supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3
• to rear power window switch LH terminal 5
• through rear power window switch LH terminal 6
• to rear power window motor LH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 1
• to rear power window switch LH terminal 4
• through rear power window switch LH terminal 7
• to rear power window motor LH terminal 1.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released.
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear RH) is pressed in the down position, power is
supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5
• to rear power window switch RH terminal 5
• through rear power window switch RH terminal 6
• to rear power window motor RH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 7
• to rear power window switch RH terminal 4
• through rear power window switch RH terminal 7
• to rear power window motor RH terminal 1.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released.
AUTO OPERATION
The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open or close the front door window LH without holding
the window switch in the up or down position.
POWER WINDOW LOCK
The power window lock is designed to lock operation of all windows except for front door window LH.
When in the lock position, the power window lock disables power window and door lock/unlock switch RH and
rear power window switch LH and RH by disconnecting switch ground signal. This prevents the power window
motors from operating.
RETAINED POWER OPERATION
When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position from ON or START position, power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 68
• to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5
• to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 8
• to rear power window switches LH and RH terminal 8.
When power and ground are supplied, the BCM continues to be energized, and the power window can be
operated.
The retained power operation is canceled when the front LH or front RH door is opened.
RAP signal period can be changed by CONSULT-III.
ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM
The main power window and door lock/unlock switch monitors the power window motor operation and the
power window position (fully closed or other) for the front LH power window. The switch monitors signals from
the encoder and limit switch in the front power window motor LH.
When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch detects an interruption other than the fully closed
signal during the automatic close operation, either with the ignition switch in the ON position, or during
retained accessory power operation, the main power window and door lock/unlock switch will automatically
lower the front LH power window.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283518
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
GW-18
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283519
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
AWKWA0112GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-19
2010 Sentra
P
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - WINDOW -
INFOID:0000000005283520
ABKWA0318GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-20
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAKWA0107GB
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-21
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAKWA0108GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-22
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABKWA0319GB
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-23
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAKWA0109GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-24
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005283521
A
B
C
ALKIA1370ZZ
Terminal and Reference Value for Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch
INFOID:0000000005283522
D
E
With left front only power window anti-pinch system.
Terminal
Wire Color
Item
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
F
1
R/Y
Rear power window LH UP
signal
When rear LH switch in main
power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated UP
Battery voltage
G
2
W/B
Limit switch encoder ground
—
0
3
R/B
Rear power window LH
DOWN signal
When rear LH switch in main
power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated DOWN
Battery voltage
5
L/W
Rear power window RH
DOWN signal
When rear RH switch in main
power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated DOWN
0 → Battery voltage
7
R
Rear power window RH UP
signal
When rear RH switch in main
power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated UP
0 → Battery voltage
8
G/R
Front power window motor
RH UP signal
When power window motor is
operated UP
0 → Battery voltage
9
G/W
Limit switch signal
H
Front power window LH is between fully-open and just before
fully-closed position (ON).
0
Front power window LH is between just before fully-closed position and fully-closed position
(OFF).
5
—
Battery voltage
RAP signal
11
L/R
Front power window motor
RH DOWN signal
When power window motor is
operated DOWN
0 → Battery voltage
12
L/R
Front power window motor
LH DOWN signal
When power window motor is
operated DOWN
0 → Battery voltage
Encoder pulse signal
Power window motor operation.
G/R
Revision: January 2010
Encoder power supply
—
GW-25
N
O
P
OCC3383D
15
K
M
W/R
G/Y
J
L
10
13
GW
5 → Battery voltage
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Terminal
Wire Color
Condition
16
L
Front power window motor
LH UP signal
17
B
Ground
—
0
19
P
Battery power supply
—
Battery voltage
When power window motor is
operated UP
0 → Battery voltage
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283523
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005283524
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to GW-15, "System Description".
According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction.
Refer to GW-27, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Does power window system operate normally? Yes, GO TO 5, If No, GO TO 3.
Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283525
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM diagnostic
test item
Diagnostic mode
Content
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT
MNTR
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU PART NUMBER
BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
ACTIVE TEST
Test Item
RETAINED PWR
Description
This test is able to supply RAP signal (power) from BCM (body control module) to power window
system and power sunroof system (if equipped). Those systems can be operated when turning on
“RETAINED PWR” on CONSULT-III screen even if the ignition switch is turned OFF.
NOTE:
During this test, CONSULT-III can be operated with ignition switch in OFF position. “RETAINED
PWR” should be turned “ON” or “OFF” on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is ON. Then
turn ignition switch OFF to check retained power operation. CONSULT-III might be stuck if “RETAINED PWR” is turned “ON” or “OFF” on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is OFF.
WORK SUPPORT
Work item
RETAINED PWR SET
Description
RAP signal’s power supply period can be changed by mode setting. Selects RAP signal’s power
supply period between three steps.
• MODE1 (45 sec.)/MODE2 (OFF)/MODE3 (2 min.).
DATA MONITOR
Revision: January 2010
GW-26
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Work item
A
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of ignition switch.
DOOR SW–DR
Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW–AS
Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of front door switch RH.
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
B
INFOID:0000000005283526
C
Check that other systems using the signal of the following systems operate normally.
Symptom
None of the power windows can be operated using any switch
Repair order
Refer to page
1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check
BCS-15
2. Main power window and door lock/unlock
power supply and ground circuit check
GW-28
3. Replace main power window and door lock/
unlock switch
1. Front power window LH circuit check
GW-29
2. Replace main power window and door lock/
unlock switch
EI-31
Front power window RH alone does not operate from power window and door lock/unlock switch RH
1. Front power window RH circuit check (power
window and door lock/unlock switch operation)
GW-30
1. Main power window and door lock/unlock
power supply and ground circuit check
GW-29
2. Front power window RH circuit check (main
power window and door lock/unlock switch operation)
GW-33
Rear power window LH alone does not operate from rear power
window switch LH
1. Rear power window LH circuit check (rear
power window switch LH operation)
GW-36
Rear power window LH alone does not operate from main power
window and door lock/unlock switch
1. Rear power window LH circuit check (main
power window and door lock/unlock switch operation)
GW-39
Rear power window RH alone does not operate from rear power
window switch RH
1. Rear power window RH circuit check (rear
power window switch RH operation)
GW-41
Rear power window RH alone does not operate from main power
window and door lock/unlock switch
1. Rear power window RH circuit check (main
power window and door lock/unlock switch operation)
GW-43
1. Power window system initialization
GW-49
2. Main power windows and door lock/unlock
switch
GW-45
3. Encoder and limit switch
GW-45
1. Check the retained power operation mode
setting.
GW-26
2. Door switch check
BL-61
Front power window LH automatic operation does not function
properly
Power window retained power operation does not operate properly
3. Replace BCM.
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
GW-27
F
G
H
GW
BCS-18
J
K
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005283527
P
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
E
EI-31
Front power window LH alone does not operate
Front power window RH alone does not operate from main power
window and door lock/unlock switch
D
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Power Supply and Ground Circuit
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283528
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D5 terminal 10, D11 terminal 19 and
ground.
10 - Ground
19 - Ground
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
LIIA2297E
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector and ground.
Connector
Terminals
D5
17
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Power supply and ground circuit are OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
ALIIA0223ZZ
3.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and main power window and door lock/unlock
switch.
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and main power
window and door lock/unlock switch connector (B).
Connector
A
Terminal
68
M20
4.
Connector
B
Terminal
Continuity
10
Yes
19
Yes
D5
C
69
D11
LIIA2215E
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground.
Connector
A
M20
Terminal
68
Continuity
Ground
69
No
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
GW-28
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect BCM.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminal 68, 69
and ground.
68 - Ground
69 - Ground
A
B
: Battery voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
C
LIIA0917E
D
Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Power Supply Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283529
E
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 terminal 8 and ground.
8 - Ground
F
: Battery voltage
G
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH.
Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
LIIA1976E
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and power window and door lock/unlock switch
RH.
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector (B).
A
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
D104
8
4.
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
Ground
J
K
Continuity
L
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground.
A
LIIA2166E
M
Continuity
N
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Front Power Window LH Circuit Inspection
O
INFOID:0000000005283530
1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
Revision: January 2010
GW
GW-29
2010 Sentra
P
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
16
D5
Ground
12
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
ALIIA0225ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch and
front power window motor LH.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D5 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power
window motor LH connector D8 (B) terminals 1, 3.
16 - 3
12 - 1
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground.
16 - Ground
12 - Ground
ALIIA0226ZZ
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front power window motor LH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock
Switch RH Operation)
INFOID:0000000005283531
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front power window motor RH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between front power window motor RH connector
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
3
D105
Ground
1
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
AWIIA1259ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
GW-30
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 and ground.
8 - Ground
B
: Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
D
LIIA1976E
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM and power window and door lock/unlock switch
RH.
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and power window and door lock/unlock switch connector (B).
E
F
G
A
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
D104
8
4.
Continuity
H
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground.
LIIA2166E
GW
A
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
Continuity
Ground
J
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
K
4.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector and ground.
Connector
M
Terminals
(+)
(-)
7
D104
Ground
6
L
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
N
LIIA1977E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
5.CHECK FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
O
GW-31
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front power window motor RH and power window
and door lock/unlock switch RH.
3. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power
window motor RH connector D105 (B) terminals 1, 3.
7-3
6-1
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground.
6 - Ground
7 - Ground
AWIIA1260ZZ
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH terminals.
Terminals
8
6
Power window
and door lock/unlock switch RH
11
8
7
12
Condition
Continuity
DOWN
Yes
NEUTRAL or UP
No
NEUTRAL or UP
Yes
DOWN
No
UP
Yes
NEUTRAL or DOWN
No
NEUTRAL or DOWN
Yes
UP
No
LIIA2167E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH GROUND SUPPLY
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch connector and ground.
Connector
D104
Terminals
11
12
Ground
Continuity
Yes
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
LIIA2168E
8.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
GW-32
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch and
power window and door lock/unlock switch RH.
2. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and power window and door lock/
unlock switch RH connector (B).
A
Connector
B
Terminal
11
D5
3.
Connector
D104
8
A
B
Continuity
Terminal
11
Yes
12
Yes
C
ALIIA0227ZZ
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector (A) and ground.
A
Connector
Ground
11
D5
E
Continuity
Terminal
D
No
8
F
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
G
9.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock
switch terminals.
Terminals
Main power window
and door lock/unlock switch
11
17
8
Condition
Continuity
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
H
GW
J
OK or NG
ALIIA0228ZZ
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation)
INFOID:0000000005283532
1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect front power window motor RH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between front power window motor RH connector
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
1
D105
Ground
3
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
GW-33
L
M
N
O
P
AWIIA1259ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: January 2010
K
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect front power window motor RH and power window
and door lock/unlock switch RH.
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power
window motor RH connector D105 (B) terminals 1, 3.
7-3
6-1
3.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground.
6 - Ground
7 - Ground
AWIIA1260ZZ
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH terminals.
Terminals
Power window and door
lock/unlock switch
Continuity
6
11
Yes
7
12
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH.
Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
LIIA2172E
4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch and power window connector (A) and door lock/
unlock switch RH connector (B).
A
Connector
B
Terminal
11
D5
3.
8
Connector
D104
Terminal
Continuity
11
Yes
12
Yes
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and ground.
A
Connector
D5
Terminal
11
8
ALIIA0227ZZ
Continuity
Ground
No
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Revision: January 2010
GW-34
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
A
Connect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector and ground.
Terminals
Connector
(+)
(-)
8
D5
Ground
11
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
B
C
D
ALIIA0229ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Door Switch Check
E
F
INFOID:0000000005283533
G
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check front door switches (“DOOR SW-DR” and “DOOR SW-AS” ) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Monitor item
H
GW
Condition
OPEN: ON
DOOR SW-DR
CLOSE: OFF
J
OPEN: ON
DOOR SW-AS
CLOSE: OFF
K
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
Item
Front RH
Connector
M18
Terminals
(+)
(-)
12
Ground
Front LH
M19
47
L
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
OPEN
0
CLOSE
Battery voltage
OPEN
0
CLOSE
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Front door switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
N
LIIA0946E
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
O
P
GW-35
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door switch LH or RH and BCM.
3. Check continuity between front door switch connector B21 (LH)
or B28 (RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M19 terminal 47
(LH) or connector M18 terminal 12 (RH).
Front LH
2 - 47
Front RH
2 - 12
4.
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
LIIA0947E
Check continuity between front door switch connector B21 (LH)
or B28 (RH) terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect front door switch LH or RH.
Check continuity between each front door switch terminal 2 and
body ground part of front door switch.
Terminal
2
Body ground part
of front door
switch
Door switch
Continuity
Pushed
No
Released
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning front door switch.
LIIA2377E
Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch LH Operation)
INFOID:0000000005283534
1.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window motor LH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window motor LH connector
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
2
D204
Ground
1
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
LIIA2751E
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace rear power window motor LH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
GW-36
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rear power window switch LH.
3. Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and rear power window motor LH connector (B).
A
B
Connector
A
Terminal
B
6
D203
4.
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
2
Yes
1
Yes
D204
7
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and ground.
Connector
Terminal
A
LIIA2752E
D
E
Continuity
Ground
6
D203
C
No
7
F
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
G
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Connect rear power window switch LH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window switch LH connector
D203 terminal 8 and ground.
8 - Ground
H
GW
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
J
LIIA1715E
4.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window switch LH.
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH terminals.
Terminals
5
6
8
Rear power window switch LH
4
7
8
Condition
Continuity
DOWN
No
NEUTRAL or UP
Yes
NEUTRAL or UP
No
DOWN
Yes
UP
No
NEUTRAL or DOWN
Yes
NEUTRAL or DOWN
No
UP
Yes
L
M
N
LIIA2174E
5.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
GW-37
O
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace rear power window switch LH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
K
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and rear power
window switch LH connector (B).
A
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
D203
8
4.
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground.
LIIA2175E
A
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
Continuity
Ground
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH GROUND SUPPLY
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
4
D203
Continuity
Yes
Ground
5
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
LIIA2176E
7.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch LH
connector (B).
A
Connector
B
Terminal
1
D5
3.
3
Connector
Terminal
D203
Continuity
4
Yes
5
Yes
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (B) and ground.
A
Connector
D5
Terminal
1
3
ALIIA0230ZZ
Continuity
Ground
No
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
8.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
Revision: January 2010
GW-38
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock
switch terminals.
Terminals
Main power window
and door lock/unlock switch
1
17
3
Condition
Continuity
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
A
B
C
OK or NG
ALIIA0231ZZ
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
D
Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock
Switch Operation)
E
1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
F
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
INFOID:0000000005283535
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window motor LH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window motor LH connector
and ground.
Terminals
Connector
(+)
(-)
2
D204
Ground
1
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
H
GW
LIIA2751E
J
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace rear power window motor LH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH CIRCUIT
L
1.
2.
3.
M
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window switch LH.
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and rear power window motor LH connector (B).
Connector
A
B
6
D203
4.
Connector
Terminal
D204
7
Terminal
Continuity
2
Yes
1
Yes
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and ground.
Connector
A
D203
Terminal
6
7
N
O
LIIA2752E
P
Continuity
Ground
No
No
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
GW-39
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH
Check continuity between rear power window switch LH terminals.
Terminals
Rear power window switch LH
Continuity
4
7
Yes
5
6
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace rear power window switch LH. Refer to EI-31,
"Removal and Installation".
LIIA2181E
4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch LH
connector (B).
A
Connector
B
Terminal
1
D5
3.
Connector
D203
3
Continuity
Terminal
4
Yes
5
Yes
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and ground.
A
Connector
Continuity
Terminal
Ground
1
D5
ALIIA0230ZZ
No
3
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock
switch terminals.
Terminals
Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
1
17
3
Condition
Continuity
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
OK or NG
ALIIA0231ZZ
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
GW-40
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch RH Operation)
INFOID:0000000005283536
A
1.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window motor RH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window motor RH connector
and ground.
Terminals
Connector
(+)
(-)
2
D304
Ground
1
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
C
D
LIIA2751E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace rear power window motor RH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window switch RH.
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and rear power window motor RH connector (B).
H
GW
Connector
A
B
6
D303
4.
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
Continuity
2
Yes
1
Yes
D304
7
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and ground.
Connector
A
Terminal
D303
LIIA2752E
No
7
K
L
Continuity
Ground
6
J
M
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
N
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
O
Connect rear power window switch RH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window switch RH connector
D303 terminal 8 and ground.
8 - Ground
P
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
LIIA1715E
Revision: January 2010
GW-41
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window switch RH.
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH terminals.
Terminals
5
6
8
Rear power window
switch RH
4
7
8
Condition
Continuity
DOWN
No
NEUTRAL or UP
Yes
NEUTRAL or UP
No
DOWN
Yes
UP
No
NEUTRAL or DOWN
Yes
NEUTRAL or DOWN
No
UP
Yes
LIIA2174E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace rear power window switch RH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect BCM.
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and rear power
window switch RH connector (B).
A
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
D303
8
4.
Continuity
Yes
Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground.
LIIA2175E
A
Connector
Terminal
M20
68
Continuity
Ground
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH GROUND SUPPLY
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector
and ground.
Connector
D303
Terminals
4
5
Ground
Continuity
Yes
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
LIIA2176E
7.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
GW-42
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
2. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch RH
connector (B).
A
B
A
Connector
B
Terminal
7
D5
3.
Connector
Terminal
D303
5
Continuity
4
Yes
5
Yes
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
7
D5
C
ALIIA0232ZZ
D
E
Continuity
Ground
No
5
F
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
G
8.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock
switch terminals.
Terminals
Main power window and door lock/
unlock switch
7
17
5
Condition
Continuity
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
H
GW
J
OK or NG
ALIIA0233ZZ
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation)
INFOID:0000000005283537
1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window motor RH.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear power window motor RH connector
and ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
2
D304
Ground
1
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
UP
0
DOWN
Battery voltage
UP
Battery voltage
DOWN
0
GW-43
L
M
N
O
P
LIIA2751E
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
K
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Replace rear power window motor RH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear power window switch RH.
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and rear power window motor RH connector (B).
Connector
B
6
D303
4.
Connector
Terminal
A
Terminal
Continuity
2
Yes
1
Yes
D304
7
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and ground.
Connector
Terminal
A
Continuity
Ground
6
D303
LIIA2752E
No
7
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH
Check continuity between rear power window switch RH terminals.
Terminals
Rear power window switch
RH
Continuity
4
7
Yes
5
6
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace rear power window switch RH. Refer to EI-31,
"Removal and Installation".
LIIA2181E
4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch RH
connector (B).
A
Connector
D5
3.
B
Terminal
7
5
Connector
D303
Terminal
Continuity
4
Yes
5
Yes
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector (A) and ground.
Revision: January 2010
GW-44
ALIIA0232ZZ
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
A
Connector
Continuity
Terminal
Ground
7
D5
No
5
B
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
C
5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
D
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock
switch terminals.
Terminals
Main power window
and door lock/unlock
switch
7
17
5
Condition
Continuity
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
Lock switch UNLOCK
Yes
Lock switch LOCK
No
E
F
OK or NG
ALIIA0233ZZ
OK
>> Repair or replace harness.
NG
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Encoder and Limit Switch Check
G
H
INFOID:0000000005283538
GW
1.CHECK DOOR WINDOW SLIDE MECHANISM
Check the following.
J
• Obstacles in window, glass molding, etc.
• Worn or deformed glass molding.
• Door sash tilted too far inward or outward.
• Door window regulator.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove obstacles or repair door window slide mechanism.
K
1.
2.
M
L
2.CHECK LIMIT SWITCH OPERATION
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector D5 terminal 9 and
ground.
N
Terminals
(+)
Connector
D5
Terminal
9
(–)
Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
O
Front power window LH is
between fully-open and just
before fully-closed position
(ON)
0
Front power window LH is
between just before fullyclosed position and fullyclosed position (OFF)
5
P
ALIIA0234ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
GW-45
2010 Sentra
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Check harness between main power window and door lock/unlock switch and front power window motor LH.
• OK: Replace front power window motor LH.
• NG: Replace or repair harness.
3.CHECK ENCODER
Measure voltage between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector D5 terminal 13 and
ground with oscilloscope when power window is in automatic closing operation.
Terminals
(+)
D5
(–)
13
Ground
Condition
Voltage
Front power
window motor LH operation.
OCC3383D
ALIIA0235ZZ
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
NG
>> Replace front power window motor LH.
Revision: January 2010
GW-46
2010 Sentra
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283539
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
AWIIA1264GB
1.
Door panel
2.
Door window sash
3.
Door glass run
4.
Door glass
5.
Regulator assembly
6.
Power window motor (if equipped)
J
DOOR GLASS
K
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the front door speaker electrical connector.
Position aside the vapor barrier.
If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window main switch to raise/lower
the door window until the glass bolts can be seen.
Remove the door glass bolts.
L
M
N
O
LIIA2860E
Revision: January 2010
GW-47
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. While holding the door window, raise it at the rear end to pull the
glass out of the sash toward the inside of the door.
SIIA1779J
7.
Remove the door glass run from the door panel.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the front door speaker electrical connector.
Position aside the vapor barrier.
If equipped, reconnect the power window switch connector.
Operate the power window main switch to raise/lower the door
window until the door glass bolts can be seen.
Remove the door glass bolts.
LIIA2860E
6.
Raise the door glass and hold with a suction lifter (A).
PIIB3510J
7.
8.
If equipped, disconnect the power window switch connector from the regulator assembly.
Remove the regulator bolts and regulator assembly.
Revision: January 2010
GW-48
2010 Sentra
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If equipped remove bolt (A)
A
B
C
LIIA2862E
Inspection after Removal
Check the regulator assembly for the following. If a problem is detected, grease or replace it as shown.
• Grease application points for each sliding part
D
E
F
G
LIIA2738E
• Wire wear
• Regulator deformation
H
GW
J
K
LIIA2764E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
Inspection after Installation
INFOID:0000000005283540
M
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
If any of the following work has been done, initialize the system.
• Electric power supply to power window switch or motor is interrupted by blown fuse or disconnecting battery
cable, etc.
• Removal and installation of the regulator assembly.
• Removal and installation of the motor from the regulator assembly.
• Removal and installation of the harness connector of the power window switch.
• Window is partly opened and/or closed many times without being fully closed.
• Removal and installation of the door glass.
• Removal and installation of the door glass run.
Initialization
After installing each component to the vehicle, follow the steps below.
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Open the window to its full down position by operating the power window switch.
Revision: January 2010
GW-49
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Move the power window switch in the up direction (auto close position) and hold. Keep holding the switch
even when window is completely closed, for at least 4 seconds.
5. Confirm the window is now operating correctly.
INSTALLED GLASS INSPECTION
• Make sure the glass is securely set into the glass run groove.
• Lower the glass slightly [approx. 10 to 20 mm (0.39 to 0.79 in)] and make sure the clearance to the sash is
parallel. If the clearance between the glass and sash is not parallel, loosen the guide rail bolts, and the glass
and guide rail bolts to correct the glass position.
• Make sure the system is normal with raising and lowering the glass.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283541
POWER WINDOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
Disassembly
Remove the power window motor from the regulator assembly.
Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
GW-50
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283542
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
AWIIA1265GB
1.
Door panel
2.
Door glass run
3.
Door glass
4.
Partition sash
5.
Partition glass weatherstrip
6.
Partition glass
7.
Regulator assembly
8.
Power window motor (if equipped)
J
K
DOOR GLASS
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove the rear door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Position aside the vapor barrier.
Remove partition sash bolt and screw, pull the partition sash
downward and tilt the upper end of the sash forward to pull the
sash out upward.
L
M
N
O
LIIA2759E
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-51
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Pull out the partition glass in the direction as shown.
LIIA2763E
5.
6.
7.
If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window switch to raise/lower the door
window until the glass bolts can be seen.
Remove the rear door glass bolts.
Pull out the rear door glass toward the outside of the door to
remove.
LIIA2740E
8.
Remove the door glass run from the door panel.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove and position aside the rear door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation".
Position aside the vapor barrier.
If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window switch to raise/lower the door
window until the glass bolts can be seen.
Remove the rear door glass bolts.
LIIA2740E
5.
Raise up the door glass and hold with a suction lifter (A).
PIIB3511J
Revision: January 2010
GW-52
2010 Sentra
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove the regulator bolts, and then remove the regulator
assembly from the door panel.
A
B
C
LIIA2741E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Inspection after Removal
Check the regulator assembly for the following. If a problem is detected, grease or replace it as shown.
• Gear wear
E
F
G
H
LIIA2761E
GW
• Regulator deformation
• Grease application points for each sliding part
J
K
L
LIIA2742E
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283543
M
POWER WINDOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
Disassembly
Remove the power window motor from the regulator assembly.
N
Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
O
Inspection after Installation
INFOID:0000000005283544
INSTALLED GLASS INSPECTION
P
• Make sure the glass is securely set into the glass run groove.
• Lower the glass slightly [approx. 10 to 20 mm (0.39 to 0.79 in)], and make sure the clearance to the sash is
parallel. If the clearance between the glass and sash is not parallel, loosen the regulator bolts, guide rail
bolts, and glass and carrier plate bolts to correct the glass position.
Revision: January 2010
GW-53
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
INFOID:0000000005283545
LIIA2731E
1.
BCM M18, M20 (view with instrument panel removed)
2.
Front air control M33
3.
A. Rear window defogger ground
connector B63
B. Rear window defogger connector
B50
4.
IPDM E/R E46, E48
5.
Door mirror LH D7, RH D106 (with
heated mirrors)
6.
Heated mirror relay E56 (with heated
mirrors)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283546
The rear window defogger system is controlled by BCM (body control module) and IPDM E/R (intelligent
power distribution module engine room).
The rear window defogger only operates for approximately 15 minutes.
Power is supplied at all times
• through 15A fuses (No. 46 and 47, located in the IPDM E/R)
• to rear window defogger relay
• through 10A fuse [No. 28 (with heated mirrors), located in the fuse and fusible link box]
• to heated mirror relay terminal 3 (with heated mirrors)
• through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70.
With the ignition switch turned to ON or START position, power is supplied
• through ignition relay
• to rear window defogger relay (located in the IPDM E/R)
• to front air control terminal 2
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to front air control terminal 3
• through body grounds M57 and M61
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
Revision: January 2010
GW-54
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• through body grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
When front air control (rear window defogger switch) is turned to ON, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 10
• through front air control terminal 38
• through front air control terminal 3
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
Then rear window defogger switch is illuminated.
Then BCM recognizes that rear window defogger switch is turned to ON.
Then it sends rear window defogger switch signals to IPDM E/R via CAN communication (CAN-H, CAN-L).
When IPDM E/R receives rear window defogger switch signals, ground is supplied
• to rear window defogger relay (located in the IPDM E/R)
• through IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through body grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
Then rear window defogger relay is energized.
With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window.
When rear window defogger relay is turned to ON (with heated mirrors), power is supplied
• through heated mirror relay terminal 5
• to door mirror (LH and RH) terminal 1.
Door mirror (LH and RH) is grounded through body grounds M57 and M61.
With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window and door
mirror filaments heat and defog the mirrors.
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283547
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-55
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283548
WIWA2331E
Revision: January 2010
GW-56
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - DEF -
INFOID:0000000005283549
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABLWA0319GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-57
2010 Sentra
P
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AALWA0160GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-58
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABLWA0320GB
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-59
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283550
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283551
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R".
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005283552
Check the symptom and customer's requests.
Understand the outline of system. Refer to GW-54, "System Description".
According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to GW-60,
"Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Does rear window defogger operate normally? YES: GO TO 5, NO: GO TO 3.
Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283553
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM diagnostic
test item
Diagnostic mode
Content
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT
MNTR
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU PART NUMBER
BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
Monitor item “Operation”
Content
REAR DEF SW
“ON/OFF”
Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of the rear window defogger switch.
IGN ON SW
“ON/OFF”
Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of the ignition switch signal.
ACTIVE TEST
Display Item List
Test item
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Content
Gives a drive signal to the rear window defogger to activate it.
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005283554
Make sure other systems using the signal of the following systems operate normally.
Revision: January 2010
GW-60
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
1.
Rear window defogger and door mirror defoggers do not
operate. (With heated mirrors)
Diagnoses / Service procedure
Refer to page
BCM power supply and ground circuit check
BCS-15
2. IPDM E/R auto active test check
PG-20
3. Rear window defogger switch circuit check
GW-61
4. Replace IPDM E/R
1.
Rear window defogger does not operate.
(Without heated mirrors)
Rear window defogger does not operate but both door mirror defoggers operate. (With heated mirrors)
BCM power supply and ground circuit check
PG-20
3. Rear window defogger switch circuit check
GW-61
4. Rear window defogger circuit check
GW-62
5. Filament check
GW-66
6. Replace IPDM E/R
PG-27
1. Rear window defogger circuit check
GW-62
2. Filament check
GW-66
Door mirror defoggers do not operate but rear window defogger operates. (With heated mirrors)
1. Door mirror defogger circuit check
GW-64
Rear window defogger switch does not light, but rear window defogger operates.
1. Replace front air control
MTC-66
D
E
F
G
H
INFOID:0000000005283556
GW
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
Check (“REAR DEF SW”, “IGN ON SW”) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
J
When rear window defogger switch is turned to ON
REAR DEF SW
: ON
When ignition switch is turned to ON
IGN ON SW
: ON
1.
2.
C
INFOID:0000000005283555
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Rear Window Defogger Switch Circuit Inspection
B
PG-27
BCS-15
2. IPDM E/R auto active test check
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
A
K
L
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
Connector
M18
Terminals
(+)
10
(-)
Ground
M
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Rear window defogger
switch is pressed
0
Rear window defogger
switch is released
5
OK or NG
OK
>> Rear window defogger switch check is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
N
O
LIIA2753E
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH CIRCUIT HARNESS CONTINUITY
Revision: January 2010
GW-61
2010 Sentra
P
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and front air control.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 10
and front air control connector M33 (B) terminal 38.
10 - 38
4.
: Continuity should exist.
Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 10
and ground
10 - Ground
: Continuity should not exist.
LIIA2754E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
Check continuity between front air control terminals.
Terminals
38
3
Condition
Continuity
Rear window defogger switch is ON
(pressed)
Yes
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
(released)
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal
and Installation".
LIIA2771E
4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between front air control connector and ground.
Connector
Terminal
M33
3
Continuity
Ground
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
LIIA2772E
5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect BCM.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 10 and
ground.
10 - Ground
: Approx. 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal
and Installation".
NG
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Rear Window Defogger Circuit Inspection
LIIA2753E
INFOID:0000000005283557
1.CHECK FUSES
Revision: January 2010
GW-62
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check if any of the following fuses in IPDM E/R are blown.
A
Component Parts
Ampere
Fuse No.
IPDM E/R
15A
46
IPDM E/R
15A
47
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
C
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect rear window defogger.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between rear window defogger connector and
ground.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
B50
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Rear window defogger
switch ON
Battery voltage
Rear window defogger
switch OFF
0
(-)
1
Ground
E
F
LIIA1847E
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
GW
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between rear window defogger connector B63
terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
J
: Continuity should exist.
K
OK or NG
OK
>>
NG
Check filament. Refer to GW-66, "Filament Check".
• If filament is OK.
Check the condition of the harness and the connector.
• If filament is NG.
Repair filament. Refer to GW-67, "Filament Repair".
>> Repair or replace harness.
L
LIIA1848E
M
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R.
Check continuity between rear window defogger connector (A)
and IPDM E/R connector (B).
A
3.
N
O
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
B50
1
E48
60
Continuity
Yes
P
Check continuity between rear window defogger connector (A)
and ground.
LIIA2644E
A
Connector
Terminal
B50
1
Revision: January 2010
G
Ground
Continuity
No
GW-63
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect IPDM E/R.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Connector
E48
Terminals
(+)
60
Condition
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Rear window defogger
switch ON
Battery voltage
Rear window defogger
switch OFF
0
(-)
Ground
LIIA2190E
OK or NG
OK
>> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
Door Mirror Defogger Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283558
1.CHECK FUSE
Check if the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is blown.
Component Parts
Ampere
Fuse No.
Fuse block (J/B)
10A
8
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK HEATED MIRROR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect heated mirror relay.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between heated mirror relay connector and
ground.
Connector
E56
Terminals
(-)
Voltage (V)
(Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
(+)
1
3
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
LIIA2647E
3.CHECK HEATED MIRROR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
GW-64
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between heated mirror relay connector E56
terminal 2 and ground.
2 - Ground
A
: Continuity should exist.
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
C
LIIA2646E
4.INSPECTION OF HEATED MIRROR RELAY
D
Check continuity between heated mirror relay terminals 3 and 5.
E
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated mirror relay.
G
SEF145X
5.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY
1.
2.
Disconnect door mirror (LH or RH).
Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector (A)
and heated mirror relay connector (B).
Connector
Connector
Terminal
A
D7
(LH)
B
1
D106
(RH)
3.
H
GW
Terminal
Continuity
J
5
Yes
K
E56
LIIA2757E
Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector (A)
and ground.
A
Connector
Terminal
D7
(LH)
D106
(RH)
L
Continuity
M
No
N
Ground
1
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
O
6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
P
GW-65
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector and
ground.
Connector
D4
(LH)
D106
(RH)
Terminals
2
Ground
Continuity
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace door mirror (LH or RH). Refer to GW-70,
"Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Filament Check
1.
LIIA2758E
INFOID:0000000005283559
When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of the negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire with your finger.
SEL122R
2.
Attach probe circuit tester (in Volt range) to middle portion of
each filament.
SEL263
Revision: January 2010
GW-66
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. If a filament is burned out, circuit tester registers 0 or battery
voltage.
4. To locate burned out point, move probe to left and right along filament. Test needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the
point.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SEL265
Filament Repair
INFOID:0000000005283560
H
REPAIR EQUIPMENT
•
•
•
•
•
•
Conductive silver composition (DuPont No. 4817 or equivalent)
Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long
Drawing pen
Heat gun
Alcohol
Cloth
GW
J
REPAIRING PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a
cloth dampened in alcohol.
Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of
drawing pen.
Shake silver composition container before use.
Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive silver
composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap existing
heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of the break.
K
L
M
PIIA0215E
4.
After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver
composition is deposited.
Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.
N
O
P
SEL012D
Revision: January 2010
GW-67
2010 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired area
for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A minimum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between repaired area and
hot air outlet.
If a heat gun is not available, let the repaired area dry for 24
hours.
SEL013D
Revision: January 2010
GW-68
2010 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR MIRROR
A
Wiring Diagram - MIRROR -
INFOID:0000000005283561
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWKWA0118GB
Revision: January 2010
GW-69
2010 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283562
AWIIA1267GB
1.
Mirror finisher
2.
Nut
3.
Door Mirror
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mirror body.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the mirror finisher.
Disconnect the door mirror connector (2), remove the door mirror nuts (A), and remove the door mirror assembly (1).
LIIA2762E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283563
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out all the terminals from the connector.
NOTE:
Before pulling out the terminal, note the connector terminal arrangement.
Turn the mirror glass surface upward.
Apply a protective tape (A) to the housing.
Insert a suitable tool (B) into the concave gap between mirror
holder (1) and power unit (2). Push up tabs (3) (two locations) on
mirror holder to disengage lower part of mirror holder, and
remove mirror body assembly.
NOTE:
When pushing up the tabs, do not forcefully push up only (1)
concave position but try to push up (2) concave positions.
LIIA2744E
Revision: January 2010
GW-70
2010 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove the mirror body (1) from the mirror housing assembly
(2).
6. Remove four screws from door mirror actuator in an alternating
pattern.
7. Remove door mirror actuator from mirror housing assembly and
disconnect electrical connector.
A
B
C
LIIA2745E
D
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect door mirror actuator electrical connector.
Install door mirror actuator into door mirror housing using four screws and tighten in an alternating pattern. E
Warm the lower tabs with a dryer or equivalent.
NOTE:
Warm the lower tabs sufficiently before installing the mirror body. The tabs may be broken if it is cold. Be
F
especially careful in the cold weather.
Engage upper tabs of mirror body (1) with power unit (2). Then,
press lower part of mirror glass down until the lower part snaps
G
to allow engagement of lower tabs.
NOTE:
After installation, visually check that the lower tabs are securely
engaged when viewed from the bottom of mirror surface.
H
Insert the harness terminals into the connector.
NOTE:
Make sure to insert the harness terminals into the correct conGW
nector. Do not confuse the locations.
LIIA2746E
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GW-71
2010 Sentra
INSIDE MIRROR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSIDE MIRROR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283564
REMOVAL
Insert a suitable tool (A) to release the inside mirror (1). Slide the
inside mirror (1) upward and remove the inside mirror from the base
(2).
CAUTION:
• Do not use excessive force to remove the inside mirror
because it is inserted tightly into the mirror base.
• Do not reuse the inside mirror removed from mirror base.
LIIA2858E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to insert the inside mirror to the mirror base until the pawl is engaged to the mirror base.
Revision: January 2010
GW-72
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
BCS
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................... 4
System Description ................................................... 4
CAN Communication System Description ................. 8
Schematic ................................................................. 9
BCM Terminal Arrangement ....................................11
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................12
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
....15
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................16
CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) .........................................17
Configuration ...........................................................18
Removal and Installation of BCM ............................18
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BCS-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005681318
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283471
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BCS-3
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283472
BCM (body control module) controls the operation of various electrical units installed on the vehicle.
BCM FUNCTION
BCM has a combination switch reading function for reading the operation of combination switches (light, wiper,
washer, turn signal) in addition to the function for controlling the operation of various electrical components.
Also, it functions as an interface that receives signals from the front air control, and sends signals to ECM
using CAN communication.
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
1.
2.
Description
• BCM reads combination switch (light, wiper) status, and controls various electrical components according to the results.
• BCM reads information of a maximum of 20 switches by combining five output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5)
and five input terminals (INPUT 1-5).
Operation description
• BCM activates transistors of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) periodically and allows current to flow in
turn.
• If any (1 or more) of the switches are turned ON, circuit of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) and input terminals (INPUT 1-5) becomes active.
• At this time, transistors of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) are activated to allow current to flow. When
voltage of input terminals (INPUT 1-5) corresponding to that switch changes, interface in BCM detects
voltage change and BCM determines that switch is ON.
LIIA2865E
3.
BCM - Operation table of combination switch
• BCM reads operation status of combination switch by the combination shown in the following table.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-4
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
LIIA2866E
F
NOTE:
Headlamp has a dual system switch.
4.
Example operation: (When lighting switch 1st position is turned ON)
• When lighting switch 1st position is turned ON, contact in combination switch turns ON. At this time if
OUTPUT 4 transistor is activated, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5.
• When OUTPUT 4 transistor is ON, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5, and judges lighting
switch 1st position is ON. Then BCM sends tail lamp ON signal to IPDM E/R using CAN communication.
• When OUTPUT 4 transistor is activated again, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5 and recognizes that lighting switch 1st position is continuously ON.
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
P
LIIA2867E
5.
NOTE:
Each OUTPUT terminal transistor is activated at 10ms intervals. Therefore, after a switch is turned ON,
electrical loads are activated with a time delay. But this time delay is so short that it cannot be noticed.
Operation mode
• Combination switch reading function has operation modes as follows:
Revision: January 2010
BCS-5
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Normal status
• When BCM is not in sleep status, OUTPUT terminals (1-5) each turn ON-OFF every 10ms.
Sleep status
• When BCM is in sleep mode, transistors of OUTPUT 1 and 5 stop the output, and BCM enters low-current-consumption mode. OUTPUTS (2, 3, and 4) turn ON-OFF at 60ms intervals, and receives lighting
switch input only.
PKIB6124E
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL
CAN communication allows a high rate of information through the two communication lines (CAN-L, CAN-H)
connecting the various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/receives data, but selectively
reads required data only.
BCM STATUS CONTROL
BCM changes its status depending on the operation status in order to save power consumption.
1. CAN communication status
• With ignition switch ON, CAN communicates with other control units normally.
• Control by BCM is being operated properly.
• When ignition switch is OFF, switching to sleep mode is possible.
• Even when ignition switch is OFF, if CAN communication with IPDM E/R and combination meter is
active, CAN communication status is active.
2. Sleep transient status
• This status shuts down CAN communication when ignition switch is turned OFF.
• It transmits sleep request signal to IPDM E/R and combination meter.
• Two seconds after CAN communication of all control units stops, CAN communication switches to inactive status.
3. CAN communication inactive status
• With ignition switch OFF, CAN communication is not active.
• With ignition switch OFF, control performed only by BCM is active.
• Three seconds after CAN communication of all control units stops, CAN communication switches to
inactive status.
4.
Sleep status
• BCM is activated with low current consumption mode.
• CAN communication is not active.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-6
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When CAN communication operation is detected, it switches to CAN communication status.
• When a state of the following switches changes, it switches to CAN communication state:
- Ignition switch
- Key switch (without Intelligent Key)
- Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key)
- Stop lamp switch
- Hazard switch
- Door lock/unlock switch
- Front door switch (LH, RH)
- Rear door switch (LH, RH)
- Combination switch (passing, lighting switch 1st position, front fog lamp)
- Keyfob (lock/unlock signal)
- Front door key cylinder switch LH
• When control performed only by BCM is required by switch, it shifts to CAN communication inactive
mode.
• Status of combination switch reading function is changed.
A
B
C
D
E
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM DIRECTLY
• Power door lock system. Refer to BL-20.
• Remote keyless entry system. Refer to BL-50.
• Power window system. Refer to GW-15. NOTE
• Sunroof system. Refer to RF-11. NOTE
• Room lamp timer. Refer to LT-83.
NOTE:
Power supply only. No system control.
F
G
H
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND IPDM E/R
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Panic system. Refer to BL-50.
Vehicle security (theft warning) system. Refer to BL-153.
NVIS(NATS) system. Refer to BL-170.
Headlamp, tail lamp and battery saver control systems. Refer to LT-67, LT-4 or LT-25.
Front fog lamp. Refer to LT-36.
Front wiper and washer system. Refer to WW-5.
Rear window defogger system. Refer to GW-54.
I
J
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND COMBINATION METER
• Warning chime. Refer to DI-53.
• Turn signal and hazard warning lamps. Refer to LT-45.
BCS
SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT
L
• Intelligent Key system. Refer to BL-71.
MAJOR COMPONENTS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
System
Input
M
Output
Remote keyless entry system
Remote keyless entry receiver
(keyfob)
• All door locking actuators
• Turn signal lamp (LH, RH)
• Combination meter (turn signal lamp)
N
Intelligent Key system
Intelligent Key unit
• All door locking actuators
• Turn signal lamp (LH, RH)
• Combination meter (turn signal lamp)
O
Power door lock system
Front power door lock/unlock
switch (LH, RH)
All door locking actuators
Power supply (IGN) to power window
Ignition power supply
Power supply to power window system
Power supply (BAT) to power window
Battery power supply
Power supply to power window system
Panic alarm
• Key switch (without Intelligent
Key)
• Key switch and ignition knob
switch (with Intelligent Key)
• Keyfob
IPDM E/R
Revision: January 2010
BCS-7
P
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
System
Input
Output
Battery saver control
• Ignition switch
• Combination switch
IPDM E/R
Headlamp
Combination switch
IPDM E/R
Tail lamp
Combination switch
IPDM E/R
Front fog lamp
Combination switch
IPDM E/R
Turn signal lamp
Combination switch
• Turn signal lamp
• Combination meter
Hazard lamp
Hazard switch
• Turn signal lamp
• Combination meter
Room lamp timer
• Key switch (without Intelligent
Key)
• Key switch and ignition knob
switch (with Intelligent Key)
• Keyfob
• Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
• Front door switch LH
• All door switch
Interior room lamp
Key warning chime
• Key switch (without Intelligent
Key)
• Key switch and ignition knob
switch (with Intelligent Key)
• Front door switch LH
Combination meter (warning buzzer)
Light warning chime
• Combination switch
• Key switch (without Intelligent
Key)
• Key switch and ignition knob
switch (with Intelligent Key)
• Front door switch LH
Combination meter (warning buzzer)
Seat belt warning chime
• Seat belt buckle switch LH
• Ignition switch
Combination meter (warning buzzer)
Front wiper and washer system
• Combination switch
• Ignition switch
IPDM E/R
Rear window defogger
Rear window defogger switch
IPDM E/R
A/C switch signal
Front air control
ECM
Blower fan switch signal
Front air control
ECM
A/C indicator signal
Front air control
A/C indicator
Low tire pressure warning system
Remote keyless entry receiver
Combination meter
Vehicle security system
• All door switches
• Front door lock assembly (key
cylinder switch)
• Front power window switches
• Remote keyless entry receiver
(keyfob)
• Intelligent key unit (if equipped)
• IPDM E/R
• Security indicator lamp
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283473
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
BCS-8
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283474
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
WKWA5474E
Revision: January 2010
BCS-9
2010 Sentra
P
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABMWA0267GB
Revision: January 2010
BCS-10
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM Terminal Arrangement
INFOID:0000000005283475
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
LIIA2443E
Revision: January 2010
BCS-11
P
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
Terminal
Wire
color
2
V
Signal name
Combination switch
input 5
INFOID:0000000005283476
Measuring condition
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
Input
ON
Operation or condition
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5291E
3
BR
Combination switch
input 4
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5292E
4
L
Combination switch
input 3
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5291E
5
6
P
Combination switch
input 2
GR
Combination switch
input 1
Input
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5292E
7
W
Front door key cylinder switch LH (unlock)
ON (open, 2nd turn)
Input
OFF
8
BR
Front door key cylinder switch LH (lock)
Input
9
W
Stop lamp switch
Input
LG
Rear window defogger
switch
Input
10
OFF
ON
11
GR
Ignition switch (ACC
or ON)
Input
ACC or
ON
12
BR
Front door switch RH
Input
OFF
13
W
Rear door switch RH
Input
OFF
Revision: January 2010
OFF (closed)
On (open)
Momentary 1.5V
0V
Momentary 1.5V
OFF (closed)
0V
ON (pedal depressed)
0V
OFF (pedal released)
Battery voltage
Rear window defogger switch
ON
0V
Rear window defogger switch
OFF
5V
Ignition switch ACC or ON
ON (open)
OFF (closed)
ON (open)
OFF (closed)
BCS-12
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
A
Operation or condition
15
L
Tire pressure warning
check connector
Input
OFF
—
5V
B
18
Y
Remote keyless entry
receiver (ground)
Output
OFF
—
0V
C
19
GR
Remote keyless entry
receiver (power supply)
Output
OFF
D
Ignition switch OFF
LIIA1893E
E
F
Stand-by (keyfob buttons released)
G
20
SB
Remote keyless entry
receiver signal (signal)
Input
LIIA1894E
OFF
H
When remote keyless entry
receiver receives signal from
keyfob (keyfob buttons
pressed)
I
LIIA1895E
Input/
Output
OFF →
ON
Security indicator
lamp
Output
OFF
O
NATS antenna amp.
Input/
Output
OFF →
ON
27
G
Compressor ON signal
Input
ON
28
SB
Front blower monitor
Input
ON
29
Y
Hazard switch
Input
OFF
21
23
25
R
SB
NATS antenna amp.
Ignition switch (OFF → ON)
Goes OFF → illuminates (Every 2.4 seconds)
Ignition switch (OFF → ON)
Just after turning ignition switch
ON: Pointer of tester should
move for approx. 1 second, then
return to battery voltage.
J
BCS
Battery voltage → 0V
Just after turning ignition switch
ON: Pointer of tester should
move for approx. 1 second, then
return to battery voltage.
A/C switch OFF
5V
A/C switch ON
0V
Front blower motor OFF
Battery voltage
Front blower motor ON
0V
ON
0V
OFF
5V
L
M
N
O
P
32
O
Combination switch
output 5
Output
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5291E
Revision: January 2010
BCS-13
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Wire
color
33
LG
Signal name
Combination switch
output 4
Measuring condition
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
Output
ON
Operation or condition
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5292E
34
SB
Combination switch
output 3
Output
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5291E
35
36
G
R
Combination switch
output 2
Combination switch
output 1
Output
ON
Lighting, turn, wiper OFF
Wiper dial position 4
SKIA5292E
Key inserted
Battery voltage
Key removed
0V
Key inserted
Battery voltage
Key removed
0V
371
V
Key switch
Input
OFF
372
V
Key switch and ignition knob switch
Input
OFF
38
BR
Ignition switch (ON)
Input
ON
—
Battery voltage
39
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
—
40
P
CAN-L
—
—
—
—
42
V
Trunk room switch
Input
OFF
45
R
Lock switch
Input
OFF
46
P
Unlock switch
Input
OFF
47
SB
Front door switch LH
Input
OFF
48
O
Rear door switch LH
Input
OFF
49
L
Trunk room lamp
Output
OFF
53
R
Trunk lid opener actuator
Output
56
Y
Battery saver output
Output
57
W
Battery power supply
Revision: January 2010
Input
ON (open)
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
ON (lock)
0V
OFF
Battery voltage
ON (unlock)
0V
OFF
Battery voltage
ON (open)
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
ON (open)
0V
OFF (closed)
Battery voltage
Trunk open (ON)
0V
Trunk closed (OFF)
Battery voltage
OFF
Trunk lid (open)
Battery voltage
OFF
30 minutes after ignition
switch is turned OFF
0V
ON
—
Battery voltage
OFF
—
Battery voltage
BCS-14
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measuring condition
Terminal
Wire
color
Signal name
Signal
input/
output
Ignition
switch
59
G
Front door lock actuator LH (unlock)
Output
OFF
Operation or condition
OFF (neutral)
Reference value or waveform
(Approx.)
0V
ON (unlock)
Battery voltage
A
B
C
60
SB
Turn signal (left)
Output
ON
Turn left ON
D
SKIA3009J
E
61
O
Turn signal (right)
Output
ON
Turn right ON
F
SKIA3009J
63
R
Interior room lamp
Output
OFF
65
V
All door lock actuators
(lock)
Output
OFF
66
G
Front door lock actuator RH, rear door lock
actuators LH/RH (unlock)
67
B
Ground
68
W
Power window power
supply (RAP)
ON (open)
Any door
switch
OFF (closed)
OFF (neutral)
OFF
Input
ON
Output
—
0V
ON (unlock)
I
Battery voltage
—
J
0V
Ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
Within 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF
Battery voltage
More than 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF
0V
When front door LH or RH is
open or power window timer
operates
0V
BCS
L
69
P
Battery power supply
Output
OFF
—
Battery voltage
70
L
Battery power supply
Input
OFF
—
Battery voltage
1: Without Intelligent Key
M
N
2: With Intelligent Key
BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283477
O
1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK
• Check 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
• Check 10A fuses [No. 6, 12 and 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
P
2.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
H
Battery voltage
OFF (neutral)
Output
0V
Battery voltage
0V
ON (lock)
G
BCS-15
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM.
3. Check voltage between BCM connectors and ground.
Connector
Terminals
Power
source
Condition
Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Ground
ACC
power
supply
Ignition
switch
ACC or
ON
Battery voltage
38
Ground
Ignition
power
supply
Ignition
switch ON
or START
Battery voltage
57
Ground
Battery
power
supply
Ignition
switch
OFF
Battery voltage
70
Ground
Battery
power
supply
Ignition
switch
OFF
Battery voltage
(+)
(-)
11
M18
M20
LIIA2415E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace the harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminal 67 and
ground.
67 - Ground
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Power supply and ground circuit is OK.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
LIIA0915E
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283478
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM diagnostic
test item
Diagnostic mode
Content
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for
setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the BCM and received data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Inspection by part
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT
MNTR
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU PART NUMBER
BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
ITEMS OF EACH PART
NOTE:
CONSULT-III will only display systems the vehicle possesses.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-16
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic test mode (Inspection by part)
CONSULT-III display
System and item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF−
DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
×
×
BCM
BCM
×
Power door lock system
DOOR LOCK
×
DATA
MONITOR
ECU
PART
NUMBER
A
ACTIVE
TEST
×
×
×
×
Rear defogger
REAR DEFOGGER
×
×
Warning chime
BUZZER
×
×
Room lamp timer
INT LAMP
×
×
×
Remote keyless entry
system
MULTI REMOTE
ENT
×
×
×
Headlamp
HEAD LAMP
×
×
×
Wiper
WIPER
×
×
×
Turn signal lamp
Hazard lamp
FLASHER
×
×
Blower fan switch signal
Air conditioner switch
signal
AIR CONDITIONER
×
Intelligent Key
INTELLIGENT
KEY
×
Combination switch
COMB SW
×
NVIS (NATS)
IMMU
×
×
Interior lamp battery
saver
BATTERY SAVER
×
×
×
Theft alarm
THEFT ALARM
×
×
×
Retained accessory
power control
RETAINED PWR
×
×
×
Oil pressure switch
SIGNAL BUFFER
×
×
Low tire pressure monitor
AIR PRESSURE
MONITOR
×
×
Panic alarm
PANIC ALARM
×
×
CONFIGURATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
×
WORK SUPPORT
M
Display Item List
Item
RESET SETTING VALUE
B
Description
N
Return a value set with WORK SUPPORT of each system to a default value in factory shipment.
CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)
INFOID:0000000005283479
O
1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “BCM” on “SELECT SYSTEM” screen.
Select “BCM” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen, and select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Check display content in self-diagnostic results.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-17
P
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III display code
Diagnosis item
INITIAL DIAG
TRANSMIT DIAG
ECM
U1000
IPDM E/R
METER/M&A
I-KEY
Contents displayed
No malfunction>>Inspection End.
Malfunction in CAN communication system>>After printing the monitor items. Refer to LAN-10, "Condition of
Error Detection".
Configuration
INFOID:0000000005283480
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURATION has three functions as follows:
• READ CONFIGURATION is the function to read (extract) vehicle configuration of current BCM.
• WRITE CONFIGURATION-Manual selection is the function to select and write vehicle configuration on BCM
manually.
• WRITE CONFIGURATION-Config file is the function to write vehicle configuration with the data extracted
from current BCM.
• For READ CONFIGURATION and WRITE CONFIGURATION-Config file, refer to CONSULT-III Operation
Manual.
• For WRITE CONFIGURATION-Manual selection using the following flow chart, identify the correct model
and configuration list. Confirm and/or change setting value for each item according to the configuration list.
Depending on CONSULT-III software version being used, some or all of the write configuration items shown
in the following configuration lists may be displayed. If an item does not appear on the CONSULT-III WRITE
CONFIGURATION-Manual selection screen(s), then it is an auto setting item and it cannot be manually set
or changed.
NOTE:
Confirm vehicle model on IDENTIFICATION PLATE. Refer to GI-45, "Model Variation".
ITEM
SET VAL
KEYLESS ENTRY
WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
I-KEY
WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
DTRL
WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
THEFT ALARM
WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
TIRE PRESSURE1
230kPa or 240kPa
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK TIMING
MODE
1: Refer to WT-15, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
CAUTION:
• When replacing BCM, you must perform WRITE CONFIGURATION with CONSULT-III.
• Complete the procedure of WRITE CONFIGURATION in order.
• If you set incorrect WRITE CONFIGURATION, incidents will occur.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
Removal and Installation of BCM
INFOID:0000000005283481
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Before replacing BCM, perform "READ CONFIGURATION" to save or print current vehicle specifications. Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11.
Revision: January 2010
BCS-18
2010 Sentra
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the front foot duct (LH). Refer to MTC-77.
4. Remove the BCM screw (A), disconnect the connectors and
remove the BCM (1).
•
Front
A
B
C
LKIA0883E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When replacing BCM, perform "WRITE CONFIGURATION". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration".
• When replacing BCM, perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key
IDs. Refer to BL-107, "Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check".
• When replacing BCM, if new BCM does not come with keyfobs attached, all existing keyfobs must be
re-registered. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual for the initialization procedure.
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
BCS-19
2010 Sentra
DRIVELINE/AXLE
SECTION
FAX
FRONT AXLE
A
B
C
FAX
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE ............. 6
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 6
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
General Precautions ................................................. 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ...................................... 9
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 9
Removal and Installation (Left Side) ......................... 9
Removal and Installation (Right Side) .....................10
Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side) ...................13
Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side) .................18
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 25
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5
Drive Shaft ...............................................................25
Dynamic Damper .....................................................25
Boot Bands ..............................................................25
Wheel Bearing (Front) .............................................25
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FAX-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283919
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283920
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
General Precautions
INFOID:0000000005283921
A
B
Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft.
• Joint sub-assembly does not disassemble because it is non-overhaul parts.
• Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible.
C
• Before disassembling and assembling, clean the outside of parts.
• Prevention of the entry of foreign objects must be taken into account during disassembly of the service location.
FAX
• Disassembled parts must be carefully reassembled in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover
must be placed over parts.
• Paper shop cloths must be used. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of danger of lint adhering to
E
parts.
• Disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) should be cleaned with kerosene which shall be removed by
blowing with air or wiping with paper shop cloths.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FAX-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283922
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
HT72520000
(J-25730-A)
Ball joint remover
Removing tie-rod outer end
NT146
KV40107300
(
—
)
Boot band crimping tool
Installing boot bands
ZZA1229D
KV38105500
(J-33904)
Differential side oil seal protector
Installing drive shaft LH
a: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
ZZA0835D
KV38106700
(J-34296)
Differential side oil seal protector
Installing drive shaft RH
a: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
ZZA0835D
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283923
Tool name
Description
Power tool
• Removing wheel nuts
• Removing torque member bolts
• Removing hub lock nut
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
FAX-4
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005283924
Symptom
FRONT
AXLE
PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to DRIVE SHAFT in this chart.
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to FRONT AXLE in this chart.
BRAKES
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
DRIVE SHAFT
ROAD WHEELS
FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-6
—
FAX-9 (Left Side), FAX-10 (Right Side)
—
×
TIRES
×
FRONT AXLE
Shake
FAX
E
F
H
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shudder
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
×
×
C
G
FRONT SUSPENSION
×
Parts interference
×
B
Wheel bearing damage
DRIVE
SHAFT
Improper installation, looseness
Joint sliding resistance
Noise
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Imbalance
Excessive joint angle
—
Reference page
FAX-9 (Left Side), FAX-10 (Right Side)
Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×: Applicable
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FAX-5
2010 Sentra
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
INFOID:0000000005283925
• Check the axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear, or damage.
• Shake each front wheel to check for excessive play as shown.
SMA525A
FRONT WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION
• Move wheel hub and bearing assembly in the axial direction by hand. Make sure the axial end play is within
specification.
Axial end play
: 0.035 mm (0.0014 in) or less
• Check that the wheel hub bearing operates smoothly.
• Replace the wheel hub assembly if the axial end play exceeds specification, or if the wheel bearing does not
turn smoothly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted,
replace the wheel hub assembly.
• Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation.
• Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283926
COMPONENT
BDIA0017E
1.
Drive shaft
2.
Steering knuckle
3.
Splash guard
4.
Wheel hub and bearing assembly
5.
Stud
6.
Cotter pin
REMOVAL
1.
Remove wheel and tire using power tool.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-6
2010 Sentra
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Without disassembling the hydraulic lines, remove the torque member bolts using power tool. Then reposition the torque member and brake caliper assembly aside with wire. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and
Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not depress brake pedal while brake caliper is removed.
3. Put alignment marks on disc rotor and wheel hub and bearing
assembly, then remove disc rotor.
A
B
C
FAX
E
SDIA1480E
4.
5.
6.
Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut.
Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so
as not to damage ball joint (3) boot using Tool.
Tool number
F
G
H
: HT72520000 (J-25730-A)
CAUTION:
Temporarily leave the outer socket nut installed to prevent
damage to threads and to prevent the ball joint remover or
suitable tool from suddenly coming off.
I
SGIA1298E
7.
8.
Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool.
CAUTION:
Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads.
Remove nuts and bolts from steering knuckle and strut assembly.
J
K
L
M
N
WDIA0367E
9.
Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer
or suitable tool, and then remove hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and
drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure.
10. Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly and support the drive shaft.
CAUTION:
• Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when
removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly,
Revision: January 2010
FAX-7
O
P
SDIA1821E
2010 Sentra
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not excessively extend slide joint.
• Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft.
11. Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly bolts, and then remove splash guard and wheel hub and bearing assembly from steering knuckle.
12. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Wheel Hub and Knuckle Inspection
Check for any deformity, cracks, or other damage on the wheel hub assembly and knuckle, replace if necessary.
CAUTION:
The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted,
replace the wheel hub assembly.
• Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation.
• Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly.
Ball Joint Inspection
Check boots of transverse link and steering outer socket ball joint for breakage, axial play, and torque. Refer to
FSU-17, "Removal and Installation" (transverse link) and PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly" (steering outer
socket ball joint.)
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
• Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing
wheel hub and bearing assembly and steering knuckle. Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel
Alignment Inspection".
• When installing disc rotor on wheel hub and bearing assembly,
align the marks.
(When not using the alignment mark, refer to BR-32, "Disassembly
and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly".)
SDIA1480E
• Tighten wheel nuts to specifications. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Revision: January 2010
FAX-8
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
A
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
INFOID:0000000005283927
• Check drive shaft mounting point and joint for looseness and other damage.
• Check boot for cracks and other damage.
Replace or repair components as necessary. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)", FAX-10,
"Removal and Installation (Right Side)", FAX-13, "Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)" or FAX-18, "Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side)".
CAUTION:
Replace entire drive shaft assembly when noise or vibration occur from drive shaft.
Removal and Installation (Left Side)
INFOID:0000000005283928
COMPONENTS
B
C
FAX
E
F
G
BDIA0018E
1.
Drive shaft
2.
Cotter pin
I
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool.
CAUTION:
Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads.
Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle.
Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer
or suitable tool and wood block, and then remove hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and
drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure.
Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when
SDIA1821E
removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly,
• Do not excessively extend slide joint.
• Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft.
Revision: January 2010
H
FAX-9
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Pry off drive shaft from transaxle assembly side as shown.
• Make sure that circlip is attached on the edge.
CAUTION:
• Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when
removing from the transaxle.
• Do not excessively extend slide joint.
• Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire
drive shaft.
MAA0384D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Move joint up/down, left/right, and in axial direction. Check for any rough movement or significant looseness.
• Check boot for cracks or other damage, and for grease leakage.
• If damaged, disassemble drive shaft to verify damage, and repair
or replace as necessary.
WDIA0369E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Tighten to specifications.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse non-reusable parts.
• In order to prevent damage to differential side oil seal, place Tool
onto oil seal before inserting drive shaft as shown. Slide drive shaft
into slide joint and tap with a hammer to install securely.
Tool number
: KV38105500 (J-33904)
• Install new circlip on drive shaft in the circlip groove on transaxle
side. Refer to FAX-13, "Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)".
CAUTION:
Make sure the new circlip on the drive shaft is securely fastened.
SDIA0593E
• After inserting drive shaft, try to pull the drive shaft out of the transaxle by hand. If it pulls out, the circlip is not properly meshed with
the transaxle side gear.
• Check transaxle fluid level. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid", MA-45, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F94R",
MA-46, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F52A and RS6F52H".
Removal and Installation (Right Side)
INFOID:0000000005283929
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
FAX-10
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
FAX
E
AWDIA0671GB
1.
Cotter pin
4.
Support bearing bracket
2.
Drive shaft
3.
F
Plate
G
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool.
CAUTION:
Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads.
Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle.
Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer
or suitable tool and wood block, and then remove hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and
drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure.
Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when
SDIA1821E
removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly,
• Do not excessively extend slide joint.
• Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft.
Remove the plate bolts and plate.
Remove the drive shaft from the transaxle assembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when removing from the transaxle.
• Do not excessively extend slide joint.
• Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft.
If necessary, remove the support bearing bracket bolts and the support bearing bracket.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Move joint up/down, left/right, and in axial direction. Check for any rough movement or significant looseness.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-11
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check boot for cracks or other damage, and for grease leakage.
• If damaged, disassemble drive shaft to verify damage, and repair
or replace as necessary.
• Check for cracks or other damage to the support bearing bracket,
replace as necessary.
SDIA1190J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Tighten to specifications.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse non-reusable parts.
• In order to prevent damage to differential side oil seal, place Tool
onto oil seal before inserting drive shaft as shown. Slide drive shaft
into slide joint and tap with a hammer to install securely.
Tool number
: KV38106700 (J-34296)
SDIA0593E
• When installing the support bearing bracket (1), note the following:
a. Tighten the support bearing bracket bolts in two stages, in the
order as shown.
b. Install the plate (2) with the notch (A) upward. Tighten the plate
bolts in two stages, in the order as shown.
• Check transaxle fluid level. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid",
MA-45, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F94R", MA-46, "Checking M/T Oil
- RS6F52A and RS6F52H".
WDIA0361E
Revision: January 2010
FAX-12
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)
INFOID:0000000005283930
A
B
C
FAX
E
F
WDIA0370E
1.
Circlip
2.
Dust shield
3.
4.
Snap ring
5.
Spider assembly
6.
Boot band
7.
Boot
8.
Shaft
9.
Damper band
10. Damper
11. Boot band
13. Circlip
14. Joint sub-assembly
G
Slide joint housing
H
12. Boot
DISASSEMBLY
I
Transaxle Side
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Mount drive shaft in a vise.
CAUTION:
When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft.
Remove boot bands and slide the boot back.
Remove circlip and dust shield from slide joint housing.
Put matching marks on slide joint housing and shaft, then pull out shaft from slide joint housing.
Put matching marks on spider assembly and shaft.
J
K
L
M
N
SFA963
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FAX-13
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove snap ring using a suitable tool, then remove spider
assembly from shaft.
7. Remove boot from shaft.
8. Clean the old grease off of the slide joint assembly.
SFA612
Wheel Side
1.
2.
3.
Mount the front drive shaft in a vise.
CAUTION:
When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft.
Remove boot bands and slide the boot back.
Screw a sliding hammer or suitable tool 30 mm (1.18 in) or more
into threaded part of joint sub-assembly. Pull joint sub-assembly
out of shaft.
CAUTION:
• Align sliding hammer or suitable tool and drive shaft then
remove joint sub-assembly by pulling directly.
• If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or
more unsuccessful attempts, replace the entire drive shaft
assembly.
SDIA0606E
4.
5.
6.
Remove circlip from shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
While rotating ball cage, clean the old grease off of the joint sub-assembly.
Damper
• Remove damper bands, then remove damper from shaft.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Shaft
Replace shaft if there is bending, cracking, or other damage.
Joint Sub-Assembly
• Make sure there is no rough rotation or unusual axial looseness.
• Make sure there is no foreign material inside joint sub-assembly.
• Check joint sub-assembly for compression scars, cracks or fractures.
CAUTION:
If there are any irregular conditions of joint sub-assembly components, replace the entire joint subassembly.
Slide Joint Housing and Spider Assembly
Make sure there are no compression scars, cracks, fractures or unusual wear of housing or spider roller contact surface.
CAUTION:
If there are any irregular conditions of the slide joint housing and spider assembly components,
replace them as a set.
Damper
Check damper for cracks or wear. Replace as necessary.
ASSEMBLY
Transaxle Side
Revision: January 2010
FAX-14
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install new boot and new small boot band on shaft.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot or boot band.
• Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to
boot during installation.
2. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft.
A
B
C
SFA800
3.
FAX
Align matching mark on spider assembly with matching mark on
shaft and install spider assembly with chamfer facing shaft.
E
F
G
SDIA2629E
4.
5.
6.
Install new snap ring using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
Apply recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or
equivalent) to spider assembly and sliding surface.
Install the slide joint housing onto the spider assembly and pack
with the balance of recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN
Grease or equivalent).
Grease amount
H
I
J
: 153 – 166 g (5.39 – 5.85 oz)
SFA023A
7.
8.
Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as
shown.
CAUTION:
If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by *
marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Clean all
grease from surfaces.
Make sure boot installation length (L) is the length specified
below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the
large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation.
Boot installation length (L)
M/T models
: 180.8 - 182.8 mm (7.12 - 7.20 in)
CVT models
: 175.7 - 177.7 mm (6.92 - 7.00 in)
9.
L
M
N
SDIA3285E
O
CAUTION:
• Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value.
• Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot.
Secure large end of boot with new boot band.
1. Set boot band onto boot and insert first pawl on boot band into the first groove on opposite end of
boot band.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-15
K
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Pull and tighten the boot band using suitable tool until both
pawls of boot band are secured in the boot band grooves.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse boot band.
RAC1133D
10. Install new small boot band securely using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40107300 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot band.
• Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown.
Dimension (M)
: 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in)
DSF0047D
11. Rotate the slide joint and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove
the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands.
12. Install new dust shield to slide joint housing.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse dust shield.
Wheel Side
1.
Insert recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or
equivalent) into joint sub-assembly serration hole until grease
begins to ooze from ball groove and serration hole. After inserting grease, use a shop cloth to wipe off old grease that has
oozed out.
SDIA1127E
2.
3.
Cover serrated part of shaft with tape. Install new boot band and
new boot to shaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse boot or boot band.
Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft.
SFA800
Revision: January 2010
FAX-16
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Attach new circlip to shaft. Thread nut onto end of joint subassembly and press fit using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse circlip.
• Circlip must fit securely into shaft groove.
A
B
C
RAC0049D
5.
Insert the balance of new grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) listed below into housing from
large end of boot.
Grease amount
6.
7.
8.
E
: 105 - 125 g (3.70 - 4.40 oz)
Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as
shown.
CAUTION:
If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by *
marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Remove
all grease from surfaces.
Make sure boot installation length (L) is the specified length indicated below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into
the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation.
Boot installation
length (L)
: 141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in)
F
G
H
SDIA1505E
CAUTION:
• Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value.
• Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot.
Install new large and small boot bands securely using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40107300 (
—
FAX
I
J
K
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot bands.
L
M
RAC1133D
N
• Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown.
O
Dimension (M)
: 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in)
P
DSF0047D
9.
Rotate the joint sub assembly and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct,
remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-17
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Damper
1.
Secure damper with new damper bands.
(A)
(B)
: 234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in)
: 70 mm (2.76 in)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse damper bands.
FAC0156D
Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side)
INFOID:0000000005283931
WDIA0365E
1.
Joint sub-assembly
2.
Circlip
3.
Boot bands
4.
Boot
5.
Shaft
6.
Damper bands
7.
Damper
8.
Boot band
9.
Boot
10.
Spider assembly
11.
Snap ring
12
Slide joint housing
13.
Dust shield
14.
Bearing
15.
Snap ring
16.
Dust shield
DISASSEMBLY
Transaxle Side
1.
2.
3.
Mount drive shaft in a vise.
CAUTION:
When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft.
Remove boot bands and slide the boot back.
Put matching marks on slide joint housing and shaft, then pull out shaft from slide joint housing.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-18
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Put matching marks on spider assembly and shaft.
A
B
C
SFA963
5.
6.
7.
FAX
Remove snap ring using a suitable tool, then remove spider
assembly from shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
Clean the old grease off of the slide joint assembly.
E
F
G
SFA612
Wheel Side
1.
2.
3.
Mount the front drive shaft in a vise.
CAUTION:
When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft.
Remove boot bands and slide the boot back.
Screw a sliding hammer or suitable tool 30 mm (1.18 in) or more
into threaded part of joint sub-assembly. Pull joint sub-assembly
out of shaft.
CAUTION:
• Align sliding hammer or suitable tool and drive shaft then
remove joint sub-assembly by pulling directly.
• If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or
more unsuccessful attempts, replace the entire drive shaft
assembly.
H
I
J
K
L
SDIA0606E
4.
5.
6.
Remove circlip from shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
While rotating ball cage, clean the old grease off of the joint sub-assembly.
M
N
Support Bearing
1.
Remove dust shield from slide joint assembly using a suitable
tool.
O
P
YAX002
Revision: January 2010
FAX-19
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove dust shield, then remove snap ring using a suitable
tool.
YAX003
3.
4.
Press support bearing assembly off slide joint assembly using a
suitable tool.
Remove dust shield.
YAX004
Damper
• Remove damper bands, then remove damper from shaft.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Shaft
Replace shaft if there is bending, cracking, or other damage.
Joint Sub-Assembly
• Make sure there is no rough rotation or unusual axial looseness.
• Make sure there is no foreign material inside joint sub-assembly.
• Check joint sub-assembly for compression scars, cracks or fractures.
CAUTION:
If there are any irregular conditions of joint sub-assembly components, replace the entire joint subassembly.
Slide Joint Housing and Spider Assembly
Make sure there are no compression scars, cracks, fractures or unusual wear of housing or spider roller contact surface.
CAUTION:
If there are any irregular conditions of the slide joint housing and spider assembly components,
replace them as a set.
Support Bearing
Make sure wheel bearing rolls freely and is free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear.
Support Bearing Bracket
Check for bending, cracks, or damage.
Damper
Check damper for cracks or wear. Replace as necessary.
ASSEMBLY
Transaxle Side
Revision: January 2010
FAX-20
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install new boot and new small boot band on shaft.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot or boot band.
• Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to
boot during installation.
2. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft.
A
B
C
SFA800
3.
FAX
Align matching mark on spider assembly with matching mark on
shaft and install spider assembly with chamfer facing shaft.
E
F
G
SDIA2629E
4.
5.
6.
Install new snap ring using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
Apply recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or
equivalent) to spider assembly and sliding surface.
Install the slide joint housing onto the spider assembly and pack
with the balance of recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN
Grease or equivalent).
Grease amount
H
I
J
: 153 - 166 g (5.39 - 5.85 oz)
SFA023A
7.
8.
Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as
shown.
CAUTION:
If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by *
marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Clean all
grease from surfaces.
Make sure boot installation length (L) is the length specified
below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the
large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation.
Boot installation
length (L)
9.
: 167.7 - 169.7 mm (6.60 - 6.68 in)
L
M
N
SDIA3285E
O
CAUTION:
• Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value.
• Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot.
Secure large end of boot with new boot band.
1. Set boot band onto boot and insert first pawl on boot band into the first groove on opposite end of
boot band.
Revision: January 2010
K
FAX-21
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Pull and tighten the boot band using suitable tool until both
pawls of boot band are secured in the boot band grooves.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse boot band.
RAC1133D
10. Install new small boot band securely using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40107300 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot band.
• Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown.
Dimension (M)
: 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in)
DSF0047D
11. Rotate the slide joint and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove
the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands.
Wheel Side
1.
Insert recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or
equivalent) into joint sub-assembly serration hole until grease
begins to ooze from ball groove and serration hole. After inserting grease, use a shop cloth to wipe off old grease that has
oozed out.
SDIA1127E
2.
3.
Cover serrated part of shaft with tape. Install new boot band and
new boot to shaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse boot or boot band.
Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft.
SFA800
Revision: January 2010
FAX-22
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Attach new circlip to shaft. Thread nut onto end of joint subassembly and press fit using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse circlip.
• Circlip must fit securely into shaft groove.
A
B
C
RAC0049D
5.
Insert the balance of new grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) listed below into housing from
large end of boot.
Grease amount
6.
7.
8.
E
: 105 – 125 g (3.70 – 4.40 oz)
Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as
shown.
CAUTION:
If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by *
marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Remove
all grease from surfaces.
Make sure boot installation length (L) is the specified length indicated below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into
the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation.
Boot installation
length (L)
: 141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in)
F
G
H
SDIA1505E
CAUTION:
• Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value.
• Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot.
Install new large and small boot bands securely using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40107300 (
—
FAX
I
J
K
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse boot bands.
L
M
RAC1133D
N
• Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown.
O
Dimension (M)
: 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in)
P
DSF0047D
9.
Rotate the joint sub assembly and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct,
remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands.
Revision: January 2010
FAX-23
2010 Sentra
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Support Bearing
1.
2.
Install new dust shield on drive shaft
CAUTION:
Do not reuse dust shield.
Press support bearing onto drive shaft.
YAX007
3.
4.
Install new snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
Install new dust shield
CAUTION:
Do not reuse dust shield.
YAX008
Damper
1.
Secure damper with new damper bands.
(A)
(B)
: 234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in)
: 70 mm (2.76 in)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse damper bands.
FAC0156D
Revision: January 2010
FAX-24
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Drive Shaft
INFOID:0000000005283932
Joint type
Wheel side
Grease quantity
Boots installed length
Left side
B
Transaxle side
105 - 125 g (3.70 - 4.40 oz)
153 - 166 g (5.39 - 5.85 oz)
141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in)
180.8 - 182.8 mm (7.12 - 7.20 in) (M/T models)
175.7 - 177.7 mm (6.92 - 7.00 in) (CVT models)
Right side
C
167.7 - 169.7 mm (6.60 - 6.68 in)
FAX
Dynamic Damper
INFOID:0000000005283933
Dimension (A)
234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in)
Dimension (B)
70 mm (2.76 in)
E
F
G
H
I
FAC0156D
Boot Bands
INFOID:0000000005283934
Unit: mm (in)
J
K
L
M
DSF0047D
Dimension (M)
1.0 - 4.0 (0.039 - 0.157)
Wheel Bearing (Front)
N
INFOID:0000000005283935
O
Wheel bearing axial end play limit
0.035 mm (0.0014 in) or less
P
Revision: January 2010
FAX-25
2010 Sentra
DRIVELINE/AXLE
SECTION
RAX
REAR AXLE
A
B
C
RAX
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
General Precautions ................................................. 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 5
F
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 5
WHEEL HUB ...................................................... 6
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 6
G
H
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .................................................................. 8
Wheel Bearing .......................................................... 8
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RAX-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283936
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283937
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
RAX-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
General Precautions
INFOID:0000000005283938
A
B
Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft.
• Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible.
• Before disassembling and assembling, clean the outside of parts.
C
• Prevention of the entry of foreign objects must be taken into account during disassembly of the service location.
• Disassembled parts must be carefully reassembled in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover
RAX
must be placed over parts.
• Paper shop cloths must be used. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of danger of lint adhering to
parts.
• Disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) should be cleaned with kerosene which shall be removed by E
blowing with air or wiping with paper shop cloths.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RAX-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283939
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Removing wheel nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
RAX-4
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005283940
×
Shimmy
Symptom
REAR AXLE
PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
STEERING
Vibration
BRAKES
×
ROAD WHEEL
Shake
TIRES
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shudder
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
×
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
×
×
C
RAX
E
F
G
REAR SUSPENSION
Noise
B
Wheel bearing damage
Improper installation, looseness
Reference page
RAX-6
RAX-6
Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
H
I
J
×
K
×
×: Applicable
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RAX-5
2010 Sentra
WHEEL HUB
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHEEL HUB
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
INFOID:0000000005283941
• Check the axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear, or damage.
• Shake each rear wheel to check for excessive play as shown.
SMA525A
REAR WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION
• Move wheel hub and bearing assembly in the axial direction by hand. Make sure the axial end play is within
specification.
Axial end play
: 0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less
• Check that the wheel hub bearing operates smoothly.
• Replace the wheel hub assembly if the axial end play exceeds specification, or if the wheel bearing does not
turn smoothly. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted,
replace the wheel hub assembly.
• Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation.
• Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283942
COMPONENTS
WDIA0386E
1.
Wheel hub and bearing assembly
(disc brake)
2.
Baffle plate
4.
Back plate
5.
Wheel hub and bearing assembly
(drum brake)
3.
Rear suspension beam
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
RAX-6
2010 Sentra
WHEEL HUB
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove wheel and tire using power tool.
2. Remove wheel sensor from wheel hub and bearing assembly, if equipped. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal
and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
3. Remove the brake drum or disc brake rotor. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake
Assembly" (Drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (Disc brake).
4. Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly bolts, and then remove wheel hub and bearing assembly.
5. Support baffle plate or back plate.
A
B
C
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
RAX
Check for any deformity, cracks, or other damage on the wheel hub assembly, replace if necessary.
CAUTION:
The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted,
replace the wheel hub assembly.
E
• Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation.
• Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly.
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Tighten wheel nuts to specification. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RAX-7
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Bearing
INFOID:0000000005283943
Axial end play
Revision: January 2010
0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less
RAX-8
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
WW
WIPER, WASHER & HORN
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTION ..................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM .......... 5
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 5
System Description ................................................... 5
CAN Communication System Description ................. 7
Schematic ................................................................. 8
Wiring Diagram - WIPER - ........................................ 9
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 11
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 11
Work Flow ............................................................... 12
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 12
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 13
BCM Power and Ground Circuit Inspection ............ 13
IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection ........... 13
Front Wiper Does Not Operate ............................... 13
Front Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position (After Front Wiper Operates for 10 Seconds, They
Stop for 20 Seconds, and After Repeating the Operation Five Times, They Become Inoperative) ...... 15
Only Front Wiper Low Does Not Operate ................16
Only Front Wiper HI Does Not Operate ...................17
Only Front Wiper Intermittent Does Not Operate ....19
Front Wiper Intermittent Operation Switch Position Cannot Be Adjusted ..........................................19
Wiper Does Not Wipe When Front Washer Operates ..........................................................................19
Front Wiper Does Not Stop .....................................19
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms ........19
Adjustment of Wiper Arm Stop Location ..................20
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly .....................................................................21
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Nozzle....22
Washer Tube Layout ...............................................22
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and
Washer Switch .........................................................22
Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit ...........................................................................23
Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir ...........................................................................23
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Motor ....23
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
POWER SOCKET ............................................. 25
Wiring Diagram - P/SCKT - .....................................25
Removal and Installation .........................................27
HORN ................................................................ 28
Wiring Diagram - HORN - ........................................28
Removal and Installation .........................................28
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WW-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTION
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283434
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283435
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283436
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
Revision: January 2010
WW-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
A
OPERATION PROCEDURE
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WW-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005937470
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-42059)
Power socket removal tool
For removing power sockets
AWMIA1148GB
Revision: January 2010
WW-4
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
A
INFOID:0000000005283437
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WKIA6022E
1.
IPDM E/R E45, E46 and E48
2.
BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3.
ment panel removed)
4.
Front washer motor E2 (view with
front bumper fascia removed)
5.
Combination switch (wiper switch)
M28
System Description
A. Front wiper motor E1 (view with
engine cover and cowl top cover removed)
B. Brake master cylinder
INFOID:0000000005283438
• Front wiper relays (front wiper relay, front wiper high relay) are located in the IPDM E/R (intelligent power
distribution module engine room).
• Wiper switch (combination switch) is composed of a combination of 5 output terminals and 5 input terminals.
Terminal combination status is read by BCM (body control module) when switch is turned ON.
• BCM controls front wiper LO, HI, and INT (intermittent) operation.
• IPDM E/R operates wiper motor according to CAN communication signals from BCM.
J
WW
L
M
N
OUTLINE
Power is supplied at all times
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
O
to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R, from battery directly,
through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box)
to BCM terminal 70
through 30A fuse (No. 39, located in IPDM E/R)
to front wiper relay located in IPDM E/R
through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and
through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R)
to CPU located in IPDM E/R.
P
When ignition switch is in ON or START position, power is supplied
• through ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R)
• to front wiper relay (located in IPDM E/R) and
Revision: January 2010
WW-5
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to front wiper high relay (located in IPDM E/R) and
• to CPU (located in IPDM E/R)
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38
• through 10A fuse [No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination switch terminal 14.
Ground is supplied
•
•
•
•
•
to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 and
to front wiper motor terminal 2
through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE)
to BCM terminal 67
through grounds M57 and M61.
LO SPEED WIPER OPERATION
When the front wiper switch is in LO position, the BCM detects the low speed wiper ON signal by means of the
BCM wiper switch reading function.
The BCM sends a front wiper request signal (LO) through the CAN communication lines
• from BCM terminals 39 and 40
• to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41.
When the IPDM E/R receives front wiper request signal (LO), it turns ON front wiper relay, located in IPDM E/
R, power is supplied
• through IPDM E/R terminal 33 and front wiper high relay and front wiper relay
• to front wiper motor terminal 1.
Ground is supplied
• to front wiper motor terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, front wiper motor operates at low speed.
HI SPEED WIPER OPERATION
When the front wiper switch is in HI position, the BCM detects a high speed wiper ON signal by means of the
BCM wiper switch reading function.
The BCM sends a front wiper request signal (HI) through the CAN communication lines
• from BCM terminals 39 and 40
• to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41.
When the IPDM E/R receives front wiper request signal (HI), it turns ON front wiper relay and front wiper high
relay, located in IPDM E/R, power is supplied
• through IPDM E/R terminal 32
• to front wiper motor terminal 4.
Ground is supplied
• to front wiper motor terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, front wiper motor operates at high speed.
INT (INTERMITTENT) OPERATION
Wiper intermittent operation delay interval is determined from the intermittent wiper dial position inputs. During
each intermittent operation delay interval, the BCM sends a front wiper request signal to the IPDM E/R to
operate the wipers.
When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position, and the front wiper switch is turned to the intermittent
position, the BCM detects a front wiper (intermittent) ON signal by means of the BCM wiper switch reading
function.
BCM then sends front wiper (intermittent) request signal through the CAN communication lines
• from BCM terminals 39 and 40
• to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41.
When BCM determines that combination switch status is front wiper intermittent ON, it performs the following
operations.
• BCM detects ON/OFF status of intermittent wiper dial position
• BCM calculates operation interval from wiper dial position.
• BCM sends a front wiper request signal (INT) to IPDM E/R at calculated operation interval.
When IPDM E/R receives the front wiper request signal (INT), it supplies ground to energize the front wiper
relay. It then sends auto-stop signal to the BCM and conducts intermittent front wiper motor operation.
AUTO STOP OPERATION
Revision: January 2010
WW-6
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With wiper switch turned OFF, wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arms reach windshield base.
When the wiper arms are not located at base of windshield with wiper switch OFF, ground is supplied
• from IPDM E/R terminal 33
• to front wiper motor terminal 1, in order to continue wiper motor operation at low speed.
When the wiper arms reach base of windshield, front wiper motor terminals 5 and 2 are connected, and
ground is supplied
• to IPDM E/R terminal 38
• through front wiper motor terminals 5 and 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
Then the IPDM E/R sends auto stop operation signal to BCM with CAN communication line.
When the BCM receives auto-stop operation signal, BCM sends wiper stop signal to IPDM E/R with CAN communication line.
IPDM E/R stops wiper motor. Wiper motor will then stop wiper arms at the STOP position.
A
B
C
D
WASHER OPERATION
When the wiper switch is in front wiper washer position, BCM detect front wiper washer signal by BCM wiper
switch reading function. Refer to BCS-4, "System Description".
Combination switch power is supplied
• through combination switch terminal 14
• to washer motor terminal 1.
E
F
Ground is supplied
• to front washer motor terminal 2
• through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE).
With power and ground supplied, front washer motor is operated.
When the BCM detects that front washer motor has operated for 0.4 seconds or longer, BCM operates front
wiper motor for low speed.
When the BCM detects washer switch is OFF, low speed operation cycles approximately 2 times and stops.
G
MIST OPERATION
I
When the wiper switch is pushed up to the mist position, wiper LO speed operation cycles once and then
stops.
For additional information about wiper operation under this condition, refer to "LO SPEED WIPER OPERATION".
If switch is held in mist position, low speed operation continues.
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If an abnormality occurs in CAN communications, IPDM E/R holds the condition just before fail-safe status is
initiated until ignition switch is turned OFF. (If wipers were operating in LO just before the initiation of fail-safe
status, they continue to operate in LO until ignition switch is turned OFF.)
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION
H
J
WW
L
Refer to BCS-4, "System Description".
CAN Communication System Description
INFOID:0000000005283439
M
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WW-7
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283440
WKWA5370E
Revision: January 2010
WW-8
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - WIPER -
INFOID:0000000005283441
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
N
O
WKWA5859E
Revision: January 2010
WW-9
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WKWA5372E
Revision: January 2010
WW-10
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
N
O
WKWA5860E
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283442
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000005283443
Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R".
Revision: January 2010
WW-11
2010 Sentra
P
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Work Flow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005283444
Confirm symptoms and customer complaint.
Understand operation description and function description. Refer to WW-5, "System Description".
Check symptom and repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Does front wiper and washer operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283445
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
BCM diagnosis position
Diagnosis mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals
are received from the BCM and received data is displayed.
WIPER
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
BCM
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Displays BCM input data in real time.
Device operation can be checked by applying a drive signal to device.
BCM performs self-diagnosis of CAN communication.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
WORK SUPPORT
Display Item List
Item
Description
WIPER SPEED SETTING
CONSULT-III
Vehicle speed sensing type wiper control mode can be changed in this mode.
ON/OFF
DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS
Monitors all the signals.
SELECTION FROM MENU
Selects items and monitor them.
Display Item List
Monitor item
Contents
IGN ON SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “ignition switch ON (ON)/Other OFF or ACC (OFF)” status as judged from ignition
switch signal.
IGN SW CAN
“ON/OFF”
Displays “ignition switch ON (ON)/Other OFF or ACC (OFF)” status as judged from CAN communication signal.
FR WIPER HI
“ON/OFF”
Displays “FRONT WIPER HI (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal.
FR WIPER LOW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “FRONT WIPER LOW (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal.
FR WIPER INT
“ON/OFF”
Displays “FRONT WIPER INT (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal.
FR WASHER SW
“ON/OFF”
Displays “FRONT WASHER Switch (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal.
INT VOLUME
“1-7”
FR WIPER STOP
“ON/OFF”
VEHICLE SPEED
“km/h”
Displays intermittent operation dial position setting (1-7) as judged from wiper switch signal.
Displays “Stopped (ON)/Operating (OFF)” status as judged from auto-stop signal.
Displays vehicle speed status as judged from vehicle speed signal.
ACTIVE TEST
Display Item List
Test item
FR WIPER
Revision: January 2010
Description
Front LO, HI and INT wiper can be operated by any ON-OFF operation.
WW-12
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)
INFOID:0000000005283446
A
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode
Description
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
B
Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results.
DATA MONITOR
Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
C
DATA MONITOR
D
ALL SIGNALS
Monitors all items.
MAIN SIGNALS
Monitor the predetermined item.
SELECTION FROM MENU
Selects items and monitors them.
E
All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu
F
Monitor item selection
Item name
Display or unit
ALL
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Description
FR WIP REQ
STOP/1LOW/LOW/HI
×
×
×
Signal status input from BCM
WIP AUTO STOP
ACT P/STOP P
×
×
×
Output status of IPDM E/R
WIP PROT
OFF/BLOCK
×
×
×
Control status of IPDM E/R
NOTE:
Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with ignition switch ON. When ignition switch is at ACC, the display may
not be correct.
ACTIVE TEST
I
Description
With a certain operation (OFF, HI ON, LO ON), front wiper relay (Lo, Hi) can be operated.
BCM Power and Ground Circuit Inspection
IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection
L
INFOID:0000000005283448
M
Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection".
Front Wiper Does Not Operate
WW
INFOID:0000000005283447
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
INFOID:0000000005283449
CAUTION:
• During IPDM E/R fail-safe control, front wipers may not operate. Refer to PG-17, "System Description" in “PG IPDM E/R” to make sure that it is not in fail-safe status.
1.ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-lII
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “LO” or “HI” screen.
Without CONSULT-llI
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
1.
2.
3.
WW-13
N
O
P
Does front wiper operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
H
J
Test item
FRONT WIPER (HI, LO) output
G
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NO
>> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM
With CONSULT-lIl
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, “FR WIPER LOW”, and “FR WIPER HI” turn
ON-OFF according to wiper switch operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
1.
2.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND BCM
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”.
Displayed self-diagnosis results
NO DTC>>Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
CAN COMM CIRCUIT>>Check CAN communication line of BCM. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect front wiper motor.
Check continuity between front wiper motor connector and
ground.
Connector
Terminal
E1
2
Ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
WKIA5488E
5.CHECK FRONT WIPER CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front
wiper motor connector (B).
Connector
A
E45
3.
Connector
Terminal
B
32
E1
33
Terminal
Continuity
4
Yes
1
Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and ground.
Connector
A
E45
Terminal
32
WKIA5739E
Continuity
Ground
No
33
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK IPDM E/R
With CONSULT-lIl
Revision: January 2010
WW-14
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector E45.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “IPDM E/R” by CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
4. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
5. Touch “LO” or “HI” screen.
6. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while
front wiper (HI, LO) is operating.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
32
E45
Ground
33
1.
2.
3.
4.
Condition
Voltage (V)
Approx.
Stopped
0V
HI operation
Battery voltage
Stopped
0V
LO operation
Battery voltage
A
B
C
WKIA5490E
D
E
Without CONSULT-lIl
Connect IPDM E/R connector E45.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper (HI, LO) is operating.
Connector
Terminals
(+)
(-)
32
E45
Ground
33
Condition
Voltage (V)
Approx.
Stopped
0V
HI operation
Battery voltage
Stopped
0V
LO operation
Battery voltage
F
G
H
I
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive
Assembly".
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
Front Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position (After Front Wiper Operates for 10 Seconds, They Stop for 20 Seconds, and After Repeating the Operation Five Times, They
Become Inoperative)
INFOID:0000000005283450
CAUTION:
• When auto-stop signal has not varied for 10 seconds or longer while IPDM E/R is operating front wipers, IPDM E/R considers that front wipers are locked, and stops wiper output. That causes this symptom.
• This status can be checked by “DATA MONITOR” of “IPDM E/R” on which “WIPER PROT” item
shows “BLOCK”.
J
WW
L
M
N
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER STOP SIGNAL
With CONSULT-lIl
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. With “DATA MONITOR”, make sure that “WIP AUTO STOP” turns “ACT
P” - “STOP P” linked with wiper operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IPDM E/R
Revision: January 2010
WW-15
2010 Sentra
O
P
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while
front wiper motor is stopped and while it is operating.
Terminals
Connector
E46
(+)
(-)
38
Ground
Condition
Voltage (V)
Approx.
Wiper stopped
0V
Wiper operating
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WKIA5491E
3.CHECK FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R and wiper motor.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front
wiper motor connector (B).
Connector
A
E46
4.
Connector
Terminal
B
38
Terminal
Continuity
5
Yes
E1
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
ground.
Connector
A
E46
Terminal
Ground
WKIA5740E
Continuity
38
No
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive
Assembly".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
Only Front Wiper Low Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283451
1.ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-lIl
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “LO” screen.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Does front wiper operate normally?
YES >> Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
1.
2.
3.
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
WW-16
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R and front wiper motor.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front
wiper motor connector (B).
A
B
Connector
A
Terminal
E45
4.
Connector
B
33
E1
Terminal
Continuity
1
Yes
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
ground.
Connector
A
Terminal
E45
Ground
C
WKIA5741E
D
Continuity
E
33
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
F
3.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
With CONSULT-lIl
Connect IPDM E/R.
Turn ignition ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “LO” screen.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while
front wiper LO is operating.
Connector
E45
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
H
I
J
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
Approx.
33
Ground
Battery voltage
WKIA5496E
WW
Without CONSULT-lIl
Connect IPDM E/R.
Turn ignition ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper LO is operating.
L
M
Connector
E45
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
Approx.
33
Ground
Battery voltage
N
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive
Assembly".
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
O
Only Front Wiper HI Does Not Operate
P
INFOID:0000000005283452
1.ACTIVE TEST
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-lIl
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “HI” screen.
Revision: January 2010
WW-17
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without CONSULT-lIl
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Does front wiper operate normally?
YES >> Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R and front wiper motor.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front
wiper motor connector (B).
Connector
A
E45
4.
Connctor
Terminal
B
32
E1
Terminal
Continuity
4
Yes
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and
ground.
Connector
A
Terminal
E45
Ground
WKIA5742E
Continuity
32
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK IPDM E/R
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
With CONSULT-lIl
Connect IPDM E/R.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”.
Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Touch “HI” screen.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while
front wiper HI is operating.
Connector
E45
1.
2.
3.
4.
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
Approx.
32
Ground
Battery voltage
WKIA5499E
Without CONSULT-lIl
Connect IPDM E/R.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper HI is operating.
Connector
E45
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Voltage (V)
Approx.
32
Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive
Assembly".
NG
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
Revision: January 2010
WW-18
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Only Front Wiper Intermittent Does Not Operate
INFOID:0000000005283453
A
1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH
1.
2.
B
With CONSULT-lIl
Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, turn ON-OFF according to wiper switch operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
Front Wiper Intermittent Operation Switch Position Cannot Be Adjusted
INFOID:0000000005283454
C
D
E
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM
With CONSULT-lIl
1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “INT VOLUME”, changes in order from 1 to 7 according to wiper
switch operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
Wiper Does Not Wipe When Front Washer Operates
INFOID:0000000005283455
F
G
H
I
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM
J
With CONSULT-lIl
1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WASHER SW” turn ON-OFF according to front wiper
WW
switch operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NG
>> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
M
Front Wiper Does Not Stop
INFOID:0000000005283456
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM
N
With CONSULT-lIl
1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, “FR WIPER LOW”, “FR WIPER HI”, and “FR
WASHER SW” turn ON-OFF according to front wiper switch operation.
Without CONSULT-lIl
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms
INFOID:0000000005283457
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
WW-19
2010 Sentra
O
P
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, and then turn wiper switch off (auto stop).
2. Open hood, remove wiper arm caps, and remove wiper arm nuts.
3. Raise wiper arm, and remove wiper arm from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Clean up the pivot area as shown. This will reduce possibility of
wiper arm looseness.
Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate
wiper motor and then turn it off (auto stop).
Push wiper arm onto pivot shaft, paying attention to blind spline.
SEL024J
4.
5.
6.
Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface to set
the blade center to clearance “A”, “B”, "C" and "D" immediately
before temporarily tightening the wiper arm nuts.
Spray washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor
and then turn it off.
Make sure that wiper blades stop within clearance “A", "B", "C",
and "D“ and reposition as necessary.
• Cowl top cover edge (1)
Clearance “A”
Clearance “B”
Clearance “C”
Clearance “D”
7.
8.
: 30.5 mm (1.201 in)
: 27.5 ± 6.5 mm (1.083 ±±in)
: 20.1 mm (1.791 in)
: 50 mm (1.969 in)
BKIA0254E
Tighten wiper arm nuts to specification. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive
Assembly".
Attach wiper arm caps.
Adjustment of Wiper Arm Stop Location
INFOID:0000000005283458
ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the wiper arm stop location, the wiper arm must be removed and installed. Refer to WW-19,
"Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms".
Revision: January 2010
WW-20
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283459
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
BKIA0255E
1.
Front RH wiper blade
2.
Front RH wiper arm
3.
Wiper arm cap
4.
Front wiper drive assembly
5.
Wiper motor
6.
Front LH wiper arm
7.
Wiper arm cap
8.
Front LH wiper blade
J
WW
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
L
Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, then turn wiper switch off (auto stop).
Remove wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms".
Remove cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19.
Remove cowl extension. Refer to EI-19.
Disconnect wiper motor connector.
Remove front wiper drive assembly bolts, and remove front wiper drive assembly.
Remove the two wiper motor screws and remove the wiper motor.
M
N
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the wiper motor.
Install front wiper drive assembly.
Connect wiper motor connector. Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, then turn wiper switch off
(auto stop).
Install cowl extension. Refer to EI-19.
Install cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19.
Install the wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms".
Revision: January 2010
WW-21
2010 Sentra
O
P
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Nozzle
INFOID:0000000005283460
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Remove washer tube.
While pressing pawl (A) on the reverse side of front washer nozzle (1), remove front washer nozzle (1) from cowl top cover.
BKIA0256E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Washer Tube Layout
INFOID:0000000005283461
BKIA0258E
1.
Washer nozzle LH
2.
Washer nozzle hose LH
3.
Washer nozzle RH
4.
Washer nozzle hose RH
5.
Joint washer tube
6.
Washer fluid reservoir hose
7.
Washer fluid reservoir
A.
Clips
Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer Switch
INFOID:0000000005283462
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the steering column cover. Refer to IP-11.
Disconnect the wiper and washer switch connector.
Revision: January 2010
WW-22
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Pull wiper and washer switch (1) toward the passenger door
while pressing pawls (A) in direction shown by the arrow, and
remove it from the base.
A
B
C
BKIA0259E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283463
E
INFOID:0000000005283464
F
Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection".
Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir
REMOVAL
1.
G
Remove the washer fluid reservoir screw (A).
H
I
BKIA0260E
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front fender protector RH. Refer to EI-21.
Detach the fog lamp harness clips (A) and remove the washer
tube (1).
Disconnect the washer motor connector (C).
Remove the washer fluid reservoir screws (B), and remove
washer reservoir (2).
J
WW
L
M
BKIA0261E
N
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, add water up to the upper level of washer fluid reservoir inlet, and check for water
leaks.
Removal and Installation of Front Washer Motor
P
INFOID:0000000005283465
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the front fender protector RH. Refer to EI-21.
Revision: January 2010
WW-23
O
2010 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect washer motor connector (1) and detach the washer
tube (A).
3. Pull out washer motor (2) in the direction shown. Remove the
washer motor (2) from washer fluid reservoir.
BKIA0262E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When installing washer motor, there should be no hose twists.
Revision: January 2010
WW-24
2010 Sentra
POWER SOCKET
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER SOCKET
A
Wiring Diagram - P/SCKT -
INFOID:0000000005283466
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
N
O
P
AAMWA0191GB
Revision: January 2010
WW-25
2010 Sentra
POWER SOCKET
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAMWA0192GB
Revision: January 2010
WW-26
2010 Sentra
POWER SOCKET
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283467
A
FRONT CONSOLE POWER SOCKET AND CONSOLE POWER SOCKET
Removal
NOTE:
If the tool does not fit because of the location of the power socket, further disassembly of interior components
may be required. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation"
1. Remove the fuse for the power socket.
2. Insert one end of the Tool (A) into one of the square holes inside
the power socket.
Tool number:
3.
4.
5.
B
C
D
— (J-42059)
Lift up the handle of the Tool until the other end of the Tool is
inside the socket and snaps into the other square hole in the
power socket.
Pull the power socket straight out with the Tool.
Disconnect power socket connector.
E
F
AWMIA1182GB
G
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
Make sure to align the tab with the square notched area during
installation.
H
I
J
AWMIA1183GB
WW
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WW-27
2010 Sentra
HORN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HORN
Wiring Diagram - HORN -
INFOID:0000000005283468
WKWA5861E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283469
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14.
Revision: January 2010
WW-28
2010 Sentra
HORN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect the horn connectors.
3. Remove the horn bolt (A) and remove the horn (1).
A
B
C
BKIA0264E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WW-29
2010 Sentra
STEERING
SECTION
STC
STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
EPS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Service Notice or Precaution for EPS System .......... 3
EPS SYSTEM ...................................................... 4
System Description ................................................... 4
Schematic ................................................................. 5
CAN Communication ................................................. 5
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 6
Fail-Safe Function ..................................................... 6
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ........................... 6
Component Parts Location ........................................ 7
Wiring Diagram - EPS - ............................................. 8
EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value ........................................................................ 9
CONSULT-III Function (EPS) ..................................11
Symptom Chart ........................................................12
F
STC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM ............ 14
DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT ..................................14
DTC C1604 TORQUE SENSOR .............................15
DTC C1605 ANGLE SENSOR ................................16
DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR .......................................16
DTC C1608 CONTROL UNIT ..................................16
DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .........................17
DTC U1200 CAN VHCL SPEED ABS .....................17
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ...... 18
EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON ..................18
EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF ................18
Steering Wheel Turning Force Is Heavy or Light ....19
Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force and Return Between Right and Left ....................................20
Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force (Torque
Variation) .................................................................21
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
STC-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005661317
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005282974
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock
mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
STC-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Service Notice or Precaution for EPS System
INFOID:0000000005282975
A
B
CAUTION:
Check or confirm the following item when performing the trouble diagnosis.
• Check any possible causes by interviewing the symptom and it’s condition from the customer if any C
malfunction, such as EPS warning lamp turns ON, occurs.
• Check if air pressure and size of tires are proper, the specified part is used for the steering wheel,
and control unit is genuine part.
D
• Check if the connection of steering column assembly and steering gear assembly is proper (there is
not looseness of mounting bolts, damage of rods, boots or sealants, and leakage of grease, etc).
• Check if the wheel alignment is adjusted properly.
• Check if there is any damage or modification to suspension or body resulting in increased weight or E
altered ground clearance.
• Check if installation conditions of each link and suspension are proper.
• Check if the battery voltage is proper
F
• Check connection conditions of each connector are proper.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the EPS control unit harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect
STC
battery ground cable. Because battery voltage is applied to
EPS control unit even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
H
I
SEF289H
J
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from EPS control unit, take care not to damage pin terminals
(bend or break).
When connecting pin connectors, make sure that there are no
bends or breaks on EPS control unit pin terminal.
K
L
M
SEF291H
• Before replacing EPS control unit, perform EPS control unit
input/output signal inspection and make sure whether EPS
control unit functions properly or not. Refer to STC-9, "EPS
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
N
O
P
SDIA1848E
Revision: January 2010
STC-3
2010 Sentra
EPS SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS SYSTEM
System Description
INFOID:0000000005282976
EPS CONTROL UNIT
• EPS control unit performs an arithmetical operation on data, such
as steering wheel turning force (sensor signal) from the torque
sensor, vehicle speed signal, etc. Then it generates an optimum
assist torque to the EPS motor according to the driving condition.
• EPS control unit decreases the output to EPS motor while
extremely using the power steering function (e.g., full steering) for
protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit (Protect overload status). While activating protect overload status, the assist torque
gradually decreases, and the steering wheel turning force
becomes heavy. The normal assist torque reactivates by not steering.
SGIA1699E
• In case of an error in the electrical system, the fail-safe function
stops output signals to the EPS motor. Then the previous state is changed to the manual steering state.
• Self-diagnosis can be done with CONSULT-III.
EPS MOTOR
EPS motor provides the assist torque by control signal from EPS control unit.
TORQUE SENSOR
Torque sensor detects the steering torque, and transmit the signal to
EPS control unit.
SGIA1700E
REDUCTION GEAR
Reduction gear increases the assist torque provided from EPS motor with worm gears, and outputs to the column shaft.
EPS WARNING LAMP
Turns ON when there is a malfunction in EPS system. It indicates that fail-safe mode is engaged and enters a
manual steering state (Control turning force steering wheel becomes heavy).
Also turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF after the engine starts
if system is normal.
EPS Warning Lamp Indication
Condition
EPS warning lamp
Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON.
Turns OFF after engine start.
Lamp check
EPS system malfunction
ON
Other than above (system normal)
OFF
Revision: January 2010
STC-4
2010 Sentra
EPS SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005282977
A
B
C
D
E
SGIA1701E
COMPONENTS FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
STC
Component parts
Function
EPS control unit
(Electric power steering control unit)
• Outputs optimum assist torque signal to EPS motor.
• Reduces output signals to EPS motor and protects EPS motor and EPS control unit when using power steering continuously and excessively.
• As a fail-safe function, turned off output signal to EPS motor and then enters a manual steering state, if malfunction is detected in EPS system.
• Self-diagnosis can be clone with CONSULT-III.
EPS motor
F
H
I
Products assist torque by control signal from EPS control unit.
Torque sensor
Detects steering wheel turning force and outputs sensor signal to EPS control unit.
Reduction gear
Increases motor-produced assist torque by worm gear and transmits it to column shaft.
EPS warning lamp
Illuminates if malfunction is detected in electrical system of EPS system.
ECM
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit.
• Engine status signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) (With ABS)
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit.
• Vehicle speed signal
Combination meter
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit.
• Vehicle speed signal
J
K
L
M
CAN Communication
INFOID:0000000005282978
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
N
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
O
P
Revision: January 2010
STC-5
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Fail-Safe Function
INFOID:0000000005282979
• If any malfunction occurs in the system, and control unit detects the malfunction, EPS warning lamp on combination meter turns ON to indicate system malfunction.
• When EPS warning lamp is ON, enters a manual steering state. (Control turning force steering wheel
becomes heavy.)
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005282980
BASIC CONCEPT
• To perform trouble diagnosis, it is the must to have understanding about vehicle systems (control and mechanism) thoroughly.
• It is also important to clarify customer complaints before starting
the inspection.
First of all, reproduce the symptoms, and understand them fully.
Ask customer about his/her complaints carefully. In some cases, it
will be necessary to check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professionals. It is dangerous to make an
easy guess like “maybe the customer means that...” or
“maybe the customer mentions this symptom”.
SEF233G
• It is essential to check symptoms right from the beginning in order
to repair malfunctions completely.
For intermittent malfunctions, reproduce symptoms based on interview with customer and past examples. Do not perform inspection
on ad hoc basis. Most intermittent malfunctions are caused by
poor contacts. In this case, it will be effective to shake suspected
harness or connector by hand. When repairing without any symptom diagnosis, you cannot judge if malfunctions has actually been
eliminated.
SEF234G
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Be sure to check the procedures of the trouble diagnosis in advance. Refer to "How to Perform Trouble
Diagnosis".
• Always erase memory after completing trouble diagnosis.
• Checking continuity and voltage between units, be sure to check connector terminals for disconnection,
looseness, bend, or collapse. Repair or replace applicable part if any non-standard condition is detected.
• Be careful not to forcibly extend any connector terminal if a circuit tester is used for the check.
• Always confirm the general precautions. Refer to GI-3, "General Precaution".
INTERVIEW
• Complaints vary depending on the person. It is important to clarify
the customer's actual remarks.
• Ask the customer about what symptoms occur under what conditions. Use the information to reproduce the symptom of confirm by
vehicle.
SEF907L
Revision: January 2010
STC-6
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005282981
A
B
C
D
E
F
STC
H
I
J
K
L
SGIA1707E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
STC-7
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - EPS -
INFOID:0000000005282982
BGWA0005E
Revision: January 2010
STC-8
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
STC
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAGWA0007GB
EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value
P
INFOID:0000000005282983
SPECIFICATIONS WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
The output signal indicates the EPS control unit calculation date. The normal values will be displayed
even in the event that the output circuit (harness) is open.
Revision: January 2010
STC-9
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item (Unit)
BATTERY VOLT (V)
TORQUE SENSOR (Nm)
MOTOR SIG (A)
C/U TEMP (°)
ASSIST LEVEL (%)
VEHICLE SPEED
(km/h) or (mph)
Content
Condition
Power supply voltage for
EPS control unit
Ignition switch: ON
Steering wheel turning force
Engine running
0.00 Nm
Steering wheel: Steering
0 – 8.19 Nm*1 (The value
is changed according to
steering left or right)
Steering wheel: Not
steering (There is no
steering force)
0.00 A
Steering wheel: Steering
0 – 84 A (The value is
changed according to
steering left or right)
Engine running
EPS control unit temperature
Ignition switch: ON
Engine running
Vehicle speed
Battery voltage
Steering wheel: Not
steering (There is no
steering force)
Command current to EPS
motor
Assist available level
Display value
Steering wheel: Normal
steering
Steering wheel: Excessive steering
Temperature in control
unit
100%
Gradually-decreased
from 100%*3
Vehicle stopped
0 km/h (0 mph)
While driving
Approximately equal to
the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)*2
WARNING LAMP
(ON/OFF)
EPS warning lamp condition
ENGINE STATUS
(RUN/CRANK/STALL/STOP)
Engine status
EPS warning lamp: ON
ON
EPS warning lamp: OFF
OFF
Engine stopped
STOP
Engine stalled
STALL
Engine cranking
CRANK
Engine running
RUN
*1: In the front of the value, “L” is displayed at steering left and “R” is displayed at steering right.
*2: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after ignition switch is turned ON.
*3: It turns to 100% after waiting for a short period of time.
EPS HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
SGIA1702E
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT
Data are reference value and are measured.
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
1
W
Power supply (Memory back-up)
2
B
Ground
Revision: January 2010
Condition
Data (Approx.)
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
Battery voltage
Always
STC-10
0V
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Wire
color
3
BR
5
L
CAN-H
—
—
7
P
CAN-L
—
—
11
B
Torque sensor ground
Item
Condition
Power supply
Data (Approx.)
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
0V
Always
12
Y
Torque sensor sub
Engine running
R
Torque sensor power supply
2.5 V
D
Ignition switch: ON
8V
E
Ignition switch: OFF
0V
Steering wheel: Not steering
(There in no steering force)
14
W
Torque sensor main
C
1.7 V – 3.3 V
(The value is changed according to steering left or right)
Steering wheel: Steering
13
B
0V
Steering wheel: Not steering
(There is no steering force)
A
Engine running
Steering wheel: Steering
2.5 V
1.7 V – 3.3 V
(The value is changed according to steering left or right)
F
STC
CAUTION:
When using a circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to extend forcibly any connector terminals.
CONSULT-III Function (EPS)
INFOID:0000000005282984
FUNCTION
I
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Diagnostic test mode
H
Function
J
Self-diagnostic results
• Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly.
Data monitor
• Input/Output data in the EPS control unit can be read.
CAN diagnostic support monitor
• The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ECU part number
• EPS control unit part number can be read.
K
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
L
Display Item List
Item
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Diagnostic item is detected when....
Check item
BATTERY VOLT
[C1601]
When the power supply malfunction supplied to EPS control unit is
detected.
STC-14, "DTC C1601
BATTERY VOLT"
TORQUE SENSOR
[C1604]
When the torque sensor malfunction assembled in steering column
assembly is detected.
STC-15, "DTC C1604
TORQUE SENSOR"
ANGLE SENSOR
[C1605]
When the motor rotor position sensor malfunction of EPS control unit
is detected.
STC-16, "DTC C1605
ANGLE SENSOR"
EPS MOTOR
[C1606]
When the motor driver malfunction of EPS control unit or EPS motor
malfunction is detected.
STC-16, "DTC C1606
EPS MOTOR"
CONTROL UNIT
[C1608]
When the internal malfunction is detected in EPS control unit.
STC-16, "DTC C1608
CONTROL UNIT"
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
When EPS control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal 2 seconds or more.
STC-17, "DTC U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT"
Revision: January 2010
STC-11
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Diagnostic item is detected when....
Check item
CAN VHCL SPEED ABS
[U1200]
When the malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal received
with CAN communication.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
No NG item has been detected.
STC-17, "DTC U1200
CAN VHCL SPEED
ABS"
—
CAUTION:
If “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication
line.
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
Monitor item (Unit)
Remarks
BATTERY VOLT (V)
Power supply voltage for EPS control unit is displayed
TORQUE SENSOR (Nm)
Steering wheel turning force detected by torque sensor is displayed
MOTOR SIG (A)
Current commanded value to EPS motor is displayed
C/U TEMP (°)
EPS control unit temperature is displayed
ASSIST LEVEL (%)
EPS control unit assist available level is displayed
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (mph)
Vehicle speed is displayed from vehicle speed signal with CAN communication
WARNING LAMP (ON/OFF)
EPS warning lamp control status is displayed
ENGINE STATUS (RUN/CRANK/STALL/STOP)
Engine speed is displayed from engine status signal with CAN communication
Symptom Chart
INFOID:0000000005282985
If EPS warning lamp turns ON, perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)".
Symptom
EPS warning lamp does not turn ON when ignition switch to “ON”.
(EPS warning lamp check)
Condition
Check item
Reference page
CAN communication line
Ignition switch: ON
Combination meter
STC-18
CAN communication line
Power supply and ground for
EPS control unit
EPS warning lamp does not turn OFF for sevEngine running
eral seconds after starting the engine
Torque sensor
EPS motor
STC-18
Vehicle speed signal
Engine status signal
Combination meter
CAN communication line
Vehicle speed signal
Steering wheel turning force is heavy or light,
while driving
• While driving
• Steering wheel turning
Engine status signal
STC-19
EPS motor
Steering wheel turning force
(Mechanical malfunction)
Unbalance steering wheel turning force and
return between right and left, while driving
Revision: January 2010
• While driving
• Steering wheel turning
STC-12
Wheel alignment
Steering wheel turning force
(Mechanical malfunction)
STC-20
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Unbalance steering wheel turning force,
while driving (Torque variation)
Condition
• While driving
• Steering wheel turning
Check item
Steering column intermediate
shaft installation condition
Steering wheel turning force
(Mechanical malfunction)
Reference page
A
STC-21
B
C
D
E
F
STC
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
STC-13
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM
DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT
INFOID:0000000005282986
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Data are reference value.
Monitor item (Unit)
BATTERY VOLT (V)
Content
Condition
Power supply voltage for EPS control unit
Ignition switch: ON
Display value
Battery voltage
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT
Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A)
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
M37
3 – Ground
Battery voltage
E202
1 – Ground
Battery voltage
SGIA1704E
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A)
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
M37
3 – Ground
Approx. 0 V
E202
1 – Ground
Battery voltage
7. Connect EPS control unit harness connector.
OK or NG
SGIA1705E
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 60 A fusible link (letter f, located in the fuse and fusible link box). Refer to PG-3.
• 10 A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-3.
• Harness for short or open between battery and EPS control unit harness connector E202 terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and EPS control unit harness connector M37
terminal 3.
2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
STC-14
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between EPS control unit harness connector
(A) terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
E202
2
Yes
A
B
Also check harness for short to power.
4. Connect EPS control unit harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
C
SGIA1706E
D
3.CHECK DTC
Start engine.
Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)".
DTC C1604 TORQUE SENSOR
INFOID:0000000005282987
E
F
STC
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Data are reference value.
Monitor item (Unit)
Content
Condition
Steering wheel: Not steering
(There is no steering force)
TORQUE SENSOR (Nm)
Steering wheel turning force
Engine running
Steering wheel: Steering
Display value
H
0.00 Nm
0 – 8.19 Nm*
(The value is changed according to steering left or
right)
I
J
*: In the front of the value, “L” is displayed at steering left and “R” is displayed at steering right.
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT
K
Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK TORQUE SENSOR SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
L
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III.
Check the value of “TORQUE SENSOR”. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
M
N
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector M87 terminals 11, 12, 13, 14 and ground.
Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
STC-15
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving the vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Torque sensor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal
and Installation".
DTC C1605 ANGLE SENSOR
INFOID:0000000005589282
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine.
6. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “ANGLE SENSOR [C1605]” displayed?
YES >> EPS motor rotor position sensor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to
PS-8, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR
INFOID:0000000005282988
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine.
6. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “EPS MOTOR [C1606]” displayed?
YES >> EPS motor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and
Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
DTC C1608 CONTROL UNIT
INFOID:0000000005282989
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine.
6. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “CONTROL UNIT [C1608]” displayed?
Revision: January 2010
STC-16
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
INFOID:0000000005282990
B
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
C
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed?
YES >> Print out CONSULT-III screen and go to LAN-13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
DTC U1200 CAN VHCL SPEED ABS
D
E
INFOID:0000000005282991
F
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Data are reference value.
Monitor item (Unit)
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (mph)
Content
Vehicle speed
Display value
STC
Vehicle stopped
0 km/h (0 mph)
While driving
Approximately equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)
H
Condition
*: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after ignition switch is turned ON.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
I
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
3.CHECK DTC
N
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving the vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
O
P
Revision: January 2010
STC-17
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON
INFOID:0000000005282992
SYMPTOM:
EPS warning lamp does not turn ON when ignition switch to “ON”.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)" .
Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. Refer to STC-17, "DTC U1000 CAN
COMM CIRCUIT" .
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation" .
EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF
INFOID:0000000005282993
SYMPTOM:
EPS warning lamp does not turn OFF for several seconds after starting the engine.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A)
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
M37
3 – Ground
Battery voltage
E202
1 – Ground
Battery voltage
SGIA1704E
Revision: January 2010
STC-18
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
6. Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A)
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
M37
3 – Ground
Approx. 0 V
E202
1 – Ground
Battery voltage
[EPS]
A
B
7. Connect EPS control unit harness connector.
OK or NG
SGIA1705E
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 60 A fusible link (letter f, located in the fuse and fusible link box). Refer to PG-3 .
• 10 A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B). Refer to PG-3.
• Harness for short or open between battery and EPS control unit harness connector E202 terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and EPS control unit harness connector M37
terminal 3.
3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between EPS control unit harness connector
(A) terminal and ground.
C
D
E
F
STC
H
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
E202
2
YES
Also check harness for short to power.
4. Connect EPS control unit harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
I
J
SGIA1706E
K
4.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
5.SYMPTOM CHECK
N
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation".
Steering Wheel Turning Force Is Heavy or Light
O
INFOID:0000000005282994
P
SYMPTOM:
Steering wheel turning force is heavy or light, while driving.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)".
Revision: January 2010
STC-19
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. Refer to STC-17, "DTC U1000 CAN
COMM CIRCUIT".
NO-1 >> With ABS: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Without ABS: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)
Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER SIGNAL
Perform self-diagnosis with combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL
Perform self-diagnosis for ECM. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EPS MOTOR SYSTEM
Perform trouble diagnosis for EPS motor. Refer to STC-16, "DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
8.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to
PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force and Return Between Right and Left
INFOID:0000000005282995
SYMPTOM:
Unbalance steering wheel turning force and return between right and left, while driving.
Revision: January 2010
STC-20
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP
A
Confirm EPS warning lamp during engine running.
Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Go to STC-18, "EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF".
B
2.CHECK WHEEL ALIGNMENT
C
Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection".
D
3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
E
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value" .
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
STC
SYMPTOM CHECK
4.
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to
PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" .
Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force (Torque Variation)
H
I
INFOID:0000000005282996
J
SYMPTOM:
Unbalance steering wheel turning force, while driving (Torque variation).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
K
Confirm EPS warning lamp during engine running.
Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Go to STC-18, "EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF" .
L
1.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP
M
2.CHECK STEERING COLUMN INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Check the connection between intermediate shaft and the mounting part of steering column assembly and
steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
O
3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT
Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference
Value" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
4.SYMPTOM CHECK
Revision: January 2010
STC-21
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[EPS]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to
PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" .
Revision: January 2010
STC-22
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
ACC
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
A
ACC
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM .............. 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Component ............................................................... 4
Removal and Installation .......................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .................................................................. 5
Accelerator Control ................................................... 5
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
ACC-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005681119
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005286293
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
ACC-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
ACC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
ACC-3
2010 Sentra
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
Component
INFOID:0000000005286294
LBIA0473E
1.
Accelerator pedal assembly
2.
Locating pins
Vehicle front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286295
CAUTION:
• Do not disassemble accelerator pedal assembly. Do not remove accelerator pedal position sensor
from accelerator pedal assembly.
• Avoid impact from dropping etc. during handling.
• Be careful to keep accelerator pedal assembly away from water.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
Remove the accelerator pedal assembly nuts and remove accelerator pedal assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Check the accelerator pedal for smooth operation. There should
be no binding or sticking when applying or releasing the accelerator pedal.
• Check that the accelerator pedal moves through the full specified
distance of the specified pedal travel (A).
Pedal Travel (A)
: 50.5 mm (1.99 in)
CAUTION:
• When the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connecLBIA0474E
tor is disconnected, perform the “Accelerator Pedal Released
Position Learning”. Refer to EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal
Released Position Learning" (MR20DE For California), EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position
Learning" (MR20DE Except For California), EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning"
(QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
ACC-4
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Accelerator Control
INFOID:0000000005286296
PEDAL TRAVEL
ACC
C
D
E
LBIA0474E
Accelerator pedal - total travel (A)
F
50.5 mm (1.99 in)
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
ACC-5
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
CO
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
A
CO
C
D
E
CONTENTS
MR20DE
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL
VALVE ............................................................... 24
Component ..............................................................24
Removal and Installation .........................................25
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
Precaution for Liquid Gasket ..................................... 4
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 28
PREPARATION ................................................... 5
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 29
Special Service Tool ................................................. 5
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5
Standard and Limit ..................................................28
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 29
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................29
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................29
Precaution for Liquid Gasket ...................................30
Troubleshooting Chart ............................................... 7
COOLING SYSTEM ............................................ 9
Cooling Circuit ........................................................... 9
PREPARATION ................................................. 31
ENGINE COOLANT ...........................................11
Special Service Tool ................................................31
Commercial Service Tool ........................................31
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS ................ 33
RADIATOR .........................................................15
Troubleshooting Chart .............................................33
Component .............................................................. 15
Removal and Installation ......................................... 15
COOLING SYSTEM .......................................... 35
Cooling Circuit .........................................................35
Schematic ................................................................37
COOLING FAN ...................................................17
Component .............................................................. 17
Removal and Installation ......................................... 17
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 18
WATER PUMP ...................................................19
Component .............................................................. 19
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19
THERMOSTAT ...................................................21
Component .............................................................. 21
Removal and Installation ......................................... 22
Revision: January 2010
G
H
QR25DE
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS .................. 7
Inspection ................................................................ 11
Changing Engine Coolant ....................................... 12
F
ENGINE COOLANT .......................................... 39
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Inspection ................................................................39
Changing Engine Coolant ........................................40
RADIATOR ........................................................ 44
Component ..............................................................44
Removal and Installation .........................................44
COOLING FAN .................................................. 46
CO-1
Component ..............................................................46
Removal and Installation .........................................46
2010 Sentra
P
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 47
WATER CONTROL VALVE .............................. 53
WATER PUMP ................................................... 48
Component ............................................................. 53
Removal and Installation ......................................... 54
Component ............................................................. 48
Removal and Installation ........................................ 48
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING ..................................................................... 50
Component ............................................................. 50
Removal and Installation ........................................ 51
Revision: January 2010
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 56
Capacity .................................................................. 56
Thermostat .............................................................. 56
Water Control Valve ................................................ 56
Radiator .................................................................. 56
CO-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
CO
INFOID:0000000005937463
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283831
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
CO-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Liquid Gasket
INFOID:0000000005283832
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
• After removing nuts and bolts, separate the mating surface, using Tool and remove old liquid gasket sealing.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• Tap (1) Tool to insert it, and then slide (2) it by tapping on the side
as shown.
• In areas where Tool is difficult to use, use plastic hammer to lightly
tap the parts, to remove it.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason suitable tool such as screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
WBIA0566E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Remove old liquid gasket adhering to the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface, using scraper.
• Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid
gasket application surface, bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and remove adhering
moisture, grease and foreign materials.
PBIC0003E
3.
Attach liquid gasket tube to Tool.
Tool number
4.
: WS39930000 (
—
)
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Apply liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
• If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply liquid gasket to the groove.
WBIA0567E
• As for the bolt holes, normally apply liquid gasket inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Make sure to read the text of service manual.
• Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mating component.
• If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
• Do not retighten nuts or bolts after the installation.
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
engine oil and engine coolant.
CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them.
Revision: January 2010
CO-4
SEM159F
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283833
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
CO
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
WS39930000
( —
)
Tube pressure
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
C
D
E
S-NT052
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap
and radiator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
S-NT564
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing chain tensioner cover and water
pump cover
H
I
J
NT046
KV991J0070
(J-45695)
Coolant Refill Tool
Refilling engine cooling system
K
L
LMA053
—
(J-23688)
Engine coolant refractometer
Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in
engine coolant
M
N
WBIA0539E
O
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283834
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-5
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Radiator cap tester
Checking radiator and radiator cap
PBIC1982E
Revision: January 2010
CO-6
2010 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
A
Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000005283835
Symptom
Poor heat transfer
CO
Check items
Water pump malfunction
Worn or loose drive belt
Thermostat stuck closed
Thermostat
Damaged fins
Dust contamination or paper clogging
C
—
D
Physical damage
Clogged radiator cooling
tube
Excess foreign material
(rust, dirt, sand, etc.)
E
Cooling fan does not operate
Reduced air flow
High resistance to fan rotation
Engine cooling fans
—
F
Damaged fan blades
Cooling system parts
malfunction
Damaged radiator shroud
—
Radiator shroud
—
Improper engine coolant
mixture ratio
—
Engine coolant viscosity
—
Poor engine coolant quality
—
Periodic maintenance
—
Cooling hose
Water pump
Radiator cap
Engine coolant leaks
Loose clamp
Radiator
I
Poor sealing
Loose
Poor sealing
Cracked radiator tank
Cracked radiator core
Reservoir tank
Overflowing reservoir tank
H
Cracked hose
O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting
Insufficient engine coolant
G
J
K
Cracked reservoir tank
Cylinder head deterioration
Exhaust gas leaks into coolCylinder head gasket deteriing system
oration
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-7
2010 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Check items
High engine rpm under no
load
Abusive driving
Driving in low gear for extended time
Driving at extremely high
speed
—
Overload on engine
Power train system malfunction
Installed improper size
wheels and tires
Except cooling system
parts malfunction
—
Dragging brakes
Improper ignition timing
Blocked or restricted air
flow
Blocked bumper
Installed front bumper fascia cover
Blocked radiator grille
Mud contamination or paper
clogging
—
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked air flow
Installed large fog lamp
Revision: January 2010
CO-8
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COOLING SYSTEM
A
Cooling Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283836
M/T Models
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
PBIC4719E
Revision: January 2010
CO-9
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
WBIA0815E
Revision: January 2010
CO-10
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE COOLANT
A
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283837
WARNING:
CO
• Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up presC
sure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way.
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES
Check hoses for the following:
• Improper attachment
• Leaks
• Cracks
• Damage
• Loose connections
• Chafing
• Deterioration
D
E
F
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL
• Check if the reservoir tank engine coolant level is within the MIN to
MAX range when the engine is cool.
• Adjust the engine coolant level as necessary.
G
H
I
SMA412B
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
To check for leaks, apply pressure to the cooling system using suitable tool and Tool.
Tool number
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
Testing pressure
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from
the radiator.
CAUTION:
Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage.
K
L
M
WBIA0568E
N
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP
1.
Inspect the radiator cap.
• Replace the cap if the metal plunger cannot be seen around the edge of the black rubber gasket.
• Replace the cap if deposits of waxy residue or other foreign material are on the black rubber gasket or
the metal retainer.
NOTE:
Thoroughly wipe out the radiator filler neck to remove any waxy residue or foreign material.
Revision: January 2010
CO-11
J
2010 Sentra
O
P
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Pull the negative-pressure valve to open it and check that it
closes completely when released.
• Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of the
radiator cap negative-pressure valve.
• Check that there are no abnormalities in the opening and closing conditions of the negative-pressure valve.
[MR20DE]
SMA967B
3.
Check radiator cap relief pressure using suitable tool and Tool.
Tool number
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
Standard: 78 – 98 kPa (0.8 – 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 – 14 psi)
• When connecting the radiator cap to the tester, apply water or
coolant to the cap seal surface.
• Replace the radiator cap if there is an abnormality in the negative-pressure valve, or if the open-valve pressure is outside of
the standard values.
WBIA0570E
CHECKING RADIATOR
Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows.
• Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins.
• When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan shroud and
horns. Then tape the harness and electrical connectors to prevent water from entering.
1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core, with the hose pointed vertically downward.
2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from the radiator.
4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core, with the air hose pointed vertically downward.
• Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in).
5. Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
6. Check for leaks.
Changing Engine Coolant
INFOID:0000000005283838
WARNING:
• To avoid being scalded, do not change the engine coolant when the engine is hot.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove the cap. First, turn the cap a quarter of a
turn to release built-up pressure. Then push down and turn the cap all the way to remove.
• Be careful not to allow engine coolant to contact drive belt.
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
2.
Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Open the radiator drain plug (1) at the bottom of the radiator,
and remove the radiator filler cap. This is the only step required
when partially draining the cooling system (radiator only).
•
Front
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
PBIC3799E
Revision: January 2010
CO-12
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Follow this step for heater core removal/replacement only. Disconnect the upper heater hose at the
engine side and apply moderate air pressure [103.46 kPa (15 psi, 1.055 kg/cm2) maximum air pressure] A
into the hose for 30 seconds to blow the excess coolant out of the heater core.
4. When draining all of the coolant in the system, remove the reservoir tank and drain the coolant, then clean
CO
the reservoir tank before installation.
5. When draining all of the coolant in the system for engine removal or repair, open the drain plug on the cylinder block. Refer to EM-80, "Component".
C
6. Check the drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration.
If the coolant is contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Follow the "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" procedure.
D
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Install the radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total
system drain or for engine removal or repair.
• The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water.
• Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance
Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
E
F
Radiator drain plug
Cylinder block drain plug
2.
3.
4.
If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side.
Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with
the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode.
Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the
radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly
with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap
adapter.
Tool number
5.
: KV991J0070 (J-45695)
G
H
I
J
Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is
placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed
position.
• Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or
equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water.
Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
Engine coolant capacity
(with reservoir tank)
6.
: Refer to CO-15, "Component".
: Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
K
L
: Refer to MA-15.
M
Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must
be within specification.
N
Compressed air
supply pressure
7.
: 549 - 824 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2,
80 - 119 psi)
LLIA0058E
CAUTION:
The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer.
The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open
the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is
full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose.
Revision: January 2010
CO-13
2010 Sentra
O
P
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches
of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude
locations, use the vacuum specifications below based on the
altitude above sea level.
Altitude above sea level
0 - 100 m (328 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
500 m (1,641 ft)
1,000 m (3,281 ft)
Vacuum gauge reading
: 28 inches of vacuum
: 27 inches of vacuum
: 26 inches of vacuum
: 24 - 25 inches of vacuum
[MR20DE]
LLIA0057E
9.
When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount, disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds
to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level drops, perform any necessary repairs to the
system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the specified amount. Recheck for any leaks.
10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then
open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling
system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero.
CAUTION:
Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into
the cooling system.
11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening.
12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to
warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary.
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fill radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap.
Run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
Rev the engine two or three times under no-load.
Stop the engine and wait until it cools down.
Drain water from the cooling system.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 until clear water begins to drain from the radiator.
Revision: January 2010
CO-14
2010 Sentra
RADIATOR
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RADIATOR
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283839
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
AWBIA0773ZZ
N
1.
Reservoir tank cap
2.
Reservoir tank
3.
Reservoir tank hose
4.
Mounting rubber (upper)
5.
Radiator upper mounts
6.
Radiator cap
7.
Radiator
8.
Mounting rubber (lower)
9.
Radiator hose (lower)
A.
To water outlet
10. Radiator hose (upper)
B.
11. Cooling fan assembly
O
To water inlet
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283840
WARNING:
Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter
turn to release built-up pressure. Carefully remove the radiator cap by turning it all the way.
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
CO-15
2010 Sentra
P
RADIATOR
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
2. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-16.
3. Disconnect the reservoir tank hose.
4. Remove radiator hoses (upper and lower).
5. Disconnect harness connectors from fan motors, and position harness aside.
6. Remove the cooling fan assembly to radiator bolts and remove cooling fan assembly.
7. Remove radiator upper mounts.
8. Move the radiator assembly to the rearward direction of vehicle, and then lift it upward to remove.
CAUTION:
Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser if equipped and radiator core when removing.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Inspect radiator for leaks as follows:
• Apply pressure using suitable tool and Tool.
Specified pressure value
Tool number
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
WARNING:
To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under
pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp.
SLC933
• Check for leakage.
SLC934
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser if equipped and radiator core when installing.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant and CVT fluid if equipped.
Refer to CVT-14.
Revision: January 2010
CO-16
2010 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COOLING FAN
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283841
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWBIA0774ZZ
1.
Cooling fan assembly
J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283842
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur form high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Partially drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-16.
Disconnect radiator hose (upper) at radiator side. Refer to CO-15.
Disconnect harness connectors from fan motor, and position harness aside.
Remove cooling fan assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core.
N
O
P
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Cooling fans are controlled by ECM. For details, refer to EC-436.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core.
CO-17
L
M
INSTALLATION
Revision: January 2010
K
2010 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283843
WBIA0362E
1.
Fan blade
2.
Fan shroud
3.
Fan motor
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove fan blades from fan motors.
Remove fan motors from fan shroud.
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
CO-18
2010 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WATER PUMP
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283844
CO
C
D
E
F
G
WBIA0817E
1.
Gasket
2.
Water pump
3.
Pulley
Removal and Installation
H
INFOID:0000000005283845
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
I
REMOVAL
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when the engine is cold.
Remove the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE".
Remove radiator hose (lower). Refer to CO-15, "Component".
Disconnect the CVT fluid cooler hose from the thermostat housing (CVT models).
Remove water pump.
CAUTION:
• Handle the water pump vane so that it does not contact any other parts.
• Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as an assembly.
K
L
M
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
N
• Visually check that there is no significant dirt or rusting on the
water pump body and vane (A).
• Make sure that there is no looseness in the vane shaft, and that it
turns smoothly when rotated by hand.
• Replace water pump, if necessary.
O
P
PBIC3313J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
CO-19
2010 Sentra
WATER PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for leaks of engine coolant.
Revision: January 2010
CO-20
[MR20DE]
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
THERMOSTAT
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283846
M/T Models
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
PBIC4485E
1.
Thermostat housing
2.
Water hose (models with oil cooler)
3.
Radiator hose (lower)
4.
Water inlet
5.
Thermostat
6.
Rubber ring
7.
Gasket
A.
To oil cooler
B.
To radiator
J
K
Engine front
CVT Models
L
M
N
O
P
WBIA0819E
1.
Gasket
2.
Thermostat housing
3.
Water hose (CVT models)
4.
Rubber ring
5.
Thermostat
6.
Water inlet
7.
Radiator hose (lower)
A.
To CVT fluid cooler
B.
To radiator
Revision: January 2010
CO-21
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283847
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. Disconnect radiator hose (lower) and remove water inlet.
3. Remove thermostat.
4. Remove thermostat housing, if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Place a thread (A) so that it is caught in the valves of thermostat
(1). Immerse fully in a container (B) filled with water. Heat while
stirring.
• The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the
valve opens and the thermostat falls from the thread.
• Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount.
NOTE:
The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the thermostat is the reference value.
• After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature.
Items
PBIC3314J
Thermostat
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F)
Valve closing temperature
77°C (171°F)
• If out of the specification, replace thermostat.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Thermostat
CAUTION:
Replace the rubber ring with a new one.
• Install thermostat while making rubber ring (1) groove fit to thermostat flange (A) around the whole circumference.
PBIC3315J
Revision: January 2010
CO-22
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Install thermostat (1) into the thermostat housing (2) with jiggle
valve (A) facing upwards.
[MR20DE]
A
CO
C
PBIC3548J
Thermostat Housing
CAUTION:
Replace the rubber ring with a new one.
• Securely insert the rubber ring into the mating groove of thermostat housing and install it.
• Install the thermostat housing to the cylinder block without displacing the gasket from the gasket position.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
D
E
F
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-23
2010 Sentra
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE
Component
INFOID:0000000005283848
M/T Models
PBIC4699E
1.
Engine coolant temperature sensor 2.
Rubber ring
3.
Water control valve
4.
Gasket
5.
Water hose
6.
Gasket
7.
Water hose
8.
Water outlet
9.
10. Heater hose
11. Radiator hose (upper)
A.
B.
To heater
Revision: January 2010
To electric throttle control actuator
CO-24
Heater hose
Front
C.
To radiator
2010 Sentra
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
A
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
WBIA0820E
1.
Engine coolant temperature sensor 2.
Rubber ring
3.
Water control valve
4.
Gasket
5.
Water hose
6.
Gasket
7.
Water hose
8.
Water outlet
9.
Heater hose
10. Heater hose
C.
I
11. Water hose (CVT fluid cooler)
12. Radiator hose (upper)
Front
A.
To heater
B.
To radiator
D.
To CVT fluid cooler
To electric throttle control actuator
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283849
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
L
N
O
P
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
CO-25
K
M
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. Remove air cleaner and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-16.
3. Remove radiator hose (upper). Refer to CO-15.
4. Remove heater hoses and water hoses.
5. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor.
6. Remove water outlet.
7. Remove water control valve.
8. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor, if necessary.
CAUTION:
• Handle carefully to avoid any shock to engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Replace the gaskets and rubber rings with a new ones.
Revision: January 2010
J
2010 Sentra
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Place a thread (A) so that it is caught in the valve of the water control valve (1). Immerse fully in a container (B) filled with water. Heat
while stirring.
• The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the
water control valve opens and falls from the thread.
• Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount.
NOTE:
The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the water
control valve is the reference value.
• After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature.
Items
PBIC3314J
Water control valve
Valve opening temperature
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F)
Valve closing temperature
90°C (194°F)
• If out of the specification, replace water control valve.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Water Control Valve
CAUTION:
Replace the rubber ring with a new one.
• Install water control valve while making rubber ring (1) groove fit to
water control valve flange (A) around the whole circumference.
PBIC3317J
• While the mark (A) points to up, install water control valve (2) with
frame center (B) facing straight upward into water outlet (1).
PBIC4700E
Water Outlet
Install the water control valve to the cylinder head without displacing the valve from the valve position.
Water Hoses (M/T Models)
Revision: January 2010
CO-26
2010 Sentra
WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Install water hoses (3),(5) as shown.
• Electric throttle control actuator (1)
• Clamp (2)
• Water outlet (4)
• Paint mark (A)
• Clamp shall not interfere with the bulged area (B)
•
: Engine front
[MR20DE]
A
CO
C
D
E
F
G
PBIC4703E
Water Hoses (CVT Models)
Install water hoses (3),(5) as shown.
• Electric throttle control actuator (1)
• Clamp (2)
• Water outlet (4)
• Paint mark (A)
• Clamp shall not interfere with the bulged area (B)
•
: Engine front
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
WBIA0821E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
O
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant.
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-27
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
INFOID:0000000005283850
CAPACITY
Unit:
Engine coolant capacity (with reservoir tank at MAX level)
(US qt, lmp qt)
Approx. 7.0 (7 3/8, 6 1/8)
THERMOSTAT
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F)
Valve closing temperature
77°C (171°F)
WATER CONTROL VALVE
Valve opening temperature
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F)
Valve closing temperature
90°C (194°F)
RADIATOR
Unit: kPa (kg / cm2 , psi)
Cap relief pressure
Standard
78 - 98 (0.8 - 1.0, 11 - 14)
Leakage test pressure
Revision: January 2010
157 (1.6, 23)
CO-28
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
CO
INFOID:0000000005937466
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283852
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
CO-29
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Liquid Gasket
INFOID:0000000005283853
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
• After removing nuts and bolts, separate the mating surface, using Tool and remove old liquid gasket sealing.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• Tap (1) Tool to insert it, and then slide (2) it by tapping on the side
as shown.
• In areas where Tool is difficult to use, use plastic hammer to lightly
tap the part, to remove it.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason suitable tool such as screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
WBIA0566E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Remove old liquid gasket adhering to the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface, Using scraper.
• Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid
gasket application surface, bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and remove adhering
moisture, grease and foreign materials.
PBIC0003E
3.
Attach liquid gasket tube to Tool.
Tool number
4.
: WS39930000 (
—
)
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Apply liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
• If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply liquid gasket to the groove.
WBIA0567E
• As for the bolt holes, normally apply liquid gasket inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Make sure to read the text of service manual.
• Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mating component.
• If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
• Do not retighten nuts or bolts after the installation.
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
engine oil and engine coolant.
CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them.
Revision: January 2010
CO-30
SEM159F
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283854
The actual shape of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those special service tools illustrated here.
CO
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
WS39930000
( —
)
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
C
D
E
S-NT052
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator filler
neck:
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
S-NT564
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing chain tensioner cover and water
pump cover
H
I
J
NT046
KV991J0070
(J-45695)
Coolant Refill Tool
Refilling engine cooling system
K
L
LMA053
—
(J-23688)
Engine coolant refractometer
Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in
engine coolant
M
N
WBIA0539E
O
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283855
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-31
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Radiator cap tester
Checking radiator and radiator cap
PBIC1982E
Revision: January 2010
CO-32
2010 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
A
Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000005283856
Symptom
Poor heat transfer
CO
Check items
Water pump malfunction
Worn or loose drive belt
Thermostat stuck closed
Thermostat
Damaged fins
Dust contamination or rock
clogging
C
—
D
Physical damage
Clogged radiator cooling
tube
Excess foreign material
(rust, dirt, sand, etc.)
E
Cooling fan does not operate
Reduced air flow
High resistance to fan rotation
Engine cooling fans
—
F
Damaged fan blades
Cooling system parts
malfunction
Damaged radiator shroud
—
Radiator shroud
—
Improper coolant mixture
ratio
—
Engine coolant viscosity
—
Poor coolant quality
—
Periodic maintenance
—
Cooling hose
Water pump
Radiator cap
Engine coolant leaks
Loose clamp
Radiator
I
Poor sealing
Loose
Poor sealing
Cracked radiator tank
Cracked radiator core
Reservoir tank
Overflowing reservoir tank
H
Cracked hose
O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting
Insufficient engine coolant
G
J
K
Cracked reservoir tank
Cylinder head deterioration
Exhaust gas leaks into coolCylinder head gasket deteriing system
oration
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-33
2010 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Check items
High engine rpm under no
load
Abusive driving
Driving in low gear for extended time
Driving at extremely high
speed
—
Overload on engine
Powertrain system malfunction
Installed improper size
wheels and tires
Except cooling system
parts malfunction
—
Dragging brakes
Improper ignition timing
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
Installed car brassiere
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked or restricted air
flow
Blocked bumper
Blocked radiator
Mud contamination or paper
clogging
—
Blocked condenser
Installed large fog lamp
Revision: January 2010
CO-34
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COOLING SYSTEM
A
Cooling Circuit
INFOID:0000000005283857
M/T Models
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WBIA0851E
1.
Thermostat
2.
Water control valve
3.
Water control valve housing (Water outlet)
4.
Cylinder block (Thermostat housing)
5.
Water inlet
6.
Radiator
7
Water pump
8.
Cylinder block
9.
Cylinder head
A.
Open
B.
Closed
C.
To electric throttle control actuator
D.
To oil cooler
E.
To heater
E.
From heater
G.
From electric throttle control actuator
H.
From oil cooler
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-35
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
JPBIA0709GB
Revision: January 2010
CO-36
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283858
A
M/T Models
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
WBIA0852E
1.
Radiator
2.
Water inlet
3.
Reservoir tank
4.
Thermostat
5.
Thermostat housing
6.
Water pump
7.
Cylinder head
8.
Cylinder block
9.
Water control valve
10. Water control valve housing
11. Heater
12. Oil cooler
13. Electric throttle control actuator
A.
B.
Open
I
J
Closed
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-37
2010 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
JPBIA0710GB
Revision: January 2010
CO-38
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE COOLANT
A
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283859
WARNING:
CO
• Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up presC
sure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way.
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES
Check hoses for the following:
• Improper attachment
• Leaks
• Cracks
• Damage
• Loose connections
• Chafing
• Deterioration
D
E
F
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL
• Check if the reservoir tank engine coolant level is within MIN to
MAX when the engine is cool.
• Adjust the engine coolant level as necessary.
G
H
I
SMA412B
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
To check for leaks, apply pressure to the cooling system using suitable tool and Tool.
Tool number
K
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
Testing pressure
L
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from
the radiator.
CAUTION:
Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage.
M
WBIA0568E
N
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP
1.
Inspect the radiator cap.
• Replace the cap if the metal plunger cannot be seen around the edge of the black rubber gasket.
• Replace the cap if deposits of waxy residue or other foreign material are on the black rubber gasket or
the metal retainer.
NOTE:
Thoroughly wipe out the radiator filler neck to remove any waxy residue or foreign material.
Revision: January 2010
J
CO-39
2010 Sentra
O
P
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Pull the negative-pressure valve to open it and check that it
closes completely when released.
• Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of the
radiator cap negative-pressure valve.
• Check that there are no abnormalities in the opening and closing conditions of the negative-pressure valve.
[QR25DE]
SMA967B
3.
Check radiator cap relief pressure using suitable tool and Tool.
Tool number
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
Standard: 78 – 98 kPa (0.8 – 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 – 14 psi)
• When connecting the radiator cap to the tester, apply water or
coolant to the cap seal surface.
• Replace the radiator cap if there is an abnormality in the negative-pressure valve, or if the open-valve pressure is outside of
the standard values.
WBIA0570E
CHECKING RADIATOR
Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows.
• Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins.
• When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan shroud and
horns. Then tape the harness and electrical connectors to prevent water from entering.
1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core, with the hose pointed vertically downward.
2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from the radiator.
4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core, with the air hose pointed vertically downward.
• Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in).
5. Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
6. Check for leaks.
Changing Engine Coolant
INFOID:0000000005283860
WARNING:
• To avoid being scalded, do not change the engine coolant when the engine is hot.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove the cap. First, turn the cap a quarter of a
turn to release built-up pressure. Then push down and turn the cap all the way to remove.
• Be careful no to allow engine coolant to contact drive belt.
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
CO-40
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Open the radiator drain plug (1) at the bottom of the radiator,
and remove the radiator filler cap. This is the only step required
when partially draining the cooling system (radiator only).
•
Front
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
[QR25DE]
A
CO
C
PBIC3799E
3.
4.
5.
Follow this step for heater core removal/replacement only. Disconnect the upper heater hose at the
engine side and apply moderate air pressure [103.46 kPa (15 psi, 1.055 kg/cm2) maximum air pressure]
into the hose for 30 seconds to blow the excess coolant out of the heater core.
When draining all of the coolant in the system, remove the reservoir tank and drain the coolant, then clean
the reservoir tank before installation.
When draining all of the coolant in the system for engine
removal or repair, open the drain plug on the cylinder block.
D
E
F
G
H
KBIA0163E
6.
Check the drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration.
If the coolant is contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Follow the "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" procedure.
I
J
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Install the radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total
system drain or for engine removal or repair.
• The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water.
• Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance
Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Radiator drain plug
Cylinder block drain plug
2.
3.
: Refer to CO-44, "Removal and Installation".
: Refer to EM-188.
K
L
M
If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side.
Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with
the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-41
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the
radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly
with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap
adapter.
Tool number
5.
: KV991J0070 (J-45695)
Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is
placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed
position.
• Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or
equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water.
Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
Engine coolant capacity
(with reservoir tank)
6.
8.
: Refer to MA-15.
Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must
be within specification.
Compressed air
supply pressure
7.
[QR25DE]
: 549 - 824 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2,
80 - 119 psi)
LLIA0058E
CAUTION:
The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer.
The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open
the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is
full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose.
Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches
of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude
locations, use the vacuum specifications below based on the
altitude above sea level.
Altitude above sea level
0 - 100 m (328 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
500 m (1,641 ft)
1,000 m (3,281 ft)
Vacuum gauge reading
: 28 inches of vacuum
: 27 inches of vacuum
: 26 inches of vacuum
: 24 - 25 inches of vacuum
LLIA0057E
9.
When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount, disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds
to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level drops, perform any necessary repairs to the
system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the specified amount. Recheck for any leaks.
10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then
open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling
system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero.
CAUTION:
Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into
the cooling system.
11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening.
12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to
warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary.
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
Fill radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap.
Run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
Rev the engine two or three times under no-load.
Revision: January 2010
CO-42
2010 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Stop the engine and wait until it cools down.
5. Drain water from the cooling system.
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 until clear water begins to drain from the radiator.
[QR25DE]
A
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-43
2010 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RADIATOR
Component
INFOID:0000000005283861
AWBIA0773ZZ
1.
Reservoir tank cap
2.
Reservoir tank
3.
Reservoir tank hose
4.
Mounting rubber (upper)
5.
Radiator upper mounts
6.
Radiator cap
7.
Radiator
8.
Mounting rubber (lower)
10. Radiator hose (upper)
B.
11. Cooling fan assembly
9.
Radiator hose (lower)
A.
To water outlet
To water inlet
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283862
WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter
turn to release built-up pressure. Carefully remove the radiator cap by turning it all the way.
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
CO-44
2010 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
A
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt
2. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
CO
3. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses.
4. Disconnect the reservoir tank hose.
C
5. Disconnect harness connectors from fan motors, and position harness aside.
6. Remove the cooling fan assembly to radiator bolts and remove cooling fan assembly.
7. Remove radiator upper mounts.
D
8. Move the radiator assembly to the rearward direction of vehicle, and then lift it upward to remove.
CAUTION:
Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser and radiator core when removing.
E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Inspect radiator for leaks as follows:
• Apply pressure using suitable tool and Tool.
Specified pressure value
Tool number
F
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
G
: EG17650301 (J-33984-A)
WARNING:
To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under
pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp.
H
SLC933
I
• Check for leakage.
J
K
L
SLC934
INSTALLATION
M
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser and radiator core when installing.
N
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant and CVT fluid if equipped.
Refer to CVT-14.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-45
2010 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COOLING FAN
Component
INFOID:0000000005283863
AWBIA0774ZZ
1.
Cooling fan assembly
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283864
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur form high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Partially drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect reservoir tank hose from radiator and cooling fan assembly.
Disconnect radiator hose (upper) at radiator side. Refer to CO-44, "Component".
Disconnect harness connectors from fan motor, and position harness aside.
Remove cooling fan assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Cooling fans are controlled by ECM. For details, refer to EC-1543.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core.
Revision: January 2010
CO-46
2010 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283865
A
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
WBIA0362E
1.
Fan blade
2.
Fan shroud
3.
Fan motor
I
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove fan blades from fan motors.
Remove fan motors from fan shroud.
J
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-47
2010 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WATER PUMP
Component
INFOID:0000000005283866
KBIA0154E
1.
Water pump
4.
Water pipe
2.
Gasket
3.
Removal and Installation
Water pump housing
INFOID:0000000005283867
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when the engine is cold.
Remove RH wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove the front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the generator. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
Remove engine ground strap.
Remove the water pump.
NOTE:
If necessary, the exhaust manifold catalytic convertor assembly must be removed to remove the water
pipe.
CAUTION:
• Handle the water pump vane so that it does not contact any other parts.
• Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as an assembly.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
CO-48
2010 Sentra
WATER PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Visually check that there is no significant dirt or rusting on the
water pump body and vane.
• Make sure that there is no looseness in the vane shaft, and that it
turns smoothly when rotated by hand.
• Replace the water pump, if necessary.
[QR25DE]
A
CO
C
KBIA0155E
D
INSTALLATION
• Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When inserting water pipe end to cylinder block, apply a neutral detergent to O-ring. Then insert it immediately.
E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for leaks of engine coolant.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-49
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
Component
INFOID:0000000005283868
M/T Models
WBIA0853E
1.
Thermostat
2.
O-ring
3.
Engine coolant inlet
4.
Water control valve
5.
Gasket
6.
Engine coolant outlet
7.
Copper washer
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
Heater pipe
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
B.
To oil cooler
C.
To heater core
D.
To heater core
E.
To electric throttle control actuator
F.
To oil cooler
Engine front
Revision: January 2010
CO-50
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
A
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWBIA0775GB
1.
Thermostat
2.
O-ring
3.
Engine coolant inlet
4.
Water control valve
5.
Gasket
6.
Engine coolant outlet
7.
Copper washer
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
Heater pipe
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
B.
To oil cooler
C.
To heater core
D.
To heater core
E.
To electric throttle control actuator
F.
To oil cooler
G.
From CVT oil cooler
H.
To CVT oil cooler
J
K
Engine front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283869
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
O
P
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
CO-51
M
N
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove radiator hose (lower) from the engine coolant inlet side.
4. Remove engine coolant inlet and thermostat.
Revision: January 2010
L
2010 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Place a thread so that it is caught in the valves of the thermostat.
Immerse fully in a container filled with water. Heat while stirring.
• The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the
valve opens and the thermostat falls from the thread.
• Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount.
NOTE:
The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the thermostat is the reference value.
• After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature.
SLC252B
Items
Thermostat
Valve opening temperature
80.5 – 83.5°C (177 – 182°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm / 95°C (0.315 in / 203°F)
Valve closing temperature
77°C (171°F)
• If out of the specification, replace thermostat.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant".
• Install the thermostat with the whole circumference of the flange
part fitting securely inside the rubber ring.
• Install the thermostat with the jiggle valve facing upwards. The
position deviation may be within the range of ±10°.
• If necessary, to install the heater pipe, first apply a mild detergent
to the O-ring and then quickly insert the pipe into the housing.
PBIC0157E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks.
Revision: January 2010
CO-52
2010 Sentra
WATER CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WATER CONTROL VALVE
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283870
M/T Models
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0853E
1.
Thermostat
2.
O-ring
3.
Engine coolant inlet
4.
Water control valve
5.
Gasket
6.
Engine coolant outlet
7.
Copper washer
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
Heater pipe
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
B.
To oil cooler
C.
To heater core
D.
To heater core
E.
To electric throttle control actuator
F.
To oil cooler
K
L
Engine front
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-53
2010 Sentra
WATER CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
AWBIA0775GB
1.
Thermostat
2.
O-ring
3.
Engine coolant inlet
4.
Water control valve
5.
Gasket
6.
Engine coolant outlet
7.
Copper washer
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
Heater pipe
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
B.
To oil cooler
C.
To heater core
D.
To heater core
E.
To electric throttle control actuator
F.
To oil cooler
G.
From CVT oil cooler
H.
To CVT oil cooler
Removal and Installation
Engine Front
INFOID:0000000005283871
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. Remove the air cleaner and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove battery tray with brackets. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
4. Remove the radiator hose (upper), heater pipe, electric throttle control actuator inlet hose, CVT fluid
cooler hoses if equipped, heater hose and oil cooler hoses.
5. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor.
6. Remove the engine coolant outlet.
7. Remove the water control valve.
8. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor, if necessary.
CAUTION:
• Handle carefully to avoid any shock to engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: January 2010
CO-54
2010 Sentra
WATER CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Replace the gaskets and rubber rings with a new ones.
A
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Place a thread so that it is caught in the valve of the water control
valve. Immerse fully in a container filled with water. Heat while stirring.
• The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the
water control valve opens and the falls from the thread.
• Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount.
NOTE:
The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the water
control valve is the reference value.
• After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature.
Items
CO
C
D
SLC252B
E
Water control valve
Valve opening temperature
93.5° - 96.5°C (200° - 206°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm / 108°C (0.315 in / 226° F)
Valve closing temperature
90°C (194° F)
F
• If out of the specification, replace water control valve.
INSTALLATION
G
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant".
• Install the water control valve with the whole circumference of the flange part fitting securely inside the rubber ring.
• Install the water control valve with the up-mark facing up and the frame center part facing upwards. The
position deviation may be within the range of ±10°.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
H
I
J
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CO-55
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Capacity
INFOID:0000000005283872
Unit:
Application
Engine coolant capacity (With reservoir tank at MAX level)
(US qt, Imp qt)
M/T models
CVT models
6.9 (7 1/4, 6 1/8)
7.1 (7 1/2, 6 1/4)
Thermostat
INFOID:0000000005283873
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm / 95°C (0.315 in / 203°F)
Valve closing temperature
77°C (171°F)
Water Control Valve
INFOID:0000000005283874
Valve opening temperature
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
More than 8 mm / 108°C (0.315 in / 226°F)
Valve closing temperature
90°C (194°F)
Radiator
INFOID:0000000005283875
Unit: kPa (kg / cm2 , psi)
Cap relief pressure
Standard
78 - 98 (0.8 - 1.0, 11 - 14)
Leakage test pressure
Revision: January 2010
157 (1.6, 23)
CO-56
2010 Sentra
SUSPENSION
SECTION
FSU
FRONT SUSPENSION
A
B
C
D
FSU
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 3
General Precautions ................................................. 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 6
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 6
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ................... 7
Wheel Alignment Inspection ..................................... 7
Component ..............................................................10
Removal and Installation .........................................11
F
COIL SPRING AND STRUT .............................. 13
G
Removal and Installation .........................................13
Disposal ...................................................................13
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................14
H
TRANSVERSE LINK ......................................... 17
Removal and Installation .........................................17
I
STABILIZER BAR ............................................. 18
Removal and Installation .........................................18
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 20
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) ...................................20
Ball Joint ..................................................................20
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) ..................................21
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service ........................... 7
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005589318
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283681
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283680
A
B
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
C
D
FSU
WEIA0178E
General Precautions
INFOID:0000000005283682
• When installing rubber bushings, the final tightening must be carried out under unladen conditions with tires
on ground. Oil might shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe off any spilled oil.
- Unladen conditions mean that fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.
• After servicing suspension parts, be sure to check wheel alignment.
• Self-lock nuts are not reusable. Always use new ones when installing.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283683
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV991040S0
(
—
)
CCK gauge attachment
1. Plate
2. Guide bolt
3. Nut
4. Spring
5. Center plate
6. KV99104020 Adapter A
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
7. KV99104030 Adapter B
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
8. KV99104040 Adapter C
c: 57 mm (2.24 in) dia.
9. KV99104050 Adapter D
d: 53.4 mm (2.102 in) dia.
Measuring wheel alignment
S-NT498
ST35652000
(
—
)
Strut attachment
Disassembling and assembling strut
ZZA0807D
Measuring rotating torque of ball joint
ST3127S000
(J-25742-1)
Preload Gauge
1. GG91030000
(J-25765)
Torque wrench
2. HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (1/2″)
3. HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (3/8″)
NT124
HT72520000
(J-25730-A)
Ball joint remover
Removing tie-rod outer end and lower
ball joint
NT146
KV101J0010
(J-47242)
Engine support table
Front suspension member removal
WBIA0658E
Revision: January 2010
FSU-4
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-49286)
Drift and Pull gauge
Measuring drift and pull
A
B
C
AWEIA0156ZZ
—
(J-49029)
Strut rod clamp
D
Securing strut rod
FSU
F
AWEIA0159ZZ
—
(J-44372)
Pull gauge
Measuring steering wheel turning force
and ball joint swinging force
G
H
LST024
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283684
Tool name
Description
Spring compressor
Removing and installing coil spring
I
J
K
L
S-NT717
Power tool
• Removing wheel nuts
• Removing front suspension component
parts
M
N
PBIC0190E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-5
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000005283685
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FSU-18
×
Stabilizer bar fatigue
×
FSU-7
×
Incorrect wheel alignment
×
FSU-10
×
Suspension looseness
×
×
—
×
×
Spring fatigue
×
×
—
×
×
Parts interference
×
×
—
×
×
Bushing or mounting deterioration
FSU-13
FRONT AXLE
Symptom
Strut deformation, damage or deflection
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
FSU-10
Reference page
Improper installation, looseness
Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
Shudder
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
Revision: January 2010
FSU-6
2010 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
A
INFOID:0000000005681120
Make sure the mounting conditions (looseness, back lash) of each component and component conditions
(wear, damage) are normal.
B
INSPECTION OF LOWER BALL JOINT END PLAY
1.
2.
3.
C
Set front wheels in a straight-ahead position. Do not depress brake pedal.
Place an iron bar or similar tool between transverse link and steering knuckle.
Measure axial end play by prying it up and down.
Axial end play
D
: 0 mm (0 in)
CAUTION:
FSU
Be careful not to damage ball joint boot. Do not damage the installation position by applying
excessive force.
STRUT INSPECTION
F
Check for oil leakage, damage and replace as necessary.
Wheel Alignment Inspection
INFOID:0000000005681121
G
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
WARNING:
Always adjust the alignment with the vehicle on a flat surface.
NOTE:
If alignment is out of specification, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension parts before
making any adjustments.
1. Check and adjust the wheel alignment with the vehicle under unladen conditions. “Unladen conditions”
means that the fuel, coolant, and lubricant are full; and that the spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in
their designated positions.
2. Check the tires for incorrect air pressure and excessive wear.
3. Check the wheels for run out and damage. Refer to WT-6, "Inspection".
4. Check the wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
5. Check the shock absorbers for leaks or damage.
6. Check each mounting point of the suspension components for any excessive looseness or damage.
7. Check each link, arm, and the suspension member for any damage.
8. Check the vehicle height. Refer to FSU-21, "Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)".
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
1.
2.
A Four-Wheel Thrust Alignment should be performed.
• This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN vehicle.
• The four-wheel “thrust” process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel
is centered.
• The alignment machine itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN vehicle.
• The alignment machine should be checked to ensure that it is level.
Make sure the alignment machine is properly calibrated.
• Your alignment machine should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information.
• Check with the manufacturer of your specific alignment machine for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule.
THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS
IMPORTANT: Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual. Refer to FSU-20, "Wheel
Alignment (Unladen*)".
1. When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use “indicators”: (Green/red, plus or
minus, Go/No Go). Do NOT use these indicators.
• The alignment specifications programmed into your alignment machine that operate these indicators
may not be correct.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-7
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• This may result in an ERROR.
2. Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional “Rolling Compensation” method to “compensate” the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Do NOT use this “Rolling Compensation”
method.
• Use the “Jacking Compensation” method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the
vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways.
• See Instructions in the alignment machine you are using for more information.
CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN INCLINATION ANGLES INSPECTION
• Camber, caster, kingpin inclination angles cannot be adjusted.
• Before inspection, mount front wheels onto turning radius gauge. Mount rear wheels onto a stand that has
same height so vehicle will remain horizontal.
Using a CCK Gauge
Install the CCK gauge attachment [SST: KV991040S0] with the following procedure on wheel, then measure
wheel alignment.
Tool number
1.
2.
3.
4.
: KV991040S0 (
—
)
Remove three wheel nuts, and install the guide bolts to hub bolt.
Screw the adapter into the plate until it contacts the plate tightly.
Screw the center plate into the plate.
Insert the plate assembly on the guide bolt. Put the spring in,
and then evenly screw the three guide bolt nuts. When fastening
the guide nuts, do not completely compress the spring.
SEIA0240E
5.
Place the dent of alignment gauge onto the projection of the
center plate and tightly contact them to measure.
Camber, caster, kingpin inclination angles:
Refer to FSU-20, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)".
CAUTION:
• If camber, caster, or kingpin inclination angle is outside
the specification, check front suspension parts for wear
and damage. Replace suspect parts if a malfunction is
detected.
• Kingpin inclination angle is reference value, no inspection
is required.
SEIA0241E
TOE-IN INSPECTION
Measure toe-in using the following procedure.
WARNING:
• Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface.
• Make sure that no person is in front of vehicle before pushing it.
1. Bounce the front of vehicle up and down to stabilize the vehicle height (posture).
2. Push vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft).
Revision: January 2010
FSU-8
2010 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Put a mark on base line of the tread (rear side) of both tires at
the same height of hub center. These are measuring points.
A
B
C
AFA050
4.
5.
6.
D
Measure distance (A) from rear side.
Push vehicle slowly ahead to rotate wheels 180 degrees (1/2
turn).
CAUTION:
If wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try
the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push
vehicle backward.
Measure distance (B) from front side.
FSU
F
G
SFA234AC
7.
Use the formula below to calculate total toe-in.
H
Total toe-in = A - B
For total toe-in specification, refer to FSU-20, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)".
I
• If the total toe-in is outside the specification, adjust toe-in by varying the length between steering outer
socket and inner socket.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-9
2010 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component
INFOID:0000000005283688
AWEIA0153GB
1.
Stabilizer bar
2.
Stabilizer clamp
3.
4.
Stabilizer connecting rod
5.
Front suspension member
6.
Member stay
7.
Transverse link
8.
Steering knuckle
9.
Strut
10. Coil spring insulator
Revision: January 2010
11. Bound bumper
FSU-10
Stabilizer bushing
12. Dust cover
2010 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13. Coil spring
14. Strut mounting bearing
15. Strut mounting insulator
A
Front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005600154
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove front tires using power tool.
Remove engine undercover.
Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear pinion shaft. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation".
Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckles. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
Remove the nuts on the upper side of stabilizer connecting rods
(1) with a power tool, and then remove stabilizer connecting
rods (1) from strut assemblies.
C
D
FSU
F
G
SGIA1297E
6.
7.
Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut.
Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so
as not to damage ball joint boot (3) using Tool.
CAUTION:
Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads
and to prevent the Tool from suddenly coming off.
Tool number
H
I
J
: HT72520000 (J-25730-A)
K
SGIA1298E
8. Remove rear torque rod. Refer to FSU-10, "Component".
9. Remove A/F sensor harness bracket bolt from front suspension member assembly.
10. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt from each steering knuckle. Then partially remove transverse link ball joint studs from steering knuckles.
11. Set Tool under the front suspension member, then remove the bolts from the front suspension member
using power tool.
L
M
N
Tool number
: KV101J0010 (J-47242)
12. Remove the bolts of member stay, and then remove member stay from vehicle.
13. Gradually lower a jack to remove front suspension assembly while ensuring transverse link ball joint studs
separate from steering knuckles.
14. If replacing front suspension member, remove the following:
• Stabilizer brackets and bushings.
• Power steering gear. Refer to PS-11, "Exploded View".
• Transverse links.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component".
Revision: January 2010
FSU-11
2010 Sentra
O
P
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Perform final tightening of each of parts (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions, which were removed
when removing front suspension assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment
Inspection".
• Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
FSU-12
2010 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND STRUT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COIL SPRING AND STRUT
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283690
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B
Remove cowl top panel. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Remove front tires using power tool.
C
Remove harness of wheel sensor from strut assembly. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not pull on wheel sensor harness.
D
Remove brake hose lock plate. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit".
Remove the nut on the upper side of stabilizer connecting rod using power tool, and then remove stabilizer connecting rod from strut assembly.
FSU
Remove nuts and bolts, and then remove steering knuckle from
strut assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the strut mounting insulator bolts, then remove strut
F
assembly.
G
WEIA0179E
H
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component".
• Perform final tightening of bolts and nuts at the strut assembly lower side (rubber bushing) under unladen
conditions with tires on level ground. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection".
• Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation".
• Attach strut mounting insulator as shown.
I
J
K
L
M
MEIA0014E
Disposal
INFOID:0000000005589319
1.
Set strut assembly horizontally with the piston rod fully extended.
2.
Drill 2 – 3 mm (0.08 – 0.12 in) hole (A) at the position ( ) from
top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually.
CAUTION:
• Wear eye protection (safety glasses).
• Wear gloves.
• Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas.
NOTE:
• Drill vertically in this direction ( ).
• Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets.
• The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-13
N
O
P
JPEIA0160ZZ
2010 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND STRUT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
3.
: 20 – 30 mm (0.79 – 1.18 in)
Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times.
CAUTION:
Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations.
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283691
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Do not damage strut piston rod when removing components from strut assembly.
1. Install Tool (A) to strut and secure it in a vise.
Tool number
: ST35652000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
When installing the Tool to strut, wrap a shop cloth around
strut to protect it from damage.
WEIA0180E
2.
Install Tool to strut rod.
Tool number
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
:
—
( J-49029 )
Using tool, compress coil spring between strut mounting bearing
and spring lower seat (on strut) until coil spring is free.
CAUTION:
Be sure the tool is securely attached to the coil spring
before compressing coil spring.
Make sure coil spring with tool between strut mounting bearing
and spring lower seat (strut) is free. Then remove piston rod lock
nut while securing the piston rod tip so that piston rod does not
turn.
Remove strut mounting insulator, strut mounting bearing, coil
spring with tool, dust cover, bound bumper, and coil spring insulator from strut.
After removing coil spring with spring compressor, gradually release the spring compressor.
CAUTION:
Loosen while making sure coil spring attachment position does not move.
Remove the tool from strut.
SEIA0297E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Strut Inspection
Check the following:
• Strut for deformation, cracks or damage, and replace it if necessary.
• Piston rod for damage, uneven wear or distortion, and replace it if necessary.
• For oil leakage, and replace it if necessary.
Strut Mounting Insulator and Rubber Parts Inspection
Check strut mounting insulator for cracks and rubber parts for wear. Replace it if malfunction is detected.
Coil Spring Inspection
Check coil spring for cracks, wear or damage, and replace it if necessary.
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Do not damage strut piston rod when installing components to strut.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-14
2010 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND STRUT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install the Tool (A) to strut and secure it in a vise.
A
Tool number
: ST35652000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
When installing the Tool to strut, wrap a shop cloth around
strut to protect it from damage.
B
C
WEIA0180E
2.
3.
D
Install lower insulator.
Compress coil spring using tool, and install it onto strut.
FSU
F
G
SEIA0297E
H
CAUTION:
• Face tube side of coil spring downward. Align the lower
end to spring lower seat as shown.
• Be sure tool is securely attached to coil spring. Compress
coil spring.
I
J
K
MEIA0016E
L
4.
5.
Install bound bumper, dust cover and upper insulator.
Attach strut mounting bearing and strut mounting insulator.
• Installation position of strut mounting insulator as shown.
M
N
O
MEIA0014E
6.
7.
Secure piston rod tip so that piston rod does not turn, then tighten piston rod lock nut to specified torque.
Gradually release tool, and remove coil spring.
CAUTION:
While loosening make sure tool position does not move.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-15
2010 Sentra
P
COIL SPRING AND STRUT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Remove Tool (A) from strut.
Tool number (A)
: ST35652000 (
—
)
WEIA0180E
9.
Remove Tool from strut rod.
Tool number
Revision: January 2010
:
—
(J-49029)
FSU-16
2010 Sentra
TRANSVERSE LINK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSVERSE LINK
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283692
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Remove front tires from vehicle with a power tool.
Remove connecting rod to stabilizer bar nut. Remove connecting rod from stabilizer bar then reposition
connecting rod.
Remove transverse link nuts and bolts, then remove transverse
link from front suspension member.
Remove transverse link ball joint to steering knuckle nut and
bolt, then remove transverse link.
C
D
FSU
F
MEIA0017E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
G
Visual Inspection
Check the following:
• Transverse link and bushing for deformation, cracks or damage. Replace it if necessary.
• Ball joint boot for cracks or other damage, and also for grease leakage. Replace it if necessary.
H
Ball Joint Inspection
Manually move ball stud to confirm it moves smoothly with no binding.
I
Swing Torque Inspection
NOTE:
Before measurement, move ball stud at least ten times by hand to check for smooth movement.
• Hook Tool at the cutout on ball stud. Confirm Tool measurement value is within specifications when ball stud
begins moving.
Tool number
:
—
J
K
(J-44372)
Swing torque
: 0.5 - 4.9 N·m (0.06 - 0.49 kg-m, 5 - 43 in-lb)
Spring balance measurement
: 15.4 - 150.8 N (1.6 - 15.4 kg-f, 3.5 - 40 lb-f)
• If it is outside the specified range, replace transverse link assembly.
L
M
SEIA0523E
N
Axial End Play Inspection
• Move tip of ball stud in axial direction to check for looseness.
O
Axial end play
: 0 mm (0 in)
• If it is outside the specified range, replace transverse link assembly.
P
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component".
• Perform final tightening of bolts and at the front suspension member installation position (rubber bushing)
under unladen conditions with tires on level ground. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
FSU-17
2010 Sentra
STABILIZER BAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STABILIZER BAR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283693
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear pinion shaft. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation".
Remove front tires using power tool.
Remove the nut on the lower side of stabilizer connecting rod using power tool, and then remove stabilizer
connecting rod from stabilizer bar.
If necessary remove stabilize connecting rod upper nut using power tool. Separate stabilizer connecting
rod and strut.
Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut.
Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so
as not to damage ball joint boot (3) using Tool.
Tool number
: HT72520000 (J-25730-A)
CAUTION:
Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads
and to prevent the Tool from suddenly coming off.
SGIA1298E
7.
8.
Remove rear torque rod. Refer to EM-75, "Component".
Set Tool under the front suspension member, then remove the bolts from the front suspension member
using power tool.
Tool number
: KV101J0010 (J-47242)
9. Remove the bolts of member stay using power tool, and then remove member stay.
10. Gradually lower front suspension member in order to remove
stabilizer bolts.
WEIA0181E
11. Remove the stabilizer clamp bolts, then remove stabilizer
clamps and stabilizer bushing.
12. Remove stabilizer bar.
WEIA0182E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check stabilizer bar, stabilizer connecting rod, stabilizer bushing, and stabilizer clamp for deformation, cracks,
and damage. Replace it if necessary.
Revision: January 2010
FSU-18
2010 Sentra
STABILIZER BAR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component".
A
B
C
D
FSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-19
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)
INFOID:0000000005681122
Engine
MR20DE
QR25DE
Model
2.0, 2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL, 2.0
FFV
SE-R, SE-R SPEC-V
Minimum
-0° 31′ (-0.52°)
-0° 46′ (-0.77°)
Nominal
0° 7′ (0.12°)
-0° 8′ (-0.13°)
Maximum
0° 45′ (0.75°)
0° 30′ (0.50°)
Minimum
-0° 45′ (-0.75°)
-1° 0′ (-1.00°)
LH
Camber
Degree minute
(Decimal degree)*1
RH
LH
Caster
Degree minute
(Decimal degree)*2
RH
Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Nominal
-0° 7′ (-0.12°)
-0° 22′ (-0.37°)
Maximum
0° 31′ (0.52°)
0° 16′ (0.27°)
Minimum
4° 5′ (4.08°)
4° 25′ (4.42°)
Nominal
4° 43′ (4.72°)
5° 3′ (5.05°)
Maximum
5° 21′ (5.35°)
5° 41′ (5.68°)
Minimum
4° 19′ (4.32°)
4° 39′ (4.65°)
Nominal
4° 57′ (4.95°)
5° 17′ (5.28°)
Maximum
5° 35′ (5.58°)
5° 55′ (5.92°)
LH
10° 48′ (10.80°)
11° 13′ (11.22°)
RH
11° 2′ (11.03°)
11° 27′ (11.45°)
Minimum
-0.8 mm (-0.03 in)
-1 mm (-0.04 in)
Nominal
0.2 mm (0.01 in)
0 mm (0.00 in)
Maximum
1.2 mm (0.05 in)
1 mm (0.04 in)
Minimum
-0° 2′ 12" (-0.04°)
-0° 2′ 42" (-0.045°)
Nominal
0° 0′ 30" (0.01°)
0° 00′ (0.00°)
Maximum
0° 3’ 12" (0.05°)
0° 2′ 42" (0.045°)
SFA234AC
Distance (A - B)
Total toe-in
Angle (left or right, each
side)
Degree minute (Degree)
*: Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
*1: The LH camber angle shall be +14’ ± 39’ with repect to RH camber angle.
*2: The LH caster angle shall be -14’ ± 39’ with repect to RH caster angle.
Ball Joint
INFOID:0000000005283695
Swing torque
0.5 - 4.9 N·m (0.06 - 0.49 kg-m, 5 - 43 in-lb)
Measurement on spring balance
15.4 - 150.8 N (1.6 - 15.4 kg-f, 3.5 - 40 lb-f)
Axial end play
Revision: January 2010
0 mm (0 in)
FSU-20
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)
INFOID:0000000005283696
A
B
C
D
LEIA0085E
Engine
Model
MR20DE
FSU
QR25DE
2.0
2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL
SE-R
SE-R SPEC-V
P205/60HR15
P205/55HR16
P225/45VR17
P225/45WR17
Front (Hf) mm (in)
691 (27.20)
694 (27.32)
690 (27.17)
679 (26.73)
Rear (Hr) mm (in)
693 (27.28)
696 (27.40)
690 (27.17)
677 (26.65)
Tire Size
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
FSU-21
2010 Sentra
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION
GI
GENERAL INFORMATION
GI
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
How to Check Terminal ...........................................23
How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident ..............................................................26
Control Units and Electrical Parts ............................33
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Description ................................................................ 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
General Precaution ................................................... 3
Precaution for Three Way Catalyst ........................... 4
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline
Recommended) MR20DE and QR25DE Except
SE-R Spec-V ............................................................. 4
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline
Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V Only .................... 5
Precaution for Multiport Fuel Injection System or
Engine Control System ............................................. 5
Precaution for Hoses ................................................. 5
Precaution for Engine Oils ........................................ 6
Precaution for Air Conditioning ................................. 7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ............................ 8
Description ................................................................ 8
Terms ........................................................................ 8
Units .......................................................................... 8
Contents .................................................................... 8
Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions ...... 9
Component ................................................................ 9
How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis ............................ 10
How to Read Wiring Diagram .................................. 14
Abbreviations .......................................................... 21
G
CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM ................. 36
Description ...............................................................36
Function and System Application ............................36
CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit....37
H
LIFTING POINT ................................................. 39
I
Special Service Tool ................................................39
Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift .......39
Board-On Lift ...........................................................40
J
TOW TRUCK TOWING ..................................... 41
Tow Truck Towing ...................................................41
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle) ...........41
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD
BOLTS ............................................................... 43
K
Tightening Torque Table .........................................43
L
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
AND SEALANTS ............................................... 44
M
Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant .......44
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION .................... 45
Model Variation ........................................................45
Dimensions ..............................................................48
Wheels & Tires ........................................................48
TERMINOLOGY ................................................ 49
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL
INCIDENT ...........................................................23
Revision: January 2010
F
GI-1
N
O
SAE J1930 Terminology List ...................................49
P
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Description
INFOID:0000000005282865
Observe the following precautions to ensure safe and proper servicing. These precautions are not
described in each individual section.
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005570705
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005282867
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Revision: January 2010
GI-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
GI
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
B
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
C
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
General Precaution
INFOID:0000000005282868
D
• Do not operate the engine for an extended period of time without
proper exhaust ventilation.
Keep the work area well ventilated and free of any flammable
materials. Special care should be taken when handling any flammable or poisonous materials, such as gasoline, refrigerant gas,
etc. When working in a pit or other enclosed area, be sure to properly ventilate the area before working with hazardous materials.
Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.
E
F
SGI285
• Before jacking up the vehicle, apply wheel chocks or other tire
blocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. After jacking up the vehicle, support the vehicle weight with safety stands at
the points designated for proper lifting before working on the vehicle.
These operations should be done on a level surface.
• When removing a heavy component such as the engine or transaxle/transmission, be careful not to lose your balance and drop
them. Also, do not allow them to strike adjacent parts, especially
the brake tubes and master cylinder.
G
H
I
J
SGI231
• Before starting repairs which do not require battery power:
Turn off ignition switch.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
• If the battery terminals are disconnected, recorded memory of
radio and each control unit is erased.
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
K
L
M
N
SEF289H
• To prevent serious burns:
Avoid contact with hot metal parts.
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.
• Dispose of or recycle drained oil or the solvent used for cleaning
parts in an appropriate manner.
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle
shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray
and possibly a fire.
• Clean all disassembled parts in the designated liquid or solvent
prior to inspection or assembly.
Revision: January 2010
GI-3
O
P
SGI233
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Replace oil seals, gaskets, packings, O-rings, locking washers, cotter pins, self-locking nuts, etc. with new
ones.
• Replace inner and outer races of tapered roller bearings and needle bearings as a set.
• Arrange the disassembled parts in accordance with their assembled locations and sequence.
• Do not touch the terminals of electrical components which use microcomputers (such as ECM).
Static electricity may damage internal electronic components.
• After disconnecting vacuum or air hoses, attach a tag to indicate the proper connection.
• Use only the fluids and lubricants specified in this manual.
• Use approved bonding agent, sealants or their equivalents when required.
• Use hand tools, power tools (disassembly only) and recommended
special tools where specified for safe and efficient service repairs.
• When repairing the fuel, oil, water, vacuum or exhaust systems,
check all affected lines for leaks.
PBIC0190E
• Before servicing the vehicle:
Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.
Take caution that keys, buckles or buttons do not scratch paint.
SGI234
WARNING:
To prevent ECM from storing the diagnostic trouble codes, do not carelessly disconnect the harness
connectors which are related to the engine control system and TCM (transmission control module)
system. The connectors should be disconnected only when working according to the WORK FLOW of
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES in EC and CVT sections.
Precaution for Three Way Catalyst
INFOID:0000000005282869
If a large amount of unburned fuel flows into the catalyst, the catalyst temperature will be excessively high. To
prevent this, follow the instructions.
• Use unleaded gasoline only. Leaded gasoline will seriously damage the three way catalyst.
• When checking for ignition spark or measuring engine compression, make tests quickly and only when necessary.
• Do not run engine when the fuel tank level is low, otherwise the engine may misfire, causing damage to the
catalyst.
Do not place the vehicle on flammable material. Keep flammable material off the exhaust pipe and the three
way catalyst.
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended) MR20DE and
QR25DE Except SE-R Spec-V
INFOID:0000000005282870
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (research
octane number 91). E-85 fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) may only be used in vehicles specifically designed for E-85 fuel (i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models).
CAUTION:
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Using a fuel
other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control devices and systems, and could
Revision: January 2010
GI-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
also affect the warranty coverage validity. Do not use E-85 fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) unless the vehicle is specifically designed for E-85 fuel (i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models).
GI
Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V
Only
INFOID:0000000005282871
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research
octane number 96).
B
C
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87
AKI number (Research octane number 91) can be used, but only under the following precautions:
• have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible.
• avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.
However, for maximum vehicle performance, the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended.
D
CAUTION:
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Do not use E-85
fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) unless the vehicle is specifically designed for E-85 fuel
(i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models). Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect
the emission control devices and systems, and could also affect the warranty coverage validity.
F
Precaution for Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System
G
INFOID:0000000005282872
• Before connecting or disconnecting any harness connector for the
multiport fuel injection system or ECM:
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect negative battery terminal.
Otherwise, there may be damage to ECM.
• Before disconnecting pressurized fuel line from fuel pump to injectors, be sure to release fuel pressure.
• Be careful not to jar components such as ECM and mass air flow
sensor.
E
H
I
J
SGI787
Precaution for Hoses
INFOID:0000000005282873
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
K
L
• To prevent damage to rubber hose, do not pry off rubber hose with
tapered tool or screwdriver.
M
N
SMA019D
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-5
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• To reinstall the rubber hose securely, make sure that hose insertion
length and orientation is correct. (If tube is equipped with hose
stopper, insert rubber hose into tube until it butts up against hose
stopper.)
SMA020D
HOSE CLAMPING
• If old rubber hose is re-used, install hose clamp in its original position (at the indentation where the old clamp was). If there is a trace
of tube bulging left on the old rubber hose, align rubber hose at
that position.
• Discard old clamps; replace with new ones.
SMA021D
• After installing plate clamps, apply force to them in the direction of
the arrow, tightening rubber hose equally all around.
SMA022D
Precaution for Engine Oils
INFOID:0000000005282874
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Try to avoid direct skin contact
with used oil.
If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils.
Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable.
Do not put oily rags in pockets.
Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil.
Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly.
First aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds.
Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin.
Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed.
Do not use gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinners or solvents for cleaning skin.
If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay.
Where practical, degrease components prior to handling.
Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face
shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided.
Revision: January 2010
GI-6
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Precaution for Air Conditioning
INFOID:0000000005282875
GI
Use an approved refrigerant recovery unit any time the air conditioning system must be discharged. Refer to
MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure" for specific instructions.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-7
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Description
INFOID:0000000005282876
This volume explains “Removal, Disassembly, Installation, Inspection and Adjustment” and “Trouble Diagnoses”.
Terms
INFOID:0000000005282877
• The captions WARNING and CAUTION warn you of steps that must be followed to prevent personal injury
and/or damage to some part of the vehicle.
WARNING indicates the possibility of personal injury if instructions are not followed.
CAUTION indicates the possibility of component damage if instructions are not followed.
BOLD TYPED STATEMENTS except WARNING and CAUTION give you helpful information.
Standard value:Tolerance at inspection and adjustment.
Limit value:The maximum or minimum limit value that should not be exceeded at inspection and adjustment.
Units
INFOID:0000000005282878
• The UNITS given in this manual are primarily expressed as the SI UNIT (International System of Unit), and
alternatively expressed in the metric system and in the yard/pound system.
Also with regard to tightening torque of bolts and nuts, there are descriptions both about range and about the
standard tightening torque.
“Example”
Range
Outer Socket Lock Nut
: 59 - 78 N·m (6.0 - 8.0 kg-m, 43 - 58 ft-lb)
Standard
Drive Shaft Installation Bolt
: 44.3 N·m (4.5 kg-m, 33 ft-lb)
Contents
INFOID:0000000005282879
• A QUICK REFERENCE INDEX, a black tab (e.g.
) is provided on the first page. You can quickly find the
first page of each section by matching it to the section's black tab.
• THE CONTENTS are listed on the first page of each section.
• THE TITLE is indicated on the upper portion of each page and shows the part or system.
• THE PAGE NUMBER of each section consists of two or three letters which designate the particular section
and a number (e.g. “BR-5”).
• THE SMALL ILLUSTRATIONS show the important steps such as inspection, use of special tools, knacks of
work and hidden or tricky steps which are not shown in the previous large illustrations.
Assembly, inspection and adjustment procedures for the complicated units such as the automatic transaxle
or transmission, etc. are presented in a step-by-step format where necessary.
Revision: January 2010
GI-8
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions
INFOID:0000000005282880
GI
The following sample explains the relationship between the part description in an illustration, the part name in
the text and the service procedures.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
SAIA0519E
Component
J
INFOID:0000000005282881
• THE LARGE ILLUSTRATIONS are exploded views (see the following) and contain tightening torques, lubrication points, section number of the PARTS CATALOG (e.g. SEC. 440) and other information necessary to
perform repairs.
The illustrations should be used in reference to service matters only. When ordering parts, refer to the appropriate PARTS CATALOG.
Always check with the PARTS DEPARTMENT for the latest parts information.
Components shown in an illustration may be identified by a circled number. When this style of illustration is
used, the text description of the components will follow the illustration.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-9
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SFIA2959E
1.
Union bolt
2.
Copper washer
3.
Brake hose
4.
Cap
5.
Bleed valve
6.
Sliding pin bolt
7.
Piston seal
8.
Piston
9.
Piston boot
Sliding pin
12. Torque member mounting bolt
10. Cylinder body
11.
13. Washer
14. Sliding pin boot
15. Bushing
16. Torque member
17. Inner shim cover
18. Inner shim
19. Inner pad
20. Pad retainer
21. Pad wear sensor
22. Outer pad
23. Outer shim
24. Outer shim cover
1: PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease
or silicone-based grease
2: Rubber grease
: Brake fluid
Refer to GI section for additional symbol definitions.
SYMBOLS
SAIA0749E
How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005282882
DESCRIPTION
NOTICE:
Trouble diagnoses indicate work procedures required to diagnose problems effectively. Observe the following
instructions before diagnosing.
1. Before performing trouble diagnoses, read the “Preliminary Check”, the “Symptom Chart” or the
“Work Flow”.
2. After repairs, re-check that the problem has been completely eliminated.
Revision: January 2010
GI-10
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Refer to Component Parts and Harness Connector Location for the Systems described in each
section for identification/location of components and harness connectors.
GI
4. Refer to the Circuit Diagram for quick pinpoint check.
If you need to check circuit continuity between harness connectors in more detail, such as when a
sub-harness is used, refer to Wiring Diagram in each individual section and Harness Layout in PG
B
section for identification of harness connectors.
5. When checking circuit continuity, ignition switch should be OFF.
6. Before checking voltage at connectors, check battery voltage.
7. After accomplishing the Diagnostic Procedures and Electrical Components Inspection, make sure C
that all harness connectors are reconnected as they were.
HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
SAIA0256E
1.
2.
Work and diagnostic procedure
Start to diagnose a problem using procedures indicated in enclosed test groups.
Questions and required results
Questions and required results are indicated in bold type in test group.
The meaning of are as follows:
M
N
a. Battery voltage → 11 - 14V or approximately 12V
b. Voltage
: Approximately 0V → Less than 1V
3.
4.
Symbol used in illustration
Symbols included in illustrations refer to measurements or procedures. Before diagnosing a problem,
familiarize yourself with each symbol. Refer to "Connector Symbols" in GI Section and "KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES" below.
Action items
Next action for each test group is indicated based on result of each question. Test group number is shown
in the left upper portion of each test group.
HARNESS WIRE COLOR AND CONNECTOR NUMBER INDICATION
There are two types of harness wire color and connector number indication.
TYPE 1: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Illustration
Revision: January 2010
GI-11
2010 Sentra
O
P
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness wire
color.
• Connector numbers in a single circle (e.g. M33) indicate harness
connectors.
• Connector numbers in a double circle (e.g. F211) indicate component connectors.
AGI070
TYPE 2: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Text
SGI144A
Revision: January 2010
GI-12
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SAIA1539E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-13
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SAIA1540E
How to Read Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005282883
CONNECTOR SYMBOLS
Most of connector symbols in wiring diagrams are shown from the terminal side.
Revision: January 2010
GI-14
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Connector symbols shown from the terminal side are enclosed by
a single line and followed by the direction mark.
• Connector symbols shown from the harness side are enclosed by
a double line and followed by the direction mark.
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to
OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG section,
“Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
SAIA0257E
• Male and female terminals
Connector guides for male terminals are shown in black and
female terminals in white in wiring diagrams.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
SGI363
SAMPLE/WIRING DIAGRAM - EXAMPL -
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-15
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• For detail, refer to following “DESCRIPTION”.
SGI091A
Revision: January 2010
GI-16
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Optional Splice
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SGI942
DESCRIPTION
I
Number
1
Item
Description
Power condition
• This shows the condition when the system receives battery positive voltage (can be operated).
2
Fusible link
• The double line shows that this is a fusible link.
• The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out.
3
Fusible link/fuse location
• This shows the location of the fusible link or fuse in the fusible link or fuse box. For arrangement, refer to PG section, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.
4
Fuse
• The single line shows that this is a fuse.
• The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out.
5
Current rating
• This shows the current rating of the fusible link or fuse.
6
Connectors
• This shows that connector E3 is female and connector M1 is male.
• The G/R wire is located in the 1A terminal of both connectors.
• Terminal number with an alphabet (1A, 5B, etc.) indicates that the connector is SMJ connector.
Refer to PG section, SMJ (SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION).
7
Optional splice
• The open circle shows that the splice is optional depending on vehicle application.
8
Splice
• The shaded circle shows that the splice is always on the vehicle.
9
Page crossing
• This arrow shows that the circuit continues to an adjacent page.
• The A will match with the A on the preceding or next page.
10
Common connector
• The dotted lines between terminals show that these terminals are part of the same connector.
11
Option abbreviation
• This shows that the circuit is optional depending on vehicle application.
12
Relay
• This shows an internal representation of the relay. For details, refer to PG section, STANDARDIZED RELAY.
13
Connectors
• This shows that the connector is connected to the body or a terminal with bolt or nut.
Revision: January 2010
GI-17
J
K
L
M
N
O
2010 Sentra
P
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Number
Item
Description
• This shows a code for the color of the wire.
14
Wire color
BR = Brown
OR or O = Orange
P = Pink
PU or V (Violet) = Purple
GY or GR = Gray
SB = Sky Blue
CH = Dark Brown
DG = Dark Green
B = Black
W = White
R = Red
G = Green
L = Blue
Y = Yellow
LG = Light Green
When the wire color is striped, the base color is given first, followed by the stripe color as shown
below:
Example: L/W = Blue with White Stripe
15
Option description
• This shows a description of the option abbreviation used on the page.
16
Switch
• This shows that continuity exists between terminals 1 and 2 when the switch is in the A position. Continuity exists between terminals 1 and 3 when the switch is in the B position.
17
Assembly parts
• Connector terminal in component shows that it is a harness incorporated assembly.
18
Cell code
• This identifies each page of the wiring diagram by section, system and wiring diagram page
number.
• Arrow indicates electric current flow, especially where the direction of standard flow (vertically
downward or horizontally from left to right) is difficult to follow.
19
Current flow arrow
20
System branch
• This shows that the system branches to another system identified by cell code (section and
system).
21
Page crossing
• This arrow shows that the circuit continues to another page identified by cell code.
• The C will match with the C on another page within the system other than the next or preceding
pages.
22
Shielded line
• The line enclosed by broken line circle shows shield wire.
23
Component box in
wave line
• This shows that another part of the component is also shown on another page (indicated by
wave line) within the system.
24
Component name
• This shows the name of a component.
25
Connector number
• This shows the connector number.
• The letter shows which harness the connector is located in.
• Example: M: main harness. For detail and to locate the connector, refer to PG section "Main
Harness", “Harness Layout”. A coordinate grid is included for complex harnesses to aid in locating connectors.
26
Ground (GND)
• The line spliced and grounded under wire color shows that ground line is spliced at the grounded connector.
27
Ground (GND)
• This shows the ground connection. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to
"Ground Distribution" in PG section.
28
Connector views
• This area shows the connector faces of the components in the wiring diagram on the page.
29
Common component
• Connectors enclosed in broken line show that these connectors belong to the same component.
30
Connector color
31
Fusible link and fuse
box
• This shows the arrangement of fusible link(s) and fuse(s), used for connector views of "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" in PG section.
The open square shows current flow in, and the shaded square shows current flow out.
32
Reference area
• This shows that more information on the Super Multiple Junction (SMJ) and Joint Connectors
(J/C) exists on the PG section. Refer to "Reference Area" for details.
• A double arrow “
operation.
” shows that current can flow in either direction depending on circuit
• This shows a code for the color of the connector. For code meaning, refer to wire color codes,
Number 14 of this chart.
Harness Indication
Revision: January 2010
GI-18
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness (connector) wire color.
• Connector numbers in a single circle M33 indicate harness connectors.
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
AGI070
Component Indication
Connector numbers in a double circle F211 indicate component connectors.
H
Switch Positions
Switches are shown in wiring diagrams as if the vehicle is in the “normal” condition.
A vehicle is in the “normal” condition when:
• ignition switch is “OFF”,
• doors, hood and trunk lid/back door are closed,
• pedals are not depressed, and
• parking brake is released.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
SGI860
Detectable Lines and Non-Detectable Lines
In some wiring diagrams, two kinds of lines, representing wires, with different weight are used.
Revision: January 2010
GI-19
2010 Sentra
P
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• A line with regular weight (wider line) represents a “detectable line
for DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)”. A “detectable line for DTC” is
a circuit in which ECM can detect its malfunctions with the on
board diagnostic system.
• A line with less weight (thinner line) represents a “non-detectable
line for DTC”. A “non-detectable line for DTC” is a circuit in which
ECM cannot detect its malfunctions with the on board diagnostic
system.
SGI862-B
Multiple Switch
The continuity of multiple switch is described in two ways as shown below.
• The switch chart is used in schematic diagrams.
• The switch diagram is used in wiring diagrams.
SGI875
Reference Area
Revision: January 2010
GI-20
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The Reference Area of the wiring diagram contains references to additional electrical reference pages at the
end of the manual. If connector numbers and titles are shown in the Reference Area of the wiring diagram, GI
these connector symbols are not shown in the Connector Area.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SGI092A
Abbreviations
INFOID:0000000005282884
N
The following ABBREVIATIONS are used:
ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTION
A/C
Air Conditioner
O
A/T
Automatic Transaxle/Transmission
ATF
Automatic Transmission Fluid
CVT
Continuously Variable Transmission
D1
Drive range [First Gear (1GR)]
D2
Drive range [Second (2GR)]
D3
Drive range [Third (3GR)]
D4
Drive range [Fourth (4GR)]
Revision: January 2010
P
GI-21
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTION
FR, RR
Front, Rear
LH, RH
Left-Hand, Right-Hand
M/T
Manual Transaxle/Transmission
OD
Overdrive
P/S
Power Steering
SAE
Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc.
SDS
Service Data and Specifications
SST
Special Service Tools
2WD
2-Wheel Drive
22
2nd range [Second (2GR)]
21
2nd range [First (1GR)]
12
1st range [Second (2GR)]
11
1st range [First (1GR)]
Revision: January 2010
GI-22
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
How to Check Terminal
GI
INFOID:0000000005282885
CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT
B
Use the connector and terminal pin kits listed below when replacing connectors or terminals.
The connector and terminal pin kits contain some of the most commonly used NISSAN/INFINITI connectors
and terminals. For detailed connector and terminal pin replacement procedures, refer to the latest NISSAN/
INFINITI CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN SERVICE MANUAL.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J38751-95NI)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (NISSAN)
(J38751-95INF)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (INFINITI)
(J42992-98KIT)
OBD and terminal repair
kit
(J42992-2000UPD)
OBD-II Connector Kit Update
C
D
Description
E
F
G
H
WAIA0004E
WAIA0005E
I
HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS
Connector damage and an intermittent connection can result from improperly probing of the connector during
circuit checks.
The probe of a digital multimeter (DMM) may not correctly fit the connector cavity. To correctly probe the connector, follow the procedures below using a “T” pin. For the best contact grasp the “T” pin using an alligator
clip.
J
K
Probing from Harness Side
Standard type (not waterproof type) connector should be probed
from harness side with “T” pin.
• If the connector has a rear cover such as a ECM connector,
remove the rear cover before probing the terminal.
• Do not probe waterproof connector from harness side. Damage to
the seal between wire and connector may result.
L
M
N
SGI841
Probing from Terminal Side
FEMALE TERMINAL
• There is a small notch above each female terminal. Probe each
terminal with the “T” pin through the notch.
Do not insert any object other than the same type male terminal
into female terminal.
O
P
SEL265V
Revision: January 2010
GI-23
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Some connectors do not have a notch above each terminal. To
probe each terminal, remove the connector retainer to make contact space for probing.
SEL266V
MALE TERMINAL
Carefully probe the contact surface of each terminal using a “T” pin.
Do not bend terminal.
SEL267V
How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal
An enlarged contact spring of a terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.
If the intermittent open circuit occurs, follow the procedure below to inspect for open wires and enlarged contact spring of female terminal.
1. Assemble a male terminal and approx. 10 cm (3.9 in) of wire.
Use a male terminal which matches the female terminal.
2. Disconnect the suspected faulty connector and hold it terminal
side up.
SEL270V
3.
While holding the wire of the male terminal, try to insert the male
terminal into the female terminal.
Do not force the male terminal into the female terminal with
your hands.
SEL271V
Revision: January 2010
GI-24
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. While moving the connector, check whether the male terminal
can be easily inserted or not.
GI
B
C
SEL272V
D
• If the male terminal can be easily inserted into the female terminal,
replace the female terminal.
E
F
G
SEL273V
Waterproof Connector Inspection
If water enters the connector, it can short interior circuits. This may lead to intermittent problems.
Check the following items to maintain the original waterproof characteristics.
H
I
RUBBER SEAL INSPECTION
• Most waterproof connectors are provided with a rubber seal
between the male and female connectors. If the seal is missing,
the waterproof performance may not meet specifications.
• The rubber seal may come off when connectors are disconnected.
Whenever connectors are reconnected, make sure the rubber seal
is properly installed on either side of male or female connector.
J
K
L
SEL275V
WIRE SEAL INSPECTION
The wire seal must be installed on the wire insertion area of a waterproof connector. Be sure that the seal is
installed properly.
Terminal Lock Inspection
Check for unlocked terminals by pulling wire at the end of connector.
An unlocked terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.
M
N
O
P
SEL330V
Revision: January 2010
GI-25
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident
INFOID:0000000005282886
WORK FLOW
SGI838
STEP
DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident occurred.
The following are key pieces of information required to make a good analysis:
STEP 1
WHAT
Vehicle Model, Engine, Transmission/Transaxle and the System (i.e. Radio).
WHEN
Date, Time of Day, Weather Conditions, Frequency.
WHERE
Road Conditions, Altitude and Traffic Situation.
HOW
System Symptoms, Operating Conditions (Other Components Interaction).
Service History and if any After Market Accessories have been installed.
STEP 2
Operate the system, road test if necessary.
Verify the parameter of the incident.
If the problem cannot be duplicated, refer to “Incident Simulation Tests”.
STEP 3
Get the proper diagnosis materials together including:
• Power Supply Routing
• System Operation Descriptions
• Applicable Service Manual Sections
• Check for any Service Bulletins
Identify where to begin diagnosis based upon your knowledge of the system operation and the customer comments.
STEP 4
Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage.
Determine which circuits and components are involved and diagnose using the Power Supply Routing and Harness Layouts.
STEP 5
Repair or replace the incident circuit or component.
STEP 6
Operate the system in all modes. Verify the system works properly under all conditions. Make sure you have not inadvertently created a new incident during your diagnosis or repair steps.
INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS
Introduction
Sometimes the symptom is not present when the vehicle is brought in for service. If possible, re-create the
conditions present at the time of the incident. Doing so may help avoid a No Trouble Found Diagnosis. The following section illustrates ways to simulate the conditions/environment under which the owner experiences an
electrical incident.
The section is broken into the six following topics:
• Vehicle vibration
• Heat sensitive
• Freezing
• Water intrusion
• Electrical load
Revision: January 2010
GI-26
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Cold or hot start up
Get a thorough description of the incident from the customer. It is important for simulating the conditions of the GI
problem.
Vehicle Vibration
The problem may occur or become worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating (idle with
A/C on). In such a case, you will want to check for a vibration related condition. Refer to the following illustration.
CONNECTORS & HARNESS
Determine which connectors and wiring harness would affect the electrical system you are inspecting. Gently
shake each connector and harness while monitoring the system for the incident you are trying to duplicate.
This test may indicate a loose or poor electrical connection.
HINT
Connectors can be exposed to moisture. It is possible to get a thin film of corrosion on the connector terminals. A visual inspection may not reveal this without disconnecting the connector. If the problem occurs intermittently, perhaps the problem is caused by corrosion. It is a good idea to disconnect, inspect and clean the
terminals on related connectors in the system.
SENSORS & RELAYS
Gently apply a slight vibration to sensors and relays in the system you are inspecting.
This test may indicate a loose or poorly mounted sensor or relay.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SGI839
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
There are several reasons a vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical complaint. Some of the
things to check for are:
• Connectors not fully seated.
• Wiring harness not long enough and is being stressed due to engine vibrations or rocking.
• Wires laying across brackets or moving components.
• Loose, dirty or corroded ground wires.
• Wires routed too close to hot components.
To inspect components under the hood, start by verifying the integrity of ground connections. (Refer to Ground
Inspection described later.) First check that the system is properly grounded. Then check for loose connection
by gently shaking the wiring or components as previously explained. Using the wiring diagrams inspect the
wiring for continuity.
BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
An improperly routed or improperly clamped harness can become pinched during accessory installation. Vehicle vibration can aggravate a harness which is routed along a bracket or near a screw.
K
L
M
N
O
P
UNDER SEATING AREAS
An unclamped or loose harness can cause wiring to be pinched by seat components (such as slide guides)
during vehicle vibration. If the wiring runs under seating areas, inspect wire routing for possible damage or
pinching.
Heat Sensitive
Revision: January 2010
GI-27
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The customer's concern may occur during hot weather or after car
has sat for a short time. In such cases you will want to check for a
heat sensitive condition.
To determine if an electrical component is heat sensitive, heat the
component with a heat gun or equivalent.
Do not heat components above 60°C (140°F). If incident occurs
while heating the unit, either replace or properly insulate the component.
SGI842
Freezing
The customer may indicate the incident goes away after the car
warms up (winter time). The cause could be related to water freezing
somewhere in the wiring/electrical system.
There are two methods to check for this. The first is to arrange for
the owner to leave his car overnight. Make sure it will get cold
enough to demonstrate his complaint. Leave the car parked outside
overnight. In the morning, do a quick and thorough diagnosis of
those electrical components which could be affected.
The second method is to put the suspect component into a freezer
long enough for any water to freeze. Reinstall the part into the car
and check for the reoccurrence of the incident. If it occurs, repair or
replace the component.
SGI843
Water Intrusion
The incident may occur only during high humidity or in rainy/snowy
weather. In such cases the incident could be caused by water intrusion on an electrical part. This can be simulated by soaking the car
or running it through a car wash.
Do not spray water directly on any electrical components.
SGI844
Electrical Load
The incident may be electrical load sensitive. Perform diagnosis with
all accessories (including A/C, rear window defogger, radio, fog
lamps) turned on.
SGI845
Cold or Hot Start Up
On some occasions an electrical incident may occur only when the car is started cold, or it may occur when
the car is restarted hot shortly after being turned off. In these cases you may have to keep the car overnight to
make a proper diagnosis.
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Introduction
In general, testing electrical circuits is an easy task if it is approached in a logical and organized method.
Before beginning it is important to have all available information on the system to be tested. Also, get a thorRevision: January 2010
GI-28
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ough understanding of system operation. Then you will be able to use the appropriate equipment and follow
the correct test procedure.
GI
You may have to simulate vehicle vibrations while testing electrical components. Gently shake the wiring harness or electrical component to do this.
B
OPEN
A circuit is open when there is no continuity through a section of the circuit.
There are two types of shorts.
SHORT
• SHORT CIRCUIT
When a circuit contacts another circuit and causes the normal resistance to
change.
• SHORT TO GROUND
When a circuit contacts a ground source and grounds the circuit.
C
D
NOTE:
Refer to “How to Check Terminal” to probe or check terminal.
Testing for “Opens” in the Circuit
Before you begin to diagnose and test the system, you should rough sketch a schematic of the system. This
will help you to logically walk through the diagnosis process. Drawing the sketch will also reinforce your working knowledge of the system.
E
F
G
H
SGI846-A
I
CONTINUITY CHECK METHOD
The continuity check is used to find an open in the circuit. The digital multimeter (DMM) set on the resistance
function will indicate an open circuit as over limit (no beep tone or no ohms symbol). Make sure to always start
with the DMM at the highest resistance level.
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits, please refer to the previous schematic.
• Disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Start at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end. (At the fuse block in this example)
• Connect one probe of the DMM to the fuse block terminal on the load side.
• Connect the other probe to the fuse block (power) side of SW1. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over
limit or infinite resistance condition. (point A)
• Connect the probes between SW1 and the relay. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit
has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point B)
• Connect the probes between the relay and the solenoid. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the
circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point C)
Any circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.
VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits please refer to the previous schematic.
In any powered circuit, an open can be found by methodically checking the system for the presence of voltage.
This is done by switching the DMM to the voltage function.
• Connect one probe of the DMM to a known good ground.
• Begin probing at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end.
• With SW1 open, probe at SW1 to check for voltage.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than SW1.
no voltage; open is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
• Close SW1 and probe at relay.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than the relay.
no voltage; open is between SW1 and relay (point B).
Revision: January 2010
GI-29
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Close the relay and probe at the solenoid.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than the solenoid.
no voltage; open is between relay and solenoid (point C).
Any powered circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.
Testing for “Shorts” in the Circuit
To simplify the discussion of shorts in the system, please refer to the following schematic.
SGI847-A
RESISTANCE CHECK METHOD
• Disconnect the battery negative cable and remove the blown fuse.
• Disconnect all loads (SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse.
• Connect one probe of the DMM to the load side of the fuse terminal. Connect the other probe to a known
good ground.
• With SW1 open, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between fuse terminal and SW1 (point A).
no continuity; short is further down the circuit than SW1.
• Close SW1 and disconnect the relay. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a known good ground.
Then, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
no continuity; short is further down the circuit than the relay.
• Close SW1 and jump the relay contacts with jumper wire. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a
known good ground. Then, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between relay and solenoid (point C).
no continuity; check solenoid, retrace steps.
VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD
• Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads (i.e. SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse.
• Turn the ignition key to the ON or START position. Verify battery voltage at the battery + side of the fuse terminal (one lead on the battery + terminal side of the fuse block and one lead on a known good ground).
• With SW1 open and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for voltage.
voltage; short is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
no voltage; short is further down the circuit than SW1.
• With SW1 closed, relay and solenoid disconnected and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for
voltage.
voltage; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
no voltage; short is further down the circuit than the relay.
• With SW1 closed, relay contacts jumped with fused jumper wire check for voltage.
voltage; short is down the circuit of the relay or between the relay and the disconnected solenoid (point C).
no voltage; retrace steps and check power to fuse block.
Ground Inspection
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
Revision: January 2010
GI-30
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
GI
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyeB
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section.
C
D
E
F
G
SGI853
Voltage Drop Tests
Voltage drop tests are often used to find components or circuits which have excessive resistance. A voltage
drop in a circuit is caused by a resistance when the circuit is in operation.
Check the wire in the illustration. When measuring resistance with DMM, contact by a single strand of wire will
give reading of 0 ohms. This would indicate a good circuit. When the circuit operates, this single strand of wire
is not able to carry the current. The single strand will have a high resistance to the current. This will be picked
up as a slight voltage drop.
Unwanted resistance can be caused by many situations as follows:
• Undersized wiring (single strand example)
• Corrosion on switch contacts
• Loose wire connections or splices.
If repairs are needed always use wire that is of the same or larger gauge.
MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — ACCUMULATED METHOD
• Connect the DMM across the connector or part of the circuit you want to check. The positive lead of the
DMM should be closer to power and the negative lead closer to ground.
• Operate the circuit.
• The DMM will indicate how many volts are being used to “push” current through that part of the circuit.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-31
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Note in the illustration that there is an excessive 4.1 volt drop between the battery and the bulb.
SGI974
MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — STEP-BY-STEP
The step-by-step method is most useful for isolating excessive drops in low voltage systems (such as those in
“Computer Controlled Systems”).
Circuits in the “Computer Controlled System” operate on very low amperage.
The (Computer Controlled) system operations can be adversely affected by any variation in resistance in the
system. Such resistance variation may be caused by poor connection, improper installation, improper wire
gauge or corrosion.
The step by step voltage drop test can identify a component or wire with too much resistance.
SAIA0258E
Control Unit Circuit Test
System Description:When the switch is ON, the control unit lights up the lamp.
MGI034A
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART
Revision: January 2010
GI-32
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Pin
No.
Item
1
Switch
2
Lamp
Voltage
value [V]
Condition
In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] *
Switch ON
Battery voltage
Lower than battery voltage Approx. 8 (Example)
Switch OFF
Approx. 0
Approx. 0
Switch ON
Battery voltage
Approx. 0 (Inoperative lamp)
Switch OFF
Approx. 0
Approx. 0
GI
B
C
The voltage value is based on the body ground.
*:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 1 does not detect battery voltage. Control unit
does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not supply power to light up the
lamp.
D
E
F
G
MGI035A
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART
Pin
No.
Item
1
Lamp
2
Switch
H
Voltage
value [V]
Condition
In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] *
Switch ON
Approx. 0
Battery voltage (Inoperative lamp)
Switch OFF
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
Switch ON
Approx. 0
Higher than 0 Approx. 4 (Example)
Switch OFF
Approx. 5
Approx. 5
I
J
The voltage value is based on the body ground.
*:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 2 does not detect approx. 0V. Control unit does
not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not control ground to light up the lamp.
Control Units and Electrical Parts
INFOID:0000000005282887
K
L
PRECAUTIONS
• Never reverse polarity of battery terminals.
• Install only parts specified for a vehicle.
• Before replacing the control unit, check the input and output and
functions of the component parts.
• Do not apply excessive force when disconnecting a connector.
• If a connector is installed by tightening bolts, loosen bolt mounting
it, then take it out by hand.
M
N
O
SAIA0251E
Revision: January 2010
GI-33
2010 Sentra
P
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before installing a connector, make sure the terminal is not bent or
damaged, and then correctly connect it.
When installing a connector by tightening bolts, fix it by tightening
the mounting bolt until the painted projection of the connector
becomes even with the surface.
SAIA0252E
• For removal of the lever type connector, pull the lever up to the
direction pointed to by the arrow A in the figure, and then remove
the connector.
SAIA0253E
• For installation of the lever type connector, pull down the lever to
the direction pointed by the arrow B in the figure, and then push
the connector until a clicking noise is heard.
SAIA0254E
• Do not apply excessive shock to the control unit by dropping or hitting it.
• Be careful to prevent condensation in the control unit due to rapid
temperature changes and do not let water or rain get on it. If water
is found in the control unit, dry it fully and then install it in the vehicle.
• Be careful not to let oil get on the control unit connector.
• Avoid cleaning the control unit with volatile oil.
• Do not disassemble the control unit, and do not remove the upper
and lower covers.
SAIA0255E
Revision: January 2010
GI-34
2010 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When using a DMM, be careful not to let test probes get close to
each other to prevent the power transistor in the control unit from
damaging battery voltage because of short circuiting.
• When checking input and output signals of the control unit, use the
specified check adapter.
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
SEF348N
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-35
2010 Sentra
CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005282888
• When the CONSULT-III is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests.
• Refet to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information.
Function and System Application
Function
ENGINE
ABS*1
AIR BAG
EPS
IPDM E/R
BCM
METER/M&A
INTELLIGENT KEY*1
TRANSMISSION*2
INFOID:0000000005282889
Ecu Identification
Displays the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.
x
x
x
x
-
x
-
x
x
Self Diagnostic Result
Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Data Monitor
Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Active Test
Sends a drive signal from the CONSULT-III to the actuator. The operation check can be performed.
x
x
-
-
x
x
-
x
x
Function Test
This mode can show results of self-diagnosis of ECU with either “OK”
or “NG”. For engine, more practical tests regarding sensors/switches
and/or actuators are available.
x
x
x
-
-
-
-
-
-
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and
more accurately.
x
x
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
DTC & SRT Confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/
result can be confirmed.
x
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Configuration
Function to READ/WRITE vehicle configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
Special function
Other results or histories, etc. that are recorded in ECU are displayed.
x
-
x
-
-
-
-
-
x
CAN Diagnosis
This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by a diagram.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CAN Diagnosis Support
Monitor
It monitors the status of CAN communication.
x
x
-
x
x
x
x
x
x
Diagnostic test mode
x: Applicable
*1: If equipped
*2: This option is shown on vehicles equipped with continuously variable transmission (CVT)
Revision: January 2010
GI-36
2010 Sentra
CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit
INFOID:0000000005282890
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAAWA0009GB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
If the CONSULT-III cannot diagnose the system properly, check the following items.
Revision: January 2010
GI-37
2010 Sentra
P
CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom
Check item
CONSULT-III cannot access
any system.
CONSULT-III DLC power supply circuit (Terminal 8) and ground circuit (Terminal 4).
CONSULT-III cannot access individual system. (Other systems can be accessed.)
• Power supply and ground circuit for the control unit of the system (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring
diagram for each system).
• Open or short circuit between the system and CONSULT-III DLC (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring
diagram for each system).
• Open or short circuit CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NOTE:
The DDL1 and DDL2 circuits from DLC pins 6, 7 and 14 may be connected to more than one system. A short
in a DDL circuit connected to a control unit in one system may affect CONSULT-III access to other systems.
Revision: January 2010
GI-38
2010 Sentra
LIFTING POINT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LIFTING POINT
GI
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282891
B
Tool number
Tool name
Description
C
LM4086-0200
Board on attachment
D
S-NT001
E
F
LM4519-0000
Safety stand attachment
G
S-NT002
CAUTION:
• Every time the vehicle is lifted up, maintain the complete vehicle curb condition.
• Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the front side (engine,
transmission, suspension etc.), support a jack up point on the rear side garage jack with a mission
jack or equivalent.
• Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the rear side (rear axle,
suspension, etc.), support a jack up point on the front side garage jack with a mission jack or equivalent.
• Be careful not to smash or do not do anything that would affect piping parts.
Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift
H
I
J
INFOID:0000000005282892
WARNING:
• Park the vehicle on a level surface when using the jack. Make sure to avoid damaging pipes, tubes,
etc. under the vehicle.
• Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. Always use safety stands when
you have to get under the vehicle.
• Place wheel chocks at both front and back of the wheels on the ground.
• When lifting the vehicle, open the lift arms as wide as possible and ensure that the front and rear of
the vehicle are well balanced.
• When setting the lift arm, do not allow the arm to contact the brake tubes, brake cable, fuel lines and
sill spoiler.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
GI-39
2010 Sentra
LIFTING POINT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PIIB2498E
1.
Safety stand point and lift up point (front) 2.
4.
Garage jack point (rear)
Safety stand point and lift up point
(rear)
3.
Garage jack point (front)
CAUTION:
There is canister just behind Garage jack point rear. Jack up be carefully.
Board-On Lift
INFOID:0000000005282893
CAUTION:
Make sure vehicle is empty when lifting.
• The board-on lift attachment (LM4086-0200) set at front end of
vehicle should be set on the front of the sill under the front
door opening.
• Position attachments at front and rear ends of board-on lift.
AGI016
Revision: January 2010
GI-40
2010 Sentra
TOW TRUCK TOWING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TOW TRUCK TOWING
GI
Tow Truck Towing
INFOID:0000000005282894
CAUTION:
• All applicable state or provincial (in Canada) laws regarding the towing operation must be obeyed.
• It is necessary to use proper towing equipment to avoid possible damage to the vehicle during towing operation. Towing is in accordance with Towing Procedure Manual at dealer.
• Always attach safety chains before towing.
• When towing, make sure that the transmission, steering system and power train are in good order. If
any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.
• Never tow CVT models with the front or all four wheels on the ground (forward or backward) as this
may cause serious and expensive damage to the transaxle.
• If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the
front wheels.
• When towing CVT models with the front wheels on the towing dollies:
- Turn the ignition key to the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position
with a rope or similar device. Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the
LOCK position. This may damage the steering lock mechanism.
- Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
• When the battery of the vehicle equipped with intelligent key system is discharged, your vehicle
should be towed with the front wheels on towing dollies or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck.
• When towing CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground (if you don’t use towing dollies):
Always release the parking brake.
NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that a dolly be
used as illustrated.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PIIB6801E
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)
Securely install the vehicle recovery hook (if equipped) stored with jacking tools.
Check that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use.
WARNING:
• Do not spin the tires at high speed. This could cause them to
explode and result in serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could
also overheat and be damaged.
• Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle.
• Stand clear of stuck vehicle.
CAUTION:
• Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle.
• Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any
part of the suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems.
Revision: January 2010
GI-41
INFOID:0000000005282895
N
O
P
PIIB2499E
2010 Sentra
TOW TRUCK TOWING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an
angle.
• Never use the vehicle tie downs to free a stuck vehicle in the sand, snow, mud etc. Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks.
• Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or
recovery.
Revision: January 2010
GI-42
2010 Sentra
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS
GI
Tightening Torque Table
Grade
4T
7T
9T
Bolt size
Bolt diameter *
mm
INFOID:0000000005282896
B
Tightening torque (Without lubricant)
Pitch
mm
Hexagon head bolt
N·m
kg-m
ft-lb
Hexagon flange bolt
in-lb
M6
6.0
M8
8.0
M10
10.0
M12
12.0
1.25
45
4.6
33
—
M14
14.0
1.5
80
8.2
59
—
M6
6.0
1.0
9
0.92
7
80
M8
8.0
1.25
22
2.2
16
1.0
22
2.2
M10
10.0
1.5
45
1.25
M12
12.0
M14
N·m
kg-m
ft-lb
in-lb
1.0
5.5
0.56
4
49
7
0.71
5
62
1.25
13.5
1.4
10
—
17
1.7
13
—
1.0
13.5
1.4
10
—
17
1.7
13
—
1.5
28
2.9
21
—
35
3.6
26
—
1.25
28
2.9
21
—
35
3.6
26
—
1.75
45
4.6
33
—
55
5.6
41
—
65
6.6
48
—
100
10
74
—
11
1.1
8
97
—
28
2.9
21
—
16
—
28
2.9
21
—
4.6
33
—
55
5.6
41
—
45
4.6
33
—
55
5.6
41
—
1.75
80
8.2
59
—
100
10
74
—
1.25
80
8.2
59
—
100
10
74
—
14.0
1.5
130
13
96
—
170
17
125
—
M6
6.0
1.0
11
1.1
8
—
13.5
1.4
10
—
M8
8.0
1.25
28
2.9
21
—
35
3.6
26
—
1.0
28
2.9
21
—
35
3.6
26
—
M10
10.0
1.5
55
5.6
41
—
80
8.2
59
—
1.25
55
5.6
41
—
80
8.2
59
—
M12
12.0
1.75
100
10
74
—
130
13
96
—
1.25
100
10
74
—
130
13
96
—
M14
14.0
1.5
170
17
125
—
210
21
155
—
*: Nominal diameter
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
1.
Special parts are excluded.
2.
This standard is applicable to bolts having the following marks embossed on the bolt head.
N
O
P
MGI044A
Revision: January 2010
GI-43
2010 Sentra
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS
Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant
INFOID:0000000005282897
Refer to the following chart for help in selecting the appropriate chemical product or sealant.
1
2
3
6
Aftermarket Crossreference Part Nos.
Rear View Mirror Adhesive
Used to permanently remount rear view mirrors to
windows.
999MP-AM000P
99998-50505
Permatex 81844
Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
For metal-to-metal flange
sealing.
Can fill a 0.38 mm (0.015
inch) gap and provide instant sealing for most powertrain applications.
999MP-AM001P
99998-50503
Permatex 51813 and
51817
High Performance
Thread Sealant
Provides instant sealing on
any threaded straight or
parallel threaded fitting.
(Thread sealant only, no
locking ability.)
• Do not use on plastic.
999MP-AM002P
999MP-AM002P
Permatex 56521
99998-50506
(Ultra Grey)
Permatex Ultra Grey
82194;
Three Bond
1207,1215, 1216,
1217F, 1217G and
1217H
Nissan RTV Part No.
999MP-A7007
999MP-AM003P
(Ultra Grey)
Silicone RTV
Gasket Maker for Maxima/
Quest 5-speed automatic
transmission
(RE5F22A)
5
Nissan Canada Part
No. (Canada)
Purpose
Gasket Maker
4
Nissan North America
Part No. (USA)
Product Description
High Temperature,
High Strength Thread
Locking Sealant (Red)
Medium Strength
Thread Locking Sealant (Blue)
Revision: January 2010
Threadlocker
Threadlocker (service tool
removable)
–
999MP-AM004P
999MP-AM005P
GI-44
–
Three Bond 1281B
or exact equivalent in
its quality
999MP-AM004P
Permatex 27200;
Three Bond 1360,
1360N, 1305 N&P,
1307N, 1335,
1335B, 1363B,
1377C, 1386B, D&E
and 1388
Loctite 648
999MP-AM005P
Permatex 24200,
24206, 24240,
24283 and 09178;
Three Bond 1322,
1322N, 1324 D&N,
1333D, 1361C,
1364D, 1370C and
1374
2010 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
GI
Model Variation
Body
INFOID:0000000005282898
Engine
Transmission
Grade
6 M/T
Base
CVT
Sedan
MR20DE
6 M/T
S*
CVT
Sedan
QR25DE
B
Destination
USA
Canada
California
BDRALQY-EUA
BDRALQY-ENA
BDRALQY-EVA
BDRALQZ-EUA
BDRALQZ-ENA
BDRALQZ-EVA
—
BDRALTY-ENA
—
BDRALTZ-EUA
BDRALTZ-ENA
BDRALTZ-EVA
CVT
SL
BDRALVZ-EUA
BDRALVZ-ENA
BDRALVZ-EVA
CVT
SE-R
BDBALWZ-EUA
BDBALWZ-ENA
—
6 M/T
SE-R Spec V
BDBALPY-EUA
BDBALPY-ENA
—
*Optional SR Grade for USA and California models
Character
1
B
2
3
DR
D
E
F
Model code designations:
Position (Left to
Right)
C
Qualifier
Definition
Body type
B: 4 Door sedan
Engine
DR:MR20DE
DB:QR25DE
G
H
4
A
Axle
A: 2WD model
5
L
Handle
L: LH drive
I
J
K
6
Q
Grade
Q: 2.0
T: 2.0 S*
V: 2.0 SL
W: SE-R
P: SE-R Spec V
7
Y
Transmission
Y: 6 M/T
Z: CVT
B16
Model
B16: Sentra
11
E
Intake
E: EGI
U
Zone
U: Federal (50 state)
N: Canada
V: California
M
12
13
A
Equipment
A: Standard
N
8
9
L
10
14
15
16
xxxxx
O
Option Codes
17
18
P
*Optional SR Grade for USA and California models
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Revision: January 2010
GI-45
2010 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWAIA0033GB
1.
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
plate
2.
Vehicle identification number (chassis number)
3.
Emission control information label
4.
Tire placard
5.
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
label
6.
Air conditioner specification label
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT
VIN Position (Left
to Right)
Character
Qualifier
Definition
3N1
Country code and vehicle
manufacturer
3N1: Mexico
Engine
A: MR20DE
B: QR25DE (SE-R)
C: QR25DE (SE-R Spec V)
Vehicle type
B6: NISSAN Sentra
Body type
A: 4-door sedan
1
2
3
4
A
5
B
6
6
7
A
8
P
Restraint system
P: Driver and front passenger: Frontal air bag, Side air bags, Curtain side air bags and 3 point manual seat belts
2nd row outboard: Curtain side air bags 3 point manual seat belts
2nd row center: 3 point manual seat belt
9
*
Check digit
0 to 9 or X
10
A
Model year
A: 2010 Model year
11
L
Manufacturing Plant
L: Aguascalientes, Mexico
Vehicle serial number
Chassis number
12
13
14
15
XXXXXX
16
17
Revision: January 2010
GI-46
2010 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IDENTIFICATION PLATE
GI
B
C
D
E
F
LAIA0027E
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
MR20DE (2.0L)
G
: Front
H
I
J
STI0429
QR25DE (2.5L)
K
L
M
LAIA0024E
N
MANUAL TRANSAXLE NUMBER
O
: Front
P
PCIB1612E
Revision: January 2010
GI-47
2010 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT NUMBER
LAIA0074E
Dimensions
INFOID:0000000005282899
Unit: mm (in)
Description
2.0, 2.0S, 2.0SL
Overall length
2.0SR,SE-R
SE-R Spec V
4567.2 (179.8)
4575.3 (180.1)
Overall width
1,790.0 (70.5)
Overall height
1,511.8 (59.5)
1511.8 (59.5)
Front tread
1520.0 (59.8)
1510.0 (59.5)
Rear tread
1544.0 (60.8)
1534 (60.4)
Wheelbase
1501.9 (59.1)
2,685.0 (105.7)
Wheels & Tires
Grade
INFOID:0000000005282900
Road wheel material
2.0
Steel
2.0S*
Tire
6.5 JJ x 15
P205/60 HR15
P205/55 HR16
6.5 JJ x 16
Aluminum Alloy
SPEC-V
Spare tire size
6.5 JJ x 16
6.5 JJ x 16
2.0SL
SE-R
Road wheel size
T125/70D16
P225/45 VR17 (All Season Tires)
7.0 JJ x 17
P225/45 VR17 (All Season Tires)
P225/45 WR17 (Summer Tires)
*Optional SR grade for USA and California models
Revision: January 2010
GI-48
2010 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINOLOGY
GI
SAE J1930 Terminology List
INFOID:0000000005282901
All emission related terms used in this publication in accordance with SAE J1930 are listed. Accordingly, new
terms, new acronyms/abbreviations and old terms are listed in the following chart.
B
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
C
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Air cleaner
ACL
Air cleaner
Barometric pressure
BARO
***
Barometric pressure sensor-BCDD
BAROS-BCDD
BCDD
Camshaft position
CMP
***
Camshaft position sensor
CMPS
Crank angle sensor
Canister
***
Canister
Carburetor
CARB
Carburetor
Charge air cooler
CAC
Intercooler
Closed loop
CL
Closed loop
Closed throttle position switch
CTP switch
Idle switch
Clutch pedal position switch
CPP switch
Clutch switch
D
E
F
G
Continuous fuel injection system
CFI system
***
Continuous trap oxidizer system
CTOX system
***
Crankshaft position
CKP
***
Crankshaft position sensor
CKPS
***
Data link connector
DLC
***
Data link connector for CONSULT-III
DLC for CONSULT-III
Diagnostic connector for CONSULT-III
Diagnostic test mode
DTM
Diagnostic mode
Diagnostic test mode selector
DTM selector
Diagnostic mode selector
Diagnostic test mode I
DTM I
Mode I
Diagnostic test mode II
DTM II
Mode II
Diagnostic trouble code
DTC
Malfunction code
Direct fuel injection system
DFI system
***
Distributor ignition system
DI system
Ignition timing control
Early fuel evaporation-mixture heater
EFE-mixture heater
Mixture heater
Early fuel evaporation system
EFE system
Mixture heater control
Electrically erasable programmable read
only memory
EEPROM
***
Electronic ignition system
EI system
Ignition timing control
Engine control
EC
***
Engine control module
ECM
ECCS control unit
Engine coolant temperature
ECT
Engine temperature
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ECTS
Engine temperature sensor
Engine modification
EM
***
Engine speed
RPM
Engine speed
Erasable programmable read only memory
EPROM
***
Evaporative emission canister
EVAP canister
Canister
Evaporative emission system
EVAP system
Canister control solenoid valve
Exhaust gas recirculation valve
EGR valve
EGR valve
Revision: January 2010
GI-49
P
2010 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Exhaust gas recirculation control-BPT
valve
EGRC-BPT valve
BPT valve
Exhaust gas recirculation control-solenoid
valve
EGRC-solenoid valve
EGR control solenoid valve
EGRT sensor
Exhaust gas temperature sensor
Flash electrically erasable programmable
read only memory
FEEPROM
***
Flash erasable programmable read only
memory
FEPROM
***
Flexible fuel sensor
FFS
***
Flexible fuel system
FF system
***
Fuel pressure regulator
***
Pressure regulator
Fuel pressure regulator control solenoid
valve
***
PRVR control solenoid valve
Fuel trim
FT
***
Heated Oxygen sensor
HO2S
Exhaust gas sensor
Idle air control system
IAC system
Idle speed control
Exhaust gas recirculation temperature sensor
EGR temperature sensor
Idle air control valve-air regulator
IACV-air regulator
Air regulator
Idle air control valve-auxiliary air control
valve
IACV-AAC valve
Auxiliary air control (AAC) valve
Idle air control valve-FICD solenoid valve
IACV-FICD solenoid valve
FICD solenoid valve
Idle air control valve-idle up control solenoid valve
IACV-idle up control solenoid valve
Idle up control solenoid valve
Idle speed control-FI pot
ISC-FI pot
FI pot
Idle speed control system
ISC system
***
Ignition control
IC
***
Ignition control module
ICM
***
Indirect fuel injection system
IFI system
***
Intake air
IA
Air
Intake air temperature sensor
IAT sensor
Air temperature sensor
Knock
***
Detonation
Knock sensor
KS
Detonation sensor
Malfunction indicator lamp
MIL
Check engine light
Manifold absolute pressure
MAP
***
Manifold absolute pressure sensor
MAPS
***
Manifold differential pressure
MDP
***
Manifold differential pressure sensor
MDPS
***
Manifold surface temperature
MST
***
Manifold surface temperature sensor
MSTS
***
Manifold vacuum zone
MVZ
***
Manifold vacuum zone sensor
MVZS
***
Mass air flow sensor
MAFS
Air flow meter
Mixture control solenoid valve
MC solenoid valve
Air-fuel ratio control solenoid valve
Multiport fuel injection System
MFI system
Fuel injection control
Revision: January 2010
GI-50
2010 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Nonvolatile random access memory
NVRAM
***
On board diagnostic system
OBD system
Self-diagnosis
Open loop
OL
Open loop
Oxidation catalyst
OC
Catalyst
Oxidation catalytic converter system
OC system
***
Oxygen sensor
O2S
Exhaust gas sensor
Park position switch
***
Park switch
Periodic trap oxidizer system
PTOX system
***
Positive crankcase ventilation
PCV
Positive crankcase ventilation
Positive crankcase ventilation valve
PCV valve
PCV valve
Powertrain control module
PCM
***
Programmable read only memory
PROM
***
Pulsed secondary air injection control solenoid valve
PAIRC solenoid valve
AIV control solenoid valve
GI
B
C
D
E
F
Pulsed secondary air injection system
PAIR system
Air induction valve (AIV) control
Pulsed secondary air injection valve
PAIR valve
Air induction valve
Random access memory
RAM
***
Read only memory
ROM
***
Scan tool
ST
***
Secondary air injection pump
AIR pump
***
Secondary air injection system
AIR system
***
Sequential multiport fuel injection system
SFI system
Sequential fuel injection
Service reminder indicator
SRI
***
Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
***
Simultaneous fuel injection
Smoke puff limiter system
SPL system
***
Supercharger
SC
***
Supercharger bypass
SCB
***
System readiness test
SRT
***
Thermal vacuum valve
TVV
Thermal vacuum valve
Three way catalyst
TWC
Catalyst
Three way catalytic converter system
TWC system
***
Three way + oxidation catalyst
TWC + OC
Catalyst
Three way + oxidation catalytic converter
system
TWC + OC system
***
Throttle body
TB
Throttle chamber
SPI body
Throttle body fuel injection system
TBI system
Fuel injection control
Throttle position
TP
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
TPS
Throttle sensor
Throttle position switch
TP switch
Throttle switch
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
TCC solenoid valve
Lock-up cancel solenoid
Lock-up solenoid
Transmission range switch
***
Park/neutral position switch
Transmission control module
TCM
A/T control unit
Revision: January 2010
GI-51
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Turbocharger
TC
Turbocharger
Vehicle speed sensor
VSS
Vehicle speed sensor
Volume air flow sensor
VAFS
Air flow meter
Warm up oxidation catalyst
WU-OC
Catalyst
Warm up oxidation catalytic converter system
WU-OC system
***
Warm up three way catalyst
WU-TWC
Catalyst
Warm up three way catalytic converter system
WU-TWC system
***
Wide open throttle position switch
WOTP switch
Full switch
***: Not applicable
Revision: January 2010
GI-52
2010 Sentra
RESTRAINTS
SECTION
SRS
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" Service ...................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Occupant Classification System Precaution ............. 3
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp
Does Not Turn Off ...................................................29
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp
Does Not Turn On ...................................................30
Removal and Installation .........................................31
SPIRAL CABLE ................................................ 33
SRS
Removal and Installation .........................................33
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE ...... 35
Removal and Installation .........................................35
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE ................ 39
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS) ................................................................... 5
Removal and Installation .........................................39
CRASH ZONE SENSOR ................................... 41
Removal and Installation .........................................41
I
J
K
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR ........... 42
Removal and Installation .........................................42
L
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ........... 43
Removal and Installation .........................................43
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 9
Removal and Installation .........................................44
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ................................. 9
SRS Component Parts Location ............................. 11
Schematic ............................................................... 12
Wiring Diagram - SRS- ............................................ 13
CONSULT-III Function (AIR BAG) .......................... 18
Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III) .... 19
SRS Operation Check ............................................. 20
Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III ..................... 21
Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III ................ 26
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 46
Revision: January 2010
G
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ............................ 31
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
SRS Configuration .................................................... 5
Driver Air Bag Module ............................................... 6
Front Passenger Air Bag Module .............................. 6
Front Side Air Bag ..................................................... 6
Side Curtain Air Bag .................................................. 6
Front Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter ...... 7
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................... 7
Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors ............ 8
F
Removal and Installation .........................................46
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS .................................. 47
For Frontal Collision ................................................47
For Side and Rollover Collision ...............................49
SRS-1
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005612213
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" Service
INFOID:0000000005283007
• Do not use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual.
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes.
For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have
passed.
• The air bag diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark “⇐” pointing toward the front
of the vehicle for proper operation. Also check air bag diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust
before installation and replace as required.
• The spiral cable must be aligned with the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Do not attempt to
turn steering wheel or column after removal of steering gear.
• Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side
facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down.
• Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components.
• After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283008
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B
C
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
A
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Occupant Classification System Precaution
D
E
F
G
INFOID:0000000005283009
Replace control unit and passenger front seat cushion as an assembly.
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283010
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-44615)
Air bag lock master key set
Removing and installing air bag lock
LRS210
Revision: January 2010
SRS-4
2010 Sentra
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
A
SRS Configuration
INFOID:0000000005283011
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
WHIA0186E
The air bag deploys if the air bag diagnosis sensor unit is activated while the ignition switch is in the ON or
START position.
The collision modes for which supplemental restraint systems are activated are different among the SRS systems. For example, the driver air bag module, front passenger air bag module and front seat belt pre-tensioners are activated in a frontal collision but not in a side collision.
SRS configurations for some collision modes are as follows:
SRS configuration
Frontal collision
Left side collision
Right side collision
Driver air bag module
×
—
—
Front passenger air bag module
×
—
—
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
×
—
—
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
×
—
—
Front LH side air bag module
—
×
—
Front RH side air bag module
—
—
×
LH side curtain air bag module
—
×
—
RH side curtain air bag module
—
—
×
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-5
2010 Sentra
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Driver Air Bag Module
INFOID:0000000005283012
The driver air bag module is dual stage and located in the steering
wheel assembly. It operates with the SRS system in a frontal collision exceeding a specified level.
WHIA0325E
Front Passenger Air Bag Module
INFOID:0000000005283013
The front passenger air bag module is located behind the instrument
panel assembly. It operates with the SRS system in a frontal collision exceeding a specified level. Refer to SRS-7, "Occupant Classification System (OCS)" for more information.
WHIA0341E
Front Side Air Bag
INFOID:0000000005283014
Front side air bag modules are built into the front seatback assemblies. Vehicles with side air bags are equipped with labels as shown.
WHIA0327E
Side Curtain Air Bag
INFOID:0000000005283015
Side curtain air bag modules are located above the vehicle headlining and run from the front to the rear of the vehicle. Vehicles with
side curtain air bags are equipped with labels as shown.
WHIA0041E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-6
2010 Sentra
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Front Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter
INFOID:0000000005283016
A
The seat belt pre-tensioner system with load limiter is installed for
both the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat. It operates
simultaneously with the SRS air bag system in the event of a frontal
collision with an impact exceeding a specified level.
When the frontal collision with an impact exceeding a specified level
occurs, seat belt slack resulting from clothing or other factors is
immediately taken up by the pre-tensioner. Vehicle passengers are
securely restrained.
When passengers in a vehicle are thrown forward in a collision and
the restraining force of the seat belt exceeds a specified level, the
load limiter permits the specified extension of the seat belt by the
twisting of the ELR shaft, and a relaxation of the chest-area seat belt
web tension while maintaining force.
B
C
D
WHIA0342E
E
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
INFOID:0000000005283017
The occupant classification system (OCS) identifies different size occupants, out of position occupants, and
detects if child seat is present in the front passenger seat. The OCS receives inputs from the occupant classi- F
fication system sensor (located under the passenger seat cushion assembly) and belt tension sensor (part of
the passenger front seat belt assembly and located at the belt anchor location). Depending on classification of
the passenger, the OCS sends a signal to the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. The air bag diagnosis sensor unit G
uses this signal and the seat belt buckle switch RH signal to determine deployment or non deployment of the
front passenger air bag module in the event of a collision. Depending on the signals received, the air bag diagnosis sensor unit can disable the front passenger air bag module completely.
SRS
NOTE:
In case of customer concern, CONSULT-III can be used to confirm the passenger air bag status (readiness).
Passenger Air Bag Status Conditions
Front Passenger Seat
(Condition)
PASS AIR BAG OFF Indicator
(Status)
I
Passenger Air Bag Status
(Readiness)
CONSULT-III Display
Seat occupied
OFF
Active (enabled)
ON
Seat occupied NOTE
ON
Deactivated (disabled)
OFF
Seat empty
OFF
Deactivated (disabled)
OFF
J
K
NOTE:
Passenger does not meet Occupant Classification System specifications for passenger air bag activation.
L
M
N
O
P
WHIA0343E
1.
Belt tension sensor
4.
Occupant classification system control unit
Revision: January 2010
2.
Occupant classification system bladder 3.
SRS-7
Occupant classification system sensor
2010 Sentra
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors
INFOID:0000000005283018
The following SRS components use direct-connect style harness connectors.
• Driver air bag module
• Passenger air bag module
• LH side curtain air bag module
• RH side curtain air bag module
• Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
• Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
Always pull up to release the locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component.
Always push down to lock the locking tab after installing connector to
SRS component. When locked, the locking tab is level with the connector housing.
WHIA0103E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-8
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
INFOID:0000000005283019
CAUTION:
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to do so in
this Service Manual.
• Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify SRS wiring harnesses. If a harness is damaged, replace it
with a new one.
• Keep ground connections clean.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
The SRS self-diagnosis results can be read by using “AIR BAG” warning lamp and/or CONSULT-III.
The User mode is exclusively prepared for the customer (driver). This mode warns the driver of a system malfunction through the operation of the “AIR BAG” warning lamp.
The Diagnosis mode allows the technician to locate and inspect the malfunctioning part.
The mode applications for the “AIR BAG” warning lamp and CONSULT-III are as follows:
User mode
Diagnosis mode
Display type
“AIR BAG” warning lamp
X
X
ON-OFF operation
CONSULT-III
—
X
Monitoring
B
C
D
E
F
G
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the sympSRS
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Information From Customer
WHAT - Vehicle model
WHEN - Date, Frequencies
WHERE - Road conditions
HOW - Operating conditions, Symptoms
I
J
Preliminary Check
Check that the following parts are in good order.
• Battery (Refer to SC-5, "How to Handle Battery".)
• Fuses (Refer to SRS-12, "Schematic".)
• System component-to-harness connections
K
WORK FLOW
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-9
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHIA0348E
*1: "Preliminary Check"
*2: SRS-20
*3: SRS-21
*4: SRS-26
Revision: January 2010
SRS-10
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SRS Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005283020
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
WHIA0329E
1.
Crash zone sensor
2.
Spiral cable
3.
Front passenger air bag off indicator
4.
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
LH side air bag (satellite) sensor
5.
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
6.
Front LH side air bag module
7.
Seat belt buckle switch (LH)
Seat belt buckle switch (RH)
8.
Occupant classification system control 9.
unit
Occupant classification system sensor
I
J
10. Front RH side air bag module
11. RH side curtain air bag module
13. Front passenger air bag module
14. Driver air bag module
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
RH side air bag (satellite) sensor
Belt tension sensor
12. LH side curtain air bag module
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-11
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005283021
AAHWA0021GB
Revision: January 2010
SRS-12
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - SRS-
INFOID:0000000005283022
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
WHWA0318E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-13
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AAHWA0020GB
Revision: January 2010
SRS-14
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AAHWA0010GB
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-15
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHWA0321E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-16
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
WHWA0322E
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-17
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABHWA0037GB
CONSULT-III Function (AIR BAG)
INFOID:0000000005283023
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-18
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BAG diagnostic mode
Description
SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]
A current Self-diagnosis result is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen in real time. This refers to a malfunctioning part requiring replacement.
SELF-DIAG [PAST]
A
Diagnosis results previously stored in the memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. The
stored results will remain until the memory is erased.
TROUBLE DIAG RECORD
With TROUBLE DIAG RECORD, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
ECU DISCRIMINATED NO.
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) is displayed. Air bag
diagnosis sensor unit has individual ECU discriminated number (identification number) based on model
and equipment.
PASSENGER AIR BAG
The STATUS (readiness) of the front passenger air bag module is displayed. The STATUS displayed
(ON/OFF) depends on the signals supplied to the occupant classification system control module and
air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-7, "Occupant Classification System (OCS)" for more information.
HOW TO CHANGE BETWEEN SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE AND USER MODE WITH CONSULT-III
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode
After selecting “AIR BAG”, user mode automatically changes to Diagnosis mode.
From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode
To return to User mode from Diagnosis mode, touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen. Diagnosis mode automatically changes to User mode.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
NOTE:
If the memory in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not erased, User mode will continue to show the system malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely.
• “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”
A current self-diagnosis result is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen in real time. After the malfunction is
repaired completely, no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”.
• “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”
Return to the “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” CONSULT-III screen and select “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”. Touch
“ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” mode.
I
J
K
L
• “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”
The memory of “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD” cannot be erased.
Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III)
M
INFOID:0000000005283024
The reading of these results is accomplished using one of two modes — “User mode” and “Diagnosis mode”.
N
HOW TO CHANGE BETWEEN USER MODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULTO
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-19
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
III
SHIA0183E
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
After a malfunction is repaired, turn the ignition switch OFF for at least one second, then back ON. Diagnosis
mode returns to the User mode. At that time, the self-diagnostic result is cleared.
SRS Operation Check
INFOID:0000000005283025
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
Checking SRS Operation Using “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp—User Mode
1.
2.
Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON, and check that the air bag warning lamp blinks.
Compare the SRS air bag warning lamp blinking pattern with the
examples.
BF-1845D
Revision: January 2010
SRS-20
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Air bag warning lamp examples
“AIR BAG” warning lamp operation-User mode-
SRS condition
Reference item
A
B
• No malfunction is detected.
• No further action is necessary.
—
C
D
SHIA0011E
E
• The system is malfunctioning and
needs to be repaired as indicated.
Go to SRS-21, "Trouble Diagnosis
with CONSULT-III" with CONSULTIII or SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis
without CONSULT-III" without CONSULT-III.
SHIA0012E
F
G
SRS
• Air bag is deployed.
• Seat belt pre-tensioner is deployed.
Go to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision".
I
• Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
• Air bag power supply circuit is malfunctioning.
• Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning.
Go to SRS-29, "Trouble Diagnosis:
"AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not
Turn Off".
J
K
SHIA0013E
L
• Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
• Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning.
Go to SRS-30, "Trouble Diagnosis:
"AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not
Turn On".
M
N
SHIA0014E
O
Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III
INFOID:0000000005283026
P
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Diagnostic code is displayed on "SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]".
If no malfunction is detected on "SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]", but malfunction is detected in "SRS Operation
Check", the following cases may exist:
• "SELF-DIAG [PAST]" memory might not be erased.
• The SRS system malfunctions intermittently.
Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4"
Revision: January 2010
SRS-21
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart
Diagnostic item
NO DTC IS DETECTED
Explanation
Malfunction is indicated by the “AIR BAG”
warning lamp in User
mode.
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement
Low battery voltage (Less than 9V)
1.
2.
“SELF-DIAG [PAST]” memory might
not be erased.
Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4"
.
Intermittent malfunction has been
detected in the past.
Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5"
.
No malfunction is detected in User mode.
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
[OPEN]
[B1049] or [B1054]
Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the spiral cable).
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
[VB-SHORT]
[B1050] or [B1055]
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply
circuit (including the spiral cable).
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
[GND-SHORT]
[B1051] or [B1056]
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground (including
the spiral cable).
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
[SHORT]
[B1052] or [B1057]
Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
—
1.
2.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[OPEN]
[B1065] or [B1070]
Front passenger air bag module circuit is open.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[VB-SHORT]
[B1066] or [B1071]
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[GND-SHORT]
[B1067] or [B1072]
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[SHORT]
[B1068] or [B1073]
Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each
other.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Crash zone sensor
1.
CRASH ZONE SEN
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1033] or [B1034]
CRASH ZONE SEN
[COMM FAIL]
[B1035]
2.
3.
4.
5.
SIDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]
[B1134]
Front LH side air bag module circuit is open.
SIDE MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1135]
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power
supply circuit.
3.
SIDE MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1136]
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
4.
SIDE MODULE LH
[SHORT]
[B1137]
Front LH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
Revision: January 2010
1.
2.
5.
SRS-22
Go to SC-5
Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" .
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace driver air bag module.
Replace the spiral cable.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front passenger air bag
module.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the crash zone sensor.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front LH seat back assembly (front LH side air bag
module).
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement
SIDE MODULE RH
[OPEN]
[B1129]
Front RH side air bag module circuit is open.
1.
SIDE MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1130]
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power
supply circuit.
3.
SIDE MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1131]
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
4.
SIDE MODULE RH
[SHORT]
[B1132]
Front RH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
2.
5.
LH side air bag (satellite) sensor
SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1118] or [B1119]
SATELLITE SENS LH
[COMM FAIL]
[B1120]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
RH side air bag (satellite) sensor
SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1113] or [B1114]
SATELLITE SENS RH
[COMM FAIL]
[B1115]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[OPEN]
[B1086]
The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is open.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1087]
The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to
some power supply circuit.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1088]
The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to
ground.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[SHORT]
[B1089]
The circuits for the front LH seat belt pre-tensioner are shorted
to each other.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[OPEN]
[B1081]
The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is open.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1082]
The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to
some power supply circuit.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1083]
The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to
ground.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[SHORT]
[B1084]
The circuits for the front RH seat belt pre-tensioner are shorted to each other.
Revision: January 2010
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the LH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the RH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connections.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front LH seat belt pretensioner.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
1.
2.
3.
4.
SRS-23
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front RH seat back assembly (front RH side air bag
module).
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
A
5.
Visually check the wiring harness
connections.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front RH seat belt pretensioner.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic item
Explanation
CURTAIN MODULE LH
[OPEN]
[B1150]
The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is open.
CURTAIN MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1151]
The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuits.
CURTAIN MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1152]
The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to
ground.
CURTAIN MODULE LH
[SHORT]
[B1153]
The circuits for the LH side curtain air bag module are shorted
to each other.
CURTAIN MODULE RH
[OPEN]
[B1145]
The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is open.
CURTAIN MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]
[B1146]
The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuits.
CURTAIN MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]
[B1147]
The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to
ground.
CURTAIN MODULE RH
[SHORT]
[B1148]
The circuits for the RH side curtain air bag module are shorted
to each other.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
CONTROL UNIT
[B1XXX]
OCCUPANT SENS C/U
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1017] or [B1021]
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement
5.
1.
2.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace RH side curtain air bag
module.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
The OCS control unit is malfunctioning.
1.
Replace RH front seat cushion/
occupant classification system
control unit assembly.
The OCS control unit is malfunctioning.
1.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly.
Replace the RH front seat belt assembly.
OCCUPANT SENS C/U
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1020]
2.
3.
Communication between the OCS control unit and air bag diagnosis sensor unit is interrupted.
1.
2.
OCCUPANT SENS C/U
[COMM FAIL]
[B1022]
3.
4.
5.
OCS sensor is malfunctioning.
OCCUPANT SENS
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1018]
Revision: January 2010
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace LH side curtain air bag
module.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
1.
2.
SRS-24
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection to the OCS sensor.
Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly.
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Belt tension sensor is malfunctioning.
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement
1.
2.
BELT TENSION SENS
[UNIT FAIL]
[B1019]
3.
4.
5.
Front passenger air bag off indicator is malfunctioning.
1.
2.
PASS A/B INDCTR CKT
[B1023]
3.
4.
5.
FRONTAL COLLISION
DETECTION
[B1209]
SIDE COLLISION
DETECTION
[B1210]
Driver and front passenger air bag modules are deployed.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace the RH front seat belt assembly.
Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly.
Replace the related harness.
Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
Replace front passenger air bag
off indicator.
Replace the air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.
Replace the related harness.
Refer to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision".
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Side or curtain air bag modules are deployed.
SRS
NOTE:
Follow the procedures in numerical order when performing repairs. Confirm whether the repair has been successful using air bag warning lamp or CONSULT-III after each repair. If malfunction is still observed, proceed
to the next step. When malfunction has been eliminated, further repair work is not required.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
I
J
Final Check of SRS Using CONSULT-III—Diagnosis Mode
1.
If no DTC is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”, repair of SRS is completed. Go to step 2.
If any DTC is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”, the malfunctioning part has not been repaired completely or another malfunctioning part is being detected. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2".
2.
Touch “ERASE”.
NOTE:
Touch “ERASE” to clear the memory of the malfunction (“SELF-DIAG [PAST]”).
If the memory of the malfunction in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not erased, the User mode shows the system
malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen. Touch “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”.
Check that no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”.
Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen to return to User mode from Diagnosis mode.
Turn ignition switch OFF then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-III.
Go to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
L
M
N
O
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
P
Check SRS Repair History
1.CONSIDER POSSIBILITY THAT SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT WAS NOT ERASED AFTER REPAIR
Check repair history of the SRS.
Have any previous repairs been made to the SRS?
Revision: January 2010
K
SRS-25
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Yes
>> Self-diagnostic result “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased
after repair. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3".
No
>> Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5
Check SRS Intermittent Malfunction Using CONSULT-III—Diagnosis Mode
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
If diagnostic codes are displayed on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”, go to step 4.
If no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” touch “BACK”.
Touch “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”.
NOTE:
With “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be
displayed.
Diagnostic code is displayed on “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”.
Write down information from "TROUBLE DIAG RECORD" screen.
Compare diagnostic codes to "CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart".
Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen.
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-III, and both battery cables.
Repair the system as outlined by the “Repair order” in “CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart”, that corresponds to the self-diagnostic result. For replacement procedure of component parts, refer to the Removal
and Installation procedure for the appropriate component.
Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3", for final checking.
Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III
INFOID:0000000005283027
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6
Inspect SRS Malfunction Using "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp—Diagnosis Mode
NOTE:
SRS will not enter Diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in User mode.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition switch OFF within 1 second.
3. Wait more than 3 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 two times.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
SRS is now in Diagnosis mode.
"AIR BAG" warning lamp operates in Diagnosis mode according to the Warning Lamp Flash Code Chart:
WARNING LAMP FLASH CODE CHART
SHIA0026E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-26
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
WHIA0260E
D
E
F
WHIA0198E
G
SRS
I
WHIA0261E
J
K
L
M
WHIA0200E
N
O
P
WHIA0262E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-27
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WHIA0263E
WHIA0203E
WHIA0204E
WHIA0264E
WHIA0265E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-28
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
WHIA0266E
D
E
F
WHIA0267E
G
SRS
I
WHIA0211E
J
K
L
M
WHIA0212E
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off
INFOID:0000000005283028
N
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7
1.CHECK CONDITION OF AIR BAG MODULE
O
Inspect for any deployed air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners.
Are any air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners deployed?
Yes
>> Refer to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision".
No
>> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK THE AIR BAG FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
SRS-29
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AIR BAG FUSE AGAIN
Replace 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and turn ignition switch ON.
Does the fuse blow again?
Yes
>> Repair harness.
No
>> Inspection End.
4.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Connect CONSULT-III.
Is “AIR BAG” displayed on CONSULT-III?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Visually inspect the air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connections. If the connections are OK,
replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION
Check for loose connections between the combination meter and the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Properly connect the combination meter and air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors. If
“AIR BAG” warning lamp still does not turn off, replace the wiring harness.
Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn On
INFOID:0000000005283029
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8
1.CHECK METER FUSE
Check the 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] .
Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE METER FUSE AND CHECK AGAIN
Replace 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and turn ignition switch ON.
Does the fuse blow again?
Yes
>> Replace harness.
No
>> Inspection End.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTIONS BETWEEN AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
Inspect the harness and connectors between the air bag diagnosis sensor unit and the combination meter.
Do the harness or connectors have any visible damage?
Yes
>> Replace harness.
No
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Disconnect the air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors and turn ignition switch ON.
Does “AIR BAG” warning lamp turn on?
Yes
>> Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation".
No
>> Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
SRS-30
2010 Sentra
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283030
B
C
D
E
F
LHIA0120E
1. Steering wheel switch LH (if equipped)
2. Horn connector
3. Spiral cable connector
4. Steering wheel switch RH (if equipped)
5. Driver air bag module
6. Steering wheel
7. Driver air bag module connectors
8. Cover
A. Tamper proof bolt
G
SRS
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module.
• Always place air bag module with pad side facing upward.
CAUTION:
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
• Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect
SRS component connectors. If a driver air bag direct-connect
harness connector is damaged, the spiral cable must be
replaced.
• Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air
bag module or harness connectors.
• Do not disassemble air bag module.
• Do not expose the air bag module to temperatures exceeding
90°C (194°F).
I
J
K
L
PHIA0291E
M
• Replace the air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
• Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
air bag module.
N
O
P
WHIA0321E
1.
2.
Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Place the steering wheel in the straight ahead position.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-31
2010 Sentra
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the covers RH/LH and the driver air bag module tamper
proof bolts RH/LH (A).
LHIA0121E
4.
Lift driver air bag module away from steering wheel. Disconnect
driver air bag module connectors (1) and spiral cable connector
(2).
LHIA0122E
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors,
refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
PHIA0953J
5.
6.
Disconnect horn connector (1) and release harness from clips
(2).
If equipped, remove the steering wheel switch screws (A) and
release the tabs (3) from the driver air bag module.
LHIA0123E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
• If driver air bag module is being replaced due to deployment, spiral cable must also be replaced. Refer to
SRS-33.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check".
Revision: January 2010
SRS-32
2010 Sentra
SPIRAL CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SPIRAL CABLE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283031
B
C
D
E
F
LHIA0124E
1. Nut, refer to PS-6
2. Steering wheel
3. Lighting and turn signal switch
4. Spiral cable
5. Driver air bag module connectors
6. Wiper and washer switch
7. Column cover lower
8. Steering lock escutcheon
9. Steering column assembly
G
SRS
10. Column cover upper
REMOVAL
WARNING:
When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module.
CAUTION:
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not tap or bump the steering wheel.
• Do not disassemble the spiral cable.
• Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the spiral cable.
• Replace the spiral cable if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
• With the steering linkage disconnected, the spiral cable may snap by turning the steering wheel
beyond the limited number of turns. The spiral cable can be turned counterclockwise about 2.5 turns
from the neutral position.
1. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
2. Set the front wheels to the straight-ahead/neutral position.
3. Remove the steering wheel. Refer to PS-6.
4. Remove the column cover upper and lower.
5. Disconnect wiper and washer switch connector (1). Then while
pressing tabs (2), pull wiper and washer switch away from spiral
cable to remove.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WHIA0315E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-33
2010 Sentra
SPIRAL CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Disconnect lighting and turn signal switch connector (1). Then
while pressing tabs (2), pull lighting and turn signal switch
toward driver door to remove.
7. Remove the screws, then release the tab at the top and pull the
spiral cable away from the steering column assembly.
8. Disconnect spiral cable connectors.
9. Remove the steering angle sensor from the spiral cable. Refer
to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
WHIA0316E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Align spiral cable correctly when installing steering wheel, refer to
PS-6. Make sure spiral cable alignment and centering marks (B)
are matched and in the neutral position. The neutral position is
detected by turning left 2.5 revolutions from the right end position,
ending with the locating pin (A) at the top. Place steering wheel in
straight ahead position, then install it with the locating pin hole (C)
directly over spiral cable locating pin.
• Reset the steering angle sensor calibration after installing spiral
cable. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor
Neutral Position".
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to make sure
no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation
Check".
PHIA1024J
Revision: January 2010
SRS-34
2010 Sentra
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005283032
The passenger air bag module originally installed in the vehicle uses direct-connect style harness connectors.
Service replacement passenger air bag modules use tab-locking style harness connectors. If the passenger
air bag module is replaced or if the direct-connect harness connectors are damaged, the vehicle wiring harness must be modified to allow connection of the service replacement passenger air bag module. Follow the
WIRING HARNESS MODIFICATION procedure for wiring harness modification.
B
C
REMOVAL
WARNING:
D
• When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module. Always work from the
side of or under front passenger air bag module.
• Always place front passenger air bag module with pad side facing upward.
E
CAUTION:
• Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect front passenger air bag module connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the front passenger air bag must be
replaced and the wiring harness modified.
F
• Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not use old bolts after removal; replace with new bolts.
G
• Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air bag module or harness connectors.
• Do not disassemble air bag module.
• Do not expose the front passenger air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F).
• Replace the front passenger air bag module if it has been
SRS
dropped or sustained an impact.
• Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
front passenger air bag module.
I
J
WHIA0321E
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove the RH lower instrument panel glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front passenger air bag module lower bracket bolt
(A) from the steering member (1) through glove box opening.
K
L
M
N
O
LHIA0125E
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-35
2010 Sentra
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Disconnect the front passenger air bag module connectors (1),
then remove the nuts (A) from the steering member (2). Remove
the front passenger air bag module through the glove box door
opening area.
LHIA0126E
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors,
refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
PHIA0953J
5.
For front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket removal, perform the following:
• Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
• Remove the three screws (3) and the RH side ventilator duct.
• Remove the nine screws (A) attaching upper bracket (1) to
instrument panel assembly.
• Release the molded in tabs (2) and remove the front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket.
LHIA0127E
INSTALLATION
Original Front Passenger Air Bag Module
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
CAUTION:
• Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer
to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
Service Replacement Front Passenger Air Bag Module
1.
2.
Install the front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket.
Install the RH side ventilator duct.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-36
2010 Sentra
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install the front passenger air bag module and nuts (A) to the
instrument panel upper bracket (2).
4. Install the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-11.
A
B
C
LHIA0126E
5.
6.
7.
D
Install the front passenger air bag module lower bracket bolt (A)
to the steering member (1) through glove box opening.
Connect the front passenger air bag module harness connector
to yellow 4-pin service replacement air bag connector and fasten connector to mounting bracket.
Install RH lower instrument panel glove box assembly. Refer to
IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
E
F
G
LHIA0125E
CAUTION:
SRS
• Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer
to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
I
WIRING HARNESS MODIFICATION
The passenger air bag module originally installed in the vehicle uses direct-connect style harness connectors.
Service replacement passenger air bag modules use tab-locking style harness connectors. If the passenger
air bag module is replaced or if the direct-connect harness connectors are damaged, the vehicle wiring harness must be modified to allow connection of the service replacement passenger air bag module.
NOTE:
The wiring harness modification is to be performed only if the vehicle is equipped with the original passenger
air bag which uses direct-connect harness connectors. If the passenger air bag is to be replaced in a vehicle
that has already had the service replacement passenger air bag installed, the wiring harness modification is
not required.
CAUTION:
• Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect front passenger air bag module connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the front passenger air bag must be
replaced and the wiring harness modified.
• Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least
three minutes.
• Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer
to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
1. Locate the yellow and orange direct-connect passenger air bag module harness connectors.
2. Use wire cutters to cut back both previously used direct-connect passenger air bag module harness connectors from the vehicle wiring harness approximately 50 mm (1.9 in) from the connectors.
3. Remove approximately 150 mm (5.9 in) of the vehicle harness covering from the cut end.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-37
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Slide a piece of dual-wall heat shrink tubing (provided in the passenger air bag service kit) onto each wire of the previously used
vehicle wiring harness.
LHIA0017E
5.
Fold each wire back and insert into the end of the heat shrink
tubing so that the end of the wire is approximately centered in
the heat shrink tubing.
WHIA0062E
6.
7.
8.
Use a heat gun to shrink the heat shrink tubing and seal the wire.
Use electrical tape to secure the modified circuits to the outside of the wiring harness.
Locate the front passenger air bag service replacement connector that is taped back to the main harness. Unwrap the tape to
access the yellow service replacement connector and remove
the dust cover from the connector.
WHIA0118E
Revision: January 2010
SRS-38
2010 Sentra
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005283033
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
LHIA0128E
1. Side curtain air bag module connector
2. Inflator
3. Side curtain air bag module
4. Ramp bracket tab
A. Side curtain air bag module bolt
B. Clip CE117 (front tether)
Vehicle front
M
N
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of side curtain air bag module.
• Always place the curtain air bag module with deployment side facing upward.
CAUTION:
• Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air bag module or harness connectors.
• Do not attempt to disassemble side curtain air bag module.
• Do not expose the side curtain air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F).
Revision: January 2010
SRS-39
2010 Sentra
O
P
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Replace the side curtain air bag module if it has been dropped
or sustained an impact.
• Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
side curtain air bag module.
• Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect
SRS component connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the harness must be replaced.
WHIA0321E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41.
Disconnect side curtain air bag module connector.
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors,
refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
Remove the front tether clips.
Remove the side curtain air bag module bolts in order starting at
the front or rear, then remove the side curtain air bag module.
PHIA0953J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
• After replacement of side curtain air bag module, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is
detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
Revision: January 2010
SRS-40
2010 Sentra
CRASH ZONE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CRASH ZONE SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283034
REMOVAL
B
CAUTION:
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not attempt to disassemble the crash zone sensor.
• Do not use old nuts after removal; replace with new nuts.
• Replace the crash zone sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
• Check crash zone sensor to make sure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it shows any visible signs of damage, replace it with a new one.
C
D
E
F
WHIA0321E
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove front grille, refer to EI-18.
Disconnect crash zone sensor harness connector (1).
Remove crash zone sensor nuts (A), then remove the crash
zone sensor (2) from the radiator core support (3).
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
AWHIA0252GB
O
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check".
Revision: January 2010
SRS-41
2010 Sentra
P
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283035
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not attempt to disassemble the side air bag (satellite) sensor.
• Do not use old nuts after removal; replace with new nuts.
• Replace the side air bag (satellite) sensor if it has been
dropped or sustained an impact.
• Check side air bag (satellite) sensor to make sure it is free of
deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it shows any visible signs
of damage, replace it with a new one.
WHIA0321E
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove front seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt".
Disconnect side air bag (satellite) sensor harness connector (1).
Remove side air bag (satellite) sensor nuts (A), then remove
side air bag (satellite) sensor (2) from the center pillar (3).
: Vehicle front
LHIA0130E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to make sure no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check".
Revision: January 2010
SRS-42
2010 Sentra
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
Removal and Installation
A
INFOID:0000000005283036
For removal and installation procedures, refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt".
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-43
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283037
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Before disconnecting diagnosis sensor unit harness connector(s), be sure to disconnect harness connectors from air bag modules and front seat belt pre-tensioner to prevent deployment by static electricity.
CAUTION:
• Before servicing the SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
• Do not disassemble diagnosis sensor unit.
• Do not use old bolts; replace with new bolts.
• Replace the diagnosis sensor unit if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
• Check diagnosis sensor unit bracket to make sure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it
shows any visible signs of damage, replace with new one.
• The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the
front of the vehicle for proper operation.
• When replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, always check with the parts department for he latest parts information. Installing an incorrect air bag diagnosis sensor unit may or may not cause the
air bag warning lamp to illuminate and may cause incorrect deployment of the supplemental air bags
and seat belt pre-tensioner in a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.
LHIA0131E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
Diagnosis sensor unit
B.
Ground bolt
2.
Diagnosis sensor unit connector
A.
Diagnostic sensor unit bolt
Vehicle front
Always check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) using
CONSULT-III.
Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Disconnect the harness connectors for the following SRS components: Refer to SRS-39, "Removal and
Installation" (Side curtain air bag module), SE-15, "Passenger Seat" (Side air bag module), SRS-43,
"Removal and Installation" (Seat belt pre-tensioner).
Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-11.
Disconnect diagnosis sensor unit connectors.
Remove the bolts and the ground bolt, then remove the diagnosis sensor unit.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the front of the
vehicle.
• Follow the tightening sequence 1,2,3,4 as shown.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-44
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check".
CAUTION:
• The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the
front of the vehicle for proper operation.
• When installing diagnosis sensor unit bolt, use proper tightening sequence.
• Never damage the harness while installing.
• If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRS-19, "Self-Diagnosis
Function (Without CONSULT-III)".
• After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
• After replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, confirm using CONSULT-III that the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit matches
the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the replaced (old) air bag diagnosis sensor
unit.
NOTE:
If the ECU discriminated number of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit differs from the ECU
discriminated number of the replaced air bag diagnosis sensor unit, reconfirm the parts information and verify
that the correct air bag diagnosis sensor unit was installed.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SRS-45
2010 Sentra
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283038
The occupant classification system control unit, occupant classification system sensor, and bladder are an
integral part of the front passenger seat cushion and are replaced as an assembly. Refer to SE-14 to remove
the seat, and SE-16, "Disassembly and Assembly" to replace the seat cushion.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-46
2010 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
A
For Frontal Collision
INFOID:0000000005681166
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION: When SRS is activated in a collision
B
CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.
C
WORK PROCEDURE
1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
2. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
3. Remove the front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner
assemblies.
4. Check the SRS components using the table below:
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.)
5. Install new front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner
assemblies.
6. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis
without CONSULT-III" for details.
Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
7. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)
Part
D
E
F
G
SRS
Inspection
Driver air bag module
If the driver air bag has deployed:
REPLACE
Install with new fasteners.
I
Front passenger air bag module
(if equipped)
If the front passenger air bag has deployed:
REPLACE
Install with new fasteners.
J
Crash zone sensor
If any of the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners* have been activated:
REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies
(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)
If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated:
REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only.
Diagnosis sensor unit
If any of the SRS components have been activated:
REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit.
Install with new fasteners.
M
Steering wheel
1.
2.
N
3.
4.
5.
6.
L
Visually check steering wheel for deformities.
Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
Check steering wheel for excessive free play.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
If damaged—REPLACE.
Spiral cable
If the driver front air bag has deployed:
REPLACE the spiral cable.
Occupant classification system
(Passenger seat)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Revision: January 2010
K
P
Remove passenger seat assembly.
Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities.
Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners.
If damaged — REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners.
SRS-47
O
2010 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part
Inspection
Harness and connectors
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors.
If damaged—REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any
SRS harness.
Instrument panel assembly
If the passenger front air bag has deployed:
REPLACE the instrument panel assembly. (integrated type)
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION: When SRS is not activated in a collision
CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.
WORK PROCEDURE
1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
2. Check the SRS components using the table below:
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.)
3. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis
without CONSULT-III" for details.
Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
4. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)
Part
Inspection
Driver air bag module
If the driver air bag has NOT been activated:
1.
Remove driver air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals
for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged—REPLACE. Install driver air bag modules with new fasteners.
Front passenger air bag module
(if equipped)
If the front passenger air bag has NOT been activated:
1.
Remove front passenger air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage,
terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Install front passenger air bag module into the instrument panel to check fit with the instrument
panel.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged—REPLACE. Install front passenger air bag modules with new fasteners.
Crash zone sensor
If the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:
1.
Remove the crash zone sensor. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the crash zone sensor and
bracket.
3.
Install the crash zone sensor to check fit.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
5.
If damaged—REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies
(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)
If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:
1.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioners.
Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for
binding.
2.
Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting.
3.
Check retractor for smooth operation.
4.
Check seat belt adjuster for damage.
5.
Check for deformities of the center pillar inner.
6.
If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
7.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
8.
If damaged—REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-48
2010 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part
Diagnosis sensor unit
Steering wheel
Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Spiral cable
Occupant classification system
(Passenger seat)
Harness and connectors
Instrument panel assembly
A
If none of the SRS components have been activated:
1.
Check case for dents, cracks or deformities.
2.
Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged—REPLACE. Install diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
B
Visually check steering wheel for deformities.
Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
Check steering wheel for excessive free play.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
If damaged—REPLACE.
If the driver front air bag has not deployed:
1.
Visually check spiral cable and combination switch for damage.
2.
Check connectors and protective tape for damage.
3.
Check steering wheel for noise, binding or heavy operation.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
5.
If damaged—REPLACE.
D
E
F
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove passenger seat assembly.
Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities.
Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners.
If damaged — REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors.
If damaged—REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any
SRS harness.
If the passenger front air bag has NOT deployed:
1.
Visually check instrument panel for damage.
2.
If no damage is found, reinstall the instrument panel assembly.
3.
If damaged—REPLACE the instrument panel assembly.
For Side and Rollover Collision
C
G
SRS
I
J
INFOID:0000000005681167
K
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION: When SRS is activated in a collision
CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.
WORK PROCEDURE
1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
2. Replace the following components:
Front seat back assembly (on the side on which side air bag is activated).
Door finisher (on the side on which door-mounted curtain air bag is activated).
Pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers.
Side air bag (satellite) sensor LH/RH (on the side on which side air bag is activated).
Diagnosis sensor unit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies.
3. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table.
Replace any SRS components and the related parts showing visible signs of damage (dents, cracks,
deformation, etc.).
4. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly.
5. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)
Revision: January 2010
SRS-49
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part
Inspection
Side curtain air bag module LH
If the side curtain air bag LH has deployed:
REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH.
Install with new fasteners.
Side curtain air bag module RH
If the side curtain air bag RH has deployed:
REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH.
Install with new fasteners.
Front side air bag module LH
If the front side air bag LH has deployed:
REPLACE front seatback assembly LH.
Front side air bag module RH
If the front side air bag RH has deployed:
REPLACE front seatback assembly RH.
Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH
or RH)
If any of the SRS components have deployed:
REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor on the collision side with new fasteners.
Diagnosis sensor unit
If any of the SRS components have deployed:
REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies
(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)
If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated:
REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only.
Center inner pillar
1.
2.
Seat (if equipped with front side
air bag)
If either the front LH or front RH side aor bag modules has been deployed:
REPLACE front seatback assembly on the deployed side.
Trim/headlining
1.
2.
Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation).
If damaged—REPAIR the center inner pillar.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the interior trim on the collision side.
If damaged—REPLACE the damaged trim parts.
Door-mounted curtain air bag
module LH
If the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH has been deployed:
REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module.
Install with new fasteners.
Door-mounted curtain air bag
module RH
If the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH has been deployed:
REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module.
Install with new fasteners.
Pop-up roll bar assemblies
If the pop-up roll bar has deployed:
REPLACE pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers.
Install with new fasteners.
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION: When SRS is not activated in a collision
CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.
WORK PROCEDURE
1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
2. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table.
If the front seat back assembly is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced.
If the door finisher assembly is damaged, the door finisher assembly and door-mounted curtain air bag
module must be replaced.
3. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly.
4. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)
Revision: January 2010
SRS-50
2010 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part
Side curtain air bag module LH
Side curtain air bag module RH
Inspection
A
If the side curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the center pillar on the collision side.
2.
If damaged—Remove the side curtain air bag module LH.
3.
Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module LH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners.
6.
If damaged—REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners.
If the side curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the center pillar on the collision side.
2.
If damaged—Remove the side curtain air bag module RH.
3.
Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module RH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners.
6.
If damaged—REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners.
Front side air bag module LH
If the front LH side air bag has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the seat back on the collision
side.
2.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If damaged—REPLACE the front seatback assembly LH.
Front side air bag module RH
If the front side air bag RH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the seat back on the collision
side.
2.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If damaged—REPLACE the front seatback assembly RH.
Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH
or RH)
Diagnosis sensor unit
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies
(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)
Seat (with front side air bag)
Revision: January 2010
If none of the SRS components have been activated:
1.
Remove the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) on the collision side. Check harness
connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the side air bag (satellite)
sensor (LH or RH).
3.
Install the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) to check fit.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall the side sir bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners.
5.
If damaged—REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners.
If none of the SRS components have been activated:
1.
Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities.
2.
Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged—REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:
1.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioners.
Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for
binding.
2.
Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting.
3.
Check retractor for smooth operation.
4.
Check seat belt adjuster for damage.
5.
Check for deformities of the center pillar inner.
6.
If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
7.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
8.
If damaged—REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners.
If the front LH or front RH side air bag modules have NOT deployed:
1.
Visually check the seat on the collision side.
2.
Remove the seat on the collision side and check the following for damage and deformities.
Harness, connectors and terminals
Frame and recliner (for front and rear seat), and also adjuster and slides (for front seat)
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall the seat.
4.
If damaged—REPLACE the damaged seat parts using new fasteners. If the front seat back is
damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced.
SRS-51
B
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part
Center inner pillar
Inspection
1.
2.
Trim/headlining
1.
2.
Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation,
etc.).
If damaged - REPAIR the center inner pillar.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior tim on the
collision side.
If damaged - REPLACE the damaged trim parts.
Door-mounted curtain air bag
module LH
If the door-mounted curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the
collision side.
2.
If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher LH with new fasteners.
3.
Check for visible signs of damaged (dears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module
LH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher.
CAUTION:
When removing door mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse
door finisher.
6.
If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module LH
with new fasteners.
Door-mounted curtain air bag
module RH
If the door-mounted curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the
collision side.
2.
If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher RH with new fasteners.
3.
Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module
RH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher.
CAUTION:
When removing door mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse
door finisher.
6.
If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module RH
with new fasteners.
Pop-up roll bar
If the pop-up roll bar NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the pop-up roll bar.
2.
If damaged - REPLACE the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners.
3.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners.
5.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the seatback support
brace assembly.
6.
If damaged - REPAIR the seatback support brace assembly.
Revision: January 2010
SRS-52
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
LAN
LAN SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
CAN FUNDAMENTAL
Precautions for Harness Repair ..............................23
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 6
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ............................ 6
Precautions for Harness Repair ................................ 6
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ..................... 7
System Description ................................................... 7
System Diagram ........................................................ 7
CAN Communication Control Circuit ......................... 8
DIAG ON CAN ..................................................... 9
Description ................................................................ 9
System Diagram ........................................................ 9
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................10
Condition of Error Detection .................................... 10
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System .......................................................... 10
CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III .......................... 13
Self-Diagnosis ......................................................... 14
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor ............................ 14
How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart ...... 16
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........17
Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart ................................. 17
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 17
CAN
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 25
Interview Sheet ........................................................25
G
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ................... 26
CAN System Specification Chart .............................26
CAN Communication Signal Chart ..........................27
H
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ................... 29
Component Parts Location ......................................29
Schematic ................................................................30
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ...........................................31
I
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART ........................ 34
J
Main Line .................................................................34
Branch Line .............................................................34
Short Circuit .............................................................34
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 35
LAN
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................35
L
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 36
M
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................36
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 37
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................37
N
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 38
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 22
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ...........................22
Caution .................................................................... 22
Abbreviation List ...................................................... 22
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................23
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 23
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 23
Revision: January 2010
F
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................38
O
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 39
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 40
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 41
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 42
LAN-1
2010 Sentra
P
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 42
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 43
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 43
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 44
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 44
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 45
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 46
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 63
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 63
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 64
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 64
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 65
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 66
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 47
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................... 48
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 68
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 69
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 50
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 50
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 51
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 51
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 52
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 53
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 54
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 55
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................... 56
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 70
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 72
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 73
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 75
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................... 77
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 58
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 58
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 79
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 59
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 60
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 61
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 62
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 80
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 83
Revision: January 2010
LAN-2
2010 Sentra
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................84
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................85
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................86
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ....................87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 105
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
B
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 107
C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 108
D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 89
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 109
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ....................................................................89
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................90
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 112
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................91
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................ 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................92
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................93
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................94
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 94
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................96
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................97
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ....................98
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 115
H
I
J
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 116 LAN
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 117
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 118
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
L
M
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 119
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 100
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 121
N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 101
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 122
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 124
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 103
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................ 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 120
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 102
F
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 114
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
E
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 113
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 100
Revision: January 2010
A
LAN-3
2010 Sentra
O
P
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 125
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 146
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 126
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 147
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................126
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 127
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................127
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 149
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 128
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................128
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 149
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 129
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................129
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 150
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 130
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................130
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 151
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 131
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................131
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 152
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 132
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................132
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 153
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 133
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................133
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 154
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 134
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................134
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 155
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 135
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................135
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 156
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 137
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 157
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................. 137
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 158
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................137
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 138
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 159
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................138
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 139
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 160
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................139
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 140
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................140
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 162
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 141
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................141
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 162
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 142
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................142
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 163
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................143
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 164
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 144
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................144
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 165
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 145
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
Revision: January 2010
LAN-4
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 166
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 167
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 168
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 169
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 170
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 171
A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 172
B
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 173
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
C
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 174
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-5
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005284358
CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
Precautions for Harness Repair
INFOID:0000000005284359
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
SKIB8766E
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.
NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.
SKIB8767E
• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communication line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-6
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005284360
• CAN communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with two communication lines (CAN-H and
CAN-L).
• Control units on the CAN network transmit signals using the CAN communication control circuit. They
receive only necessary signals from other control units to operate various functions.
• CAN communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284361
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
SKIB8887E
Each control unit passes an electric current to the termination circuits when transmitting CAN communication
signal. The termination circuits produce an electrical potential difference between CAN-H and CAN-L. CAN
communication system transmits and receives CAN communication signals by the potential difference.
Component
Description
Main line
CAN communication line between splices
Branch line
CAN communication line between splice and a control unit
Splice
A point connecting a branch line with a main line
Termination circuit
Refer to LAN-8, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-7
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN Communication Control Circuit
INFOID:0000000005284362
SKIB8713E
Component
System description
CAN controller
It controls CAN communication signal transmission and reception, error detection, etc.
Transceiver IC
It converts digital signal into CAN communication signal, and CAN communication signal into digital
signal.
Noise filter
It eliminates noise of CAN communication signal.
Termination circuit*
(Resistance of approx. 120 Ω)
It produces potential difference.
*: These are the only control units wired with both ends of CAN communication system.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-8
2010 Sentra
DIAG ON CAN
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAG ON CAN
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284363
“Diag on CAN” is a diagnosis using CAN communication instead of previous DDL1 and DDL2 communication
lines, between control units and diagnosis unit.
System Diagram
B
INFOID:0000000005284364
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
SKIB8714E
Name
Harness
Description
DDL1
Tx
Rx
It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling)
DDL2
K-LINE
It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling)
Diag on CAN
CAN-H
CAN-L
It is used for trouble diagnosis and control.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-9
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Condition of Error Detection
INFOID:0000000005450742
DTC of CAN communication is indicated on SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-III if a CAN communication
signal is not transmitted or received between units for 2 seconds or more.
NOTE:
DTCs of CAN communication are as follows:
• U0101
• U0140
• U0164
• U1000
• U1001
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR
• CAN communication line open (CAN-H, CAN-L, or both)
• CAN communication line short (ground, between CAN communication lines, other harnesses)
• Error of CAN communication control circuit of the unit connected to CAN communication line
WHEN DTC OF CAN COMMUNICATION IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM IS NORMAL
• Removal/installation of parts: Error may be detected when removing and installing CAN communication unit
and related parts while turning the ignition switch ON. (A DTC except for CAN communication may be
detected.)
• Fuse blown out (removed): CAN communication of the unit may cease.
• Voltage drop: Error may be detected if voltage drops due to discharged battery when turning the ignition
switch ON (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication).
• Error may be detected if the power supply circuit of the control unit, which carries out CAN communication,
malfunctions (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication).
• Error may be detected if reprogramming is not completed normally.
CAUTION:
CAN communication system is normal if DTC of CAN communication is indicated on SELF-DIAG
RESULTS of CONSULT-III under the above conditions. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis of each
unit.
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System
INFOID:0000000005284366
In CAN communication system, multiple units mutually transmit and receive signals. Each unit cannot transmit
and receive signals if any error occurs on CAN communication line. Under this condition, multiple control units
related to the root cause malfunction or go into fail-safe mode.
ERROR EXAMPLE
NOTE:
• Each vehicle differs in symptom of each unit under fail-safe mode and CAN communication line wiring.
• Refer to LAN-22, "Abbreviation List" for the unit abbreviation.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-10
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Example: TCM branch line open circuit
A
B
C
D
E
F
SKIB8738E
Unit name
Symptom
ECM
Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.
BCM
Reverse warning chime does not sound.
EPS control unit
Normal operation.
Combination meter
• Shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF.
• Warning lamps turn ON.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Normal operation.
TCM
No impact on operation.
IPDM E/R
Normal operation.
G
H
I
Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
SKIB8739E
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-11
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit name
Symptom
ECM
BCM
EPS control unit
Combination meter
Normal operation.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
TCM
IPDM E/R
NOTE:
• When data link connector branch line is open, transmission and reception of CAN communication signals
are not affected. Therefore, no symptoms occur. However, be sure to repair malfunctioning circuit.
• The model (all units on CAN communication system are Diag on CAN) cannot perform CAN diagnosis with
CONSULT-III if the following error occurs. The error is judged by the symptom.
Error
Difference of symptom
Data link connector branch line open circuit
Normal operation.
CAN-H, CAN-L harness short-circuit
Most of the units which are connected to the CAN communication
system enter fail-safe mode or are deactivated.
Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit
SKIB8740E
Unit name
Symptom
ECM
Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.
BCM
• Reverse warning chime does not sound.
• The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front wiper switch being in the intermittent position.
EPS control unit
The steering effort increases.
Combination meter
• The shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF.
• The speedometer is inoperative.
• The odo/trip meter stops.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Normal operation.
TCM
No impact on operation.
IPDM E/R
When the ignition switch is ON,
• The headlamps (Lo) turn ON.
• The cooling fan continues to rotate.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-12
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit
A
B
C
D
E
F
SKIB8741E
Unit name
Symptom
ECM
• Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.
• Engine speed drops.
BCM
• Reverse warning chime does not sound.
• The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front
wiper switch being in the intermittent position.
• The room lamp does not turn ON.
• The engine does not start (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning the ignition switch OFF.)
• The steering lock does not release (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning
the ignition switch OFF.)
EPS control unit
The steering effort increases.
Combination meter
• The tachometer and the speedometer do not move.
• Warning lamps turn ON.
• Indicator lamps do not turn ON.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Normal operation.
TCM
No impact on operation.
IPDM E/R
When the ignition switch is ON,
• The headlamps (Lo) turn ON.
• The cooling fan continues to rotate.
CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
INFOID:0000000005284367
CAN diagnosis on CONSULT-III extracts the root cause by receiving the following information.
• Response to the system call
• Control unit diagnosis information
• Self-diagnosis
• CAN diagnostic support monitor
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-13
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005450743
DTC
Self-diagnosis item
(CONSULT-III indication)
DTC detection condition
U0101
LOST COMM (TCM)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from
TCM for 2 seconds or more.
U0140
LOST COMM (BCM)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from
BCM for 2 seconds or more.
LOST COMM (HVAC)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from A/
C auto amp. or unified meter and A/C amp. for 2 seconds
or more.
U0164
U1000
ECM
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
Except
for ECM
When a control unit (except for ECM) is not
transmitting or receiving CAN communication
signal for 2 seconds or more.
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1002
SYSTEM COMM
U1010
CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
P0607
ECM
Inspection/Action
Start the inspection. Refer to the applicable section of the indicated
control unit.
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission-related diagnosis)
for 2 seconds or more.
When a control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
When an error is detected during the initial diagnosis for
CAN controller of each control unit.
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor
Replace the control unit
indicating “U1010” or
“P0607”.
INFOID:0000000005284369
MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)
Example: CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR indication
JSMIA0015GB
Without PAST
Item
Initial diagnosis
Revision: January 2010
PRSNT
Description
OK
Normal at present
NG
Control unit error (Except for some control units)
LAN-14
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
PRSNT
OK
Transmission diagnosis
UNKWN
OK
Control unit name
(Reception diagnosis)
Description
A
Normal at present
Unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more.
Diagnosis not performed
B
Normal at present
Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more.
UNKWN
C
Diagnosis not performed
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts)
With PAST
D
Item
PRSNT
PAST
Description
OK
OK
Transmission diagnosis
1 – 39
UNKWN
0
Control unit name
(Reception diagnosis)
0
–
–
Normal at present, but unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more
in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles
from OFF to ON.)
F
Normal at present and in the past
Normal at present, but unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more
in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles
from OFF to ON.)
1 – 39
UNKWN
E
Unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more at present.
OK
OK
Normal at present and in the past
G
H
Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more at present.
Diagnosis not performed.
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts)
I
MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)
NOTE:
For some models, CAN communication diagnosis result is received from the vehicle monitor.
J
Example: Vehicle Display
Item
CAN_COMM
(Initial diagnosis)
CAN_CIRC_1
(Transmission diagnosis)
CAN_CIRC_2 – 9
(Reception diagnosis of each unit)
Result indicated
Error counter
OK
0
NG
1 – 50
OK
0
UNKWN
1 – 50
OK
0
Description
LAN
Normal at present
Control unit error
(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been
run.)
Normal at present
Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present.
(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been
run.)
M
Normal at present
N
Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present.
(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been
run.)
UNKWN
1 – 50
Diagnosis not performed.
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional
parts)
Revision: January 2010
L
LAN-15
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart
INFOID:0000000005284370
The CAN communication signal chart lists the signals needed for trouble diagnosis. It is useful for detecting
the root cause by finding a signal related to the symptom, and by checking transmission and reception unit.
SKIB8715E
Revision: January 2010
LAN-16
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005284371
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
JSMIA0016GB
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000005284372
M
INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER
Interview with the customer is important to detect the root cause of CAN communication system errors and to
understand vehicle condition and symptoms for proper trouble diagnosis.
N
Points in interview
• What: Parts name, system name
• When: Date, Frequency
• Where: Road condition, Place
• In what condition: Driving condition/environment
• Result: Symptom
NOTE:
• Check normal units as well as error symptoms.
- Example: Circuit between ECM and the combination meter is judged normal if the customer indicates
tachometer functions normally.
• When a CAN communication system error is present, multiple control units may malfunction or go into failsafe mode.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-17
2010 Sentra
O
P
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Indication of the combination meter is important to detect the root cause because it is the most obvious to
the customer, and it performs CAN communication with many units.
SKIB8717E
INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION
Check whether the symptom is reproduced or not.
NOTE:
Do not turn the ignition switch OFF or disconnect the battery cable while reproducing the error. The error may
temporarily correct itself, making it difficult to determine the root cause.
CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART)
Determine CAN system type based on vehicle equipment.
NOTE:
• This chart is used if CONSULT-III does not automatically recognize CAN system type.
• There are two styles for CAN system type specification charts. Depending on the number of available system types, either style A or style B may be used.
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A)
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
LAN-18
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
JSMIA0017GB
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B)
NOTE:
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-19
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart.
JSMIA0018GB
CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET
Fill out the symptom described by the customer, vehicle condition, and CAN system type on the interview
sheet.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-20
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Interview Sheet (Example)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
JSMIA0019GB
M
DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE
CAN diagnosis function of CONSULT-III detects the root cause.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-21
2010 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Caution
INFOID:0000000005284373
• This section describes information peculiar to a vehicle and inspection procedures.
• For trouble diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
Abbreviation List
INFOID:0000000005284374
Unit name abbreviations in CONSULT-III CAN diagnosis and in this section are as per the following list.
Abbreviation
Unit name
A-BAG
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
ABS
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
BCM
BCM
DLC
Data link connector
ECM
ECM
EPS
EPS control unit
I-KEY
Intelligent Key unit
IPDM-E
IPDM E/R
M&A
Combination meter
M&A2
Double meter
STRG
Steering angle sensor
TCM
TCM
Revision: January 2010
LAN-22
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
A
INFOID:0000000005450767
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
B
C
D
E
F
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005284376
H
I
J
CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
LAN
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
L
Precautions for Harness Repair
INFOID:0000000005284377
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
M
N
O
SKIB8766E
Revision: January 2010
LAN-23
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.
NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.
[CAN]
SKIB8767E
• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communication line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-24
2010 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Interview Sheet
A
INFOID:0000000005284378
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
SKIB8898E
Revision: January 2010
LAN-25
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
CAN System Specification Chart
INFOID:0000000005284379
Determine CAN system type from the following specification chart.
NOTE:
Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" for how to use CAN system specification chart.
Body type
Sedan
Axle
2WD
Engine
MR20DE
Transmission
Brake control
M/T
—
ABS
QR25DE
CVT
VDC
—
M/T
ABS
VDC
×
Intelligent Key system
×
Double meter
CAN system type
1
2
3
4
5
CVT
6
7
8
×
×
×
×
9
10
11
×: Applicable
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
NOTE:
Check CAN system type from the vehicle shape and equipment.
AWMIA1168ZZ
1.
VDC OFF switch
4.
Double meter
2.
ABS warning lamp
ABS: USA
3.
Ignition knob
: Canada
Revision: January 2010
LAN-26
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A.
With VDC
D.
With double meter
B.
With ABS
C.
With Intelligent Key system
A
CAN Communication Signal Chart
INFOID:0000000005284380
Refer to LAN-16, "How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart" for how to use CAN communication signal
chart.
NOTE:
Refer to LAN-22, "Abbreviation List" for the abbreviations of the connecting units.
B
C
A/C compressor request signal
T
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
Closed throttle position signal
T
Cooling fan speed request signal
T
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
Engine speed signal
T
R*2
R
R
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
CVT self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Input shaft revolution signal
R
T
R
R
H
I
T
T
R*2
R
R
R
T
R
T
R
R
R
L
R*1
ABS warning lamp signal
T
R
Brake warning lamp signal
T
R
SLIP indicator lamp signal*2
T
R
VDC OFF indicator signal*2
T
R
VDC warning lamp signal*2
T
R
A/C switch signal
R
T
Blower fan motor switch signal
R
T
T
Door lock/unlock status signal
T
R
Door switch signal
T
R
Front wiper request signal
T
High beam request signal
T
LAN-27
N
R
T
signal*3
M
O
T
Buzzer output signal
Revision: January 2010
LAN
R
T*1
Day time running light request
J
R
T
R
G
R
R
Vehicle speed signal
IPDM-E
R
T
Shift position indicator signal
F
R
T
R
STRG
E
R
Fuel consumption monitor signal
Output shaft revolution signal
D
R
Engine status signal
OD OFF indicator signal
M&A2
M&A
I-KEY
EPS
BCM
ABS
TCM
Signal name/Connecting unit
ECM
T: Transmit R: Receive
R
P
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
STRG
M&A2
M&A
I-KEY
EPS
BCM
ABS
TCM
ECM
Signal name/Connecting unit
IPDM-E
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Horn chirp signal
T
R
Ignition switch signal
T
R
Low beam request signal
T
Oil pressure switch signal
T
R
Position lights request signal
T
R
Rear window defogger switch signal
T
T
T
Stop lamp switch signal
R
R
R
T
Trunk open/close status signal
T
Turn indicator signal
T
R
R
R
R
T
EPS warning lamp signal
T
R
Door lock/unlock/trunk open request signal
R
T
Hazard request signal
R
T
Ignition knob switch signal
R
T
KEY warning lamp signal
T
Panic alarm request signal
R
T
R
signal*2
T
R
Steering angle sensor signal*2
R
T
R
Overdrive control switch signal
Parking brake switch
R
T
signal*4
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Theft warning horn request signal
EPS operation signal
R
R
R
Sleep/wake up signal
Tire pressure
R
T
R
Front wiper stop position signal
T
R
T
High beam status signal
R
T
Low beam status signal
R
T
Rear window defogger control signal
R
T
*1: Models without ABS
*2: Models with VDC
*3: Models for Canada
*4: Models for USA
NOTE:
CAN data of the air bag diagnosis sensor unit is not used by usual service work, thus it is omitted.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-28
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
A
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005284381
B
C
D
E
F
G
AWMIA1167ZZ
1.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33
2.
BCM M18
3.
EPS control unit M37
4.
TCM F23
5.
ECM E16
6.
IPDM E/R E46
7.
Double meter M89
8.
Combination meter M24
9.
Data link connector M22
10. Sreering angle sensor M63
11. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit M35
H
I
12. Intelligent Key unit M42
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-29
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005284382
ABMWA0455GB
Revision: January 2010
LAN-30
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CAN -
INFOID:0000000005284383
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
ABMWA0456GB
Revision: January 2010
LAN-31
2010 Sentra
P
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABMWA0457GB
Revision: January 2010
LAN-32
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
BKWA0737E
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-33
2010 Sentra
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART
Main Line
INFOID:0000000005284384
Malfunction area
Reference
Main line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
and data link connector
LAN-35, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Main line between TCM and data link connector
LAN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Branch Line
INFOID:0000000005284385
Malfunction area
Reference
ECM branch line circuit
LAN-37, "Diagnosis Procedure"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line circuit
LAN-38, "Diagnosis Procedure"
TCM branch line circuit
LAN-39, "Diagnosis Procedure"
BCM branch line circuit
LAN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Data link connector branch line circuit
LAN-41, "Diagnosis Procedure"
EPS control unit branch line circuit
LAN-42, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Intelligent Key unit branch line circuit
LAN-43, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Combination meter branch line circuit
LAN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Double meter branch line circuit
LAN-45, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Steering angle sensor branch line circuit
LAN-46, "Diagnosis Procedure"
IPDM E/R branch line circuit
LAN-47, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Short Circuit
INFOID:0000000005284386
Malfunction area
CAN communication circuit
Revision: January 2010
Reference
LAN-48, "Diagnosis Procedure"
LAN-34
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284387
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Harness connector
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Connector No.
D
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-35
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284389
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
Harness connectors F10 and E17
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Harness connector
Connector No.
Harness connector
Terminal No.
2
E17
1
Connector No.
Terminal No.
E4
Continuity
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector E17 and the harness connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the TCM and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-36
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284390
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-37
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284391
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-38
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284392
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-39
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284394
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-40
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284395
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-41
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284396
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-42
2010 Sentra
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284397
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit.
Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals.
Intelligent Key unit harness connector
Connector No.
M42
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
2
3
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-43
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284398
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-44
2010 Sentra
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284399
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of double meter.
Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals.
Double meter harness connector
Connector No.
M89
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
1
2
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the double meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-45
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284393
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-46
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284400
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-47
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284401
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-48
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-49
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450852
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-50
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450855
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-51
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450856
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
14
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-52
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589253
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-53
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450859
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-54
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450862
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-55
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450863
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-56
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-57
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450990
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-58
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450992
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-59
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579134
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-60
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450995
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-61
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450996
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
14
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-62
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589254
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-63
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450999
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-64
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005451002
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-65
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005451003
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-66
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-67
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450976
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-68
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450978
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-69
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579135
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-70
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450981
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-71
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450982
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
14
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-72
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589258
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-73
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450985
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-74
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589259
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-75
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450988
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-76
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450989
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
D
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
E
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
F
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
G
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
H
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
I
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
J
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
LAN
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
ECM
84
M
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
-
L
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
N
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
O
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
P
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-77
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-78
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450963
B
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Connector No.
G
Harness connector
Terminal No.
2
E
F
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
Harness connectors F10 and E17
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Harness connector
D
Connector No.
Terminal No.
Continuity
H
9
Existed
25
Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector E17 and the harness connector E4.
J
E17
1
E4
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
LAN
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the TCM and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-79
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450964
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-80
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450966
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-81
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450967
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-82
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450968
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-83
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589260
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-84
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450971
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-85
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450974
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-86
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450975
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
D
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
E
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
F
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
G
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
H
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
I
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
J
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
LAN
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
ECM
84
M
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
-
L
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
N
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
O
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
P
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-87
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-88
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450948
B
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
E
F
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
D
H
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
G
9
Existed
25
Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
LAN
CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
3.
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
L
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-89
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450950
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-90
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579136
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
E
F
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
D
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
I
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
LAN
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-91
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450952
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-92
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450953
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-93
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450954
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
14
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-94
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589261
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-95
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450957
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-96
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450960
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-97
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450961
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-98
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-99
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450934
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-100
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450936
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-101
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579137
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-102
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450938
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-103
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450939
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-104
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450940
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-105
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589262
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-106
2010 Sentra
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450942
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit.
Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals.
Intelligent Key unit harness connector
Connector No.
M42
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
2
3
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-107
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450943
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-108
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450946
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-109
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450947
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-110
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-111
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450920
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-112
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450922
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-113
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579138
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-114
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450924
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-115
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450925
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-116
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450926
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-117
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589263
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-118
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450929
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-119
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589264
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-120
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450932
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-121
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450933
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-122
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-123
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450906
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-124
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450908
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-125
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579139
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-126
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450910
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-127
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450911
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-128
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450912
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-129
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589265
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-130
2010 Sentra
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450914
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit.
Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals.
Intelligent Key unit harness connector
Connector No.
M42
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
2
3
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-131
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450915
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-132
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589266
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-133
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450918
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-134
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450919
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
D
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
E
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
F
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
G
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
H
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
I
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
J
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
LAN
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
ECM
84
M
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
-
L
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
N
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
O
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
P
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-135
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-136
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450892
B
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
E
F
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
D
H
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
G
9
Existed
25
Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
LAN
CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
3.
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
L
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-137
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450894
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-138
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579140
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
E
F
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
D
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
I
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
LAN
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-139
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450897
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-140
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450898
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-141
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589268
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-142
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450901
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-143
2010 Sentra
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450902
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of double meter.
Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals.
Double meter harness connector
Connector No.
M89
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
1
2
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the double meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-144
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589269
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-145
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450904
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-146
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450905
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
D
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
E
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
F
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
G
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
H
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
I
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
J
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
LAN
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
ECM
84
M
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
-
L
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
N
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
O
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
P
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-147
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-148
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450878
B
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
E
F
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
D
H
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
G
9
Existed
25
Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
LAN
CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
3.
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
L
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-149
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450880
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-150
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579141
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
E
F
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
D
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
I
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
LAN
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-151
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450882
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-152
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450883
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-153
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450884
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
14
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-154
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589271
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-155
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450887
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-156
2010 Sentra
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450888
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of double meter.
Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals.
Double meter harness connector
Connector No.
M89
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
1
2
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the double meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-157
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589272
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-158
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450890
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-159
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450891
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-160
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-161
2010 Sentra
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450864
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1.
2.
Disconnect the following harness connectors.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Harness connectors E4 and M2
Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector
Connector No.
Terminal No.
26
E33
15
Harness connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
E4
9
Existed
25
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness
connector E4.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector.
Harness connector
Connector No.
M2
Data link connector
Terminal No.
9
25
Connector No.
M22
Terminal No.
Continuity
6
Existed
14
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and the data link connector.
NO
>> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-162
2010 Sentra
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450866
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
ECM
Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS)
Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
G
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
-
F
Disconnect the connector of ECM.
Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
MR20DE
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
83
Approx. 108 – 132
H
QR25DE
ECM harness connector
Connector No.
E16
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
97
Approx. 108 – 132
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ECM branch line.
I
J
LAN
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following.
• MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
• QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-163
2010 Sentra
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005579142
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
Connector No.
E33
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
26
15
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the
following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
• Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following.
• Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation"
• Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-164
2010 Sentra
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450868
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
TCM
Harness connector F10
Harness connector E17
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of TCM.
Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM harness connector
Connector No.
F23
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
32
31
G
Approx. 54 – 66
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the TCM branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-165
2010 Sentra
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450869
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of BCM.
Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
BCM harness connector
Connector No.
M18
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
39
40
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground
Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-166
2010 Sentra
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450870
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
M22
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
6
D
14
F
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.
NO
>> Repair the data link connector branch line.
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-167
2010 Sentra
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589274
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit.
Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals.
EPS control unit harness connector
Connector No.
M37
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
5
7
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the EPS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-168
2010 Sentra
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450872
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit.
Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals.
Intelligent Key unit harness connector
Connector No.
M42
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
2
3
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-169
2010 Sentra
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450873
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of combination meter.
Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals.
Combination meter harness connector
Connector No.
M24
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
9
10
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the combination meter branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-170
2010 Sentra
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450874
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect the connector of double meter.
Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals.
Double meter harness connector
Connector No.
M89
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
1
2
D
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the double meter branch line.
F
G
H
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and
Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-171
2010 Sentra
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005589275
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.
Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Steering angle sensor harness connector
Connector No.
M63
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
4
8
Approx. 54 – 66
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Revision: January 2010
LAN-172
2010 Sentra
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450876
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
B
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side).
IPDM E/R
Harness connector E4
Harness connector M2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
D
E
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
IPDM E/R harness connector
Connector No.
E46
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
40
G
Approx. 108 – 132
H
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground
Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.
LAN
NO
>> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-173
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450877
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.
4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
M22
6
14
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Data link connector
Connector No.
Continuity
Terminal No.
Ground
6
M22
14
Not existed
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.
Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
MR20DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
84
-
83
Approx. 108 – 132
QR25DE
ECM
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
98
3.
97
LKIA0037E
Approx. 108 – 132
Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
IPDM E/R
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
41
Revision: January 2010
40
Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-174
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)]
A
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with
customer)” are reproduced.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>GO TO 6.
Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:
ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom
(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced.
NOTE:
Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection result
Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.
Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
LAN-175
2010 Sentra
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
SECTION
CVT
CVT
A
B
CVT
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 5
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................. 5
Alphabetical Index ..................................................... 5
DTC No. Index .......................................................... 5
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 7
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 7
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System
of CVT and Engine .................................................... 8
Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve .................................................. 8
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit
Connector .................................................................. 9
Precaution ............................................................... 10
Service Notice or Precaution ................................... 12
ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table .................... 12
PREPARATION ..................................................13
Special Service Tool ............................................... 13
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 13
CVT FLUID .........................................................14
Checking CVT Fluid ................................................ 14
Changing CVT Fluid ................................................ 15
CVT SYSTEM .....................................................16
Cross-Sectional View - RE0F10A ........................... 16
Control System ........................................................ 17
Hydraulic Control System ........................................ 18
TCM Function .......................................................... 18
CAN Communication ............................................... 19
Input/Output Signal of TCM ..................................... 19
Line Pressure and Secondary Pressure Control .... 20
Shift Control ............................................................ 20
Lock-up and Select Control ..................................... 22
Control Valve ........................................................... 23
Revision: January 2010
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 24
F
Introduction ..............................................................24
OBD-II Function for CVT System ............................24
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II .............24
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..................24
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................25
G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 27
H
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................27
Fail-Safe ..................................................................27
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair .......................................................28
CVT Electrical Parts Location ..................................33
Circuit Diagram ........................................................34
Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis .....................35
Road Test ................................................................38
Check before Engine Is Started ...............................39
Check at Idle ............................................................39
Cruise Test ..............................................................40
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears .......................43
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value .............44
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) ..............46
Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III ............53
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 54
Description ...............................................................54
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................54
Possible Cause ........................................................54
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................54
Wiring Diagram - CVT - CAN ...................................55
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................56
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 57
Description ...............................................................57
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................57
Possible Cause ........................................................57
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................57
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................57
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B ................................ 58
Description ...............................................................58
CVT-1
2010 Sentra
P
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 58
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 58
Possible Cause ....................................................... 58
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 58
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A ... 60
Description .............................................................. 60
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 60
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 60
Possible Cause ....................................................... 60
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 60
Wiring Diagram - CVT - TR/SW .............................. 61
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
Component Inspection ............................................ 63
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A .............................................. 65
Description .............................................................. 65
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 65
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 65
Possible Cause ....................................................... 65
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 65
Wiring Diagram - CVT - FTS ................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67
Component Inspection ............................................ 68
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................... 70
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ......................... 83
Description .............................................................. 83
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 83
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 83
Possible Cause ....................................................... 83
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 83
Wiring Diagram - CVT - TCV .................................. 84
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85
Component Inspection ............................................ 86
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ......................... 88
Description .............................................................. 88
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 88
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88
Possible Cause ....................................................... 88
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 88
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A... 90
Description .............................................................. 90
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 90
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 90
Possible Cause ....................................................... 90
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 90
Wiring Diagram - CVT - LPSV ................................ 91
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92
Component Inspection ............................................ 93
Description .............................................................. 70
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 70
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 70
Possible Cause ....................................................... 70
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 70
Wiring Diagram - CVT - PRSCVT ........................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A... 95
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR .................... 75
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B... 97
Description .............................................................. 75
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 75
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 75
Possible Cause ....................................................... 75
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 75
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SESCVT ........................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77
Description .............................................................. 97
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 97
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 97
Possible Cause ....................................................... 97
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 97
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97
P0725 ENGINE SPEED ..................................... 80
Description .............................................................. 80
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 80
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 80
Possible Cause ....................................................... 80
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 80
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 80
P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO ................... 82
Description .............................................................. 82
CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 82
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82
Possible Cause ....................................................... 82
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 82
Revision: January 2010
Description .............................................................. 95
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 95
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95
Possible Cause ....................................................... 95
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B... 99
Description .............................................................. 99
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 99
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99
Possible Cause ....................................................... 99
DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 99
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPSV ......................... 100
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
Component Inspection .......................................... 102
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW .................. 104
Description ............................................................ 104
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 104
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104
Possible Cause ..................................................... 104
CVT-2
2010 Sentra
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 104
Wiring Diagram - CVT - MMSW ............................ 105
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
Component Inspection .......................................... 108
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
SEN/SW A ........................................................ 109
Description ............................................................ 109
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 109
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109
Possible Cause ..................................................... 109
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 109
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPS ............................ 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
SEN/SW A ........................................................ 113
Description ............................................................ 113
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 113
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113
Possible Cause ..................................................... 113
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 113
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE .. 115
Description ............................................................ 115
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 115
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115
Possible Cause ..................................................... 115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 115
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115
P1701 TCM ....................................................... 117
Description ............................................................ 117
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117
Possible Cause ..................................................... 117
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 117
Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER .......................... 118
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
P1705 TP SENSOR .......................................... 121
Description ............................................................ 121
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 121
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121
Possible Cause ..................................................... 121
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 121
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
P1722 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 123
Description ............................................................ 123
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
Possible Cause ..................................................... 123
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
P1723 SPEED SENSOR .................................. 125
Description ............................................................ 125
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 125
Possible Cause ..................................................... 125
Revision: January 2010
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125
A
P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL ......... 127
Description ............................................................. 127
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 127
Possible Cause ...................................................... 127
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 127
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127
B
CVT
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID ........................... 128
Description ............................................................. 128
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 128
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 128
Possible Cause ...................................................... 128
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 128
Wiring Diagram - CVT - L/USSV ........................... 129
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130
Component Inspection ........................................... 131
D
E
F
P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL .............. 133
Description ............................................................. 133
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 133
Possible Cause ...................................................... 133
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 133
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133
G
H
P1777 STEP MOTOR ...................................... 134
Description ............................................................. 134
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 134
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 134
Possible Cause ...................................................... 134
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 134
Wiring Diagram - CVT - STM ................................. 135
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136
Component Inspection ........................................... 137
I
J
K
P1778 STEP MOTOR ...................................... 138
Description ............................................................. 138
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 138
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 138
Possible Cause ...................................................... 138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH .................. 140
Description ............................................................. 140
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 140
Wiring Diagram - CVT - ODSW ............................. 141
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142
Component Inspection ........................................... 143
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ........ 145
Description ............................................................. 145
CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 145
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS .... 146
Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC ......................... 146
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ....... 149
Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position .. 151
CVT-3
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed ...............................................151
In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves ..............................152
Large Shock "N" → "R" Position ............................152
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position..153
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position ......................................................................154
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position ..155
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off
mode ......................................................................156
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position ..157
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode ...................158
CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode .....................158
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake .....159
Control Valve ........................................................ 178
Transmission Range Switch ................................. 184
Primary Speed Sensor .......................................... 184
Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE) ................... 185
Secondary Speed Sensor (QR25DE) ................... 186
Differential Side Oil Seal ....................................... 186
Oil Pump Fitting Bolt ............................................. 187
AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 188
Removal and Installation (MR20DE) ..................... 188
Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ..................... 189
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM ....................... 190
Removal and Installation .......................................161
CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation
(MR20DE) ............................................................. 190
CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation
(QR25DE) ............................................................. 190
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................ 163
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 192
TCM .................................................................. 161
Description .............................................................163
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ..........164
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SHIFT ..............................165
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................165
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 170
Removal and Installation .......................................170
Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation .........171
Steering Shift Switch .............................................172
Adjustment of CVT Position ...................................172
Checking of CVT Position ......................................173
Adjustment of transmission range switch ..............173
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ............................... 174
Removal and Installation .......................................174
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .................................. 177
Oil Pan ...................................................................177
Revision: January 2010
Removal and Installation (MR20DE) ..................... 192
Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ..................... 194
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .............. 198
Torque Converter and Converter Housing Oil Seal
. 198
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 199
General Specification ............................................ 199
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ..................... 199
Stall Speed ............................................................ 199
Line Pressure ........................................................ 200
Solenoid Valves .................................................... 200
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor ............................ 200
Primary Speed Sensor .......................................... 200
Secondary Speed Sensor ..................................... 200
Removal and Installation ....................................... 200
CVT-4
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index
INFOID:0000000005284076
B
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”.
CVT
Refer to CVT-54.
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
MIL*2 , “ENGINE”
with CONSULT-III or
GST
CONSULT-III only
“TRANSMISSION”
Reference
—
P0703
CVT-58
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
U1000
CVT-54
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010
U1010
CVT-57
ENGINE SPEED
—
P0725
CVT-80
FLUID PRESS LOW
—
P0868
CVT-115
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
P0840
P0840
CVT-109
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
—
P0841
CVT-113
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
P0710
P0710
CVT-65
INCORRECT GR RATIO
—
P0730
CVT-82
P0715
P0715
CVT-70
—
P1745
CVT-133
P0720
P0720
CVT-75
BRAKE SWITCH B
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
LINE PRESS CONTROL
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
PL SOLENOID A
P0745
P0745
CVT-90
PC SOLENOID A
P0746
P0746
CVT-95
PC SOLENOID B
P0778
P0778
CVT-99
PC SOLENOID B
P0776
P0776
CVT-97
SLCT SOLENOID
P1740
P1740
CVT-128
SPEED SENSOR
—
P1723
CVT-125
STEP MOTOR
P1777
P1777
CVT-134
STEP MOTOR
P1778
P1778
CVT-138
TCM
—
P1701
CVT-117
THROTTLE CONTROL SIG
—
P1726
CVT-127
T/M RANGE SWITCH A
P0705
P0705
CVT-60
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744
P0744
CVT-88
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0740
P0740
CVT-83
TP SENSOR
—
P1705
CVT-121
UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH
—
P0826
CVT-104
VEHICLE SPEED*3
—
P1722
CVT-123
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: Refer to CVT-24, "Introduction".
*3: Models without ABS does not indicate.
DTC No. Index
INFOID:0000000005284077
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
D
CVT-5
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”.
Refer to CVT-54.
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with
CONSULT-III or GST
CONSULT-III only
“TRANSMISSION”
—
P0703
BRAKE SWITCH B
CVT-58
P0705
P0705
T/M RANGE SWITCH A
CVT-60
P0710
P0710
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
CVT-65
P0715
P0715
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
CVT-70
P0720
P0720
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
CVT-75
—
P0725
ENGINE SPEED
CVT-80
—
P0730
INCORRECT GR RATIO
CVT-82
P0740
P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-83
P0744
P0744
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-88
P0745
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
CVT-90
P0746
P0746
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-95
P0776
P0776
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-97
P0778
P0778
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-99
—
P0826
UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH
CVT-104
P0840
P0840
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
CVT-109
—
P0841
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
CVT-113
—
P0868
FLUID PRESS LOW
CVT-115
—
P1701
TCM
CVT-117
—
P1705
TP SENSOR
CVT-121
—
P1722
VEHICLE SPEED*3
CVT-123
—
P1723
SPEED SENSOR
CVT-125
—
P1726
THROTTLE CONTROL SIG
CVT-127
P1740
P1740
SLCT SOLENOID
CVT-128
—
P1745
LINE PRESS CONTROL
CVT-133
P1777
P1777
STEP MOTOR
CVT-134
P1778
P1778
STEP MOTOR
CVT-138
U1000
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
CVT-54
U1010
U1010
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
CVT-57
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: Refer to CVT-24, "Introduction".
*3: Models without ABS does not indicate.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-6
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
A
INFOID:0000000005937460
B
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS CVT
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service ManD
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harG
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
H
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005284079
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock
mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-7
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine
INFOID:0000000005284080
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal
before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid
valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve
INFOID:0000000005524808
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING TCM, TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY, OR CONTROL VALVE
Perform the applicable service according to the following table when replacing TCM, transaxle assembly, or
control valve.
CAUTION:
• Never start the engine until the service is completed.
• “DTC P1701” may be indicated soon after replacing TCM, or transaxle assembly or control valve
(after erasing the memory in the pattern B). Restart the self-diagnosis after erasing the self-diagnosis
result using CONSULT-III. Check that no error is detected.
TCM
Transaxle assembly or control valve
Replaced with new unit
Not replaced the unit
Not replaced the unit
Replaced with new or old unit
Replaced with old unit
Replaced with new unit
Not replaced the unit
Service pattern
“PATTERN A”
“PATTERN B”
Replaced with new or old unit
Replaced with new or old unit
“PATTERN C”
NOTE:
Old unit means that the unit has been already used for another vehicle.
PATTERN A
1.
2.
3.
Shift the shift lever to “P” position after replacing TCM.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check that the shift position indicator in the combination meter turns ON (It indicates approximately 1 or 2
seconds after turning ignition switch ON.)
• Check the following items if shift position indicator does not turn ON. Repair or replace accordingly as
necessary.
- The harness between TCM and ROM ASSY in transaxle assembly is open or shorted.
- Terminals disconnected, loose, or bent from connector housing.
PATTERN B
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON after replacing each part.
Connect the vehicle with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
CAUTION:
Never start driving.
Select “Data monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-8
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Warm up transaxle assembly until “ATFTEMP COUNT” indicates 47 [approximately 20°C (68°F)] or more,
and then turn ignition switch OFF.
A
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
B
7. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
8. Shift the shift lever to “R” position.
CVT
9. Depress slightly the accelerator pedal (Pedal angle: 2/8) while depressing the brake pedal.
10. Attempt to select “Erase” with step 9.
11. Release brake pedal and accelerator pedal.
D
12. Turn ignition switch OFF while keeping the shift lever in “R” position.
13. Wait approximately 10 seconds.
14. Turn ignition switch ON while keeping the shift lever in “R” position.
E
15. Select “Special function” in “TRANSMISSION”.
16. Check that the value on “CALIB DATA” in CONSULT-III is the same as the data listed in the table below.
• Restart the procedure from step 3 if the values are not the same.
F
CALIB DATA
Item name
Display value
UNIT CLB ID 1
00
UNIT CLB ID 2
00
UNIT CLB ID 3
00
UNIT CLB ID 4
00
UNIT CLB ID 5
00
UNIT CLB ID 6
00
G
H
I
17. Shift the shift lever to “P” position.
18. Check that the shift position indicator in combination meter turns ON. (It indicates approximately 1 or 2
seconds after shifting the shift lever to “P” position.)
• Check the following items if shift position indicator does not turn ON. Repair or replace accordingly as
necessary.
- The harness between TCM and ROM ASSY in transaxle assembly is open or shorted.
- Terminals disconnected, loose, or bent from connector housing.
- Power supply and ground of TCM. Refer to CVT-117, "Description".
PATTERN C
1.
2.
J
K
L
Replace transaxle assembly first, and then replace TCM.
Perform the service of “PATTERN A”.
(Perform the service of “PATTERN B” if TCM is replaced first.)
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector
M
INFOID:0000000005284082
N
REMOVAL
Rotate bayonet ring (1) counterclockwise, pull out CVT unit harness
connector (2) outward and disconnect it.
O
P
WCIA0686E
INSTALLATION
Revision: January 2010
CVT-9
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Align CVT unit harness connector terminal body marking with
bayonet ring marking, insert CVT unit harness connector, and
then rotate bayonet ring clockwise.
SCIA2097E
2.
Rotate bayonet ring clockwise until CVT unit harness connector
terminal body marking is aligned with the bayonet ring marking
(linear slit) as shown.
SCIA2098E
CAUTION:
• Securely align CVT unit harness connector terminal body
marking with bayonet ring marking (linear slit). Do not
make a half fit condition as shown.
• Do not mistake the bayonet ring marking (linear slit) for
other dent portion.
SCIA2099E
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005284083
NOTE:
If any malfunction occurs in the RE0F10A model transaxle, replace the entire transaxle assembly.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery
cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned OFF.
SEF289H
Revision: January 2010
CVT-10
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
When connecting pin connectors make sure that there are not
any bends or breaks on TCM pin terminal.
A
B
CVT
SEF291H
D
• Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly or
not. CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
E
F
G
MEF040DA
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform “DTC
Confirmation Procedure”.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in
the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
• Always use the specified brand of CVT fluid. Refer to MA-15,
"MR20DE".
• Use lint-free paper, not cloth rags, during work.
• After replacing the CVT fluid, dispose of the waste oil using the
methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
• Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside
of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts from
SEF217U
becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
• Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
• Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
• All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced.
• It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
• Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and
seals.
• Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
• Clean or replace CVT fluid cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan.
• When the CVT drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old CVT fluid will remain in torque
converter and CVT fluid cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing CVT Fluid” in the CVT section when changing CVT fluid.
Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid", CVT-15, "Changing CVT Fluid".
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
• External leaks in the hub weld area.
• Converter hub is scored or damaged.
• Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
• Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
• Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
• Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-11
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
• Internal malfunction of stator roller clutch.
• Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
• Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
• The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
• The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
• CVT malfunction did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
• Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch
dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such as
taxi, delivery or police use.
Service Notice or Precaution
INFOID:0000000005284084
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
• CVT self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on CVT-46, "CONSULT-III
Function (TRANSMISSION)" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
• The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure on CVT-24, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" to complete the
repair and avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-61.
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59.
ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table
INFOID:0000000005284085
ATFTEMP COUNT
Temperature °C (°F)
ATFTEMP COUNT
Temperature °C (°F)
4
–30 (–22)
177
90 (194)
8
–20 (–4)
183
95 (203)
13
–10 (14)
190
100 (212)
17
–5 (23)
196
105 (221)
21
0 (32)
201
110 (230)
27
5 (41)
206
115 (239)
32
10 (50)
210
120 (248)
39
15 (59)
214
125 (257)
47
20 (68)
218
130 (266)
55
25 (77)
221
135 (275)
64
30 (86)
224
140 (284)
73
35 (95)
227
145 (293)
83
40 (104)
229
150 (302)
93
45 (113)
231
155 (311)
104
50 (122)
233
160 (320)
114
55 (131)
235
165 (329)
124
60 (140)
236
170 (338)
134
65 (149)
238
175 (347)
143
70 (158)
239
180 (356)
152
75 (167)
241
190 (374)
161
80 (176)
243
200 (392)
169
85 (185)
—
—
Revision: January 2010
CVT-12
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284086
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(OTC3492)
Oil pressure gauge set
Measuring line pressure
B
CVT
D
E
SCIA7531E
KV38100300
( — )
Drift
Installing differential side oil seal
a: 54 mm (2.13 in)
b: 46 mm (1.81 in)
c: 32 mm (1.26 in)
F
G
ZZA1046D
—
( J-46534 )
Trim tool set
For removing trim
H
I
J
AWJIA0483ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284087
K
Tool number
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
L
M
N
PBIC0190E
Drift
Installing converter housing oil seal
a: φ 65 mm (2.56 in)
b: φ 60 mm (2.36 in)
O
P
NT086
Revision: January 2010
CVT-13
2010 Sentra
CVT FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT FLUID
Checking CVT Fluid
INFOID:0000000005284088
FLUID LEVEL CHECK
Fluid level should be checked with the fluid warmed up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F).
1. Check for fluid leakage.
2. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle to warm up the
CVT fluid. When ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), it takes
about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50° to 80°C
(122° to 176°F).
3. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake.
4. With engine at idle, while depressing brake pedal, move the
shift lever throughout the entire shift range and return it to the
“P” position.
SMA146B
5.
Press the tab on the CVT fluid level gauge to release the lock
and pull out the CVT fluid level gauge from the CVT fluid charging pipe.
SCIA1933E
6.
Wipe fluid off the CVT fluid level gauge. Then rotate the CVT
fluid level gauge 180° and re-insert it into the CVT charging pipe
as far as it will go.
CAUTION:
Always use lint free paper towels to wipe fluid off the CVT
fluid level gauge.
SCIA1931E
7.
Remove the CVT fluid level gauge and check that the fluid level
is within the specified range as shown. If the fluid level is at or
below the low side of the range, add the necessary specified
NISSAN CVT fluid through the CVT charging pipe.
Fluid grade:
Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
CAUTION:
• Only use specified NISSAN CVT fluid.
• Do not overfill the CVT.
SCIA1932E
8.
Install the CVT fluid level gauge to the CVT fluid charging pipe until it locks.
CAUTION:
When CVT fluid level gauge is installed into the CVT fluid charging pipe, make sure that the CVT
fluid level gauge is securely locked in place.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-14
2010 Sentra
CVT FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FLUID CONDITION CHECK
A
Fluid status
Conceivable cause
Required operation
Varnished (viscous
varnish state)
CVT fluid become
degraded due to
high temperatures.
Replace the CVT fluid and check the
CVT main unit and the vehicle for
malfunctions (wire harness, cooler
pipes, etc.)
Milky white or cloudy
Water in the fluid
Replace the CVT fluid and check for
places where water is getting in.
Large amount of
metal powder mixed
in fluid
Unusual wear of
sliding parts within
CVT
Replace the CVT fluid and check for
improper operation of the CVT.
INFOID:0000000005588766
Remove drain plug, and drain CVT fluid from oil pan.
Install drain plug with new gasket to oil pan and tighten to the specified torque.
Drain plug:
3.
CVT
ATA0022D
Changing CVT Fluid
1.
2.
B
D
E
F
Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
Fill CVT fluid from CVT fluid charging pipe to the specified level.
Fluid grade and capacity:
G
H
Refer to CVT-199, "General Specification".
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Do not mix with other fluid.
• Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and
CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the warranty.
• When filling CVT fluid, take care not to scatter fluid on heat generating parts such as exhaust.
• Sufficiently shake the container of CVT fluid before using.
4. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle in an urban area. When ambient temperature is 20°C
(68°F), it takes about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F).
5. Check CVT fluid level and condition. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 if CVT fluid is contaminated.
CAUTION:
Delete CVT fluid deterioration date with CONSULT-III after changing CVT fluid.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-15
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT SYSTEM
Cross-Sectional View - RE0F10A
INFOID:0000000005284090
SCIA7792J
1.
Converter housing
2.
Driven sprocket
3.
Chain
4.
Reverse brake
5.
Oil pump
6.
Forward clutch
7.
Planetary carrier
8.
Primary pulley
9.
Sun gear
10. Steel belt
11. Side cover
12. Internal gear
13. Parking gear
14. Secondary pulley
15. Final gear
16. Differential case
17. Idler gear
18. Reduction gear
19. Taper roller bearing
20. Output gear
21. Drive sprocket
22. Input shaft
23. Torque converter
Revision: January 2010
CVT-16
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Control System
INFOID:0000000005284091
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWDIA0756GB
Revision: January 2010
CVT-17
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hydraulic Control System
INFOID:0000000005284092
AWDIA0757GB
TCM Function
INFOID:0000000005284093
The function of the TCM is to:
• Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
• Determine required line pressure, shifting point, and lock-up operation.
• Send required output signals to the step motor and the respective solenoids.
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE
The CVT senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors. It always controls the optimum shift
position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNAL)
Transmission range switch
Accelerator pedal position signal
Closed throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
CVT fluid temperature sensor
Vehicle speed signal
Overdrive control signal
Manual mode switch signal*
Stop lamp switch signal
Primary speed sensor
Secondary speed sensor
Primary pressure sensor**
Secondary pressure sensor
TCM
⇒
Shift control
Line pressure control
Primary pressure control
Secondary pressure control
Lock-up control
Engine brake control
Vehicle speed control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-III communication
line
Duet-EA control
CAN system
On board diagnosis
ACTUATORS
⇒
Step motor
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Lock-up select solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
Secondary pressure solenoid
valve
Shift position indicator
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Manual mode indicator*
Starter relay
*: With QR25DE
**: Primary pressure sensor does not have any function.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-18
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
AWDIA0758GB
CAN Communication
INFOID:0000000005284094
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Input/Output Signal of TCM
Control item
Transmission range switch
Accelerator pedal position signal
Input
(*1)
INFOID:0000000005284095
Fluid
pressure
control
Select control
Lock-up
control
CAN communication
control
Fail-safe
function
(*3)
K
Shift control
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Closed throttle position signal(*1)
X
Engine speed signal(*1)
X
X
CVT fluid temperature sensor
X
X
Stop lamp switch
signal(*1)
X
Overdrive control signal(*1)
X
X
X
X
X
Primary speed sensor
X
Secondary speed sensor
X
Primary pressure sensor(*4)
X
Secondary pressure sensor
X
Revision: January 2010
J
X
M
X
X
X
X
N
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CVT-19
2010 Sentra
P
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fluid
pressure
control
Control item
Select control
Step motor
Output
Shift control
Lock-up
control
CAN communication
control
X
Fail-safe
function
(*3)
X
TCC solenoid valve
X
X
X
Lock-up select solenoid valve
X
X
X
Line pressure solenoid valve
X
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
X
X
X
X
(*2)
X
O/D OFF indicator signal
X
*1: Input by CAN communications.
*2: Output by CAN communications.
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: Primary pressure sensor does not have any function.
Line Pressure and Secondary Pressure Control
INFOID:0000000005284096
• When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the TCM
controls the line pressure solenoid valve and secondary pressure solenoid valve.
• This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the driving
state. Secondary pressure is controlled by decreasing line pressure.
SCIA1846E
NORMAL CONTROL
Optimize the line pressure and secondary pressure, depending on driving conditions, on the basis of the throttle position, the engine speed, the primary pulley (input) revolution speed, the secondary pulley (output) revolution speed, the brake signal, the transmission range switch signal, the lock-up signal, the voltage, the target
gear ratio, the fluid temperature, and the fluid pressure.
FEEDBACK CONTROL
When controlling the normal fluid pressure or the selected fluid pressure, the secondary pressure can be set
more accurately by using the fluid pressure sensor to detect the secondary pressure and controlling the feedback.
Shift Control
INFOID:0000000005284097
In order to select the gear ratio which can obtain the driving force in accordance with driver's intention and the
vehicle condition, TCM monitors the driving conditions, such as the vehicle speed and the throttle position and
selects the optimum gear ratio, and determines the gear change steps to the gear ratio. Then send the com-
Revision: January 2010
CVT-20
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
mand to the step motor, and control the flow-in/flow-out of line pressure from the primary pulley to determine
the position of the moving-pulley and control the gear ratio.
A
B
CVT
D
E
AWDIA0759GB
NOTE:
The gear ratio is set for every position separately.
F
“D” POSITION
Shifting over all the ranges of gear ratios from the lowest to the highest.
G
H
I
SCIA1953E
J
“D” POSITION OVERDRIVE SWITCH: ON
Gear ratio increases in general by limiting gear range on the HIGH
side of the gear ratio, and this arrows the generation of the constant
strong driving force.
K
L
M
SCIA8229E
“L” POSITION
By limiting the gear range to the lowest position, the strong driving
force and the engine brake can be secured.
N
O
P
SCIA8240E
“M” POSITION (With QR25DE)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-21
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate side, the fixed
changing gear line is set. By moving the steering shift switch to +
side or - side, the manual mode switch is changed over, and shift
change like M/T becomes possible following the changing gear set
line step by step.
SCIA4582E
DOWNHILL ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL (AUTO ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)
When downhill is detected with the accelerator pedal released, the engine brake will be strengthened up by
downshifting so as not to accelerate the vehicle more than necessary.
ACCELERATION CONTROL
According to vehicle speed and a change of accelerator pedal angle, driver's request for acceleration and driving scene are judged. This function assists improvement in acceleration feeling by making the engine speed
proportionate to the vehicle speed. And a shift map which can gain a larger driving force is available for compatibility of mileage with drivability.
Lock-up and Select Control
INFOID:0000000005284098
• The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
• The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve, which is controlled by a signal from TCM. The torque converter clutch control valve engages or
releases the torque converter clutch piston.
• When shifting between “N” (“P”) ⇒“D” (“R”), torque converter clutch solenoid controls engagement power of
forward clutch and reverse brake.
• The lock-up applied gear range was expanded by locking up the
torque converter at a lower vehicle speed than conventional CVT
models.
SCIA1958E
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH AND SELECT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Revision: January 2010
CVT-22
2010 Sentra
CVT SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Lock-up and Select Control System Diagram
A
B
CVT
D
E
AWDIA0740GB
Lock-up Released
In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
Lock-up Applied
In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque
converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
F
G
H
Select Control
When shifting between “N” (“P”) ⇒“D” (“R”), optimize the operating pressure on the basis of the throttle position, the engine speed, and the secondary pulley (output) revolution speed to lessen the shift shock.
I
Control Valve
J
INFOID:0000000005284099
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE
K
Name
Function
Torque converter regulator valve
Optimizes the supply pressure for the torque converter depending on driving conditions.
Pressure regulator valve
Optimizes the discharge pressure from the oil pump depending on driving conditions.
TCC control valve
• Activates or deactivate the lock-up.
• Lock-up smoothly by opening lock-up operation excessively.
TCC solenoid valve
Controls the TCC control valve or select control valve.
Shift control valve
Controls flow-in/out of line pressure from the primary pulley depending on the stroke difference between the stepping motor and the primary pulley.
Secondary valve
Controls the line pressure from the secondary pulley depending on operating conditions.
Clutch regulator valve
Adjusts the clutch operating pressure depending on operating conditions.
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
Controls the secondary valve.
Line pressure solenoid valve
Controls the line pressure control valve.
Step motor
Controls the pulley ratio.
Manual valve
Transmits the clutch operating pressure to each circuit in accordance with the selected
position.
Select control valve
Engages forward clutch, reverse brake smoothly depending on select operation.
Select switch valve
Switches torque converter clutch solenoid valve control pressure use to torque converter
clutch control valve or select control valve.
Lock-up select solenoid valve
Controls the select switch valve.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-23
L
M
N
O
2010 Sentra
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
INFOID:0000000005284100
The CVT system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory, and the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis performed by the TCM. The malfunction is stored in the TCM
memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, refer to CVT-46,
"CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
OBD-II Function for CVT System
INFOID:0000000005284101
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the CVT system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the CVT system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to CVT system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II
INFOID:0000000005284102
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd trip
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
INFOID:0000000005284103
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
(
With CONSULT-III or
GST) CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or
occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of
a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Time
data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-24
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III A
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
B
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data, and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol- CVT
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
D
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes CVT related items)
E
1st trip freeze frame data
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
F
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-III, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
• If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
• When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-III or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
• Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-III)
• If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. Perform DELETING DTC.
2. Make sure that all "DTC RESULT", "TIME" and "FDD" are deleted.
G
H
I
J
K
L
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
1.
2.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). For details, refer to EC-138, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function".
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
M
N
INFOID:0000000005284104
DESCRIPTION
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-25
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
• If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35, or see EC-575.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
• If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
Revision: January 2010
CVT-26
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000005284105
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority B
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”.
CVT
Refer to CVT-54 .
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
1
U1000
2
Except above
D
Fail-Safe
INFOID:0000000005284106
The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a
main electronic control input/output signal circuit.
E
F
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the CVT to make driving possible.
Secondary Speed Sensor
The shift pattern is changed in accordance with throttle position when an unexpected signal is sent from the
secondary speed sensor to the TCM. The overdrive-off mode is inhibited, and the transaxle is put in “D”.
Primary Speed Sensor
The shift pattern is changed in accordance with throttle position and secondary speed (vehicle speed) when
an unexpected signal is sent from the primary speed sensor to the TCM. The overdrive-off mode is inhibited,
and the transaxle is put in “D”.
Transmission Range Switch
If an unexpected signal is sent from the transmission range switch to the TCM, the transaxle is put in “D”.
Manual Mode Switch (with QR25DE)
If an unexpected signal is sent from the manual mode switch to the TCM, the transaxle is put in “D”.
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor
If an unexpected signal is sent from the CVT fluid temperature sensor to the TCM, the gear ratio in use before
receiving the unexpected signal is maintained or the gear ratio is controlled to keep engine speed under 4500
rpm.
Secondary Pressure Sensor
• If an unexpected signal is sent from the secondary pressure sensor to the TCM, the secondary pressure
feedback control is stopped and the offset value obtained before the non-standard condition occurs is used
to control line pressure.
• If secondary pressure sensor error signal is input to TCM, secondary pressure feedback control stops, but
line pressure is controlled normally.
Line Pressure Solenoid
If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the line pressure solenoid is turned OFF to
achieve the maximum fluid pressure.
Secondary Pressure Solenoid
If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the secondary pressure solenoid is turned OFF
to achieve the maximum fluid pressure.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the torque converter clutch solenoid is turned
OFF to cancel the lock-up.
Step Motor
If an unexpected signal is sent from the step motor to the TCM, the step motor coil phases “A” through “D” are
all turned OFF to hold the gear ratio used right before the non-standard condition occurred.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-27
2010 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Lock-up Select Solenoid
If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the lock-up select solenoid is turned OFF to cancel the lock-up.
TCM Power Supply (Memory Back-up)
Transaxle assembly is protected by limiting the engine torque when the memory back-up power supply (for
controlling) from the battery is not supplied to TCM. Normal statues is restored when turning the ignition switch
OFF to ON after the normal power supply.
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair
INFOID:0000000005284107
INTRODUCTION
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, transmission range switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via CVT solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
CVT system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the CVT system. The CVT system must be in good
operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc.
SAT631IB
It is much more difficult to diagnose an error that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused
by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful
checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of
good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the "WORK FLOW" .
SAT632I
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” as
shown on the example (Refer to "Diagnostic Worksheet Chart" )
should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SEF234G
WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, "Information From Customer" and "Diagnostic Worksheet Chart" ,
to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart
Revision: January 2010
CVT-28
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
SCIA6877E
*1.
"Information From Customer"
*2.
"DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET"
*3.
CVT-27
*4.
CVT-35
*5.
CVT-35, CVT-35
*6.
CVT-38
*7.
CVT-46
*8.
CVT-24
*9.
CVT-27
*10. CVT-54
*11. CVT-138
*12. CVT-146
*13. CVT-24
*14. CVT-54
*15. CVT-138
M
N
*16. EC-62
O
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer
P
KEY POINTS
•
•
•
•
WHAT..... Vehicle & CVT model
WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
WHERE..... Road conditions
HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Revision: January 2010
CVT-29
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Customer name
MR/MS
Model & Year
VIN
Trans. Model
Engine
Mileage
malfunction Date
Manuf. Date
In Service Date
Frequency
Continuous
Symptoms
Intermittent (
Vehicle does not move.
times a day)
( Any position
Particular position)
No shift
Lock-up malfunction
Shift shock or slip ( N → D
N → R Lock-up
Any drive position)
Noise or vibration
No pattern select
Others
(
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
)
Continuously lit
Not lit
Diagnostic Worksheet Chart
1
Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint.
CVT-27
CVT fluid inspection
2
Leak (Repair leak location.)
State
Amount
CVT-35
Stall test and line pressure test
Stall test
Torque converter one-way clutch
Reverse brake
Forward clutch
Steel belt
3
Engine
Line pressure low
Primary pulley
Secondary pulley
CVT-35,
CVT-35
Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:
Revision: January 2010
CVT-30
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Perform road test.
CVT-38
Check before engine is started
CVT-39
CVT-149, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On"
Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. CVT-46
4
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
Check at idle
4-2.
B
CVT-54
CVT-57
CVT-58
CVT-60
CVT-65
CVT-70
CVT-75
CVT-80
CVT-82
CVT-83
CVT-88
CVT-90
CVT-95
CVT-97
CVT-99
CVT-104
CVT-109
CVT-113
CVT-115
CVT-117
CVT-121
CVT-123
CVT-125
CVT-127
CVT-128
CVT-134
CVT-138
4-1.
A
CVT-39
CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position"
CVT-151, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed"
CVT-152, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves"
CVT-152, "Large Shock "N" → "R" Position"
CVT-153, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position"
CVT-154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position"
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-31
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Cruise test
CVT-40
CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position"
CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode"
CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position"
CVT-158, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode"
CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode"
CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake"
perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. CVT-46
CVT-54
CVT-57
CVT-58
CVT-60
CVT-65
CVT-70
CVT-75
CVT-80
CVT-82
CVT-83
CVT-88
CVT-90
CVT-95
CVT-97
CVT-99
CVT-104
CVT-109
CVT-113
CVT-115
CVT-117
CVT-121
CVT-123
CVT-125
CVT-127
CVT-128
CVT-134
CVT-138
4
4-3.
5
Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnosis and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6
Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items.
7
For any remaining NG items, perform the “diagnosis procedure” and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
8
Erase the results of the self-diagnosis from the TCM.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-32
CVT-38
CVT-24,
CVT-24
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Electrical Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005284108
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWDIA0234ZZ
⇐: Front
1.
Overdrive indicator lamp
2.
Manual mode indicator (with
QR25DE)
3.
Shift position indicator
4.
Accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor
5.
Secondary speed sensor
6.
Primary speed sensor
Revision: January 2010
CVT-33
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.
CVT unit harness connector
8
Transmission range switch
9.
TCM (with MR20DE)
10. Battery
11. Battery
12. TCM (with QR25DE)
13. Steering shift switch (with QR25DE)
14. Overdrive OFF switch
15. Manual mode switch (with QR25DE)
Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284109
ABDWA0156GB
Revision: January 2010
CVT-34
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis
INFOID:0000000005284110
A
CVT FLUID CHECK
Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check
• Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid" .
B
Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the fluid condition.
Fluid status
Conceivable cause
CVT
Required operation
Clutch, brake
scorched
Replace the CVT fluid and check the
CVT main unit and the vehicle for
malfunctions (wire harnesses, cooler pipes, etc.)
Milky white or
cloudy
Water in the fluid
Replace the CVT fluid and check for
places where water is getting in.
Large amount of
metal powder mixed
in
Unusual wear of
sliding parts within
CVT
Replace the CVT fluid and check for
improper operation of the CVT.
Varnished (viscous
varnish state)
D
E
F
SAT638A
STALL TEST
G
Stall Test Procedure
1.
2.
Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the
CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of CVT fluid. Replenish if necessary.
H
I
J
K
SAT647B
3.
4.
Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
• It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine
rpm on indicator.
L
M
N
SAT513G
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-35
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.
SAT775B
6.
7.
While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
Quickly read off the stall speed, and then quickly remove your
foot from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test.
Stall speed:
Stall speed:
2,500 - 3,000 rpm (with MR20DE)
2,050 - 3,550 rpm (with QR25DE)
SAT514G
8.
9.
Move the selector lever to the “N” position.
Cool down the CVT fluid.
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least 1 minute.
10. Repeat steps 6 through 9 with selector lever in “R” position.
SAT771B
Judgment Stall Test
Selector lever position
Stall rotation
Expected problem location
“D”, “L”
“R”
H
O
• Forward clutch
O
H
• Reverse brake
L
L
• Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
H
•
•
•
•
H
Line pressure low
Primary pulley
Secondary pulley
Steel belt
O: Stall speed within standard value position.
H: Stall speed is higher than standard value.
L: Stall speed is lower than standard value.
LINE PRESSURE TEST
Line Pressure Test Port
Revision: January 2010
CVT-36
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
(A): Line pressure Test Port.
A
B
CVT
SCIA6591J
D
Line Pressure Test Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the CVT fluid reaches in the range of 50 to 80°C
(122 to 176°F), then inspect the amount of CVT fluid and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The CVT fluid temperature rises in the range of 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving.
After warming up CVT, remove the oil pressure detection plug and install the oil pressure gauge [special
service tool: - (OTC3492)]
CAUTION:
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the O-ring attached to the oil pressure detection plug.
Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT513G
5.
6.
Start the engine, and then measure the line pressure at both idle
and the stall speed.
CAUTION:
• Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
• When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed, refer
to "STALL TEST" .
After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the specified torque below.
: 7.5 N·m (0.77 kg-m, 66 in-lb)
K
L
M
N
SAT493G
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
O
P
Line Pressure
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Engine speed
“R”, “D” , “L” positions
At idle
750 (7.65, 108.8)
At stall
5,700 (58.14, 826.5)*
*: Reference values
Revision: January 2010
CVT-37
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Judgment of Line Pressure Test
Judgment
Idle speed
Possible cause
Low for all positions
(“P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “L”)
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
• Oil pump wear
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
• Oil strainer ⇒ oil pump ⇒ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
• Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a specific
position
Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
High
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment
function.
For example
• Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
• CVT fluid temperature sensor malfunction
• Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter
clog, cut line)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Line pressure does
not rise higher than
the line pressure for
idle.
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment function.
For example
• Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
• TCM malfunction
• Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON
state)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
The pressure rises,
but does not enter the
standard position.
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pressure adjustment function.
For example
• Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
• Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Only low for a specific
position
Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
Stall speed
Road Test
INFOID:0000000005284111
DESCRIPTION
• The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of CVT
and analyze causes of problems.
• The road test consists of the following three parts:
1. “Check Before Engine Is Started”CVT-39 .
2. “Check at Idle”CVT-39 .
3. “Cruise Test”CVT-40 .
SAT786A
Revision: January 2010
CVT-38
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
• Perform tests on all items until specified symptom is found. Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
A
B
CVT
SAT496G
D
CONSULT-III OPERATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-III is used with no connection of CONSULT-III CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which performs CAN communication.
• Using CONSULT-III, perform a cruise test and record the result.
• Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule.
1. Touch “DATA MONITOR” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” to set recording condition.
See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph Display”.
Touch “START”.
When performing cruise test. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test" .
After finishing cruise test part, touch “RECORD”.
Touch “STORE”.
Touch “BACK”.
Touch “DISPLAY”.
Touch “PRINT”.
Check the monitor data printed out.
Check before Engine Is Started
F
G
H
I
J
INFOID:0000000005284112
1.CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
K
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
3. Go to CVT-39, "Check at Idle" .
NO
>> Stop “Road Test”. Go to CVT-149, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
Check at Idle
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005284113
O
1.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Turn ignition switch START.
Is engine started?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box on the CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position"
on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position".
Revision: January 2010
E
CVT-39
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Move selector lever to “R”, “D” or “L” position.
3. Turn ignition switch START.
Is engine started?
YES >> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box on the CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position"
on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTION
1. Move selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Release parking brake.
4. Push vehicle forward or backward.
5. Apply parking brake.
Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
YES >> Mark the box CVT-151, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed" on
the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road
Test”.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Mark the box CVT-152, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble
Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1. Apply foot brake.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position?
YES >> Mark the box CVT-152, "Large Shock "N" → "R" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTION
Release foot brake for several seconds.
Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-153, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position" on the CVT-28, "How
to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”.
7.CHECK “D”, “L” POSITIONS FUNCTION
Move selector lever to “D” and “L” positions and check if vehicle creeps forward.
Does vehicle creep forward in all positions?
YES >> Go to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
NO
>> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box CVT-154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position"
on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position".
Cruise Test
INFOID:0000000005284114
1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 1
Revision: January 2010
CVT-40
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes to warm engine oil and CVT fluid up to operating temperature.
A
CVT fluid operating temperature:
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “P” position.
Start engine.
Move selector lever to “L” position.
Accelerate vehicle to 2/8-way throttle depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in "L" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" .
Continue “Road Test”.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 2
1.
2.
3.
B
CVT
D
E
SCIA6644E
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3. (With manual mode)
OK
>> GO TO 7. (Without manual mode)
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual
Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road
Test”.
F
G
H
I
J
SCIA4366E
3.CHECK MANUAL MODE FUNCTION
K
Move to manual mode from "D" position.
Does it switch to manual mode?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-158, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform
Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
4.CHECK SHIFT-UP FUNCTION
L
M
During manual mode driving, is upshift from M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6 performed?
Read the gear position. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is upshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform
Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
N
O
5.CHECK SHIFT-DOWN FUNCTION
P
During manual mode driving, is downshift from M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 → M1 performed?
Read the gear position. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform
Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-41
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION
Check engine brake.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> Mark the box of CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How
to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Then continue trouble diagnosis.
7.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.)
Accelerate vehicle to 2/8-way throttle depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in overdrive-off mode" on the CVT-28, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate
Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
8.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 3
SCIA6644E
1.
2.
3.
4.
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.)
Accelerate vehicle to 2/8 way throttle depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in "D" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" .
Continue “Road Test”.
9.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 4
SCIA6644E
1.
2.
3.
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “L” position.
Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in "L" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform
Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" .
Continue “Road Test”.
10.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 5
1.
2.
SCIA4366E
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-42
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.)
4. Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in overdrive-off mode" on the CVT-28, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate
Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
11.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
B
CVT
SCIA4366E
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.)
Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator
pedal constantly.
E
F
Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43,
"Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Mark the box CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not
Change in "D" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" .
Continue “Road Test”.
12.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 1
D
G
H
SCIA4366E
1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Check engine brake. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.)
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “D” position?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”.
I
J
K
13.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 2
1. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.)
2. Check engine brake.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “D” position?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”.
14.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 3
INFOID:0000000005284115
Numerical value data are reference values.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-43
M
N
1. Move selector lever to “L” position.
2. Check engine brake.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “L” position?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
NO
>> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to
Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Then continue trouble diagnosis.
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears
L
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine type
Throttle position
Engine speed (rpm)
Shift pattern
At 40 km/h (25 MPH)
At 60 km/h (37 MPH)
3,300 - 4,300
4,300 - 5,200
“D” position
1,200 - 3,100
1,300 - 3,500
Overdrive-off mode
2,200 - 3,000
2,800 - 3,600
“L” position
3,400 - 4,300
4,100 - 5,000
3,400 - 4,200
4,300 - 5,100
1,400 - 2,200
1,600 - 2,400
“D” position
8/8
Overdrive-off mode
“L” position
QR25DE
2/8
“D” position
8/8
Overdrive-off mode
“L” position
MR20DE
“D” position
2/8
Overdrive-off mode
2,200 - 3,000
2,800 - 3,600
“L” position
3,600 - 4,400
4,000 - 4,900
CAUTION:
Lock-up clutch is engaged when vehicle speed is approximately 18 km/h (11 MPH) to 90 km/h (56 MPH).
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284116
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
WCIA0718E
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR TCM
Data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
1
W/B
Transmission
range switch “R”
position
2
P/B
Transmission
range switch “N”
position
3
G/O
Transmission
range switch “D”
position
4
GR
Transmission
range switch “L”
position
5
B
Condition
Selector lever in “R” position.
When setting selector lever to other positions
Selector lever in “N” position
When setting selector lever to other positions
Selector lever in “D” position
When setting selector lever to other positions
Selector lever in “L” position
When setting selector lever to other positions
Ground
6
P/L
K-LINE
7
W/R
Sensor ground
8
G/W
9
L/R
Always
Data (Approx.)
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
0V
0V
—
—
Always
0V
ROM assembly
—
—
ROM assembly
—
—
Revision: January 2010
CVT-44
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
10
BR/R
ROM assembly
11
BR/W
Transmission
range switch “P”
position
13
V
CVT fluid temperature sensor
14
LG
Primary pressure sensor
V/W
Secondary pressure sensor
Condition
Data (Approx.)
—
—
Selector lever in “P” position
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions
0V
When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F)
2.0 V
When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F)
1.0 V
—
A
—
—
B
CVT
D
E
15
and
“N” position idle
1.0 V
F
25
W/R
Sensor ground
Always
0V
G
—
26
L/O
5.0 V
Sensor power
H
—
0V
Within 2 seconds after ignition switch ON, the time measurement by using
the pulse width measurement function (Hi level) of CONSULT-III.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
10.0 msec
CAN-L
—
—
CAN-H
—
—
I
27
R/G
Step motor D
28
R
Step motor C
29
O/B
Step motor B
30
G/R
Step motor A
31
P
32
L
33
LG/R
Primary speed
sensor
When driving [“L” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)].
880 Hz
L
34
W
Secondary
speed sensor
When driving [“D” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)].
430 Hz
M
37
L/W
Lock-up select
solenoid valve
38
G
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
When vehicle cruises in
“D” position.
5.0 - 7.0 V
W/G
Secondary pressure solenoid
valve
Release your foot from the accelerator pedal.
39
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down.
3.0 - 4.0 V
Release your foot from the accelerator pedal.
5.0 - 7.0 V
40
R/Y
Line pressure
solenoid valve
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down.
1.0 V
42
B
Selector lever in “P” or “N” positions
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in
“R”, “D” or “L” positions
and
Ground
Revision: January 2010
10.0 msec
J
30.0 msec
K
Battery voltage
0V
When CVT performs lock-up.
6.0 V
When CVT does not perform lock-up.
1.5 V
Always
CVT-45
30.0 msec
0V
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal
Wire
color
45
Y/R
46
Y
47
Y/R
48
Y
Item
Power supply
(memory backup)
Condition
Data (Approx.)
Always
Battery voltage
—
Battery voltage
—
0V
Power supply
Power supply
(memory backup)
Always
Battery voltage
—
Battery voltage
—
0V
Power supply
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)
INFOID:0000000005284117
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown below.
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
the indications on CONSULT-III.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly.
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the TCM can be read.
CAN diagnostic support monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
CALIB data
Characteristic information for TCM and CVT assembly can be read.
Function test
Performed by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK” or
“NG”.
ECU part number
TCM part number can be read.
CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer
reading.
PRI SPEED SEN
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
SEC HYDR SEN
“N” position idle
1.0 V
When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F)
2.0 V
When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F)
1.0 V
VIGN SEN
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
VEHICLE SPEED
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer
reading.
PRI SPEED
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
VSP SENSOR
ESTM VSP SIG
ATF TEMP SEN
Revision: January 2010
CVT-46
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC SPEED
During driving
45 X Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
ENG SPEED
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
GEAR RATIO
During driving
2.34 - 0.39
ACC PEDAL OPEN
Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed
accelerator pedal
0.0/8 - 8.0/8
SEC PRESS
“N” position idle
1.3 MPa
STM STEP
During driving
0 step – 177 step
Lock-up “OFF”
0.0 A
Lock-up “ON”
0.7 A
Release your foot from the accelerator pedal.
0.8 A
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down.
0.0 A
Secondary pressure low - Secondary pressure
high
0.8 - 0.0 A
Lock-up “OFF”
0.0 A
Lock-up “ON”
0.7 A
“N” position idle
0.8 A
When stalled
0.3 - 0.6 A
“N” position idle
0.6 - 0.7 A
When stalled
0.4 - 0.6 A
ISOLT1
ISOLT2
ISOLT3
SOLMON1
SOLMON2
SOLMON3
P POSITION SW
R POSITION SW
N POSITION SW
D POSITION SW
L POSITION SW
BRAKE SW
FULL SW
IDLE SW
SPORT MODE SW
INDLRNG
INDDRNG
INDNRNG
Revision: January 2010
Selector lever in “P” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “R” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “N“ position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “D” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “L” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Depressed brake pedal
ON
Released brake pedal
OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal
ON
Released accelerator pedal
OFF
Released accelerator pedal
ON
Fully depressed accelerator pedal
OFF
When OD OFF indicator lamp is off.
ON
When OD OFF indicator lamp is on.
OFF
Selector lever in “L” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “D” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “N“ position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
CVT-47
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item name
INDRRNG
INDPRNG
SPORT MODE IND
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
Selector lever in “R” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “P” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
When sport mode
ON
Other conditions
OFF
During driving
Changes ON ⇔ OFF.
Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever
in “R”, “D” or “L” position
OFF
Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever
in “R”, “D” or “L” position
OFF
ABS operate
ON
Other conditions
OFF
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position
N·P
Selector lever in “R” position
R
Selector lever in “D” position
D
Selector lever in “L” position
L
SMCOIL D
SMCOIL C
SMCOIL B
SMCOIL A
LUSEL SOL OUT
LUSEL SOL MON
ABS ON
RANGE
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Display Item List
Item name
Description
ENGINE BRAKE ADJ.
The engine brake level setting can be canceled.
CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN
The CVT fluid deterioration level can be checked.
Engine Brake Adjustment
“ENGINE BRAKE LEVEL”
0: Initial set value (Engine brake level control is activated)
OFF: Engine brake level control is deactivated.
CAUTION:
Mode of “+1”“0”“-1”“-2”“OFF” can be selected by pressing the “UP”“DOWN” on CONSULT-III screen.
However, do not select mode other than “0” and “OFF”. If the “+1” or “-1” or “-2” is selected, that
might cause the irregular driveability.
Check CVT Fluid Deterioration Date
“CVTF DETERIORATION DATE”
More than 210000:
It is necessary to change CVT fluid.
Less than 210000:
It is not necessary to change CVT fluid.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
CVT-48
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Touch “CLEAR” after changing CVT fluid, and then erase “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE”.
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
After performing self-diagnosis, place check marks for results on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Reference pages are provided following the items.
Display Items List
B
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-III
screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
CVT
2
“TRANSMISSION” with
CONSULT-III
MIL* , “ENGINE” with
CONSULT-III
or GST
Reference
D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
When TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more
U1000
U1000
CVT-54
CONTROL UNIT
(CAN)
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of TCM
U1010
U1010
CVT-57
BRAKE SWITCH B
When the brake switch does not switch to ON or OFF
P0703
—
CVT-58
T/M RANGE
SWITCH A
TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal (based on
the gear position) from the switch.
P0705
P0705
CVT-60
FLUID TEMP
SENSOR A
During running, the CVT fluid temperature sensor signal voltage is excessively high or low
P0710
P0710
CVT-65
INPUT SPEED
SENSOR A
• Primary speed sensor signal is not input due to an open circuit
• An unexpected signal is input when vehicle is being driven
P0715
P0715
CVT-70
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
• Signal from secondary speed sensor not input due to open
or short circuit
• Unexpected signal input during running
P0720
P0720
CVT-75
ENGINE SPEED
• TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from
the ECM
• Engine speed is too low while driving
P0725
INCORRECT GR
RATIO
Unexpected gear ratio detected
P0730
—
CVT-82
TORQUE CONVERTER
Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to open or short
circuit
P0740
P0740
CVT-83
TORQUE CONVERTER
• CVT cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value
with slip rotation
• There is big difference engine speed and primary speed
when TCM lock-up signal is on
P0744
P0744
CVT-88
L/PRESS SOL/
CIRC
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to open or short
circuit
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value
P0745
P0745
CVT-90
PC SOLENOID A
Unexpected gear ratio was detected in the LOW side due to
excessively low line pressure
P0746
P0746
CVT-95
PC SOLENOID B
Secondary pressure is too high or too low compared with the
commanded value while driving
P0776
P0776
CVT-97
O
PC SOLENOID B
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value
P0778
P0778
CVT-99
P
UP/DOWN SHIFT
SWITCH
When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, a
malfunction is detected.
P0826
—
CVT-104
FLUID PRESS
SEN/SW A
Signal voltage of the secondary pressure sensor is too high
or too low while driving
P0840
P0840
CVT-109
Revision: January 2010
CVT-49
E
F
G
H
I
—
CVT-80
J
K
L
M
N
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-III
screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
FLUID PRESS
SEN/SW A
“TRANSMISSION” with
CONSULT-III
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with
CONSULT-III
or GST
Correlation between the values of the secondary pressure
sensor and the primary pressure sensor is out of specification
P0841
—
CVT-113
FLUID PRESS
LOW
Secondary fluid pressure is too low compared with the commanded value while driving
P0868
—
CVT-115
TCM
• When the power supply to the TCM is cut OFF, for example
because the battery is removed, and the self-diagnosis
memory function stops
• This is not a malfunction message (Whenever shutting
OFF a power supply to the TCM, this message appears on
the screen)
P1701
—
CVT-117
TP SENSOR
TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position
signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM
P1705
—
CVT-121
• CAN communication with the ABS actuator and the electric
unit (control unit) is malfunctioning
• There is a great difference between the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and the electric unit (control
unit), and the vehicle speed sensor signal
P1722
—
CVT-123
SPEED SENSOR
A rotation sensor error is detected because the gear does not
change in accordance with the position of the stepping motor
CAUTION:
One of the “P0720”, the “P0715” or the “P0725“ is displayed with the DTC at the same time
P1723
—
CVT-125
THROTTLE CONTROL SIG
The electronically controlled throttle for ECM is malfunctioning
P1726
—
CVT-127
SLCT SOLENOID
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value
P1740
P1740
CVT-128
LINE PRESS
CONTROL
TCM detects the unexpected line pressure
P1745
—
CVT-133
STEP MOTOR
Each coil of the step motor is not energized properly due to
an open or a short
P1777
P1777
CVT-134
STEP MOTOR
There is a great difference between the number of steps for
the stepping motor and for the actual gear ratio
P1778
P1778
CVT-138
NO DTC IS DETECTED: FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
No NG item has been detected
X
X
—
VEHICLE
SPEED*3
Reference
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: Refer to CVT-25, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
*3: Models without ABS does not indicate.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Display Items List
Revision: January 2010
CVT-50
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
X: Standard, —: Not applicable,
: Option
A
Monitor item selection
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
VSP SENSOR (km/h or mph)
X
—
Secondary speed sensor
ESTM VSP SIG (km/h or mph)
X
—
Models without ABS dose not indicate
PRI SPEED SEN (rpm)
X
—
ENG SPEED SIG (rpm)
X
—
SEC HYDR SEN (V)
X
—
PRI HYDR SEN (V)
X
—
Not mounted but displayed
ATF TEMP SEN (V)
X
—
CVT fluid temperature sensor
VIGN SEN (V)
X
—
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h or mph)
—
X
Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM
PRI SPEED (rpm)
—
X
Primary pulley speed
SEC SPEED (rpm)
—
—
Secondary pulley speed
ENG SPEED (rpm)
—
X
Monitored item (Unit)
SLIP REV (rpm)
—
X
GEAR RATIO
—
X
G SPEED (G)
—
—
Remarks
B
D
E
F
G
H
Difference between engine speed and primary
pulley speed
I
Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by
the TCM
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used for
control is displayed
ACC PEDAL OPEN (0.0/8)
X
X
TRQ RTO
—
—
SEC PRESS (MPa)
—
X
PRI PRESS (MPa)
—
X
Not mounted but displayed
ATFTEMP COUNT
—
X
Means CVT fluid temperature. Actual oil temperature (°C) cannot be checked unless a numeric
value is converted. Refer to CVT-12, "ATFTEMP
COUNT Conversion Table".
DSR REV (rpm)
—
—
DGEAR RATIO
—
—
DSTM STEP (step)
—
—
STM STEP (step)
—
X
LU PRS (MPa)
—
—
LINE PRS (MPa)
—
—
TGT SEC PRESS (MPa)
—
—
ISOLT1 (A)
—
X
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve output
current
ISOLT2 (A)
—
X
Line pressure solenoid valve output current
ISOLT3 (A)
—
X
Secondary pressure solenoid valve output current
Revision: January 2010
CVT-51
CVT
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item selection
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
SOLMON1 (A)
X
X
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve monitor
current
SOLMON2 (A)
X
X
Line pressure solenoid valve monitor current
SOLMON3 (A)
X
X
Secondary pressure solenoid valve monitor current
P POSITION SW (ON/OFF)
X
—
R POSITION SW (ON/OFF)
X
—
N POSITION SW (ON/OFF)
X
—
D POSITION SW (ON/OFF)
X
—
L POSITION SW (ON/OFF)
X
—
BRAKE SW (ON/OFF)
X
X
FULL SW (ON/OFF)
X
X
IDLE SW (ON/OFF)
X
X
SPORT MODE SW (ON/OFF)
X
X
STRDWNSW (ON/OFF)*
X
—
STRUPSW (ON/OFF)*
X
—
DOWNLVR (ON/OFF)
X
—
UPLVR (ON/OFF)
X
—
NON MMODE (ON/OFF)
X
—
MMODE (ON/OFF)
X
—
INDLRNG (ON/OFF)
—
—
“L” position indicator output
INDDRNG (ON/OFF)
—
—
“D” position indicator output
INDNRNG (ON/OFF)
—
—
“N” position indicator output
INDRRNG (ON/OFF)
—
—
“R” position indicator output
INDPRNG (ON/OFF)
—
—
“P” position indicator output
CVTLAMP (ON/OFF)
—
—
SPORT MODE IND (ON/OFF)
—
—
MMODE IND (ON/OFF)
—
—
Not mounted but displayed
SMCOIL D (ON/OFF)
—
—
Step motor coil “D” energizing status
SMCOIL C (ON/OFF)
—
—
Step motor coil “C” energizing status
SMCOIL B (ON/OFF)
—
—
Step motor coil “B” energizing status
SMCOIL A (ON/OFF)
—
—
Step motor coil “A” energizing status
LUSEL SOL OUT (ON/OFF)
—
—
LUSEL SOL MON (ON/OFF)
—
—
VDC ON (ON/OFF)
X
—
TCS ON (ON/OFF)
X
—
Monitored item (Unit)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-52
Remarks
Stop lamp switch (Signal input with CAN communication)
Signal input with CAN communication
Responds only to vehicles with Manual mode
Not mounted but displayed
Not mounted but displayed
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item selection
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
A
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
ABS ON (ON/OFF)
X
—
Models without ABS dose not indicate
ACC ON (ON/OFF)
X
—
Not mounted but displayed
Monitored item (Unit)
Remarks
B
CVT
RANGE
—
X
Indicates position is recognized by TCM. Indicates a specific value required for control when
fail-safe function is activated
M GEAR POS
—
X
Not mounted but displayed
Voltage (V)
—
—
Displays the value measured by the voltage
probe
Frequency (Hz)
—
—
DUTY-HI (high) (%)
—
—
DUTY-LOW (low) (%)
—
—
PLS WIDTH-HI (ms)
—
—
PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms)
—
—
The value measured by the pulse probe is displayed
D
E
F
G
*: With QR25DE
Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III
INFOID:0000000005284118
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)
H
I
Refer to EC-138, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" .
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-53
2010 Sentra
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description
INFOID:0000000005284119
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284120
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “U1000” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other
control units.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284121
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284122
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-56, "Diagnosis Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-54
2010 Sentra
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - CAN
INFOID:0000000005284123
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BCWA0736E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-55
2010 Sentra
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284124
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-56
2010 Sentra
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284125
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission CVT
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284126
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “U1010” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other
control units.
Possible Cause
E
INFOID:0000000005284127
F
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284128
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
G
H
I
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
WITH GST
K
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284129
1.CHECK DTC
L
With CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform “DTC confirmation procedure”. Refer to CVT-57, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Is any malfunction of the “U1010” indicated?
YES >> Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-57
2010 Sentra
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B
Description
INFOID:0000000005284130
ON, OFF status of the stop lamp switch is sent via the CAN communication from the combination meter to
TCM using the signal.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
Item name
BRAKE SW
INFOID:0000000005284131
Condition
Display value
Depressed brake pedal
ON
Released brake pedal
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284132
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0703” with CONSULT-III is detected when the stop lamp switch does not switch to
ON and OFF.
- The stop lamp switch does not switch to ON and OFF.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284133
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch, and combination meter circuit are open or shorted.)
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284134
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Start vehicle for at least 3 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284135
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “BRAKE SW”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-58
2010 Sentra
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item name
BRAKE SW
Condition
Display value
Depressed brake pedal
ON
Released brake pedal
OFF
A
B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
CVT
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminals 1 and 2. Refer to CVT-146, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC".
Condition
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
D
E
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-8.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.
• Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter.
NG
>> Repair or replace the stop lamp switch.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-59
2010 Sentra
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284136
• The transmission range switch is installed to upper part of transaxle case.
• The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
Item name
P POSITION SW
R POSITION SW
N POSITION SW
D POSITION SW
L POSITION SW
RANGE
INFOID:0000000005284137
Condition
Display value
Selector lever in “P” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “R” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “N“ position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “D” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “L” position
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position
N·P
Selector lever in “R” position
R
Selector lever in “D” position
D
Selector lever in “L” position
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284138
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0705” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM dose not receive the correct voltage signal from the switch based on the gear position.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284139
• Harness or connectors
(The transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Transmission range switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284140
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
VEHICLE SPEED: More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
ENG SPEED: More than 450 rpm
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-60
2010 Sentra
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH GST
A
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Wiring Diagram - CVT - TR/SW
INFOID:0000000005284141
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABDWA0166GB
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Revision: January 2010
CVT-61
2010 Sentra
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284142
1. CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SW SIGNALS
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Item name
P POSITION SW
R POSITION SW
N POSITION SW
D POSITION SW
L POSITION SW
1.
2.
Condition
Display value
When setting selector lever to “P” position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
When setting selector lever to “R” position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
When setting selector lever to “N” positions.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
When setting selector lever to “D” position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
When setting selector lever to “L” position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground while moving selector lever through each
position.
Selector lever position
Terminal
11
1
2
3
4
P
B
0
0
0
0
R
0
B
0
0
0
N
0
0
B
0
0
D
0
0
0
B
0
L
0
0
0
0
B
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-62
2010 Sentra
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness
connector terminals.
Selector lever position
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
P
2 - 5, 6 - 7
R
5-8
Yes
*Continuity
should not
exist in positions other
than the
specified
positions.
N
F26
3 - 5, 6 - 7
D
4-5
L
1-5
A
B
CVT
SCIA8165E
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT
Check transmission range switch again with control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly.
Refer to test group 2.
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
NG
>> Check transmission range switch (Refer to test group 1) again after adjusting transmission
range switch (Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch").
• If OK, INSPECTION END
• If NG, repair or replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range
Switch".
F
G
H
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
I
Check the following items.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transmission range switch.
• Harness for short or open between transmission range switch and TCM.
• 10A fuse [No.14, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
K
5.CHECK DTC
L
Perform CVT-60, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
M
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284143
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Revision: January 2010
CVT-63
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness
connector terminals.
Selector lever position
Terminal
Continuity
P
2 - 5, 6 - 7
R
5-8
Yes
*Continuity
should not
exist in positions other
than the
specified
positions.
N
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connector
F26
3 - 5, 6 - 7
D
4-5
L
1-5
SCIA8165E
If NG, check again with control cable (2) disconnected from
manual shaft of CVT assembly. Refer to step 1.
(1): Manual shaft
(A): Lock nut
If OK on step 2, adjust control cable (2). Refer to CVT-172,
"Adjustment of CVT Position".
If NG on step 2, remove transmission range switch from CVT
and check continuity of transmission range switch terminals.
Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 4, adjust transmission range switch. Refer to CVTSCIA6625J
173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch".
If NG on step 4, replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-64
2010 Sentra
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284144
• The CVT fluid temperature sensor is included in the control valve assembly.
• The CVT fluid temperature sensor detects the CVT fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284145
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
ATF TEMP SEN
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F)
2.0 V
When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F)
1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
INFOID:0000000005284146
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0710” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or
high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause
G
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284148
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
4.
F
INFOID:0000000005284147
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CVT fluid temperature sensor
1.
2.
3.
E
I
J
K
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 14 minutes (Total).
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
RANGE: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-65
2010 Sentra
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - FTS
INFOID:0000000005284149
BCWA0738E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer toCVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-66
2010 Sentra
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284150
A
1. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SEN”.
B
CVT
Item name
ATF TEMP SEN
1.
2.
Condition
Display value
(Approx.)
When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C
(68°F)
2.0 V
When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C
(176°F)
1.0 V
D
E
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Name
Connector
Terminal
CVT fluid temperature sensor
F23
13 - 25
F
Temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage
(Approx.)
20 (68)
2.0 V
80 (176)
1.0 V
G
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
2. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminals.
L
Name
Connector
Terminal
CVT fluid temperature sensor
F23
13 - 25
Temperature
°C (°F)
Resistance
(Approx.)
20 (68)
6.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.9 kΩ
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
N
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B).
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-67
2010 Sentra
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and
CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
13
CVT unit harness connector
F46
17
TCM
F23
25
CVT unit harness connector
F46
19
Continuity
Yes
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA8169E
4. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals.
Name
Connector
Terminal
CVT fluid
temperature
sensor
F46
17 - 19
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
(Approx.)
20 (68)
6.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.9 kΩ
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SCIA4679E
5.CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”.
Is only “P0710” detected?
YES >> Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
NO
>> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284151
CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-68
2010 Sentra
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals.
Name
Connector
Terminal
CVT fluid
temperature
sensor
F46
17 - 19
4.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
(Approx.)
20 (68)
6.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.9 kΩ
If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”.
A
B
CVT
SCIA4679E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-69
2010 Sentra
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284152
The primary speed sensor detects the primary pulley revolution speed and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284153
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
PRI SPEED SEN
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284154
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0715” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper signal from the sensor.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284155
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Primary speed sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284156
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-70
2010 Sentra
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - PRSCVT
INFOID:0000000005284157
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BCWA0739E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-71
2010 Sentra
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284158
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “VSP SENSOR”.
Item name
Condition
Display value
PRI SPEED SEN
During driving (lock-up
ON)
Approximately matches
the speedometer reading.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check power supply to primary speed sensor by voltage between TCM connector terminals 25, 46 and
48. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram".
Item
Connector
TCM
F23
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
25 - 46
Battery voltage
25 - 48
If OK, check the pulse when vehicle cruises.
Name
Condition
Primary speed sensor
When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in “L” position, use the
CONSULT-III pulse frequency measuring function.
CAUTION:
Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
33
Data (Approx.)
Name
Primary speed sensor
880 Hz
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK POWER AND SENSOR GROUND
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the primary speed sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-72
2010 Sentra
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminals.
Item
Primary speed sensor
Connector
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
F38
3-1
Battery voltage
A
B
CVT
SCIA8259E
D
5.
Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
Item
Primary speed sensor
Connector
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
F38
3 - ground
Battery voltage
6. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
7. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG - 1 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and
3, terminals 1 and ground: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3 only: GO TO 7.
E
F
G
SCIA8260E
H
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and primary speed sensor harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and primary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal.
I
J
Connector
Terminal
TCM
Item
F23
33
Primary speed sensor
F38
2
Continuity
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
L
SCIA8173E
M
5. CHECK THE TCM SHORT
Replace same type TCM, perform self-diagnosis check. Erase self-diagnostic results and them drive the vehicle [more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)], perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Is “P0715 PRI SPEED SEN” detected again?
YES >> Replace the Primary speed sensor. Refer to CVT-184, "Primary Speed Sensor".
NO
>> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR (POWER)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector, IPDM E/R connector, primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor
harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM connector terminals, IPDM E/R harness connector terminal, primary
speed sensor harness connector terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal. Refer
to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-73
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM*
F23
46, 48
IPDM E/R*
E43
14
Primary speed sensor*
F38
3
Secondary speed sensor*
F30
3
Continuity
Yes
*: Vehicle side
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> 10 A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R) or ignition switch are malfunctioning.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR (SENSOR GROUND)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and primary speed sensor harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM (A) connector terminal and primary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
25
primary speed sensor
F38
1
Continuity
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SCIA8175E
8.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-74
2010 Sentra
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284159
The secondary speed sensor detects the revolution of the CVT output shaft and emits a pulse signal. The
pulse signal is sent to the TCM, which converts it into vehicle speed.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284160
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value
VSP SENSOR
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
INFOID:0000000005284161
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0720” with CONSULT-III is detected TCM does not receive the proper signal from
the sensor.
E
Possible Cause
F
INFOID:0000000005284162
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Secondary speed sensor
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284163
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 12 consecutive seconds.
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
L
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-75
2010 Sentra
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SESCVT
INFOID:0000000005284164
BCWA0740E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-76
2010 Sentra
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284165
A
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “VSP SENSOR”.
B
CVT
Item name
Condition
Display value
VSP SENSOR
During driving
Approximately matches
the speedometer reading.
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
2. CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check power supply to secondary speed sensor by voltage between TCM connector terminals 7, 46 and
48. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram".
3.
Item
Connector
TCM
F23
Terminal
H
Battery voltage
7 - 48
If OK, check the pulse when vehicle cruises.
Secondary speed
sensor
G
Data (Approx.)
7- 46
Name
F
I
Condition
When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in “D” position, use the
CONSULT-III pulse frequency measuring function.
CAUTION:
Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
34
J
K
Data (Approx.)
Name
Secondary speed sensor
L
430 Hz
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
3. CHECK POWER AND SENSOR GROUND
N
1.
2.
3.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the secondary speed sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-77
2010 Sentra
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminals.
Item
Secondary speed sensor
Connector
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
F30
3-1
Battery voltage
SCIA8259E
5.
Check voltage between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
Item
Secondary speed sensor
Connector
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
F30
3 - ground
Battery voltage
6. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
7. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
SCIA8260E
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG - 1 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3, terminals 1 and ground: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3 only: GO TO 7.
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
34
Secondary speed sensor
F30
2
Continuity
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SCIA8177E
5. CHECK THE TCM SHORT
Replace same type TCM, perform self-diagnosis check. Erase self-diagnostic results and them drive the vehicle [more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)], perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Is “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR CVT” detected again?
YES >> Replace the Secondary speed sensor. Refer to CVT-185, "Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE)".
NO
>> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR (POWER)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector, IPDM E/R connector, primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor
harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM connector terminals, IPDM E/R harness connector terminal, primary
speed sensor harness connector terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal. Refer
to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-78
2010 Sentra
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM*
F23
46, 48
IPDM E/R*
E43
14
Primary speed sensor*
F38
3
Secondary speed sensor*
F30
3
Continuity
A
Yes
B
CVT
*: Vehicle side
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> 10 A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R) or ignition switch are malfunctioning.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR (SENSOR GROUND)
E
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
7
Secondary speed sensor
F30
1
G
Continuity
Yes
H
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SCIA8255E
I
8.CHECK DTC
J
Perform CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
K
9.CHECK TCM
L
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-79
2010 Sentra
P0725 ENGINE SPEED
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0725 ENGINE SPEED
Description
INFOID:0000000005284166
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284167
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
ACC PEDAL OPEN
Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal
0.0/8 - 8.0/8
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284168
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0725” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the engine
speed signal (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284169
Harness or connectors
(The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284170
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
PRI SPEED SEN: More than 1000 rpm
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284171
1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III
Function (ENGINE)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
1.
2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
1.
2.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-80
2010 Sentra
P0725 ENGINE SPEED
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If DTC of CAN communication line is detected, go to CVT-54.
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
1.
2.
3.
A
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
While monitoring “ENG SPEED SIG”, check for engine speed change corresponding to “ACC PEDAL
OPEN”.
Item name
Condition
Display value
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
ACC PEDAL OPEN
Released accelerator
pedal - Fully depressed
accelerator pedal
0.0/8 - 8.0/8
B
CVT
D
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check ignition signal circuit. Refer to EC-561.
F
4. CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-80, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
H
5. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-81
2010 Sentra
P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO
Description
INFOID:0000000005284172
TCM selects the gear ratio using the engine load (throttle position), the primary pulley revolution speed, and
the secondary pulley revolution speed as input signal. Then it changes the operating pressure of the primary
pulley and the secondary pulley and changes the groove width of the pulley.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284173
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
GEAR RATIO
During driving
2.34 - 0.39
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284174
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• TCM calculates the actual gear ratio with primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0730” with CONSULT-III is detected, when TCM receives an unexpected gear
ratio signal.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284175
Transaxle assembly
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284176
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to
increase the voltage (cool down the fluid)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds.
TEST START FROM 0 km/h (0 MPH)
CONSTANT ACCELERATION: Keep 30 sec or more
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284177
1.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-82, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Are any DTC displayed?
YES - 1>> DTC except for “P0730” is displayed: Go to Check the DTC detected item. Refer to CVT-46,
"CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
YES - 2>> DTC for “P0730” is displayed: Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and
Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NO
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
CVT-82
2010 Sentra
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284178
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehi- B
cle speed and accelerator pedal position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will then be controlled.
• Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when CVT fluid temperature is too low.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not
CVT
change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284179
D
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
ISOLT1
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
Lock-up OFF
0.0 A
Lock-up ON
0.7 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
E
INFOID:0000000005284180
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0740” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
- TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
G
INFOID:0000000005284181
H
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284182
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III and wait at least 10 consecutive
seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
I
J
K
L
M
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-83
2010 Sentra
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - TCV
INFOID:0000000005284183
BCWA0741E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-84
2010 Sentra
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284184
A
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “ISOLT1”.
B
CVT
Item name
ISOLT1
1.
2.
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
Lock-up OFF
0.0 A
Lock-up ON
0.7 A
D
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Torque converter
clutch solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
F23
38 ground
F
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
When vehicle cruises
in “D” position
E
Lock-up ON
6.0 V
Lock-up OFF
1.5 V
G
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance
(Approx.)
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
F23
38 - Ground
3-9Ω
K
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B).
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-85
2010 Sentra
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between TCM connector terminal (A) and CVT
unit harness connector terminal (B).
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
38
CVT unit harness connector
F46
12
Continuity
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. If OK, check continuity between ground and CVT assembly.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA8182E
4.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid Valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
F46
12 - Ground
3-9Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SCIA4684E
5.CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”.
Is only “P0740” detected?
YES >> Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
NO
>> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284185
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-86
2010 Sentra
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid Valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
F46
12 - Ground
3-9Ω
4.
A
B
CVT
If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANMISSION”.
SCIA4684E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-87
2010 Sentra
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
Description
INFOID:0000000005284186
• This malfunction is detected when the torque converter clutch does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM.
This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted), but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284187
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
PRI SPEED SEN
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
•
•
-
INFOID:0000000005284188
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “P0744” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
When CVT cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
When TCM compares difference value with slip revolution and detects an irregularity.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284189
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284190
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following condition for at least 30 seconds.
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
[Vehicle speed: Constant speed of more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
If DTC is detected go to CVT-88, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284191
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle.
Check if there is a great difference between “ENG SPEED SIG” and “PRI SPEED SEN”. (Lock-up ON.)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-88
2010 Sentra
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item name
Condition
Display value
ENG SPEED SIG
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
PRI SPEED SEN
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches
the engine speed.
A
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
CVT
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
D
Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
E
F
Check the following:
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-86, "Component Inspection".
• Lock-up select solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-131, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
4.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
5.CHECK DTC
J
Perform CVT-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
K
6.CHECK TCM
L
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-89
2010 Sentra
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284192
• The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284193
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
ISOLT2
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
Release your foot from the accelerator pedal
0.8 A
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down
0.0 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
•
•
-
INFOID:0000000005284194
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “P0745” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284195
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284196
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-92, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-90
2010 Sentra
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - LPSV
INFOID:0000000005284197
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BCWA0742E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-91
2010 Sentra
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284198
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “ISOLT2”.
Item name
ISOLT2
1.
2.
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
Release your foot from the
accelerator pedal.
0.8 A
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down.
0.0 A
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Connector
Line pressure solenoid valve
F23
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Release your foot from
the accelerator pedal.
5.0 - 7.0 V
Press the accelerator
pedal all the way down.
1.0 V
Terminal
40 - ground
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F23
40 - ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
Line pressure solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA8184E
3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-92
2010 Sentra
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
A
B
Solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F46
2 - Ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
Line pressure solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)".
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
CVT
SCIA4686E
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector (B) and TCM connector (A).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT
unit harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
40
CVT unit harness connector
F46
2
E
F
Continuity
Yes
G
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. If OK, check continuity between ground and CVT assembly.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
SCIA8185E
I
5.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-90, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
K
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284199
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
L
M
N
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-93
2010 Sentra
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
4.
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F46
2 - Ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194,
"Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
SCIA4686E
Revision: January 2010
CVT-94
2010 Sentra
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284200
• The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284201
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
PRI PRESS
“N” position idle
0.3 - 0.7 MPa
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
INFOID:0000000005284202
E
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0746” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
- Unexpected gear ratio was detected in the LOW side due to excessively low line pressure.
F
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284203
• Line pressure control system
• Secondary speed sensor
• Primary speed sensor
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284204
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Test start from 0
km/h (0 MPH).
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) More than
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
K
L
M
N
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284205
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “PRI PRESS”.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
PRI PRESS
“N” position idle
0.3 - 0.7 MPa
Revision: January 2010
CVT-95
2010 Sentra
O
P
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Connector
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
F23
14 - Ground
“N” position idle
0.7 - 3.5 V
Primary pressure sensor
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
• The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-95, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly or TCM. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation
(MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
CVT-96
2010 Sentra
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284206
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the secondary pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284207
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC PRESS
“N” position idle
0.5 MPa
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
INFOID:0000000005284208
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0776” with CONSULT-III is detected when secondary pressure is too high or too
low compared with the commanded value while driving.
E
Possible Cause
F
INFOID:0000000005284209
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve system
• Secondary pressure sensor
• Line pressure control system
G
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284210
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) More than
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-97, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
I
J
K
L
M
N
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284211
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC PRESS”.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC PRESS
“N” position idle
0.5 MPa
Revision: January 2010
CVT-97
2010 Sentra
O
P
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection".
• Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
• The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-97, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
CVT-98
2010 Sentra
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284212
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284213
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
ISOLT3
Secondary pressure low - Secondary pressure high
0.8 - 0.0 A
“N” position idle
0.6 - 0.7 A
When stalled
0.4 - 0.6 A
SOLMON3
On Board Diagnosis Logic
•
•
-
D
E
INFOID:0000000005284214
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “P0778” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity.
Possible Cause
F
G
INFOID:0000000005284215
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284216
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
J
K
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-101, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-99
2010 Sentra
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPSV
INFOID:0000000005284217
BCWA0743E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-100
2010 Sentra
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284218
A
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “ISOLT3”.
B
CVT
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
ISOLT3
Secondary pressure low Secondary pressure high
0.8 - 0.0 A
1.
2.
D
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Secondary
pressure
solenoid
valve
Connector
F23
Terminal
39 - ground
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Release your foot from
the accelerator pedal.
5.0 - 7.0 V
Press the accelerator
pedal all the way down.
3.0 - 4.0 V
E
F
G
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
F23
39 - Ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
K
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA8189E
3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-101
2010 Sentra
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F46
3 - Ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
SCIA4688E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT
unit harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM connector
F23
39
CVT unit harness connector
F46
3
Continuity
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA8190E
5.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-99, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284219
SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-102
2010 Sentra
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid Valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
F46
3 - Ground
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
4.
If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194,
"Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
A
B
CVT
SCIA4688E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-103
2010 Sentra
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
Description
INFOID:0000000005284220
TCM sends the switch signals to combination meter via CAN communication line. Then manual mode switch
position is indicated on the CVT position indicator. For inspection, refer to CVT-106, "Diagnosis Procedure"
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Item name
MMODE
NON MMODE
STRDWN SW
STRUP
INFOID:0000000005284221
Condition
Display value
When manual mode
ON
Other than the above
OFF
When manual mode
OFF
Other than the above
ON
Steering shift switch: - side
ON
Other than the above
OFF
Steering shift switch: + side
ON
Other than the above
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284222
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0826” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM monitors Manual mode, Non
manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and then detects irregular with impossible input pattern for 1 second or more.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284223
• Harness or connectors
(These switches circuit is open or shorted.)
(TCM, and combination meter circuit are open or shorted.)
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Manual mode select switch.
• Manual mode position select switch.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284224
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Push manual mode switch“”.
Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go toCVT-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-104
2010 Sentra
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - MMSW
INFOID:0000000005284225
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABDWA0151GB
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-105
2010 Sentra
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284226
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH SIGNALS
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “STRDWNSW”, “STRUPSW”, “NONMMODE”, “MMODE”.
Item name
MMODE
NONMMODE
STRDWNSW
STRUPSW
Condition
Display value
When manual mode
ON
Other than the above
OFF
When manual mode
OFF
Other than the above
ON
Steering shift switch: - side
ON
Other than the above
OFF
Steering shift switch: + side
ON
Other than the above
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the
position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “- (down)” side (1st ⇔ 6th gear).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING SHIFT SWITCH AND MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check steering shift switch and manual mode switch. Refer to CVT-108, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK BETWEEN STEERING SHIFT SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spiral cable harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Check continuity between spiral cable harness connector terminals and combination meter harness connector terminals.
Item
4.
Connector
Terminal
Spiral cable harness connector
M30
25
Combination meter harness connector
M24
38
Spiral cable harness connector
M30
31
Combination meter harness connector
M24
40
Spiral cable harness connector
M30
33
Combination meter harness connector
M24
39
Continuity
Yes
Yes
Yes
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-106
2010 Sentra
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged harness.
A
5.CHECK BETWEEN MANUAL MODE SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect manual mode select switch harness connector.
Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector terminals and combination
meter harness connector terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Manual mode select switch harness connector
M103
1
Combination meter harness connector
M24
37
Manual mode select switch harness connector
M103
2
Combination meter harness connector
M24
38
B
CVT
Continuity
D
Yes
Yes
E
Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector and ground.
F
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
Manual mode select switch harness connector
M103
3 - ground
Yes
G
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged harness.
H
6.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
1.
2.
I
Disconnect spiral cable connector.
Check continuity between spiral cable connector terminals.
Item
Spiral cable connector
Connector
Terminal
M78
15
M30
33
M17
17
M31
31
M19
19
M25
25
Continuity
J
Yes
K
Yes
L
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33.
M
7.CHECK COMBINATION METER
N
Check combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation".
O
8.CHECK DTC
P
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to CVT-104, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK TCM
1.
Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-107
2010 Sentra
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284227
STEERING SHIFT SWITCH
Check continuity between spiral cable connector terminals.
Terminals
15 - 19
17 - 19
Operation
Continuity
While pushing steering shift switch (+ side)
Yes
Other condition
No
While pushing steering shift switch (- side)
Yes
Other condition
No
MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector terminals.
Terminals
1-3
2-3
Revision: January 2010
Operation
Continuity
When manual mode
No
Other condition
Yes
When not in manual mode
Yes
Other condition
No
CVT-108
2010 Sentra
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284228
• The secondary pressure sensor detects secondary pressure of CVT and sends TCM the signal.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284229
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
SEC HYDR SEN
SEC PRESS
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
“N” position idle
On Board Diagnosis Logic
1.0 V
D
1.3 MPa
INFOID:0000000005284230
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0840” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it receives the sensor signal.
Possible Cause
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284232
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
3.
4.
F
INFOID:0000000005284231
• Secondary pressure sensor
• Harness or connectors
(Switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that output voltage of line temperature sensor is within the range below.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to
increase the voltage (cool down the fluid)
Start engine and wait for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-111, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
I
J
K
L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-109
2010 Sentra
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPS
INFOID:0000000005284233
BCWA0744E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-110
2010 Sentra
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284234
A
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC HYDR SEN”.
B
CVT
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC HYDR SEN
“N” position idle
1.0 V
1.
2.
D
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Connector
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Secondary
pressure sensor
F23
15 - Ground
“N” position idle
1.0 V
E
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT
unit harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM connector
F23
15
CVT unit harness connector
F46
23
I
J
Continuity
K
YES
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power harness or connectors.
L
SCIA8194E
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR (SENSOR POWER AND
SENSOR GROUND)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B).
3. Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and
CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
26
CVT unit harness connector
F46
20
TCM
F23
25
CVT unit harness connector
F46
19
4.
5.
Revision: January 2010
N
O
Continuity
P
Yes
Yes
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Reinstall any part removed.
CVT-111
M
SCIA8193E
2010 Sentra
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER AND SENSOR GROUND
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Check voltage between CVT unit harness connector terminal.
Item
CVT unit harness connector (vehicle side)
Connector
Terminal
Data (Approx.)
F46
19 - 20
5.0 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III
Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”.
Is “P0840” detected?
YES (Only DTC P0840 detected)>>Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
YES (DTC P0840 and except DTC P0840 are detected)>>Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation
(QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NO
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-112
2010 Sentra
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284235
Using the engine load (throttle position), the primary pulley revolution speed, and the secondary pulley revolution speed as input signal, TCM changes the operating pressure of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley and changes the groove width of the pulley to control the gear ratio.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284236
B
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC HYDR SEN
“N” position idle
1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284237
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0841” with CONSULT-III is detected when correlation between the values of the
secondary pressure sensor and the primary pressure sensor is out of specification.
Possible Cause
D
E
F
INFOID:0000000005284238
G
• Secondary pressure sensor
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284239
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 12 consecutive seconds.
VEHICLE SPEED: 40 km/h (25 MPH) More than
RANGE: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
M
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
O
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC HYDR SEN”.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC HYDR SEN
“N” position idle
1.0 V
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
L
INFOID:0000000005284240
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
1.
2.
3.
K
CVT-113
2010 Sentra
P
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground.
Name
Secondary pressure sensor
Connector
Terminal
F23
15 - Ground
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
“N” position idle
1.0 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection".
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection".
• Step motor. Refer to CVT-137, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG6
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace TCM or transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-114
2010 Sentra
P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284241
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the secondary pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284242
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC PRESS
“N” position idle
0.5 MPa
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
INFOID:0000000005284243
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P0868” with CONSULT-III is detected when secondary fluid pressure is too low
compared with the commanded value while driving.
E
Possible Cause
F
INFOID:0000000005284244
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve system
• Secondary pressure sensor
• Line pressure control system
G
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284245
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to
increase the voltage (cool down the fluid)
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
VEHICLE SPEED (accelerate slowly): 0 → 50 km/h (31 MPH)
ACC PEDAL OPEN: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-115, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
K
L
M
N
O
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC PRESS”.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
SEC PRESS
“N” position idle
0.5 MPa
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: January 2010
J
INFOID:0000000005284246
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
I
CVT-115
2010 Sentra
P
P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection".
• Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
• The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
Revision: January 2010
CVT-116
2010 Sentra
P1701 TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1701 TCM
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284247
When the power supply to the TCM is cut OFF, for example because the battery is removed, and the self-diag- B
nosis memory function stops, malfunction is detected.
NOTE:
Since “P1701” will be indicated when replacing TCM, perform diagnosis after erasing “SELF-DIAG
CVT
RESULTS”
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284248
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1701” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the voltage signal from the battery power supply.
• This is not a malfunction message. (Whenever shutting OFF a power supply to the TCM, this message
appears on the screen.)
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284249
D
E
F
Harness or connectors
(Battery or ignition switch and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284250
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
H
I
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-117
2010 Sentra
P1701 TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER
INFOID:0000000005284251
AADWA0080GB
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-118
2010 Sentra
P1701 TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284252
A
1.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to CVT-24, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait for 5 seconds or more.
5. Start engine.
6. Confirm self-diagnostic results again. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the “P1701” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 1
1.
2.
Connector
Power supply
(memory backup)
F23
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Always
Battery
voltage
45 - Ground
47 - Ground
D
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
H
3.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 2
1.
2.
CVT
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
B
I
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground.
J
Name
Connector
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
K
Battery
voltage
Power supply
46 - Ground
L
0V
Power supply
M
Battery
voltage
F23
48 - Ground
N
0V
Power supply
(memory backup)
45 - Ground
47 - Ground
Always
O
Battery
voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
P
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
• Harness for short or open between battery and TCM connector terminal 45, 47
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM connector terminal 46, 48
Revision: January 2010
CVT-119
2010 Sentra
P1701 TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• 10 A fuse (No.49, located in the IPDM E/R)
• 20 A fuse (No.53, located in the IPDM E/R)
• Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check continuity between TCM connector terminals and ground.
Name
Connector
Ground
F23
Terminal
Continuity
5 - Ground
Yes
42 - Ground
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-120
2010 Sentra
P1705 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1705 TP SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284253
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends the signal to TCM with CAN
communication.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284254
B
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
ACC PEDAL OPEN
Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal
0.0/8 - 8.0/8
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284255
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1705” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper
accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284257
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
H
I
J
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it, then wait for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
K
INFOID:0000000005284258
L
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated?
YES >> Check the CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
N
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “ACC PEDAL OPEN”.
Item name
Condition
ACC PEDAL OPEN
Release accelerator pedal.
↓
Fully depressed accelerator pedal
0.0/8
↓
8.0/8
CVT-121
O
P
Display value (Approx.)
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
F
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
E
INFOID:0000000005284256
• ECM
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
2010 Sentra
P1705 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III
Function (ENGINE)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the DTC Detected Item. Go to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
1.
2.
4.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-122
2010 Sentra
P1722 VEHICLE SPEED
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1722 VEHICLE SPEED
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284259
The vehicle speed signal is transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to TCM by CAN communication line.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284260
CVT
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
ESTM VSP SIG
VEHICLE SPEED
Condition
Display value
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284261
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1722” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper vehicle speed signal (input by CAN communication) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Possible Cause
H
INFOID:0000000005284263
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
I
J
K
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ACC PEDAL OPEN: 1.0/8 or less
VEHICLE SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
L
M
INFOID:0000000005284264
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
N
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis check. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
Revision: January 2010
F
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
4.
E
INFOID:0000000005284262
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
1.
2.
3.
D
CVT-123
2010 Sentra
P
P1722 VEHICLE SPEED
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VEHICLE SPEED” and “ESTM VSP SIG”.
Item name
ESTM VSP SIG
VEHICLE SPEED
4.
Condition
Display value
During driving
Approximately matches
the speedometer reading.
Check if there is a great difference between the two values.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TCM
Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-124
2010 Sentra
P1723 SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1723 SPEED SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284265
• The secondary speed sensor detects the revolution of the parking gear and generates a pulse signal. The
pulse signal is sent to the TCM, which converts it into vehicle speed.
• The primary speed sensor detects the primary pulley revolution speed and sends a signal to the TCM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284266
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1723” with CONSULT-III is detected when there is a great difference between the
vehicle speed signal and the secondary speed sensor signal.
CAUTION:
One of the “P0720”, the “P0715” or the “P0725“ is displayed with the DTC at the same time.
F
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284268
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VEHICLE SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
H
I
J
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005284269
1.CHECK STEP MOTOR FUNCTION
N
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is a malfunction in the step motor function indicated in the results?
YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts. (Check the step motor function. Refer to CVT-138.)
NO
>> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM
Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
Check engine speed signal system. Refer to CVT-80.
Revision: January 2010
D
INFOID:0000000005284267
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Secondary speed sensor
• Primary speed sensor
• Engine speed signal system
3.
CVT
E
Possible Cause
1.
2.
B
CVT-125
2010 Sentra
P
P1723 SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to EC-561.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-117.
• The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-125, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace TCM or transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-126
2010 Sentra
P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284270
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends the signal to TCM with CAN
communication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284271
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1726” with CONSULT-III is detected when the electronically controlled throttle for
ECM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause
CVT
D
INFOID:0000000005284272
E
Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284273
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
F
G
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 second.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000005284274
J
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III
Function (ENGINE)".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the DTC Detected Item. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
• If CAN communication line is detected, go to CVT-54.
K
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
1.
2.
L
M
2.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
N
O
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
• The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-127
P
2010 Sentra
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
Description
INFOID:0000000005284275
• The lock-up select solenoid valve controls lock-up clutch pressure or forward clutch pressure (reverse brake
pressure).
• When controlling lock-up clutch, the valve is turned OFF. When controlling forward clutch, it is turned ON.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
Item name
LUSEL SOL OUT
LUSEL SOL MON
INFOID:0000000005284276
Condition
Display value
Selector lever in “P” and “N” positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever
in “R”, “D” and “L” positions
OFF
Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever
in “R”, “D” or “L” position
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284277
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1740” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
- When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284278
• Lock-up select solenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284279
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
RANGE: “D” position and “N” position
(At each time, wait for 5 seconds.)
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-128
2010 Sentra
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - L/USSV
INFOID:0000000005284280
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BCWA0747E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-129
2010 Sentra
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284281
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “LUSEL SOL OUT” and “LUSEL SOL MON”.
Item name
LUSEL SOL OUT
LUSEL SOL MON
1.
2.
Condition
Display value
Selector lever in “P” and “N”
positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds
with the selector lever in
“R”, “D” and “L” positions
OFF
Selector lever in “P” and “N”
positions
ON
Wait at least for 5 seconds
with the selector lever in
“R”, “D” and “L” positions
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Name
Lock-up
select solenoid valve
Connector
F23
Terminal
37 - Ground
Condition
Voltage
(Approx.)
Selector lever in “P” and
“N” positions
Battery
voltage
Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” and “L”
positions
0V
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect the TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Lock-up select solenoid
valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F23
37 - Ground
17 - 38 Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA8203E
3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-130
2010 Sentra
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
A
B
Solenoid valve
Lock-up select solenoid valve
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F46
13 - Ground
17 - 38 Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
CVT
SCIA4693E
D
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT harness connector (B).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT
unit harness connector (B) terminal.
E
F
Connector
Terminal
TCM
Item
F23
37
CVT unit harness connector
F46
13
Continuity
G
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
SCIA8204E
I
5.CHECK DTC
Perform CVT-128, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
K
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
L
M
INFOID:0000000005284282
N
LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-131
2010 Sentra
P1740 SELECT SOLENOID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal
and ground.
Solenoid valve
Lock-up select solenoid valve
4.
Connector
Terminal
Resistance (Approx.)
F46
13 - Ground
17 - 38 Ω
If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194,
"Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
SCIA4693E
Revision: January 2010
CVT-132
2010 Sentra
P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284283
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
B
INFOID:0000000005284284
• This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1745” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects the unexpected line pressure.
Possible Cause
CVT
D
INFOID:0000000005284285
TCM
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284286
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
F
G
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to
increase the voltage (cool down the fluid)
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284287
H
I
J
1.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Erase self-diagnostic results.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds or more.
5. Start engine.
6. Confirm self-diagnostic results again. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the “P1745” displayed?
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-133
2010 Sentra
P1777 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1777 STEP MOTOR
Description
INFOID:0000000005284288
• The step motor changes the step with turning 4 coils ON/OFF according to the signal from TCM. As a result,
the flow of line pressure to primary pulley is changed and pulley ratio is controlled
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284289
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
STM STEP
0 step - 177 step
SMCOIL A
SMCOIL B
During driving
SMCOIL C
Changes ON⇔OFF.
SMCOIL D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284290
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1777” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
- When operating step motor ON and OFF, there is no proper change in the voltage of TCM terminal which
corresponds to it.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284291
• Step motor
• Harness or connectors
(Step motor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284292
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Drive vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-136, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-134
2010 Sentra
P1777 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - STM
INFOID:0000000005284293
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BCWA0748E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-135
2010 Sentra
P1777 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284294
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start vehicle and read out the value of “STM STEP”, “SMCOIL A”, “SMCOIL B”, “SMCOIL C”, and
“SMCOIL D”.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
STM STEP
0 step - 177 step
SMCOIL A
SMCOIL B
During driving
SMCOIL C
Changes ON⇔OFF.
SMCOIL D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND STEP MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit connector and TCM connector (A).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and
CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
TCM
F23
30
CVT unit harness connector
F46
6
TCM
F23
29
CVT unit harness connector
F46
7
TCM
F23
28
CVT unit harness connector
F46
8
TCM
F23
27
CVT unit harness connector
F46
9
Continuity
Yes
Yes
Yes
SCIA8205E
Yes
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. If OK, check continuity between body ground and CVT assembly.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK STEP MOTOR
Check step motor. Refer to CVT-137, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”.
Is only “P1777” detected?
Revision: January 2010
CVT-136
2010 Sentra
P1777 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES (Only DTC P1777 detected)>>Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
YES (DTC P0725 and DTC U1000 in addition to DTC P1777 and detected)>>When DTC is detected as
listed below, replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve".
• DTC for P1777 and P0725 are detected.
• DTC for P1777 and U1000 are detected.
• DTC for P1777, P0725 and U1000 are detected.
NO
>> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
5.CHECK TCM
Component Inspection
D
E
INFOID:0000000005284295
STEP MOTOR
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT unit harness connector.
Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals and ground.
Name
Connector
Terminal
6-7
8-9
Step motor
F46
G
H
Resistance (Approx.)
I
30 Ω
6 - Ground
7 - Ground
8 - Ground
15 Ω
J
SCIA4696E
9 - Ground
4.
B
CVT
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.
A
K
If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANMISSION”.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-137
2010 Sentra
P1778 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1778 STEP MOTOR
Description
INFOID:0000000005284296
• The step motor's 4 aspects of ON/OFF change according to the signal from TCM. As a result, the flow of line
pressure to primary pulley is changed and pulley ratio is controlled.
• This diagnosis item is detected when electrical system is OK, but mechanical system is NG.
• This diagnosis item is detected when the state of the changing the speed mechanism in unit does not operate normally.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284297
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Item name
STM STEP
GEAR RATIO
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
During driving
0 step - 177 step
2.34 - 0.39
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284298
• This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
• Diagnostic trouble code “P1778” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
- When not changing the pulley ratio according to the instruction of TCM.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284299
Step motor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284300
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
• Before starting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, confirm “Hi” or “Mid” or “Low” fixation by “PRI
SPEED” and “VEHICLE SPEED” on “DATA MONITOR MODE”.
• If hi-geared fixation occurred, go to CVT-139, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below.
ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to
increase the voltage (cool down the fluid)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds.
TEST START FROM 0 km/h (0 MPH)
CONSTANT ACCELERATION: Keep 30 sec or more
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8
RANGE: “D” position
ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more
If DTC is detected, go to CVT-139, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-138
2010 Sentra
P1778 STEP MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284301
A
1.CHECK STEP MOTOR
With CONSULT-III
B
It is monitoring whether “GEAR RATIO: 2.34 - 0.39” changes similarly to “STM STEP: 0 - 177” by DATA MONITOR mode. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Without CONSULT-III
Inspect the engine speed (rise and descend), vehicle speed, throttle position, and check shift change. Refer to CVT
CVT-199, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears".
OK or NG
D
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-139
2010 Sentra
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000005284302
• Overdrive control switch is installed to the selector lever.
• O/D OFF indicator turns ON, and overdrive driving activates when pressing the overdrive control switch
while driving in “D” position. O/D OFF indicator turns OFF, and “D” position driving starts when pressing the
overdrive control switch while driving in the overdrive-off mode. Shifting the selector lever in any position
other than “D” releases the overdrive-off mode.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
Item name
SPORT MODE SW
Revision: January 2010
INFOID:0000000005284303
Condition
Display value
When OD OFF indicator lamp is off.
ON
When OD OFF indicator lamp is on.
OFF
CVT-140
2010 Sentra
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - ODSW
INFOID:0000000005284304
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0152GB
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-141
2010 Sentra
P
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284305
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “SPORT MODE SW”.
Item name
Condition
Display value
SPORT MODE SW
While pushing overdrive
cancel switch
ON
Other conditions
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Check overdrive control switch. Refer to CVT-143, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (COMBINATION METER)
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer toDI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO - 1 >> With Intelligent Key: GO TO 5.
NO - 2 >> Without Intelligent Key: GO TO 6.
5.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT shift selector connector and combination meter connector.
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector
(A) terminal and combination meter harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
CVT shift selector harness connector
M38
1
Combination meter harness
connector
M24
29
Continuity
Yes
AWDIA0760ZZ
Revision: January 2010
CVT-142
2010 Sentra
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector
terminal and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
CVT shift selector harness connector
M38
2 - ground
Yes
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
A
B
CVT
SCIA8207E
D
6.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT shift selector connector and combination meter connector.
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector
(A) terminal and combination meter harness connector (B) terminal.
Item
Connector
Terminal
CVT shift selector harness connector
M38
1
Combination meter harness
connector
M24
F
G
Continuity
Yes
H
29
AWDIA0761ZZ
4.
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector
terminal and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
CVT shift selector harness connector
M38
2 - ground
Yes
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
J
K
L
SCIA8209E
M
INFOID:0000000005284306
N
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
With Intelligent Key
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals.
Item
Overdrive control
switch
Condition
Terminal
While pushing overdrive control switch
1-2
Other conditions
O
P
Continuity
Yes
No
WCIA0725E
Revision: January 2010
I
CVT-143
2010 Sentra
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Without Intelligent Key
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals.
Item
Overdrive control
switch
Condition
Terminal
While pushing overdrive control switch
1-2
Other conditions
Continuity
Yes
No
WCIA0726E
Revision: January 2010
CVT-144
2010 Sentra
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284307
TCM sends the switch signals to combination meter via CAN communication line. Then selector lever position
is indicated on the shift position indicator.
CONSULT-III Reference Value
B
INFOID:0000000005284308
CVT
Item name
RANGE
Condition
Display value
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position.
N·P
Selector lever in “R” position.
R
Selector lever in “D” position.
D
Selector lever in “L” position.
L
D
E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284309
F
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III and read
out the value of “RANGE”.
3. Check that the following three positions or indicators are same.
Actual position of the selector lever
“RANGE” on CONSULT-III screen
Shift position indicator in the combination meter
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check the following.
1.
2.
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR SYMPTOM CHART
Items
Presumed location of trouble
Shift position indicator in the combination meter does not indicate
any position.
Actual position changes, but the shift position indicator in the combination meter does not change.
Perform the self-diagnosis for CVT and the combination meter.
• Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)"
and DI-6.
Actual position differs from the shift position indicator in the combination meter.
Shift position indicator in the combination meter does not indicate
specific position only.
H
I
J
K
Park/neutral position switch
• Refer to CVT-60.
CVT main system (Fail-safe function actuated)
• Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Actual position does not change.
G
L
M
N
Check the combination meter.
• Refer to DI-6.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-145
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC
INFOID:0000000005284310
AADWA0081GB
Revision: January 2010
CVT-146
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0153GB
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-147
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABDWA0154GB
Revision: January 2010
CVT-148
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0155GB
P
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES
Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
INFOID:0000000005284311
SYMPTOM:
Revision: January 2010
CVT-149
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch ON.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT POWER".
Name
Connector
Power supply
F23
Terminal
46 - Ground
48 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM connector terminal 46, 48
Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
• 10 A fuse (No.49, located in the IPDM E/R). Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
• Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect TCM connector (A).
Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and
ground. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER".
Name
Connector
Ground
F23
Terminal
5 - Ground
42 - Ground
Continuity
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SCIA8213E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
• Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator lamp
Refer to PG-3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Revision: January 2010
CVT-150
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check before Engine Is Started".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
A
7.CHECK COMBINATION METERS
B
Check combination meters. Refer to DI-6.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
CVT
Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position
INFOID:0000000005284312
SYMPTOM:
E
• Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
• Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “L” or “R” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
F
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit
Diagram".
Selector lever position
“P”, “N”
Other positions
D
Connector
Terminal
F26
6-7
G
Continuity
H
Yes
No
OK or NG
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
J
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
NG
>> Check transmission range switch (Refer to test group 1.) again after adjusting transmission
range switch (Refer to CVT-173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch").
• If OK, INSPECTION END
• If NG, repair or replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range
Switch".
3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
K
L
M
Check starting system. Refer to SC-11.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed
INFOID:0000000005284313
O
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in “P” position.
P
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-151
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves
INFOID:0000000005284314
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate transmission range switch circuit?
YES >> Check transmission range switch circuit. Refer to CVT-60.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
4.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Large Shock "N" → "R" Position
INFOID:0000000005284315
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when shifting from “N” to “R” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-152
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE IDLE SPEED
A
Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair.
B
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
CVT
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
D
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
E
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.SYMPTOM CHECK
F
G
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
H
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)".
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position
INFOID:0000000005284316
I
J
K
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
M
N
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
O
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
P
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-153
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position
INFOID:0000000005284317
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” or “L” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-154
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
A
B
CVT
Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
D
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
E
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position
G
INFOID:0000000005284318
SYMPTOM:
F
H
Vehicle speed does not change in “L” position while the cruise test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
I
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
K
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
L
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
M
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
N
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-155
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode
INFOID:0000000005284319
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle speed does not change in overdrive-off mode while the cruise test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Check overdrive control switch. Refer to CVT-140.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-156
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position
A
B
CVT
INFOID:0000000005284320
SYMPTOM:
D
Vehicle speed does not change in “D” position while the cruise test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
E
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
G
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
H
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
I
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
J
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
K
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
L
M
N
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
O
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
P
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
CVT-157
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode
INFOID:0000000005284321
SYMPTOM:
Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch circuit. Refer to CVT-104 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value" .
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode
INFOID:0000000005284322
SYMPTOM:
Speed does not change even if the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate position and the selector lever is operated to + side or to - side.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" .
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch circuit. Refer to CVT-104 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position"
Revision: January 2010
CVT-158
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
A
4.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
B
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
CVT
D
E
SAT638A
5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
F
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before
Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35,
"Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis" .
G
H
SAT494G
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
I
J
K
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake
INFOID:0000000005284323
L
M
N
SYMPTOM:
Engine brake does not operate when releasing the accelerator pedal while the cruise test.
O
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-159
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Refill CVT fluid.
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis".
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)"
(MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-160
2010 Sentra
TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TCM
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284324
COMPONENTS
B
MR20DE
CVT
D
E
F
G
AWDIA0676GB
1.
TCM
2.
Bracket
H
Front
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then
replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Remove the fresh air intake tube (upper). Refer to EM-16.
3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
4. Remove the TCM (1).
INSTALLATION
I
J
K
L
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
COMPONENTS
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-161
2010 Sentra
TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
QR25DE
AWDIA0677GB
1.
TCM
2.
Bracket
3.
Battery tray
Front
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then
replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Remove the air cleaner case. Refer to EM-16.
3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
4. Remove the TCM.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-162
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284325
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
B
• The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition knob switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other CVT
position unless brake pedal is depressed.
With the ignition knob switch turned to OFF, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other
position.
D
• The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the ignition knob switch, respectively.
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY
E
• The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position
unless brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless selector lever is placed in “P” position.
• The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside key cylinder, respectively.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-163
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005284326
AWDIA0762ZZ
1.
Key interlock cable (Without Intelligent Key)
2.
Key cylinder (Without Intelligent Key) 3.
Ignition knob switch (With Intelligent
Key)
4.
Key interlock cable (With Intelligent
Key)
5.
Stop lamp switch
6.
Brake pedal
7.
Shift lock release button
8.
Park position switch
9.
Shift lock solenoid
10. Key interlock cable
Revision: January 2010
CVT-164
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CVT - SHIFT
INFOID:0000000005284327
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABDWA0167GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284328
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY
SYMPTOM 1:
Revision: January 2010
CVT-165
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with ignition switch in ON position and brake
pedal depressed.
• Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with ignition key in ON position and brake pedal
released.
• Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when ignition switch is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
• Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position.
• Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position.
1.CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
3.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Selector lever is set in “P” position.
Check operation sound.
Condition
Brake pedal
Operation sound
When ignition switch is turned to ON position and selector lever is set in
“P” position.
Depressed
Yes
Released
No
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK POWER SOURCE
Check voltage between CVT shift selector connector M38 terminal 3
and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
AWDIA0763ZZ
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and CVT shift selector connector
• 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• Ignition switch, Refer to PG-3 .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SOURCE
Revision: January 2010
CVT-166
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector E60.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch connector E60 terminal 3 and ground.
3 - ground
B
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
CVT
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
WCIA0728E
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT shift selector connector M38.
Check continuity between CVT shift selector connector M38 (A)
terminal 4 and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 3.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace shift lock solenoid assembly.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
AWDIA0764ZZ
8.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
G
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch connector E60 terminal 4 and ground.
I
Continuity should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
K
WCIA0730E
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
L
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4.
Condition
M
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal. Refer to
BR-8 .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
N
O
AWDIA0419ZZ
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
P
SYMPTOM 1:
• Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with ignition knob switch in ON position and
brake pedal depressed.
• Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with ignition knob switch in ON position and brake
pedal released.
• Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when ignition knob switch is in OFF position.
SYMPTOM 2:
Revision: January 2010
CVT-167
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Ignition knob switch cannot be turned when selector lever is set to “P” position.
• Ignition knob switch can be turned when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position.
1.CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK CVT POSITION
Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
3.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Selector lever is set in “P” position.
Check operation sound.
Condition
Brake pedal
Operation sound
When ignition switch is turned to ON position and selector lever is set in
“P” position.
Depressed
Yes
Released
No
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK POWER SOURCE
Check voltage between CVT shift selector harness connector M38
terminal 3 and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
WCIA0720E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and CVT shift selector harness connector
• 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• Ignition switch, Refer to PG-3 .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SOURCE
Revision: January 2010
CVT-168
2010 Sentra
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector E60.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
E60 terminal 3 and ground.
3 - ground
B
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
CVT
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
WCIA0728E
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect CVT shift selector harness connector M38.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
E60 (B) terminal 3 and CVT shift selector harness connector
M38 (A) terminal 4.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace shift lock solenoid assembly.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
8.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
G
WCIA0729E
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
E60 terminal 4 and ground.
I
Continuity should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness as necessary.
K
WCIA0730E
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
L
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4.
Condition
M
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal. Refer to
BR-8 .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
N
O
AWDIA0419ZZ
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-169
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284329
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
WCIA0692E
1.
Shift lever handle
2.
Shift lever button and overdrive con- 3.
nector switch assembly
Lock pin
4.
Handle cover
5.
Shift lock solenoid and park position
switch assembly
CVT shift selector assembly
6.
CONTROL CABLE COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
CVT-170
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
WCIA0689E
1.
Shift lever handle
2.
CVT shift lever assembly
3.
4.
Control cable
7.
Lock plate
A.
Floor
Cable socket
5.
Cable bracket
6.
Bracket
8.
Manual lever
9.
Transaxle assembly
G
H
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal and installation.
1. Place the shift lever in the “P” position.
2. Remove the IP center assembly. Refer to IP-11.
3. Disconnect the CVT shift selector assembly harness connector.
4. Remove the key interlock cable from the CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and
Installation".
5. Remove the control cable from the CVT shift selector assembly.
6. Remove the nuts and the CVT shift selector assembly.
I
J
K
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When installing the control cable (3) to the CVT shift selector
assembly (2), make sure that the control cable socket is fully
pressed into the CVT shift selector assembly (2), and the control
cable end (1) is fully pressed in with the ribbed surface (A) facing
towards the front of the vehicle.
: Vehicle front
• After installation is completed, adjust and check the CVT position.
Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position" and CVT-173,
"Checking of CVT Position".
L
M
N
O
WCIA0690E
Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284330
P
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal and installation.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-171
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Set shift lever handle (1) in “N” position.
2. Slide shift lever handle cover (2) downward.
3. Pull out lock pin (3) from shift lever handle (1).
4. Remove shift lever handle (1) and shift lever handle cover (2) as
a set from shift lever.
CAUTION:
Do not push shift lever button.
LCIA0410E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert lock pin (3) to shift lever handle (1).
Install handle cover (2) to shift lever handle (1).
Set shift lever in “N” position.
Install shift lever handle over shift lever until a click is felt.
CAUTION:
• Do not tilt shift lever handle when installing. Install it
straight, and do not tap or apply any shock to install it.
• Do not push shift lever button.
LCIA0411E
Steering Shift Switch
INFOID:0000000006054099
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the steering wheel. Refer to PS-7, "Removal and Installation".
Remove horn switch.
Partially remove steering shift switch assembly
Remove steering wheel rear cover.
Disconnect the vehicle harness connector and from steering shift switch.
Remove steering shift switch assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment of CVT Position
INFOID:0000000005284331
CAUTION:
Make sure that parking brake is applied before adjustment.
1. Loosen the control cable nut and place the manual lever in “P” position.
2. Place shift lever in “P” position.
3. Temporarily tighten the control cable nut.
NOTE:
Do not move the manual lever. Make sure the manual lever stays in the “P” position.
4. Tighten the control cable nut.
Control cable nut:
5.
Refer to CVT-170, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Secure the manual lever when tightening nut.
Check the operation of the CVT. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-172
2010 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Checking of CVT Position
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
INFOID:0000000005284332
A
Place shift lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Make sure shift lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed. Also make
B
sure shift lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed.
Move the shift lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle.
Confirm the shift lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the
positions. Check that the actual position of the shift lever matches the position shown by the shift position CVT
indicator and the manual lever on the transaxle.
The method of operating the shift lever to individual positions
correctly should be as shown.
D
• (A): Press shift lever button to operate shift lever, while
depressing the brake pedal.
• (B): Press shift lever button to operate shift lever.
E
• (C): Shift lever can be operated without pressing shift lever
button.
Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when shift lever is
F
placed in the “R” position. Confirm the back-up lamps do not illuminate when the shift lever is pushed toward the “R” position
side with the gear position remained in the “P” or “N” position.
WCIA0620E
G
Confirm the engine can only be started with the shift lever in the
“P” and “N” positions.
Make sure transaxle is locked completely in “P” position.
H
Adjustment of transmission range switch
1.
2.
Move shift lever to “N” position.
Remove control cable from manual lever.
3.
Loosen transmission range switch bolts (A). Insert a pin (ø4
mm) into the adjusting holes (B) on both transmission range
switch and manual lever for adjusting the position.
Tighten transmission range switch bolts (A).
4.
transmission range
switch bolts
5.
INFOID:0000000005284333
I
J
K
: 5.9 N·m (0.60 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
L
Connect control cable on manual lever (B). Refer toCVT-172,
"Adjustment of CVT Position".
SCIA6635J
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-173
2010 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284334
COMPONENTS
WCIA0691E
1.
Key interlock cable
2.
Key cylinder
3.
CVT shift selector assembly
A.
Lock plate
B.
Holder
C.
Clip
D.
Slider
E.
Key interlock rod
F.
Adjust holder
G.
Casing cap
REMOVAL
Refer to the figure for key interlock cable removal procedure.
CAUTION:
Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal/installation.
1. Place the shift lever in the “N” position.
2. Remove the shift lever handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the IP center assembly. Refer to IP-11.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-174
2010 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Slide the slider (A) toward the casing cap (B) while pressing tabs
(C) on the slider to separate the slider (A) from the adjust holder
(D).
5. Remove the casing cap (B) from the cable bracket on the CVT
shift selector assembly.
6. Remove the key interlock cable from the key interlock rod (E).
A
B
CVT
WCIA0695E
7.
8.
9.
D
Remove steering column cover (upper and lower) and instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11.
Pull out the lock plate (A) from the holder (B).
Remove the key interlock cable (1) from the key cylinder (2).
E
F
G
SCIA6976E
10. Remove the clip and then remove the key interlock cable from the vehicle.
H
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts.
• After installing key interlock cable to CVT shift selector assembly, make sure that casing cap and
bracket are firmly secured in their positions.
1. Place the shift lever in the “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON” position.
3. Set the key interlock cable (1) to the key cylinder (2).
4. Install the lock plate (A) to the holder (B).
5. Turn ignition switch to “LOCK” position.
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA6976E
6.
7.
Temporarily install the adjust holder (A) to the key interlock rod
(B).
Install the casing cap (C) to the cable bracket (D) on the CVT
shift selector assembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not bend or twist key interlock cable excessively when
installing.
• After installing key interlock cable to cable bracket (D) on
CVT shift selector assembly, make sure casing caps (C) is
firmly secured in cable bracket (D) on CVT shift selector
assembly.
• If casing cap (C) is loose [less than 39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb)
removing force], replace key interlock cable.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-175
N
O
P
SCIA6188E
2010 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Install shift handle in "P" position.
9. Pull the adjust holder (C) all the way to the left on the key interlock rod (B). Move the slider (A) toward the key interlock rod (B)
and lock it.
CAUTION:
• Do not press tabs when holding slider (A).
• Do not apply any force to key interlock rod (B) when sliding slider (A).
WCIA0696E
10. Secure the key interlock cable with the clip.
11. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
12. Check shift lock system. Refer to CVT-163, "Description".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-176
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
A
Oil Pan
INFOID:0000000005284335
COMPONENTS
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
WCIA0678E
1.
CVT assembly
2.
Oil pan gasket
3.
Oil pan
4.
Magnet
5.
Drain plug gasket
6.
Drain plug
J
K
Removal
1. Remove drain plug from oil pan and then drain the CVT fluid.
2. Remove drain plug gasket.
3. Remove oil pan bolts.
4. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
CAUTION:
Check for foreign materials in the oil pan to help determine the cause of any malfunction. If the CVT
fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, frictional material (clutches) may need
replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
L
M
N
Installation
1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan.
CAUTION:
• Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surface and
bolt hole of oil pan and transaxle case.
• Never reuse oil pan gasket.
2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case, and then temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt.
CAUTION:
Never reuse oil pan bolts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-177
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified
torque.
4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to the
specified torque.
5. Install drain plug gasket to drain plug.
CAUTION:
Never reuse drain plug gasket.
6. Install drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
• After installation is complete, fill CVT will recommended CVT
fluid and check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level.
Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
JPDIA0664ZZ
Control Valve
INFOID:0000000005284336
JPDIA0666GB
1.
Transaxle assembly
2.
Control valve
3.
Bracket
4.
O-ring
5.
Oil strainer assembly
6.
Magnet
7.
Drain plug gasket
8.
Drain plug
9.
Oil pan bolt
10.
Oil pan
11. Oil pan gasket
12. Lock nut
13.
Washer
14. Manual plate
15. Collar
16.
Lip seal
17. Snap ring
Revision: January 2010
CVT-178
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A.
CVT unit connector
A
: NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B
Remove drain plug from oil pan and then drain the CVT fluid.
Remove drain plug gasket.
Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE BatCVT
tery)", or SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Disconnect the CVT unit connector. Refer to CVT-9, "Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit
Connector".
D
Remove the snap ring (1) from the CVT unit connector (A).
E
F
G
JPDIA0654ZZ
6.
Press the CVT unit connector (A) into the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never damage the CVT unit connector.
NOTE:
Clean around the connector to prevent foreign materials from
entering into the transaxle case.
H
I
J
JPDIA0720ZZ
7.
8.
9.
Remove the oil pan bolts, and then remove the oil pan and oil pan gasket.
Remove the magnets from the oil pan.
Remove the lock nut (1) and washer (2), and then remove the
manual plate (3).
K
L
M
: Vehicle front
10. Remove the collar (4) from the manual shaft (A).
CAUTION:
Never drop the collar.
N
JPDIA0655ZZ
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-179
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Disconnect the connectors (A) and (B).
: Clip
: Vehicle front
JPDIA0656ZZ
12. Remove the oil strainer assembly bolts (A) and (B), and then
remove the oil strainer assembly (1).
: Vehicle front
13. Remove O-ring from oil strainer assembly.
JPDIA0657ZZ
14. Remove the bracket (1).
: Bolt
: Vehicle front
JPDIA0658ZZ
15. Remove the control valve bolts (A) and (B), and then remove the
control valve from the transaxle case.
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Never drop the control valve, ratio control valve and manual
shaft.
JPDIA0659ZZ
16. Remove CVT unit connector (A) from the transaxle case inside.
JPDIA0660ZZ
Revision: January 2010
CVT-180
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
17. Remove the lip seal (1) from the transaxle case.
A
: Vehicle front
B
CVT
JPDIA0661ZZ
D
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the lip seal (1) to the transaxle case.
E
: Vehicle front
F
G
JPDIA0661ZZ
2.
H
Install the CVT unit connector (A) to the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Connect the CVT unit connector with the stopper facing up,
and then press in until it clicks.
I
J
JPDIA0660ZZ
3.
4.
5.
Press in the ratio control valve (B) in the ( ) direction, and then
fix the linkage in the position shown with the linkage pin (A) from
the back of control valve through the hole for fixing.
Check that one end of linkage engages with the step motor end
(C) and that the linkage is in the direction shown.
Install the control valve to the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Never drop the linkage pin. If it is dropped, repeat the
installation procedure from step 3.
• Never pinch the harness into between the control valve
and the transaxle case.
K
L
M
N
O
P
JPDIA0663ZZ
Revision: January 2010
CVT-181
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.
Fix the control valve using the control valve bolts (A) and (B).
: Vehicle front
Bolt
Bolt length (mm)
Number of bolts
A
54
10
B
44
1
JPDIA0659ZZ
7.
8.
Pull the linkage pin out.
Connect the connectors (A) and (B).
: Clip
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Never pinch the harness into between the control valve
and the transaxle case.
• Securely insert the connector until it clicks and locks.
JPDIA0656ZZ
9.
Install the bracket (1).
: Bolt
: Vehicle front
JPDIA0658ZZ
10. Install O-ring to oil strainer assembly.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid NS-2 to O-ring.
11. Install the oil strainer assembly (1) using the oil strainer assembly bolts (A) and (B).
: Vehicle front
Bolt
Bolt length (mm)
Number of bolts
A
12
2
B
44
1
NOTE:
Remove the bracket and adjust the position again if the bolt hole
positions are not aligned.
12. Install the collar to the manual shaft.
CAUTION:
Never drop the collar.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-182
JPDIA0657ZZ
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13. Install the manual plate (1) while aligning with the groove (A) of
the manual valve.
CAUTION:
Assemble the manual plate while aligning its end with the
cutout ( ) of the manual valve.
A
B
: Vehicle front
CVT
14. Install the washer (2) and the lock-nut (3), and then tighten to
the specified torque.
JPDIA0962ZZ
15. Install the snap ring (1) to the CVT unit connector (A).
16. Connect the CVT unit connector. Refer to CVT-9, "Removal and
Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector".
17. Install the magnet while aligning it with the convex side of oil
pan.
CAUTION:
Completely eliminate the iron powder from the magnet
mounting area of oil pan and the magnet.
18. Install the oil pan to the transaxle case with the following procedure.
JPDIA0654ZZ
1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan.
CAUTION:
• Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surface
and bolt hole of oil pan and transaxle case.
• Never reuse oil pan gasket.
2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case, and then temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt.
CAUTION:
Never reuse oil pan bolts.
3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified
torque.
4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to
the specified torque.
19. Install drain plug gasket to drain plug.
CAUTION:
Never reuse drain plug gasket.
20. Install drain plug to oil pan.
21. Fill CVT fluid from CVT fluid charging pipe to the specified level.
CVT fluid
Fluid capacity
: Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
: Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid".
JPDIA0664ZZ
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Never mix with other fluid.
• Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and
CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the warranty.
• When filling CVT fluid, take care not to scatter heat generating parts such as exhaust.
• Sufficiently shake the container of CVT fluid before using.
• Delete CVT fluid deterioration date with CONSULT-III after changing CVT fluid. Refer to CVT-46,
"CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
22. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle in an urban area.
NOTE:
When ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), it takes about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50°
to 80°C (122° to 176°F).
23. Check CVT fluid level and condition. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-183
2010 Sentra
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
24. Connect battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)"
or SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check oil pan for foreign material.
• If a large amount of worn material is found, clutch plate may be worn.
• If iron powder is found, bearings, gears, or clutch plates may be worn.
• If aluminum powder is found, bushing may be worn, or chips or burrs of aluminum casting parts may enter.
Check points where wear is found in all cases.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check the CVT fluid level and leakage. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid".
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Erase the TCM data.
• Erase the CVT fluid degradation data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
• Erase the memory of EEPROM in the TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle
Assembly, or Control Valve".
Transmission Range Switch
INFOID:0000000005284337
COMPONENTS
WCIA0679E
1.
Transmission range switch
2.
CVT assembly
NOTE:
• Align transmission range switch position when installing.
• After installation of transmission range switch, check the continuity of transmission range switch. Refer to
CVT-173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch".
• After installation is complete, adjust and check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position", CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position".
Primary Speed Sensor
INFOID:0000000005284338
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
CVT-184
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
WCIA0680E
1.
CVT assembly
2.
O-ring
3.
F
Primary speed sensor
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
• After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14,
"Checking CVT Fluid".
Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE)
G
H
INFOID:0000000005284339
I
COMPONENTS
J
K
L
M
N
JPDIA0352GB
1.
CVT assembly
4.
Secondary speed sensor
2.
Shim
3.
O-ring
P
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
• Insert the shim.
• After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14,
"Checking CVT Fluid".
Revision: January 2010
O
CVT-185
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Secondary Speed Sensor (QR25DE)
INFOID:0000000005567743
COMPONENTS
WCIA0681E
1.
CVT assembly
4.
Secondary speed sensor
2.
Shim
3.
O-ring
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
• Insert the shim.
• After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14,
"Checking CVT Fluid".
Differential Side Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005284340
COMPONENTS
WCIA0697E
1.
CVT assembly
2.
Differential oil seal
:Apply CVT Fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
REMOVAL
Revision: January 2010
CVT-186
2010 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove front drive shaft from CVT assembly. Refer to FAX-9.
2. Remove differential side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not scratch CVT case or converter housing.
A
B
CVT
SCIA2412E
D
INSTALLATION
1.
Drive the new differential side oil seal in until it is flush using Tool.
Tool number
2.
3.
: KV38100300 (
—
E
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seals.
• Apply CVT fluid to the new differential side oil seals.
Install drive shaft assembly. Refer to FAX-9.
Check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
Oil Pump Fitting Bolt
F
G
INFOID:0000000005284341
H
NOTE:
Replace the oil pump fitting bolt and the O-ring if oil leaks or exudes from the oil pump fitting bolt.
COMPONENTS
I
J
K
L
M
N
WCIA0682E
1.
Oil pump fitting bolt
2.
O-ring
3.
CVT assembly
O
: Apply CVT Fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE".
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
• After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14,
"Checking CVT Fluid".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-187
2010 Sentra
P
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation (MR20DE)
INFOID:0000000005284342
WCIA0675E
1.
Air breather hose
2.
Clip
3.
4.
CVT assembly
5.
Air breather tube
Resonator
CAUTION:
Make sure air breather hose not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed.
NOTE:
• Install the air breather hose (3) to the air breather tube (4) so that
the paint mark (A) faces upward. Also make sure the air breather
hose end is pushed up to the tube bend position.
• When installing air breather hose (3) to the resonator (1) make
sure to fully insert the clip (2).
WCIA0676E
Revision: January 2010
CVT-188
2010 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation (QR25DE)
INFOID:0000000005284343
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWDIA0673ZZ
1.
Air cleaner case
2.
Clip
3.
4.
CVT assembly
5.
Air breather tube
J
Air breather hose
CAUTION:
Make sure air breather hose not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed.
NOTE:
• Install the air breather hose to the air breather tube so that the paint mark faces upward. Also make sure the
air breather hose end is pushed up to the tube bend position.
• When installing air breather hose to the air cleaner case make sure to fully insert the clip.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-189
2010 Sentra
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM
CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (MR20DE)
INFOID:0000000005284344
COMPONENTS
SCIA7676J
1.
Water pump
2.
Hose clamp
3.
CVT water hose
4.
Water thermostat tube
5.
CVT fluid cooler
6.
CVT assembly
7.
CVT water hose
8.
Engine coolant outlet
CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (QR25DE)
INFOID:0000000005284345
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
CVT-190
2010 Sentra
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
WCIA0732E
1.
CVT assembly
2.
Hose clamp
3.
CVT water hose
4.
Water tube
5.
Water hose
6.
CVT fluid cooler assembly
7.
CVT fluid cooler
8.
CVT water hose
A.
To engine coolant outlet
B.
To heater pipe
J
K
NOTE:
Install and torque the CVT cooler assembly bolts to the specified
torque in the order shown.
L
M
N
LCIA0417E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-191
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation (MR20DE)
INFOID:0000000005284346
COMPONENTS
WCIA0674E
1.
CVT fluid level gauge
2.
CVT fluid charging pipe
3.
O-ring
4.
Hose clamp
5.
CVT water hose
6.
Water thermostat tube
7.
Water hose
8.
Transaxle assembly
9.
Air breather hose
10.
CVT water hose
A.
To engine coolant outlet
B.
To water pump
C.
Refer to "INSTALLATION".
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator.
CAUTION:
• Perform this step engine is cold.
• When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then
replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
CVT-192
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following:
• Secondary speed sensor (1)
• Primary speed sensor (2)
• CVT unit connector (3)
• Transmission range switch (4)
3. Remove the harness from the CVT.
A
B
CVT
WCIA0673E
4.
D
Remove the four drive plate to torque converter nuts.
NOTE:
Rotate the crankshaft clockwise viewed from front of engine for
access to drive plate to torque converter nuts.
E
F
G
WCIA0616E
5.
6.
7.
8.
Put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter alignment stud.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the drive plate or torque converter.
Remove the CVT to engine and engine to CVT bolts.
Separate the CVT from the engine.
If necessary, remove the following from the CVT:
• Primary speed sensor
• Secondary speed sensor
• Transmission range switch
• CVT fluid charging pipe
• Engine mounting bracket (LH)
• Water tube and hoses
• Air breather hose
• Any necessary brackets
H
I
J
K
L
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When replacing an engine or transmission you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly
during re-assembly.
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive
train components.
• Do not reuse O-rings.
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
• When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure
to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-40.
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates
freely without binding.
• When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching
mark on the torque converter alignment stud.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-193
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing CVT to the engine, attach the bolts in accordance with the following standard.
Bolt No.
Number of bolts
Bolt length
“A” mm (in)
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1 (CVT to engine)
2 (Engine to CVT)
2
7
55 (2.17)
50 (1.97)
62 (6.3, 46)
WCIA0619E
• When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts,
tighten them temporarily. Then tighten the nuts to the specified torque.
Converter nuts
: 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
WCIA0616E
INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION
When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A.
Distance “A”:
14.4 mm (0.567 in)
WCIA0617E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Check the following.
• Check for CVT fluid leakage and check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
• Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Erase TCM data.
• Erase CVT fluid degradation level data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
• When replacing the transaxle assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing
TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
Removal and Installation (QR25DE)
INFOID:0000000005284347
COMPONENTS
Revision: January 2010
CVT-194
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
CVT
D
E
F
G
H
I
WCIA0731E
1.
CVT fluid level gauge
2.
CVT fluid charging pipe
3.
O-ring
4.
Hose clamp
5.
CVT water hose
6.
Water tube
7.
Water hose
8.
Transaxle assembly
9.
Air breather hose
10.
CVT water hose
A.
To engine coolant outlet
B.
To heater pipe
C.
Refer to "INSTALLATION".
J
K
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator.
CAUTION:
• Perform this step engine is cold.
• When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then
replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following:
• Secondary speed sensor (1)
• Primary speed sensor (2)
• CVT unit connector (3)
• Transmission range switch (4)
3. Remove the harness from the CVT.
WCIA0673E
4.
Remove the four drive plate to torque converter nuts.
Revision: January 2010
CVT-195
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Rotate the crankshaft clockwise viewed from front of engine for access to drive plate to torque converter
nuts.
5. Put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter alignment stud.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the drive plate or torque converter.
6. Remove the CVT to engine and engine to CVT bolts.
7. Separate the CVT from the engine.
8. If necessary, remove the following from the CVT:
• Primary speed sensor
• Secondary speed sensor
• Transmission range switch
• CVT fluid charging pipe
• Engine mounting bracket (LH)
• Water tube and hoses
• Air breather hose
• Any necessary brackets
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When replacing an engine or transmission you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly
during re-assembly.
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive
train components.
• Do not reuse O-rings.
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
• When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure
to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-164.
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates
freely without binding.
• When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A.
Distance “A”:
14.4 mm (0.567 in)
WCIA0617E
• When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching
mark on the torque converter alignment stud.
• When installing CVT to the engine, attach the bolts in accordance with the following standard.
Bolt No.
Number of bolts
Bolt length
“A” mm (in)
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1 (CVT
to engine)
2 (CVT
to engine)
3 (Engine to
CVT)
4 (Engine to
CVT)
5 (Engine to
CVT)
6 (Engine to
CVT)
1
4
2
2
1
2
45
(1.77)
45
(1.77)
45
(1.77)
35
(1.38)
45
(1.77)
45
(1.77)
35
(3.6, 26)
75
(7.6, 55)
42.7
(4.4, 31)
42.7
(4.4, 31)
62
(6.3, 46)
62
(6.3, 46)
Revision: January 2010
CVT-196
WCIA0727E
2010 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts, tighten them temporarily. Then tighten the
nuts to the specified torque.
Converter nuts
A
: 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
B
INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION
When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A.
Distance “A”:
CVT
14.4 mm (0.567 in)
D
E
WCIA0617E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Check the following.
• Check for CVT fluid leakage and check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid".
• Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid.
F
G
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Erase TCM data.
• Erase CVT fluid degradation level data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
• When replacing the transaxle assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing
TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve".
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
CVT-197
2010 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Torque Converter and Converter Housing Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005284348
COMPONENTS
WCIA0683E
1.
Transaxle assembly
2.
Converter housing oil seal
3.
Torque converter
: Apply CVT Fluid NS-2.
Disassembly
1. Remove torque converter.
2. Remove the converter housing oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not scratch converter housing.
Assembly
1.
Drive the converter housing oil seal (1) in evenly using suitable
tool as shown.
• CVT (2)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse converter housing oil seal.
• Apply CVT fluid to converter housing oil seal.
WCIA0684E
Revision: January 2010
CVT-198
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
General Specification
INFOID:0000000005284349
Applied model
MR20DE engine
CVT model
CVT assembly
Transmission gear ratio
B
RE0F10A
Model code number
3UX0C
CVT
1XT7A
D range
2.349 - 0.394
Reverse
1.750
Final drive
5.122
D
5.407
NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*1
Recommended fluid
Fluid capacity
QR25DE engine
7.3 (7-3/4, 6-3/8)*2
Liter (US qt., Imp qt)
7.5 (7-7/8, 6-5/8)*2
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Do not mix with other fluid.
• Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
E
F
*1: Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE" (MR20DE), MA-15, "QR25DE" (QR25DE).
G
*2:The fluid capacity is the reference value. Check the fluid level with CVT fluid level gauge.
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears
INFOID:0000000005284350
H
Numerical value data are reference values.
Engine type
Throttle position
Shift pattern
Engine speed (rpm)
At 40 km/h (25 MPH)
At 60 km/h (37 MPH)
3,400 - 4,300
4,300 - 5,200
“D” position
1,200 - 3,100
1,300 - 3,500
Overdrive-off mode
2,200 - 3,000
2,800 - 3,600
“L” position
3,400 - 4,300
4,100 - 5,000
3,300 - 4,200
4,300 - 5,200
“D” position
1,300 - 3,100
1,400 - 3,400
Overdrive-off mode
2,200 - 3,000
2,800 - 3,600
“L” position
3,200 - 4,100
4,000 - 4,900
I
“D” position
Full
Overdrive-off mode
“L” position
MR20DE
1/4
“D” position
Full
Overdrive-off mode
J
K
L
“L” position
QR25DE
1/4
CAUTION:
M
N
Lock-up clutch is engaged when vehicle speed is approximately 18 km/h (11 MPH) to 90 km/h (56 MPH).
Stall Speed
Revision: January 2010
INFOID:0000000005284351
Engine
Stall speed
MR20DE
2,500 - 3,000 rpm
QR25DE
2,050 - 3,550 rpm
CVT-199
O
P
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Line Pressure
INFOID:0000000005284352
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Engine speed
“R”, “D”, “L” positions
At idle
750 (7.65, 108.8)
At stall
5,700 (58.14, 826.5)*
*: Reference values
Solenoid Valves
INFOID:0000000005284353
Name
Resistance (Approx.)
Terminal
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
3
3.0 - 9.0 Ω
Line pressure solenoid valve
2
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
12
17.0 - 38.0 Ω
Lock-up select solenoid valve
13
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor
Name
ATF TEMP SEN
INFOID:0000000005284354
Condition
CONSULT-III “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.)
Resistance (Approx.)
20°C (68°F)
2.0 V
6.5 kΩ
80°C (176°F)
1.0 V
0.9 kΩ
Primary Speed Sensor
INFOID:0000000005284355
Name
Primary speed sensor
Condition
Data (Approx.)
When driving [“L” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)].
880 Hz
Secondary Speed Sensor
INFOID:0000000005284356
Name
Secondary speed sensor
Condition
Data (Approx.)
When driving [“D” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)].
430 Hz
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284357
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter
Revision: January 2010
CVT-200
14.4 mm (0.567 in)
2010 Sentra
SUSPENSION
SECTION
RSU
REAR SUSPENSION
A
B
C
D
RSU
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ..................... 6
Wheel Alignment Inspection ..................................... 6
Component ............................................................... 8
SHOCK ABSORBER ......................................... 9
Removal and Installation .......................................... 9
Disposal .................................................................... 9
COIL SPRING ................................................... 10
F
G
H
Removal and Installation .........................................10
REAR SUSPENSION BEAM ............................ 12
Removal and Installation .........................................12
I
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 13
J
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) ...................................13
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) ..................................13
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service ........................... 6
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RSU-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005601946
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283698
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
RSU-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
RSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RSU-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283699
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Removing wheel nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
RSU-4
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005283700
×
Vibration
×
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
Shudder
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
C
D
REAR AXLE
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
BRAKES
STEERING
F
Suspension looseness
×
Incorrect wheel alignment
RSU
Spring fatigue
Symptom
PS-5
×
B
BR-7
×
WT-5
×
WT-5
Shake
RAX-5
×
RSU-6
×
RSU-8
Parts interference
×
RSU-10
Bushing or mounting deterioration
×
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
RSU-9
RSU-9
Shock absorber deformation, damage or deflection
Noise
Reference page
RSU-9
RSU-8
Improper installation, looseness
Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
G
H
I
×
×: Applicable
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RSU-5
2010 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
On-Vehicle Inspection and Service
INFOID:0000000005681123
Make sure the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions
(wear, damage) are within specifications.
SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION
Check shock absorber for oil leakage, damage and replace it if necessary.
Wheel Alignment Inspection
INFOID:0000000005681124
DESCRIPTION
Measure wheel alignment under unladen conditions.
NOTE:
“Unladen conditions” means that fuel, engine coolant, and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.
PRELIMINARY
Check the following:
1. Tires for improper air pressure and wear.
2. Road wheels for runout. Refer to WT-6, "Inspection" .
3. Wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service".
4. Shock absorber operation.
5. Each mounting part of suspension for looseness and deformation.
6. Rear suspension beam for cracks, deformation, and other damage.
7. Vehicle height (posture).
GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
1.
2.
A Four-Wheel Thrust Alignment should be performed.
• This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN vehicle.
• The four-wheel “thrust” process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel
is centered.
• The alignment machine itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN vehicle.
• The alignment machine should be checked to ensure that it is level.
Make sure the alignment machine is properly calibrated.
• Your alignment machine should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information.
• Check with the manufacturer of your specific alignment machine for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule.
THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS
IMPORTANT: Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual. Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel
Alignment (Unladen*)" .
1. When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use “indicators”: (Green/red, plus or
minus, Go/No Go). Do NOT use these indicators.
• The alignment specifications programmed into your alignment machine that operate these indicators
may not be correct.
• This may result in an ERROR.
2. Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional “Rolling Compensation” method to “compensate” the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Do NOT use this “Rolling Compensation”
method.
• Use the “Jacking Compensation” method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the
vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways.
• See Instructions in the alignment machine you are using for more information.
CAMBER INSPECTION
Revision: January 2010
RSU-6
2010 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure camber of both right and left wheels with a suitable alignment gauge.
Camber
A
: Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*)".
B
• If it is out of the specification value, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension parts.
C
SRA096A
D
TOE-IN INSPECTION
Measure toe-in using following procedure. If it is out of the specification, inspect and replace any damaged or
worn rear suspension parts.
RSU
WARNING:
• Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface.
• Make sure that no person is in front of vehicle before pushing it.
F
1. Bounce the rear of vehicle up and down to stabilize the vehicle height (posture).
2. Push vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft).
3. Put a mark on base line of the tread (rear side) of both tires at
G
the same height of hub center. These are measuring points.
H
I
SEIA0362E
4.
5.
6.
Measure distance (A) from rear side.
Push vehicle slowly ahead to rotate wheels 180 degrees (1/2
turn).
CAUTION:
If wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try
the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push
vehicle backward.
Measure distance (B) from front side.
Total toe-in
: Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*)" .
J
K
L
M
SEIA0363E
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RSU-7
2010 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component
INFOID:0000000005283703
WEIA0209E
1.
Shock absorber
2.
Bound bumper
4.
Rear spring lower rubber seat
5.
Rear suspension beam
Revision: January 2010
RSU-8
3.
Coil spring
2010 Sentra
SHOCK ABSORBER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHOCK ABSORBER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283704
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Set jack under rear suspension beam.
Remove upper shock absorber bolt (A).
C
D
RSU
WEIA0195E
3.
4.
F
Remove shock absorber lower bolt (A).
Remove the shock absorber from vehicle.
G
H
I
WEIA0205E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
J
Shock Absorber
Check the following:
• Shock absorber for deformation, cracks or damage, and replace if necessary.
• Piston rod for damage, uneven wear or distortion, and replace if necessary.
K
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening specifications, refer to RSU-8, "Component".
Disposal
INFOID:0000000005601948
1.
Set shock absorber horizontally with the piston rod fully extended.
2.
Drill 2 – 3 mm (0.08 – 0.12 in) hole (A) at the position ( ) from
top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually.
CAUTION:
• Wear eye protection (safety glasses).
• Wear gloves.
• Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas.
NOTE:
• Drill vertically in this direction ( ).
• Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets.
• The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless.
A
3.
L
M
N
O
P
JPEIA0161ZZ
: 20 – 30 mm (0.79 – 1.18 in)
Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times.
CAUTION:
Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations.
Revision: January 2010
RSU-9
2010 Sentra
COIL SPRING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COIL SPRING
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283705
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Set jack under rear suspension beam.
Remove both shock absorber lower bolts (A).
Gradually lower the jack, and then remove coil spring, bound
bumper and rear spring rubber seat.
WEIA0205E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check coil spring and spring rubber seat for deformation, cracks, and damage, and replace it if a malfunction
is detected.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening specifications, refer to RSU-8, "Component" .
• When installing rear spring rubber seat, be sure that the flat areas (A) are aligned.
WEIA0206E
Revision: January 2010
RSU-10
2010 Sentra
COIL SPRING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing rear spring, be sure that the gap (A) is less than
5mm.
A
B
C
WEIA0210E
D
RSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
RSU-11
2010 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION BEAM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR SUSPENSION BEAM
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283706
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove rear tires from vehicle using power tool.
Remove rear drum and brake assembly. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake
Assembly" .
Disconnect and remove parking brake rear cable. Refer to PB-5 .
Remove wheel sensor and wheel sensor harness from wheel hub and bearing assembly and rear suspension beam, if equipped. Refer to BRC-33.
Remove rear brake tube and brake hose. Refer to BR-16, "Rear Brake Tube and Hose" .
Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly and back plate. Refer to RAX-6 .
Set jack under rear suspension beam.
Remove both shock absorber lower bolts (A). Refer to RSU-9,
"Removal and Installation".
WEIA0205E
9. Remove coil springs (left/right). Refer to RSU-10, "Removal and Installation" .
10. Remove brake line retaining clip and disconnect the brake line
from the rear suspension beam bracket.
11. Remove center exhaust pipe assembly and insulator. Refer to
EX-5, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EX-11, "Removal
and Installation" (QR25DE).
12. Remove rear suspension beam bolt and nut. Refer to RSU-8,
"Component".
13. Gradually lower the jack to remove rear suspension beam from
vehicle.
MEIA0029E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check components for deformation, cracks, and other damage, and replace if necessary.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to RSU-8, "Component" .
• Perform final tightening of rear suspension beam (A) under
unladen conditions with tires on level ground.
• Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding
Brake System".
• Check the following after finishing work.
- Parking brake operation (stroke): Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service" .
- Wheel sensor harness for proper connection: Refer to BRC-33
WEIA0199E
Revision: January 2010
RSU-12
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)
INFOID:0000000005681125
B
C
D
RSU
SEIA0363E
Model
Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Distance (A - B)
Total toe-in
Angle (A-B)
Per wheel
Degree minute
(Decimal degree)
2.0, 2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL
SE-R
SE-R SPEC-V
Minimum
– 2° 00′ (– 2.00°)
– 2° 00′ (– 2.00°)
– 2° 00′ (– 2.00°)
Nominal
– 1° 30′ (– 1.50°)
– 1° 30′ (– 1.50°)
– 1° 30′ (– 1.50°)
Maximum
– 1° 00′ (– 1.00°)
– 1° 00′ (– 1.00°)
– 1° 00′ (– 1.00°)
Minimum
– 3.0 mm ( – 0.118 in)
– 2.0 mm ( – 0.079 in)
– 1.0 mm (– 0.039 in)
Nominal
1.0 mm (0.039 in)
2.0 mm (0.079 in)
3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Maximum
5.0 mm (0.197 in)
6.0 mm (0.236 in)
7.0 mm (0.276 in)
Minimum
– 0° 8′ (– 0.14°)
– 0° 5′ (– 0.09°)
– 0° 3′ (– 0.05°)
Nominal
0° 3′ (0.05°)
0° 5′ (0.09°)
0° 8′ (0.14°)
Maximum
0° 14′ (0.23°)
0° 17′ (0.28°)
0° 19′ (0.32°)
*: Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
F
G
H
I
J
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)
INFOID:0000000005283708
K
L
M
N
LEIA0085E
Engine
Model
MR20DE
QR25DE
2.0
2.0 S, 2.0 SL, 2.0 SR
SE-R
SE-R SPEC-V
P205/60HR15
P205/55HR16
P225/45VR17
P225/45WR17
Front (Hf) mm (in)
691 (27.20)
694 (27.32)
690 (27.17)
679 (26.73)
Rear (Hr) mm (in)
693 (27.28)
696 (27.40)
690 (27.17)
677 (26.65)
Tire Size
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Revision: January 2010
RSU-13
2010 Sentra
O
P
RESTRAINTS
SECTION
SB
SEAT BELTS
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt .............. 6
Seat Belt Inspection .................................................. 8
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
Precaution for Seat Belt Service ............................... 3
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER
FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM ............................... 11
SEAT BELTS ....................................................... 4
Removal and Installation .........................................12
Removal and Installation - 60:40 Split Fold Down
Seat .........................................................................11
Removal and Installation - Fixed Back Seat ............11
F
G
SB
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT ..... 12
Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt .............. 4
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SB-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005612376
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005282998
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
SB-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Seat Belt Service
INFOID:0000000005282999
CAUTION:
• Before removing the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect
the both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes.
• After replacing or reinstalling front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat belt
pre-tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
• Do not disassemble buckle or seat belt assembly.
• Do not reuse seat belt anchor bolts after removal. Replace with new ones.
• Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.
• Never oil tongue and buckle.
• If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the whole seat belt
assembly.
• If webbing is cut, frayed, or damaged, replace seat belt assembly.
• When replacing seat belt assembly, use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.
A
B
C
D
E
F
AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
G
• Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision.
• NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the
collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so
could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a colli- SB
sion should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioner
should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags
are deployed.
I
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
• The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
• The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide).
J
• The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
• The seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in K
which the air bags are deployed.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SB-3
2010 Sentra
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SEAT BELTS
Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt
INFOID:0000000005283000
LHIA0117E
1.
Seat belt adjuster
2.
Front seat belt retractor
4.
Belt tension sensor connector
5.
Outer anchor RH (belt tension sensor)
6.
Outer anchor cover RH
7.
Outer anchor cover LH
8.
Outer anchor LH
9.
Seat belt adjuster cover
B.
10. D-ring anchor
A.
Seat belt adjuster bolt
C.
D.
Shoulder anchor bolt
Outer anchor bolt
3.
Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Retractor anchor bolt
Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Before servicing the SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at
least three minutes.
REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove the seat belt adjuster cover and shoulder anchor bolt.
Revision: January 2010
SB-4
2010 Sentra
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect the belt tension sensor, then remove outer anchor cover and outer anchor bolt.
4. Remove the center pillar upper and lower garnish. Refer to EI-34.
5. Position the floor trim away from center pillar.
6. Disconnect seat belt pre-tensioner connector. Refer to SRS-8,
"Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors".
A
B
C
D
PHIA0953J
7.
E
Remove the retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor.
INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes.
Remove the front seat. Refer to SE-15, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the seat side cover. Refer to SE-16, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Disconnect the seat belt buckle harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Remove the buckle anchor bolt (A), then remove the seat belt
buckle (2).
G
SB
I
J
LHIA0118E
K
INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SB-5
2010 Sentra
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt
INFOID:0000000005283001
60:40 Split Fold Down Seat
AWHIA0245GB
1.
Seat belt escutcheon
2.
Seat belt retractor RH
3.
Lower anchor
4.
Seat belt buckle RH
5.
Seat belt buckle center
6.
Center latch
7.
Seat belt buckle LH
8.
Seat belt retractor center
9.
Seat belt retractor LH
A.
Outer anchor bolt
B.
Seat belt buckle anchor bolt
C.
Seat belt retractor anchor bolt
Revision: January 2010
SB-6
2010 Sentra
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fixed Back Seat
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SB
I
J
K
L
AWHIA0246GB
1.
Seat belt escutcheon
2.
Seat belt retractor RH
3.
Lower anchor
4.
Seat belt buckle RH
5.
Seat belt buckle center
6.
Seat belt buckle LH
7.
Seat belt retractor center
8.
Seat belt retractor LH
A.
Outer anchor bolt
B.
Seat belt buckle anchor bolt
C.
Seat belt retractor anchor bolt
M
N
REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the rear seat cushion, then release the latch and fold down the seat back. Refer to SE-20,
"Removal and Installation".
Remove the kicking plate upper and lower finishers. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the lower anchor.
• For RH/LH lower anchor, remove the lower anchor bolt.
• For center lower anchor, release the center latch.
Release the tabs and remove the seat belt escutcheon.
Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the seat belt retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor.
INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT
Revision: January 2010
SB-7
2010 Sentra
O
P
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - FIXED BACK SEAT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the rear seat cushion and seat back. Refer to SE-24, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the kicking plate upper and lower finishers. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the lower anchor bolt.
Release the tabs and remove the seat belt escutcheon.
Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the seat belt retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor.
INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - FIXED BACK SEAT
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE
1.
2.
Remove rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-20, "Removal and Installation" for 60:40 split fold down seat, and
SE-24, "Removal and Installation" for fixed back seat.
Remove seat belt buckle anchor bolt, then remove seat belt buckle.
INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to align buckle with raised edge on floor before tightening seat belt buckle anchor bolt.
Seat Belt Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283002
AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision.
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so
could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioner
should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags
are deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
• The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
• The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.)
• The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
• The seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision
in which the air bags are deployed.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows:
Switch ignition ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, the seat belt warning chime should
sound for about seven seconds.
Fasten driver's seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should go out and the chime (if sounding) should
stop.
If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III, and air bag warning
lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check".
Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.
Check the shoulder seat belt guide and shoulder belt height adjuster for front seats. Ensure guide swivels
freely and that webbing lays flat and does not bind in guide. Ensure height adjuster operates properly and
holds securely.
Check retractor operation:
Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.
Revision: January 2010
SB-8
2010 Sentra
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Allow the seat belt to retract. Make sure that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If
the seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Dirt build-up
in the loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
c. Fasten the seat belt. Check the seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbing
does not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the “SEAT BELT TAPE
SET” and perform the following steps.
A
B
Inspect the front seat belt though-anchor
1.
2.
3.
6.
Pull the seat belt out to a length of 500 mm (19.69 in) or more.
Use a clip or other device to attach the seat belt at the center pillar webbing opening.
Pass a thin wire though the D-ring anchor webbing opening. Hold both ends of the wire and pull taut
while moving it up and down several times along the webbing opening surface to remove matter stuck
there.
4. Any dirt that cannot be removed with the wire can be removed by cleaning the opening with a clean
cloth.
5. Apply tape at the point where the webbing contacts the though-anchor webbing opening.
NOTE:
Apply the tape so that there is no looseness or wrinkling.
6. Remove the clip attaching the seat belt and check that the webbing returns smoothly.
Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK
C
D
E
F
G
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)
NOTE:
All seat belt retractors are of the Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) SB
the retractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractors
except the driver's seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (also
called child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat belt
I
is fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat belt
in a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seat
belt to fully wind back into the retractor.
Check the seat belt retractors using the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating prop- J
erly.
ELR Function Stationary Check
Grasp the shoulder webbing and pull it forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt from
extending further.
ALR Function Stationary Check
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.
Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts, indicating that the
retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.
Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If
NG, replace the retractor assembly.
Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.
ELR Function Moving Check
WARNING:
Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, a
large, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. DO NOT perform the following test on
wet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and serious
personal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the
retractor does not lock.
1. Fasten driver's seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.
2. Proceed to the designated safe area.
3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the retractor does not
lock, apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
Revision: January 2010
SB-9
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
SEAT BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
During the stop, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock,
perform the retractor off-vehicle check.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK
1.
2.
Remove the seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-4.
Slowly pull out seat belt webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the installed position
without twisting the retractor assembly as shown in the illustration.
WHIA0351E
A: Seat belt retractor in vertically installed position.
B: With 15° or less tilt, the webbing can be pulled out.
C: With 35° or more tilt, the webbing can not be pulled out.
D: Seat belt retractor in horizontally installed position.
: Vehicle front.
If the seat belt does not operate properly within the specifications, replace the seat belt retractor assembly.
Revision: January 2010
SB-10
2010 Sentra
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM
Removal and Installation - 60:40 Split Fold Down Seat
The LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether for Children) system is not serviceable.
Removal and Installation - Fixed Back Seat
B
INFOID:0000000005283004
C
REMOVAL
1.
2.
A
INFOID:0000000005283003
Remove rear seat belt buckles and center seat belt anchor bolt. Refer to SB-6, "Removal and Installation
of Rear Seat Belt" .
Remove the LATCH bracket bolts (A), then remove the LATCH
brackets (1).
Vehicle front
D
E
F
LHIA0133E
G
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
SB
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SB-11
2010 Sentra
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283005
NOTE:
The top tether strap child restraint is not serviceable.
Revision: January 2010
SB-12
2010 Sentra
SUSPENSION
SECTION
WT
ROAD WHEELS & TIRES
A
B
C
D
WT
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................15
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
Accurate Repair .......................................................16
Preliminary Check ...................................................17
Self-Diagnosis (With CONSULT-III) ........................18
Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III) ...................19
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS ................................................. 21
Data from Transmitter Not Being Received .............21
Transmitter Malfunction ...........................................21
Transmitter Pressure Malfunction ............................22
Vehicle Speed Signal ..............................................22
Vehicle Ignition Signal .............................................23
System Component ................................................. 10
System Description ................................................. 10
CAN COMMUNICATION ....................................12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 26
Inspection .................................................................. 6
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY ...................... 7
Adjustment ................................................................ 7
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM .......10
System Description ................................................. 12
Transmitter (Pressure Sensor) ................................26
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................13
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 28
Wiring Diagram- T/WARN - ..................................... 13
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 13
ID Registration Procedure ....................................... 14
Transmitter Wake Up Operation ............................. 15
Revision: January 2010
G
H
I
J
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ...... 24
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come
On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................24
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Stays On When
Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................24
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Flashes When
Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................24
Hazard Warning Lamps Flash When Ignition
Switch Is Turned On ................................................25
ID Registration Cannot Be Completed ....................25
ROAD WHEEL .................................................... 6
F
Road Wheel .............................................................28
Tire ..........................................................................28
WT-1
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283944
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283945
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
WT-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
WT
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283946
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV991B1000
(J-45295)
Transmitter activation tool
• Transmitter wake up operation
• ID registration procedure
WEIA0144E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283947
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Removing wheel nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
WT-4
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000005283948
ROAD WHEEL
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart
×
Refer to TIRES in this chart
×
WT-28
STEERING
×
BRAKE
×
DRIVE SHAFT
Shake
ROAD WHEELS
×
C
D
WT
F
G
H
TIRES
×
RAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION
×
FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
B
FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION
Non-uniformity
×
Incorrect tire size
Deformation or damage
—
Uneven tire wear
×
Vibration
Symptom
—
Incorrect tire pressure
Noise
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
TIRES
—
Imbalance
WT-28
Out-of-round
WT-7
Improper installation, looseness
Reference page
WT-6
WT-7
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
I
×
J
K
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shudder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride
or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy, Shudder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride
or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
L
M
N
O
×: Applicable
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-5
2010 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ROAD WHEEL
Inspection
INFOID:0000000005283949
ALUMINUM WHEEL
1.
2.
a.
b.
Check tires for wear and improper inflation.
Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel
runout.
Remove tire from aluminum wheel and mount on a tire balance machine.
Set dial indicator as shown.
Wheel runout
(Dial indicator value)
: Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel".
SFA975B
STEEL WHEEL
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Check tires for wear and improper inflation.
Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel
runout.
Remove tire from steel wheel and mount on a tire balance machine.
Set two dial indicators as shown.
Set each dial indicator to 0.
Rotate wheel and check dial indicators at several points around
the circumference of the wheel.
Calculate runout at each point as shown.
Radial runout = (A+B)/2
Lateral runout = (C+D)/2
f.
Select maximum positive runout value and the maximum negative value.
Add the two values to determine total runout. In case a positive
or negative value is not available, use the maximum value (negative or positive) for total runout. If the total runout value
exceeds the limit, replace steel wheel.
Wheel runout
: Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel".
SEIA0558E
Revision: January 2010
WT-6
2010 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY
A
Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005681126
BALANCING WHEELS (ADHESIVE WEIGHT TYPE)
B
Preparation Before Adjustment
Remove inner and outer balance weights from the road wheel using releasing agent, remove double-faced
adhesive tape from the road wheel.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not scratch the road wheel during removal.
• After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the road
wheel.
C
D
Wheel Balance Adjustment
• If a balancer machine has an adhesive weight mode setting, select weight mode setting and skip Step 2. WT
below. If a balancer machine only has the clip-on (rim flange) weight mode setting, follow Step 2. to calculate
the correct size adhesive weight.
1. Set road wheel on balancer machine using the center hole as a guide. Start the balancer machine.
F
2. For tire balance machines that only have a clip-on (rim flange) weight mode setting, follow this step to calculate the correct size adhesive weight to use. When inner and outer imbalance values are shown on the
balancer machine indicator, multiply outer imbalance value by 5/3 (1.67) to determine balance weight that
G
should be used. Select the outer balance weight with a value closest to the calculated value above and
install in to the designated outer position of, or at the designated angle in relation to the road wheel.
a. Indicated imbalance value × 5/3 (1.67) = balance weight to be
H
installed
Calculation example:
23 g (0.81 oz) × 5/3 (1.67) = 38.33 g (1.35 oz) ⇒ 40 g (1.41 oz)
balance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value)
I
NOTE:
Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculated
balance weight value.
J
Example:
37.4 ⇒ 35 g (1.23 oz)
37.5 ⇒ 40 g (1.41 oz)
SMA054D
K
3.
Installed balance weight in the position shown.
CAUTION:
• Do not install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight.
• Before installing the balance weight, be sure to clean the mating surface of the road wheel.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-7
2010 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installing balance weight (1) to road wheels, set it into
the grooved area (A) on the inner wall of the road wheel as
shown so that the balance weight center (B) is aligned with the
balancer machine indication position (angle) (C).
CAUTION:
• Always use genuine NISSAN adhesive balance weights.
• Balance weights are non-reusable; always replace with
new ones.
• Do not install more than three sheets of balance weight.
JPEIC0040ZZ
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz), install
two balance weight sheets in line with each other as shown in
the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not install one balance weight sheet on top another.
Start balancer machine again.
Install balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the balancer machine indication position (angle).
CAUTION:
Do not install more than two balance weights.
Start balancer machine. Make sure that inner and outer residual
unbalance values are 5 g (0.17 oz) each or below.
If either residual unbalance value exceeds 5 g (0.17 oz), repeat installation procedures.
Wheel balance
Dynamic (At flange)
Maximum allowable unbalance
PEIA0033E
Static (At flange)
Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel".
TIRE ROTATION
• Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals.
Refer to MA-9, "Schedule 1".
• When installing the wheel, tighten wheel nuts to the specified
torque.
CAUTION:
• Do not include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires.
• When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing
the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheels
from developing any distortion.
• Be careful not to tighten wheel nut at torque exceeding the
criteria for preventing strain of disc rotor.
• Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels.
Wheel nut tightening
torque
Revision: January 2010
SMA829C
: 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
WT-8
2010 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Perform the ID registration, after tire rotation. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
A
B
C
D
WT
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-9
2010 Sentra
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
System Component
INFOID:0000000005283952
WEIA0200E
1.
Remote keyless entry receiver
M15
2.
Transmitters
4.
Combination meter
M24
5.
BCM
M18, M20
3.
System Description
Tire pressure warning check connector
M39
INFOID:0000000005283953
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
The BCM is shown with the instrument panel removed. The BCM
reads the air pressure signal received by the remote keyless entry
receiver, and controls the low tire pressure warning lamp as shown
below. It also has a self-diagnosis function to detect a system malfunction.
Condition
Low tire pressure warning lamp
System normal
Tire less than 182 kPa (1.82
psi)
[Flat tire]
On for 1 second after ignition ON
kg/cm2,
26.5
Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction
ON
WEIA0201E
After key ON, flashes once per second for 1 minute, then stays ON
TRANSMITTER
Revision: January 2010
WT-10
2010 Sentra
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A sensor-transmitter integrated with a valve is installed in each
wheel, and transmits a detected air pressure signal in the form of a
radio wave. The radio signal is received by the remote keyless entry
receiver.
A
B
C
WEIA0137E
D
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
The remote keyless entry receiver (without Intelligent Key (A), or
with Intelligent Key (B)) is shown with the instrument panel removed.
The remote keyless entry receiver receives the air pressure signal
transmitted by the transmitter in each wheel.
WT
F
G
WEIA0208E
COMBINATION METER
H
The combination meter receives tire pressure status from the BCM
using CAN communication. When a low tire pressure condition is
sensed by the BCM, the combination meter low tire pressure warning lamp is activated.
I
J
K
LEIA0055E
TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK CONNECTOR
The tire pressure warning check connector can be grounded in order to initiate self-diagnosis without a CONSULT-III. Refer to WT-19, "Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III)". The tire pressure warning check connector
is located behind the instrument panel LH. Refer to PG-37, "Harness Layout".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-11
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283954
Refer to LAN-7, "System Description".
Revision: January 2010
WT-12
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Wiring Diagram- T/WARN -
INFOID:0000000005283955
B
C
D
WT
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AAEWA0008GB
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM
INFOID:0000000005283956
Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Revision: January 2010
WT-13
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ID Registration Procedure
INFOID:0000000005283957
ID REGISTRATION WITH TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL
NOTE:
This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM.
New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter
Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed.
1. Connect CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AIR PRESSURE MONITOR” on BCM.
3. Select “WORK SUPPORT” and select "ID REGIST".
4. Push the transmitter activation tool against the tire near the front
left transmitter. Press the button for 5 seconds.
Tool number
: (J-45295)
LEIA0036E
5.
Register the IDs in order from FR LH, FR RH, RR RH and RR LH. When ID registration of each wheel has
been completed the hazard warning lamps flash.
Activation tire position
1
Front LH
2
Front RH
3
Rear RH
4
Rear LH
Hazard warning lamp
CONSULT-III
2 times flashing
“YET”
↓
“DONE”
6. After completing all ID registrations, press “END” to complete the procedure.
NOTE:
Be sure to register the IDs in order from FR LH, FR RH, RR RH, to RR LH, or the self-diagnostic results display will not function properly.
ID REGISTRATION WITHOUT TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL
NOTE:
This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM.
New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter
Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed.
1. Connect CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AIR PRESSURE MONITOR” on BCM.
3. Select “WORK SUPPORT” and select "ID REGIST".
4. Adjust the tire pressure to the values shown in the table below and drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH)
or more for a few minutes.
5.
Tire position
Tire pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Front – Left
250 (2.5, 36)
Front – Right
230 (2.3, 33)
Rear – Right
210 (2.1, 30)
Rear – Left
190 (1.9, 27)
After completing all ID registrations, press “END” to complete the procedure.
Revision: January 2010
WT-14
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Activation tire position
CONSULT-III
A
“YET”
↓
“DONE”
B
Front LH
Front RH
Rear RH
Rear LH
6.
Inflate all tires to proper pressure. Refer to WT-28, "Tire".
Transmitter Wake Up Operation
C
INFOID:0000000005283958
D
NOTE:
This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM.
New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter
Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed.
WT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. Push the transmitter activation tool
against the tire near the front left transmitter. Press the button for
5 seconds. The hazard warning lamps flash per the diagram
F
below.
Tool number
: (J-45295)
G
H
LEIA0036E
2.
3.
Repeat this procedure for each tire in the following order: FL, FR, RR, RL.
When the BCM finishes assigning each tire ID, the BCM flashes the hazard warning lamps and sends
flashing indicator status by CAN according to the following time chart.
I
J
K
L
M
N
WEIA0177E
4.
After completing wake up of all transmitters, make sure low tire pressure warning lamp goes out.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM)
INFOID:0000000005283959
P
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Revision: January 2010
O
WT-15
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM
diagnostic test item
Diagnostic mode
Description
WORK SUPPORT
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received
data is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
Inspection by part
ACTIVE TEST
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
CONFIGURATION
Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication
can be read.
BCM part number can be read.
Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair
INFOID:0000000005283960
INTRODUCTION
• Before troubleshooting, verify customer complaints.
• If a vehicle malfunction is difficult to reproduce, harnesses, harness connectors or terminals may be malfunctioning. Hold and shake these parts to make sure they are securely connected.
• When using a circuit tester to measure voltage or resistance of each circuit, be careful not to damage or
deform connector terminals.
WORK FLOW
Revision: January 2010
WT-16
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
WT
F
G
H
I
J
SEIA0100E
Preliminary check :
WT-17
Self-diagnosis :
WT-18
Trouble diagnosis for symptoms :
WT-24
L
Preliminary Check
INFOID:0000000005283961
BASIC INSPECTION
M
1.CHECK ALL TIRE PRESSURES
Check all tire pressures. Refer to WT-28, "Tire".
Do tire pressures match specifications?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Adjust tire pressure to specified value.
N
O
2.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Check low tire pressure warning lamp activation.
Does warning lamp activate for 1 second when ignition switch is turned ON?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO WT-24, "Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is
Turned On".
3.CHECK BCM CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect BCM harness connector.
Check terminals for damage or loose connection.
Revision: January 2010
K
WT-17
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Reconnect harness connector.
Are BCM connectors damaged or loose?
YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL
Check transmitter activation tool battery.
Is transmitter activation tool battery fully charged?
YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis.
NO
>> Replace battery in transmitter activation tool.
Self-Diagnosis (With CONSULT-III)
INFOID:0000000005283962
DESCRIPTION
During driving, the tire pressure monitoring system receives the signal transmitted from the transmitter
installed in each wheel, and turns on the low tire pressure warning lamp when the tire pressure becomes low.
The control unit (BCM) for this system has pressure judgement and self-diagnosis functions.
FUNCTION
When the tire pressure monitoring system detects low inflation pressure or an internal malfunction, the low tire
pressure warning lamp in the combination meter comes on. The malfunction location is indicated by the low
tire pressure warning lamp flashing and the buzzer sounding.
CONSULT-III Application to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ITEM
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
Front - Left transmitter
×
×
Front - Right transmitter
×
×
Rear - Left transmitter
×
×
Rear - Right transmitter
×
×
Warning lamp
—
×
Vehicle speed
×
×
Buzzer (in combination meter)
—
×
CAN Communication
×
×
× : Applicable
– : Not applicable
Self-Diagnostic Results Mode
Diagnostic item is detected when ···
Reference page
LOW - PRESSURE - FL [C1704]
LOW - PRESSURE - FR [C1705]
LOW - PRESSURE - RR [C1706]
LOW - PRESSURE - RL [C1707]
Diagnostic item
Tire Pressure dropped below specified value. Refer to WT10, "System Description".
—
[NO-DATA] - FL [C1708]
[NO-DATA] - FR [C1709]
[NO-DATA] - RR [C1710]
[NO-DATA] - RL [C1711]
Data from FL transmitter cannot be received.
Data from FR transmitter cannot be received.
Data from RR transmitter cannot be received.
Data from RL transmitter cannot be received.
WT-21
[CHECKSUM- ERR] - FL [C1712]
[CHECKSUM- ERR] - FR [C1713]
[CHECKSUM- ERR] - RR [C1714]
[CHECKSUM- ERR] - RL [C1715]
Checksum data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning.
Checksum data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Checksum data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Checksum data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning.
WT-21
[PRESSDATA- ERR] - FL [C1716]
[PRESSDATA- ERR] - FR [C1717]
[PRESSDATA- ERR] - RR [C1718]
[PRESSDATA- ERR] - RL [C1719]
Air pressure data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning.
Air pressure data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Air pressure data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Air pressure data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning.
WT-22
Revision: January 2010
WT-18
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic item
Diagnostic item is detected when ···
Reference page
[CODE- ERR] - FL [C1720]
[CODE- ERR] - FR [C1721]
[CODE- ERR] - RR [C1722]
[CODE- ERR] - RL [C1723]
Function code data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning.
Function code data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Function code data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning.
Function code data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning.
WT-21
[BATT - VOLT - LOW] - FL [C1724]
[BATT - VOLT - LOW] - FR [C1725]
[BATT - VOLT - LOW] - RR [C1726]
[BATT - VOLT - LOW] - RL [C1727]
Battery voltage of FL transmitter drops.
Battery voltage of FR transmitter drops.
Battery voltage of RR transmitter drops.
Battery voltage of RL transmitter drops.
WT-21
VHCL_SPEED_SIG_ERR [C1729]
Vehicle speed signal is in error.
WT-22
IGN_CIRCUIT_OPEN [C1735]
Vehicle ignition signal is in error.
WT-23
A
B
C
D
NOTE:
Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID or else the actual malfunction location may be different from that displayed on CONSULT-III.
WT
Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR
VHCL SPEED
AIR PRESS FL
AIR PRESS FR
AIR PRESS RR
AIR PRESS RL
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Drive vehicle.
F
Vehicle speed (km/h or MPH)
• Drive vehicle for a few minutes.
or
G
Tire pressure (kPa or psi)
• Ignition switch ON and activation tool
is transmitting activation signals.
ID REGST FL1
ID REGST FR1
ID REGST RR1
ID REGST RL1
H
Registration ID: DONE
No registration ID: YET
I
Ignition switch ON
WARNING LAMP
Low tire pressure warning lamp on: ON
Low tire pressure warning lamp off: OFF
BUZZER
Buzzer in combination meter on: ON
Buzzer in combination meter off: OFF
J
NOTE:
Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID, or the actual malfunction location may be different from that displayed on
CONSULT-III.
Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III)
INFOID:0000000005283963
K
L
SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Ground the tire pressure warning check connector to initiate self diagnosis.
Compare the flashing pattern with the flash code chart below.
M
N
O
P
ALEIA0050GB
NOTE:
The system is normal when the low tire pressure warning lamp flashes 5 times and continues repeating. Selfdiagnosis results are erased automatically by turning the ignition switch “OFF”.
Revision: January 2010
WT-19
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Flash Code or Symptom
Malfunction part
Reference
page
15
16
17
18
Tire pressure dropped below specified value. Refer to WT-10, "System
Description".
—
21
22
23
24
Transmitter no data (FL)
Transmitter no data (FR)
Transmitter no data (RR)
Transmitter no data (RL)
WT-21
31
32
33
34
Transmitter checksum error (FL)
Transmitter checksum error (FR)
Transmitter checksum error (RR)
Transmitter checksum error (RL)
WT-21
35
36
37
38
Transmitter pressure data error (FL)
Transmitter pressure data error (FR)
Transmitter pressure data error (RR)
Transmitter pressure data error (RL)
WT-22
41
42
43
44
Transmitter function code error (FL)
Transmitter function code error (FR)
Transmitter function code error (RR)
Transmitter function code error (RL)
WT-21
45
46
47
48
Transmitter battery voltage low (FL)
Transmitter battery voltage low (FR)
Transmitter battery voltage low (RR)
Transmitter battery voltage low (RL)
WT-21
52
Vehicle speed signal
WT-22
54
Vehicle ignition signal
WT-23
Low tire pressure warning lamp does
not come on when ignition switch is
turned on.
• Fuse or combination meter
• BCM connector or circuit
• BCM
WT-24
Low tire pressure warning lamp stays
on when ignition switch is turned on.
• Combination meter
• BCM connector or circuit
• BCM
WT-24
Low tire pressure warning lamp flashes
when ignition switch is turned on.
•
•
•
•
BCM harness connector or circuit
BCM
Transmitter's mode off
ID registration not completed yet
WT-24
Hazard warning lamps flash when ignition switch is turned on.
• BCM harness connector or circuit
• BCM
WT-25
ID registration cannot be completed.
•
•
•
•
•
WT-25
Revision: January 2010
Transmitter
Remote keyless entry receiver harness connector or circuit
Remote keyless entry receiver
BCM harness connector or circuit
BCM
WT-20
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
Data from Transmitter Not Being Received
A
INFOID:0000000005283964
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 21, 22, 23 OR 24 (DTC C1708, C1709, C1710 OR C1711)
B
Drive for several minutes. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III.
Are all tire pressures displayed as 0 kPa?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
C
1.CHECK BCM
D
2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER CONNECTOR
Check remote keyless entry receiver connector for damage or loose connections.
Is the remote keyless entry receiver connector damaged or loose?
YES >> Repair or replace remote keyless entry receiver connector.
NO
>> Replace BCM, then GO TO 3. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
WT
F
3.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Is there a tire that cannot register ID?
YES >> Replace transmitter of the tire, then GO TO 5. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)".
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4.DRIVE VEHICLE
G
H
1.
2.
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping.
Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 15 minutes after vehicle speed becomes 17 km/h (11
MPH).
Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
I
J
5.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for
10 minutes.
3. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes.
Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO the inspection applicable to DTC.
1.
2.
Transmitter Malfunction
1.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION
2.REPLACE TRANSMITTER
2.
Check low tire pressure warning lamp again for flashing, replace malfunctioning transmitter. Refer to WT26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)".
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
M
N
O
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for
10 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
1.
L
INFOID:0000000005283965
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 31, 32, 33, 34, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47 OR 48 (DTC C1712, C1713,
C1714, C1715, C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723, C1724, C1725, C1726 OR C1727)
1.
2.
K
WT-21
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO WT-21, "Data from Transmitter Not Being Received".
3.DRIVE VEHICLE
1.
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for
10 minutes.
2. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes.
Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace malfunctioning transmitter, and perform Step 3 again. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter
(Pressure Sensor)".
Transmitter Pressure Malfunction
INFOID:0000000005283966
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 35, 36, 37 OR 38 (DTC C1716, C1717, C1718 OR C1719)
1.CHECK ALL TIRE PRESSURES
Check all tire pressures. Refer to WT-28, "Tire".
Are there any tires with pressure of 64 psi or more?
YES >> Adjust tire pressure to specified value.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping.
Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 15 minutes after vehicle speed becomes 17 km/h (11
MPH).
Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display 64 psi or more?
YES >> Replace transmitter. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)". GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
3.
3.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for
10 minutes.
3. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes.
Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO the inspection applicable to DTC.
1.
2.
Vehicle Speed Signal
INFOID:0000000005283967
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 52 (DTC C1729)
1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK
Using CONSULT-III, check display contents in self-diagnostic results.
Is " CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Malfunction in CAN communication system. GO TO LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BCM
Perform BCM diagnosis. Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Inspection results OK?
YES >> Perform Vehicle Speed Sensor Inspection. Refer to CVT-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Revision: January 2010
WT-22
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Vehicle Ignition Signal
INFOID:0000000005283968
A
MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 54 (DTC C1735)
1.CAN IGNITION SIGNAL
B
Check BCM IGN RLY signal with CONSULT-III. Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Are the inspection results normal with the ignition switch ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check CAN system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
C
2.BCM POWER SUPPLY
D
Check BCM power supply (ignition ON). Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is the power supply with the ignition switch ON normal?
WT
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair power supply as necessary.
3.DRIVE VEHICLE
F
Clear DTC and then test drive the vehicle and check the low tire pressure warning lamp.
Does the vehicle operate without any low tire pressure warning lamp?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-23
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned
On
INFOID:0000000005283969
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK
Using CONSULT-III, check display contents in self-diagnostic results.
Is "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in the self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Malfunction in CAN communication system. GO TO LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter operation. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
Inspection results OK?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
Disconnect BCM harness connector.
Does the low tire pressure warning lamp activate?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NO
>> Check combination meter operation. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination
Meter".
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
INFOID:0000000005283970
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK BCM CONNECTORS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM harness connectors M18 and M20.
3. Check terminals for damage or loose connections.
Are any of the BCM connectors loose or damaged?
YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Are the BCM power supply and ground circuits OK?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NO
>> Repair BCM power supply or ground circuits.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Flashes When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
INFOID:0000000005283971
NOTE:
If low tire pressure warning lamp flashes as shown, the system is normal.
Flash Mode A
Revision: January 2010
WT-24
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• This mode shows transmitter status is OFF-mode.
Carry out transmitter wake up operation. Refer to WT-15, "Transmitter Wake Up Operation".
A
B
C
SEIA0347E
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK BCM CONNECTORS
WT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM harness connectors M18 and M20.
3. Check terminals for damage or loose connections.
Inspection results OK?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
G
Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 terminal 15 and ground.
H
Continuity should not exist.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> Repair circuit for short to ground.
NO
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
I
J
SEIA0438E
Hazard Warning Lamps Flash When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
K
INFOID:0000000005283972
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
L
Check BCM ground circuit. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".
Is BCM ground circuit OK?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
NO
>> Repair BCM ground circuit.
M
1.CHECK BCM GROUND CIRCUIT
ID Registration Cannot Be Completed
N
INFOID:0000000005283973
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
O
Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure".
Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO WT-21, "Data from Transmitter Not Being Received".
P
1.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION OF ALL TRANSMITTERS
Revision: January 2010
WT-25
2010 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)
INFOID:0000000005283974
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove wheel and tire using power tool.
Deflate tire. Unscrew transmitter retaining nut and allow transmitter to fall into tire.
Gently bounce tire so that transmitter falls to bottom of tire.
Place wheel and tire assembly on tire changing machine and
break both tire beads. Ensure that the transmitter remains at the
bottom of the tire while breaking the bead.
SEIA0047E
4.
5.
6.
Turn tire so that valve hole is at bottom, and gently bounce the
tire to ensure transmitter is near valve hole. Carefully lift tire onto
turntable and position valve hole (and transmitter) 270 degrees
from mounting/dismounting head.
Lubricate tire well, and remove top side of tire. Reach inside the
tire and remove the transmitter.
Remove the second side of the tire as normal.
WEIA0046E
INSTALLATION
1.
Place first side of tire onto rim.
SEIA0049E
2.
3.
Apply suitable silicone lubricant to new transmitter seal then
install seal on transmitter. Refer to MA-15.
NOTE:
Always replace the seal after every disassembly.
Mount transmitter on rim and tighten nut.
NOTE:
Make sure no burrs exist in the valve stem hole of the wheel.
Transmitter nut
: 7.7 N·m (0.79 kg-m, 68 in-lb)
WEIA0137E
Revision: January 2010
WT-26
2010 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Place wheel on turntable of tire machine. Ensure that transmitter
is 270 degrees from mounting/dismounting head.
NOTE:
Do not touch transmitter with mounting head.
5. Lubricate tire well, and install second side of tire as normal.
Ensure that tire does not rotate relative to rim.
6. Inflate tire and balance the wheel and tire assembly. Refer to
WT-7, "Adjustment".
7. Install wheel and tire assembly in appropriate wheel position on
vehicle. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
NOTE:
If replacing the transmitter, then transmitter wake up operation
must be performed. Refer to WT-15, "Transmitter Wake Up Operation".
A
B
C
WEIA0046E
D
WT
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
WT-27
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Road Wheel
INFOID:0000000005283975
Allowable
Standard item
Maximum radial runout limit
Maximum allowable unbalance
Aluminum
Steel
Lateral deflection
Less than 0.3 mm
(0.012 in)
Less than 0.5 mm
(0.020 in)
Radial deflection
Less than 0.3 mm
(0.012 in)
Less than 0.8 mm
(0.031 in)
Dynamic
(At rim flange)
Static (At rim flange)
Less than 5 g (0.18 oz) (one side)
Less than 10 g (0.35 oz)
Tire
INFOID:0000000005283976
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Tire size/speed
rating
Cold tire inflation pressure
Conventional tire
Spare tire
Front wheel
Rear wheel
P205/60HR15
230 (2.3, 33)
230 (2.3, 33)
—
P205/55HR16
230 (2.3, 33)
230 (2.3, 33)
—
P225/45VR17
240 (2.45, 35)
240 (2.45, 35)
—
P225/45WR17
240 (2.45, 35)
240 (2.45, 35)
—
—
—
420 (4.2, 60)
T125/70D16
Revision: January 2010
WT-28
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL
SECTION
SC
STARTING & CHARGING SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
STARTING SYSTEM ......................................... 11
F
System Description ..................................................11
Wiring Diagram - START - .......................................13
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting) ...........................................20
Removal and Installation MR20DE ..........................24
Removal and Installation QR25DE ..........................24
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
CHARGING SYSTEM ....................................... 26
System Description ..................................................26
Wiring Diagram - CHARGE - ...................................27
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Charging) .........................................29
Removal and Installation MR20DE ..........................32
Removal and Installation QR25DE ..........................33
Generator Pulley Inspection ....................................33
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
BATTERY ............................................................ 5
How to Handle Battery .............................................. 5
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station ............................................................. 7
Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery) ............ 7
Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery) ............. 8
Exploded View (QR25DE Battery Tray) .................... 9
Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)...... 9
Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection...... 9
H
I
J
SC
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 35
Battery .....................................................................35
Starter ......................................................................35
Generator ................................................................35
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005283876
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283877
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
SC-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283878
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(—) Model GR-8
Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station
Tests batteries, starting and charging systems.
For operating instructions, refer to diagnostic
station instruction manual.
AWIIA1239ZZ
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283879
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
SC-4
2010 Sentra
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BATTERY
A
How to Handle Battery
INFOID:0000000005283880
CAUTION:
• If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt
booster battery.
• After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly clamped to battery terminals for good
contact.
• Never add distilled water through the hole used to check specific gravity.
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE
B
C
D
The following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging
a battery.
• The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be kept
clean and dry.
• The terminal connections should be clean and tight.
• At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level.
This also applies to batteries designated as “low maintenance” and
“maintenance-free”.
E
F
MEL040F
• When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period of
time, disconnect the negative battery terminal.
G
H
I
J
MEL041F
• Check the charge condition of the battery.
Periodically check the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Keep a
close check on charge condition to prevent over-discharge.
SC
L
M
N
MEL042F
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
O
WARNING:
Do not allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery, do not touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your hands. If acid contacts eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
Revision: January 2010
SC-5
2010 Sentra
P
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool.
• Add distilled water up to the MAX level.
MEL043F
Sulfation
A battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattended
for a long time and the specific gravity will become less than
1.100. This may result in sulfation on the cell plates.
To determine if a battery has been sulfated, note its voltage and
current when charging it. Less current and higher voltage are
observed in the initial stage of charging sulfated batteries, as
shown.
A sulfated battery may sometimes be brought back into service
by means of a long, slow charge, 12 hours or more, followed by
a battery capacity test.
WKIA4166E
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK
1.
2.
Read hydrometer and thermometer indications at eye level.
Use the following chart to correct your hydrometer reading
according to electrolyte temperature.
MEL042FA
Hydrometer Temperature Correction
Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F)
Add to specific gravity reading
71 (160)
0.032
66 (150)
0.028
60 (140)
0.024
54 (130)
0.020
49 (120)
0.016
43 (110)
0.012
38 (100)
0.008
32 (90)
0.004
27 (80)
0
21 (70)
−0.004
16 (60)
−0.008
10 (50)
−0.012
4 (40)
−0.016
−1 (30)
−0.020
Revision: January 2010
SC-6
2010 Sentra
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F)
Add to specific gravity reading
−7 (20)
−0.024
−12 (10)
−0.028
−18 (0)
−0.032
Corrected specific gravity
Approximate charge condition
1.260 - 1.280
Fully charged
1.230 - 1.250
3/4 charged
1.200 - 1.220
1/2 charged
1.170 - 1.190
1/4 charged
1.140 - 1.160
Almost discharged
1.110 - 1.130
Completely discharged
A
B
C
D
E
CHARGING THE BATTERY
CAUTION:
• Do not “quick charge” a fully discharged battery.
• Keep the battery away from open flame while it is being charged.
• When connecting the charger, connect the leads first, then turn on the charger. Do not turn on the
charger first, as this may cause a spark.
• If battery electrolyte temperature rises above 55°C (131°F), stop charging. Always charge battery at a
temperature below 55°C (131°F).
F
G
H
Charging Rates
Amps
Time
50
1 hour
25
2 hours
10
5 hours
5
10 hours
I
J
Do not charge at more than 50 ampere rate.
SC
NOTE:
The ammeter reading on your battery charger will automatically decrease as the battery charges. This indicates that the voltage of the battery is increasing normally as the state of charge improves. The charging amps
indicated above refer to initial charge rate.
L
• If, after charging, the specific gravity of any two cells varies more than 0.050, the battery should be replaced.
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station
INFOID:0000000005283881
M
Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)
INFOID:0000000005283882
N
REMOVAL MR20DE
1.
2.
3.
Loosen battery terminal nuts (A), and disconnect both negative
and positive battery terminals.
CAUTION:
When disconnecting, disconnect the battery negative terminal first.
Remove battery frame nuts (B) and battery frame.
Remove battery.
O
P
PKIC0535E
Revision: January 2010
SC-7
2010 Sentra
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When connecting, connect the battery positive terminal first.
Battery frame nuts
Battery terminal nuts
: 5.42 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb)
: 5.4 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb)
Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection".
Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)
INFOID:0000000005283883
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen battery terminal nuts (A), and disconnect both negative
and positive battery terminals.
CAUTION:
When disconnecting, disconnect the battery negative terminal first.
Remove battery hold-down wedge bolt (B) and battery wedge
bracket.
Remove battery.
Remove battery tray liner, if necessary.
LKIA0928E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When connecting, connect the battery positive terminal first.
Battery wedge bracket bolt
Battery terminal nuts
: 30 N·m (3.1 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)
: 5.4 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb)
Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection".
Revision: January 2010
SC-8
2010 Sentra
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Exploded View (QR25DE Battery Tray)
INFOID:0000000005612456
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
AWMIA1186GB
1.
Battery
2.
Battery wedge bracket
3.
Battery tray liner
4.
Battery tray
5.
ECM
6.
ECM harness bracket
7.
Transmission control module
(TCM) (CVT models)
SC
Vehicle front
Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)
J
INFOID:0000000005612455
L
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove battery and battery tray liner. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Disconnect ECM.
Disconnect TCM (CVT models).
Remove the battery tray bolts and battery tray.
Remove the ECM harness bracket, if necessary.
Remove the ECM, if necessary.
Remove the TCM (CVT models), if necessary.
M
N
O
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection".
Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection
Revision: January 2010
SC-9
INFOID:0000000005283884
2010 Sentra
P
BATTERY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYSTEM
ITEM
Reference
EC-99 (MR20DE for California)
EC-654 (MR20DE except for California)
EC-1193 (QR25DE)
Engine Control
Idle Air Volume Learning
Brake Control
Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position
BRC-83
Glasses, Window & Mirrors
Power Window System Initialization
GW-49
Roof
Sunroof Memory Reset/Initialization
RF-11
Audio-visual System
Revision: January 2010
Audio (Radio Preset)
Refer to Owner’s Manual.
Navigation System
SC-10
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
STARTING SYSTEM
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283885
M/T Models with MR20DE
B
Power is supplied at all times
• through 225A fusible link [letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery) or
• to starter motor terminal B and
• through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to ignition switch terminal B.
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied
• from ignition switch terminal ST
• to IPDM E/R terminal 21.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to the clutch interlock switch terminal 2.
With the clutch pedal depressed, power is supplied
• through the clutch interlock switch terminal 1
• to IPDM E/R terminal 35.
Ground is supplied at all times
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through body grounds E9, E15 and E24.
If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines,
the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied
• through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R
• to terminal S of the starter motor.
The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor
operates.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
M/T Models with QR25DE
Power is supplied at all times
J
• through fusible link box (battery)
• to starter motor terminal B and
• through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to ignition switch terminal B.
SC
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied
• from ignition switch terminal ST
• to IPDM E/R terminal 21.
L
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to clutch interlock switch terminal 2.
With the clutch pedal depressed, power is supplied
M
• through clutch interlock switch terminal 1
• to IPDM E/R terminal 35.
Ground is supplied at all times
N
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through body grounds E9 and E15.
If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines,
the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied
O
• through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R
• to terminal S of the starter motor.
The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor P
operates.
CVT Models with MR20DE
Power is supplied at all times
• through 225A fusible link [letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery)]
• to starter motor terminal B, and
• through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
Revision: January 2010
SC-11
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to ignition switch terminal B.
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied
• from ignition switch terminal ST
• to IPDM E/R terminal 21.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to transmission range switch terminal 7.
With the selector lever in the P or N position, power is supplied
• through transmission range switch terminal 6
• to IPDM E/R terminal 35.
Ground is supplied at all times
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through body grounds E9, E15 and E24.
If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines,
the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied
• through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R
• to terminal S of the starter motor.
The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor
operates.
CVT Models with QR25DE
Power is supplied at all times
• through fusible link box (battery)
• to starter motor terminal B, and
• through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to ignition switch terminal B.
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied
• from ignition switch terminal ST
• to IPDM E/R terminal 21.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to transmission range switch terminal 7.
With the selector lever in the P or N position, power is supplied
• through transmission range switch terminal 6
• to IPDM E/R terminal 35.
Ground is supplied at all times
• to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59
• through body grounds E9 and E15.
If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines,
the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied
• through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R
• to terminal S of the starter motor.
The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor
operates.
Revision: January 2010
SC-12
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - START -
INFOID:0000000005283886
A
M/T Models - MR20DE
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
P
WKWA5772E
Revision: January 2010
SC-13
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BKWA0739E
Revision: January 2010
SC-14
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T Models - QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
WKWA5773E
Revision: January 2010
SC-15
2010 Sentra
P
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WKWA5774E
Revision: January 2010
SC-16
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models - MR20DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
WKWA5775E
Revision: January 2010
SC-17
2010 Sentra
P
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WKWA5776E
Revision: January 2010
SC-18
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models - QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
WKWA5777E
Revision: January 2010
SC-19
2010 Sentra
P
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AWBWA0066GB
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting)
INFOID:0000000005283887
Perform the starting system test with multitasking battery diagnostic station. For details and operating instructions, refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
Revision: January 2010
SC-20
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
AWBIA0768GB
P
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
Check Starter Motor Circuit
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO STARTER MOTOR
1.
Remove the fuel pump fuse.
Revision: January 2010
SC-21
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
4. Check that the starter motor connector F27 connection is clean and tight.
5. Check voltage between starter motor connector F27 terminal B
and ground using a digital circuit tester.
Battery voltage should exist
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the starter
motor for open circuit.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
WKIA0137E
Check voltage between starter motor connector F27 terminal B and
battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester.
Ignition switch in
START
: Less than 0.2V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the starter
motor for poor continuity.
3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON STARTER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
WKIA0138E
Check voltage between starter motor case and battery negative terminal using a digital circuit tester.
Ignition switch in
START
: Less than 0.2V
OK or NG
OK
>> Starter motor ground circuit is OK. Further inspection is
necessary. Refer to "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting)".
NG
>> Check harness between the starter motor case and
ground for poor continuity.
WKIA0139E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Check Magnetic Switch Circuit
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAGNETIC SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the fuel pump fuse.
Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect starter motor connector F28.
Revision: January 2010
SC-22
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Check voltage between starter motor connector F28 terminal S
and ground using a digital circuit tester.
Ignition switch in
START
A
: Battery voltage
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following:
• 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• 15A fuse (No. 52, located in the IPDM E/R)
• 20A fuse (No. 53, located in the IPDM E/R)
• Transmission range switch (CVT models) or clutch interlock switch (M/T models)
• Ignition switch
• Ignition relay (IPDM E/R)
• Starter relay (IPDM E/R)
• Starter relay request ON signal from BCM
• Harness for open or short circuit
C
WKIA5736E
D
E
F
2.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON MAGNETIC SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
G
Connect starter motor connector F28.
Check voltage between starter motor connector F28 terminal S
and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester.
Ignition switch in
START
H
: Less than 1V
OK or NG
OK
>> Magnetic switch circuit is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking
Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting)".
NG
>> Check harness, components and connections between
the battery and the magnetic switch for poor continuity.
I
J
WKIA5737E
MINIMUM SPECIFICATION OF CRANKING VOLTAGE REFERENCING COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage V
−30°C to −20°C (−22°F to −4°F)
8.4
−19°C to −10°C (−2°F to 14°F)
8.9
−9°C to 0°C (16°F to 32°F)
9.3
More than 1°C (More than 34°F)
9.7
SC
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-23
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation MR20DE
INFOID:0000000005283888
ALBIA0633ZZ
1.
"S" terminal harness
4.
Cylinder block
2.
"B" terminal harness
3.
Starter motor
Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
Remove "S" terminal nut.
Remove “B” terminal nut.
Remove starter motor bolts.
Remove starter motor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully.
Removal and Installation QR25DE
INFOID:0000000005283889
CVT Models
AWBIA0871GB
Revision: January 2010
SC-24
2010 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
"S" terminal harness
2.
Starter motor
3.
"B" terminal
A
M/T Models
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
AWBIA0872GB
1.
Starter motor
4.
Transaxle assembly
2.
"B" terminal
3.
I
"S" terminal
Engine front
J
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Raise vehicle.
Disconnect “S” terminal connector.
Remove “B” terminal nut.
Remove starter motor bolts.
Remove starter motor.
SC
L
M
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-25
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CHARGING SYSTEM
System Description
INFOID:0000000005283890
The generator provides DC voltage to operate the vehicle's electrical system and to keep the battery charged.
The voltage output is controlled by the IC regulator.
Power is supplied at all times to generator terminal 3 through
• 10A fuse [No. 26, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
Power is supplied through terminal 1 to charge the battery and operate the vehicle's electrical system. Output
voltage is monitored at terminal 3 by the IC regulator. The charging circuit is protected by the 225A fusible link
[letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery)].
Ground is supplied
• to generator terminal 5
• through body ground F5 (MR20DE)
• through body ground E62 (QR25DE) and
• through the generator case to the cylinder block
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to combination meter terminal 2 for the charge warning lamp.
The IC regulator controls ground to terminal 32 of the combination meter through terminal 2 of the generator.
When the ignition is turned on and power becomes available at terminal 2, this "wakes up" the regulator. The
regulator monitors charge output and grounds terminal 2 or leaves it open depending on charge output. With
power and ground supplied, the charge warning lamp will illuminate. When the generator is providing sufficient
voltage, the ground is opened and the charge warning lamp will go off.
If the charge warning lamp illuminates with the engine running, a malfunction is indicated.
Revision: January 2010
SC-26
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - CHARGE -
INFOID:0000000005283891
A
MR20DE
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
P
AAMWA0189GB
Revision: January 2010
SC-27
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
QR25DE
AAMWA0190GB
Revision: January 2010
SC-28
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Charging)
INFOID:0000000005283892
A
Perform the charging system test with multitasking battery diagnostic station. For details and operating instructions, refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
N
O
AWMIA1142GB
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
P
Check Charge Warning Lamp Circuit
1.CHECK CHARGE WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT CONNECTION
Check to see if terminal 2 is clean and tight.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
SC-29
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal 2 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system
test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
2.CHECK CHARGE WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect generator connector F14.
Apply ground to generator connector F14 terminal 2 with the
ignition switch in the ON position.
CHARGE lamp should light up.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking Battery
Diagnostic Station (Charging)".
NG
>> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• CHARGE lamp
• Harness for open or short between combination meter
and fuse
• Harness for open or short between combination meter and generator
WKIA5577E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Check Battery Circuit
1.CHECK BATTERY CIRCUIT CONNECTION
Check to see if connector F15 terminal 1 is clean and tight.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair connector F15 terminal 1 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/
Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
2.CHECK BATTERY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between generator connector F15 terminal 1 and
ground using a digital circuit tester.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 225A fusible link [letter a, located in fusible link box
(battery)]
• Harness for open or short between generator and fusible link
WKIA5547E
3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON BATTERY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between generator connector F15 terminal 1 and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester.
With engine running
at idle and warm
: Less than 0.2V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and
Installation MR20DE". Confirm repair by performing
complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the generator
for poor continuity.
Revision: January 2010
SC-30
WKIA5578E
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
A
Check Voltage Regulator Circuit
1.CHECK VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT CONNECTION
B
Check to see if connector F14 terminal 3 is clean and tight.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair connector F14 terminal 3 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/
Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT
Check voltage between generator connector F14 terminal 3 and
ground using a digital circuit tester.
C
D
E
Battery voltage should exist.
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 26, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between generator and fuse
3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT
G
WKIA5579E
Check voltage between generator connector F14 terminal 3 and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester.
With engine running
at idle and warm
H
I
: Less than 0.2V
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and
Installation MR20DE". Confirm repair by performing
complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the generator
for poor continuity.
J
SC
WKIA5580E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-31
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation MR20DE
INFOID:0000000005283893
SKIB1945J
1.
Generator bracket bolt
2.
Generator bracket
3.
Generator bolt
4.
Generator
5.
Generator "B" terminal harness
6.
"B" terminal nut
7.
Generator connector
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
Remove RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect generator connector.
Remove “B” terminal nut.
Remove generator bolts.
Remove generator assembly from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Generator bolts must be tightened in sequence.
1. Install and temporarily tighten the lower generator bolt.
2. Install and temporarily tighten the upper generator bolt.
3. Tighten the upper generator bolt to specification.
4. Tighten the lower generator bolt to specification.
NOTE:
Slide bushing must contact engine bracket after generator is installed.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully.
Revision: January 2010
SC-32
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation QR25DE
INFOID:0000000005283894
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
AWBIA0873GB
1.
Generator bracket
2.
Water pump
4.
Generator "B" terminal harness
5.
Generator connector
3.
J
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I
Generator
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect generator connector.
Remove “B” terminal nut.
Remove harness bracket and position aside.
Remove generator bolts.
Remove generator assembly from the vehicle.
SC
L
M
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Generator bolts must be tightened in sequence.
1. Install and temporarily tighten the lower generator bolt.
2. Install and temporarily tighten the upper generator bolt.
3. Tighten the upper generator bolt to specification.
4. Tighten the lower generator bolt to specification.
NOTE:
Slide bushing must contact engine bracket after generator is installed.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully.
Generator Pulley Inspection
N
O
P
INFOID:0000000005283895
GENERATOR PULLEY INSPECTION
Revision: January 2010
SC-33
2010 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
One-Way Clutch Pulley Check
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage rotor
NOTE:
Secure rotor using suitable tool and a rolled shop towel.
1. Check for locking; (Outer ring is turned clockwise when viewed
from front.)
• If it rotates in both directions, replace pulley.
2. Check for dragging. (Outer ring is turned counterclockwise when
viewed from front.)
• If it locks or unusual resistance is felt, replace pulley.
SKIB0529E
Revision: January 2010
SC-34
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Battery
INFOID:0000000005283896
Engine
MR20DE
Type*
Capacity (20 HR) minimum V-AH
Cold Cranking Amps
B
QR25DE
21 R
40R
12 V - 49 AH minimum
12V - 60 AH minimum
470 @ -18°C (0°F)
550 @ -18°C (0°F)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
D
Starter
INFOID:0000000005283897
Engine
MR20DE
Application
E
QR25DE
California
Except California
CVT
M/T
S114-944A
S114-955
M000TA0271ZC
M000T22272ZC
Type*
HITACHI
System voltage
G
12 V
Terminal voltage
11 V
Current
Revolution
F
MITSUBISHI
Reduction gear type
No-load
C
Less than 110 A
More than 3,750 rpm
Less than 90A
More than 3,000 rpm
More than 2,400 rpm
H
More than 2,000 rpm
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
I
Generator
INFOID:0000000005283898
Engine
Type*
Nominal rating
QR25DE
A002TG1581AC
TG11S092
MITSUBISHI
VALEO
12 V - 100 A
12 V - 110 A
Ground polarity
Minimum revolution under no-load
Hot output current (when 13.5 V is applied)
Regulated output voltage
J
MR20DE
SC
Negative
Less than 1,000 rpm
Less than 1,200 rpm
More than 16 A/1,300 rpm
More than 82 A/2,500 rpm
More than 97 A/5,000 rpm
More than 46 A/1,500 rpm
More than 68 A/1,800 rpm
More than 91 A/2,500 rpm
More than 105 A/5,000 rpm
14.1 - 14.7 V
11.4 - 15.6 V
L
M
N
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
O
P
Revision: January 2010
SC-35
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
EC
C
D
E
CONTENTS
MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 24
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) .............................................................. 42
System Description ..................................................42
Component Description ...........................................43
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................24
U0101-U1001
P0011-P0075
P0101-P0128
P0130-P0198
P0222-P0420
P0441-P0463
P0500-P0643
P0705-P0840
P0850-P1574
P1610-P1615
P1715-P1805
P2004-P2A00
.......................................................... 24
.......................................................... 24
.......................................................... 24
.......................................................... 25
.......................................................... 25
.......................................................... 26
.......................................................... 26
.......................................................... 27
.......................................................... 27
.......................................................... 28
.......................................................... 28
.......................................................... 28
G
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 44
System Description ..................................................44
H
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 45
Description ...............................................................45
Component Inspection .............................................47
Removal and Installation .........................................49
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .........................50
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ...................................................... 52
System Description ..................................................52
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................52
Component Inspection .............................................55
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................30
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 30
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
CVT ......................................................................... 30
Precaution ............................................................... 31
F
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 58
Description ...............................................................58
Component Inspection .............................................58
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) ....................................................... 60
I
J
K
L
M
PREPARATION ..................................................34
Description ...............................................................60
Special Service Tool ............................................... 34
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 34
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 61
N
Introduction ..............................................................61
Two Trip Detection Logic .........................................61
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .................62
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................84
OBD System Operation Chart .................................87
O
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................36
Schematic ............................................................... 36
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................... 36
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ................................ 39
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) ..................................................................... 39
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ....................... 93
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...............41
Input/Output Signal Chart ........................................ 41
System Description ................................................. 41
Revision: January 2010
EC-1
Basic Inspection ......................................................93
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .....................97
Procedure After Replacing ECM .............................98
VIN Registration ......................................................99
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .......99
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .................99
2010 Sentra
P
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 99
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 104
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................104
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................109
Fail-Safe Chart ......................................................109
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................111
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........115
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................121
Circuit Diagram ......................................................122
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............124
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................124
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) .........................131
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .......................138
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor ....140
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE ............................................................. 144
Description .............................................................144
Testing Condition ...................................................144
Inspection Procedure .............................................144
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................144
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT ........................................................ 152
Description .............................................................152
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................152
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 153
Wiring Diagram ......................................................153
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................154
Ground Inspection .................................................157
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 159
Description .............................................................159
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................159
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................159
Wiring Diagram ......................................................160
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................160
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 161
Description .............................................................161
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................161
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................161
Wiring Diagram ......................................................162
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 163
Description .............................................................163
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................163
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................163
Wiring Diagram ......................................................164
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................164
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................. 165
Description .............................................................165
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................165
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................166
Revision: January 2010
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
Component Inspection .......................................... 168
Removal and Installation ....................................... 168
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER.. 169
Description ............................................................ 169
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 169
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 169
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 169
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 170
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
Component Inspection .......................................... 172
Removal and Installation ....................................... 173
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .............. 174
Description ............................................................ 174
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 174
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 174
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 174
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 176
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177
Component Inspection .......................................... 178
Removal and Installation ....................................... 179
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE .............................................................. 180
Component Description ........................................ 180
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 180
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 180
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 180
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 181
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182
Component Inspection .......................................... 183
Removal and Installation ....................................... 184
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 185
Component Description ........................................ 185
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 185
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 185
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 185
Overall Function Check ......................................... 186
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 188
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
Component Inspection .......................................... 191
Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 193
Component Description ........................................ 193
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 193
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 193
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 193
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196
Component Inspection .......................................... 198
Removal and Installation ....................................... 199
EC-2
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 200
Component Description ......................................... 225
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 225
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 225
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 225
Overall Function Check ......................................... 226
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 227
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
Removal and Installation ....................................... 230
Component Description ......................................... 200
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 200
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 200
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 201
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
Component Inspection .......................................... 203
Removal and Installation ....................................... 203
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR ............................... 204
Component Description ......................................... 204
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 204
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Component Inspection .......................................... 205
Removal and Installation ....................................... 206
Component Description ......................................... 231
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 231
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 231
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 231
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 233
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234
Removal and Installation ....................................... 236
Component Description ......................................... 237
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 237
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 237
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 237
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240
Removal and Installation ....................................... 242
Component Description ......................................... 243
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 243
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 243
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 243
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
Removal and Installation ....................................... 249
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .......... 223
Component Description ......................................... 250
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 250
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 250
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 250
Overall Function Check ......................................... 251
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 252
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
Component Inspection ........................................... 255
Removal and Installation ....................................... 256
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ......................................... 257
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 223
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 223
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223
Removal and Installation ....................................... 224
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 225
Revision: January 2010
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
DTC P0137 HO2S2 ......................................... 250
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ................................ 220
Component Description ......................................... 220
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 220
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 220
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
Component Inspection .......................................... 221
Removal and Installation ....................................... 222
D
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 243
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ............................... 217
Component Description ......................................... 217
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 217
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
Component Inspection .......................................... 218
Removal and Installation ....................................... 219
C
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 237
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 212
Component Description ......................................... 212
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 212
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 212
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 212
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 213
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
Component Inspection .......................................... 215
Removal and Installation ....................................... 216
EC
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 231
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 207
Component Description ......................................... 207
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 208
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
Component Inspection .......................................... 211
Removal and Installation ....................................... 211
A
EC-3
Component Description ......................................... 257
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 257
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 257
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 258
Overall Function Check ......................................... 259
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 260
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261
Component Inspection ...........................................264
Removal and Installation .......................................265
DTC P0139 HO2S2 .......................................... 266
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299
Component Inspection .......................................... 300
Removal and Installation ....................................... 301
Component Description .........................................266
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................266
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................266
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................266
Overall Function Check .........................................268
Wiring Diagram ......................................................270
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................271
Component Inspection ...........................................273
Removal and Installation .......................................274
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..................... 302
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ....................................................... 275
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ........ 307
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................275
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................275
Wiring Diagram ......................................................277
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................278
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 307
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 308
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ....................................................... 281
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................281
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................281
Wiring Diagram ......................................................283
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................284
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ............................... 287
Component Description .........................................287
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................287
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................287
Wiring Diagram ......................................................288
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................288
Component Inspection ...........................................290
Removal and Installation .......................................290
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................. 291
Component Description .........................................291
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................291
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................291
Wiring Diagram ......................................................292
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................292
Component Inspection ...........................................294
Removal and Installation .......................................294
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR .............................. 295
Component Description .........................................295
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................295
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................295
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................296
Component Inspection ...........................................297
Removal and Installation .......................................297
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR .................. 298
Component Description .........................................298
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................298
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................298
Revision: January 2010
Component Description ........................................ 302
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 302
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 302
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 302
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 303
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304
Component Inspection .......................................... 305
Removal and Installation ....................................... 306
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 313
Component Description ........................................ 313
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 313
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 313
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 314
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315
Component Inspection .......................................... 316
Removal and Installation ....................................... 316
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 317
Component Description ........................................ 317
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 317
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 317
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 317
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320
Component Inspection .......................................... 323
Removal and Installation ....................................... 323
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 324
Component Description ........................................ 324
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 324
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 324
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 325
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326
Component Inspection .......................................... 328
Removal and Installation ....................................... 329
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION .................................................................. 330
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 330
Overall Function Check ......................................... 331
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331
EC-4
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 335
System Description ............................................... 335
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 335
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 335
Overall Function Check ......................................... 336
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336
Component Inspection .......................................... 339
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 373
Component Description ......................................... 373
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 373
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 373
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 373
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374
Component Inspection ........................................... 375
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 340
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 340
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 341
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341
Component Inspection .......................................... 346
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 376
Component Description ......................................... 376
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 376
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 376
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 376
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 378
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379
Component Inspection ........................................... 382
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............. 347
Description ............................................................ 347
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 347
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 348
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 348
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 350
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351
Component Inspection .......................................... 354
Removal and Installation ....................................... 354
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 383
Component Description ......................................... 383
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 383
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 383
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 384
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 385
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386
Component Inspection ........................................... 390
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 355
Description ............................................................ 355
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 355
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 356
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 357
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358
Component Inspection .......................................... 360
Removal and Installation ....................................... 360
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 361
Component Description ......................................... 361
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 361
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 361
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 362
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363
Component Inspection .......................................... 365
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 391
Revision: January 2010
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 391
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 391
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 392
Component Inspection ........................................... 396
K
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 398
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 398
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 399
Overall Function Check ......................................... 399
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400
Component Inspection ........................................... 405
M
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............... 406
N
Component Description ......................................... 406
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 406
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 406
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 406
Removal and Installation ....................................... 407
O
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............... 408
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 367
Component Description ......................................... 367
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 367
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 367
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 367
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 369
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 370
Component Inspection .......................................... 371
A
Component Description ......................................... 408
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 408
Overall Function Check ......................................... 408
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408
Removal and Installation ....................................... 409
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .. 410
EC-5
2010 Sentra
Component Description .........................................410
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................410
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................410
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................410
Removal and Installation .......................................411
DTC P0500 VSS .............................................. 412
Description .............................................................412
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................412
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................412
Overall Function Check .........................................413
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................413
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 434
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...... 435
Description ............................................................ 435
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 435
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 435
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 435
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 436
Description .............................................................414
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................414
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................414
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................414
System Description ............................................... 436
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 437
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 438
Overall Function Check ......................................... 438
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 440
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 442
Main 13 Causes of Overheating ........................... 446
Component Inspection .......................................... 447
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 416
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .................................. 448
Description .............................................................416
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................416
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................416
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................416
Component Description ........................................ 448
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 448
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 448
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 448
Removal and Installation ....................................... 449
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 414
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 418
Component Description .........................................418
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................418
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................418
Wiring Diagram ......................................................419
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................420
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 421
Component Description .........................................421
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................421
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................421
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................422
DTC P0607 ECM .............................................. 423
Description .............................................................423
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................423
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................423
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................423
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 424
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................424
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................424
Wiring Diagram ......................................................425
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................426
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ............................... 429
Component Description .........................................429
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................429
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................429
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................429
Overall Function Check .........................................430
Wiring Diagram ......................................................431
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................432
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ......... 434
Revision: January 2010
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .................................. 450
Component Description ........................................ 450
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 450
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 450
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 450
Removal and Installation ....................................... 451
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ............ 452
Description ............................................................ 452
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 452
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 452
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 452
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .......... 454
Component Description ........................................ 454
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 454
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 454
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 455
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 456
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 457
Component Inspection .......................................... 459
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ............... 460
Component Description ........................................ 460
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 460
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 460
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 461
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 462
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 463
Component Inspection .......................................... 467
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................................................................. 469
EC-6
2010 Sentra
Component Description ......................................... 469
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 469
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 469
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 469
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR .............. 471
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 496
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 497
Component Inspection ........................................... 500
Removal and Installation ....................................... 500
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 501 EC
Description ............................................................ 471
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 471
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 471
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 471
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .......................... 473
Description ............................................................ 473
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 473
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 473
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 473
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 474
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475
Component Inspection .......................................... 476
Component Description ......................................... 501
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 501
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 501
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 502
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 503
Component Inspection ........................................... 504
Removal and Installation ....................................... 504
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 505
Component Description ......................................... 505
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 505
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 505
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 506
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................. 507
F
J
Component Description ......................................... 512
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 512
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 513
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 514
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 515
Component Inspection ........................................... 517
Removal and Installation ....................................... 518
H
I
K
L
M
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 519
Component Description ......................................... 519
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 519
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 519
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 519
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 520
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 521
Component Inspection ........................................... 522
Removal and Installation ....................................... 523
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 524
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ............................................. 495
Description ............................................................ 495
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 495
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 495
Revision: January 2010
E
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................. 512
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 491
Component Description ......................................... 491
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 491
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 491
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 492
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 493
D
G
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. 485
Component Description ......................................... 485
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 485
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 485
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 485
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 486
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 487
Removal and Installation ....................................... 490
C
Component Description ......................................... 507
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 507
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 507
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 507
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 508
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 509
Component Inspection ........................................... 511
Removal and Installation ....................................... 511
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE ....... 477
Description ............................................................ 477
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 477
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 478
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 478
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 479
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 480
Component Inspection .......................................... 484
Removal and Installation ....................................... 484
A
EC-7
Component Description ......................................... 524
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 524
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 524
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 525
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
Wiring Diagram ......................................................526
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................527
Component Inspection ...........................................530
Removal and Installation .......................................530
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 531
Component Description .........................................531
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................531
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................531
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................531
Wiring Diagram ......................................................533
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................534
Removal and Installation .......................................537
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 538
Component Description .........................................538
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................538
Wiring Diagram ......................................................539
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................540
Component Inspection ...........................................544
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 546
Component Description .........................................546
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................546
Wiring Diagram ......................................................547
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................547
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 549
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................549
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................549
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 551
Component Description .........................................551
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................551
Wiring Diagram ......................................................552
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................553
Component Inspection ...........................................555
Removal and Installation .......................................555
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 556
Description .............................................................556
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................556
Wiring Diagram ......................................................557
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................558
Component Inspection ...........................................560
Removal and Installation .......................................560
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 561
Component Description .........................................561
Wiring Diagram ......................................................562
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................565
Component Inspection ...........................................568
Removal and Installation .......................................569
Revision: January 2010
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 570
Component Description ........................................ 570
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 571
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 572
Removal and Installation ....................................... 574
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............... 575
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 575
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 577
Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 577
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 577
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 577
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 577
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 577
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 577
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater .................... 577
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 578
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 578
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 578
Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 578
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 578
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 578
MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 579
INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 579
U0101-U1001
P0011-P0075
P0101-P0128
P0130-P0198
P0222-P0420
P0441-P0463
P0500-P0643
P0705-P0840
P0850-P1574
P1610-P1615
P1715-P1805
P2100-P2A00
........................................................ 579
........................................................ 579
........................................................ 579
........................................................ 580
........................................................ 580
........................................................ 581
........................................................ 581
........................................................ 582
........................................................ 582
........................................................ 583
........................................................ 583
........................................................ 583
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 585
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 585
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
CVT ....................................................................... 585
Precaution ............................................................. 586
PREPARATION ................................................ 589
Special Service Tool ............................................. 589
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 589
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 591
Schematic ............................................................. 591
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 591
Electronic Ignition (EI) System .............................. 594
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................. 594
EC-8
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 596
Input/Output Signal Chart ...................................... 596
System Description ............................................... 596
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) ............................................................. 597
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor .... 694
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE ............................................................. 698
Description ............................................................. 698
Testing Condition ................................................... 698
Inspection Procedure ............................................. 698
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 698
System Description ............................................... 597
Component Description ......................................... 598
System Description ............................................... 599
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT ........................................................ 706
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 600
Description ............................................................. 706
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 706
CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 599
Description ............................................................ 600
Component Inspection .......................................... 602
Removal and Installation ....................................... 604
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ...................... 605
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 607
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 707
F
Description ............................................................. 713
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 713
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 713
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 714
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 715
Description ............................................................. 715
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 715
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 715
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 716
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 716
Description ............................................................ 615
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 616
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 717
Description ............................................................. 717
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 717
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 717
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 718
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 718
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................... 648
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................. 719
Description ............................................................. 719
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 719
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 720
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 720
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 721
Component Inspection ........................................... 722
Removal and Installation ....................................... 722
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 659
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 659
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 664
Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 664
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 666
Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 670
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 676
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 677
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 679
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 679
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 686
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 693
Revision: January 2010
D
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 713
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) ...................................................... 615
Basic Inspection .................................................... 648
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 652
Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 653
VIN Registration .................................................... 654
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 654
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 654
Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 654
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 656
C
E
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 613
Introduction ........................................................... 616
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 616
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 617
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 639
OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 642
EC
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 707
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708
Ground Inspection ................................................. 711
System Description ............................................... 607
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607
Component Inspection .......................................... 610
Description ............................................................ 613
Component Inspection .......................................... 613
A
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER . 723
EC-9
Description ............................................................. 723
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 723
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 723
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 723
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 724
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 725
Component Inspection ........................................... 726
Removal and Installation ....................................... 727
2010 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .............. 728
Description .............................................................728
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................728
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................728
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................728
Wiring Diagram ......................................................730
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................731
Component Inspection ...........................................732
Removal and Installation .......................................733
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE ............................................................. 734
Component Description .........................................734
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................734
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................734
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................734
Wiring Diagram ......................................................735
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................736
Component Inspection ...........................................737
Removal and Installation .......................................738
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 739
Component Description .........................................739
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................739
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................739
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................739
Overall Function Check .........................................740
Wiring Diagram ......................................................742
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................743
Component Inspection ...........................................745
Removal and Installation .......................................746
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 747
Component Description .........................................747
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................747
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................747
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................747
Wiring Diagram ......................................................749
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................750
Component Inspection ...........................................752
Removal and Installation .......................................753
Component Inspection .......................................... 759
Removal and Installation ....................................... 760
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 761
Component Description ........................................ 761
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 761
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 762
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 763
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 763
Component Inspection .......................................... 765
Removal and Installation ....................................... 765
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 766
Component Description ........................................ 766
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 766
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 766
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 766
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 767
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 768
Component Inspection .......................................... 769
Removal and Installation ....................................... 770
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ............................... 771
Component Description ........................................ 771
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 771
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 771
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 772
Component Inspection .......................................... 772
Removal and Installation ....................................... 773
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ................................ 774
Component Description ........................................ 774
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 774
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 774
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 775
Component Inspection .......................................... 775
Removal and Installation ....................................... 776
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .......... 777
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 777
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 777
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 777
Removal and Installation ....................................... 778
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 779
Component Description .........................................754
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................754
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................754
Wiring Diagram ......................................................755
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................755
Component Inspection ...........................................757
Removal and Installation .......................................757
Component Description ........................................ 779
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 779
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 779
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 779
Overall Function Check ......................................... 780
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 781
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 782
Removal and Installation ....................................... 784
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR .............................. 758
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 785
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 754
Component Description .........................................758
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................758
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................758
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................759
Revision: January 2010
Component Description ........................................ 785
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 785
EC-10
2010 Sentra
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 785
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 785
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 787
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 788
Removal and Installation ....................................... 790
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 791
Component Description ......................................... 791
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 791
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 791
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 791
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 793
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 794
Removal and Installation ....................................... 796
Removal and Installation ....................................... 827
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ...................................................... 828
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 828
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 828
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 830
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 831
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ...................................................... 834
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 834
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 834
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 836
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 837
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 797
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .............................. 840
Component Description ......................................... 797
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 797
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 797
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 797
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 799
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 800
Removal and Installation ....................................... 803
Component Description ......................................... 840
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 840
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 840
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 841
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 841
Component Inspection ........................................... 843
Removal and Installation ....................................... 843
DTC P0137 HO2S2 .......................................... 804
Component Description ......................................... 804
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 804
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 804
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 804
Overall Function Check ......................................... 805
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 806
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 807
Component Inspection .......................................... 809
Removal and Installation ....................................... 810
DTC P0138 HO2S2 .......................................... 811
Component Description ......................................... 811
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 811
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 811
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 812
Overall Function Check ......................................... 813
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 814
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 815
Component Inspection .......................................... 818
Removal and Installation ....................................... 819
DTC P0139 HO2S2 .......................................... 820
Component Description ......................................... 820
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 820
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 820
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 820
Overall Function Check ......................................... 822
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 823
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 824
Component Inspection .......................................... 826
Revision: January 2010
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................. 844
Component Description ......................................... 844
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 844
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 844
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 845
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 845
Component Inspection ........................................... 847
Removal and Installation ....................................... 847
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR ............................. 848
Component Description ......................................... 848
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 848
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 848
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 849
Component Inspection ........................................... 850
Removal and Installation ....................................... 850
K
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ................. 851
M
Component Description ......................................... 851
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 851
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 851
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 852
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 852
Component Inspection ........................................... 853
Removal and Installation ....................................... 854
L
N
O
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .................... 855
Component Description ......................................... 855
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 855
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 855
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 855
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 856
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 857
Component Inspection ........................................... 858
EC-11
2010 Sentra
P
Removal and Installation .......................................859
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....... 860
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................860
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................860
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................861
DTC P0327, P0328 KS .................................... 866
Component Description .........................................866
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................866
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................866
Wiring Diagram ......................................................867
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................868
Component Inspection ...........................................869
Removal and Installation .......................................869
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ................... 870
Component Description .........................................870
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................870
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................870
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................870
Wiring Diagram ......................................................871
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................872
Component Inspection ...........................................875
Removal and Installation .......................................875
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 876
Component Description .........................................876
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................876
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................876
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................876
Wiring Diagram ......................................................877
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................878
Component Inspection ...........................................880
Removal and Installation .......................................881
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION ................................................................. 882
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................882
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................882
Overall Function Check .........................................883
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................883
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 887
System Description ................................................887
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................887
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................887
Overall Function Check .........................................888
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................888
Component Inspection ...........................................891
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 892
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................892
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................893
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................893
Component Inspection ...........................................898
Revision: January 2010
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............... 899
Description ............................................................ 899
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 899
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 900
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 900
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 902
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 903
Component Inspection .......................................... 906
Removal and Installation ....................................... 906
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 907
Description ............................................................ 907
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 907
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 908
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 908
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 909
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 910
Component Inspection .......................................... 912
Removal and Installation ....................................... 912
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 913
Component Description ........................................ 913
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 913
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 913
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 913
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 914
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 915
Component Inspection .......................................... 917
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 919
Component Description ........................................ 919
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 919
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 919
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 919
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 921
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 922
Component Inspection .......................................... 923
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 925
Component Description ........................................ 925
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 925
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 925
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 925
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 926
Component Inspection .......................................... 927
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 928
Component Description ........................................ 928
EC-12
2010 Sentra
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 928
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 928
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 928
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 930
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 931
Component Inspection .......................................... 934
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 935
Component Description ......................................... 935
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 935
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 935
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 936
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 937
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 938
Component Inspection .......................................... 942
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 943
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 943
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 943
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 944
Component Inspection .......................................... 949
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 950
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 950
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 951
Overall Function Check ......................................... 951
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 952
Component Inspection .......................................... 957
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ................ 958
Component Description ......................................... 958
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 958
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 958
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 958
Removal and Installation ....................................... 959
Description ............................................................. 966
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 966
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 966
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 966
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ............................... 968 EC
Description ............................................................. 968
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 968
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 968
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 968
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ............... 970
Component Description ......................................... 970
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 970
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 970
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 971
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 972
DTC P0605 ECM ............................................. 973
Component Description ......................................... 973
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 973
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 973
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 974
Description ............................................................. 975
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 975
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 975
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 975
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 976
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 976
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 977
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH .............................. 981
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .... 962
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ........ 986
DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 964
Description ............................................................ 964
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 964
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 964
Overall Function Check ......................................... 965
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 965
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 966
Revision: January 2010
D
E
F
G
H
I
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 976
Component Description ......................................... 960
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 960
Overall Function Check ......................................... 960
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 960
Removal and Installation ....................................... 961
Component Description ......................................... 962
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 962
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 962
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 962
Removal and Installation ....................................... 963
C
DTC P0607 ECM ............................................. 975
Component Description ......................................... 981
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 981
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 981
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 981
Overall Function Check ......................................... 982
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 983
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 984
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ................ 960
A
J
K
L
M
N
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 986
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .... 987
Description ............................................................. 987
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 987
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 987
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 987
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE . 988
System Description ................................................ 988
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 989
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 990
Overall Function Check ......................................... 990
EC-13
2010 Sentra
O
P
Wiring Diagram ......................................................992
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................994
Main 13 Causes of Overheating ............................998
Component Inspection ...........................................999
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................1000
Component Description .......................................1000
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1000
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1000
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1000
Removal and Installation .....................................1001
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................1002
Component Description .......................................1002
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1002
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1002
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1002
Removal and Installation .....................................1003
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ...........1004
Description ...........................................................1004
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1004
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1004
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1004
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ........1006
Component Description .......................................1006
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1006
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1006
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1007
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1008
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1009
Component Inspection .........................................1011
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............1012
Component Description .......................................1012
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1012
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1012
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1013
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1014
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1015
Component Inspection .........................................1019
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................................................................1021
Component Description .......................................1021
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1021
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1021
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1021
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ............1023
Description ...........................................................1023
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1023
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1023
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1023
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1023
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .........................1025
Revision: January 2010
Description ...........................................................1025
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1025
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1025
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1025
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1026
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1027
Component Inspection .........................................1028
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
MOTOR RELAY ..............................................1029
Component Description .......................................1029
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1029
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1029
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1029
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1030
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1031
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ...........................................1033
Description ...........................................................1033
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1033
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1033
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1034
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1035
Component Inspection .........................................1038
Removal and Installation ......................................1038
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1039
Component Description .......................................1039
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1039
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1039
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1040
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1041
Component Inspection .........................................1042
Removal and Installation ......................................1042
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .........................................1043
Component Description .......................................1043
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1043
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1043
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1044
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................1045
Component Description .......................................1045
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1045
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1045
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1045
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1046
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1047
Component Inspection .........................................1049
Removal and Installation ......................................1049
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................1050
Component Description .......................................1050
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1050
EC-14
2010 Sentra
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1050
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1051
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1052
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1053
Component Inspection ........................................1055
Removal and Installation .....................................1056
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ...............................1057
Component Description .......................................1089
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1089
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1090
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1091
Component Inspection .........................................1093
Removal and Installation .....................................1093
Component Description .......................................1057
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1057
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1057
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1057
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1058
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1059
Component Inspection ........................................1060
Removal and Installation .....................................1061
FUEL PUMP ...................................................1094
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .............................1062
Component Description .......................................1099
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1100
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1103
Component Inspection .........................................1106
Removal and Installation .....................................1107
Component Description .......................................1062
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1062
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1062
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1063
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1064
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1065
Component Inspection ........................................1068
Removal and Installation .....................................1068
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ...........................1069
Component Description .......................................1069
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1069
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1069
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1069
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1071
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1072
Removal and Installation .....................................1075
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................1076
Component Description .......................................1076
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1076
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1077
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1078
Component Inspection ........................................1082
ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1084
Component Description .......................................1084
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1084
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1085
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1085
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1087
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1087
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1087
FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1089
Revision: January 2010
Description ...........................................................1094
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1094
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1095
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1096
Component Inspection .........................................1098
Removal and Installation .....................................1098
A
EC
C
D
E
IGNITION SIGNAL .........................................1099
F
G
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1108
Component Description .......................................1108
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1109
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1110
Removal and Installation .....................................1112
H
I
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............1113
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1113
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ..............................................................1115
Fuel Pressure ......................................................1115
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1115
Calculated Load Value ........................................1115
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1115
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...........................1115
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1115
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1115
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .........................1116
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1116
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ...................1116
Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1116
Fuel Injector .........................................................1116
Fuel Pump ...........................................................1116
QR25DE
J
K
L
M
N
O
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................1117
INDEX FOR DTC ............................................1117
U0101-U1001 ......................................................1117
P0011-P0075 .......................................................1117
P0101-P0128 .......................................................1117
P0130-P0159 .......................................................1118
P0171-P0223 .......................................................1118
P0300-P0430 .......................................................1119
P0441-P0463 .......................................................1119
EC-15
2010 Sentra
P
P0500-P0643 .......................................................1120
P0705-P0850 .......................................................1120
P1148-P1574 .......................................................1121
P1610-P1615 .......................................................1121
P1715-P1805 .......................................................1121
P2100-P2A03 ......................................................1122
PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1123
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ..............................................................1123
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1123
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
CVT .....................................................................1123
Precaution ...........................................................1124
PREPARATION ..............................................1127
Special Service Tool ............................................1127
Commercial Service Tool ....................................1127
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................1129
Schematic ............................................................1129
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1129
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1132
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................1132
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...........1134
Input/Output Signal Chart ....................................1134
System Description ..............................................1134
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) ............................................................1135
System Description ..............................................1135
Component Description .......................................1136
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................1137
System Description ..............................................1137
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1138
Description ...........................................................1138
Component Inspection .........................................1140
Removal and Installation .....................................1142
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1143
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ...................................................1145
System Description ..............................................1145
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1145
Component Inspection .........................................1148
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .......1151
Description ...........................................................1151
Component Inspection .........................................1151
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) .....................................................1153
Description ...........................................................1153
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..1154
Introduction ..........................................................1154
Revision: January 2010
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1154
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1155
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1178
OBD System Operation Chart ..............................1181
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ....................1187
Basic Inspection ...................................................1187
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1191
Procedure After Replacing ECM ..........................1192
VIN Registration ...................................................1193
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ....1193
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1193
Idle Air Volume Learning ......................................1193
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1195
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..................................1197
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1197
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1202
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1202
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1204
Engine Control Component Parts Location ..........1208
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1214
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1215
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1217
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1217
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ........................1224
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1231
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE ............................................................1237
Description ...........................................................1237
Testing Condition .................................................1237
Inspection Procedure ...........................................1237
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT .......................................................1245
Description ...........................................................1245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1245
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..1246
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1247
Ground Inspection ................................................1251
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1252
Description ...........................................................1252
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1252
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1252
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1253
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1253
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1254
Description ...........................................................1254
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1254
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1254
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1255
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1255
EC-16
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1256
Description ..........................................................1256
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1256
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1256
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1257
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1257
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................1258
Description ..........................................................1258
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1258
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1259
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1259
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1260
Component Inspection ........................................1261
Removal and Installation .....................................1261
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .............................................1262
Description ..........................................................1262
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1262
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1262
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1262
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1263
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1266
Component Inspection ........................................1267
Removal and Installation .....................................1268
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2
HEATER .........................................................1269
Description ..........................................................1269
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1269
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1269
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1269
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1271
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1274
Component Inspection ........................................1276
Removal and Installation .....................................1276
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE ............................................................1277
Component Description .......................................1277
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1277
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1277
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1277
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1278
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1279
Component Inspection ........................................1280
Removal and Installation .....................................1281
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ............................1282
Component Description .......................................1282
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1282
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1282
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1282
Overall Function Check .......................................1283
Revision: January 2010
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1284
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1285
Component Inspection .........................................1287
Removal and Installation .....................................1288
A
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................1289 EC
Component Description .......................................1289
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1289
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1289
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1289
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1291
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1292
Component Inspection .........................................1294
Removal and Installation .....................................1295
C
D
E
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..................1296
Component Description .......................................1296
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1296
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1296
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1297
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1297
Component Inspection .........................................1299
Removal and Installation .....................................1299
F
G
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR .............................1300
H
Description ...........................................................1300
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1300
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1300
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1301
Component Inspection .........................................1301
Removal and Installation .....................................1302
I
J
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................1303
Component Description .......................................1303
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1303
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1304
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1305
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1305
Component Inspection .........................................1307
Removal and Installation .....................................1307
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ...................1308
Component Description .......................................1308
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1308
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1308
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1308
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1309
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1310
Component Inspection .........................................1312
Removal and Installation .....................................1312
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR .............................1313
Description ...........................................................1313
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1313
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1313
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1314
Component Inspection .........................................1315
Removal and Installation .....................................1315
EC-17
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ...............................1316
Component Description .......................................1316
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1316
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1316
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1317
Component Inspection .........................................1317
Removal and Installation .....................................1318
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1354
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1354
Overall Function Check ........................................1355
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1356
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1359
Component Inspection .........................................1361
Removal and Installation ......................................1362
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ........1319
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ............................1363
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1319
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1319
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1319
Component Inspection .........................................1320
Removal and Installation .....................................1320
Component Description .......................................1363
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1363
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1363
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1364
Overall Function Check ........................................1365
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1366
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1369
Component Inspection .........................................1372
Removal and Installation ......................................1373
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1321
Component Description .......................................1321
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1321
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1321
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1321
Overall Function Check .......................................1322
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1323
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1326
Removal and Installation .....................................1328
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1329
Component Description .......................................1329
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1329
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1329
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1329
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1331
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1334
Removal and Installation .....................................1336
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1337
Component Description .......................................1337
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1337
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1337
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1337
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1339
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1342
Removal and Installation .....................................1344
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ............................1375
Component Description .......................................1375
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1375
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1375
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1376
Overall Function Check ........................................1377
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1378
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1381
Component Inspection .........................................1383
Removal and Installation ......................................1384
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION .............................................1385
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1385
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1385
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1387
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1390
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION .............................................1394
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1394
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1394
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1396
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1399
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1345
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ..............................1402
Component Description .......................................1345
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1345
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1345
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1345
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1347
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1350
Removal and Installation .....................................1353
Component Description .......................................1402
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1402
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1402
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1403
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1403
Component Inspection .........................................1405
Removal and Installation ......................................1405
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ............................1354
Component Description .......................................1354
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1354
Revision: January 2010
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................1406
Component Description .......................................1406
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1406
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1406
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1407
EC-18
2010 Sentra
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1407
Component Inspection ........................................1409
Removal and Installation .....................................1409
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...................1410
Component Description .......................................1410
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1410
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1410
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1410
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1411
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1412
Component Inspection ........................................1414
Removal and Installation .....................................1414
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ......1415
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1415
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1415
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1416
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...................................1421
Component Description .......................................1421
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1421
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1421
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1422
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1423
Component Inspection ........................................1424
Removal and Installation .....................................1424
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................1425
Component Description .......................................1425
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1425
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1425
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1425
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1426
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1427
Component Inspection ........................................1430
Removal and Installation .....................................1430
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ............1431
Component Description .......................................1431
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1431
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1431
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1431
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1432
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1433
Component Inspection ........................................1435
Removal and Installation .....................................1436
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
FUNCTION .....................................................1437
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1437
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1437
Overall Function Check .......................................1438
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1438
Revision: January 2010
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1442
System Description ..............................................1442
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1442
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1442
Overall Function Check .......................................1443
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1443
Component Inspection .........................................1446
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1447
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1447
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1448
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1448
Component Inspection .........................................1453
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............1454
Description ...........................................................1454
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1454
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1455
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1457
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1458
Component Inspection .........................................1461
Removal and Installation .....................................1461
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....1462
Description ...........................................................1462
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1462
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1463
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1463
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1464
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1465
Component Inspection .........................................1467
Removal and Installation .....................................1467
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .................................................1468
Component Description .......................................1468
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1468
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1468
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1468
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1469
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1470
Component Inspection .........................................1472
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .................................................1473
Component Description .......................................1473
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1473
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1473
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1473
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1475
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1476
Component Inspection .........................................1477
EC-19
2010 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1479
Component Description .......................................1479
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1479
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1479
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1479
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1480
Component Inspection .........................................1481
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1482
Component Description .......................................1482
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1482
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1482
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1482
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1484
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1485
Component Inspection .........................................1488
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1489
Component Description .......................................1489
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1489
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1489
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1490
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1491
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1492
Component Inspection .........................................1496
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1497
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1497
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1497
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1498
Component Inspection .........................................1502
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1504
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1504
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1505
Overall Function Check .......................................1505
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1506
Component Inspection .........................................1510
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..............1512
Component Description .......................................1512
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1512
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1512
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1512
Removal and Installation .....................................1513
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..............1514
Component Description .......................................1514
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1514
Overall Function Check .......................................1514
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1515
Removal and Installation .....................................1515
Revision: January 2010
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..1516
Component Description .......................................1516
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1516
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1516
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1516
Removal and Installation ......................................1517
DTC P0500 VSS .............................................1518
Description ...........................................................1518
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1518
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1518
Overall Function Check ........................................1519
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1519
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ...............................1520
Description ...........................................................1520
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1520
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1520
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1520
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ...............................1522
Description ...........................................................1522
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1522
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1522
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1522
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ..............1524
Component Description .......................................1524
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1524
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1524
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1525
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1526
DTC P0605 ECM ............................................1527
Component Description .......................................1527
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1527
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1527
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1528
DTC P0607 ECM ............................................1529
Description ...........................................................1529
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1529
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1529
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1529
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .......1530
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1530
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1530
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1531
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1532
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ..............................1535
Component Description .......................................1535
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1535
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1535
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1535
Overall Function Check ........................................1536
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1537
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1538
EC-20
2010 Sentra
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..............................................................1541
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................................................................1576
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1541
Component Description .......................................1576
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1576
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1576
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1576
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...1542
Description ..........................................................1542
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1542
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1542
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1542
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE 1543
System Description .............................................1543
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1543
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1544
Overall Function Check .......................................1544
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1546
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1548
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1553
Component Inspection ........................................1553
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ...............................1555
Component Description .......................................1555
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1555
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1555
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1555
Removal and Installation .....................................1556
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ...............................1557
Component Description .......................................1557
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1557
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1557
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1557
Removal and Installation .....................................1558
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..........1559
Description ..........................................................1559
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1559
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1559
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1559
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .......1561
Component Description .......................................1561
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1561
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1561
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1561
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1563
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1564
Component Inspection ........................................1566
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............1567
Component Description .......................................1567
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................1567
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1567
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1568
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1569
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1570
Component Inspection ........................................1574
Revision: January 2010
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ............1578
A
EC
Description ...........................................................1578
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1578
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1578
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1578
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1578
C
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ........................1580
E
Description ...........................................................1580
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1580
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1580
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1580
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1581
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1582
Component Inspection .........................................1583
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
MOTOR RELAY .............................................1584
Component Description .......................................1584
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1584
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1584
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1584
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1585
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1586
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ..........................................1588
Description ...........................................................1588
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1588
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1588
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1589
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1590
Component Inspection .........................................1593
Removal and Installation .....................................1593
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1594
Component Description .......................................1594
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1594
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1594
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1595
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1596
Component Inspection .........................................1597
Removal and Installation .....................................1597
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .........................................1599
Component Description .......................................1599
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1599
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1599
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1600
EC-21
2010 Sentra
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................1601
Component Description .......................................1601
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1601
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1601
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1601
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1602
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1603
Component Inspection .........................................1605
Removal and Installation .....................................1605
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................1606
Component Description .......................................1606
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1606
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1606
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1607
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1608
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1609
Component Inspection .........................................1611
Removal and Installation .....................................1612
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................1613
Component Description .......................................1613
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1613
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1613
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1613
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1614
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1615
Component Inspection .........................................1617
Removal and Installation .....................................1617
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .............................1618
Component Inspection .........................................1640
ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1642
Component Description .......................................1642
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1642
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1643
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1643
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................1645
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1645
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1645
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................1647
Component Description .......................................1647
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1647
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1648
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1649
Component Inspection .........................................1651
Removal and Installation ......................................1651
FUEL PUMP ...................................................1652
Description ...........................................................1652
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1652
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1653
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1654
Component Inspection .........................................1656
Removal and Installation ......................................1656
IGNITION SIGNAL ..........................................1657
Component Description .......................................1657
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1658
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1661
Component Inspection .........................................1664
Removal and Installation ......................................1665
Component Description .......................................1618
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1618
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1618
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1619
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1620
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1621
Component Inspection .........................................1624
Removal and Installation .....................................1624
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1666
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ..............1625
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............1671
Component Description .......................................1625
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1625
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1625
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1625
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1627
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1630
Removal and Installation .....................................1633
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................1634
Component Description .......................................1634
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1634
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1635
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1636
Revision: January 2010
Component Description .......................................1666
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1667
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1668
Removal and Installation ......................................1670
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1671
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ..............................................................1673
Fuel Pressure .......................................................1673
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1673
Calculated Load Value .........................................1673
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1673
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1673
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1673
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1673
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .........................1674
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1674
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................1674
Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1674
EC-22
2010 Sentra
Fuel Injector ........................................................1674
Fuel Pump ...........................................................1674
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-23
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
U0101-U1001
INFOID:0000000005284520
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
2
ECM*3
U0101
0101*4
LOST COMM (TCM)
EC-159
U0140
0140*4
LOST COMM (BCM)
EC-161
U1001
1001*4
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
EC-163
GST*
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
P0011-P0075
INFOID:0000000005284521
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
EC-165
P0031
0031
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-169
P0032
0032
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-169
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-174
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-174
P0075
0075
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
EC-180
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0101-P0128
INFOID:0000000005284522
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-185
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-193
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-193
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-200
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-200
P0116
0116
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-204
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-207
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-207
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-212
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-212
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-217
Revision: January 2010
EC-24
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
2
ECM*
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR-B1
EC-220
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-223
GST*
A
EC
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
C
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0130-P0198
INFOID:0000000005284523
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
2
ECM*
P0130
0130
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-225
P0131
0131
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-231
P0132
0132
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-237
P0133
0133
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-243
P0137
0137
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-250
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-257
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-266
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-275
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-281
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-287
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-291
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-291
P0196
0196
EOT SEN/CIRC
EC-295
P0197
0197
EOT SEN/CIRC
EC-298
P0198
0198
EOT SEN/CIRC
EC-298
GST*
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
L
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0222-P0420
INFOID:0000000005284524
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-302
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-302
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
EC-307
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-307
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-307
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-307
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-307
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-313
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-313
Revision: January 2010
EC-25
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-317
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-324
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-330
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0441-P0463
INFOID:0000000005284525
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
EC-335
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
EC-340
P0443
0443
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-347
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-355
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-355
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-361
P0448
0448
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-367
P0451
0451
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-373
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-376
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-383
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
EC-391
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
EC-398
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
EC-406
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-408
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-410
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-410
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0500-P0643
INFOID:0000000005284526
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P0500
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
EC-412
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM
EC-414
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM
EC-416
P0603
0603
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
EC-418
P0605
0605
ECM
EC-421
P0607
0607
ECM
EC-423
P0643
0643
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-424
Revision: January 2010
EC-26
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
A
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0705-P0840
INFOID:0000000005284527
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0705
0705
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
CVT-60
P0710
0710
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*4
CVT-65
P0715
0715
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
CVT-70
P0720
0720
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
CVT-75
P0740
0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-83
P0744
0744
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-88
P0745
0745
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-90
P0746
0746
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-95
P0776
0776
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-97
P0778
0778
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-99
P0840
0840
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
CVT-109
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
I
*4: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
P0850-P1574
INFOID:0000000005284528
J
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P0850
0850
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
EC-429
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-434
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC
EC-435
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
EC-436
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-448
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-450
P1421
1421
COLD START CONTROL
EC-452
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
EC-454
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
EC-460
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
EC-469
K
L
M
N
O
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
P
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-27
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1610-P1615
INFOID:0000000005284529
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P1610
1610
LOCK MODE
P1611
1611
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
P1612
1612
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1614
1614
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1615
1615
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
Reference page
BL-170
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P1715-P1805
INFOID:0000000005284530
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P1715
1715
IN PULY SPEED
EC-471
P1740
1740
SLCT SOLENOID
CVT-128
P1777
1777
STEP MOTOR
CVT-134
P1778
1778
STEP MOTOR
CVT-138
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-473
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P2004-P2A00
INFOID:0000000005284531
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P2004
2004
TUMBLE CONT/V
EC-478
P2014
2014
TUMBLE POS SEN
EC-485
P2100
2100
ETC MOT PWR-B1
EC-491
P2101
2101
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
EC-495
P2103
2103
ETC MOT PWR
EC-491
P2118
2118
ETC MOT-B1
EC-501
P2119
2119
ETC ACTR-B1
EC-505
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-507
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-507
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-512
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-512
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR-B1
EC-519
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-524
P2A00
2A00
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-531
Revision: January 2010
EC-28
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
A
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-29
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000006039470
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT
INFOID:0000000005284533
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59 .
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Revision: January 2010
EC-30
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005284534
A
• Always use a 12 V battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable.
EC
C
D
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the
initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
E
F
G
PBIA9222J
H
I
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
J
K
L
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Revision: January 2010
EC-31
M
N
O
P
PBIB0090E
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" .
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
MEF040D
SEF217U
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
•
•
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
Fuel pressure regulator (2)
Fuel level sensor (3)
Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0765E
Revision: January 2010
EC-32
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
E
F
G
SEF708Y
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-33
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284535
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge
Kit
Checking fuel pressure
LEC642
(J-44321-6)
Fuel pressure adapter
Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connector type fuel lines.
LBIA0376E
KV10118400
Fuel tube adapter
Measuring fuel pressure
PBIB3043E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005284536
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
Locating the EVAP leak
S-NT703
EVAP service port
adapter
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service
port
S-NT704
Revision: January 2010
EC-34
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Fuel filler cap adapter
i.e.: (MLR-8382)
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
A
EC
C
S-NT815
Socket wrench
Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor
D
E
F
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
G
H
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
I
J
K
S-NT779
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-35
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005284537
JPBIA3043GB
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
INFOID:0000000005284538
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Revision: January 2010
EC-36
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Engine
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
EPS control unit
Power steering operation*2
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation*2
Combination meter
Actuator
A
speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
ECM function
EC
C
Fuel injection
& mixture ratio
control
D
Fuel injector
E
F
G
Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
H
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
I
J
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
K
L
•
•
•
•
•
•
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models)
High-load, high-speed operation
M
N
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
O
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
P
PBIB3020E
Revision: January 2010
EC-37
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-231. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air/fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
• When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
Revision: January 2010
EC-38
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
A
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
C
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
voltage*2
Battery
Battery
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Gear position
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
EC
INFOID:0000000005284539
ECM function
Actuator
D
E
Ignition timing
control
Power transistor
F
G
Vehicle speed*1
H
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
J
K
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005284540
O
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-39
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Fuel cut control
Actuator
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when
the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-36, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System".
Revision: January 2010
EC-40
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor
INFOID:0000000005284541
Input Signal to ECM
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
EPS control unit
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
Power steering operation*
ECM function
Actuator
EC
C
D
Air conditioner
cut control
Air conditioner relay
E
1
Vehicle speed*1
F
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
System Description
G
INFOID:0000000005284542
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-41
2010 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005284543
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
Input signal to ECM
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
TCM (CVT models)
Actuator
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control
actuator
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
ECM function
Gear position
Vehicle speed*
Powertrain revolution*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
Revision: January 2010
EC-42
2010 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
A
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition EC
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released.
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
C
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284544
D
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-454.
E
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-460 and EC-538.
F
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-460 and EC-538.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
G
Refer to EC-460, EC-473and EC-538.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
H
Refer to EC-491, EC-495, EC-501and EC-505.
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-546.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-43
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
INFOID:0000000005284545
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Revision: January 2010
EC-44
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284546
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3639E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
H
I
J
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-45
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ALBIA0647ZZ
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake manifold
4.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
: From next figure
2.
EVAP service port
3.
EVAP purge resonator
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
Revision: January 2010
EC-46
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
BBIA0746E
: To previous figure
1.
EVAP control system pressure sensor 2.
EVAP canister
3.
EVAP canister vent control valve
L
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284547
M
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B).
2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port
(C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum
pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
N
O
P
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
Revision: January 2010
EC-47
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
Vacuum:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
SEF943S
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection".
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
SEF462UC
Revision: January 2010
EC-48
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284548
A
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1214E
EVAP CANISTER
G
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose.
Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt.
Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Remove the EVAP canister.
Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary.
H
I
J
K
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-rings with a new one.
L
EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
M
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring.
N
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
O
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
P
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-49
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB3082E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
INFOID:0000000005284549
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-45, "Description".
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UC
Revision: January 2010
EC-50
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
• EVAP canister (2)
A
EC
C
BBIA0693E
4.
5.
6.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-45, "Description".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-51
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
INFOID:0000000005284550
PBIB1387E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
- Disconnect negative battery cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284551
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-52
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
A
EC
C
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
D
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
F
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
G
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
I
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
J
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
K
L
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-53
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: January 2010
EC-54
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
A
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
EC
C
D
E
SEF665U
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284552
F
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-55
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
Revision: January 2010
EC-56
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
I
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
J
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
K
L
M
N
PBIB3641E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-57
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
INFOID:0000000005284553
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0686GB
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
PBIB1588E
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284554
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
PBIB1589E
Revision: January 2010
EC-58
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
S-ET277
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-59
2010 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Description
INFOID:0000000005284555
• If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in
“SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the
detected DTC. Refer to EC-28, "P1610-P1615".
• Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the
detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III.
• When replacing ECM, refer to EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM".
Revision: January 2010
EC-60
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction
INFOID:0000000005284556
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data
Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Freeze Frame data
C
D
—
E
Test values and Test limits
Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID
Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
F
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze
Frame data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
SRT status
Test value
Permanent
DTC status
CONSULT-III
×
×
×
×
×
×
—
×
GST
×
×
×
—
×
×
×
×
ECM
×
×*
—
—
—
×
—
—
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
(Refer to EC-109, "Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic
H
I
J
INFOID:0000000005284557
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
Items
2nd trip
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
—
—
—
×
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
—
—
—
×
—
×
×
—
Blinking
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
×
—
—
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
—
—
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".)
—
Except above
—
EC-61
K
L
M
1st trip DTC
1st trip
displaying
Lighting
up
Revision: January 2010
G
N
O
2010 Sentra
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
INFOID:0000000005284558
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×: Applicable
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
—: Not applicable
Reference
*2
ECM*3
LOST COMM (TCM)
U0101
0101*5
—
1
×
B
EC-159
LOST COMM (BCM)
U0140
0140*5
—
1
×
B
EC-161
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*5
—
2
—
—
EC-163
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
Flashing*6
—
EC-84
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
×
2
×
B
EC-165
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
—
2
×
B
EC-169
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
—
2
×
B
EC-169
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
—
2
×
B
EC-174
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
—
2
×
B
EC-174
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075
0075
—
2
×
B
EC-180
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0101
0101
—
2
×
B
EC-185
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102
0102
—
1
×
B
EC-193
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0103
0103
—
1
×
B
EC-193
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0112
0112
—
2
×
B
EC-200
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0113
0113
—
2
×
B
EC-200
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0116
0116
—
2
×
B
EC-204
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117
0117
—
1
×
B
EC-207
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118
0118
—
1
×
B
EC-207
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122
0122
—
1
×
B
EC-212
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123
0123
—
1
×
B
EC-212
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
—
2
×
B
EC-217
IAT SENSOR-B1
P0127
0127
—
2
×
B
EC-220
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
2
×
B
EC-223
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0130
0130
—
2
×
A
EC-225
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131
0131
—
2
×
B
EC-231
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0132
0132
—
2
×
B
EC-237
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0133
0133
×
2
×
A
EC-243
HO2S2 (B1)
P0137
0137
×
2
×
A
EC-250
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
×
2
×
A
EC-257
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
×
2
×
A
EC-266
GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-62
group*4
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
2
×
B
EC-275
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
2
×
B
EC-281
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
2
×
B
EC-287
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
2
×
B
EC-291
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
2
×
B
EC-291
EOT SEN/CIRC
P0196
0196
—
2
×
B
EC-295
EOT SEN/CIRC
P0197
0197
—
2
×
B
EC-298
EOT SEN/CIRC
P0198
0198
—
2
×
B
EC-298
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222
0222
—
1
×
B
EC-302
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0223
0223
—
1
×
B
EC-302
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-307
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-307
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-307
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-307
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-307
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
2
—
—
EC-313
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
2
—
—
EC-313
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
2
×
B
EC-317
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
P0340
0340
—
2
×
B
EC-324
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
×
2
×
A
EC-330
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
×
2
×
A
EC-335
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
×
2
×
A
EC-340
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0443
0443
—
2
×
A
EC-347
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
2
×
B
EC-355
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
2
×
B
EC-355
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
2
×
B
EC-361
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0448
0448
—
2
×
B
EC-367
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0451
0451
—
2
×
A
EC-373
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
2
×
B
EC-376
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
2
×
B
EC-383
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
2
×
A
EC-391
*7
2
×
A
EC-398
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
×
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
2
×
A
EC-406
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
2
×
B
EC-408
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
2
×
B
EC-410
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
2
×
B
EC-410
P0500
0500
—
2
×
B
EC-412
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
—
2
×
B
EC-414
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
—
2
×
B
EC-416
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603
0603
—
2
×
B
EC-418
ECM
P0605
0605
—
1 or 2
— or ×
B
EC-421
VEH SPEED
SEN/CIRC*8
Revision: January 2010
EC-63
A
group*4
2010 Sentra
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
*2
GST
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
group*4
ECM
P0607
0607
—
1 (CVT)
2 (M/T)
× (CVT)
— (M/T)
B
EC-423
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P0643
0643
—
1
×
B
EC-424
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0705
0705
—
2
×
B
CVT-60
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9
P0710
0710
—
1
×
B
CVT-65
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
P0715
0715
—
2
×
B
CVT-70
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*8
P0720
0720
—
2
×
B
CVT-75
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0740
0740
—
2
×
B
CVT-83
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744
0744
—
2
×
B
CVT-88
PC SOLENOID A
P0745
0745
—
2
×
B
CVT-90
PC SOLENOID A
P0746
0746
—
1
×
B
CVT-95
PC SOLENOID B
P0776
0776
—
2
×
B
CVT-97
PC SOLENOID B
P0778
0778
—
2
×
B
CVT-99
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
P0840
0840
—
2
×
B
CVT-109
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P0850
0850
—
2
×
B
EC-429
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
1
×
A
EC-434
TCS/CIRC
P1212
1212
—
2
—
—
EC-435
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
1
×
B
EC-436
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225
1225
—
2
—
—
EC-448
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226
1226
—
2
—
—
EC-450
COLD START CONTROL
P1421
1421
—
2
×
A
EC-452
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
1
—
—
EC-454
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
1
—
—
EC-460
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
1
—
—
EC-469
LOCK MODE
P1610
1610
—
2
—
—
BL-170
ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM
P1611
1611
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1612
1612
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1614
1614
—
2
—
—
BL-170
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
P1615
1615
—
2
—
—
BL-170
IN PULY SPEED
P1715
1715
—
2
—
—
EC-471
SLCT SOLENOID
P1740
1740
—
2
×
B
CVT-128
STEP MOTOR
P1777
1777
—
1
×
B
CVT-134
STEP MOTOR
P1778
1778
—
2
×
B
CVT-138
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
2
—
—
EC-473
TUMBLE CONT/V
P2004
2004
—
2
×
B
EC-478
TUMBLE POS SEN
P2014
2014
—
2
×
B
EC-485
ETC MOT PWR-B1
P2100
2100
—
1
×
B
EC-491
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P2101
2101
—
1
×
B
EC-495
ETC MOT PWR
P2103
2103
—
1
×
B
EC-491
ETC MOT-B1
P2118
2118
—
1
×
B
EC-501
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119
2119
—
1
×
B
EC-505
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
1
×
B
EC-507
Revision: January 2010
EC-64
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
A
group*4
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
1
×
B
EC-507
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
1
×
B
EC-512
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
1
×
B
EC-512
TP SENSOR-B1
P2135
2135
—
1
×
B
EC-519
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
1
×
B
EC-524
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P2A00
2A00
—
2
×
A
EC-531
EC
C
D
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)”.
E
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the ECM in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status".
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
F
*8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
G
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not
prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-104, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Revision: January 2010
EC-65
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
Except the above items (Includes CVT related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS".
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-66
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the
inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-III indication)
Performance
Priority*
EC
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
Corresponding DTC No.
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420
EVAP SYSTEM
2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
1
EVAP control system
P0442
2
EVAP control system
P0456
2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
Intake value timing control function
P0011
HO2S
EGR/VVT SYSTEM
3
A
C
D
E
F
G
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
H
I
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Diagnosis
← ON →
OFF
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
OFF
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
P0402
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
P1402
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
Revision: January 2010
EC-67
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
JSBIA0065GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-68
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Display SRT Status
A
WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
EC
NOTE:
• Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
C
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
D
A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
E
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously.
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds.
F
G
H
I
J
JMBIA1515GB
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on "SRT Item".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-69
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Driving Pattern
JSBIA0162GB
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Revision: January 2010
EC-70
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Sea level
• Flat road
A
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V).
C
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4 V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D
between the ECM terminal 43 and ground is less than 4.1 V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
E
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
F
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
G
H
PBIB2244E
I
Pattern 4:
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
J
K
L
JSBIA0160GB
M
Pattern 5:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
N
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models
Set the selector lever in the D position.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Revision: January 2010
EC-71
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
For high attitude areas
[over 1,219m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
13 (8)
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
27 (17)
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
40 (25)
53 (33)
65 (40)
4th to 5th
58 (36)
71 (44)
72 (45)
5th to 6th
82 (51)
82 (51)
82 (51)
Gear change
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
90 (55)
3rd
—
4th
—
5th
—
6th
—
PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)
Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.
ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST)
and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state
emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
Permanent DTC Item
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”.
Permanent DTC Set Timing
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed.
Permanent DTC Service Procedure
Revision: January 2010
EC-72
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
JSBIA0066GB
H
How to Display Permanent DTC Status
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving
pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JSBIA0062GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-73
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH GST
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
Revision: January 2010
EC-74
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
01H
Self-diagnostic test item
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1)
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
03H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank 1)
Revision: January 2010
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
P0131
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0131
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0133
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0133
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A00
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0130
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
EC
P014C
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014C
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014D
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
HO2S
02H
A
P014D
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P0138
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0137
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0138
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0139
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0143
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0144
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0146
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0145
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
EC-75
2010 Sentra
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
05H
Self-diagnostic test item
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0151
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0151
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0153
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0153
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A03
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0150
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
P014E
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014E
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015C
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015C
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P0158
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0157
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0158
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0159
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0163
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0164
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0166
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0165
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
HO2S
06H
07H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank2)
Revision: January 2010
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
EC-76
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
21H
Self-diagnostic test item
Three way catalyst function
(Bank1)
CATALYST
22H
EGR
SYSTEM
31H
35H
Three way catalyst function
(Bank2)
EGR function
A
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
P0420
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0420
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2423
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2423
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0430
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0430
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2424
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2424
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0400
80H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (short term)
P0400
81H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (long term)
P0400
82H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Difference between
max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400
83H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
P1402
84H
96H
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
rate
P0011
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0014
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VVT
SYSTEM
36H
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
EC
P0011
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0021
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0024
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0021
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0024
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
VVT Monitor (Bank2)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-77
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
EVAP
SYSTEM
O2 SENSOR
HEATER
Secondary Air
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
Description
39H
EVAP control system leak
(Cap Off)
P0455
80H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after pull down
3BH
EVAP control system leak
(Small leak)
P0442
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.04
inch)
P0456
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
inch)
P0456
81H
FDH
Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
system during monitoring
P0456
82H
FDH
Internal pressure of EVAP system at the
end of monitoring
P0441
83H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after vent control
valve close
3CH
EVAP control system leak
(Very small leak)
3DH
Purge flow system
41H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
Low Input:P0031
High Input:P0032
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
42H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1)
Low Input:P0037
High Input:P0038
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
43H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1)
P0043
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
45H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
Low Input:P0051
High Input:P0052
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
46H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2)
Low Input:P0057
High Input:P0058
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
47H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2)
P0063
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
P0411
80H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected
Bank1: P0491
Bank2: P0492
81H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow
P2445
82H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck Off
P2448
83H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System High
Airflow
Bank1: P2440
Bank2: P2442
84H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2440
85H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2444
86H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck On
71H
Secondary Air system
81H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 1)
P0171 or P0172
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0171 or P0172
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
82H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 2)
P0174 or P0175
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0174 or P0175
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-78
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
P0301
MISFIRE
A1H
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
A
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
80H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the first cylinder
EC
P0302
81H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the second cylinder
P0303
82H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the third cylinder
P0304
83H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fourth cylinder
P0305
84H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fifth cylinder
P0306
85H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the sixth cylinder
P0307
86H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the seventh cylinder
P0308
87H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the eighth cylinder
P0300
88H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the multiple cylinders
P0301
89H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
first cylinder
P0302
8AH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
second cylinder
P0303
8BH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
third cylinder
P0304
8CH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fourth cylinder
P0305
8DH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fifth cylinder
P0306
8EH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
sixth cylinder
P0307
8FH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
seventh cylinder
P0308
90H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
eighth cylinder
P0300
91H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the single cylinder
Multiple Cylinder Misfires
P0300
92H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
single cylinder
P0300
93H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
multiple cylinders
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-79
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
A2H
A3H
A4H
A5H
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0301
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0301
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0302
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0302
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0303
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0303
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0304
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0304
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0305
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0305
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0306
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0306
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0307
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0307
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0308
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0308
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
No. 2 Cylinder Misfire
No. 3 Cylinder Misfire
No. 4 Cylinder Misfire
MISFIRE
A6H
A7H
A8H
A9H
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
No. 5 Cylinder Misfire
No. 6 Cylinder Misfire
No. 7 Cylinder Misfire
No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for CVT related items, skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM.
2. Select "ENGINE" with CONSULT-III.
3. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
Revision: January 2010
EC-80
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A
With GST
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
EC
1. Select Service $04 with GST.
No Tools
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- C
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 D
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
E
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
F
- Test values
How to Erase Permanent DTC
G
When a DTC is stored in ECM
• When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
H
I
J
K
L
M
JSBIA0063GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
N
When a DTC is not stored in ECM
O
• The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Driving pattern
P
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
for applicable DTCs.
B
D
A
×
—
—
B
—
×
×
Group*
*: For group, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
ITEMS”.
Group A
Revision: January 2010
EC-81
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0064GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored
in ECM.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
10. Turn ignition switch ON.
11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
Group B
Revision: January 2010
EC-82
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
JSBIA0068GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
After experiencing Driving pattern B
and D, permanent DTC is erased.
*3:
Indication does not change unless
the ignition switch is turned from ON
to OFF twice even after experiencing
Driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
• When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is
counted by priority.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D.
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
9. Turn ignition switch ON.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Turn ignition switch ON.
12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B.
Revision: January 2010
EC-83
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
14. Turn ignition switch ON.
15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
16. Turn ignition switch ON.
17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
DRIVING PATTERN
Driving Pattern B
•
-
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more.
Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
- The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
- A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
Driving Pattern D
• Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following.
- The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
- Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
- A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern D.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
INFOID:0000000005284559
DESCRIPTION
Revision: January 2010
EC-84
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35 or see EC-575.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
SEF217U
D
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
Mode I
KEY and ENG.
Status
Ignition switch in
ON position
Function
E
Explanation of Function
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
F
G
Engine stopped
H
Engine running
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
I
J
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
K
L
Engine stopped
M
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
MIL Flashing Without DTC
When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-62, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information".
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
Revision: January 2010
EC-85
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb.
Refer to DI-35 or EC-575.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected.
OFF
No malfunction
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
Revision: January 2010
EC-86
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
JMBIA1140GB
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF
cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the
later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-24)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal.
Refer to "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart
K
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005284560
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-87
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
MIL (goes off)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
EC-88
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The
stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
EC-89
N
O
P
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
EC-90
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
Revision: January 2010
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
EC-91
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehiwill not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction.
stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
JMBIA1920GB
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
Revision: January 2010
EC-92
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284561
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
SEF976U
J
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
N
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
With CONSULT-III
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
Revision: January 2010
EC-93
P
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIA8513J
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
1.
2.
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
Revision: January 2010
EC-94
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
A
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
EC
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-317.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-324.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
F
G
H
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
I
J
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
-
K
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
L
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
N
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
PBIB3263E
Stop engine.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
P
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 13.
Revision: January 2010
EC-95
O
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
-
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB3263E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-317.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-324.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
Revision: January 2010
EC-96
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
A
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
EC
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
C
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
D
Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
2. INSPECTION END
No
>> INSPECTION END
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
E
INFOID:0000000005284562
F
IDLE SPEED
WITH CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
G
WITH GST
Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST.
H
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
I
Method A
1.
Attach timing light to loop wire (1) as shown.
•
: Vehicle front
J
K
L
PBIB3320E
M
2.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
N
O
P
PBIB3263E
Method B
1.
Remove No. 4 ignition coil (1).
Revision: January 2010
EC-97
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
•
: Vehicle front
PBIB3321E
2.
Connect No. 4 ignition coil (1) and No. 4 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (A) as shown, and
attach timing light clamp (B) to this wire.
•
: Vehicle front
PBIB3322E
PBIB3334E
3.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
PBIB3263E
Procedure After Replacing ECM
INFOID:0000000005284563
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
2. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
3. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-98
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
A
VIN Registration
INFOID:0000000005284564
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
EC
C
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45.
Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
E
INFOID:0000000005284565
F
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
G
I
INFOID:0000000005284566
DESCRIPTION
J
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
K
OPERATION PROCEDURE
L
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
INFOID:0000000005284567
M
N
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T): ON
Selector lever (CVT): P or N
Revision: January 2010
EC-99
2010 Sentra
O
P
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Electric load switch: OFF
[Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger]
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- For CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION”
system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- For M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to
the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Item
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
Revision: January 2010
EC-100
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Wait 20 seconds.
A
EC
C
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Item
E
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
F
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-144.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
D
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005284568
L
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-101
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2).
•
: Vehicle front
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB2958E
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A.
•
: To quick connector
•
: To fuel tube (engine side)
• C: Clamp
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
PBIB2982E
• Use pressure gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
• No.2 spool (5)
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710
or 16439 40U00).
PBIB2983E
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-102
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
• A: Fuel pressure gauge
A
• B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
EC
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
C
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating.
PBIB3432E
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.
D
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
E
10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
12. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
13. Before disconnecting fuel pressure gauge and fuel pressure adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure to
zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-103
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
INFOID:0000000005284569
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer
can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what
conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on
"Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
SEF234G
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
Revision: January 2010
EC-104
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JSBIA0067GB
P
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Revision: January 2010
EC-105
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”.
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.
No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-
Check DTC.
Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-109, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Check according to EC-152, "Description".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: January 2010
EC-106
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
A
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-144, "Inspec- EC
tion Procedure".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
C
NO
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
D
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
F
E
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
>> GO TO 10.
G
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-140, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
3.
H
I
J
K
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
L
M
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1.
2.
Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Revision: January 2010
EC-107
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet as shown in the following "Worksheet
Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
SEF907L
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
Revision: January 2010
EC-108
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000005284570
A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
1
2
3
EC
Detected items (DTC)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line
P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function
P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 P0607ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0705 Transmission range switch
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0603 ECM power supply
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
P2004 Tumble control valve motor
P2014 Tumble control valve position sensor
P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P0845 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P1148 Closed loop control
P1212 TCS communication line
P1421 Cold start control
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Input speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fail-Safe Chart
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
INFOID:0000000005284571
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: January 2010
EC-109
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0643
Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2100
P2103
Throttle control relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119
Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator
spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will
not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
• When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there
is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Revision: January 2010
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-110
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Matrix Chart
INFOID:0000000005284572
A
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
1
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
Fuel injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
Air
Positive crankcase ventilation system
3
3
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
Ignition
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Fuel pump circuit
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Fuel
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AD
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
C
3
4
2
D
Reference
page
E
F
G
EC-556
4
EC-101
2
EC-551
4
4
EC-45
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
EC-58
1
2
3
3
Incorrect ignition timing adjustment
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
EC-93
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
EC-561
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
EC-153
Mass air flow sensor circuit
2
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
3
3
3
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1
2
2
2
2
2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
3
2
Knock sensor circuit
2
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit
4
Revision: January 2010
EC-111
2
2
K
L
EC-205,
EC-209,
EC-218
M
EC-225,
EC-231,
EC-237,
EC-243,
EC-531
EC-424,
EC-507,
EC-512,
EC-524
1
J
EC-185,
EC-193
EC-212,
EC-302,
EC-448,
EC-450,
EC-519
Throttle position sensor circuit
2
2
EC-495,
EC-505
1
2
I
EC-93
Electric throttle control actuator
Main power supply and ground circuit
H
3
EC-313
3
EC-296,
EC-299
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
2
2
EC-317
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
3
2
EC-324
Warranty symptom code
Vehicle speed signal circuit
ECM
2
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
2
3
2
3
3
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
Electrical load signal circuit
Tumble control valve position sensor circuit
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
3
EC-412
3
EC-421
3
EC-180
3
EC-429
4
EC-570
3
Tumble control valve motor circuit
Air conditioner circuit
3
3
2
2
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
Reference
page
EC-549
EC-480
EC-487
3
3
3
3
2
MTC-27
BRC-10
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
Revision: January 2010
EC-112
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
5
5
5
5
5
5
Air
F
5
5
5
5
5
5
—
EM-16
Air cleaner
EM-16
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-18
EM-18
Battery
SC-5
Starter circuit
1
6
Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
4
Cylinder head gasket
1
1
1
1
1
3
Signal plate
Cylinder head
1
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
I
J
K
SC-26
SC-11
1
5
H
EM-16
5
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Generator circuit
G
—
5
Air duct
Electric throttle control actuator
Engine
E
—
5
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
throttle control actuator)
Cranking
D
EM-36
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
C
Reference
page
FL-10
5
Vapor lock
EC
L
EM-75
3
MT-14 or
CVT-60
M
EM-65
N
Cylinder block
4
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
O
EM-80
P
Bearing
Crankshaft
Revision: January 2010
EC-113
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Valve
mechanism
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Timing chain
EM-40
Camshaft
EM-50
Intake valve timing control
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
EM-40
5
Intake valve
Exhaust
Reference
page
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Three way catalyst
EM-65
EM-23, FL5
EM-27, LU9
Lubrication
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
LU-6
Cooling
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-15
Thermostat
5
CO-21
Water control valve
Water pump
CO-24
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
Water gallery
CO-19
CO-24
Cooling fan
CO-17
5
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemNATS)
5
1
1
CO-11
BL-170
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Revision: January 2010
EC-114
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine Control Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005284573
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
AWBIA0745ZZ
L
1.
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug
2.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
3.
Fuel injector
4.
Cooling fan motor-1
5.
Knock sensor
6.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
7.
Tumble control valve actuator
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
Cooling fan motor-2
10. Refrigerant pressure sensor
11.
IPDM E/R
12. ECM
13. Mass air flow sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor)
14. Electric throttle control actuator (with 15. EVAP canister purge volume control
built in throttle position sensor, throtsolenoid valve
tle control motor)
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-115
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0756E
: Vehicle front
1.
Mass air flow sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor)
2.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
4.
PCV valve
5.
Cooling fan motor-1 harness connec- 6.
tor
7.
Radiator
8.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Revision: January 2010
EC-116
3.
Electric throttle control actuator
(with built in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0725E
M
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake valve timing control solenoid 2.
valve
Knock sensor
3.
4.
Fuel pump fuse
5.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6.
harness connector
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
7.
Fuel pressure regulator
8.
Fuel level sensor
Fuel tank temperature sensor
9.
IPDM E/R
N
O
10. Ignition coil
(with power transistor) and spark
plug
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-117
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ALBIA0646ZZ
: Vehicle front
1.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
2.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
3.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
4.
ECM
5.
Stop lamp switch harness connector 6.
ASCD brake switch harness connector
7.
Brake pedal
8.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Revision: January 2010
EC-118
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB3462E
F
G
H
BBIA0757E
I
1.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness
connector
2.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
3.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-119
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ALBIA0620ZZ
1.
ASCD steering switch
2.
RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch
3.
SET/COAST switch
4.
CANCEL switch
5.
MAIN switch
6.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
7.
EVAP canister
8.
EVAP canister vent control valve
9.
ASCD clutch switch
11.
Tumble control valve actuator
12. Engine oil temperature sensor
10. Clutch pedal
Revision: January 2010
EC-120
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Vacuum Hose Drawing
INFOID:0000000005284574
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
ALBIA0647ZZ
L
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake manifold
4.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
: From EVAP canister
2.
EVAP service port
3.
EVAP purge resonator
M
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
N
Refer to EC-36, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-121
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284575
ABBWA0195GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-122
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0143GB
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-123
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005284576
PBIA9221J
ECM Terminal and Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005284577
PREPARATION
ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
BBIA0749E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
3
L/W
Tumble control vale motor
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
Revision: January 2010
EC-124
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
A
EC
C
PBIA8148J
6
7
R
W
Tumble control valve motor
(Open)
Tumble control valve motor
(Close)
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
[Ignition switch: OFF → ON]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
E
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
F
G
H
I
J
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
K
(11 - 14 V)
L
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
M
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
O
PBIB0520E
11
B
12
GR
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
(Engine oil temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Revision: January 2010
EC-125
N
Body ground
Approximately 0 V
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
14
15
WIRE
COLOR
BR/R
G/Y
ITEM
PNP signal
Throttle control motor relay
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
0 - 0.3 V
17
18
21
22
V
BR/Y
G
Y
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 3
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
PBIA9265J
0.2 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.
PBIA9266J
23
B/O
Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
27
P
Engine oil temperature sensor
[Engine is running]
28
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch: ON]
Revision: January 2010
EC-126
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
33
34
35
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
G
W
L/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
Tumble control valve position
sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
0 - 1.0 V
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
E
F
G
H
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
More than 2.9 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
K
36
B
37
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Approximately 2.5 V
38
P
Engine coolant temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.
40
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
43
G/O
Fuel tank temperature sensor
[Engine is running]
44
GR
Sensor ground
(Engine coolant temperature
sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Revision: January 2010
EC-127
I
J
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
D
Approximately 0 V
L
M
Approximately 0 V
N
1.0 - 4.0 V
O
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature
Approximately 0 V
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
45
WIRE
COLOR
V
ITEM
Mass air flow sensor
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
Intake air temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
L/R
Sensor ground
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
48
R/G
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
46
BR/Y
47
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
50
G
51
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
52
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
55
O
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
59
B/Y
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
60
B
Sensor ground
(Fuel tank temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Revision: January 2010
EC-128
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
61
W
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
A
EC
C
PBIB2998E
Approximately 4.0 V
D
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB2999E
62
R
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
63
B/R
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
G
H
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
65
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
I
J
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
L
PBIB2987E
66
Y/R
69
LG/B
72
R
Power supply for ECM
(Back-up)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-129
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
73
Y/R
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
JMBIA1638GB
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
83
P
CAN communication line
—
—
84
L
CAN communication line
—
—
88
P/L
DATA link connector
—
—
93
B/R
Ignition switch
74
G/W
75
94
95
99
100
L/Y
B/Y
R/G
G/B
ASCD steering switch
Sensor ground
(ASCD steering switch)
Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
Revision: January 2010
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
EC-130
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
102
BR/Y
103
104
Y/G
B/P
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
Approximately 5 V
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
106
O
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
107
108
109
B
B
B
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
W
111
B/W
112
B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
D
E
105
110
C
F
Body ground
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
I
Approximately 0 V
J
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Body ground
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)
INFOID:0000000005284578
L
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
M
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self Diagnostic result
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Active Test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT Confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Ecu Identification
ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
Revision: January 2010
EC-131
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Refer to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
Work item
Condition
Usage
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
• FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure from
fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
• THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT
• THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW “ON”
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
• WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When adjusting target ignition timing
VIN REGISTRATION
• IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM.
When registering VIN in ECM
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item*
Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as DTC.
FUEL SYS-B1
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
• The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-132
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Freeze frame data item*
Description
A
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
• The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%]
• The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC
C
D
E
F
FUEL SYS-B2
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
G
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
COMBUST CONDITION
H
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
I
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of
the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops
below the idle rpm.
• If the signal is interrupted while the engine is
running, an abnormal value may be indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1
[V]
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[ms]
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
A/F ALPHA-B1
[%]
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction
factor per cycle is indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for the air/fuel
ratio learning control.
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• When the engine coolant temperature sensor
is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe
mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1)
[V]
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/F
sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1)
[V]
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.
ENG SPEED
[rpm]
Revision: January 2010
EC-133
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT [V]
• The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1
[V]
ACCEL SEN 2
[V]
TP SEN 1-B1
[V]
TP SEN 2-B1
[V]
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
• ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
• TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
FUEL T/TMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage
of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The intake air temperature (determined by the signal
voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES
[V]
• The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
[V]
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the
ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM
according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch
as determined by the air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting
switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting
switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch
signal.
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch
signal.
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated.
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according
to the input signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE
[%]
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current
airflow divided by peak airflow.
Revision: January 2010
EC-134
• After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed
regardless of the starter signal.
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
A
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according
to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
PURG VOL C/V
[%]
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according
to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA]
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle.
INT/V SOL (B1)
[%]
• The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signal) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
• The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals.
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control
valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals)
is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
G
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition
determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
H
COOLING FAN
[HI/MID/LOW/OFF]
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by
ECM according to the input signals).
HI: High speed operation
MID: Middle speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2
heater determined by ECM according to the input signals.
I/P PULLY SPD
[rpm]
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the input
speed sensor signal.
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
L
IDL A/V LEARN
[YET/CMPLT]
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed
yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been performed successfully.
M
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [mile]
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
N
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
[%]
• Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed by
ECM according to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases.
O
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor
is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
• The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal.
Revision: January 2010
EC-135
EC
C
D
E
F
I
J
K
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
SET/COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch
signal.
BRAKE SW2
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal.
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the input signal from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal sent
from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by
the ECM according to the input signals.
A/F ADJ-B1
• Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The factor
is calculated from the difference between the target air/
fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calculated
from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal.
SWRL CONT S/V
[ON/OFF]
• The control condition of the tumble control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
TUMBLE POS SEN
[V]
• The tumble control valve position sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
ENG OIL TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal
voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is displayed.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
[INCMP/CMPLT]
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response)
condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
[INCMP/CMPLT]
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response)
condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Revision: January 2010
EC-136
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Test Item
A
Test Item
Condition
Judgment
FUEL INJECTION
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
IGNITION TIMING
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Timing light: Set
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Check Item (Remedy)
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel injector
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
EC
C
• Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
D
POWER BALANCE
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• A/C switch OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
one at a time using CONSULT-III.
Engine runs rough or dies.
COOLING FAN*
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”,
“MID”, “HI” and “OFF” with CONSULT-III.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Fuel injector
FUEL PUMP RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel pump relay
PURG VOL
CONT/V
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CONSULT-III.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
VENT CONTROL/V
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-III and
listen to operating sound.
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister vent control valve
M
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change intake valve timing using
CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
N
TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn tumble control valve "ON"
and "OFF" with CONSULT-III and
listen to operating sound.
Tumble control valve motor makes
an operating sound.
• Harness and connectors
• Tumble control valve motor
•
•
•
•
•
•
Harness and connectors
Compression
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
• Harness and connectors
• Cooling fan relay
• Cooling fan motor
F
G
H
I
J
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
K
L
O
P
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
Revision: January 2010
E
EC-137
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode
Test item
Corresponding DTC No.
Reference page
P0441
EC-335
P0442
EC-340
P0455
EC-391
EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456*
P0456
EC-398
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
P0443
EC-347
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276
P0130
EC-225
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279
P0133
EC-243
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
P0139
EC-266
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
P0138
EC-257
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
P0137
EC-250
PURG FLOW P0441
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
A/F SEN1
HO2S2
EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442*
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
INFOID:0000000005284579
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO
15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Service $01
READINESS TESTS
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
Service $02
(FREEZE DATA)
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Service $03
DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
were stored by ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-138
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic test mode
Service $04
CLEAR DIAG INFO
Function
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
A
EC
C
Service $06
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
D
Service $07
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can
be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
• Low ambient temperature
• Low battery voltage
• Engine running
• Ignition switch OFF
• Low fuel temperature
• Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
E
Service $08
—
Service $09
(CALIBRATION ID)
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
Service $0A*
PERMANENT DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM.
F
G
H
NOTE:
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
I
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect GST to data link connector (1).
• Accelerator pedal (2)
J
K
L
M
BBIA0750E
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
N
O
P
SEF398S
Revision: January 2010
EC-139
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
SEF416S
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
INFOID:0000000005284580
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
Monitor Item
ENG SPEED
Condition
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-144.
B/FUEL SCHDL
See EC-144.
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-144.
COOLAN TEMP/S
• Engine: After warming up
A/F SEN1 (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
EVAP SYS PRES
• Ignition switch: ON
HO2S2 (B1)
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
START SIGNAL
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
AIR COND SIG
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
P/N POSI SW
• Ignition switch: ON
Revision: January 2010
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx.
0.6 - 1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication.
11 - 14 V
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
• Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
CLSD THL POS
Specification
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication.
More than 0.36 V
Less than 4.75 V
OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
EC-140
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
Condition
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Steering wheel: Not being turned
OFF
Steering wheel: Being turned
ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd
ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch:
OFF
OFF
IGNITION SW
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON
HEATER FAN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
BRAKE SW
• Ignition switch: ON
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
Idle
1° - 11° BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,500 rpm
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
PURG VOL C/V
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting)
Idle
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
AIR COND RLY
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating
ON
Heater fan: Not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
2,000 rpm
C
D
E
F
25° - 45° BTDC
H
I
J
2,000 rpm
0%
0 - 50%
K
L
−5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0° - 40°CA
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
M
N
Approx. 0% - 90%
O
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
ON
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
VENT CONT/V
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
THRTL RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
Revision: January 2010
EC
G
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
FUEL PUMP RLY
A
EC-141
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
COOLING FAN
Condition
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F)
and 99°C (210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C
(212°F) and 104°C (219°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
Specification
MIDDLE
HIGH
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
I/P PULLY SPD
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication.
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication
TRVL AFTER MIL
• Ignition switch: ON
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
AC PRESS SEN
• Engine: Idle
• Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-III value.
SET VHCL SPD
• Engine: Running
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
• Ignition switch: ON
SET SW
• Ignition switch: ON
BRAKE SW1
• Ignition switch: ON
BRAKE SW2
• Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle speed: Between 40
km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
A/F ADJ-B1
• Engine: Running
Revision: January 2010
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON.
ASCD: Operating
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
4 - 100%
1.0 - 4.0 V
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication
The preset vehicle
speed is displayed.
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
SET/COAST switch: Released
OFF
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/
T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
(CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd
time
ON → OFF
ACSD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
−0.330 – 0.330
EC-142
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
Condition
Specification
• Engine coolant temperature:
Between 5°C (41°F) and
45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than
3,200 rpm
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 1.2 V
TUMBLE POS SEN
• Engine coolant temperature:
Between 5°C (41°F) and
45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than
3,200 rpm
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
More than 2.9 V
ENG OIL TEMP
• Engine: After warming up
HO2 S2 DIAG1
(B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG2
(B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
SWRL CONT S/V
A
EC
C
More than 70°C (158°F)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-143
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
INFOID:0000000005284581
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECMprior to any learned on board correction)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INFOID:0000000005284582
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
Transmission: Warmed-up
CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP
SEN” (fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V.
M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
Electrical load: Not applied
Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284583
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284584
OVERALL SEQUENCE
Revision: January 2010
EC-144
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
PBIB2318E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-145
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-144, "Testing Condition".
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-146
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
D
E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1.
2.
C
Stop the engine.
Change engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
Check the following.
Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
Clogged fuel filter
Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-556.)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
Revision: January 2010
EC-147
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
Check the following.
Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-561.)
Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-551.)
Intake air leakage
Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-225, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-231, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-237, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0133, refer to EC-243, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-531, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-148
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 15.
A
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. EC
>> GO TO 16.
C
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
-
Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
Engine oil level is too high
Engine oil viscosity
Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
Noise from engine
Noise from transmission, etc.
Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
Valve clearance malfunction
Intake valve timing control function malfunction
Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
G
H
K
L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
M
N
O
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
Stop the engine.
EC-149
F
J
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
E
I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
1.
D
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-185.
2. GO TO 29.
NG
>> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 27.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-150
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
A
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
EC
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
C
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
D
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-151
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
INFOID:0000000005284585
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent
Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
2
3 or 4
Situation
The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284586
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-152
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram
A
INFOID:0000000005284587
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AABWA0275GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-153
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
11
B
32
R/G
93
B/R
105
G
107
108
109
112
B
B
B
B
ITEM
ECM ground
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Body ground
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Ignition switch
Body ground
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284588
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9561J
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M6, E19
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-154
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
D
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
F
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
G
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F10, E17
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
J
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-561.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
M
PBIB2658E
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-155
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0 V.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11.
PBIB3037E
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIA9562J
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E7, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-156
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13.CHECK 20 A FUSE
A
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace 20 A fuse.
EC
14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
C
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
D
E
F
15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
J
16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F10, E17
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection
N
INFOID:0000000005284589
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
Revision: January 2010
EC-157
2010 Sentra
O
P
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution".
PBIB1870E
Revision: January 2010
EC-158
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284590
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284591
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0101
0101
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Lost communication
with TCM
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
• CAN communication line between TCM
and ECM
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000005284592
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-159
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284593
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284594
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-160
2010 Sentra
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284595
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284596
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0140
0140
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Lost communication
with BCM
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more.
• CAN communication line between BCM
and ECM
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000005284597
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-161
2010 Sentra
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284598
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284599
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-162
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284600
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284601
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
U1001
1001
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
CAN communication
line
DTC detecting condition
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
INFOID:0000000005284602
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-163
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284603
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284604
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-164
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284605
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
EC
Input signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil temperature sensor
Engine oil temperature
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Actuator
C
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
D
Vehicle speed*
E
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
F
G
H
I
J
PBIB3333E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine
coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284606
K
L
M
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Idle
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Idle
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Revision: January 2010
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
EC-165
Specification
N
−5° - 5°CA
Approx. 0° - 40°CA
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 90%
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0011
0011
INFOID:0000000005284607
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
performance
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284608
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075.
See EC-180.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 4.25 msec
Shift lever
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
4.
5.
6.
7.
Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 65°C (149°F)
Shift lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
8.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-166
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284609
EC
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
C
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Go to LU-6, "Inspection".
D
E
F
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PBIA8559J
G
Refer to EC-168, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
H
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
I
Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
J
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
K
L
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
M
N
O
PBIA9557J
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40.
No
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
EC-167
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-325, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284610
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Removal and Installation
PBIB0574E
PBIB2388E
INFOID:0000000005284611
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-50.
Revision: January 2010
EC-168
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284612
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
ECM
function
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
C
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284613
E
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Specification
4 - 100%
G
INFOID:0000000005284614
H
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0031
0031
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0032
0032
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005284615
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-169
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284616
ABBWA0144GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-170
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
D
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
E
Approximately 2.2 V
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284617
G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
I
J
K
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
BBIA0760E
L
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
M
N
BBIA0764E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-171
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284618
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-172
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Terminal No.
Resistance
3 and 4
1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2
EC
2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3309E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284619
H
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER
Refer to EM-23.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-173
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
INFOID:0000000005284620
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM Function
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284621
Specification data are reference values.
monitor item
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005284622
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0037
0037
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
0038
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284623
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-174
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
A
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-175
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284624
AABWA0277GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-176
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284625
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
N
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
O
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Turn ignition switch ON.
P
BBIA0751E
Revision: January 2010
EC-177
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MBIB0186E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-178, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284626
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-178
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
EC
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18
or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3310E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284627
H
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-179
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284628
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284629
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
INT/V SOL (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Idle
P0075
0075
Approx. 0% - 90%
INFOID:0000000005284630
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
INFOID:0000000005284631
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-180
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284632
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0276GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-181
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
32
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
73
Y/R
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
JMBIA1638GB
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284633
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3323E
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF212S
2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-182
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
A
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
EC
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
F
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
G
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-152.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284634
J
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
L
M
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Revision: January 2010
K
EC-183
N
PBIB0574E
O
P
PBIB2388E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284635
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-40.
Revision: January 2010
EC-184
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284636
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284637
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
F
Condition
Specification
G
MAS A/F SE-B1
• See EC-144.
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
•
•
•
•
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005284638
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
B)
Possible cause
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005284639
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
E
EC-185
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
PBIB3457E
7.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
TP SEN 1-B1
More than 1.5 V
TP SEN 2-B1
More than 1.5 V
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8.
9.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284640
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-186
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
SEF534P
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-187
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284641
AABWA0281GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-188
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
45
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
V
52
B/W
105
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Mass air flow sensor
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
E
F
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284642
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
J
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Check the following for connections.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
K
L
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
M
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
O
P
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-189
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0752E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-190
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
A
EC
C
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
D
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Perform EC-152.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284643
G
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
J
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
I
K
L
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
M
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
N
O
P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-191
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
PBIA9564J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284644
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-192
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284645
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284646
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
F
Condition
Specification
G
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-144.
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Engine: After warming up
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Engine: After warming up
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0102
0102
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent
to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
P0103
0103
Mass air flow sensor
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
INFOID:0000000005284648
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: January 2010
EC-193
M
N
P
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
L
O
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
I
INFOID:0000000005284647
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
name
H
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-194
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284649
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0281GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-195
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
45
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
V
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Mass air flow sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
52
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284650
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-196
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
BBIA0752E
D
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
N
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-197
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284651
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Voltage (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
PBIA9564J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Revision: January 2010
EC-198
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
A
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
EC
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
D
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284652
E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-199
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284653
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005284654
DTC detecting condition
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005284655
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-200
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284656
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2875E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284657
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-201
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0752E
3.
Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB1169E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Revision: January 2010
EC-202
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284658
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
EC
Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
C
D
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
E
PBIA9559J
F
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005284659
J
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-203
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284660
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284661
NOTE:
If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-207.
DTC No.
P0116
0116
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/
performance
DTC detecting condition
Engine coolant temperature signal from engine
coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate,
even when some time has passed after starting
the engine with pre-warming up condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(High or low resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005284662
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than10 minutes.
3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5.
5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5
becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time.
Revision: January 2010
EC-204
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours.
A
6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284663
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
C
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
E
F
BBIA0760E
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
H
I
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Refer to EC-209, "Wiring Diagram".
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284664
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
L
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
M
N
O
PBIB2005E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-205
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284665
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
Revision: January 2010
EC-206
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284666
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284667
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
I
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
K
Possible Cause
L
• Harness or connectors
(Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
N
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-207
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting.
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284668
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-208
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284669
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2876E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284670
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-209
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3324E
3.
Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0080E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Revision: January 2010
EC-210
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284671
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
EC
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
C
D
E
PBIB2005E
F
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
G
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005284672
J
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-211
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284673
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284674
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Specification
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284675
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-424.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0122
0122
DTC No.
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284676
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-212
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284677
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0145GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-213
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284678
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-214
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
C
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
H
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-215, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
L
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
M
1.
2.
3.
N
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
O
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284679
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-215
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
PBIB3038E
INFOID:0000000005284680
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-216
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284681
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284682
NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118.
Refer to EC-207.
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-204.
K
L
DTC No.
P0125
0125
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Thermostat
N
INFOID:0000000005284683
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above −4°C (25°F).
If it is above −4°C (25°F), the test result will be OK.
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-217
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If it is below −4°C (25°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than −4°C (25°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284684
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
Refer to EC-218, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Refer to EC-209, "Wiring Diagram".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284685
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-218
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB2005E
D
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
E
F
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284686
H
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-219
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284687
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
INFOID:0000000005284688
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
SEF012P
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Harness or connectors
(Intake temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted)
• Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284689
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
• Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
Revision: January 2010
EC-220
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
EC
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
C
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284690
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
D
E
F
G
H
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
I
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
J
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Refer to EC-201, "Wiring Diagram".
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284691
M
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
N
O
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
P
PBIA9559J
Revision: January 2010
EC-221
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284692
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-222
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005284693
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-307, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C
enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
Trouble diagnosis name
Thermostat function
DTC detecting condition
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
D
• Thermostat
• Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
INFOID:0000000005284694
F
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 52°C (126°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel.
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 52°C (126°F), go to following step.
If it is above 52°C (126°F), cool down the engine to less than 52°C (126°F). Then go to next steps.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
8.
9.
More than 56 km/h (35 MPH)
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284695
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
P
Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-223
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284696
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-21.
Revision: January 2010
EC-224
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284697
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284698
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Specification
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005284699
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No.
P0130
0130
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit
DTC detecting condition
A)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other
than approx. 2.2 V.
B)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
INFOID:0000000005284700
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-225
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Shift lever
D position (CVT)
5th position (M/T)
7.
8.
9.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284701
PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the
vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-226
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284702
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0146GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-227
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284703
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-228
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-229
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284704
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-230
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284705
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284706
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005284707
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No.
P0131
0131
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284708
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-231
L
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
J
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-232
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284709
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0146GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-233
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284710
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-234
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-235
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284711
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-236
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284712
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284713
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005284714
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage
DTC detecting condition
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005284715
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-237
L
M
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
J
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-238
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284716
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0146GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-239
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284717
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-240
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-241
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284718
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-242
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284719
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284720
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005284721
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from
A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284722
EC-243
L
M
N
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
J
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-144.
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-144.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select Service $01 with GST.
Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-244
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284723
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0146GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-245
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284724
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-246
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
A
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
C
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-275or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 6.
D
E
1.
2.
3.
F
G
H
I
BBIA0752E
J
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
BBIA0764E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-247
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F3
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-58, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace PCV valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-248
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284725
F
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-249
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0137 HO2S2
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284726
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284727
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
LEAN ←→ RICH
INFOID:0000000005284728
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the
sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such
as fuel-cut.
JMBIA2105GB
DTC No.
P0137
0137
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284729
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
Revision: January 2010
EC-250
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
A
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
C
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
D
9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
E
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
F
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284730
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during
this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during
PBIB2996E
this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-251
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284731
AABWA0278GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-252
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 10 V
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284732
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
N
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
O
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-253
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-275.
No
>> GO TO 3.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0752E
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0751E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-254
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
A
Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284733
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
F
G
H
I
J
JMBIA2106GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
K
L
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-255
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284734
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-256
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0138 HO2S2
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284735
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284736
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
E
F
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G
LEAN ←→ RICH
H
INFOID:0000000005284737
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
I
J
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM
monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various
driving condition such as fuel-cut.
K
L
M
PBIB2266E
MALFUNCTION B
N
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
O
P
PBIB2376E
Revision: January 2010
EC-257
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0138
0138
An excessively high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
The minimum voltage from the sensor
is not reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit high voltage
B)
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284738
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Revision: January 2010
EC-258
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284739
A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
PBIB2996E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-259
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284740
AABWA0278GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-260
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 10 V
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284741
J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
K
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
M
N
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
BBIA0760E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-261
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0751E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: January 2010
EC-262
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-152.
A
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
EC
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
D
E
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 3.
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0752E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
P
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-263
M
N
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
BBIA0751E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284742
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-264
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
JMBIA2106GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
7.
8.
E
F
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284743
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-265
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0139 HO2S2
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284744
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284745
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284746
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
0139
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 1) circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
The switching time between rich and lean of a
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
than the specified time computed by ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
INFOID:0000000005284747
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Revision: January 2010
EC-266
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 7.
A
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
EC
C
D
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
E
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Drive the vehicle in a proper at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Enable engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Data monitor item
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
F
G
H
I
J
K
Status
L
CMPLT
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
M
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
N
1.
2.
3.
O
Open engine hood.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
P
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-267
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK
Perform overall function check. Refer to EC-268, "Overall Function Check".
NOTE:
Use overall function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284748
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-268
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB2996E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-269
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284749
AABWA0278GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-270
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
PBIA8148J
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
EC
C
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284750
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
N
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
O
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-271
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0752E
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0751E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-272
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
A
Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284751
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
F
G
H
I
J
JMBIA2106GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
K
L
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-273
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284752
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23
Revision: January 2010
EC-274
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284753
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection C
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
D
Fuel injector
E
DTC No.
P0171
0171
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too lean
DTC detecting condition
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Intake air leaks
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor
Incorrect PCV hose connection
a.
b.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-278,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Revision: January 2010
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
4.
5.
G
INFOID:0000000005284754
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
F
EC-275
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
BBIA0752E
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-278,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-276
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284755
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0147GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-277
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284756
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
Revision: January 2010
EC-278
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
C
D
E
F
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
H
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
G
J
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
K
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
N
>> Repair or replace.
O
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
P
At idling
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-279
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
At idling
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-185.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
1.
2.
3.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-551.
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from fuel injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
PBIA9666J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-280
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284757
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection C
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
D
Fuel injector
E
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel injection system
too rich
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
F
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Mass air flow sensor
G
INFOID:0000000005284758
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-284,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
Revision: January 2010
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
EC-281
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
d. Check 1st trip DTC.
e. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
BBIA0752E
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-284,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-282
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284759
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0147GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-283
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284760
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Revision: January 2010
EC-284
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
C
D
E
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
G
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
I
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
J
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
M
N
>> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
3.
O
P
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Revision: January 2010
EC-285
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-185.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
1.
2.
3.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-551.
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-286
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284761
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0765E
E
F
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
G
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
INFOID:0000000005284762
J
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
5.
6.
7.
8.
Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
P
WITH GST
Revision: January 2010
M
N
WITH CONSULT-III
3.
4.
L
INFOID:0000000005284763
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
K
EC-287
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Wiring Diagram
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
INFOID:0000000005284764
ABBWA0148GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284765
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-288
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
BBIA0754E
4.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
H
I
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
M
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: January 2010
EC-289
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter.
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-290, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284766
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284767
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-290
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284768
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0765E
E
F
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
G
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000005284769
J
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
K
L
INFOID:0000000005284770
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-291
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284771
ABBWA0148GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284772
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-292
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
D
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
BBIA0754E
H
3.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
L
M
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
1.
2.
3.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
EC-293
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-294, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284773
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284774
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-294
2010 Sentra
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284775
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
150 (302)
0.3
0.050 - 0.065
G
H
SEF012P
I
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284776
NOTE:
If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or
P0198. Refer to EC-298.
DTC No.
P0196
0196
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine oil temperature
sensor range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005284777
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
K
Possible cause
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
EC-295
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following steps.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F). Then go to the following steps.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place.
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 12
9. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
10. Check the following.
COOLAN TEMP/S
Below 40°C (104°F)
INT/A TEMP SE
Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE”
Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, go to following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to met the above conditions. Then go to following
steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
11. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
12. Check 1st trip DTC.
13. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284778
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
Refer to EC-297, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Refer to EC-299, "Wiring Diagram".
Revision: January 2010
EC-296
2010 Sentra
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284779
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
EC
Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
C
D
E
PBIB2005E
2.
F
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005284780
J
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-80, "Component".
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-297
2010 Sentra
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284781
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
150 (302)
0.3
0.050 - 0.065
SEF012P
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284782
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
P0197
0197
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0198
0198
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC No.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005284783
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-298
2010 Sentra
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284784
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0303GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284785
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-299
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between EOT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0080E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284786
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-300
2010 Sentra
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB2005E
D
2.
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
E
F
If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.
G
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284787
H
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-80, "Component".
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-301
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284788
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284789
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284790
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284791
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-302
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284792
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0149GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-303
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284793
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-304
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
C
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
H
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-305, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
L
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
M
1.
2.
3.
N
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
O
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284794
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-305
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
PBIB3038E
INFOID:0000000005284795
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-306
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER
MISFIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284796
A
EC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM function
Engine speed
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Improper spark plug
Insufficient compression
Incorrect fuel pressure
Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
Fuel injector
Intake air leak
The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
Lack of fuel
Drive plate or flywheel
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Incorrect PCV hose connection
INFOID:0000000005284797
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-308, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Revision: January 2010
EC-307
E
F
G
H
I
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed
Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule
Basic fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed
Time
Around 1,000 rpm
Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm
Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm
Approximately 3.5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284798
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-308
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When disconnecting each fuel injector (1) harness connector one at
a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIA9870J
D
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 9.
E
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-551.
F
G
H
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
J
K
L
M
PBIB2958E
N
O
P
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
JMBIA0066GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-309
I
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an
electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or
more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-561.
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 8.
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
Install all removed parts.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Revision: January 2010
EC-310
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
C
D
>> Repair or replace.
E
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Items
F
Specifications
CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
G
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing
H
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Follow the EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
I
13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
J
K
L
M
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
O
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-311
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-185.
17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-312
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284799
The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses
engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
•
: Vehicle front
EC
C
D
PBIB3264E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284800
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
E
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
G
H
INFOID:0000000005284801
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-315, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-313
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284802
ABBWA0150GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-314
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
37
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
40
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
ITEM
CONDITION
Diagnosis Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.5 V
Approximately 0 V
EC
C
INFOID:0000000005284803
D
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
E
F
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock
sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
K
PBIB3264E
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
M
N
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
O
P
BBIA0760E
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-315
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and knock sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284804
KNOCK SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
2.
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or
physically damaged. Use only new ones.
If NG, replace knock sensor.
Removal and Installation
SEF227W
INFOID:0000000005284805
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-80.
Revision: January 2010
EC-316
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284806
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
PBIA9209J
E
F
G
H
PBIB2997E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284807
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Trouble diagnosis name
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
Specification
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005284808
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
circuit is open or shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure
sensor circuit is sorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Tumble control valve position sensor
• Signal plate
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284809
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-317
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-320, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-318
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284810
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0151GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-319
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
61
W
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
PBIB2998E
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
62
R
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
69
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284811
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Revision: January 2010
EC-320
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB3326E
D
3.
Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
PBIB3312E
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
K
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
L
M
N
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
P
Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
Revision: January 2010
EC-321
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
13.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
Revision: January 2010
EC-322
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284812
C
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
D
E
F
G
PBIA9210J
5.
H
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
I
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
J
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
K
PBIA9584J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284813
L
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
M
Refer to EM-80.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-323
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284814
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of
camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts
instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor
consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the
sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage
from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
PBIA9875J
PBIB2997E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284815
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
Specification
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005284816
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-424.
DTC No.
P0340
0340
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) circuit
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running.
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.)
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284817
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-324
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
INFOID:0000000005284818
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BBWA2885E
Revision: January 2010
EC-325
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
63
B/R
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 V
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
65
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284819
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-326
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
D
Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
PBIB3327E
H
3.
Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
J
K
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3312E
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
1.
P
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-327
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIA9557J
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284820
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIA9876J
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
PBIA9584J
Revision: January 2010
EC-328
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284821
A
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-50.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-329
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284822
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YB
DTC No.
P0420
0420
Trouble diagnosis name
Catalyst system efficiency
below threshold
DTC detecting condition
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
properly.
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Three way catalyst (manifold)
Exhaust tube
Intake air leaks
Fuel injector
Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing
INFOID:0000000005284823
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-330
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284824
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Open engine hood.
Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 50 HO2S2 signal
and ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB2996E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284825
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
H
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
1.
2.
K
I
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
L
M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
O
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
P
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-331
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
Specifications
CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-552, "Wiring Diagram".
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-553, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
PBIB2958E
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
JMBIA0066GB
within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-332
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
7.
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
C
D
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-561.
E
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
F
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.
G
H
I
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.
J
K
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
O
P
Refer to EC-152.
EC-333
M
N
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: January 2010
L
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
Revision: January 2010
EC-334
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284826
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3640E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system incorrect purge flow
J
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
• Blocked rubber tube
• Cracked EVAP canister
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
DTC Confirmation Procedure
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005284828
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
I
INFOID:0000000005284827
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
H
EC-335
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Shift lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 10.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 0°C (32 °F)
7.
If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to
EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284829
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Shift lever
Any position other than P, N or R
8.
9.
PBIB3313E
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284830
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Revision: January 2010
EC-336
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser- A
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-45, "Description".
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum
existence.
C
PURG VOL CONT/V
100%
VACUUM
Should exist.
0%
D
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
E
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-45, "Description".
Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should not exist.
6.
F
G
H
I
Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
L
M
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
N
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
O
P
SEF367U
Revision: January 2010
EC-337
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
SEF368U
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-376 for DTC P0452 and EC-383 for DTC P0453.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-338
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
EC
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace it.
C
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
D
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
E
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284831
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
H
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
I
J
K
L
PBIB3641E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-339
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284832
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0442
0442
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
control system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
Drain filter
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-340
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284833
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
C
• Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F).
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
G
H
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before
driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284834
I
J
K
L
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
M
N
O
P
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Revision: January 2010
EC-341
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
ALBIA0649ZZ
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
Revision: January 2010
EC-342
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
D
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
1.
2.
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
I
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
K
L
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
M
Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
N
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
O
Check the following,
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
P
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-343
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Revision: January 2010
EC-344
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
EC
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
E
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
F
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-45.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
H
I
J
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
K
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
EC-345
M
N
O
P
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
Revision: January 2010
L
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284835
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
Revision: January 2010
EC-346
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005284836
A
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM
function
C
Actuator
D
E
EVAP canister purge
flow control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
F
G
Vehicle speed*2
H
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
I
J
K
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
L
M
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284837
O
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: January 2010
Condition
•
•
•
•
N
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-347
Specification
0%
0 - 50%
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0443
0443
INFOID:0000000005284838
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
The canister purge flow is detected during
the vehicle is stopped while the engine is
running, even when EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve is completely
closed.
B)
The canister purge flow is detected during
the specified driving conditions, even when
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
Possible cause
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister
• Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284839
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F)
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 43 (FTT sensor signal)
and ground.
Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V.
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB0679E
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-348
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
EC
CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
C
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to ECD
351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-349
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284840
AABWA0285GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-350
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
D
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
E
Approximately 10 V
F
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
G
PBIB0520E
32
105
R/G
G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
H
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
I
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284841
K
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
EVAP service port (2)
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
ALBIA0649ZZ
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-351
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
BBIA0693E
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-352
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
A
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
EC
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
C
Refer to EC-354, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
E
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
F
9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
G
Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
H
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
I
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
J
11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
K
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> GO TO 14.
L
M
N
PBIB1213E
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
O
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
EC-353
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284842
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
ALBIA0650ZZ
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
ALBIA0651ZZ
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284843
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-354
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005284844
A
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*
ECM function
Actuator
C
D
EVAP canister
purge flow
control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
E
F
G
2
H
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
I
J
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K
L
M
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
O
Condition
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Revision: January 2010
N
INFOID:0000000005284845
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-355
Specification
P
0%
0 - 50%
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
INFOID:0000000005284846
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284847
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-356
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284848
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0285GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-357
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
32
105
R/G
G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284849
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
EVAP canister port (2)
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
ALBIA0649ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EC-358
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
C
SEF206W
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
E
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
G
H
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
K
With CONSULT-III
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.
L
M
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
N
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
O
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-359
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284850
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
ALBIA0650ZZ
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
ALBIA0651ZZ
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284851
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-360
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284852
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EC
C
D
PBIB3642E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284853
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
I
J
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
OFF
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284854
L
DTC No.
P0447
0447
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister vent control valve circuit
is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
N
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284855
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-361
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284856
AABWA0286GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-362
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
28
L/Y
32
105
R/G
G
A
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
D
E
INFOID:0000000005284857
F
1.INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
Check for operating sound of the valve.
I
J
Clicking noise should be heard.
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
BBIA0693E
Revision: January 2010
EC-363
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-364
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284858
C
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
PBIB1033E
5.
6.
H
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
I
J
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
K
L
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
M
N
O
P
PBIB1033E
Revision: January 2010
EC-365
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-366
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284859
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EC
C
D
PBIB3642E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284860
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
K
INFOID:0000000005284861
L
DTC No.
P0448
0448
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
Possible cause
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• Drain filter
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284862
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-367
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures three times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-368
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284863
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0286GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-369
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
28
L/Y
32
105
R/G
G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284864
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3).
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
BBIA0693E
2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB1213E
Revision: January 2010
EC-370
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
C
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
6.
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
D
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check connectors for water.
F
G
Water should not exist.
H
BBIA0693E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
J
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K
Refer to EC-152.
M
L
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284865
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
N
O
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-371
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB1033E
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-372
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284866
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284867
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284868
L
DTC No.
P0451
0451
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
control system pressure sensor
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Tumble control valve position sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284869
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
EC-373
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284870
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-374
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
A
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
EC
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
C
7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
D
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
F
E
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
G
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
H
I
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-152.
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-378, "Wiring Diagram".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284871
L
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-375
M
N
O
P
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284872
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
BBIA0693E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284873
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0452
0452
INFOID:0000000005284874
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low input
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Tumble control valve position sensor
INFOID:0000000005284875
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-376
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
E
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
SEF113U
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-377
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284876
ABBWA0220GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-378
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
51
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
C
69
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
D
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
E
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
A
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284877
F
G
H
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
K
L
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
M
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
N
O
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
P
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-379
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-380
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
A
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC
10.CHECK APP SENSOR
C
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
D
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
F
>> INSPECTION END
12.CHECK
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
G
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
51. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
L
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
O
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
P
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
Revision: January 2010
EC-381
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284878
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-382
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005284879
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284880
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284881
L
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high input
Revision: January 2010
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP canister
• Drain filter
• Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve
• Tumble control valve position sensor
EC-383
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284882
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SEF113U
Revision: January 2010
EC-384
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284883
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0220GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-385
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
51
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
69
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284884
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-386
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
J
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
K
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
P
8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-387
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
10.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
12.CHECK
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
51. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
Revision: January 2010
EC-388
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
EC
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
C
17.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
D
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
E
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
F
Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
19.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
H
Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
I
20.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 21.
No
>> GO TO 23.
J
K
L
M
PBIB1213E
21.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
N
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> GO TO 22.
22.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
Revision: January 2010
EC-389
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
23.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284885
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-390
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005284886
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
H
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off.
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284887
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EC-391
2010 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and make sure that “EVAP
GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before
driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select SERVICE $07 with GST.
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441.
• If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0442.
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284888
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-392
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
A
EC
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
D
Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
E
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-45.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
F
G
H
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
I
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-396, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
J
K
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
L
M
N
9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
O
P
ALBIA0649ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EC-393
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11.
10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
-
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
BBIA0693E
3.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
Revision: January 2010
EC-394
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
A
EC
C
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
D
E
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
H
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
I
J
K
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
L
14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
M
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
N
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
O
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-395
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284889
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-396
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB3641E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-397
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284890
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0456
0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
• EVAP system has a very small leak.
• EVAP system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Drain filter
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-398
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284891
A
NOTE:
• If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
• After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
• If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
D
- Refilled or drained the fuel.
- EVAP component parts is/are removed.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
E
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Overall Function Check
F
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005284892
WITH GST
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
• Do not start engine.
• Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port (2).
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
: Vehicle front
M
N
O
P
ALBIA0649ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EC-399
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Connect GST and select Service $08.
6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP
SEF462UI
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284893
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: January 2010
EC-400
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
ALBIA0649ZZ
E
F
G
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
H
I
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
J
K
L
M
N
O
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
P
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-401
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply 12 V DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 V until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0693E
3.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
Revision: January 2010
EC-402
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
A
EC
C
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
D
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
E
F
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
J
K
Vacuum should exist.
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
N
O
Vacuum should exist.
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-403
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-45, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
Revision: January 2010
EC-404
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284894
C
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
D
E
F
G
PBIB3641E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-405
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284895
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284896
NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to
ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284897
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284898
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-406
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284899
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-407
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284900
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284901
NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
not change within the specified range even
though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284902
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel.
Refer to FL-10.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284903
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-408
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284904
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-409
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284905
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284906
NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607. Refer to EC-423.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284907
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284908
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-410
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284909
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-411
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0500 VSS
Description
INFOID:0000000005284910
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
The vehicle speed signal is sent from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter
through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005284911
Trouble diagnosis name
P0500
0500
Vehicle speed sensor
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is
almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle
is being driven.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected item
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Vehicle speed sensor
The cooling fan operates (High) while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284912
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,700 rpm (M/T)
More than 1,300 rpm (CVT)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
6.5 - 31.8 msec (CVT)
Shift lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-412
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284913
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
EC
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284914
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
C
D
E
F
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
G
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
H
Refer to DI-6.
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-413
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005284915
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
INFOID:0000000005284916
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed
by 100 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
INFOID:0000000005284917
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-577.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284918
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-414
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-415
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005284919
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
INFOID:0000000005284920
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
• PCV system
INFOID:0000000005284921
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-577.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-416, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284922
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
3.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-416
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
A
4. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC
7. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-417
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284923
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0603
0603
INFOID:0000000005284924
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
DTC detecting condition
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit
is open or shorted.]
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005284925
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-418
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284926
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0301GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-419
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
66
Y/R
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Back-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Diagnosis Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005284927
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
JMBIA2104ZZ
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• 20 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-418, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-420
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0605 ECM
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284928
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
C
D
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284929
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
E
F
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
Possible cause
G
• ECM
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items
Malfunction A
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284930
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-421
M
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
Revision: January 2010
L
O
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
3.
K
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
INFOID:0000000005284931
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-421, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-422
2010 Sentra
DTC P0607 ECM
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0607 ECM
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284932
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284933
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic (CVT).
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis (M/T).
E
DTC No.
P0607
0607
Trouble diagnosis name
CAN communication bus
DTC detecting condition
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis for CAN controller of each control unit.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• ECM
F
INFOID:0000000005284934
G
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
H
INFOID:0000000005284935
1.INSPECTION START
I
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-423, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
L
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-423
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284936
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0643
0643
Trouble diagnosis
name
Sensor power supply
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284937
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-424
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284938
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0291GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-425
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284939
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-426
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB3433E
D
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
PBIA9606J
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
H
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Throttle position sensor terminal 1
EC-520, "Wiring Diagram"
78
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1
EC-325, "Wiring Diagram"
106
APP sensor terminal 4
EC-425, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
J
K
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
L
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
M
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-522, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
N
O
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-427
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-428
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284940
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T)
When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT)
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC
INFOID:0000000005284941
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
P/N POSI SW
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
E
INFOID:0000000005284942
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P0850
0850
Park/neutral position switch
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
signal is not changed in the process of engine
starting and driving.
• Harness or connectors
[Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
is open or shorted.]
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
• Transmission range switch (CVT)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000005284943
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
K
L
Position (Shift lever)
Known-good signal
N or P position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
ON
Except above
OFF
3.
4.
5.
If NG, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,100 rpm (CVT)
More than 1,500 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64km/h (29 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
6.
M
N
O
P
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-429
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
INFOID:0000000005284944
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 14 (PNP signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Shift lever)
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above
3.
Voltage (Known-good data)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approx. 0
If NG, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure".
JMBIA2163ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EC-430
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284945
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0222GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-431
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
14
WIRE
COLOR
BR/R
ITEM
PNP signal
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284946
M/T MODELS
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB3003E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-14.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Revision: January 2010
EC-432
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
CVT MODELS
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
C
D
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
F
PBIB3460E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
M
Refer to CVT-60.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace transmission range switch.
N
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
O
Refer to EC-152.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-433
2010 Sentra
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284947
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed loop control
function
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified
condition.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
NOTE:
DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-434
2010 Sentra
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005485511
NOTE:
EC
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-163.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
C
to EC-423.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit D
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005485512
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
F
DTC No.
P1212
1212
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
TCS communication line
ECM can not receive the information from
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” continuously.
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000005485513
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005485514
I
J
K
Go to BRC-45.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-435
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description
INFOID:0000000005284948
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Battery
Battery voltage*1
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Cooling fan
control
Actuator
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
Models with A/C
PBIB3435E
Revision: January 2010
EC-436
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Models without A/C
A
EC
C
PBIB3439E
D
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
E
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1
2
3
4
5
Stop (OFF)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Low (LOW)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Middle (MID)
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
High (HI)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
F
G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan speed
Middle (MID)
High (HI)
I
Cooling fan motor terminals
(+)
(−)
1
3 and 4
2
3 and 4
1 and 2
3
1 and 2
4
1 and 2
3 and 4
J
K
The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under
middle speed condition.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284949
M
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
AIR COND SIG
COOLING FAN
Condition
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Specification
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C
(210°F).
LOW
Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and
104°C (219°F).
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-437
MIDDLE
HIGH
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284950
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine over temperature
(Overheat)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat).
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.
• Harness or connectors
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan motor
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Water control valve
For more information, refer to EC-446,
"Main 13 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT :
Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing
Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005284951
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnosis Procedure"
Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
4.
5.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
If the results are NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-438
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor
operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
4. If NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
SEF621W
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-439
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284952
BBWA2891E
Revision: January 2010
EC-440
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2892E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-441
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2893E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284953
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-442
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".)
EC
C
3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation.
Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/Middle/High).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".)
E
F
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-11.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump
G
H
I
5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Refer to CO-15.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
J
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
K
Check the following.
• Thermostat. (Refer to CO-19.)
• Water control valve. (Refer to CO-24.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-211.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component parts.
L
M
7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES
N
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-446, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating".
O
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44.
Revision: January 2010
EC-443
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB2607E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1).
: Vehicle front
BBIA0877E
2.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power or short to ground
in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
PBIB3445E
Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1)
Radiator (3)
PBIB3434E
Revision: January 2010
EC-444
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
PBIB3446E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2)
Radiator (3)
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground.
IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground.
G
H
I
J
PBIB3434E
K
Continuity should exist.
L
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 and cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5,
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
N
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
O
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground
Revision: January 2010
EC-445
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Refer to EC-447, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-447, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 13 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
Inspection item
OFF
1
•
•
•
•
2
3
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
INFOID:0000000005284954
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
• Visual
No blocking
—
• Coolant mixture
• Coolant tester
See MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
• Coolant level
• Visual
Coolant up to MAX level in
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
See CO-11, "Inspection".
4
• Radiator cap
• Pressure tester
See MA-18, "ENGINE COOLANT : Inspection".
2
5
• Coolant leaks
• Visual
No leaks
See CO-11, "Inspection".
ON*2
6
• Thermostat
• Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-21, and CO-15
ON*1
7
• Cooling fan
• CONSULT-III
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure").
OFF
8
• Combustion gas leak
• Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*
Revision: January 2010
EC-446
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine
Step
ON*3
9
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
—
• Coolant temperature
gauge
• Visual
Gauge less than 3/4 when
driving
• Coolant overflow to reservoir tank
• Visual
No overflow during driving
and idling
See MA-20, "ENGINE
COOLANT : Changing
Engine Coolant".
• Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator
• Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See CO-11, "Inspection".
• Remove and inspect
the valve
Within the specified value
See CO-24
OFF*4
10
OFF
11
• Water control valve
OFF
12
• Cylinder head
• Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-65.
13
• Cylinder block and pistons
• Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-80.
A
EC
C
D
E
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
F
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-7.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284955
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1.
2.
H
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
High (HI)
I
Cooling fan motor terminals
Cooling fan speed
Middle (MID)
G
(+)
(−)
1
3 and 4
2
3 and 4
1 and 2
3
1 and 2
4
1 and 2
3 and 4
J
K
SEF734W
L
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
M
COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4.
Conditions
N
Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
O
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
P
PBIB0098E
Revision: January 2010
EC-447
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284956
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PBIB0145E
INFOID:0000000005284957
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1225
1225
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005284958
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284959
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-448
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284960
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
EC
Refer to EM-18.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-449
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284961
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PBIB0145E
INFOID:0000000005284962
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005284963
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-450, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284964
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-450
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005284965
EC
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-451
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description
INFOID:0000000005284966
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1421
1421
INFOID:0000000005284967
Trouble diagnosis name
Cold start emission reduction
strategy monitoring
DTC detecting condition
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine
idle speed properly when engine is started with
prewarming up condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005284968
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 5°C (41°F) and 36°C (97°F).
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go
to step 1.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-452, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284969
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform EC-275, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0171.
Revision: January 2010
EC-452
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
EC
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-452, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
E
F
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-453
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284970
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
BBIA0755E
1.
ASCD steering switch
2.
MAIN switch
3.
4.
SET/COAST switch
5.
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
CANCEL switch
Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284971
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
SET/COAST switch: Released
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284972
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-421.
DTC No.
P1564
1564
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
ASCD steering switch
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
range.
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-454
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284973
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
D
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
E
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-457, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-455
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284974
BBWA2894E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-456
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
94
95
L/Y
ITEM
ASCD steering switch
B/Y
Sensor ground
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
A
EC
C
D
E
F
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284975
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
G
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
I
J
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
K
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.
L
M
Switch
Monitor item
MAIN switch
MAIN SW
CANCEL switch
CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST
switch
1.
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
N
O
P
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-457
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
Voltage (V)
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 1.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 3.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 2.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
PBIB3343E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 95.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and combination switch terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-458
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284976
E
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78.
Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
F
Resistance (Ω)
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 250
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 1,480
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 660
Released
Approx. 4,000
G
H
PBIB3442E
I
J
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-459
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284977
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is
turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function.
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284978
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284979
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-421.
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
P1572
1572
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
A)
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM
at the same time.
B)
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM
for extremely long time while the vehicle is
driving
ASCD brake switch
Revision: January 2010
EC-460
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T)
• Stop lamp switch
• ASCD brake switch
• ASCD clutch switch (M/T)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T)
• ECM
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284980
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
E
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
4.
5.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-463, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
6.
7.
F
G
H
I
J
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-463, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-461
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284981
AABWA0299GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-462
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
100
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
A
EC
C
D
Approximately 0 V
E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284982
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
G
M/T models
Condition
Indication
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
H
I
CVT models
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
J
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
K
M/T models
L
Condition
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Indication
Approximately 0 V
M
Battery voltage
CVT models
Condition
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
Indication
Approximately 0 V
N
PBIB3315E
Battery voltage
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
P
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-463
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Indication
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
PBIB0311E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
PBIB0857E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-464
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
BBIA0770E
D
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
N
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-465
M
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
PBIB3443E
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-466
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
A
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
C
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
D
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
F
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284983
G
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
H
I
Continuity
Should exist.
J
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
K
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
M
Continuity
N
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
O
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-467
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB3444E
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-468
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005284984
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-42 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284985
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-412.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-421.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• TCM (CVT models)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
• ECM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284986
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
J
K
L
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-469, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
N
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000005284987
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
P
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT”
Revision: January 2010
EC-469
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-6.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-470
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284988
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284989
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
I/P PULLY SPD
Condition
Specification
D
Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284990
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-317.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340.
Refer to EC-324.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-421.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-423.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
E
F
G
H
I
DTC No.
P1715
1715
Trouble diagnosis name
Input speed sensor
(TCM output)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Input speed sensor signal is different from
the theoretical value calculated by ECM
from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• TCM
J
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284991
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
O
WITH GST
P
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005284992
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-471
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-472
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005284993
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005284994
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005284995
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1805
1805
Brake switch
D
F
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
G
H
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
I
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition
Engine: Idling
Normal
Accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
Driving condition
K
INFOID:0000000005284996
Turn ignition switch ON.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-475, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-473
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005284997
BBWA2896E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-474
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
Stop lamp switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
EC
C
INFOID:0000000005284998
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
E
Brake pedal
Fully released
Stop lamp
Not illuminated
Slightly depressed
F
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
H
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
I
J
BBIA0769E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
K
L
M
N
PBIB3443E
Voltage
O
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
P
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
Revision: January 2010
EC-475
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 99.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-476, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005284999
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB3444E
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-476
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
EC
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
C
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Tumble control valve position sensor
Tumble control valve position
Tumble control
valve control
Tumble control valve motor
D
E
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
Tumble control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder.
While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the tumble control valve closes. Thus the velocity of
the air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a tumble in the
combustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel
consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions.
Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the tumble control
valve.
In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow
resistance.
The tumble control valve is operated by the ECM.
F
G
H
I
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Tumble control valve (2) is installed in the intake manifold adapter
(1).
Tumble control valve actuator (3) is connected to the front end of the
valve shaft.
Tumble control valve actuator consists of motor and position sensor,
etc.
The motor opens or closes the valve by the output signal of the
ECM.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses
the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.
J
K
L
ALBIA0621ZZ
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285001
M
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
SWRL CONT S/V
Condition
• Engine coolant temperature: Between
5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm
Specification
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-477
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P2004
Trouble diagnosis name
Tumble control valve stuck
INFOID:0000000005285002
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The target angle of tumble control valve controlled by ECM and the input signal from
tumble control valve position sensor is not in
the normal range.
• Harness or connectors
(Tumble control valve motor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• Tumble control valve actuator
(Tumble control valve motor)
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285003
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above 0°C (32°F)
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to 45°C (113°F).
If not, cool engine down or warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to
45°C (113°F). Then go to the following steps.
Fully release accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds.
Depress accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-480, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-478
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285004
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0152GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-479
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
3
L/W
6
7
35
R
W
L/G
ITEM
Tumble control vale motor
power supply
Tumble control valve motor
(Open)
Tumble control valve motor
(Close)
Tumble control valve position
sensor
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
[Ignition switch: OFF → ON]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
More than 2.9 V
47
L/R
Sensor ground
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
69
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285005
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-480
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
2.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
BBIA0760E
D
Check the voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MBIB0028E
3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
H
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Refer to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect tumble control valve actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Tumble control valve actuator terminal
4
5
4.
ECM terminal
Continuity
6
Should not existed
7
Should existed
6
Should existed
7
Should not existed
O
P
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-481
N
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
JMBIA1606ZZ
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
8.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve actuator terminal 1
EC-479, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-482
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
12.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
EC
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
C
13.CHECK APP SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
E
14.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
G
>> INSPECTION END
15.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
16.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
L
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 35.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
17.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
P
Refer to EC-484, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "Description".
Revision: January 2010
EC-483
2010 Sentra
DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
INFOID:0000000005285006
TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove intake manifold adapter.
Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the
housing.
Connect tumble control valve actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “ON/OFF” and check that the valve opens and closes.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove intake manifold adapter.
Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the
housing.
Supply tumble control valve actuator terminals with battery voltage within 2 seconds and check operation.
Tumble control valve
Terminal
(+)
(-)
Close
4
5
Open
5
4
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 30 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the
coil in tumble control valve motor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285007
INTAKE MANIFOLD ADAPTER
Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EC-484
2010 Sentra
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285008
Tumble control valve position sensor is built into the tumble control
valve actuator (3).
1
: Intake manifold adapter
2
: Tumble control valve
EC
C
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses
the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.
D
ALBIA0621ZZ
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285009
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TUMBLE POS SEN
F
Condition
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm
P2014
Trouble diagnosis name
Tumble control valve position
sensor circuit
Specification
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 1.2 V
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
More than 2.9 V
INFOID:0000000005285010
I
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Tumble control valve position sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• Tumble control valve actuator
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
K
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005285011
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
G
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
E
EC-485
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285012
ABBWA0153GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-486
2010 Sentra
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
3
L/W
6
7
35
R
W
L/G
ITEM
Tumble control vale motor
power supply
Tumble control valve motor
(Open)
Tumble control valve motor
(Close)
Tumble control valve position
sensor
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
[Ignition switch: OFF → ON]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch ON
0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
↓
0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C
(41°F) and 45°C (113°F)
• Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
Less than 1.2 V
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
More than 2.9 V
I
L/R
Sensor ground
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
69
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
47
A
J
K
L
M
N
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285013
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-487
2010 Sentra
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0760E
Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
JMBIA1606ZZ
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve actuator terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Revision: January 2010
EC-488
2010 Sentra
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
C
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
D
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
F
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
H
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
11.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 35.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
P
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace intake manifold adapter.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-489
2010 Sentra
DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285014
INTAKE MANIFOLD ADAPTER
Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EC-490
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285015
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
C
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285016
D
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
THRTL RELAY
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285017
F
These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
P2100
2100
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
• Throttle control motor relay
P2103
2103
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
I
J
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
K
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285018
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
M
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1.
2.
3.
4.
N
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-491
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285019
AABWA0289GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-492
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285020
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
K
L
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-493
N
O
Continuity should exist.
Revision: January 2010
H
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace 15 A fuse.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIA9568J
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-494
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285021
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-491or EC-505.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
C
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285022
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2101
2101
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance
DTC detecting condition
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
E
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
F
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000005285023
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-497, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-495
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285024
AABWA0288GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-496
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
Throttle control motor
(Open)
V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Throttle control motor power
supply
Y/B
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285025
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
K
L
M
BBIA0760E
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
H
O
P
PBIA9568J
EC-497
N
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUSE
1.
2.
Disconnect 15 A fuse.
Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Revision: January 2010
EC-498
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace 15A fuse.
A
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
5
6
E
F
ECM terminal
Continuity
1
Should not exist.
4
Should exist.
1
Should exist.
4
Should not exist.
G
BBIA0753E
H
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
J
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
K
L
M
PBIB3436E
12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
N
Refer to EC-500, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
O
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-499
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285026
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
PBIB2909E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285027
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-500
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285028
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285029
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2118
2118
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
D
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
E
H
INFOID:0000000005285030
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-503, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-501
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285031
AABWA0290GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-502
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285032
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
K
L
M
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
5
Revision: January 2010
H
ECM terminal
Continuity
1
Should not exist.
4
Should exist.
EC-503
N
O
P
BBIA0753E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
6
Continuity
1
Should exist.
4
Should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-504, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285033
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
PBIB2909E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285034
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-504
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285035
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285036
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P2119
2119
Electric throttle control
actuator
Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
E
F
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The
engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285037
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-505
K
L
M
O
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
I
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Set shift lever to N, P position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
INFOID:0000000005285038
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-506
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285039
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
EC
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
C
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
F
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285040
Specification data are reference values.
G
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
INFOID:0000000005285041
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-424.
DTC No.
I
J
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
H
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
K
L
M
N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285042
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-507
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-509, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285043
BBWA2900E
Revision: January 2010
EC-508
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
102
BR/Y
103
104
106
110
111
Y/G
B/P
O
W
B/W
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
G
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
D
E
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
C
I
Approximately 0 V
INFOID:0000000005285044
J
K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
L
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
M
N
O
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-509
BBIA0760E
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9606J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-511, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-510
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285045
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Accelerator pedal
E
F
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
D
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
G
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
C
H
I
INFOID:0000000005285046
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
J
K
Refer to ACC-4.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-511
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285047
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285048
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285049
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2127
2127
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
P2128
2128
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Tumble control valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: January 2010
EC-512
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285050
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-513
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285051
AABWA0293GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-514
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
69
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.3 - 0.6 V
G
1.95 - 2.4 V
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
I
J
K
Approximately 0 V
L
INFOID:0000000005285052
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
M
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Revision: January 2010
E
F
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
D
EC-515
N
O
P
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9607J
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".)
• Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
Revision: January 2010
EC-516
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
I
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
L
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285053
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
N
O
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-517
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285054
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-518
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285055
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285056
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285057
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-424.
P2135
2135
G
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
I
J
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000005285058
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-519
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285059
ABBWA0154GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-520
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
A
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
F
C
D
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2.
H
INFOID:0000000005285060
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
G
J
K
L
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
P
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-521
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between the following;
electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 33,
electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-522, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285061
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-522
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
7.
8.
A
EC
C
Voltage
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
6.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
D
E
PBIB3038E
F
INFOID:0000000005285062
G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-523
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285063
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285064
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285065
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-424.
DTC No.
P2138
2138
Trouble diagnosis name
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/
performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Tumble control valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: January 2010
EC-524
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285066
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-527, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-525
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285067
AABWA0294GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-526
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
LG/B
Sensor power supply
(Tumble control valve position sensor)
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
69
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.3 - 0.6 V
G
1.95 - 2.4 V
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
I
J
K
Approximately 0 V
L
INFOID:0000000005285068
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
M
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
E
F
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
D
EC-527
N
O
P
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIA9606J
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIA9607J
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
69
Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1
EC-486, "Wiring Diagram"
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-571, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-319, "Wiring Diagram"
Revision: January 2010
EC-528
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-378, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-514, "Wiring Diagram"
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
C
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".)
• Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
D
E
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2,
ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
1.
K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3,
ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
N
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
O
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
P
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-529
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285069
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285070
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-530
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285071
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285072
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285073
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No.
P2A00
2A00
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit range/performance
DTC detecting condition
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
a specified period.
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
specified period.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
•
•
•
•
•
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
Intake air leaks
INFOID:0000000005285074
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-531
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-532
BBIA0752E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285075
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0146GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-533
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285076
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
BBIA0760E
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected?
Revision: January 2010
EC-534
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is it difficult to start engine?
A
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
EC
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
C
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
D
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0752E
E
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 5.
F
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (2)
Check harness connector for water.
G
H
Water should no exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
I
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0764E
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
J
K
L
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
M
N
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
P
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-535
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> GO TO 12.
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-536
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
>> GO TO 14.
BBIA0752E
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
E
>> INSPECTION END
F
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285077
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
G
Refer to EM-23.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-537
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285078
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function.
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285079
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Revision: January 2010
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC-538
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285080
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0300GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-539
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
100
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285081
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Indication
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
CVT models
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
CVT models
Condition
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
PBIB3315E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-540
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
A
Indication
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
C
Voltage
D
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
E
PBIB0311E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
L
: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
N
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
K
PBIB0857E
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-541
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0770E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-542
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
C
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
D
1.
2.
-
F
E
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
G
H
I
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
J
K
L
PBIB3443E
Voltage
M
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
N
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-543
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285082
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-544
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
A
EC
C
PBIB3444E
D
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
E
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-545
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285083
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285084
Specification data are reference value.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time
→ 2nd
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Revision: January 2010
Specification
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
EC-546
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285085
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0155GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285086
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
Revision: January 2010
EC-547
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD indicator
Condition
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH)
Specification
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st
time → 2nd
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-548
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
A
INFOID:0000000005285087
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
LOAD SIGNAL
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
HEATER FAN SW
EC
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting
switch is in 2nd position.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch
is OFF.
OFF
Heater fan: Operating.
ON
Heater fan: Not operating.
OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285088
1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
ON
Lighting switch: OFF
OFF
D
E
F
G
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position
C
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
I
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
J
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF
OFF
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
M
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
N
HEATER FAN SW
Heater fan control switch: ON
ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF
OFF
O
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-4 or LT-25.
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-549
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to GW-54.
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to MTC-27.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-550
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285089
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
EC
C
D
PBIA9664J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285090
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
E
F
Condition
B/FUEL SCHDL
See EC-144.
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Specification
G
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-551
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285091
BBWA2907E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-552
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
E
(11 - 14 V)
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
PBIA4943J
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285092
1.INSPECTION START
I
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
L
1.
2.
3.
M
N
Clicking noise should be heard.
O
P
PBIB3332E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-553
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIA9870J
4.
Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• IPDM E/R harness connector E45
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-555, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Revision: January 2010
EC-554
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285093
FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC
Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
C
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
D
E
PBIA9579J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285094
FUEL INJECTOR
F
G
Refer to EM-36.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-555
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL PUMP
Description
INFOID:0000000005285095
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
ECM Function
Fuel pump control
Actuator
Fuel pump relay
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON
Operates for 1 second
Engine running and cranking
Operates
Engine: Stopped
Stops in 1.5 seconds
Except as shown above
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285096
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
FUEL PUMP RLY
Condition
Specification
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
Revision: January 2010
EC-556
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285097
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2908E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-557
2010 Sentra
P
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
23
WIRE
COLOR
B/O
ITEM
Fuel pump relay
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
Diagnosis Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005285098
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
-
Turn ignition switch ON.
Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB3437E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIA9573J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB3319E
Revision: January 2010
EC-558
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
C
1.
2.
3.
D
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover
removed.
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
BBIA0754E
5.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
G
H
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
PBIB0795E
6.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuse.
K
L
M
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
P
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E13, B9
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-559
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-560, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285099
FUEL PUMP
1.
2.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3.
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
SEC918C
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285100
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-560
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285101
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
EC
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper
high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
C
D
E
PBIB3328E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-561
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285102
AABWA0298GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-562
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
105
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 1.0 V
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-563
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2910E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-564
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 0.3 V
17
18
21
22
V
BR/Y
G
Y
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 3
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
C
D
PBIA9265J
0.2 - 0.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
PBIA9266J
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285103
H
1.CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
I
J
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
L
M
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.
2.
N
O
P
PBIA9567J
PBIA9265J
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-565
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-153.
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9575J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3329E
4.
Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0624E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-153.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
Revision: January 2010
EC-566
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
9.CHECK CONDENSER-2
Refer to EC-568, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace condenser-2.
F
G
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
K
PBIB3328E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
L
: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
N
PBIB0138E
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector F10
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10
P
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-567
O
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-568, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285104
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1 and 3
2 and 3
4.
5.
6.
Except 0 Ω
If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-568
PBIB0847E
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
A
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
EC
: Vehicle front
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
C
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
D
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
E
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
F
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
G
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
JMBIA0066GB
within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
H
I
J
CONDENSER-2
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector.
Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2.
K
L
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4.
If NG, replace condenser-2.
M
N
PBIB0794E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285105
O
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
P
Refer to EM-33.
Revision: January 2010
EC-569
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285106
The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of
the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
•
: Vehicle front
BBIA0762E
PBIB2657E
Revision: January 2010
EC-570
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285107
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2911E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-571
2010 Sentra
P
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
R/G
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
41
L
48
74
Diagnosis Procedure
1.0 - 4.0 V
INFOID:0000000005285108
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: 1.0 - 4.0 V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIA9574J
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
3.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0762E
Revision: January 2010
EC-572
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
SEF479Y
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
I
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
G
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
O
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
Revision: January 2010
EC-573
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285109
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".
Revision: January 2010
EC-574
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
A
INFOID:0000000005285110
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0156GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-575
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2913E
Revision: January 2010
EC-576
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure
INFOID:0000000005285111
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Fuel pressure at idle
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
CVT
Target idle speed
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing
INFOID:0000000005285112
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
D
675 ± 50 rpm
1
No load* (in Neutral position)
C
700 ± 50 rpm
No load*1 (In P or N position)
M/T
EC
800 rpm or more
E
6 ± 5° BTDC
F
*1: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
G
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
INFOID:0000000005285113
H
Calculated load value (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle
10 - 35 %
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35 %
Mass Air Flow Sensor
I
INFOID:0000000005285114
Supply voltage
J
Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)
Output voltage at idle
K
0.9 - 1.2* V
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
L
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
INFOID:0000000005285115
M
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
N
INFOID:0000000005285116
O
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater
INFOID:0000000005285117
1.8 - 2.44 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
P
EC-577
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater
INFOID:0000000005285118
3.4 - 4.4 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
INFOID:0000000005285119
Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
INFOID:0000000005285120
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection".
Throttle Control Motor
INFOID:0000000005285121
Approximately 1 - 15 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Fuel Injector
INFOID:0000000005285122
11.1 - 14.3 Ω
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Fuel Pump
INFOID:0000000005285123
Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
EC-578
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
INDEX FOR DTC
U0101-U1001
INFOID:0000000005285124
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
U0101
0101*4
LOST COMM (TCM)
EC-713
U0140
0140*4
LOST COMM (BCM)
EC-715
U1001
1001*4
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
EC-717
EC
C
D
E
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
F
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
P0011-P0075
INFOID:0000000005285125
G
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
EC-719
P0031
0031
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-723
P0032
0032
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-723
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-728
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-728
P0075
0075
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
EC-734
H
I
J
K
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0101-P0128
M
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
L
INFOID:0000000005285126
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-739
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-747
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-747
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-754
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-754
P0116
0116
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-758
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-761
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-761
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-766
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-766
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-771
Revision: January 2010
EC-579
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR-B1
EC-774
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-777
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0130-P0198
INFOID:0000000005285127
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0130
0130
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-779
P0131
0131
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-785
P0132
0132
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-791
P0133
0133
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-797
P0137
0137
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-804
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-811
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-820
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-828
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-834
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-840
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-844
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-844
P0196
0196
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-848
P0197
0197
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-851
P0198
0198
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-851
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0222-P0420
INFOID:0000000005285128
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-855
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-855
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
EC-860
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-860
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-860
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-860
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-860
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-866
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-866
Revision: January 2010
EC-580
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
2
ECM*
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-870
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-876
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-882
GST*
A
EC
C
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
D
P0441-P0463
INFOID:0000000005285129
E
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
EC-887
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
EC-892
P0443
0443
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-899
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-907
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-907
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-913
P0448
0448
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-919
P0451
0451
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-925
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-928
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-935
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
EC-943
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
EC-950
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
EC-958
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-960
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-962
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-962
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
M
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0500-P0643
INFOID:0000000005285130
N
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P0500
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
EC-964
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM
EC-966
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM
EC-968
P0603
0603
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
EC-970
P0605
0605
ECM
EC-973
P0607
0607
ECM
EC-975
P0643
0643
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-976
Revision: January 2010
EC-581
2010 Sentra
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0705-P0840
INFOID:0000000005285131
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0705
0705
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
CVT-60
P0710
0710
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*4
CVT-65
P0715
0715
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
CVT-70
P0720
0720
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
CVT-75
P0740
0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-83
P0744
0744
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-88
P0745
0745
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-90
P0746
0746
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-95
P0776
0776
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-97
P0778
0778
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-99
P0840
0840
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
CVT-109
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
P0850-P1574
INFOID:0000000005285132
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P0850
0850
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
EC-981
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-986
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC
EC-987
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
EC-988
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-1000
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-1002
P1421
1421
COLD START CONTROL
EC-1004
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
EC-1006
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
EC-1012
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
EC-1021
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-582
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1610-P1615
INFOID:0000000005285133
A
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P1610
1610
LOCK MODE
P1611
1611
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
P1612
1612
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1614
1614
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1615
1615
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
Reference page
EC
C
BL-170
D
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
E
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P1715-P1805
INFOID:0000000005285134
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P1715
1715
IN PULY SPEED
EC-1023
P1740
1740
SLCT SOLENOID
CVT-128
P1777
1777
STEP MOTOR
CVT-134
P1778
1778
STEP MOTOR
CVT-138
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1025
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
F
G
H
I
J
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P2100-P2A00
INFOID:0000000005285135
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P2100
2100
ETC MOT PWR-B1
EC-1029
P2101
2101
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
EC-1033
P2103
2103
ETC MOT PWR
EC-1029
P2118
2118
ETC MOT-B1
EC-1039
P2119
2119
ETC ACTR-B1
EC-1043
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-1045
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-1045
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-1050
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-1050
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR-B1
EC-1057
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-1062
P2A00
2A00
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1069
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-583
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-584
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
A
INFOID:0000000005937450
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT
INFOID:0000000005285137
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59 .
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-585
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005285138
• Always use a 12 V battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the
initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
PBIA9222J
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Revision: January 2010
EC-586
PBIB0090E
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions propA
erly. Refer to EC-679, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" .
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
EC
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
C
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
D
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
E
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
F
SEF217U
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
SEF348N
•
•
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
Fuel pressure regulator (2)
Fuel level sensor (3)
Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
O
P
BBIA0765E
Revision: January 2010
EC-587
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-588
SEF708Y
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005285139
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge
Kit
EC
C
Checking fuel pressure
D
E
LEC642
(J-44321-6)
Fuel pressure adapter
Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connector type fuel lines.
F
G
LBIA0376E
KV10118400
Fuel tube adapter
H
Measuring fuel pressure
I
J
PBIB3043E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005285140
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
K
L
Locating the EVAP leak
M
N
S-NT703
EVAP service port
adapter
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service
port
O
P
S-NT704
Revision: January 2010
EC-589
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Fuel filler cap adapter
i.e.: (MLR-8382)
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
S-NT815
Socket wrench
Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
S-NT779
Revision: January 2010
EC-590
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005285141
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JPBIA3044GB
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
INFOID:0000000005285142
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Revision: January 2010
EC-591
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*3
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
EPS control unit
Power steering operation*2
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation*2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Fuel injection
& mixture ratio
control
Actuator
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
•
•
•
•
•
•
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models)
High-load, high-speed operation
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB3020E
Revision: January 2010
EC-592
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air A
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-785. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
EC
(ideal air/fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal C
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
• When starting the engine
D
E
F
G
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
H
I
J
K
L
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
M
N
O
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
Revision: January 2010
EC-593
2010 Sentra
P
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
INFOID:0000000005285143
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Gear position
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Ignition timing
control
Actuator
Power transistor
Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
INFOID:0000000005285144
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Revision: January 2010
EC-594
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Actuator
A
EC
Fuel cut control
Fuel injector
C
Vehicle speed*
D
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when
the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-591, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-595
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor
INFOID:0000000005285145
Input Signal to ECM
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
EPS control unit
Power steering operation*1
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Actuator
1
Air conditioner
cut control
Air conditioner relay
Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285146
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Revision: January 2010
EC-596
2010 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285147
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
EC
Input signal to ECM
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
TCM (CVT models)
Actuator
C
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
ECM function
D
ASCD vehicle speed control
Gear position
Electric throttle control
actuator
E
Vehicle speed*
F
Powertrain revolution*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
G
H
I
SET OPERATION
J
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
K
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
Revision: January 2010
EC-597
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released.
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285148
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1006.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1012 and EC-1076.
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1012 and EC-1076.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1012, EC-1025and EC-1076.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-1029, EC-1033, EC-1039and EC-1043.
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1084.
Revision: January 2010
EC-598
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285149
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-599
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005285150
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3639E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
Revision: January 2010
EC-600
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BBIA0759E
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake manifold
4.
EVAP service port
: From next figure
2.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
3.
K
L
EVAP purge resonator
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-601
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0746E
: To previous figure
1.
EVAP control system pressure sensor 2.
EVAP canister
3.
EVAP canister vent control valve
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285151
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B).
2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port
(C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum
pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
Revision: January 2010
EC-602
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
A
EC
C
SEF445Y
2.
D
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
Vacuum:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
E
F
G
SEF943S
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
H
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I
Refer to EC-847, "Component Inspection".
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
J
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
EVAP SERVICE PORT
K
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
L
M
N
SEF462UC
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-603
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285152
PBIB1214E
EVAP CANISTER
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose.
Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt.
Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Remove the EVAP canister.
Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-rings with a new one.
EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-604
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
PBIB3082E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
INFOID:0000000005285153
F
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
G
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-600,
"Description".
I
J
K
L
M
N
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
O
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
P
SEF462UC
Revision: January 2010
EC-605
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
• EVAP canister (2)
BBIA0693E
4.
5.
6.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-600, "Description".
Revision: January 2010
EC-606
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285154
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1387E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
- Disconnect negative battery cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Diagnosis Procedure
H
I
J
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005285155
N
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-607
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-608
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
A
EC
C
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
D
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
F
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
G
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
I
6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
J
K
L
M
8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
N
9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
O
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
P
10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: January 2010
EC-609
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285156
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
Revision: January 2010
EC-610
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
H
I
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-611
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
Revision: January 2010
EC-612
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285157
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
JMBIA0686GB
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1588E
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285158
N
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
O
P
PBIB1589E
Revision: January 2010
EC-613
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
Revision: January 2010
EC-614
2010 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285159
• If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in EC
“SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the
detected DTC. Refer to EC-583, "P1610-P1615".
• Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the
C
detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III.
• When replacing ECM, refer to EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-615
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
INFOID:0000000005285160
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data
Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Freeze Frame data
—
Test values and Test limits
Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID
Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable
—: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze
Frame data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
SRT status
Test value
Permanent
DTC status
CONSULT-III
×
×
×
×
×
×
—
×
GST
×
×
×
—
×
×
×
×
ECM
×
×*
—
—
—
×
—
—
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
(Refer to EC-664, "Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000005285161
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
Items
2nd trip
1st trip DTC
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
—
—
—
×
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
—
—
—
×
—
×
×
—
Blinking
Lighting
up
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
×
—
—
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
—
—
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
—
Except above
—
Revision: January 2010
—: Not applicable
EC-616
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
A
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
EC
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
C
INFOID:0000000005285162
D
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
E
Reference
group*4
LOST COMM (TCM)
U0101
0101*5
—
1
×
B
EC-713
LOST COMM (BCM)
U0140
0140*5
—
1
×
B
EC-715
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*5
—
2
—
—
EC-717
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
Flashing*6
—
EC-639
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
×
2
×
B
EC-719
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
—
2
×
B
EC-723
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
—
2
×
B
EC-723
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
—
2
×
B
EC-728
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
—
2
×
B
EC-728
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075
0075
—
2
×
B
EC-734
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0101
0101
—
2
×
B
EC-739
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102
0102
—
1
×
B
EC-747
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0103
0103
—
1
×
B
EC-747
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0112
0112
—
2
×
B
EC-754
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0113
0113
—
2
×
B
EC-754
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0116
0116
—
2
×
B
EC-758
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117
0117
—
1
×
B
EC-761
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118
0118
—
1
×
B
EC-761
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122
0122
—
1
×
B
EC-766
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123
0123
—
1
×
B
EC-766
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
—
2
×
B
EC-771
IAT SENSOR-B1
P0127
0127
—
2
×
B
EC-774
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
2
×
B
EC-777
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0130
0130
—
2
×
A
EC-779
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131
0131
—
2
×
B
EC-785
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0132
0132
—
2
×
B
EC-791
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0133
0133
×
2
×
A
EC-797
HO2S2 (B1)
P0137
0137
×
2
×
A
EC-804
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
×
2
×
A
EC-811
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
×
2
×
A
EC-820
Revision: January 2010
EC-617
2010 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
*2
GST
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
group*4
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
2
×
B
EC-828
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
2
×
B
EC-834
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
2
×
B
EC-840
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
2
×
B
EC-844
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
2
×
B
EC-844
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0196
0196
—
2
×
B
EC-848
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0197
0197
—
2
×
B
EC-851
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0198
0198
—
2
×
B
EC-851
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222
0222
—
1
×
B
EC-855
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0223
0223
—
1
×
B
EC-855
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-860
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-860
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-860
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-860
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-860
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
2
—
—
EC-866
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
2
—
—
EC-866
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
2
×
B
EC-870
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
P0340
0340
—
2
×
B
EC-876
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
×
2
×
A
EC-882
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
×
2
×
A
EC-887
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
×
2
×
A
EC-892
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0443
0443
—
2
×
A
EC-899
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
2
×
B
EC-907
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
2
×
B
EC-907
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
2
×
B
EC-913
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0448
0448
—
2
×
B
EC-919
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0451
0451
—
2
×
A
EC-925
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
2
×
B
EC-928
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
2
×
B
EC-935
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
2
×
A
EC-943
*7
2
×
A
EC-950
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
×
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
2
×
A
EC-958
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
2
×
B
EC-960
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
2
×
B
EC-962
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
2
×
B
EC-962
P0500
0500
—
2
×
B
EC-964
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
—
2
×
B
EC-966
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
—
2
×
B
EC-968
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603
0603
—
2
×
B
EC-970
ECM
P0605
0605
—
1 or 2
— or ×
B
EC-973
VEH SPEED
SEN/CIRC*8
Revision: January 2010
EC-618
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
ECM
P0607
0607
—
1 (CVT)
2 (M/T)
× (CVT)
— (M/T)
B
EC-975
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P0643
0643
—
1
×
B
EC-976
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0705
0705
—
2
×
B
CVT-60
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9
P0710
0710
—
1
×
B
CVT-65
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
P0715
0715
—
2
×
B
CVT-70
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*8
P0720
0720
—
2
×
B
CVT-75
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0740
0740
—
2
×
B
CVT-83
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744
0744
—
2
×
B
CVT-88
PC SOLENOID A
P0745
0745
—
2
×
B
CVT-90
PC SOLENOID A
P0746
0746
—
1
×
B
CVT-95
PC SOLENOID B
P0776
0776
—
2
×
B
CVT-97
PC SOLENOID B
P0778
0778
—
2
×
B
CVT-99
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
P0840
0840
—
2
×
B
CVT-109
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P0850
0850
—
2
×
B
EC-981
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
1
×
A
EC-986
TCS/CIRC
P1212
1212
—
2
—
—
EC-987
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
1
×
B
EC-988
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225
1225
—
2
—
—
EC-1000
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226
1226
—
2
—
—
EC-1002
COLD START CONTROL
P1421
1421
—
2
×
A
EC-1004
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
1
—
—
EC-1006
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
1
—
—
EC-1012
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
1
—
—
EC-1021
LOCK MODE
P1610
1610
—
2
—
—
BL-170
ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM
P1611
1611
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1612
1612
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1614
1614
—
2
—
—
BL-170
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
P1615
1615
—
2
—
—
BL-170
IN PULY SPEED
P1715
1715
—
2
—
—
EC-1023
SLCT SOLENOID
P1740
1740
—
2
×
B
CVT-128
STEP MOTOR
P1777
1777
—
1
×
B
CVT-134
STEP MOTOR
P1778
1778
—
2
×
B
CVT-138
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
2
—
—
EC-1025
ETC MOT PWR-B1
P2100
2100
—
1
×
B
EC-1029
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P2101
2101
—
1
×
B
EC-1033
ETC MOT PWR
P2103
2103
—
1
×
B
EC-1029
ETC MOT-B1
P2118
2118
—
1
×
B
EC-1039
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119
2119
—
1
×
B
EC-1043
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
1
×
B
EC-1045
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
1
×
B
EC-1045
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
1
×
B
EC-1050
Revision: January 2010
EC-619
A
group*4
2010 Sentra
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
*2
GST
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC
Reference
group*4
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
1
×
B
EC-1050
TP SENSOR-B1
P2135
2135
—
1
×
B
EC-1057
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
1
×
B
EC-1062
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P2A00
2A00
—
2
×
A
EC-1069
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)”.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the ECM in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status".
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not
prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-659, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
Revision: January 2010
EC-620
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
EC
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
C
D
E
F
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
A
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
G
Except the above items (Includes CVT related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS".
H
I
J
K
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the
inspection.
Revision: January 2010
EC-621
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-III indication)
Performance
Priority*
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
Corresponding DTC No.
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420
EVAP SYSTEM
2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
1
EVAP control system
P0442
2
EVAP control system
P0456
2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
Intake value timing control function
P0011
HO2S
EGR/VVT SYSTEM
3
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Diagnosis
← ON →
OFF
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
OFF
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
P0402
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
P1402
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
Revision: January 2010
EC-622
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
A
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
EC
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out C
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JSBIA0065GB
How to Display SRT Status
WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-623
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
• Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously.
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds.
JMBIA1515GB
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on "SRT Item".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
Revision: January 2010
EC-624
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Driving Pattern
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JSBIA0162GB
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Revision: January 2010
EC-625
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 43 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
PBIB2244E
Pattern 4:
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
JSBIA0160GB
Pattern 5:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models
Set the selector lever in the D position.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Revision: January 2010
EC-626
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
For high attitude areas
[over 1,219m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
13 (8)
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
27 (17)
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
40 (25)
53 (33)
65 (40)
4th to 5th
58 (36)
71 (44)
72 (45)
5th to 6th
82 (51)
82 (51)
82 (51)
Gear change
A
EC
C
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
D
E
F
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
90 (55)
3rd
—
4th
—
5th
—
6th
—
G
H
I
PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)
Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.
ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST)
and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state
emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
J
K
L
Permanent DTC Item
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”.
M
Permanent DTC Set Timing
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed.
N
Permanent DTC Service Procedure
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-627
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0066GB
How to Display Permanent DTC Status
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving
pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.
JSBIA0062GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-628
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH GST
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
A
EC
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-629
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
01H
Self-diagnostic test item
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1)
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0131
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0131
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0133
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0133
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A00
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0130
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
P014C
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014C
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014D
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014D
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P0138
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0137
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0138
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0139
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0143
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0144
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0146
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0145
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
HO2S
02H
03H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank 1)
Revision: January 2010
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
EC-630
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
P0151
05H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
07H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank2)
Revision: January 2010
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
EC
P0151
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0153
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0153
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A03
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0150
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
P014E
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014E
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015C
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
HO2S
06H
A
P015C
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P0158
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0157
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0158
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0159
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0163
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0164
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0166
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0165
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
EC-631
2010 Sentra
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
21H
Self-diagnostic test item
Three way catalyst function
(Bank1)
CATALYST
22H
EGR
SYSTEM
31H
35H
Three way catalyst function
(Bank2)
EGR function
TID
P0420
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0420
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2423
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2423
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0430
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0430
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2424
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2424
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0400
80H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (short term)
P0400
81H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (long term)
P0400
82H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Difference between
max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400
83H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
P1402
84H
96H
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
rate
P0011
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0014
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0011
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0021
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0024
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0021
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0024
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
VVT Monitor (Bank2)
Revision: January 2010
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VVT
SYSTEM
36H
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
EC-632
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
EVAP
SYSTEM
O2 SENSOR
HEATER
Secondary Air
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
39H
EVAP control system leak
(Cap Off)
3BH
EVAP control system leak
(Small leak)
3CH
EVAP control system leak
(Very small leak)
DTC
P0455
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
A
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
80H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after pull down
EC
P0442
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.04
inch)
P0456
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
inch)
P0456
81H
FDH
Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
system during monitoring
P0456
82H
FDH
Internal pressure of EVAP system at the
end of monitoring
P0441
83H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after vent control
valve close
3DH
Purge flow system
41H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
Low Input:P0031
High Input:P0032
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
42H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037
er (Bank 1)
High Input:P0038
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
43H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1)
P0043
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
45H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
Low Input:P0051
High Input:P0052
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
46H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057
er (Bank 2)
High Input:P0058
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
47H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2)
P0063
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
P0411
80H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected
71H
Secondary Air system
Bank1: P0491
Bank2: P0492
81H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow
P2445
82H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck Off
P2448
83H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System High
Airflow
Bank1: P2440
Bank2: P2442
84H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2440
85H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2444
86H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck On
81H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 1)
P0171 or P0172
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0171 or P0172
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
82H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 2)
P0174 or P0175
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0174 or P0175
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-633
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
MISFIRE
OBDMID
A1H
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0301
80H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the first cylinder
P0302
81H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the second cylinder
P0303
82H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the third cylinder
P0304
83H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fourth cylinder
P0305
84H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fifth cylinder
P0306
85H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the sixth cylinder
P0307
86H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the seventh cylinder
P0308
87H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the eighth cylinder
P0300
88H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the multiple cylinders
P0301
89H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
first cylinder
P0302
8AH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
second cylinder
P0303
8BH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
third cylinder
P0304
8CH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fourth cylinder
P0305
8DH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fifth cylinder
P0306
8EH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
sixth cylinder
P0307
8FH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
seventh cylinder
P0308
90H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
eighth cylinder
P0300
91H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the single cylinder
P0300
92H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
single cylinder
P0300
93H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
multiple cylinders
Multiple Cylinder Misfires
Revision: January 2010
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
EC-634
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
A2H
A3H
A4H
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
A7H
A8H
A9H
Description
TID
P0301
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0301
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
EC
P0302
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0302
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0303
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0303
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
No. 2 Cylinder Misfire
No. 3 Cylinder Misfire
0BH
No. 4 Cylinder Misfire
D
E
F
G
H
P0304
0CH
24H
P0305
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0305
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
J
P0306
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
K
No. 5 Cylinder Misfire
No. 6 Cylinder Misfire
I
P0306
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
L
P0307
P0307
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
M
P0308
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0308
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
No. 7 Cylinder Misfire
No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for CVT related items, skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM.
2. Select "ENGINE" with CONSULT-III.
3. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
Revision: January 2010
C
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
MISFIRE
A6H
A
Unit and
Scaling
ID
P0304
A5H
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
EC-635
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
With GST
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select Service $04 with GST.
No Tools
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
How to Erase Permanent DTC
When a DTC is stored in ECM
• When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
JSBIA0063GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
When a DTC is not stored in ECM
• The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Driving pattern
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
for applicable DTCs.
B
D
A
×
—
—
B
—
×
×
Group*
*: For group, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
ITEMS”.
Group A
Revision: January 2010
EC-636
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
JSBIA0064GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored
in ECM.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
10. Turn ignition switch ON.
11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
Group B
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-637
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0068GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
After experiencing Driving pattern B
and D, permanent DTC is erased.
*3:
Indication does not change unless
the ignition switch is turned from ON
to OFF twice even after experiencing
Driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
• When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is
counted by priority.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D.
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
9. Turn ignition switch ON.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Turn ignition switch ON.
12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B.
Revision: January 2010
EC-638
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
A
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
EC
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
14. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
16. Turn ignition switch ON.
17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Per- D
manent DTC Status”.
18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
DRIVING PATTERN
E
Driving Pattern B
•
-
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more.
Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
- The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
- A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
F
G
H
I
J
K
Driving Pattern D
• Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following.
- The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
- Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
- A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern D.
M
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
O
INFOID:0000000005285163
L
N
DESCRIPTION
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-639
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35 or see EC-1113.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
Mode I
KEY and ENG.
Status
Ignition switch in
ON position
Function
Explanation of Function
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine running
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
Ignition switch in
ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
Engine stopped
Mode II
Engine stopped
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
MIL Flashing Without DTC
When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-617, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information".
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
Revision: January 2010
EC-640
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
A
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
EC
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
C
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
D
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
E
F
G
PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
H
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
I
J
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb.
Refer to DI-35 or EC-1113.
K
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected.
OFF
No malfunction
L
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
M
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-641
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
JMBIA1140GB
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF
cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the
later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-579)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal.
Refer to "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart
INFOID:0000000005568637
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
Revision: January 2010
EC-642
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
A
EC
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
C
D
E
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
F
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-643
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The
stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
Revision: January 2010
EC-644
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
A
EC
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
C
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal D
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
E
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
F
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
G
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-645
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
Revision: January 2010
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
EC-646
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehithe first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
cle is driven once (pattern B) without
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the same malfunction.
stored in ECM.
A
EC
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
C
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
D
E
F
G
H
I
JMBIA1920GB
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
J
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-647
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Basic Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285165
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
With CONSULT-III
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
Revision: January 2010
EC-648
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
A
EC
C
PBIA8513J
D
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
E
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
F
Without CONSULT-III
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
1.
2.
H
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
I
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
G
J
Stop engine.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
K
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
L
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
M
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
N
O
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
P
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
Revision: January 2010
EC-649
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-870.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-876.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
-
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
PBIB3263E
Stop engine.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 13.
Revision: January 2010
EC-650
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
E
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
G
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
I
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
-
D
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
J
K
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19
NG
>> GO TO 16.
L
PBIB3263E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
M
N
O
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-870.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-876.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
Revision: January 2010
EC-651
P
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
2. INSPECTION END
No
>> INSPECTION END
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
INFOID:0000000005285166
IDLE SPEED
WITH CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITH GST
Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1.
Attach timing light to loop wire (1) as shown.
•
: Vehicle front
PBIB3320E
2.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
PBIB3263E
Method B
1.
Remove No. 4 ignition coil (1).
Revision: January 2010
EC-652
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
•
: Vehicle front
A
EC
C
PBIB3321E
2.
Connect No. 4 ignition coil (1) and No. 4 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (A) as shown, and
attach timing light clamp (B) to this wire.
•
: Vehicle front
D
E
F
G
PBIB3322E
H
I
J
K
PBIB3334E
3.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
L
M
N
PBIB3263E
Procedure After Replacing ECM
INFOID:0000000005285167
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
2. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
3. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Revision: January 2010
O
EC-653
2010 Sentra
P
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
VIN Registration
INFOID:0000000005285168
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45.
Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
INFOID:0000000005285169
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
INFOID:0000000005285170
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
INFOID:0000000005285171
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T): ON
• Selector lever (CVT): P or N
Revision: January 2010
EC-654
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Electric load switch: OFF
[Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger]
A
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
EC
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- For CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” C
system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- For M/T models
D
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
E
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to
the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Item
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
EC-655
G
H
I
J
K
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
Revision: January 2010
F
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Item
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-698.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
INFOID:0000000005285172
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-656
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2).
A
•
: Vehicle front
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
EC
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
C
PBIB2958E
D
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A.
•
: To quick connector
•
: To fuel tube (engine side)
• C: Clamp
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
PBIB2982E
• Use pressure gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
• No.2 spool (5)
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710
or 16439 40U00).
PBIB2983E
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-657
2010 Sentra
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
• A: Fuel pressure gauge
• B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating.
PBIB3432E
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
12. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
13. Before disconnecting fuel pressure gauge and fuel pressure adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure to
zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
Revision: January 2010
EC-658
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
INFOID:0000000005285173
INTRODUCTION
EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
C
D
E
MEF036D
F
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
G
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer
can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what
conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on
"Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
I
J
K
L
SEF234G
M
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-659
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0067GB
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Revision: January 2010
EC-660
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”.
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.
No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
A
EC
2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-
Check DTC.
Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
C
D
E
F
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
K
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-664, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Check according to EC-706, "Description".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: January 2010
EC-661
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-698, "Inspection Procedure".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-698, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-679, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-694, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
3.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1.
2.
Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Revision: January 2010
EC-662
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet as shown in the following "Worksheet
Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
C
D
E
SEF907L
F
Worksheet Sample
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
MTBL0017
Revision: January 2010
EC-663
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000005285174
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line
P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function
P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0196, P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 P0607ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0705 Transmission range switch
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0603 ECM power supply
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P0845 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P1148 Closed loop control
P1212 TCS communication line
P1421 Cold start control
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Input speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fail-Safe Chart
INFOID:0000000005285175
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: January 2010
EC-664
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
A
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
EC
C
D
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
E
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
F
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor
P0643
Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2100
P2103
Throttle control relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119
Electric throttle control actuator
(When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
K
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
L
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will
not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
• When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there
is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Revision: January 2010
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-665
2010 Sentra
G
H
I
J
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Matrix Chart
INFOID:0000000005285176
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
Fuel injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
Air
Positive crankcase ventilation system
3
3
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
Ignition
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Fuel pump circuit
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Fuel
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AD
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
3
4
2
Reference
page
EC-1094
4
EC-656
2
EC-1089
4
4
EC-600
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
EC-613
EC-648
1
1
2
3
3
Incorrect ignition timing adjustment
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
EC-648
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1099
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
EC-707
Main power supply and ground circuit
Mass air flow sensor circuit
2
EC-739,
EC-747
2
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
3
EC-759,
EC-763,
EC-772
3
3
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
3
Knock sensor circuit
2
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit
4
Revision: January 2010
EC-666
2
EC-976,
EC-1045,
EC-1050,
EC-1062
1
2
EC-779,
EC-785,
EC-791,
EC-797,
EC-1069
EC-766,
EC-855,
EC-1000,
EC-1002,
EC-1057
Throttle position sensor circuit
2
2
EC-1033,
EC-1043
Electric throttle control actuator
3
EC-866
3
EC-848
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
2
2
EC-870
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
3
2
EC-876
Warranty symptom code
Vehicle speed signal circuit
ECM
2
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
2
3
2
3
3
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
Electrical load signal circuit
Air conditioner circuit
3
3
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
2
3
3
3
4
3
3
Reference
page
E
EC-964
3
EC-973
3
EC-734
3
EC-981
4
EC-1108
EC-1087
3
3
3
2
C
D
3
3
2
EC
F
G
H
I
MTC-27
BRC-10
J
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
K
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-667
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
FL-10
5
Vapor lock
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-36
—
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
Air
—
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
—
Air duct
EM-16
Air cleaner
EM-16
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
throttle control actuator)
Electric throttle control actuator
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-16
5
5
EM-18
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking
Battery
Generator circuit
Starter circuit
Engine
Reference
page
EM-18
1
6
Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
4
Cylinder head gasket
1
1
1
1
1
3
Signal plate
Cylinder head
1
5
SC-5
SC-26
SC-11
1
EM-75
MT-14 or
CVT-60
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
EM-65
Cylinder block
4
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
EM-80
Bearing
Crankshaft
Revision: January 2010
EC-668
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM
Valve
mechanism
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Reference
page
E
EM-40
Camshaft
EM-50
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
EM-40
5
F
G
EM-65
H
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Three way catalyst
EM-23, FL5
EM-27, LU9
Lubrication
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
LU-6
Cooling
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-15
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Thermostat
5
5
CO-24
Water pump
CO-19
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
Water gallery
CO-24
Cooling fan
CO-17
5
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant
I
J
CO-21
Water control valve
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemNATS)
C
D
Timing chain
Intake valve timing control
Exhaust
EC
K
L
CO-11
M
1
1
BL-170
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-669
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine Control Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005285177
BBIA0922E
1.
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug
4.
Cooling fan motor-1
7.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
11.
10. IPDM E/R
2.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
3.
Fuel injector
5.
Knock sensor
6.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
8.
Cooling fan motor-2
9.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
ECM
12. Mass air flow sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator (with 14. EVAP canister purge volume control
built in throttle position sensor, throtsolenoid valve
tle control motor)
Revision: January 2010
EC-670
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0756E
M
: Vehicle front
1.
Mass air flow sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor)
2.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
3.
4.
PCV valve
5.
Cooling fan motor-1 harness connec- 6.
tor
7.
Radiator
8.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Electric throttle control actuator
(with built in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
N
Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-671
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0725E
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake valve timing control solenoid 2.
valve
Knock sensor
3.
4.
Fuel pump fuse
5.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6.
harness connector
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
7.
Fuel pressure regulator
8.
Fuel level sensor
Fuel tank temperature sensor
9.
IPDM E/R
10. Ignition coil
(with power transistor) and spark
plug
Revision: January 2010
EC-672
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0763E
M
: Vehicle front
1.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
2.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
3.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
4.
ECM
5.
Stop lamp switch harness connector 6.
ASCD brake switch harness connector
7.
Brake pedal
8.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-673
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PBIB3462E
BBIA0757E
1.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness
connector
Revision: January 2010
2.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
EC-674
3.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AWBIA0834ZZ
K
: Vehicle front
L
1.
ASCD steering switch
2.
RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch
3.
SET/COAST switch
4.
CANCEL switch
5.
MAIN switch
6.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
7.
EVAP canister
8.
EVAP canister vent control valve
9.
ASCD clutch switch
11.
Engine oil temperature sensor
10. Clutch pedal
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-675
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Vacuum Hose Drawing
INFOID:0000000005285178
BBIA0759E
: Vehicle front
1.
Intake manifold
4.
EVAP service port
: From EVAP canister
2.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
3.
EVAP purge resonator
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
Refer to EC-591, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.
Revision: January 2010
EC-676
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285179
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0157GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-677
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ABBWA0158GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-678
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005285180
A
EC
C
PBIA9221J
D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005285181
E
PREPARATION
ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
F
G
H
BBIA0749E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
I
J
K
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
L
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
M
N
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
O
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
3
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
P
PBIA8148J
Revision: January 2010
EC-679
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
5
B/W
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Approximately 10 V
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
10
11
B
B
12
GR
15
G/Y
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Body ground
Sensor ground
(Engine oil temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Body ground
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
Throttle control motor relay
Revision: January 2010
EC-680
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 0.3 V
17
18
21
22
V
BR/Y
G
Y
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 3
A
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
C
PBIA9265J
D
0.2 - 0.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.
F
PBIA9266J
23
B/O
Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
J
K
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
L
(11 - 14 V)
M
PBIA4943J
28
32
W
L/Y
R/G
Engine oil temperature sensor
EVAP canister vent control valve
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Revision: January 2010
I
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
27
H
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
EC-681
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature
N
O
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
P
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
Approximately 0 V
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
37
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Approximately 2.5 V
38
P
Engine coolant temperature sensor
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.
40
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
43
G/O
Fuel tank temperature sensor
[Engine is running]
44
GR
Sensor ground
(Engine coolant temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
45
V
Mass air flow sensor
46
BR/Y
Intake air temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
48
R/G
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Revision: January 2010
EC-682
Approximately 0 V
1.0 - 4.0 V
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
Approximately 0 V
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure
sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
52
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
55
O
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor ground
(Fuel tank temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
50
51
59
60
G
B/Y
B
EC
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
Approximately 0 V
E
F
G
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
W
C
D
Approximately 4.0 V
61
A
I
J
K
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Approximately 4.0 V
L
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
M
PBIB2999E
N
62
R
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
63
B/R
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-683
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
65
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
66
69
72
Y/R
BR/R
R
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
PNP signal
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
73
Y/R
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
JMBIA1638GB
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
V/W
EVAP control system pressure
sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
83
P
CAN communication line
—
—
84
L
CAN communication line
—
—
88
P/L
DATA link connector
—
—
93
B/R
Ignition switch
74
G/W
75
Y
76
Revision: January 2010
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
C
- 6 8 4
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
94
95
99
100
102
103
WIRE
COLOR
L/Y
B/Y
R/G
G/B
BR/Y
Y/G
ITEM
ASCD steering switch
Sensor ground
(ASCD steering switch)
Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly
depressed (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
K
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
L
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
106
O
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
107
108
109
B
B
B
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Accelerator pedal position sensor
1
Revision: January 2010
H
Approximately 5 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Power supply for ECM
W
G
I
G
110
F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
105
D
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
B/P
EC
C
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
104
A
M
N
O
Body ground
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
EC-685
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
111
B/W
112
B
ITEM
CONDITION
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 V
Body ground
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)
INFOID:0000000005285182
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self Diagnostic result
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Active Test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT Confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Ecu Identification
ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Refer to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
Work Item
Condition
Usage
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
• FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure from
fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
• THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT
• THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
Revision: January 2010
EC-686
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Work Item
Condition
Usage
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW “ON”
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
• WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When adjusting target ignition timing
VIN REGISTRATION
• IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM.
When registering VIN in ECM
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
G
H
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
I
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item*
J
Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as DTC.
FUEL SYS-B1
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
K
L
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
• The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
M
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
N
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
O
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
• The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%]
• The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-687
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Freeze frame data item*
Description
FUEL SYS-B2
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
ENG SPEED
[rpm]
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of
the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops
below the idle rpm.
• If the signal is interrupted while the engine is
running, an abnormal value may be indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1
[V]
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[ms]
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
A/F ALPHA-B1
[%]
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction
factor per cycle is indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for the air/fuel
ratio learning control.
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• When the engine coolant temperature sensor
is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe
mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1)
[V]
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/F
sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1)
[V]
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
• The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1
[V]
ACCEL SEN 2
[V]
TP SEN 1-B1
[V]
TP SEN 2-B1
[V]
FUEL T/TMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
• ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
• TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
• The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage
of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-688
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
A
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The intake air temperature (determined by the signal
voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES
[V]
• The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
[V]
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the
ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM
according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch
as determined by the air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated.
F
G
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting
switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting
switch are OFF.
EC
• After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed
regardless of the starter signal.
D
E
H
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch
signal.
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch
signal.
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated.
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according
to the input signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE
[%]
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current
airflow divided by peak airflow.
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according
to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
PURG VOL C/V
[%]
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according
to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA]
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle.
INT/V SOL (B1)
[%]
• The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signal) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
• The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals.
Revision: January 2010
EC-689
C
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control
valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals)
is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition
determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
COOLING FAN
[HI/MID/LOW/OFF]
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by
ECM according to the input signals).
HI: High speed operation
MID: Middle speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2
heater determined by ECM according to the input signals.
I/P PULLY SPD
[rpm]
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the input
speed sensor signal.
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
IDL A/V LEARN
[YET/CMPLT]
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed
yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [mile]
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
[%]
• Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed by
ECM according to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases.
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor
is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
• The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
SET/COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch
signal.
BRAKE SW2
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal.
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
Revision: January 2010
EC-690
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
Remarks
A
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the input signal from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal sent
from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by
the ECM according to the input signals.
A/F ADJ-B1
• Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The factor
is calculated from the difference between the target air/
fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calculated
from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal.
ENG OIL TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal
voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is displayed.
G
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
[INCMP/CMPLT]
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response)
condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
H
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
[INCMP/CMPLT]
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response)
condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
EC
C
D
E
F
I
NOTE:
J
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
K
Test Item
Test Item
Condition
Judgment
Check Item (Remedy)
L
FUEL INJECTION
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel injector
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
IGNITION TIMING
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Timing light: Set
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
N
Engine runs rough or dies.
•
•
•
•
•
•
O
POWER BALANCE
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• A/C switch OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
one at a time using CONSULT-III.
COOLING FAN*
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”,
“MID”, “HI” and “OFF” with CONSULT-III.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
Revision: January 2010
EC-691
Harness and connectors
Compression
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
• Harness and connectors
• Cooling fan relay
• Cooling fan motor
2010 Sentra
M
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Test Item
Condition
Judgment
Check Item (Remedy)
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Fuel injector
FUEL PUMP RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel pump relay
PURG VOL
CONT/V
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CONSULT-III.
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
VENT CONTROL/V
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-III and
listen to operating sound.
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister vent control valve
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change intake valve timing using
CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode
Test item
Corresponding DTC No.
Reference page
P0441
EC-887
P0442
EC-892
P0455
EC-943
EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456*
P0456
EC-950
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
P0443
EC-899
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276
P0130
EC-779
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279
P0133
EC-797
PURG FLOW P0441
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
A/F SEN1
Revision: January 2010
EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442*
EC-692
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Test mode
HO2S2
Test item
Corresponding DTC No.
Reference page
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
P0139
EC-820
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
P0138
EC-811
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
P0137
EC-804
A
EC
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
INFOID:0000000005285183
C
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO
15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
D
E
F
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
G
H
Service $01
READINESS TESTS
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
Service $02
(FREEZE DATA)
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
I
Service $03
DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
were stored by ECM.
J
CLEAR DIAG INFO
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
Service $04
K
L
Service $06
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
M
Service $07
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
N
Service $08
—
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can
be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
• Low ambient temperature
• Low battery voltage
• Engine running
• Ignition switch OFF
• Low fuel temperature
• Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
Service $09
(CALIBRATION ID)
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
Service $0A*
PERMANENT DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-693
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect GST to data link connector (1).
• Accelerator pedal (2)
BBIA0750E
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5.
Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
INFOID:0000000005285184
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
Monitor Item
Condition
ENG SPEED
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-698.
B/FUEL SCHDL
See EC-698.
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-698.
COOLAN TEMP/S
• Engine: After warming up
Revision: January 2010
Specification
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication.
More than 70°C (158°F)
EC-694
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
EVAP SYS PRES
• Ignition switch: ON
HO2S2 (B1)
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx.
0.6 - 1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication.
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
AIR COND SIG
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
P/N POSI SW
• Ignition switch: ON
PW/ST SIGNAL
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
Steering wheel: Not being turned
OFF
Steering wheel: Being turned
ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd
ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch:
OFF
OFF
IGNITION SW
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON
HEATER FAN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
BRAKE SW
• Ignition switch: ON
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
Idle
1° - 11° BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Revision: January 2010
A
EC
C
11 - 14 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
START SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
Specification
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating
ON
Heater fan: Not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
L
M
N
O
2,000 rpm
EC-695
25° - 45° BTDC
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
Condition
Specification
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
2,500 rpm
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
PURG VOL C/V
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting)
Idle
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
Idle
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
AIR COND RLY
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
2,000 rpm
0%
0 - 50%
−5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0° - 40°CA
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0% - 90%
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
ON
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
VENT CONT/V
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
THRTL RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
COOLING FAN
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F)
and 99°C (210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C
(212°F) and 104°C (219°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
MIDDLE
HIGH
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
I/P PULLY SPD
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication.
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication
TRVL AFTER MIL
• Ignition switch: ON
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
AC PRESS SEN
• Engine: Idle
• Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-III value.
Revision: January 2010
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON.
EC-696
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
4 - 100%
1.0 - 4.0 V
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item
SET VHCL SPD
• Engine: Running
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
• Ignition switch: ON
SET SW
BRAKE SW1
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Condition
Specification
ASCD: Operating
The preset vehicle
speed is displayed.
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
SET/COAST switch: Released
OFF
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/
T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
(CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
BRAKE SW2
• Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle speed: Between 40
km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
A/F ADJ-B1
• Engine: Running
ENG OIL TEMP
• Engine: After warming up
HO2 S2 DIAG1
(B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG2
(B1)
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd
time
ON → OFF
ACSD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
−0.330 – 0.330
More than 70°C (158°F)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-697
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285185
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correctionfactor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INFOID:0000000005285186
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
Transmission: Warmed-up
CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP
SEN” (fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9 V.
M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
Electrical load: Not applied
Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285187
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-698, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285188
OVERALL SEQUENCE
Revision: January 2010
EC-698
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
PBIB2318E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-699
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-698, "Testing Condition".
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-700
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
D
E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1.
2.
C
Stop the engine.
Change engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
Check the following.
Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
Clogged fuel filter
Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1094.)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
Revision: January 2010
EC-701
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
Check the following.
Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1099.)
Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1089.)
Intake air leakage
Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-779, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-785, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-791, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0133, refer to EC-797, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-1069, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-702
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 15.
A
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. EC
>> GO TO 16.
C
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
-
Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
Engine oil level is too high
Engine oil viscosity
Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
Noise from engine
Noise from transmission, etc.
Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
Valve clearance malfunction
Intake valve timing control function malfunction
Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
G
H
K
L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
M
N
O
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
Stop the engine.
EC-703
F
J
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
E
I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
1.
D
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-739.
2. GO TO 29.
NG
>> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 27.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-704
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
A
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
EC
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
C
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
D
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-705
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
INFOID:0000000005285189
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent
Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
2
3 or 4
Situation
The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285190
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-706
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram
A
INFOID:0000000005285191
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0275GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-707
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
10
11
B
B
32
R/G
93
B/R
105
G
107
108
109
112
B
B
B
B
ITEM
ECM ground
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
Body ground
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Ignition switch
Body ground
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285192
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9561J
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M6, E19
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-708
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
D
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
F
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
G
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
J
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
L
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-1099.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
M
PBIB2658E
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-709
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0 V.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11.
PBIB3037E
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIA9562J
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-710
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13.CHECK 20 A FUSE
A
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace 20 A fuse.
EC
14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
C
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
D
E
F
15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
J
16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection
N
INFOID:0000000005285193
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
Revision: January 2010
EC-711
2010 Sentra
O
P
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution".
PBIB1870E
Revision: January 2010
EC-712
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285194
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285195
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0101
0101
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Lost communication
with TCM
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
• CAN communication line between TCM
and ECM
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000005285196
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-713
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285197
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285198
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-714
2010 Sentra
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285199
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285200
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0140
0140
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Lost communication
with BCM
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more.
• CAN communication line between BCM
and ECM
• CAN communication line is open or shorted.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000005285201
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-716, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-715
2010 Sentra
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285202
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285203
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-716
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285204
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285205
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
U1001
1001
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
CAN communication
line
DTC detecting condition
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
INFOID:0000000005285206
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-717
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285207
BBWA2870E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285208
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-718
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285209
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
EC
Input signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil temperature sensor
Engine oil temperature
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM function
Actuator
C
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
D
Vehicle speed*
E
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
F
G
H
I
J
PBIB3333E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine
coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285210
K
L
M
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Idle
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Idle
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Revision: January 2010
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
EC-719
Specification
N
−5° - 5°CA
Approx. 0° - 40°CA
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 90%
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0011
0011
INFOID:0000000005285211
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
performance
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285212
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075.
See EC-734.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 4.25 msec
Shift lever
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
4.
5.
6.
7.
Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 65°C (149°F)
Shift lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
8.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-720
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285213
EC
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
C
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Go to LU-6, "Inspection".
D
E
F
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PBIA8559J
G
Refer to EC-722, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
H
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
I
Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
J
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
K
L
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
M
N
O
PBIA9557J
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40.
No
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
EC-721
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-877, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285214
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Removal and Installation
PBIB0574E
PBIB2388E
INFOID:0000000005285215
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-50.
Revision: January 2010
EC-722
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285216
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
ECM
function
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
C
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285217
E
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Specification
4 - 100%
G
INFOID:0000000005285218
H
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0031
0031
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0032
0032
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005285219
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-725, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-723
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285220
ABBWA0159GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-724
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
3
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
D
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
E
Approximately 2.2 V
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285221
G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
I
J
K
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
BBIA0760E
L
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
M
N
BBIA0764E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-725
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285222
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-726
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
A
Terminal No.
Resistance
3 and 4
1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2
EC
2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3309E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285223
H
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER
Refer to EM-23.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-727
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
INFOID:0000000005285224
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM Function
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285225
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005285226
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0037
0037
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
0038
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285227
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-728
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
A
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-729
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285228
AABWA0235GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-730
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285229
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
N
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
O
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Turn ignition switch ON.
P
BBIA0751E
Revision: January 2010
EC-731
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MBIB0186E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-732, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285230
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-732
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
EC
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18
or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3310E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285231
H
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-733
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285232
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285233
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
INT/V SOL (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Idle
P0075
0075
Approx. 0% - 90%
INFOID:0000000005285234
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
INFOID:0000000005285235
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-736, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-734
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285236
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0234GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-735
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
32
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
73
Y/R
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
JMBIA1638GB
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285237
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3323E
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF212S
2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-736
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
A
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
EC
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
F
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-737, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
G
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-706.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285238
J
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
L
M
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Revision: January 2010
K
EC-737
N
PBIB0574E
O
P
PBIB2388E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285239
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-40.
Revision: January 2010
EC-738
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285240
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285241
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
F
Condition
Specification
G
MAS A/F SE-B1
• See EC-698.
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
•
•
•
•
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005285242
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
B)
Possible cause
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005285243
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
E
EC-739
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
PBIB3457E
7.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
TP SEN 1-B1
More than 1.5 V
TP SEN 2-B1
More than 1.5 V
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8.
9.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285244
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-740
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
A
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
EC
5. If NG, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
SEF534P
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-741
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285245
AABWA0239GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-742
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
45
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
V
52
B/W
105
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Mass air flow sensor
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
E
F
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285246
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
J
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Check the following for connections.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
K
L
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
M
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
O
P
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-743
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0752E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-744
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-927, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
A
EC
C
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
D
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Perform EC-706.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285247
G
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
J
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
I
K
L
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
M
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
N
O
P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-745
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
PBIA9564J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285248
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-746
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285249
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285250
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
F
Condition
Specification
G
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-698.
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Engine: After warming up
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Engine: After warming up
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0102
0102
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent
to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
P0103
0103
Mass air flow sensor
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
INFOID:0000000005285252
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: January 2010
EC-747
M
N
P
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
L
O
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
I
INFOID:0000000005285251
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
name
H
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-748
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285253
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0239GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-749
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
45
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
V
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Mass air flow sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 1.8 V
52
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285254
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-750
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
EC
C
BBIA0752E
D
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
N
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-752, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-751
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285255
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Voltage (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
0.9 - 1.2
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 1.8
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4*
PBIA9564J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Revision: January 2010
EC-752
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
A
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
EC
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
D
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285256
E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-753
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285257
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005285258
DTC detecting condition
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285259
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-755, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-754
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285260
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2875E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285261
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-755
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0752E
3.
Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB1169E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-757, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-756
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285262
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
EC
Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
C
D
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
E
PBIA9559J
F
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005285263
J
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-757
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285264
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285265
NOTE:
If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-761.
DTC No.
P0116
0116
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/
performance
DTC detecting condition
Engine coolant temperature signal from engine
coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate,
even when some time has passed after starting
the engine with pre-warming up condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(High or low resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285266
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than10 minutes.
3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5.
5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5
becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time.
Revision: January 2010
EC-758
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours.
A
6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-759, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285267
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
C
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
E
F
BBIA0760E
Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
H
I
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Refer to EC-763, "Wiring Diagram".
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285268
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
L
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
M
N
O
PBIB2005E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-759
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285269
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
Revision: January 2010
EC-760
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285270
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285271
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
I
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
K
Possible Cause
L
• Harness or connectors
(Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
N
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-761
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting.
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285272
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-762
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285273
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2876E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285274
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-763
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3324E
3.
Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0080E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-765, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-764
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285275
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
EC
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
C
D
E
PBIB2005E
F
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
G
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005285276
J
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-765
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285277
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285278
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Specification
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285279
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-976.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0122
0122
DTC No.
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285280
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-768, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-766
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285281
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0184GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-767
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285282
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-768
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
C
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
H
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-769, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
L
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
M
1.
2.
3.
N
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
O
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285283
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-769
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
PBIB3038E
INFOID:0000000005285284
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-770
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285285
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285286
NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118.
Refer to EC-761.
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-758.
K
L
DTC No.
P0125
0125
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Thermostat
N
INFOID:0000000005285287
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above −°C (25°F).
If it is above −°C (25°F), the test result will be OK.
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-771
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If it is below −°C (25°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than −°C (25°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-772, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285288
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
Refer to EC-772, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Refer to EC-763, "Wiring Diagram".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285289
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-772
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
A
EC
C
PBIB2005E
D
Temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
E
F
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285290
H
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-65.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-773
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285291
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
INFOID:0000000005285292
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
SEF012P
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Harness or connectors
(Intake temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted)
• Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285293
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
• Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
Revision: January 2010
EC-774
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
EC
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-775, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
C
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285294
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
D
E
F
G
H
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
I
Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
J
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Refer to EC-755, "Wiring Diagram".
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285295
M
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
N
O
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
P
PBIA9559J
Revision: January 2010
EC-775
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285296
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-776
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005285297
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-860, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C
enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
Trouble diagnosis name
Thermostat function
DTC detecting condition
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
D
• Thermostat
• Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
INFOID:0000000005285298
F
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 52°C (126°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel.
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 52°C (126°F), go to following step.
If it is above 52°C (126°F), cool down the engine to less than 52°C (126°F). Then go to next steps.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
8.
9.
More than 56 km/h (35 MPH)
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-777, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285299
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
P
Refer to EC-765, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-777
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285300
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-21.
Revision: January 2010
EC-778
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285301
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285302
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Specification
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285303
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No.
P0130
0130
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit
DTC detecting condition
A)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other
than approx. 2.2 V.
B)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
INFOID:0000000005285304
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-779
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Shift lever
D position (CVT)
5th position (M/T)
7.
8.
9.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285305
PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the
vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-780
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285306
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0160GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-781
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285307
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-782
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-783
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285308
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-784
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285309
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285310
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285311
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No.
P0131
0131
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285312
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-785
L
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
J
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-786
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285313
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0160GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-787
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285314
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-788
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-789
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285315
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-790
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285316
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285317
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285318
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage
DTC detecting condition
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V.
Possible Cause
INFOID:0000000005285319
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-791
L
M
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
J
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-792
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285320
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0160GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-793
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285321
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0764E
Revision: January 2010
EC-794
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
E
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
I
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
N
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-795
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285322
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-796
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285323
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285324
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285325
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from
A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285326
EC-797
L
M
N
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
J
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-698.
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-698.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select Service $01 with GST.
Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-798
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285327
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0160GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-799
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285328
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-800
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
A
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
C
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-828or EC-834.
No
>> GO TO 6.
D
E
1.
2.
3.
F
G
H
I
BBIA0752E
J
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
BBIA0764E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-801
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F3
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-613, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace PCV valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-802
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
D
E
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285329
F
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-803
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0137 HO2S2
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005522760
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005522761
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
LEAN ←→ RICH
INFOID:0000000005522762
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the
sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such
as fuel-cut.
JMBIA2105GB
DTC No.
P0137
0137
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005522763
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
Revision: January 2010
EC-804
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
A
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
C
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
D
9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
E
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
F
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005522764
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during
this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during
PBIB2996E
this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-805
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285335
AABWA0236GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-806
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 10 V
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005522766
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
N
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
O
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-807
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0752E
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-275.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0751E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-808
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
A
Refer to EC-809, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-152.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005522767
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
F
G
H
I
J
JMBIA2106GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
K
L
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-809
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005522768
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-810
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0138 HO2S2
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285339
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285340
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
E
F
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G
LEAN ←→ RICH
H
INFOID:0000000005285341
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
I
J
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM
monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various
driving condition such as fuel-cut.
K
L
M
PBIB2266E
MALFUNCTION B
N
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
O
P
PBIB2376E
Revision: January 2010
EC-811
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0138
0138
An excessively high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
The minimum voltage from the sensor
is not reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit high voltage
B)
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285342
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Revision: January 2010
EC-812
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285343
A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
PBIB2996E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-813
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285344
AABWA0236GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-814
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 10 V
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
50
59
G
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285345
J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
K
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
M
N
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
BBIA0760E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-815
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0751E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-818, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: January 2010
EC-816
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-706.
A
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
EC
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
D
E
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-834.
No
>> GO TO 3.
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0752E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
P
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-817
M
N
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
BBIA0751E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-818, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285346
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-818
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
7.
8.
E
F
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285347
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-819
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0139 HO2S2
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285348
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285349
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
Condition
Specification
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285350
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
0139
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 1) circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
The switching time between rich and lean of a
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
than the specified time computed by ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
INFOID:0000000005285351
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Revision: January 2010
EC-820
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 7.
A
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
EC
C
D
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
E
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Drive the vehicle in a proper at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Enable engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Data monitor item
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
F
G
H
I
J
K
Status
L
CMPLT
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
M
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
N
1.
2.
3.
O
Open engine hood.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
P
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-821
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-822, "Overall Function Check".
NOTE:
Use overall function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285352
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
PBIB2996E
during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-822
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285353
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0236GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-823
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
5
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
50
G
59
B/Y
Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
Approximately 0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285354
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-824
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
A
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
EC
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0752E
Yes or No
D
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-828 or EC-834.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
G
Continuity should exist.
H
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0751E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
J
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
L
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should not exist.
O
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-825
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-826, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285355
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-826
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
A
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
EC
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
C
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
D
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m E
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
F
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285356
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
G
Refer to EM-23
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-827
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285357
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC No.
P0171
0171
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too lean
ECM function
Fuel injection control
DTC detecting condition
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Actuator
Fuel injector
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Intake air leaks
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor
Incorrect PCV hose connection
INFOID:0000000005285358
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-831,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Revision: January 2010
EC-828
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
A
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
WITH GST
C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
BBIA0752E
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-831,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-829
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285359
ABBWA0161GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-830
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
D
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
F
G
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIA4943J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
INFOID:0000000005285360
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
E
(11 - 14 V)
M
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
N
O
P
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
Revision: January 2010
EC-831
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-832
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
At idling
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
A
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-739.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
C
D
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
1.
2.
3.
E
F
Clicking noise should be heard.
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1089.
H
I
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
J
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from fuel injectors.
K
L
M
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
N
O
PBIA9666J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-833
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285361
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function
Fuel injection control
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel injection system
too rich
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Actuator
Fuel injector
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Mass air flow sensor
INFOID:0000000005285362
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-837,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
Revision: January 2010
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
EC-834
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
d. Check 1st trip DTC.
e. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
BBIA0752E
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-837,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
A
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-835
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285363
ABBWA0161GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-836
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
D
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
F
G
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIA4943J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
INFOID:0000000005285364
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
E
(11 - 14 V)
M
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
N
O
P
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Revision: January 2010
EC-837
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
>> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
3.
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Revision: January 2010
EC-838
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
A
OK or NG
EC
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-739.
C
CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
7.
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
1.
2.
3.
D
E
F
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1089.
G
H
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
I
1.
Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
K
L
M
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-839
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285365
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
BBIA0765E
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
INFOID:0000000005285366
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285367
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-840
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285368
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0162GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285369
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-841
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0754E
4.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: January 2010
EC-842
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter.
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM.
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
Refer to, EC-843, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
E
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Perform EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
G
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285370
H
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
I
J
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
K
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285371
L
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-843
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285372
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
BBIA0765E
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
SEF012P
INFOID:0000000005285373
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285374
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-845, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-844
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285375
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0162GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285376
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-845
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0754E
3.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
EC-846
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
A
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter
EC
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
C
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-847, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
D
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Perform EC-706.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285377
G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
H
I
J
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
K
INFOID:0000000005285378
L
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-847
2010 Sentra
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005450783
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
150 (302)
0.3
0.050 - 0.065
SEF012P
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0196
0196
INFOID:0000000005450784
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine oil temperature
sensor range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005450785
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-849, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following steps.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-848
2010 Sentra
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps.
A
If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F). Then go to the following steps.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place.
EC
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 12
C
9. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
10. Check the following.
D
COOLAN TEMP/S
Below 40°C (104°F)
INT/A TEMP SE
Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE”
Within 6°C (11°F)
E
If they are within the specified range, go to following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to met the above conditions. Then go to following
steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
11. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
12. Check 1st trip DTC.
13. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-849, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000005450786
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
J
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
L
M
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BBIA0760E
N
Refer to EC-850, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
O
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-152.
Refer to EC-299, "Wiring Diagram".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-849
2010 Sentra
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005450787
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
2.
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005450788
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-80, "Component".
Revision: January 2010
EC-850
2010 Sentra
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005522752
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
150 (302)
0.3
0.050 - 0.065
G
H
SEF012P
I
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005522753
K
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
P0197
0197
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0198
0198
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC No.
Possible Cause
L
• Harness or connectors
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
M
N
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005522754
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-852, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-851
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005483781
AABWA0303GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005522756
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-852
2010 Sentra
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0760E
D
Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between EOT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
G
H
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0080E
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
L
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-853, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
M
N
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
O
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005522757
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-853
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
2.
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005522758
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-80, "Component".
Revision: January 2010
EC-854
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285379
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285380
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
INFOID:0000000005285381
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
J
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285382
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-857, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-855
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285383
ABBWA0163GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-856
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
WIRE
COLOR
Y/B
R/W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
More than 0.36 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
D
E
36
BR/W
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
BR
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
F
G
H
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285384
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
K
L
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
M
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
N
O
P
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-857
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-858, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285385
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-858
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
A
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
EC
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
C
Voltage
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
D
PBIB3038E
E
F
INFOID:0000000005285386
G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-859
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER
MISFIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285387
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM function
Engine speed
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Improper spark plug
Insufficient compression
Incorrect fuel pressure
Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
Fuel injector
Intake air leak
The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
Lack of fuel
Drive plate or flywheel
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Incorrect PCV hose connection
INFOID:0000000005285388
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Revision: January 2010
EC-860
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
A
EC
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed
Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule
Basic fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
C
D
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed
E
F
Time
Around 1,000 rpm
Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm
Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm
Approximately 3.5 minutes
G
H
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285389
I
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
J
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
K
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
L
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
M
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1.
2.
N
With CONSULT-III
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Without CONSULT-III
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-861
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When disconnecting each fuel injector (1) harness connector one at
a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
PBIA9870J
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1089.
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
PBIB2958E
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
JMBIA0066GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-862
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an
electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or A
more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
EC
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
C
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
D
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1099.
G
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 8.
H
I
J
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
K
L
M
N
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
O
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
P
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
Install all removed parts.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Revision: January 2010
EC-863
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Items
Specifications
CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Follow the EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
BBIA0764E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-864
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
A
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a EC
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
>> INSPECTION END
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
D
E
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
F
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
G
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-739.
I
17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
J
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
K
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
L
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
M
>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
N
Refer to EC-706.
O
>> INSPECTION END
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-865
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285390
The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses
engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
•
: Vehicle front
PBIB3264E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285391
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
INFOID:0000000005285392
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-868, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-866
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285393
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0164GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-867
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
37
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
40
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
ITEM
CONDITION
Diagnosis Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.5 V
Approximately 0 V
INFOID:0000000005285394
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock
sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3264E
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
Revision: January 2010
EC-868
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and knock sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285395
F
KNOCK SENSOR
1.
G
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
H
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
2.
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or
physically damaged. Use only new ones.
If NG, replace knock sensor.
Removal and Installation
I
SEF227W
J
INFOID:0000000005285396
K
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-80.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-869
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285397
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
PBIA9209J
PBIB2997E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285398
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Trouble diagnosis name
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
Specification
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005285399
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
circuit is open or shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure
sensor circuit is sorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Signal plate
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285400
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-870
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
A
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-872, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285401
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0165GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-871
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
61
W
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
PBIB2998E
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
62
R
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285402
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Revision: January 2010
EC-872
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
EC
C
PBIB3326E
D
3.
Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
PBIB3312E
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
K
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
L
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
M
N
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
P
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-873
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
12.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-874
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285403
A
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
EC
C
D
E
PBIA9210J
5.
F
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
G
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
H
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
I
PBIA9584J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285404
J
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-80.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-875
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285405
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of
camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts
instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor
consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the
sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage
from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
PBIA9875J
PBIB2997E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285406
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
Specification
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005285407
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-976.
DTC No.
P0340
0340
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) circuit
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running.
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.)
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285408
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-876
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
A
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-878, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
EC
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-878, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285409
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
BBWA2885E
Revision: January 2010
EC-877
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
63
B/R
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 V
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
65
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285410
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-878
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
D
Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
PBIB3327E
H
3.
Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
J
K
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3312E
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
1.
P
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-879
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIA9557J
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285411
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIA9876J
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
PBIA9584J
Revision: January 2010
EC-880
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285412
A
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-50.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-881
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285413
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YB
DTC No.
P0420
0420
Trouble diagnosis name
Catalyst system efficiency
below threshold
DTC detecting condition
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
properly.
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Three way catalyst (manifold)
Exhaust tube
Intake air leaks
Fuel injector
Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing
INFOID:0000000005285414
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-883, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-882
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285415
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Open engine hood.
Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 50 HO2S2 signal
and ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-883, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB2996E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285416
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
H
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
1.
2.
K
I
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
L
M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
O
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
P
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-883
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
Specifications
CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-1090, "Wiring Diagram".
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
PBIB2958E
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
JMBIA0066GB
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-884
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
7.
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
C
D
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1099.
E
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
F
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.
G
H
I
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.
J
K
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-36.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
O
P
Refer to EC-706.
EC-885
M
N
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: January 2010
L
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
Revision: January 2010
EC-886
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285417
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3640E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system incorrect purge flow
J
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
• Blocked rubber tube
• Cracked EVAP canister
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
DTC Confirmation Procedure
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005285419
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
I
INFOID:0000000005285418
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
H
EC-887
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Shift lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 10.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 0°C (32 °F)
7.
If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to
EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285420
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Shift lever
Any position other than P, N or R
8.
9.
PBIB3313E
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285421
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Revision: January 2010
EC-888
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser- A
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-600, "Description".
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum
existence.
C
PURG VOL CONT/V
VACUUM
100%
Should exist.
0%
Should not exist.
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
E
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-600, "Description".
Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should not exist.
6.
F
G
H
I
Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
L
M
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
N
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
O
P
SEF367U
Revision: January 2010
EC-889
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
SEF368U
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-928 for DTC P0452 and EC-935 for DTC P0453.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-890
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
EC
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace it.
C
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
D
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
E
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285422
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
H
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
I
J
K
L
PBIB3641E
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-891
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285423
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0442
0442
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
control system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
Drain filter
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-892
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285424
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
C
• Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F).
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
G
H
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285425
I
J
K
L
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
M
N
O
P
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Revision: January 2010
EC-893
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0703E
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
Revision: January 2010
EC-894
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
A
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
EC
NG
>> Repair or replace.
C
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
D
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
1.
2.
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
I
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
K
L
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
M
Refer to EC-898, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
N
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
O
Check the following,
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
P
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-895
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Revision: January 2010
EC-896
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
EC
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
E
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
F
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-600.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
H
I
J
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
K
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
EC-897
M
N
O
P
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
Revision: January 2010
L
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285426
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
Revision: January 2010
EC-898
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285427
A
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
ECM
function
C
Actuator
D
E
EVAP canister purge
flow control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
F
G
Vehicle speed*2
H
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
I
J
K
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
L
M
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285428
O
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: January 2010
Condition
•
•
•
•
N
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-899
Specification
0%
0 - 50%
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0443
0443
INFOID:0000000005285429
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
The canister purge flow is detected during
the vehicle is stopped while the engine is
running, even when EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve is completely
closed.
B)
The canister purge flow is detected during
the specified driving conditions, even when
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
Possible cause
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister
• Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285430
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F)
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 43 (FTT sensor signal)
and ground.
Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V.
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB0679E
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-900
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
EC
CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
C
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to ECD
903, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-901
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285431
AABWA0242GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-902
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
D
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
E
Approximately 10 V
F
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
G
PBIB0520E
32
105
R/G
G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
H
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
I
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285432
K
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
EVAP service port (2)
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
BBIA0703E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-903
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
BBIA0693E
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-904
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
A
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
EC
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
C
Refer to EC-906, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
E
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
F
9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
G
Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
H
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
I
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
J
11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
K
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> GO TO 14.
L
M
N
PBIB1213E
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
O
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
EC-905
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285433
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIA9668J
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIA9560J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285434
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-906
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285435
A
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*
ECM function
Actuator
C
D
EVAP canister
purge flow
control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
E
F
G
2
H
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
I
J
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K
L
M
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
O
Condition
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Revision: January 2010
N
INFOID:0000000005285436
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-907
Specification
P
0%
0 - 50%
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
INFOID:0000000005285437
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285438
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-910, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-908
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285439
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0242GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-909
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
9
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
32
105
R/G
G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285440
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
EVAP canister port (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0703E
Revision: January 2010
EC-910
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
A
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
C
SEF206W
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
E
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
G
H
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
K
With CONSULT-III
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.
L
M
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
N
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
O
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-911
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285441
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIA9668J
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIA9560J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285442
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-912
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285443
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EC
C
D
PBIB3642E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285444
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
I
J
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
OFF
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285445
L
DTC No.
P0447
0447
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister vent control valve circuit
is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
N
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285446
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-915, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-913
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285447
AABWA0243GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-914
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
28
L/Y
32
105
R/G
G
A
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
D
E
INFOID:0000000005285448
F
1.INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
Check for operating sound of the valve.
I
J
Clicking noise should be heard.
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
BBIA0693E
Revision: January 2010
EC-915
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-916
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285449
C
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
D
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
3.
4.
E
F
G
PBIB1033E
5.
6.
H
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
I
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
J
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
K
L
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
M
N
O
P
PBIB1033E
Revision: January 2010
EC-917
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-918
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285450
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EC
C
D
PBIB3642E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285451
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
K
INFOID:0000000005285452
L
DTC No.
P0448
0448
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
Possible cause
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• Drain filter
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285453
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-919
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures three times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-922, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-922, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-920
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285454
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0243GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-921
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
28
L/Y
32
105
R/G
G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285455
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3).
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
BBIA0693E
2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-923, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB1213E
Revision: January 2010
EC-922
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
C
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
6.
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
D
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check connectors for water.
F
G
Water should not exist.
H
BBIA0693E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
J
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-942, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K
Refer to EC-706.
M
L
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285456
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
N
O
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-923
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1033E
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-924
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285457
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285458
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285459
L
DTC No.
P0451
0451
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
control system pressure sensor
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285460
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
Revision: January 2010
EC-925
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-926, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285461
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-927, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-926
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
A
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
C
Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
F
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-706.
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-930, "Wiring Diagram".
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285462
I
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
J
K
L
M
PBIB3314E
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-927
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285463
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
BBIA0693E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285464
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0452
0452
INFOID:0000000005285465
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low input
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
INFOID:0000000005285466
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Revision: January 2010
EC-928
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-931, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-931, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
SEF113U
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-929
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285467
ABBWA0166GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-930
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
51
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
C
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
D
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
E
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
A
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
F
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285468
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
G
H
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
I
J
K
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
L
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
M
N
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
O
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
P
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-931
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-932
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
A
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
C
D
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
51. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
G
H
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
M
N
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
O
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: January 2010
EC-933
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285469
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-934
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285470
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285471
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285472
L
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high input
Revision: January 2010
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP canister
• Drain filter
• Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve
EC-935
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285473
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnosis Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SEF113U
Revision: January 2010
EC-936
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285474
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0166GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-937
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
42
R/Y
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
51
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
74
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285475
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-938
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
I
>> Repair open circuit.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
J
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
K
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
O
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
P
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-939
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
51. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-940
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
A
EC
C
17.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-942, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
D
18.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
E
Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
F
19.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
G
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 20.
No
>> GO TO 22.
H
I
J
PBIB1213E
20.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> GO TO 21.
K
L
M
21.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
N
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
O
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-941
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285476
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8 V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-942
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005285477
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
H
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off.
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285478
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EC-943
2010 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and make sure that “EVAP
GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select SERVICE $07 with GST.
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441.
• If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0442.
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285479
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-944
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
A
EC
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
D
Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
E
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-600.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
F
G
H
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
I
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-949, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
J
K
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
L
M
N
9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-945
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0703E
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11.
10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-946
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
A
EC
C
BBIA0693E
D
3.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
F
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
G
H
I
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF200U
J
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
K
L
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
M
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
N
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Revision: January 2010
EC-947
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
1.
2.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-948
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285480
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
C
D
E
F
PBIB3641E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-949
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285481
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0456
0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
• EVAP system has a very small leak.
• EVAP system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Drain filter
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-950
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285482
A
NOTE:
• If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
• After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
• If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
D
- Refilled or drained the fuel.
- EVAP component parts is/are removed.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
E
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-648, "Basic Inspection".
Overall Function Check
F
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005285483
WITH GST
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
• Do not start engine.
• Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port (2).
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
: Vehicle front
M
N
O
P
BBIA0703E
Revision: January 2010
EC-951
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Connect GST and select Service $08.
6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP
SEF462UI
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285484
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: January 2010
EC-952
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description".
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
BBIA0703E
E
F
G
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
H
I
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
J
K
L
M
N
O
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
P
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-953
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply 12 V DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 V until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
BBIA0693E
3.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
Revision: January 2010
EC-954
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
A
EC
C
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
D
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
E
F
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
J
K
Vacuum should exist.
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
N
O
Vacuum should exist.
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-955
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-600, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
Revision: January 2010
EC-956
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-706.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285485
C
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
D
E
F
G
PBIB3641E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-957
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285486
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285487
NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to
ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285488
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-958, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285489
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-958
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285490
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-959
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285491
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285492
NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
not change within the specified range even
though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285493
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel.
Refer to FL-10.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285494
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-960
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285495
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-961
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285496
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285497
NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607. Refer to EC-975.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285498
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285499
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-962
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285500
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-963
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0500 VSS
Description
INFOID:0000000005285501
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
The vehicle speed signal is sent from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter
through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005285502
Trouble diagnosis name
P0500
0500
Vehicle speed sensor
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is
almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle
is being driven.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected item
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Vehicle speed sensor
The cooling fan operates (High) while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285503
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,700 rpm (M/T)
More than 1,300 rpm (CVT)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
6.5 - 31.8 msec (CVT)
Shift lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-964
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285504
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
EC
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285505
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
C
D
E
F
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
G
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
H
Refer to DI-6.
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-965
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005285506
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
INFOID:0000000005285507
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed
by 100 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
INFOID:0000000005285508
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1115.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-966, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285509
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-966
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-967
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005285510
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
INFOID:0000000005285511
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
• PCV system
INFOID:0000000005285512
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1115.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-968, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285513
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
3.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-968
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
A
4. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC
7. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-969
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005450789
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0603
0603
INFOID:0000000005450790
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
DTC detecting condition
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit
is open or shorted.]
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005450791
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-972, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-970
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005450792
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0301GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-971
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
66
Y/R
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Back-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Diagnosis Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
INFOID:0000000005450793
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
JMBIA2104ZZ
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• 20 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-970, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-972
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0605 ECM
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285514
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
C
D
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285515
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
E
F
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
Possible cause
G
• ECM
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items
Malfunction A
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285516
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-973
M
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
Revision: January 2010
L
O
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
3.
K
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285517
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-973, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-974
2010 Sentra
DTC P0607 ECM
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0607 ECM
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285518
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285519
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic (CVT).
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis (M/T).
E
DTC No.
P0607
0607
Trouble diagnosis name
CAN communication bus
DTC detecting condition
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis for CAN controller of each control unit.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• ECM
F
INFOID:0000000005285520
G
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-975, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
H
INFOID:0000000005285521
1.INSPECTION START
I
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-975, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
L
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-975
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285522
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0643
0643
Trouble diagnosis
name
Sensor power supply
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285523
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-976
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285524
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2889E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-977
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
72
BR
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
78
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285525
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-978
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
EC
C
PBIB3433E
D
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
PBIA9606J
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
H
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Throttle position sensor terminal 1
EC-1058, "Wiring Diagram"
78
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1
EC-877, "Wiring Diagram"
106
APP sensor terminal 4
EC-977, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
J
K
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
L
Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
M
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
N
O
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-979
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-980
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285526
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T)
When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT)
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC
INFOID:0000000005285527
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
P/N POSI SW
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
E
INFOID:0000000005285528
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P0850
0850
Park/neutral position switch
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not
changed in the process of engine starting and
driving.
• Harness or connectors
[Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
is open or shorted.]
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
• Transmission range switch (CVT)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000005285529
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
K
L
Position (Shift lever)
Known-good signal
N or P position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
ON
Except above
OFF
3.
4.
5.
If NG, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,100 rpm (CVT)
More than 1,500 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64km/h (29 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
6.
M
N
O
P
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-981
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285530
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 (PNP signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Shift lever)
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above
3.
Voltage (Known-good data)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approx. 0 V
If NG, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SEC910C
Revision: January 2010
EC-982
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285531
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0221GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-983
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
69
WIRE
COLOR
BR/R
ITEM
PNP signal
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285532
M/T MODELS
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB3003E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-14.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-984
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
CVT MODELS
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
C
D
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
F
PBIB3460E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
M
Refer to CVT-60.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace transmission range switch.
N
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
O
Refer to EC-706.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-985
2010 Sentra
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285533
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed loop control
function
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified
condition.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
NOTE:
DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
Revision: January 2010
EC-986
2010 Sentra
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005450798
NOTE:
EC
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-717.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
C
to EC-987.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit D
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005450799
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
F
DTC No.
P1212
1212
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
TCS communication line
ECM can not receive the information from
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” continuously.
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000005450800
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-987, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005450801
I
J
K
Go to BRC-45.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-987
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285534
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Battery
Battery voltage*1
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Cooling fan
control
Actuator
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
Models with A/C
PBIB3435E
Revision: January 2010
EC-988
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Models without A/C
A
EC
C
PBIB3439E
D
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
E
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1
2
3
4
5
Stop (OFF)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Low (LOW)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Middle (MID)
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
High (HI)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
F
G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan speed
Middle (MID)
High (HI)
I
Cooling fan motor terminals
(+)
(−)
1
3 and 4
2
3 and 4
1 and 2
3
1 and 2
4
1 and 2
3 and 4
J
K
The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under
middle speed condition.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285535
M
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
AIR COND SIG
COOLING FAN
Condition
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Specification
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C
(210°F).
LOW
Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and
104°C (219°F).
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-989
MIDDLE
HIGH
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285536
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine over temperature
(Overheat)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat).
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.
• Harness or connectors
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan motor
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Water control valve
For more information, refer to EC-998,
"Main 13 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT :
Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing
Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285537
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-994,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-994,
"Diagnosis Procedure"
Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
4.
5.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
If the results are NG, go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-990
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
A
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-994,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-994,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
C
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor
operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
SEF621W
4. If NG, go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-991
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285538
BBWA2891E
Revision: January 2010
EC-992
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2892E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-993
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2893E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285539
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-994
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".)
EC
C
3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation.
Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/Middle/High).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".)
E
F
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-11.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump
G
H
I
5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Refer to CO-15.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
J
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
K
Check the following.
• Thermostat. (Refer to CO-19.)
• Water control valve. (Refer to CO-24.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-765.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component parts.
L
M
7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES
N
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-998, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating".
O
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44.
Revision: January 2010
EC-995
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB2607E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1).
: Vehicle front
BBIA0877E
2.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power or short to ground
in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
PBIB3445E
Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2).
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1)
Radiator (3)
PBIB3434E
Revision: January 2010
EC-996
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
PBIB3446E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2)
Radiator (3)
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground.
IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground.
G
H
I
J
PBIB3434E
K
Continuity should exist.
L
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 and cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5,
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
N
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
O
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground
Revision: January 2010
EC-997
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
•
: Vehicle front
• Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0760E
9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Refer to EC-999, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-999, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 13 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
Inspection item
OFF
1
•
•
•
•
2
3
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
INFOID:0000000005285540
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
• Visual
No blocking
—
• Coolant mixture
• Coolant tester
See MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
• Coolant level
• Visual
Coolant up to MAX level in
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
See CO-11, "Inspection".
4
• Radiator cap
• Pressure tester
See MA-18, "ENGINE COOLANT : Inspection".
2
5
• Coolant leaks
• Visual
No leaks
See CO-11, "Inspection".
ON*2
6
• Thermostat
• Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-21, and CO-15
ON*1
7
• Cooling fan
• CONSULT-III
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure").
OFF
8
• Combustion gas leak
• Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*
Revision: January 2010
EC-998
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine
Step
ON*3
9
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
—
• Coolant temperature
gauge
• Visual
Gauge less than 3/4 when
driving
• Coolant overflow to reservoir tank
• Visual
No overflow during driving
and idling
See MA-20, "ENGINE
COOLANT : Changing
Engine Coolant".
• Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator
• Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See CO-11, "Inspection".
• Remove and inspect
the valve
Within the specified value
See CO-24
OFF*4
10
OFF
11
• Water control valve
OFF
12
• Cylinder head
• Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-65.
13
• Cylinder block and pistons
• Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-80.
A
EC
C
D
E
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
F
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-7.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285541
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1.
2.
H
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
High (HI)
I
Cooling fan motor terminals
Cooling fan speed
Middle (MID)
G
(+)
(−)
1
3 and 4
2
3 and 4
1 and 2
3
1 and 2
4
1 and 2
3 and 4
J
K
SEF734W
L
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
M
COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4.
Conditions
N
Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
O
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
P
PBIB0098E
Revision: January 2010
EC-999
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285542
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PBIB0145E
INFOID:0000000005285543
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1225
1225
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005285544
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1000, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285545
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1000
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285546
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
EC
Refer to EM-18.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1001
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285547
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PBIB0145E
INFOID:0000000005285548
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005285549
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1002, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285550
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1002
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285551
EC
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1003
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description
INFOID:0000000005285552
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1421
1421
INFOID:0000000005285553
Trouble diagnosis name
Cold start emission reduction
strategy monitoring
DTC detecting condition
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine
idle speed properly when engine is started with
prewarming up condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005285554
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F).
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go
to step 1.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285555
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform EC-828, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0171.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1004
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
A
EC
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1004, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
E
F
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1005
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285556
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
BBIA0755E
1.
ASCD steering switch
2.
MAIN switch
3.
4.
SET/COAST switch
5.
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
CANCEL switch
Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285557
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
SET/COAST switch: Released
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285558
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-973.
DTC No.
P1564
1564
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
ASCD steering switch
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
range.
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1006
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285559
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
D
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
E
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1009, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1007
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285560
BBWA2894E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1008
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
94
95
L/Y
ITEM
ASCD steering switch
B/Y
Sensor ground
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
A
EC
C
D
E
F
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285561
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
G
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
I
J
BBIA0760E
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
K
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.
L
M
Switch
Monitor item
MAIN switch
MAIN SW
CANCEL switch
CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST
switch
1.
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
N
O
P
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1009
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
Voltage (V)
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 1.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 3.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 2.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
PBIB3343E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 95.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and combination switch terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1010
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Refer to EC-1011, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285562
E
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78.
Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
F
Resistance (Ω)
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 250
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 1,480
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 660
Released
Approx. 4,000
G
H
PBIB3442E
I
J
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1011
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285563
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is
turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function.
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285564
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285565
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-973.
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
P1572
1572
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
A)
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM
at the same time.
B)
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM
for extremely long time while the vehicle is
driving
ASCD brake switch
Revision: January 2010
EC-1012
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T)
• Stop lamp switch
• ASCD brake switch
• ASCD clutch switch (M/T)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T)
• ECM
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285566
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
E
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
4.
5.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
6.
7.
F
G
H
I
J
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1013
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285567
AABWA0251GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1014
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
100
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
A
EC
C
D
Approximately 0 V
E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285568
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
G
M/T models
Condition
Indication
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
H
I
CVT models
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
J
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
K
M/T models
L
Condition
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
M
Battery voltage
CVT models
Condition
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
N
PBIB3315E
Battery voltage
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
P
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1015
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
PBIB0311E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
PBIB0857E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1016
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
A
EC
C
BBIA0770E
D
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
N
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1017
M
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
-
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
PBIB3443E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1018
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
A
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
C
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
D
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
F
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285569
G
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
H
I
Continuity
Should exist.
J
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
K
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
M
Continuity
N
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
O
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1019
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB3444E
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1020
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285570
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-597 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285571
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-964.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-973.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• TCM (CVT models)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
• ECM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285572
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
J
K
L
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1021, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
N
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000005285573
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
P
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT”
Revision: January 2010
EC-1021
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-6.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1022
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285574
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285575
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
I/P PULLY SPD
Condition
Specification
D
Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285576
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-870.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340.
Refer to EC-876.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-973.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-975.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
E
F
G
H
I
DTC No.
P1715
1715
Trouble diagnosis name
Input speed sensor
(TCM output)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Input speed sensor signal is different from
the theoretical value calculated by ECM
from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• TCM
J
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285577
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1023, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
O
WITH GST
P
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285578
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1023
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1024
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285579
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285580
C
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285581
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1805
1805
Brake switch
D
F
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
G
H
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
I
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition
Engine: Idling
Normal
Accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
Driving condition
K
INFOID:0000000005285582
Turn ignition switch ON.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1025
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285583
BBWA2896E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1026
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
Stop lamp switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
EC
C
INFOID:0000000005285584
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
E
Brake pedal
Fully released
Slightly depressed
Stop lamp
Not illuminated
F
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
H
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
I
J
BBIA0769E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
K
L
M
N
PBIB3443E
O
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
P
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
Revision: January 2010
EC-1027
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 99.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1028, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285585
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB3444E
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1028
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285586
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
C
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285587
D
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
THRTL RELAY
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285588
F
These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
P2100
2100
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
• Throttle control motor relay
P2103
2103
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
I
J
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
K
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285589
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
M
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1.
2.
3.
4.
N
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1029
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285590
AABWA0246GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1030
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285591
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1031
N
O
Continuity should exist.
Revision: January 2010
H
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace 15 A fuse.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIA9568J
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1032
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285592
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-1029or EC-1043.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
C
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285593
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2101
2101
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance
DTC detecting condition
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
E
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
F
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000005285594
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1035, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1033
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285595
AABWA0245GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1034
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
Throttle control motor
(Open)
V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Throttle control motor power
supply
Y/B
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285596
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
K
L
M
BBIA0760E
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
H
O
P
PBIA9568J
EC-1035
N
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUSE
1.
2.
Disconnect 15 A fuse.
Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1036
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace 15 A fuse.
A
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
5
6
E
F
ECM terminal
Continuity
1
Should not exist.
4
Should exist.
1
Should exist.
4
Should not exist.
G
BBIA0753E
H
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
J
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
K
L
M
PBIB3436E
12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
N
Refer to EC-1038, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
O
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1037
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285597
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
PBIB2909E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285598
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1038
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285599
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285600
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2118
2118
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
D
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
E
H
INFOID:0000000005285601
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1041, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1039
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285602
AABWA0247GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1040
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 3.2 V
1
V
Throttle control motor
(Open)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
PBIA8150J
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
Approximately 1.8 V
4
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285603
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
K
L
M
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
5
Revision: January 2010
H
ECM terminal
Continuity
1
Should not exist.
4
Should exist.
EC-1041
N
O
P
BBIA0753E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
6
Continuity
1
Should exist.
4
Should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-1042, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285604
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
PBIB2909E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285605
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1042
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285606
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285607
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P2119
2119
Electric throttle control
actuator
Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
E
F
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The
engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285608
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-1043
K
L
M
O
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
I
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Set shift lever to N, P position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285609
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3436E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1044
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285610
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
EC
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
C
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
F
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285611
Specification data are reference values.
G
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
INFOID:0000000005285612
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-976.
DTC No.
I
J
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
H
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
K
L
M
N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285613
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1045
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1047, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285614
BBWA2900E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1046
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
102
BR/Y
103
104
106
110
111
Y/G
B/P
O
W
B/W
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
G
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
D
E
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
C
I
Approximately 0 V
INFOID:0000000005285615
J
K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
L
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
M
N
O
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1047
BBIA0760E
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9606J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1048
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285616
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Accelerator pedal
E
F
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
D
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
G
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
C
H
I
INFOID:0000000005285617
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
J
K
Refer to ACC-4.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1049
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285618
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285619
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285620
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2127
2127
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
P2128
2128
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1050
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285621
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
C
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1051
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285622
ABBWA0167GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1052
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
Approximately 0 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285623
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Revision: January 2010
E
F
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
D
EC-1053
M
N
O
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9607J
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1054
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
I
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285624
N
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1055
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285625
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1056
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285626
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285627
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285628
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-976.
P2135
2135
G
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
I
J
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000005285629
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-1057
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285630
ABBWA0168GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1058
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
33
34
A
WIRE
COLOR
G
W
ITEM
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
F
C
D
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
R
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2.
H
INFOID:0000000005285631
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
G
J
K
L
BBIA0760E
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
M
N
O
P
BBIA0753E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1059
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3311E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between the following;
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 33,
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285632
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1060
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
A
2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
EC
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
C
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
33
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
34
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
D
E
PBIB3038E
F
INFOID:0000000005285633
G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-18.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1061
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285634
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285635
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285636
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-976.
DTC No.
P2138
2138
Trouble diagnosis name
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/
performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1062
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285637
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1065, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1063
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285638
ABBWA0169GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1064
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
75
Y
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
102
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
74
103
Y/G
104
B/P
106
O
110
111
W
B/W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Diagnosis Procedure
Approximately 0 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285639
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
E
F
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
D
EC-1065
M
N
O
BBIA0760E
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIA9606J
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIA9607J
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
74
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram"
75
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-871, "Wiring Diagram"
76
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-930, "Wiring Diagram"
102
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
Revision: January 2010
EC-1066
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
A
EC
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
C
D
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2,
ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
G
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
I
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3,
ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
K
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
M
Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
N
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
O
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1067
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285640
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
110
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
103
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIA9572J
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285641
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1068
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285642
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285643
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285644
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No.
P2A00
2A00
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit range/performance
DTC detecting condition
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
a specified period.
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
specified period.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
•
•
•
•
•
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
Intake air leaks
INFOID:0000000005285645
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-1069
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1072, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1072, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1070
BBIA0752E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285646
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0160GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1071
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
49
L/R
A/F sensor 1
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
53
L/G
A/F sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285647
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
BBIA0760E
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected?
Revision: January 2010
EC-1072
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Is it difficult to start engine?
A
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
EC
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
C
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
D
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0752E
E
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-828 or EC-834.
No
>> GO TO 5.
F
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1).
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (2)
Check harness connector for water.
G
H
Water should no exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
I
BBIA0764E
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
J
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
M
N
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
P
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1073
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
49
2
53
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> GO TO 12.
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1074
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
A
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
EC
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
C
>> GO TO 14.
BBIA0752E
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
E
>> INSPECTION END
F
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285648
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
G
Refer to EM-23.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1075
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285649
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function.
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285650
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Revision: January 2010
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC-1076
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285651
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0252GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1077
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
99
100
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285652
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Indication
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
CVT models
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
CVT models
Condition
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
PBIB3315E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1078
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
A
Indication
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
C
Voltage
D
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
E
PBIB0311E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
L
: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
N
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
K
PBIB0857E
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1079
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
BBIA0770E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1080
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
C
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
D
1.
2.
-
F
E
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
G
H
I
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
J
K
L
PBIB3443E
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
N
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1081
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285653
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1082
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
A
EC
C
PBIB3444E
D
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
E
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1083
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285654
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285655
Specification data are reference value.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time
→ 2nd
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Revision: January 2010
Specification
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
EC-1084
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285656
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0170GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285657
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1085
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD INDICATOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD INDICATOR
CONDITION
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH)
SPECIFICATION
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st
time → 2nd
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1086
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
A
INFOID:0000000005285658
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
LOAD SIGNAL
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
HEATER FAN SW
EC
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting
switch is in 2nd position.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch
is OFF.
OFF
Heater fan: Operating.
ON
Heater fan: Not operating.
OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285659
1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
ON
Lighting switch: OFF
OFF
D
E
F
G
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position
C
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
I
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
J
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF
OFF
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
M
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
N
HEATER FAN SW
Heater fan control switch: ON
ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF
OFF
O
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-4 or LT-25.
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-1087
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to GW-54.
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to MTC-27.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1088
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285660
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
EC
C
D
PBIA9664J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285661
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
E
F
Condition
B/FUEL SCHDL
See EC-698.
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(M/T)
• No load
Specification
G
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1089
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285662
BBWA2907E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1090
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
25
29
30
31
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
E
(11 - 14 V)
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
PBIA4943J
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285663
1.INSPECTION START
I
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
L
1.
2.
3.
M
N
Clicking noise should be heard.
O
P
PBIB3332E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1091
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIA9870J
4.
Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• IPDM E/R harness connector E45
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1093, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1092
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285664
FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC
Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
C
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
D
E
PBIA9579J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285665
FUEL INJECTOR
F
G
Refer to EM-36.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1093
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL PUMP
Description
INFOID:0000000005285666
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
ECM Function
Fuel pump control
Actuator
Fuel pump relay
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON
Operates for 1 second
Engine running and cranking
Operates
Engine: Stopped
Stops in 1.5 seconds
Except as shown above
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285667
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
FUEL PUMP RLY
Condition
Specification
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
Revision: January 2010
EC-1094
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285668
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2908E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1095
2010 Sentra
P
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
23
WIRE
COLOR
B/O
ITEM
Fuel pump relay
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
Diagnosis Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005285669
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
-
Turn ignition switch ON.
Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB3437E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIA9573J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB3319E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1096
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
C
1.
2.
3.
D
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover
removed.
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
BBIA0754E
5.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
G
H
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
PBIB0795E
6.CHECK 15 A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
3. Check 15 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuse.
K
L
M
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
P
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E13, B9
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-1097
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1098, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285670
FUEL PUMP
1.
2.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3.
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
SEC918C
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285671
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1098
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285672
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
EC
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper
high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
C
D
E
PBIB3328E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1099
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285673
AABWA0250GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1100
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
32
105
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 1.0 V
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1101
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2910E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1102
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 0.3 V
17
18
21
22
V
BR/Y
G
Y
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 3
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
C
D
PBIA9265J
0.2 - 0.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
PBIA9266J
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285674
H
1.CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
I
J
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
L
M
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.
2.
N
O
P
PBIA9567J
PBIA9265J
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1103
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-707.
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9575J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3329E
4.
Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0624E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-707.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
Revision: January 2010
EC-1104
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
9.CHECK CONDENSER-2
Refer to EC-1106, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace condenser-2.
F
G
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
K
PBIB3328E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
N
PBIB0138E
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector F10
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10
P
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1105
O
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-1106, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285675
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1 and 3
2 and 3
4.
5.
6.
Except 0 Ω
If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1106
PBIB0847E
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
A
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
EC
: Vehicle front
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
C
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
D
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
E
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
F
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
G
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
JMBIA0066GB
within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
H
I
J
CONDENSER-2
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector.
Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2.
K
L
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4.
If NG, replace condenser-2.
M
N
PBIB0794E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285676
O
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
P
Refer to EM-33.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1107
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285677
The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of
the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
•
: Vehicle front
BBIA0762E
PBIB2657E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1108
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285678
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA2911E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1109
2010 Sentra
P
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
R/G
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
41
L
48
74
Diagnosis Procedure
1.0 - 4.0 V
INFOID:0000000005285679
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0 V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIA9574J
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
3.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection".
: Vehicle front
Body ground (1)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
BBIA0760E
Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0762E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1110
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
SEF479Y
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
I
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
G
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
O
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-706.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1111
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285680
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1112
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
A
INFOID:0000000005285681
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0171GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-1113
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2913E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1114
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure
INFOID:0000000005285682
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Fuel pressure at idle
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
CVT
Target idle speed
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing
INFOID:0000000005285683
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
D
675 ± 50 rpm
1
No load* (in Neutral position)
C
700 ± 50 rpm
No load*1 (In P or N position)
M/T
EC
800 rpm or more
E
6 ± 5° BTDC
F
*1: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
G
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
INFOID:0000000005285684
H
Calculated load value (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle
10 - 35 %
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35 %
Mass Air Flow Sensor
I
INFOID:0000000005285685
Supply voltage
J
Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)
Output voltage at idle
K
0.9 - 1.2* V
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
L
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
INFOID:0000000005285686
M
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
N
INFOID:0000000005285687
O
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater
INFOID:0000000005285688
1.8 - 2.44 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
P
EC-1115
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater
INFOID:0000000005285689
3.4 - 4.4 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
INFOID:0000000005285690
Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
INFOID:0000000005285691
Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection".
Throttle Control Motor
INFOID:0000000005285692
Approximately 1 - 15 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Fuel Injector
INFOID:0000000005285693
11.1 - 14.5 Ω
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Fuel Pump
INFOID:0000000005285694
Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
EC-1116
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
INDEX FOR DTC
U0101-U1001
INFOID:0000000005285695
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
U0101
0101*4
LOST COMM (TCM)
EC-1252
U0140
0140*4
LOST COMM (BCM)
EC-1254
U1001
1001*4
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
EC-1256
EC
C
D
E
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
F
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
P0011-P0075
INFOID:0000000005285696
G
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
EC-1258
P0031
0031
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-1262
P0032
0032
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
EC-1262
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-1269
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC-1269
P0051
0051
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
EC-1262
P0052
0052
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
EC-1262
P0057
0057
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
EC-1269
P0058
0058
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
EC-1269
P0075
0075
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
EC-1277
H
I
J
K
L
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
M
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0101-P0128
INFOID:0000000005285697
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-1282
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-1289
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-1289
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-1296
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
EC-1296
P0116
0116
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-1300
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-1303
Revision: January 2010
EC-1117
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRC
EC-1303
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-1308
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
EC-1308
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-1313
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR-B1
EC-1316
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-1319
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0130-P0159
INFOID:0000000005285698
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
2
Reference page
P0130
0130
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1321
P0131
0131
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1329
P0132
0132
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1337
P0133
0133
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1345
P0137
0137
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1354
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1363
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1375
P0150
0150
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
EC-1321
P0151
0151
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
EC-1329
P0152
0152
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
EC-1337
P0153
0153
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
EC-1345
P0157
0157
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1354
P0158
0158
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1363
P0159
0159
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1375
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0171-P0223
INFOID:0000000005285699
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-1385
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-1394
P0174
0174
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
EC-1385
P0175
0175
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
EC-1394
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-1402
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1406
Revision: January 2010
EC-1118
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
2
ECM*
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1406
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-1410
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
EC-1410
GST*
A
EC
C
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
D
P0300-P0430
INFOID:0000000005285700
E
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
EC-1415
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-1415
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-1415
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-1415
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-1415
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1421
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1421
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1425
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1431
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-1437
P0430
0430
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
EC-1437
F
G
H
I
J
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
K
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0441-P0463
INFOID:0000000005285701
L
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
3
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
EC-1442
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
EC-1447
P0443
0443
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-1454
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-1462
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
EC-1462
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-1468
P0448
0448
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-1473
P0451
0451
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-1479
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-1482
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
EC-1489
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
EC-1497
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
EC-1504
Revision: January 2010
EC-1119
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
EC-1512
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-1514
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-1516
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
EC-1516
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0500-P0643
INFOID:0000000005285702
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
3
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0500
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
EC-1518
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM
EC-1520
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM
EC-1522
P0603
0603
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
EC-1524
P0605
0605
ECM
EC-1527
P0607
0607
ECM
EC-1529
P0643
0643
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-1530
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P0705-P0850
INFOID:0000000005285703
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P0705
0705
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
CVT-60
P0710
0710
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
CVT-65
P0715
0715
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
CVT-70
P0720
0720
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
CVT-75
P0740
0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-83
P0744
0744
TORQUE CONVERTER
CVT-88
P0745
0745
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-90
P0746
0746
PC SOLENOID A
CVT-95
P0776
0776
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-97
P0778
0778
PC SOLENOID B
CVT-99
P0840
0840
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
CVT-109
P0850
0850
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1535
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1120
2010 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P1148-P1574
INFOID:0000000005285704
A
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
Reference page
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-1541
P1168
1168
CLOSED LOOP-B2
EC-1541
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC
EC-1542
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
EC-1543
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-1555
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING-B1
EC-1557
P1421
1421
COLD START CONTROL
EC-1559
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
EC-1561
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
EC-1567
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
EC-1576
EC
C
D
E
F
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
G
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P1610-P1615
INFOID:0000000005285705
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P1610
1610
LOCK MODE
P1611
1611
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
P1612
1612
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1614
1614
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1615
1615
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
Reference page
H
I
J
BL-170
K
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
L
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
P1715-P1805
INFOID:0000000005285706
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P1715
1715
IN PULY SPEED
EC-1578
P1740
1740
SLCT SOLENOID
CVT-128
P1777
1777
STEP MOTOR
CVT-134
P1778
1778
STEP MOTOR
CVT-138
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1580
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1121
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P2100-P2A03
INFOID:0000000005285707
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
Reference page
P2100
2100
ETC MOT PWR-B1
EC-1584
P2101
2101
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1
EC-1588
P2103
2103
ETC MOT PWR
EC-1584
P2118
2118
ETC MOT-B1
EC-1594
P2119
2119
ETC ACTR-B1
EC-1599
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-1601
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-1601
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-1606
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-1606
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR-B1
EC-1613
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-1618
P2A00
2A00
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
EC-1625
P2A03
2A03
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
EC-1625
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1122
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
A
INFOID:0000000005937457
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005285709
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
H
I
J
K
L
M
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT
N
INFOID:0000000005285710
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59.
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1123
2010 Sentra
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000005285711
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable.
SEF289H
• Never disassemble ECM.
• If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the
initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction.
Never replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
PBIA9222J
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1124
PBIB0090E
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and check that ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-1217, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
MEF040D
D
E
F
G
SEF217U
H
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
I
J
K
L
M
N
SEF348N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1125
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• B1 indicates bank 1 (cylinders number 1 and 4), B2 indicates
bank 2 (cylinders number 2 and 3).
[QR25DE]
PBIB3624E
•
•
Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
Fuel pressure regulator (2)
Fuel level sensor (3)
Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0765E
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Always ground the radio to vehicle body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1126
SEF708Y
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005285712
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge
Kit
EC
C
Checks fuel pressure
D
E
LEC642
(J-44321-6)
Fuel pressure adapter
Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector
type fuel lines.
F
G
LBIA0376E
Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine
room.
(J-45488)
Quick connector release
H
I
J
PBIC0198E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005285713
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
K
L
Locats the EVAP leak
M
N
S-NT703
EVAP service port
adapter
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Applys positive pressure through EVAP service
port
O
P
S-NT704
Revision: January 2010
EC-1127
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Fuel filler cap adapter
i.e.: (MLR-8382)
Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
S-NT815
Socket wrench
Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
S-NT779
Revision: January 2010
EC-1128
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
Schematic
INFOID:0000000005285714
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JPBIA3070GB
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
INFOID:0000000005285715
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Revision: January 2010
EC-1129
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*3
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
EPS control unit
Power steering operation*2
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation*2
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
ECM function
Fuel injection
& mixture ratio
control
Actuator
Fuel injector
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
•
•
•
•
•
•
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models)
High-load, high-speed operation
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel
Revision: January 2010
EC-1130
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel A
ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-231. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air/fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
EC
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
• When starting the engine
C
D
E
F
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1131
2010 Sentra
P
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds
(CVT), operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high
speeds (M/T).
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
INFOID:0000000005285716
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal
Gear position
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*1
ECM function
Ignition timing
control
Actuator
Power transistor
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
INFOID:0000000005285717
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal
Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*
ECM function
Fuel cut control
Actuator
Fuel injector
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Revision: January 2010
EC-1132
2010 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load [for example, the selector lever position is P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm] fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the A
fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
EC
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1129, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System".
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1133
2010 Sentra
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor
INFOID:0000000005285718
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
1
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
EPS control unit
Power steering operation*1
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*1
Air conditioner
cut control
Air conditioner relay
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285719
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1134
2010 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285720
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
Stop lamp switch
EC
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
C
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal
Gear position
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*
TCM (CVT models)
Powertrain revolution*
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control
actuator
D
E
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
F
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
G
H
I
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
J
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
K
CANCEL OPERATION
L
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than two switches an ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1135
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after canceling operation other than depressing the
MAIN switch, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released.
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever position is in other than P and N (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285721
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1561.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1567 and EC-1634.
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1567 and EC-1634.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1567, EC-1580 and EC-1634.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-1584, EC-1588, EC-1594 and EC-1599.
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1642.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1136
2010 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285722
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1137
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005285723
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3639E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
Revision: January 2010
EC-1138
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0895E
:
1.
M
From next figure
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
2.
EVAP service port
3.
Intake manifold collector
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1139
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0746E
:
1.
To previous page
EVAP control system pressure sensor 2.
EVAP canister
3.
EVAP canister vent control valve
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285724
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B).
2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port
(C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum
pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1140
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
A
EC
C
SEF445Y
2.
D
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
Vacuum:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
E
F
G
SEF943S
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
H
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I
Refer to EC-1409, "Component Inspection".
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
J
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
EVAP SERVICE PORT
K
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
L
M
N
SEF462UC
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1141
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285725
PBIB1214E
EVAP CANISTER
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose.
Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt.
Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Remove the EVAP canister.
Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-rings with a new one.
EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector.
Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring.
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP canister protector.
Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector.
Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1142
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
PBIB3082E
D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
INFOID:0000000005285726
F
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
G
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1138,
"Description".
I
J
K
L
M
N
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1.
2.
O
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
P
SEF462UC
Revision: January 2010
EC-1143
2010 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
4.
5.
6.
Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
• EVAP canister (2)
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1138,
"Description".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1144
BBIA0693E
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285727
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1387E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
- Disconnect negative battery cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Diagnosis Procedure
H
I
J
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005285728
N
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-1145
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-1146
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
A
EC
C
PBIB1213E
3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
D
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
F
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
G
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
I
6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
J
K
L
M
8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
N
9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
O
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
P
10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1147
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
[QR25DE]
11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1.
2.
3.
Check that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285729
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Turn fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end −13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm2, -1.93 psi) with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1148
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
H
I
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10.
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Turn fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end −13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm2, −1.93 psi) with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1149
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0747E
1.
Recirculation line
2.
Filler tube
4.
Vacuum/pressure handy pump
5.
Fuel tank
3.
EVAP/ORVR line
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1150
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285730
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1588E
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285731
N
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
O
P
PBIB1589E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1151
2010 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
[QR25DE]
S-ET277
Revision: January 2010
EC-1152
2010 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285732
• If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in EC
“SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the
detected DTC. Refer to EC-583, "P1610-P1615".
• Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the
C
detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III.
• When replacing ECM, refer to EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1153
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
INFOID:0000000005285733
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data
Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st trip Freeze Frame data
—
Test values and Test limits
Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID
Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable
—: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze
Frame data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
SRT status
Test value
Permanent
DTC status
CONSULT-III
×
×
×
×
×
×
—
×
GST
×
×
×
—
×
×
×
×
ECM
×
×*
—
—
—
×
—
—
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
(Refer to EC-1202, "Fail-safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000005285734
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable
MIL
Items
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
—: Not applicable
1st trip DTC
Blinking
Illuminating
Blinking
Illuminating
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
×
—
—
—
—
—
×
—
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
—
Except above
—
—
—
×
—
×
×
—
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL illuminating when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1154
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
EC
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
INFOID:0000000005548646
C
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
D
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC group*4
Reference
E
LOST COMM (TCM)
U0101
0101*5
—
1 (CVT)
— (M/T)
× (CVT)
— (M/T)
B
EC-1252
LOST COMM (BCM)
U0140
0140*5
—
1
×
B
EC-1254
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*5
—
2
—
—
EC-1256
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
Flashing*6
—
EC-1178
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
×
2
×
B
EC-1258
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
—
2
×
B
EC-1262
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
—
2
×
B
EC-1262
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
—
2
×
B
EC-1269
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
—
2
×
B
EC-1269
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
P0051
0051
—
2
×
B
EC-1262
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
P0052
0052
—
2
×
B
EC-1262
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
P0057
0057
—
2
×
B
EC-1269
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
P0058
0058
—
2
×
B
EC-1269
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075
0075
—
2
×
B
EC-1277
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0101
0101
—
2
×
B
EC-1282
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102
0102
—
1
×
B
EC-1289
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0103
0103
—
1
×
B
EC-1289
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0112
0112
—
2
×
B
EC-1296
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0113
0113
—
2
×
B
EC-1296
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0116
0116
—
2
×
B
EC-1300
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117
0117
—
1
×
B
EC-1303
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118
0118
—
1
×
B
EC-1303
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122
0122
—
1
×
B
EC-1308
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123
0123
—
1
×
B
EC-1308
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
—
2
×
B
EC-1313
IAT SENSOR-B1
P0127
0127
—
2
×
B
EC-1316
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
2
×
B
EC-1319
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0130
0130
—
2
×
A
EC-1321
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131
0131
—
2
×
B
EC-1329
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0132
0132
—
2
×
B
EC-1337
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0133
0133
×
2
×
A
EC-1345
Revision: January 2010
F
G
EC-1155
2010 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC group*4
Reference
HO2S2 (B1)
P0137
0137
×
2
×
A
EC-1354
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
×
2
×
A
EC-1363
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
×
2
×
A
EC-1375
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0150
0150
—
2
×
A
EC-1321
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0151
0151
—
2
×
B
EC-1329
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0152
0152
—
2
×
B
EC-1337
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0153
0153
×
2
×
A
EC-1345
HO2S2 (B2)
P0157
0157
×
2
×
A
EC-1354
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158
0158
×
2
×
A
EC-1363
HO2S2 (B2)
P0159
0159
×
2
×
A
EC-1375
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
2
×
B
EC-1385
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
2
×
B
EC-1394
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
P0174
0174
—
2
×
B
EC-1385
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
P0175
0175
—
2
×
B
EC-1394
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
2
×
B
EC-1402
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
2
×
B
EC-1406
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
2
×
B
EC-1406
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222
0222
—
1
×
B
EC-1410
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0223
0223
—
1
×
B
EC-1410
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-1415
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-1415
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-1415
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-1415
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
1 or 2
×
B
EC-1415
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
2
—
—
EC-1421
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
2
—
—
EC-1421
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
2
×
B
EC-1425
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
P0340
0340
—
2
×
B
EC-1431
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
×
2
×
A
EC-1437
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
P0430
0430
×
2
×
A
EC-1437
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
×
2
×
A
EC-1442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
×
2
×
A
EC-1447
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0443
0443
—
2
×
A
EC-1454
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
2
×
B
EC-1462
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
2
×
B
EC-1462
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
2
×
B
EC-1468
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0448
0448
—
2
×
B
EC-1473
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0451
0451
—
2
×
A
EC-1479
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
2
×
B
EC-1482
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
2
×
B
EC-1489
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
2
×
A
EC-1497
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
×*7
2
×
A
EC-1504
Revision: January 2010
EC-1156
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC group*4
Reference
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
2
×
A
EC-1512
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
2
×
B
EC-1514
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
2
×
B
EC-1516
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
2
×
B
EC-1516
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*8
P0500
0500
—
2
×
B
EC-1518
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
—
2
×
B
EC-1520
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
—
2
×
B
EC-1522
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603
0603
—
2
×
B
EC-1524
ECM
P0605
0605
—
1 or 2
— or ×
B
EC-1527
ECM
P0607
0607
—
1 (CVT)
2 (M/T)
× (CVT)
— (M/T)
B
EC-1529
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P0643
0643
—
1
×
B
EC-1530
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0705
0705
—
2
×
B
CVT-60
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9
P0710
0710
—
1
×
B
CVT-65
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
P0715
0715
—
2
×
B
CVT-70
P0720
0720
—
2
×
B
CVT-75
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0740
0740
—
2
×
B
CVT-83
TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744
0744
—
2
×
B
CVT-88
PC SOLENOID A
P0745
0745
—
2
×
B
CVT-90
PC SOLENOID A
P0746
0746
—
1
×
B
CVT-95
PC SOLENOID B
P0776
0776
—
2
×
B
CVT-97
PC SOLENOID B
P0778
0778
—
2
×
B
CVT-99
FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A
P0840
0840
—
2
×
B
CVT-109
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P0850
0850
—
2
×
B
EC-1535
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
1
×
A
EC-1541
CLOSED LOOP-B2
P1168
1168
—
1
×
A
EC-1541
TCS/CIRC
P1212
1212
—
2
—
—
EC-1542
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR*8
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
1
×
B
EC-1543
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225
1225
—
2
—
—
EC-1555
CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226
1226
—
2
—
—
EC-1557
COLD START CONTROL
P1421
1421
—
2
×
A
EC-1559
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
1
—
—
EC-1561
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
1
—
—
EC-1567
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
1
—
—
EC-1576
LOCK MODE
P1610
1610
—
2
—
—
BL-170
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
P1611
1611
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
P1612
1612
—
2
—
—
BL-170
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
P1614
1614
—
2
—
—
BL-170
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
P1615
1615
—
2
—
—
BL-170
IN PULY SPEED
P1715
1715
—
2
—
—
EC-1578
SLCT SOLENOID
P1740
1740
—
2
×
B
CVT-128
STEP MOTOR
P1777
1777
—
1
×
B
CVT-134
Revision: January 2010
EC-1157
2010 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-III
GST*
2
ECM*3
SRT
code
Trip
MIL
Permanent
DTC group*4
Reference
STEP MOTOR
P1778
1778
—
2
×
B
CVT-138
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
2
—
—
EC-1580
ETC MOT PWR-B1
P2100
2100
—
1
×
B
EC-1584
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1
P2101
2101
—
1
×
B
EC-1588
ETC MOT PWR
P2103
2103
—
1
×
B
EC-1584
ETC MOT-B1
P2118
2118
—
1
×
B
EC-1594
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119
2119
—
1
×
B
EC-1599
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
1
×
B
EC-1601
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
1
×
B
EC-1601
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
1
×
B
EC-1606
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
1
×
B
EC-1606
TP SENSOR-B1
P2135
2135
—
1
×
B
EC-1613
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
1
×
B
EC-1618
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P2A00
2A00
—
2
×
A
EC-1625
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P2A03
2A03
—
2
×
A
EC-1625
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT
DTC)”.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the ECM in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other
words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in
two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st
and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL
during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will
not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-1197, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then
perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
Revision: January 2010
EC-1158
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
A
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
EC
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
C
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi- D
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
E
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
F
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
G
H
I
J
K
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes CVT related items)
L
1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”.
N
O
P
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-1159
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the
inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-III indication)
Performance
Priority*
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
Corresponding DTC No.
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM
2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
1
EVAP control system
P0442
2
EVAP control system
P0456
2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139, P0159
Intake value timing control function
P0011
HO2S
EGR/VVT SYSTEM
3
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
Revision: January 2010
Diagnosis
← ON →
OFF
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
OFF
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
P0402
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
EC-1160
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG exists
Case 3
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
P1402
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
A
EC
C
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
D
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
G
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
J
E
F
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1161
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0065GB
How to Display SRT Status
WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
NOTE:
• Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1162
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
JMBIA1515GB
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on “SRT Item”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1163
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Driving Pattern
JSBIA0159GB
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1164
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Sea level
• Flat road
A
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V).
C
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is lower than 1.4 V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D
between the ECM terminal 95 and ground is less than 4.1 V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
E
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
F
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
G
H
PBIB2244E
I
Pattern 4:
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
J
K
L
JSBIA0160GB
M
Pattern 5:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models
Set the selector lever position in the D.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1165
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
For high attitude areas
[over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
13 (8)
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
27 (17)
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
40 (25)
53 (33)
65 (40)
4th to 5th
58 (36)
71 (44)
72 (45)
5th to 6th
82 (51)
82 (51)
82 (51)
Gear change
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
90 (55)
3rd
—
4th
—
5th
—
6th
—
PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)
Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.
ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST)
and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state
emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
Permanent DTC Item
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information",
“EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”.
Permanent DTC Set Timing
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed.
Permanent DTC Service Procedure
Revision: January 2010
EC-1166
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
JSBIA0066GB
H
How to Display Permanent DTC Status
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving
pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JSBIA0062GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-1167
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH GST
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 is displayed)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1168
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
01H
Self-diagnostic test item
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1)
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
03H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank 1)
Revision: January 2010
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
P0131
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0131
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0130
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0133
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0133
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A00
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0130
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
EC
P014C
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014C
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P014D
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
HO2S
02H
A
P014D
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015A
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P015B
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1
P0138
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0137
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0138
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0139
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0143
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0144
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0146
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0145
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
EC-1169
2010 Sentra
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
05H
Self-diagnostic test item
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0151
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0151
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0150
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0153
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
Rich)
P0153
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
Lean)
P2A03
89H
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03
8AH
84H
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0150
8BH
0BH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153
8CH
83H
Response gain at the limited frequency
P014E
8DH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014E
8EH
04H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
8FH
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P014F
90H
84H
O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015C
91H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015C
92H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to
Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
93H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P015D
94H
01H
O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to
Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1
P0158
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0157
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0158
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0159
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
P0163
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0164
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
cycle
P0166
80H
0CH
Sensor output voltage
P0165
81H
0CH
Difference in sensor output voltage
HO2S
06H
07H
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Heated oxygen sensor 3
(Bank2)
Revision: January 2010
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
EC-1170
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
21H
Self-diagnostic test item
Three way catalyst function
(Bank1)
CATALYST
22H
EGR
SYSTEM
31H
35H
Three way catalyst function
(Bank2)
EGR function
A
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
P0420
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0420
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2423
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2423
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0430
80H
01H
O2 storage index
P0430
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
value
P2424
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
P2424
84H
84H
O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0400
80H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (short term)
P0400
81H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
rate (long term)
P0400
82H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Difference between
max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400
83H
96H
Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
P1402
84H
96H
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
rate
P0011
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0014
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VVT
SYSTEM
36H
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
EC
P0011
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0021
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0024
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
alignment check diagnosis)
P0021
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
P0024
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
drive failure diagnosis)
VVT Monitor (Bank2)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1171
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
EVAP
SYSTEM
O2 SENSOR
HEATER
Secondary Air
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
Description
39H
EVAP control system leak
(Cap Off)
P0455
80H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after pull down
3BH
EVAP control system leak
(Small leak)
P0442
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.04
inch)
P0456
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
inch)
P0456
81H
FDH
Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
system during monitoring
P0456
82H
FDH
Internal pressure of EVAP system at the
end of monitoring
P0441
83H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output
voltage before and after vent control
valve close
3CH
EVAP control system leak
(Very small leak)
3DH
Purge flow system
41H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
Low Input:P0031
High Input:P0032
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
42H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1)
Low Input:P0037
High Input:P0038
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
43H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1)
P0043
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
45H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
Low Input:P0051
High Input:P0052
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
46H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2)
Low Input:P0057
High Input:P0058
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
47H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2)
P0063
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
P0411
80H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected
Bank1: P0491
Bank2: P0492
81H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow
P2445
82H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck Off
P2448
83H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System High
Airflow
Bank1: P2440
Bank2: P2442
84H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2440
85H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2444
86H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
Stuck On
71H
Secondary Air system
81H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 1)
P0171 or P0172
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0171 or P0172
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
82H
Fuel injection system function
(Bank 2)
P0174 or P0175
80H
2FH
Long term fuel trim
P0174 or P0175
81H
24H
The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-1172
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
P0301
MISFIRE
A1H
A
Description
TID
Unit and
Scaling
ID
80H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the first cylinder
EC
P0302
81H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the second cylinder
P0303
82H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the third cylinder
P0304
83H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fourth cylinder
P0305
84H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the fifth cylinder
P0306
85H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the sixth cylinder
P0307
86H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the seventh cylinder
P0308
87H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the eighth cylinder
P0300
88H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the multiple cylinders
P0301
89H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
first cylinder
P0302
8AH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
second cylinder
P0303
8BH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
third cylinder
P0304
8CH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fourth cylinder
P0305
8DH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
fifth cylinder
P0306
8EH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
sixth cylinder
P0307
8FH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
seventh cylinder
P0308
90H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
eighth cylinder
P0300
91H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
the single cylinder
Multiple Cylinder Misfires
P0300
92H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
single cylinder
P0300
93H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
multiple cylinders
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1173
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
A2H
A3H
A4H
A5H
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test
limit
(GST display)
TID
P0301
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0301
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0302
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0302
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0303
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0303
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0304
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0304
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0305
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0305
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0306
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0306
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0307
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0307
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0308
0BH
24H
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
P0308
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
No. 2 Cylinder Misfire
No. 3 Cylinder Misfire
No. 4 Cylinder Misfire
MISFIRE
A6H
A7H
A8H
A9H
Description
Unit and
Scaling
ID
No. 5 Cylinder Misfire
No. 6 Cylinder Misfire
No. 7 Cylinder Misfire
No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-1117), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1174
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
A
With GST
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
EC
1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- C
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 D
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
E
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
F
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
G
How to Erase Permanent DTC
When a DTC is stored in ECM
• When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
H
I
J
K
L
M
JSBIA0063GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
N
O
When a DTC is not stored in ECM
• The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Driving pattern
Group*
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
for applicable DTCs.
B
D
A
×
—
—
B
—
×
×
Revision: January 2010
EC-1175
2010 Sentra
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*: For group, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
ITEMS”.
Group A
JSBIA0064GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display
Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored
in ECM.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
10. Turn ignition switch ON.
11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display
Permanent DTC Status”.
12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
Group B
Revision: January 2010
EC-1176
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
JSBIA0068GB
*1:
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2:
After experiencing Driving pattern B
and D, permanent DTC is erased.
*3:
Indication does not change unless
the ignition switch is turned from ON
to OFF twice even after experiencing
Driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
• When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is
counted by priority.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display
Permanent DTC Status”.
6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D.
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
9. Turn ignition switch ON.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Turn ignition switch ON.
12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1177
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B or D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
14. Turn ignition switch ON.
15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
16. Turn ignition switch ON.
17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display
Permanent DTC Status”.
18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased.
DRIVING PATTERN
Driving Pattern B
•
-
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more.
Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
- Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
- The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
- A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
Driving Pattern D
• Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following.
- The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
- Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
- A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern D.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
INFOID:0000000005285736
DESCRIPTION
Revision: January 2010
EC-1178
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON
without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not illuminate, refer to DI-35 or see EC-1671.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
SEF217U
D
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
E
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
F
G
Engine stopped
H
Engine running
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
I
J
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
K
L
Engine stopped
M
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL illuminating when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
MIL Flashing Without DTC
When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-1155, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information".
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1179
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb.
Refer to DI-35 or EC-1671.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected.
OFF
No malfunction
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
Revision: January 2010
EC-1180
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
JMBIA1140GB
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF
cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the
later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-1117)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal.
Refer to “How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart
K
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005568638
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-1181
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
MIL (goes off)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
EC-1182
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The
stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
EC-1183
N
O
P
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
M
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Revision: January 2010
EC-1184
2010 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
Revision: January 2010
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
EC-1185
2010 Sentra
O
P
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehiwill not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction.
stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
JMBIA1920GB
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
Revision: January 2010
EC-1186
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285738
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leakage
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
SEF976U
J
5.
Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
N
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
With CONSULT-III
Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1187
P
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
[QR25DE]
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
PBIA8513J
Without CONSULT-III
Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for
approximately 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
1.
2.
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1188
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
M/T: 800± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
EC
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
C
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-1425.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-1431.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
D
E
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
F
Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
G
H
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
-
I
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
J
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT:10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
L
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
BBIA0898E
M
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
N
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
O
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 13.
P
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1189
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
-
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Timing indicator (1)
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19
NG
>> GO TO 16.
BBIA0898E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-164.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-1425.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-1431.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1190
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
2. INSPECTION END
No
>> INSPECTION END
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
EC
C
INFOID:0000000005285739
D
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
E
With GST
Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST.
F
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
G
Method A
1.
Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
•
: Vehicle front
• Ignition coil No. 1 (1)
• Timing light (2)
H
I
J
BBIA0925E
K
2.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
L
M
N
BBIA0898E
O
Method B
1.
Remove No. 1 ignition coil (1).
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1191
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
•
: Vehicle front
BBIA0917E
2.
Connect No. 1 ignition coil (3) and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (1) as shown, and
attach timing light (2) clamp to this wire.
•
: Vehicle front
BBIA0926E
PBIB3334E
3.
Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
BBIA0898E
Procedure After Replacing ECM
INFOID:0000000005285740
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
2. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
3. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1192
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
A
VIN Registration
INFOID:0000000005285741
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
EC
C
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45.
Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped.
Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Follow the instruction on the CONSULT-III display.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
E
INFOID:0000000005285742
F
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
G
I
INFOID:0000000005285743
DESCRIPTION
J
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
K
OPERATION PROCEDURE
L
1.
2.
3.
Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
M
INFOID:0000000005285744
N
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
PREPARATION
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
Revision: January 2010
EC-1193
2010 Sentra
O
P
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
(Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- For CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- For M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Check that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume
Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Item
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T:10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1194
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Wait 20 seconds.
A
EC
C
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Item
E
Specification
Idle speed
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
F
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-1237.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
D
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005285745
L
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
Without CONSULT-III
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1195
2010 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2).
•
: Vehicle front
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
[QR25DE]
PBIB2958E
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models never have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains seal ability.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST (J-44321)] (A) and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] (B) to
check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [SST (J-45488)]. Refer to EM-148.
• Never twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Never remove fuel hose (1) from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] and Fuel Pressure Gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] as shown in figure.
• Never distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pressure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for
fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
BBIA0934E
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel
connection every 3 minutes.
At idling:
7.
8.
9.
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SSt (J-44321-6)], release fuel
pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1196
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
INFOID:0000000005285746
INTRODUCTION
EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
C
D
E
MEF036D
F
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
G
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on “WORK FLOW”.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer
can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what
conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on
“Worksheet Sample” should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
I
J
K
L
SEF234G
M
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1197
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
JSBIA0067GB
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Revision: January 2010
EC-1198
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”.
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.
No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
A
EC
2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-
Check DTC.
Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
C
D
E
F
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
K
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-109, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Check according to EC-152, "Description".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1199
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-144, "Inspection Procedure".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-140, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
3.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1.
2.
Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1200
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like WORKSHEET SAMPLE below in
order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
C
D
E
SEF907L
F
Worksheet Sample
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
MTBL0017
Revision: January 2010
EC-1201
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000005285747
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line
P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function
P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 P0607 ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0705 Transmission range switch
P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0603 ECM power supply
P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves
and switches
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1777 P1778 CVT step motor
P1805 Brake switch
P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
P1212 TCS communication line
P1421 Cold start control
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Input speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
3
Fail-safe Chart
INFOID:0000000005285748
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1202
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
A
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
engine starting
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
EC
C
D
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
E
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
F
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor
P0643
Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2100
P2103
Throttle control relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119
Electric throttle control actuator
(When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
K
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
L
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will
not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
• When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there
is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Revision: January 2010
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-1203
2010 Sentra
G
H
I
J
M
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Matrix Chart
INFOID:0000000005285749
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
Fuel injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
Air
Positive crankcase ventilation system
3
3
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
3
3
Ignition
Electric throttle control actuator
1
1
2
3
3
Incorrect ignition timing adjustment
3
3
1
1
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Fuel pump circuit
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Fuel
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AD
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
4
2
2
EC-1647
4
4
EC-1138
4
4
4
1
1
1
EC-1187
2
EC-1584,
EC-1588,
EC-1594,
EC-1599
1
1
1
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Power supply and ground circuit
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Throttle position sensor circuit
1
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
3
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1
Knock sensor circuit
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
Revision: January 2010
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
1
2
1
EC-1151
2
1
EC-1187
2
EC-1657
3
EC-1246
2
EC-1282,
EC-1289
2
EC-1303,
EC-1313
2
EC-1308,
EC-1410,
EC-1555,
EC-1557,
EC-1613
EC-1530,
EC-1601,
EC-1606,
EC-1618
2
2
EC-1652
EC-1195
2
4
2
4
2
3
3
Reference
page
2
EC-1321,
EC-1329,
EC-1337,
EC-1345,
EC-1625
3
EC-1421
EC-1425
EC-1204
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
Warranty symptom code
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
Vehicle speed signal circuit
2
3
2
2
3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
3
3
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
3
3
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
E
3
EC-1518,
EC-1576
3
EC-1524,
EC-1527
3
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
3
3
EC-1277
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
EC-1535
3
3
3
3
4
EC-1666
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
EC-1645
3
2
C
D
3
2
2
Reference
page
3
Electrical load signal circuit
2
EC
EC-1431
ECM
Air conditioner circuit
A
F
G
H
I
MTC-27
BRC-10
J
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next TABLE)
K
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1205
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
FL-10
5
Vapor lock
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-148
—
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
Air
—
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
—
Air duct
EM-133
Air cleaner
EM-133
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —electric
throttle control actuator)
Electric throttle control actuator
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-133
5
5
EM-135
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking
Battery
Generator circuit
EM-135
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SC-5
SC-26
Starter circuit
3
SC-11
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate
6
EM-188
4
MT-64
(without
LSD) or
MT-141
(with LSD)
CVT-60 (A/
T)
Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch (M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
Engine
Reference
page
Cylinder head
Cylinder head gasket
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
EM-175
Cylinder block
4
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
EM-175
Bearing
Crankshaft
Revision: January 2010
EC-1206
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM
Valve
mechanism
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EM-153
5
5
5
5
5
5
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
EM-164
5
3
Exhaust valve
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery
H
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
EM-142,
LU-20,
LU-22,
LU-16
LU-18
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-44
Thermostat
5
CO-51
Water pump
I
J
K
CO-48
5
5
5
5
5
Cooling fan
5
5
2
5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS)
G
EM-175
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Water gallery
F
EM-140,
EX-11
Three way catalyst
Cooling
E
Camshaft
5
C
D
EM-164
Intake valve
Lubrication
Reference
page
Timing chain
Intake valve timing control
Exhaust
EC
5
CO-51
CO-39
1
1
L
CO-46
M
BL-171
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1207
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Engine Control Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000005285750
BBIA0896E
1.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
2.
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug,
3.
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
4.
Cooling fan motor-1
5.
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
6.
Knock sensor and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
7.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Cooling fan motor-2
8.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
9.
10. ECM
11.
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
(M/T)
Transmission range switch (CVT)
12. Refrigerant pressure sensor
13. Mass air flow sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor)
14. Electric throttle control actuator (with 15. EVAP service port
built in throttle position sensor, throttle control motor)
16. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
Revision: January 2010
EC-1208
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0928E
M
: Vehicle front
1.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
2.
Drive shaft (RH)
3.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
N
4.
EVAP service port
5.
Electric throttle control actuator
6.
ECM
7.
Battery
8.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
9.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1209
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0929E
: Vehicle front
1.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2.
Knock sensor
3.
Engine oil cooler
4.
IPDM E/R
5.
Fuel pump fuse
6.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector (view with inspection hole cover removed.)
7.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump assembly
8.
Fuel pressure regulator
9.
Fuel level sensor
10. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Revision: January 2010
11. Fuel injector
EC-1210
12. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0930E
:
M
Vehicle front
1.
Cooling fan motor-1
2.
Cooling fan motor-2
3.
Cooling fan relay-5
4.
Cooling fan relay-4
5.
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor)
6.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
7.
Data link connector
8.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
9.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
10.
EVAP canister
11. EVAP canister vent control valve
13.
ASCD clutch switch
N
O
12. Clutch pedal
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1211
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBIA0918E
: Vehicle front
1.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
2.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
3.
4.
Three-way catalyst (under floor)
5.
Muffler
6.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1)
7.
Three-way catalyst (manifold)
8.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1)
harness connector
9.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
harness connector
10. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
harness connector
Revision: January 2010
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2)
11. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2)
harness connector
EC-1212
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
BBIA0931E
M
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front RH 2.
and fender protect PH removed.)
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
N
4.
Body ground E15
5.
ASCD steering switch
6.
MAIN switch
7.
CANCEL switch
8.
SET/COAST switch
9.
RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch
10. Transmission range switch (CVT
models)
11.
PNP switch (M/T models)
(view with air cleaner assembly removed)
12. ASCD brake switch
13. Stop lamp switch
14. Brake pedal
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1213
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Vacuum Hose Drawing
INFOID:0000000005285751
BBIA0897E
1.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
2.
Intake manifold collector
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
Refer to EC-1129, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1214
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285752
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0206GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-1215
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA3070E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1216
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
INFOID:0000000005285753
A
EC
C
PBIA9221J
D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value
INFOID:0000000005285754
E
PREPARATION
ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
•
: Vehicle front
• Battery (2)
F
G
H
BBIA0915E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
I
J
K
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
L
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
N
PBIA8148J
O
0 - 14 V
5
W
Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
P
PBIA8150J
Revision: January 2010
EC-1217
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14 V
6
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
0 - 0.1 V
9
10
11
21
Y
BR/Y
V
G
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 4
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
PBIA9265J
0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.
PBIA9266J
12
16
13
B
B
B
ECM ground
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Body ground
Approximately 10 V
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
14
B/O
Fuel pump relay
Revision: January 2010
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
EC-1218
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
15
G/Y
17
R/L
ITEM
Throttle control motor relay
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Approximately 10 V
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
24
R/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
C
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
F
0 - 1.0 V
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
I
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
25
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
J
PBIB0050E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
K
(11 - 14 V)
L
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
M
PBIB0520E
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1219
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
29
30
31
32
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
33
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
34
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
35
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
36
G
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
37
38
R
W
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
Revision: January 2010
EC-1220
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
1.0 - 4.0 V
EC
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
C
39
L
40
R/G
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
46
P
Engine coolant temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
47
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
50
BR/Y
Intake air temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
52
GR
Sensor ground
(Engine coolant temperature
sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
56
B
Sensor ground
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
58
V
Mass air flow sensor
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
D
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.
E
Approximately 5 V
F
Approximately 2.2 V
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
Approximately 0 V
H
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
I
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.1 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.4 - 1.7 V
L
M
59
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
60
B
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
61
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
64
B
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-1221
N
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
65
Y
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
PBIB2998E
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
67
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
69
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
72
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
77
Y/R
Power supply for ECM
(Back-up)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
78
Y/R
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
PBIA4937J
Revision: January 2010
EC-1222
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
81
82
83
84
85
WIRE
COLOR
W
Y/G
ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
CONDITION
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
B/W
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
ASCD steering switch
Approximately 5 V
F
G
R/B
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
88
P/L
DATA link connector
91
V/W
Sensor power supply
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
(ASCD steering switch)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
93
B/Y
B/R
Ignition switch
—
L
—
Approximately 5 V
M
[Engine is running]
96
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
97
P
CAN communication line
—
—
98
L
CAN communication line
—
—
EC-1223
N
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Revision: January 2010
J
K
G/O
95
H
I
86
92
D
E
O
L/Y
C
Approximately 0 V
2010 Sentra
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
100
B
102
BR/R
104
B/P
105
G
106
R/G
107
108
B
B
109
L/Y
110
G/B
111
112
B
B
ITEM
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
PNP signal
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
Approximately 0 V
Sensor ground
(Fuel tank temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch: ON]
ASCD brake switch
ECM ground
Approximately 0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Body ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Body ground
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)
INFOID:0000000005285755
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III screen.
Self Diagnostic Result
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Active Test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT Confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Ecu Identification
ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
Revision: January 2010
EC-1224
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
A
• Test values
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
EC
Work item
Condition
USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
• FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure from
fuel line
C
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
• THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
D
SELF-LEARNING CONT
• THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
E
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW “ON”
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
• WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
F
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*
• IDLE CONDITION
When adjusting target ignition timing
VIN REGISTRATION
• IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM.
When registering VIN in ECM
G
H
I
J
K
L
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item*
N
Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE
[PXXXX]
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
(Refer to EC-1117.)
FUEL SYS-B1
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
FUEL SYS-B2
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
• The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-1225
O
P
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Freeze frame data item*
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
Description
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
• The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%]
• The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
COMBUST CONDITION
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
×: Applicable
Monitored item
Unit
Description
Remarks
rpm
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the
signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
speed drops below the idle rpm.
• If the signal is interrupted while
the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1
V
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor
is displayed.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”.
B/FUEL SCHDL
ms
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
learned on board correction.
• When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”.
A/F ALPHA-B1
%
A/F ALPHA-B2
%
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback
correction factor per cycle is indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
• When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data
for the air/fuel ratio learning control.
• The engine coolant temperature (determined
by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
• When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe
mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
°C or °F
A/F SEN1 (B1)
V
A/F SEN1 (B2)
V
HO2S2 (B1)
V
HO2S2 (B2)
V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
Revision: January 2010
RICH/LEAN
RICH/LEAN
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal
of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor
2 is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
EC-1226
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item
Unit
Description
km/h or mph
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
V
• The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1
V
ACCEL SEN 2
V
TP SEN 1-B1
V
TP SEN 2-B1
V
VHCL SPEED SE
Remarks
A
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal
voltage is displayed.
• ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
• TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EC
C
°C or °F
• The fuel temperature (determined by the signal
voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is
displayed.
D
FUEL T/TMP SE
VEHICLE SPEED
km/h or mph
• Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the
output speed sensor signal.
E
°C or °F
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
signal voltage of the intake air temperature
sensor) is indicated.
INT/A TEMP SE
F
EVAP SYS PRES
V
• The signal voltage of EVAP control system
pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
V
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is
displayed.
START SIGNAL
ON/OFF
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
CLSD THL POS
ON/OFF
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
the ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
I
AIR COND SIG
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
J
P/N POSI SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
neutral position (PNP) signal.
ON/OFF
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS
control unit) is indicated.
LOAD SIGNAL
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/
or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
switch.
HEATER FAN SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
lamp switch signal.
PW/ST SIGNAL
I/P PULLY SPD
rpm
INJ PULSE-B1
msec
INJ PULSE-B2
msec
IGN TIMING
BTDC
Revision: January 2010
G
• After starting the engine, [OFF] is
displayed regardless of the starter
signal.
K
L
M
N
O
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the
input speed sensor signal.
P
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
compensated by ECM according to the input
signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain computed value is indicated.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM
according to the input signals.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
EC-1227
H
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item
Unit
Description
%
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of
the current airflow divided by peak airflow.
g·m/s
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM
according to the signal voltage of the mass air
flow sensor.
PURG VOL C/V
%
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by
the ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
°CA
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW·
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
angle.
INT/V SOL (B1)
%
• The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases
AIR COND RLY
ON/OFF
• The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY
ON/OFF
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
determined by ECM according to the input signals.
VENT CONT/V
ON/OFF
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
THRTL RELAY
ON/OFF
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
HI/LOW/OFF
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals).
HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
COOLING FAN
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
ON/OFF
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
ON/OFF
IDL A/V LEARN
YET/CMPLT
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according
to the input signals.
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been
performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
km or mile
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
%
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
%
AC PRESS SEN
V
VHCL SPEED SE
km/h or mph
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
km/h or mph
• The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
Remarks
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger
as the value increases.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed.
EC-1228
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitored item
Unit
Description
MAIN SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
switch signal.
CANCEL SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch signal.
SET SW
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
SET/COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD
brake switch signal.
BRAKE SW2
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp
switch signal.
VHCL SPD CUT
LO SPEED CUT
NON/CUT
NON/CUT
Remarks
A
EC
C
D
E
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively
high compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
F
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
G
H
AT OD MONITOR
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according
to the input signal from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is
displayed
AT OD CANCEL
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel
signal sent from the TCM.
• For M/T models always “OFF” is
displayed
CRUISE LAMP
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.
J
SET LAMP
ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.
K
A/F ADJ-B1
• Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air/fuel ratio stored in ECM
and the air/fuel ratio calculated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal.
A/F ADJ-B2
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
INCMP/CMPLT
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed
responce) condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
INCMP/CMPLT
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed
responce) condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
INCMP/CMPLT
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow responce) condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
INCMP/CMPLT
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow responce) condition.
INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
L
M
N
O
P
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1229
I
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
JUDGMENT
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
FUEL INJECTION
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel injector
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
IGNITION TIMING
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Timing light: Set
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
POWER BALANCE
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
• A/C switch OFF
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
one at a time using CONSULTIII.
Engine runs rough or dies.
•
•
•
•
•
•
COOLING FAN*
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI”
and “OFF” with CONSULT-III.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
• Harness and connectors
• Cooling fan relay
• Cooling fan motor
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Fuel injector
FUEL PUMP RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
• Harness and connectors
• Fuel pump relay
PURG VOL CONT/V
• Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid
valve opening percent using
CONSULT-III.
Engine speed changes according
to the opening percent.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FUEL/T TEMP SEN
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
VENT CONTROL/V
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
• Harness and connectors
• EVAP canister vent control valve
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
• Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
• Harness and connectors
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Harness and connectors
Compression
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1230
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
A
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing
EC
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
C
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode
Test item
Corresponding DTC No.
Reference page
P0442
EC-1447
P0455
EC-1497
EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442*
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
A/F SEN1
HO2S2
EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456*
P0456
EC-1504
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
P0443
EC-1454
PURG FLOW P0441
P0441
EC-1442
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279
P0133
EC-1345
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276
P0130
EC-1321
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289
P0153
EC-1345
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286
P0150
EC-1321
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
P0138
EC-1363
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
P0137
EC-1354
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
P0139
EC-1375
HO2S2 (B2) P1166
P0158
EC-1363
HO2S2 (B2) P1167
P0157
EC-1354
HO2S2 (B2) P0159
P0159
EC-1375
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
INFOID:0000000005285756
K
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/
ISO 15031-4 has several functions explained below.
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
L
M
N
SEF139P
FUNCTION
O
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Service $01
READINESS TESTS
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
Service $02
(FREEZE DATA)
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Service $03
DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
were stored by ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1231
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Service $04
CLEAR DIAG INFO
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
Service $06
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
Service $07
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
Service $08
—
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can
be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
• Low ambient temperature
• Low battery voltage
• Engine running
• Ignition switch OFF
• Low fuel temperature
• Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
Service $09
(CALIBRATION ID)
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
Service $0A*
PERMANENT DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM.
NOTE:
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect GST to data link connector (1).
• Accelerator pedal (2)
BBIA0750E
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
Revision: January 2010
EC-1232
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
SEF416S
D
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285757
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-1237.
See EC-1237.
A/F ALPHA-B1
A/F ALPHA-B2
See EC-1237.
COOLAN TEMP/S
• Engine: After warming up
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
• Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx.
0.6 - 1.0 V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication.
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
G
H
I
More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Revision: January 2010
F
Specification
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication.
B/FUEL SCHDL
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
E
EC-1233
J
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
L
M
N
11 - 14 V
0.6 - 0.9 V
O
4.0 - 4.8 V
0.6 - 0.9 V
3.9 - 4.8 V
More than 0.36 V
Less than 4.75 V
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Condition
VEHICLE SPEED
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with speedometer indication.
EVAP SYS PRES
• Ignition switch: ON
START SIGNAL
• Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
AIR COND SIG
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
P/N POSI SW
• Ignition switch: ON
PW/ST SIGNAL
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
LOAD SIGNAL
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication
1.8 - 4.8 V
OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Selector lever: Except above position
OFF
Steering wheel: Not being turned.
OFF
Steering wheel: Being turned.
ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting
switch: OFF
OFF
IGNITION SW
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON
HEATER FAN SW
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
BRAKE SW
• Ignition switch: ON
I/P PULLY SPD
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
Idle
5° - 15° BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,000 rpm
25° - 45° BTDC
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
PURG VOL C/V
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly,
after engine starting)
INJ PULSE-B2
Revision: January 2010
ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating
ON
Heater fan: Not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
2,000 rpm
EC-1234
Almost the same speed
as the tachometer indication
0%
20 - 90%
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
Idle
Idle
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
AIR COND RLY
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
INT/V TIM (B1)
2,000 rpm
Specification
−5° - 5°CA
Approx. 0° - 20°CA
C
2,000 rpm
Approx. 0% - 60%
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
VENT CONT/V
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
THRTL RELAY
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
• Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C (207°F) or
less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is between 98°C
(208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C (212°F) or
more
HIGH
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
• Ignition switch: ON
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON.
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine.)
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer indication.
SET VHCL SPD
• Engine: Running
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
• Ignition switch: ON
SET SW
• Ignition switch: ON
Revision: January 2010
ASCD: Operating
4 - 100%
Almost the same speed
as the speedometer indication.
G
J
K
L
M
The preset vehicle
speed is displayed.
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
SET/COAST switch: Released
OFF
EC-1235
F
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
1.0 - 4.0 V
VHCL SPEED SE
E
I
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Engine: Idle
D
H
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
TRVL AFTER MIL
AC PRESS SEN
EC
0%
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
COOLING FAN
A
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake peal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake peal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake
switch)
• Ignition switch: ON
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
• Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → 2nd time
ACSD: Operating
ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
ON → OFF
HO2 S2 DIAG1
(B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1
(B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG2
(B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG2
(B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1236
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285758
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC
TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
C
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 /B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INFOID:0000000005285759
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
Transmission: Warmed-up
CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
Electrical load: Not applied
Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285760
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2 ”and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-1237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000005285761
OVERALL SEQUENCE
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1237
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PBIB2268E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1238
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALAPHA-B2”
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-1237, "Testing Condition".
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1239
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1.
2.
Stop the engine.
Change engine oil. Refer to MA-37, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition.
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
Check the following.
Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
Clogged fuel filter
Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1652.)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1240
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1.
2.
Start engine.
EC
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
C
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
E
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
F
Check the following.
Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1657.)
Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1647.)
Intake air leakage
Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-175, "On-Vehicle Service".)
If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
G
H
I
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
J
K
L
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150 refer to EC-1321, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0131, P0151 refer to EC-1329, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0132, P0152 refer to EC-1337, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0133, P0153 refer to EC-1345, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P2A00, P2A03 refer to EC-1625, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
M
N
O
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
P
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1241
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Stop the engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1.
2.
-
Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
Engine oil level is too high
Engine oil viscosity
Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
Noise from engine
Noise from transmission, etc.
Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
Valve clearance malfunction
Intake valve timing control function malfunction
Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
Stop the engine.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1242
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
A
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
EC
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-1282.
2. GO TO 29.
NG
>> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
24.REPLACE ECM
3.
4.
5.
6.
D
E
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
1.
2.
C
F
G
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> GO TO 29.
H
I
J
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 27.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
K
L
M
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
N
O
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1243
2010 Sentra
P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1244
2010 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285762
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent
Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
D
STEP in Work Flow
2
3 or 4
Situation
The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
E
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnosis Procedure
F
INFOID:0000000005285763
1.INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
K
Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1245
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285764
AABWA0253GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1246
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
12
16
B
B
24
R/G
93
B/R
105
G
107
108
B
B
111
112
B
B
A
ITEM
ECM ground
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
Body ground
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Body ground
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Body ground
Ignition switch
E
F
G
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285765
1.INSPECTION START
H
I
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
D
K
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
N
PBIA9561J
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M6, E19
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1247
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 12, 16, 107, 108, 111, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F10, E17
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-1657.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2658E
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1248
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
[QR25DE]
A
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0 V.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11.
EC
C
PBIB3037E
D
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 24 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3478E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
L
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
O
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1249
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13.CHECK 20 A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace 20 A fuse.
14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 12, 16, 107, 108, 111, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F10, E17
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1250
2010 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Ground Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285766
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
EC
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
C
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
D
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Check that all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- E
let check that no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution".
F
G
H
I
J
PBIB1870E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1251
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285767
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285768
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0101
0101
Trouble diagnosis name
Lost communication with
TCM
DTC detecting condition
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• CAN communication line between
TCM and ECM
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
INFOID:0000000005285769
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1252
2010 Sentra
DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285770
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3021E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285771
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1253
2010 Sentra
P
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285772
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285773
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
U0140
0140
Trouble diagnosis name
Lost communication
with BCM
DTC detecting condition
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• CAN communication line between
BCM and ECM
• CAN communication line open or
shorted
INFOID:0000000005285774
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1254
2010 Sentra
DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285775
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3021E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285776
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1255
2010 Sentra
P
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
INFOID:0000000005285777
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285778
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
U1001
1001
Trouble diagnosis
name
CAN communication
line
DTC detecting condition
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
INFOID:0000000005285779
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1256
2010 Sentra
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285780
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3021E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285781
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1257
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
Description
INFOID:0000000005285782
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*
ECM function
Intake valve
timing control
Actuator
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB3479E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine
coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285783
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
INT/V TIM (B1)
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
INT/V SOL (B1)
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Revision: January 2010
Specification
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EC-1258
−5° - 5°CA
Approx. 0° - 20°CA
0%
Approx. 0% - 60%
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0011
0011
INFOID:0000000005285784
A
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
performance
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
EC
C
D
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items
E
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075.
See EC-1277.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 3.5 msec
Selector lever
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
7.
I
K
L
Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 65°C (149°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
N
O
P
Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: January 2010
H
M
ENG SPEED
8.
G
J
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED
4.
5.
6.
F
INFOID:0000000005285785
EC-1259
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285786
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Go to LU-18, "Inspection".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PBIA8559J
Refer to EC-1261, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIB3480E
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-164.
No
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1260
2010 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
A
Refer to EM-160, "Inspection After Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean lubrication line.
EC
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-1432, "Wiring Diagram" for CMP sensor (PHASE).
C
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285787
E
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
F
G
3.
4.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Removal and Installation
H
I
PBIB0193E
J
K
L
PBIB2275E
M
INFOID:0000000005285788
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-153.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1261
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description
INFOID:0000000005285789
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM
function
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285790
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine.)
Specification
4 - 100%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0031
0031
(Bank 1)
P0051
0051
(Bank 2)
P0032
0032
(Bank 1)
P0052
0052
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005285791
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
[An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.]
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285792
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1262
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285793
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0172GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1263
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1264
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0173GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1265
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285794
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1266
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
D
E
F
G
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 (Bank 1) or 8 (Bank 2) and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
L
Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
M
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
N
Perform EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
O
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285795
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-1267
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
3 and 4
1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2
[QR25DE]
2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved
anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
PBIB3309E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285796
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER
Refer to EM-140.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1268
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285797
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM Function
Actuator
C
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
D
E
OPERATION
F
Engine speed
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
G
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
H
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285798
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
I
Condition
Specification
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
K
INFOID:0000000005285799
L
DTC No.
P0037
0037
(Bank 1)
P0057
0057
(Bank 2)
P0038
0038
(Bank 1)
P0058
0058
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
M
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
N
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285800
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1269
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1270
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285801
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AABWA0256GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1271
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
13
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
33
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
35
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
Approximately 0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1272
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3025E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1273
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
17
WIRE
COLOR
R/L
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
Approximately 10 V
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
Approximately 0 V
34
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
35
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285802
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1274
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0920E
D
3.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
MBIB0186E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connector E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connector E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E45 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
I
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 (Bank 1) or 17 (Bank 2) and HO2S2 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
O
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-1276, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
P
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1275
2010 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285803
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize
lubricant (commercial service tool).
PBIB3310E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285804
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-140.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1276
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005285805
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
EC
C
D
PBIB1842E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285806
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
INT/V SOL (B1)
F
Condition
•
•
•
•
E
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Specification
Idle
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
0%
G
Approx. 0% - 60%
H
INFOID:0000000005285807
I
DTC No.
P0075
0075
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
INFOID:0000000005285808
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1277
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285809
AABWA0257GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1278
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
24
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
A
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
E
EC
7 - 10 V
78
Y/R
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
G
PBIA4937J
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285810
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
K
L
M
BBIA0899E
N
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
P
PBIB0192E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1279
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
[QR25DE]
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1280, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285811
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1280
PBIB0193E
PBIB2275E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285812
A
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-164.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1281
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285813
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285814
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-1237.
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
•
•
•
•
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005285815
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
B)
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285816
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1282
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
EC
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to approximately 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
TP SEN 1-B1
More than 1.5 V
TP SEN 2-B1
More than 1.5 V
E
F
G
H
I
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8.
9.
D
J
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
PBIB3457E
L
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285817
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
N
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select Service $01 with GST.
Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to approximately 4,000 rpm in engine
speed.
If NG, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
P
SEF534P
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-1283
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285818
AABWA0258GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1284
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
24
56
58
105
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
B
V
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Sensor ground
Mass air flow sensor
Power supply for
ECM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
OFF
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.1 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.4 - 1.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Diagnosis Procedure
E
F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005285819
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Check the following for connections.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
K
L
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
G
M
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
N
O
P
BBIA0927E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1285
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0900E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 58.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1286
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1317, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC
C
D
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
E
Refer to EC-1481, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
G
Refer to EC-1287, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
H
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Perform EC-1245.
J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285820
K
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
N
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm
M
O
0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4*
P
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
Revision: January 2010
EC-1287
2010 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 58 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4*
PBIB3481E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285821
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-133.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1288
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285822
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285823
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
E
F
Condition
Specification
G
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-1237.
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
•
•
•
•
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285824
H
I
J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
Mass air flow sensor
circuit high input
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent
to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
L
M
N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
O
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285825
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
Revision: January 2010
EC-1289
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1290
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285826
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0258GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1291
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
24
56
58
105
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
B
V
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
Mass air flow sensor
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
0.9 - 1.1 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
1.4 - 1.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Diagnosis Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005285827
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1292
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
A
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
D
Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
G
BBIA0900E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
J
PBIB1168E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
K
L
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
N
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 58.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1293
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-1294, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285828
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm
0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1294
2010 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 58 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
A
Voltage (V)
EC
Approx 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
0.9 - 1.1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm
[QR25DE]
0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4*
C
PBIB3481E
D
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
E
F
G
H
INFOID:0000000005285829
I
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-133.
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1295
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285830
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
INFOID:0000000005285831
DTC detecting condition
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285832
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1296
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285833
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3028E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285834
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1297
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0900E
3.
Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB1169E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1298
2010 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-1299, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285835
E
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
F
2.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
G
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
H
PBIA9559J
I
J
K
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
L
INFOID:0000000005285836
M
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-133.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1299
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
Description
INFOID:0000000005285837
Component Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285838
NOTE:
• If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-1303, "Component Description".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0116
0116
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
range/performance
Engine coolant temperature signal from engine
coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate,
even when some time has passed after starting
the engine with pre-warming up condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(High or low resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285839
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes.
3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1300
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5
becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking.
A
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time.
NOTE:
EC
Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours.
6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes.
7. Check DTC.
C
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285840
D
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
E
F
G
H
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
I
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
K
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-1301, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
M
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
N
Refer to EC-1245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END
O
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285841
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1301
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
[QR25DE]
PBIB2005E
2.
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285842
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation"
Revision: January 2010
EC-1302
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285843
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285844
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
I
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
K
Possible Cause
L
• Harness or connectors
(Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
N
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1303
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285845
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1305, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1304
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285846
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3029E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285847
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1305
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0901E
3.
Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0080E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1306
2010 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-1307, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285848
E
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
F
G
H
PBIB2005E
I
2.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
J
K
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
L
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285849
M
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-175.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1307
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285850
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285851
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285852
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0122
0122
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285853
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1308
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285854
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0174GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1309
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
36
B
37
38
47
R
W
G
ITEM
CONDITION
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285855
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1310
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector
(1).
: Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0902E
D
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
F
G
PBIB3484E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
I
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 38 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-1312, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-1311
2010 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285856
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal),
38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
37
(Throttle position sensor 1)
38
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
PBIB3482E
INFOID:0000000005285857
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-135.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1312
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005285858
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EC
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
C
D
E
SEF594K
F
Engine coolant temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
G
H
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
P0125
0125
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
• Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Thermostat
INFOID:0000000005285860
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1313
K
L
M
Possible cause
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
J
INFOID:0000000005285859
NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-1303, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC1300, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
DTC No.
I
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 20°C (68°F).
If it is above 20°C (68°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 20°C (68°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 20°C (68°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285861
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1315, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-51.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
Refer to EC-1305, "Wiring Diagram".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1314
2010 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285862
A
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
PBIB2005E
E
2.
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
F
G
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285863
I
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
J
Refer to CO-51
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1315
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285864
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
INFOID:0000000005285865
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Harness or connectors
(Intake temperature sensor circuit is open
or shorted)
• Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285866
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
• Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1316
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1317, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
EC
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285867
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
C
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
E
F
G
BBIA0927E
H
: Vehicle front
1.
4.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
I
Body ground E15
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-1317, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
L
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to EC-1245.
Refer to EC-1297, "Wiring Diagram".
N
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285868
O
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1317
2010 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
2.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
[QR25DE]
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
PBIA9559J
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285869
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-133.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1318
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005285870
NOTE:
EC
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-1415, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C
enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
D
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
• Thermostat
• Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
Trouble diagnosis name
Thermostat function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285871
F
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 75°C (167°F), go to next step.
If it is above 75°C (167°F), cool down the engine to less than 75°C (167°F). Then go to next steps.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
8.
9.
More than 56 km/h (35 MPH)
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 75°C (167°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1319, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
I
J
K
L
M
N
INFOID:0000000005285872
P
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1320, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Revision: January 2010
H
O
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
EC-1319
2010 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285873
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
2.
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285874
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-51.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1320
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285875
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285876
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Specification
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285877
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No.
P0130
0130
(Bank 1)
P0150
0150
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other
than approx. 2.2 V.
B)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
INFOID:0000000005285878
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-1321
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) or “A/F SEN 1 (B2) P1286 ” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F SEN1” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 11.5 msec
Selector lever
D position (CVT)
5th position (M/T)
7.
8.
9.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285879
PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Check that no 1st trip DTC is displayed.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1322
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285880
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0175GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1323
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1324
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0176GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1325
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285881
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1326
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
D
E
F
G
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
J
K
Continuity should exist.
4.
L
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
N
O
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1327
2010 Sentra
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285882
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-140
Revision: January 2010
EC-1328
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285883
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285884
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285885
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No.
P0131
0131
(Bank 1)
P0151
0151
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
M
N
INFOID:0000000005285886
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
L
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
J
EC-1329
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-1334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1330
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285887
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0175GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1331
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1332
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0176GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1333
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285888
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1334
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
D
E
F
G
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
J
K
Continuity should exist.
4.
L
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
N
O
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1335
2010 Sentra
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285889
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-140.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1336
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285890
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285891
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285892
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No.
P0132
0132
(Bank 1)
P0152
0152
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage
DTC detecting condition
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V.
Possible Cause
M
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
N
INFOID:0000000005285893
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
L
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
J
EC-1337
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-1342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
8.
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1338
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285894
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0175GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1339
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1340
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0176GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1341
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285895
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1342
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB3308E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
D
E
F
G
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
J
K
Continuity should exist.
4.
L
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
N
O
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1343
2010 Sentra
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285896
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1344
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285897
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285898
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
INFOID:0000000005285899
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from
A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time.
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
P0133
0133
(Bank 1)
P0153
0153
(Bank 2)
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
circuit slow response
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285900
EC-1345
L
M
N
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
J
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC
P0153) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-1237.
8. Wait for approximately 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
9. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-1237.
10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1350, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select Service $01 with GST.
Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications.
Check that the total percentage should be within ± 15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1350, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1346
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285901
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0175GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1347
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1348
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0176GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1349
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285902
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM140, "Removal and Installation".
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1350
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
A
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
EC
C
D
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
E
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
F
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
G
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
H
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
BBIA0900E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
EC-1351
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
I
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0919E
4.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
Revision: January 2010
EC-1352
2010 Sentra
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should not exist.
A
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
C
Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
D
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
E
Refer to EC-1287, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
F
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-1151, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace PCV valve.
G
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
H
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
K
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285903
N
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-140.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1353
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285904
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285905
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285906
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the
sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such
as fuel cut.
SEF259VA
DTC No.
P0137
0137
(Bank 1)
P0157
0157
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285907
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1354
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
A
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
EC
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
C
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
D
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
E
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) “HO2S2 (B2) or P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
F
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
G
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
H
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285908
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
J
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during
this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during
PBIB3483E
this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
I
EC-1355
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285909
BANK 1
AABWA0262GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1356
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
13
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
33
35
G
B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1357
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA3034E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1358
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
17
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/L
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
Approximately 10 V
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
34
35
W
B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
G
Approximately 0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
H
I
INFOID:0000000005285910
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
E
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
K
L
M
BBIA0927E
N
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
O
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1359
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-275.
No
>> GO TO 3.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0900E
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0920E
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1360
2010 Sentra
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC
A
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
EC
Continuity should not exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
E
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
F
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
H
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285911
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1) / (B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1) / (B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
J
K
L
M
N
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1361
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB3483E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285912
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-23.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1362
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285913
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285914
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
E
F
Condition
Specification
G
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
H
INFOID:0000000005285915
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
I
J
K
MALFUNCTION A
L
To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM
monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various
driving condition such as fuel cut.
M
N
PBIB2266E
O
MALFUNCTION B
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1363
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel cut.
PBIB2376E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P0138
0138
(Bank 1)
P0158
0158
(Bank 2)
DTC detecting condition
A)
An excessively high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
The minimum voltage from the sensor
is not reached to the specified voltage.
• Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit high voltage
B)
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285916
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Revision: January 2010
EC-1364
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
A
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
C
10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
D
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285917
E
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
F
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this
PBIB3483E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1365
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285918
BANK 1
AABWA0262GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1366
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
13
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
33
35
G
B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1367
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
BBWA3034E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1368
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
17
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/L
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
Approximately 10 V
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
34
35
W
B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
G
Approximately 0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
E
H
I
INFOID:0000000005285919
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
J
1.
2.
K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
L
M
N
BBIA0927E
O
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-1369
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0920E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1372, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1370
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
C
D
E
F
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Engine ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Engine ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
G
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
I
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 or P0175. Refer to EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 3.
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
L
M
N
O
BBIA0900E
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1371
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
[QR25DE]
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0920E
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1372, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285920
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Revision: January 2010
EC-1372
2010 Sentra
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
C
Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
D
E
F
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
H
I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB3483E
least once during this procedure.
If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285921
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Revision: January 2010
G
EC-1373
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EM-140.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1374
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285922
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285923
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor Item
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
E
F
Condition
Specification
G
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
H
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete.
INCMP
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete.
CMPLT
On Board Diagnosis Logic
I
J
K
L
INFOID:0000000005285924
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.
M
N
O
P
SEF302U
Revision: January 2010
EC-1375
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 1) circuit slow response
P0159
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 2) circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
The switching time between rich and lean of a
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
than the specified time computed by ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
INFOID:0000000005285925
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 60 km/h (38 MPH) on the suitable gear position and keep the speed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Make it the condition that engine brake operates.
• Always drive vehicle safely.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DTC
P0139
P0159
Data monitor item
Status
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1376
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NO-1: “CMPLT” are not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” are not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
[QR25DE]
A
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
1.
2.
Open engine hood.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with EC
CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
C
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
F
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
G
With CONSULT-III
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
H
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1377, "Overall Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
WITH GST
6.
7.
K
L
M
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (b1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second
PBIB3483E
during this procedure.
Revision: January 2010
J
INFOID:0000000005285926
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
EC-1377
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. If NG, go to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285927
BANK 1
AABWA0262GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1378
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
13
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 10 V
33
35
G
B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
E
F
G
H
Approximately 0 V
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1379
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
BBWA3034E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1380
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
17
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/L
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
Approximately 10 V
EC
C
D
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
34
35
W
B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
F
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
G
Approximately 0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
H
I
INFOID:0000000005285928
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
E
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
K
L
M
BBIA0927E
N
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
O
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1381
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174, P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
BBIA0900E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0920E
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1382
2010 Sentra
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC
A
Terminal
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0137
33
4
1
P0157
34
4
2
EC
Continuity should not exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
E
Refer to EC-1383, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
F
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
H
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285929
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
J
K
L
M
N
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1383
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at
PBIB3483E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285930
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-140
Revision: January 2010
EC-1384
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285931
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection C
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
D
Fuel injector
E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0171
0171
(Bank 1)
P0174
0174
(Bank 2)
Fuel injection system
too lean
DTC detecting condition
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Intake air leaks
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor
Incorrect PCV hose connection
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Performing the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Revision: January 2010
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
4.
5.
G
INFOID:0000000005285932
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
F
EC-1385
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
•
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malBBIA0900E
function.
Performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
11. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1386
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285933
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0177GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1387
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
29
32
R
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1388
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0178GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1389
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
30
31
O
GR
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14 V)
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285934
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1390
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
A
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
C
D
E
BBIA0919E
G
Continuity should exist.
5.
F
H
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
J
K
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
M
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
N
2
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
O
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-148.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
Revision: January 2010
EC-1391
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
3.
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1282.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
1.
2.
3.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1647.
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-148.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1392
2010 Sentra
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Check that fuel
sprays out from fuel injectors.
[QR25DE]
A
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
C
PBIA9666J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to EC-1245.
E
>> INSPECTION END
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1393
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285935
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.),
the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
Sensor
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC No.
P0172
0172
(Bank 1)
P0175
0175
(Bank 2)
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function
Fuel injection control
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel injection system
too rich
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Actuator
Fuel injector
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel injector
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Mass air flow sensor
INFOID:0000000005285936
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
a.
b.
c.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Performing the following procedure is advised.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
If engine starts, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1394
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
A
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
WITH GST
C
1.
2.
3.
•
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malBBIA0900E
function.
Performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
11. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine.
c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
d.
e.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1395
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285937
BANK 1
ABBWA0177GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1396
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
D
PBIA8148J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
29
32
R
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
F
G
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIA4943J
45
49
E
(11 - 14 V)
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
J
K
Approximately 2.2 V
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1397
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
ABBWA0178GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1398
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
A
EC
C
PBIA8148J
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
30
31
O
GR
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14 V)
E
F
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
G
(11 - 14 V)
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIA4943J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air
fuel ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
J
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285938
L
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
M
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
N
O
P
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1399
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
BBIA0919E
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1400
2010 Sentra
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
A
With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
3.
EC
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
C
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
D
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
E
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1282.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
F
G
H
1.
2.
3.
I
J
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1647.
K
L
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
M
1.
Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-148.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
5. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds.
Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injectors.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1401
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285939
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
BBIA0765E
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
INFOID:0000000005285940
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285941
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Revision: January 2010
EC-1402
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
[QR25DE]
A
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285942
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0179GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285943
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1403
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0754E
4.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1404
2010 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
Continuity should exist.
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter.
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM.
D
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-1405, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
G
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Perform EC-1245.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285944
J
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
K
L
M
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
N
INFOID:0000000005285945
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O
Refer to FL-6.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1405
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285946
The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
BBIA0765E
Fluid temperature
[°C (°F)]
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(kΩ)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
SEF012P
INFOID:0000000005285947
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
INFOID:0000000005285948
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1407, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1406
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285949
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0179GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285950
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1407
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0754E
3.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0932E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination
meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1408
2010 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
A
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
C
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B8, M8
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM
D
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
F
Refer to, EC-1409, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
G
Perform EC-1245.
H
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285951
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
J
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Temperature [°C (°F)]
I
K
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
L
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
M
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285952
N
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1409
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285953
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285954
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B1*
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285955
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285956
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1410
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1412, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285957
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0185GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1411
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
36
B
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
37
38
47
R
W
G
CONDITION
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285958
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1412
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector
(1).
: Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0902E
D
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
F
G
PBIB3484E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
I
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-1414, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-1413
2010 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285959
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal),
38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
37
(Throttle position sensor 1)
38
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
PBIB3482E
INFOID:0000000005285960
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-135.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1414
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER
MISFIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285961
A
EC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Engine speed
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfires detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire detected
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire detected
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Improper spark plug
Insufficient compression
Incorrect fuel pressure
Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
Fuel injector
Intake air leak
The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
Lack of fuel
Drive plate or flywheel
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Incorrect PCV hose connection
INFOID:0000000005285962
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1416, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1415
E
F
G
H
I
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed
Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule
Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F)
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed
Time
Around 1,000 rpm
Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm
Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm
Approximately 3.5 minutes
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285963
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Without CONSULT-III
When disconnecting each fuel injector harness connector (1) one at
a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
•
: Vehicle front
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 9.
1.
2.
BBIA0903E
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1416
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1647.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
D
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
G
H
I
J
K
M
N
O
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
Revision: January 2010
F
L
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
JMBIA0066GB
away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the
electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
3.
E
EC-1417
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1657.
[QR25DE]
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 8.
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-175, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
Install all removed parts.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to EM-148.)
• Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1418
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
A
Specifications
CVT: 800 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Idle speed
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
EC
CVT:10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Follow the EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
E
F
G
BBIA0919E
I
Continuity should exist.
5.
H
J
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
L
M
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
O
Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
P
15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1419
2010 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
1.
2.
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
At idling
At 2,500 rpm
: 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1282.
17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1420
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285964
The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses
engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
• Engine oil cooler (2)
EC
C
D
BBIA0904E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285965
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
E
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
G
H
INFOID:0000000005285966
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1423, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1421
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285967
ABBWA0180GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1422
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
61
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
67
GR
Sensor ground
(Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
ITEM
CONDITION
Diagnosis Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.5 V
Approximately 0 V
EC
C
INFOID:0000000005285968
D
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 61 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
E
F
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
Engine oil cooler (2)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 61 and knock
sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
K
BBIA0904E
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-1424, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
L
M
N
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
O
P
BBIA0927E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1423
2010 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 67 and knock sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285969
KNOCK SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
2.
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or
physically damaged. Use only new ones.
If NG, replace knock sensor.
Removal and Installation
SEF227W
INFOID:0000000005285970
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-188.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1424
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285971
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
PBIB3485E
E
F
G
H
JMBIA0714GB
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285972
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Trouble diagnosis name
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
Specification
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005285973
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
circuit is open or shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure
sensor circuit is sorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Signal plate
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285974
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1425
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1427, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005285975
ABBWA0210GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-1426
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
A
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
60
B
ITEM
Sensor ground
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 V
C
D
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
65
Y
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
E
F
PBIB2998E
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
PBIB2999E
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
91
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
72
76
G
I
Approximately 5 V
J
Approximately 5 V
K
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285976
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
M
N
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
O
P
BBIA0927E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1427
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness
connector.
Drive shaft (RH) (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0905E
3.
Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB3312E
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 76.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1428
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
[QR25DE]
A
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
EC
C
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
D
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
E
Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
F
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
I
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 60.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
M
10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should exist.
O
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
11.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Revision: January 2010
EC-1429
2010 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285977
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB3486E
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
PBIA9584J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285978
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-188.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1430
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005285979
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of
camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts
instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor
consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the
sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage
from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
PBIB3487E
E
F
G
JMBIA0714GB
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005285980
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
ENG SPEED
Condition
Specification
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.
INFOID:0000000005285981
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
DTC No.
P0340
0340
Trouble diagnosis name
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) circuit
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running.
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
• Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.)
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
K
L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000005285982
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Revision: January 2010
H
EC-1431
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
[QR25DE]
INFOID:0000000005285983
BBWA3041E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1432
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
A
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
59
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
64
B
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
D
E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
69
R
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
F
G
PBIB2986E
1.0 - 2.0 V
H
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIB2987E
J
INFOID:0000000005285984
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
L
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
M
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.)
N
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1433
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0906E
3.
Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3312E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 64.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1434
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
D
Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
E
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
F
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
G
H
I
PBIB3480E
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285985
L
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
M
N
O
P
PBIB3488E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1435
2010 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
PBIA9584J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005285986
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-153.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1436
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005285987
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
EC
C
D
PBIB2055E
DTC No.
P0420
0420
(Bank 1)
P0430
0430
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis name
Catalyst system efficiency
below threshold
DTC detecting condition
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
properly.
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Three way catalyst (manifold)
Exhaust tube
Intake air leaks
Fuel injector
Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing
F
G
H
INFOID:0000000005285988
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to between 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the
accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
11. Rev engine up to between 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
E
EC-1437
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285989
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Open engine hood.
Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 33 [HO2S2 (B1)
signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
Check that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-1438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
PBIB3483E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285990
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1438
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
A
Specifications
CVT:650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
EC
CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 29, 30, 31, 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-1648, "Wiring Diagram".
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1649, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
H
CAUTION:
Perform following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
I
J
K
L
PBIB2958E
M
N
O
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
JMBIA0066GB
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes
20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1439
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect spark plug and connect non- malfunctioning spark plug.
Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1657.
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG :
Removal and Installation".
NG
>> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1.
2.
Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace spark plug (s) with standard type one (s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK
PLUG : Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-148.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector (s) from which fuel is dripping.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1440
2010 Sentra
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace malfunctioning three way catalyst (manifold).
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1441
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
INFOID:0000000005285991
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB3640E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285992
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system incorrect purge flow
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
• Blocked rubber tube
• Cracked EVAP canister
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285993
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-1442
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
A
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-III.
EC
5. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) C
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 10.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 0°C (32 °F)
7.
D
E
If TESTING does not change for a long time, retry from step 2.
Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1443, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005285994
F
G
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
H
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Selector lever
Any position other than P, N or R
8.
9.
I
J
K
L
PBIB3313E
M
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285995
N
O
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
P
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Revision: January 2010
EC-1443
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description".
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum
existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V
100%
VACUUM
Should exist.
0%
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description".
4. Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine.
1.
2.
3.
Vacuum should not exist.
6.
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
SEF367U
Revision: January 2010
EC-1444
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
SEF368U
D
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
E
F
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
G
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
H
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
I
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
J
Water should not exist
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
L
Refer to EC-1482 for DTC P0452 and EC-1489 for DTC P0453.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
M
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
N
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
O
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
P
Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1445
2010 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
[QR25DE]
13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace it.
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005285996
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1446
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005285997
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
EC
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold C
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB3640E
I
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0442
0442
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
control system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
Drain filter
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1447
2010 Sentra
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285998
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F).
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Check that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005285999
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1448
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
[QR25DE]
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
A
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
C
Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
D
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
E
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port (1) adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port
securely.
For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description".
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
F
G
H
BBIA0907E
I
J
K
L
SEF916U
M
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
N
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1449
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[QR25DE]
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (0.013 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove
pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
1.
2.
BBIA0693E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1453, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following,
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: January 2010
EC-1450
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
A
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
EC
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
C
D
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
E
F
G
H
I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
M
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
N
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Revision: January 2010
K
L
Vacuum should exist.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
EC-1451
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1138.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-1145.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1452
2010 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
A
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286000
D
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
Block port B.
Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
If NG, replace drain filter.
E
F
G
H
PBIB3641E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1453
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005286001
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
ECM
function
EVAP canister purge
flow control
Actuator
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIB3489E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286002
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: January 2010
Condition
•
•
•
•
Engine: After warming up
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load
Specification
Idle
(Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-1454
0%
20 - 90%
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005286003
A
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A
P0443
0443
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
B
The canister purge flow is detected during
the vehicle is stopped while the engine is
running, even when EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve is completely
closed.
The canister purge flow is detected during
the specified driving conditions, even when
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
Possible cause
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister
• Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EC
C
D
E
INFOID:0000000005286004
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
G
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
H
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F)
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
K
L
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 95 (FTT sensor signal)
and ground.
Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V.
Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
N
O
JMBIA2164ZZ
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
With CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-1455
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1456
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286005
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0266GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1457
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
24
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
25
W/B
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
105
G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286006
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0908E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1458
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
[QR25DE]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
C
PBIB0080E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
E
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
J
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
K
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
L
M
N
BBIA0693E
O
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
P
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1459
H
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
G
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1461, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
Revision: January 2010
EC-1460
2010 Sentra
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
[QR25DE]
A
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286007
D
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
E
F
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
G
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
I
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
H
J
K
PBIB2059E
Removal and Installation
L
INFOID:0000000005286008
M
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-135.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1461
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000005286009
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
ECM function
Actuator
EVAP canister
purge flow
control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIB3489E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286010
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
PURG VOL C/V
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
Revision: January 2010
Idle
(Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
2,000 rpm
EC-1462
Specification
0%
20 - 90%
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
INFOID:0000000005286011
A
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EC
C
D
E
INFOID:0000000005286012
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1465, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1463
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286013
ABBWA0266GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1464
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
24
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
W/B
PBIB0050E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
I
PBIB0520E
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
Diagnosis Procedure
K
INFOID:0000000005286014
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3.
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
1.
2.
E
G
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
G
D
F
(11 - 14 V)
105
EC
C
0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
25
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.
L
M
N
O
BBIA0908E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1465
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
[QR25DE]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF206W
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1466
2010 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286015
A
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
EC
C
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
D
E
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
F
G
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
H
PBIB2059E
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005286016
J
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-135.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1467
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286017
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
PBIB3642E
BBIA0693E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286018
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0447
0447
INFOID:0000000005286019
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister vent control valve circuit
is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
INFOID:0000000005286020
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1470, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1468
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286021
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0267GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1469
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
24
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
105
G
109
L/Y
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286022
1.INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0693E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1470
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
[QR25DE]
A
Voltage: Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
PBIB0080E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 109 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
G
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
J
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
K
L
7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
M
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
N
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
O
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1471
2010 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286023
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PBIB1033E
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1472
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005286024
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
control system diagnoses.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EC
C
D
PBIB3642E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286025
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
VENT CONT/V
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
K
INFOID:0000000005286026
L
DTC No.
P0448
0448
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
Possible cause
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286027
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1473
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures three times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes and
50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for approximately 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 4,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to 30
seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
JMBIA1516GB
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1474
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286028
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0267GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1475
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
24
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
105
G
109
L/Y
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286029
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3).
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
BBIA0693E
2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1477, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB1213E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1476
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
C
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
6.
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
D
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
F
G
H
BBIA0693E
Refer to EC-1496, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
J
K
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286030
M
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
N
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
O
P
PBIB1033E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1477
2010 Sentra
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition (VENT CONT/V)
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12 V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1478
PBIB1034E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005286031
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3370E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286032
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286033
L
DTC No.
P0451
0451
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
control system pressure sensor
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286034
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1479
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1480, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286035
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
BBIA0693E
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-27.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1480
2010 Sentra
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
A
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
EC
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
E
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
G
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-1481, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-1245.
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286036
L
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(kg/cm2, psi)
4.
N
O
Voltage (V)
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
M
EC-1481
P
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286037
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
BBIA0693E
PBIB3370E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286038
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0452
0452
INFOID:0000000005286039
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low input
Specification
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
INFOID:0000000005286040
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1482
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1485, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1485, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
PBIB0675E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1483
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286041
ABBWA0212GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1484
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
76
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
86
R/B
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
91
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
96
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
72
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286042
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
D
E
F
G
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
I
J
K
BBIA0927E
L
: Vehicle front
1.
4.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
M
Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1485
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0693E
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1486
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
A
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
EC
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
E
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
G
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
96. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
K
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
O
P
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-1487
2010 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
[QR25DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286043
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(kg/cm2, psi)
4.
Voltage (V)
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, -).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1488
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
A
INFOID:0000000005286044
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in
the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as
pressure increases.
• This illustration is a view from under vehicle
• EVAP canister (2)
• EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
EC
C
D
BBIA0693E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3370E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286045
I
Specification data are reference values.
J
Monitor item
EVAP SYS PRES
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286046
L
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high input
Revision: January 2010
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or sorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP canister
• Drain filter
• Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve
EC-1489
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286047
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB0675E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1490
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286048
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0212GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1491
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
72
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
76
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
86
R/B
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
91
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
96
V/R
Sensor ground
(EVAP control system pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286049
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1492
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness
connector.
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP canister (2)
EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
A
EC
C
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
BBIA0693E
D
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0138E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
91. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
J
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
K
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
M
>> Repair open circuit.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
N
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
O
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1493
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to MTC-27.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
96. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
EC-1494
2010 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B9, E13
• Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
[QR25DE]
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
15.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
C
D
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
E
Refer to EC-1496, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
F
17.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
H
18.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
I
J
19.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 20.
No
>> GO TO 21.
K
L
M
N
PBIB1213E
20.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> GO TO 21.
21.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
Revision: January 2010
EC-1495
2010 Sentra
O
P
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286050
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(kg/cm2, psi)
4.
Voltage (V)
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1496
PBIB3314E
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
INFOID:0000000005286051
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
H
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off.
• EVAP control system does not operate properly.
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286052
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1497
2010 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Check that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and check that “EVAP
GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-1498, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information"
before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1498, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286053
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1498
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
[QR25DE]
A
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
EC
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
D
Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
E
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-1138.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
F
G
H
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
I
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1502, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
J
K
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
M
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port (1), refer to EC-1138, "Description".
O
L
N
9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1499
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0907E
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11.
10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
SEF200U
11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1500
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (0.013 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove
pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0693E
D
E
F
G
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF200U
H
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
I
J
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
K
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
M
N
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
O
14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
P
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1501
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
1.
2.
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1145.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286054
DRAIN FILTER
Revision: January 2010
EC-1502
2010 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
PBIB3641E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1503
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286055
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB3640E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
•
•
•
•
•
•
P0456
0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
• EVAP system has a very small leak.
• EVAP system does not operate properly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Drain filter
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1504
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286056
A
NOTE:
• If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
• After repair, check that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
• If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
D
- Refilled or drained the fuel.
- EVAP component parts is/are removed.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
E
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel
until the output voltage of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for
more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
Check that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-1187, "Basic Inspection".
Overall Function Check
F
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005286057
WITH GST
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
• Never start engine.
• Never exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port (1) adapter securely to the EVAP
service port.
: Vehicle front
M
N
O
P
BBIA0907E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1505
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Connect GST and select Service $08.
6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and check that the following conditions are satisfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.0041 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi).
If NG, go to EC-1506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Diagnosis Procedure
[QR25DE]
SEF462UI
INFOID:0000000005286058
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1506
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port (1) adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of
EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description".
•
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
BBIA0907E
E
F
G
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
H
I
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
J
K
L
M
N
O
SEF200U
7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
P
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1507
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
This illustration is a view from under vehicle
EVAP control system pressure sensor (1)
EVAP canister (2)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (0.0133 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove
pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0693E
SEF200U
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-1510, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
Revision: January 2010
EC-1508
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
A
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
C
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
D
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-III
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
E
F
G
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
H
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
1.
2.
3.
I
J
K
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
L
15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
M
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
N
16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
O
Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
P
17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1509
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1138, "Description".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-1145.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286059
DRAIN FILTER
1.
2.
3.
Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1510
2010 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
PBIB3641E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1511
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286060
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286061
NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to
ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286062
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286063
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1512
2010 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286064
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1513
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286065
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286066
NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
not change within the specified range even
though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005286067
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel.
Refer to FL-10.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
Revision: January 2010
EC-1514
2010 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, go to EC-1515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[QR25DE]
A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-1515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286068
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
H
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
I
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
J
Refer to EC-1245.
K
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
>> INSPECTION END
L
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286069
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
M
Refer to FL-6.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1515
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286070
The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286071
NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607. Refer to EC-1529.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286072
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1516, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286073
1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1516
2010 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
EC
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286074
C
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-6.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1517
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0500 VSS
Description
INFOID:0000000005286075
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
INFOID:0000000005286076
Trouble diagnosis name
P0500
0500
Vehicle speed sensor
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even
when vehicle is being driven.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected item
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Vehicle speed sensor
When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
(High) while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286077
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,800 rpm (M/T)
More than 1,600 rpm (CVT)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
6.0 - 31.8 msec (CVT)
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
Revision: January 2010
EC-1518
2010 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
[QR25DE]
A
INFOID:0000000005286078
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip EC
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
C
D
E
INFOID:0000000005286079
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
F
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
G
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
H
Refer to DI-6.
I
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1519
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005286080
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
INFOID:0000000005286081
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed
by 100 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
INFOID:0000000005286082
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1673.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1520, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286083
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1520
2010 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1521
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
INFOID:0000000005286084
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
INFOID:0000000005286085
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Intake air leak
• PCV system
INFOID:0000000005286086
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1673.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1522, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286087
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
3.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1522
2010 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
A
4. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC
7. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1523
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286088
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0603
0603
INFOID:0000000005286089
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
DTC detecting condition
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit
is open or shorted.]
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005548697
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1526, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1524
2010 Sentra
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286091
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0272GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1525
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
77
Y/R
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Back-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: OFF]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286092
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB3615E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• 20 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1524, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-170.
Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1526
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0605 ECM
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286093
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
C
D
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286094
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
E
F
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
Possible cause
G
• ECM
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items
Malfunction A
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286095
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-1527
M
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
Revision: January 2010
L
O
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
3.
K
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
2010 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
[QR25DE]
INFOID:0000000005286096
1.INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1527, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1528
2010 Sentra
DTC P0607 ECM
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0607 ECM
A
Description
INFOID:0000000005286097
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286098
D
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P0607
0607
Trouble diagnosis name
CAN communication bus
DTC detecting condition
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Possible cause
E
• ECM
F
INFOID:0000000005286099
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1529, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000005286100
1.INSPECTION START
I
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1529, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
2.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
L
M
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1529
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286101
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0643
0643
Trouble diagnosis
name
Sensor power supply
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• Throttle position sensor
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286102
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1532, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1530
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286103
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0268GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1531
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
47
G
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
59
G/Y
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
81
82
W
Y/G
ITEM
CONDITION
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
B/W
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
100
B
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
83
O
84
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286104
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1532
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
C
D
PBIB3433E
3.
E
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
F
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
PBIA9606J
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
I
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Throttle position sensor terminal 1
EC-1614, "Wiring Diagram"
59
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1
EC-1432, "Wiring Diagram"
83
APP sensor terminal 4
EC-1531, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
L
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
M
N
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1617, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
O
P
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1533
2010 Sentra
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1624, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1534
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286105
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T models)
When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT models)
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0923E
1.
Transmission range switch (CVT
models)
2.
F
PNP switch (M/T models)
(view with air cleaner assembly removed.)
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286106
G
Specification data are reference values.
H
Monitor item
P/N POSI SW
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Selector lever: Except above
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
I
INFOID:0000000005286107
J
DTC No.
P0850
0850
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Park/neutral position switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
does not change during driving after the engine is started.
• Harness or connectors
[Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
is open or shorted.]
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
• Transmission range switch (CVT)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
WITH CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
N or P position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
ON
Except above
OFF
If NG, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
L
INFOID:0000000005286108
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
K
EC-1535
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,300 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.1 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64km/h (29 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
7.
[QR25DE]
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005286109
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Selector lever)
P or N position (CVT)
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above
3.
Voltage (Known-good data)
Approx. 0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
If NG, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure".
MBIB0043E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1536
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286110
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0213GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1537
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
102
WIRE
COLOR
BR/R
ITEM
PNP signal
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Except above
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286111
M/T MODELS
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB3623E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F2, E3
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Revision: January 2010
EC-1538
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to MT-14.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
A
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-1245.
C
>> INSPECTION END
CVT MODELS
D
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
PBIB3460E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
N
O
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F2, E3
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and ECM
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Refer to CVT-60.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1539
2010 Sentra
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace transmission range switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1540
2010 Sentra
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286112
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
(Bank 1)
P1168
1168
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed loop control
function
EC
DTC detecting condition
The closed loop control function for bank 1 does
not operate even when vehicle is being driven
in the specified condition.
The closed loop control function for bank 2 does
not operate even when vehicle is being driven
in the specified condition.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open
or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1541
2010 Sentra
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
INFOID:0000000005585157
NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-1256.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005548643
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1212
1212
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
TCS communication line
ECM can not receive the information from
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” continuously.
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005548644
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1542, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005548645
Go to BRC-45.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1542
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
System Description
INFOID:0000000005286113
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
C
Cooling Fan Control
D
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed*1
E
1
Battery
Battery voltage*
Combination meter
Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
Cooling fan
control
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
F
G
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
PBIB3477E
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan speed
O
Cooling fan relay
1
2
3
4
5
Stop (OFF)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Low (LOW)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
High (HI)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286114
Specification data are reference values.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1543
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item
Condition
AIR COND SIG
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
COOLING FAN
• Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Specification
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C (207°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is between 98°C (208°F) and
99°C (210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C (212°F) or more
HIGH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286115
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine over temperature
(Overheat)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat).
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.
• Harness or connectors
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan motor
• IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan relays-4 and -5
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer toEC-1553,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to MA-32, "ENGINE COOLANT :
Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-37, "ENGINE OIL : Changing
Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
INFOID:0000000005286116
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: January 2010
EC-1544
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
SEF621W
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor
operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
If NG, go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
F
G
SEF621W
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1545
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286117
BBWA3047E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1546
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3048E
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1547
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA3049E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286118
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1548
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/HI).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to “PROCEDURE A”.)
EC
C
3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation.
Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test".
2. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/High).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to “PROCEDURE A”.)
E
F
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-39.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump
G
H
I
5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Refer to CO-44.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
J
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
K
Check the following.
• Thermostat. (Refer to CO-48.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-1307, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component parts.
L
M
7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES
N
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1553, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
>> INSPECTION END
O
PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1549
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[QR25DE]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB2607E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1).
: Vehicle front
BBIA0877E
2.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB3445E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-4, -5 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1550
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 (2) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-1 (1)
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0909E
D
2.
Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
F
G
PBIB3446E
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• 40 A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E43, E44 and E46.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Cooling fan motor-2 (2)
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground,
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground.
IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground.
cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1,
cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
L
M
BBIA0909E
O
P
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-1551
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Refer to EC-1553, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay.
11.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1553, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1552
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
OFF
1
•
•
•
•
2
3
4
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
INFOID:0000000005286119
A
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
EC
• Visual
No blocking
• Coolant mixture
• Coolant tester
MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
• Coolant level
• Visual
Coolant up to MAX level in
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
CO-39, "Inspection".
59 - 98 kPa
CO-39, "Inspection".
• Radiator cap
• Pressure tester
—
C
D
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
E
ON*2
5
• Coolant leaks
• Visual
No leaks
CO-39, "Inspection".
ON*2
6
• Thermostat
• Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
CO-51.
ON*1
7
• Cooling fan
• CONSULT-III
Operating
(EC-1548, "Diagnosis
Procedure").
OFF
8
• Combustion gas leak
• Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*3
9
• Coolant temperature
gauge
• Visual
Gauge less than 3/4 when
driving
—
• Coolant overflow to reservoir tank
• Visual
No overflow during driving
and idling
MA-32, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine
Coolant".
F
G
H
OFF*4
10
• Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator
• Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
CO-39, "Inspection".
OFF
11
• Cylinder head
• Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
EM-175.
12
• Cylinder block and pistons
• Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
EM-188.
I
J
K
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
L
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-33.
M
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286120
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1.
2.
N
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Cooling fan speed
Low (LO)
High (HI)
O
Cooling fan motor terminals
(+)
(−)
1
3 and 4
2
3 and 4
1 and 2
3 and 4
P
SEF734W
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1553
2010 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4.
Conditions
Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
If NG, replace cooling fan relay.
PBIB0098E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1554
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286121
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286122
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1225
1225
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005286123
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1555, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000005286124
L
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Electric throttle control actuator (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
M
N
O
P
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0910E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1555
2010 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286125
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-135.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1556
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286126
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286127
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
E
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
INFOID:0000000005286128
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1557, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286129
G
H
I
J
K
L
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
M
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Electric throttle control actuator (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
N
O
P
BBIA0910E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1557
2010 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286130
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-135.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1558
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description
A
INFOID:0000000005286131
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EC
INFOID:0000000005286132
C
DTC No.
P1421
1421
Trouble diagnosis name
Cold start emission reduction
strategy monitoring
DTC detecting condition
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine
idle speed properly when engine is started with
pre-warming up condition.
Possible cause
• Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system
• ECM
D
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286133
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
F
G
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F).
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go
to step 1.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1559, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
I
J
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
L
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286134
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
M
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
N
O
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
P
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform EC-1385, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
Revision: January 2010
for DTC P0171, P0174.
EC-1559
2010 Sentra
DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure"
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
for DTC P0171, P0174.
1.
2.
Erase DTC.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1559, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration".
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1560
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286135
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
C
D
E
BBIA0911E
1.
ASCD steering switch
2.
MAIN switch
3.
4.
SET/COAST switch
5.
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
F
CANCEL switch
Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function.
G
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286136
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN SW
• Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL SW
• Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
H
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
MAIN switch: Pressed
ON
MAIN switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed
ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
P1564
1564
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
ASCD steering switch
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
range.
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
K
L
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
INFOID:0000000005286138
EC-1561
M
N
O
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
J
INFOID:0000000005286137
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-1527.
DTC No.
I
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1564, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1562
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286139
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3050E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1563
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
85
WIRE
COLOR
L/Y
92
ITEM
ASCD steering switch
B/Y
Sensor ground
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
Approximately 4 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• MAIN switch: Pressed
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 1 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
Approximately 3 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286140
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.
Switch
Monitor item
MAIN switch
MAIN SW
CANCEL switch
CANCEL SW
Revision: January 2010
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
EC-1564
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Switch
Monitor item
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
RESUME/ACC SW
SET/COAST
switch
SET SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
A
EC
C
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 85 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
Voltage (V)
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 1.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 3.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 2.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
D
E
F
PBIB3600E
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
I
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 92.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
K
Continuity should exist.
L
5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
M
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
N
O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
P
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 85 and combination switch terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1565
2010 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M2, E4
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1566, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286141
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78.
Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch.
Switch
MAIN switch
CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch
Condition
Resistance [Ω]
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 250
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 1,480
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 660
Released
Approx. 4,000
PBIB3601E
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1566
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286142
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is
turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal (3) by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function.
EC
C
D
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286143
Specification data are reference values.
F
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake peal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake peal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly
depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
I
J
DTC Detecting Condition
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM
at the same time.
ASCD brake switch
B)
Revision: January 2010
H
K
L
M
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
A)
P1572
1572
G
INFOID:0000000005286144
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-1527.
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
E
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM
for extremely long time while the vehicle is
being driven
EC-1567
Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T)
• Stop lamp switch
• ASCD brake switch
• ASCD clutch switch (M/T)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T)
• ECM
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286145
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes the extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B
can be detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator illuminates.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
5.
6.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
7.
8.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1568
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286146
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3051E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1569
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
106
110
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
Approximately 0 V
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286147
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Indication
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
CVT models
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
Condition
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
CVT models
Condition
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
Voltage
Approximately 0 V
PBIB3602E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1570
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
A
Indication
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 106 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
C
Voltage
D
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
E
PBIB3603E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
L
: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
N
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
K
PBIB0857E
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1571
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0770E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1572
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
[QR25DE]
A
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
C
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
D
1.
2.
-
F
E
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
G
H
I
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
J
K
L
PBIB3443E
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
N
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1573
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286148
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1574
2010 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
A
EC
C
PBIB3444E
D
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
E
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1575
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286149
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-1135 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286150
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
• The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-1518.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-1527.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.)
• TCM (CVT models)
• Combination meter
• ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286151
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1576, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286152
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1576
2010 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT”
A
Refer to BRC-10.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
C
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-6.
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1577
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
Description
INFOID:0000000005286153
ECM receives input speed signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for engine
control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286154
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
I/P PULLY SPD
Condition
Specification
Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication
• Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286155
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-1425.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to
EC-1431.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-1527.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-1529.
DTC No.
P1715
1715
Trouble diagnosis name
Input speed sensor
(TCM output)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Input speed signal is different from the
theoretical value calculated by ECM from
output shaft revolution signal and engine
rpm signal.
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• Harness or connectors
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• TCM
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286156
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1578, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286157
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1578
2010 Sentra
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
[QR25DE]
A
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1579
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000005286158
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286159
Specification data are reference values.
monitor item
BRAKE SW
condition
• Ignition switch: ON
specification
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286160
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1805
1805
Brake switch
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for
extremely long time while the vehicle is being
driven.
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition
Driving condition
Engine: Idling
Normal
Accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INFOID:0000000005286161
Turn ignition switch ON.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1582, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1580
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286162
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3052E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1581
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
106
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
Stop lamp switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286163
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Slightly depressed
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
-
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
BBIA0769E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB3443E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
Revision: January 2010
EC-1582
2010 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 106.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
D
E
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1583, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
F
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-1245.
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286164
I
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
J
K
L
M
PBIB3444E
N
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
O
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1583
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286165
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286166
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
THRTL RELAY
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286167
These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P2100
2100
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
ECM detects that the voltage of power source
for throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
• Throttle control motor relay
P2103
2103
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286168
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1586, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1586, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1584
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286169
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3054E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1585
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V
5
W
Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIA8150J
0 - 14 V
6
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286170
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1586
2010 Sentra
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUSE
C
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace 15 A fuse.
D
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
E
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
F
G
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIA9568J
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
L
M
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1587
P
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
INFOID:0000000005286171
NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-1584 or EC-1599.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286172
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2101
2101
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance
DTC detecting condition
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286173
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1590, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1588
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286174
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
AABWA0269GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1589
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 14 V
5
W
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Throttle control motor
(Open)
PBIA8150J
0 - 14 V
6
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286175
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Revision: January 2010
EC-1590
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0 V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9568J
D
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
M
N
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9569J
O
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1591
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check if 15 A fuse is blown.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace 15A fuse.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
5
6
ECM terminal
Continuity
5
Should not exist.
6
Should exist.
5
Should exist.
6
Should not exist.
BBIA0912E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Electric throttle control actuator (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
BBIA0910E
12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1592
2010 Sentra
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EC-1593, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
A
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
D
1.
2.
3.
E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
F
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286176
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
G
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
H
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
I
J
PBIB2909E
K
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286177
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
L
Refer to EM-135.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1593
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286178
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286179
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2118
2118
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286180
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1596, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1594
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286181
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3055E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1595
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
2
Y/B
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 14 V
5
W
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Throttle control motor
(Open)
PBIA8150J
0 - 14 V
6
L/R
Throttle control motor (Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
15
G/Y
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286182
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1596
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
5
6
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
Continuity
5
Should not exist.
6
Should exist.
5
Should exist.
6
Should not exist.
BBIA0912E
D
E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-1597, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
I
H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
K
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286183
M
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
N
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
O
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
PBIB2909E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286184
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Revision: January 2010
EC-1597
2010 Sentra
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to EM-135.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1598
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286185
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle C
control motor.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286186
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P2119
2119
Electric throttle control
actuator
Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
E
F
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Detected items
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The
engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286187
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T).
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
Check DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1600, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-1599
K
L
M
O
P
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1.
2.
I
2010 Sentra
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1600, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
[QR25DE]
INFOID:0000000005286188
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
: Vehicle front
Electric throttle control actuator (2)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0910E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1600
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286189
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
EC
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
C
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The
D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
F
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286190
Specification data are reference values.
G
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
ACCEL SEN 1
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
H
I
J
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286191
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
INFOID:0000000005286192
NOTE:
EC-1601
N
O
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Revision: January 2010
L
M
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure
K
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1603, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286193
BBWA3056E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1602
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
81
W
82
Y/G
83
O
ITEM
CONDITION
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
G
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Approximately 0 V
84
B/W
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
100
B
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
D
E
H
I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286194
J
K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
M
N
O
BBIA0927E
P
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1603
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[QR25DE]
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9606J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1605, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Revision: January 2010
EC-1604
2010 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
[QR25DE]
A
EC
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286195
E
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
G
Voltage
81
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
82
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
F
H
I
PBIB3604E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
J
K
INFOID:0000000005286196
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
L
Refer to ACC-4.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1605
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286197
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286198
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286199
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2127
2127
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
P2128
2128
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1606
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286200
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
C
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1609, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1607
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286201
BBWA3057E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1608
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
72
76
81
CONDITION
G/W
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
Y/G
83
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
W
82
A
WIRE
COLOR
O
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
G
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Approximately 0 V
84
B/W
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
91
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
100
B
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
E
H
I
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
INFOID:0000000005286202
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
M
N
O
P
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
Revision: January 2010
2.
Washer tank
EC-1609
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIA9607J
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 87.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1610
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
[QR25DE]
A
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
F
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
I
Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
J
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
K
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
M
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286203
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
P
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1611
2010 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
81
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
82
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
[QR25DE]
PBIB3604E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286204
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1612
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286205
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286206
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
TP SEN 1-B1
TP SEN 2-B2*
F
Condition
Specification
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286207
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
P2135
2135
G
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
DTC No.
E
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 or 2)
I
J
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286208
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1615, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1613
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286209
ABBWA0181GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1614
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
36
37
38
47
A
WIRE
COLOR
B
R
W
G
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
Throttle position sensor 1
Throttle position sensor 2
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
Approximately 0 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
H
D
E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286210
I
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
J
K
L
M
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
N
Fuse and fusible link box
O
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
P
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1615
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector
(1).
: Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0902E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB3484E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between the following;
electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 37,
electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 38.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1617, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1616
2010 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
A
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286211
D
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Turn ignition switch ON.
Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal),
38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
E
F
G
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
37
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36 V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75 V
38
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Less than 4.75 V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
H
PBIB3482E
I
J
INFOID:0000000005286212
K
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-135.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1617
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286213
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286214
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
ACCEL SEN 1
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.0 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.8 V
CLSD THL POS
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286215
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-1530.
DTC No.
P2138
2138
Trouble diagnosis name
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/
performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2.
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1618
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286216
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1621, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1619
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286217
BBWA3058E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1620
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
72
76
81
CONDITION
G/W
G/R
Sensor power supply
[Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)]
Y/G
83
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
W
82
A
WIRE
COLOR
O
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
0.6 - 0.9 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
G
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
Approximately 0 V
84
B/W
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
87
BR/Y
Sensor power supply
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
91
V/W
EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
100
B
Sensor ground
(APP sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
E
H
I
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
INFOID:0000000005286218
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
M
N
O
P
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
Revision: January 2010
2.
Washer tank
EC-1621
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
[QR25DE]
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3433E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
PBIA9606J
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
PBIA9607J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 87.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1622
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
A
Reference Wiring Diagram
72
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram"
76
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1
EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram"
87
APP sensor terminal 5
EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram"
91
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram"
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
D
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.)
• EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
E
F
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 84 and APP sensor terminal 2,
ECM terminal 100 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 81 and APP sensor terminal 3,
ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-1624, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
P
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1623
2010 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286219
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
81
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.6 - 0.9 V
Fully depressed
3.9 - 4.7 V
82
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released
0.3 - 0.6 V
Fully depressed
1.95 - 2.4 V
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIB3604E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286220
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-4.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1624
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286221
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F).
EC
C
D
PBIB3353E
E
F
G
H
PBIB3354E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286222
I
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition
• Engine: After warming up
Specification
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
INFOID:0000000005286223
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No.
P2A00
2A00
(Bank 1)
P2A03
2A03
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit range/performance
DTC detecting condition
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
a specified period.
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
specified period.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
•
•
•
•
•
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
Intake air leaks
INFOID:0000000005286224
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: January 2010
J
EC-1625
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and check that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1626
BBIA0900E
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286225
A
BANK 1
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0175GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1627
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
4
BR/W
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIA8148J
45
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49
B
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: January 2010
EC-1628
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BANK 2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0176GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1629
2010 Sentra
P
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V
8
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
PBIA8148J
53
W
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
57
R
A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 1.8 V
Output voltage varies with air fuel
ratio.
Approximately 2.2 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286226
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2). Refer to
EM-140, "Removal and Installation".
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0919E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1630
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
A
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
C
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
BBIA0900E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281.
No
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4)
Check harness connector for water.
M
N
Water should no exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
O
BBIA0919E
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
P
Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1631
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
[QR25DE]
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB3308E
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1)
• Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1)
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2)
• 10 A fuse (Bank 1)
• 15 A fuse (Bank 2)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank
A/F sensor 1 terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
2
49
1
53
2
57
1
2
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank 1
Bank 2
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
ECM terminal
1
45
1
53
2
49
2
57
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1632
2010 Sentra
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG
>> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
C
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using heated oxygen
sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize
lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> GO TO 12.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
G
H
13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
E
F
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1.
2.
3.
D
I
With CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector.
: Vehicle front
Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Check that DTC P0102 is displayed.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
Check that DTC P0000 is displayed.
J
K
L
M
N
>> GO TO 14.
BBIA0900E
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1.
2.
3.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
P
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286227
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-140.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1633
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286228
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function.
BBIA0769E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286229
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
Revision: January 2010
CONDITION
• Ignition switch: ON
• Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
ON
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC-1634
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286230
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3060E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1635
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
106
110
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/G
Stop lamp switch
G/B
ASCD brake switch
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT)
• Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)
Approximately 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT)
• Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released
(M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286231
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
ON
CVT models
CONDITION
INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
CVT models
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal: Fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0 V
PBIB3602E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1636
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONDITION
A
INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
EC
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 106 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
C
VOLTAGE
D
Approximately 0 V
Battery voltage
E
PBIB3603E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch (2)
Brake pedal (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
BBIA0769E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage
L
: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4.
NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6.
N
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
K
PBIB0857E
O
Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1637
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector.
Clutch pedal (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0770E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1638
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
[QR25DE]
A
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
C
10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
D
1.
2.
-
F
E
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
ASCD brake switch (1)
Brake pedal (3)
G
H
I
BBIA0769E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester.
J
K
L
PBIB3443E
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
N
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1639
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286232
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
Clutch pedal: Fully released.
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1640
2010 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
A
EC
C
PBIB3444E
D
Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
E
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1641
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286233
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286234
Specification data are reference value.
Monitor item
Condition
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time
→ 2nd
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Revision: January 2010
Specification
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
EC-1642
2010 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286235
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABBWA0182GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286236
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1643
2010 Sentra
P
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASCD indicator
Condition
MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st
time → 2nd
CRUISE LAMP
• Ignition switch: ON
SET LAMP
• MAIN switch: ON
• Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25
MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH)
Specification
ON → OFF
ASCD: Operating
ON
ASCD: Not operating
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX.
No
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1644
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
A
INFOID:0000000005286237
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
LOAD SIGNAL
Condition
• Ignition switch: ON
HEATER FAN SW
EC
• Ignition switch: ON
Specification
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting
switch is in 2nd position.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch
is OFF.
OFF
Heater fan: Operating.
ON
Heater fan: Not operating.
OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286238
1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
ON
Lighting switch: OFF
OFF
D
E
F
G
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position
C
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
I
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
J
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF
OFF
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
M
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition
N
HEATER FAN SW
Heater fan control switch: ON
ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF
OFF
O
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
P
4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-4 or LT-25.
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Revision: January 2010
EC-1645
2010 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Refer to GW-54.
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to MTC-27.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1646
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286239
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
EC
C
D
PBIA9664J
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286240
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
See EC-1237.
INJ PULSE-B1
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Neutral (M/T)
• No load
INJ PULSE-B2
F
Condition
B/FUEL SCHDL
E
Specification
G
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1647
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286241
BBWA3062E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EC-1648
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
29
30
31
32
R
O
GR
L
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
E
(11 - 14 V)
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
PBIA4943J
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286242
1.INSPECTION START
I
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
L
1.
2.
3.
M
N
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
O
P
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
PBIB3332E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1649
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (1).
: Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
BBIA0903E
4.
Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 29, 30, 31, 32.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1651, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: January 2010
EC-1650
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286243
A
FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
EC
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3.
C
If NG, replace fuel injector.
D
E
PBIA9579J
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286244
F
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-148.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1651
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL PUMP
Description
INFOID:0000000005286245
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
ECM Function
Fuel pump control
Actuator
Fuel pump relay
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON
Operates for 1 second
Engine running and cranking
Operates
Engine: Stopped
Stops in 1.5 seconds
Except as shown above
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0765E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
INFOID:0000000005286246
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
FUEL PUMP RLY
Condition
Specification
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
• Engine running or cranking
ON
• Except above conditions
OFF
Revision: January 2010
EC-1652
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286247
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3063E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1653
2010 Sentra
P
FUEL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
14
WIRE
COLOR
B/O
ITEM
Fuel pump relay
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
Diagnosis Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
INFOID:0000000005286248
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
-
Turn ignition switch ON.
Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
: Vehicle front
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
4.
BBIA0913E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 14 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB3605E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB3319E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1654
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
C
1.
2.
3.
D
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1).
This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover
removed.
Turn ignition switch ON.
E
F
BBIA0754E
5.
Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage:
G
H
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
PBIB0795E
6.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuse.
K
L
M
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
2.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
P
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E13, B9
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
Revision: January 2010
N
EC-1655
2010 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1656, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286249
FUEL PUMP
1.
2.
Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3.
If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
SEC918C
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286250
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1656
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286251
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
EC
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
• Ignition coil harness connector (1)
•
: Vehicle front
C
D
E
BBIA0914E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1657
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286252
AABWA0271GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1658
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
24
105
A
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
G
ITEM
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
Power supply for ECM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 1.0 V
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1659
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA3065E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1660
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
A
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
EC
0 - 0.1 V
9
10
11
21
Y
BR/Y
V
G
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 4
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
C
D
PBIA9265J
0 - 0.2 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
PBIA9266J
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005286253
H
1.CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
I
J
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
L
M
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 9, 10, 11, 21
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.
2.
N
O
P
PBIB3616E
PBIA9265J
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1661
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-1246.
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIA9575J
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0624E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-1246.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E17, F10
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1662
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
[QR25DE]
A
9.CHECK CONDENSER-2
EC
Refer to EC-1664, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace condenser-2.
C
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector (1).
Turn ignition switch ON.
F
G
BBIA0914E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
H
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
K
PBIB0138E
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector F10
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10
M
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
N
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
P
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: January 2010
L
EC-1663
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 9, 10, 11, 21 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
[QR25DE]
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-1664, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000005286254
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2
Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3
2 and 3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Except 0
If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
: Vehicle front
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1664
PBIB0847E
PBIB2958E
2010 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 –
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
JMBIA0066GB
away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the
electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
CONDENSER-2
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector.
Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2.
D
E
F
G
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4.
C
H
If NG, replace condenser-2.
I
J
PBIB0794E
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286255
K
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-145.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EC-1665
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
INFOID:0000000005286256
The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of
the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
•
: Vehicle front
BBIA0762E
PBIB2657E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1666
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000005286257
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
BBWA3066E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: January 2010
EC-1667
2010 Sentra
P
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
R/G
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 V
G/W
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
39
L
40
72
Diagnosis Procedure
1.0 - 4.0 V
INFOID:0000000005286258
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0 V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB3606E
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.
3.
Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0927E
: Vehicle front
1.
Body ground E9 (view with front
wheel RH and fender protector RH
removed.)
4.
Body ground E15
2.
Washer tank
3.
Fuse and fusible link box
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: January 2010
EC-1668
2010 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
BBIA0762E
D
3.
Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
F
G
SEF479Y
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 40.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
M
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
N
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 39.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
Revision: January 2010
EC-1669
2010 Sentra
P
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E3, F2
• Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1245.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005286259
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".
Revision: January 2010
EC-1670
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
A
INFOID:0000000005286260
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ABBWA0183GB
Revision: January 2010
EC-1671
2010 Sentra
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BBWA2913E
Revision: January 2010
EC-1672
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure
INFOID:0000000005286261
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Fuel pressure at idle
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
CVT
Target idle speed
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing
INFOID:0000000005286262
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
CVT
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
D
800 ± 50 rpm
1
No load* (in Neutral position)
C
650 ± 50 rpm
No load*1 (In P or N position)
M/T
EC
800 rpm or more
E
10 ± 5° BTDC
F
*1: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
G
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
INFOID:0000000005286263
H
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
Mass Air Flow Sensor
I
INFOID:0000000005286264
Supply voltage
J
Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)
Output voltage at idle
K
0.9 - 1.1* V
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
L
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
INFOID:0000000005286265
M
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
N
INFOID:0000000005286266
O
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater
INFOID:0000000005286267
1.8 - 2.44 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
P
EC-1673
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater
INFOID:0000000005286268
3.4 - 4.4 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
INFOID:0000000005286269
Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
INFOID:0000000005286270
Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection".
Throttle Control Motor
INFOID:0000000005286271
Approximately 1 - 15 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Fuel Injector
INFOID:0000000005286272
10.4 - 15.3 Ω
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Fuel Pump
INFOID:0000000005286273
Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: January 2010
EC-1674
2010 Sentra
BRAKES
SECTION
PB
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
CONTENTS
On-Vehicle Service ................................................... 5
Component ............................................................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 6
PB
PARKING BRAKE SHOE .................................. 8
G
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4
Component ............................................................... 8
Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
Drum and Lining Break-in ........................................10
H
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 11
I
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL ............................ 5
Parking Drum Brake ................................................11
Parking Brake Control .............................................11
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PB-1
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000005614913
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005937451
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
PB-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
A
B
C
D
E
PB
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PB-3
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005282930
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Removing nuts, bolts and screws
PIIB1407E
Revision: January 2010
PB-4
2010 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
A
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000005282931
INSPECTION
B
When parking brake lever is operated with a force of 196 N (20 kg-f,
44 lb-f), make sure parking brake lever stroke is within the specified
number of notches. (Check it by listening and counting ratchet
clicks.)
Number of notches
C
: PB-11, "Parking Brake Control"
D
E
WFIA0508E
COMPONENTS INSPECTION
•
•
-
Make sure that the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash, etc.) of each component are normal.
Check the following:
Device assembly for bends, damage and cracks. Replace if any damage is noted.
Cables and equalizer for wear and damage. Replace if any damage is noted.
Parking brake switch. Replace if it does not work correctly.
ADJUSTMENT
1.
2.
PB
G
H
Engage parking brake lever to access adjusting nut hole below
grip.
Insert a deep socket wrench onto adjusting nut. Rotate adjusting
nut to fully loosen cable, and then release parking brake lever.
I
J
K
WFIA0095E
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Depress the foot brake about 10 times and adjust the rear shoe clearance.
CAUTION:
Be sure to securely depress the foot brake.
Rotate brake drum or disc rotor to make sure that there is no drag.
Adjust parking brake cable with the following procedure.
When replace parking brake cable, operate parking brake lever with a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f)
about 10 times.
Engage parking brake lever to access adjusting nut hole below grip.
Rotate adjusting nut to adjust parking brake lever stroke using a deep socket wrench.
Operate parking brake lever with a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f), make sure the parking brake lever
stroke is within the specified number of notches. (Check it by listening and counting ratchet clicks.)
Make sure that there is no drag on rear brake or parking brake shoe with parking brake lever completely
released.
Revision: January 2010
PB-5
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Component
INFOID:0000000005282932
LFIA0254E
1.
Device assembly
2.
Adjusting nut
3.
Parking brake switch
4.
Front cable
5.
Equalizer
6.
Bracket
7.
LH cable guide
8.
LH rear cable
9.
RH rear cable
10. RH cable guide
Front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282933
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect parking brake switch connector.
Loosen adjusting nut.
Remove equalizer from rear cable terminal ends.
Remove device assembly nuts, then remove device assembly.
Remove rear brake drum or disc rotor. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly" (drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (disc rotor).
7. Remove rear cables from the operating levers. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake
Assembly" (drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (disc brake).
8. Remove rear cable bolts, and then remove LH and RH rear cables.
9. If replacing LH or RH cable guide, remove carpet and floor insulator. Refer to EI-39, "Removal and Installation", then perform the following:
• Remove bracket nuts and bracket.
• Remove cable guide bolts and cable guides.
10. Remove adjusting nut, and discard, remove front cable from device assembly (if replacing front cable
assembly).
Revision: January 2010
PB-6
2010 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the adjusting nut.
A
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of the removal.
• Adjust clearance of rear brake shoes. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service".
B
C
D
E
PB
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PB-7
2010 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
Component
INFOID:0000000005282934
LFIA0259E
1.
Anchor pin
2.
Baffle plate
3.
Lever
4.
Brake shoe
5.
Spring
6.
Strut
7.
Retainer spring
8.
Adjuster
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005282935
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Clean brakes with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne particles or other materials.
1. Remove wheel and tire.
2. Remove the brake rotor with the parking brake lever completely disengaged. If the brake rotor cannot be
removed, remove as follows:
Revision: January 2010
PB-8
2010 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
a. Secure the brake rotor with the wheel nut and remove the
adjuster hole plug.
b. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or suitable tool through the plug
opening and rotate the star wheel on the adjuster assembly in
the direction as shown to retract the parking brake shoes.
3. Remove the parking brake shoe springs.
4. Remove retainer springs, parking brake shoes, strut, and
adjuster. Then remove lever from brake shoe.
A
B
C
WFIA0018E
D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Visually inspect the lining for abnormal wear, damage and peeling.
• Using a micrometer, measure the thickness (A) of the lining.
Standard lining thickness
Lining wear limit (A)
E
: PB-11, "Parking Brake
Control"
: PB-11, "Parking Brake
Control"
PB
• Visually inspect the inside of the drum for abnormal wear, damage
and cracks. Using a pair of vernier calipers, measure the inside
diameter of the drum.
Standard inner diameter
Maximum inner diameter
: PB-11, "Parking Brake
Control"
: PB-11, "Parking Brake
Control"
G
SBR021A
H
I
CAUTION:
If necessary, remove the parking brake shoe and check as follows.
• Check the shoe sliding surface for abnormal wear and damage.
• Check the anchor pin for abnormal wear and corrosion.
• Check the return springs for sagging.
• Check the adjuster for rough operation.
J
K
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Apply brake grease to the contact areas on baffle plate.
L
M
• The orientation of the adjuster is different from LH to RH brakes.
Assemble the adjuster so that the threaded part is expanded when
rotating it in the direction as shown. Completely retract the adjuster
to assemble. When disassembling the adjuster, apply brake
grease to the threads.
• After installing parking brake shoes and rotor, adjust the parking
brake. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation".
N
O
P
SFIA0153E
SHOE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
1.
Make sure the parking brake control lever is fully released and parking brake cable adjusting nut is loosened.
Revision: January 2010
PB-9
2010 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the adjuster hole plug on the rotor. Using a screwdriver
or suitable tool, turn the adjuster in the direction as shown until
the rotor is locked. After locking, turn the adjuster in the opposite
direction 5 or 6 notches.
3. Rotate the rotor to make sure that there is no drag. Install the
adjuster hole plug.
4. After adjusting the clearance of the rear shoes, adjust the parking brake cable. Refer to PB-11, "Parking Drum Brake".
• After replacing the shoes or the brake rotor or if the parking
brake does not function well, perform the break-in procedure.
Refer to PB-11, "Parking Drum Brake".
Drum and Lining Break-in
WFIA0286E
INFOID:0000000005282936
CAUTION:
Do not carry out the break-in procedure excessively. Doing so may cause uneven or premature wear
of the brake shoe lining.
When new parking brake shoes or brake rotors are installed or when parking brake performance is poor, perform the following break-in procedure.
1. Drive the unloaded vehicle on a safe, level and dry road.
2. Pull the parking brake control lever with a force of 147 N (15 kg-f, 33 lb-f).
3. While pulling the lever, continue to drive the vehicle forward 100 meters (328 ft) at approximately 35 km/h
(22 MPH).
4. Allow the parking brake to cool down for approximately five minutes.
5. Release the parking brake control lever and drive the vehicle under normal conditions for two minutes to
cool down the parking brake.
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 three times and repeat just step 5 once more.
7. After performing the break-in procedure, check the stroke of the parking brake control lever. If it is out of
specification, adjust again. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service".
Revision: January 2010
PB-10
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Parking Drum Brake
Brake lining
Drum (in disc)
INFOID:0000000005282937
Standard thickness (new)
B
3.2 mm (0.126 in)
Wear limit thickness
—
Standard inner diameter (new)
C
172 mm (6.77 in)
Wear limit of inner diameter
—
Parking Brake Control
INFOID:0000000005282938
D
QR25DE (All Models)
Control type
Hand lever
E
8− 9
Number of notches [under a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f)]
Number of notches when warning lamp switch comes on
1
PB
MR20DE (All Models)
Control type
Hand lever
7− 8
Number of notches [under a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f)]
Number of notches when warning lamp switch comes on
G
1
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
PB-11
2010 Sentra
ENGINE
SECTION
EM
ENGINE MECHANICAL
A
EM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
MR20DE
Changing Air Cleaner Filter .....................................17
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3
INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 18
Component ..............................................................18
Removal and Installation .........................................19
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 4
Precaution for Drain Coolant ..................................... 4
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ................. 4
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly ................ 4
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Assembly and Installation .................. 4
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................... 5
Precaution for Liquid Gasket ..................................... 5
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................11
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ..................... 11
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause
of the Symptom ....................................................... 12
DRIVE BELTS ....................................................13
Component .............................................................. 13
Checking Drive Belts ............................................... 13
Tension Adjustment ................................................ 13
Removal and Installation ......................................... 13
Component .............................................................. 14
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Tensioner ...................................................................... 14
Component ..............................................................23
Removal and Installation .........................................24
OIL PAN ............................................................ 27
H
Component ..............................................................27
Removal and Installation .........................................27
I
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER ........................................................ 33
J
Component ..............................................................33
Removal and Installation .........................................33
K
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 36
Component ..............................................................36
Removal and Installation .........................................36
L
TIMING CHAIN .................................................. 40
Component ..............................................................40
Removal and Installation .........................................41
M
CAMSHAFT ....................................................... 50
Component ..............................................................50
Removal and Installation .........................................50
Valve Clearance ......................................................58
N
OIL SEAL .......................................................... 62
O
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ..............62
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ..............62
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ...............63
P
CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 65
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ........................16
Component .............................................................. 16
Removal and Installation ......................................... 16
Revision: January 2010
G
EXHAUST MANIFOLD ...................................... 23
PREPARATION ................................................... 7
Special Service Tool ................................................. 7
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 9
F
EM-1
On-Vehicle Service ..................................................65
Component ..............................................................66
Removal and Installation .........................................66
Component ..............................................................68
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................69
2010 Sentra
Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 70
Removal and Installation ....................................... 133
ENGINE ASSEMBLY ......................................... 75
INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 135
Component ............................................................. 75
Removal and Installation ........................................ 76
Removal and Installation ....................................... 135
CYLINDER BLOCK ........................................... 80
Component ............................................................. 80
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 81
How to Select Piston and Bearing .......................... 90
Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 97
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY
CATALYST ....................................................... 140
Removal and Installation ....................................... 140
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ........................ 142
Removal and Installation ....................................... 142
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 108
IGNITION COIL ................................................. 145
Standard and Limit ................................................108
SPARK PLUG ................................................... 146
QR25DE
Removal and Installation ....................................... 145
Removal and Installation ....................................... 146
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 119
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 148
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 119
Removal and Installation ....................................... 148
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................119
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................119
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..120
Precaution for Draining Coolant ............................120
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ..............120
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly .............120
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement .......................................................................120
Precaution for Assembly and Installation ..............120
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................120
Precaution for Liquid Gasket .................................121
ROCKER COVER ............................................. 151
PREPARATION ............................................... 123
Special Service Tool ..............................................123
Commercial Service Tool ......................................125
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 128
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ....................128
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause
of the Symptom .....................................................128
DRIVE BELTS .................................................. 130
Checking Drive Belts .............................................130
Tension Adjustment ...............................................130
Removal and Installation .......................................130
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner .....................................................................131
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ...................... 133
Revision: January 2010
Removal and Installation ....................................... 151
CAMSHAFT ...................................................... 153
Removal and Installation ....................................... 153
Inspection After Installation ................................... 160
Valve Clearance .................................................... 161
TIMING CHAIN ................................................. 164
Removal and Installation ....................................... 164
OIL SEAL .......................................................... 172
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ........... 172
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ............ 172
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ............ 173
CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 175
On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 175
Removal and Installation ....................................... 176
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 178
Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 180
ENGINE ASSEMBLY ....................................... 184
Removal and Installation ....................................... 184
CYLINDER BLOCK .......................................... 188
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 188
How to Select Piston and Bearing ........................ 196
Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 202
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 212
Standard and Limit ................................................ 212
EM-2
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
EM
INFOID:0000000005283709
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283710
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
EM-3
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283711
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
PIIB3706J
Precaution for Drain Coolant
INFOID:0000000005283712
• Drain coolant when engine is cooled.
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping
INFOID:0000000005283713
• Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
• Release fuel pressure before disassembly.
• After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly
INFOID:0000000005283714
• When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid
forceful or uninstructed operations.
• Exercise maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
• Cover openings of engine system with tape or the equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
• Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly.
• When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, do exactly as specified. Power tools may be used
where noted in the step.
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283715
• Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precaution for Assembly and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283716
• Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts to specification.
• When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified,
do exactly as specified.
• Replace with new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
• Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage.
• Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
• Release air within route after draining coolant.
• Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped).
Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
• After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for
leakage.
Revision: January 2010
EM-4
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening
INFOID:0000000005283717
A
Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts:
Cylinder head bolts
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
EM
Main bearing cap bolts
Connecting rod cap nuts
Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular
C
tightening)
• Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
• The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
• Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
D
•
-
Precaution for Liquid Gasket
INFOID:0000000005283718
E
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
• After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool.
Tool number
F
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied.
Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
G
H
WBIA0566E
I
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface.
• Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
J
K
L
PBIC0003E
4.
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Tool number
WS39930000 (
–
N
)
• If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant to the groove.
• As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make
sure to read the text of this manual.
• Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating component.
• If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
• Do not retighten after the installation.
Revision: January 2010
M
EM-5
O
P
WBIA0567E
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15,
"MR20DE".
[MR20DE]
SEM159F
CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.
Revision: January 2010
EM-6
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283719
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
EM
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing steel oil pan and rear timing
chain case
C
D
E
NT046
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
head, etc.
F
G
NT014
KV10107902
(J-38959)
Valve oil seal puller
Removing valve oil seal
H
I
J
S-NT011
EM03470000
(J-8037)
Piston ring compressor
Installing piston assembly into cylinder
bore
K
L
NT044
KV101092S0
(J-26336-B)
Valve spring compressor
1 KV10109210
(J-26336-20)
Attachment
2 KV10109220
( — )
3. KV10109230
Adapter (M8)
WS39930000
(
—
Tube presser
Disassembling and assembling valve
mechanism
M
N
NT718
O
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
)
P
NT052
Revision: January 2010
EM-7
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST16610001
(J-23907)
Pilot bushing puller
Removing crankshaft pilot bushing
NT045
KV11103000
(—)
Pulley puller
Removing crankshaft pulley
NT676
KV991J0050
(J-44626)
Air fuel sensor Socket
Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio A/F
sensor
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
LBIA0444E
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening rear heated oxygen sensor
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
KV11105210
(J-44716)
Stopper plate
Securing diveplate and flywheel
ZZA0009D
KV10115600
(J-38958)
Valve oil seal drift
S-NT603
Revision: January 2010
EM-8
Installing valve oil seal
Use side A.
a: 20 (0.79) dia
b: 13 (0.51) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia
d: 8 (0.31) dia.
e: 10.7 (0.421)
f: 5 (0.20)
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10115801
( — )
Oil filter wrench
Removing and installing oil filter
a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in)
A
EM
C
S-NT375
—
(J-48891)
Spark plug socket
Removing and installing spark plug
D
E
F
ALBIA0672GB
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283720
G
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
H
I
J
PBIC0190E
Valve seat cutter set
Finishing valve seat dimensions
K
L
NT048
Piston ring expander
Removing and installing piston ring
M
N
O
NT030
KV10109300
( — )
Pulley holder
Removing and installing crankshaft pulley
P
NT628
Revision: January 2010
EM-9
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10111800
Valve guide drift
Removing and installing valve guide
PBIC4012E
Valve guide reamer
(1): Reaming valve guide inner hole
(2): Reaming hole for oversize valve guide
PBIC4013E
(J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor and Air
Fuel ratio sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant
shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio
sensors
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio
sensors
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
E20 Torx® Socket
(J-45816)
Removing and installing drive plate and flywheel bolts
LBIA0285E
Revision: January 2010
EM-10
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise
A
INFOID:0000000005283721
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WBIA0822E
1.
Piston pin noise
2.
Piston slap noise
3.
Main bearing noise
4.
Water pump noise
5.
Timing chain and tensioner noise
6.
Drive belt noise (stick/slipping)
7.
Tappet noise
8.
Camshaft bearing noise
9.
Connecting rod noise
A.
Rotational mechanism
B.
Water pump
C.
Timing chain
Revision: January 2010
EM-11
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
D.
Drive belt
E.
Crankshaft pulley
F.
A/C compressor
G.
Water pump
H.
Generator
I.
Tension pulley
J.
Valve mechanism
K.
Valves
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom
INFOID:0000000005283722
1. Locate the area where noise occurs.
2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
Operating condition of engine
Location
of noise
Type of
noise
Top of engine
Rocker
cover
Cylinder
head
Front of
engine
Front cover
Front of
engine
Reference page
After
warmup
When
starting
When
idling
When
racing
While
driving
Ticking or
clicking
C
A
—
A
B
—
Tappet
noise
Valve clearance
EM-58
Rattle
C
A
—
A
B
C
Camshaft
bearing
noise
Camshaft journal oil
clearance
Camshaft runout
EM-50
EM-50
—
Piston pin
noise
Piston to piston pin oil
clearance
Connecting rod bushing
oil clearance
EM-97
EM-97
A
Piston
slap noise
Piston to cylinder bore
clearance
Piston ring side clearance
Piston ring end gap
Connecting rod bend
and torsion
EM-97
EM-97
EM-97
EM-97
Connecting rod bushing
oil clearance
Connecting rod bearing
oil clearance
EM-97
EM-97
Slap or
knock
Crankshaft pulley
Cylinder
block
(Side of
engine)
Oil pan
Source of
noise
Before
warmup
Slap or
rap
—
A
A
—
—
—
B
B
B
B
Check item
Knock
A
B
C
B
B
B
Connecting rod
bearing
noise
Knock
A
B
—
A
B
C
Main bearing noise
Main bearing oil clearance
Crankshaft runout
EM-97
EM-97
Timing chain cracks
and wear
Timing chain tensioner
operation
EM-41
Tapping or
ticking
A
A
—
B
B
B
Timing
chain and
chain tensioner
noise
Squeaking or fizzing
A
B
—
B
—
C
Drive belt
(Sticking
or slipping)
Drive belt deflection
Creaking
A
B
A
B
A
B
Drive belt
(Slipping)
Idler pulley bearing operation
Squall
Creak
A
B
—
B
A
B
Water
pump
noise
Water pump operation
A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related
Revision: January 2010
EM-13
CO-19
—: Not related
EM-12
2010 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DRIVE BELTS
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283723
EM
C
D
PBIC3137J
1.
Generator
Drive belt auto–tensioner
3.
Crankshaft pulley
4.
A/C compressor (models with A/C) 5.
Idler pulley (models without A/C)
2.
Water pump
6.
Drive belt
A.
Allowable use range
Range when new drive belt is installed C.
B.
Checking Drive Belts
E
F
Indicator
INFOID:0000000005283724
WARNING:
Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped.
NOTE:
On vehicles not equipped with A/C, there is an idler pulley in the position for the drive belt routing.
• Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use
range.
NOTE:
• Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold.
• When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown.
• Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
• If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt.
Tension Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283725
G
H
I
J
K
Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283726
L
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Securely hold the hexagonal part (A) of drive belt auto-tensioner
(1) with a suitable tool. Then move the tool in the direction of
arrow (loosening direction of tensioner).
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if
the holding tool accidentally comes off.
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it
counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including
pulley.
Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter into the
hole (B) of the retaining boss to lock drive belt auto-tensioner.
• Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again.
Remove drive belt.
M
N
O
P
PBIC3936E
INSTALLATION
Revision: January 2010
EM-13
2010 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Install drive belt.
CAUTION:
Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys.
2. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt.
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes
off.
CAUTION:
Make sure no engine oil, working fluid and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove.
3. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
4. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-13, "Checking
Drive Belts".
5. Install the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Component
INFOID:0000000005283727
PBIC4698E
1.
Front cover
2.
Drive belt auto–tensioner
4.
Bracket (models without A/C)
5.
Shaft (models without A/C)
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Tensioner
3.
Idler pulley (models without A/C)
INFOID:0000000005283728
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
1. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Component".
2. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Support the engine and remove the torque rod (RH), engine mounting insulator (RH) and engine mounting bracket (RH). Refer to EM-75, "Component".
4. Release the fixed drive belt auto-tensioner pulley.
5. Loosen bolt and remove drive belt auto-tensioner.
Revision: January 2010
EM-14
2010 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Use TORX socket (size T50).
A
6. Remove idler pulley and bracket (models without A/C).
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counter- EM
clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units
• Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley.
• Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-15
2010 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
Component
INFOID:0000000005283729
AWBIA0844GB
1.
Air cleaner filter
4.
Air duct
7.
Air duct/battery tray
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
10. Resonator
2.
Air cleaner holder
3.
Air cleaner case
5.
Mass air flow sensor
6.
Air duct (Inlet)
8.
Air duct
9.
Grommet
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283730
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
8.
Remove the engine room cover.
Remove the air duct (inlet).
Remove the air cleaner filter from the air cleaner case. Refer to EM-17, "Changing Air Cleaner Filter".
Remove the air duct [between air duct (inlet) and air cleaner case] from the air cleaner case.
Remove the PCV hose.
Remove the air duct (between air cleaner case and electric throttle control actuator).
• Add marks as necessary for easier installation.
Remove air cleaner case with the following procedure.
Remove battery. Refer to SC-5.
Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor.
Disconnect and remove the ECM.
Disconnect harness connector from mass air flow sensor.
Remove the air cleaner case.
Remove the mass air flow sensor from the air cleaner case, as necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle the mass air flow sensor with care:
• Do not shock it.
Revision: January 2010
EM-16
2010 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Do not disassemble it.
• Do not touch the internal sensor.
A
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Align marks.
• Attach each joint securely.
• Screw clamps firmly.
EM
Changing Air Cleaner Filter
INFOID:0000000005283731
REMOVAL
1.
C
D
Unclip the tabs (A) of both ends of the air cleaner cover (1).
E
F
G
WBIA0824E
2.
3.
Remove the air cleaner filter and holder assembly from the air cleaner case.
Remove the air cleaner filter from the holder.
H
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
It is necessary to replace it at the recommended intervals, more often under dusty driving conditions. Refer to
MA-9.
I
J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-17
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Component
INFOID:0000000005283732
Except For California
WBIA0771E
1.
PCV hose
2.
Gasket
3.
Intake manifold
4.
Bracket
5.
O-ring
6.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
7.
Water hose
8.
Water hose
9.
Electric throttle control actuator
A.
To water outlet
10. Gasket
Revision: January 2010
EM-18
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For California
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
ALBIA0623GB
1.
PCV hose
2.
Intake manifold
3.
Intake manifold adapter
4.
Gasket
5.
Cylinder head
6.
Gasket
7.
Electric throttle control actuator
8.
Camshaft bracket
A.
To water outlet
Removal and Installation
I
INFOID:0000000005283733
J
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot.
1. Remove engine room cover (1).
2. Remove the air duct (inlet) and air ducts. Refer to EM-16, "Component".
3. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
4. Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12,
"Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
NOTE:
This step is unnecessary when putting plugs to water hoses (to
electric throttle control actuator)
a. Disconnect water hoses from electric throttle control actuator.
b. Remove electric throttle control actuator.
CAUTION:
• Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator.
• Never disassemble.
5. Remove the PCV hose and the vacuum hose.
6. Remove oil level gauge.
CAUTION:
Cover the oil level gauge guide openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
Revision: January 2010
EM-19
K
L
M
N
WBIA0777E
O
P
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Loosen and remove intake manifold (1) bolts (A) (B).
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
PBIC3939E
8.
Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
: Engine front
CAUTION:
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
9. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
from intake manifold, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
10. Remove intake manifold.
11. Remove intake manifold adapter (for California).
PBIC3527J
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Install intake manifold adapter (for California).
NOTE:
Be sure the intake manifold adapter gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold adapter (for
California).
Install intake manifold.
NOTE:
Be sure the intake manifold gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold (except for California).
Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
: Engine front
WBIA0788E
Revision: January 2010
EM-20
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Tighten intake manifold bolt (A). Then tighten intake manifold
bolt (B).
1
[MR20DE]
A
: Intake manifold
EM
: Engine front
C
D
E
F
G
PBIC3939E
5.
6.
Install electric throttle control actuator.
Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as
shown (M/T models).
1
H
I
: Electric throttle control actuator
2
: Clamp
4
: Water outlet
A
: Paint Mark
B
: The clamp shall not interfere with the bulged section.
J
: Engine front
K
L
M
N
PBIC4703E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-21
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as
shown (CVT models).
1
: Electric throttle control actuator
2
: Clamp
4
: Water outlet
A
: Paint Mark
B
: The clamp shall not interfere with the bulged section.
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
WBIA0821E
8.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
• Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks.
Revision: January 2010
EM-22
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283734
Except for California
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WBIA0778E
1.
Exhaust manifold cover
2.
Exhaust manifold
3.
Gasket
4.
Stud bolt
5.
Bracket
6.
A/F ratio sensor 1
7.
Exhaust manifold stay
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-23
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For California
ALBIA0624GB
1.
Cylinder head
2.
Gasket
3.
A/F ratio sensor 1
4.
Exhaust manifold cover
5.
Exhaust manifold
6.
Exhaust manifold stay
7.
Oil pan
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283735
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5, "Component".
Remove exhaust manifold cover.
Remove the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV991J0050 (J-44626)
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor.
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor which has been dropped from a height of more
than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
WBIA0772E
5.
Remove exhaust manifold side bolt of exhaust manifold stay.
Revision: January 2010
EM-24
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Loosen nuts in reverse order as shown and remove exhaust
manifold.
[MR20DE]
A
: Engine front
EM
CAUTION:
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
C
PBIC3529J
D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion
• Using straightedge (B) and feeler gauge (A), check the surface distortion of exhaust manifold mating surface in each exhaust port
and entire part.
Limit:
Each exhaust port
Entire part
E
F
: 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
G
• If it exceeds the limit, replace exhaust manifold.
PBIC3530J
H
INSTALLATION
1.
Install exhaust manifold gasket to cylinder head as shown.
I
: Engine front
J
K
PBIC3943E
2.
Tighten exhaust manifold nuts to specification in two stages in
the numerical order as shown.
L
M
: Engine front
N
O
AWBIA0778ZZ
3.
Install exhaust manifold stay.
Revision: January 2010
P
EM-25
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Install exhaust manifold stay (2) in the direction as shown
(except for California).
1
: Exhaust manifold
A
: Upper mark
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
PBIC3944E
4.
Install the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV991J0050 (J-44626)
CAUTION:
• Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
• Before installing a new A/F ratio sensor, clean the exhaust
tube threads using suitable tool and approved anti-seize
lubricant.
• Do not over-tighten the A/F ratio sensor. Doing so may
damage the A/F ratio sensor, resulting in the MIL coming
on.
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
5.
WBIA0772E
: (J-43897-12)
: (J-43897-18)
Installation of the remaining parts is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EM-26
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL PAN
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283736
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PBIC3123J
2.
Oil level gauge guide
3.
K
1.
Oil level gauge
Rear oil seal
4.
O-ring
5.
Oil pan (upper)
6.
Oil pump drive chain
7.
Crankshaft sprocket
8.
Oil pump sprocket
9.
Timing chain tensioner (for oil pump)
10. Drain plug
11. Drain plug washer
12. Oil pan (lower)
13. Connector bolt
14. Oil filter
15. O-ring
A.
B.
Refer to LU-9
Oil pan side
CAUTION:
Never disassemble balancer and oil pump and oil pan (upper) because they are integral unit.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283737
L
M
N
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as
possible.
1. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
2. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove oil filter using Tool.
Tool number
Revision: January 2010
: KV10115801 (
—
)
EM-27
2010 Sentra
O
P
OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAUTION:
When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage.
4. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in reverse order as shown.
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
PBIC3146J
5.
After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface
and remove the sealant using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
• Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to
remove the lower oil pan from the upper oil pan.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
WBIA0566E
6.
7.
Remove the following parts:
• Flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models); Refer to EM-80.
• Front cover, timing chain, oil pump drive chain; Refer to EM-40.
• Oil level gauge guide.
Remove oil pan (upper) bolts in reverse order as shown.
: Engine front
PBIC3533J
8.
Insert a screwdriver shown by the arrow ( ) and open up a
crack between oil pan (upper) and cylinder block.
: Engine front
CAUTION:
A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off the
position not specified.
PBIC3534J
Revision: January 2010
EM-28
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. After removing the bolts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool.
Tool number
[MR20DE]
A
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
EM
• Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to
remove the upper oil pan from the cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
C
WBIA0566E
D
10. Remove O-ring between cylinder block and oil pan (upper).
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
E
Oil Filter
Clean oil strainer portion (part of the oil pump) if any object attached.
INSTALLATION
1.
F
Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating surfaces.
• Remove the old liquid gasket from mating surface of cylinder
block.
• Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads.
CAUTION:
Never scratch or damage the mating surfaces when cleaning off old liquid gasket.
G
H
I
PBIC3949E
2.
J
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Tool number
WS39930000 (
–
K
)
L
1
: Oil pan (upper)
A
: 2 mm protruded to outside
B
: 2 mm protruded to rear oil seal mounting side
C
: Liquid gasket
M
: Engine front
N
: Engine outside
CAUTION:
Apply liquid gasket to outside of bolt hole for the positions
shown by marks.
O
P
PBIC4587E
3.
Install new O-ring at cylinder block side.
CAUTION:
Install avoiding misalignment of O-ring.
Revision: January 2010
EM-29
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in numerical order as shown.
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
PBIC3533J
5.
a.
b.
c.
Install rear oil seal with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
• The installation of rear oil seal should be completed within 5 minutes after installing oil pan
(upper).
• Always replace rear oil seal with new one.
• Never touch oil seal lip.
Wipe off liquid gasket protruding to the rear oil seal mating part of oil pan (upper) and cylinder block using
a scraper.
Apply engine oil to entire outside area of rear oil seal.
Press-fit the rear oil seal using a drift with outer diameter 115
mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A) (commercial service tool).
PBIC3951E
• Press-fit to the specified dimensions as shown.
6.
1
: Rear oil seal
A
: Cylinder block rear end surface
CAUTION:
• Never touch the grease applied to the oil seal lip.
• Be careful not to damage the rear oil seal mounting part of
oil pan (upper) and cylinder block or the crankshaft.
• Press-fit straight, making sure that rear oil seal does not
curl or tilt.
NOTE:
The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of
cylinder block.
Install oil pump sprocket, oil pump drive chain and other related parts if removed.
Revision: January 2010
EM-30
PBIC3952E
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating surfaces.
• Also remove old liquid gasket from mating surface of oil pan
(upper).
• Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
PBIC3953E
8.
D
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant"
Tool number
1
WS39930000 (
–
E
)
F
: Oil pan (lower)
: Engine outside
G
H
I
J
PBIC4590E
9.
K
Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
L
: Engine front
10. Install oil filter with the following procedure:
a. Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation
surface.
b. Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of new oil filter.
M
N
PBIC3146J
c.
Screw oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface,
then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification.
Oil filter:
O
: 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
P
SMA229B
Revision: January 2010
EM-31
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
[MR20DE]
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle.
Revision: January 2010
EM-32
2010 Sentra
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
Component
A
INFOID:0000000005283738
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PBIC3536J
1.
PCV hose
2.
Rocker cover
3.
Spark plug
4.
Ignition coil
5.
PCV hose
6.
PCV valve
7.
O-ring
8.
Gasket
A.
To air duct
B.
Refer to EM-33.
C.
To intake manifold
Removal and Installation
K
L
INFOID:0000000005283739
M
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
Remove ignition coil.
CAUTION:
• Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
• Never disassemble.
Remove spark plug using Tool.
Tool number
N
O
: — (J-48891)
P
CAUTION:
Never drop or shock it.
Revision: January 2010
EM-33
2010 Sentra
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove rocker cover.
• Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
•
Engine front
PBIC3151J
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Never drop or shock spark plug.
• Checking and adjusting spark plug gap is not required
between change intervals.
SMA806CA
• If spark plug tip is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used.
Cleaner air pressure
Cleaning time
: Less than 588 kPa (5.88 bar, 6 kg/cm2, 85 psi)
: Less than 20 seconds
• Never use wire brush for cleaning spark plug.
SMA773C
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install rocker cover gasket to rocker cover.
Install rocker cover.
• Tighten bolts in two steps separately in numerical order as
shown.
1st step
2nd step
: 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
: 8.33 N·m (0.85 kg-m, 73 in-lb)
•
Engine front
CAUTION:
Check if rocker cover gasket is not dropped from the installation groove of rocker cover.
Revision: January 2010
EM-34
PBIC3151J
2010 Sentra
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install spark plug using Tool.
A
Tool number
: — (J-48891)
Application
Except for California
Make
: NGK
Part number
: PLZKAR6A-11
Gap (nominal) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
EM
For California
: Denso
: FXE20HR-11
: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
C
CAUTION:
Never drop or shock it.
4.
5.
D
Install ignition coil.
CAUTION:
• Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
• Never disassemble.
Install intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-35
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Component
INFOID:0000000005283740
WBIA0779E
1.
Bracket
2.
Bracket
3.
Fuel tube
4.
Clip
5.
Fuel injector
6.
O-ring (green)
7.
O-ring (black)
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283741
WARNING:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop.
• Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
CAUTION:
• Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above.
• Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California).
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
Revision: January 2010
EM-36
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove quick connector cap (1) from quick connector connection.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
4.
PBIC3664E
Disconnect fuel feed hose from hose clamp.
1
D
: Quick connector cap
E
NOTE:
There is no fuel return path.
F
PBIC3771E
5.
6.
With the sleeve side of quick connector release facing quick connector, install quick connector release
onto fuel tube.
Insert quick connector release into quick connector until sleeve
contacts and goes no further. Hold quick connector release on
that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting quick connector release hard will not disconnect
quick connector. Hold quick connector release where it
contacts and goes no further.
G
H
I
J
K
KBIA0702E
7.
Draw and pull out quick connector straight from fuel tube.
CAUTION:
• Pull quick connector holding “A” position.
• Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged.
• Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
• Avoid fire and sparks.
• Keep parts away from heat source. Especially, be careful when welding is performed around
them.
• Do not expose parts to battery electrolyte or other acids.
• Do not bend or twist connection between quick connector and fuel feed hose during installation/
removal.
• To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them completely with
plastic bags or something similar.
PBIC2205E
Revision: January 2010
EM-37
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8.
Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-18.
9.
Remove fuel tube.
• Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
: Engine front
PBIC3154J
10. Remove the fuel tube and fuel injector assembly.
CAUTION:
• When removing, be careful to avoid any interference with fuel injector.
• Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel leaks from fuel tube.
11. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Open and remove clip.
b. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube by pulling straight.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with remaining fuel that may go out from fuel tube.
• Be careful not to damage fuel injector nozzle during removal.
• Never bump or drop fuel injector.
• Never disassemble fuel injector.
INSTALLATION
1.
Note the following, and install O-rings to fuel injector.
CAUTION:
• Upper and lower O-rings are different. Be careful not to confuse them.
Fuel tube side
: Black
Nozzle side
: Green
•
•
•
•
•
Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves.
Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
Never clean O-ring with solvent.
Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly
into fuel tube.
• Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it.
Revision: January 2010
EM-38
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Install fuel injector (4) to fuel tube (1) with the following procedure:
a.
b.
c.
3
: O–ring (black)
5
: O–ring (green)
[MR20DE]
A
EM
Insert clip (2) into clip groove (F) on fuel injector.
• Insert clip so that protrusion (G) of fuel injector matches cutout (D) of clip.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse clip. Replace it with a new one.
• Be careful to keep clip from interfering with O-ring. If
interference occurs, replace O-ring.
Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
• Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
• Insert fuel injector so that protrusion (B) of fuel tube matches
cut-out (C) of clip.
• Make sure that fuel tube flange (A) is securely fixed in flange
fixing groove (E) on clip.
Make sure that installation is complete by making sure that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIC3155J
3.
4.
Set fuel tube and fuel injector assembly at its position for installation on cylinder head.
CAUTION:
For installation, be careful not to interfere with fuel injector nozzle.
Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
H
I
: Engine front
J
K
PBIC3154J
5.
L
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
• Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" (except for California) or EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed
Position Learning" (for California).
• If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (except for California) or EC-99, "Idle Air
Volume Learning" (for California).
Revision: January 2010
EM-39
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
TIMING CHAIN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TIMING CHAIN
Component
INFOID:0000000005283742
PBIC3538J
1.
Timing chain slack guide
2.
4.
Timing chain
7.
O-ring
10. Crankshaft pulley
Timing chain tensioner
3.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
5.
Oil filler cap
6.
Front cover
8.
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
9.
Crankshaft pulley bolt
11. Front oil seal
Timing chain tension guide (front cov14. Crankshaft sprocket
13.
er side)
Revision: January 2010
EM-40
12. Drive belt auto-tensioner
15. Oil pump sprocket
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Oil pump drive chain
17. Camshaft sprocket (INT)
19. O-ring
20. Chain tensioner (for oil pump)
A.
B.
Refer to EM-41
18. Timing chain tension guide
A
Refer to EM-50
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283743
CAUTION:
The rotating direction indicated in the text indicates all directions seen from the engine front.
C
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
a.
EM
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21.
Remove the following parts.
• Rocker cover: Refer to EM-33, "Component".
• Drive belt: Refer to EM-13, "Component".
• Water pump pulley: Refer to CO-19, "Component".
• Ground cable (between engine bracket (RH) and radiator core support)
Support the bottom surface of engine using a transmission jack, and then remove the torque rod (RH),
engine mounting bracket and insulator (RH). Refer to EM-75.
Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure:
Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover.
D
E
F
G
H
I
C : White paint mark (Not use for service)
J
K
L
PBIC3960E
b.
At the same time, make sure that the cam noses of the No.1 cylinder are located ( ) as shown.
1
: Camshaft (INT)
2
: Camshaft (EXH)
M
N
: Engine front
• If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one revolution (360 degrees)
and align as shown.
O
PBIC3359J
Revision: January 2010
EM-41
2010 Sentra
P
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Hold crankshaft pulley (1) using suitable tool (A) loosen crankshaft pulley bolt, and locate bolt seating surface at 10 mm (0.39
in) from its original position.
CAUTION:
Never remove the crankshaft pulley bolt as it will be used as
a supporting point for the pulley puller.
[MR20DE]
PBIC3961E
10. Attach Tool (A) in the M6 thread hole on crankshaft pulley (1),
and remove crankshaft pulley.
Tool number
: KV11103000 (
—
)
PBIC3962E
11. Remove oil pan (lower). Refer to EM-27.
NOTE:
When crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and other related parts are not removed, this step is unnecessary.
12. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
13. Remove drive belt auto-tensioner.
14. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
PBIC3164J
Revision: January 2010
EM-42
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position ( ) shown, and then
remove the front cover.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
• A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off
the position not specified.
A
EM
C
PBIC3357J
D
16. Remove front oil seal from front cover.
• Lift up front oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover.
17. Push in timing chain tensioner plunger.
18. Insert a stopper pin (A) into the body hole to retain the plunger in
collapsed position.
NOTE:
Use approximately 1.5 mm (0.059 in) diameter. hard metal pin
as a stopper pin.
E
F
G
19. Remove timing chain tensioner (1).
H
PBIC3165J
20. Remove timing chain slack guide (2), timing chain tension guide
(3) and timing chain (1).
CAUTION:
Never rotate each crankshaft and camshaft individually
while timing chain is removed. It causes interference
between valve and piston.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
AWBIA0138ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EM-43
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
21. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing
chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for oil
pump) (1).
• The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab
(A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved.
22. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure timing chain slack guide (B).
NOTE:
Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm
(0.047 in) as a stopper pin.
23. Remove chain tensioner (for oil pump), if necessary.
[MR20DE]
PBIC5314E
24. Remove crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and oil pump drive chain as a set, if necessary.
25. Remove timing chain tension guide (front cover side) from front cover, if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Timing Chain
• Check timing chain and oil pump drive chain for cracks (A) and any
excessive wear (B) at the roller links of timing chain.
• Replace timing chain and/or oil pump drive chain, if necessary.
PBIC3169J
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EM-44
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The figure shows the relationship between the matching mark on
each timing chain and that on the corresponding sprocket, with the
components installed.
1. Make sure that crankshaft key points straight up.
2.
3.
4.
1
: Timing chain
2
: Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
3
: Timing chain slack guide
4
: Timing chain tensioner
5
: Oil pump sprocket
6
: Oil pump drive chain
7
: Chain tensioner (for oil pump)
8
: Crankshaft sprocket
9
: Timing chain tension guide
10
: Camshaft sprocket (INT)
A
: Matching mark (dark blue link)
B
: Matching mark (stamping)
C
: Crankshaft key position (straight up)
D
: Matching mark (orange link)
E
: Matching mark (orange link)
F
: Matching mark (outer groove*)
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
AWBIA0140ZZ
NOTE:
*: There are two outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The wider one is a matching mark.
If the timing chain tension guide (front cover side) is removed, install it to the front cover.
CAUTION:
Check the joint condition by sound or feeling.
Install crankshaft sprocket (2), oil pump sprocket (3) and oil
pump drive chain (1).
A
: Matching mark (stamping)
B
: Matching mark (orange link)
C
: Matching mark (dark blue link)
H
I
J
K
• Install it by aligning matching marks on each sprocket and oil
pump drive chain.
• If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the oil pump
shaft slightly to correct the position.
CAUTION:
Check matching mark position of each sprocket after
installing the oil pump drive chain.
Install chain tensioner (for oil pump) (1).
• Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stopper pin (A), and then install it.
• Securely pull out ( ) the stopper pin after installing the chain
tensioner (for oil pump).
• Check matching mark position of oil pump drive chain and
each sprocket again.
L
PBIC3171J
M
N
O
P
AWBIA0139ZZ
Revision: January 2010
EM-45
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Align the matching marks of each sprocket with the matching
marks of timing chain.
1
: Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
2
: Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3
: Timing chain
A
: Matching mark (dark blue link)
B
: Matching mark (stamping)
C
: Matching mark (outer groove*)
D
: Matching mark (orange link)
E
: Matching mark (stamping)
[MR20DE]
NOTE:
*: There are 2 outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The
wider one is a matching mark.
• If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the camshaft
slightly by holding the hexagonal portion to correct the position.
CAUTION:
Check matching mark position of each sprocket and timing
chain again after installing the timing chain.
PBIC3172J
6.
Install the timing chain tension guide (3) and the timing chain
slack guide (2).
1
: Timing chain
AWBIA0138ZZ
7.
Install timing chain tensioner (1).
• Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stopper pin (A), and then install it.
• Securely pull out the stopper pin after installing the timing
chain tensioner.
PBIC3165J
Revision: January 2010
EM-46
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Check matching mark position of timing chain and each sprocket again.
9. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface.
10. Using a suitable tool install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.
A
: Dust seal lip
B
: Oil seal lip
[MR20DE]
A
EM
: Engine front
C
: Engine rear
• Press-fit front oil seal until it is flush with front end surface of
front cover as shown below with a suitable tool.
Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front
Within 0.5 mm (0.020 in) toward engine rear
D
PBIC3485J
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
• Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting.
• Never touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.
F
G
11. Install new O-ring to cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Be sure O-rings a aligned properly.
H
12. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Tool number
WS39930000 (
A
: Liquid gasket application area
B
: Liquid gasket
–
E
I
)
J
K
: Engine outside
L
M
N
PBIC3959E
13. Make sure that matching marks of timing chain and each sprocket are still aligned.
CAUTION:
• Make sure O-ring on cylinder block is correctly installed.
• Be careful not to damage front oil seal by interference with front end of crankshaft.
Revision: January 2010
EM-47
O
P
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
14. Install front cover, and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
Attaching should be done within 5 minutes after liquid gasket application.
NOTE:
Use the following for the installation position of bolts.
M6 bolts
:
[MR20DE]
No. 1
M10 bolts
:
No. 6, 7, 10, 11, 14
M12 bolts
:
No. 2, 4, 8, 12
M8 bolts
:
Except the above
15. Tighten all bolts are in two stages to specified torque in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wipe off any excessive liquid gasket leaking.
PBIC3164J
16. Install crankshaft pulley using the following procedure.
a. Install crankshaft pulley.
CAUTION:
• Never damage front oil seal lip section.
• If needed use a plastic hammer, tap on its center portion (not circumference) to seat crankshaft
pulley.
b. Apply new engine oil to thread and seat surfaces of crankshaft pulley bolt.
c. Secure crankshaft pulley (1) using Tool (A).
Tool number
: KV10109300 ( — )
PBIC3961E
d.
Tighten crankshaft pulley bolt in two steps.
Step 3
Step 2
e.
: 29.4 N·m (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)
: 60° clockwise
• For angle tightening, put a paint mark (B) on crankshaft pulley
(2), matching with any one of six easy to recognize angle
marks (A) on crankshaft pulley bolt (1) flange.
• Turn 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening).
• Check the tightening angle with movement of one angle mark.
Make sure that crankshaft rotates clockwise smoothly.
PBIC3963E
Revision: January 2010
EM-48
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
17. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-49
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAMSHAFT
Component
INFOID:0000000005283744
PBIC4589E
1.
O-ring
2.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
3.
Camshaft bracket
4.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
5.
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
6.
Camshaft (EXH)
7.
Camshaft (INT)
8.
Valve lifter (EXH)
9.
Valve lifter (INT)
10. Cylinder head
A.
Refer to EM-50.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283745
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop.
• Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California).
2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
3. Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
4. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21.
5. Drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-11.
NOTE:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
6. Remove the following parts.
• Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18.
Revision: January 2010
EM-50
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33.
• Fuel tube and fuel injector assembly; Refer to EM-36.
• Front cover, timing chain and related parts; Refer to EM-40.
• Generator; Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE".
7. Remove camshaft position sensor (PHASE) from camshaft bracket.
CAUTION:
• Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks.
• Never disassemble.
• Never allow metal powder to adhere to magnetic part at sensor tip.
• Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.
8. Put the matching mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2)
and the camshaft bracket (1) as shown.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
D
: Engine front
E
NOTE:
It prevents the knock pin of the camshaft (INT) from engaging
with the incorrect pin hole when installing the camshaft sprocket
(INT).
F
PBIC3992J
9.
Remove camshaft sprockets (INT) (1) and (EXH) (2).
• Secure hexagonal part (A) of camshaft with a wrench. Loosen
camshaft sprocket bolts and remove camshaft sprocket.
CAUTION:
• Never rotate crankshaft or camshaft while timing chain
is removed. It causes interference between valve and
piston.
• Never loosen the bolts with securing anything other
than the camshaft hexagonal part or with tensioning the
timing chain.
G
H
I
J
PBIC3454J
K
10. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
: Engine front
L
M
N
PBIC3176J
11. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position (
remove the camshaft bracket.
) shown, and then
O
: Engine front
P
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
• A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off
the position not specified.
PBIC3358J
Revision: January 2010
EM-51
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
12. Remove camshafts.
13. Remove valve lifters, if necessary.
NOTE:
Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up.
[MR20DE]
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Camshaft Runout
1.
2.
3.
Put V-block on a precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journal of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft
sprocket) because it has a different diameter from the other
four locations.
Set dial indicator (A) vertically to No. 3 journal.
Turn camshaft to one direction with hands, and measure the
camshaft runout on dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)
Standard
Limit
4.
:
:
Less than 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
PBIC3177J
If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.
Camshaft Cam Height
1.
2.
Measure the camshaft cam height with a micrometer (A).
Standard:
Intake
Exhaust
: 44.605 - 44.795 mm (1.7560 - 1.7635 in)
: 43.175 - 43.365 mm (1.6997 - 1.7072 in)
Limit:
Intake
Exhaust
: 44.405 mm (1.7482 in)
: 42.975 mm (1.6919 in)
PBIC3178J
If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OUTER DIAMETER
Measure the outer diameter of camshaft journal with a micrometer
(A).
Standard:
No. 1
: 27.935 - 27.955 mm (1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 24.950 - 24.970 mm (0.9823 - 0.9831 in)
PBIC3179J
CAMSHAFT BRACKET INNER DIAMETER
• Tighten camshaft bracket bolts with specified torque. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EM-52
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the inner diameter of camshaft bracket with a bore gauge
(A).
B
[MR20DE]
A
: Measuring direction of inner diameter
Standard:
No. 1
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
EM
: 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
: 25.000 - 25.021 mm (0.9843 - 0.9851 in)
C
PBIC3180J
D
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OIL CLEARANCE
• (Oil clearance) = (Camshaft bracket inner diameter) – (Camshaft journal diameter)
Standard:
No. 1
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
Limit:
E
: 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
: 0.030 - 0.071 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
F
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
• If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft or cylinder head, or both.
NOTE:
Camshaft bracket cannot be replaced as a single part, because it is machined together with cylinder head.
Replace whole cylinder head assembly.
G
H
Camshaft End Play
1.
2.
Install camshaft in cylinder head. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure.
Install dial indicator in thrust direction on front end of camshaft.
Read the end play of dial indicator (A) when camshaft is moved
forward/backward (in direction to axis).
Standard
Limit
I
J
: 0.075 - 0.153 mm (0.0030 - 0.0060 in)
: 0.24 mm (0.0094 in)
K
L
PBIC3181J
• Measure the following parts if out of the standard.
- Dimension “A” for groove of cylinder head No. 1 journal
Standard
M
: 4.000 - 4.030 mm (0.1575 - 0.1587 in)
N
- Dimension “B” for camshaft flange
Standard
: 3.877 - 3.925 mm (0.1526 - 0.1545 in)
O
• Use the standards above, and then replace camshaft and/or
cylinder head.
PBIC3183J
Camshaft Sprocket Runout
1.
Put V-block on precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journals of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft sprocket) because it has a different diameter
from the other four locations.
Revision: January 2010
EM-53
2010 Sentra
P
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Measure the camshaft sprocket runout with a dial indicator (A).
(Total indicator reading)
Limit
[MR20DE]
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
• If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft sprocket.
PBIC3182J
Valve Lifter
Check if surface of valve lifter has any wear or cracks.
• If anything above is found, replace valve lifter. Refer to EM-58,
"Valve Clearance".
KBIA0182E
Valve Lifter Clearance
VALVE LIFTER OUTER DIAMETER
• Measure the outer diameter of valve lifter with a micrometer (A).
Standard:
Intake
Exhaust
: 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in)
: 29.977 - 29.987 mm (1.1802 - 1.1806 in)
PBIC3185J
VALVE LIFTER HOLE DIAMETER
Measure the diameter of valve lifter hole of cylinder head with an
inside micrometer (A).
Standard:
Intake
Exhaust
: 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in)
: 30.000 - 30.021 mm (1.1811 - 1.1819 in)
VALVE LIFTER CLEARANCE
• (Valve lifter clearance) = (Valve lifter hole diameter) – (Valve lifter
outer diameter)
PBIC3184J
Standard: 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in)
• If out of the standard, referring to the each standard of valve lifter outer diameter and valve lifter hole diameter, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install valve lifters.
• Install them in the original positions.
Install camshafts.
Revision: January 2010
EM-54
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Clean camshaft journal to remove any foreign material.
• Distinguish between the intake and the exhaust by looking at
the different shapes of the front and rear ends of the camshaft
or using the identification colors (A) and (B).
1
: Camshaft (EXH)
2
: Camshaft (INT)
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
Identification color
A
B
Camshaft (EXH)
—
Yellow
Camshaft (INT)
Yellow
—
PBIC3188J
• Install camshafts so that camshaft dowel pins (A) on the front
side are positioned as shown.
1
: Camshaft (EXH)
2
: Camshaft (INT)
E
F
NOTE:
Though camshaft does not stop at the positions as shown, for
the placement of cam nose, it is generally accepted camshaft
is placed for the same direction as shown.
G
PBIC3189J
3.
4.
Remove foreign material completely from camshaft bracket backside and from cylinder head installation
face.
Apply liquid gasket (A) to camshaft bracket as shown.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Tool number
B
WS39930000 (
D
–
H
I
J
)
: Plug hole inner wall
K
: Engine front
: Engine outside
L
M
N
O
PBIC3964E
Revision: January 2010
EM-55
2010 Sentra
P
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Install camshaft bracket bolts in three stage in numerical order
as shown in numerical order as shown.
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
• There are two types of bolts. Use the following to locate bolts.
M6 bolts [thread length: 57.5 mm (2.264 in)]
: 13, 14 and 15
M6 bolts [thread length: 35.00 mm (1.378 in)]
: Except the above
6.
Tighten all bolts in numerical order in three steps.
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
7.
PBIC3176J
: 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
: 5.88 N·m (0.60 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
: 9.5 N·m (0.97 kg-m, 84 in-lb)
Install the camshaft sprocket (INT) to the camshaft (INT).
NOTE:
When the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2) is removed, align the
paint mark (A) put according to step “8”. Securely align the
knock pin and the pin hole, and then install them.
1
: Camshaft bracket
: Engine front
PBIC3992J
8.
Tighten camshaft (INT) sprocket bolt.
Camshaft sprocket bolt (INT)
: 35.0 N·m (3.6 kg-m, 26 ft-lb)
NOTE:
Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft (INT) using wrench to tighten bolt.
9.
Turn 67 degrees clockwise (angle tightening) using Tool (B).
1
: Camshaft sprocket (INT)
A : Camshaft (INT) hexagonal part
CAUTION:
Never judge by visual inspection without an angle wrench.
Tool number
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
PBIC3455J
Revision: January 2010
EM-56
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Install camshaft sprocket (EXH) (2).
A
1
: Camshaft sprocket (INT)
Camshaft sprocket
bolt (EXH)
: 88.2 N·m (9.0 kg-m, 65 ft-lb)
EM
NOTE:
Secure the hexagonal part (A) of camshaft (EXH) using wrench
to tighten bolt.
C
PBIC3454J
D
11. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40.
12. Inspect and adjust valve clearance. Refer to EM-58, "Valve Clearance".
13. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
F
The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak.
• Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
• Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
- Turn ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points.
- Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points.
• Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
NOTE:
If hydraulic pressure inside timing chain tensioner drops after removal/installation, slack in the guide may
generate a pounding noise during and just after engine start. However, this is normal. Noise will stop after
hydraulic pressure rises.
• Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, or any oil/fluids including engine oil and
engine coolant.
• Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system.
• After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the
specified level, if necessary.
G
H
I
J
K
Summary of the inspection items:
Item
Before starting engine
Engine running
After engine stopped
Engine coolant
Level
Leakage
Level
Engine oil
Level
Leakage
Level
Other oils and fluid*
Level
Leakage
Level
Leakage
Leakage
Leakage
—
Leakage
—
Fuel
Exhaust gases
L
M
* Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.
N
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove
CAUTION:
• Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT-III
and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-61, "Introduction"
(for California) or EC-616, "Introduction" (except for California).
• Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from the splashing engine oil.
1. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while
checking.
a. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-18, "Component".
b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-40, "Component".
Revision: January 2010
EM-57
2010 Sentra
O
P
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Clean the mating area of intake valve timing control solenoid
valve. Insert a clean shop cloth (with no oil adhesion) into the oil
hole (A) of the cylinder head.
1
[MR20DE]
: Front cover
:Vehicle front
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install engine mounting bracket (RH), engine mounting insulator,
and torque rod (RH) under the Step 4 condition. (With intake
valve timing control solenoid valve removed, and a shop cloth
inserted into the oil hole.) Refer to EM-75, "Component".
WBIA0781E
Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out
from intake valve timing control solenoid valve hole (A). End crank after checking.
• Check engine oil leakage by oil amount adhered to the waste inserted into the oil hole.
WARNING:
Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pulley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.).
CAUTION:
• Do not perform cranking without installing right engine mount bracket, right engine mount insulator, and right torque rod.
• Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent the worker from injury from engine oil
and so as to prevent engine oil contamination.
• Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent engine oil from being splashed to
engine and vehicle. Especially, be careful not to apply engine oil to rubber parts of drive belts,
engine mounting insulator, etc. Wipe engine oil off immediately if it is splashed.
Perform the following inspection if engine oil does not come out from intake valve timing control solenoid
valve oil hole of the cylinder head.
• Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control), and then clean it. Refer to LU-9.
• Clean oil groove between oil strainer and intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to LU-5,
"Lubrication Circuit".
Remove components between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT),
and then check each oil groove for clogging.
• Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-5, "Lubrication Circuit".
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal
Valve Clearance
INFOID:0000000005283746
INSPECTION
Perform inspection as follows after removal, installation or replacement of camshaft or valve-related parts, or if
there is unusual engine conditions regarding valve clearance.
1. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-33.
2. Measure the valve clearance with the following procedure:
a. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
• Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover.
C : White paint mark (Not use for service)
PBIC3960E
Revision: January 2010
EM-58
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• At the same time, make sure that both intake and exhaust cam
noses of No. 1 cylinder face inside ( ) as shown.
1
: Camshaft (INT)
2
: Camshaft (EXH)
A
EM
: Engine front
• If they do not face inside, rotate crankshaft pulley once more
(360 degrees) and align as shown.
C
PBIC3359J
b.
D
Use a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between valve lifter
and camshaft.
E
F
G
PBIC3192J
Valve clearance:
Unit: mm (in)
Cold
Hot * (reference data)
Intake
0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust
0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015)
0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
H
I
*: Approximately 80°C (176°F)
• By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearances at
locations marked “×” as shown in the table below [locations
indicated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge.
• No. 1 cylinder compression TDC
Measuring position
No. 1 cylinder at
compression TDC
No. 1 CYL.
EXH
×
INT
×
A
: Exhaust side
B
: No.1 cylinder
C
: No.2 cylinder
D
: No.3 cylinder
E
: No.4 cylinder
F
: Intake side
No. 2 CYL.
No. 3 CYL.
J
K
No. 4 CYL.
×
L
×
PBIC3193J
N
: Engine front
c.
M
O
Set No.4 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-59
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) one revolution (360 degrees) and
align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover.
[MR20DE]
C : White paint mark (Not use for service)
PBIC3960E
• By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance at locations marked “×” as shown in the table below [locations indicated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge.
• No. 4 cylinder compression TDC
Measuring position
No. 4 cylinder at
compression TDC
EXH
No. 1 CYL.
No. 2 CYL.
INT
A
: Exhaust side
B
: No.1 cylinder
C
: No.2 cylinder
D
: No.3 cylinder
E
: No.4 cylinder
F
: Intake side
No. 3 CYL.
No. 4 CYL.
×
×
×
×
PBIC3194J
: Engine front
3.
If out of standard, perform adjustment.
ADJUSTMENT
• Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove valve lifters at the locations that are out of the standard.
3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer (A).
PBIC3195J
4.
Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.
Valve lifter thickness calculation:
t = t1 + (C1 – C2)
t
= Valve lifter thickness to be replaced
= Removed valve lifter thickness
t1
C1 = Measured valve clearance
C2 = Standard valve clearance:
Revision: January 2010
EM-60
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intake
Exhaust
: 0.30 mm (0.012 in)
: 0.33 mm (0.013 in)
A
• Thickness of new valve lifter (B) can be identified by stamp
mark (A) on the reverse side (inside the cylinder).
Stamp mark “302” indicates 3.02 mm (0.1189 in) in thickness.
EM
C
D
PBIC3196J
E
NOTE:
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes range 3.00 to 3.50 mm (0.1181 to 0.1378 in) in steps of 0.02
mm (0.0008 in) (when manufactured at factory). Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit".
5. Install the selected valve lifter.
6. Install camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
7. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40.
8. Manually rotate crankshaft pulley a few rotations.
9. Make sure that the valve clearances are within the standard.
10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-61
2010 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005283747
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-50, "Component".
Remove valve lifters. Refer to EM-50.
Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose valve oil seal is to be removed to TDC. This will prevent valve
from dropping into cylinder.
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring front cover with timing chain.
Remove valve collet.
• Compress valve spring using Tool, the attachment and the
adapter (A). Remove valve collet with a suitable magnet hand
(B).
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
Tool number
: KV101092S0 (J-26336-B)
PBIC3727E
5.
6.
Remove valve spring retainer, valve spring and valve spring seat.
Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A).
Tool number
:KV10107902 (J-38959)
PBIC3728E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply new engine oil to valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
Press in valve oil seal to the height “H” shown using Tool (A).
Height “H”
Tool number
: 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in)
: KV10115600 (
—
)
PBIC3211J
3.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005283748
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the following parts.
• RH front wheel and tire; Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Revision: January 2010
EM-62
2010 Sentra
OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Splash shield (RH); Refer to EI-21.
• Drive belt; Refer to EM-13, "Component".
• Crankshaft pulley; Refer to EM-40, "Component".
2. Remove front oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
C
Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
Install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.
A
: Dust seal lip
B
: Oil seal lip
D
: Engine outside
E
: Engine inside
F
PBIC3485J
G
• Install front oil seal (2) using a suitable tool with outer diameter
57 mm (2.24 in) and inner diameter 45 mm (1.77 in) (A) to the
dimension as shown.
H
1: Front cover
: Front
Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front
Within 0.5 mm (0.019 in) toward engine rear
3.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
• Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting.
• Do not touch grease applied on oil seal lip.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal
I
J
PBIC3729E
K
L
INFOID:0000000005283749
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models), CVT-192,
"Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models).
Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15.
Remove drive plate (CVT models) or flywheel (M/T models). Refer to EM-80, "Component".
Remove rear oil seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block.
M
N
O
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply the liquid gasket lightly to entire outside area of new rear oil seal.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
Revision: January 2010
EM-63
2010 Sentra
P
OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Install rear oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.
A
: Dust seal lip
B
: Oil seal lip
[MR20DE]
: Engine outside
: Engine inside
PBIC3485J
• Install rear oil seal with a suitable tool with an outer diameter
115 mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A).
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block.
• Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting.
• Do not touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.
PBIC3951E
• Install rear oil seal (1) to the position as shown.
A
: Rear end surface of cylinder block
NOTE:
The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of
cylinder block.
PBIC3761E
3.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EM-64
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CYLINDER HEAD
A
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000005283750
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
EM
Warm up engine thoroughly. Then, stop it.
Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure
Check" (except for California).
Disconnect fuel pump fuse (1) to avoid fuel injection during measurement.
C
D
: Vehicle front
E
F
PBIA9861J
4.
5.
6.
7.
G
Remove engine cover.
Remove ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder. Refer to EM-33.
Connect an engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-III).
Install a suitable compression tester (B) with an adapter (A) onto
spark plug hole.
H
I
J
K
LBIA0459E
• Use the adapter whose picking up end inserted to spark plug
hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it
may be caught by cylinder head during removal.
L
M
N
SBIA0533E
8.
With accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn ignition switch to “START” for cranking. When the gauge
pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and the engine rpm. Perform these steps to check each
cylinder.
Compression pressure:
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 psi) /rpm
Standard
Minimum
1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202) / 250
1,140 (11.4, 11.6, 165) / 250
Differential limit between cylinders
100 (1, 1, 15) / 250
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EM-65
2010 Sentra
O
P
CYLINDER HEAD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Always use fully a charged battery to obtain the specified engine speed.
• If the engine speed is out of the specified range, check battery liquid for proper gravity. Check engine
speed again with normal battery gravity.
• If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with
combustion chamber (Valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head
gasket). After the checking, measure the compression pressure again.
• If some cylinder has low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole
of the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
- If the added engine oil improves the compression, piston rings may be worn out or damaged. Check piston rings and replace if necessary.
- If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, valves may be malfunctioning. Check valves for damage. Replace valve or valve seat accordingly.
• If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains
low even after the addition of engine oil, cylinder head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace cylinder
head gasket.
9. After inspection is completed, install removed parts.
10. Start the engine, and confirm that the engine runs smoothly.
11. Perform trouble diagnosis. If DTC appears, erase it. Refer to EC-104, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction"
(for California) or EC-659, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction" (except for California).
Component
INFOID:0000000005283751
PBIC3542J
1.
Cylinder head assembly
A.
Refer to EM-66
2.
Cylinder head bolt
Removal and Installation
3.
Cylinder head gasket
INFOID:0000000005283752
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop.
• Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California).
2. Drain engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to CO-11 and LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
3. Remove front fender protector (RH). Refer to EI-21.
4. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove the following components and related parts.
Revision: January 2010
EM-66
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23.
• Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18.
• Fuel tube and fuel injector assembly; Refer to EM-36.
• Water outlet; Refer to CO-24.
• Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33.
• Front cover, timing chain; Refer to EM-40.
• Camshaft; Refer to EM-50.
6. Remove cylinder head.
• Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
: Engine front
7.
D
• Using TORX socket (size E18), loosen cylinder head bolts.
Remove cylinder head gasket.
E
PBIC3206J
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter
• Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening
method. Whenever the size difference between “d1” and “d2”
exceeds the limit, replace them with a new one.
F
G
H
Limit (“d1” – “d2”): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
• If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than “d2”,
use it as “d2” point.
I
PBIC3994E
Cylinder Head Distortion
NOTE:
When performing this inspection, cylinder block distortion should be also checked. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection
After Disassembly".
1. Wipe off engine oil and remove water scale (like deposit), gasket, sealant, carbon, etc. with a scraper.
CAUTION:
Use utmost care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for engine oil or water.
2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure the distortion in six directions using straightedge (A)
and feeler gauge (B).
Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
J
K
L
M
N
• If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head.
O
PBIC3207J
P
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install cylinder head gasket.
Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surface of bolts.
CAUTION:
If cylinder head bolts re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Follow the "Cylinder
Head Bolts Outer Diameter" procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EM-67
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install cylinder head, follow the steps below to tighten cylinder
head bolts in numerical order as shown.
Step a
Step b
Step c
Step d
Step e
Step f
[MR20DE]
: 40 N·m (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb)
: 100° clockwise
: Loosen to 0 N·m in the reverse order of tightening.
: 40 N·m (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb)
: 100° clockwise
: 100° clockwise
PBIC3206J
: Engine front
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using Tool (A) or
protractor. Never judge by visual inspection without the
tool.
Tool number
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
PBIC3208J
4.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Component
INFOID:0000000005283753
PBIC3543J
Revision: January 2010
EM-68
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
Valve spring (EXH)
(with valve spring seat)
Valve collet
2.
Valve spring retainer
3.
4.
Valve oil seal
5.
Valve guide (EXH)
6.
Valve seat (EXH)
7.
Valve (EXH)
8.
Valve (INT)
9.
Valve seat (INT)
10. Cylinder head
11. Valve guide (INT)
13.
Valve spring (INT)
(with valve spring seat)
A.
Refer to EM-70
B.
A
EM
12. Spark plug
C
Refer to EM-70
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283754
D
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove spark plug using suitable tool.
Remove valve lifter.
• Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up.
Remove valve collet.
• Compress valve spring using Tool, attachment and adapter
(A). Remove valve collet using a suitable magnet hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
Tool number
E
F
G
: KV101092S0 (J-26336-B)
H
PBIC3209J
4.
5.
6.
Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring (with valve spring seat).
CAUTION:
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove valve.
NOTE:
Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up.
Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A).
Tool number
I
J
K
L
: KV10107902 (J-38959)
M
N
PBIC3210J
7.
8.
When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal.
When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal.
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
P
Install valve guide if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Install valve seat if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Revision: January 2010
EM-69
O
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install valve oil seal.
• Install with a valve oil seal using Tool (A) to match dimension
as shown.
Tool number
[MR20DE]
: KV10115600 (J-38958)
NOTE:
Dimension “H” is height that measured before installing valve
spring (with valve spring seat).
Height “H”
: 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in)
PBIC3211J
4.
Install valve.
• Install larger diameter to intake side.
5.
Install valve spring (with valve spring seat).
• Install smaller pitch (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head
side (B).
• Confirm identification color (A) of valve spring.
1
: Valve spring seat (Do not remove from valve spring.)
Intake
Exhaust
: White
: Orange
PBIC3462J
6.
7.
Install valve spring retainer.
Install valve collet.
• Compress valve spring using Tool (A). Install valve collet with a magnet hand.
Tool number
: KV101092S0 (J-26336 B)
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
• Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to check its installed condition.
PBIC3209J
8.
9.
Install valve lifter.
• Install it in the original position.
Install spark plug using suitable tool.
Inspection After Disassembly
INFOID:0000000005283755
VALVE DIMENSIONS
• Check dimensions of each valve. For dimensions, refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit".
• If dimensions are out of the standard, replace valve.
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
Valve Stem Diameter
Revision: January 2010
EM-70
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measure the diameter of valve stem with a micrometer (A).
[MR20DE]
A
Standard
Intake
Exhaust
: 5.465 - 5.480 mm (0.2152 - 0.2157 in)
: 5.455 - 5.470 mm (0.2148 - 0.2154 in)
EM
C
PBIC3213J
D
Valve Guide Inner Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of valve guide with a bore gauge.
E
Standard
: 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in)
Valve Guide Clearance
(Valve guide clearance) = (Valve guide inner diameter) – (Valve stem diameter).
F
Valve guide clearance:
Standard
Intake
: 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in)
Exhaust
: 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - 0.0025 in)
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
G
H
I
• If it exceeds the limit, replace valve guide and/or valve.
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
J
When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized [0.2 mm (0.008 in)] valve guide.
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C
(230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil (A).
K
L
M
PBIC3214J
2.
N
Drive out valve guide using suitable tools.
CAUTION:
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective
equipment to avoid getting burned.
O
P
SEM931C
Revision: January 2010
EM-71
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable tool (A).
[MR20DE]
Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts):
: 9.675 - 9.696 mm (0.3809 - 0.3817 in)
PBIC3215J
4.
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil (A).
PBIC3214J
5.
Press valve guide (1) from camshaft side to dimensions as
shown.
2
: Cylinder head
Projection “H”
: 13.35 - 13.65 mm (0.526 - 0.537 in)
CAUTION:
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective
equipment to avoid getting burned.
PBIC3217J
6.
Apply reamer finish to valve guide using suitable tool (A).
Standard
: 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in)
PBIC3215J
VALVE SEAT CONTACT
• After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are within specifications, perform this procedure.
• Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve seat to check the condition of the valve
contact on the surface.
Revision: January 2010
EM-72
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circumference.
• If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting
surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace
valve seat.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
SBIA0322E
D
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
When valve seat is removed, replace with oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit".
2. Ream cylinder head (1) recess diameter for service valve seat.
2
E
F
: Valve seat
Oversize [0.5 mm (0.020 in)]
Intake
: 35.200 - 35.227 mm (1.3858 - 1.3869 in)
Exhaust : 29.200 - 29.227 mm (1.1496 - 1.1507 in)
G
H
• Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center.
This will enable valve seat to fit correctly.
PBIC3218J
3.
I
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil (A).
J
K
L
PBIC3214J
4.
5.
Provide valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Press-fit valve seat into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
• Never touch cold valve seats directly.
• Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned.
Using valve seat cutter set or valve seat grinder, finish valve
seat to the specified dimensions. For dimensions, refer to EM108, "Standard and Limit".
CAUTION:
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on with the cutter or cutting many different times
may result in stage valve seat.
SEM934C
6.
7.
Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting.
Check again for normal contact. Use the "VALVE SEAT CONTACT" procedure.
Revision: January 2010
EM-73
2010 Sentra
M
N
O
P
CYLINDER HEAD
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
• Set try square along the side of valve spring and rotate the spring.
Measure the maximum clearance between the top of valve spring
and try square.
CAUTION:
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
Limit: 1.9 mm (0.075 in)
• If it exceeds the limit, replace valve spring (with valve spring seat).
PBIC0080E
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD
• Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at the
specified spring height.
CAUTION:
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
SEM113
Standard:
Items
Free height
Installation height
Installation load
Height during valve open
Load with valve open
Identification color
Intake
Exhaust
44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in)
45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb)
139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16 kg, 10 - 35 lb)
26.36 mm (1.0377 in)
27.80 mm (1.0944 in)
335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb)
266 - 297 N (27.1 - 3.03 kg, 60 - 67 lb)
White
Orange
• If the installation load or load with valve open is out of the standard, replace valve spring (with valve spring
seat).
Revision: January 2010
EM-74
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
A
Component
INFOID:0000000005283760
M/T Models
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
ALBIA0655GB
1.
Rear torque rod
2.
4.
Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 5.
(RH)
M
Bracket
3.
Torque rod (RH)
Engine mounting bracket (LH)
6.
Engine mounting insulator (LH)
Engine front
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-75
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
ALBIA0656GB
1.
Torque rod (RH)
2.
Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 3.
(RH)
Engine mounting bracket (RH)
4.
Pull down rod (RH)
5.
Engine mounting bracket (LH)
6.
Engine mounting support (LH)
7.
Pull down rod (LH)
8.
Pull down bracket (LH)
9.
Bracket
10. Rear torque rod
Engine front
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283761
WARNING:
• Situate the vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
• Place chocks at front and back of rear wheels.
• Attach proper slingers and bolts described in PARTS CATALOG if engine slingers are not equipped.
CAUTION:
• Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
• Do not start working until exhaust system and coolant are cool enough.
• If items or work required are not covered by the engine section, follow the applicable procedures.
• Always use the support point specified for lifting.
Revision: January 2010
EM-76
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Use either 2-pole lift type or separate type lift as best you can. If board-on type is used for unavoidable reasons, support at the rear axle jacking point with a transmission jack or similar tool before
starting work, in preparation for the backward shift of center of gravity.
• For supporting points for lifting and jacking point at rear axle, refer to GI-39, "Garage Jack and
Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift".
REMOVAL
Outline
Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward. Separate the engine and the transaxle.
1. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when the engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
3. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
4. Drain M/T oil (M/T models). Refer to MT-12, "Changing M/T Oil".
5. Remove front fender protector (RH and LH). Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5.
7. Remove drive shafts (LH and RH) from steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left
Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
8. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (upper) lower rear side. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal
and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models) or MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models).
9. Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
10. Remove hood assembly. Refer to BL-13.
11. Remove cowl top cover and cowl top extension assembly. Refer to EI-19.
12. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure
Check" (except for California).
13. Remove battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
14. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Component".
15. Remove engine room cover.
16. Disconnect transmission control module (TCM) (CVT models).
17. Disconnect ECM and brake fluid level sensor.
18. Remove ECM.
19. Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-16.
20. Remove cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-17, "Removal and Installation".
21. Remove radiator hose (upper and lower). Refer to CO-15.
22. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models). Refer to CO-15.
23. Disconnect all connections of engine harness around the engine mounting insulator (LH), and then temporarily secure the engine harness into the engine side.
CAUTION:
Protect connectors using a resin bag to protect against foreign materials during the operation.
24. Disconnect fuel feed hose at engine side. Refer to EM-36, "Component".
25. Disconnect heater hoses, and install plugs them to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to CO-24,
"Component".
26. Disconnect control cables from transaxle. Refer to CVT-170 (CVT models), MT-15, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models).
27. Remove ground cable at transaxle side.
28. Remove ground cable between front cover and vehicle.
29. Remove generator, if necessary. Refer to SC-26.
30. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from the engine, if equipped. Temporarily secure it on the
vehicle side with a rope to avoid putting load on it. Refer to MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE".
Revision: January 2010
EM-77
2010 Sentra
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
31. Remove the intake manifold to prevent the hanging chain from interfering. Refer to EM-18, "Component".
32. Install engine slinger to cylinder head front left side (A) and rear
right side (B) and support the engine position with a hoist.
: Engine front
Slinger bolts (front)
Slinger bolts (rear)
: 32.9 N·m (3.3 kg-m, 24.2 ft-lb)
: 25.0 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18.4 ft-lb)
LBIA0461E
33. Support engine and transaxle assembly with a hoist and secure the engine in appropriate position.
34. Use a manual lift table caddy (A) or equivalently rigid tool such
as a transmission jack. Securely support bottom of the engine
and the transaxle, and simultaneously adjust hoist tension.
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting
surface, secure a completely stable condition.
PBIC3223J
35. Remove torque rod (RH) (1), engine mounting insulator (RH) (2)
and engine mounting bracket (3).
4
: Engine insulator (LH)
A
: Engine front side
B
: Transaxle side
36. Remove pull down rod (RH) (CVT models).
37. Remove pull down rod (LH) (CVT models).
38. Remove engine through bolt-securing nut (C).
WBIA0827E
39. Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward by carefully operating supporting tools.
CAUTION:
• During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with the vehicle side.
• Before and during this lifting, always check if any harnesses are left connected.
• During the removal operation, always be careful to prevent the vehicle from falling off the lift due
to changes in the center of gravity.
• If necessary, support the vehicle by setting jack or suitable tool at the rear.
• During operation, securely support the engine by placing a piece of wood under the engine oil
pan and transaxle oil pan. Securely support the engine slingers with a hoist.
40. When the engine hoisting is not performed simultaneously, install engine slinger to cylinder head front left
side and rear right side.
41. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-11.
42. Lift with a hoist and position above engine.
43. Separate the engine and the transaxle. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT
models) or MT-18, "Removal and Installation"(M/T models).
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Do not allow engine oil to get on engine mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage engine mounting insulator.
Revision: January 2010
EM-78
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When installation directions are specified, install parts according to the directions. Refer to EM-75, "Component".
• Make sure that each mounting insulator is seated properly, and tighten nuts and bolts.
• Tighten engine mounting insulator (RH) bolts in the numerical
order shown.
A
EM
: Vehicle front
C
D
WBIA0828E
E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Inspection for Leaks
F
The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak and exhaust gases leak.
• Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15.
• Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
- Turn ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points.
- Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points.
• Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
• Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gases, or any oil/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant.
• Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system.
• After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the
specified level, if necessary.
Summary of the inspection items:
Item
Before starting engine
Engine running
After engine stopped
Engine coolant
Level
Leakage
Level
Engine oil
Level
Leakage
Level
Other oils and fluid*
Fuel
Exhaust gases
Level
Leakage
Level
Leakage
Leakage
Leakage
—
Leakage
—
G
H
I
J
K
L
* Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-79
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CYLINDER BLOCK
Component
INFOID:0000000005283756
AWBIA0780GB
1.
Cylinder block
4.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
cover
Revision: January 2010
2.
O-ring
3.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
5.
Oil filter (for intake valve timing control)
6.
Knock sensor
EM-80
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.
Oil pressure switch (except for California), Oil temperature sensor (for
California)
10. Oil ring
8.
Top ring
9.
Second ring
A
11.
Snap ring
12. Piston
13. Piston pin
14. Connecting rod
15. Thrust bearing
16. Connecting rod bearing upper
17. Main bearing upper
18. Crankshaft key
19. Main bearing lower
20. Connecting rod bearing lower
21. Connecting rod bearing cap
22. Connecting rod bolt
23. Main bearing cap
24. Main bearing cap bolt
25. Crankshaft
26. Pilot converter (CVT models)
27. Signal plate
EM
C
28. Rear oil seal
29. Drive plate (CVT models)
30. Reinforcement plate (CVT models)
31. Flywheel (M/T models)
32. Block heater (Canada only)
33. Oil pressure switch connector (for
California)
34. Gasket (for California)
35. Nut (for California)
36. Oil pressure switch (for California)
37. Cylinder block connector (for Califor- A.
nia)
Refer to EM-81
Disassembly and Assembly
D
E
INFOID:0000000005283757
F
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
a.
Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle, separate transaxle from engine. Refer to EM-75.
Install engine to engine stand as follows;
Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models).
• Secure flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models)
using Tool (A), and remove bolts.
Tool number
b.
: KV 11105210 (J-44716)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch drive plate (CVT models) and contact surface for clutch disc of flywheel (M/T
models).
NOTE:
PBIC3226J
Figure shows drive plate (CVT models)
Lift the engine with a hoist to install it onto widely use engine stand.
CAUTION:
• Use the engine stand that has a load capacity [approximately 135 kg (298 lb) or more] large
enough for supporting the engine weight.
• If the load capacity of stand is not adequate, remove the following parts beforehand to reduce the potential risk of overturning stand.
- Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23.
- Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33.
NOTE:
The figure shows an example of widely used engine stand (A)
that can support mating surface of transaxle with flywheel (M/T
models) or drive plate (CVT models) removed.
CAUTION:
Before removing the hanging chains, make sure the engine
stand is stable and there is no risk of overturning.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
PBIC3227J
3.
4.
5.
Remove oil pan (upper and lower). Refer to EM-27.
Remove cylinder head. Refer to EM-65.
Remove thermostat housing. Refer to CO-21.
Revision: January 2010
EM-81
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove knock sensor.
CAUTION:
Carefully handle knock sensor avoiding shocks.
7. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover and crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION:
• Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
• Never disassemble.
• Keep it away from metal particles.
• Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.
8.
9.
[MR20DE]
Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control).
Remove pilot converter (1) using Tool (A). (CVT models)
Tool number
:ST16610001 (J-23907)
NOTE:
M/T models have no pilot converter.
PBIC3229J
10. Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be removed onto the bottom dead center.
NOTE:
Before removing piston and connecting rod assembly, check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to
EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
11. Remove connecting rod cap.
12. Using a suitable tool, push piston and connecting rod assembly
out to the cylinder head side.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage matching surface with connecting rod cap.
• Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.
PBIC0259E
13. Remove connecting rod bearings.
CAUTION:
When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
14. Remove piston rings from piston.
• Before removing piston rings, check the piston ring side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
15. Using a suitable tool (A) remove piston rings.
CAUTION:
• When removing piston rings, be careful not to damage the
piston.
• Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them
excessively.
PBIC3233J
Revision: January 2010
EM-82
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Using snap ring pliers (A), remove snap rings.
A
EM
C
PBIC3230J
D
17. Heat piston to 60° to 70°C (140° to 158°F) using a suitable tool
(A).
E
F
G
PBIC3231J
18. Push out piston pin using a suitable tool of an outer diameter
approximately 18 mm (0.71 in).
H
I
J
PBIC0262E
19. Loosen main bearing cap bolts in reverse order as shown, and
remove them.
NOTE:
Before loosening main bearing cap bolts, measure crankshaft
end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
K
L
M
: Engine front
20. Remove main bearing caps.
• Tap main bearing caps lightly using a suitable tool for removal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
21. Remove crankshaft.
CAUTION:
N
PBIC3235J
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-83
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Be careful not to damage or deform signal plate (1)
mounted on rear end of crankshaft (A).
• When setting crankshaft on a flat floor surface, use a
block of wood to avoid interference between signal plate
and the floor surface.
• Never remove signal plate unless it is necessary to do so.
22. Pull rear oil seal out from rear end of crankshaft.
23. Remove main bearings and thrust bearings from cylinder block
and main bearing caps.
CAUTION:
Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up.
[MR20DE]
PBIC3234J
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Fully air-blow engine coolant and engine oil passages in cylinder block, cylinder bore and crankcase to
remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use goggles to protect your eyes.
Install water drain plug (1) to cylinder block.
: Engine front
• Apply liquid gasket to the drain plug thread.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb)
3.
4.
Remove dust, dirt, and engine oil on the bearing mating surfaces of cylinder block and main bearing cap.
PBIC3228J
Install thrust bearings to the both sides of the No. 3 journal housing (B) on cylinder block.
: Engine front
• Install thrust bearings with the oil groove (A) facing crankshaft
arm (outside).
PBIC3258J
5.
Install the main bearings paying attention to the direction.
CAUTION:
• Before installing main bearings, apply new engine oil to the bearing surface (inside). Do not
apply new engine oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
• When installing, align main bearing to the center position of cylinder block and main bearing
cap.
Revision: January 2010
EM-84
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The difference (A) between main bearing upper (1) and
main bearing lower (3) should be 0.85 mm (0.033 in) or
less when installing.
2
: Cylinder block
4
: Main bearing cap
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
PBIC3237J
D
• Ensure the oil holes on cylinder block and oil holes (A) on
the main bearings (1) are aligned.
E
F
G
PBIC3236J
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install signal plate to crankshaft if removed.
Set the signal plate with the flange facing toward the counter weight side (engine front side) to the crankshaft rear surface.
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts.
Position crankshaft (2) and signal plate (1) using a dowel pin
(service part), and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
H
I
J
A
: Dowel pin hole
NOTE:
Dowel pin of crankshaft and signal plate is provided as a set for
each.
10. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
11. Remove dowel pin. (service parts)
CAUTION:
Be sure to remove dowel pin.
12. Install crankshaft to cylinder block.
• While turning crankshaft by hand, make sure that it turns smoothly.
K
L
PBIC3238J
M
13. Install main bearing caps referring to the journal No. stamp (A)
and front mark (B) as shown.
N
: Engine front
O
NOTE:
Main bearing cap cannot be replaced as a single part, because it
is machined together with cylinder block.
P
PBIC3239J
14. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts.
Revision: January 2010
EM-85
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15. Tighten main bearing cap bolts in two steps in numerical order
as shown.
•
: Engine front
[MR20DE]
PBIC3235J
CAUTION:
Measure the angle in Step 2 using Tool (A). Do not measure
visually.
Step 1
Step 2
: 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
: 60° clockwise
Tool number
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
PBIC3240J
• After installing bolts, make sure that crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.
• Check crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
16. Using snap ring pliers, install new snap ring to the groove of the piston rear side.
• Insert it fully into groove to install.
17. Assemble piston to connecting rod.
• Using a suitable tool, heat the piston until the piston pin can be pushed in by hand without excess force
[approximately 60° to 70 °C (140° to 158 °F)]. From the front to the rear, insert piston pin into piston and
connecting rod.
• Assemble so that the front mark (A) on the piston head and
the oil hole (B) and the cylinder number (C) on connecting rod
are positioned as shown.
D
: Big end diameter grade
E
: Small end diameter grade
F
: Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)
18. Install new snap ring to the groove of the piston front side.
• Insert it fully into groove to install.
• After installing, make sure that connecting rod moves
smoothly.
19. Using a suitable tool, install piston rings.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage piston.
• Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them excessively.
Revision: January 2010
EM-86
PBIC3587J
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Position each ring with the gap as shown referring to the piston front mark.
A
: Oil ring upper or lower rail gap
B
: Front mark
C
: Second ring and oil ring spacer gap
D
: Top ring gap
E
: Stamped mark
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
CAUTION:
Never contact the rail end gap under the oil ring with the
oil drain cast groove of piston.
• Install second ring with the stamped surface facing upward.
PBIC3588J
D
20. Install connecting rod bearing upper (2) and lower (3) to connecting rod (1) and connecting rod cap (4).
C
: Oil hole (connecting rod)
D
: Arrow view
E
F
: Engine front
• Install the connecting rod in the dimension shown.
• Make sure that connecting rod bearing oil hole (A) is completely in the inside of connecting rod oil hole chamfered area
(B).
• When installing connecting rod bearings, apply new engine oil
to the bearing surface (inside). Do not apply new engine oil to
the back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
NOTE:
• There is no positioning tab.
• Install the connecting rod bearings in the center of connecting rod and connecting rod bearing cap as shown. For service operation, the center position can be checked, visually.
G
H
I
J
K
PBIC4541E
21. Install piston and connecting rod assembly to crankshaft.
• Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be installed onto the bottom dead center.
• Apply new engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston and crankshaft pin.
• Match the cylinder position with the cylinder number (C) on
connecting rod to install.
B
: Oil hole
D
: Big end diameter grade
E
: Small end diameter grade
F
: Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)
M
N
O
• Install so that front mark (A) on the piston head faces the front
of engine.
PBIC3587J
Revision: January 2010
L
EM-87
2010 Sentra
P
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Using Tool (A), install piston with the front mark on the piston
head facing the front of the engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.
Tool number
[MR20DE]
: EM03470000 (J-8037)
PBIC3244J
22. Install connecting rod cap.
• Match the stamped cylinder number marks (C) on connecting
rod with those on connecting rod cap to install.
A
: Front mark (piston)
B
: Oil hole
D
: Big end diameter grade
E
: Small end diameter grade
F
: Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)
PBIC3587J
23. Tighten connecting rod bolt with the following procedure:
CAUTION:
• Make sure that there is no gap in the thrust surface (A) of
the joint between connecting rod (1) and connecting rod
bearing cap (2) and that these parts are in the correct
position. And then, tighten the connecting rod bolts.
• If the connecting rod bolts are reused, measure the outer
diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
24. Apply new engine oil to the threads and seats of connecting rod
bolts.
25. Tighten connecting rod bolts in two steps using Tool.
Step 1
Step 2
: 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
: 60° clockwise
Tool number
PBIC3510J
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
• After tightening connecting rod bolt, make sure that crankshaft rotates smoothly.
• Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
26. Install oil pan (upper). Refer to EM-27.
NOTE:
Install the rear oil seal after installing the oil pan (upper).
27. Install rear oil seal. Refer to EM-27.
Revision: January 2010
EM-88
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
28. Install flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models).
• Secure crankshaft using Tool. (A), and tighten bolts crosswise
over several times.
Tool number
[MR20DE]
A
: KV11105210 (J-44716)
EM
C
PBIC3998E
D
• Install pilot converter (1), drive plate (2) and reinforcement
plate (3) as shown (CVT models).
A
: Crankshaft rear end
B
:R
E
• Using a suitable tool of 33 mm. (1.30 in) in diameter, press-fit
pilot converter into the end of crankshaft until it stops (CVT
models).
NOTE:
M/T models have no pilot converter and reinforcement plate.
F
G
PBIC4075E
29. Install knock sensor (1) with connector facing toward the rear of
engine.
A
H
: Cylinder block left side
I
: Engine front
CAUTION:
• Never tighten bolts while holding the connector.
• If any impact by dropping is applied to knock sensor,
replace it with a new one.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder
block mating surface and the back surface of knock sensor.
• Make sure that knock sensor does not interfere with other parts.
30. Install crankshaft position sensor (POS) and crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover.
CAUTION:
• Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
• Keep it away from metal particles.
• Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.
J
PBIC3246J
K
L
M
31. Install oil filter (for intake valve timing control) (1) in the direction
shown.
• Make sure that the oil filter does not protrude from the upper
surface of cylinder block (2) after installation.
N
O
P
PBIC3260J
32. Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: January 2010
EM-89
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Select Piston and Bearing
INFOID:0000000005283758
DESCRIPTION
Selection points
Between cylinder block and
crankshaft
Selection parts
Selection items
Main bearing
Selection methods
Main bearing grade (bearing
thickness)
Determined by match of cylinder block bearing housing
grade (inner diameter of housing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of journal)
Between crankshaft and connecting rod
Connecting rod bearing
Connecting rod bearing grade
(bearing thickness)
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin outer diameter determine connecting
rod bearing selection.
Between cylinder block and piston
Piston and piston pin assembly
(piston is available together with
piston pin as an assembly.)
Piston grade (piston outer diameter)
Piston grade = cylinder bore
grade (inner diameter of bore)
• The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
• For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
• For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, use the applicable procedures.
HOW TO SELECT PISTON
When New Cylinder Block is Used
• Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L),
and select piston of the same grade.
A
: Correction stamp
B
: Standard stamp
C
: Cylinder No. 1 bore grade
D
: Cylinder No. 2 bore grade
E
: Cylinder No. 3 bore grade
F
: Cylinder No. 4 bore grade
G
: No. 1 main bearing housing grade
H
: No. 2 main bearing housing grade
I
: No. 3 main bearing housing grade
J
: No. 4 main bearing housing grade
K
: No. 5 main bearing housing grade
: Engine front
• If there is a correction stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a
correct reference.
PBIC3264J
When Cylinder Block is Reused
1.
2.
Measure the cylinder bore inner diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the “Piston Selection Table”.
Revision: January 2010
EM-90
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Select piston of the same grade.
A
A
: Identification code
B
: Front mark
C
: Piston grade number
D
: Pin grade number
EM
C
WBIA0830E
D
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number (Mark)
1
2 [or no mark (piston only)]
Cylinder bore Inner diameter
84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075)
84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079)
Piston skirt diameter
83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063)
83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067)
E
F
NOTE:
• Piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
• There is no piston pin (piston pin hole) grade.
G
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used
1.
H
Apply connecting rod big end diameter grade stamped (C) on
connecting rod side face to the row in the “Connecting Rod
Bearing Selection Table”.
A
I
: Oil hole
B
: Cylinder number
D
: Small end diameter grade
E
: Front mark
J
K
PBIC3262J
2.
3.
4.
Apply crankshaft pin journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to the column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing
Selection Table”.
A
: No. 1 pin journal diameter grade
B
: No. 2 pin journal diameter grade
C
: No. 3 pin journal diameter grade
D
: No. 4 pin journal diameter grade
E
: No. 1 main journal diameter grade
F
: No. 2 main journal diameter grade
G
: No. 3 main journal diameter grade
H
: No. 4 main journal diameter grade
I
: No. 5 main journal diameter grade
L
M
N
PBIC3261J
P
Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table”.
Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing.
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused
1.
Measure the dimensions of the connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Revision: January 2010
O
EM-91
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Apply the measured dimension to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”.
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table”.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing.
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table
PBIC4077E
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number
Thickness
Identification color
0
1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589)
Black
1
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
2
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591- 0.0592)
Green
3
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
4
1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594)
Blue
Revision: January 2010
EM-92
Remarks
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Grade number
01
12
23
34
Thickness
Identification color
UPR
1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589)
Black
LWR
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
UPR
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
LWR
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592)
Green
UPR
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592)
Green
LWR
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
UPR
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
LWR
1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594)
Blue
Remarks
A
Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bearings.
EM
C
D
Undersize Bearings Usage Guide
• When the specified connecting rod bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod
bearings, use undersize (US) bearings.
• When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the connecting rod bearing inner diameter with bearing
installed, and grind the crankshaft pin so that the connecting rod bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, keep the
fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A).
E
F
G
H
PBIC3263J
Bearing undersize table
Unit: mm (in)
Size
Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098)
1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
I
J
K
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-93
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. “Main Bearing Selection Table” rows correspond to main bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L).
A
: Correction stamp
B
: Standard stamp
C
: Cylinder No. 1 bore grade
D
: Cylinder No. 2 bore grade
E
: Cylinder No. 3 bore grade
F
: Cylinder No. 4 bore grade
G
: No. 1 main bearing housing grade
H
: No. 2 main bearing housing grade
I
: No. 3 main bearing housing grade
J
: No. 4 main bearing housing grade
K
: No. 5 main bearing housing grade
[MR20DE]
: Engine front
• If there is a correction stamp mark on cylinder block, use it as
a correct reference.
PBIC3264J
2.
3.
4.
Apply main journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front
side to column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
A
: No. 1 pin journal diameter grade
B
: No. 2 pin journal diameter grade
C
: No. 3 pin journal diameter grade
D
: No. 4 pin journal diameter grade
E
: No. 1 main journal diameter grade
F
: No. 2 main journal diameter grade
G
: No. 3 main journal diameter grade
H
: No. 4 main journal diameter grade
I
: No. 5 main journal diameter grade
PBIC3261J
Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for
No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the
specified clearances.
Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing.
NOTE:
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower.
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused
1.
2.
3.
4.
Measure the dimensions of the cylinder block main bearing housing inner diameter and crankshaft main
journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
Apply the measured dimension to the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for
No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the
specified clearances.
Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EM-94
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower.
[MR20DE]
A
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 1, 4 and 5 journals)
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIC4078E
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-95
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 2 and 3 journals)
PBIC4079E
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number
Thickness
Identification color
0
1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787)
Black
1
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
2
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789)
Green
3
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
4
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
5
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
6
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
7
2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795)
White
Revision: January 2010
EM-96
Remarks
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Grade number
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
Thickness
Identification color
UPR
1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787)
Black
LWR
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
UPR
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
LWR
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789)
Green
UPR
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789)
Green
LWR
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
UPR
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
LWR
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
UPR
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
LWR
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
UPR
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
LWR
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
UPR
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
LWR
2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795)
White
Remarks
A
EM
C
Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bearings.
D
E
F
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
• When the specified main bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size main bearings, use undersize (US) bearing.
• When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the main bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and
grind main journal so that the main bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft main journal to use undersize bearings,
keep the fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A).
G
H
I
J
K
PBIC3263J
L
Bearing undersize table
Unit: mm (in)
Size
Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098)
2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840)
Inspection After Disassembly
M
INFOID:0000000005283759
N
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY
• Measure the clearance between thrust bearings and crankshaft
arm when crankshaft is moved fully forward or backward with a dial
indicator (A).
Standard
Limit
O
: 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)
: 0.30 mm (0.012 in)
P
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace thrust bearings,
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft
also.
PBIC3252J
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
Revision: January 2010
EM-97
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft arm with a feeler gauge (A).
Standard
Limit
[MR20DE]
: 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)
: 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod,
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft
also.
PBIC3251J
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE
Piston Pin Hole Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of piston pin hole with an inside
micrometer (A).
Standard: 19.993 - 19.999 mm (0.7871 - 0.7874 in)
PBIC3265J
Piston Pin Outer Diameter
Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A).
Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)
PBIC3266J
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance
(Piston to piston pin oil clearance) = (Piston pin hole diameter) – (Piston pin outer diameter)
Standard: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)
• If oil clearance is out of the standard, replace piston and piston pin assembly.
• When replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance" procedure.
NOTE:
• Piston is available together with piston pin as assembly.
• Piston pin (piston pin hole) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts, no
grades can be selected. (Only grade “0” is available.)
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
Revision: January 2010
EM-98
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove
with a feeler gauge (A).
Standard:
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
: 0.04 - 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in)
: 0.03 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in)
: 0.015 - 0.185 mm (0.001 - 0.007 in)
Limit:
Top ring
2nd ring
: 0.11 mm (0.0043 in)
: 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
PBIC3280J
D
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace piston also.
E
PISTON RING END GAP
• Make sure that cylinder bore inner diameter is within specification. Follow the "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter"
procedure.
• Lubricate with new engine oil to piston (1) and piston ring (2), and
then insert (A) piston ring until middle of cylinder (B) with piston,
and measure piston ring end gap with a feeler gauge (C).
Standard:
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
(rail ring)
: 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
: 0.50 - 0.65 mm (0.020 - 0.026 in)
: 0.15 - 0.45 mm (0.006 - 0.018 in)
F
G
H
I
PBIC3267J
Limit:
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
(rail ring)
J
: 0.51 mm (0.020 in)
: 0.83 mm (0.033 in)
: 0.78 mm (0.031 in)
K
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace the cylinder block.
L
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-99
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check with a connecting rod aligner.
C
: Feeler gauge
Bend (A):
Limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length
Torsion (B):
Limit: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length
• If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
PBIC3268J
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER
• Install connecting rod cap (1) without connecting rod bearing
installed, and tightening connecting rod bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
2
: Connecting rod
A
: Example
B
: Measuring direction of inner diameter
• Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod big end with an
inside micrometer.
PBIC3269J
Standard: 47.000 - 47.013 mm (1.8504 - 1.8509 in)
• If out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly.
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bushing with an inside
micrometer (A).
Standard: 20.000 - 20.012 mm (0.7874 - 0.7879 in)
PBIC3270J
Piston Pin Outer Diameter
Revision: January 2010
EM-100
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A).
[MR20DE]
A
Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)
EM
C
PBIC3266J
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance
(Connecting rod bushing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bushing inner diameter) – (Piston pin outer diameter)
Standard
Limit
: 0.005 - 0.023 mm (0.0002 - 0.0009 in)
: 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
• If the measured value is out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin
assembly.
• If replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE" procedure.
• If replacing connecting rod assembly, follow the "Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance" procedure to
select connecting rod bearing.
D
E
F
G
H
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION
• Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and also remove engine oil, scale, carbon, or
other contamination.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow gasket flakes to enter engine oil or engine coolant passages.
• Measure the distortion on the cylinder block upper face at some
different points in six directions with a straight edge (A) and feeler
gauge (B).
I
J
K
Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
• If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder block.
L
PBIC3250J
M
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER
• Install main bearing cap without main bearings installed, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
• Measure the inner diameter of main bearing housing with a bore gauge.
• Measure the position shown [5 mm (0.20 in)] backward from main
bearing housing front side in the 2 directions as shown. The
smaller one is the measured value.
1
2
N
O
: Cylinder block
P
: Main bearing cap
: Engine front
Standard: 55.997 - 56.017 mm (2.2046 - 2.2054 in)
• If out of the standard, replace cylinder block and main bearing
caps assembly.
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EM-101
PBIC4005E
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main bearing caps cannot be replaced as a single, because it is machined together with cylinder block.
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter
• Using a bore gauge (A), measure the cylinder bore for wear, outof-round and taper at six different points on each cylinder. (“X” and
“Y” directions at “A”, “B” and “C”) (“Y” is in longitudinal direction of
engine)
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure the cylinder bore
“X” direction at “B” position.
Standard inner diameter:
84.000 - 84.020 mm (3.3071 - 3.3079 in)
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”):
0.015 mm (0.0006 in)
Taper limit (Difference between “A” and “C”):
0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches
and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, replace cylinder block.
NOTE:
Oversize piston is not provided.
PBIC4014E
Piston Skirt Diameter
Measure the outer diameter of piston skirt with a micrometer (A).
Measure point
: Distance from the top 39.9 mm (1.571 in)
Standard
: 83.970 - 83.990 mm (3.3059 - 3.3067 in)
PBIC3272J
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance
Calculate by piston skirt diameter and cylinder bore inner diameter (direction “X”, position “B”).
(Clearance) = (Cylinder bore inner diameter) – (Piston skirt diameter)
Standard
Limit
: 0.020 - 0.040 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in)
: 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
• If it exceeds the limit, replace piston and piston pin assembly and/or cylinder block. Refer to EM-90, "How to
Select Piston and Bearing".
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER
Revision: January 2010
EM-102
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft main journals with a
micrometer (A).
[MR20DE]
A
Standard: 51.959 - 51.979 mm (2.0456 - 2.0464 in) dia.
EM
• If out of the standard, measure the main bearing oil clearance.
Then use undersize bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL
CLEARANCE" procedure.
C
PBIC3457J
D
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER
• Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft pin journal with a micrometer.
E
Standard: 43.953 - 43.971 mm (1.7304-1.7311 in) dia.
• If out of the standard, measure the connecting rod bearing oil clearance. Then use undersize bearing. Follow
the "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedure.
F
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT
• Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each
main journal and pin journal with a micrometer.
• Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between
“X” and “Y” at “A” and “B”.
• Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between “A” and
“B” at “X” and “Y”.
Limit:
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
: 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in)
Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”)
: 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in)
G
H
I
PBIC3459J
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, correct or replace crankshaft.
• If corrected, measure the bearing oil clearance of the corrected main journal and/or pin journal. Then select
main bearing and/or connecting rod bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" and/or "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedures.
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
• Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on
the both end of the crankshaft.
• Place a dial indicator (A) straight up on the No. 3 journal.
• While rotating crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on the
dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)
Standard
Limit
J
K
L
M
N
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
: 0.10 mm (0.0040 in)
O
• If it exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft.
PBIC3458J
P
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE
Method by Calculation
Revision: January 2010
EM-103
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Install connecting rod bearings (2) to connecting rod (3) and connecting rod bearing cap (1), and tighten connecting rod bolts to the
specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for
tightening procedure.
A
: Example
B
: Inner diameter measuring direction
• Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing with an
inside micrometer.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bearing inner diameter)
– (Crankshaft pin journal diameter)
Standard
Limit
[MR20DE]
PBIC3275J
: 0.037 - 0.047 mm (0.0015 - 0.0019 in)
: 0.07 mm (0.0028 in)
• If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper connecting rod bearing according to connecting rod big end
diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How
to Select Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage
• Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft pin and the surfaces of each bearing completely.
• Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil
holes.
• Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and tighten connecting rod bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
Never rotate crankshaft.
• Remove connecting rod cap and bearing, and using the scale (A)
on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”.
PBIC3276J
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE
Method by Calculation
• Install main bearings (3) to cylinder block (1) and main bearing cap
(2), and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening
procedure.
A
: Example
B
: Inner diameter measuring direction
• Measure the inner diameter of main bearing with a bore gauge.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Main bearing inner diameter) – (Crankshaft main journal diameter)
PBIC3277J
Standard:
No. 1, 4 and 5 journals
: 0.024 - 0.034 mm (0.0009 - 0.0013 in)
No. 2 and 3 journals
: 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
Limit : 0.065 mm (0.0026 in)
Revision: January 2010
EM-104
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper main bearing according to main bearing inner diameter and
crankshaft main journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How to Select
Piston and Bearing".
A
Method of Using Plastigage
EM
• Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft main journal and the surfaces of each bearing completely.
• Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil
holes.
• Install main bearings to cylinder block and main bearing cap, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the spec- C
ified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
Never rotate crankshaft.
D
• Remove main bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale (A)
on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
E
same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”.
F
PBIC3278J
G
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT
• When main bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the
specified torque with main bearings (1) installed, the tip end of
bearing must protrude (B). Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and
Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
H
I
A
: Example
Standard
: There must be crush height.
J
• If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.
PBIC3279J
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT
• When connecting rod bearing cap is removed after being tightened
to the specified torque with connecting rod bearings (1) installed,
the tip end of bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure (B).
A
L
M
: Example
Standard
K
: There must be crush height.
N
• If the standard is not met, replace connecting rod bearings.
PBIC3279J
O
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-105
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure the outer diameters (“d1”, “d2”) at two positions as shown.
A
: “d1” measuring position
B
: “d2” measuring position
[MR20DE]
• If reduction appears in places other than “B” range, regard it as
“d2”.
Limit (“d1” – “d2”): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
• If it exceeds the limit (a large difference in dimensions), replace
main bearing cap bolt with a new one.
PBIC4015E
CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER
• Measure the outer diameter “d” at position as shown.
• If reduction appears in a position other than “d”, regard it as “d”.
Limit: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in)
• When “d” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace
connecting rod bolt with a new one.
PBIC4016E
CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL)
• Make sure that there is no foreign material on the oil filter and
check it for clogging.
- Clean it if necessary.
• Check the oil filter for damage.
- Replace it if necessary.
PBIC3273J
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS)
• Measure the deflection of flywheel contact surface to clutch with a
dial indicator (A).
• Measure the deflection at 210 mm (8.27 in) diameter.
Limit
: 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less.
• If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
• If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the surface, repair it
with sandpaper.
CAUTION:
When measuring, keep magnetic fields (such as dial indicator
stand) away from signal plate of the rear end of crankshaft.
PBIC4006E
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS)
CAUTION:
Never disassemble double mass flywheel.
Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction
• Measure the movement amount of thrust (fore-and-aft) direction when 100 N (10.2 kg, 22 lb) force is added
at the portion of 125 mm (4.92 in) radius from the center of flywheel.
Standard
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in) or less
Revision: January 2010
EM-106
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction
Check the movement amount of radial (rotation) direction with the following procedure:
1. Install clutch cover bolt (1) to clutch cover mating hole, and
place a torque wrench (A) on the extended line of the flywheel
(2) center line.
• Tighten bolt at a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) to keep it
from loosening.
2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (Measurement standard
points).
3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction,
and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle
side.
4. Measure the dimensions of movement amounts “A” and “B” on
circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side.
[MR20DE]
A
EM
C
D
PBIC4007E
E
F
Limit: 33.2 mm (1.307 in) or less.
• If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-107
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
INFOID:0000000005283762
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Engine type
MR20DE
Cylinder arrangement
In-line 4
cm3
Displacement
Bore and stroke
(cu in)
1,997 (121.86)
mm (in)
84.0 x 90.1 (3.307 x 3.547)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Number of piston rings
Compression
2
Oil
1
Compression ratio
Compression pressure
kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm
10.2
Standard
1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202)
Minimum
1,140 (11.4. 11.6, 165)
Differential limit between cylinders
100 (1.0, 1.0, 15)
DRIVE BELT
Tension of drive belt
Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner
WATER CONTROL VALVE
Valve opening temperature
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F)
Valve closing temperature
More than 90°C (194°F)
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Surface distortion
Limit
Each exhaust port
0.3 (0.012)
Entire part
0.7 (0.028)
THERMOSTAT
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F)
Full-open valve lift amount
8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F)
Valve closing temperature
More than 77°C (171°F)
SPARK PLUG
Unit: mm (in)
Application
Make
Standard type*
Except for California
For California
NGK
Denso
PLZKAR6A-11
FXE20HR-11
Spark plug gap
Nominal: 1.1 (0.043)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
CYLINDER HEAD
Revision: January 2010
EM-108
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Head surface distortion
Normal cylinder head height “H”
Standard
Limit
—
0.1 (0.004)
130.9 (5.15)
—
A
EM
C
D
E
PBIC0924E
VALVE
F
Valve Timing
Unit: degree
G
H
I
Valve timing
J
PBIC4542E
(
a
b
c
d
e
f
212
224
-8 (32)
52 (12)
7
25
K
): Valve timing control “ON”
L
Valve Dimensions
Unit: mm (in)
M
N
O
P
SEM188A
Valve head diameter “D”
Valve length “L”
Revision: January 2010
Intake
33.8 - 34.1 (1.331 - 1.343)
Exhaust
27.6 - 27.9 (1.087 - 1.098)
Intake
106.27 (4.18)
Exhaust
105.26 (4.144)
EM-109
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Valve stem diameter “d”
Intake
5.465 - 5.480 (0.2152 - 0.2157)
Exhaust
5.455 - 5.470 (0.2148 - 0.2154)
Valve seat angle “α”
45°15′ - 45°45′
Valve margin “T”
Intake
1.1 (0.043)
Exhaust
1.2 (0.047)
Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Cold
Hot* (reference data)
Intake
0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust
0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015)
0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 80°C (176°F)
Available Valve Lifter
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification mark*
KBIA0119E
Revision: January 2010
3.00 (0.1181)
300
3.02 (0.1189)
302
3.04 (0.1197)
304
3.06 (0.1205)
306
3.08 (0.1213)
308
3.10 (0.1220)
310
3.12 (0.1228)
312
3.14 (0.1236)
314
3.16 (0.1244)
316
3.18 (0.1252)
318
3.20 (0.1260)
320
3.22 (0.1268)
322
3.24 (0.1276)
324
3.26 (0.1283)
326
3.28 (0.1291)
328
3.30 (0.1299)
330
3.32 (0.1307)
332
3.34 (0.1315)
334
3.36 (0.1323)
336
3.38 (0.1331)
338
3.40 (0.1339)
340
3.42 (0.1346)
342
EM-110
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification mark*
3.44 (0.1354)
344
3.46 (0.1362)
346
3.48 (0.1370)
348
3.50 (0.1378)
350
A
EM
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
C
Valve Spring
Items
Intake
Exhaust
44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in)
45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb)
139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16.0 kg, 31 - 35 lb)
26.36 mm (1.0377 in)
27.80 mm (1.0944 in)
335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb)
266 - 297 N (27.1 - 30.3 kg, 60 - 67 lb)
White
Orange
Free height
Installation height
Installation load
Height during valve open
Load with valve open
Identification color
D
E
F
Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in)
Items
G
Standard
Valve lifter outer diameter
Valve lifter hole diameter
Intake
33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381)
Exhaust
29.977 - 29.987 (1.1802 - 1.1806)
Intake
34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Exhaust
30.000 - 30.021 (1.1811 - 1.1819)
Valve lifter clearance
0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017)
Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIC0184E
Items
Valve guide
Outer diameter
Standard part
Service part
9.523 - 9.534 (0.3749 - 0.3754)
9.723 - 9.734 (0.3828 - 0.3832)
Inner diameter (Finished size)
Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter
5.500 - 5.518 (0.2165 - 0.2172)
9.475 - 9.496 (0.3730 - 0.3739)
Interference fit of valve guide
O
9.675 - 9.696 (0.3809 - 0.3817)
0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Items
Valve guide clearance
Standard
Intake
0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021)
Exhaust
0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025)
Projection length “L”
P
Limit
0.1 (0.004)
13.35 - 13.65 (0.526 - 0.537)
Valve Seat
Revision: January 2010
N
EM-111
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC2745E
Items
Cylinder head seat recess diameter “D”
Valve seat outer diameter “d”
Standard
Oversize [0.5 (0.02)] (Service)
Intake
34.700 - 34.727 (1.3661 - 1.3672)
35.200 - 35.227 (1.3858 - 1.3869)
Exhaust
28.700 - 28.727 (1.1299 - 1.1310)
29.200 - 29.227 (1.1496 - 1.1507)
Intake
34.808 - 34.824 (1.3704 - 1.3710)
35.308 - 35.324 (1.3901 - 1.3907)
Exhaust
28.808 - 28.824 (1.1342 - 1.1348)
29.308 - 29.324 (1.1539 - 1.1545)
Valve seat interference fit
Diameter “d1”*1
Diameter “d2”*2
Angle “α1”
0.081 - 0.124 (0.0032 - 0.0049)
Intake
31.8 (1.252)
Exhaust
25.3 (0.996)
Intake
33.1 - 33.6 (1.303 - 1.323)
Exhaust
26.9 - 27.4 (1.059 - 1.079)
Intake
60°
Exhaust
45°
Angle “α2”
88°45′ - 90°15′
Angle “α3”
120°
Contacting width “W”*3
Height “h”
Depth “H”
Intake
1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
Exhaust
1.2 - 1.6 (0.047 - 0.063)
Intake
5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236)
5.03 - 5.13 (0.1980 - 0.2020)
Exhaust
5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236)
4.95 - 5.05 (0.1949 - 0.1988)
Intake
6.04 (0.2378)
Exhaust
6.05 (0.2382)
*: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles “α1” and “α2”
*2: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles “α2” and “α3”
*3: Machining data
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Camshaft journal oil clearance
Camshaft bracket inner diameter
Camshaft journal diameter
Standard
No. 1
0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
0.030 - 0.071 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Revision: January 2010
0.15 (0.0059)
No. 1
28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032)
—
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
25.000 - 25.021 (0.9843 - 0.9851)
—
No. 1
27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006)
—
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
24.950 - 24.970 (0.9823 - 0.9381)
—
0.075 - 0.153 (0.0030 - 0.0060)
0.24 (0.0094)
Intake
44.605 - 44.795 (1.7560 - 1.7635)
44.405 (1.7482)
Exhaust
43.175 - 43.365 (1.6997 - 1.7072)
42.975 (1.6919)
Camshaft end play
Camshaft cam height “A”
Limit
EM-112
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Camshaft runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.02 (0.0008)
0.05 (0.0020)
—
0.15 (0.0059)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*]
A
EM
C
D
SEM671
E
*: Total indicator reading
CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
H
I
PBIC4017E
Top surface distortion
Cylinder bore
Limit
Inner diameter
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
Taper (Difference between “A” and “C”)
Standard
Grade No. 1
84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075)
Grade No. 2
84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079)
0.01 (0.0004)
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
55.997 - 55.998 (2.2046 - 2.2046)
55.998 - 55.999 (2.2046 - 2.2047)
55.999 - 56.000 (2.2047 - 2.2047)
56.000 - 56.001 (2.2047 - 2.2048)
56.001 - 56.002 (2.2048 - 2.2048)
56.002 - 56.003 (2.2048 - 2.2048)
56.003 - 56.004 (2.2048 - 2.2049)
56.004 - 56.005 (2.2049 - 2.2049)
56.005 - 56.006 (2.2049 - 2.2050)
56.006 - 56.007 (2.2050 - 2.2050)
56.007 - 56.008 (2.2050 - 2.2050)
56.008 - 56.009 (2.2050 - 2.2051)
56.009 - 56.010 (2.2051 - 2.2051)
56.010 - 56.011 (2.2051 - 2.2052)
56.011 - 56.012 (2.2052 - 2.2052)
56.012 - 56.013 (2.2052 - 2.2052)
56.013 - 56.014 (2.2052 - 2.2053)
56.014 - 56.015 (2.2053 - 2.2053)
56.015 - 56.016 (2.2053 - 2.2053)
56.016 - 56.017 (2.2053 - 2.2054)
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston
Revision: January 2010
K
0.015 (0.0006)
Limit
Main bearing housing inner diameter grade
J
0.1 (0.004)
EM-113
2010 Sentra
L
M
N
O
P
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0188E
Grade*
Piston skirt diameter “A”
Standard
Dimension
Grade No. 1
83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063)
Grade No. 2
83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067)
Piston height “H” dimension
39.9 (1.571)
Piston pin hole diameter
Piston to cylinder bore clearance
19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874)
Standard
0.020 - 0.040 (0.0008 - 0.0016)
Limit
0.08 (0.0031)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Piston Ring
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Side clearance
Standard
Limit
Top
0.04 - 0.08 (0.002 - 0.003)
0.11 (0.0043)
2nd
0.03 - 0.07 (0.001 - 0.003)
0.10 (0.0039)
0.015 - 0.185 (0.001 - 0.007)
—
Top
0.20 - 0.30 (0.008 - 0.012)
0.51 (0.020)
2nd
0.50 - 0.65 (0.020 - 0.026)
0.83 (0.033)
Oil (rail ring)
0.15 - 0.45 (0.006 - 0.018)
0.78 (0.031)
Oil ring
End gap
Piston Pin
Unit: mm (in)
Items
Standard
Limit
19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
—
Piston to piston pin oil clearance
0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
—
Connecting rod bushing oil clearance
0.005 - 0.023 (0.0002 - 0.0009)
0.03 (0.0012)
Piston pin outer diameter
CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)
Center distance
138.97 - 139.07 (5.47 - 5.48)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
0.30 (0.0118)
Connecting rod bushing inner diameter1
Side clearance
Revision: January 2010
20.000 - 20.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879)
Standard
0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Limit
0.40 (0.0157)
EM-114
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Grade2
Connecting rod big end diameter
A
47.000 - 47.001 (1.8504 - 1.8504)
47.001 - 47.002 (1.8504 - 1.8505)
47.002 - 47.003 (1.8505 - 1.8505)
47.003 - 47.004 (1.8505 - 1.8505)
47.004 - 47.005 (1.8505 - 1.8506)
47.005 - 47.006 (1.8506 - 1.8506)
47.006 - 47.007 (1.8506 - 1.8507)
47.007 - 47.008 (1.8507 - 1.8507)
47.008 - 47.009 (1.8507- 1.8507)
47.009 - 47.010 (1.8507- 1.8508)
47.010 - 47.011 (1.8508 - 1.8508)
47.011 - 47.012 (1.8508 - 1.8509)
47.012 - 47.013 (1.8509 - 1.8509)
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
EM
C
D
1
: After installing in connecting rod
2:
E
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
CRANKSHAFT
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
H
I
PBIC3459J
SEM645
Center distance “r”
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
Limit
0.0035 (0.0001)
Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”)
Limit
0.0035 (0.0001)
Runout [TIR1]
Crankshaft end play
J
40.41 - 40.49 (1.5909 - 1.5940)
Standard
0.05 (0.0020)
Limit
0.10 (0.0040)
Standard
K
L
0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102)
Limit
0.30 (0.012)
Grade2
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-115
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Pin journal diameter grade. “Dp”
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
43.970 - 43.971 (1.7311 - 1.7311)
43.969 - 43.970 (1.7311 - 1.7311)
43.968 - 43.969 (1.7310 - 1.7311)
43.967 - 43.968 (1.7310 - 1.7310)
43.966 - 43.967 (1.7309 - 1.7310)
43.965 - 43.966 (1.7309 - 1.7309)
43.964 - 43.965 (1.7309 - 1.7309)
43.963 - 43.964 (1.7308 - 1.7309)
43.962 - 43.963 (1.7308 - 1.7308)
43.961 - 43.962 (1.7307 - 1.7308)
43.960 - 43.961 (1.7307 - 1.7307)
43.959 - 43.960 (1.7307 - 1.7307)
43.958 - 43.959 (1.7306 - 1.7307)
43.957 - 43.958 (1.7306 - 1.7306)
43.956 - 43.957 (1.7305 - 1.7306)
43.955 - 43.956 (1.7305 - 1.7305)
43.954 - 43.955 (1.7305 - 1.7305)
43.953 - 43.954 (1.7304 - 1.7305)
Main journal diameter grade. “Dm”
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
51.978 - 51.979 (2.0464 - 2.0464)
51.977 - 51.978 (2.0463 - 2.0464)
51.976 - 51.977 (2.0463 - 2.0463)
51.975 - 51.976 (2.0463 - 2.0463)
51.974 - 51.975 (2.0462 - 2.0463)
51.973 - 51.974 (2.0462 - 2.0462)
51.972 - 51.973 (2.0461 - 2.0462)
51.971 - 51.972 (2.0461 - 2.0461)
51.970 - 51.971 (2.0461 - 2.0461)
51.969 - 51.970 (2.0460 - 2.0461)
51.968 - 51.969 (2.0460 - 2.0460)
51.967 - 51.968 (2.0459 - 2.0460)
51.966 - 51.967 (2.0459 - 2.0459)
51.965 - 51.966 (2.0459 - 2.0459)
51.964 - 51.965 (2.0458 - 2.0459)
51.963 - 51.964 (2.0458 - 2.0458)
51.962 - 51.963 (2.0457 - 2.0458)
51.961 - 51.962 (2.0457 - 2.0457)
51.960 - 51.961 (2.0457 - 2.0457)
51.959 - 51.960 (2.0456 - 2.0457)
1:
2
Total indicator reading
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number*
Thickness
Identification color
0
1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787)
Black
1
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
2
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789)
Green
3
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
4
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
5
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
6
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
7
2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795)
White
Revision: January 2010
EM-116
Remarks
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
UPR
1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787)
Black
LWR
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
UPR
1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788)
Brown
LWR
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789)
Green
UPR
2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789)
Green
LWR
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
UPR
2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791)
Yellow
LWR
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
UPR
2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792)
Blue
LWR
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
UPR
2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793)
Pink
LWR
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
UPR
2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794)
Purple
LWR
2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795)
White
A
EM
Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bearings.
C
D
E
F
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Thickness
Main journal diameter
US 0.25 (0.0098)
2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840)
Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Bearing Oil Clearance
G
H
Unit: mm (in)
Main bearing oil clearance
Standard
No. 1, 4 and 5
0.024 - 0.034 (0.0009 - 0.0013)
No. 2 and 3
0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009)
Limit
I
0.065 (0.0026)
J
CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Grade number*
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification color
0
1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589)
Black
1
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
2
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592)
Green
3
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
4
1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594)
Blue
UPR
1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589)
Black
LWR
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
UPR
1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591)
Brown
01
12
LWR
23
34
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592)
Green
UPR
1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592)
Green
LWR
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
UPR
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
Yellow
LWR
1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594)
Blue
Remarks
K
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
L
M
N
Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bearings.
P
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Thickness
Crank pin journal diameter
US 0.25 (0.0098)
1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Revision: January 2010
EM-117
O
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[MR20DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
Revision: January 2010
Standard
0.037 - 0.047 (0.0015 - 0.0019)
Limit
0.07 (0.0028)
EM-118
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
EM
INFOID:0000000005283763
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000005283764
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
K
L
M
N
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
Revision: January 2010
EM-119
2010 Sentra
P
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000005283765
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
PIIB3706J
Precaution for Draining Coolant
INFOID:0000000005283766
• Drain coolant when engine is cooled.
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping
INFOID:0000000005283767
• Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
• Release fuel pressure before any removal or disassembly.
• After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly
INFOID:0000000005283768
• When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid
forceful operations.
• Use maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
• Cover openings of engine system with tape or equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
• Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly.
• When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, follow the specifications.
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement
INFOID:0000000005283769
• Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precaution for Assembly and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283770
• Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts.
• When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified,
follow the specifications.
• Always replace the old with a new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
• Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage.
• Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
• Bleed the air trapped within the system after draining the coolant.
• Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped).
Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
• After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for
leakage or rattles.
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening
INFOID:0000000005283771
• Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts.
Revision: January 2010
EM-120
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Cylinder head bolts
- Lower cylinder block bolts
A
- Connecting rod cap bolts
- Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular
tightening)
EM
• Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
• The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
• Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
C
Precaution for Liquid Gasket
INFOID:0000000005283772
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
D
• After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool.
Tool number
E
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied.
Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
F
G
PBIC0002E
H
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface.
• Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
I
J
K
PBIC0003E
4.
L
Apply the sealant using Tool without breaks to the specified
location.
M
Tube presser
WS39930000 (
–
)
• If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant to the groove.
• As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make
sure to read the text of this manual.
• Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating component.
• If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
• Do not retighten after the installation.
Revision: January 2010
EM-121
N
O
EMA0622D
P
2010 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15.
[QR25DE]
SEM159F
CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.
Revision: January 2010
EM-122
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283773
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain
case
EM
C
D
E
S-NT046
ST0501S000
Engine stand assembly
1. ST05011000
( — )
Engine stand
2. ST05012000
( — )
Base
Disassembling and assembling
F
G
NT042
H
KV10106500
( — )
Engine stand shaft
I
J
NT028
KV10115300
( — )
Engine sub-attachment
K
L
ZZA1078D
KV10116200
(J-26336-B)
Valve spring compressor
1. KV10115900
(J-26336-20)
Attachment
M
Disassembling valve mechanism
N
O
NT022
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
head, etc.
P
S-NT014
Revision: January 2010
EM-123
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10107902
(J-38959)
Valve oil seal puller
Removing valve oil seal
S-NT011
KV10115600
(J-38958)
Valve oil seal drift
Installing valve oil seal
Use side A.
a: 20 (0.79) dia.
d: 8 (0.31) dia.
b: 13 (0.51) dia.
e: 10.7 (0.421) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia.
f: 5 (0.20) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT603
EM03470000
(J-8037)
Piston ring compressor
Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore
S-NT044
ST16610001
(J-23907)
Pilot bushing puller
Removing crankshaft pilot bushing
S-NT045
WS39930000
( — )
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
S-NT052
16441 6N210
(J-45488)
Quick connector release
Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG:
Part No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening rear heated oxygen
sensor
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
Revision: January 2010
EM-124
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
For 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
A
EM
C
NT379
KV991J0050
(J-44626)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
D
E
F
LEM054
—
(J-46535)
Drive belt tension releaser
Releasing drive belt tension
G
H
WBIA0536E
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000005283774
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Pulley holder
Crankshaft pulley removing and installing
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia.
I
J
K
L
NT628
Crank puller
M
Crankshaft pulley removing
N
O
ZZA0010D
Spark plug wrench
Removing and installing spark plug
P
PBIC2982E
Revision: January 2010
EM-125
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Valve seat cutter set
Finishing valve seat dimensions
S-NT048
Piston ring expander
Removing and installing piston ring
S-NT030
Valve guide drift
Removing and installing valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
S-NT015
Valve guide reamer
1: Reaming valve guide inner hole
2: Reaming hole for oversize valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
d1: 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia.
d2: 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia.
S-NT016
(J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new heated oxygen sensor
(Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 [18 mm (0.71 in) dia.] for zirconia heated oxygen sensor
b: J-43897-12 [12 mm (0.47 in) dia.] for titania heated oxygen sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: January 2010
EM-126
2010 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
TP55 Torx® plus Bit
Removing and installing M/T flywheel bolts
A
EM
C
LBIA0284E
E20 Torx® Socket
(J-45816)
Removing and installing CVT drive plate bolts
D
E
F
LBIA0285E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-127
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise
INFOID:0000000005283775
WBIA0069E
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000005283776
Locate the area where noise occurs.
Confirm the type of noise.
Revision: January 2010
EM-128
2010 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
A
EM
Operating condition of engine
Location
of noise
Top of engine
Rocker
cover
Cylinder
head
Type of
noise
When
starting
When
idling
When
racing
While
driving
Ticking or
clicking
C
A
—
A
B
—
Tappet
noise
Valve clearance
EM-161
Rattle
C
A
—
A
B
C
Camshaft
bearing
noise
Camshaft journal clearance
Camshaft runout
EM-153
EM-153
—
Piston pin
noise
Piston and piston pin
clearance
Connecting rod bushing
clearance
EM-202
EM-202
A
Piston
slap noise
Piston-to-bore clearance
Piston ring side clearance
Piston ring end gap
Connecting rod bend
and torsion
EM-202
EM-202
EM-202
EM-202
B
Connecting rod
bearing
noise
Connecting rod bushing
clearance (Small end)
Connecting rod bearing
clearance (Big end)
EM-202
EM-202
C
Main bearing noise
Main bearing oil clearance
Crankshaft runout
EM-202
EM-202
B
Timing
chain and
chain tensioner
noise
Timing chain cracks
and wear
Timing chain tensioner
operation
B
Drive belts
(Sticking
or slipping)
Drive belts deflection
—
Slap or
rap
Knock
Knock
Front of
engine
Timing
chain cover
Front of
engine
Reference page
After
warmup
Slap or
knock
Crankshaft pulley
Cylinder
block
(Side of
engine)
Oil pan
Source of
noise
Before
warmup
Tapping or
ticking
A
A
A
A
A
—
B
B
A
—
—
C
—
—
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
Check item
C
Squeaking or fizzing
A
Creaking
A
B
A
B
A
B
Drive belts
(Slipping)
Idler pulley bearing operation
Squall
Creak
A
B
—
B
A
B
Water
pump
noise
Water pump operation
A: Closely related B: Related
B
—
C: Sometimes related
B
—
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
EM-164
K
L
EM-130
M
CO-35
N
—: Not related
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-129
2010 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DRIVE BELTS
Checking Drive Belts
INFOID:0000000005283777
AWBIA0275ZZ
1.
Generator pulley
2.
Water pump pulley
3.
Drive belt auto tensioner
4.
Idler pulley
5.
Crankshaft pulley
6.
A/C compressor pulley
C.
Allowable use range
A.
Allowable use range (new belt)
B.
View B
D.
Indicator (notch)
E.
Temporary retaining boss
WARNING:
Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped.
• Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use
range.
NOTE:
• Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold.
• When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown.
• Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
• If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt.
Tension Adjustment
INFOID:0000000005283778
Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283779
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Securely hold the hexagonal part in pulley center of drive belt
auto-tensioner, move in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner) using Tool.
Tool number
:
—
(J-46535)
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if
the holding tool accidentally comes off.
CAUTION:
WBIA0561E
Revision: January 2010
EM-130
2010 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
A
3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter through the rear of tensioner into retaining boss to
lock tensioner pulley.
• Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again.
EM
4. Remove drive belt.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the drive belt onto all of the pulleys except for the water pump pulley. Install the drive belt onto water
pump pulley last.
CAUTION:
Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys.
Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt.
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes
off.
CAUTION:
Make sure no engine oil, working fluid and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove.
Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts".
Install the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
INFOID:0000000005283780
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0860E
1.
Drive belt auto-tensioner
2.
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
2. Remove the RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
3. Remove the drive belt EM-130, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove the engine room cover.
5. Remove the front air duct and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
Revision: January 2010
N
Water pump pulley
EM-131
2010 Sentra
O
P
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Support the engine and remove the engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184,
"Removal and Installation".
8. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner.
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units
• Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley.
• Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units
Revision: January 2010
EM-132
2010 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283781
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
WBIA0861E
1.
Electric throttle control actuator tube
2.
Air duct
3.
Front air duct
4.
Air cleaner case
5.
Mass air flow sensor
6.
Resonator tube
7.
Resonator in fender
A.
To electric throttle control actuator
I
J
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
Remove the engine room cover.
Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector.
Disconnect the tube clamp at the electric throttle control actuator and the fresh air intake tube.
Remove air cleaner to electric throttle control actuator tube, air cleaner case, with mass air flow sensor
attached.
• Add marks as necessary for easier installation.
Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case, as necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle the mass air flow sensor with care:
• Do not shock it.
• Do not disassemble it.
• Do not touch the internal sensor.
Remove ECM bracket and CVT controller, as necessary.
Remove the resonator in the fender, as necessary.
INSTALLATION
CHANGING AIR CLEANER FILTER
Depress the air cleaner case lid side clips and remove.
Revision: January 2010
L
M
N
O
P
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Align marks.
• Attach each joint securely.
• Screw clamps firmly.
1.
K
EM-133
2010 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the air cleaner filter.
3. Install a new air cleaner filter.
4. Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EM-134
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTAKE MANIFOLD
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283782
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
ALBIA0521GB
1.
EVAP hose
2.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid 3.
4.
Intake manifold support (front)
5.
Rubber seal
6.
Intake manifold adapter
7.
Gasket
8.
Gasket
9.
Intake manifold support (rear)
10. Rubber seal
11.
Electric throttle control actuator
12. PCV hose
J
Intake manifold
13. EVAP tube
K
L
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot.
1. Remove the engine room cover.
2. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
NOTE:
This step necessary only when removing electric throttle control actuator from the vehicle.
4. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
5. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
6. Remove air cleaner case and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
8. Disconnect the following components at the intake side:
• PCV hose
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
• Electric throttle control actuator
Revision: January 2010
EM-135
M
N
O
P
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Brake booster vacuum hose
9. Disconnect the fuel quick connector on the engine side.
• Using Tool perform the following steps to disconnect the quick
connector.
Tool number
[QR25DE]
: — (J-45488)
WBIA0148E
a.
Remove quick connector cap.
LBIA0090E
b.
c.
d.
With the sleeve side of Tool facing quick connector, install Tool
onto fuel tube.
Insert Tool into quick connector until sleeve contacts and goes
no further. Hold the Tool on that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting the Tool hard will not disconnect quick connector.
Hold Tool where it contacts and goes no further.
Pull the quick connector straight out from the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
• Pull quick connector holding it at the "A" position, as
WBIA0473E
shown.
• Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick
connector may be damaged.
• Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
• Avoid fire and sparks.
• Be sure to cover openings of disconnected pipes with plug or plastic bag to avoid fuel leakage
and entry of foreign materials.
10. When removing fuel hose quick connector at vehicle piping side, perform as follows.
a. Remove quick connector cap.
b. Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube. (The figure is shown for reference only.)
• If the connector and the tube are stuck together, push and pull
several times until they start to move. Then disconnect them
by pulling.
CAUTION:
• The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
• Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
• Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful
when welding near the tube.
• Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte etc. from getting on the resin tube.
• Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal.
• Do not remove the remaining retainer on tube.
Revision: January 2010
EM-136
SFE562A
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When the tube is replaced, also replace the retainer with a new one.
Retainer color: Green.
A
• To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them
completely with plastic bags or something similar.
11. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EM
12. Loosen mounting bolts diagonally, remove the electric throttle control actuator and position aside.
CAUTION:
• Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator.
C
• Never disassemble.
13. Disconnect intake manifold collector harness, and vacuum hose.
CAUTION:
D
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
14. Loosen the bolts in the order shown to remove the intake manifold assembly, using power tools.
E
F
G
WBIA0863E
Inspection After Removal
Surface Distortion
• Using straightedge and feeler gauge, inspect surface distortion of intake manifold adapter and intake manifold surface.
Limit
H
I
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
INSTALLATION
J
• Install the intake manifold bolts and nuts in the reverse order of removal, following the tightening sequences
below.
Tightening Intake Manifold Bolts and Nuts
• Tighten in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
After tightening No.5, retighten the No.1 bolt to specification.
K
L
M
WBIA0864E
Tightening Intake Manifold Support Bolts
• Tighten the intake manifold support bolts following the tightening sequence below.
• Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts.
• Tighten the electric throttle control actuator bolts.
• Tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts.
• Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side).
• Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (engine side).
• Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side).
Installation of Electric Throttle Control Actuator:
• Tighten the mounting bolts of electric throttle control actuator equally and diagonally in several steps.
• After installation perform procedure in "INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION".
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (ENGINE SIDE)
Revision: January 2010
EM-137
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
2. Thinly apply new engine oil around the fuel tube tip end.
3. Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
• Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tubes is inserted completely and the second level spool is
positioned slightly below the quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
• Hold at position "A" as shown, when inserting the fuel
tube into the quick connector.
• Carefully align to center to avoid inclined insertion to prevent damage to the O-ring inside the quick connector.
• Insert the fuel tube until you hear a “click” sound and
actually feel the engagement.
KBIA0272E
• To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar
sound, be sure to perform the next step.
4. Before clamping the fuel hose with the hose clamp, pull the quick connector hard by hand, holding at the
"A" position, as shown. Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come off of the
fuel tube.
NOTE:
Recommended pulling force is 50 N (5.1 kg-f, 11.2 lb-f).
5. Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint.
• Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap to upper side (fuel
hose side).
6. Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
KBIA0298E
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (VEHICLE PIPING SIDE)
1.
2.
Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
• Insert fuel tube until a click is heard.
• Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. Direct
arrow mark on quick connector cap upper side.
• Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
PBIC0662E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
• Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EM-138
2010 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-139
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283783
AWBIA0776GB
1.
Exhaust manifold gasket
2.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3.
Exhaust manifold cover (upper and
lower)
6.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 2
4.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
5.
Exhaust manifold cover lower bolt
7.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
8.
Exhaust manifold assembly
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Remove generator and generator bracket. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
Remove oil level indicator tube.
Disconnect the electrical connector of heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, and unhook
the harness from the bracket and middle clamp on the cover.
Remove the heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 using Tool.
Tool numbers
8.
: KV991J0050 (J-44626)
: KV10117100 (J-36471-A)
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor.
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor which has been dropped from a height of more
than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Remove the lower exhaust manifold covers.
Revision: January 2010
EM-140
WBIA0474E
2010 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Remove the upper exhaust manifold cover.
10. Loosen the nuts in reverse order as shown, on the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst.
11. Remove the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly
and gasket. Discard the gasket.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
AWBIA0777ZZ
D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion
• Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness
of exhaust manifold fitting surface.
Limit
E
F
: 0.7 mm (0.0276 in)
G
H
KBIA0046E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following.
I
Tightening Exhaust Manifold Nuts
• Tighten the nuts in the numerical order shown, to specification.
J
K
L
AWBIA0332ZZ
M
Installation of A/F Sensors and Heated Oxygen Sensors
Clean the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensor threads with the Tool, then apply the anti-seize lubricant to
the threads before installing the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensors.
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
: J-43897 - 18
: J-43897 - 12
O
CAUTION:
Do not over-tighten the A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors. Doing so may cause damage to the
A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors, resulting in a malfunction and the MIL coming on.
Revision: January 2010
EM-141
N
2010 Sentra
P
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283784
WBIA0867E
1.
Oil dipstick tube
2.
Oil pan (upper)
3.
4.
Oil filter
5.
Oil pickup screen
6.
Cylinder block
Drain plug
7.
Oil pan (lower)
8.
Rear plate cover
9.
O-ring
A.
Oil pan side
REMOVAL
WARNING:
• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as
possible.
1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
3. Remove oil dipstick tube and indicator.
4. Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
5. Remove lower steering joint bolt.
6. Remove power steering hose bracket from rear of collector.
7. Remove LH and RH drive shafts. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" (LH), FAX-10,
"Removal and Installation (Right Side)" (RH).
8. Remove A/C compressor bolts and position the A/C compressor aside. Refer to MTC-86, "Removal and
Installation for Compressor - QR25DE".
9. Support the engine from above and underneath with suitable hoist and floor jack.
10. Remove the front suspension member for clearance to remove the oil pan. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal
and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EM-142
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in the order shown.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
WBIA0868E
D
12. Remove the oil pan (lower) using Tool.
NOTE:
Tap gently to cut sealant around the pan; do not damage the
mating surface using Tool.
Tool number
E
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
F
G
WBIA0475E
13. Remove the oil pickup screen.
14. Remove rear plate cover, and four engine-to transaxle bolts, using power tool.
H
15. Remove the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order shown.
I
J
K
WBIA0869E
16. Remove oil pan (upper) using Tool.
NOTE:
Tap gently to cut sealant around the oil pan; do not damage the
mating surface using Tool.
Tool number
L
M
N
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
O
WBIA0475E
P
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Clean the oil pickup screen to remove any foreign material.
INSTALLATION
1.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Paying attention to the following.
Revision: January 2010
EM-143
2010 Sentra
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
a. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent, to the
upper oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket".
• Install the two new O-rings in the upper oil pan.
[QR25DE]
WBIA0870E
b.
Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order as shown.
• NOTE:
Use the bolt sizes specified below:
M6 × 20 mm (0.79 in): No.16, 17
M8 × 25 mm (0.98 in): No.3, 4, 6, 11, 13, 14, 15
M8 x 60 mm (2.36 in): No.5, 7, 8, 9, 10
M8 x100 mm (3.97 in): No.1, 2, 12
WBIA0871E
c.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent to the
lower oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket"
WBIA0872E
d.
Tighten the oil pan (lower) bolts in the numerical order shown.
• Wait at least 30 minutes after the oil pans are installed before
filling the engine with oil.
WBIA0873E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle.
Revision: January 2010
EM-144
2010 Sentra
IGNITION COIL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
IGNITION COIL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283785
EM
C
D
E
F
G
AWBIA0779GB
1.
Ignition coil
2.
Spark plug
3.
Rocker cover
H
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the engine room cover.
Remove air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the harness connector from the ignition coil.
Remove the ignition coil.
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock it.
I
J
INSTALLATION
K
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-145
2010 Sentra
SPARK PLUG
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SPARK PLUG
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283786
AWBIA0779GB
1.
Ignition coil
2.
Spark plug
3.
Rocker cover
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the ignition coil. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the spark plug with a suitable spark plug wrench.
PBIC2982E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
• Do not use a wire brush for cleaning the spark plugs. Replace as
necessary.
SMA773C
• If plug is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used.
Cleaner air pressure
Cleaning time
Revision: January 2010
: less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2, 85 psi)
: less than 20 seconds
EM-146
2010 Sentra
SPARK PLUG
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between change
intervals. If the gap is out of specification, replace the spark plug.
Gap (nominal)
A
: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
EM
C
SMA806CA
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Spark Plug Types
Make
E
NGK
Part number
DILKAR6A-11
Gap (nominal)
F
1.1 mm (0.043 in)
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-147
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283787
AWBIA0077ZZ
1.
Fuel tube protector
2.
Fuel tube
3.
O-ring (upper)
4.
Clip
5.
Fuel injector
6.
O-ring (lower)
7.
Intake manifold adapter
A.
Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-148
WARNING:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop.
• Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
CAUTION:
• Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above.
• Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Remove the cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
Remove the engine room cover.
Remove the air cleaner assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EM-148
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Disconnect the fuel hose quick connector at the fuel tube side. Refer to EM-135.
CAUTION:
A
• Prepare a container and shop cloth for catching any spilled fuel.
• While hoses are disconnected seal their openings with vinyl bag or similar material to prevent
foreign material from entering them.
EM
8. Remove the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135.
9. Disconnect sub-harness for injector at engine front side, and remove it from bracket.
10. Loosen the bolts in the order as shown, then remove fuel tube
C
and fuel injectors as an assembly.
11. Remove the fuel injectors from the fuel tube.
• Release the clip and remove the fuel injector.
D
• Pull fuel injector straight out of the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the nozzle.
E
• Avoid any impact, such as dropping the fuel injector.
• Do not disassemble or adjust the fuel injector.
WBIA0875E
F
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
a.
Install new O-rings on the fuel injector.
• Fuel tube side: Black
• Nozzle side: Green
CAUTION:
• Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves.
• Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
• Never clean O-ring with solvent.
• Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
• When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly
into fuel tube.
• Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it.
Install the fuel injector into the fuel tube with the following procedure:
• Do not reuse the clip, replace it with a new one.
• Insert the new clip into the clip attachment groove on fuel
injector.
• Insert the clip so that lug "A" of fuel injector matches notch "A"
of the clip.
Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
• Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
• Insert fuel injector so that lug "B" of fuel injector matches notch
"B" of the clip.
• Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fixing
groove on the clip.
• Make sure that installation is complete by checking that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
Install fuel tube assembly.
Insert the tip of each fuel injector into intake manifold.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
KBIA0240E
Revision: January 2010
EM-149
2010 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
b. Tighten the bolts in two steps in the numerical order as shown.
[QR25DE]
Fuel tube assembly bolts
Step 1
: 10.0 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb.)
Step 2
: 22.0 N·m (2.2 kg-m, 16 ft-lb.)
WBIA0875E
CAUTION:
• After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and fuel hose, check connection for fuel
leakage.
5. Install the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135.
6. Connect the fuel hose quick connector. Refer to EM-135.
7. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
• Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
• If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Revision: January 2010
EM-150
2010 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ROCKER COVER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283788
EM
C
D
E
F
WBIA0876E
1.
Oil filler cap
A.
Follow the installation procedure
2.
Rocker cover
3.
G
Gasket
H
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
Remove the engine room cover.
Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
Remove the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
Install a suitable jack under engine.
Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184.
Remove PCV hose.
Loosen the bolts in the numerical order as shown using power
tool.
Remove the rocker cover. Remove the oil filler cap and PCV
valve if necessary, to transfer to the new rocker cover.
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0877E
N
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply RTV Silicone Sealant to the joint part of the cylinder head and camshaft bracket using the following
the steps.
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-151
2010 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
a. Follow illustration “a” to apply sealant to joint part of No.1 camshaft bracket and cylinder head.
b. Follow illustration “b” to apply sealant in a 90° degree angle to
the illustration “a”.
2. Install the rocker cover.
• The rocker cover gasket must be securely installed in the
groove in the rocker cover.
[QR25DE]
WBIA0164E
3.
Tighten the rocker cover bolts in two steps, in the numerical
order as shown.
Step 1
Step 2
: 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
: 8.33 N·m (0.85 kg-m, 74 in-lb)
WBIA0878E
4.
5.
6.
Connect the PCV hose and breather hose to the rocker cover. If necessary, install the oil filler cap and
PCV valve and lubricate the PCV valve O-ring with new engine oil.
Install the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EM-152
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CAMSHAFT
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283789
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WBIA0879E
1.
Camshaft bracket (No. 1)
2.
Washer
3.
4.
Chain guide
5.
Chain tensioner
6.
O-ring(s)
7.
Chain tensioner spring
8.
Chain tensioner plunger
9.
IVT control solenoid valve
Front cover (partial view)
10. IVT control cover
11. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
12. Camshaft sprocket (INT)
13. Valve lifter
14. Camshaft (EXH)
15. Camshaft (INT)
16. Camshaft brackets (EXH)
17. Camshaft brackets (INT)
18. Camshaft sensor bracket
A.
K
L
Refer to "INSTALLATION"
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
J
M
Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front RH tire and wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the coolant overflow reservoir tank.
Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-153
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Loosen the IVT control cover bolts in the order as shown.
[QR25DE]
WBIA0883E
• Remove the IVT control cover by cutting the sealant using
Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
WBIA0475E
8.
a.
Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the
following procedure:
Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise, and align mating marks for
TDC with timing indicator on front cover, as shown.
KBIA0190E
b.
At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft
sprockets are lined up with the yellow links in the timing chain,
as shown.
• If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to line up the
mating marks to the yellow links, as shown.
KBIA0115E
9. Disconnect and remove the camshaft position sensor.
10. Pull the timing chain guide out between the camshaft sprockets through front cover.
Revision: January 2010
EM-154
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Remove camshaft sprockets with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
• Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshaft while the timing
chain is removed. It causes interference between valve
and piston.
NOTE:
• Chain tension holding work is not necessary. Crankshaft
sprocket and timing chain do not disconnect structurally while
front cover is attached.
a. Line up the mating marks on camshaft sprockets with the yellow
links in the timing chain, and paint an indelible mating mark on
the sprocket and timing chain link plate.
b. Push in the tensioner plunger and hold. Insert a stopper pin into
the hole on tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner. Remove
the timing chain tensioner.
• Use a wire with 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter for a stopper pin.
c. Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft with a suitable tool.
Loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove the
camshaft sprockets.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
KBIA0049E
D
E
F
G
KBIA0048E
H
12. Loosen the camshaft bracket bolts in the order as shown, and
remove the camshaft brackets and camshafts.
• Remove No.1 camshaft bracket by slightly tapping it with a
rubber mallet.
13. Remove the valve lifters, if necessary.
• Check mounting positions, and set them aside in the order
removed.
I
J
WBIA0028E
K
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Camshaft Runout
1.
2.
3.
L
Put the camshaft on a V-block supporting the No.2 and No.5
journals.
Set the dial gauge vertically on the No.3 journal.
Turn camshaft in one direction by hand, and measure the camshaft runout on the dial gauge total indicator reading.
M
N
Standard
: Less than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
O
PBIC0038E
Camshaft Cam Height
Revision: January 2010
P
EM-155
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Measure the camshaft cam height.
Standard intake cam height
Standard exhaust cam height
2.
: 44.815 - 45.005 mm
(1.7644 - 1.7718 in)
: 43.975 - 44.165 mm
(1.7313 - 1.7388 in)
If wear is beyond the limit, replace the camshaft.
PBIC0039E
Camshaft Journal Clearance
Outer Diameter of Camshaft Journal
• Measure the outer diameter of the camshaft journal.
Standard No.1 outer diameter
Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5,
outer diameter
: 27.935 - 27.955 mm
(1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
: 23.435 - 23.455 mm
(0.9226 - 0.9234 in)
PBIC0040E
Inner Diameter of Camshaft Bracket
• Tighten the camshaft bracket bolts to the specified torque following
the tightening pattern as shown.
Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11) : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8) : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11) : 5.88 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11) : 10.4 N·m (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb)
SBIA0255E
• Using inside micrometer, measure inner diameter of camshaft
bracket.
Standard
No.1
Standard
No.2, 3, 4, 5
: 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
: 23.500 - 23.521 mm (0.9252 - 0.9260 in)
PBIC0041E
Calculation of Camshaft Journal Clearance
• (Journal clearance) = (inner diameter of camshaft bracket) – (outer diameter of camshaft journal)
Standard
: 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
• When out of the specified range above, replace either or both the camshaft and the cylinder head assembly.
NOTE:
Inner diameter of the camshaft bracket is manufactured together with the cylinder head. If the camshaft
bracket is out of specification, replace the whole cylinder head assembly.
Revision: January 2010
EM-156
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Camshaft End Play
1.
A
Install a dial gauge in the thrust direction on the front end of the
camshaft. Measure the end play with the dial gauge while moving the camshaft forward and backward (in direction to axis).
EM
Standard end
play
2.
3.
: 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in)
If out of the specified range, replace with new camshaft and
measure again.
If out of the specified range again, replace with new cylinder
head assembly.
C
PBIC0042E
D
Camshaft Sprocket Runout
1.
2.
3.
Install the camshaft in the cylinder head.
Install the camshaft sprocket on the camshaft.
Measure camshaft sprocket runout while turning the camshaft
by hand.
Runout
4.
E
F
: Less than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
G
If it exceeds the specification, replace camshaft sprocket.
H
KBIA0181J
I
Valve Lifter
• Check if the surface of the valve lifter has any excessive wear or
cracks, replace as necessary.
J
K
L
KBIA0182E
Valve Lifter Clearance
Outer Diameter of Valve Lifter
• Measure the outer diameter of the valve lifter.
Valve lifter outer diameter
M
N
: 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in)
• If out of the specified range, replace the valve lifter.
O
P
JEM798G
Revision: January 2010
EM-157
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Valve Lifter Bore Inner Diameter
• Using inside micrometer, measure diameter of valve lifter bore of
cylinder head.
Standard
[QR25DE]
: 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in)
• If out of the specified range, replace the cylinder head assembly.
PBIC0043E
Calculation of Valve Lifter Clearance
• (Valve lifter clearance) = (hole diameter for valve lifter) – (outer diameter of valve lifter)
Standard
: 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in)
• If out of specified range, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head assembly.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install the valve lifters, if removed.
• Install them in the same position from which they were removed.
Install the camshafts.
• The distinction between the intake and exhaust camshafts is in
a difference of shapes of the back end:
Intake (B): Signal plate for the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
Exhaust (A): Cone end shape
WBIA0881E
• Install camshafts so that the dowel pins on the front side are
positioned as shown.
KBIA0051E
3.
Install camshaft brackets.
• Install by referring to identification mark on upper surface
mark.
• Install so that identification mark can be correctly read when
viewed from the exhaust side.
SBIA0256E
Revision: January 2010
EM-158
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Install No. 1 camshaft bracket as follows.
- Apply sealant to No.1 camshaft bracket as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
• After installation, be sure to wipe off any excessive sealant leaking from part “A” (both on right and left sides).
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
SBIA0257E
D
• Apply sealant to camshaft bracket contact surface on the front
cover backside.
• Apply sealant to the outside of bolt hole on front cover.
E
F
G
SBIA0258E
H
• Position the No.1 camshaft bracket near the mounting position, and install it without disturbing the sealant applied to the
surfaces.
I
J
SBIA0259E
4.
Tighten camshaft bracket bolts in four steps in the order as
shown.
Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11)
Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8)
Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11)
Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11)
L
: 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
: 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
: 5.88 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
: 10.4 N·m (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb)
CAUTION:
After tightening camshaft bracket bolts, be sure to wipe off
excessive sealant from the parts listed below.
• Mating surface of rocker cover.
• Mating surface of front cover, when installed without the front cover.
K
M
N
SBIA0255E
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-159
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Install camshaft sprockets.
• Install them by lining up the mating marks on each camshaft
sprocket with the ones painted on the timing chain during
removal.
• Before installation of chain tensioner, it is possible to re-match
the marks on timing chain with the ones on each sprocket.
CAUTION:
• Aligned mating marks could slip. Therefore, after matching them, hold the timing chain in place by hand.
• Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
KBIA0115E
6. Install chain tensioner.
CAUTION:
• After installation, pull the stopper pin off completely, and make sure that the tensioner is fully
released.
7. Install chain guide.
8. Install IVT control cover with the following procedure.
a. Install IVT control solenoid valve to IVT control cover.
b. Install O-ring to front cover side.
c. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant to the positions as shown
(A). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and
Sealant".
WBIA0882E
d.
Install IVT control cover.
• Tighten the bolts in the numerical order as shown.
9. Check and adjust valve clearances. Refer to EM-161, "Valve
Clearance".
10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order
of removal.
WBIA0880E
Inspection After Installation
INFOID:0000000005283790
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove
CAUTION:
• Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT III
and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-1258.
• Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from any splashing engine oil.
1. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection".
2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while
checking.
a. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors if practical.
3. Remove IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-153.
Revision: January 2010
EM-160
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out
from IVT control cover oil hole. End cranking after checking.
A
WARNING:
Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pulley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.).
EM
CAUTION:
• Engine oil may squirt from IVT control solenoid valve
installation hole during cranking. Use a shop cloth to preC
vent engine oil from splashing on worker, engine components and vehicle.
• Do not allow engine oil to get on rubber components such
KBIA2683E
as drive belts or engine mount insulators. Immediately
D
wipe off any splashed engine oil.
5. Clean oil groove between oil strainer and IVT control solenoid valve if engine oil does not come out from
IVT control cover oil hole. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit".
E
6. Remove components between IVT control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT), and then check
each oil groove for clogging.
• Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit".
F
7. After inspection, installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Valve Clearance
INFOID:0000000005283791
G
Inspection
• Perform this inspection as follows after removal, installation, or replacement of the camshaft or any valverelated parts, or if there are any unusual engine conditions due to changes in valve clearance over time
(starting, idling, and/or noise).
1. Warm up the engine, then stop it.
2. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
3. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn crankshaft pulley in normal direction (clockwise when
viewed from front) to align TDC identification mark (without paint
mark) with timing indicator.
H
I
J
K
L
KBIA0190E
5.
At this time, check that the both intake and exhaust cam lobes of
No. 1 cylinder face outside.
• If they do not face outside, turn crankshaft pulley once more.
M
N
O
P
KBIA0400J
Revision: January 2010
EM-161
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow),
measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations
marked X as shown in the table below.
• No.1 cylinder compression TDC.
Cylinder
Valve
Measurable
No.1
INT
No.2
EXH
INT
×
×
×
EXH
No.3
INT
[QR25DE]
No.4
EXH
INT
EXH
x
KBIA0248E
• Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between valve
and camshaft.
Valve clearance standard:
Cold
Intake
: 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust
: 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
Hot*
Intake
: 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust
: 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
7.
8.
*Reference data at approximately 80°C (176°F)
KBIA0185E
CAUTION:
If inspection was carried out with cold engine, check that values with fully warmed up engine are
still within specifications.
Turn crankshaft one complete revolution (360°) and align mark on crankshaft pulley with pointer.
By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow),
measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations
marked X as shown in the table below.
• No.4 cylinder compression TDC.
Cylinder
Valve
No.1
INT
Measurable
EXH
No.2
INT
EXH
x
No.3
INT
×
No.4
EXH
INT
EXH
x
×
KBIA0249E
9.
If out of specifications, adjust as follows.
ADJUSTMENT
• Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
• The specified valve lifter thickness is the dimension at normal temperatures. Ignore dimensional differences
caused by temperature. Use the specifications for hot engine condition to adjust.
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the valve lifters at the locations that are outside the standard.
Revision: January 2010
EM-162
2010 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
KBIA0057E
D
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.
• Valve lifter thickness calculation.
t = t1 + (C1 - C2)
t = Thickness of replacement valve lifter.
t1 = Thickness of removed valve lifter.
C1 = Measured valve clearance.
C2 = Standard valve clearance.
• Thickness of a new valve lifter can be identified by stamp
marks on the reverse side (inside the cylinder).
Stamp mark 696 indicates a thickness of 6.96 mm (0.2740 in)
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes with a range of
6.96 to 7.46 mm (0.2740 to 0.2937 in), in steps of 0.02 mm
(0.0008 in), when assembled at the factory.
Install the selected valve lifter.
Install camshaft.
Manually turn crankshaft pulley a few turns.
Check that valve clearances for cold engine are within specificaKBIA0119E
tions, by referring to the specified values.
After completing the repair, check valve clearances again with the specifications for warmed engine. Use
a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between the valve and camshaft. Make sure the values are
within specifications.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
Valve clearance standard:
Cold
Intake
: 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust
: 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
Hot*
Intake
: 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust
: 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
L
M
*: Reference data at approximately 80°C (176°F)
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-163
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TIMING CHAIN
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283792
AWBIA0592GB
1.
Oil rings
2.
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
4.
Chain tensioner
5.
Spring
6.
Chain tensioner plunger
7.
Timing chain slack guide
8.
Timing chain
9.
Front cover
10. Chain guide
11. IVT solenoid valve
12. IVT cover
13. Crankshaft pulley bolt
14. Crankshaft pulley
15. Front oil seal
16. Balancer unit timing chain tensioner
17. Oil pump drive spacer
18. Crankshaft sprocket
19. Timing chain tension guide
20. Balancer unit timing chain
21. Balancer unit
22. Balancer unit sprocket
A.
Follow the installation procedure
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the engine from the vehicle. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: January 2010
EM-164
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. Refer to EM-131, "Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner".
A
4. Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to MTC-86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE".
5. Remove the upper and lower oil pan, and oil strainer. Refer to EM-142, "Removal and Installation".
EM
6. Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector.
7. Remove engine ground.
8. Loosen IVT control cover bolts in the numerical order as shown.
C
D
E
WBIA0883E
a.
F
Remove the IVT control cover using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
G
H
I
WBIA0475E
9.
Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front cover.
10. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on the compression stroke with the
following procedure:
a. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align the mating
marks to the timing indicator on the front cover.
J
K
L
M
KBIA0190E
b.
At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on the camshaft sprockets are lined up as shown.
• If not lined up, rotate the crankshaft pulley one more turn to
line up the mating marks to the positions as shown.
N
O
P
KBIA0115E
Revision: January 2010
EM-165
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
11. Remove crankshaft pulley with the following procedure:
a. Hold the crankshaft pulley using suitable tool, then loosen the
crankshaft pulley bolt, and pull the pulley out about 10 mm (0.39
in).
[QR25DE]
KBIA0077E
b.
Attach suitable pulley puller in the M 6 (0.24 in diameter) thread
hole on crankshaft pulley, and remove crankshaft pulley using a
suitable puller.
KBIA0078E
12. Remove the front cover with the following procedure:
a. Loosen the bolts in the reverse order as shown, and remove
them.
b. Remove the front cover.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
13. If the front oil seal needs to be replaced, lift it out with a screwdriver to remove it.
WBIA0885E
14. Remove timing chain with the following procedure:
a. Push in the tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into the hole
on the tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner.
• Use a wire of 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter as a stopper pin.
b. Remove the chain tensioner.
KBIA0048E
Revision: January 2010
EM-166
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
c.
Secure hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench and
loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt and remove the camshaft
sprocket for both camshafts.
CAUTION:
• Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshafts while the timing
chain is removed. It can cause damage to the valve and
piston.
A
EM
C
KBIA0049E
D
15. Remove the chain slack guide, tension guide, timing chain, and oil pump drive spacer.
E
16. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing
chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for balancer
unit) (1).
• The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab
(A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved.
17. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure timing chain slack guide (B).
NOTE:
Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm
(0.047 in) as a stopper pin.
18. Remove timing chain for balancer unit, sprocket for balancer
unit and crankshaft sprocket.
F
G
H
I
J
K
PBIC5314E
L
19. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown, and remove balancer
unit, if necessary.
• Use Torx socket (size E14)
CAUTION:
• Do not disassemble balancer unit.
M
N
WBIA0886E
O
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
P
Timing Chain
Revision: January 2010
EM-167
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check the timing chain for cracks or serious wear. If a defect is
detected, replace it.
[QR25DE]
PBIC0282E
Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diameter
• Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at the two positions as shown.
• Measure d2 within the range A.
• If the value difference (d1 - d2) exceeds the limit (a dimension difference is large), replace it with a new one.
Limit
: 0.15 mm (0. 0059 in) or more
KBIA0126E
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
• There may be two color variations of the link marks (link colors) on the timing chain.
• There are 26 links between the gold/yellow mating marks on the timing chain; and 64 links between the camshaft sprocket gold/yellow link and the crankshaft sprocket orange/blue link, on the timing chain side without
the tensioner.
1. Make sure the crankshaft key points straight up.
2. Install the balancer unit and tighten the bolts in the numerical
order as shown, if removed:
•
: Front
CAUTION:
• When reusing a bolt, check its outer diameter before
installation. Follow the "Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diameter" procedure.
Tool number (A)
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
WBIA0887E
CAUTION:
• Check tightening angle with an angle wrench (A) or a protractor. Do not make judgment by visual check alone.
• Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surfaces of
bolts.
Balancer unit bolts
Step 1
Bolts 1-5
Bolt 6
Step 2
Bolts 1-5
Bolt 6
Revision: January 2010
: 42 N·m (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb)
: 36 N·m (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
WBIA0888E
: 120° + 5°
: 90° + 5°
EM-168
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Step 3 (Loosen in reverse
order or tightening)
Step 4
Bolts 1-5
Bolt 6
Step 5
Bolts 1-5
Bolt 6
3.
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb)
A
: 42 N·m (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb)
: 36 N·m (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
EM
C
: 120° + 5°
: 90° + 5°
D
Install the crankshaft sprocket and timing chain for the balancer
unit.
• Make sure that the crankshaft sprocket is positioned with mating marks on the block and sprocket meeting at the top.
• Install it by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain.
E
F
KBIA0123E
4.
Install timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit) (1).
1. Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a
stopper pin (A), and then install it.
2. Securely pull out (←) the stopper pin after installing the timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit).
3. Check matching mark position of balancer unit timing chain
and each sprocket again.
G
H
I
J
AWBIA0139ZZ
5.
K
Install timing chain and related parts.
• Install by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain as shown.
NOTE:
Before installing chain tensioner, it is possible to change the
position of mating mark on timing chain for that of each sprocket
for alignment.
CAUTION:
For the above reason, after the mating marks are aligned,
keep them aligned by holding them with a hand.
• Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
• After installing chain tensioner, remove stopper pin, and make
sure the tensioner moves freely.
• To avoid skipped teeth, do not move crankshaft and camshaft
until front cover is installed.
L
M
N
O
P
PBIC3029E
Revision: January 2010
EM-169
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Install new front oil seal to front cover, using suitable tool
• Install new oil seal in until it is flush with front end surface of
front cover.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to cause damage to circumference of oil
seal.
[QR25DE]
SBIA0266E
7.
a.
b.
Install front cover with the following procedure:
Install O-rings to cylinder head and cylinder block.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent, to positions
specified (A), (B). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical
Product and Sealant".
C (Sealant dimension)
c.
: 3.9 mm (0.154 in) dia
Make sure the mating marks on the timing chain and each
sprocket are still aligned. Then install the front cover.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the front oil seal during installation with the front end of the crankshaft.
WBIA0890E
d.
e.
Tighten front cover bolts in the numerical order as shown.
After all bolts are tightened, retighten them to the specified
torque.
Front cover bolt torque
Bolts A
: 49 N·m (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb)
Bolts B
: 12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb)
Bolts C
: 12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb)
Bolts D
: 49 N·m (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb)
E
Dowel pins
CAUTION:
Wipe off any excess sealant leaking at the surface for
installing the oil pan.
WBIA0891E
Revision: January 2010
EM-170
2010 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Install the chain guide between the camshaft sprockets.
A
9. Install IVT cover with the following procedure:
a. Install IVT solenoid valves to IVT cover.
b. Install new oil rings to the intake camshaft sprocket insertion points on IVT control cover backside.
EM
c. Install new O-ring to front cover.
d. Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to the IVT cover as shown.
• Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A) or equivalent, to posiC
tions specified. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical
Product and Sealant".
D
E
WBIA0882E
e.
F
Tighten the IVT cover bolts in the numerical order as shown.
G
H
WBIA0880E
10. Insert crankshaft pulley by aligning with crankshaft key.
• Tap its center with a plastic hammer to insert.
• Do not tap the belt hook.
11. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolts.
• Secure crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder to tighten the bolt.
• Perform angle tightening with the following procedure:
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts.
b. Tighten to initial specifications:·
Crankshaft pulley bolt initial tightening
J
K
L
: 37.3 - 47.1 N·m (3.8 - 4.8 kg-m, 28 - 34 ft-lb)
M
c.
Apply a paint mark on the front cover, mating with any one of six
easy to recognize stamp marks on bolt flange.
d. Turn crankshaft pulley bolt another 60° to 66° degrees [Target:
60° degrees].
• Check vertical mounting angle with movement of one stamp
mark.
12. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of
removal.
N
O
SBIA0268E
Revision: January 2010
I
EM-171
2010 Sentra
P
OIL SEAL
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005283793
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
Remove valve lifter. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose oil seal is to removed to top dead center. This prevents valve
from dropping inside cylinder.
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring the front cover with the timing chain.
Remove valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10116200 (J-26336-B)
: KV10115900 (J-26336-20)
WBIA0477E
5.
Remove valve oil seal using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10107902 (J-38959)
WBIA0478E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply new engine oil to new valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
Press in valve oil seal to the position shown using Tool.
Oil seal installed height (A)
Tool number
: 12.1 mm (0.476 in)
: KV10115600 (J-38958)
WBIA0892E
3.
Installation of the remaining components in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal
INFOID:0000000005283794
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the following parts:
• RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
Revision: January 2010
EM-172
2010 Sentra
OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component".
• Drive belt. Refer to EM-130.
• Crankshaft pulley. Refer to EM-164.
2. Remove front oil seal from front cover.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch front cover.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
D
SEM829E
E
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable
tool.
F
G
H
SBIA0266E
I
• Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
J
K
L
SEM715A
2.
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal
M
INFOID:0000000005283795
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
N
Remove the transaxle. Refer to MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and
Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T models) CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT models).
Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15, "Exploded View".
Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models). Refer to EM-188, "Disassembly and Assembly".
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-173
2010 Sentra
OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove rear oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear oil seal retainer.
[QR25DE]
WBIA0204E
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable drift.
• Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
SEM715A
• Press fit new oil seal straight using a suitable drift, to avoid
causing burrs or tilting.
SBIA0280E
• Press in the new oil seal to the specified depth as shown.
SBIA0281E
2.
Installation of the remaining components in reverse order of removal.
Revision: January 2010
EM-174
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CYLINDER HEAD
A
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000005283796
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EM
Warm up the engine to full operating temperature.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
Remove the ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder.
Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation".
Connect engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-lIl).
Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector to avoid any residual fuel injection during the measurement.
C
D
E
Install the compression tester with the adapter into the spark
plug hole.
F
G
H
KBIA0130E
• Use compression gauge whose picking up end inserted to spark
plug hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it
may be caught by cylinder head during removal.
I
J
K
SEM387C
7.
With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn the ignition switch to the “START” position to crank over
the engine. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform
these steps to check each cylinder.
L
M
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / rpm
Standard
Minimum
Difference limit between cylinders
1,250 (12.8, 181.3) / 250
1,060 (10.8, 153.7) / 250
100 (1.0, 14) / 250
CAUTION:
Always use a fully charged battery to obtain specified engine cranking speed.
• If the engine speed is out of specified rpm range, check the battery. Check engine speed again with a fully
charged battery.
• If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with combustion chamber (valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head gasket).
After the checking, measure compression pressure again.
• If some cylinders have low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole of
the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
• If the added engine oil improves the compression, the piston rings may be worn or damaged. Check the piston rings and replace if necessary.
• If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, the valves may be malfunctioning. Check the valves for damage. Replace the valve or valve seat accordingly.
Revision: January 2010
EM-175
2010 Sentra
N
O
P
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains low
even after the addition of engine oil, the head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace the cylinder head
gasket.
8. Install spark plug, ignition coil and harness connectors.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283797
WBIA0835E
1.
Cylinder head assembly
A.
Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-176
2.
Cylinder head gasket
3.
Cylinder head bolt
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the timing chain. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the camshafts. Refer to EM-153.
Remove spark plugs. Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation".
Remove exhaust manifold. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation".
Remove cylinder head loosening bolts in the order as shown,
using power tool.
Remove water outlet, if necessary. Refer to CO-53, "Component".
If necessary to transfer to new cylinder head or remove for
reconditioning, remove the intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-178, "Disassembly and Assembly".
WBIA0033E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts
Revision: January 2010
EM-176
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening
method. Whenever the size difference between d1 and d2 exceeds
the limit, replace the bolts with new ones.
Limit (d1 - d2)
[QR25DE]
A
: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in) or less
EM
• If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than d2,
use it as d2 point.
C
WBIA0836E
D
INSTALLATION
1.
Install a new cylinder head gasket.
2.
Follow the steps below to tighten the cylinder head bolts using
Tool, in the numerical order as shown.
• Apply new engine oil to the threads and the seating surfaces
of bolts.
CAUTION:
• If cylinder head bolts are re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Follow the "Outer Diameter of
Cylinder Head Bolts" procedure.
• Check and confirm the tightening angle by using angle
wrench or protractor. Avoid judgment by visual inspection without the tool.
Step a
Step c
Step d
Step e
Step f
E
F
G
H
KBIA0058E
: 98.1 N·m (10 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
: Loosen to 0 N·m in the reverse order of tightening.
: 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
: 75° clockwise
: 75° clockwise
I
J
K
WBIA0033E
L
Tool number
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
M
N
WBIA0155E
3.
O
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-177
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283798
AWBIA0211ZZ
1.
Valve collet
2.
Valve spring retainer
3.
Valve spring (with valve spring seat)
4.
Valve oil seal
5.
Valve guide
6.
Spark plug tube
7.
Head bolt
8.
Head gasket
9.
Valve seat (EXH)
10. Valve (EXH)
11. Valve (INT)
13. Cylinder head
A.
12. Valve seat (INT)
Follow installation procedure
CAUTION:
• When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil.
• Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces when installing the cylinder head, camshaft
sprocket, crankshaft pulley and camshaft bracket.
• Attach tags to valve lifters so all parts are assembled in their original position.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove the valve lifter.
• Confirm installation point.
Revision: January 2010
EM-178
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Remove the valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring
using Tool.
Tool number
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
A
: KV10116200 (J-26336-B)
: KV10115900 (J-26336-20)
CAUTION:
Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove
valve.
• Inspect valve guide clearance before removal. Refer to EM180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
• Confirm installation point.
Remove valve oil seal using Tool.
Tool number
[QR25DE]
EM
C
WBIA0477E
D
E
: KV10107902 (J-38959)
When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspection
After Disassembly".
When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Remove spark plug using suitable tool.
Remove spark plug tubes, if necessary using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage cylinder head.
• Do not remove spark plug tube if not necessary. Once
removed, the spark plug tube cannot be reused because of deformation.
F
G
WBIA0478E
H
ASSEMBLY
I
1.
2.
3.
J
Install valve guide. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Install valve seat. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Install new valve oil seal to the specified height as shown, using
Tool.
Oil seal installed height (A)
Tool number
: 12.1 mm (0.476 in)
K
: KV10115600 (J-38958)
L
WBIA0892E
4.
5.
Install valve.
• Install larger diameter to intake side.
Install valve spring [with valve spring seat (1)].
• A: Identification color
• B: Cylinder head
•
: To cylinder head
• Install smaller pitch spring end (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head side.
• Confirm the identification color of the valve spring.
Intake spring identification color
(CVT models)
Exhaust spring identification color
(CVT models)
Revision: January 2010
N
O
P
: Pink
: Green
EM-179
M
PBIC3462J
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intake spring identification color
(M/T models)
Exhaust spring identification color
(M/T models)
6.
7.
: Blue
: Yellow
Install valve spring retainer.
Install valve collet using Tool.
Tool numbers
: KV10116200 (J-26336-B)
: KV10115900 (J-26336-20)
• Install valve collet with a magnet hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
• Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to check its installed condition.
WBIA0578E
8.
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install valve lifter.
Install the spark plug tube, if removed. Press-fit the spark plug
tube into the cylinder head using the following procedure:
Remove old sealant from cylinder head side installation hole.
Apply sealant all round on spark plug tube within approximately
12 mm (0.47 in) width from edge of spark plug tube on the
press-fit side.
Use Genuine High Strength Locking Sealant or equivalent.
Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant"
Press-fit the spark plug tube to specified height “H” as shown,
using suitable tool.
Standard press-fit height “H”
PBIC2713E
: 41.2 - 42.2 mm (1.622 - 1.661 in)
CAUTION:
• When press-fitting, be careful not to deform spark plug tube.
• After press-fitting, wipe off any protruding sealant on top surface of cylinder head.
10. Install spark plug. Refer to EM-146.
Inspection After Disassembly
INFOID:0000000005283799
CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION
1.
2.
Wipe off oil and remove water scale deposits, old gasket, old
sealer, and carbon with a scraper.
CAUTION:
Use care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for oil
or water.
At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure distortion in six directions.
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less
PBIC0075E
VALVE DIMENSIONS
Check dimensions of each valve. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
Perform this inspection before removing the valve guide.
Revision: January 2010
EM-180
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Make sure that the valve stem diameter is within the specification.
2. Push the valve out by approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) toward the combustion chamber side to measure the
valve's run-out volume (in the direction of dial gauge) with dial gauge.
3. Half of the run-out volume accounts for the valve guide clearance.
A
EM
Intake valve guide clearance
Exhaust valve guide
clearance
: 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 0.0021 in) or less
: 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 0.0025 in) or less
C
D
PBIC0077E
E
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized (0.2 mm, 0.008 in) valve guide.
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C
(230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil.
F
G
H
I
SEM008A
2.
Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2.2 ton-force)
pressure] or hammer and suitable tool.
J
K
L
SEM931C
3.
Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable reamer.
Intake and exhaust valve guide
hole diameter (Standard)
4.
M
N
: 9.975 - 9.996 mm
(0.3927 - 0.3935 in)
O
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil.
P
SEM932C
Revision: January 2010
EM-181
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Press valve guide from camshaft side to dimensions as shown.
[QR25DE]
PBIC0078E
6.
Apply finish to valve guide using suitable reamer.
Intake and exhaust
: 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 0.2369 in)
SEM932C
VALVE SEAT CONTACT
NOTE:
After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are
within specifications, perform this procedure:
• Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve
seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the seat surface.
• Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circumference.
• If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting
surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace the
valve seat.
SBIA0322E
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
NOTE:
When valve seat is removed, replace with an oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in the cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this.
2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat.
Intake
Exhaust
: 37.000 - 37.016 mm (1.4567 - 1.4573 in)
: 32.000 - 32.016 mm (1.2598 - 1.2605 in)
• Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center.
This will enable the valve seat to fit correctly.
SEM795A
Revision: January 2010
EM-182
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
SEM008A
4.
5.
D
Use valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Force fit valve seat into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
Avoid directly touching the cold valve seats.
E
Finish the seat to the specified dimensions using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on the cutter or cutting many different times may
result in a defective valve seat.
F
G
H
SEM934C
6.
7.
I
Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting.
Check again for normal contact.
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
J
Set try square along the side of the valve spring and rotate the
spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top face of the
spring and the try square.
Limit
K
: 1.9 mm (0.0748 in)
L
M
PBIC0080E
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD
N
Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at specified spring height. Replace if not within specifications. Refer to EM212, "Standard and Limit".
CAUTION:
Do not remove the valve spring seat.
O
P
SEM113
Revision: January 2010
EM-183
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000005283800
M/T Models
ALBIA0657GB
1.
Torque rod (RH)
2.
Engine mounting insulator and bracket 3.
(RH)
Support bracket (LH)
4.
Engine mounting bracket (LH)
5.
Engine mounting insulator (LH)
Bracket
7.
Rear torque rod
Revision: January 2010
6.
Engine front
EM-184
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CVT Models
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
ALBIA0658GB
1.
Torque rod (RH)
2.
Engine mounting insulator and bracket 3.
(RH)
Engine mounting bracket (LH)
4.
Support bracket (LH)
5.
Bracket
Rear torque rod
6.
Engine front
N
WARNING:
• Place chocks at the front and back of the rear wheels.
• For engines not equipped with slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts as described in the parts
catalog.
CAUTION:
• Do not start working until the exhaust system and coolant are cool.
• If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, follow the applicable procedures.
• Use the correct supporting points for lifting and jacking. Refer to GI-39.
• In removing the drive shaft, be careful not to damage the grease seals on the transaxle.
• Before separating the engine and transaxle, remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the
assembly.
• Be sure not to damage the edge of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) or the ring gear teeth.
Revision: January 2010
M
EM-185
2010 Sentra
O
P
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOVAL
1. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Disconnect the fuel rail at the fuel hose quick connector (engine side). Refer to EM-135.
3. Drain the engine coolant. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
• Perform this step when the engine is cold.
• Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
4. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
5. Drain M/T oil (M/T models). Refer to MT-62, "Changing M/T Oil" (RS6F52A) or MT-139, "Changing M/T
Oil" (RS6F52H).
6. Remove the engine hood assembly. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove cowl extension. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation".
8. Remove the battery, battery hold downs, and battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation
(QR25DE Battery Tray)".
9. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models).
10. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
11. Remove the air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
12. Remove vacuum hose from intake manifold.
13. Disconnect EVAP hose.
14. Disconnect the heater hoses.
15. Remove engine room cover.
16. Remove the engine coolant reservoir tank and radiator hoses (upper) and (lower). Refer to CO-44,
"Removal and Installation".
17. Disconnect and set aside the IPDM/ER and remove the IPDM/ER bracket. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
18. Disconnect A/C piping from compressor and position aside.
19. Disconnect the engine wiring harness retainers and ground strap.
20. Disconnect the transaxle shift controls.
21. Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
22. Remove the LH and RH drive shafts. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10,
"Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
23. Remove the rear torque rod.
24. Remove the front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
25. Install engine slingers into front left cylinder head and rear right
cylinder head.
• Use generator bracket bolt holes for the front slinger.
• Use the proper slingers and bolts as described in the Parts
Catalog.
Slinger bolts - front (B)
Slinger bolts - rear (A)
: 48 N·m (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb)
: 28 N·m (2.8kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
WBIA0895E
26. Support engine and transaxle assembly with engine lifting equipment from the top with the vehicle raised
on a hoist.
27. Remove the torque rod (RH).
28. Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH).
29. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH) (CVT models).
30. Remove engine mounting insulator (LH) nut.
31. Lower the engine and transaxle assembly from the engine compartment using Tool.
CAUTION:
Revision: January 2010
EM-186
2010 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Before and during this procedure, always check if any harnesses are left connected.
• Avoid any damage to, or any oil/grease smearing or spills onto the engine mounting insulators.
Tool number
:
—
A
(J-47242)
EM
32. Remove the starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
33. Separate engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT
models), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation"
(RS6F52H) (M/T models).
C
INSTALLATION
Combine engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT models), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T
models).
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Do not allow oil to get on mounting insulators. Be careful not to damage mounting insulators.
• If parts have a direction mark (arrow) this indicates front of the vehicle, and the parts must be installed
according to the identification mark.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15.
• Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
• Turn ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points.
• Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points.
• Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
• Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gas, or any oils/fluids including
engine oil and engine coolant.
• Bleed air from passages in lines and hoses, such as in cooling system.
• After cooling down engine, again check oils/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to specified
level, if necessary.
• Summary of the inspection items:
Item
Before starting engine
Engine running
After engine stopped
Engine coolant
Level
Leakage
Level
Engine oil
Level
Leakage
Level
Other oils and fluids*
Level
Leakage
Level
Leakage
Leakage
Leakage
—
Leakage
—
Fuel
Exhaust gas
*Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-187
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CYLINDER BLOCK
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000005283801
WBIA0897E
1.
Cylinder block
2.
O-ring
3.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
4.
Knock sensor
5.
Oil pressure sensor
6.
Lower cylinder block
7.
Lower cylinder block bolt
8.
Snap ring
9.
Connecting rod
10. Connecting rod bearing
11. Connecting rod bearing cap
13. Piston
14. Oil ring
12. Connecting rod bearing cap bolt
15. Second ring
16. Top ring
17. Piston pin
18. Main thrust bearing
19. Main bearing upper
20. Crankshaft
21. Main bearing lower
22. Crankshaft rear oil seal
23. Pilot converter (CVT only)
24. Crankshaft signal plate
25. Drive plate (CVT)
26. Reinforcement plate (CVT)
27. Flywheel (M/T)
28. Cylinder block heater (if equipped)
A.
Refer to "ASSEMBLY" EM-188
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
DISASSEMBLY
Revision: January 2010
EM-188
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly from the vehicle, and separate the transaxle from the
engine. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
A
2. Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand.
3. Drain any remaining engine oil and coolant from the engine.
EM
4. Remove the following components and associated parts.
• Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation".
• Intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-135, "Removal and Installation".
• Ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
C
• Rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
• Front cover, timing chain, and balancer unit. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
• Cylinder head. Refer to EM-176, "Removal and Installation".
D
5. Remove the knock sensor.
CAUTION:
Carefully handle the sensor and do not drop the sensor.
E
6. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION:
• Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
• Do not disassemble.
F
• Keep it away from metal particles.
• Do not place sensor close to magnetic materials.
G
WBIA0482E
7.
8.
Remove the flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models).
Hold the crankshaft with a stopper plate and use a suitable tool
to remove the bolts.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the flywheel contact surface for
the clutch disc.
NOTE:
• The flywheel two-block construction allows movement in
response to transmission side pressure, or when twisted in its
rotational direction, therefore, some amount of noise is normal.
H
I
J
K
KBIA0062E
L
Remove pilot converter using Tool (CVT models).
Tool number
: ST16610001 (J-23907)
M
N
O
WBIA0483E
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-189
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
a. Position the crankshaft and corresponding connecting rod, to be
removed, to the bottom dead center stroke.
b. Remove the connecting rod cap. Number the cap so it can be
assembled in the same position.
c. Using a hammer handle or similar tool, push the piston and connecting rod assembly out of the top of the cylinder block. Number the piston and rod so it can be assembled in the same
position.
• Before removing the piston and connecting rod assembly,
PBIC0259E
check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-202,
"Inspection After Disassembly".
10. Remove the connecting rod bearings. If reusing, number them so they can be assembled in the same
position and direction.
CAUTION:
• When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
11. Remove the piston rings from the piston.
• Use a piston ring expander.
CAUTION:
• When removing the piston rings, be careful not to damage
the piston.
• Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them
excessively, if reusing them.
• Before removing the piston rings, check the piston ring side
clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly".
PBIC0087E
12. Remove the piston from the connecting rod as follows.
a. Using a snap ring pliers, remove the two snap rings.
PBIC0260E
b.
Heat the piston to 60° - 70°C (140° - 158°F) with a heat gun, or
equivalent.
PBIC0261E
Revision: January 2010
EM-190
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
c. Push out piston pin with a punch of an outer diameter of approximately 19 mm (0.75 in).
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
PBIC0262E
D
13. Remove the lower cylinder block bolts.
• Before loosening the lower cylinder block bolts, measure the
crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
• Loosen them in the order as shown to remove them.
E
F
G
WBIA0037E
14. Remove the lower cylinder block.
• Cut the Silicone RTV Sealant and remove the lower cylinder block from the cylinder block, using Tool.
Seal cutter
I
KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
J
15. Remove the crankshaft.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage or deform the signal plate while mounted
on the crankshaft.
• When setting the crankshaft on a flat surface, use a block
of wood to avoid interference between the signal plate
and the surface.
• Do not remove signal plate unless it is necessary.
16. Pull the rear oil seal out of the rear end of the crankshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage the crankshaft or cylinder block when
SBIA0275E
removing the rear oil seal.
NOTE:
When replacing the rear oil seal without removing the cylinder block, use a screwdriver to pull it out from
between crankshaft and block.
17. Remove the main bearings and thrust bearings from the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Identify and number the bearings, if reusing them, so that they are assembled in the same position
and direction.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Using compressed air, clean out the coolant and oil passages in the cylinder block, the cylinder bore and
the crankcase to remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use approved safety glasses to protect your eyes.
Revision: January 2010
H
EM-191
2010 Sentra
K
L
M
N
O
P
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Install the drain plugs on the cylinder block.
•
: Engine front
• Apply Silicone RTV Sealant.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
• Replace the copper washers with new ones.
Drain plug A
Drain plug B
[QR25DE]
: 54 N·m (5.5 kg-m, 40 ft-lb)
: 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 80 in-lb)
AWBIA0070ZZ
3.
a.
b.
Install the main bearings and the thrust bearings.
Remove dust, dirt, and oil from the bearing mating surfaces of
the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
Install the thrust bearings to both sides of the No. 3 main bearing
journal on the cylinder block.
• Install the thrust bearings with the oil groove facing the crankshaft arm (outside).
PBIC0264E
c.
4.
a.
b.
5.
Install the main bearings paying attention to their position and
direction.
• The main bearing with an oil hole and groove goes on the cylinder block. The one without them goes on the lower cylinder
block.
• Only the main bearing (on the cylinder block) for No. 3 journal
has different specifications.
• Before installing the bearings, apply engine oil to the bearing
friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the back surface,
but thoroughly clean it.
• When installing, align the bearing stopper to the notch.
• Make sure that the oil holes on the cylinder block and those on
the corresponding bearing are aligned.
Install the signal plate to the crankshaft.
Position the crankshaft and signal plate using a positioning
dowel pin, and tighten the bolts to specification.
Remove the dowel pin.
CAUTION:
Be sure to remove dowel pin before installing the crankshaft.
NOTE:
Dowel pins for the crankshaft and signal plate are supplied as a
set for each.
Install the crankshaft onto the cylinder block.
• While turning the crankshaft by hand, check that it turns
smoothly.
Revision: January 2010
EM-192
SBIA0277E
WBIA0898E
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Install the lower cylinder block.
• Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to positions as shown (A), (B).
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
NOTE:
Cylinder block and lower cylinder block are machined together.
Neither of them can be replaced separately.
CAUTION:
After the Silicone RTV Sealant is applied, the lower cylinder
block installation must be finished within 5 minutes.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
WBIA0899E
D
7.
a.
b.
Tighten lower cylinder block bolts in the numerical order as
shown and according to the following steps:
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of the bolts.
Tighten bolts No. 11 - 22 only in the order as shown, to specification below.
E
F
Step 1, bolts 11 - 22 only
: 25.1 N·m (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)
G
KBIA0063E
c.
Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specification below.
Step 2, bolts 1 - 10 only
d.
: 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
I
Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specification below using Tool.
CAUTION:
Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment
by visual inspection.
Tool number
J
: KV 10112100 (BT-8653-A)
Step 3, bolts 1 - 10 only
K
: 60° degrees rotation
• Wipe off completely any protruding Silicone RTV Sealant on
the exterior of engine.
• Check crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly".
• After installing the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.
8.
H
WBIA0484E
L
M
Install the rear oil seal.
• Press the oil seal between cylinder block and crankshaft with a
suitable drift.
• Be careful not to touch the grease on the oil seal lip.
• Be careful not to cause scratches or burrs when pressing in
the rear oil seal.
N
O
P
SBIA0280E
Revision: January 2010
EM-193
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Press in rear oil seal to the position as shown.
[QR25DE]
SBIA0281E
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install the piston to the connecting rod. Assemble the components in their original positions.
Using a snap ring pliers, install the snap ring to the grooves of the piston's rear side.
• Insert the piston pin snap ring fully into groove.
Install the piston to the connecting rod.
• Using a heat gun, heat the piston [approximately 60° - 70 C° (140° - 158 °F)] until the piston pin can be
pushed in by hand without excessive force. From the front to the rear, insert the piston pin into the piston
and the connecting rod.
• Assemble so that the front mark on the piston crown and the
oil holes and the cylinder No. on the connecting rod are positioned as shown.
Install the piston pin snap ring into the front of the piston.
• Check that the connecting rod moves smoothly.
PBIC0099E
10. Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings. Assemble
the components in their original positions.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the piston.
• Position each ring with the gap as shown, referencing the piston front mark as the starting point.
• Install the top ring and the second ring with the stamped surface facing upward.
Stamped mark
: 1K (top ring)
: 2K (second ring)
PBIC0100E
11. Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the
connecting rod cap. Assemble the components in their original
positions.
• When installing the connecting rod bearings, apply engine oil
to the bearing friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the
back surface, but thoroughly clean the back.
• When installing, align the connecting rod bearing stopper protrusion with the notch of the connecting rod to install.
• Check the oil holes on the connecting rod and those on the
corresponding bearing are aligned.
PBIC0266E
12. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly to the crankshaft. Assemble the components in their original positions using Tool.
Revision: January 2010
EM-194
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool number
: EM03470000
A
• Rotate the crankshaft so the pin corresponding to the connecting rod to be installed is at the bottom dead center position.
• Apply engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston, and
crankshaft pin.
• Match the cylinder position number with the cylinder No. on
the connecting rod for installation.
• Using tool as shown, install the piston with the front mark on
the piston crown facing the front of the engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the crankshaft pin, resulting from
an interference of the connecting rod big end.
13. Install the connecting rod caps. Assemble the components in
their original positions.
• Match the stamped cylinder number marks on the connecting
rod with those on the cap to install.
EM
C
WBIA0485E
D
E
F
G
SBIA0282E
H
14. Tighten the connecting rod bolt as follows:
Apply engine oil to the threads and seats of the connecting rod
bolts.
CAUTION:
Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment
by visual inspection.
Tool number
I
J
: KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)
K
WBIA0163E
L
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Stage 2
: 27.4 N·m (2.8 kg-m, 20 ft-lb) (SE-R), 29.4 (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb) (SE-R Spec V)
: 0 N·m
: 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
: Rotate bolts 90° degrees
M
• Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly".
• After tightening the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft rotates smoothly.
15. Install flywheel (M/T Models), or drive plate (CVT Models).
• Install drive plate, reinforcement plate and pilot converter as
shown.
• Using a drift with 33 mm (1.30 in) diameter, push pilot converter into the end of the crankshaft.
N
O
P
KBIA0075E
Revision: January 2010
EM-195
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Install the knock sensor.
• Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder
block mating surface and the back surface of the knock sensor.
• Install the knock sensor with the connector facing lower left by
45° as shown.
• Do not tighten the bolts while holding the connector.
• Make sure that the knock sensor does not interfere with other
parts.
CAUTION:
If the knock sensor is dropped, replace it with new one.
17. Install the crankshaft position sensor (POS).
18. Installation of remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
How to Select Piston and Bearing
PBIC3020E
INFOID:0000000005283802
DESCRIPTION
Selection points
Between cylinder block to
crankshaft
Selection parts
Selection items
Main bearing
Selection methods
Main bearing grade (bearing
thickness)
Determined by match of cylinder block bearing housing
grade (inner diameter of housing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of journal)
Between crankshaft to connecting rod
Connecting rod bearing
Connecting rod bearing grade
(bearing thickness)
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end inner diameter and crankshaft pin outer
diameter determine connecting
rod bearing selection
Between cylinder block to piston
Piston and piston pin assembly
(The piston is available together
with piston pin as an assembly)
Piston grade (piston outer diameter)
Piston grade = cylinder bore
grade (inner diameter of bore)
*Between piston to connecting
rod
—
—
—
*For the service parts, the grade for fitting cannot be selected between a piston pin and a connecting rod.
(Only 0 grade is available.) The information at the shipment from the plant is described as a reference.
• The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
• For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
• For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards, and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, follow the applicable procedures.
HOW TO SELECT A PISTON
When New Cylinder Block is Used:
• Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block, and select a piston of the same grade.
• If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a
correct reference.
SBIA0283E
Revision: January 2010
EM-196
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• A: Front mark
• B: Piston pin bore grade
• C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
• D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp
A
EM
C
WBIA0900E
D
When a Cylinder Block is Reused:
1.
2.
Measure the cylinder block bore inner diameter.
Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the "Piston Selection Table". Select the piston of the same grade.
E
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number (Mark)
2 (or no mark)
F
3
Inner diameter of cylinder bore
89.010-89.020 (3.5043-3.5047)
89.020-89.030 (3.5047-3.5051)
Outer diameter of piston skirt
88.990-89.000 (3.5035-3.5039)
89.000-89.010 (3.5039-3.5043)
G
NOTE:
• The piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
• The piston pin (piston pin bore) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts,
no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available.
HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING
H
I
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used:
1.
Apply big end inside diameter grade stamped on connecting rod
side face to the row in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table".
J
K
L
SBIA0282E
M
2.
3.
4.
Apply pin diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to
the column in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column
in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
Apply the symbol obtained to connecting rod bearing grade table
to select.
• A: Journal diameter
• B: Pin diameter
N
O
P
WBIA0901E
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused:
1.
2.
Measure dimensions of the big end inner diameter of connecting rod and outer diameter of crankshaft pin
individually.
Apply the dimension measured to the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table" below.
Revision: January 2010
EM-197
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table
AWBIA0021GB
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number
Thickness
0
1
2
3
4
1.496 - 1.493
(0.0589 - 0.0588)
1.499 - 1.496
(0.0590 - 0.0589)
1.502 - 1.499
(0.0591 - 0.0590)
1.505 - 1.502
(0.0593 - 0.0591)
1.508 - 1.505
(0.0594 - 0.0593)
Black
Brown
Green
Yellow
Blue
Identification color
Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
• When the specified oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod bearing, use undersize
(US) bearing.
• When using undersize bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind the
crankshaft pin so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard.
Bearing Undersize Table
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
CAUTION:
In grinding the crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, do not
damage the fillet R (All crankshaft pins).
KBIA0148E
Revision: January 2010
EM-198
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING
A
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used:
1.
"Main Bearing Selection Table" rows correspond to bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block.
• If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it
as a correct reference.
EM
C
D
SBIA0283E
2.
E
Apply pin diameter grade (B) stamped on crankshaft front side
to column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
• A: Journal diameter grade
F
G
H
WBIA0901E
3.
4.
Find value at crossing of row and column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
CAUTION:
• There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (1, 3, and 5) and
the other is for even-numbered journals (2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table. This
is due to differences in the specified clearances.
Apply the symbol obtained to "Main Bearing Grade Table" to select.
NOTE:
• Service parts are available as a set of both upper and lower.
I
J
K
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused:
1.
2.
3.
Measure inner diameter of cylinder block main bearing housing and outer diameter of crankshaft journal.
Apply measurement in above step 1 to the "Main Bearing Selection Table".
Follow steps 3 and 4 in "When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used".
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-199
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.1, 3, and No.5 journals)
KBIA0149E
Revision: January 2010
EM-200
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.2,and 4 journals)
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
KBIA0150E
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number
Thickness
Identification color
(UPR / LWR)
0
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
Black
1
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
Brown
2
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780)
Green
3
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Yellow
4
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
Blue
5
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
Pink
6
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
Purple
L
Remarks
M
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-201
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
UPR
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
LWR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
LWR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
UPR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
LWR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
UPR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
LWR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
LWR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
LWR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
UPR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
LWR
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Black / Brown
Brown / Green
Green / Yellow
Yellow / Blue
Grade and color are different
for upper and lower bearings.
Blue / Pink
Pink / Purple
Purple / White
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
• Use undersize (U.S.) bearing when oil clearance with standard size main bearing is not within specification.
• When using undersize (U.S.) bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with the bearing installed and
grind journal until oil clearance falls within specification.
Bearing Undersize Table
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
CAUTION:
Do not damage fillet R when grinding crankshaft journal in
order to use an undersize bearing (all journals).
KBIA0148E
Inspection After Disassembly
INFOID:0000000005283803
CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE
• Using a dial gauge, measure the clearance between the thrust
bearings and the crankshaft arm when the crankshaft is moved
fully forward or backward.
Standard
Limit
: 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)
: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the thrust bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the
crankshaft.
PBIC0268E
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
Revision: January 2010
EM-202
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft
arm using a feeler gauge.
Standard
Limit
[QR25DE]
A
: 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)
: 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)
EM
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the connecting
rod bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace the crankshaft also.
C
KBIA0071E
D
PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE
Diameter of Piston Pin Bore
• Measure the diameter of piston pin bore using an inside micrometer. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
E
F
G
PBIC0116E
Outer Diameter of Piston Pin
• Measure outer diameter of piston pin using a micrometer. Refer to
EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
H
I
J
K
PBIC0117E
Piston to Piston Pin Clearance
(Piston pin clearance) = (Piston pin bore diameter) – (Outer diameter
of piston pin)
• A: Front mark
• B: Piston pin bore grade
• C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
• D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp
Standard
L
M
N
: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)
• If clearance exceeds specification, replace either or both of piston/
piston pin assembly and connecting rod assembly with reference
WBIA0900E
to specification of each parts.
• Use the piston selection table to replace piston/piston pin assembly. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing".
• Use the connecting rod bearing selection table to replace connecting rod. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select
Piston and Bearing".
NOTE:
Revision: January 2010
EM-203
2010 Sentra
O
P
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The connecting rod small end grade and piston pin hole (piston
pin) grade are provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For
service parts, no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available.
• Follow the "CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE
(SMALL END)" for the values for each grade at the plant.
• Regarding marks on piston head, Refer to EM-196, "How to Select
Piston and Bearing".
[QR25DE]
SBIA0282E
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
• Measure side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove using
a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
• If out of specification, replace piston and/or piston ring assembly.
SEM024AA
PISTON RING END GAP
• Check if inner diameter of cylinder bore is within specification.
Follow the "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE" procedure.
• Insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and measure
gap using a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
• If out of specification, replace piston ring.
SEM822B
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
• Check with connecting rod aligner. Refer to EM-212, "Standard
and Limit".
SEM003F
Revision: January 2010
EM-204
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
SEM038F
D
CONNECTING ROD BEARING (BIG END)
• Install the connecting rod cap without the connecting rod bearing
installed. After tightening the connecting rod bolt to the specified
torque, measure the connecting rod big end inner diameter using
an inside micrometer. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
E
F
G
PBIC0119E
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END)
H
Inner Diameter of Connecting Rod (Small End)
• Measure inner diameter of bushing. Refer to EM-212, "Standard
and Limit"
I
J
K
PBIC0120E
Outer Diameter of Piston Pin
• Measure outer diameter of piston pin. Refer to EM-212, "Standard
and Limit".
L
M
N
O
PBIC0117E
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance (Small End)
Revision: January 2010
P
EM-205
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
(Connecting rod small end oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod small end) – (Outer diameter of piston pin)
Standard
[QR25DE]
: 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)
• If the measured value exceeds the standard, replace the connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin assembly.
• If replacing the piston and piston pin assembly, use the "Piston
Selection Table" to select the piston corresponding to the applicable bore grade of the cylinder block to be used. Refer to EM-196,
"How to Select Piston and Bearing".
SBIA0282E
Factory Installed Parts Grading:
• A: Front mark
• B: Piston pin bore grade
• C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
• D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp
• Service parts apply only to grade 0.
Unit: mm (in)
Grade
0
1
Connecting rod small end
inner diameter
20.000 - 20.006
(0.7874 - 0.7876)
20.006 - 20.012
(0.7876 - 0.7879)
Piston pin outer diameter
19.989 - 19.995
(0.7870 - 0.7872)
19.995 - 20. 001
(0.7872 - 0.7874)
Piston pin bore diameter
19.993 - 19.999
(0.7871- 0.7874)
19.999 - 20.005
(0.7874 - 0.7876)
WBIA0900E
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION
• Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and
also remove oil, scale, carbon, or other contamination.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow gasket debris to enter the oil or coolant
passages.
• Measure the distortion on the block upper face at some different
points in 6 directions.
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
• If out of the distortion limit, replace the cylinder block.
PBIC0121E
INNER DIAMETER OF MAIN BEARING HOUSING
• Install the main bearing caps with the main bearings removed and
tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-188, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of the main bearing housing.
Standard
: 58.944 - 58.968 mm (2.3206 - 2.3216 in)
• If out of the standard, replace the cylinder block and lower cylinder
block assembly.
NOTE:
These components cannot be replaced as a single unit because
they were processed together.
PBIC0269E
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Inner Diameter of Cylinder Bore
Revision: January 2010
EM-206
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Using a bore gauge, measure cylinder bore for wear, out-of-round
and taper at 6 different points on each cylinder. (X and Y directions
at A, B and C). The Y axis is in the longitudinal direction of the
engine.
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure cylinder bore at B
position. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit".
• If the measured value rebore exceeds the limit, or if there are
scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, hone the inner
wall.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
SBIA0284E
D
Outer Diameter of Piston
• Measure piston skirt diameter using a micrometer. Refer to EM212, "Standard and Limit".
E
F
G
PBIC0125E
H
• Measure point (distance from the top): 42 mm (1.65 in)
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance
• Calculate by outer diameter of piston skirt and inner diameter of cylinder (direction X, position B).
(Clearance) = (Inner diameter of cylinder) – (Outer diameter of piston skirt).
Standard
Limit
: 0.010 - 0.030 mm (0.0004 - 0.0012 in)
: 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
I
J
• If it exceeds the limit, replace piston/piston pin assembly.
K
Reboring Cylinder Bore
1.
Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston-to-bore clearance to piston diameter “A”.
L
Rebored size calculation: D = A + B - C
D: Bored diameter
A: Piston diameter as measured
B: Piston-to-bore clearance (standard value)
C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
M
N
2.
Install main bearing caps, and tighten to the specified torque. Otherwise, cylinder bores may be distorted
in final assembly.
3. Cut cylinder bores.
• When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
• Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time.
4. Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston-to-bore clearance.
5. Measure finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper.
• Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL
• Measure outer diameter of crankshaft journals.
Revision: January 2010
EM-207
2010 Sentra
O
P
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Standard
: 54.955 - 54.979 mm (2.1636 - 2.1645 in)
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT PIN
• Measure outer diameter of crankshaft pin.
Standard
: 44.956 - 44.974 mm (1.7699 - 1.7706 in)
PBIC0270E
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT
• Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each
journal and pin using a micrometer.
• Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between
"X" and "Y" at "A" and "B".
• Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between "A" and
"B" at "X" and "Y".
Limit
Out-of-round (X - Y)
Taper (A - B)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
PBIC0128E
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
• Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on
both ends of the crankshaft.
• Place a dial gauge straight up on the No. 3 journal.
• While rotating the crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on
the dial gauge, the total indicator reading.
Limit
: Less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
PBIC0271E
OIL CLEARANCE OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Method of Measurement
• Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the
cap, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque.
Using a inside micrometer measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod bearing) –
(Outer diameter of crankshaft pin)
Standard
Limit
: 0.035 - 0.045 mm (0.0014 - 0.0018 in)
: 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
• If clearance cannot be adjusted within the standard, grind crankshaft pin and use undersized bearing. Refer to EM-196, "How to
Select Piston and Bearing".
PBIC0119E
Method of Using Plastigage
Revision: January 2010
EM-208
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft pin and the surfaces of
each bearing completely.
• Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
• Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod cap, and
tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
• Remove the connecting rod cap and bearings, and using the scale
on the Plastigage bag, measure the Plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the method by calculation.
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
EM142
D
OIL CLEARANCE OF MAIN BEARING
Method of Measurement
• Install the main bearings to the cylinder block and bearing cap. Measure the main bearing inner diameter
with the bearing cap bolt tightened to the specified torque.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of main bearing) – (Outer diameter of crankshaft journal)
Standard:
No. 1, 3, and 5 journals
No. 2 and 4 journals
Limit
: 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
: 0.018 - 0.028 mm (0.0007 - 0.0011 in)
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
H
I
J
K
L
EM142
M
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING
• When the bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the
specified torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of bearing
must protrude.
Standard
F
G
• If the measured value exceeds the limit, select main bearings referring to the main bearing inner diameter
and crankshaft journal outer diameter, so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard. Refer to EM-196,
"How to Select Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage
• Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft journal and the surfaces of
each bearing completely.
• Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
• Tighten the main bearing bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
• Remove the bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale on the
plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the "Method by Calculation".
E
N
: There must be crush height.
O
• If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.
P
SEM502G
OUTER DIAMETER OF LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT
• Perform only with M10 (0.39 in) bolts.
• Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at two positions as shown.
• Measure d2 at a point within area A as shown.
Revision: January 2010
EM-209
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When the value of d1- d2 exceeds the limit (a large difference in
dimensions), replace the bolt with a new one.
Limit
[QR25DE]
: 0.13 mm (0.0051 in)
PBIC0272E
OUTER DIAMETER OF CONNECTING ROD BOLT
• Measure outer diameter (d) at position as shown.
• When “d” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace the
bolt with a new one.
Limit
: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in) or less
PBIC0273E
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODEL)
NOTE:
• Inspection for double mass flywheel only.
• Do not disassemble double mass flywheel.
Flywheel Deflection
• Measure deflection of flywheel contact surface to the clutch with a dial gauge.
• Measure runout at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
Limit
: 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no
load
• Measure axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia.
Limit
: 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N
(22.48 lb) force
• When measured value exceeds the limit, replace the flywheel with
a new one.
SBIA0287E
Movement Amount in Rotation Direction
• Check the movement amount in the following procedure.
1. Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel
center line.
• Tighten bolt to keep it from loosening at a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb).
Revision: January 2010
EM-210
2010 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (measurement standard
points).
3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction, and
mark the movement amount on the mass on the transmission
side.
4. Measure dimensions of movement amounts A and B on circumference of the flywheel on the transmission side.
Standard
: 35 mm (1.38 in) or less
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
SBIA0288E
• When measured value is outside the standard, replace flywheel.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-211
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
INFOID:0000000005283804
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model
SE-R
Cylinder arrangement
Displacement
cm3
Bore and stroke
SE-R Spec V
In-line 4
(in3)
2,488 (151.82)
mm (in)
89.0 x 100 (3.50 x 3.94)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Compression
Number of piston rings
2
Oil
1
Compression ratio
9.5:1
Compression pressure
kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm
10.5:1
Standard
1,250 (12.8, 181.3)
Minimum
1,060 (10.8, 153.7)
Differential limit between cylinders
100 (1.0, 14)
Valve timing
PBIC0187E
Unit: degree
a
b
c
d
e
f
224°
244°
0°
64°
3°
41°
DRIVE BELTS
Tension of drive belts
Auto adjustment by auto tensioner
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Unit: mm (in)
Description
Surface distortion
Limit
Intake manifold adapter
0.1 (0.004)
Intake manifold
0.1 (0.004)
Exhaust manifold
0.3 (0.012)
SPARK PLUG
Unit: mm (in)
Make
Type*
NGK
Standard
Gap (nominal)
DILKAR6A-11
1.1 (0.043)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Revision: January 2010
EM-212
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CYLINDER HEAD
Unit: mm (in)
A
EM
C
D
PBIC0283E
Description
Limit
Head surface distortion
E
0.1 (0.004)
VALVE
F
Valve Dimensions
Unit: mm (in)
G
H
I
J
SEM188
Valve head diameter “D”
Valve length “L”
Valve stem diameter “d”
Valve seat angle “α”
Valve margin “T”
Intake
35.5 - 35.8 (1.398 - 1.409)
Exhaust
30.5 - 30.8 (1.201 - 1.213)
Intake
97.16 (3.8252)
Exhaust
98.82 (3.8905)
K
L
Intake
5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354)
Exhaust
5.955 - 5.970 (0.2344 - 0.2350)
Intake
M
45°15′ - 45°45′
Exhaust
Intake
1.1 (0.043)
Exhaust
1.3 (0.051)
N
Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Cold* (reference data)
Hot
Intake
0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013)
0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust
0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 20°C (68 °F)
Available Valve Lifter
Revision: January 2010
EM-213
2010 Sentra
O
P
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
KBIA0119E
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification mark (Stamp)*
7.88 (0.3102)
788U
7.90 (0.3110)
790U
7.92 (0.3118)
792U
7.94 (0.3126)
794U
7.96 (0.3134)
796U
7.98 (0.3142)
798U
8.00 (0.3150)
800U
8.02 (0.3157)
802U
8.04 (0.3165)
804U
8.06 (0.3173)
806U
8.08 (0.3181)
808U
8.10 (0.3189)
810U
8.12 (0.3197)
812U
8.14 (0.3205)
814U
8.16 (0.3213)
816U
8.18 (0.3220)
818U
8.20 (0.3228)
820U
8.22 (0.3236)
822U
8.24 (0.3244)
824U
8.26 (0.3252)
826U
8.28 (0.3260)
828U
8.30 (0.3268)
830U
8.32 (0.3276)
832U
8.34 (0.3283)
834U
8.36 (0.3291)
836U
8.38 (0.3299)
838U
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Valve Spring
Specifications*
Identification color
Free height
Pressure standard
at height 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Squareness
Revision: January 2010
Intake
Exhaust
Blue (M/T), Pink (CVT)
Yellow (M/T), Green (CVT)
43.72 - 43.92 mm (1.7213 - 1.7291 in)
45.29 - 45.49 mm (1.7831 - 1.7909 in)
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
1.9 mm (0.0748 in)
1.9 mm (0.0748 in)
EM-214
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Specifications*
Intake
Exhaust
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
25.30 mm (0.996 in)
26.76 mm (1.0535 in)
351 - 394 N (35.8 - 40.2 kg-f, 79 - 89 lb-f)
318 - 362 N (32.4 - 36.9 kg-f, 71 - 81 lb-f)
Installation height
Installation load
Height during valve open
Load with valve open
A
EM
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
C
Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in)
Description
Standard
D
Valve lifter outer diameter
33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381)
Lifter lifter bore inner diameter
34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Clearance between lifter and lifter guide
E
0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017)
Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
H
I
PBIC0184E
Description
Standard
Service
Valve guide
10.023 - 10.034
(0.3946 - 0.3950)
10.223 - 10.234
(0.4025 - 0.4029)
Outer diameter
Inner diameter (Finished size)
Intake and exhaust valve guide hole diameter
Interference fit of valve guide
K
6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369)
9.975 - 9.996
(0.3927 - 0.3935)
J
10.175 - 10.196
(0.4006 - 0.4014)
L
0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Standard
Valve guide clearance
Projection length “L”
Intake
0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) or less
Exhaust
0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025) or less
Intake
10.1 - 10.3 (0.398 - 0.406)
Exhaust
10.0 - 10.4 (0.394 - 0.409)
M
N
Valve Seat
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-215
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC2745E
Description
Cylinder head seat recess diameter (D)
Valve seat interference fit
Valve seat outer diameter (d)
Diameter "d1"
Diameter "d2"
Angle α 1
Angle α 2
Angle α 3
Contacting width "W"*
Standard
Service
Intake
36.500 - 36.516 (1.4370 - 1.4376)
37.000 - 37.016 (1.4567 - 1.4573)
Exhaust
31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408)
32.000 - 32.016 (1.2598 - 1.2605)
Intake
0.081 - 0.113 (0.0032 - 0.0044)
Exhaust
0.084 - 0.116 (0.0033 - 0.0046)
Intake
36.597 - 36.613 (1.4408 - 1.4415)
37.097 - 37.113 (1.4605 - 1.4611)
Exhaust
31.600 - 31.616 (1.2441 - 1.2447)
32.100 - 32.116 (1.2638 - 1.2644)
Intake
33.5 (1.319)
Exhaust
28.0 (1.102)
Intake
34.8 - 35.3 (1.3701 - 1.3898)
Exhaust
29.6 - 30.1 (1.1654 - 1.1850)
Intake
60°
Exhaust
60°
Intake
88° 46' - 90° 14'
Exhaust
88° 46' - 90° 14'
Intake
120°
Exhaust
120°
Intake
0.99 - 1.35 (0.0390 - 0.0531)
Exhaust
1.19 - 1.55 (0.0469 - 0.0610)
*1 Machining data
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Camshaft runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.04 (0.0016)
SEM671
Cam height “A”
Revision: January 2010
Intake
44.815 - 45.005 (1.7644 - 1.7718)
Exhaust
43.975 - 44.165 (1.7313 - 1.7388)
EM-216
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Standard
Outer diameter of camshaft journal
Inner diameter of camshaft bracket
EM
No.1
28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032)
No.2, 3, 4, 5
23.500 - 23.521 (0.9252 - 0.9260)
C
Camshaft journal clearance
0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
Camshaft end play
0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*]
A
No. 1
27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
23.435 - 23.455 (0.9226 - 0.9234)
D
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
*: Total indicator reading
E
CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)
F
G
H
I
PBIC0281E
Surface distortion
Cylinder bore
Limit
Inner diameter
0.1 (0.004)
Standard
Grade No. 2
89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047)
Grade No. 3
89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051)
Wear limit
J
0.2 (0.008)
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Less than 0.015 (0.0006)
Taper (C − A)
Less than 0.01 (0.0004)
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: January 2010
EM-217
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Main journal inner
diameter grade
(Without bearing)
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
Grade No. X
Grade No. Y
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 7
Difference in inner
diameter between
cylinders
Standard
58.944 - 58.945 (2.3206 - 2.3207)
58.945 - 58.946 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
58.946 - 58.947 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
58.947 - 58.948 (2.3207 - 2.3208)
58.948 - 58.949 (2.3208 - 2.3208)
58.949 - 58.950 (2.3208 - 2.3209)
58.950 - 58.951 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
58.951 - 58.952 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
58.952 - 58.953 (2.3209 - 2.3210)
58.953 - 58.954 (2.3210 - 2.3210)
58.954 - 58.955 (2.3210 - 2.3211)
58.955 - 58.956 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
58.956 - 58.957 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
58.957 - 58.958 (2.3211 - 2.3212)
58.958 - 58.959 (2.3212 - 2.3212)
58.959 - 58.960 (2.3212 - 2.3213)
58.960 - 58.961 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
58.961 - 58.962 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
58.962 - 58.963 (2.3213 - 2.3214)
58.963 - 58.964 (2.3214 - 2.3214)
58.964 - 58.965 (2.3214 - 2.3215)
58.965 - 58.966 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
58.966 - 58.967 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
58.967 - 58.968 (2.3215 - 2.3216)
Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
PISTON, PISTON RING, AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0188E
Grade*
Piston skirt diameter “A”
Standard
Dimension
Grade No. 1
88.980 - 88.990 (3.5031 - 3.5035)
Grade No. 2
88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039)
Grade No. 3
89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
“H” dimension
Piston pin bore diameter
Piston clearance to cylinder bore
42 (1.65)
Grade No. 0
19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874)
Grade No. 1
19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
Standard
0.010 - 0.030 (0.0004 - 0.0012)
Limit
0.08 (0.0031)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Piston Ring
Revision: January 2010
EM-218
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
Side clearance
End gap
Standard
Limit
Top
0.040 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031)
0.11 (0.0043)
2nd
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
0.10 (0.0039)
Oil ring
0.045 - 0.125 (0.0018 - 0.0049)
—
Top
0.21- 0.31 (0.0083 - 0.0122)
0.54 (0.0213)
2nd
0.37 - 0.52 (0.0146 - 0.0205)
0.67 (0.0264)
Oil (rail ring)
0.20 - 0.45 (0.0079 - 0.0177)
0.95 (0.0374)
A
EM
C
Piston Pin
Unit: mm (in)
Grade*
Piston pin outer diameter
Dimension
Grade No.0
19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
Grade No.1
19.995 - 20.001 (0.7872 - 0.7874)
Piston to piston pin clearance (Standard)
Piston pin to connecting rod bushing clearance
D
0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Standard
E
F
0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
G
CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)
Grade1
Center distance
143.00 - 143.10 (5.63 - 5.63)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
0.30 (0.0118)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
Grade No. 0
20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
diameter2
Grade No. 1
20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879)
Connecting rod big end inner diameter
Connecting rod bearing housing
I
22.000 - 22.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879)
Connecting rod small end inner
Side clearance
H
Dimension
J
48.000 - 48.013 (1.8898 - 1.8903)
Standard
K
0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Limit
0.50 (0.0197)
L
48.000 - 48.001 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
48.001 - 48.002 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
48.002 - 48.003 (1.8898 - 1.8899)
48.003 - 48.004 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
48.004 - 48.005 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
48.005 - 48.006 (1.8899 - 1.8900)
48.006 - 48.007 (1.8900 - 1.8900)
48.007 - 48.008 (1.8900 - 1.8901)
48.008 - 48.009 (1.8901 - 1.8901)
48.009 - 48.010 (1.8901 - 1.8902)
48.010 - 48.011 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
48.011 - 48.012 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
48.012 - 48.013 (1.8902 - 1.8903)
Grade No. 0
Grade No. 1
Grade No. 2
Grade No. 3
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 5
Grade No. 6
Grade No. 7
Grade No. 8
Grade No. 9
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
M
N
O
1
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
2
P
: After installing in connecting rod
CRANKSHAFT
Revision: January 2010
EM-219
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
SEM715
SEM645
1
Dimension
Pin journal dia. “DP”
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
44.974 - 44.973 (1.7706 - 1.7706)
44.973 - 44.972 (1.7706 - 1.7705)
44.972 - 44.971 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
44.971 - 44.970 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
44.970 - 44.969 (1.7705 - 1.7704)
44.969 - 44.968 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
44.968 - 44.967 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
44.967 - 44.966 (1.7704 - 1.7703)
44.966 - 44.965 (1.7703 - 1.7703)
44.965 - 44.964 (1.7703 - 1.7702)
44.964 - 44.963 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
44.963 - 44.962 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
44.962 - 44.961 (1.7702 - 1.7701)
44.961 - 44.960 (1.7701 - 1.7701)
44.960 - 44.959 (1.7701 - 1.7700)
44.959 - 44.958 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
44.958 - 44.957 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
44.957 - 44.956 (1.7700 - 1.7699)
Main journal dia. “Dm” grade
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
Grade No. X
Grade No. Y
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 7
54.979 - 54.978 (2.1645 - 2.1645)
54.978 - 54.977 (2.1645 - 2.1644)
54.977 - 54.976 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
54.976 - 54.975 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
54.975 - 54.974 (2.1644 - 2.1643)
54.974 - 54.973 (2.1643 - 2.1643)
54.973 - 54.972 (2.1643 - 2.1642)
54.972 - 54.971 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
54.971 - 54.970 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
54.970 - 54.969 (2.1642 - 2.1641)
54.969 - 54.968 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
54.968 - 54.967 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
54.967 - 54.966 (2.1641 - 2.1640)
54.966 - 54.965 (2.1640 - 2.1640)
54.965 - 54.964 (2.1640 - 2.1639)
54.964 - 54.963 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
54.963 - 54.962 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
54.962 - 54.961 (2.1639 - 2.1638)
54.961 - 54.960 (2.1638 - 2.1638)
54.960 - 54.959 (2.1638 - 2.1637)
54.959 - 54.958 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
54.958 - 54.957 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
54.957 - 54.956 (2.1637 - 2.1636)
54.956 - 54.955 (2.1636 - 2.1636)
Grade
Center distance “r”
49.60 - 50.04 (1.9528 - 1.9701)
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Standard
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Taper (A − B)
Standard
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Runout [TIR2]
Limit
Revision: January 2010
Less than 0.05 (0.002)
EM-220
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Standard
Free end play
0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102)
Limit
A
0.30 (0.0118)
1
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
2:
EM
Total indicator reading
MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
C
D
E
F
SEM685D
Grade number*
Thickness
Identification color
(UPR / LWR)
0
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
Black
1
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
Brown
2
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
Green
3
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Yellow
4
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
Blue
5
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
Pink
6
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
Purple
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
UPR
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
LWR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
LWR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
UPR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
LWR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
UPR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
LWR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
LWR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
LWR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
UPR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
LWR
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Remarks
G
H
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
I
J
Black / Brown
K
Brown / Green
L
Green / Yellow
Yellow / Blue
Grade and color are different
for upper and lower bearings.
M
Blue / Pink
N
Pink / Purple
O
Purple / White
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
P
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
0.25 (0.0098)
Thickness
Main journal diameter
2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Bearing Clearance
Revision: January 2010
EM-221
2010 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Unit: mm (in)
Main bearing oil clearance
Standard
No.1, 3, and 5
0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009)
No.2 and 4
0.018 - 0.028 (0.0007 - 0.0011)
Limit
0.1 (0.004)
CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Grade number*
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification color
0
1.493 - 1.496 (0.0588 - 0.0589)
Black
1
1.496 - 1.499 (0.0589 - 0.0590)
Brown
2
1.499 - 1.502 (0.0590 - 0.0591)
Green
3
1.502 - 1.505 (0.0591 - 0.0593)
Yellow
4
1.505 - 1.508 (00.593 - 0.0594)
Blue
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
Crank pin journal diameter
0.25 (0.0098)
1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Bearing Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
Standard
0.035 - 0.045 (0.0014 - 0.0018)
Limit
0.10 (0.0039)
FLYWHEEL
Items
Standard
Limit
Deflection of flywheel contact surface at
210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
—
0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no load
Axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia.
—
1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N
(22.48 lb) force
35 mm (1.38 in) or less
—
Rotation direction movement
Revision: January 2010
EM-222
2010 Sentra